^ ■ .^.^^Skt
•I..
Toronto Public Library.
Reference Department.
THIS BOOK MUST NOT BE. TAKEN OUT OF THE ROOM.
DEC 12 igi9
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
University of Toronto
http://www.archive.org/details/n13sessionalpaper53canauoft
I
I
SESSIONAL PAPERS
VOLUME 13
FIRST SESSION OF THE THIRTEENTH PARLIAMENT
OF THE
DOMINION OF CANADA
SESSION 1018
^
VOLTTME Lni.
/^li i\e>-^
SEG 12 1*
8-9 George V
Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers
A. 1918
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
SESSIONAL PAPERS
OF I HE
PARLIAMENT OF CANADA
FIRST SESSIOX. THIRTEENTH PARLIAMENT, 1918.
A
Admiralty, Board of — Statement issued
by, re marine losses, etc., from 1914 to
1917 113
Agriculture — Report of Denartnient of,
year 1917 15
Agricultural Instruction Act, 1916-17.. .. 15e
Amelia, Str. — documents re service of. . . 114
Auditor General's Report, 4 Vols 1
Aviation camps — number of, etc.. .. ... 101
Bank of British Nortli America — re mer-
ger of witli Bank of Montreal 110
Blue Books — number printed years 1916-
17 — re number in both languages.. .. 118
Bonds and securities — since last return.
1917 79
Bran, shorts, mill feed exported to United
States without license, 1917-lS 160
British North America — Bank of, re mer-
ger of with Bank of Montreal 110
Buildings rented in Ottawa by Govern-
ment— number of, etc S5
C
Canadian Pacific Railway Company —
Return re all lands sold by, 1917 .... 75
Canada Pood Board — correspondence re
Orders in Council creating the same. . 56di
Canada Registration Board — memo, re
plans of 52!)
Canadian War Records Office — Report of
for year 1917 121a
Canadian War Records Office — Report of,
on work of, since foundation, to 1917.. 121
Canadian Northern Railway — Statement
re amount advanced, 1917 62
Canadian Northern Railway — Statement
of sums paid to, etc 62o
42201—1
Canal statistics, for year 1917
Census of Prairie Provinces — Population
and Agriculture — Manitoba, Saskatche-
wan and Alberta, 1916
Civil Service List, year 1917
" " Commission, Report of, 1917.
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery — Sum-
mary' Report of
Coal, gasoline, etc. .imported into Canada,
1914-15-16-17
Cold storage conditions in Winnipeg — cor-
respondence relating to
Commissioned officers in connection with
recruiting, etc., at Quebec
Commission of Conservation — Report of
for 1917
Concilliation, Board of — Report, 1917...
Coolie labour re importation of, etc.. ..
Customs — Report of Department of year
1917
Customs — Refund of. etc., 1917
Davies, Wm., and Matthews-Blacl<well.
Ltd. — Report of Commission re
Dominion Lands —
Orders in Council re
*' " reservation of, for
Soldiers' Settlement
Dominion Steel Corporation, Ltd., re con-
tract for steel in construction of ships.
Dominion Publicity Committee — State-
ment re expenditure of, in connection
Victory Loan
Dominion Executive Committee of Can-
ada— Report of Chairman of, re Victory
Loan
Dunilalk, Heridd, Flesherton Advance.
Markdale Standard, etc., monies paid to,
in 1917
20a
. A
30
31
93
76
140
87
133
36a
15.-.
11
77
129
71
73
119
103
131
131(1
127
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers
A. 1918
Editorial Committee on printing — Order
in Council re establishment o(
Editorial Committee on printing — Annual
Report of— 1917 to part of 191S
Election. General — Return of 1917
Engineers Training Depot — St. Johns.
P.Q., names of officers, etc
Estimates year ending March 31. 1919 . .
Supplementary ending March
31. 191S
" Supplementary ending March
31. 1919
Experimental Farms — Report of. 1917..
External Affairs — Report of, 1917
Fami'ics of deceased soldiers receiving
pensions, etc
Farm tractors, etc. — Order in Council.
reports, etc
Food Controller — Report of, 191S.. .. .• .
Order in Council creat-
ing, etc
Order in Council, ex-
penses ot Dept. of —
salaries, etc
" " Order in Council, num-
ber and names of
staff — salaries, etc. . .
" " Order in Council, •'•p
creating of
" " Order in Council, re
department controlling
same
Foodstuffs ordered to be destroyed in past
year — in Winnipeg. Hamilton, Toronto.
Ottawa and Montreal
Foodstuffs ordered to be destroyed in To-
ronto in April, 191S
Forest Reserves and Parks Act — Orders
in Council, re
Fordson Tractors — Report re purchase of.
etc.. by Government
Fuel Controller — Order in Council relat-
ing to appointment of, etc
G
Game birds — migratory, non-game birds,
migratory, etc.. Order in Council, No.
S71 re protection of
Geographic Board — Report of year 1917.
Georgian Bay Canal Commission — In-
terim Report No. 2
Georgian Bay Canal Commission — In-
terim Report No. 3
Geological Survey — Report of — year 1917.
(77066. Toronto, and Devoir, Montreal —
amounts paid to years. 1915-16-17-18..
Globe. Toronto, and Toronto Star —
amounts paid to between Jan.. 19J7
and April, 191S
Governor General's Warrants
58(1
58
IS
70
3
5
16
33
162
95
56a
56
~56e
56c
56d
566
144
145
72
163
57
138
25(1
142
26
154
159
60
99
Halifax Pilotage System — Report of Royal
Commission to infiuire into
Halifax Relief Commission — re appoint- 1
ment of !- 49
Halifax. Report of Halifax Relief Com- |
mission I
Hospital Commission — names and num-
ber of staff of. etc 90
Ho."pital for invalid soldiers at Ste. Anne
de Bellevue — documents re 134
Hudson's Wharf — re monies expended on
since 1911 107
Hydrometric Surveys, 1916 25c
lie Perrot, sud — re expenditure of moneys
on wharf at. since 1911 106
He Perrot, nord — re expenditure of moneys
on wharf at. since 1911 108
Imperial Royal Flying Corps, in relation
to the Canadian Government 148
Imperial Roy.al Flying Corps, in relation
to the Canadian Government 148a
Indian Affairs — Report of, 1917 27
Inland Revenues —
Part I — Excise 12
" II — Weights and Measures, etc... 13
" III — Adulteration of Food 14
Insurance, Report of Superintendent of
1917 S
Insurance Companies — Abstract of State-
ments of. 1917 9
Interior — Report of Department of. vear
1917 25
Internal Economy Commission. House of
Commons, 1917 41
Johnson, Main, re appointment of as sec-
retary to Hon. N. W. Rowell 152
Joliette Co.. relating to returning officer
of. in last Dominion election 124
Journal Publishing Co.. Ltd.. amount paid
to in 1912-13-14-15-16-17. etc 161
Judgments rendered to date, under mili-
tary Service Act 97
Labatt, Col. — relating to granting ot pen-
sion to ' . - - . 123
Labour — Report of Department of. year
1917 36
Labour and the War Committee — Memo.
of conferences between, 1918 78
Langton. Col., re appointment of as Pay-
master General 117
Librarians of Parliament — Report of,
1917 40
Liquor — Return re amount brought into
Territories. 1917 74
List of shipping for year 1917 22
Lobster hatcheries remaining closed.. .. 157
M
Main Johnson. Mr. — Order in Council ap-
pointing secretary to Mr. Rowell.. .. 152
Marine and Fisheries — Report ot, 1917.. 21
Migatory bird.s — game and non-game. do. 13S
Military District No. 5, Que., re officers
employed at 128
Militia Council — Report of 35
Militia and Defence — ^Memo. No. 3 re
European War 84
Militia and Defence — Memo. No. 4 re
work of from Jan. 1, 1917 to Dec. 31.
1917 S4a
Military Service Act — number of persons
called under, number of examinations
by Provinces, etc 122
Military Service Council — names of all
persons employed in Ottawa, in 9S
Military Service Council — Report of on
administration of the Act 105
Military Service — Order in Council re.. 53
Military Hospital Commission re proper-
ties purchased by, in Quebec city.. .. SS
Military Hospital Commission, number
of employees of. of all ranks 89
Military Service Act — judgments rendered
to date, under 97
S-9 George V
Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers
A. 1918
M
Minutes of Proceedings Conference bsr
tween Federal and Provincial Govern-
ments. 191S 5
Mines Branch — Report of year 1916.. .. 26a
Miscellaneous Unforeseen Expenses.. .. 67
Mulgrove Port, N.S., re appointment of
preventive ofBcer at SO
Munition Resources Commission — Report
of, 1915 to 191S 153
N
National Battlefields Commission — Report
of 61
National Transcontinental Railway — State-
ment re gross earnings of year ending
March. 191S 1.39
Naval Service — Report of, 1917 3S
" Fisheries Branch of De-
partment of 39
Canadian Biologj- 3.Sa
Newspapers — amounts paid to on account
Victory Loan 120
News Print — Report of R. A. Pringle. re,
etc 64
O
O'Connor. W. F., re resignation of as
Cost of Living Commissioner 102
Orders in Council —
lie amendments of Defence of Canada
Order of 1917, also re ditto ships
lights 4 2e
Re carriage of explosives on vessels for
self-defence 42d
Re sale of securities, by Provincial and
Municipal, or other bodies 126
Re prohibition of the Press, from state-
ments re war matters, etc 104
Re Military Voters Act, and War-Time
Elections Act 9 6
Re National Service Board 86
Re Dominion Lands, etc 73
Re Forest Reserves and Park Act.. .. 72
Re to Dominion Lands survey, etc. ... 71
Relating to Naval affairs 4 2
Relating to wearing of uniforms by
civilians, etc 4 2n
Relating to rank of warrant officer —
also re examining officers at Canadian
ports 4 2c
Relating to rank of warrant officers —
also re examining officers at Canadian
ports 42b
Relating allowances to navigating offi-
cers 4 2/
Relating to rates on railways 43
Relating to intoxicating liquor.s.. .... 44
Relating to Department of Immigration
and Colonization 45
Relating to soldiers — civil re establish-
ment 46
Relating to War Purchasing Commis-
sion 47
Relating to War Missiori to United
States — appointment of 4S
Relating to War Mission to United
States — appointment of 48a
Relating to Halifax Relief Commission. 49
Re'ating to War Committee of the
Cabinet 50
Relating to appointments, etc. — to the
public service 51
42201— U
Relating to Public Service Committee of
National Service
Relating to Military Service, etc
Relating to War Measures Act, etc. . . ,
Relating to Director of Public Informa-
tion
Relating to Food Controller
" Fuel Controller
" Editoral Committee . . . .
Ottawa Improvement Commission, Report
of
Outside Service — Statement showing num-
bers transferred to Inside Service and
number appointed under Section 21 of
Act
Paper Commission — Copy of Order in
Council creating
Paper Commission — Copy of Order in
Council relating to Toronto
Park Lot No. 19. village of Southampton
— re Order in Council referring to. . . .
Patronage, Abolition of — ilemo. re, etc. .
Pensions to families of deceased soldiers —
number of
Penitentiaries — Report of Minister of Jus-
tice re year 1917
Petroleum Oils and Spirits — Imports,
values, etc., of years 1909-10, 11, 12,
13. 14, 15, 16. 17, and part of 191S..
Postmaster General — Report of year 1917.
Post Office and Customs Departments —
Documents re certain appointments since
December, 1917
Press. The — prohibition of, re statements '
concerning the war
Printing and Stationery — Report of 1917.
Pringle. R. A. — ^Report of, re News print.
Public Accounts
Public Works — Report of Department of.
1917
Public Printing and Stationery — names,
salaries, etc.. of employees of
52
53
53a
54
56
56b
56c
57
58
65
116,
64a
642>
137
92
162
34
150
24
143
104
32
64
19
135
Railways and Canals — Report of Depart-
ment of. 1917 20
Railway Commissioners — Report of, 1917. 20c
Railway, National Transcontinental —
Gross earnings of year ending March,
1918 139
206
52a
28
63
100
Railway Statistics for year 1917
Registration Regulations — Canada Regis-
tration Board
Royal Northwest Mounted Police, 1917..
Royal Society of Canada — Statement of,
1917
Rural Planning and Development — Cost of
certain streets, sewers, etc
Rural Planning and Development — Cost of
certain streets, sewers, etc 130
S
Securities — Order in Council respecting
sale of 126
Secretary of State — Report of year 1917. 29
" " for External Affairs,
1917 33
ienate. Minutes of — names, salaries, etc..
of persons preparing same, etc 115
8-9 George V Alphabetical Tudex to Sessional Papers
A. 1918
Senate Debates — re publication ot, etc.. 112
Sevigny, Hon. Albert, letter of resigna-
tion of 69
Scientific and Industrial Research — Report
of Chairman of Advisory Council ot.
191S 151
Shipping — Report of Customs Department
year 1917 llo
Slav — Subjects of Austria — Memo, re na-
turalized in Canada 156
Smoked Wiltshire Bacon — re tenders for
purchase of by War Purchasing Com-
mission 136
Soldier Settlement Loan — Order in Council
re regulations governing 125
Steamboat Inspection — Report for year
1917 23
Stone used in building Parliament Build-
ing 83
St. 'Zotique wharf — sums of money ex-
pended on since 1911 109
Superannuations and Retiring Allowances,
1917 66
T
Telephone statistics — for year 1917.. .. 20(i
Titles of Honour — Order in- Council re
dated March 25, 191S 15S
Topographical Surveys Branch, 1917.. .. 25b
Toronto, City of — foodstuffs ordered to be
destroyed in April, 1918 145
Trade and Commerce —
Report of Department of —
Part I — Annual Report of year 1917-
18 10
" II — Mail Subsidies and Steam-
ship Subvention.^ iOa
'* III — Report of Grain Commis-
sioners for 1916 106
"IV — Criminal Statistics 10c
Translating and Reporting in the House
of Commons — names and number em-
ployed on same 147
Tribunals, local, under Military Service
Act established in Canada — number and
expenses of 132
Veterinary Directory General — Report ot
1917 156
Victoria Crosses — number of awarded to
Canadians 91
Victory Loan — Report of Chairman of Do-
minion Executive Committee re 131a
Victory Loan — Statement showing remun-
eration paid in connection with 1316
Votes and Proceedings. Order Paper, and
Journals of the House — names and
number of persons employed in 146
War-Time Elections Act — Order in Coun-
cil re connection with Military Service
Act 90
War Trade Board — Order in Council con-
stitution and appointment of 59
War Trade Board — Order in Council re
creating of 59a
War Trade conditions in United States —
names of parties sent to investigate.. 94
War Contracts fulflUed in Province of
Quebec 81
War Purchasing Commission — Second Re-
port of from January, 1917, to March
31. 1918 149
Wharf at Graham — sums of money spent
on, etc 82
Winnipeg Civic Authorities — correspond-
ence with Food Controller and, re cold
storage conditions at 140
William Davis Co.. Ltd., and Matthews-
Blackwell Ltd. — Report of Commission
re 129
Women's War Conference — Report of. . . 67
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
LIST OF SESSIONAL PAPERS.
Arranged in Numerical Order, with their titles at full length; the dates when Ordered
and when presented to the Houses of Parliament; the Names of the Senator or
Memher who mored for each Sessional Paper, and whether it is ordered to he
Printed or njot Printed.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME A.
Census of Prairie Provinces — Population and Agriculture — Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and
Alberta, 1916 Printed for distribution and s&ssional papers.
(This volume is bound in three parts.)
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1.
1. Report of the Auditor General for the year ended 31st March, 1917, Volume I, Parts a. b
and A to K; Volume II, Parts L, to U ; Volume III, Parts V to Z. Presented by Hon.
Mr. Maclean. March 20, 191S Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
1. Report of the Auditor General for the year ended 31st March. 1917. Volume IV,- part ZZ.
Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. April 22. 191S.
Printed for dfistrtbiition and sessional papers.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2.
2. The Public Accounts of Canada, tor tht fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by
Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 191S Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
3. Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on the 31st
March, 1919. and. in accordance with tht provisions of "The British North America
Act. 1867." Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 22, 1918.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
4. Su],)i)lementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year
ending on tht 31st March. 1918, and*, in accordance with the provisions of "The British
North America Act. 1867." Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. May IS, 1918.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
5. .Supplementary Estimatts of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year^
ending on the 31st March. 1919, and in accordance with the provisions of "The British
North America Act, 1867." Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. May 20, 191S.
Printed for distribiition and sessional papers..
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 3.
(This volume is bound in two parts.)
8, Report of the Superintendent of Insurance for the year 1917. (Vol. 1.)
Printed for distHbution and sessional papers.
8. Report of the Superintendent of Insurance for the year 1917. (Vol. II.)
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
S, Abstract of Statements of Insurance Companies in Canada for the year ended 31st Decem-
ber, 1917. (Subject to corrections.) Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, May 13, 1918.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 4.
10, Annual Report of the Trade of Canada < Impoits for Consumption and Exports), for the
fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented .by Sir George Foster, May 22, 191S.
Printed for distribution ««rf sessional papers.
5
8-9 George Y Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 5.
lOa. Report relating to Srail Subsidies and Steamship Subventions as controlled by the Depart-
ment of Trade and Commerce, tor the fiscal year ending 31st March, 1917, with Traffic
Returns, etc., to 31st December, 191". Presented by Sir George Foster, May 17, 1918.
Printed for cKstribution and sessional papers.
106. Report of the Trade and Commerce Department. Grain Statistics for the fiscal year 1916,
and the Report of the Board of Grain Commissioners.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
lOc, Criminal Statistics for the year ended September, 1917.
Printed for. distribution and sessioiial papers.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 6.
I i. Report of the Department of Cnstoms containing the tables and statements of Imports and
Exports of the Dominion of Canada for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Pre-
sented by Hon. ilr. Sifton, March 26. 191S.
Printed for distribution ami sessional pajiers.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 7.
lla. Shipping Report of the Department of Customs, containing the statements of Navigation
and Shipping of the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917.
Presented by Hon. Mr. Sifton. March 26. 191S.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
1Z. Inland Revenue. Annual Report, Part I — Excise. The Senate.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
13. Inland Revenue, Annual Report, Part II — Weights and Measures, Gas and Electricity. The
Senate Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
14. Inland Revenue — Part III — Adulteration of Food. The Senate.
Printed for d)istribution and sessional papers.
15. Report of the Minister of Agriculture for the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 31st
March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crerar, March 25, 1918.
Printed for diistribution atid sessional papers.
X5b. Report of the Veterinary Director General for the year 1917.
Printed for distHbution a7id sessio7ial papers.
15c Report on "The Agricultural Instruction Act," 1916-17, pursuant to Section S. Chapter 5
of 3-4 George V. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crerar, March 25. 1918.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
16. Report of the Director and Ofllcers of the Experimental Farms for the year ending 31st
March, 1917 printed for distributio7i and sessional papers.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 8.
19. Report of the Minister of Public Works on the works under his control for the fiscal year
ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Carvell, March 26, 1918.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
20. Annual Report of the Department of Railways and Canals, for the fiscal year from 1st
April, 1916, to 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid, March 27. 1918.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
20a. Canal Statistics for season of navigation, 1917.
Printed for distributioji atid sessional papers.
ZOb. Railway Statistics for the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1917.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
ZOc. Twelfth Report of the Board of Railway Commissioners for Canada, for the year ending
31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid, March 25, 1918.
Printed for distributioti and sessional papers.
ZOd>. Telephone Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1917. Pre-
sented by Hon. Mr. Reid, March 25, 1918.
Printed for distribution and sessional jiapers.
6
8-9 George V Alphabetical ludex to Sessioual Papers A. 191s
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 9.
21. Fiftieth Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, lor the year 1916-17 —
Marine. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne, March 20, 191S.
Printed for distribution a7id sessio7ial papers.
22. List of shipping issued by the Department of Marine and Fislieries, being a list of vessels
on the Registry Bool^s of tlie Dominion of Canada, on the 31st of December, 1917.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
23. Supplement to the Fiftieth Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries
(Marine) — Steamboat Inspection Report. .Prtnfed for distribution and sessional j)apers.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 10.
24. Report of the Postmaster General for the year ended 31st March. 1917. Presented by Hon.
Mr. Doherty, March 27, 191S Printed for distrihutioti and sessional paper's.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 11.
25. Annual Report of the Department of the Interior, for the fiscal year ending 31st March,
1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen. March 27, 1918.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
25a. Annual Report of tlie Topographical Surveys Branch of the Department of the Interior, for
the fiscal year ending 31st March. 1917. . .Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
25c. Sixteenth Report of the Geographic Board of Canada, for the year 1917.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 12.
26. Summary Report of the operations of the Geological Surv.^y. Department of Mines, for the
year 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
26a. Summary Report of the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, for the year ending
31st December, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
27. Report of the Department of Indian .Affairs for the year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented
by Hon. Mr. Calder, March 27. 191S.. ..Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
28. Report of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police. 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rowell, 2nd
April, 1918 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
29. Report of the Secretary of State of Canada, for the year 1917.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
30. The Civil Service List of Canada, for the year 1917.
Printed for distribution and sessiontd papers.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 13.
31. Annual Report of the Civil Service Commission of Canada, for tl-e vear en'Mns 31st August,
1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
32. Report of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery for the fiscal year ended 31st
March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, April 23, 191S.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
33. Report of the Secretary of State for External Affairs, for the year enfled 31st JIarcli. 1917.
Presented by Sir Robert Borden, May S, 191S.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
34. Report of the Minister of Justice as to the Penitentiaries of Canarla. for the fiscal year
ending 31st March, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
7
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued.
35. Report of the Militia Council for the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ending 31st
March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Mewburn. April 10, 1918.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers,
36. Report of the Department of Labour (or the fiscal year ending 31st March. 1917. Presented
by Hon. Mr. Crothers, March 26, 191S Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
36a. Tenth Report of the Registrar of Boards of Concilliation and Investigation under " The
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1917," for the fiscal year of 1917.
Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
38. Report of the Department of the Naval Service, for the fiscal year ending 31st March. 1917.
Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne, March 19, 1918.
Printed for dist7'ibHti07i and sessional papers.
38"- Supplement to the Seventh Annual Report of the Department of the Naval Service (Fish-
eries Branch). Contributions to Canadian Biology, being studies from the Biological
Stations of Canada, 1916-17 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14.
39. Fiftieth Annual Report of the Fisheries Branch of the Department of the Naval Service,
1916-1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne. March 19, 191S.
Printed) for distribution and sessional papers.
40. The Report of the Joint Librarians of Parliament. Presented by Hon. The Speaker, March
IS, 1918 ^'ot printed.
41. Minute of Council appointing the Honourable Martin Burrell, Secretary of State; the
Honourable John Dowsley Reid, Minister of Railways and Canals ; the Honourable
Arthur L. Sifton, Minister of Customs, and the Honourable James A Calder. Minister
of Immigration and Colonization, to act with the Speaker of the House of Commons, as
Commissioners for the purposes, and under the Provisions of the Eleventh Chapter of
the Revised Statutes of Canada. 1906, intituled: "An Act respecting tre House of
Commons.". Presented by Sir Robert Borden. March IS, 1918 -Vot printed.
42. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows : —
P.C. 987, dated 10th April, 1917. — Defence of Canada Order, 1917. Regulations,
penalties, etc.
PC. 1397. dated 21st May, 1917. — Regulations re persons employed on docks, etc.
carrying matches, smoking, etc., prohibited.
PC. 1451. dated 25th May, 1917. — Further penalties under Defence of Canada
P.C. 2277, dated 17th August, 1917. — Re Desertions from merchant vessels; penal-
ties, etc.
P.C. 2769, dated 4th October, 1917. — Ship's lights; regulations, re.
P.C. 3306. dated 29th November, 1917. — Prohibition, sending code messages re
merchant ships without authority.
P.C. 3307, dated 29th November, 1317. — Seamen undergoing imprisonment for deser-
tion may be liberated for service on vessels.
P.C. 3319, dated 29th November, 1917. — Regulations re persons employed on docks.
P.C. 3017, dated 3rd December, 1917. — Naval authorities may authorize embark-
ation of explosives in merchant ships.
P.C. 3362, dated 24th December. 1917. — Transportation of explosives by railways.
P.C. 86, dated 15th January, 1918. — Competent naval authority may prescribe oi^der
in which ships may be supplied with coal.
P.C. 87, dated 17th January. 191S. — Regulation prohibiting taking of firearms, etc.,
from Canada by sea without permission of naval or military authority.
P.C. 91, dated 15th Janury, 1918. — Regulations providing that all British ships.
1.600 tons or over, trading to Europe and the Mediterranean must have wireless
apparatus, etc.
P.C. 261, dated 1st February, 1918. — Regulation re carriage of explosives on
passenger trains.
P.C. 282. dated 26th- February. 1918. respecting the placing at the disposal of The
War Trade Board the output of any factory or workshop engaged in the production of
arms, ammunition, food, machinery, etc.
P.C. 524. dated 2nd of March, 1918. in substitution of Regulation Fifty-one, respect-
ing penalties for refusing to obey any orders or rules issued under the provisions of the
Defence of Canada Order, 1917.
P.C. 558. dated 8th of March. 1918. amending P.C. 987. dated 10th April, 1917. —
Regulation respecting the employment of look-outs on merchant vessels of 2,500 gross
tonnage and upwards.
P.C. 559, dated Sth March, 1918, respecting the exportation of goods from Canada
to neutral countries. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March 18, -1918 . . .A'ot printed.
8
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued,
42a. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows : —
P.C. 17, dated 4th January, 191S. — Wearing military or naval uniforms by unauthor-
ized persons.
P.C. 86, dated loth January, 1918. — " Defence of Canada Order, 1917." coaling of
vessels.
P.C. 87, dated 17th January. 1918. — " Defence of Canada Order, 1917," export of fire-
arms.
P.C. 91, dated loth January, 1918. — "Defence of Canada Order, 1917," radio-
telegraph equipment on vessels.
P.C. 261, dated 1st February, 1918. — Carrying of explosives on passenger trains.
P.C. 329, dated 8th February, 1918. — Rates of pay R.N,C,V,R,
P.C. 387, dated 20th February, 1918. — Allowance to officers and men travelling on
duty.
P.C. 462, dated 2nd March, 191S. — Treatment of insane members of the naval
service.
P.C. 524, dated 2nd March, 191S. — "Defence of Canada Order, 1917," enforcement
of provisions.
P.C. 2769, dated 4th October, 1917. — Amendment to "Defence of Canada Order,
1917," re lights on vessels.
P.C. 2791, dated 9th October, 1917. — Retention of services of men in the R.N.C.V.R.
after termination of the war.
P.C. 3017. dated 3rd DecemBer, 1917. — Amendment to " Defence of Canada Order,
1917," re carriage of explosives in merchant ships.
P.C. 3064, dated 2nd November, 1917. — Rates of pay to officials officiating at courts
martial and disciplinary courts for the Royal Canadian Navy.
P.C. 3072, dated 6th Nopember, 1917. — Regulations governing the issue of war
badges.
P.C. 3192, dated 13th November, 1917. — Rates of pay on discharg"e to men not
eligible for three months' gratuity.
P.C. 3306, dated 29th November. 1917. — Amendment to "Defence of Canada Order,
1917,"re communicating information with regard to the movements of ships.
P.C. 3307, dated 29th November, 1917. — Amendment to "Defence of Canada Order,
1917," re release of imprisoned seamen.
P.C. 3319, dated 29th November. 1917. — Amendment to "Defence of Canada Order,
1917," re carrying of matches in the vicinity of inflammable substances.
P.C. 3362, dated 24th December. 1917. — Amendment to " Defence of Canada Order,
1917," re transportation of explosives on passenger trains.
P.C. 3391, dated 24th December. 1917. — Retention of services of men in the Royal
Canadian Navy after the termination of the war,
P.C. 3392, dated 22nd December, 1917. — Institution of rank of commander, R.N.
C.V.R.
P.C. 3470, dated 26th December, 1917. — Institution of warrant ranks. Royal Can-
adian Navy,
P.C. 3474, dated 27th December, 1917. — Rates of pay to paymasters, R.N.C.V.R.
P.C. 3475, dated 5th January, 1918. — Separation allowance.
P.C. 558, dated Sth March, 1918. — Look-outs on merchant vessels.
P.C. 560. dated Sth March. 1918. — Admitting United States vessels to privileges in
Canadian ports. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne. March 19, 1918 -Vof printed.
42I<. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 863, dated 12th April, 1918; amendments of "Defence of
Canada Order, 1917." — Equipment of ships for protection against the enemy. Pre-
sented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne, April 19, 1918 Not printed.
42c. Copy of Order in Council P.C. 950, dated 19th of April, 1918. — Establishment of the rank
of warrant writer in the RN. C.V.R. Also. — Copy of Order in Council P.C. 70/942,
dated 19th April. 1918. — Allowance to chief examining officers at Canadian naval ports.
Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne. April 24, 191S Not printed!.
42rf. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 974, dated 23rd April, 1918, " Defence of Canada Order,
1917," — Entry in Canada of vesse's carrying explosives in self defence. Also, Copy
of Order in Council, P.C. 957, dated 19th April, 1918. — Institution of the rank of sur-
geon probationer. Royal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve. Presented by Hon. Mr.
Ballantyne, May 1, 1918 Not printed.
42e. Order in Council No. P.C. 1102, dated 10th May, 1918. — Amendments of "Defence of
Canada Order. 1917," Section 23c, re fitting and supplying vessels registered in Canada
with defensive armaments. Order in Council No. P.C. 1129, dated 11th May. 191S. —
Amendments of "Defence of Canada Order of 1917," Section 22A, re ships' lights.
(The Senate) Not printed.
42/. Copy of Order in Council No. P.C. 1208, dated 17th May, 1918, re allowances to officers
appointed for navigating duties in H.M.C. ships. Presented by on. Mr. Ballantyne,
May 23, 1918 Not printed.
9
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^C ontinued.
43. P.C. 632, dated 14th Marcli, 191S, respecting the increase in freight and passenger rates on
Canadian railways. P.C. 631, dated 14th March, 191S, respecting the collection of
special taxes from the Canadian Pacific Railway Company. Presented by Sir Robert
Borden, March IS, 191S Not printed.
44. P.C. 3116. dated 2nd November, 1917. — Regulations forbidding the use of gram for the dis-
tillation of potable liquors.
P.C. 3473, dated 22nd December. 1917. — Regulations respecting the prohibition of
the importation of intoxicating liquors except wine for use in Divine service ; liquor for
medicinal purposes ; liquor for manufacturing purposes ; and specifying the strength of
an intoxicating liquor. ,
P.C. 34S4. dated 26th December, 1917. amending P.C. 3473. dated 22nd December.
1917, by striking out the word "alcohol" and substituting the words "proof spirits."
P.C. 134, dated 19th January, 191S. amending P.C. 3473, dated 22nd December, 1917.
respecting the importation of liquors after 24th December, 1917, if actually purchased
and shipped before 31st January. 191S.
P.C. 224. dated 26th January, 191S, amending P.C. 3473, dated 22nd December, 1917,
providing for the issuing of a special license by the Minister of Customs for the impor-
tation of liquors under certain circumstances.
P.C. i)S9, dated 11th March, 191S. — Regulations regarding the manufacture and sale
of intoxicating liquors in Canada. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March IS, 1918.
Not printed.
45. PC. 3073. dated 29th October. 1917. — Establishment of a Department of Immigration and
Colonization ; provision of a salary lor the Secretary of State for External Affairs.
Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March IS, 1918 Not printed.
46. P.C. 432. dated 21st February, 1918. — Establishment of a Department of Soldiers' Civil Re-
Establishment.
P.C. 433, dated 21st February, 1918. — Regulations re Military Hospitals Commission.
- P.C. 434, dated 21st February, 191S. — Invalided Soldiers' Commission.
P.C. 442, dated 21st February. 1918. — Appointing Sir James Lougheed, K.C.M.G..
Minister of Soldiers' Civil Re-Estab'ishment.
P.C. 443, dated 23rd February, 191S. — Accepting resignation of Mr. F. B. McCurdy.
as Parliamentary Secretai-y of the Department of Militia and Defence.
P.C. 444, dated 23rd February, 191S. — Appointing F. B. McCurdy, Esq., Parlia-
mentary Secretary of Ihe Department of Soldiers' Civil Re-Establishment.
P.C. 445. dated 23rd February, 191S. — Accepting the resignation of Sir James
Lougheed, K.C.M.G., as Chairman of the Invalided Soldiers' Commission ; and appoint-
ing F. B. McCurdy, Esq.. MP., as Chairman of the said Commission.
P.C. 446. dated 23rd February. 191S. — Placing the Invalided Soldiers' Commission
under the direction and control of the Minister of Soldiers' Civil Re-Establishment.
Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March IS, 191S Not printed.
47. P.C. 307, dated 6th February, 1918. — Purchases to be made by the War Purchasing Com-
mission for the several departments of Government. Presented by Sir Robert Borden.
March IS. 191 S Not printed.
48. P.C. 272, dated 2nd February, 1918. — Appointment of a Canadian War Mission in tlie
United States of America.
P.C. 2S1, dated 2nd February. 1918. — Appointing Lloyd Harris. Chairman of the
Canadian War Mission in the United States of America.
P.C. 653, dated Ifith March. 1918. — Appointing Messrs. Frank A. Rolph. A. H. Scott
and Ross H. McMaster. members of the Canadian War Mission in the United States of
America. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. March 18. 1918 .Vof printed.
48a Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 20th March. 1918. for
a copy of the Orders in Council creating the War Mission at Washington, appointments
to the same, with instructions as to the extent of its powers and scope of its work.
Presented by Mr. Clark (Bruce). March 26, 1918 Not printed.
49. P.C. 112, dated 22nd January, 1918. — Appointment of T. Sherman Rogers, K.C., William B.
Wallace, Judge of the County Court, both of Halifax, and Frederick Luther Fowke, of
Oshawa, gentleman, as Commissioners under the name of the Halifax Relief Commis-
sion.
P.C. 576, dated 9th March, 1918. — Regulations re paj-ment of claims arising out
of the Halifax disaster. First report of Halifax Relief Commission attached. Pre-
sented by Sir Robert Borden, March 18, 1918 Printed for sessional papers only.
50. P.C. 3005, dated 23rd October, 1917. — Appointment of a War Committee of the Cabinet.
P.C. 3006, dated 23rd October, 1917. — Appointment of a Committee of the Cabinet to
be known as " The Reconstruction and Development Committee." Presented by Sir
Robert Borden. March 18. 1918 .Vot printed.
10
S-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME li— Continued.
:51. PC. 3oS. dated 13th February, 191S.— Regulations re appointments to the'Public Service.
P.C. 491, dated 2Sth February, 191S. — Respecting appointments, promotions, etc.,
in the Civil Service other than in the several departments.
P.C. 372, dated ISth February, 191S. — Appointment of a Committee of Council re
preparation of a Bill respecting the Civil Service.
P.C. 548, dated 15th March, 1918. — Approval of Interim Regulations made by the
Civil Service Commission, under clause 3 of O.C. P.C. 358, dated 13th February, 1918.
P.C. 637, dated 18th March. 191S. — Regulations re dismissal of public officials on
the ground of offensive partisanship during the recent election. Presented by Sir
Robert Borden, March 18, 1918 Not printed.
:52. P.C. 2S33, dated Sth October. 1917. — Public Servtee Committee of National Service. Pre-
sented by Sir Robert Borden, March 18, 1918 Not printed.
52«. Registration Regulations made by the Canada Registration Board. Presented by Hon.
Mr. McCurdy, April 23, 1918 Not printed.
52b. Memorandum respecting the plans of the Canada Registration Board and the progress it
is making in its work. Presented by Sir George Foster, May 23, 1918.. ..Not printed.
-53. PC. 1433, dated 24th May, 1917. — Regulations re departure out of Canada of male persons
liable to or capable of military service.
P.C. 1531, dated 4th June, 1917. — Statutory declaration — Schedule ' B" of O.C. May
24, 1917, may be made before certain persons.
P.C. 1799, dated 30th June, 1917. — Regulations made by O.C. May 24. 1917, amended.
P.C. 2245, dated 3rd September, 1917. — Military Service Council: Appointment
Deputy Minister of Justice. O. M. Biggar, John H. Moss, L. Loranger, and L.-Col. H. A. C,
Machin as.
P.C. 2497, dated Sth September, 1917. — Central Appeal Judge: Appointment Mr.
Justice Duff as.
P.C. 249S, dated 11th September. 1917. — Members of local tribunals: Minister of
Justice may appoint after September 25, 1917.
P.C. 2554, dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for British Columbia — R. S.
Lennie, K.C.
P.C. 2555, dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for New Brunswick — W. A.
Ewing, K.C.
P.C. 2556. dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for Quebec — Eugene Godin. K.C.
P.C. 2557, dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for Saskatchewan — A. L. Haining.
P.C. 2558, dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for Manitoba — E. R. Chapman.
P.C. 2559. dated l.'''th September, 1917. — Registrar for Toronto — Glynn Osier.
P.C. 2563, dated ISth September, 1917. — Franking privilege extended to Registrars
and Deputy Registrars.
P.C. 2564, dated l.jth September, 1917. — Regulations re departure out of Canada
of male persons capable of Tnilitary service, made on May 24 and June 30, 1917, amended.
P.C. 2591, dated 17th September, 1917. — Registrar for Calgary — John M. Carson.
P.C. 2598, dated 17th September, 1917. — Registrar for Prince Edward Island — W.
W. Stanley.
P.C. 2603, dated ISth September, 1917. — O. M. Biggar authorized to sign requisi-
tions for printing and stationery tor use of Military Service Council.
P.C. 2618, dated 20th September. 1917. — Registrar for the Yukon — John Black.
P.C; 2623. dated 21J3t September, 1917. — ^Deputy Registrars, Ontario — W. E.
Wismer and Major H. P. Cook.
P.C. 2624, dated 21st September, 1917. — Deputy Registrar for Quebec — A. Gobeil.
P.C. 2635, dated 28th September, 1917. — Deputy Registrar for Quebec — F. A.
I.abelle.
P.C. 2637. dated 2Sth September, 1917. — Re making alien residents of Allied
nationality in Canada liable to military service.
P.C. 2664, dated 24th September, .1917. — Deputy Registrar for Ontario — G. A.
Toole.
P.C. 2699, dated 3rd October, 1917. — Registrar for Nova Scotia — E. H. Nichols.
P.C. 27.25, dated 3rd October, 1917. — List of officials to sign Letter of Credit
cheques.
P.C. 2781, dated 4th October, 1917. — Approval of Proclamation calling out for
military service of Class 1.
P.C. 2833. dated Sth October, 1917. — Public Service Committee of National Service
Board, to investigate claims of Civil Servants for exemption.
P.C. 2936, dated 15th October, 1917. — Time extended for calling out Class 1 in the
Yukon.
P.C. 2958. dated 19th October. 1917. — Regulations under Military Service Aot, 1917.
P.C. 3007, dated 20th October, 1917. — Travelling expenses of members ot Board
of Selection.
P.C. 3008, dated 20th October, 1917. — Living and travelling expenses of r lembers
of Military Service Council.
11
-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME li— Continued.
P.C. 3025, dated 20th October. 1917. — Regulations re reporting for service and
claims for exemption for men residing outside of Canada.
P.C. 3033, dated 23rd October, 1917. — Convention Great Britain and United States
calling out for military service under its own colours its citizens resident in the other
country.
P.C. 3036, dated 23rd October, 1917. — Re exemption of members of the R.N.W.M.
Police.
P.C. 3093, dated 2nd November, 1917.— ClerV: of Central Appeal Judge — J. L.
McDougall — at salary of $250 a month.
P.C. 3095, dated 2nd November, 1917. — Expenses of Military Service Branch to be
paid from War Appropriation.
P.C. 3112, dated 2nd November, 1917. — Expenses of Judges re making appoint-
ments to local tribunals.
P.C. 3118, dated 7th November. 1917. — Further regulations under Military Service
Act, 1917.
P.C. 3168, dated 9th November, 1917. — Regulations re dealing with deserters and
absentees without leave, etc.
P.C. 3169. dated 9th November, 1917. — Regulations re claims for exemptions by
persons who have failed to comply with Proclamation under Military Service Act, 1917,
P.C. 3230, dated 19th November. 1917. — Regulations fixing penalties for non-
compliance with the law.
P.C. 3231. dated 19th November, 1917. — Re applications for exemption in North-
west Territories and other remote regions.
P.C. 3232, dated 19th November, 1917. — J. H. Moss authorized to sign requisitions
for printing and stationery for use of Military Service Council.
P.C. 32S3. dated 27th November, 1917. — Regulation re repatriation of citizens or
subjects of Allied countries resident in Canada.
P.C. 32S5, dated 27th November, 1917. — Minister of Justice authorized to desig-
nate a Judge to perform duties assigned to Chief Justice re appeal tribunals in case
of a vacancy in said office.
P.C. 329S. dated 29th November. 1917. — Registrars and Deputy Registrars, remun-
eration of.
P.C. 3321. dated 30th November, 1917. — Regulations re appeal to Central Judge
from decisions of tribunals.
P.C. 3344, dated 3rd December, 1917. — Be hearing of appeals as speedily as
possible.
P.C. 3348, dated 3rd December, 1917. — Re discharge from military service of
persons engaged in agriculture.
P.C. 3349, dated 3rd December. 1917. — Minister of Agriculture authorized to
appoint representatives of Department of Agriculture to attend tribunals.
P.C. 3356. dated Sth December, 1917. — Remuneration of representatives of the
Minister of Agriculture ($5 per diem).
P.C. 3463. dated 24th December, 1917. — Regulations re departure out of Canada,
of male persons, made by O.C. May 24. 1917, amended.
P.C. 33, dated 7th January, 191S. — Regulations re establishment of additional tri-
bunals to decide appeals.
P.C. 35, dated 7th January. 1918. — ^Regulations; remuneration and expenses of
tribunals.
P.C. 70. dated Sth January, 1918. — Regulations respecting men changing resideve.
P.C. 54. dated Sth January, 1918. — Enlargement of Dominion Police Force in con-
nection with administration of the Military Service Act.
P.C. Ill, dated 17th January, 1918. — Regulations re exemption of Indians and
other disfranchised British subjects, from Military Service.
P.C. 115, dated 17th January, 1918. — Regulations prescribing obligations of
exempted men under the Military Service Act.
P.C. 116. dated 17th January, 1918. — Appointment of Douglas Kerr as Commis-
sioner of Police to enforce Military Service Act.
P.C. 178, dated 21st January. 191S. — Regulations re appeal claims for exemption
under the Military Service Act, 1917.
P.C. 181 dated 26th January, 1918. — Regulations re furnishing of information by
employers of employees liable for Military Service.
P.C. 182. dated 26th January, 1918. — Regulations re reporting for military duty
in case of an appeal for exemption.
P.C. 195. dated 24th January, 1918. — Extension of time for appeals from decisions
of local tribunals.
P.C. 196, dated 26th January, 1918. — Regulations re appeals from the grants of
exemption by tribunals — production of foodstuffs.
P.C. 237, dated 30th January, 191S. — Liability to Military Service of United States
citizens in Canada, and Candian British subjects in the United States.
P.C. 271, dated 2nd February, 1918. — Regulations re hearing of appeals in the
Province of Quebec.
12
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME U~Conti,uied.
P.C. 384, dated 18th February, 191S. — Appointment of an agricultural representa-
tive for each Military District to act as adviser to the Leave of Absence Boards.
P.C. 435. dated 23rd February, 191S. — Accepting- resignation of Mr. Glyn Os'.er,
K.C., as Register under the Military Service Act. at Toronto, and appointing Mr. C.
Leslie Watson, Registrar for Ontario.
P.C. 450, dated 2nd March, 1918. — Constitution of a Directorship under the Military
Service Act, 1917 ; and appointing Lt.-Col. H. A. C. Machin, to the said office.
P.C. 451, dated 23rd February. 191S. — Use of certain of the Judges of the Circuit
Court of the District of Montreal for the determination of appeals under the Military
Service Act, 1917
P.C. 452, dated 23rd February, 191S. — Accepting the resignation of Mr. E. R. Chap-
man, Registrar under the Military Service Act for Manitoba, and appointing Mr. George
A. Toole to succeed him.
P.C. 572, dated 9th March, 191S. — Application of the provisions of the Canadian
Military Service Act, 1917, to aliens of allied nationality resident in Canada. (Copy
of the Military Service Act, 1917, attached.) ■; Not 2>r>nted.
53a. Copies of Orders in Council —
P.C. 815, dated 4th April, 191S. — Regulations, under the War Measures Act, 1914.
in respect to the utilization of the human energy of Canada for purposes essential to
the prosecution of the present war. •
And P.C. S34. dated 4th April, 1918, — Conferring certain powe.s on the General
Officer or the Officer Commanding Military Districts, in case of riot, insurrection or civil
disturbance, or obstructing the enforcement of the Military Service Act. 1917, etc. Pre-
sented by Sir Robert Borden. April 5, IDIS. Not printed.
54. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows —
P.C. 3160. dated 9th November, 1917. — Regulations re appointment of a Director
of Public Information.
P.C. 3161, dated 9th November, 1917. — Appointing Mark E. Nichols, Esq.. Director
of Public Information. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rowell. March IS, 1918. ...Vo( printed.
55. Copy of the Minutes of the meetings of the Conference between the Dominion and Provin-
cial Governments of Canada, held at Ottawa, during February, 1918, respecting the
general war situation as concerned with Hnancial, food, shipping, and military necessities
Presented by Hon. Mr. Calder, March 18, 1918 Printed! for sessional papers only.
56. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows —
P.C. 1460, dated 16th June, 1917. — Regulations for appointment of Food Controller.
P.C. 1684. dated 21st June, 1917. — Appointment of Hon. W. J. Hanna as Food
Controller.
P.C. 1844, dated 3rd July, 1917.— Staff, office of Food Controller; appointment of
Todd, Willison and French.
P.C. 2079, dated 1st August, 1917. — Franking privilege extended to Food Con-
troller.
P.C. 2190, dated 9th August, 1917. — Regulations applicable to public eating places
and use of wheat for alcohol prohibited : penalties imposed, etc.
P.C. 2210, dated 11th August, 1917. — Food Controller's Office; 525,000 for salaries
and expenses of.
P.C. 2292, dated 18th August, 1917. — Export of flour prohibited.
P.C. 2333. dated 23rd August, 1917.— Food Controller's Office; appointment of
officers, clerks and others ; authority to make such appointments, fix salaries, etc.
P.C. 2352, date 24th August, 1917. — Canned vegetables; prohibition if use of
while fresh vegetables are available.
P.C. 2730, dated 3rd October, 1917. — Franking privilege to secretaries of Provin-
cial Committee of Food Controller's Office.
P.C. 2689, dated Sth October, 1917. — Food Control ; Educational Bureau : appoint-
ments.
P.C. 2688. dated 11th October. 1917. — Regulations re wholesale producers and
dealers. Must make returns, etc.
P.C- 2959, dated 19th October, 1917. — Cere.il foods. Regulations re sale of.
P.C. 2959 (a), dated Extra Canada Gazette. 25th October, 1917. — Order of Food
Controller extending time for commencement of Cereal Food Regulations.
PC. 3044, dated 23rd October 1917. — Oleomargarine; Regulations re importation
and sale of.
P.C. 3116, dated 2nd November, 1917. — Use of grain for distiUation of potable
liquors, prohibited.
P.C. 3141, dated 6th November, 1917. — $70,000 for expenses office of Food Con-
troller.
P.C. 3211, dated 15th November, 1917.— Export of foodstuffs; prohibition of.
P.C. 3214, dated 15th November, 1917. — Licensing of dealers in food, etc. Regu-
lations re. Food Controller authorized to fix profits, etc.
13
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^Continued.
P.C. 3223, dated loth November. 1917. — Licensing of mills tor the grinding of
flour ; regulations re.
P.C. 3215, dated 19th November, 1917. — Food Controller's Office: ?10fl,000 for
salaries and other expenses in.
P.C. 3236, dated 19th November, 1917. — Oleomargarine: Regulations re handling
of ; Licenses for importation of to be issued from Office of Veterinary Director General.
P.C. 3236 (a), dated 2nd Extra Canada Gazette, 17th November, 1917. — Order of
Food Controller re manufacture, importation and sale of oleomargarine.
P.C. 3239, dated 19th November, 1917. — Food Control Regulations framed by Food
Controller re licenses for exportation of goods to allied countries, etc.. approved.
P.C. 3203, dated 27th November, 1917. — Manufacture of malt; regulations re.
P.C. 3347, dated 3rd December, 1917. — Prohibition of export of certain foods to the
United Kingdom. British possessions, etc., except under license from Minister of Customs.
P.C. 3430, dated 24th December. 1917. — Food Control Regulations re cars contain-
ing food being held for longer period than four days. etc.
P.C. 163, dated 19th January, 191S. — ?50,000 for expenses of Food Controller's
office.
P.C. 180, dated 21st January, 191S. — Regulations re licensing flour mills made by
Order in Council 3223, 15th November, 1917, to extend to all flour mills.
P.C. 200, dated 24th Januarj', 1918. — Resignation, Hon. W. J. Hanna as Food Con-
troller. '
P.C. 53, dated 26th January, 1918. — Regulations re exportation of certain goods.
P.C. 212, dated 26th January. 1918. — Staff, office of Food Controller. Former
Orders in Council re cancelled, and Food Controller authorized to appointment of cer-
tain members of.
P.C. 223. clatel 4th February. 1918. — Appointment Mr. H. B. Thomson as Food
Controller vice Hen. W. J. Hanna.
P.C. 34 1, dated llth February, 1918. — Canada Food Board.
P.C. 345, dated llth February, 1918. — Appointment members of Canada Food
Board : Messrs. Thomson, Dunning and McGregor.
P.C. 370, dated 12th February, 191 S ^Regulations re Public Eating Places. O.C,
9 th August, 1917, r. mended.
PC. 420. dat d 2Cth February, 191S. — Amending O.C. of February,- 11. 1918. creat-
'"g The Pppadn Frod Ho^rd — Powers not to include any of the powers or duties vested
in the Board cf Grain Superv'sers for Canada.
P.C 470, dated 2Sth February. 1918. — Prchibiting removal of flint or dent corn
from the ccunties of Lambton. Ess3x, Kent and Elgin to any place outside of said
district.
P.C. 5^'3. dated 7th Marh, 1918 — Regulations re usa of grain for feed purposes
in sto k ya-ds. et'-.
PC. 567. dated Kh March, 191S. — Placing of sums of money to the credit of the
Canada Food Boar 1 for the purchase of Ford tractors.
PC 580. t'ated 9t March. 1918 — Regu'ations re licensing of packing houses —
Liniitaton of profit cf sales.
P.C. 596, ated 12th March. 1918. — Regulations re power of The Canada Food
Board 'o make orders :egirding the ki .ds and amounts of foods that may h^ used. etc.
P.C. »97. dated 12th March, 1918. — Regulations forbidding the wilful waste of any
food or food pro'lu."ts : penalties imposed, etc N^ot printed.
56a- -Report o! the Ford Controller, Hon. W. J Hanna, K.C., to the Prime Minister, dated 24th
January, 191S. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. Mach 27, 1918 Not printed.
566- Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March. 1918, for a return show-
ing— 1. When and upon whose recommendation the office of Food Controller in Canada
was authorized and established. 2. To which Ministerial Department the Food Con-
troller reports, and what member of the cabinet, if any. is responsible for the adminis-
tration of the office of Food Controller. 3. The total amount incurred as salaries for
Food Controller and his assistants and staff at Ottawa and throughout Canada from
the establishment of the office up to and including end of February, 191S. 4. The total
expense of Food Controller's Office at Ottawa and throughout Canada, including rents,
furnishing, equipment, heat, light, salaries, travelling expenses, stationery, printing,
advertising, telegrams, telephones, postage, and all other expenses of Food Controller's
Office. Ottawa, and branch offices throughout Canada, since the establishment of the
office, up to and including February. 1918. 5. The total cost of administration of Food
Control'er's Office at Ottawa and throughout Canada, including rents, furnishings,
equipments, heat, light, salaries, travelling expenses, stationery, printing, advertising,
telegrams, telephones, postage, etc.. including all and every expense of Food Controller's
Office at Ottawa and branch offices throughout Canada for each of following months,
viz. : December. 1917. and February. 1918. 6. Whether there are any claims for salary
or expenses from the Food Controller's Office outstanding or in dispute : if so, the
amount involved. 7. How many employees there are on the Food Controller's staff at
Ottawa and throughout Canada, 8. How many of the employees are returned soldiers
who have been on active service since 1914. Presented April IS. 191S. — .1/r. Lapointe
(fit. -James) Not printed'.
14
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14r—C ontinued.
56c. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 20th March. 191S. for
a copy of the Order in Council recently passed making provision for the staff, the num-
ber of persons to he employed and their salaries, in the Food Controller's Office. Also
a list of the names of those at present employed, showing their respective salaries and
duties, former occupations, where formerly employed and salary received in former occu-
pation. Presented April IS. 191S. — Mr. Devlin -Vot printed.
56(1. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 2Tth March. lOlS.
for a copy of the Orders in Council creating the Canada Food Board, and all correspond-
ence antecedent or posterior to the Order in Council with respect to the same, as well
as all regulations not already brought down. Presented May 20, 191.S. — Sir Wilfrid
Laurier Not jtrinted.
see. Supplementary return to an Order of the House of the 20th March, 191S, for a return show-
ing— 1. Whrn and upon whose recommendation the office of Food Controller in Canada
was authorized and established. 2. To which Ministerial Department the Food Con-
troller reports, and what member of tlie cabinet, if any, is responsible for the adminis-
tration of the office of Food Controller. 3. The total amount incurred as salaries for
Food Controller and his assistants and staff at Ottawa and throughout Canada from
the establishment of the office up to and including end of February, 1918. 4. The total
expense of Food Controller's Office at Ottawa and throughout Canada, including rents,
furnishing, equipment, heat, light, salaries, travelling expenses, stationery, printing,
advertising, telegrams, telephones, postage, ^nd all other expenses of Food Controller's
Office, Ottawa, and branch offices throughout Canada, since the establishment of the
office, up to and including February, 191S. 5. The total cost of administration of Food
Controller's Office at Ottawa and throughout Canada, including rents, furnishings,
equipments, heat, light, salaries, travelling expenses, stationery, printing, advertising,
telegrams, telephone, postage, etc., including all and every expense of Food Controller's
Office at Ottawa and branch office throughout Canada for each of following months,
viz.: December, 1917, and February, 1918. 6. 'Whether there are any claims for salary
or expenses from the Food Controller's Office outstanding or in dispute ; if so, the
amount involved. 7. How many employees there are on the Food Controller's staff at
Ottawa and throughout Canada. S. How many of the employees are returned soldiers
who have been on active service since 1914. Presented May 20, 1918. — .Mr. Lapointe
(St. James) Not printed.
57. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows : —
P.C. I.'i79, dated 11th June. 1917. — Fuel Controller. — Report on coal situation and
appointment of Chas. A. Magrath as.
P.C. 1651, dated 15th June, 1917. — Fuel Controller vested with powers under
Inquiries Act.
P.C. 1862. dated 6th July, 1917. — Fuel Controller; $10,000 allocated from War
Appropriation.
P.C. 1887, dated 12th July, 1917. — Fuel Controller. — Report on coal situation and
appointment of Chas. A. Magrath as.
P.C. 2060, dated 27th July, 1917. — Assistant Fuel Controller. Appointment of
H. P. McCue as.
P.C. 2289. dated 22nd August, 1917. — Fuel Control. Appointment of Donald S.
Kerr to assist and C. W. Paterson as Deputy Fuel Controller.
P.C. 2611, dated 19th September, 1917. — "David S. Kerr" instead of "Donald S.
Kerr" (O.C. 22nd August, 1917 — P.C. No. 2289, amended).
P.C. 3068. dated 26th October, 1917. — Regulations re importation and sale of coal.
P.C. 105/3341. dated 3rd December, 1917. — Salary of Deputy Fuel Controller. C. W.
Peterson, fixed at $500 per month
P.C. 285, dated 4th February, 1918. — Duties of Fuel Controller; O.C. 12th July.
1917. — P.C. 1SS7, defining, amended
P.C. 298, dated 5th Februar.v, 1918. ^Fuel Regulation. Providing for heat'ess days
in factories, theatres, etc.
P.C. 325. dated 11th February. 1918. — Powers of Fuel Controller extended.
Sir George Foster laid on the Table, by Command of His Excellency, — Copies of
Orders in Council, as follows : —
P.C. 359, dated 20th February. 1918. — Regulations providing for the conservation of
fuel necessary to the national security.
P.C. 564, dated Sth March, 191S. — Amending regulations re conservation of fuel
as regards the closing of golf, country, yacht, canoe or hunt clubs and places of amuse-
ment on certain days. Presented by Sir George Foster. March 19. 1918... Wot printed.
58. Annual Report of the Editorial Committee on Government Publications, on its operations
from the date of its appointment, 4th October, 1917, to 20th March, 191S. Presented
■ by Sir George Foster, April 24, 1918.. . .Pri7ited for distribution and sessional papers.
58a. P.C. 2729. dated 4th October, 1917. — Establishment of Editorial Committee re printing of
public documents. Presented by Sir George Foster, March 19, 1918.
Printed for sessional pap '-rs only.
15
8-9 George V Alphabetical ludex to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME li— Continued.
59. PC. 337, dated 8th February, 191S. — Constitution of a Sub-Committee of the War Committee
of the Cabinet to be known as The War Trade Board. Presented by Sir George Foster,
March 19, 1918 ' Not printed.
S9n. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 20th March, 191S. tor
a copy of all Orders in Council creating the War Trade Board, appointments to the
same, instructions, and reports from the Board to this date. Presented by Sir Wilfrid
Laurier, April 4, 1918 Not printed.
60. Statement of Governor General's Warrants issued since the last Session of Parliament on
account of 1917-lS. Presented ))y Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918 Not printed.
61. Statement of receipts and expenditures of the National Battlefields Commission to 31st
March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918 Not printed.
62. Statement showing distribution of the $25,000,000 advanced by the Dominion Government
to the Canadian Northern Railway and its constituent companies, as provided for in
Chapter 24, Statutes of 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20. 1918.
Not printed.
62". Return showing: — 1. What sums, it any, have been paid since the first day of August.
1917, to the Canadian Northern Railway or to any person, firm, corporation, bank
or company in trust for and on behalf of the Canadian Northern. 2. Under what
authority these sums have been paid. 3. If by virtue of Orders in Council, the date
of each of gaid Orders in Council, and the amount authorized by each of said Orders,
and so paid. Presented March 27, 1918. — Mr. Verville Not printed.
63. Statement of the Receipts and Expenditures of the Royal Society of Canada, for the year
ended April 30, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. March 20, 1918.. . .Not printed.
64. Interim Report of R. A. Pringle, ICC, Commissioner inquiring into the manufacture, sale,
price and supply of news print in Canada. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20,
1918 Not printed.
64ci. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 8th April. 1918,
for a copy of the Order in Council creating a paper commission, and also a copy of
the subsequent Orders in Council in regard to the work of this Commission. Presented
April IS, 191S. — Mr. Devlin Not printed.
64!). Return to an Order of the Hoirse of the Sth April, 191S, for a copy of all correspondence
respecting Orders in Council creating a paper commission, and subsequent Orders in
Council respecting the same, "which have passed between newsipaper publishers in
Canada, more particularly those publishers in Toronto, and the Government. Pre-
sented April 25, 191S. — .Mr. Devlin Not printed.
65. Report and Statement of Receipts and Expenditures of the Ottawa Improvement Com-
mission to March 31, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918.
Not printed.
66. Statement of Superannuation and Retiring Allowances in the Civil Service during the year
ending 31st December, 1917. showing name, rank, salary, ser\'ice allowance and cause
of retiremejit of each person superannuated or retired, also whether vacancy has been
filled by promotion, or by apiK)intment, and the salar>- of any new appointee. Pre-
sented by Hon, Mr. Maolean. March 20. 1918 Not printed.
67. Report of Women's War Conferemce, called by the War Committee of the Cabinet, at
Ottawa, February 28th to March 2iid, 1918. Presented by hon. Mr. Rowell. March 20,
1918 Not printed.
68. Statement of Expenditure on account of " Miscellaneous Unforeseen Expenses." from the
1st April, 1917, to the 18th March, 1918, in accordance with the Appropriation Act
of 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918 Not printed.
69. Letter of the Honourable Albert Sfivigny to the Right Honourable the Prime Minister.
resigning his position as Minister of Inland Revenue, and the letter of the Prime
Minister in acknowledgment thereof. Presented by .Sir Robert Borden, March 26, 1918.
Not priyited.
70. Return to an Order of the House of the 21st March, 1918, tor a Return showing: — 1. Who
were the officers of the Engineere Training Depot stationed at St. Johns, Quebec,
barracks during the months of October and December. 1917. 2. Who were the othcers
of the Engineers Training Depot stationed at St. Johns, Quebec, barracks on the 17th
December, 1917. 3. Where these officers enlisted. 4. Where these officers resided
before their enlistment. 5. Where these officers were residing at the time of their
enlistment. Presented March 27, 1918. — Mr. Archambault Not printed.
16
I
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME U—Co7itinued.
71. Return of Orders in Council whicli have been published in the Canada Gazette and in the
British Columbia Gazette, between 1st January 1917, and the 8th March, 1918, in
accordance with provisions of subsection (d) of section 38 of the regulations for the
survey, administration, disposal and management of Dominion lands within the 40-mile
Railway Belt in the Province of British Columbia, as follows ; —
P.C. 3277, 5th January, 1917. License of occupation of a portion of the bed of
the Fraser river to the Kettle Valley Railway Company.
P.C. 159, 19th January, 1917. Limiting the right of homestead entry in the
Railway Belt to persons who were British subjects or subjects of a country allied to
Great Britain, or subject of a neutral country and who have continued to be so.
P.C. 107, 12th February, 1917. Waiving completion of naturalization, before issue
of patent for Dominion Lands in certain cases where entrant is on active service.
P.C. 572, 5th March, 1917. Regulations re natural resources necessitated on
account of war conditions.
P.C. 736, 17th March, 1917. Providing for homesteaders being given credit tor
time spent at agricultural labour in Canada during the year 191S, towards the- per-
formance of residence duties.
P.C. 9S2, 10th April, 1917. Authorizing the sale of certain lands in British
Columbia to Canadian Pacific Railway Company for pipe-line purposes.
P.C. 2076, 1st August, 1917. Authorizing certain changes in the Timber Regula-
tions.
P.C. 2562, 15th September 1917. Vesting the title to certain lands in the Railway
Belt in His Majesty for the purposes of the Province of British Columbia.
P.C. 3210, 15th November, 1917. Authorizing the cutting of timber on Dominion
lands for ship-building purposes.
P.C. 3243, 27th November, 1917. Confirming certain Orders in Council re admin-
istration of Dominion Lands in the Railway Belt in British Columbia.
P.C. 3245, 27th November, 1917. Permitting a man on active service giving power
of attorney with respect to his rights to Dominion lands in Railway Belt, British
Columbia.
P.C. 185, 2Uh January, 1918. Repealing Order in Counci'l P.C. 159, January 19,
1917, and substituting certain regulations therefor.
P.C. 23_425, 20th February, 1918. Authorizing the issue of a lease to J. H.
Morrison, Kamloops, of certain lands in the Railway Belt. British Columbia, for
mining purposes. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 2, 191S Not printed.
72. Return of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between
the 1st January, 1917, and the Sth March. 191S. in accordance with the provisions of
. "The Forest Reserves and Park Act," Section 19, of Chapter 10, 1-2 George V, as
follows: —
P.C. 340, 7th February, 1917, amending Order in Council 19th December. 1916.
re adiministration of "Project Meadows" in Forest Reserves in Railway Belt, British
Columbia.
P.C. 2595, ISth September, 1917, placing the control of certain lands in the
Waterton Lakes Park under the Director of Forestry.
P.C. 2594, 18th September, 1917, rescinding Order in Council Sth June re Rocky
Mountains Park. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 2, 1918 Not printed.
73. Return of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between
1st January, 1917, and the Sth March, 1918, in accordance with the provisions of
Section 77 of the " Dominion Lands Act," Chapter 20, 7-S Edward VII, as follows : —
P.C. 13, Sth January, 1917. Rescinding Order in Council 4th March, 1910, re S.W.
J of 4-9-14, W. 2nd Meridian, and making same available for homestead purposes.
P.C. 60, 13th January, 1917. Transferring certain lands in Cowesses Indian
. Reserve No. 73, to the Province of Saskatchewan, for road purposes.
P.C. 102, 15th January, 1917. Withdrawing from general disposition certain
petroleum and natural gas rights in the vicinity of the City of Edmonton.
P.C. 108, 17th January. 1917. Authorizing free grant of lot 5, township 70-23, W.
Sth, to " La Corporation Episcopale Catholique Romaine d'Athabaska."
P.C. 110, 17th January, 1917. Authorizing the sale of certain lands to Moses
Lessard for irrigation purposes.
P.C. 159, 19th January, 1917. Providing that a person applying for a homestead
entry in the Railway Belt, British Columbia, must be a British subject and has since
continued to be a British subject, or a subject of a British Allied or neutral country.
P.C. 165, 20th January, 1917. Setting aside certain Dominion lands for Indian
Reserve purposes.
P.C. 166, 20th January, 1917. Setting aside certain Dominion lands for Indian
Reserve purposes.
P.C. 167, 20th January, 1917. Setting aside certain Dominion lands for Indian
Reserve purposes.
P.C. 210, 26th January. 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in conn iction with
the entry of Frank Ruppert for the S.W. 5 of 16-33-14, W. 4th.
P.C. 301, 2nd February, 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in connection
with the entry of Wm. Thorburn for the S.W. J of 13-28-22, W. 2nd.
42201—2 IT
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued.
P.C. 316, 3rd February, 1917. Authorizing grant to L. F. Cardinal of the W. i
of 22-108-13, W. oth, by virtue of his occupation thereof at date of extinguishment of
Indian Title.
P.C. 327, 6th February, 1917. Authorizing issue of free patent to Jos. Hewitt for
the S.B. i of 20-44-3, 'W. 2nd, in lieu of land occupied by him being included in a
Forest Reserve.
P.C. 4S1, 20th February, 1917. Authorizing the issue of license of occupation to
the Canadian Northern Western Railway of certain lands for a bridge site.
P.C. 493, 20th February. 1917. Dispensing with residence duties by Samuel McCaJl
on the E. J of 21-31-1, "W. 3rd.
P.C. 560, 2Sth February. 1917. Authorizing time spent at farm labour in Canada
during 1917, to count as residence duties on entries for Dominion lands.
P.C. 555, 2Sth February, 1917. Making provisions of Orders in Council of Sth
May, 1915 (P.C. 1042). 20th September, 1913 (P.C. 2150), 9th December, 1915 (P.C.
2SSS), and the 12th January, 1916 (P.C. 33), applicable to pre-emptions and purchased
homesteads.
P.C. 561, 5th March, 1917. Authorizing change in regulations permitting granting
of one day's priority of right to make entry for available Dominion lands.
P.C. 526, 5th March, 1917. Authorizing extension of terms of Order in Council
11th March, 1915, for period of four months up to 11th July, 1917.
P.C. 572, 5th March, 1917. Limiting disposal of any natural resources except to
a British subject, subject of Allied country, or neutral country.
P.C. 610, 7th March, 1917. Rescinding Order in Council 30th January, 1914, in so
far as it affects descriptions of lands granted to Indians, and certain lands described
be granted instead thereof.
P.C. 686, 16th March, 1917. Granting right to Mr. Notman to purchase certain
lands in Province of Manitoba.
P.C. 687, 16th March, 1917. Granting certain lands to Department of Militia and
Defence.
P.C. 6SS, 16th March, 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes to Synod
of Diocese of Calagary.
P.C. 762, 20th March, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to Council of the
town of Maple Creek.
P.C. S4S 29th March. 1917. Authorizing sale of lands to Western Canada Power
Company for power development purposes.
P.C. S5S, 29th March, 1917. Authorizing grant of land for cemetery purposes to
Rural Municipality of Bright Sand, No. 529.
P.C. 91S, 3rd April. 1917. Amending Order in Council of 14th December, 1916,
with respect to application thereof to Canadian Expeditionary Forces.
P.C. 919, 3rd April, 1917. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes to the
village of Vanguard, Saskatchewan.
P.C. 926, 3rd April, 1917. Authorizing sale of N.W. J 36-45-25, W. 3rd, to Allan
V. Macie,
P.C. 927, 3rd April, 1917. -Authorizing sale of certain lands to N. J. Bailey under
certain conditions.
P.C. 1068, ISth April, 1917. Authorizing issue of lease of certain lands to
Northern Fish Company. Limited. Selkirk, Manitoba.
P.C. 1066, 18th April. 1917. -Authorizing itsue of license of occupation of certain
lands to the city of Winnipeg for water-power purposes.
P.C. 1067, ISth April. 1917. Dispensing with residence duties and authorizing
issue of patent to James Wilson, in connection with the N.E. J of 35-19-11, W.P.M.
P.C. 1069, 18th April. 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands for cemetery
purposes to the village of Major, Saskatchewan.
P.C. 1071, 18th April, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands to rural muni-
cipality of Lakeview, No. 454 Alberta, for cemetery purposes.
P.C. 1072, 18th -April, 1917. Authorizing issue of patent of certain lands to
Mr. D. EnniN.
P.C. 1189, 30th April, 1917. Granting certain lands for the erection of a creamery
plant to the Canora Creamery Association, Limited.
P.C. 1222, 3rd May, 1917. Setting apart certain lands for the Indian of the Peguis.
P.C. 1207, 4th May, 1917. -Authorizing issue of patent to Allen E. McDonald.
P.C. 1249, 8th May, 1917. Re granting patent to any person not a British subject
by birth or naturalization who is on active service overseas.
P.C. 126S, 8th May, 1917. Rescinding Order in Council P.C. 572,- 5th March. 1917,
and enacting new regulations therefor.
P.C. 1315, 11th May, 1917. Granting certain lands for church and cemetery
purposes to the Church of God of Edmonton, Alberta.
P.C. 1378, 21st May, 1917. Setting apart certain lands for park purposes and
granting the same to the rural municipality of Mariposa, No. 350, Saskatchewan.
P.C. 1377, 21st May, 1917. Relieving Mr. H. Wills of further residence duties on
the north halt of 22-25-10 W. 4th.
P.C. 1348, 21st May, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands to Winnipeg Electric
Railway Convpany.
P.C. 1429, 25th May, 1917. Authorizing certain regulations for the disi)0sal of
quartz mining claims on IJominion lands.
18
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME l4r-Continued.
P.C. 1455, 29th May, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands to the town of
The Pas for industrial purposes. . , „ ■ , at ■,„^^„
P.C. 1471, 1st June, 1917. Setting apart certain lands in the Province of Manitoba
PC 1532 4th June, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands for church purposes
to the Board' of Management of the Church and Manse Building Fund of the Pres-
byterian Church in Canada for Manitoba and the Northwest. ,,^ ,
P.C. 1533, 4th June, 1917. Vesting certain lands in HiE Majesty in the right of
the Province of Alberta. . „ , . . „„i „
P.C. 1536, 5th June, 1917. Authorizing Rev. W. B. Cumming, Saskatoon, to make
entry by proxy on behalf of James Grossart.
P.C. 1580, 11th June, 1917. Withdrawing certain lands which had been reserved
for the Hudson's Bay Railway. . , j ^ .^ * .„ „f
P.C. 1613, 13th June, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands to the town or
Gimli, for cemetery purposes. . , , . t , ■u^/iv,,-,^
P.C. 1691, 21st June, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to Jo.in Hedberg,
^^P^C 1675 ''1st June 1917. Authorizing license of occupation to Canadian
Northern Railway Company of certain lands on the Red Deer River for bridge
construction purposes. ^ • , j ,„ ,i,o r-o^afUQn
P.C. 1761, 26th June, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to the Canadian
Pacific Railway Company. , j, , - t « p^i^^rt^ who
P.C. 1716, 26th June, 1917. Restoring the homestead entry oi L. H. Kobeits w no
died wihle on active service overseas. . ■ , j .„ iimiior.,
P.C. 1717, 26th June, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to ■S\ ilhara
'"*^PC 171S 26th June, 1917 Authorizing grant of certain lands for cemetery
purposes to the rural municipality of Bright S.ind, No. 529, Saskatchewan.
P.C. 1S17, 30th June, 1917. Authorizing exchange of certain lands to Indians m
lieu of^an^s^surren erj^^^^ ^^^^ AutHorizing grant of lands for church and cemetery
purnoses to the Bethel Kvangelical Scandinavian Lutherian Congregation.
PC 1821 30th June, 1917. Authorizing grant of land for cemetery purposes to
the Ruthenian Greek Catholic Parish of St. Michael's in Communion with Rome,
St. Martin, Manitoba. , . . ,. ,„,,„
PC 1866 6th July, 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in connection with
the entry of W. L. Taylor for the N.W. i 13-25-1. W.P.M. .
P.C. 1877, 9th July, 1917. Authorizing person on active service overseas to appoint
attorney to make application for patent. . , j „ ™ , ,
P.C. 1937, 12th July, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands tor cemetery
purposes to St. George Cemetery Company, Egremont, Alberta.
P.C. 2039, 26th July, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands for park purposes
to the town of Drumheller, Alberta.
P.C. 2036, 27th July, 1917. Authorizing grant of land for cemetery purposes to
rural municijpality of Bear Lake, No. 740.
P.C. 2037. 27th July, 1917. Authorizing grant of land lor church purposes to
Svnod of the Diocese of Qu'Appelle. . , , . ta- „f
" P.C. 2038, 27th July, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to Diocese ot
"''rC. 2'o66. 27th July, 1917. Authorizing the cancellation ot the survey ot certain
lands along tiie old Dawson Road. ., , . , oon at . iqi7
PC 2075 30th July, 1917. Amending Order m Council dated 29th May, 191 (,
with reference to the name of the Board of Trade of the town of The Pas, Manitoba.
P.C. 2076, 1st August, 1917. Authorizing regulations re timber.
PC 2090, 1st August, 1917. Amending forest reserve regulations.
P.C. 2108, Cth August, 1917. Authorizing certain changes in Dominion lands
regulations for the protection of water-ipower resources.
PC 2109 6th August, 1917. Authorizing license of occupation to Canadian
Northern Pacific Railway Company of certain lands in the bed of the South Thompson
River
P.C. 2171, 8th August, 1917. Authorizing the disposition of certain lands for town-
P.C. 2239. 15th August, 1917. Confirming the late C. R. Coutts in his entry for
the S.k 6-S3-i7 W. 6. ..,,,,.,
PC 2241, 18th August, 1917. Authorizing sale by auction of certain ^hool lands.
P.C. 225s', 18th August, 1917. Authorizing the lease ot certain lands to the Salts
and Potash Company of Canada.
P.C. 2259, 18th August, 1917. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes to
La Corporation Episcopale Catholique Romatne de Regina.
P.C. 2226, 18th August, 1917. Transferring certain lands from Indian Attairs to
Interior Department to be used for church purposes.
P.C. 2287, 18th August. 1917. Confirming the late Joe White, who died on active
service overseas, in his entry for the N.E. 11-89-9 W. 4.
PC 2419, 1st September, 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in connection
with the entry of J. L. Crawford for the N.E. 21-2-15 W. 3rd.
42201— 2i . I'J
S-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 19 IS
CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued.
P.C. 2436, 1st September, 1917. Transferring certain lands to the Province of
ManitoBa for drainage purposes.
P.C. 2420, 1st .September, 191". Granting certain lands to Col. Malloy.
P.C. 2460, 11th September, 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes.
P.C. 24SS, 11th September, 1917. Granting certain lands for summer home and
shooting purposes.
P.C. 24S9, 11th September. 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes.
P.C. 2490, 11th September, 1917. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes.
P.C. 2535, 11th September, 1917. Granting a lease of certain lands for cement
purposes.
P.C. 2509, 11th September, 1917. Relieving entrant on active service from neces-
sity of erecting a house on his homestead.
P.C. 2561. 15th September, 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in case of
entry for the S.E. 33-10-15 W. 4.
P.C. 2593, 17th September, 1017. Granting certain lands to R. B. Clarke in lieu
of other lands surrendered to the Crown by him.
P.C. 2641, 2Sth September, 1917. Granting certain lands to the Grand Trunk
Pacific Development Company, Limited.
P.C. 2721, 3rd October, 1917. Be purchase of certain reclaimed lands in Kleskun
Lake.
P.C. 2728, 3rd October, 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes.
P.C. '2857, 12th October, 1917. Be certain lands granted for creamery plant
purposes. '
P.C. 2S56, 12th October, 1917. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes.
P.C. 3027, 3rd November, 1917. Be status of applicants for homestead entries as
to nationality.
P.C. 3163, 9th November, 1917. Granting certain lands for church and cemetery
purposes.
P.C. 3179, 13th November, 1917. Granting certain lands to A. Thoma, Calais, Alta.
P.C. 3201, 14th November, 1917. Setting apart certain lands for the Sioux Band
of Indians.
P.C. 3242, 19th November, 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes.
P.C. 3210, 15th November, 1917. Granting permission to cut certain timber for
ship building purposes.
P.C. 3244, 29th Novembei-. 1917. Authorizing the granting of grazing permits in
the Big Stick Forest Reserve.
P.C. 3499, 4th January, 191S. Transferring certain lands to the Indian Affairs
Department.
P.C. 3512, 4th January, 1918. Granting certain lands for use for Customs purposes.
P.C. No. 41-72, 10th January, 1918. Granting certain lands for right of way
purposes.
P.C. 65, 12th January, 1918. Granting certain lands to Alex. Cardinal, Jr., Fort
Vermilion.
P.C. 67, 12th January 191S. Granting certain lands to Chas. Enn, Calais, Alberta.
P.C. 66, 12th January, 191S. Granting certain lands to Chas. Standing Ribbon.
Calais, Alberta.
P.C. 157, 22nd January, 1918. Change in description of certain lands granted
personal representatives of the late T. W. Chalmers.
P.C. 34-238, 30th January, 1918. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes.
P.C. 317, Sth February, 1918. Granting certain lands to the province of
Saskatchewan for roadway purposes.
P.C. 332, 11th February, 1918. Authorizing sale of certain lands reclaimed by
drainage.
P.C. 67-352, 11th February, 1918. Granting certain lands to A. McKillop.
P.C. 69-352, 11th February^ 1918. Exchanging certain lands with Hudson Bay
Company in order to grant homestead entry for land relinquished by the company.
P.C. 357, 13th February, 1918. Granting certain lands to the City of Regina for
park purposes.
P.C. 400, 18th February, 1918. Setting apart certain lands as school lands.
P.C. 401, 20th February, 1918. Enacting regulations affecting men on active service.
P.C. 23-425. 20th February, 1918. Leasing certain lands for mining purposes.
P.C. 430, 21st February. 1918. Granting certain lands to the Grand Trunk Pacific
Branch lines for terminal purposes.
P.C. 459, 7th March, 191S. Enacting regulations re homesteaders emj>loyed as
farm labourers.
P.C. 538, 7th March, 191S. Enacting certain regulations affecting men on active
service who hold homestead entries.
P.C. 37-563, 8th March, 1918. Enacting regulations governing the leasing of
unpatented lands held under homestead entry. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen.
April 2, 1918 Not printed.
74. Return called for by section 88, of chapter 62, Revised Statutes of Canada, requiring
that the Minister of the Interior shall lay before Parliament, each year, a return of
liquor brought from any place out of Canada into the Territories by special permission
in writing of the Commissioner of the Northwest Territor'es, for the y(ar ending
31st December. 1917. Presented bv Hon. Mr. Meighen. April 2, 1918.. ..Xot printed.
20
S-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14r-Coniimied.
75. Return showing all lands sold by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company during the year
ending 30th September, 1917, together with the names of the purchasers, in accordance
. with the Statutes of Canada, ISSG, chapter 9, section 8. Presented by Hon. Mr.
Meighen, April 2, 1918 Not printed.
76. Return to an Order of the House of March 25, 191S. for a return showing the total money
value of the hard coal, soft coal, oil and gasolene imported into Canada during the
years ending March 31, 1914, 1915, 1916 and 1917, and for each month since March,
1917. Presented by Hon. Mr Sitton, April 2, 1918 Not printed.
77. Detailed statement of remissions of customs duties and the refund thereof, under section
22, Consolidated Revenue and Audit Act, through the Department of Customs, for the
fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Sifton, April 3, 1918.
Not printed.
78. Memorandum of Conferences between representatives of Labour and the War Committee,
January, 191S. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rowell, April 3, 1918.
Printed for sessional papers only.
79. A detailed statement of all bonds or securities registered in the Department of the
Secretary of State of Canada, since last return (31st January, 1917) submitted to the
Parliament of Canada under section 32 of chapter 19, of the Revised Statutes of
Canada, 1906. Presented by Hon. Mr. Sifton, April 3, 191S Not printed.
80. Return to an Order of the House, of the 25th March, 1918, f or , a copy of all letters,
telegrams, petitions and other papers and documents relating to the appointment of a
preventive officer at Mulgrave, N.S., to fill the position made vacant by the death of
the late David Murray. Presented April 8, 1918. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed.
81. Return to an Order of the House of the 25th March, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. The
total amount of war contracts fulfilled in the Province of Quebec, from August, 1914,
to January, 191S. 2. Hovf many war munitions establishments are in activity in the
Province of Quebec. 3. How many shells are manufactured weekly in said province,
4 How many hands are engaged in such establishments in said province. Presented
April S, 1918. -^il/r. Prevost Not printed.
82. Return showing; — 1. What sum of money has been spent for repairs to the wharf at
Graham, since 1911. 2. Who has superintended the worlis, and the names of the
parties who have been employed thereat. 3. What amunt has been i>aid to each of
them, and at what rate per diem. 4. The names of the parties supplying materials,
and what amount has been paid to each of them. Presented April 8, 1918. — Mr. Boyer.
Not printed.
83. Return showing: — 1. From what person or persons, firm or firms, the stone used ih the
rebuilding of the new Parliament building was purchased. 2. From what stone quarry
or quarries the said stone was taken. 3. Where the said quarry or quarries are situated.
4. Whether public tenders were called for the supplying of said stone. 5. If so, from
whom, and at what prices offers were received, and if said offers were f.o.b. at place of
shipment or f.o.b. Ottawa. 6. If said stone was supplied from different quarries wliat
quantities were supplied from each quarry respectively. Presented April 8, 191S. —
Mr. Copp Not printed.
84. Memorandum No. 3, respecting work of the Department of Militia and Defence — European
War — from February 1, 1916, to December 31, 1916. Presented by Hon Mr. Mewburn,
April 10, 1018 Not printed.
84a. Memorandum No. 4 respecting work of the Department of Militia and Defence, from
January 1, 1917. to December 31, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Mewburn, April 23, 1918.
Not printed.
85. Return showing: — 1. How many buildings have been rented by the Government in the
city of Ottawa since February 1, 1915. 2. The owners of the said buildings. 3. Where
said buildings are situated. 4. What rent per annum is paid for each building or part
of building. 5. For what time or term said buildings are rented. Presented April 10,
1918. — Mr. Papineau Not printed. '
86. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 21st March, 1918,
for a copy of all Orders in Council appointing members of the National Service Board,
and all reports made individually or collectively by the members of the Board. Pre-
sented April 10, 1918. — Sir W. Laurier Not printed.
87. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. Who
are the commissioned officers employed at Quebec by the Military authorities in con-
nection with Recruiting Branch, Army Service Corps, The Royal Canadian Engineers.
The F:oyal Canadian Garrison Artillery and the Royal Canadian Artillerj'. 2. How
long th..-y have been connected with each branch. 3, What service each of them is
21
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME li^Continued.
perforraiiig. 4. What salao' each one of them is receiving. 5. Who among them have
performed service overseas, and how long they have been actually at the front. 6.
How long they were in the trenches. 7. To which battalion thgy belonged when over-
seas. Presented April 11, 191S. — Mi: Power ; Not printed.
88. Return to an Order of the House of the 4th April, 191S, for a return showing: — 1. What
properties, if any, have been purchased by the Militia Department or the Military
Hospital Commission in Quebec City, since the first of January, 1917. 2. From whom
these purchases were made, and on whose recommendation. 3. The purchas^i price.
• Presented April 11, 1918. — Mr. Power Not printed.
89. Return to an Order of the House of the 4th April, 191S, for a return showing: — 1. How
many persons of all ranks are employed by the Military Hospitals Commission in
British Columbia, and their names, rank and salaries. 2. Why they were appointed,
and where they are stationed. 3. How many of these men have seen service at the
front. 4. Who the senior official is of the Military Hospitals Commission in British
Columbia. 5. What the total monthly cost of carrying on the work of the Commission
in British Columbia is, and huw n^any men are being looked after at present. 6. How
many buildings are operated by the Military Hospitals Commission in British Colimibia,
and where they are situated. 7. How many officials from headquarters in Ottawa
found it necessary to visit the Pacific Coast during the past year, and for what purpose.
S. If the Military Hospitals Commission has a regularly appointed publicity agent.
If so, what his name is, and what his duties are. 9. If he has seen overseas service,
and what his salary is. 10. The total cost of the publicity department during 1917.
Presented April 11, 1918. — Mr. Stevens Not printed.
90. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March, 191S, for a return showing the names
of the staff of the Hospital Commission, the number of persons employed, their names,
duties, salaries, former occupation and amounts paid to each for travelling expenses.
Presented April 11, 191S. — Mr, Devlin Not printed.
91. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 191S, for a return showing: — 1. How
many Victoria Crosses have been awarded to members of the Canadian Expeditionary
Force to date. 2. The name, address, battalion, and rank of each recipient. 3. The
official resijective record in respect of which each decoration was given in each case.
Presented April 11. 191S. — Mr. Middlehro Printed for sessional papers only.
92. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th April, 191S, for a copy of a certain memo-
randum sent to the Minister of Public W^orks by the senior member for Ottawa relating
to the abolition of patronage, and of all papers, letters and other documents which
passed between him and the Minister of Public Works in relation thereto since the
17th of December, 1917. Presented April 2, 1918. — Mr. McMaster Not printed.
93. Sunxmary Report of the Clerk of the Crown in Chancery of the General Election Returns,
1917. Presented by the Speaker, April 15, 191S Not printed.
94. Return to Order of the House of the 11th April, 1918. for a return showing; — 1. What
steps, if any, have been taken by the Government to investigate war trade conditions
in the United States. 2. Apart from members of the Cabinet if any parties have been
sent by the Canadian Government on missions respecting war trade conditions in the
United States. If so, what the names are of those who have been- sent. 3. If any such
parties have been sent, what the total expense is to the Government of such missions.
Presented April 15, 1918. — Mr. Devlin Not printed.
95. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 20th March, 1918,
for a copy of all Orders in Council, reports and correspondence with respect to the
admission free of duty of farm tractors and other agricultural implements. Presented
April 15, 191S. — Sir W. Launer Not printed.
96. Copies of Orders in Council issued in connection with the Military Voters' Act, 1917. and
the War-time Elections Act, as follows. —
P.C. 3010, 7th November, 1917. — Instructions for the guidance of electors under the
Military Voters' Act, 1917.
P.C. 3158, 9th November, 1917. — Scrutineers; appointment of six and providing
payment for services and expenses, etc.
P.C. 3159, 9th November, 1917. — Presiding officers; appointment of certain and
providing payment for services as, etc.
P.C. 3276, 24th November, 1917. — Special returning officers and clerks: appoint-
ment of and providing payment for services as. etc. ,
P.C. 3277, 27th November, 1917. — Regulation providing polls for returned military
electors who are Indians.
P.C. 3322, 29th November, 1917. — Provision for taking votes of military electors
belonging to units or drafts under orders to leave Canada before polling day.
P.C. 3404. 17th December. 1917. — Presiding officers; Engineer Captain W. M.
Frowd, appointed in place of Captain F. C. C. Pascoe, at Halifax, N.S.
P.C, 6405. 17th December. 1917. — Re taking votes of units under orders to leave
Canada, O.C. 29th November, 1917, amended.
P.O. 7, Sth January, 1918. — Special returning officers and clerks; appointment of
further number of.
22
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1913
CONTENTS OF VOLUME li— Continued.
P.C. S, 4th January. 19 IS- — Scrutineers, travelling and livi/ig expenses of delined.
P.O. 9. 4th January-, 191S. — Special returning officers and clerks; remuneration of.
r.C. 10, 4th January, 191S. — Scrutineers; appointment Major Thomas Gibson, of
London, Eng., in place of Brigadier-General J. F. L. Embury.
P.C. 11, 4th January, 1918. — Further regulations for carrying the Militarj- Voters'
Act, 1917, into effect.
P.C. 12, Sth January, 191S. — Payment for services of Boards of Appeal in Ontario
and revising officers in Nova Scotia re revision of voters' lists.
P.C. 13, 4th January, 191i). — Election in Halifax; Ward 6 constituted one single
polling division.
r.C. 63. Sth Januarj-, 191S. — Special returning officers and clerks ; remuneration
of. O.C. 4th January, 1918 (P.C. No. 9) amended.
P.C. 84, 12th January, 1918. — Special returning officers; appointment Capt. Harold
Baker, C.E.F., London, Eng., in place of Lt.-Col. Nelson Spencer.
P.C. 85, 12th January, 1918. — Clerk of special returning officer; appointment Archi-
bald Dickson, of Harrow," Eng, in place of Capt. Rippon, R.A.M.C.
P.C. 98, 15th January, 1918. — Clerk of special returning officers;, appointment E.
L. Ginna in place of Ainslie W. Greene.
P.C. 162, 19th January, 1918. — Resignation of R. A. Pringle as special returning
officer and appointment of John W. P. Ritchie in his stead, and appointment of special
returning officers and clerks.
PC 323, 8th Februarv, 1918. — Length of sessions to constitute a day's work.
p!c. 396! ISth February. 1918. — Lieut. N. G. Charlton, presently in France,
appointed to replace Major Powell as special returning officer.
P.C. 397, ISth February, 1918. — Edgar E. R. Chevrier appointed to replace J. A.
Pinard as special returning officer.
P.C. 602, 12th March, 1918. — Proclamation of returns from overseas issued on
receipt of telegraphic information. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, April 15. 191S.
Not piinted.
97. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1918, for a copy of all judgments ren-
dered up to date under the operation of the Military Service Act, 1917, by the Central
Appeal Judge. Presented April 15, 191S. — Mr. Trahan Not printed.
98 Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March. 1918, for a return showing the names
of all persons employed in Ottawa in the Military Service Council, their salaries and
former occupations. Presented April 15, 1918. — Mr. Devlin Not printed.
99 Report of the Royal Commission appointed to inquire into and report upon the Pilotage
System and its administration at the port of Halifax, N.S. Presented by Hon. Mr.
Ballantyne, April 15, 1918 ■■ . -Not printed.
100. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated 21st March. 1918. showing ;— The details of cer-
tain totals, being the estimated cost of streets, sewers, etc., given on figures 29-30.
placed between rages 96-97 of Rural Planning and Development, written by Thomas
Mams being a report published by the Commission of Conservation dated 1917. The
said totals being $35,584. $26,736, $20,748 and $83.533.— Tfte Senate Not printed.
101. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated 22nd March. 1918, showing :—l. The different
aviation camps established by the Canadian Government and their location, with the date
of their establishment. 2. The number of aviators who have gone through those camps
since their estabishment. and of those who have obtained their certificates. 3. The
number of aviators now qualifying in each of these cajnps. 4. The number of aooldents
which happened in each of these camps, distinguishing: (o) Vnortal accidents; (6)
serious accidents; (c) slight accidents, with iheir respective dates. 5. The number
of machines out of commission, as a total loss or seriously damaged. — The Senate.
Not printed.
102 Return to an Order of the House of the 10th April, 1918, for a copy of all correspondence
concerning the resignation of \V. F. O'Connor. lf.C.. as Cost of Living Commissioner.
Presented April 16. 1918.— J/r. iemieiia; '. Not printed.
103. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 758. dated 26th March. 1918, relating to the raaking of a
contract with the Dominion Steel Corporation. Limited, for the manufacture of steel
plates required in the construction of ships and boilers. Presented by Hon. Mr. Bal-
lantyne. April 18, 191S Not printed.
104. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 915, dated 16th April, 1918. prohibiting the press from pub-
lishing any adverse statement, report or opinion concerning the action of the allied
nations in the prosecution of the war;- and also prohibiting any person from publicly
expressing any adverse statement, report or opinion concerning the same. Presented
by Hon. Mr. Doherty, April 18, 1918.
105. Report of the Military Service Council on the administration of the Military Service Act,
1917 Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty. April IS. 1918.
23
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^Conihmed.
106. Return to an Order of the House of the loth April, 191S, lor a return showing: — 1. The
sums of money expended on repairs of a wharf at He Perrot Sud, since 1911. 2.
The names of those who have been employed on said worlts, and the amount of money
which has been paid to each of them. 3. The names of the parties who have supplied
the materials, and the amount of money which has been paid to eacli of them. Pre-
sented April IS, 1918. — Mr. Boyer Not printed.
107. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th April. 1918. for a return showing; — 1.
The sums of money expended on repairs at Hudson's Wharf, since 1911. 2.
The names of those who have been employed on said works, and the amount of money
which has been paid to each of them. 3. The names of the parties who have supplied
the materials, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. Pre-
sented April 18, 1918.^ — Mr. Boyer. . Not printed.
108. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1.
The sums of money expended on repairs of wharf at He Perrot Nord, since 1"911. 2.
The names of those who have been employed on said works, and the amount of money
which has been paid to each of them. 3. The names of the parties who have, supplied
the materials, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. Pre-
sented April IS, 1918. — Mr. Boyer Not printed.
109. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1.
The sums of money expended on repairs at St. Zotique Wharf, since 1911. 2.
The names of those who have been employed on said works, and the amount of money
which has been paid to each of them. 3. The names of the parties who have supplied
the materials, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. Pre-
sented April IS, 1918. — Mr. Boyer Not printed.
110. Return to an Order of the House of the 10th April, 1918. for a copy of all correspondence
and other papers concerning the merger of the Bank of British North America with
the Bank of Montreal. Presented April 18, 1918. — Mr. Devlin Not printed.
111. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th April, 1918. for a return showing: — 1.
Referring to Canctda Gazette statement of March 30th giving particulars as to circula-
tion and specie, against what approved securities were Dominion notes issued to the
value of $92,820,000. 2. To what banks these notes were issued, and what the
respective security was in each case. Presented April 18, 1918. — Mr. Trahan.
Not printed.
112. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated April 16th, 1918. to the Clerk of the Senate for
the following information : — 1. The number of pages of the Senate Debates of last
session, giving the number of unrcvised and the number of revised. 2. Is the French
translation made from the unrevised edition or from the revised? 3. Is the French
translation of the Debates of last session completed? If so, when was the last copy
delivered to the Printing Bureau? If not yet completed, how many pages remained
untranslated on the 18th of March last? 4. How many translators are employed on
the regular staff for this work? 5. What is the name and the salar.v of each? 6. Have
they or any of them been employed at any other work for the Senate during or since
last session? If so. what work? 7. Has any other person or persons been employed to
assist the regular staff in the work of translating the Debates of last session? If so.
state the- name of each such person, the length of time he has been so employed, and
the amount of his remuneration therefor. S. Is each translator expected to translate a
definite minimum number of pages of the Debates each working day? If so. how many
printed pages are supposed to constitute a fair day's work for each man? 9. Did the
regular staff of translators translate into English the speeches delivered in French
during the last session? If so. how many pages? If not. who did this work, and what
extra remuneration, if any, was paid for it? — The Senate. Not printed.
113.. Statement issued by the War Cabinet at the request of the Boa'i'd of Admiralty, showing
for the United Kingdom and for the World, for the period August, 1914, to December,
1917 : — 1. Mercantile losses by enemy action and marine risk. 2. Jlercantile Ship-
building Output. 3. Enemy vessels captured and brought into service ; together with
diagrams, showing mercantile losses and shipbuilding output for the United Kingdom
and for the world, for the same period. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. April IS. 1918.
114. Return to an Order of the House of the 21st March. 1918. for a copy of all telegrams,
letters, petitions and all other correspondence and documents, concerning the service
of the steamer Amelia between Pictou and Magdalen Islands Presented April 19. 1918.
— Mr. Lemieux Not pHnted.
115. Return to an Order of the Senate to the Clerk dated April IS. 1918. for a statement
showing : — 1. The names of all persons employed in connection with the work of pre-
paring the Minutes of Proceedings, the Order Paper and the Journals of this House
(o) in English and (6) in French, and the salary or other remuneration paid to each.
2. The number of each of these documents printed (a) in English and (b) in French,
and the cost of printing and binding the same for the fiscal year ending the 31st of
March, 191S. — The Senate ' Not printed',
24
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^-Continued.
116. Statement showing how many members of the outside service have been transferred to
the inside service since October 1. 1917. and how many persons have been appointed
under section 21 of the present Civil Service Act since that time. Presented by Hon.
Mr. Maclean, April 22, 191S Not printed.
117. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the Sth April, 191S,
for a copy of Orders in Council in reference to the appointment of Colonel Langton as
Paymaster General in the Militia Department. Presented April 22, 191S. — Mr. Copp.
Not pri7ited.
118. Return to an Order of the House of the 18th April, 191S, for a return showing: — 1.
What blue books have been printed during the years 1916 and 1917. 2. Which of said
books have been printed in both languages. 3. Which of said books have been printed
' in the English language only. 4. Which of said books have been printed in the
French language only. Presented April 22, 191S. — Mr. Demers Not printed.
119. Copy of Order in Council P.C. 807, dated the 3rd of April. 191S, with respect to the
reservation of Dominion Lands for disposition under the Soldiers' Settlement Act
(Chapter 21, 7-S George V). Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 23, 1918.
Not printed.
120. Statement of amounts paid to newspapers, etc.. on account of Victory Loan Advertising.
Presented by Sir Robert Borden, April 24, 1918 Not printed.
121. Copy of the Report submitted by the Officer in charge of the Canadian War Records
Office, London England, to the Right Honourable Sir Robert L. Borden, G.C.M.G.,
M.P., Prime Minister of Canada, on the work of the Canadian War Records Office
since the date of its foundation to the 11th January, 1917. Presented by Sir Robert
Borden, April 24, 191S Not printed.
121(1. Copy of the Second Annual Report of the Canadian War Records Office for the year
1917. Report submitted by the officer in charge to the Hon. Sir Edward Kemp,
K.C.M.G.. M.P., Overseas Minister of Militia and Defence. Presented by Sir Robert
Borden. May 17, 1918 Not printed.
122. Return to an Order of the House of the Sth April. 1918, for a return showing: — 1. How
many persons belonging to class one were liable to be called under the Military Service
Act. 1917, in each of the provinces and the Yukon Territory, respectively. 2. How
many in each province have reported themselves for service. 3. How many in each
province have asked to be exempted from military service. 4. How many in each
province have been exempted by local tribunals. 5. How many decisions rendered in
each province by local tribunals have been appealed from i>y : (a) recruits; (b)
representatives or military authorities. 6. In how many appeal cases have decisions
been rendered in each province, how many appeals have been allowed, and how many
rejected in each province. 7. How many cases are still pending before the Central
Appeal Judge. 8. Whether it is the intention of the military authorities or public
representatives to appeal in some other cases, either before the appeal tribunal or before
the Central Appeal Judge. 9. If so, how many in each province. Presented April 24,
1918. — Mr. Trahan Not printed.
123. Return to an Order of the House of tli£ Sth April, 1918, for a copy of all correspondence.
certificates, recommendations and other documents in reference to the granting of a
total disability pension to Colonel R. H. Labatt. — Presented April 24,1918. — Mr. Copp.
Not printed.
124. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 1918. for a return showing: — 1. Upon
whose recommendation the returning officer for the county of Joliette, in the last
Federal election, was appointed. 2. Whether enuinerators were appointed in accord-
ance with paragraph one. section forty-two. of the Dominion Elections Act. as amended
t)y the .War-time Elections Act of 1917. 3. If so, the names of the enumerators so
appointed, when the list of such enumerators was sent, and to what person or persons
said list was sent. Presented April 2.5, 1918. — Mr. Denis Not printed.
125. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 812. dated 5th April, 1918. — Regulations governing the
Soldier Settlement Loan under the authority of the Soldier Settlement Act (Chapter
21, 7-8 George V). Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 2(i, 1918 Not printed.
126. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 25th March. 1918.
for a copy of- all letters and telegrams exchanged between the Dominion Government
and the variou's provincial executives concerning the Order in Council of 22nd Decem-
ber, 1917, respecting the sale of securities by provincial, colonial or foreign governments,
municipalities and other bodies. Presented April 29, 1918. — Mr. Lemienx
Not printed.
25
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessloua] Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued.
127. Return to an Order ot the House of the 25th March, 191S. for a return showing: — 1. If
any money has been paid to the Dundalli Herald, the Flesherton Advance, the ilark-
da'e Standai-d, the Durham Chronicle, the Grey Review, or the Hanover Post for adver-
tising or lor any other reason since 1st October. 1917. If so, how many was paid in
the case of each of the papers mentioned. Presented April 29. 191S. — J/r. CaMll.
Not printed.
128. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th April, 191S. for a return showing: — 1. The
officers employed at Quebec on the staff of the Militarj' District No. 5. 2. How long
they have been connected with this branch. 3. What service each of them is perform-
ing. 4. What salary and allowj^nce each of them is receiving. 5. Names of those
amongst them who have performed service overseas. 6. How long they have been
actually at the front. 7. How long they were in the trenches. S. To which battalion
they belonged while overseas. Presented April 29, 191S. — Mr. Power.. ..Not i>rinted.
129. Report of the Commissioners appointed to investigate the businesses of William Davies Co..
Ltd., and Matthews-Blackwell, Ltd., dated 1st November, 1917. Presented by Hon.
Mr. Crothers, May 1, 191S.
130. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 191S, for a return showing the details
ot certain totals being the estimated cost of street sewers, etc., given on figures 29 and
30 placed between pages 9fl-97 of Rural Planning and Development written by Thomas
Adams, being a report published by the Commission ot Conservation dated 1917. The
said totals being ?35,5S4, $26,736, $20,748 and $23,533. Presented May 1, 191S. — Mr.
Lemieux Not print-id.
131. Statement of expenditure of the Dominion Publicity Committee in account with the
Dominion Government, and in connection with the Victory Loan, 1917. Presented bv
Hon. Mr. Maclean, May 1, 191S.
131a. Report of Mr. A. E. Ames, Chairman of the Dominion Executive Committee of Canad:>.
in connection with the Victory Loan, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, May 1,
191S Not p7-inti'd.
131^. Statement showing details of remuneration paid in connection with Victory Loan.
Presented by Hon. Maclean, May 11, 1918 Not i).-inte;l.
132. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. How
many local tribunals were established throughout Canada under the Military Service
Act. 2. What remuneration per diem was allowed each member of such tribunal. 3.
"U'hat was remuneration per day for Secretary of tribunal and also for constables or
caretaker of the tribunal sessional chamber. 4. What has been the total expenditure
to date on account of tribunals under the Military Ser\-ice Act. 5. Whether there are
any outstanding claims unpaid. Presented May 1, 191S. — Mr. White (Victoria).
Not printed.
133. Report of the Ninth Annual Meeting ot the Commission of Conservation, Canada.
November 27-28, 1917. — {The Senate) Not printed.
134. Return showing — 1. Whether the building of the hospital for invalid soldiers at Ste.
Anne de Belle\'Tie is under (jovernment control. 2. If not. through whose agency.
Whether it is being built by contract or under the supervision of any public body. 3.
What sum has been paid by the Government for the land where this hospital is being
erected. 4. What the cost of construction will be. 5. How many invalid soldiers it
will accommodate. 6. How far this hospital is from Macdonald College. 7. Whether
the Government has considered the very grave inconvenience which may result from
the erecting of such an institution in the vicinity of a college where hundreds of young
ladies are being educated. Presented May 1, 1918. — Mr. Boyer Not printed.
135. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated April 23, 191S. giving the following informa-
tion ; — The names, dates of appointments, salaries or wages of all clerks and employees
of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery, under the following heads : —
(rt) King's Printer's staff, including advertising, (b) Printing Branch. 1. Clerks. 2.
Proofreaders. 3. T>'pesetting rooms : Mono, Lino. Job and Parliamentary. 4. Press
rooms: Platen and Cylinder. 5. Binding: Book, Pamphlet. 6. Stereotyping. 7. Map
engraving. S. Any other Departments, (c) Outside Printing Branch, (d) Accountants.
(e) Stationery. (/) Distribution. (17) Mechanical staff. (ft) Canada Gazette, (i)
Caretaker. (;) Any other Departments. — (The Senate) Not printed.
136. Return showing: — 1. Whether tenders have been recently submitted to the Department
of ^lilitia and Defence or to the War Purchasing Commission for a supply of Smoked
Wiltshire Bacon, at Toronto, Kingston and London. 2. If so, who the tenderers are,
and what their prices are, in each case. 3. To wh.om the contract has been awarded
in each case, and at what price. Presented May 2, 1918. — Mr. Murphy. . . .Not p inted.
26
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14r-Continued.
137. Order in Council, P.C. 26/9 42, dated the 19th April, 191S, with regard to remissions made
under section SS of The Indian Act, chapter SI, R.S.C. 1906, of the interest on arrears
of purchase price of Park Lot No. 19, in the village of Southampton," in the County
of Bruce, Ontario, amounting to $1S. — (The Senate) Not printed.
138. Order in Council, P.P. 871, dated 23rd April, 1917, being regulations for the protection
of migratory game birds, migratory insectivorous and migratory non-game birds,
which inhabit Canada during the whole or any part of the year, under the authority
of The Migratory Bird Act, 7-8 George V, 1917. — (The Senate) Not printed.
139. Return to an Order of the House of the 6th May. 1918, for a return showing: — What the
gross earnings of the National Transcontinental railway were for the year ending
31st March, 191S ; how much was earned between Moncton and Quebec, between Quebec
and Cochrane Junction, between Cochrane Junction and Winnipeg, and between Lake
Superior Junction and Fort William, and the amount paid by that railway to the
Canadian Pacific for terminal charges at Quebec. Presented May 13, 191S. — Mr.
Laviyiieur Not printed,
140. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 1918, for a copy of all correspondence,
letters, telegram and other papers exchanged between the Food Controller and the
Winnipeg Civic Authorities concerning cold storage conditions at Winnipeg. Presented
May 13, 1918. — Mr. Lemieux Not printed.
141. Interim Report No. 2, Georgian Bay Canal Commission, — Wheat Prices, and a Com-
parative Study of United States and Canadian Markets, by W. Sanfonl Evans. Pi'e-
sented by Hon. Mr. Carvell, May 13, 191S. .Printed for distribution and Sessional Papers.
142. Interim Report No. 3. Georgian Bay Canal Commission — Transatlantic Passenger and
Freight Traffic and Steamship Subsidies, by W. Sanford Evans. Presented by Hon.
Mr. Carvel, May 13, 1918 Printed for distribution and Sessional Papers.
143. Return to an Order of the House, of the 24th April, 1918, for a copy of all corres-
pondence and petitions passed between the Prime Minister and Civil Service Federation,
concerning certain appointments made in the Post Office and Customs Departments
since the 17th of December, 1917. Presented May 13, 1918. — Mr. Lemieux. .Not printed.
144. Return showing: — 1. Whether the Government is aware that in the past sixteen months
in the Cities of Winnipeg, Hamilton, Toronto, Ottawa and Montreal, the following
quantities of foodstuffs, are reported to have been ordered to be destroyed as unfit for
human consumption; — (a) Meats: Winnipeg, 7,262 lbs.; Hamilton, 4,874 lbs.; Toronto,
quantities not given in lbs., only sides, quarters, legs, etc. ; Ottawa, 7,787 lbs. ;
Montreal, 105,898 lbs. (b) Poultry: Winnipeg, 11,364 lbs.; Hamilton, 8 fowl;
Montreal, 2,344 lbs. (c) Fish: Winnipeg, 9,066 lbs.; Toronto, 74.587 lbs,, weight not
given, only number of packages for remainder; Montreal, 137,903 lbs. id) Vegetables:
Winnipeg," 265.565 lbs. ; Toronto, 5,S55 lbs. cabbage, the rest weight not given, only
crates, baskets, etc., also recently 48,010 lbs., or 24 tons of food unfit for human
consumption; Montreal, 13,940 lbs. (e) Eggs: Winnipeg, 3,013 lbs.; Hamilton, 40 doz. ;
Toronto, 1,050 doz., 6 tubs, 1 pail, and 8 gallons yolk. (/) Butter: Winnipeg, 3,374 lbs.;
Hamilton. 22 lbs. (g) Fruit (fresh and dried) : Winnipeg, fresh, 46,375 lbs., dried,
37.207 lbs.; Hamilton, fresh, 12 baskets; Montreal, fresh. 3.362 lbs. 2. If so, what
action the Government proposes .taking to prevent a continuance of such waste.
Presented May 13, 191S. — Mr. Foster (York).
145. Return showing: — 1. Whether the Government is aware that 236,490 pounds of food were
destroyed in the city of Toronto between April 4 and April 29, 1918, according to a
report of one of the Departments of the Toronto City Corporation. 2. Whether the
Food Controller has taken any action to stop such wholesale waste of food. 3. If so,
what he has done in this particular case. Presented May 15, 1918. — Mr. Proulx.
Not printed.
146. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd April, 191S, for a return showing:— 1. The
names of all persons employed in connections with the work of preparing the Vofes
and Proceedings, the Order Paper and the Journals of the House («) in English, and
(b) in French, and the salary and other remuneration paid to each. 2. The number
of each of these documents printed, (a) in English, and (b) in French, and the cost of
printing and binding the same for the fiscal year ending the 31st of March. 1918.
Presented May 15, 1918. — Mr. Currie Not printed.
147. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd April, 191S. for a return showing: — 1. The
names of all persons employed in connection with the work of reporting and translating
in the House. 2. How long each has been so employed. 3. The rate of remuneration
paid to each during the past year, with the total amount paid to each class of persons.
4. Number of copies of the Debates of the House printed during the past year, (a) in
English, and (b) in French, specifying the number of the unrevised and of the revised
editions, respectively. 5. The cost of printing and binding the same for each year
since 1900, inclusive. 6. The amounts paid in addition to the above, in each year since
1900, inclusive, for (a) reporting, (b) translating, (c) typewriting, and (d) printing
proceedings before Parliamentary Committees. Presented May 15, 1918. Mr. Currie.
Not printed.
27
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^Contimted.
148. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. What
control the Canadian Government has over the operations of the Imperial Royal Flying
Corps in Canada, and what Department of the Government would exercise this control.
2. Whether the Canadian Government has any ofhcers or representatives on the
Canadian Branch of the Imperial Flying Corps. If so, what their names are, and
what positions they occupy. 3. Whether the Canadian Government intends to take
over all the offices, plant, and equipment, of the Imperial Royal Flying Corps in
Canada at an early date. If not, <fhy not. How many accidents and deaths have
occurred in Canada, United States and Overseas among our flying men. -j. The nature
of the investigations into these accidents, and where the records are kept. 6. Whether
the Government of Canada at the closd of the war intends to establish and maintain
a Canadian Flying Corps. If so, what preparations are under way, with this end in
view. 7. How many Canadians and how many Americans, have joined tlie Imperial
Royal Flj'ing Corps in Canada. S. How many mechanics are employed by the
Imperial Royal Flying Corps in Canada. 9. What amount of money has been expended
in Canada by the Imperial Royal Flying Corps. 10. How many Canadian Officers
who have seen air service overseas are in the employ of the Imperial Royal Flying
Corps in Canada. Presented May 16, 191S. — Mr. Armstrong iLambton).
148a. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 1918, for a return showing; — 1. What
status the Canadian recruits of the Royal Flying Corps have in the military affairs of
Canada. 2. In the case of permanent injury or death of Canadians In the Royal Flying
Corps in the discharge of their duties, what provision has been made to pension their
dependents. 3. How many men came to Canada from England to establish training
camps for the Royal Flying Corps ; it any of these men have returned to England. If
so, how many_ have been replaced by Canadians, 4. What comparative results were
obtained in training cadets at the training camps around Toronto and the camps located
in Texas. 5. Whether the Royal Flying Corps went to Texas and remained there at
the expense of, and on the request of the United States Government. 6. Whether the
authorities of the Royal Flying Corps were asked to give consideration to a location in
British Colunibia. If so. what the nature of the request, was. 7. If it is not a fact
that the weather conditions in Texas proved very unfavourable for flying corps training
purposes. S. What investigations of a technical character were made of the air con-
ditions in Texas before selecting that place as a trainin.g ground for our airmen. 9.
What investigations were made as to the atmospherical and climatical conditions in
British Columbia regarding the locating of an air squadron training camp in that pro-
vince. 10, Whether the Imperial Munitions Board took an option to lease a large area
of land at Delta, n^ar Vancouver. B.C.. to establish winter training camps for the Can-
adian training squadrons of the Royal Flying Corps, and whether tenders were asked
for materials, hangeis, buildings, etc. If so, why these negotiations were dropped. 11.
How many deaths in the Royal Flying Corps ti'aining camps in Texas resulted from
atmospherical conditions, which aie unfavourable to the successful training of aviators.
12. WTiether any requests have been made to the Canadian Government for assistance
to the Royal Flying Corps either through appropriation or gifts of money for training
machines. If so. the nature of these requests. 13. Where the records are kept of the
causes of injury or illness of Canadian cadets and mechanics of the Royal Flying Corps.
14. Whether English-born drill sergeants are exclusively employed in the training of
Canadian cadets in the Royal Flying Corps in Canada, 15. What efforts have been
made by the Canadian Government or individuals or organizations to develop and assist
the Flying Corps in Canada, and whether the Government has extended any assistance
to these individuals or organizations. 16. Whether any part of the grant of $100
provided by Order in Council for each aviator trained in Canada to defray a part of
the expense incurred in training has been paid, or whether any request for payment has
been made. Presented May 16, 1918. — Mr. Armstrong (Lambto^i) \ot printed.
149. Second Report of the War Purchasing Commission, covering period from 1st January, 1917.
to 31st March, 191S. Presntd by Sir Robert Borden. May 16, 1918 -Vot printed.
150. Return to an Order of the Senate dated 9th May, 1918. for a return giving a statement of
imports of petroleum oils and spirits (gallons, value and duty) during each of the
following flscal years ending 31st March: 1909-10-11-12-13-14-15-16-17, and for each
month of the unexpired year ending 31st March, 191S. — (The Senate).. ..Not printed.
151. Report of the Administrative Chairman of the Honourary Advisory Council for Scientific
and Industrial Research 1917-18. Presented by Sir George Foster, May 17. 1918.
Xot printed.
152. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 13th May, 1918. for
a copy of the Order in Council appointin.g Mr. Main Johnson and passed under the War
Measures Act as mentioned by Hon. Mr. Rowell on page 1350 of Unrevised Hansard.
Presented May 20. 1918. — Mr. Archambault Not printed.
153. First Report of the Munition Resources Commission. November, 1915. to February, 1918,
inc'usive. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell. 20th May, 191S Not printed.
28
8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^Concluded.
154. Return to an Older of the House of the 22nd April, 191S, for a return showing; — What
amounts have been paid by the Government for printing or advertising to the Globe,
Toronto, and the Devoir, Montreal, during each of tlie fiscal years ending 31st March.
1915, 1916, 1917 and 191S. Presented May 20, 1918. — Mr. McMaster Not printed.
155. Return to an Order of the House of the 25th March, 1918, for a copy of all petitions,
letters or communications of any kind either asking for or opposing the importation of
coolie labour, from first of September last to date. Presented May 20, 191S. — Sir
Wilfrid Latu-ier Not printed.
156. Return to an Order of the House of the 25th March, 1918, for a copy of all memoranda
and petitions by Slav subjects of Austria, naturalized in Canada, setting forth grievr
ances and suggesting remedies. Presented May 20, 1918. — Sir Wilfrid Laitrier.
Not printed.
157. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated 12th April, 1918, for a return giving: — 1. The
name, rank, and qualifications of each of the persons, upon whose advice and recom-
mendation, lobster hatcheries, heretofore operated in Canada by the Department of
Naval Affairs, are to remain cIo.sed. 2. Copies of the reports and recommendations (or
if the same are published, the references thereto in official publications), which fully
disclose all the facts, reasons, and grounds, upon which the Department makes its
decision to abandon the po'.icy of operating lobster hatcheries. — {The Senate).
Not printed.
158. Order in Council P.C. 66S, dated 25th March. 1918, re procedure for conferring titles of
honour upon subjects of His Majesty ordinarily resident in Canada. Presented by Sir
Robert Borden, May 21, 1918 Not printed.
159. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. The
amount paid the Toronto Globe and the Toronto Star respectively, from 1st January.
1917, to 1st April, 1918, for all service between the said dates. 2. Whether any con-
tract of any kind was made with either of the said newspapers between the dates men-
tioned for advertising, publicity, or news editorial and feature service. 3. If so. by
whom said contract or contracts were made, and what the particulars are thereof. Pre-
sented May 22, 1918. — Mr. Mwrphy Not printed.
160. Return to an Order of the House of the Sth April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. What
quantity of bran, shorts, or mill feed have been exported to the United States (a) by
license; (6) without license, between 1st August, 1917, and 28th February, 1918. 2.
To what firms in Canada licenses to export this feed have been granted, and for what
quantity in each case. Presented May 22, 1918. — Mr. Kay Not printed.
161. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th May. 1918, for a return showing: — 1. The
total amount paid to the Journal Publishing Company of Ottawa, Limited, during the
fiscal years 1912-13-14-15-16-17 inclusive, for (a) rentals; (6) printing. 2. Whether
the official cheques of the Government for said rentals and printing jobs were issued
directly in favour of the above company, or to P. D. Ross, Esq. Presented May 23.
191S. — Mr. Brouillard Not printed.
162. Return to an Order of the House of the 16th May, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. The
total number of the families of soldiers deceased since the beginning of the war, who
receive pensions from the Government. 2. Of this number, how many reside in Great
Britain, how many reside in Canada, and how many reside elsewhere. Presented May
23. \'.>l%.-~Mr. Seguin Not printed.
163. Report dealing with the purchase and sale of Forilson tractors by the Canada Food Board,
Presented by Hon. Mr. Crerar, May 23. 1918 Not printed.
8 GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
A. 1918
NINTH ANNUAL REPORT
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
OF CANADA
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
AUGUST 31
1917
PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT
OTTAWA
I. DE LABROQUERIE TACH6
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
I91S
[No. 31— 1918.]— a|
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1913
Ottawa, September 1, 1917.
The Honourable
Arthur Meighen,
Secretary of State of Canada.
Sir, — In conformity with the provisions of section 44 of the Civil Service
Amendment Act, 1908, we have the honour to submit, herewith, a report of the
proceedings of the Civil Service Commission of Canada, for the year ended
August 31, 1917.
We have the honour to be, sir.
Your obedient servants,
ADAM SHORTT,
M. G. LaROCHELLE,
Commissioners.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918
To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc.,
etc.. Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada.
May it Please Your Excellency:
The undersigned has the honour to lay before 3'our Roj'al Excellency the
accompanying report of the Civil Service Commission of Canada for the year
ended August 31, 1917.
Respectfulh^ submitted,
ARTHUR MEIGHEN,
Secretary of State.
Ottawa, September 1, 1917.
8 GEORGE V, SESSIONAL PAPER ho. 31 A. 1913
CONTENTS.
P\OB.
Report of the C'onimi5sioner.-j xi
APPENDIX.
Regulations of the f ivil Service Commission 3
TABLES.
1. Examinations, regular and special, held under the direction of the Commission 13
2. Number of candidates writing at the diiTerent centres at the regular examinations 10
3. Successful candidates at the regular examinations ; 18
4. Candidates who were successful as the result of an appeal against the valuation of their papers.. 27
5. Number and percentage of successful candidates at the regular examinations 28
6. Number and percentage of returned soldiers who were successful at examinations 28
7. Number of returned soldiers writing on examinations at the different centres 29
8. Examiners who prepared the questions and valued the answers at the examinations. 30
9. Examiners who acted as members of the Boards of Appeal 33
10. Examiners under whose supervision the examinations were conducted 33
11. Competitions for special positions held by the Commission 34
12. Persons who have exhibited to the Commission certificates of graduation from a Canadian Uni-
versity or from the Royal Military College, and are, in virtue thereof regarded as eligible for
employment in the Outside Service, without examination 35
13. Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions in the Lower Grades 36
14. Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions in the Third Division as the
result of open competitive examination - ■ 37
15. Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions in the Second Division as the
result of open competitive examinations 39
16. Permanent appointments to special positions made by the Commission as the result of open
competitions 40
17. Permanent appointments to special positions made by the Governor General in Council, on the
receipt of a Certificate of Qualification from the Commission 41
18. Certificates of Qualification issued by the Commission tor temporary employment in the Lower
Grades 42
19. Persons assigned for temporary employment in the Third and Second Divisions under the pro-
visions of Section 18 of the Civil Service .\mendment .\ct, 1908 43
20. C'ertificates of Qualification issued by the Commission for temporary employment in the Third
and Second Divisions, under the provisions of Section 23 of the Civil Service .\mendment
Act. 1908. and Section 20 of the Civil Service Amendment .\ct, 1910 44
21. Certificates of Qualification issued by the Commission for temporary employment in the Third
and Second Divisions, under the provisions of Sections 23 and 33 of the Civil Service Amend-
ment Act, 1908 53
22. Certificates of Qualification for promotion issued by the Commission 54
EXAMIN.\TION PAPERS.
1. Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service, November, 1916 59
2. Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, November, 1916. 62
3. Competitive Examination for positions in the Third Division of the Inside Service, November,
1916 69
4. Preliminary Examination for the Outside .Service, May, 1917 78
5. Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, May, 1917 80
6. Examination for positions in the Lower Grades of the Inside Service, May, 1917 87
7. Competitive Examination for positions in the Third Division of the Inside Service, May, 1917 88
8. Competitive Examination for positions in the Second Division of the Inside Service, May, 1917 98
vii
8 GEORGE V, SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918
INDEX.
Page.
Appeals against examination results —
Members of Boards of Appeal 32
Regulations * 7
Successful appeals- 27
Appointments —
In the Lower Grades (table) 36. 42
In the Third Division (table) 37, 43, 44, 53
In the Second Division (table) 39, 43, 44,53
In special positions (table) , 40, 41
In a temporary capacity (table) 42, 43 , 44 , 53
Civil Service Commission —
Regulations 3
Commissioner's Report xi.
Competitions —
Departments for which held 34
Nature of vacancies 34
Number held » 34
Number of candidates 34
Number of vacancies ...,..• 34
Successful connpetitors .S4
Examinations —
Department for wliich held ' 13
Exaniiners who prepared papers 30
Members of Boards of Appeal 32
Nature of vacancies , 13
Number held .- 13
Number of candidates 13, 16
Number of candidates returned soldiers 28, 29
Number of vacancies •: 13
Papers set ? , '_ 59
Percentage of candidates successful 28
Percentage of returned soldiers successful 28
Places where held ^ 33
Presiding Examiners 33
Regulations 3
Successful candidates 13, 18
Examination papers —
Lower Grades (Inside Service) 87
Preliminary (Outside Service) 59, 78
Qualifying (Outside Service) -. 62, 80
Second Division (Inside Service) 98
Stenographers and Typewriters (Inside Service) 69, 88
Third Division (Inside Service) 69 , 88
Examiners—
Who acted on Boards of Appeal 32
Who prepared papers 30
Who presided at examinations 33
Fees — ^
To be allowed to examiners 8
To be paid by candidates 7
Lower Grade Examinations —
Papers set 87
Regulations 3
Successful candidates 13, 26
ix
X CITIL S-ERVICE COMMISSloy
8 GEORGE V. A. 198
Kaval Cadetships Examinations — Paoe.
Successful candidates ' 27
Preliminarj' Eiaminations —
Papers set 59, 78
Regulations 9
Successful candidates 18, 22, 23
Promotions —
Certificates issued , ; 54
Regulations 6
Promotion Examinations —
Regulations 6
Successful candidates '. 27
Qualifying examinations —
Papers sets 62,80
Regulations 9
Successful candidates 20, 25
Regulations of the Ci\-il Service Commission 3
Report of Commissioners xi
Returned soldiers —
Number of candidates 28, 29
Percentages successful 88
Second Division Examinations —
Papers set 98
Regulations 5
Successful candidates 27
Special Examinations —
Regulations 5
Successful candidates , 13
Stenographers and Typewriters' Examinations —
Papers set 69,
Regulations r
Successful candidates 21 , 26
Successful candidates —
At competitions 34
At examinations 13, 18
Percentages successful 28
Temporary Examinations —
Regulations 4
Third Division Examinations —
Papers set 69, 88
Regulations 4
Successful candidates 21 , 26
(717/. SKUVICE COMMIS'SION xi
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONERS.
The Civil Service Commissioners hereby submit the ninth Annual Report
of the proceedings of the Commission, covering the twelve months from Sep-
tember 1, 1916, to August 31, 1917. The tables of the appendix furnish all the
required particulars as to the various examinations which were held during that
year, and as to the appointments and promotions made in the Inside Service.
Examinations.
Semi-annttal examinations. — According to the regulations, the semi-annual
examinations are to be held, both for the Inside and the Outside Service, in
November and in May. This year, the November tests were postponed to
December, in order to permit as many returned officers and soldiers as possible,
to try them. In December, they took place in twenty-five Centres of the
Dominion, and in May, in twenty-seven. In all, 1,627 candidates were examined,
465 for the Inside, and 1,162 for the Outside Service.
General Competition, Inside Service. — No Second Division competitive
examination took place in December, 1916, but one was held in May, 1917,
for fifteen situations. Out of twenty-seven candidates, seventeen were success-
ful, nine men and eight women.
In the Third Division competitions, which were held for 130 positions, 420
candidates were examined, 175 in December, and 245 in May. Ninety-two were
successful, seven men and eighty-five women.
Eighteen candidates were also examined for the lower grades of the Inside
Service. Fourteen passed.
Special Competitions. — The commission was requested to hold thirty-three
special competitions of a professional and technical character for the following
positions: three draughtsmen, seven technical clerks, two research chemists,
one engineering chemist, one chemist, three assistant chemists, five analysts, two
translators, one reporter of debates, one technical assistant, one process photo-
grapher, one patent examiner, one assistant engineer.
A number of candidates competed for these positions, and the departments
to which the successful ones were assigned appear under the head of permanent
appointments.
Outside Service Examinations. — Quahfying examinations were held for clerk-
ships in the Outside Service. Two hundred and forty-four candidates were
tested, 112 in December and 132 in May. Forty-nine were success-
ful in the first test, and sixty-seven in the second.
Nine hundred and eighteen candidates were examined in the PreUminary
examinations for the Outside Service, 496 in December and 422 in May. Five
hundred and seventy-three passed.
xii CITTL SERTICi: ( () UJ//.S'S/O.V
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Promotion Examinations — Examinations were held under regulation 20,
for promotion from the Third to the Second Division. Out of eleven candidates,
four were successful.
Naval Cadets Examinations — In the Naval Cadets examinations, thirty-
one candidates were examined and twentj^ passed.
APPOINTMENTS.
Permanent Appointmetits, Inside Service — Of the nine men who successfully com-
peted for the Second Division in the May examination, only one, as yet, has
received a permanent appointment. Such of the others as are exempt from
the military service will doubtless be appointed in due course. None of the
eight successful female candidates has been appointed, but they were declared
eligible for the Third Division or for temporary employment.
As above stated, ninety-two candidates were successful in the Third Division
competition examination, seven men and eighty-five women. Seven men and
seventy-five women were assigned to permanent positions, and the others have
been assigned to temporary situations while waiting for their permanent appoint-
ment.
The successful candidates in the special competitions have been permanently
appointed to the folloT\ang departments: Naval Service, two draughtsmen;
Mines, one assistant engineer, one engineering chemist, two research chemists,
three assistant chemist; Interior, five technical clerks; Inland Revenue, five
analysts; Labour, one technical clerk; Trade and Commerce, one translator;
Public Works, one process photographer, one technical assistant; Agriculture,
one chemist, one technical clerk.
Sixteen appointments of a professional or technical nature were 'iiade
without competition under section 21 of the Act, with certificates of qualification
from the Commission.
Temporary appointments — Four hundred and seventy-three temporary
appointments have been made to the Inside Service. The persons appointed
satisfied the commission as to their qualifications.
Promotions.
One hundred and forty-seven promotions were made in the First, Second, and
Third Divisions of the Inside Service.: —
From 3 B to 3 A 76
" 3 A to 2 B 4
" 2 B to 2 A 23
" 2 A to 1 B 30
" 1 B to 1 A 14
General Observations.
Surplus of officers in Second Division. — During the last few years, the com-
missioners have noticed a gradual decrease of the number of clerks assigned to
ririL SERYiCE COM ,'liSlox xiii
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
the Second Division, which, according to section 5 of the Act, shoukl be limited
to the junior administrative and technical officers of the department. Somewhat
congested by the automatic classification of September, 1908, further unne-
cessary appointments to that di-vision could only magnify the actual surplus of
its employees, and aggravate the situation. In order to obviate the inadequacy
of the scale of salary of the clerks of the Third Di\ision, the heads of the depart-
ments have been inclined to place them in the Second Division, without due
regard to the nature of their duties. In fact, nearly all the successful candidates
in the Second Division competitions have been assigned to mere routine work.
Inadequate salary of the Third Division. — It seems to us that the best way to
deal with this difficulty would have been a proper increase of the remuneration of
the clerks of the Third Division. Such has been the remedy suggested bj' the
commission in its annual reports, and the Government appears to have reached
the same conclusion, since a Bill providing for a higher scale of salary was pre-
sented to Parliament during the session of 1914.
Owing to inadequacy of the salary attached to the Third Division, the
Commis.sion has been unable to secure the required number of young men for the
different departments. In a number of cases, positions intended for men had to
be filled by women. On the other hand, it cannot be argued that the examina-
tions were too difficult, since a surplus of woman have passed them successfully.
Privilege of returned officers and soldiers. — According to the Order in Council
of the 16th October, 1916, the returned officers and soldiers securing the required
percentages of marks, in the general competitive examinations, are to be pre-
ferred to the ordinary candidates.
Four competed in the Second and Third Divi-sion examinations, and failed
Three hundred and thirteen tried the preliminary tests, and 233 passed.
Temporary appointments in connection with the war. — A very large number of
temporary civil employees were appointed in connection with the war, without
any reference to the commission. Greater salaries than those authorized by the
Civil Service Act were paid to them, which was a source of serious inconvenience
to several departments. The undersigned are of the opinion that the com-
mission could have supplied most of them at the usual rates.
The whole respectfully submitted.
MICHEL LaROCHELLE,
ADAM SHORTT,
Commissioners.
i
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918
APPENDIX
31—1
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918
THE REGULATIONS OF THE CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION WITH
REFERENCE TO ENTRANCE TO THE SERVICE AND
PROMOTION IN THE SERVICE.
(Approved by His Excellency the Governor General in Council, on the 19th April,
1909. Amendments approved on the 22nd February, 1911, the 21st March, 1913,
and the 12th April, 1915.)
In accordance with section 10, clause 2, of the Civil Service Amendment Act,
1908, requiring that the duties of the Civil Service Commission " shall be
performed in accordance with regulations made by the Commission, and approved
by the Governor in Council," the following regulations have been prepared by the
Commission : —
EXAMINATIONS FOR ENTRANCE TO THE INSIDE SERVICE.
X. In order to comply with section 13 of the Civil Service Amendment Act,
which states that " except as herein otherwise provided, appointment to positions
in the Inside Service under that of deputy head shall be by competitive exam-
ination, which shall be of such a nature as will determine the qualifications of
candidates for the particular positions to which they are to be appointed, and shall
be held by the Commission from time to time in accordance wath the regulations
made by it and approved by the Governor in Council," the Commission will
provide for general competitive examinations for entrance to the following
divisions and subdivisions of the Inside Service: —
(a) Clerks for Subdivision B of the Third Division.
(6) Clerks for Subdivision B of the Second Division.
2. In accordance with section 15 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, the
number of competitors to be selected, for appointment to the Service, from those
taking the examinations for the above divisions, shall be computed by the
Commission on the basis of the reports from the several departments as to their
probable requirements for the ensuing six months.
3. The general competitive examinations shall be held twice a year, in the
months of May and November. Forms on which applications for these exam-
inations shall be made will be provided by the Commission, and may be had on
application to the Secretary of the Commission. Where not less than three
candidates make application to take an examination at the same place, general
competitive examinations shall be held at the following places: Sydney, Halifax,
Yarmouth, Charlottetown, St. John, Fredericton, Moncton, Quebec, Sherbrooke,
Montreal, Ottawa, Kingston, Hamilton, Toronto, London, Sault Ste. Marie,
Port Arthur, Winnipeg, Brandon, Regina, Saskatoon, Calgary, Edmonton,
Nelson, Vancouver and Victoria. Examinations may also be held at such other
places as may be selected by the Commission for the convenience of candidates
applying for examination.
(2) Where competitive examinations are required involving technical or
scientific subjects and necessitating the use of scientific apparatus, it shall not be
necessary to hold such examinations at each of the above places, but the Com-
mission shall, as far as possible, arrange for at least one place in each province
where .such examinations may be taken.
4. Any examination may be taken in the English or French language, at the
option of the candidate.
31— li
4 VIVIL SERVICE COMillNSIOX
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
0. A general examination for messengers, porters, sorters and packers shall be
held annuall.v in the month of May, at the same places as the general examinations
for the Third and Second Divisions, and shall include the following subjects of the
ordinary public school standard: Writing, spelling and the first four rules of
arithmetic. The minimum percentage of ciualification shall be fifty per cent on
each subject and sixty per cent on the whole examination.
6. Where messengers, porters, sorters and packers recjuire certificates of
qualification and fitness under section 22 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, the
Commission may require any or all of these to pass an examination which shall be
as nearly as may be of the same standard as that set for those who take the
general examination for entering that grade of the Service.
7. The general competitive examination for clerkships of Subdivision B of
the Third Division shall include the following subjects: Writing and copying
manuscripts, spelling, composition, arithmetic, geography, history, typewriting.
The maximum numlier of marks for each suljject shall be one hundred, except in
the subjects of writing and copj'ing manuscripts, for each of which the maximum
number shall be fifty marks. No candidate shall be selected for appointment to
a position in the Third Division who secures less than fifty per cent of the marks
assigned to the subjects of spelling, composition and arithmetic and sixty per
cent of the marks assigned to the whole examination. The standard of exam-
ination shall require a good general knowledge of the above subjects.
8. Candidates may take, in addition to the foi-egoing subjects, either or both
of the subjects of stenograph}' and book-keeping. Where candidates obtain over
sixty per cent of the marks assigned to either or both of these subjects, the marks
above sixty per cent maj' be added to the total of the marks obtained on the
compulsory subjects in determining the relative standing of the candidates in the
general examination.
9. Persons employed in the Civil Service, in the Third Division, may take
the general competitive examination for entrance to the Second Division under
the following regulations: —
(1) Such persons must be between the ages of eighteen and thirty-five years
at the time of examination.
(2) Their records in the reports to be furnished under the Civil Service
Amendment Act must be good.
10. To insure the availability of a sufficient number of competent type-
writers and stenographers, the commission may appoint a special competitive
examination for typewriters and stenographers, for Subdivision B of the Third
Division, which shall include the following subjects: Typewriting, stenograph}^,
writing and copj-ing manuscripts, spelling and composition. Successful can-
didates must obtain at least fifty per cent of the marks assigned to each subject
and sixt}^ per cent of the marks assigned to the whole examination.
(2) Where a sufficient number of typewriters and stenographers are not
available among those who have taken the full examination for Subdivision B of
the Third Division, the requirements of the departments may be supplied by
appointing, in order of merit, those who have taken the special examination for
typewriters and stenographers.
(3) No one appointed as the result of such special examination shall be
considered as eligible for promotion to Subdivision A of the Third Division who
has not subsequently qualified in the additional subjects of arithmetic, history
and geography, as required for the regular examination for entrance to the Third
Division.
11. Where candidates for employment as temporary clerks require certifi-
cates of qualification aiad fitness under section 23 of the Civil Service Amendment
Act, the Commission may require any or all of these to pass an examination
which shall be as nearly as may be of the same standard as that set for those
who take the general examination for entering that grade of the service.
CIVIL sKRVIVi: fOMMIssloS 5
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
12. Candidates for the general competitive examination for clerkships of
Subdivision B of the Second Division shall take all the subjects in group A of the
following list, and any five in group B: —
A. — Writing, Spelling, Composition, Literature, Arithmetic.
B. — Algebra, Geometrj^ Physics, Chemistry, CJeology (including miner-
alogy), Biology (animal and vegetable), French (for those taking the general
examination in English), English (for those taking the general examination in
French), Latin, German, Historj- (modern). Political Science, Economics,
Geography (general, physical and commercial), Philosophy (scholastic or general),
Law (English or Civil).
(2) The maximum number of marks for each subject shall be one hundred,
except in the subject of writing, for which the maximum number shall be fifty
marks.
(3) No candidate shall be selected for appointment to a position in Sub-
division B of the Second Division who secures less than forty per cent of the
marks assigned to each subject in group A, and sixtj' per cent of the marks
assigned to the whole group.
(4) No candidate shall be selected for appointment to a position in Sub-
division B of the Second Division who secures less than thirty per cent of the
marks assigned to each subject in group B, and forty per cent of the marks
assigned to the five subjects selected.
(5) The standard of examination shall require a good general knowledge of
the subjects selected from the above groups. In order that due regard may be
had to the different educational systems in Canada, a curriculum shall be pre-
pared by the Commission showing, with as much detail as possible, the ground
to be covered under each of the subjects in the above groups A and B. A copy
of this curriculum shall be supplied to any person on making application to the
Secretary of the Commission.
13. Candidates may take, in addition to the foregoing subjects, any or all of
the subjects of typewriting, stenography, and book-keeping. Where candidates
obtain over sixty per cent of the marks assigned to any one or more of these
subjects, the marks above sixty per cent may be added to the total of the marks
obtained on the whole examination in determining the relative standing of the
candidates.
14. Where the deputy head of a department ap]ilies to the Commission for a
nomination to a clerkship in Subdivision B of the Third Division requiring
special qualifications not covered by the general examination for that division, or
for a nomination to a clerkship in Subdivision B of the Second Division recjuiring
special qualifications in technical or scientific subjects, a special competitive
examination may be provided by the Commission, instead of the general com-
petitive examinations for either of these subdivisions. The subjects for such
special examination shall be arranged between the Commission and the deputy
head of such department.
15. Where the deputy head of a department applies to the Commission for a
nomination to a position above that of Subdivision B of the Second Division,
which requires to be filled by appointment from without the Service, the Com-
mission shall, after consultation with the deputy head of the department in
which the appointment is to be made, provide a special competitive examination
or test, which may or may not involve written answers to questions, but which
shall be of such a nature as to secure a person well qualified for the position to be
so filled. Li determining the qualifications of candidates for such positions, the
examination or test shall have special reference to executive ability and tact,
such special or professional training as may be required, and a successful
experience in duties similar to those pertaining to the positions to be filled.
CIVIL .SERVICE COMMIfiSlOy
8 GEORGE V. A. 19;8
16. Where the appointment is one which is to be made under section 21 of
the Civil Service Amendment Act inasm,uch as the person to be appointed
requires to obtain from the Commission a certificate that he possesses the requisite
knowledge and ability, the Commission, with the consent and co-operation of the
head and deputy head of the department in which the appointment is to be made,
may arrange a form of examination or test, by which to determine whether the
person is qualified. On satisfying the Commission that he is duly qualified,
such person will receive the certificate of the Commission.
17. When the selection is made by the head and deputy head of the depart-
ment without reference to the Commission, the Commission may make such
inquiries and appoint such an examination or test to determine the qualifications
of the person so nominated as it may deem necessary for an intelligent and
responsible discharge of its duties.
PROMOTIONS IN THE INSIDE SERVICE.
18. A candidate who is recommended by the head of a department for pro-
motion, other than from the Third to the Second Division, in order to receive the
prescribed certificate of qualification, must satisfy the Commission of his ability to
perform the duties of the position to which he is to be promoted. For this
purpose the Commission, if it considers an examination necessary, may, after
consultation with the deputy head of the department in which the promotion is
to take place, prescribe a promotion examination, having regard to the require-
ments of the subdivision to which the promotion is to be made, and the special
■duties of the position to be filled.
19. Where there are two or more persons in the employment of a depart-
ment who are eligible for promotion to any vacant position, the Commission
may, at the request of the head of the department, provide a competitive promo-
tion examination limited to those who are declared eligible for promotion. Such
an examination shall have regard to the requirements of the subdivision to which
the promotion is to be made, and the special duties of the position to be filled.
Upon the results of this examination, if satisfactory, the Commission shall issue
the required certificate of qualification.
20. Candidates, who under subsection 2 of section 26 of the Civil Service
Amendment Act, 1908, are nominated by the head of a department for pro-
motion from the Thu-d to the Second Division must, in order to receive the
prescribed certificate of quaUfication, satisfy the Commission that they are
entitled to enter the Second Division. To this end, the Commission, after con-
sultation vrith the head or deputy head of the department in which the pro-
motion is proposed, shall prescribe a non-competitive promotion examination
which, while having special reference to the requirements of the positions to be
filled, shall nevertheless insure a qualification substantially equivalent to that
required in the open competitive examination for entrance to the Second Division.
Such non-competitive promotion examination shall include all of the subjects in
group A under regulation 12, any three of the subjects in group B under regulation
12, and two papers on the work of the department in which the candidate for
promotion is engaged. The minimum percentages required for passing on the
subjects included in group A shall be not less than forty per cent of the marks
assigned to each subject and sixty per cent of the marks assigned to the whole
group. The minimum percentages required for passing on the subjects selected
from group B shall be not less than thirty per cent of the marks assigned to each
subject and forty per cent of the marks assigned to the three subjects, also that
candidates must obtain at least fifty per cent on each of the papers on the work
of the departments in which they are engaged. In the case of a candidate who
does not obtain the minimum of forty per cent assigned to the three subjects
CITIL SEIITICE COilUISSIOS 7
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
selected from group B, but who obtains an excess of marks above the minimum
percentage required on each of the papers on the work of the department, such
excess shall be added to the marks obtained by him on the subjects selected from
group B for the purpose of estimating his percentage on the whole group. Where
a candidate, who has obtained the aggregate marks required on the promotion
examination, fails in one subject only, not being one of the papers on the work of
the department, such candidate maj', on the recommendation of the deputy head
of the department, complete the examination bj' writing on that subject
alone at the ensuing examination. The minimum standard required on such
subject shall be fifty per cent if the subject is in group A, and thirty per cent if
tlje subject is in group B. Any candidate who fails only in the total number of
marks assigned to group A may, on the recommendation of the deputy head of
the department, complete the examination by writing on that group alone at the
ensuing examination.
21. All general competitive examinations for entrance to the Service
shall be advertised in the Canada Gazette at least four weeks before the examina-
tions are to take place. Special competitive examinations shall be advertised
in the Canada Gazette at least two weeks before the examinations are to take
place. Such advertisements shall state the number of positions to be competed
for, the conditions to be complied with by the competitors, the subjects to be
covered by any special examinations, and the places at which the examinations
may be held.
22. Within one month after the publication of the results of a Civil Service
examination any candidate who considers that his answer papers have not been
correctly valued, may make application to the Commission to have his papers
re-read. Such application must be accompanied by a fee of $3 in the case
of the Third Division or lower examinations, and $5 in the case of the Second
Division or higher examinations. In cases where the appeal is sustained the
fee will be returned.
(2) The answer papers of all candidates at any Civil Service examination,
after being valued by the examiners, shall be retained by the Commission for
a period of six months from the date of publishing the results, and at the end
of that period thej' shall be tlestroyed.
23. Every successful candidate, before receiving a permanent appointment
to the Inside Service, must furnish the Commission with a certificate of good
health, which shall be filled out on standard forms to be furnished by the Com-
mission.
(2) There shall be appointed by the Governor in Council in each place
where an examination is held one or more medical examiners, from whom such
certificates shall be obtained.
(3) The fees for the health certificate shall l)e: For messengers, porters,
sorters, packers, and for temporary clerks, two dollars ($2); for clerks of the
Third Division, three dollars (.|3) ; for clerks of the First and Second Divisions,
five dollars ($5).
24. Every successful candidate, before receiving an appointment to the
Inside Service^ must furnish the Commission with references to at least three
reputable persons who may be able to give adequate information as to the
candidate's character and habits.
25. The following shall be the schedule of fees to be paid by the candidates
at the several examinations held under the direction of the Commission : —
Examination for lower grade positions, a fee of $ 2 00
Examinations for clerkships in Subdivision B of the Third Divi-
sion, a fee of 4 00
Examinations for clerkships in Subdivision B of the Second Divi-
sion, a fee of .■ 8 00
8 r/17/. sERTici: coMMisswy
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Extra examinatious which may be authorized from time to time for
positions requiring special qualifications, a fee of 8 00
Promotion examinations: —
In the Third Division 2 00
To the Second Division 3 00
In the Second Division 4 00
For higher divisions 5 00
(2) No fee shall be required for the privilege of taking optional subjects.
(3) The fees for the regular Third and Second Division examinations, for
lower grade examinations, and for any special examinations, shall be payable
bj- the candidates when making application for the examination. Should any
candidate, after making application and paying the required fee, be unable to
write on the examination, one-half the fee may be returned.
26. Copies of the reports of the " conduct and efficiency of all officers,
clerks and employees below the First Division "' which, in accordance with
section -10 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, are required to be made in
each department, shall be furnished to the Commission by the deputy heads
of the various departments every three months.
(2) To insure uniformity these reports shall be made out oia forms prepared
by the Commission which may be procured by the departments upon requisition
to the Government Stationery Office.
27. As soon as practicable, after the coming into force of these regulations,
the deputy heads of the several departments shall furnish to the Commission,
for the purpose of its Establishment Books, returns of the officers of their depart-
ments, with such particulars as to their past service and present employment
as are provided for on the form prepared by the Commission.
28. The secretary of the Treasury Board shall notify the Commission of all
changes which take place in the organization of the offices in the several depart-
ments in the Inside Service, whether these changes result from the creation of
new offices, the division or combination of existing offices, or the abolition of
offices; also of all changes in the personnel of the officers holding respective
offices in the several departments in the Inside Service, whether these changes
result from original appointment, promotion, transfer, death, resignation or
dismissal.
29. The Commission shall select examiners duly qualified to prepare the
necessary examination papers and to value the answers of the candidates, in
connection with the general and special examinations provided for in the Civil
Service Acts and in these regulations.
(2) Each of the examination papers for the First and Second Divisions of the
Inside Service shall be prepared and the answers valued by two examiners.
(3) In the case of promotion examinations, and of special or technical
examinations for the First and Second Divisions, as far as possible one of the
two examiners shall be selected from within the department in which the
appointment is to l)e made, and the other from without.
30. Examiners for the Inside Service shall be i)aid in accordance with the
following scale of fees: —
To each examiner for setting a paper for the general
competitive examination for the First and Second Divisions $15 00
AVhere the examination is one of a special or technical
character for the First or Second Division of the Inside
Service, and where not more than five candidates are taking
the same examination, each examiner shall be allowed
•?20 for setting the paper and valuing the answers.
To each examiner for setting a paper for the Third
Division examinations 10 00
CIVIL SEIiVICI-: COMMI.SSIOy
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
To each examiner for setting a paper tor the lower
grade examinations 5 00
To each presiding examiner at the various centres
where the examinations are held: —
Per day 10 00
Per half day 5 00
Where the number of candidates at any centre exceeds
twenty-five, an assistant examiner may be appointed for such
additional number up to twenty-five, and other additional
assistants may be appointed in like proportion, where the
number of candidates exceeds fifty.
To each assistant to the presiding examiner: —
Per day $5 00
Per half day 3 00
For valuing the answers in the case of the general com-
petitive examinations, the compensation shall be as follows:
For each paper in the examinations for the First or
Second Divisions 0 50
For each paper in the examinations for the Third Division 0 20
For each paper in the examinations for the lower grades . 0 10
OUTSIDE SERVICE EXAMINATIONS.
The Preliminary and Qualifying Examinations prescribed by the Civil
Service Act for the Outside Division of the Civil Service shall be held semi-
annually at the same times and places as the examinations for the Inside Division
of the Civil Service and shall be conducted in like manner and governed in all
respects by the rules and regulations prescribed for the examinations for the
Inside Service, with the following exceptions, viz.: —
(1) The Preliminary Examination shall include the following subjects of the
ordinary public school standard: Writing, spelling, and the first four rules of
arithmetic. The maximum number of marks in each subject shall be one
hundred. The minimum percentage for qualification shall be forty per cent in
each subject and fifty jjer cent on the whole examination.
(2) The Qualifying Examination shall include the following subjects:
Writing and copj'ing manuscripts, spelling (including dictation), arithmetic,
geograph}', historj^ and composition. The maximum number of marks for each
subject shall be one hundred, excejiting in the subjects of writing and copying
manuscripts, for each of which the maximum number shall be fifty marks. The
minimum percentage for qualification shall be forty per cent in each subject and
fifty per cent on the whole examination. The standard of examination shall
require a good general knowledge of the above subjects.
(3) Candidates in the Qualifying Examination who fail in one subject only,
but who make the required aggregate of fifty per cent, or three hundred marks,
may come up for the subject in which they failed at any one or more subsequent
examinations, and, on their passing the same, the marks made in the other subjects
at the previous examination will be allowed them, but candidates failing in more
than one subject, or in the aggregate, if they come up for examination again
must take all the subjects required.
(4) Every successful candidate at the Preliminary or Qualifying Exam-
ination will receive a certificate from the Commission.
3 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918
TABLES
#
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
13
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
■§.s
OjPQr
OJ
OS cO
So -
bO
c c
OO,
S 5=
CO
Si oo
-o;
3Q^
Oo
OHJJoOO^Jri.SO
-'s
Jh — ■
c ■
2 '3
HO
c c >
. „ _ o o ca
.-sSo
•a
l-^o
■ • -^ " ^-
ooo — O.S i;
^ Ol cq ^ fc- +^
4) O QJ c'S ?^
a o. a C 03 ^
Oi O 4J ^ ■
X r/3 X ►^ < Ki
6§ .
& So
-2
■H"* os"
O
s, Ot
ntel,
ttaw
fi
siSo
a
QOi
4.
3^
aZHxC
U
^ -:f -H Ci t-i
COS
»C _, ^ ^
h. (V <lJ <D
J^ U U t-.
CQ 3 3 3
O 0-3 3 3 3 O O
'C 'C'T* ^ '^ ^ 'n "n
t^ "t; 3 bo hL be
5a
. 'i- (U t, QJ U m
r*- -^ hr*-! bl3 O
3 3
bc bi
en (c tl-^ fe oj Qj 'X
C0.2 ^5-a-o a,
C 3
.2o5
J4
O
S
. ,9 »
• --0 o
3 S M t. 3
Ciai<:HCLi
03,
o
[■ a. . ,
03 t,- - -
.SO
M o
Oil-)
.S-Sq'-'
o
o
.S^is. 2 ------------------ E^-a"*, ,
a a a >- = ;C q.
tc coco QhCHcC
?■ 4) 03 Q^
is a^'- a
c8
1^ iS
O
«w
¥
OO OS O -H M ?o
CO CO Tf -^ •*}< Tj«
rj tO ^ (O CO SO
_ C^ CO -*< »c
LO ^ U3 lA US
<D CO CO CO CO
14
CIVIL i<f:itrici-: roi/u/.ss/o.v
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
^ —
So
►J -
5 5«°c-£s,
s -,-
°? s s
sc
5^- srt S
;»^ OS
o^-Oo5cS
o™ o o o > S^£ o o 3 c s . • >>== o o
u ofl4 OS
= Ogs
5 = s 5 c
C? - S S
£-"5|-S
Hull
ttaw
Ott
Ott
.2' 3 oT t-" =
- — ~ 0 iS
0° £.S
lolll
S-gtf 5f
> o . >> 0 M c-l
0-2<io>
^ ■^"^c/lO 0 c
i'i oi cS 0 ac-
No
Fra
Wil
Aur
See
See
I
a.a.SSS
c&SiB-,
&o
£cc^ 4) (E Sc (C tc tc tn En tn Sfc _ __ ,. _- ,^ „ _ ^^ - —
OOC-COOCCOCCOC.2.20 =C i'.S.Srs §CO
Z^fEiE
0)00-
3O0O3O0000000O"S-S0M0--'S'S°"=00
+J +J -^ -^ -JJ 05 X
?e-a.oc
o
o
>.-2
t- 03,.
SO
S !-
^&
C o
PhhJ
a o.
'e^
Png-
11
^- — t -^ — -^ iC so
- - - IS- - - -
s
.5 E
o r- oc CiO— 'C^co
lit ic ITS \n '^ ^o ^ ^o
'^ (C -^ (D:^>:D!C^:0
CO to
CO (O
iOt^OO
toco CC
^ CO tc
CO t-- r— t-- r^ h- r- t- i>. r-^ r—
:Dtototo :occcocO^:o:d
X OC
CIVIL S'ERVWB COMMISSION
15
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
w o oj a c
M M M tC M
ri 3 rf ce c3
s. & c o. a
c; o o o c
C C GJ OJ O
X -j: -j: X v:
:z:^ •z:^
^ ^ Jr
■-=" s « g I
> i > 53 -;i
— "^ !> m"^
• := >> . >>s8
il
So
►4^
z^ zs=:
c jii
-• S *
^ o o
r ^
o &:
Z<;.
C
j;-02
^.s c p:?^ >.
jZ
az
> > > > > t:
fc- (H u t. t- 0
02 tc K a; '^ 'S
c c: s B
C3 o
z«
£ o O
s § o
en
— o
II
'S =^
0-
- g B t. ^
ftsa
Z^Z^ifi*;(EE :Z-s SZ-gE «;^;2*;*;EE .
1°
rt o
u o :,
M (- en ag te -T-^ ^ ^'S 7; rf t- C 'C '■- ^ 'yi
;sSiEE
i S o o o
^►5 0.0. a.
c -t3
R » S
c o.&r5
c ox J!^
0*0 c c cj.S
^ t* n C *, c
£■;: u c 5 cj
*1 ^ ■<}' iC «o h-
00
o^o
^^
d eo^
W5
COt^
o
o ^ eo
CO
oooa o>-- ww^^ctst^ac
OJ Ol OO C O C O O C: O
-:£ o r~ r- C-- t-- t— i>. t^ b- r-
16
Civil. sEKviri: roMMissioy
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 2. — Number of candidates writing at the different centres at the
regular examinations.
(a) December, 1916.
Place of Examination.
Prince Rupert —
Nanaimo
Victoria
Vancouver
Nelson
Edmonton.
Calgarj-
Moose Jaw
Saskatoon
Regina
Brandon.
Winnipeg
Sault .Ste. Marie.
North Bay
London
Hamilton .
Toronto.. .
Kingston
Ottawa
Montreal
Sherbrooke
Quebec
St. John
Moncton
Chatham
Charlottetown.
Halifax
Total....
Prelim-
inarj-.
1
5
13
7
1
16
S
1.5
10
21
1
24
13
71
3
108
111
7
27
6
1
r
U
496
Quali-
fying.
4
10
1
3
3
1
2
4
4
20
6
12
14
1
7
2
112
Third Division.
Men.
Women.
25
1
30
3
4
123
4
1
1
1
5
' r
145
Total.
17
18
2
19
14
16
12
21
3
29
1
9
12
17
95
13
268
130
9
35
15
783
fn II. si:i,-\ ici: commi.-^.siox
17
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 2. — ^Number of candidates writing at the different centres at the
regular examinations. — Concluded.
(6) May, 1917.
Place of
Examination.
G
C
Lower
Grades.
Third
Division.
Second
Division.
Promotion
to Second
Division.
ea
>
c
e
o
d
s
c
e
o
c
dj
S
c
dj
s
1
s
d
E
1
TotaL
2
4
6
1
1
8
4
9
4
..■■■■l'/""
3
2
16
19
7
9
14
35
11
25
22
3
13
u
10
22
f algarv.. - .
39
11
Saskatoon.. .
3
11
28
Regina
.
33
3
7
20
Wingham .
7
1
2
7
London ...
4
S
5
2
I
16
4
I
12
28
■ 5
4
3
1
14
Hamilton. . .
12
5
3
43
2
2
76
90
5-
33
2
2
3
13
178
3
1
64
Kingston
1
10
Brockville
1
21
17
7
1
7
15
1
7
11
5
5
1
2
1
333
134
Montreal
Sherbrooke
8
Quebec .
40
8t. John
7
Chatham
3
3
Moncton '. . .
1
C'harlottetown
1
1
10
■ 1
1
5
3
Yarmouth .
1
2
3
Halifax
1
11
2
1
20
Total
422
132
7
23
222
17
10
11
31
886
NoiE. — A Special PrelimiViary Examination for returned soldiers was held on March 6th, 1917.
eiamination 56 other candidates wrote, of whom 43 were succe.ssful.
At this
31—2
18
CIVIL .<FRvici: ((nntifitiiox
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
Table Xo. 3. — Successful candidates at the regular examinations.
Note. — Candidates who are marked witli one star (*) have served overseas
in His ^Majesty's Forces during the present war and have been honourably
discharged therefrom, and are accordingly entitled to preferential treatment
in the matter of appointment.
(a) Special Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service, September, 1916 ^
IN' ALPHABETICAL ORDER.
•Allen, William Patterson.
*Barnett, William Harold
*Gcrrish, Henry.
*King. William Henry.
*Le\vis. Albert John.
•Montgoraerv, D. Gerald.
•Xorthfield, Thomas W.
*Wherry, Frank A.
(6) Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service, December, 1916.
IN* ALPHABETICAL ORDER.
At Pr'ma Rupert. B.C.—
Struthers, .John MrSkimming.
At Nanaimo, B.C. —
CuUen, .-Vlexander.
McGuckie. John Martin.
.Scott, Nellie G.
Sutherland, Lillis I.
Thomson, Andrew L.
At Victoria, B.C.—
•Abbott, George Stanley.
•Comerford, Edward Waller.
Craig, Edward H. H.
Dicks, Thomas I.
Miller, Lena.
Mackenzie, David.
Tomlinson. Fred.
•Watson, Thomas.
At Vnncouver, B.C. —
( ucksey. Walter Lloyd.
Duke, .\ylmer Earl.
Postlethwaite, Frank.
At Kelson, B.C.— "
Crj'derman, Charles Xorman.
At Edmonton, Aha. —
Atkinson, Burton West.
Carthew. A. Isabelle.
Dixon. Geo. M.
Ellis, Elmer E.
Freeze, Harry .A..
Hopkfnson, Frank X.
Miller, Isabel Robertson.
Moody. Robert Wellington.
McLeod, John.
McMahon, Clark A..
McMann, .\llan J. D.
. Porter, Frederick .•V.
Wright, Helen M.
Ai Calgary, Alta. —
Gregory, William James.
Pare, Bertha Anna.
Russell, Joseph.
Samuel, Geoffrey B.
At Moosejaw, Sask. —
Burke, Hildred May.
Davidson. William Howard.
Ellis, Frank Butler.
Ellis, James.
Fleming, St. Clair.
Morrison, Janet Summers.
Munro. John Gordon.
McKee, Robert A.
Xeal, James.
At .Saskatoon, Sask. —
Burke, Nella M.
Murphy, Edward John,
(^uinn. Edward.
Ross, Jessie M.
Shepherd, Alfred Edward.
At Regina, Sask. —
Chapman, George.
Eadie, James.
Harris, Samuel Thomas.
Hill, Joseph H.
Malone, Frank Patrick.
Mann, Frank.
Mowat, Hugh P.
."^mith. Thomas Henry.
Wardrop. James W.
,4/ Winnipeg, Man. —
Acheson, Alfred Edwin.
Curtis. Roydon H.
Dorsett, Walter.
Forbes. James C. K.
•Greenwood, C. H.
Hill. Charles Y.
Hood.E. F.
Knittel. W. R.
Little, William S.
•McDowell, Harrj-.
MacMartin, Percy Victor.
McNeill. James Martin.
Newman, Chas. F.
•Peden, William.
Riley, T. S.
Rowe, George Walter.
Rutherford. Ethel Marguerite.
Sparling. Edwin James.
Stenhouse, John C.
.it Xorth Bay, Ont.—
Beaton, Charles Jaaics.
•Ellis, Frank W.
Lindsay, Marguerite.
Redden, John Bruce.
Windrum, William J.
.At London, Ont. —
Burns, Wm. Patrick.
( 'line, Gordon Stanley.
I.egg, Walter Martin.
Siebert, Wm. .Arthur.
Wallace, Andrew.
Windower, William E.
CIVIL SEUVrCF CO.]f MISSION
19
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 3 — Successful candidates at the regular examinations — Continued.
At Hamilton, Ont. —
*Berg, Archibald.
*Graham, Thomas John Jame.?.
Hammond, Joseph R.
Johnson, William B.
Lawrence, William Ed.
*Murphy. John.
Plante, Chester Clewes.
*Siebert, Robert Arthur.
•Whiteside, William.
At Toronto, Ont.—
Bell, Irene Veronica.
Brady, Ford James.
Brown, Annie B.
Brown, Charles Holden.
Brown, Elsie Jane.
Brown, Homer .Joseph.
Brown, Wallace Gordon.
Campbell, Clarence.
Cockburn, Leonard Frank.
Crossley, E. C.
Durie, Frederick David.
'Finn, Owen.
Foster, Myrtle.
Eraser, Marion E.
Garbarino, F. C.
Gauci, Francis.
Gibson, C. Ellsworth.
♦Godfrey, Stanley M.
Good, Florence .Agnes.
Goodwyn, Frank.
Hacker, lona Ruth.
Harper, Henry.
Harris, Edward P.
•Harrison. William E.
Irving, John Seymour.
'Jackson, George Ernest.
•Lamble, Robert F.
Laxton, William.
Mann, Chas. Edward.
*Mesley, Ernest.
•McAllister, Oscar M.
•McCann, Jack.
MeConaghy, Frank Paul.
McConnachie, Duncan.
McHugh, Michael.
Macphail, Elizalieth.
Newman, Maud.
Pearson, Kathleen.
Portch, Harold Roy.
Robinson, Edna.
Rooney, .Joseph Henry.
Rolstein, Lena.
Russell, Edna.
Rutherford, Ewart .\llen.
Scott, Harvey Martin.
Self, George Sherlock.
Spence, Mary.
Stanley, Reta May.
Taylor, Miriam M.
Tijou, May Martha.
Tummon, M. Percy.
Wamke, .John Albert.
Wilcox, Rose Victoria.
At Ottawa, Ont —
Barbe, Alexina Rose.
Boland, Eva.
Brown, Joseph Thomas.
Bradley, Inez.
Bulger, Francis E.
rVcile, Clemence.
< hugg, .\da Beatrice.
Cochrane, John Wilfrid.
At Ottawa, Ont. — Con.
Condon, Edmund C.
Cook, Esther Agnes B.
Cosgro\'e, Mary Louise.
Dea, Margaret G.
Dempsey, Catherine.
Dunn, Rose Gwendolyne.
Durham, John Thomas.
Duscet, John J.
Gibbs, Lillian May L.
Gormley, Ella Teresa.
Gray, Helen Edith K.
Hardy, Dorothy C.
Hartney, Kathleen M.
Hupp, Frank A.
Jackson. Muriel Nunn.
Kelly, John J.
Lalond, Marie L.
Lane, Ellen Eliza.
Lowry, Olive.
Manion, Daniel Joseph B.
Miller, Duncan.
Mix, Kyra Doris.
McDermott, Edward Patrick.
Nagle, Theresa.
Neville, Wm. John.
O'Neill, Arthur Thomas.
O'Neil, Wm. James.
Petepiece, Lillie E.
Purcell, Marjorie.
Regimbal, Florence.
Rogers, Hilda.
Sauve, Aline.
Spooner, Rose Ann.
Toplas. Edith.
Beauchamp, Annette.
Bergeron, Anne Marie.
Bergevin. Louise.
Berthiaume. Joseph .Xpolydore.
Hoissonault, Marie.
Brossard, Graticnno.
Carriere, David.
Cayer, -Antoinette.
Cayer, Gratia.
Charlebois, Maria.
Chartrand, Rhea.
Chene, Joseph Eugene.
Daoust, Eugenic.
Daoust, Odiana.
De Gagne, Germaine.
Deslauriers, Marie- Anne.
Dignard, Rose.
Drouin, Maria.
Dube, Rene.
Durocher, Eugenie.
Cialipeau, Louisa.
Gouin, Adrienne.
Gouin, Cecile.
Grouls. Blanche.
Jjafond, Marguerite.
Lalreniere, Laura. .
Lahaie, Marie Aurore.
Lalonde, Aldege.
Lcduc, Geraldine.
Levesque, Oscar.
Menard, Mary Clara.
Paradis, Ernest.
Periard, Alcide.
Plouffe, Dorina.
Rattey, Marie Beatrice.
Robertson, Annette.
Seguin, ,Jos. Elzear.
Simard, Adelaide.
Trcmblay, Aline.
Trudel, .Josephine.
31-
-9i
^2
20
(71//. SKItVICi: roMMIsSIOX
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 3. — Successful candidates at the regular examinations — Continued
Al Otlau-a. Ont.—Con.
Vadenais, Cecile.
At Montreal, Que.
Adducchio, Anita.
AUard, Eugene.
Auclair, Ernest.
Beauchamp, Annette.
Beaudet, Mathilde.
Beaulieu, Georges.
Bprgeron, .A.lice.
Berthiaume, Paul.
Blouin, Josephine.
Bourcier, Lydia.
Brodeur, Alexandre.
Brunelle, J. Alphonse.
Brunelle, Hector.
Brunet. Eloi.
Campbell. .Alexandre.
Canniff, Daniel Roy.
Chagnon, Marie- Anna.
Charbonneau, Georgette.
Charbonneau, Imelda.
Chouinard, Charles.
Cote. Ernest Emile.
Davin. Ernest.
DeCelles. Richmond.
Delage dit Lavigucur, Joseph.
Desjardins, Joseph Henri.
Desy, Archambault.
Dugas. Rodolphe.
Dupuis, Alexis.
Forget, Real.
Gagnon, Honore.
Gagnon, Joseph.
Geoffrion, Ernest.
Hickey, Michael John.
Holmes, Thomas.
Jarrand. Valerie.
Ladouceur, J. X.
Lapierre. Horace.
Leclerc, Gabrielle.
Lefebvre, Roger.
Lemire, Ida.
Meunier, Clement.
Minville, Esdras.
Norton, James Frederick.
Ouelette, Anne Marie.
Pepin, Jeanne.
Perras, Emilienne.
Petit, Marie Diana.
Piche. Edmond.
Piche, Wilhelmine.
At Motiireal, Que. — Con.
*Poirier. Conrad J.
Portelance, Auguste.
Pouliot, Louis.
Ranger, \Vm. A.
Robichaud. Andre.
Roch, Marie-Louise.
Rochon, J. Benoit.
St. Louis, Cecile.
Scott, Dorothy M.
Thibault, Antoine.
Trudeau, Severin.
Vanier, Rosario.
Vinette, Adrien.
-4/ Sherhroolce, Que. —
Audet, .\ntonio.
Croteau, Wilfred William.
Latond, Joseph David E.
Thibodeau. IJerthe.
.1^ Quehee, Que. —
Bourgault, .\lbert.
Couillard, Elzear.
DesPres, Louis.
Fleury, Maurice E. R.
Fortier, Yvette.
Gagnon, Maurice.
Gingras, Judith.
Martin, George.
Moffet, Jean Charles.
Paquet, Joseph Alexis.
Pelletier, Octave.
Rouleau, Wenceslas.
Simard, Henri.
Tache, Marguerite Burke.
Tardif , .\lbert .
Turcotte. J. Henri.
At St. John. X.B.—
•Garnet t, George Kyle.
At Charloltetown. P.E.I.
W^alker. William W'allace.
At Halifax. N.S.—
Bates, James Edward.
Brennan, Harold J.
Henrion, James Francis.
Purcell, Frederick James.
Smith, Effie Florence.
Weldon, Louisa Frances.
(c) Qualifying Examinatioti for the Outside Service, December, 1916.
IX \LPH.\BE'nC.\L ORDER.
At Prince Rupert, B.C.—
Tite, George Robert S. •
At Victoria, B.C.—
Charlton, Mabel A.
Godson, Cyril Clifford.
At Vancouver, B.C.
Hodnett, Thomas Percival.
Millar, Norman Royan.
Nuttall, George,
Prendergast, Matthew Emery.
Smyth, John Douglas.
At Nelson, B.C.—
.A.tkins, Benjamin Richard.
At Calgary, Alta. —
Osterhout, Harold L.
At Moosejaw, Sask. —
Cole. Margaret.
At Brandon, Man. —
Schramm, Rudolph .\.
At Winnipeg, Man. —
Hunter, John.
Spicer, Alfred.
At Sttult Ste. .Marie, Ont.—
Gibson, Stanley.
C'irii. sr.nvifi: com )iissi<)y
21
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 3. — Successful candidates at the regular examinations — Continued.
At North Bay, Ont.—
Gregory, Anna.
At London, Ont. —
Fisher. Gordon P.
Windover, William E.
At Hamilton, Ont.—
Young. Harold \V.
At Toronto. Ont —
Ault, Ralph Ross.
.A.yten, Robert Wade.
Cochrane, Beatrice A.
Cudworth, Samuel.
Gibson, C. Ellsworth.
Goodw'j'n, Frank.
Kirk. Arthur.
Lindala, Irene.
Mogk, W. Harold.
McGill, Gordon M.
McGill, Roger Alexander.
Macphail, Elizabeth.
Smith, John Rupert.
Street. Herman H.
At Kingston, Ont. —
Birley. Violet B.
Blair, Bessie.
Diack. Lillian Helen.
Gillespie, Elizabeth G.
At Kingston, Ont. — Con.
Perry, Edith May.
Revelle, Clarence.
AtOHawa, Ont.—
Burke, James Martin.
Lowrj', Olive.
Pednault, Romeo.
Swetman, Earl C.
Champagne, Fernand.
e
At Montreal, Que. —
Francis Caraille Hubert .
Gareau, Anselme Edmund.
Herbert, Alexander Lome.
*Herrick, Albert Edward.
Mordan, Malcolm.
Picke, Edmond.
Sarrasin, Omer.
.4/ Quebec, Que. —
Gingras, Basile.
McDonald, Marguerite.
At Charlottetown, P.E.I.—
Coyle, Frederick Arthur.
Ferguson, James R.
Peters. Mary Katherine.
Procter, Gerald E.
Ai Halifax, X.S.—
Mahoney, John Francis.
(d) Competitive Examination for po.sition in Subdivision B of the Third Division,
Inside Service, December, 1916.
1. Clerks.
IN ORDER OF MERIT.
L Langdon, Lillian L.. Ottawa, Ont.
2. Davis, Mar\' Agnes, Ottawa, Ont.
3. Kilduff, Frances E., Ottawa, Ont.
4. Hill, Eva Luella, Ottawa, Ont.
5. Sproule. Margaret E.. Toronto, Ont.
6. Cummings, Mabel M., Ottawa, Ont. 1
[EquaL
Living, Helen Kathleen, Westboro, Ont. J
8. Campbell. Annie L. Deseronto, Ont.
S. Stenographir.-! and Typewriters.
I.V ORDER OF .MERIT.
•* 9,
•no,
••11.
"12.
•'13.
•*14.
Cochrane, Elsie Victoria, Ottawa, Ont.
Askwith, Mary Edna, Ottawa, Ont.
McRae, Catherine M., Sudburv, Ont.
Gilbert, Viola N., Ottawa, Ont.
Gauthier, Eliane, Ottawa, Ont.
Smith, Marjorie, Ottawa, Ont.
Tierney, Elizabeth, Ottawa, Ont.
Smith, Eillen Mary, Ottawa, Ont.
Lavallee, Ethel G. W., Quebec, Que.
Reid, Harold E., Ottawa, Ont.
Wight, Ruby. Ottawa. Ont.
Williams, Edith, Ottawa. Ont.
Macdonell, Jean Laurel. Kingston, Ont.
Wainman, Edna, Ottawa, Ont.
15. Perron, Flore Julienna, Montreal, Que.
IG. St. Marie, Alberte, Ottawa, Ont.
17. Desilets, Marie Emelie Anna, Ottawa, Ont.
18. Doran, Lillian Irene, Ottawa, Ont.
19. Demers, Dora, Ottawa, Ont.
20. Simard, Adelaide, Ottawa, Ont.
2L McKibbin, Hazel Helen, Ottawa, Ont.
22. Beland, Beatrice, Ottawa, Ont.
23. Flanagan, Mae, Ottawa, Ont.
24. McGovern, Eva Clarissa, Ottawa, Ont.
, 25. McGovern, Ada Theresa, Ottawa, Ont.
26. Robertson, Dorothy Jean, Ottawa, Ont.
27. Walls, Louise, Chatham, N.B.
**Also successful as clerks.
22
CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEOfiGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 3 — Successful candidates at the regular examinations — Continued.
(e) Supplementary Examination in Arithmetic, History and Geography for successful
candidates at previous examinations for Stenographers and Typewriters,
December, 1916.
IS ALPHABETICAL OHDEB.
Barry, Annie L.
Belislc, Marie Isabelle.
Canham, Myrtle B.
Eligh, 8arah.
Grant, .)oseph Patfl.
Loyden, Gertrude.
Mcllmoyle, Ethel.
Macneill, Grace.
Russell , Jennie T .
Usher, Louise Marion.
( / ) Special Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service,
March, 1917.
IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER.
At Victoria, B.C.—
*Belding, Harry B.
♦Crosswaite, Ernest.
*.Heryet, William.
♦Joplin, Albert E.
•Wood, John .Mfred.
At Vancouver, B.C. —
•Blancard, Robert Louis.
*Delmonico, Henry Norman.
•Dolphin, James Edward.
•Hepburn, Thomas Gould.
•King, Harry.
•MeHallam, Peter.
•Sharp, James.
•Thomas, James William.
At Edmonton, Alia. —
•Baird, H. R.
Buchanan, Jessie Victoria.
Cotton, David William.
Dairon, Andrew.
•Dron, Marcel.
•Figg, E.
Flcsher, William Albert.
Johnson, Geo. R.
•Malloy, R.
•Macintosh, Duncan.
•Neilans, John.
Rae, Robert.
Underwood, Edward.
Weston, George Frederick.
•Whitehead, Ralph.
•Yeates, Frank.
At Calgary, Alta. —
•Beresford, A.
Bowler, T. E.
•Brown, H. J. S.
•Cadenhead, J.
•Cole, G. H. S.
•Conley, Henry.
•Dakin, E. R.
•Day, Chester R.
•Downe, H. E.
•Edinborough, C. E.
•Gower, Fred.
•Grady, John M.
•Hawley, Edward. ,
•Henderson, R. W.
•Knights, F. W.
•Maltby, Edward.
•Mardon, C. H.
•Paterson, W.
•Rear, J. M.
•Scott, Wm.
•Slack, Walter S.
•Stewart, George.
.44 Calgary, .ilta — Con.
Taylor, R. A.
•Towers, John A.
•Turner, John H.
•Wells, George.
At Frank, Alta.—
•Bunyan, Reginald.
•Campbell, Donald.
•Dooley, Francis.
•Home", John Arthur.
•Johnson, John.
•Lindsay, James R.
•McCuaig, John.
•Mack, John.
•Mackenzie, J. C.
•Richmond, George A.
•Riley, Addison L.
•Smithson, Ernest Wm.
•Warwick, Frank.
At Moose Jaw, Sask. —
•Algie, Albert.
•Ashworth, Matthew William
•Grain, C. W.
•Borthwick, William.
•DeLisle, Andrew James.
•Hamilton, Campbell.
•Kidd, Thomas W.
•Kyle, Oliver S.
Merrifield, W. J.
•McAllister, James.
•Neal, Charles William.
•Stevenson, Louis B.
•Swain, Edgar.
At Saskatoon, Sask. —
Attree, Harry.
•Baldwin, Harold.
Clark, Albert.
•Cook, William Henry.
•Denholm, David.
Enright, Melville Walter.
•Herbert, George Henry.
•Jobin, G. S.
•Kennett, Ernest B.
•Moore, William J.
Mutch, Ewen M.
•Pallett, Ernest Edward.
Parry, Harold R. L.
•Peckett, Edward.
•Pinchin, William John.
Pout, Maurice R.
Rosson, A. E. W.
•Sherwood, Howard F.
' 'Yovell, William Charles.
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
23
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 3. — Successful candidates at the regular examinations — Contmued.
At Regina, Sask. —
Adamson, Wm. John Eavl.
*Asals, David.
*JoUeys, Edward.
McGrath, Patrick.
'Morris, Arthur Norman.
Redman, Francis ^Vm.
•Reid, Robert
Ryan, H. A.
•Smith, Charles.
•Telfer, Oliver White.
*Thomas, Charles.
Wilson, Frank.
At Winnipeg, Man. —
•Henderson. John William.
•Murphy, Bartholomew.
•McKav, George C.
•Warsley, R.J.
At London, Oni. —
Cusolito, Joseph D.
•Featherstone, Frederick.
Lane, Edgar L.
McCausland, William.
Porte, Edgar Johnston.
Sage, Joseph Laurence.
'Williams, William.
Al Hamilton, Out.—
•Gibb, James.
Mowat, Fred.
•Shaw, Archibald McKelvie.
•Starling, James Adney.
Al Toronto, Onl.—
•Abrahamson, Philip Allen.
•Allen, Robert A.
•Armstrong, Bernard C.
•Boal, Harrj- Ritchie.
•Burley, Edward.
•Cheatley, Joseph.
Clayton, William V.
•Cramm, Donald Blake.
•Crossley, Harrj- R.
•Donaldson, James Munroe.
•Finch, Albert B.
Harris, Wilfrid.
•Lee, Godfrey.
•Loan, Daniel M.
•Lowe. Arthur Thos.
•McDonald, Malcolm.
•Padmore, Arthur S.
•Parker, John Thomas.
Al Toronto, Oni— Con.
•Power, ,Ioseph.
•Riley, William.
•Roberts, David.
•Scott, Robert.
•Tait, Roy E.
•Wakeman, Frank.
•Whitnall, Percy.
•Wilcox, Charles John.
•Whyte, Andrew.
•Young, Wm. Murray.
At Oltaim. On'.—
•Marshall, Charles John.
McLaughlin, Frederick Win.
At ilon'real. Que. —
•Bernard, Robert H.
• •Boothby, John Norman.
Chene. .\gathe.
Coderre, Frs. Xavier.
•Colebrook, James Henrv.
•Daly, John M.
Demers, Harris.
•Edgar, James V.
Ferland, Moise.
Gagnon, Achille.
Garland , Percy Edgar.
•Grant, Wilson E. ^
•Harris, Wm. Augustus.
•Hebert, J. Louis.
•Hudon, Joseph A.
•Jordan, Malcolm D.
Laniarre, Come.
Lapointe, Jean-Baptiste.
*Lawson, John.
•McLeod, Ross John.
Monet, Marguerite.
Paiement, Jos. -Arthur.
•Powell, Walter Ernest.
•Price, i"rederick L.
Proulx, Jean Baptiste.
Quesnel, Albert.
Ryan, Wm. C.
•Stephen, John M.
♦Stewart, Jas. Ferguson.
St. Pierre. Benjamin.
•Townsend. John C.
Trudeau, J. Hormidas.
•Turner, Wm. B.
•Wills, Sydney Chas.
At SI. John, N.B.—
•Duplisea, Harold J.
•Nuttall, Gordon A.
{g) Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service, May, 1917.
IS .\LPH.\BET1CAL ORDER.
At Victoria, B.C.—
•Cherrj-, .A.rthur.
Dornaan, Jessie.
Drybrough, Elizabeth A.
Heaney, Margaret Jane.
•Hutchinson, Joseph F.
•McCallum, Alexander.
•Tolhurst, Charles John.
Al Vancouver, B.C. —
Dunmore, Robert W.
Greenfield, Edith Kent.
Hill, Annie Graham.
Al Frank. Ala.—
•Cox, Percy Jack.
•Hamlin, Donald E.
•McLay, Donald K.
•Newberry, James Walter.
Al Frank, Alta. — Con.
•Novitski, Henry.
•Robertson, David Allen.
♦Whitaker, Alfred T.
•Zela, Albert Paul.
At Edmonton, Alia. —
Campbell, Jessie.
Campbell, Mary.
Cunningham, Phillips G. D.
Geldert, James G.
Hindle, John.
Horswell, John.
Johnson, Harry Earl.
•Kennedy, John.
Meadows, Thomas.
Neal. Harry C.
•Starkie, Benjamin.
•Tench, Charles V.
24
firiL is'KRriCE coi/iz/NN/ov
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 3. — -Successful candidates at the regular examinations. — Continued.
At Calgary, Alta. —
*Adams, Edgar G.
•Alford, M.T.
*Bassenger, F.
*Bayack, G.
*Broadhurst. E.
*Brown, Geo.
•Butt. F. A.
Cook, Alfred ('lias. Ed.
*Coupland, Wm. John.
*Coverdalc, Alfred.
*Cox. Arthur M.
•Ellison, D. W.
•Hevwood, J. W.
•Hodges, F.
•Huckell, J. T.
•James, F. J.
Lett, Wm. Ralph.
•Mathieson, A.
•Medlicott, E.
•McKinley, A.
♦Roland, A. J. H.
♦Redshaw. A.
•Roberts, R. H.
•.Smith, Tr
•Summers, J. A.
•Taylor, Philip.
•Tozer, W. G.
At Moosejaw, SasJc. —
Horton, Elgin F.
Hubbs, Delbert L.
McKay, James W.
Al Saskatoon, Sash. —
Campbell, Duncan.
•Fairbairn. John Edgar.
•Frost, George Basil.
•Horseman, Hubert.
•Maule, Percy.
•Mvles, David.
Smith, F. E.
Stewart, Cecil Raymond.
•Tucker, Edward J.
•Woolley, James Henry.
At Retina, Sask, —
Carroll, Matthew.
Coolican, Emma T.
Crossett, .Sylvia Muriel.
Elliott, Luther Hugh.
Goth, W. Meredith.
Halleran, Cecil Calvin.
Hick.s, Burnal James.
Howell, Robert Percival.
Lorimer, Edwin Banks.
Milligan, Joseph Albert.
McDonagh, John Arthur.
MacMath, Joseph.
MeGillivray, Annie L.
Osborne, William.
Ryan, George M.
At Brandon, Man. —
Reed, Charlie.
At Winnipeg, Man. —
•Gardner, George.
Gardiner, James.
Harrison, F.
Horsley, Olive.
Mansfield, J. W.
•Moir, James.
Page, Frederick S.
•Pontifix, Russel H.
At London, Ont. —
Stowe, Harry B.
Sylvestre, Romeo E.
Al Hamilton, Ont. —
Hanham, James H.
•Harper, George.
.-1/ Toronto, Ont. —
Blackstone, Norman W.
•Binny, Walter J.
•Brooker, Clement.
•Brown, Herman O.
Buchan, John P.
Buffan, Howard C.
Bush, Elsie Mae.
C'ameron, Robert.
d'Almeida, Joseph R. G.
•Downey, Robert V.
Dunlop, .Alice M.
Ellis, Thomas G.
Flanigan, Leonard G.
•Fleming, Frederick C.
Fuller, John Ewing.
Hilyer, Clarence H.
•Kerr, James.
•Lecoci, John P.
Lindsay, Kathleen.
•Metzer, .Albert.
Pegley, Charles E.
Purvis, Hilda G.
Simon. Saul.
•Taylor, William P.
Santerre, .A. J,
Schause, J. F.
Wesley, Victor E. T.
Williamson, Llo>fl C.
Willson, .lames E.
•Wood, John H. "
•Woolfenden, John.
At Ottawa. Ont.—
Baker, Mrs. M. A.
Belanger, Blanch.
Belanger, Dora.
Blondin, Josephine.
Bouvrette, Edna.
Bowen, Mrs. Kate.
Brisebois, Gracia.
Cairns, Frederick Hugh.
Cormier, Narcisse E.
Couillard, Joseph Lorenzo.
Dinel, Rene.
Uormody, Cora.
Egger. Marie Therese.
Emond, Lauretta.
Faught, Louise M .
Gagnon, .\ngeline.
Galipeau, Louise Irenee.
Godin, Joseph William.
Heroux, J. .Aime.
•Huband, Gerald B.
Kirke, Kathleen.
Labelle, Lorette E.
Lafiamme, Yvonne.
Lamothe, Leo.
Lapointe, .Albertine.
Laroche, Yvonne.
Lavoie, Georgianna.
Mahoney, Mary.
McMalion, Katherine.
O'Hagan. Lillian B.
Pelletier, Irene.
Scanlon, .Annie,
."^fguin, Wilfrid,
.'^huttleworth, Mrs. E.
Simmard, Rose-Anna.
Smith. Vera.
Thoburn, Daisy May.
Trumble. .Anna.
Waddell, Harold.
Webster, Gladj-s Pearl.
Whitelaw, Earl.
CIVIL .sKiiTici-: coy Missioy
25
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 3. — Succesf?ful candidates at the regular examinations. — Coniinued.
A I Montreal. P.Q.—
Archambault. Joseph.
Beauchamp, Maria.
*Beeho. Herbert Augustus.'
Boucher, Annette.
Brien, Arthur.
C'harbonneau, Joseph Arinand I,.
( 'harbonneau. Joseph Arthur,
(hartrand, J. H. Adelard.
Cournoyer, Jean Baptiste.
Dagenais, Marie Jeanne.
Desbiens, Adelard.
Deslauriers, Ephreni.
Dicker, Octave.
Dion, Eva.
Dion, Fedora.
Forest, Gertrude.
Geoffrion, Joseph U. A.
Gervais, Arge.
Gervais, Gaston.
Goyette, Joseph Michel L.
Gravel, Bernadette.
Guyot. Alberte.
Hottote, Alexandre.
Houde, Charles Henri.
Labelle, Joseph Leon G.
Labrosse, J. A. Georges.
Laferriere, Camille.
Lafontaine, Jos. Francis Arthur.
Languedoc, Joseph Alphonse.
Lefebvre, P. Real.
Marchand, Joseph Albert.
Martineau, Aurele.
Massicotte. Jean-Maurice.
Morin, Helene.
Mac Donald, John Hugh.
Ouellette, Rosaire.
Ouimet, Alderic.
Paquette, Graziella.
PI ante, L. Henri M.
Poisson, Mme. Rom^o.
Prevost, Wilfrid.
Reid, C'ecile.
Richardson, Anne-Marie.
Sauve, Arthur.
St-Denis, Horaceatta.
,4/ Mon'real, Que. — Con.
Sullivan, Wm. C.
.Surprenant, Maxime.
Taillefer, Marie Therese.
Taillefer, Rodolphe.
ArSherhrooke. P.Q.—
•Cutis, Edward Johnston,
de Lottinville, Maurice.
Mar^chal, Blanche.
Tanguay, Regina.
At Quebec. P.Q~
Begin, Regina.
Bilodeau, Germaine.
Cogger, Dalton.
Couillard. Blanche.
Dallaire, Alexandre.
Drouin, Agenor.
Francoeur, Antonia-Diana.
Frechette, Emerique.
Gendron, Marie Anne Berthe.
Lessard, Marie Rose.
Levesque, Emile J.
Mannix, Ellen.
Moffet. Marie Aline.
Paquet, Irene.
Pelletier, Marie Louise.
Pruneau. .\ime.
THu. Wilfrid.
Thibault. Charles Eugene.
Turgeon, Yvette.
At St. John. \.B.—
Cameron, Ian" Donald.
Gillespie, J. H.
Al Halifax. X.S.—
•Brennan, W. D.
Burns, Robert R.
Harris, Florence Mary.
Home, Gordon Edward.
*Nowlan, William G.
Peckham, James Gordon.
Tapper, George Wm.
(h) Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, May, WTi
IN' ALPH.tBETIC.M. ORDER.
Al Prince Rupert. B.C.—
Davis, Allan M.
Hudson, George Eddy.
Al Victoria, B.C.—
•Belding, Harry B.
♦Heryet, William.
At Vancouver. B.C. —
Birmingham, Henrj' D'Arcy.
Gibbs, William.
*Lowry, John G.
Al Frank, Alta.—
•Warrick, Frank.
Al Edmonton. Alta. —
Crossland, Ernest.
Al Calgary, Alta. —
•.Slimming, David H.
At Saskatoon, .'iaak. —
•Baldwin, Harold.
•Herbert, George H.
.4/ Regina. Sask. —
Beauchamp, Robert.
Bragg, Geo. William.
Gardner, Charles.
Goth, W. Meredith.
Munro, Fenton.
Usher, Wm. Henry.
At Winnipeg, Man. —
Dickson, Arthur Edward.
Stevenson, James.
.4* London, Onl. —
Jackson. Arthur.
Johnston, Pamela Iva X.
Riddle, Herbert Morton.
Trepanier, Frank A.
Al St. Catherine.^, Onl. —
Ball. Gertrude E.
At Toronto, Ont.—
•Allen, Robert A.
•Armstrong, Bernard C.
Bush, George L.
26
ClYIL SERTWE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 3. — Successful candidates at the regular examinations — Continued.
At Toronto, Ont.— Con.
Credicott, Richard.
*Cramm, Donald B.
Deasv, James C.
*Lowe, Arthur T.
*Macdonald, Malcolm.
*Riley, William.
•Roberts, David.
At Kingston, Out. —
Coutu, Nada May.
Hough, Mabel M.
Loney, Luther M.
At Ottawa, Ont.—
Cowley, J. A. E.
Havtney, Berna M.
Mann, Lome A.
Shuttleworth, Mrs. Ellen.
Vaughn, Patrick J.
Delage, Eugene.
Gosselin, Gustave.
At Montreal, P.Q.—
Cadrin, Michel.
*Douglas, Joseph Monteith.
Gagnon, Joseph.
At Montreal, P.Q.—Con.
•Grant, Wilson Edwin.
Hudon, Laetitia.
•Jessiman, Robert Harris.
Labeau, Adolphe Paul.
Minville, Esdras.
•McLeod, Ross John.
Paradis, Louis D.
Poupart, Georges Henri.
Theberge, .-Vlphonse.
Thibault, .\ntoine.
•Turner, William B.
Vallee, Paul E. M.
At St. John, N.B.—
Blak.slee, Asa D.
McLaughlin, Leo B.
At Charlotleiown, P.E.I. —
Curran, Wm. Stanislas.
At Halifai. N.S.—
Harris, Florence M.
Hennigar, Merle Frances.
Robertson, Gerald Reid.
Weldon, Louisa F.
(i) General Examination for positions in the Lower Grades, Inside Service, May, 1917
IN ORDER OF MERIT.
1. Lefebvre, Roger, Montreal, Que. 8. Murphy, Clarence D.. Halifax, N.S.
2. Portelance, Auguste, Montreal, Que. 9. Cloutier, Adrien, Cookshire, Que.
3. Corbeil, Emilien, Montreal, Que. 10. Vinet, Adrien, Montreal, Que.
4. Williamson, Mary Elisea, Ottawa, Ont. 11. Reinhardt, Mercedes, Hull, Que.
5. Bigras, Rene, Montreal, Que. 12. Gaulke, Edna Agnes, Ottawa. Ont,
6. Rochon, J. B., Montreal, Que. 13. Savage, J. T., Ottawa, Ont.
7. Trudeau, Severin, Montreal, Que. 14. Hewitt, May, Ottawa, Ont.
{j) Competitive Examination for positions in Subdivisioji B of the Third Division,
Inside Service, May, 1917.
1. Clerks.
IN ORDER OF MERIT.
1.
2.
3.
4.
.5.
6.
7.
S.
9.
10.
11.
13.
Porter, Harriett M., Ottawa, Ont.
Campbell, Hazel Kathleen, Ottawa, Ont.
Barsalou, Dieudonne, Ottawa, Ont.
Wylie, Margaret, Alexandria, Ont.
Edgar, Muriel H., Ottawa, Ont.
O'Neil, Ruby F., Ottawa, Ont.
Clement, Marie-Antoinette, Ottawa, Ont.
Roe, May Gertrude, Ottawa, Ont.
Brown, Kathleen, Ottawa, Ont.
Reeve, Dorothy Vernon, Napanee, Ont.
Hinton, Gertrude, Ottawa, Ont. \
Buckingham, Edna, Ottawa, Ont. /
Boyle, Harriett, Ottawa, Ont.
equal.
14.
16.
17.
18.
I> equal.
equal.
S. Stenographers and Typewriters.
IN ORDER OF MERIT.
Bowers, Cora, Ottawa, Ont.
MacFadden, Bessie I. I.
Joynt, Laura I., Ottawa, Ont.
Lewitt, Thirza E., Ottawa. Ont.
McCann, Maisie Aileen, Ottawa,!
Ont.
Haskett, Robert Fletcher,
Ottawa, Ont. J
Maloney, Clara V., Old Chelsea, Que.
Alexander, Bessie, Ottawa, Ont.
Deveau, William Wallace, Brockville, Ont.
Lecovin, Harry, Ottawa, Ont.
Towsley, George C, Ottawa, Ont.
Hicks, Uriah Stephen, Ottawa, Ont.
Boulais, Marguerite, Ottawa, Ont.
Bush, Marjorie N., Ottawa, Ont.
Hill, Mary E., Ottawa, Ont.
Morgan, Florence A., Ottawa, Ont.
Burgess, Stella Jeanne, Ottawa, Ont.
Gillespie, Muriel, Ottawa, Ont.
Bennett, Irene Margery, River Desert, P.Q.
Bourgault, Armande, Ottawa, Ont.
Mattice, Mary Anne, Finch, Ont.
Codv, Ella, Ottawa, Ont. \ ,
Beaton, Ella, Ottawa, Ont. J equal.
Cody, Irene, Ottawa, Ont.
Kuhn, Olga Madeline, Brockville, Ont.
Richer, Emeriza, Ottawa, Ont.
Stewart, Claribelle, Ottawa, Ont.
Warner, Daisy S., Ottawa, Ont.
•17. Lamb, Mary I., Ottawa, Ont.
•18. Leslie, A. Vivia, Westboro, Ont.
•19 Young, S. Agnes, Ottawa, Ont.
•20. Valice, Alice, Ottawa, Ont.'
*2I. Keenan, M. Margaret, Chatham, N.B.
•22. Duhamel, Rheta D., Ottawa, Ont.
•23. Howell, Stella, Ottawa, Ont.
24. Turriff, Edith, Ottawa, Ont.
25. Wright, Doris, Ottawa, Ont.
26. Kenny, Mabel, Ottawa, Ont.
Hanafin, Bernadette, Vancouver, B.C.
Mackenzie, Mary, Toronto, Ont. 1 oniml
Gibson, Mary L., Ottawa, Ont. / '^l"'"-
Bailey, Helen Blanche, Ottawa, Ont.
Dilworth, Norah, Ottawa, Ont.
Viau, Marie-Rose, Ottawa, Ont.
**Also successful as clerks.
CITIL SEUTICE COMMlSmOS
27
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 3. — Successful candidates at the regular examinations. — Concluded.
(k) Supplementary Examination in Arithmetic, History and Geography, for
successful candidates at previous examinations for Stenographers and Type-
icriters. May, 1917.
IS ALPHABETICAL ORDER.
Argue, Dorothy A.
Barnes, Flora Alice.
Demers, Dora.
Denison, Mabel Irene.
Fairbairn, Helen.
Fowler, Ethel Marguerite.
Gavin, Hazel Maude.
Hoar, Edith May.
Long, Alice MjTtlc.
McCann, Irene Margaret.
Spence, Ethel J.
Ranger, F. Anna.
Taylor, Ellen.
Whyte, Marion Isabel.
(I) Competitive Examination for positions in Subdivision B of the Second Division,
Inside Service, May, 1917.
IN ORDER OF MERIT.
1 George, Charles Willis, Ottawa, Ont.
2. Lewis, Joseph, Ottawa, Ont.
3. Zivian, Isaac, Ottawa, Ont.
4. Laishley, Wilfrid, Ottawa, Ont.
5. Daigle, .\uguste E., Cocagne, N.B.
Lynch, John A., Ottawa, Ont.
Carson, Wareham S., Ottawa, Ont.
Bradley, Harold M., Ottawa, Ont.
Pringle, .Alfred, Ottawa, Ont.
The following female candidates having obtained standing equivalent to
those of the successful male competitors, while there are no vacancies in the
Second Division to which they can be appointed, are eligible for appoint-
ment to the Third Division.
IN' ORDER OF MEBIl.
1 . Potvin, Ethel Mary, Ottawa, Ont.
2. McDowell, Queenie B., Hyde Park, Ont.
3. Roughsedge, Mary E. K., Ottawa, Ont.
4. O'Connor, Winifred N., Ottawa, Ont.
h. Simpson, Grace Margaret, London, Ont.
6 McEvoy, Lenore K., Ottawa, Ont.
7. Richards, Rachel E., Ottawa, Ont.
S. Cieorge, Patricia B., Ottawa, Ont.
(m) Non-competitive Examination for promotion to the Second Division, Inside
Service, May, 1917.
IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER.
Daly, P. J., Mining Lands and Yukon, Department of
the Interior.
Graham, Hugh M., Department of Indian .Affairs.
Hutton, Wm. Howard, Accounts Branch, Depart-
ment of the Interior.
May, Oswald, Postal Stores Branch, Post Office
Department.
(n) Competitive Examination for entrance to the Royal Naval College, May, 1917
IN ORDER OF MERIT.
1. Brock, Patrick Willet, Vancouver, B.C.
2. Crowell, Seymour Corning, Yarmouth, N.S.
3. Woolcombe, Edward Mickle, Ottawa, Ont.
4. Budden. .Arthur Napier, Montreal, Que.
5. Marie, George Carlyle, Montreal, Que.
6. Pickard, Frederick L. S., Victoria, B.C.
7. Smith, -Adam W. S., London, Ont.
8. Glasgow, Paul John, Toronto, Ont \ p ■
Smith, .Arnold Beveriey, Toronto, Ont.J'^'l"'"
10. Hague, Edward Cousins, Montreal, Que.
11. Myers, Gordon Conant, Barrie, Ont.
12. Davy, Arthur C. M., Westmount, Que.
13. -Adams, Frederick Johnstone, Ottawa, Ont.
14. Kingstone, John .A. C, St. Catharines, Ont.
15. Mitchell, George MacGregor, Halifax, N.S.
16. Winans, Leonard Grenville, Westmount, Que.
17. .Adamson, Agar Rodney C, Toronto, Ont.
18. Mackintosh, Roland C. S. H., Guelph, Ont.
19. Lee, Edward Thurston, St. John, N.B.
20. Reynolds, Hibbert L., Halifax, N.S.
Table No. 4, — Candidates who were successful as a result of an appeal against
the valuation of their papers, IVIarch, 1917.
Special Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service.
At Vancouver, B.C.-
King, Harry.
28
CIVIL UKRYICE COMMISSIOy
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table Xo. 5. — Number and percentage of successful candidates at the
regular examinations.
Examination.
Examined.
Successful.
Per cent successful.
Men.
Women.
Total.
Men.
Women.
Total.
Men.
Women.
Total.
December 1916.
496
112
175
422
132
18
245
27
11
31
323
49
39
250
67
14
57
17
4
20
65
44
Third Division. . .
30
145
1
38
3
26
22
May 1917.
59
51
Lower Grade
Third Division. .
11
23
17
11
31
7
222
10
10
7
9
4
20
4
50
8
91
30
53
36
64
57
23
80
78
23
63
Promotion to Second Division
36
64
Note. — It will be obser\-ed in connection with the Third and Second Division Examinations that only
sufficient candidates are declared successful to fill the vacancies in connection with which the examinations
are held. It may thus happen that candidates who have obtained the prescribed percentages are not
declared successful.
Table No. 6 — -Number and percentage of returned soldiers who were successful
> at examinations.
Examination.
Examined.
Successful.
Per cent
successful.
September. 1916.
8
40
6
2
162
103
39
1
1
1
8
22
2
0
137
66
19
1
0
0
100
/ December, 1916.
55
33
0
M.tRCH. 1917.
85
M.f.Y, 1917.
64
49
Lower Grade
100
0
0
CIVIL NEiivrci: commissiox
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
o
2*
•T3 O
I — 1 I I I 1
I I I I I I I I I
I I I -■ I 1 I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I -H
1-;
Ci'
fc.— — '1^— IWI !-^I 1 lODl-*! I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I -m I I I I I
— Illlllll-^lllllt'lll
CO \ 1 I'-'C^I I IcCr^lt^ — — t^^rol I
I I I I 00 I I I I I ( I I I I I I I I
o
30 CIVIL SERVICE COMMIS'SIO?^
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 8. — Examiners who prepared the questions and valued the answers
at the examinations.
Regular Examinations.
(a) Preliminary Examinations for the Outside Service.
.'^ithmetic T. E. Clarke, B.A., Ottawa, Ont.
Spelling, English William Burke, Ottawa, Ont.
French J. A. Lajeunesse, O.M.I.
University of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ont.
Writing, (preparing questions) English C. H. Bland, B.A.,
Civil Service Commission, Ottawa, Ont.
French 3.R.A. Baril, B.A.,
Civil Servi(<B Commission, Ottawa, Ont.
(valuing answers) J. C. Spence, B.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
(b) Qualifying Examinations for the Outside Service.^
Arithmetic I- T. Norris, B.A.,
^ Ottawa, Ont.
Composition, English W. J. Sykes, M.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
French Rev. G. Dauth, B..\.,
Laval University, Montreal, Que.
Copying Manuscripts, English W. A. Graham, B.A.,
Ottawa. Ont.
French Rev. G. Dauth, B.A.,
Laval University, Montreal, Que.
Geography Finlay Hood,
Ottawa, Ont.
History Robert Stothers, B..\.,
Ottawa, Ont.
Spelling, English J- E. Miller,
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. M. Lanos, M. Lit.,
Royal Military College, Kingston, Ont.
Writing, English W. A. Graham, B..A..,
Ottawa, Ont.
French Rev. G. Dauth, B.A.,
Laval University, Montreal, Que.
(c) Examination for positions in the Lower Grades of the Inside Service.
Arithmetic T. E. Clarke, B.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
Spelling, English William Burke,
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. A. Lajeunesse, O.M.I. ,
University of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ont.
Writing, (preparing questions) English C. H. Bland, B.A.,
Civil Service Commission, Ottawa, Ont.
French J. R. A. Baril, B.A..
Civil Service Commission, Ottawa, Ont.
(valuing answers) J. C. Spence, B..A..,
Ottawa, Ont.
(d) Com-petitive Examinations for positions in the Third Division of the Inside
Service.
Arithmetic F. A. Jones, B.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
Book-keeping G. L. Blatch, B.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
Composition, English F. X. Perney,
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. M. Lanos, M. Lit.,
Royal Military College, Kingston, Ont.
Copying Manuscripts, English W. A. Graham, B.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. M. Lanos, M. Lit.,
Royal Military College, Kingston, Ont.
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Geography A. E. Meldruni,
Ottawa, Onf.
History. J. H. Putman, D. Paed.,
Ottawa, Ont.
Shorthand, English R. C. Dunbar,
Ottawa, Out.
French J. R. A. Baril, B.A.,
Ciyil Ser\-ice Commi.ssion, Ottawa, Ont.
Spelling, English J- E. Miller,
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. M. Lanos. M. Lit.,
Royal Militarj- College, Kingston, Ont.
Typewriting, English R. C. Dunbar.
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. R. A. Baril, B.A.,
Civil Service Commission, Ottawa, Ont.
Writing, English W. A. Graham, B.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. M. Lanos, M. Lit.,
Royal Militarj' College, Kingston, Ont.
(e) Competitive Examinations for positions in the Second Division of the Inside
Service.
-Algebra S. Beatty. Ph. D., University of Toronto, and L. A.
H. Warren, M..\.. Ph. D., University of Manitoba,
Arithmetic C. C. Jones, B.A., Ph. D., LL.D., University of New
Brunswick, and J. Matheson, M.A., Queen's
University.
Biology ' B. A. Bensley. B.A., Ph. D., University of Toronto,
and C. M. Derick, M..A., McGill University.
Book-keeping G. L. Blatch, B.A., Ottawa.
Chemistry G. Dauth, B.A., Laval University, and E. Mackay,
B..\., Ph. D., Dalhousie University.
Composition, English A. E. Attwood, M.A., Ottawa.
French i. Boyon, O.M.I. , University of Ottawa.
Economics.. W. C. Keirstead, M.A., Ph. D., University of New
Brunswick, and O. D. Skelton, M. A., Ph. D.,
Queen's University.
French and English s.^. .•. G. Dauth, B.A., Laval University, and J. L. Morin.
M.A., McGill University.
Geography H. H. Langton, M.A., University of Toronto.
Geology." J. A.Bancroft. M..\., Ph. D, McGill University, and
W. A. Parks, B.A., Ph. D., University of Toronto.
Geometrj^ S. Beatty, Ph. D., University of Toronto, and L. A.
H. Warren. M.A., Ph. D., tJnivcrsitv of Manitoba.
German G. H. Needier. BA... Ph.D., University of Toronto.
and H. WaUer, M.A.. Ph.D., McGill University.
History A. E. Gosselin, M.A., Laval University, and G. M.
Wrong, M..\., University of Toronto.
Latin N. DeWitt, B. .\.. Ph. D., Victoria University and
W. G. Sullivan, M..\., L'niversity of Saskatchewan,
Law, Civil R. W. Lee, M.A., B.C.L., McGill University.
English John D. Falconbridge. Toronto.
Literature, English.. ! J. F. Macdonald, M..A., Queen's University, and A.
MacMechan, B.A., Ph.D., Dalhousie L^niversity.
French .\. E. Gosselin, M.A., Laval University.
Philosophy, General W. Caldwell, D.Sc, McGill University, and J. Watson
_ M.A., LL.D., Queen's University.
Scholastic A. E. Gosselin, il.A., Laval University.
Physics F. H. Day, M.Sc, Royal Military College, and J. C.
McLennan, B..\., Ph.D., University of Toronto.
Political Science S. B. Leacock, Ph.D., McGill University, and O. D.
Skelton, M.A., Ph.D., Queen's University.
Shorthand, English R. C. Dunbar,
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. R. A. Baril, B.A..
Civil Service Commission.
Spelling, English F. A. Jones, B.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
French J. A. Laieunesse, O.M.I.
University of Ottawa.
Typewriting, English R. C. Dunbar
Ottawa Ont.
French J. R. .A.. Baril, B.A.
Civil Service Commission.
32 cirn. sKitrni: commissiox
8 GEORGE-V. A. 1918
(f) Examination for entrance to the Royal Xaral College.
The papers for this examination were prepared by the Staff of the Royal
Naval College, as follows: —
Algebra D. V. F. Robinson.
Arithmetir B. S. Hartley.
Drawing.. R. H. Howlcy and C. Hartley.
English D. V. F. Robinson and L. X. Richardson.
French J.J. Penny.
Geography .A.. G. Hatcher.
Geometry L. N. Richardson.
German" J.J.Penny.
History J.J.Penny.
Latin J.J.Penny.
Science , Elementary .\. G. Hatcher.
Special Examinations.
(a) Examinations for positions in the Lower Grades of the Inside Service.
Arithmetic, Spelling, and Writing, (English) C. H. Bland. B. .\..
Civil Sen'ice C"ommission.
Arithmetic, Spelling, and Writing. (French) J. R. .\. Barit, B.A.,
Civil Service Commission.
(b) Tests for positions for Temporary Stenographers and Typewriters.
Shorthand and Typewriting, (English) C. H. Bland, B..\..
Civil Service Commission.
Shorthand and Typewriting, (French) J. R. A. Baril, B.A.,
Civil Service Commission.
Table No. 9. — Examiners who acted as members of the Boards of Appeals.
(a) Preliminary and Lower Grade Examinations.
.\rithmetic. Spelling and Writing (English) Miss E. E. Saunders M..\..
Civil Ser\ice Commission (December), and
J. R. A. Baril, B..\., Civil Ser\-ice Commission (May).
.\rithmetic. Spelling, and Writing (French). ' J. R. .\. Baril, B.--V., Civil Service Commission.
(b) Qttalifyi ng Examinations.
Arithmetic . F. A. Jones", B..A..,
Ottawa, Ont.
Composition (Englisln. W. A. Graham, B..\.,
Ottawa. Ont.
<"oniposition (French) J. M. Lanos, M. Lit..
Royal Military College. Kingston, Ont.
Copying Manuscripts (English F. .\. Jones, B..\.,
Ottawa, Ont.
" I French I.. J. M. Lanos. M. Lit.,
Royal Military College. Kingston, Ont.
Geography, History J. H. Putman, D. Paed.,
Ottawa, Ont
Spelling (English) W. .A.. Graham, B..\.,
Ottawa, Ont.
(French) Rev. G. Dauth, B..A..,
Laval University, Montreal. Que.
Writing (English) F. .A.. Jones, B.. A..,
Ottawa, Ont.
(French) J. M. Lanos. M. Lit.,
Royal Military College, Kingston, Ont.
(e) Third Division Examinations.
-Ajithmetic F. Hood,
Ottawa, Ont.
Composition(English) W. J. Svkes, M..A.,
0"ttawa, Ont.
(French) Rev. G. Dauth, B..\.,
Laval University, Montreal, Que.
CITIL SEIiriCE COMUISSIOy
33
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 3\
Copying Manuscripts ^Englisll) F. Hood,
Ottawa, Ont.
(French) Rev. G. Dauth, B.A.,
Laval University, Montreal, Que.
Geography F. Hood,
Ottawa, Ont.
History W. J. .Sykes, M.A.,
Ottawa, Ont.
Shorthand T. Bengough, C. S. R.,
Toronto, Ont.
Spelling (English) W.J. Sykes, M.A,,
Ottawa, Ont.
(French) Rev. G. Dauth, B.A.,
Laval University, Montreal, Que.
Typewriting T. Bengough, C.S.R.
Toronto. Ont.
Writing (English) F.Hood,
Ottawa, Ont.
(French) Rev. G. Dauth, B.A.,
Laval University, Montreal, Que.
Table No. 10. — Examiners under whose supervision the different examinations
were conducted.
Place of Examination.
Supervisor.
{In alphabetical order).
Brandon, Man
S. J. McKee, B.,\., LL.D., Brandon College.
Brockville, Ont
Rev. H. H. Bedford -Jones. M.A.
Calgary, Alta
E. W. Coffin, B. A., Ph. D., Principal, Normal School.
Charlottetown, P.E.I
S. N. Robertson, M.A., LL.D., Principal, Prince of Wales College and Nor-
mal School.
Chatham, N.B
Rev. J. J. Pinkerfon (December) and G. H. Harrison, Principal,
HiRh
School (May).
Dawson, Y. T
T. G. Bragg, Superintendent of Schools.
Edmonton, Alta
Rev. J. H. Riddell, D.D., Principal, Alberta College.
Frank, Alta
Rev. W. T. Young.
Fredericton, N.B
W. T. Raymond, B.A., University of New Brunswick.
Halifax, N.S
Howard Murray, B.A., LL.D., Dalhousie University.
Hamilton, Ont
R. A. Thompson, B.A., LL.D., Principal, Collegiate Institute.
Kingston, Ont
J. F. Macdonald, M.A., Queen's University.
London, Ont
N. C. James, M.A., Ph. D., Western University.
Moncton, N.B
G. J. Oulton, Aberdeen High School.
Montreal, Que
N. E. Wheeler, McGill University. 1 Associate.
A. DoUo, Polytechnic School. /Examiners.
Moosejaw, Sask
J. W. Sifton, Superintendent of Schools.
Nanaimo, B.C
Herbert Skinner.
Nelson. B.C
B. P. Steeves, Principal, Normal School.
North Bay, Ont..
P. W. Brown, Principal, High School.
Ottawa, Ont
C. H. Bland, B.A., Civil Service Commission.
J. R. A. Baril, B.A., Civil Service Commission.
S. J. Daley, Civil .Service Commission.
Peterborough, Ont
A. Mowat. B.A.. Inspector of Schools.
Port Arthur, Ont
Rev. C. W.Hedley, M.A.
J. C. Brady, Principal, High School.
Prince Rupert, B.C
Quebec, Que
Rev. A. E. Gosselin, M.A., Rector, Laval University.
J S Huff Principal, Normal School.
Rimouski, Que...
Rev. R. Ph. Sylvain, Principal, Rimouski Seminary.
Saskatoon, Sask
W. C. Murray, M.A., LL.D., President, University of Saskatchewan.
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont
W. B. Race, B. X.. Principal, High School.
Sherbrooke, Que
Rev. A. O. Gagnon, St. Charles Borromee Seminary.
Sorel, Que
Rev. Father Ignace, Mont St. Bernard Academy.
Sydney, N.S
A. W. Woodill, Supervisor of Schools.
St. Catharines, Ont
.\. E. Coombs. Principal, High School.
St. John, N.B
W. M. McLean, Inspector of Schools.
Toronto, Ont
James Brebner, B.A., Registrar, University of Toronto.
Vancouver, B.C..
William Burns, B.A., Principal, Normal School.
Rev. J. Campbell, M.A, - .
F. P. Gavin, B.A., Principal, Collegiate Institute.
Victoria, B.C
Windsor, Ont
Wingham, Ont
G. R. Smith, B. .\., Principal, High School.
Winnipeg, Man
W. J. Spence, B.X., Registrar, University of Manitoba.
Yarmouth. N.S . .
W. F. Kempton, Principal, Yarmouth Academy.
31—3
34
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSIOX
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 11. — Competitions for special positions held by the Commission.
•a .
Q
Nature of Position.
Department.
-s e
So
Z
Successful Competitors.
275
276
277
278
1916
Sept. 12
' 28
* 30
Oct. 19
279
280
281
282
283
Temporary
Draughtsman.
Technical Clerk...
Research Chemist.
Analyst
Nov. 23
" 23
Clerk
.Assistant Chemist.
23 Translator.
23 Reporter..
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
29'
298
Dec. 6
" 27
" 27
1917
Jan. 24
April 12
18
May 16
July 18
■' 18
.4ug. 9
9
9
■• 23
■ 23
•■ 23
•' 30
Assistant
Research Chemist.
Process Photogra-
pher.
Chemist
Assistant
Clerk
Technical Clerk...
Map Draughtsman.
Translator
Assistant Engineer. .
.Assistant Engineer-
ing Chemist.
Clerk -
\ssistant Chemist.
Assistant Chemist
.Assistant
Naval Service
(Hydrographic Survey
Branch.)
Interior. ..
(Topographical Survey
Branch.)
Mines..
(Mines Branch.)
Inland Revenue
(Laboratory.)
Labour
Mines
(Mines Branch.)
Trade and Commerce
Senate
(Debates Staff.)
Public Works..
(Cement Testing Labo-
ratory.)
Mines..
(Mines Branch.)
Public Works
Patent Examiner..
Agriculture. .
(Experimental Farms
Branch.)
Agriculture
(Cattle Division,
Stock Branch.)
Live
Interior.
Interior...
(Topographical Surveys
Branch.)
Mines
(Geological Surveys
Branch.)
House of Commons
(Hansard Staff.)
Mines
(Mines Branch.)
Mines..
(Mines Branch.)
Naval Service
(Stores Branch.)
Mines
(Mines Branch.)
Mines
(Mines Branch.)
-Agriculture
(Cattle Division, Live
Stock Branch.)
.\griculture
53
9
•W. S. Larmour, Ottawa, Ont.
J. H. Byrne, Ottawa, Ont.
None. (Position re-advertised
December, 27.)
Geo. E. Grattan, Nobel, Ont;
John A. Gunton, Toronto, Ont.;
Wm. H. Hill, Guelph, Ont.;
James Walker, Montreal, Que.;
Wm. Campion, Ottawa, Ont.
No appointment made.
R. J. Traill, Ottawa, Ont.
S. L. Durante!, Montreal, Que.
No selection made.
J. B. Marion, Ottawa, Ont.
Ross E. Gilmore. Montreal, Que.
Thomas G. Bell, Ottawa, Ont.
No selection made.
15
2
4
7
1
} 3
None. (Position
August 23.)
re-advertised
James Goulding, Toronto, Ont.
J. M. Douglas, Montreal, Que.
J. B. Henshaw, Ottawa, Ont.
No selection made.
No selection made.
J. P. A, Chevassu, Montreal, Que.
Karl A. Clark, Ottawa, Ont.
Thos. W. Hardy, Ottawa, Ont.
A. W. Smith. Toronto, Ont;
F. C. Gliddon, Ottawa, Ont.
No .selection made.
Positions re-advertised October
17, 1917.
Frank G. Semple, Ottawa, Ont.
Hugh A. Camn' !■ "' "- ' ■
•Declined appointment.
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
35
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 12. — Persons who have exhibited to the Commission certificates of
graduation from a Canadian University or from the Royal Military College,
and are, in virtue thereof, regarded as eligible for employment in the Outside
Service, without examination.
Name
(In alphabetical order.)
Degree.
University
or
College.
Gatien, Roniuald
Bachelor of Science .
Moussette, John B
Bachelor of Arts
Doctor of Medicine
Bachelor of Arts
Parr, Ludger
31—3^
36
CITIL SERVICE covMissroy
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 13. — Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions
in the Lower Grades.
(A) Selected from the general list of successful candidates.
(B) Nominated bj- the Departments and qualified by special examinations.
Xame-
Age
Salary.
Posit if
Residence
when appointed.
Date of
certificate.
Department.
(A).
Arnold, Gordon L —
HerouXj Joseph Aime
Legault, Ovila
O'Bomsawin, George R
Robillard, Thomas M
J
Stock, Herbert C
(B).
Bartlett, Edwin D
Carson, Eva Margaret..
Case, Robert Henry...
Dorval, M. H. Lucienne
Y -
Desormeaux, Percy H.
Farrell, Yvonne.
Fairbanks, Anna
Greaves, Joseph
Gibson, Arthur J
Harty, Katherine G...
Hibbard, Harold V..
Hanlon. Lillian K
Horan, Gertrude .\nna
Hudon. Emma
Kerr, Mabel
Levin, Samuel
Monk, John E.B
McCrudden, Margaret.
Neville, William J , . .
Paradis. Helene
Scott, William
Sherwood, Lucy B , .
Turley, John
Thompson, Gordon S. .
Wills, Edward Geroge.
Wiles, Norman B..- - . .
Woodburn, Madge G.
Waddell, Harold
Walters, Anabel
500
500
500
500
500
800
600
600
600
600
600
500
600
600
600
500
500
500
500
600
500
600
600
500
600
600
600
600
500
600
600
500
600
600
600
Sorter
Messenger -
Messenger.
Sorter
Messenger..
Sorter
Messenger.
Sorter
Messenger.
borter.
Packer. .
Sorter. .
Sorter. .
Siorter.
Messenger.
Sorter.
Fenelon Falls. Ont.
Terrebonne, P.Q.. .
Ottawa, Ont
Pierreville, P.Q...
Ottawa, Ont.
Ottawa, Ont
North Nation Mills
P.Q
Gananoque, Ont .
Ottawa, Ont
Hull, P.Q
Ottawa, Ont.
Packer
Sorter
Messenger...
Sorter
Mes.senger
Packer
Sorter
Levis, P.Q. .
Ottawa, Ont.
Woodroffe, Ont.
Ottawa, Ont. . . .
Jan. 1, 1917.
Sept. 12, 1916
Jan. 29, 1917
Dec 21, 1916
Nov.
May
1916
1917
.4pril 1, 1917
'April 1, 1917
July 1. 1917 Interior.
Post Office.
Public Works.
Post Office.
Library of Par-
liament.
Post Office.
May 1,
July 1.
Jan . 1 ,
April 1,
Oct. 1,
July 1.
Oct. 1.
Oct. 17.
Jan. 1.
Jan . 1 ,
.\pril 1,
Sept. 1.
.\pril 2,
June 25,
Jan.
July
.\pril 1,
April 2,
July 1.
Jan. 1,
April 2,
Dec. 11,
Jan . 1 ,
June 1 ,
July 1 .
1917
1917
1917.
1917.
1916.
1917.
1916
1916
1917
1917.
1917.
1916
1917
1917.
1917.
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1916
1917
1917
1917
Julv 1, 1917
Post Office.
Mines.
Post Office.
a
Interior.
Post Office.
Royal North West
Mounted Police .
Post Office.
Militia and De-
fence.
Post Office.
Indian Affairs.
Post Office.
Justice.
Post Office.
Interior.
Militia and De-
fence.
Interior.
in II. sERVivh: coMMissrox
37
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 14. — Permanent ai)])oiutments made by the Commission to positions
in the Third Division, as the result of open competitive examinations.
Xame.
Residence when
appointed.
Date of
certificate.
Department.
Askwith, Mary E
Bradley. Roberta R
Beaton, Ella Maud
Bush, Marjorie E
Bailey. Helen B
Boulais, Marguerite
Bourgault. Marie A. A. . . .
("aider, Catherine M
Carson, Wareham S
Craig, .\nnie M
Campbell, Annie L
Cummings, Mrs. Mabel M
Cochrane, Elrie V
Doran, Lillian I..
Desilets, Marie E. .A
Davis, Mary Agnes.
Dilworth, Xorah
Deveau, William W.
Duhamel. Rheta D
Edgar, Muriel H..
Fleury. Ange
Flanagan, Mary C
Godfrey, Cara L
Gilbert, Viola N
Gauthier, Marie S. E
Gillespie, Kathleen M
Gibson, Mary L
Hurtubise, .Arthur
Hill. Mary Ethel
Hicks, Uriah Stephen
Hinton, Jennie G
Johnson, Gertrude
Kilduff, Frances E
Kenny, Mabel
Keenan, Marion M
Lee, Harold A. L
Labellc, Marie J. Y
Langdon, Lillian L " . .
Living, Helen K
Lamb, Mary T
I^ecovin, Harry.
Macdonell, Jean L. C
Martin, Jean D
Mahoney, May G.
MacFadden, Bessie I. I .
Mattice, Mary M
Morgan, Florence A
Murray, .\dona M
McMahon, Mary
McGovern, Eva C. . . . .
McKibbin, Hazel H....
McGovern, Ada T
McRae, Catherine M. C
McCann, Maisie .\
Parmalee, Ruth JL
Perron, Flore .1...
Porter, Harriett M.. .
Reed, Laura M
Robertson, Jessie E .' .
Rousseau, Marcienne. . .
Robertson, Dorothy J —
Reid, Eleanor D..
Roe, May G
Smith, Floreifce Ada
700
500
600
700
600
700
600
600
500
750
500
600
600
650
500
500
600
600
600
600
500
500
500
700
600
700
600
700
700
600
600
500
650
60(1
til II)
500
600
800
700
600
600
500
500
600
600
700
700
6(11)
500
500
500
500
700
600
500
7.50
700
500
600
500
500
600
800
500
Ottawa, Ont.
Ottawa, Ont
Rockland, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
St. Jean Port Joli, P.Q
Westboro, Ont
Waterdown, Ont . .
Ottawa, Ont
Deseronto, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
•lockvale. Ont.. .
Ottawa, Ont.
Brockville, Ont.
Ottawa, Ont..
.Alexandria. Ont.
Ottawa, Ont
Toronto, Ont —
Ottawa, Ont.. . .
iMiibruui, Ont
I liatham, X.B.
Uttawa, Ont.
Hull, P.Q..
Ottawa, Ont.
Westboro, Ont . .
Ottawa, Ont. .
Jan.
Mar
June
July
Oct.
Jan.
April
July
Jan.
Mar.
July
Aug.
Oct.
Jan.
Sept.
Jan.
Mar-
July
Oct.
July
Aug.
Nov.
Jan.
June
July
Dec.
Jan.
Kingston, Ont.
Ottawa, Ont. . .
Carleton Place, Ont.,
Finch, Ont '.
Ottawa, Ont
.Miucmte, Ont
(,'hatham, N.B
Ottawa, Ont _.
.\pril
July
Jan.
Feb.
.April
June
Sudbury, Ont.
Ottawa, Ont. .
Montreal, P.Q
Ottawa, Ont
Xorth Hatley, Ont..
Ottawa. Ont
Rimou.ski, P.Q
Ottawa, Ont
July
Oct.
Jan.
Feb.
July
Sept.
May
July
Sept.
Oct.
.Jan.
.April
June
Sept.
13
14
9
9
1
1
25
1
1
1
13
2
1
13
13
9
i
1
1
13
1
13
2
16
7
1
1
1
1
1
2
27,
13
9
23
11
1
24
1
4
13
18
15
2
9
18
22
9
1
13
13
1
5
1
7
21
1
11
12,
4
13
1
28
16
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1916
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917.
1916
1917
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1916
1917
1917
1917
1916
1917
1917
1917
1916
1917,
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917,
1917
1917
1917
1916
1917,
1917
1917,
1917
1917
1910
1917
1917
1916
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1916
Post Office.
-Agriculture.
Trade and Commerce
Agriculture
Post Office.
Naval Service.
Post Office.
Public Works.
-Agriculture.
Justice.
Naval Service.
Naval Service.
Commission of Con-
.servation.
Commission of Con-
servation.
Naval Service.—
-Auditor General.
Post Office.
Post Office.
Insurance.
Post Office.
Marine.
External -Affairs.
.Agriculture.
Interior.
Agriculture.
Interior.
Interior.
Agriculture.
Inland Revenue.
Naval Service.
.Agriculture.
Post Office.
-Agriculture.
-Agriculture.
Trade and (-'oinnierce.
Interior.
.Agriculture
Interior.
-Agriculture,
Interior.
Post Office.
Interior.
Naval Service.
External Affairs.
Trade and Commerce.
Interior.
Interior.
Po.st Office.
-Agriculture.
Post Office.
Post Office.
Post Office.
Tra(ie and Comnierce.
N'aval Service.
Auditor General.
Inland Revenue.
Naval Service.
Naval Service.
Interior.
Post Office.
Naval Service.
Naval Service.
Interior.
Post Office.
38
CIVIL fiERTlCE COMMiaSIOy
■8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 14. — Permanent appointments made bj' the Commi.s.sion to positions
in the Third Division, as the result of open comjietitive examinations. —
Concluded.
Name.
<
24
500
18
600
19
500
16
600
19
650
21
,500
18
600
2.'>
600
.SI
600
17
600
20
600
17
.500
19
500
21
500
28
650
20
600
16
600
20
600
Residence when
appointed.
Date of
certificate.
Department.
Stewart, Marion F
Spittal, Agnes G
Ste. Marie, Alberte J...
Smith, Eileen M
Smith, Marjorie
Sayer, Amanda
Stewart, Irma C
Tierney, Elizabeth.. -
Turrif?, Edith
Towsley, George E. . . .
Woodburn, Mary G. U,
Wight, Ruby
Wainman, Edna A
Walls, Margaret Louise
Williams, Edith
Warner, t)aisy S
Wright, Doris E. C. . .
Wylie, Margaret E
Ottawa, Ont.
East Avlmer,
Ottawa. Ont.
Chatham. N'.l
Cornwall, Ont
Ottawa, Ont.
Alexandria, Ont
P.Q
Oct.
.Jan.
Feb.
Aug.
Feb.
•June
July
Oct.
Jan.
June
July
1, 1916
1,
13,
13,
1.
9.
16.
12,
16,
22,
25,
25,
9.
4.
28,
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917,
1917
1917.
1916,
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
Civil Service
mission.
.Agriculture
Inland Revenue.
-\griculture.
Interior.
Naval Service.
Interior.
Interior.
External -\fTairs
Post Office.
Interior.
Interior.
Interior.
Interior.
Interior.
.\griculture
Interior.
Post Office.
Com-
CIVIL .SERVICE COitMISSIOX
39
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 15. — Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions
in the Second Division, as the result of open competitive examinations.
Name.
■3^
1
■3
Residence when
appointed.
Date of
certificate.
Department.
Abbott, William E
Bradley, Harold M
28
27
19
23
21
26
27
20
26
23
22
20
1,000
1,000
800
800
800
800
1,000
800
800
1,000
800
1,000
Marysville, Ont..
Ottawa, Ont.
Carleton Place, Ont
Hull, P.Q
Charlottetown, P.E.I...
Madoc Ont.
July 1, 1917
1, 1917.
Sept. 1, 1916
Mar. 30, 1917.
Sept. 1, 1916
Oct. 26, 1916
June 5, 1917
Sept. 1, 1916.
Oct. 1, 1916
April 2. 1917.
Oct. 1, 1916,
July 1, 1917.
Customs.
Public Works.
Customs.
Dupont , Joseph A
Fitzgerald, Robert R
Mackintosh, Margaret
O'Brien, Nora E
Pilon, Joseph V
Petrie, Edward.
Parr, Joseph L.
Raynard, Kenneth S
Trade and Commerce.
Customs.
Labour.
Halifax, N.S
Windsor, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
Labour.
Customs.
Customs.
Library of Parliament .
Customs.
Customs.
40
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 16. — Permanent appointments to special positions made by the
Commission as the result of open competitions.
Xame.
Bell, Thomas Grayson..
Cantelo, Robert Charles
Durantel, Sosthene L. E.
pilmore, Ross Earlby...
Marion, Jean Baptiste...
Traill, Robert James ..
Position.
Process Photogra-
pher.
.\ss't. Engineering
Chemist.
Translator...
Research Chemist. .
Ass't. in Cement
Testing Labora-
tory.
.\ss't. Chemist...
Rank.
II B
II A
II B
IB
IIIB
II A
Date of
appoint-
ment.
Salary.
.\pril 17,1917
1,300
Oct. 17, 1916
1,600
Mar.l, 1917
1,300
Mar. 19, 1917
2,100
Jan.29, 1917
800
Dec. 18, 1916
1,600
Residence
when
appointed.
Ottawa, Ont..
St. Thomas,
Ont.
Montreal, P.Q
Montreal, P.Q
Ottawa, Ont..
Ottawa, Ont.
Depart-
ment.
Public
Works.
Mines.
Trade and
Commer-
ce.
Mines.
Public
Works.
Mines.
CIVIL Kriivici: commission
41
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 17. — Permanent appointments to special positions made bj' the
Governor General in Council, on the receipt of a certificate of qualification
from the Commission.
(A) After selection by open competition.
(B) After selection bj^ the Departments, without competition.
.is
Date of
Residence
Name.
03
Salary.
Date of
Order-in-
when
Position.
Department.
frf
certificate.
Council .
appointed.
(A).
Ball, William F. .
II B
$1,200
Nov.
7,
1916
Dec.20, 1916
Jasper, Aha..
Draughtsman
Post Office.
Fisher. Ward.
IB
2,100
Sept.
30,
1916
Nov. 8, 1916
Ottawa, Ont.
.\ss't .Super-
intendent of
Fisheries.
Naval
.Service.
Stansfield, Edgar..
IB
2,500
Oct.
6,
1916
Nov.24, 1916
Chief Engine-
ering Che-
mist.
Mines.
(B)
Brot, Maurice
II B
1,300
Sept.
1,
1916
Mar. 12, 1917
Montreal, P.Q
Ass't. Analyst
n' 1 R n-eau e.
Breton, Joseph C
II B
1,200
.April 23,
1917
Mav25,1917
Ottawa, Ont. .
Clerk
Inl'd Revenue.
Brother, George H.
II A
1,600
May
25,
1917
June 9, 1917
Toronto, Ont.
Ass't Analyst
Inl'd Revenue.
Douglas, Robert. .
II A
1,800
Oct.
1,
1916
Britannia
Heights.
Ont.
Secretary . to
the Geogra-
phic Board.
Interior.
Fournier, Jules...
II A
1.600
Mar
31,
1917
Ottawa, Ont. .
Translator. ,
Senate.
Grenier, Armand
I A
2,800
May
29,
1917
May 16,1917
Montreal, P.Q.
Civil Law Re-
porter.
Justice.
Gooderham,
II B
1,300
May
30,
1917
June 21, 1917
Truro. N.S , .
Ass't to thelAgriculture.
Charles B.
Apiarist.
Gunton, .lohn A.
II B
1,300
June
1,
1917
Simcoe, Ont . .
Ass't. Analyst
Inland
Revenue.
Hill, William H.
II B
1,300
July
1,
1917
July 17, 1917
Ottawa, Ont.-
Ass't. .-Vnalyst
Inland
Revenue.
Lye, Ossian G
II B
1,300
June
1,
1917
Toronto, Ont..
Ass't. .\nalyst
Inland
Revenue.
Marshall, John H.
IIA
1,600
Jan.
1,
1917
Jan. 27, 1917
Stella, Ont..
Patent Exami-
Agriculture.
McFall, Robert
IB
2,100
June
20,
1917
July 17, 1917
Minneapolis,
ner.
To Study
Trade & Com-
James.
Minn.U.S.A
Canadian
internal
trade pro-
' blems.
merce.
Rowat, Richard
IIB
1,300
Dec
1,
1916
Mar. 12,1917
Athelston,
P.Q.
Ass't. Analyst
Inland
Revenue.
Tremblay, Joseph
IIA
1,600
Nov.
25,
1916
Ottawa, Ont.
Translator. . . .
House of
U.
Commons.
White. Michael S..
IIB
1,300
Oct.
1,
1916
Jan. 27, 1917
Ottawa, Ont.
Translator. .
Interior.
Westervelt, Alex-
IB
2,400
April
1,
1917
.\priUO, 1917
Clarkson, Ont
Chief of Mar-
Agriculture.
ander P.
kets Intel-
ligenceDivi-
sion.
42
ClTiL SERTICR COMillSSIOHi
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. IS. — Certificates of qualification issued Ijy the Commission for
temporary employment in the Lower Grades.
(A) From the general list of successful candidates.
(B) Nominated by the Departments and qualified by special examination.
Department
Name.
(A)
Civil Service
Commission
Justice
Post Office...
Public Works
Trade & Commerce
Menard, Eugene..
(B)
Agriculture..
Interior.
Justice
Mines
Post Office
Post Office
Secretary of State
Moodie, G. Earl
O'Reilly, Francis
Ranger, Eugene
Lajambe, Philias
Levin, Sam..
M coney, Alexander F.
Thompson, Gordon S
ShiUington. John T —
Casey, Lanxence
Wilson, Herbert A
Menard, Eugene
Dupuis, Roland
Salary.
Ingram . Violet
Fraleigh, Emma
Delaney, Thomas L
Johnston, Cecil M . . . - .
Dives, Thomas I
Manion, D. J. B
Watson, Mrs. Fanny
Griffiths, Sydney
May, Norman C.
Thomas, John Ellis
Sherwood, Doris..
MeStravick, Violet
Baillie, William M
Smyth, Joseph W
Reid, Garnet
Bryan, John
Mulligan, Mary J
Pryce. Lillian
Hammond. Myrtle
Rice, David A
Quaglia, Victor
Kehoe, Francis J
Desormeaux, P
Hudon, Emma
Fairbanks, Anna
Dorval, Lucienne
Carson, Eva.
Valiquette, Mrs. Olive
Rochon, Hilda
Sherwood, Lucv B
Bartlett. Edwin D
Lalonde, J. J. B. Antonio
Dunne, Rose G
Gagne, Albert
Kelly, Michael A
Sylvester, Wilfrid
.\nton, Lora J
Wimperis, Charles
Cousineau, Aurore
Falardeau, Adelard.
Beatty, Gladys..
Larose, Millie
Rogers, Agnes
Calvert, Francis E... .
Wesley, Mrs. E. M....
Fontaine, J. A
Cyr, Elzear
Wood , David
Barrette. Joseph L. E.
600 00
600 00
600 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
500 00
600 00
Date
o{
certificate.
April 2, 1917
Messenger . .
June 25
Aug. 1
Sept. 9
Sept. 25
Dec 12
Dec. 18
Mar 19
June 9
June 1 1
June 21
Jan. 3
July 25
1917
1917
1916
1916
1916
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
Sorter.
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
600 00
6C0 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
.500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
500 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
600 00
500 00
500 00
Oct.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
Jan.
April
June
July
July
July
Sept. 2
Sept. 2
.Sept. 16
Oct. 10
Oct. 13
Dec. 28
Mar 27
April 2
April 19
Mav
Mav
April
Feb.
Oct.
Dec.
Feb.
Mar
Position.
Messenger.
Sorter.
Packer.
Messenger.
Mar
Mar. 19,
Mar. 27,
Mar. 30,
April 4,
April 23,
.\pril 25,
April 27,
Mav
I Mav
May
June
June
June
July
July
July
July
.^ug.
.\ug.
Dec.
Dec.
1916
1916
1916
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1917
191
1917
191
1917
1917
1917
1916
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1916
1916
Sorter..
L.G. Officer
Messenger
Sorter. .
L.G. Officer
Sorter.
Messenger.
Sorter.
Messenger.
Sorter
Messenger
Messenger
Sorter
Made
permanent.
.\pril 2, 19i;
.\pril 2, 19i;
Depart-
ment.
P. Office.
P. Office.
Messenger
Sorter
July 1, 1917
.\pril 1, 1917
.\pril 1, 1917
May 1, 1917
April 1, 1917
July 1, 1917
April 1, 1917
Messenger.
Sorter
Messenger
Sorter
Packer
Sorter
Packer
Sorter
Packer.
Messenger
Mines.
P. Office.
P. Office.
rirrL sertick co.MMis>;ioy
43
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
a
O
•2
•?
O
ii
P.
(U
45
C
P
ai
Pi
O
-Con
So
Oo,
f ,-(
0)
O! ^-
03 ^
11
H'^
(U OJ
^ S
^<
.« 0^
-f^ t
or:
ft.>
SO
CJ o
b^
'm
ca <«
>■
I-, O
^2
Q
H
-a
<v
c
•^
o
o
.2
CO
T3
01
G
CQ
be
^ — '
!»
CC
63
d
o
o
<D
>
Ph
**^
o
•J
e:5
OS 05
i
o o
o o
<
o
:3 ^ to CD CO !>•
O^ ^3 Oi Oi O) O)
C-l (N 'M O <C C
^■-5<'-s'-s'-3'-3^-"-a
< .s
H N as
t- ra t- g"^
«— I O) 2 ^ 03 O . csQ °3
"* 03
H ;>^ • --3
> -'a S^
-.S cB .>■
32 3 5 3 ^^^
J3 3 o! a; I. a
cgiE
"O OJ
c ^
£4 SZiX E=
44
Civil, srinifi: commisskix
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
al
C
■ d
-o
,02
1^
OS
1- •§- - - o.
g-^' bS'
v^r 3 = S.^- 3
<:S"
- 3- -
^^
:'^
<1^
S 6 -i^ tl— c-*
=c5^^^-'.>'^ g S^ ai'^-&S Sfla^S J^.^;
t" S C L. I
.2 g £J"
o~ S S >• S
-2 >, t- '^
: c
■ S
civil. SKItVICE COMMISStOX
45
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
oo
L-5 f-
'Z'Z
-f.
■ OS
- Ci
-'
5
■ —5
^,
.— ( ^H ^-t ^H ^H
OS 03 0> 03 O^
•-It- C4 eO '-< C<1 --i CO "-' MC^ 1-H C<) « rH.-l.-HNC^M -^
— ■ j;
-^ 3 y c 03
' ' Q- - ' " - - ' ^- -
<B S
tu&^
O flj - _-
flj .
.2 8< i
S3 '
"O^
>,a a
^ o a)
is .-«
a.
.M
o
ci oS
- M C(B 03
= S
on
= -^?
I -"
"■5 6
3 O O
' S 2 _.- o
W C flj t,
t- o o c;
i 5 " c
.- g of fe
•^ o §
■T3 .
, ; =a>
'■&« =
I -^
*^ S g
2^ S
t- 3 c
03 O o
>a3eu
>> :
■- O o M *
(9
in
o
08 1
; as
o ,5,5^ ^
46
Civil. SERVICE COMMISSIOX
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
^r^
-a
t, <D
2:3
H^
<D o
J30
•^(N
^ a
-, o
&^
C 03
ig
>l05
<* -
fe *^
o «
t^
0) -S
-^ s
c;
^1
s S
»*
•2 s
p
■a
c o
o
S.s
o
o >
CC
w 5
^
^,_^^
„ai
m
^_
*" >
^•o
•?S
o
.2 o
0^
s
iS o
1^^"^
5~
S-'o
1
5
a: O
o
-2'£ V
rt >
«j o
^ u
— 1
■-3 c.
r c
rs
Y^
■*j"
'^
o
-^-^^J
c^» c
^
C v:
o
:^ 5
^
71 v;
Is
o 2
> >
- L4 U
O O
i^ ::: \ : ;■,■_; -,01 ■■■■■■■ ■
:"« ::;::::::•.: :'3 :::'.::;: : : ■
. > >•
■ a OS
:2 ::::::::::: :^ :::::::::::: :
t- ■ t'-
■ OS C3> .' * .
■ n '. '. I '. . . ; : ; '. '. '.^^ '. '. i '. i '. '. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. : ; i
: d ::::::;:::: :^ ;::;:::::::;::;:: :
• & 3
•^ ^ _ • ■
a> ; I I I ; : ; ! ; I : ; ; : ; : : : I : : : ; : : ;
t->
3
"3 ^ ^ ; ! i ! i ; I ; I i^ I ! I I ; ! I I ; ! I ! ! ■ I ; ' * '
D
M ::::::
<:":::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Fi ^ ; ! '. '. I '. : : : ; '. '. i '. ; ; '. ; '. i ; ; ; ' '. i '.
^
c^" . . .'■'.'.'.'.'.'.','.'.'.'. I '.'.','.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. '.
3^3>^0i^0^0)0)Ci9>03O0^CiCSC2O0^0^OC^0^030303OOCSC^C9S3030S
O — TT 10 -^* to" to — • Co'oOo"tD tC oToiM M [Vl^^^^C^'c^M ci«M c^"m eJ-fJ-*^"^"
ZQ ►?
5 ^-H'^
^* — c x aj
" os.2 — »
0) t- _ ' ~
H-i
^< "H ; -i-^ £»i<J<; OS a-g S's a'u
i s-S'<--^ ^1^. i^. §.if.^=2 s|i i^.s o-s^.
3 5.5 a I i g£ S
<-j-SS-.^=:ScaS:.
a-aiaOa^-pO
>
a
CIVIL fiERVICE COMMISSION
47
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
■iE
SZ
o
:6<
C3SOS
' s^-
o u
>T3
c o sec
ojH
»--.i'j:=^.?^
s «-,
Ma
.S «
-BW
-jS
w c o
CQ rn o '? S
o a.2
5 -V* >.
_.-p3
S3 <y
>•
aoi
"go
-6
2 M *-
■ > OU-,*-
§11-: |1.»2il||il |li.l^'i«1lll:S^ .
5-c
— n~> ~" Tzz _:c %*) c i^. » -V !—'■-— i4_,
Tl 7", C
3 O^ 03
j^*^ aj
■s s s
O OH
--(^ -
S >< oa D 55
4) S3 O
550Z
" > S
48
CIVIL SERTJCE COMMISSIOX
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
o
-a
o
11
a r^
l-l
+3 e
t-H
cj o
,3 (D .
H
^CCg
<i1
cr-^P
^s-f
03 O O
^■mKj
O 0)
° a
•.I o
14
0> A
fag
^-t>-t^^»t^l>■^-^»l>.^-.^-t^r^^-t^I--^-•^>•^-t-r>-^^t--^-t:^^~^^^-!rl:Occ'X'coo
Oi Oi Oi O^ O^ 0> Oi Oi ^ Oi ^ Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi 0> Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi O^ Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi
= ,-—..
3 3 :: :;
0-5 - oj
5-°
fcZ
OS a .
I ^ ^ M
^•^:
d . w
:-o oJ
:.2-^ s
gW g:=.£T3
a) «.2 o o-S
-S-S-§.2o
aj.cSd
- n ,
5?-o -
W , •- ^ 'fc.
■aggg
o
CIVIL SEI^riCE COMMISSIOy
49
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
oo
o
mm
oo
o o
m
,-1 ,-H ^ N CO CO M cc i-H »-. .-H N cq <?! <ri ^^MWM ^cocoeo — .(N ^;4SSmnw
«- - ' -
o
:^
. o^J
220
« *§
0 »- a!
« 0 o'^ii »
31—4
50
CIVIL SERVICE C0-l/.1//.S'.S70iV
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
C >
Ǥ
+3
■*i o
(3 (U
203
y^
>-•«
-S 03
a -
6j^
"OS
>.-'
ci *=>
fcH O
a^
.2
o-B
■>
03
fl a
Q
.2^
to ^
03 (U
o
l-R
o
o
02
w
<u >
-s v-^
-►^O
>5 03
C
-1^
o
l-B
2
is
Q
c c
-d
o o
f-]
o3 o
H
O 03
yacc
-§
^
3 °
S
K
to ■> I
«n
o
(-1 -fj ~
03 . -tJ
r^ ^ o
CJ O) Ji
I C *^
d 3 C
"Si
o o -a
He. a
o >
03 03
WW
O c3
OCOOOO — — ■'■
c rt - ™ -
35-3
rttcH
(717/. sKiniCE citMMIssKlX
51
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
\-
1
>
u
eg
1
>
2
i
s
s
o
■3
c
C8
o
1
-
I
'C
o
B
o
c
o
1
a
c
(-
c
s
£
c
§
c
1
r-
.1
1
g
iE
O
1
a
c
>
0
J3,
o
>
o
c
c
c
CSC-lclTj-c;:^OOOC O OOCCOCOOC-loClCS-'J'WtO — cc.»1"t^cOt-OCOO^^;OC7i-occcoc>OCOI^O»it:«20^^
« ^ CI C-J c^
CI N c-1 N (M r:
>
- o.
- 2"
a . -
:^ >>
c-2 S o
.2 - ^ !=-
1:5 Sf"
3 ,_ ^ <-^ - ^ ^
— .2 a
3 s
Z s:. —
03-
. OS"
1 ^ .i= hH ^ C' • ^
w
3 5.2
'5 5^
5<
2_.s.i£:= o g c ;
S.I
a??-
03
oiS£|
O 5^
o o
^.Ti 5 s - ;
03
O
^.1^.1
„ „ ^.„ 03 O 33 o
H -
^ o ■
. >>03 J ij
- w — I
ag^.>;
&^
:3 '
TJ -1
hn'^
£S
r!-;
f--^
SS
31—41
52
CIVIL SEKYICE COIIMISSION'
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
^
'>
03
O
T3
h
H
^4—
o
r~\
o
■*^
(M
r,
c
o
-t-j
Fi
>^'«
O
u
rv!
&
P
00
C)
o
g;
>^
T— 1
t-
C3
1^
s
01
o
a
t«
c
O)
C!
s
<
02
<D
fi
O
s
>
o
O
o
C/J
-o >
T3
a
o
o
a>
CO
3 O
.2.2
<v
c3
a &
•t:; o 5
■| I
lis
'. Pi ^
ca
.2
■>
Q
o
O "C
pa > g
o >
Q
oi
B
»C U^ — C<1 !M C-1 -
t^
:—
-T!
C7i
CS OS
~"
""
^
^-
-v^
Q-l
>1
^-
c
^
oc
•< ^.Q
as
T,.Ja=
■ 1> 5 <3 f ''
•Scj
5S «
33= I
n
C5 -r cc 7: S - C :
r; C3 t-
— -/; —
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
53
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 21.- — Certificates of qualification issued by the Commission for
temporarj^ employment in the Third and Second Divisions, under the pro-
visions of Sections 23 and 33 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, 1908.
(A) Third Division. (B) Second Division.
Department.
Agriculture.
Inland Revenue...
Insurance
Justice
Mines
Naval Service
Trade and Cora
merce
Agriculture.
Finance
Inland Revenue...
Interior..
Mines.
Name.
(A)
Evans, Gertrude B
McNeely, Elexey
Omond, Mrs. Olga H
Govan, Margaret L
Selwyn, Harley
Nathanson, Joseph N
Beaulne, Mrs. Lou
M irsky , Sam —
Gordon, Marie V
Palmer, Gertrude L
Brouillette, Mrs. Laura L.
Cornett, Mrs. Jean
Groves, Edmund
Allen, William A...
Date
of
certificate.
Naval Service.
Snider, Pearl, L
(B)
O'Sullivan, Adrienne M.
O'Gorman, Elizabeth E..
Eby, Elizabeth V
Hulburd, Ethel E
Cochrane, Lilyan L
Mulvaugh, Laura J
Cluffe, Gilbert C
Gun ton, John A
Hill, William H
Grattan, George E
Lye, Ossian G
Johnson, Lawrence E
Gauley, Robert J. P.
Byrne, John H
Timm, Hannah E
Hooper, Benjamin R
Henshaw, Joseph B
Goulding, James
Forman, John H
Mohr, Cliffords
Rivier, Charles E
Graham, Walter F
Coyne, Benedict P .
Hardy, Thomas W...
Connor, William H
Wakely, JohnW
Nov. 2,
2,
2,
11,
13,
18,
2fi,
8,
17,
16,
10,
Dec.
May
Sept.
Dec.
Mar.
July
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
April 17,
11,
Nov. 2,
2,
2,
14,
" 15,
Dec. 1,
June 1 1 ,
Jan. 12,
12,
15,
Feb. 10,
July 16,
Oct. 1,
Dec 18,
May 9,
June 5,
July 3,
May 14,
21,
June 1 ,
Aug. 15,
20,
20,
June 22,
23,
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1917
1910
1916
1917
1917
1916
1916
1916
1917
Salary.
May 22, 1917
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1916
1916
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
720
720
720
720
700
800
800
700
600
800
800
600
800
600
700
900
900
900
900
900
900
1,300
1,300
1,300
1,300
1,300
1,300
1,200
1,300
1,300
1,300
1,200
1,200
1,200
1,200
1,300
1,200
1,200
1,500
1,000
1,000
Posit i
Clerk.
Stenographer.
Clerk.
Stenographer.
Clerk.
Stenographer.
Clerk.
Stenographer.
Clerk.
Clerk.
Clerk.
Clerk.
\ss't. Analyst.
Technical Clerk.
it
(<
i(
Clerk.
Ass't. Chemist.
Translator.
Ass't Chemist.
u
Clerk.
54
CIVIL sFRVICF: COMMIsslDX
Table No. 22.
8 GEORGE V, A. 19 8
-Certificates of qualification for promotion issued by the
Commission.
Date of
Department .
Name.
From.
To.
Certificate.
Agriculture
Strachan, Esther F. .
Sub-div. B of 3rd Div.
Sub-div. .\ of 3rd Div.
Jan.
16, 1917
Wetmore. Marion L. .
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
"
16, 1917
Auditor General
Lawlor, A. Margaret..
B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
Oct.
3, 1916
Raitt, Jean M
B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
Feb.
10, 1917
Stockton, E.E
" B " Lst "
■" A "1st "
July
11, 1917
Tribble, J. N
" A " 2nd "
" A "2nd "
" B " 1st "
" B"lst "
«
11, 1917
McDonald, P. D
11, 1917
Civil Service Com-
Paynt«r, William J...
" B"3rd "
" A " 3rd "
Feb.
6, 1917
mission.
Commission of Con-
ser^'ation
Beaulieu, .-Vlice
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
July
12, 1917
McElrov, Kathleen.
B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
"
12
1917
Customs
Bennet. MissM. M....
" B"3rd "
" A "3rd "
Nov
28
1916
Howard, H. A
" B"3rd "
" A " 3rd "
**
28
1916
External Affairs.
Green, \. E
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
Feb.
12
1917
Baker F. M
" B " 1st "
" B " 3rd "
A" 1st "
" A "3rd "
April
16
27
1917
White, William
1917
Finance
Yetts, Charles X
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
Jan.
16
1917
Fetterly, MissE. S...
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
May
16
1917
Brodie. Miss C. E
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
**
16
1917
Shore. Miss S. G
" B " .3rd "
" A " 3rd "
16
1917
Shearman, Miss G... .
B •• 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
"
16
1917
Loughran. Miss G. D.
M
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
'*
16
1917
Cameron, Miss J
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
"
16
1917
Cohoon, L. B
" A " 2nd "
B " 1st "
June
20
1917
Macfarlane, James G .
" A " 2nd "
B " 1st "
"
20
1917
-\rtz, G. J
" A " 2nd "
" B " 2nd "
" B"lst "
" A "2nd "
<i
20
20
1917
GuUock, G. L.....~....
1917
McInt>Te, B. G
" B"2nd "
" A " 2nd "
*'
20
1917
Governor General's
Secretary
Walker, J. R.Mills....
" B " 2nd "
" A "2nd "
Mar.
6
1917
House of Commons
Desaulniers, D. L
" B " 1st "
A " 1st "
Feb.
5
1917
Indian .\ffairs
Graham, Hugh
" A " 3rd "
" B " 2nd "
June
23
1917
Inland Revenue
Lemav. Arthur
" A " 2nd "
B " 1st "
Nov
1
1916
Roy, L. G
" A " 2nd "
B " 1st "
Jan.
23
1917
.Ulen, A. T
B " 2nd "
" A " 2nd "
"
23
1917
Teevens, L. P
" B " 2nd "
" A "2nd "
"
23
1917
Westman, Leroy E —
B " 2nd "
" A " 2nd "
Feb.
27
1917
Interior
Cameron, M.ary
Roger, William C
" B"3rd "
" B"2nd "
" A •3rd "
" A " 2nd "
Oct.
Nov
3
3
1916
1916
Bazinet. Odilon G
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
Dec.
1
1916
McClymont, Percy J.
I
" B"2nd "
" B " 3rd "
A " 2nd "
" A "3rd "
Jan.
May
16
3
1917
Renault, Joseph F
1917
Story, Alice A
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
('
12
1917
Turner, William J. L. .
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
"
15
1917
Dalv, P.J
" A " 3rd "
B " 2nd "
June
23
1917
Button, W. H
" A " 3rd "
" B " 2nd "
"
23
1917
Edey, R. K
" B " 3rd "
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
"
28
28
1917
Leahy, Frank J
1917
Bedard, Beulah
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
"
28
1917
King, Mary C
" B"3rd "
" A "3rd "
"
28
1917
Rollins, William T....
A "2nd "
B " 1st "
"
29
1917
Justice
Plaxton. C. P
" A " 2nd "
" B " 2nd "
Sub-div. A of 2nd Div.
" B " 1st "
" A " 2nd "
Sub-div. B of 1st Div.
May
Oct.
16
16
20
1917
Matte, G ■
1917
Labour
Stewart, Bryce M
1916
Stewart, Bryce M
" B " 1st "
" A " 1st "
June
21
1917
Afarine
Roy. R
" A " 2Bd "
B " 2nd "
" . B " 1st "
" A " 2nd "
Sept
28
28
1916
Lucas, H. L
1916
Rowan, J. T
B ' 2nd "
" A " 2nd "
"
28
1916
Hamel, A. J
B • 2nd "
A " 2nd "
'*
28
1916
•
Edge, V.J.
" B"2nd "
" A " 2nd "
"
28
1916
Treanor, W. C
" A •■ 2nd "
B " 1st "
Oct.
28
1916
Thompson, Mabel B..
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
Nov
6
1916
Breen, J. .^
'• B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
"
24
1916
I^anthier, Mary E
•• B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
24
1916
CIVIL SEIiTICE COMMISSIOX
55
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Table No. 22. — Certificates of qualification for promotion issued by tlie
Commission — Contifived.
Date of
Department .
Name.
From.
To.
certificate.
Marine
McCuUough, Evelyn. .
Sub-div. B of 3rd Div
Sub-div A of .3rd Div
Mar. 24, 1916
.•Vpril 14, 1917
Tremain, ,\. de B.. . .
B " 1st "
A "1st "
.VIc( 'lenaghan, ,1. E....
B"lst "
A" 1st "
14, 1917
Hawken, H. E. A .
B " 1st "
A "1st "
14, 1917
McDonnell, F
" B " 1st "
A" 1st "
14, 1917
Quinn, W. J.
A " 2nd "
B"lst "
14, 1917
Dame, A. H
B"2nd "
A " 2nd "
14, 1917
O'Malley.J. R.. ..
" B " 3rd "
A " 3rd "
May 8, 1917
Fairweather, Winnie
" B " 3rd "
A " 3rd "
June 13, 1917
Militia and Defence..
Usher, Louise M
" B"3rd "
" A "3rd "
Jan. 1, 1917
Eligh, Sarah E
" B"3rd "
" A "3rd "
" 1, 1917
Burke, Miss M..
B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
April 28, 1917
Beard, Frank
" B " 1st "
A "1st "
Mav 11, 1917
Watterson, A. E
" A •' 2nd "
B"lst "
11, 1917
Maple, H. E
" B"2nd "
A " 2nd . "
11, 1917
Minea
Bolton, I.. L
" A " 2nd "
B " 1st "
Oct. 16, 1916
Macoun, .James M
B •• 1st "
" A"l8t "
Mar. 2, 1917
Rose, Bruce
" A '• 2nd "
B"lst "
2, 1917
Hayes, A. O... . .
A '• 2nd "
B"lst "
2, 1917
Mackay, B. R
" A "2nd "
B " 1st "
2, 1917
Poitevin, Eugene. .-
" B"2nd "
" A "2nd "
2, 1917
Bleaknev, Eilleen
" B"3rd "
A " 3rd "
2, 1917
Moffat, AnnaV... --
" B"3rd "
A "3rd "
2, 1917
.Salt, Lillian A
B " 3rd "
A "3rd "
2, 1917
DeSchmid, HughS..
" A "2nd "
B"lst "
2, 1917
Cole, L. Heber .
"■ A "2nd "
" B " 1st "
2, 1917
Leverin, H. A
" A "2nd "
" B"lst "
2, 1917
Robinson, A. H. A
" A "2nd "
" B"lst "
.•Vpril 7, 1917
NavaJiService
LeBlanc, Joseph O. . . .
" B " 2nd "
" A " 2nd "
Oct. 12, 1916
Lyon, Mary C
" B"3rd "
" A " 3rd "
14, 1916
White, Edith
" B"3rcl "
" A "3rd "
" A "3rd "
" 14, 1916
" 14, 1916
Lacombe, Arthur
" B " 3rd "
Fairbairn, Helen
" B"3rd "
A "3rd "
June 12, 1917
McVeigh, Thomas F..
" A " 2nd "
B " 1st "
" 29, 1917
Rush, W. A
" A "2nd "
B " 1st "
29, 1917
Finlavson, Alex. C. . . .
" A "2nd "
B " 1st "
" 30, 1917
Post Office
.\rkle"y. Miss H. P..
" B " 3rd "
A "3rd "
A "3rd "
Oct. 30, 1916
30, 1916
Brown, Miss A. C -
B " 3rd "
O'Hagan, A. W. S
" B " 3rd "
A "3rd "
30, 1916
Price, Miss E. A
" B"3rd "
A "3rd "
30, 1916
Begin, Pierre
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
" A "3rd "
30, 1916
30, 1916
Denison, Miss 0. E . .
" B " 3rd "
Barrett,.!. T _. . .
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
30, 1916
Sheppard, Miss M.'E..
" B"3rd "
A "3rd "
30, 1916
Hayes, Miss J. M
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
30, 1916
Bailey, Miss E. H .
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
30, 1916
Whelan, George
" B".3rd "
" A "3rd "
30, 1916
Moss, Miss M. L
" B"3rd "
A " 3rd "
30, 1916
Thoburn, MissM. E,.
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
30, 1916
Mcintosh, Miss M. C.
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
30, 1916
Mcintosh, Miss I. A...
" B " 3rd "
" •A"3rd "
30, 1916
Crowder, Miss E. A...
" B " 3rd "
A "3rd "
30, 1916
Hornidge, R. F
" B"3rd "
" A "3rd "
" 30, 1916
-Morris, E. T
" B " 3rd "
A "3rd "
" A " 3rd "
" 30, 1916
" 30, 1916
30, 1916
Barry, N. T
" B " 3rd "
Horsley, MissM. B...
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
Stewart, Mary
" B"3rd "
" A "3rd "
30, 1916
O'Dempsey, J. A
" B"3rd "
" A "3rd "
30, 1916
Hill.G. A. L
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
30, 1916
McEachern, W. C
" B"2nd "
" A "2nd "
Nov. 25, 1916
Fairweather, J. H
" B " 1st "
" A "1st "
Jan. 19, 1917
Macneill, Grace
" B"3rd "
A "3rd "
" 19, 1917
.Vlav, 0
" A " 3rd "
" B " 2nd "
June 23, 1917
Privy Council
Boyce, J. F
" A " 2nd "
" B " 1st "
A.ug. 31, 1917
Public Archives
•Kenny, J. F
" A "2nd "
" B"lst "
April 13, 1916
Shortt, George E
" B"2nd "
" A "2nd "
Way 29, 1917
•Omitted from Report of 1915-1916.
56
CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table Xo. 22. — Certificgites of qualification for promotion issued by the
Commission — Concluded.
Date of
Department .
Name .
From.
To.
certificate.
Public Works
Viens, E
Sub-div. A of 2nd Div.
Sub-div. B of 1st Div.
Oct. 14, 1916
Evans, John E.
" B •• 3rd •'
" A " 3rd "
" 28, 1916
Slackay, C. S. A
" A " 2nd "
" B " 1st "
Nov. 22, 1916
Thivierge, J. O
" B •• 2nd ■■
" A " 2nd "
" 28, 1916
Dawson, H. F
" B " 2nd ■■
" A " 2nd "
" 28, 1916
Hennessey, George F.
'■ A " 2nd "
" B " 1st ••
Dec. 15, 1916
Plunkett, Florence. . - .
" B '■ 3rd ••
" A "3rd "
Jan. 16, 1917
Ross, Frank W
" B " 2nd "
" A " 2nd "
May 16, 1917
Allen, Miss M. K
•' B " 3rd •'
" A " 3rd "
June 19, 1917
Railways & Canals. .
Lyons, James
" B •• 3rd •'
" A " 3rd "
Dec. 5, 1916
Bogart, MissL. B
•' B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
Mar. 6, 1917
Puglsey.J. W.
B " 1st "
A " 1st "
May 3, 1917
Mathie, Andrew H... .
" B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
8, 1917
Greenway, William J..
B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
8, 1917
Roval North West
Mounted Police ...
Hann, G. T
" B " 2nd "
" A " 2nd "
Mar. 6, 1917
Secretary of State, .
Jerome, Miss M. A. P.
B " 3rd "
" A " 3rd "
April 16, 1917
Trade and Com-
merce
Archer, W. A
Dumouchel, Corinne. .
" B " 3rd "
" B " 3rd "
" A "3rd "
" A "3rd "
Oct. 20, 1916
Feb. 23, 1917
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918
EXAMINATION PAPERS
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918
REGULAR EXAMINATIONS.
(1) Preliminary Examination for tiie Outside Service, November, 1916.
ARITHMETIC.
Time: I5 hours.
Note. — No marks will be allowed unless the full work is shown and the
answer is correct.
Values.
9 1. Write in words: 600017; 29007763; 82930.50000.
6 2. Write in figures: Nine million seven hundred thousand and seven;
Forty-three billion ninety miUion five thousand six hundred and
twenty-five.
17 3. Add: 378S9; 6976; 78749; 35986; 73887; 878; 309S7; 80862; 77786;
3699; 89994; 7983.
17 4. Multiply 3968007.549 by 90785.
17 5. Divide 382579167893 by 6973.
17 6. A grocer bought 20 cases of eggs, each containing 30 dozen, at 27 cents
a dozen. He paid 19 cents a case to have the eggs shipped to him.
He sold them at a total gain of $23.00. What price per dozen did he
charge, if there were § dozen unsaleable eggs in each case?
17 7. The exports of Canadian produce for May, 1915, and May, 1916, are
given in the table below.
(a) What was the total for Mav, 1915?
(b) What was the total for May', 1916?
(c) By how much did the total for May, 1916, exceed the total for
May, 1915?
Canadian Produce. May, 1915. May, 1916.
Animal Produce $ 76,033,299 $107,482,272
Agricultural Products.... 135,374,932 299,03.5,751
The Mine 52,604,187 68,727,974
The Fisheries 19,953,656 23,103,465
The Forest 42,896,032 .52,316,8.34
Manufactures 104,.589,832 261,999,746
Miscellaneous 980,567 7,917,394
60 CIVIL SERVICE C0MMI88I0N
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SPELLING AND DICTATION.
Spelling.
Time: 30 minutes.
Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 3 marks will be
deducted for every misspelled word in your copy.
Value — 50.
He was a man of grate forse of charactar, unflinching currage, much wurldly
shreudness, with a bisness fakulty allmost amounting to genious. At one
perriod, his time was ingrossed buy cevere and continuous labor, ocassioned by the
organising and kondukting of his noomerous manufactories, sumtimes from' fore
in the morning till nine at knight. At fifty years of aje he set to work to lern
english grammar and emprove himself in writing and in speling. After over-
cumming every obstikle, he had the satisfakshun of reeping the reward of his
interprize. He died in 1792. Be it fur good or fur eval, he was the founder in
England of the modren factury sistem, a branch of endustry which has
onquestonably prooved a sourse of emmence welth to endeviduals and to the
nation.
He establisht noo mills, and the amount and the excellance of his produkts
were such that in a short tyme he obtaned so compleat a kontrol of the trade, that
he guverned the mane opperashuns of the other cottun spinners.
Dictation.
Time: 30 minutes.
Note. — This paper should not be seen by the candidates. The Examiner will
read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowly and distinctly,
indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third
reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The
whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour.
Value— 50.
I turn now to see the satisfaction which comes from physical exertion,
including brain-work. Everybody knows some form of activity which gives
him satisfaction. It may be riding on a horse, or rowing a boat, or climbing a
mountain, or tramping all day through woods or along beaches with a gun on
the shoulder, or again it may be moulding a mass of white-hot metal in the glow of
a furnace, or wrestling with the handles of a plunging, staggering plough, or
tugging at a boat's tiller when the breeze is fresh, or bringing hay in before the
shower.
There is real pleasure and exhilaration in bodily exertion, particularly with
companionship either of men or animals, and competition. There is pleasure
in the exertion even when it is pushed to the point of fatigue, as many a sports-
man knows, and this pleasure is, in good measure, independent of the attainment
of any practical end. There is pleasure in mere struggle, so it be not hopeless,
and in overcoming resistance, obstacles, and hardships.
C'lriL SERVICE COMiIISSIO:N^ 61
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
WRITING.
Time: 30 minutes.
Value— 100.
Copy the following extract: —
The waterwaj's of Canada are one of the most remarkable of its geographical
features. East of the Rocky Mountains, the southern part of the Dominion
slopes to the north-east toward Hudson Bay; and the rivers in the south flow
eastward. Thus, the Saskatchewan River, with its northern and southern
branches, flows eastward into Lake Winnipeg, and thence northward l\v the
Nelson River into Hudson Bay. On the north, the Great Plain has a northerly
slope, and the Mackenzie River, with its tributaries, the Slave, Liard, Athabaska
and Peace Rivers, flows into the Artie Ocean. The Mackenzie, exclusive of
its tributaries, but including the Slave, Peace and Finlay Rivers, has a total
length of 2, .52.5 miles. The Yukon River in the Yukon Territorj^ also flows
northward, passing through Alaska into Behring Strait after a course of 2,300
miles. In British Columbia, the Fraser, Columbia, Skeena and Stikine Rivers
flow into the Pacific Ocean.
62 rnrL sfrvice rmiMis-siox
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
(2) Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, November, 1916.
ARITHMETIC.
Time: 25 hours.
Note. — The first four questions and any seven from the remaining eight
constitute a full paper.
Values.
12 1. :Multiplv 882-876 by 3371-55, and divide the product bv the difference
between 8340 • 20 and 7838 - 79.
G 2. Simplify | + (Jjfzp^ X 10^
6 3. Simplify (64-3 + 7-94 - -615) ^ 5-73.
6 4. Add 6278548; 5876394; 8967357; 2863876; 4976849; 9678438.
10 5. For what amount should a 90-day note be di-awn so that when,
discounted at a bank at 79c pei' annum, it may produce .$716.98?
10 6. What was the value when due of the following note?
S200.00 Ottawa, May 15, 1916.
Two months after date I promise to pay E. V. Colville, or order,
the sum of two hundred dollars with interest at 8 per cent per
annum. Value received.
J. M. Peters.
10. 7. During the first year a man increased his fortune by i of its value,
during the second year by j^ of this increased value, and during
the third rear by f of its new value. It then amounted to
S24300. What was its value at first?
10 S. To what sum will S3000 amount in five years at 6% per annum,
compound interest?
10 9. A person has $205 in 50c. and 25c. pieces. Find the number of each,
if there are 460 of both.
10 10. Find the marked price of goods which cost §34 so that the dealer may
make a gain of 20% on cost after giving a discount of 15% off his
marked price.
10 11. 240 lbs. of flour at 4c. a lb. were mixed with 360 lbs. at 6c. a lb. How
many pounds of each kind are there in S10.40 worth of the mixture?
10 12. How many pounds of chicory at 12c. a pound must be mixed with
80^ pounds of coffee at 30c. a pound to make a mixture worth 20c.
a pound?
CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION 63
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
COMPOSITION.
Time: 2^ hours.
Value— 100.
1. Write a composition of about 250 words on one of the following subjects: —
(a) The greatness of Shakespeare.
(b) The Value of a Good Education.
(c) The Crops of 1916 in Canada.
(d) "No one gets something for nothing."
(e) Some Duties of a Citizen.
2. Condense into about 200 words the gist of the following passage. Give your
answer in well-constructed sentences, preserving all the essential points.
This question of winter steam communication is of great importance to the
people of Prince Edward Island. The prospect of obtaining it was one great
reason why the people of the Island consented to Confederation. That was
well understood by the people of the Island at the time of Union, and it is better
understood to-day. Owing to the peculiar situation of the Island, to her insular
position, and to the fact that for five months of the year her coasts are completely
surrounded with ice, she could not derive any benefits from Confederation.
The people of the Island were aware that the Dominion was pledged to the
construction of public works of great magnitude, such as the opening of canals,
the building of railways, and other work of a similar nature. They also knew
that, on becoming a part of the Dominion of Canada, they would be compelled to
contribute their share for the construction of those works, and unless means of
communication bringing them in connection with the railway system of the
Dominion, winter and summer, were secured to them, they would not be in a
position to participate in the benefits which would accrue to the rest of the
Dominion by the construction of these works. They, therefore, have it expressly
stipulated in the terms of Confederation, that efficient steam communication,
winter and summer, should be maintained by the Dominion Government for
the convej^ance of mails and passengers to and from the Island. Now, let us^
consider for one moment how this part of the compact has been carried out.
We find that for the first two years after Confederation nothing at all was done
towards fulfilling this part of the contract, so far as the winter season was con-
cerned. In the year 1876, the Government, recognizing the rights of the Island in
this matter, placed the now famous Northern Light upon the route between George-
town and Pictou. I am not going to say anything disparaging of the Northern
Light. She was built expressly for the purpose of testing the practicability of
navigating the Straits in midwinter. She was merely placed there as an experi-
ment, and, if she has not come up to the expectations of those who took an interest
in her, she has not altogether proved a failure. She has at intervals succeeded
in effecting a crossing, sometimes making her trips with considerable regularity,
and sometimes being for a whole week at a time locked in the ice, being unable to
move in any direction. She has, however, been successful to a certain extent,
and her operations have been of great l:)enefit to those engaged in trade, as they
have been enabled to receive consignments of goods that they otherwise would
have to do without till spring. With regard to the carriage of mails and passen-
gers, which is, after all, the main feature of this affair, and which is the only
part of the original compact that we can insist upon having carried out, her
operations have been most unsatisfactory. Even during the present winter,
which has been one of the most successful seasons, it was found necessary,
about the middle of January, to take the mails away from her and have them
64 CITIL SERTICE C0.1/J//feS/0.A"
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
forwarded by the only route Ijy means of which communication can Ije kept up
with the outside world in midwinter — the Capes route. Capes Traverse and
Tormentine are only separated by a strait of some nine miles in width, and
experience has shown, after many attempts at other points, that this is the
route which must be adopted for our winter mail service. Such being the fact,
it becomes the duty of the Government to so improve this route as to make it as
perfect as possible, and all their energies and means should be concentrated on
this one point. At present, the crossing is effected by use of the small ice-boats,
as it was before Confederation. I need not refer to the difficulties and hard-
ships experienced by the brave and hardy men who have to perform this service,
who are called upon in the middle of our severe winters to risk their lives in
the public interest. They have been most successful in performing this duty,
and, owing to t^eir skill and abilitj', we are enabled to receive our mails with
some degree of regularity. But the great difficulty they have to contend with is
not the ice, but open water, when higl*« winds prevail, and tliej^ have been
frequently compelled to return on account of open water, without being able
to effect a crossing. It is believed by parties who are competent to judge in
this matter, that a small steamboat to supplement the ice-boats would perfect
this service, so far as the crossing is concerned. The only thing then required
to render this service complete would be to connect this ferry with the Inter-
colonial and Prince Edward Island Railways. This would necessitate the
construction of two short lines of railway on both sides.
GEOGRAPHY.
Time: 2 hours.
Note. — Candidates will take Question 1 and any five others.
Values.
20 1. Draw an outline map of Great Britain and Ireland, and indicate with
names :
(1) the larger coast waters;
(2) ten inlets which furnish good harbours;
(3) four groups of islands near the coast;
(4) five celebrated university centres.
16 2. Name in order sixteen towns or cities on the Canadian Northern
Railwaj' from Toronto to the Pacific Coast, and sixteen towns or
cities on the Grand Trunk Railway from Detroit to Levis.
16 3. Write a note on India, telling about its location, its size, population,
climate, and principal products.
16 4. Explain how it is that events happeaiing in France in the afternoon
may be reported in Canada in the forenoon of the same day.
At what time of the day can the same events be first reported in
India, in South Africa, in Australia?
16 5. Write a short note on any four of the following Canadian products,
telling definitely from what part of Canada they come, and to
what part of the world they are shipped: nickel, mica, asbestos,
carborundum, graphite. Does Canada hold a peculiar place as
a producer of any of these?
16 6. Indicate the course of each of the following rivers; describe the nature
of the countrj' drained by it, also its usefulness to man as a means
of navigation or of power development: Red, Grand, Richelieu,
Ohio, Hudson, Columbia.
16 7. What natural or artificial advantages have assisted in the growth of
ea"ch of the following cities: Valleyfield, Pittsburg, Cleveland,
New Westminster, Peterborough, Winnipeg, St. Louis, New York?
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 66
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
HISTORY.
Time: 2 hours.
Note. — Five questions onlj- are to be attempted.
Value— 100
1. Make a list of the chief events in the reign of Queen Anne or Queen Victoria.
Write short accounts of any three of the events.
2. Explain the position and duties, in Early French Canada, of the following:
the Seignior, the Intendant, the Bishop, the Governor. Write short
sketches of 07ie Governor and one Intendant.
3. Describe the Life of Jacques Cartier, and give an outline of his three voj'ages
to Canada. What was their result?
4. Give the causes of the Peninsular War. Name the chief engagements, and
indicate the parts played in it by (a) Sir John Moore, (6) the Duke
of Wellington, (c) Napoleon.
5. What colonies had Britain in America before the Conquest of Canada in the
Seven Years' War (1756-63)? Of what value were they to her? How
were they lost, and who were the leaders in the struggle?
6. Locate the following Battlefields: Louisbourg, Ste. Foye, la Hogue, Balac-
lava, Plassey. Describe the first three, telling in each case the period
the war, the commanders, and the results to the nations engaged.
Give details for each battle.
7. Write notes on: Turgot, Danton, Voltaire; or
Write notes on: the Coureurs des Bois; Jesuits in Canada; the Siege of
Delhi; Why 1867 is an important date in Canadian History.
SPELLING AND DICTATION.'
Spelling.
Time: 30 minutes.
Value— 50.
Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 5 marks will be
deducted for every misspelled word in your copy.
If this is. not done, what will happen? Seperation, first of one part, then of
another; weekness of each pa^ and weekness all round. Think of the impetis
that this would give to everj' forse that makes for cayos among the three hundred
millions over whom God in His providence has placed us. The work that the
British Empire has in hand is far grandir than the comparitively limmited duties
with which the States are content to deal. Its problems are wider and more
inspireing; yet, at the same time, the white race, that alone, so far, has proved
itsself fit for self-go verment, lives by itsself, instead of being comingled with
a coloured race to which only nomenal freedom is aloud. Any one who has
lived either in South Africa or in the States will understand what a free hand
and what an unspeakible leaverage this gives us. We nead no Force Bill to
ensure us a free balot in Britain, Canada, Austrailia, or New Zeeland. Allready
our suns are taking there part in interducing civillization into Africa, under
the proteckshun of the flag, and in perserving the spirit of the Empyre among
the teaming millions of India and south-eastern Asia, those peoples kindered
to ourselves, who for centuries before had been the pray of successive spoilars.
And, in this bludy war, the bonds of Empyre have been moar cloasly dron
together; and the Mutherland has seen a new spirit of loyaltie and devoshun
spring from her suns and dotters across the sees.
31—5
66 CITIL SERVICE r0.1/J/7S'.v70.Y
8 george v. a. 19'8
Dictation.
Time: 30 minutes.
Value — 50.
Note. — This paper should not be seen bj- the candidates. The Examiner will
read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowh- and distinctl}%
indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third
reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The
whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour.
All has passed, unregretted as unseen; or, if the apathy be ever shaken off,
even for an instant, it is only by what is gross, or what is extraordinary; and
j^et it is not in the broad and fierce manifestations of the elemental energies, not
in the clash of the hail, nor the drift of the whirlwind, that the highest characters
of the sublime are developed. God is not in the earthquake, nor in the fire,
but in the still, small voice.
They are but the blunt and the low faculties of our nature which can only
be addressed through lamp-black and lightning. It is in quiet and subdued
passages of unobtrusive majesty, the deep, and the calm, and the perpetual, —
that which must be sought ere it is seen, and loved ere it is understood, — things
which the angels work out for us daily, and j^et varj' eternally, which are never
wanting, and never repeated, which are to be found always, j-et each found but
once; it is through these that the lesson of devotion is chiefly taught, and the
blessing of beauty given.
We are too often disposed to accept the superficial instead of the real; to
study results and ignore causes; to be governed by external appearance; while
in reality, the value of all our experiences lies in the hidden spirit or principle
which actuates them.
TRANSCRIPTION AND WRITING.
Time: 1 hour.
Value — 50 for each.
The candidate is required to make a neat, clean and correct copy of the
manuscript handed to him with this slip, writing out all abbreviations at full
length, and correcting anj' misspellings. The words scored through are to be
omitted, and the interlineations and the marginal and other additions are to be
inserted in their proper places as indicated. All changes or corrections, other
than these, vnll be counted as errors. This paper will be taken as a test of
writing also.
CIVIL SERVICE COilMISSIOy '67
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
31—54
68 CITIL SERVICE COMMISSIOX
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
^Jfa. foirl e£uj <f/ \ ^ .^^ftrry^.-/^^ ^ XeJU y<^ 'tk^'lAy^
^^./ e-C. /(aO I3UC. 'CAjut^ CHjl,
<!/>»,, -fc, <i.-Ki_<i,<tis_ .^^v^i^auf^-JUj aJUi'/^-^y-JL, fCayi-'iv^cAA
^tJ^-^f^ 0->C»«-«Lt^"^oN *vu-»^^ ^u'ljtVL' '-AI^C^C ^ "y- a-'y^ y<..ti..^*.J'U- ^-ajry^,v^
y<-w4Xa^>v<x^y.
CIVIL SBRTICE COMMISSION 69
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
(3) Competitive Examination for Positions in Subdivision B of the
Third Division, Inside Service, November, 1916.
ARITHMETIC.
Time: 2^ hours.
Value— 100.
1. (a) Simplify i X f - i of f + i ^ /^.
(b) Multiply -0256 by 1-0071, and divide the product by 2-7975.
2. A field is 80 rods long and 20 rods wide. Find the total cost of material
for a tight board fence, 6 feet high, around it, if —
(a) the posts cost 10 cents each and are placed 11 feet apart;
(b) the boards are one inch thick and nailed to two continuous lines of
scantling, 2 inches by 4 inches;
(c) all lumber costs $20 per M.
3. A man borrowed .1800 at 5% and paid back $175 at the end of each year to
pay the interest and reduce the principal. How much does he owe
after making his third payment?
4. A farmer paid $1.50 per bushel for his seed wheat and sowed If bushels
per acre in a field 64 rods by 40 rods. His crop averaged 32| bushels
to the acre and sold at 98 cents per bushel. Find his net gain, if his
expenses for tillage and harvesting amounted to $12.50 per acre.
5. When wheat is ground into flour, 18 per cent is lost (as bran, etc.). If the
weight of isread is 133| per cent of the weight of flour used in making
it, how many two-pound loaves can be made from the flour obtained
from 20 bushels of wheat? (60 pounds of wheat make one bushel.)
6. A man invested $5460 in 3 per cent stock at 91. He sold out 20 shares when
it had risen to 93|, and the remainder when it had fallen to 85. He
invested the total proceeds in 4^ per cent stock at 102. Find the
change in his income.
7. $260.00 Ottawa, 27 March, 1913.
Three months after date, I promise to pay to the order of James Black
the sum of Two Hundred and Sixty Dollars with interest at 6 per cent per
annum, value received.
W. W. Grey.
Find the value of fhe foregoing note when it is legally due.
70 CIVIL Si:RriCE COilMISSIOS
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
BOOK-KEEPING.
Time: 2k hours.
Value— 100.
1. Enter in Journal or Cash-book the following: — -
(a) 1. Bills Receivable amounting to $800 were deposited in the bank
for collection.
2. Discounted my own note for .$1,200 at bank, and left Bills
Receivable amounting to $1,500 as collateral security.
Discount charged, $10.
3. Bank notifies me that $700 of notes mentioned in 1 have been
paid and the remaining SlOO note dishonoured.
4. Bank informs me that $600 at the collateral notes mentioned in
2 have been paid to them, and that $200 of these notes falling
due yesterday were dishonoured. The balance have not yet
matured.
(b) Sold goods to A. Perch for $500. Received in payment his note
for $300 at 3 months bearing interest at 6% ($4.50) and the
balance in cash. When note came due, it was taken up with
a new note at 2 months for $200 bearing interest at 6%, and
the balance in cash.
2. Draw up a form of Petty Cash Book, and describe the method of keeping it.
Illustrate by half a dozen entries.
3. On January 1st, 1916, H. White had a Capital of $3,250; Merchandise,
$2,541; Cash on hand, .$43; Cash in bank, .$306; Sundry Debtors,
$1,988; Bills Receivable, $2,622; Furniture and Fixtures, $500; Horse
and Cart, $250. He owed Sundry Creditors $2,144, and Bills Payable,
$2,856. The following business was done in January: —
Jan. 1. Bought goods from McKinley, $940.
2. Sold goods to Richardson, $310.
3. Issued cheque on bank to McKinley, $340.
5. Sold goods to Thomas, $1,120.
7. Bought' goods from Drysdale, $565.
10. Received cheque from Richardson and deposited, $300. Discount
allowed to Richardson, $10.
12. Sold goods to Rogers, $663.
13. Received note from Thomas at 3 months, $1,120.
14. Bought goods from Tory, $71.
17. Bought goods from Charles B., $125.
19. Issued cheque to Tory, $70. Discount allowed by Tory, $1.
21. Bought from sundry creditors, goods, $1,244.
22. Sold to sundry debtors, goods, $1,099.
23. Received cheques from sundry debtors, $1,344. Discount allowed
to debtors, $131. Deposited in bank, cheques, $1,344.
24. Discounted note at bank, $1,120. Discount on note, $12. Issued
cheques to sundry creditors, $1,672. Discounts received for
cash payments, $146.
CIVIL .sfin ici: ( Mi/j//.s.vi'oy 71
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
31. Issued cheque for salaries, $100. Issued cheque for rent, .?loO. Paid
cash for coal, $10. Paid cash for gas, §4.
Stock on hand at end of period, $3000.
4. Referring to Question 3: Supposing the horse and cart had been sold on
credit to Smith for $200, that a new horse and cart had been bought
on credit from Shaw for $350, that the rent paid ($150) was for the
three months beginning January 1st, that $20 of the amount owing
by sundry debtors was considered uncollectable, and that a fire insur-
ance poUcy for one year had been taken out, to date from January 1st,
the premium on which ($60) had not been paid; make adjustments
and prepare Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet.
COMPOSITION.
Values. Time: 2k hours.
10 1. Write the application called for by ' the following advertisement
taken from an Ottawa paper: —
Wanted — A bright young man or lady for special office work.
Must be first-class stenographer. Good salary to suitable person.
Apply fully to Box 151, Post Office, Ottawa.
40 2. Write a letter to a friend discussing one of the following topics. The
letter should contain not less than 250 words.
Why I am proud that I am a British Subject.
The value of a course of lessons in " First Aid."
It is desirable that immigrants from the Mother Country should
find homes in Canada rather than in the United States.
50 3. Write in your own words and in well-constructed sentences, a synopsis
of the following passage, preserving all of the essential points.
This passage is from a speech delivered in the House of Com-
mons on Nov. 21, 1910.
I join with my honourable friend who has moved this Address in congra-
tulating both the British Empire and the American Republic upon the splendid
result which has attended the deliberations of the Hague Tribunal. In sub-
mitting this vexed question to the determination of that tribunal, these two
countries have given to the world an object lesson which I hope will not be
forgotten. The issue of that arbitration is very creditable indeed to both
countries, and I have no hesitation whatever in publicly offering my congpatula-
tions not only to the Government, but especially to my honourable friend the
Minister of Justice, for the very successful issue which has been brought about
by this tribunal. On some occasions in the past it may have been that difficulties
arising between the United States and Canada have led to certain differences
between the great Republic to the south and the Empire of which we are proud
to form a part. I trust that this is not so to-day, I believe it is not so to-day
and I trust that it will not be so in the future. Here hes Canada, a great and
gro\ving nation upon this continent, surrounded by very much the same con-
ditions, confronted by very much the same problems, of those which present
themselves to the people of the United States. We are bound to the British
72 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 198
Empire by a loyal fealty, by a warm affection, by everything which stands for
the solidarity of this Empire, but we are also closely associated with the great
Republic to the south of us by a constant and increasing social and commercial
intercourse, and it seems to me in that way, and for that reason, that Canada
should in the future come to be a bond of amity, of friendship, between the
Republic and the Empire and I hope that both governments will lend them-
selves to the splendid movement which looks to the celebration of a centennial
of peace between the Empire and the Republic. I trust that this will be done,
and I join in the aspirations of those who have said that no better or more
enduring monument of that centennial of peace could be established than to
make continuous and permanent at all times to come that disarmament upon
the great contiguous waters of both nations which has now existed for almost
a century under the Treaty of 1818. That treaty, as we are all aware, is
liable to be terminated on very short notice by either of the contracting parties.
I believe every man in this country would like to see that condition made more
enduring and permanent. In that way this Empire and the great adjoining
Republic would give to the world an object lesson which is very much needed in
these days of great armaments and great preparations for war; and then we
might look forward to a day which may come, and which I hope will come,
when the great Republic and this great Empire, acting together in the interests
of humanity and civilization, can command, and will command, the peace of
the world.
GEOGRAPHY.
Time: 2 hours.
Value— 100.
Note. — Candidates will take Question 1 and any other six.
1. Draw a map of Canada and the United States, outlining and naming: (a)
the five great physical divisions of each, (b) the five chief mountain-
ranges of each, and (c) the provinces and states that lie along the
international boundary from the Pacific Ocean to Lake Superior.
2. Locate definitely and give in each case the leading ind stry of any seven
of the following: Limerick, Paislej', Galashiels, Stoke, Bradford,
Grand Mere, Trail, Summerside, and New Westminster.
3. Define, explain and give a Canadian example of each of the following:
mountain-range, river-system, 3'oung vallej', mature valley., drowned-
valley, alluvial plain, and continental shelf.
4. By means of a sketch-map in each case, show in their proper connection,
and name the rivers and lakes of the Nelson, Mackenzie, St. Lawrence,
and Columbia basins, respectively.
5. What, where, and for what noted are: Bucharest, Trebizond, Piraeus, Metz,
Toulon, Transylvania, Trentino, Kavala, Avlona, and Dar-es-Salaam?
6. Sketch a map of the British Isles showing five chief seaports, four great
manufacturing centres, three naval stations, and two leading educa-
tional centres. Indicate to which of these groups each place belongs.
7. Name and locate seven chief canals of the St. Lawrence system, and state
what particular obstacle to navigation is overcome by each.
8. Name the three leading products of (a) India, (b) Egypt, (c) South Africa,
(d) Newfoundland, and (e) British West Indies.
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 73
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
9. (a) Draw a diagram showing the zones, their width and boundaries, and
(b) state and explain the exact position of these boundaries and the
exact time of the solstices and equinoxes, respectively.
HISTORY.
Time: 2 hours.
Value— 100.
Note. — Six questions only are to attempted.
1. Give a brief account of the missions founded by the Jesuits among the Huron
Indians.
2. Outline the political career of Lord Elgin in Canada.
3. Describe the circumstances under which the province in which you reside
became a part of the Dominion of Canada.
4. (a) The British North America Act fixed the life of a Canadian Parliament
at five years. Explain how it has come about that the Parliament
which convened after the elections of September, 1911, is still
a legally constituted authoritJ^
(b) Explain the composition of the Canadian Parliament, and show how
it differs, if at all, in this respect from that of Great Britain and
Ireland.
5. Name four Premiers of Canada since Confederation. Who chooses our
Premier, and how is he guided in making this choice? What is a
Premier's first important work after accepting appointment? Under
what circumstances ought a Premier to tender his resignation?
6. (a) Write a note on the Irish Famine of 1846.
(b) Describe briefly its political consequences.
7. Describe briefly the effect of the Napoleonic Wars on Britain's Colonial
Empire.
8. Give a brief account of the industrial changes in England during the first
half of the Nineteenth Century.
9. Sketch the part being played by France in the present European War.
SHORTHAND.
Value— 100.
Note. — Both the following passages should be dictated to the candidates in a
clear and distinct voice, at the rates indicated. No preliminary reading
is to be given to the candidates. The bar-strokes will indicate to the
reader his progress at the end of every fifteen seconds. Upon completion
of the two readings, the candidates should be notified that they will be
allowed one hour and a half for transcribing their shorthand notes in
manuscript.
Eighty Words per Minute.
The establishment of the Central Experimental Farm proved so popular
throughout the country that a demand came from farmers in 1 other parts of
Canada for the establishment of farms in the different provinces. It was
inconvenient for the farmers to 1 travel to Ottawa from many different parts
of the country; in addition to that, considering the great diversity of our 1 soil
and climate, the Central Farm could not carry out all the experiments that
would demonstrate what was the best 1 for all parts of the country. The Central
Experimental Farm, of course, carries out many experiinents of all sorts in 1 con-
74 CiriL SERTICE COMMlsslOy
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
nection with the growing of crops, the production of stock, the cultivation of
tobacco, the rotation of crops, and the 1 testing of seeds. Experiments are
carried out with a view to determining what varieties of grass or vegetables
will do 1 best in certain sections of the country. The Central Farm is open
to the farmers of the country at all 1 times; the correspondence which it carries
on with farmers from one end of Canada to the other is, I believe, 1 of enormous
dimensions. The farms in the different provinces work along similar lines,
though not on so large a scale. 1 They are branches of the Central Farm. They
make all kinds of experiments to determine what crops should be grown 1 and
how those crops can be best grown in the particular locality in which the farm
in question is situated. 1
One Hundred Words per Minute.
At no place on the American continent has potato growing reached as
high a state of efficiency as it has along the St. John river, I in the Province
of New Brunswick, and across the line, in the State of Maine. I think it is
the opinion of most farmers in 1 the Maritime Provinces that spraying with
Paris green is usually productive of some good. They claim that it removes
the fungous growth, or what is 1 usuallj^ called rust. When I was home, the
last week in January, I discussed this matter with a gentleman who told me that
he had 1 sprayed his potato plants six or seven times during the summer. The
spraying is done with a machine costing over $100; as the 1 machine goes along,
the spray is automatically pumped under the leaves and stalks of the plant.
He said that he sprayed the whole field of 1 potatoes, with the exception of half
a dozen rows, and that when he came to dig them, he had a much better yield
from the 1 half-dozen rows than he had from the rest of the field, which he
had sprayed. I want to be quite fair in this matter; 1 I will give both sides
of the case. Another gentleman told me that he sprayed all bu^, half a dozen
rows, and that he got 1 better results from the sprayed portion than from the
portion which he had not sprayed; so you have evidence both ways. In my
judgment, the 1 spraying does good. But the farmer knows that; he does
not need information on that subject from the inspectors or from the Depart-
ment of Agriculture. 1 Last year I did not spray the plants; but perhaps
I will use the spray next year, because I think it may do some good. 1
SPELLING AND DICTATION.
Spelling.
The paper set is that given on page 65.
Dictation.
The paper set is that given on page 66.
TRANSCRIPTION AND WRITING.
Time: 1 hour.
Value — 50 for each.
The candidate is required to make a neat, clean and correct copy of the
manuscript handed to him with this slip, writing out all abbrevations at full
length, and correcting any misspellings. The words scored through are to
be omitted, and the interlineations and the marginal and other additions are
to be inserted in their proper places as indicated. All changes or corrections,
other than these, will be counted as errors. This paper will be taken as a test
of writing also.
CIVIL SERTICE COMillSSSIOy 75
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
aUj^jUA4^'r\^AX4^ erC AfCi JLa^oia^ ^yjL. v*A-y -u/*/
A^ /*-«jr]y\t/^<*
T
76 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 19 8
Z^ i^Jjr^a^ .^uj-r^/C o->^^l^^f^ -^i^ Of pipuL
Value— 100.
Copy the following :-
TYPEWRITING.
Time: 30 minutes.
Ottawa, December 24, 1915.
Dear Sir, — For some time past I have had under consideration the question
of an amendment to the Bank Act authorizing the banks to take as security for
advances to farmers, liens upon cattle and certain other live stock. It would
seem that such liens should be registered in order that the rights of other creditors
might not be prejudiced. The question, as j'ou know, is one which has been
much canvassed at successive revisions of the Bank Act, and there has been a
conflict of view as to the expediency of such legislation. As it is greatly desirable
at this juncture of our affairs that production should be facilitated in every way
possible, I should appreciate an early expression of your views upon the following
questions : —
1. Would such legislation facilitate and lead to increased advances by your
bank to the stock-raising communitj', and would it tend to increase production?
CIVIL S'ERVICE COMMISSION 77
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
2. Will there be during the coming year sufficient bank credits available
for all the increased production possible to the Canadian agricultural and stock-
raising community?
3. If the answer to (2) is in the negative, can you suggest any feasible
plan for increasing the available bank credits for the purpose in view?
As I am exceedingly interested in the matter referred to, I shall be greatly
obliged for a full and.frank expression of your views.
Yours very truly,
W. T. WHITE,
Minister of Finance.
Now, let us compare the expenditures of Australia for 1911-12 with those of
1916-17. I take 1911-12 because that year marked the height of her prosperity,
whilst 1916-17 finds her in the most crucial period in her history. In 1911-12,
when she was abnormally prosperous, the surplus of her national debt took
$14,114,000; the estimate for 1916-17 is $39,649,000.
1911-12. 1916-17.
Civil Government $4,463,000 $7,240,000
Department of Agriculture. 1,379,000 4,263,000
Immigration 1,079,000 1,534,000
Pensions 240,000 3,365,000
Militia 6,868,000 5,706,000
Public Works— income 8,621,000 18,814,000
PubUc Works— capital 3,742,000 8,072,000
Steamship subsidies 1,918,000 2,963,000
Naval Service 256,000 2,250,000
The list gives us some striking contrasts from beginning to end. The
total estimate for 1911-12 was $132,827,000, as against $188,981,000 for 1916-17.
These figures show what a heavy burden the war has placed upon the Empire,
apart altogether from the direct expenditure for militarj^ purposes.
There are two facts in this war that will ever remain salient — the gallantry
of the British aristocracy, and the courage of the French democracy. It has
been said — I have read it time and again before the war in books, pamphlets,
reviews — that England was decadent, that her aristocracy was effete, idle,
degenerate. But when the sons of the British nobiHty responded to the call
of duty on the 4th August, 1914, when they buckled on their armour, when they
rushed to the front in Artois and Champagne, when later on they were mowed
down at Charleroi and Mons, mingling their blood with that of the soldiers of
the Republic, I could not help thinking that they were the worthy sons of their
sires, of the noblemen who wrested from King John the Magna Charta, and of
the men of that aristocracy who played such a prominent part in Europe in the
course of the 18th century; I could not help thinking that their chivalrous
spirit was after all the best evidence that "blood will tell."
As regards the French democracy, let me quote the words of the Minister
of Munitions, Mr. Thomas, one of the leaders of the Old French Labour Party:
"Comrades, I am surprised to hear what is now being said. We, who have been
with the colours, know all about the fatigue, the suffering, and the demoralization
of French warfare; but we are to-day in the same mind as we were on the day of
mobilization. I want to fight in order that my son here may never have to go
to war. If I am to die, then I shall die; but I do not want him to see war. To
avoid this we will make every sacrifice — our liberty, our blood, and our life."
That is the spirit of the French democracy, a spirit which is on a par with
that which animates the British aristocracy.
78 CIVIL SERVICE COilillSSilOy
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
(4) Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service, May, 1917.
ARITHMETIC.
Time: 1^ hours.
Note. — No marks will be allowed unless the full work is shown and the answer
is correct.
Values.
9 1. Write in words: 700093; 370019679; 4070900063.
6 2. Write in figures: Thirty-five million four hundred and sixty thousand
seven hundred; Three billion nine hundred million fifty thousand
and seven.
17 3. Add: 58868; 86987; 677898; 979; 846997; 97694; 39886; 58994; 7889;
867685; 934867; 8978.
17 4. Multiply 6739587946 by 96078.
17 5. Divide 173723639810 by 5894.
17 6. Make out a simple bill for the following: On November 4, 1916, Mr.
J. Robert bought of Mr. A. Allard, 93 Chapel St., Montreal:
Ibox Butter, weighing 56 lb., at 37c. a lb.; 1 quarter Beef, weigh-
ing 97 lb., at 13c. a lb.; 3 bags Flour at $4.75 a bag; 2 bags Sugar
at $8.67 a bag; 6 bags Potatoes at $1.97 a bag; 3 barrels Apples
at .$5.85 a barrel; 2 pails Lard, each weighing 20 lb., at 19c.
a lb.; 1 Cheese, weighing 78 lb., at 17c. a lb.; 24 doz. Eggs at
38c. a doz. Find total amount of the bill.
17 7. A farmer had 70 acres of cultivated land. There were 29 ac. of oats,
18 ac. of barley, 2 ac. of potatoes, and the rest was hay. The
oats yielded 37 bu. per ac, the barley 29 bu. per ac, the potatoes
167 bu. per ac, and the hay 2 tons per ac. Find the total value
of the crops at these price: oats, 48c. a bu.; barley, 57c. a bu.;
potatoes, 93c. a bu., and hay, $11.75 a ton.
100
SPELLING AND DICTATION.
Spelling.
Time: 30 minutes.
Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 3 marks will be
deducted for every misspelled word in your copy.
Value— 50.
On the opposit side of the eleering and near the point where the brook
tumbeled over sum rocks from a still hier level, sum fifty or sixtey loges rudely
maid of logs, brush, and earth inturmingled were to be discovered. They
were arranged without any order and seamed to be construckted with verry
. CIVIL Sl^RYICE COMJIISSION 79
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
littel attenshun to their neetness or beauty. Indead, so verry inferior were
they, in the two latter particulers, to the village the scout had just scene, that
he began to expeckt a secund surprize no less astonishing than the formur.
This expecktation was in no degree deminished when, by the doutful twillight
he beheld twenty or therty forms rising from the cuvver of the tall, course
grass in frunt of the loges, and then sinking agen from the site as it were to
burrow in the erth. By the sudden and hastie glimses that he caught of these
figgers, thej' seamed more like dark, glancing spectres, or sum other unerthly
beings, than creetures fashuned with the ordenary and vulger materiels of
flesh and blood.
Dictation.
Time: 30 minutes.
Note. — This paper should not be seen by the candidates. The Examiner will
read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowly and distinctly,
indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third
reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The
whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour.
Value — 50.
Gentleness is indeed the best test of a gentleman. A consideration for the
feelings of others, for his inferiors and dependants, as well as his equals, and
respect for their self-respect, will pervade the true gentleman's whole conduct.
He will rather himself suffer a small injury, than by an uncharitable view of
another's behaviour incur the risk of committing a great wrong. He will be
tolerant of the weaknesses, the failings, and the errors of those whose advan-
tages in life have not been equal to his own. He will be merciful even to his
beast. He will not boast of his wealth, or his strength, or his gifts. He will
not be puffed up by success, or unduly depressed by failure. He will not force
his views upon others, but speak his mind freely when occasion calls for it.
He will not confer favours with a patronizing air. He is a man from whom
one may receive a favour, and that is saying a great deal in these days.
WRITING.
Time: 30 minutes.
Value— 100.
Copy the following extract: —
Under the Experimental Farm Stations Act, 1886 (R.S. 1906, c. 73), were
established a Central Experimental Farm at Ottawa for Ontario and Quebec,
and four branch Farms: (1) for the Maritime Provinces at Nappan, Nova
Scotia; (2) for Manitoba at Brandon; (3) for the Northwest Territories at
Indian Head, Saskatchewan; and (4) for British Columbia at Agassiz. After
these five Farms had continued in operation for twenty years, the first steps
were taken toward their extension in number by the establishment of new
Experimental Stations for Alberta, one at Lethbridge in 1906, and the other
at Lacombe in 1907. Since this date, development in the number of Farms
and Stations, and in the work carried on by them, has been rapid and con-
tinuous; and every province has now one or more Farms or Stations. In
1915, including the Central Farm at Ottawa, there were altogether 19 Farms
and Stations with a total area of 8,935 acres.
80 CITIL SERVICE C0M11I8SI0X '
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
(5) Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, May, 1917.
ARITHMETIC
Value— 100.
Note.- — Nine questions only are to be attempted.
1. Add 42567895; 87659476; 58796837; 49278369; 78654783; 59678954;
35893592; 63876784; 39396666, and divide the total by 87543.
2. Multiply 346-78954 by 5-7984, and substract the product from 3000.
O ^■rr.r.V.t.r (^ + J) X (| + j) , (j + j) X (j + h) _ Q + j) X (^ + j)
.i. bimplity (i _ i) X (i - i) ■*" (i - i) X (i - i) (i - ^) X (* - i)
4. A man who had $112000 spent a part of it in bujdng a house, and then
invested ^ of the remainder at 4% and the other | at 5%, and received
$3920 income from these latter investments. Find the price paid
for the house.
5. A man ascended and descended a mountain in 2^ hours. Going up he
went 2| miles an hour, and coming down at 3J miles an hour. What
is the distance to the top of the mountain?
6. To what sum will $1530 amount at the end of 4 years at 6% per annum,
compound interest?
7. A person bought 84 lbs. of tea and 56 lbs. of coffee for $79.80. If 12^
pounds of coffee are worth $5.55, what is the value of a pound of tea?
8. The sum of $250 placed at interest at 6 % per annum amounted to $256 at
the end of a certain time. What was that time?
9. A merchant wished to raise $494 by having his 70-day note discounted at
a bank at 6% per annum. For what sum should the note be drawn?
10. What is the weight of a barrel of oil, if it is known that J had been sold
at one time and | of the remainder at another time, and after that
there remained 80 lbs. in the barrel?
11. What was the value of the following note when it came due?
$240.00. Ottawa. January 9th, 1917.
Three months after date I promise to paj' to S. H. Bleaker, or order,
the sum of Two hundred and forty dollars, with interest at 7% per annum,
value received.
A. M. Franklin. ■
CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION 81
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
COMPOSITION.
Time: 2^ hours.
Value of each question: 50 marks.
1. Write a composition about 250 words in length on one of the following subjects :
(a) Our debt to those who have gone to fight for us, and how we may
try to repay it.
(b) An argument in favour of having every girl take a course in domestic
science in the elementary schools.
(c) Reasons given to account for the high cost of living.
(d) A discussion of hunting with a camera as compared with hunting
with firearms.
2. Give in about 250 words in well-constructed sentences the substance of the
following extract from a speech made in London to the Premiers of the
self-governing Colonies: —
I pass on, then, gentleman, to the second point — -the question of commercial
relations, and in regard to this I wish to say what I have already stated in
answer to inquiries which I received before the Conference, that every question
is an open question for full and free discussion. We rule nothing out of order.
We do not pretend to bar the consideration of any subject, whatever its purport
may be, but we do not propose, ourselves, to formulate any proposals in the
first instance. We think it is absolutely necessary in a matter of this kind which
involves so many considerations of detail, that there should be in the first instance
a free interchange of opinion in order that we may not put before you suggestions
which perhaps we should find afterwards were altogether out of harmony with
your views, but if it appears hereafter desirable, after full discussion, to make
proposals, I have no doubt we shall be able to do so.
In reference to this matter, also, I am placing papers before you which will
give 3^ou a very full account of the present state of trade between the Colonies
and the Mother Country, and also a matter which is very important for us to
consider, of the condition of trade between the United Kingdom and foreign
countries; and, without going into detail, I would say there are two salient
facts which appear on the surface of these fuller returns which I shall put before
j'ou. The first is this: That if we chose — that is to say, that if those whom we
represent chose: — the Empire might be self-sustaining. It is so wide; its pro-
ducts are so various, its climates so different, that there is absolutely nothing
which is necessary to our existence, hardly anything which is desirable as a
luxury, which can not be produced within the borders of the Empire itself.
And the second salient fact is that the Empire at the present time, and especially
the United Kingdom — which is the great market of the world^derives the
greater part of its necessaries from foreign countries, and that it exports the
largest part of its available produce — surplus produce — also to foreign countries.
This trade might be the trade, the inter-imperial trade, of the Empire. It is
at the present time, as I say, a trade between the Empire and foreign countries.
Now, I confess that to my mind that is not a satisfactory state of things, and I
hope that you will agree with me that everything which can possibly tend to
the interchange of products between the different parts of the Empire is deserving
of our cordial encouragement. What we desire, what His Majesty's Government
has publicly stated to be the object for which they would most gladly strive,
is a free interchange. If you are unable to accept that as a principle, then I
31—6
82 CITII. SFRTICR COMMhsfiloy
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
ask you how far you can approach to it? If a free interchange between the
different parts of the Empire could be secured, it would then be a matter for
separate consideration altogether what should be the attitude of the Empire
as a whole, or of its separate parts, towards foreign nations. The first thing
we have to do, the thing which touches us most nearly is to consider how far
we can extend the trade between the different parts of the Empire — the reciprocal
trade.
GEOGRAPHY.
Time: 2 hours.
Note. — Candidates will take Question 1 and any five others.
Values.
20 1. On an outline map show the position and name of each lake, river and
canal on the great waterway between Lake Superior and the
Atlantic. Indicate also five places where railway cars are taken
across from Canada to the United States by bridge, tunnel or
ferry, naming the Canadian and the United States town or
city connected at each crossing.
16 2. What is the size, position and population of Newfoundland? What
are the products of its forests, its mines and its surrounding
waters? Name and locate its three most important towns or
cities.
16 3. W'rite a short paragraph on each of the following: —
(a) The reason why the coast of Alaska has a milder climate
than the coast of Labrador, although Alaska is farther north.
(b) The natural advantages of the Niagara district for fruit-
growing.
(c) The natural ad%-antages and the natural disadvantages of
Hudson Bay as a waterway for the shipment of western
grain.
(d) The usefulness of the Ottawa River.
16 4. The dependencies of the United States are Porto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii,
and the Phillipines. With as great accuracy as you can, give the
location of each dependency, a description of its people, and
make a list of from three to five of its chief products.
16 5. From what countries does Great Britain obtain her supplj' of wheat,
wool, cotton, lumber, paper, gasoline, rubber, beef, horses, nickel,
sugar, tea, coffee, silk, hemp, jute?
16 6. Locate and tell some interesting fact about each: Ypres, PljTnouth,
Vladivostock, Dingwall, Bucharest, Trebizond, Bordeaux, Faroe
Islands, Lemberg, Bagdad, Corinth.
16 7. Name eight republics of South America with their capitals. Where are
Falkland Islands, Barbadoes, Trinidad, British Guiana, Guaya-
quil, Valparaiso, Para, Strait of Magellan?
CIVIL S'ERYICE COMMISSION 83
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
HISTORY.
Time: 2 hours.
Note. — Five questions only are to be attempted.
Value— 100.
1. Write notes on: The Hundred Associates, The Seigniors and Seigniorial
Tenure, The office and duties of an Intendant, The Jesuit Order and
its work in Canada.
2. How did the Hudson's Bay Company originate? What lands had it control of,
and what were its powers? What profits did the company obtain, and
what benefits accrued to England?
3. What is meant by the North-west Passage? Who were attracted to it and
attempted to explore it? How far were they successful, and what
lands were explored at the same time?
4. Who were the United Empire Loyahsts? Where did they locate, and what
did Britain do for them? How did they succeed in (a) Settlement,
(b) Government in Upper Canada?
5. What were the causes of Papineau's Rebellion? Bj' a rough map show the
chief centres of the Rebellion, and tell how it was quelled? What
became of Papineau?
6. When was Lord Elgin Governor General of Canada? Outline fully his work
as Governor and point out the benefits from his rule to (a) Canada,
(b) Britain.
7. What methods did Napoleon adopt to defeat Britain (a) on the sea, (b) on
land? Is there any sirailaritj^ between Napoleon's methods then and
Germany's methods now to overthrow Britain? ,
SPELLING AND DICTATION.
Spelling.
Time: 30 minutes.
Value— 50.
Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 5 marks will be
deducted for every misspelled word in your copy.
I red not long ago a diahtribe by a riter who seamed very anxous to senshure
exadgerrated statemeants by Canadians about there country. Not only were
his owne paiges full of all sorts of inackewrasies, but many of his assurshuns
were so phantastickally untrew that they were only laffed at by peapel who
new the facts. Unfortunaitly, most of his readers in the Old Country were
not in a possition to no all the facts, and were therefour at the mercy of his
deseptions.
g4 CIVIL SESTICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I have nown Canada intimaytly now for thurty years, boath by long rezidents
and by repeated journies of careful investigashun from one end of the country
to the other. If their is one thing I obgect to, it is exadgerrashun. Even if
it were not a vise in it self, it shood be sevearly eondemmed as leeding to disa-
pointment when its victoms are at last undecieved; and kno senshure is two
strong for anny interrested or responsable partys "with an acks to grind" who
make misleeding staitmeants too intending emmigrants or two possable pur-
chaeers of land. I have nown peapel who have been thus mislead; and I am
glad that the Canadian Government enifaticaly discountinances annything
that mite lead to sutch a result.
Dictation.
Time: 30 minutes.
Value— 50.
Note. — This paper should not be seen by the candidates. The Examiner will
read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowly and distinctly,
indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third
reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The
whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour.
May I be permitted, without any impropriety', to recall that it was my
privilege to experience and to appreciate that courtesy, made up of dignity
and grace, which was famous all the world over, but of which no one could
have an appropriate opinion, unless he had been the recipient of it. In a cha-
racter so complex and diversified, one maj' ask what was the dominant feature,
what was the supreme quality, the one characteristic which marked the nature
of the man. AVas it his incomparable genius for finance? Was it his splendid
oratorical powers? Was it his marvellous fecunditj^ of mind? In my estima-
tion it was not any one of these qualities. Great as they were, there was one
still more marked, and if I have to give my own impression, I would say that
the one trait which was dominant in his nature, which marked the man more
distinctly than any other, was his intense humanitj% his paramount sense of
right, his abhorrence of injustice, wrong and oppression, wherever they might
show themselves. Injustice, wrong, oppression acted upon him, as it were,
mechanically, and aroused every fibre of his being, and from that moment
to the repairing of the injustice, the undoing of the wrong, and the destruction
of the oppression, he gave his mind, his heart, his soul, his whole life, with an
energy, with an intensity, with a vigour paralleled by no man, unless it be the
first Napoleon.
TRANSCRIPTION AND WRITING.
Time: 1 hour.
Value — 50 for each.
The candidate is required to make a neat, clean and correct copy of the
manuscript handed to him with this slip, writing out all abbreviations at full
length, and correcting any misspellings. The words scored through are to be
omitted, and the interlineations and the marginal and other additions are to
be inserted in their proper places as indicated. All changes or corrections,
other than these, will be counted as errors. This paper will be taken as a test
of writing also.
CirrL SERYICE COMMISSION 85
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
-^yOOM-^y^Uyixn-KU. ''J-f^^^■>^-a..^l£L (^Lt^^C^c,^ '^ta^y^.i^Zoiy.
aS ^iCaJ-t— y(*^-^J-J^^ -"--vv-^^^^A-o-t, AZjL^y^-^j'.^-iJL -"^-^
•y- o-kU. 'OL.i-'t^ ^ti/-;K /(^h3~- yi.g.j£jL /'yy^A-Kji-pajl' ot-
^C-vJU^ °t ^t-o-w\/. O^^U^sJiA. -'C^^^-O-''-^ , t LI / ifi t ir/i-t
:</
<=*-^
A
86
CIVIL SERTICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
-A/
yu.A.^'.jtt'- oLuy^^-t^Ajt^ ^>wy^fjt~'(^-<- vu/ T^^^IaJL jiKi-^ui <t
A/
■\^'^pdCCl ^^fv^-vC j ..^luXZZeZix*AX>^ a/
^/
^c<>Jz^ ;zXt. x^Ax^
CIVIL SERTICE COMMISSIOS 87
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
(6) Examination for Positions in the Lower Grades, Inside Service,
May, 1917.
ARITHMETIC.
Time: Ik hours.
Note. — No marks will be allowed unless the full work is shown and the answer
is correct.
Values.
9 1. Write in words: 400019; 9070700; 8293500009.
6 2. Write in figures: Ninety-five million five thousand six hundred and
seventeen; Twenty-nine billion five hundred million four hundred
and eighteen.
17 3. Add: 62794; 8995; 6786; 934895; 27683; 68897; 4678; 896787;
56883; 989; 8673; 935978.
17 4. Multiplv 673098.540 bv 40598.
17 5. Divide 63501419912 by 8736.
17 6. Subtract 4987 X 3678 from 6872 X 3945.
17 7. A dealer bought 195 barrels of apples at .S4.75 a barrel. He sold 86
barrels at $5.65 a barrel, 76 barrels at $4.95 a barrel, and the
rest at $4.50 a barrel. Find his total gain.
100
SPELLING AND DICTATION.
Spelling.
The paper set is that given on page 78.
Dictation.
The paper set is that given on page 79.
WRITING.
The paper set is that given on page 79.
88 ClYIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
(7) Competitive Examination for Positions in Subdivision B of the
Third Division, Inside Service, May, 1917.
ARITHMETIC.
Time: 2^ hours.
Note. — Candidates will do the first question and any other six. AH work
must be shown.
Value— 100.
1. (a) Find the G.C.M. of 148; 444; 592; 703.
(b) Divide 152.847420 by 30.207.
(c) Simplify 3"!.y5iO^
2. A man commenced business with $3000 capital. The first year he gained
225%, which he added to his capital; the second year he gained 30%
of this new capital and put the gain into his business; the third year
he lost 16|% of his capital for that year. Find his net gain for the
three years.
3. A fruit dealer bought 168 cases of oranges and lemons for $551.25. There
were | as many oranges as lemons, and the latter were worth $1.25
per case more than the former. Find the cost of each per case.
4. A contractor invested $30000 in twelve houses of equal value. He sold 4
of them at once for $3200 each and invested the proceeds at 7%. He
rented 6 of the houses at $22.50 per month each, and the other two were
idle. He paid taxes on | of the cost of the unsold property at the rate
of 14 mills on the dollar. In one year how much more did he make
than if he had invested the $30000 at 7%?
5. A mason charges 27c. a square yard for plastering the walls and ceiling of
four rooms. The first room is 20 feet long and 8 feet wide; the second
is 18 feet long and 9 feet wide; the third is 12 feet long and 7 feet wide,
and the fourth is 18 feet long and 16 feet wide. Find the total cost,
each room being 12 feet high.
6. A drover bought a number of cows for $4375 and sold a number of them at
$43 a head for the sum of $3655, thereby gaining on those sold $680.
Find how much he must get for the remainder per head in order to
gain $400 more.
7. On March 10, 1917, Wise & Co. sold an automobile for $1500 to Henry Black,
who gave his note for 60 days. Wise & Co. had the note discounted
immediately at the bank at 8% per annum.
(a) Find how much money the bank paid to Wise & Co.
(b) Write out the note given by Henry Black.
8. Green coffee when roasted losses | of its weight. If a grocer buys green
coffee at 25jc. a pound and sells it at 35 c. a pound after it is roasted,
what will he gain by selling 510 pounds?
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Value 100—.
CIYIL SERVICE COMMISSION 89
BOOK-KEEPING.
Time: 2h hours.
A Syndicate of four men, A. B. C. and D was formed to purchase a business
property. Each contributed .S10,000.00 to the Syndicate.
The property cost them $40,000.00, clear, May 1, 1916. It was leased to
T. for five years at a rental of $4,000.00 per annum, payable monthly at the end
of each month. All taxes and repairs were to be paid by the Syndicate. Real
Estate Agents, R. E. & Co., were appointed to act for the Landlords and collect
the rentals, for which they were to be allowed commission of 3 per cent on all
rents collected and paid over to the Syndicate. At the end of each quarter
the members of the Syndicate were to be given credit for their share of the net
revenue, excepting any odd balance which might be left over.
The following amounts were collected by R. E. & Co. from the Tenant: —
May, 1916 $ 325 00 November, 1916 $200 00
June, 1916 325 00 December, 1916 275 00
July, 1916 225 00 January, 1917 225 00
August, 1916 300 00 February, 1917 350 00
September, 1916 400 00 March, 1917 325 00
October, 1916 375 00 April, 1917 300 00
Repairs amounting to $80.75 were allowed the Tenant, to be credited on
his rent account.
R. E. & Co., after deducting their commission, handed over the balance to
the Syndicate, in the following amounts, which were at once deposited in the
Bank to the Syndicate's credit: May, $300.00; June, $300.00; July, $200.00;
August, $300.00; September, .S400.00; October, $350.00; November, .$200.00;
December, $250.00; January, .$200.00; February, .$325.00; March, $300.00;
April, $300.00.
The Syndicate paid the following accounts by cheque: Taxes, .$840.00;
Insurance, .$325.00; Water Rates, .$60.00; Repairs, $275.00; Expenses, $38.00;
and paid each member of the Syndicate $150.00 each quarter.
Use Cash-book, Journal and Ledger, and write up the above transactions,
and show accounts for the Tenant, the Landlord, the Real Estate Agents, ancl
each of the members of the Syndicate at the end of each quarter.
Take off a Trial Balance at the end of the year.
COMPOSITION.
Yalues. Time: 2| hours.
40 1 . Write a letter to a newspaper or magazine discussing one of the following
subjects. The letter should contain not less than 250 words.
Safety First.
The Returned Soldier.
Preparation for Peace.
Home Gardening.
36 2. Write a brief summary of the following extract from a report on the
transportation of supplies from Canada to England.
90 CITIL SERYICK COM Ml SSIOX
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
The prompt action of the government in adopting my suggestion has
secured to Canadian manufacturers and farmers an uninterrupted outlet for the
hundreds of millions of dollars worth of War Office orders, the acceptance of
which would not have Ijeen possible but for the inauguration of an economical
overseas service.
Further, the fact that the transports, owing to their regularity in sailings
have been in a position to handle promptly the War Office supplies, which other-
wise would have occupied space on regular liners, has been of distinct advantage
to the export trade of Canada, and has released to that extent ocean space for
commercial tonnage. Since the inauguration of the service, not a pound of
Imperial Government transport has been forwarded on regular liners.
During the period.between 28th August, 1914, and 30th April, 1915, 244,913
gross tons were handled on account of Imperial and Dominion governments.
Between, however, the 1st of May and 30th November, 1915, there was an
enormous expansion — over 410,000 tons being forwarded during that period
(seven months), or about 67% more than was moved in the previous eight
months.
The Overseas Department is now being called upon to provide for about
125,000 gross tons of munitions, war material, and supplies per month, or
approximately one and a half million tons per annum, and the tonnage is still
growing.
30 3. Write in well-constructed sentences a synopsis of the following letter
from a " neutral " to the London Times.
What is England going to do? This was the whispered query that I heard
time and again in Germany. For I found that the possible power of Britain
is more truh' appreciated and understood in Germany than in any other country
in Europe to-day. The great German captains of industry, who have hitherto
made the success of German arms possible, seem to realize that if ever the vast
industrial might of Britain, so akin to their own, is properly mobilized, if its
resources are consistently and adequately exploited, if every ounce of latent
energy is made available, then, no matter how great a success German arms
may have achieved, no matter how firmly entrenched German troops may
stand on enemy soil, the tables will turn, and German chances of final victory
will fade into limbo.
I have just crossed Great Britain from one end to the other, and I have
visited innumerable towns and cities. Britain at last, after more than a year's
delay, is mobilized for war. Her achievement to-day far surpasses the wildest
idea of the " Kolossal ". I have seen factory after factory working steadily
twenty-four hours a day, seven daj'^s in the week, employing thousands of men
and women making shells, shells, shells! I have seen factory after factory
making aeroplanes; I have seen guns being forged under hj'draulic pressure of
12,000 tons; howitzers forged out of the stoutest steel, which requires sixteen
hours in a blast furnace to heat.
I have seen shell cases pressed out of the living ingot in less than five minutes,
and shells forged at a speed three times as great.
I have seen men working at great forges, where gun parts are cast, straining
every nerve and muscle to accomplish their difficult tasks, handling vast lumps of
red-lrot metal with lightning dexterity. I have seen machine-guns by the hun-
dreds, and rifles by the thousand — all of the most careful workmanship and finish.
The whole North country has been turned into one vast arsenal. The deep
pall of fog and smoke that hangs low over the great industrial centres of the Mid-
lands, deeper, denser than it has been for some j'ears past, means that England
has at last turned with full energy to the might}- task. The achievement is the
more remarkable when it is appreciated that all this work is merely a beginning.
CIVIL SEBTICE CoyulSSIOS 91
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
GEOGRAPHY.
Time: 2 hours.
Note. — Candidates will take Question 1 and any other six.
Value— 100.
1. Draw a map of Canada from the international boundary to the 60th parallel,
outlining the provinces, locating and naming the two largest cities in
each, and indicating the course of the Canadian Pacific Railway.
2. Give the location of each of the following lakes, stating the slope and province
in which each is found: St. John, Nipigon, Champlain, Simcoe, Temis-
caming, Winnipeg, Lesser Slave, Woods, Megantic, Athabasca, Nipis-
sing, St. Clair, Rainy, and St. Peter.
3. Name in order, with capitals, those States of the American Union bordering
on the Atlantic, and state whether their respective capitals are situated
inland or on the seacoast.
4. (a) Name the five chief foodstuffs and the five chief raw materials for manu-
facture imported by Great Britain, and state from what part of the
British Empire each comes in the greatest abundance, (b) Name four
chief manufactured products exported by Great Britain to Canada,
and in each case name a large city in Great Britain manufacturing the
jiroduct mentioned.
5. Give, in order of importance, the seven provinces of Canada that lead in the
production of fish, and name the three chief varieties caught in each.
6. Sketch a map of the Atlantic Ocean north of the Equator, locating Halifax,
St. John, Sydney, New York, Boston, Portland, Liverpool, Bristol,
Gibraltar, Lisbon, Bordeaux, and Bermudas.
7. Name and locate in each' case two chief places in Canada engaged in the
production of flour, steel, paper, cottons, sugar, salt, and boots and
shoes.
8. What, where and for what noted are : Drummondville, Kitchener, Revelstoke,
Levis, Gowganda, Kenora, BaniT, Lethbridge, Tadoussac, and Spring-
hill.
9. What waters are connected, and what lands are separated, by each of the
following straits and channels: Gibraltar, Dover, The Sound, St.
George's, North, Belle Lsle, Canso, Davis, Northumberland, and Juan
de Fuca.
92 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
HISTORY.
Time: 2 hours.
Values.
20 1. Write brief notes (not more than five lines each) on any five of the
following: Daniel O'Connell, William Lyon Mackenzie, Mirabeau,
Lord Salisbury, Marshall Ney, Lord Elgin, and George Canning.
16 2. Name the Province in which you live, and tell how its revenue for
purely Provincial purposes is obtained; or
Enumerate the chief sources of the revenue raised in Canada for
Federal purposes.
16 3. Tabulate in concise form the chief causes that led to the Lower Canada
Rebellion in 1837-38. Give a very brief account of the events of
1837 in that Province.
16 4. Describe as clearly as j-ou can the existing situation in regard to Home
Rule in Ireland; or
Write a note on Irish emigration, giving the underlying causes, the
chief periods of emigration, and the parts of the world
most affected bj- this emigration.
16 5. Outline the struggle to secure responsible government in any one of the
foUo'R-ing: Upper Canada, Lower Canada, Nova Scotia. In your
opinion, what date definitely fixes the securing of this form of
government for the Canadas? Why?
16 6. Explain the following: customs duty, excise duty, preferential tariff,
revenue cutter, contraband of war, interned, running a blockade,
admiralty prize court; or
Outline brieflj' the system of government as it existed in Quebec
under the French regime about 1725.
100
CiriL SERVICE C031MISSI0N 93
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
SHORTHAND.
Time allowed for transcription of notes: l}'^ hours.
Eighty Words per Minute.
Value— 100.
The people of Canada were beginning to think of drawing their money out
of the banks in gold. We were | threatened with a condition that might have
produced a panic which would almost have paralysed the energies of Canada
in I this war. We were obliged to prevent the exportation and hoarding of
gold. We were obliged to make bank notes | good legal tender. We were
obliged to provide that Dominion notes need not be redeemed in gold. These
measures were | accepted by the country. Then, we were faced almost immedi-
ately afterwards with another very serious problem. The revenues of this |
country had fallen enormously immediately after the outbreak of the war.
Trade was almost paralysed; importation almost stopped, and exportation | as
well, and then we found ourselves confronted with a very serious condition in a
very large district in Western | Canada. There was this condition confronting
us: the revenues of the country were shot to pieces on the one hand, | and on
the other hand there was the need for some assistance to the people in that
unfortunate district. We had the alternative, to display a lack of courage
and to say that, confronted by a war such as was | upon us, with reduced
revenues, it would be impossible for the Government to do anything or to attack
the problem | in a courageous waj^; or we had the other alternative of doing
what we could to relieve the situation, j
One Hundred Words per Minute.
Canada has been particularly fortunate in the character of those who have
been selected to be the representatives of the royal authority. They have all
I been men of great eminence, whether eminence by character or eminence by
ability, and most of them have been eminent for both ability and character. |
It is due to those who have occupied that high office to say, when they had
fulfilled their term and the time came for them | to sever their connection with
us, they carried with them the gratitude, the esteem, the respect of all classes
of the community. But no Governor | General who ever left our shores was
followed with so much of the blessings and the affection of the people of Canada
as was His | Royal Highness the Duke of Connaught. Undoubtedly, the peculiar
enthusiasm Math which he was received by us when he came to preside over
the destinies | of Canada was due to the fact that he belonged to the Royal
Family. But he earned the gratitude and respect of the Canadian people | by
his own personal qualities; his devotion to duty; his high sense of honour;
his simple, affable jnanners; his straightforward, democratic ways. And if
the I whole truth is to be told, I believe everybody will agree with me, that in
the impression which he made in Canada he himself was | not the sole factor;
a great deal was due also to his gracious consort, a lady who, in her high station,
gave, during the time | she was with us, an example of those exalted virtues
ever dear to the British heart. It is said that when asked to become Governor, |
he hesitated, and that he accepted the office for a period of not more than two
years. His stay was probably prolonged by the. war. |
94 CIV [I. SEKMCt: rOMMlSSIOX
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SPELLING AND DICTATION.
Spelling.
The paper set is that given on page 83.
Dictation.
The paper set is that given on page 84.
TYPEWRITING.
Time: 30 minutes.
Value— 100.
Copy the following:
Nearly fifty years ago the first Parliament of the Dominion assembled-
In it were the statesmen who had brought under one government Ontario,
Quebec, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. These men, Macdonald, Brown,
Cartier, Tupper and others, whose loyalty, determination and courage laid
the foundation of the present Great Dominion, have been justified in their
work by the growth, solidity and importance of this country. Confederation
saw four provinces, with little common interest except loyalty to the Crown,
brought into union; a half century has passed and the Canada of 1867 is now a
mighty empire, stretching from the Atlantic to the Pacific, one-half of North
America, comprising all the British possessions on this continent except New-
foundland.
The fathers of Confederation laid the foundation of a vaster country than
they believed possible at the time. Then Canada was a colony of Great Britain;
to-day she is a partner in world affairs, whether of peace or war.
A little over fifty years ago representatives from the four provinces met
to consummate Confederation. Then there were doubts as to the stability
of the proposed union; even as to the worth of overseas Dominions to the Empire.
What a change in fifty years! Within a few weeks there will be another con-
ference in London, when representatives from the overseas Dominions will
sit in the councils of the Empire determining the best policy to pursue to win
victory in the great world's war, and with that victory the preservation and
strengthening of the bonds of empire. What Imperial or Colonial statesmen
in 1867 would have even dreamed that within such a brief period the overseas
Dominions could have won a partnership in the great British Empire?
The following table shows the properties purchased: —
Vendors. Price. Interest.
Mrs. Campbell $16,500.00 $ 655.00
Mrs. Benneast ' 5,100.00 202.46
James McKay 6,500.00 257.62
C.Grossman 6,787.00 139.66
Mrs. Ireland 4,200.00 166.65
Mrs. Beelamy 6,787.00 269.44
John McLeod 7,250.00
James Kerr 7,000.00 273.41
Mrs. Muir 10,250.00
Mrs. McSpadden 122,700.00 4,991.85
$193,074.00 $ 6,956.09
ririL SERVICE COMMISSION 95
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
A Disabled Soldiers' Training Board consists of a member of the Provincial
Commission, a vocational officer and a medical man. The duties of this Board
are:
(a) To consider all cases which, in the light of the medical reports, appear
to be subjects for special training, and to report upon each, with suitable recom-
mendations, to the Military Hospitals Commission.
(b) To consider from time to time reports of the progress of men under-
going training, and to make recommendations as to change of treatment or
of training, or its discontinuance.
Each Provincial Employment Commission has been asked to nominate
suitable persons to act as an advisory committee on the training of disabled
soldiers who are eligible for re-education. The personnel of this advisory
committee includes, in most instances, some person acquainted with the pro-
cesses of education, an agricultural educationalist, an employer, and a labour
representative.
The duties of the Provincial Advisory Committee may be summarized as
follows: —
(a) To prepare, with the assistance of the vocational officer, schemes of
instructions in general subjects and elementary vocational training in, or in '
connection with, the convalescent homes or hospitals of the province.
(b) To organize and carry out schemes as may be approved.
(c) To maintain a regular inspection, preferably through the vocational
officer, of all instruction being carried on.
(d) To make a survey of the facilities at present, and from time to time,
available for vocational training in public educational institutions and private
workshops, farms, etc.
(e) To assist the Employment Commission by providing definite informa-
tion as to the training received by men who desire assistance in obtaining
employment.
(f) To appoint or approve local sub-committees on training in connection
with local employment committees in centres where it appears necessary to
have such committees.
(g) Generally, to advise and assist in the training of returned soldiers in
every possible way.
TRANSCRIPTION AND WRITING.
Time: 1 hour.
Value — 50 for each.
The candidate is required to make a neat, clean and correct copy of the
manuscript handed to him with this slip, writing out all abbrevations at full
length, and correcting any misspellings. The words scored through are to be
omitted, and the interlineations and the marginal and other additions are to
be inserted in their proper places as indicated. All changes or corrections,
other than these, will be counted as errors. This paper will be taken as a test
of writing also.
96 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
,^i^ -C-t-Xy
A*^
/*v
^^ J^cuuJ-- ytrjd eC^x^U^^ e-u-iA^;^:£jL /i-^Ji^j '^CttAt
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSIO^^ 97
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
31—7
98 riTlL .iERTICE COMMIS.^IOX
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
(8) Competitive Examination for Positions in Subdivision B of the
Second Division, Inside Service, May, 1917.
ALGEBRA.
Time: 2^ hours.
Note. — Seven questions only are to be attempted.
Value— 100.
1. Simplify
(a)
a r2c-3a f a-2c /„ 3a + c\l"|
(b) "-7a^ ^ ^1 + i- V
2. Express, as the product of four factors, each of the following expressions: — ■
(a) 3(6x2+5x)2- 10(6:124.5^) _8;
(b) (a-b) {¥-c^)-ia^-¥) {b-c).
3. Solve the equations:
(a) -+^ = 2|
(6) x^ — xy = Sx+S
xy-y- = 8y-Q.
4. (a) Find a number of two digits such that if the number is divided by the
product of its digits the quotient is 65, and such that if 9 is substracted
from the original number the order of the digits is reversed?
(6) If Va; varies as -y/y, and if a; = 4 when y = 64, what will be the value
of x when y has the value 27?
5. (a) Find the equation w^hose roots are the reciprocals of the roots of the
equation 5.T- — 20x+17 = 0.
(&) Prove that the roots of the equation (g- — 4p)-).x2+4(p+?-).T — 4 = 0 are
real for all values of p, q, r, positive and negative.
6. (a) In an arithmetical progression there are 21 terms. The sum of the three
middle terms is 129; and the sum of the last three terms is 237. Find
the progression.
(6) If a, b, c are three numbers in geometrical progression, prove that
7. Find the square roots of:
, , „ 6x 2a , a^, Gx^
^^) ^-T-3:^ + 9^+^'
(6) 19-4 V 12.
CIVIL S'ERVICE COMMISSION 99
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
8. (a) Numbers are formed by WTiting the six digits, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 in every
possible order. How many of these numbers are greater than 560,000?
(b) From an assembly consisting of 12 Conservatives and 9 Liberals, in
how many waj's can a committee of six be chosen so as to contain
not more than two Liberals?
9. (a) Expand (1 — 2x')' as far as the fourth term, and simplify the result.
(b) In the expansion of (l+x)""^" show that the coefficient of a;™ and x"
are equal. Find the numerical value of this coefficient when m = 3 and
n = 9.
10. (n) Show that log a Mq = - log a M.
(b) Find the fifth root of 0-01008, having given
log 2 = 0-3010300, log 30 = 1-4771213,
log 70 = 1 ■ 8450980, log 398 • 742 = 2 • 600692 1 .
arith:\ietic.
Time: 2J hours.
Note. — Six questions only are to be attempted. The details of the work
must be given .
Value— 100.
1. Reduce ^ ^ , — ^'J^^^ ^^ to its simplest form.
2. Compute the value of -—^ — - + —rp. — i- correct to four decimal places .
Vo + 1 \ z - 1
3. The present worth of a bill of S442.75 is $385. Find how long the bill has
to run at 4| per cent per annum, simple interest.
4. By selling a carriage for $73.15 I should lose 5 per cent. At what price must
I sell it to gain 15 per cent.
5. Find the compound interest on $8,750 for If years at 3J per cent per annum,
payable half-yearly.
6. A person finds that he can obtain $25 more per annum by investing in 3^ per
cent stock at 96 than in 3 per cent stock at 88. How much has he to
invest?
7. A could do a certain piece of work by himself in 24 days, and B could do it
by himself in 36 daj's. If after A has worked at it 14 days B joins him,
and they both work together, how' soon will it be finished?
8. A merchant who sold his goods at a profit of 10 per cent found that when he
allowed 2| per cent discount off his selling price, his business increased
by one-third. Find whether his total profits were increased or diminished
by adopting this plan, and in what proportion.
9. What will be the length of fence required to enclose a circular field of 3y acres?
10. Find to the nearest ton what weight of stone will be required to line a semi-
cylindrical tunnel 30 feet in internal diameter and 120 yards long. The
lining is to be 15 inches thick, and 4 per cent of the volume of the lining
is to be deducted for cement. _ One cubic foot of the stone employed
weighs 170 lbs.
31— 7i
100 cirri S'ERYWE COJ/.V/S.S'/O.V
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
BIOLOGY.
Time: 2| hours.
Note. — Seven questions only are to be attempted: four in the first section
and three in the second.
BOTANY.
Value— 100.
1. Give an account of the structure and the functions of leaves.
2. Compare underground stems with roots.
3. Describe the reserve food-materials found in seeds.
4. Write the life-history of a horsetail (Equisetnm).
5. Discuss the decomposition of organic matter in the soil, and its relation to
agriculture.
6. Write short descriptions of three Canadian plants, no two of which belong
to the same family.
ZOOLOGY.
1. Describe the chief featm^es of the skeleton in any common fish.
2. In what respects does the digestive system of a bird differ from that of a
mammal, and how are these differences explained on a basis of habit?
3. Describe the gills and circulation of the blood in the fresh-water mussel.
Why is respiration an important function?
4. Describe the plan of segmentation in the common earthworm, mentioning
those organs of the body to which the segmental arrangement does
not apply.
5. Discuss the importance of the conservation of wild life in Canada.
BOOK-KEEPING.
The paper set is that given on page 89.
CHEMISTRY.
Time: 2| hours.
Note.- — Seven questions only are to be attempted. All definite chemical
reactions should be expressed by equations.
Value— 100.
1. What is meant by reversible reaction? Tell what you know about chemical
equilibrium and the laws which govern it.
2. What is a normal solution? How do you prepare such a solution? What
weight do you use of the following substances when j^ou make a litre
' of a normal solution of them: hydrochloric acid (HCl); sulphuric
acid (H2SO4); sodium chloride (NaCl); calcium hvdrate (Ca(0H)2.
Atomic weights: H = l-008; 0 = 16; Cl=35-46; Na = 23; S=32-06;
Ca = 4007.
3. From what source is phosphorus obtained? By what process?
^^ ' 4. For what reasons do you consider the air as a mixture and not a compound?
1?
CIVIL SERTICE OOMMISSWy 101
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
5. How do you prepare sulphuric acid (a) in the laboratory, (b) industrially?
6. What are the chemical products of the dry distillation of wood? What do
j'ou know about methyl alcohol ?
7. What is saponification? Write an equation to illustrate reactions of this
type.
8. In what group of organic compounds do you place starch? What bodies
contain it in nature? What is the action when it is boiled with dilute
acid?
9. Describe practical means of preparing acetylene? What are its properties
and uses?
10. I wish to prepare 200 litres of hydrogen bromide. How much bromine and
phosphorus must I use?
PBr3+3H20 = P03H3+3HBr.
P = 3104; Br = 79-92.
COMPOSITION.
Time: 3 hours.
Note. — Candidates are advised to give attention to their writing.
Values.
30 1. Write an essay of at least five paragraphs on one of the following
subjects: —
(a) Canada's Jubilee, 1867 to 1917.
(6) A Description of One of the Naval Engagements of the War.
(c) A Week on the Farm.
(rf) Aerial Navigation.
10 2. Write in correct form a note of apology to a friend for failing to keep
an appointment.
15 3. Criticise the construction of the following sentences, and rewrite in
improved form: —
(a) For thou art a girl as much brighter than her.
As he is a poet sublimer than me.
(6) He preferred to know the worst than to dream the best.
(c) He brought a picture under his arm which he asked permission
to exhibit.
(d) 1 will have great pleasure in accepting your invitation.
(e) The manager is one of those who never interferes in matters
which he has no control over.
10 4. Give the literal meaning of the following derivative words, that is,
show by your definitions that you know what the prefixes and
affixes mean: — submarine, immigration, co-operate, bullock, trans-
port, precaution, insecurity, recolonize, unspeakable, gosling.
35 5. Write in concise form the gist of the following communication. Give
a heading or title to each of your paragraphs. The synopsis
should contain all the salient points, and nothing that is unim-
portant.
The Government of the King, which has associated itself with the answer
handed by the President of the French Council to the American Ambassador
on behalf of all, is particularly desirous of paying tribute to the sentiment of
102 CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
humanity which prompted the President of the United States to send his note
to the belligerent powers, and it highly esteems the friendship expressed for
Belgium through his kindly intermediation. It desires as much as Mr. Woodrow
Wilson to see the present war ended as soon as possible.
But the President seems to believe that the statesmen of the two opposing
camps pursue the same objects of war. The example of Belgium unfortunately
demonstrates that this is in no wise the fact. Belgium has never, like the
Central Powers, aimed at conquests. The barbarous fashion in which the
German Government has treated, and is still treating, the Belgian Nation
does not permit the supposition that Germany will preoccupy herself with
guaranteeing in the future the rights of the weak nations which she has not
ceased to trample under foot since the war, let loose by her, began to desolate
Europe. On the other hand, the Government of the King has noted with pleasure
and with confidence the assurances that the United States is impatient to co-
operate in the measures which will be taken after the conclusion of peace, to
protect and guarantee the small nations against violence and oppression.
Previous to the German ultimatum, Belgium only aspired to live upon
good terms with all her neighbours; she practised with scrupulous loyalty towards
each one of them the duties imposed by her neutrality. In the same manner
she has been rewarded by Germany for the confidence she placed in her.
Through her, from one day to the other, without any plausible reason, her
neutrality was violated, and the Chancellor of the Empire, when announcing
to the Reichstag this violation of right and of treaties, was obliged to recognize
the iniquity of such an act and to predetermine that it would be repaired.
But the Germans, after the occupation of Belgian territory, displaj'ed
no better observance of the rules of international law or the stipulations of the
Hague Convention. They have, by taxation, as heavy as it is arbitrary, drained
the resources of the country; they have intentionally ruined its industries,
destroyed whole cities, put to death and imprisoned a considerable number
of inhabitants. Even now, while they are loudly proclaiming their desire
to put an end to the horrors of war, they increase the rigours of the occupation
by deporting into servitude Belgian workmen by the thousands.
If there is a country which has a right to say that it has taken up arms to
defend its existence, it is assuredly Belgium. Compelled to fight or to submit
to shame, she passionately desires that an end be brought to the unprecedented
sufferings of her population. But she could only accept a peace which would
assure her, as well as equitable reparation, security and guarantees for the future.
The American people, since the beginning of the war, have manifested for
the Belgian nation its most ardent sympathy. It is an American committee,
the Committee for Relief in Belgium, which, in close union with the Government
of the King and the National Committee, displays, an untiring devotion and
marvellous activity in revictualling Belgium. The Government of the King
is happy to avail itself of this opportunity to express its profound gratitude
to the Commission for Relief as well as to the generous Americans eager to
relieve the misery of the Belgian population. Finally, nowhere more than
in the United States have the abductions and deportations of Belgian civilians
provoked such a spontaneous movement of protest, action and indignant reproof.
These facts, entirely to the honour of the American nation, allow the Govern-
ment of the King to entertain the legitimate hope that at the time of the defin-
itive settlement of the war, the voice of the Entente powers will find in the
United States a unanimous echo to claim in favour of the Belgian nation, inno-
cent victim of German ambition and covetousness, the rank and the place
which its irreproachable past, the valour of its soldiers, its fidelity to honour,
and its remarkable faculties for work assigned to it among the civilized nations.
CITIL SERVICE COilMISSIOX 103
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
ECONOMICS.
Time: 2| hours.
Note. — Six questions only are to be attempted.
Value— 100.
1. (a) Define Land, Capital, Labour. (6) What arguments for and against
including land and capital in the same category? (c) Do commodities
have value because they embody labour, or does labour derive its value
from the commodities it helps to produce?
2. Explain the banking facilities which the new Federal Reserve Banks of the
United States are meant to provide, and compare wath the manner in
which similar needs are provided for by Canadian banks .
3. Have the experiences of the war tended to strengthen or to weaken the
arguments for increased governmental regulation, supervision, or
control, of industrial and commercial enterprises? Discuss.
4. (a) From what sources and on what terms are the farmers of Canada securing
short-term and long-term credit? (6) What additional facilities in
rural credits have the Provinces of Manitoba and Saskatchewan sought
to provide?
5. (a) What are the main axes emploj'ed in the different Provinces for raising
municipal revenues? (6) Do the experiences of our western cities
justify the use of the " single " land tax for municipa' taxation?
6. Outline the methods employed in recent Canadian and British war finance,
(a) in the way of increased taxation, and (6) in public borrowing.
7. (a) Explain the methods employed by our Labour Department to measure
increase or decrease in cost of living, (b) Indicate the advance of
prices in Canada since the beginning of the war and compare with
advance in other countries, and give the causes, (c) What is meant
by the quantitj- theorj' of money? Applj- it to this problem of advanc-
ing prices.
8. Why was it that the London Stock Exchange, the mechanism of inter-
national trade and the banking system of England were so embarrassed
by the war, and how did the Imperial Government come to their relief?
9. (a)For the fiscal vear of 1915 Canada imported gold coin and bullion to the
value of $131,992,992. Why? and whence? (6) In the calendar vear
1915 the United States imported gold to the value of $451,954,590, and
for the year of 1916 to the amount of $685,990,234. Account for this
great increase of gold and indicate the use being made of it, and its
effect upon prices and foreign trade.
104 CIVIL SEHriCE COMMhSiHOy
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
10. For the last four calendar years the foreign trade of Canada (merchandise)
is as follows: —
Imports. Exports. Balance.
1913 $678,169,442 .? 460,519,246 -S217,650,196
1914 481,319,309 428,315,512 -$52,007,797
1915 450,547,774 653,488,412 +$202,940,638
1916 776,731,891 1,112,244,002 +$347,713,111
(a) Account for the drop in imports after 1913, and for the recent great
increase in exports, (b) What are our main markets, and what are the
chief articles of export that have brought about our increase in trade?
(c) How were we setthng our balance in 1913, and what are we doing
with our balance now?
FRENCH AND ENGLISH.
Value— 100.
1. Translate into French:
AVhile an author is Hving, it is not extraordinary that mankind should form
an erroneous estimate of his works. The influence which prejudice and partiality
often possess over the minds of his contemporaries, is incompatible with a
correct decision of his merits. It is not until time has effaced the recollection of
party feelings, when the virtues and foibles of the man are forgotten, an 1 the
warm emotions of friendship or resentment are no longer felt, that the merit of
an author can be ia'iAy ascertained. So variable is public opinion, which is often
formed without examination, and liable to be warped by caprice, that works of
real merit are frequently' left for posterity to discover and admire, while the
pompous efforts of impertinence and folly are the wonders of the age. The
gigantic genius of Shakespeare so far surpassed the learning and penetration of
his times, that his productions were then little read and less admired.
2. Translate into English:
On aurait beau dire que la politesse n'est qu'une enveloppe, une ecorce dont
Tabsence n'implique pas essentiellement un vice du cceur, cette enveloppe, cette
ecorce est necessaire dans la societe pour eviter les froissements qui peuvent se
produire soit entre les personnes ordinairement etrangeres les unes aux autres,
soit entre des membres de meme famille. Les hommes en societe sont ainsi
faits; nos theories ne les changent pas. Les plus belles, les plus pures qualites
poiuraient etre meconnues et meme importunes si ceux qui les possedent, se
confiant dans I'excellence du fond, negligeaient la forme. II n'est pas permis
de parler sechement en disant des choses justes, ni de faire du bieu avec des
manieres blessantes. La vraie politesse ne consiste pas simplement dans un
attachement rigoureux aux formules ceremonieuses; elle consiste dans I'etude
delicate des sentiments d'autrui et dans les egards soigneusement accordes a ces
sentiments.
3. Write a French Composition {about 200 words) on oxe of the following subjects:-
Description of a Storm.
The Value of Time.
On Literary Evils.
CIVIL SERTWE COMMISSION
105
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
GEOGRAPHY.
Time: 2| hours.
Values.
5 1.
6
2.
6
6
10
3.
10
10
a.
a) Explain fully how by burning damp straw a light frost may lie
prevented from injuring young crops or fruit-blossoms.
b) How is the water-supply of a country affected by the destruction
of the forests? Explain fully.
c) What is the " Laurentian penneplain "? Explain each of the two
words in this connection.
a) Name the six largest lakes of Canada west of Lake Superior.
b) Name the six principal rivers of New Brunswick or the six principal
rivers of Manitoba. (Only one province to be taken.)
c) Name the six largest cities or towns of Canada east of Montreal.
a) Describe the position on the map of any five of the following:
Athabasca Landing, Beaufort Sea, Bras d'Or Lake, Hamilton
Iblet, Marble Island, Michipicaten Island, Picton, Lake St.
Peter.
b) Describe the boundaries of the Province of Ontario.
a) Name five of the National Parks of Canada, giving the position of
each on the map.
b) Name the four principal canals of Canada otlier than those along
the St. Lawrence River, and state what natural obstacle to
navigation was avoided in each case.
c) What are the principal kinds of fish caught or sold in Canada, and
in what waters is each kind chiefly found?
a) Name the five principal colonies lost by Germany during the
present war.
6) Name the countries of Europe that are still neutral in the war, and
describe their position on the map.
c) Name the six principal cities or to\vns of the North of England.
106 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 19*8
GEOLOGY.
Time : 2h hours.
Note. — Not more than six questions are to be attempted. The first two ques-
tions must be answered. Four of the remaining questions (3 to 8)
are to be answered. Be careful to answer separately the different
parts of the questions.
Values.
16 1. State the chemical composition, the crystal form, the colour, and the
economic uses of each of the following minerals: (a) Pyrite,
(h) Ortholclase, (c) Cassiterite, (rf) ^Magnetite.
16 2. (a) Name and state the mineral composition of two rocks that might
occur in a batholith.
(b) Name and state the mineral composition of two rocks that might
occur in a dyke.
(c) Name and describe one metamorphic rock.
17 3. (o) Give proofs of the secular elevation of land: (i) In Post-Glacial
time; (ii) in remote geological time.
(b) State some evidence of the degradation of land which you have
observed yourself.
17 4. (a) What rocks are characteristic of each of the following subdivisions
of the Pre-Cambrian: Laurentian, Grenville, Keeweenan?
(6) State definitely one localitj' of occurrence in Canada of each of
these formations.
17 5. (a) Name tico phyla (branches) .of Invertebrate fossils that you would
consider as of especial value in stratigraphic geology.
(b) Gr\-e full reasons for j'our selection.
(c) Name two phyla of little stratigraphic value.
(d) Give full reasons for your selection.
17 6. (a) To what systems do the rocks of the Rocky Mountains proper
belong?
(b) When and in what manner were these ranges formed?
(c) Name the chief passes through these ranges, and state the railway
or railways which make use of each.
17 7. (a) Name some typical Cretaceous fossils.
(b) Indicate the geographical distribution of Cretaceous rocks in
Canada.
(c) What economic products are obtained from these rocks?
17 8. Explain fully wh.y Canada is indebted to the Glacial Age for the follow-
ing:—
(a) Water-powers.
(6) Gravel beds far from existing waters.
(c) The eas3' gradient of the National Transcontinental Railway
through northern Quebec and Ontario. -
CIYIL SERVICE COMMISSION . 107
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
GEOMETRY.
Time: 2^ hours.
Note. — Not more than seven questions are to be attempted.
Value-
1. (a
(b
2. (a
(b
3. (a
(b
4. {a
5. (a
{b
6. (a
ib
7. (a
{b
8. {a
{b
9. (a
(6
10. (ff
{b
-100.
If two angles and a side of one triangle are equal respectively to two
angles and the corresponding side of another triangle, the triangles
are equal in all respects.
If two isosceles triangles are erected on the same or opposite sides of
a common base, prove that the line joining the vertices bisects the
vertical angles of the triangles, and is perpendicular to and bisects
the common base.
A quadrilateral which has two opposite sides equal and parallel must be a
parallelogram.
ABCD is a parallelogram, and X, Y are the middle points of the sides AD,
BC. If Z is a point on XY, or XY produced, show that the triangle
AZB is one-quarter of the parallelogram ABCD.
Prove that triangles on the same base and between the same parallels
are equal in area. What is this area in terms of the length of the base
and the distance apart of the parallels?
Bisect a triangle by a straight line passing through a given point in
one of its sides.
The sum of the squares on two sides of a triangle is equal to twice the
square on half the base together with twice the square on the median
to the base.
In any quadrilateral the sum of the squares on the sides equals the sum
of the squares on tiie diagonals together with four times the square
on the line joining the middle points of the diagonals.
Equal chords of a circle are equidistant from the centre.
In a given circle draw a chord which shall be equal in length to one given
straight line (not greater than the diameter) and parallel to another.
The opposite angles of any quadrilateral inscribed in a circle are together
equal to two right angles.
ABC is a triangle. P, Q, R are points on BC, CA, AB, respectively.
Show that the circles described about the triangles AQR, BRP and
CPQ meet in a point.
Construct a square equal in area to a given rectangle.
Describe a circle to touch a given circle, and to touch a given straight
line at a given point.
To describe the escribed circle of the triangle ABC which touches the
side BC and the other two sides produced.
Derive an expression for the radius of the escribed circle in terms of
the sides and the area of the triangle.
The areas of similar triangles are proportional to the squares on corres-
ponding sides.
ABC and ADE are secants to a circle from a point A outside the circle.
A ABE BE2
Show that = ■.
A ADC DC^
If from the vertical angle of a triangle a straight line is drawn perpendic-
ular to the base, the rectangle contained by the sides of the triangle
is equal to the rectangle contained by the perpendicular and the
diameter of the circumcircle.
Construct a triangle, having given the base, the vertical angle and the
rectangle contained by the sides.
108 CIVIL S'ERYICE COM MI 8 81 ON
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
MODERN HISTORY.
Time: 2| hours.
Value— 100.
Note. — Six questions only are to be attempted.
1. Explain how the war began which resulted in the first siege of Louisbourg,
and how it ended.
2. Outline the career of William Pitt, Earl of Chatham.
3. Explain how the first Republic came to be founded in France, and why the
King was executed.
4. Why was the Peace of Amiens not endiu-ing?
■5. Why did Napoleon fall?
6. How did Free Trade come about in England?
7. Why did Canada not join the revolted Colonies in the American Revolution?
8. On what would you base the claim that Montcalm was a great general?
9. Indicate the place of Simcoe in the history of Upper Canada.
10. Explain the circumstances which brought Manitoba and British Columbia
into the Canadian federation.
LATIN.
Note. — Candidates will translate two only of the three following extracts,
answering the questions appended to the extracts selected.
Value— 100.
Translate:
I. Labienus etiam, cum Caesaris copias despiceret et Pompei consilium
laudaret, "Noli", inquit, "existimare, Pompei, hunc esse exercitum, qui Galliam,
Germaniamque vicerit. Omnibus interfui proeliis neque temere incognitam
rem pronuntio. Minima pars illius exercitus superest: magna pars periit, quod
accidere tot proeliis necesse fuit; multos pcstilentia consumpsit, multi domum
discesserunt, nmlti sunt relicti in Italia. An non audistis ex eis, qui per causam
valetudinis remanserunt, cohortes Brmidisi esse factas? Ac tamen quod fuit
roboris duobus proeliis superioribus interiit." Haec, cum dixisset, iuravit se
nisi victorem in castra non reversurum, reliquosque ut idem facerent, hortatus
est..
(a) Parse, giving the principal parts of the verbs: periit, audistis, reman-
serunt, reversurum. (b) Explain the term cohors. (c) What mood is vicerit,
and why? (d) What case is proeliis {omnibus interfui proeliis), and why?
(e) What ca-se is Brundisif
II. Hac re audita, barbarus, nihil doli subesse ratus, postridie loco sibi a
benissimo, hostibus opportunissimo, adeo angusto mari conflixit, ut eius multi-
tude navium explicari (explicare =to deploy into line) non potuerit. Victus
ergo est magis consilio Themistoclis quam arrais Graeciae. Hie quamquam
male rem gesserat, tamen tantas habebat copias relictas, ut etiam cum his
superare posset hostes. Itaque Themistocles veritus ne bellare perseveraret,
certiorem eum fecit id agi, ut pons, quern ille in Hellesponto fecerat, dissolve-
retur, ac reditu in Asiam excluderetur, idque ei persuasit. Itaque in Asiam
reversus est seque a Themistocle non superatum sed conservatum judicavit.
CIVIL SERriCE COMMISSION 109
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
(a) Parse, giving the principal parts of the verbs: ratus, conflixil, gesserat,
dissolveretur. (b) What kind of genitive is doli? (c) Comment on the mood of
fecerat. (d) What kind of ablative is consilio? (e) What is the accusative
singular of mari?
III. Aeneas scopulum interea conscendit et omnem
Prospectum late pelago petit, Anthea si quem
lactatum vento videat Phrj^giasque biremes,
Aut Capyn, aut celsis in puppibus arma Caici.
Navem in conspectu nullam, tres litore cervos
Prospicit errantes; hos tota armenta sequuntur
A tergo, et longum per valles pascitur agmen.
Constitit hie arcumque manu celeresque sagittas
Corripuit, fidus quae tela gerebat Achates,
Ductoresque ipsos primum, capita alta ferentes
Cornibus arboreis, sternit, turn vulgus et omnem
Miscet agens telis nemora inter frondea turbam.
(a) Parse, giving the principal parts of the verbs: pascitur, constitit, corri-
puit, gerebat, nemora. (6) Comment on the termination of the accusative Anthea
(c) Comment on the use of quem in 1. 2. (d) Scan. 1. 3.
W . Translate into Latin six only of the following sentences: —
1. With such words the generals used to exhort their men.
2. Let us enter the city in order that we may dwell there.
3. Have you not told all these things to your wise friends?
4. Csesar ordered the camp to be fortified with a rampart.
5. I am afraid that they may not come on the fifth day.
U. Having learnt these things, we retreated at once to Rome.
7. The lieutenant told the general that all our men had been killed.
8. He asked me when I had returned home.
9. If you send me the books, I shall read them with care.
10. To err is human, to forgive divine.
11. He is so foolish that he can never do a wise thing.
12. It is the duty of all citizens to fight bravely and spare the conquered.
\'. Candidates will attempt one only of these groups of questions:
A. (a) What do you mean by a semi-deponent verb? Give three examples,
(b) Give the genitive singular of: alter, senex, bos, respublica, dives; and the
genitive plural of: genus, ars. (c) Give Latin sentences illustrating the use
of the supine in -urn, and of the supine in -u. (d) Write the Latin for: //, 15,
28, 400.
B. (a) Give the comparative and superlative of: acer, plus, male. (6)
Distinguish in meaning between: quidam, quisquis, quisque, quisquam. (c)
What verbs in Latin govern the genitive? (d) Give the gender of: iter, fans,
pelagus, aestas. (e) Parse: esto, du.rere, superasset. Give three perfects in
Latin which have a present meaning.
C. (a) From what verbs do the following perfects come: quaesivi, questus
sum,finxi,fixi, vici, vixi, vinxi? (b) Write Latin sentences containing examples of:
ablative of manner, ablative of price, ablative of description, (c) What cases
do the following prepositions govern: ob, penes, coram? (d) Give the meaning
of the follo^\^ng nouns when thej' are used in the plural: finis, vis, littera, aedes.
110 CIYIL BERYICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
ENGLISH LAW.
Time: 2^ hoxirs.
Note. — Eight questions onlj- are to be attempted.
Value— 100.
1. Describe briefly the procedure relating to a preliminary enquiry held under
the provisions of the Criminal Code in the case of a person accused of
a crime.
2. Define (a) burglary, (b) house-breaking, (c) robbery.
3. What power have the Dominion Parliament and the provincial legislatures,
respectively, to legislate on the subject of education?
4. Indicate briefly to what extent the system of government established by
the British North America Act, 1867, is similar in principle to that of
the L-nited Kingdom, and to what extent it is similar in principle to
that of the United States of America.
5. B draws on A a bill of exchange payable to C at a named place three months
after date. C presents the bill, obtains A's acceptance, and endorses
and delivers the bill to D. D endorses and delivers the bill to E.
Explain brieflj- the rights and liabilities of A, B, C, D, and E, respec-
tively.
6. Define a cheque, and explain in what respects it differs from a bill of
exchange.
7. The Bank Act forbids a bank to lend money or make advances on the
security of anj' goods, wares and merchandise. Outline the exceptions
to this prohibition.
8. Explain what is meant by conditions and warranties, respectively, in
connection with a sale of goods. What are the remedies of the buyer
in case of breach?
9. What is stoppage in transituf How may the right be exercised? When
does the transit end for this purpose?
10. A and B carry on business as partners and become indebted to X. Then
B retires from the partnership. A and C form a partnership and agree
to paj' the debts of the old firm and to indemnifj^ B against liability
in respect of such debts. These facts become knowaii to X. Whom is
X entitled to sue for the debt? Reasons.
11. What is meant b}' the statement that an act or contract is ultra vires of a
company? Illustrate.
12. A company is incorporated with an authorized capital of $50,000, divided
into 500 shares. A desires to become a shareholder to the extent of ten
shares. In what ways can he do so? What will be the amount of his.
liability to the creditors of the company?
CiriL S-ERTICE COMMISSION 111
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
LITERATURE (ENGLISH).
Time: 2 J hours.
Note. — Candidates will take Question 9 and any five of the others.
Value— 100.
1. Write brief notes explaining the importance in English Literature of any three
of the following: John Wyclif, Sir John Mandeville, Sir Thomas More,
William Tyndale, Sir Thomas Malory, William Caxton.
2. Name three English dramatists contemporary with Shakespeare, and give a
brief sketch of the life and work of any one of them.
3. Tell briefly the story of Milton's life. Name his chief poems and prose works.
Give such an account of any one poem as would enable a person who
had not read it to get an adequate idea of its subject and style.
4. Name three poets and three prose writers who did- their chief work between
1660 and 1744. Give a list of the works of one from each group, with
brief explanatory notes on the chief works you mention.
5. Write explanatory and descriptive notes on any three of the following:
. Johnson's Dictionary, Percy's Reliques, Macpherson's Ossian, Richard-
son's Pamela, Thomson's The Seasons, and Swift's Gulliver's Travels.
6. Write notes on any two of the following, naming their chief works and
explaning their importance in English Literature: Coleridge, Charles
Lamb, De Quincey, Jane Austen, Hazlitt.
7. Name what you consider the four greatest poets and four greatest prose
writers (excluding novelists) of the Victorian Age. Describe o)ie
important work of one poet and one work of otie prose writer in your list.
8. Name five great novelists of the Victorian Age and two novels of each of
them. Give a brief sketch of the life of any one.
9. To Shakespeare, 1916.
With what white ivrath must turn thy bones.
What stern amazement flame thy dust,
To feel so near this England's heart
The outrage of the assassin's thrust.
But surely, too, thou art consoled, —
Who knewest thy stalwart breed so well, — •
To see us rise from sloth and go,
Plain and unbragging, through this hell.
And surely, too, thou art assured!
Hark how that grim and gathering beat
Draws upwards from the ends of earth — ■
The tramp, tramp of thy kindred's feet!
(a) Explain the italicised parts.
(6) What is the probable reference in lines 3 and 4?
(c) What appropriateness is there in a patriotic poem to Shakespeare, and
in the date 1916?
,12 CIVIL SERTICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 19:8
PHILOSOPHY (GENERAL).
Time: 2^ hours.
Note. — Seven questions only are to be attempted.
Value— 100.
1. What is meant by Methodical Doubt in the Philosophy of Descartes, and
how is it distinguished from the doubt of the Skeptics?
2. "That there is a God may be demonstrated solely from the consideration
that there is involved in our knowledge of Him the necessity of His
Being or existence." Explain the demonstration of the existence of
God to which Descartes here refers, and estimate its value.
3. Compare the main principles of Descartes and Spinoza.
4. "The Monads have no windows bj* which anji;hing can enter or emerge.'
Explain this saying. How does Leibnitz seek to show that his theory
of Monads proves the individuality of all real things?
5. State and examine the distinction drawn by Kant between the Categories
of the understanding and the Ideas of reason.
6. Illustrate "Weber's Law" by examples. How does Fechner interpret the
facts upon which it is based?
7. What is the relation of habits to the nerve-centres? How does an habitual
act differ from a purely voluntary act. Give some practical rules- for
the formation of new habits.
8. Distinguish between perception and sensation, and also between emotion
and instinct.
9. Discuss the problem as to the comparative value of the following theories
of punishment: the preventive theory, the reformatory theory, and the
retributive theory.
10. "The end of morality is pleasure." "To make pleasure the end is to destroy
morality." Contrast these two theories of conduct and give your own
. view.
11. What is the function in the moral life that great art subserves? Discuss
the view that the presentation of ideals is a "criticism of life."
PHYSTC^
Time: 2$ uours.
Note. — Eight questions only are to be attempted.
Value— 100.
1. Define the units dyne, gramme, foot-pound.
If one inch is equal to 2-54 centimetres, find the number of litres in one
cubic foot.
2. A straight, uniform le^er, whose length is 5 feet and weight 10 lb, has its
fulcrum at one end. Weights of 2 and 4 lb are fastened to it at distances
of 1 foot and 3 feet, respectively from ^h'? fulcrum, and it is kept
horizontal by a force at the other end. ^ ..A this force, and also the
reaction of the fulcrum.
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION - 113
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
3. Explain Ahai is meant by tliu parallelogram of forces.
The base of an inclined plane is 4 feet and the height 3 feet. A force of 8
lb weight parallel to the plane will just prevent a mass of 20 lb weight
from sliding down. Find the coefficient of friction.
4. Explain the principle of (1) a siphon and (2) a barometer.
A body of specific gravity 5 ■ weighs 20 grams in a vacuum. What will this
bod J' weigh when immersed in water?
5. What is meant by (1) boiling point, (2) latent heat of vaporisation, and (3)
relative humidity?
How would you show that heat is a form of energy?
Describe an experiment to illustrate (1) conduction, (2) convection, and (3)
radiation of heat.
6. If the weight of 1 litre of air at 0° C. and 76 cm. of mercury pressure be
1-293 grams, find the weight of air in a room 20 x 10 x 4 meters, when
the temperature is 15° C. and the pressure 74 cm. of mercury?
7. What is meant by refractive index?
An object 2 inches long is placed 8 inches in front of a convex lens of 4-inch
focal length. Find by means of a diagram the position and length of
the image.
8. What are some of the more common ocular defects? How may each of
them be remedied?
How would you show that it is possible to recombine light of different
colours in such a way as to produce white light?
9. Explain acoustical resonance, interference, and the production of heats.
A stretched string 4 feet long is in unison with a tuning-fork which vibrates
256 times a second. What will be the rate of vibration of the string
when it has been shortened 6 inches, the tension remaining the same?
10. What is meant by Magnetic Dip, and by Declination?
Make a sketch of the configuration of the lines of force for two bar magnets
(with poles marked) placed near each other in any relative position
you choose.
11. Describe some form of voltaic cell.
Explain the action of the astatic galvanometer.
What are Faraday's Laws of Electrolysis?
12. Explain what is meant by induced currents.
How would you use an induc+ion coil to produce cathode rays and Rontgen
rays?
POLITICAL SCIENCE.
Time: 2§ hours.
Note. — Five cjuestions onlv are to be attempted.
Value— 100.
1. Explain the terms: sovereignty; state; society; separation of powers; res-
ponsible government;- the referendum; laissez-faire; electoral college;
neutrality ; neutralization.
2. Describe the composi;"^"*^ and powers of the Cabinet in the United Kingdom
in normal times. ' What changes have recentlv been effected?
31— S
114 CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
3. Write brief notes on the following: —
Proportional Representation.
The Imperial Conference.
The Committee System in the French Parliament.
4. In what different ways ma.y constitutions be amended formally? In what
other ways may change come about? What is the method of formal
change in each of the following: the United Kingdom, France, the
United States, Australia, South Africa, Canada, a Canadian province?
5. Explain the terms : federal government ; unitary government ; parliamentary
or cabinet government; presidential or non-parliamentary government;
and classify any fifteen states of Europe and North America according
to these categories.
6. Write notes on the following, giving illustrations from the present war: —
Treaties of guarantee against invasion.
The authority of the rules of international law.
The Law of Contraband and the Doctrine of Continuous Voyage.
7. Outline the form of government of any two of the states of Continental
Europe.
8. What subjects are assigned to the Dominion in the division of legislative
powers, and what to the provinces? What are the portfolios in the
Dominion Government, and what are the chief duties assigned to each
minister?
9. What is meant by the principle of nationality? In what parts of Europe
is it not in force to-day? In what different ways could it be given
effect? What other considerations will have to be borne in mind
when the map of Europe is redrawn?
10. Write notes on any five of the following, stating the place autl period in
which each lived, naming his most important works and stating
briefly the theory or theories for which he is noted: Hobbes, Burke,
Rousseau, I\Iaine, Machiavelli, Spencer, Paine, Eocke.
SHORTHAND.
I
The paper set is that given on page 98.
SPELLING AND DICTATION.
Sr-ELLINC.
Time: 80 minutes.
Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 5 marks will be
deducted for every misspelled word in j'our copy.
Value — 50!
One of the first sirprises awaiting the turist from the Northren Hemisfere,
when he visits the remoat contenants of the Southren Pacific, is to find that
Australia and New Zealand may not be gruped as two ilands of like apperence,
differing nianely in size; near naibors whicli may be treated as a unit. New
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 115
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31
Zealand is nereh' twice as far from Austalia as Bermuda is from New York,
and in climat and vegatation the two dominions are as unlike as Norway and
South Carolina.
Australia is in no sense inferier to New Zealand in geografic intrest, but
lofty peeks, profound canions, and active volcanose, all found in New Zealand,
are lacking: its rivers are unimpresive, and its permenent lakes small and
few in number. Uneek vegatation of remarkible variaty and beuty, animal
life of by-gone geoUogieel pereods, and an aborigenel populashun, the lowest
in the skale of human beings, stand out as feetures distincly Australian. It
is the land of the strange and cureus, unlike any other on earth. Its isolation
has kept out the animals of other countries and allowed speces of old geoUogio
ages to persist: it has resulted also in the continuence of plant forms there
that have lost the race for existance in other contenants. The great animal
grupes which develloped in geoUogicel pereods before the land briges to other
countries had been di.stroyed, are reppresented in Australia.
Dictation.
Time: 30 minutes.
Note. — This paper should not be seen bj^ the candidates. The Examiner will
read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowly and distincth^
indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third
reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The
whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour.
\'alue — 50.
To untutored man, provided only with implements of stone, the facilities
presented by the great copper regions of Lake Superior for the beginnings of a
knowledge of mineralogy were peculiarly available. The water-worn stone
from the beach, patiently ground to an edge, made his axe and tomahawk;
the bones of the deer pointed his spear or were wrought into fish-hooks, and the
shale or Hint was chipped and ground into his arrow-head after a pattern used
in every primitive age. But besides such materials of universal occurrence,
the primitive occupant of the shores of Lake Superior found there a stone pos-
sessed of some very peculiar virtues. It could not only be wrought to an edge
without liability to fracture, but it was malleable, and could be hammereil
out into many new and convenient shapes. This was the copper, found in the
rocks of that region in inexhaustilile ciuantities in a pure metallic state. In
other rich mineral regions, as in those of Cornwall and Devon, the priiuipal
source of this metal is from ores, which require both labour and skill to fit them
for economic purposes. But in the copper region of Lake Superior, the native
metal occurs in enormous masses, weighing hundreds of tons; and loose blocks
have been found lying detached on the surface in sufficient quantities to supply
all the wants of the nomad hunter.
TYPEWRITING.
The paper set is that given on page 94.
8 GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 3
A. 1918
DEPARTMENT
Public Printing and Stationery
ANNUAL REPORT
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
1917
PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT
[No. 32—1918)
OTTAWA
J. DE LABROQUERIB TACH6
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1918
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918
To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc.,
etc., Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada.
Sir, — The undersigned has the honour to present to Your Excellency the
Annual Report of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery for the
year ended March 31, 1917.
I have the honour to be, sir,
Your Excellency's most obedient servant.
MARTIN BURRELL,
Secretary of State.
March, 1918.
32— U
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918
Ottawa, March, 1918.
Hon. Martin Burrbll,
Secretary of State.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit the Annual Report of the Department
of Public Printing and Stationery for the year ended March 31, 1917.
I have the honour to be, sir,
Your obedient servant,
J. DB L. TACHE,
King's Printer and Controller of Stationery.
Bcpartment of public printing anb ^tationerp
1914"
Eoll Of
1918
honour
EMPLOYEES
ENLISTED
FOR OVERSEAS MILITARY SERVICE
Name.
Rank.
Unit.
Annable, J. H.
Pte.
207th " Ottawa-Carleton " Batt.
Austin, W. N.
Pte.
257th Const. Batt.
(1) Archibald, W. G.
Gurmer
51st Battery, C.F.A.
Balcomb, George
Gunner
23rd Battery, C.F.A.
Balcomb, Wm.
Pte.
Ammunition Column.
(1) Baril, W.
Sgt.
5th C. F. Eng.
Batterton, Dora.
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
(3) Bergeron, M. A.
Lieut.
Reinforcing Draft, 22nd Batt.
(2) Bouchard, W. E.
Gunner
21st Battery, C.F.A.
(3) Boucher, Geo. John
Pte.
5th Div. Ammunition Column.
Boudreault, Emery
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
(3) Branch. Alfred W.
Pte.
38th " Royal Ottawa " Batt.
(1) Brien, Jos. H.
Pte.
257th Const. Batt.
(1) Brisebois, R.
Gunner
23rd Battery, C.F.A.
(1) Brule, Hector
Pte.
1st Batt.
(2) Budreo, R. C.
Pte.
207th " OttawaCarleton " Batt.
Bullis, E. J.
Pte.
80th Batt.
Burnett. William
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
(1) Bums, Gregory
Pte.
59th Batt.
(1) Butler, John
Gunner
23rd Battery, C.F.A.
(3) Butlin, Arthur
Bandsman
146th Batt.
Cain, Walter O.
Pte.
230th Forestry Batt.
Cain, Wm.
Pte.
257th Const. Batt.
Caimcross, Jas.
Trumpeter
8th C.M.R.
Carrier, Georges
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
(1) Chapdelaine, Aim*
Sub. Lieut.
Royal Flying Corps.
Cowtan, Chas.
Pte.
257th Const. Batt.
Cunningham, W. A.
Cpl.
C.A.S.C.
Curry. Stanley R.
Pte.
2nd Ottawa Depot Batt.
(4) Dagenais. H. A. R.
Lieut.
150th ■' Canadien-Francais " Batt.
CD DeMontigny, J. I. G.T
. Cpl.
22nd " Canadien-Francais " Batt.
(3) Dempsey, Wm.
Pte.
77th Batt.
DeNiverviUe. Albert
Sub. Lieut.
Royal Flying Corps.
(3) Depocas, Louis L.
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
DesriviSres, J. A.
Dvr.
Imperial Transport.
Doherty, W.
Pte.
77th Batt.
(3) (1) Donovan, W. J.
Sgt.
77th Batt.
Duval, Iren6
Sub. Lieut.
Royal Naval Air Service.
Foisy, Joseph
Gunner
74th Battery, C.F.A.
(1) Foley, J. H.
Lieut.
199th " Irish Rangers."
(1) Globensky, L. E. M.
Pte.
38th ■' Royal Ottawa " Batt.
Graham, Roland M.
Pte.
5th Div. Ammunition Column.
(1) Haydon, J. A. P.
Sgt.
77th Batt.
(3) Hazel, Wm. J.
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
Howe, Frederick H.
Pte.
1st Ontario Depot Batt.
Labelle, J. H.
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
Lamoureux, S. A.
Pte.
230th Forestry Batt.
Name.
Rank.
Unit.
(1)
Landles, Wm.
Pte.
Queen's Field Ambulance.
Langley, Harry
Pte.
257th Const. Batt.
Lapierre, A. J.
Pte.
224th Forestry Batt.
(2)
Leduc, Romuald
Sub. Lieut.
Royal Flying Corps.
Leek, John
Pte.
2S7th Const. Batt.
Lcfebvre, P. A.
Pte.
77th Batt.
Le Feuvre. S. G.
Pte.
238th Forestry Batt.
Lcmieux, Jos. A.
Pte.
224th Forestry Batt.
Macdonald, A. H.
Capt.
230th Forestry Batt.
Maloney, T. L.
Pte.
C.A.S.C.
(3)
Mann, J. H.
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
Meade, M. F.
Pte.
2S7th Const. Batt.
MUler, R. C.
Pte.
207th " Ottawa-Carleton " Batt.
(3) Montminy, Arcadius
Pte.
207th ■' Ottawa-Carleton " Batt.
Moreau, Joseph.
Gunner
74th Battery.
McCadden, T.
Pte.
77th Batt.
McCartney, S.
Pte.
238th Forestry Batt.
(3) (1)
McDonald, D.
Pte.
C.A.S.C.
(1)
McGovern, H. F.
Pte.
Remount Division.
(2)
McGovcrn, Wm. M.
Pte.
8th C.M.R.
(3)
McGuire, E. J.
Pte.
C.A.S.C.
McStravick, P.
Pte.
156th Batt.
O'Connor, P. J.
Pte.
5th Ammunition Column.
O'Neil, W.
Pte.
Ammunition Column.
(3)
Parent, Aristide
Pte.
230th Forestry Batt.
Parmelee, Rotus E.
Pte.
Engineers' Signal Corps.
Pasch, A. C.
Pte.
224th Forestry Batt.
(1)
Paynter, C. S.
Gunner
23rd Battery, C.F.A.
Paynter, J. J.
Sgt.
23rd Battery, C.F.A.
(3)
Price, C. J. F.
Lieut.
2 24th Forestry Batt.
Proulx, Gaston
Pte.
5th Div. Ammunition Column.
(1)
Rainey, C. E.
Sgt.
" Princess Patricia."
Ralph, Robert
Gunner
73rd Battery, C.F.A.
(3)
Richer, Hector
Pte.
230th (Voltigeurs) Batt.
Robertson, A. W.
Pte.
207th ■■ Ottawa-Carleton " Batt.
(3)
Root, Edward J.
Gunner
74th Battery, C.F.A.
Ross, Donald
Pte.
Queen's Field Ambulance.
(3)
Sanderson, A. E.
Pte.
238th Forestry Batt.
Schau, Andrew
Pte.
77th Batt.
Schingh, J. E.
Lieut.
Reinforcing Draft, 24th Batt.
Sculthorpe, A. W.
Pte.
257th Const. Batt.
Sirois, H. Auguste
Pte.
1st Quebec Depot Batt.
(3)
Smith, W. L.
Bandsman
207th ■• Ottawa-Carleton " Batt.
Sunderland, H.
Pte.
257th Const. Batt.
(3)
Thomas, Frederick R.
Pte.
257th Const. Batt.
Tierney. J. J.
Pte.
199th " Irish Rangers " Batt.
Tighe, James
Pte.
77th Batt.
Twyman, T. G.
Gunner
23rd Battery, C.F.A.
(3)
Ward, Geo. J.
Pte.
77th Batt.
Woods, M. W.
Gunner
23rd Battery, C.F.A.
LIST OF EMPLOYEES ENLISTED FOR MILITARY SERVICE
IN CANADA.
Allard, W. L.
Lt.-Col.
Recruiting Officer, M.D. No. 3.
Botham, Charles H.
Signalman
Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve.
<3)
Cameron, P. A.
Bandsman
108th ■• Selkirk " Batt.
deEmstcd, Auguste
W. O.
Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve.
(3)
Fallis, R. W.
Bandsman
108th " Selkirk " Batt.
(3)
Fallis, W. J.
Bandsman
108th " Selkirk " Batt.
Guthaus, F. J.
Sergeant
Instruction Sergeant, M.D. No. 3.
Lesieur. Eugene
WO.
Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve.
Peachy, Maurice
Seaman
Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve.
(3)
Smith, Francis Ed.
Carpenter
Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve.
Taylor, William L.
Signalman.
Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve.
(1)
Wounded.
(3) Returned to civil duties.
(2)
Killed.
(4) Resigned.
Recorded to March 31, 1918.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918
ACCOUNTANT'S BRANCH.
Ottawa, November, 1917.
J. de L. Tach£, Esq.,
King's Printer and Controller of Stationery.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit the following report of the transactions of
this branch of the department for the fiscal j^ear ending IMarch 31, 1917. Com-
plete details of the financial operations of the department will be found under
the following heads: —
1. General Financial Statement for the year.
2. Letter of Credit Account.
3. King's Printer's Advance Account.
4. Printing Branch Account and comparative statements.
5. Stationery Branch Account and comparative statements.
6. Expenditure on Appropriations and detail of same.
7. Canada Gazette, comparative statement of Revenue and Expenditure.
8. Casual Revenue Account.
9. Audit of Intercolonial and Prince Edward Island Railways Printing
Accounts.
10. Government Newspaper Advertising Accounts.
Respectfully submitted,
J. A. FRIGON,
Chief Accountant.
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
<
« ;, "
^3S
Ills
•Stf
g-S a
s
3g
i
to 00
a. CO
1-. rJH
CO
ii
o oo
CO o
CD CD
o ^
Q
<:
K
PL.
00
CO
§3g
s
CO ^
r*
CO
o
CO
o
««»
«»
J2
o
-, *J CO
=^
^ c o °
O 83 -*^ m
tn u m iJ
Qj X © a*
u a; o ffl
==— ° J
g O ? o
73 -a
< <
03^*3
CO 2 „
T3
5 ai"°
o © o
T3
<!
P5j<
5 S
sZ's
11
o
1^
>
^^,
^
o
oj
-^•a
0) c
-"
-a
<DTJ
3
^t3
M
<D C
-^
.;?
REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
<M -H
M" -o ;■: o '-i; c: o o o o
Ci as C-l — • W 30 CO
ic — « -^ oo '^ r^
CJ CO to — ■ (TJ CO O
00-^ —
coco W
PO »-.
•03 s
ffl 3 O
2 o J
S to >
5^ 2
T3 a,
o.
o a g
.5Si'
.0
'■5
(A
CO.
•sS^
^^
"si to
o O '
a s
3-a u
2 =^ o
c a> > _ _
'S *3 '^ ^ o
-2 t; O OJ o
o
t.>.
ii^tiy
£ o £ ;^ S ".5 3
Dl^PARTMEM OF PVBhIV PRIXTIXG AXD STATIOyERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
o
rfl
3
m
c
fy'
o
•S6E
K
OacCO
SiO CO
ecus
•§■§6
o
s
ca c^ — cc CO
— C& 50 QC O
!^ M t^ oe ■^
^ oc ^ ^^
—I coco M
Oi CO •-<
el
s
pi-
ca
£ O <B g
^ o c >
c «= °
^ S.5 o. it ~
C
K
c -
o ;>!
T3 O 03-S
T3""
c.
§ £ S *
^uS
o <y
.■2-2
REl'ORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
OS 1:0 (N '-H (M
Uti — . CD -tP 00
<N CO iC --I (M
X 2>
»-i >■
3 ^^
fe«-2.5
O— o ■"
a D.-S >.C
•-3 b
S C CS
o 4J +e .. *^
QSg-5.2
- 2 S
u O
Q to
.-CO
=^ ? S
d O o
£ " S
: g <B «
a
5'^
8 ==*^
03 O
M
m •
a-
goo
.55 15
.5 ai J. o
c "" «*
•1-9 ii
•S c g g
^OPhPhSoQ
s
a
;5
3
e
J2
©T3
0
CO
e
M
ill
0
ti
0)
^
<D
n
>
■Si?
0
T3
— .
io
=.2
3 g
S <"
3-a S
.5 i- t. d
•l-sii
c c c c
o S o
OT c; tn
H O
6 DEPARTVEST OF Pl'BLIC PRiyTiyo ASD STATIOXERY
8 GEORGE V, A- 1918
2. LETTER OF CREDIT ACPOUNT.
Total amount received by letter of credit for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917 S 4, 646, 117 55
Total amount received by bills of exchange 37,419 74
Total amount received by cheques on Xew York 41,527 19
S 4,725,064 48
Detail, by accounts, of net expenditure drawn on above amounts —
Printing Branch account S 2, 402, 060 47
Stationery Branch account 2.035.736 11
Printing, binding, and distributing the annual statutes 15, 561 75
Contingent expenses in connection with the voters' lists 10, 598 33
Plant, New 37,385 81
Plant, Renewals 6,995 62
Canada Gazette 20,995 69
Jliscellaneous printing 149, 991 42
Distribution of parliamentary documents 44, 992 33
Refunds, deposited to credit of respective accounts —
Printing Branch account $ 668 14
.Stationery Branch account 78 81
S 4,724,317 53
746 95
i 4,725,064 48
3. KING'S PRINTER'S ADVANCE ACCOUNT.
Advances to King's Printer during the fiscal vear 1916-17 —
For Printing Branch account. $ 2,402,728 61
For Stationery Branch account 2,035,814 92
S 4,438,543 53
Amount received for printing, etc., in excess of expenditure on the same 2,348 36
Amount received for stationery, etc., profit on account 116,073 48
$ 4,556,965 37
Deposits to credit of Receiver General, made by the King's Printer to
cover advances during the fiscal year 1916-17 —
Amount received from departments and Parliament for printing, etc $ 2,401,914 83
Amount received by Printing Branch from Stationery Branch for sale
of printing paper 1 , 121 90
Amount from sale of dross 1 , 338 03
Amount from sale of empty spools 34 07
$ 2,404,408 83
Amount of refunds — Printing Branch 668 14
$ 2,405,076 97
Amount received from departments and Parliament for stationery, etc. S 1.943,379 79
Amount of refunds — Stationery Branch 78 81
$ 1,943,458 60
Amount by which the stock of Stationery Branch was increased during the
fiscal year 1916-17 208,429 80
$ 4,556,965 37
REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Statement of Printing, Lithographing, etc., and Paper supplied to Depart-
ments and Parliament for the Fiscal Year ending March 31, 1917.
Department.
Outside
Work.
Inside
Printing,
Binding,
etc.
Paper.
Total.
.\griculture
Archives
Auditor General
Canadian Government Railways
Canadian Munition Resources Commission
Civil Service Commissioners
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery
Commission of Conservation "
Commission of Inquiry, Railways and Transportat'n.
Customs
Departments generally
Dominion Police
Economic and Development Commission
Exchequer Court
External Affairs
Finance ;
General Consulting Engineer
Governor General's Secretary
House of Commons
Immigration
Indian Affairs
Inland Revenue
Insurance
Interior
International Joint Commission
Internment Operations Office
Justice
Labour
Library of Parliament ,
Marine
Military Hospitals Commission
Militia and Defence
Mines ^
Miscellaneous printing
National Gallery of Canada
National Service Commission
Naval Service
Penitentiaries
Pension Commissioners
Post Office
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commsision
Royal Commission re Fuse Contracts
Royal Commission re War Supplies
Royal M int
Royal North-West Mounted Police
Secretary of State
Senate of Canada
Supreme Court
Trade and Commerce.
Transcontinental Railway Commission
War Purchasing Commission
$ cts.
58,149 67
3,023 50
108 55
1,126 59
316 40
847 03
59 50
6,261 39
50 00
124 09
3,717 35
4,213 17
145 85
16,672 72
10,368 04
227 71
2,460 26
33 05
42,886 21
1,076 07
8 00
147 30
21,272 ,52
36 50
11,574 93
355 98
154,241 00
77,718 56
15,363 88
998 45
19,297 16
113 55
301 40
49,089 80
43 10
10,040 57
3,302 43
539 19
141 13
418 19
6, 667 34
17,797 83
22 80
2,837 87
S cts.
87,246 07
5,215 99
969 07
4,246 85
8 41
1,614 20
2,992 44
20 03
70 08
19,325 70
99 79
750 57
55 78
993 44
3,429 25
12,532 15
2 99
603 96
209,110 28
6,357 25
3,235 54
21,815 14
11,843 58
48,350 19
60 90
1,704 55
2,845 03
6,561 82
18,480 51
1,949 50
127,355 47
11,362 12
92,801 05
IC 98
4,089 14
40,794 36
1,032 96
1,387 92
52,203 89
1,200 65
40,592 76
10,168 71
3,763 86
2,491 53
5,226 48
1,215 17
49 86
2,307 26
17,857 68
5,278 87
338 50
31,783 32
160 35
7,285 55
$ cts.
147,910 49
5,327 38
836 97
4,227 43
1 79
797 45
5,871 83
7 46
42 07
30,116 18
81 es
1,206 05
31 26
193 76
1,619 70
25,461 50
871 45
25,233 61
4,294 01
1,690 46
10,031 68
3,632 85
33,661 05
121 60
348 25
992 51
2.399 46
29 42
11,353 9)
3,017 87
325,2.33 66
23,897 59
44,262 19
4 62
11,930 24
28,959 66
485 76
4.400 89
74,530 07
1,374 93
21,519 95
8,936 64
3,006 32
872 31
692 49
72 52
184 04
2,818 36
12,540 49
346 11
184 76
33,361 78
43 75
3,398 44
$ cts
293,306
13,566
1,914
9,600
10
2,728
9,711
86
112
55,703
231
2,080
87
1,187
8,766
42,206
2
1,621
251,016
21,019
5,153
34,307
15,509
124,897
1,197
417
2,844
26,517
6,627
41,409
5,323
606,8.30
112,978
152,427
15
17,017
89,051
1,632
6,090
175,823
2,618
72,153
22,407
7,309
3,504
5,918
1,287
233
5,543
37,065
5,624
523
82,942
226
13,521
23
87
59
87
20
05
20
99
15
27
47
71
04
20
30
82
99
26
61
30
71
08
48
45
67
15
36
01
74
35
35
13
27
12
60
83
18
27
21
76
68
28
78 ,
37
97
97
69
90
81
51
98
26
93
90
Total 544, 196 63
933,249 50
924,468 70
2,401,914 83
8 DEfPARTME'NT OF PUBLIC PRIXTIXG AND STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Comparative Statement of Printing, Binding, Lithographing, etc., and Paper
supphed to Departments and ParUament for the last five fiscal years:
1912-1913, 1913-1914, 1914-1915, 1915-1916, and 1916-1917.
Department.
1912-13^
1913-14.
1914-15.
1915-16
1916-17.
Agriculture
Archives
Auditor General
Canadian Government Railways
Canadian Munition Resources Com-
i cts.
97,384 62
1,137 14
7,342 60
mission
Civil Service Commissioners
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery
Collimission of Conservation
Commission of Inquiry, Railways and
Transportation
Customs
Departments Generally
Dominion Police
Economic and Development Comm'n. . ,
Exchequer Court
External Affairs
Finance
General Consulting Engineer
Governor General's Secretary
House of Commons
Immigration
Indian .Affairs
Inland Revenue
Insurance
Interior
International Joint Commission
Internment Operations Office
Justice
Labour
Library of Parliament
Marine
Military Hospitals Commission
Militia and Defence
Mines
Miscellaneous Printing
National Gallery of Canada
National Service Commission, . .
Naval Service
Penitentiaries
Pension Commissioners
Post Office
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Service Commission
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Commission re Fuse Contracts....
Royal Commission re War Supplies
Royal Mint
Royal Northwest Mounted Police
Secretary of State
Senate of Canada
Supreme Court
Trade and Commerce
Transcontinental Railway Commission . .
War Purchasing Commission
1,680 42
1,202 20
45 54
45,887 42
299 40
760 02
663 41
2,959 70
5,084 19
8 47
2,003 19
281,764 62
78,181 81
5,961 91
18,345 23
8,247 27
83,507 26
49 58
4,398 27
23,589 95
4,398 49
56,434 96
53,439 74
.57,242 59
100,586 32
20,507 15
1,572 51
159,476 48
1,135 09
49,408
577
30,388 29
9,989 55
2,369 41
426 66
3,908 77
11,850 97
5,829 67
1,334 14
33,389 57
98 97
$ cts
126,833 99
6,297 51
3,053 69
5,981 86
i cts,
142,255 05
2, 692 95
1,928 99
6, 866 02
S cts
174,876 62
4,968 69
1,552 67
6,140 19
3,137 80
5,374 56
56 08
3,352 70
1,196 83
87 24
3,185 60
4,989 48
116 52
56,889 28
157 39
808 75
64,346 8'
40 02
2,446 08
56,144 27
277 03
1,448 96
948 44
2.406 28
7,209 48
1,776 83
4,321 68
6,980 96
409 68
7,203 60
13,774 26
1,421 76
368,705 53
78,937 71
6,303 00
22,292 06
9,179 33
128,340 19
2,225 08
38,493 22
3,615 79
48,625 14
67,408 17
131,001 59
93,574 92
18,242 47
2,026 23
172,704 24
1,033 84
62,377 79
44,400 32
15,082 90
3,3.57 66
433 74
4,945 13
6,629 21
7,536 97
1,813 45
36,380 04
708 47
Total 1,274,870 28 1,597,051 06 1,807,390 59 1,981,152 40 2,401,914 83
1,529 14
372,584 69
20,630 46
7,256 58
26,967 94
11,655 09
160,069 85
55 51
3,798 95
31,256 19
5,615 19
43,532 28
134,345
157,910 93
166,944 11
44,309 49
1,883 95
171,132 15
1,293 92
60,637 06
41,798 00
15,362 42
2,988 75
159 31
6,252 20
17,287 13
9,683 23
1,359 15
51,044 47
54 44
1,422 87
362,475 34
16,554 71
6, 157 46
28,765 91
10,840 80
139,193 50
10,167 82
3,468 26
29,654 55
4,873 50
36,773 64
345,645 14
134,907 09
129,772 61
68.535 56
1,525 19
168,684 98
1,663 86
72,023 76
26,796 09
10,486 53
2,361 15
150 97
7,345 55
19,573 93
5,252 76
1,045 96
59,200 07
201 36
543 91
$ cts.
293,306 23
13,566 87
1,914 59
9,600 87
10 20
2,728 05
9,711 30
112 15
55,703 27
231 47
2,080 71
87 04
1,187 20
8,766 30
42,206 82
2 99
1,621 26
251,016 61
21,019 30
5,153-71
34,307 08
15,509 48
124,897 45
1,197 67
417 15
2,844 36
26,517 01
6,627 74
41,409 35
5,323 35
606,830 13
112,978 27
152,427 12
15 60
17,047 05
89,051 18
1,632 27
. 6,090 21
175.823 76
2,589 46
72,153 28
22,407 78
7,309 37
3,504 97
5,918 97
1,287 69
233 90
5,543 81
37,065 51
5,624 98
523 26
82,942 93
226 90
13,521 86
REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT 9
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
5. STATIONERY BRANCH ACCOUNT.
Inventory. April 1, 1916 $ 224,362 14
Amount of goods purchased during fiscal year 1916-17 —
Canadian and American $ 1 , 835, 267 71
British and Foreign.. ■ 37,281 38
1,872,549 09
Amount of other expenditures during fiscal year 1916-17 —
Wages $ 96.656 27
Customs duties and brokerage 17,780 97
Freight, etc 48, 749 78
. 163,187 02
Amount received for goods issued in excess oiexpenditure on the same 116,073 48
$ 2,376,171 73
.A.mount of goods issued to departments and Parliament during fiscal year 1916-17 $ 1,943,379 79
Inventorj', March 31, 1917 432,791 94
$ 2,376,171 73
The stock of goods on hand has been increased during the fiscal year to the amount, $208, 429.80
32—2
10 DEPASTMEST OF PUBLIC PUiyTiyG AXD STATIOyERY
8 GEORGE V, A- 1918
Statement of Goods purchased and Goods issued to Departments and Parliament
in each month for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917.
Month.
Goods Ptjbchased.
Goods
Issued.
British and
Foreign.
Canadian
and
American .
1916.
April
£ s. d.
$ cts.
$ cts.
69, 650 30
128,552 11
156,963 47
167, 227 80
96. 129 37
i56, 592 04
164,906 53
188,074 61
143,129 14
129,698 06
167,697 74
266,660 45
8 cts.
97,355 12
May..
523 17 0
2,549 40
138,084 99
136,000 99
July.
1,291 10 10
6, 285 51
136,213 72
147,788 41
Seoteniber..
826 1 4
823 13 11
487 15 4
861 0 0
446 8 6
997 8 9
1,409 3 1
4,020 19
4,008 65
2,373 80
4, 190 20
2. 172 60
4,854 20
6,857 88
161,637 17
176,260 37
154,286 12
163, 300 83
1917.
January
172,702 31
184,597 64
275,152 12
7,666 IS 9
37,312 43
1,835,281 62
37,312 43
1,872,594 05
44 96
Totals of goods purchased and of goods issued. . . .
1,872,549 09
1,943,379 79
REPORT OF THE ACCOUXTAyT
11
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
CoMPARATivK Statement of amount of Goods issued to Departments and
Parliament for the last five fiscal years, 1912-13, 1913-14, 1914-15, 1915-
16, and, 1916-17.
Department.
1912-13.
1913-14.
1914-15.
1915-10.
1916-17.
Agriculture
Archives.. .
Auditor General
Canadian Government Railways
Canadian Munitions Resources Com
mission ^
Civil Service Comniission
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery
C'ommission of Conservation
Commission of Inquiry, Railways and
Transportation
Customs
Departments Generally
Dominion Police
Economic and Development Commission
Exchequer Court
External Affairs
Finance
General Consulting Engineer
Governor General's Secretary
House of Commons
Immigration
Indian Affairs
Inland Revenue :.......
Insurance
Interior
International Joint Commission
, Internment Operations Office
Justice
Labour
Library of Parliament
Marine
Military Hospitals Commission
Militia and Defence
Mines
National Gallery of Canada
National Service Commission
Naval Service
Penitentiaries
Pension Commissioners
Post Office
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Service Commission
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Slint
Royal Northwest Mounted Police
Secretary of State
Senate of Canada
Supreme Court
Trade and Commerce
Transcontinental Railway Commission
War Purchasing Commission
S cts,
18,463 12
$
cts.
2,811 98
16,889 54
29,760 29
2,113 95
3,628 64
24,593 76
$ cts
25,439 47
2,380 62
3,492 83
22,777 22
1,020 09
941 09
10 02
1,549 79
294 51
1,368 31
230 70
i cts,
26,809 13
984 95
3,600 45
2,360 90
88 70
768 17
1,128 89
29,788 59
767 42
541 02
38,889 03
571 40
567 88
35,223 85
770 39
1,764 06
27,577 83
820 46
961 70
371 12
1,340 44
3,522 10
91 68
1,293 94
13,963 00
9,939 47
12,481 82
6,323 16
967 91
64,683 34
152 75
211 61
1,238 93
5,877 64
89 16
1,802 78
17, 620 78
12,416 38
15,982 50
7,474 62
1,637 25
81,690 86
31 92
181 29
2,127 98
4,181 88
73 02
1,803 52
16,504 33
8,802 03
17,224 14
8,940 10
1,484 02
75,839 46
23 67
4,049 65
2,628 51
309 34
23,082 60
5,896 20
3,195 06
333 09
31,968 04
11,492 36
1,630 00
280 84
24,005 77
628 47
2,310 73
7,263 66
60 05
1,410 79
26,950 08
8,921 72
17,983 06
10,699 69
1,805 53
61,392 20
13 50
4 40
5,917 61
1,314 30
591 72
15,221 00
38,444 28
12,535 52
49,738 30
24,949 05
103,201 76
13,183 80
227,648 29
8,951 58
11.034 56
2,631 66
11,984 97
2,373 22
29,129 88
1,612 33
38,203 6;
1,726 8f
100,988 15
1,946 76
443,843 44
129 85
45,653 16
14,741 48
7,619 67
168 45
7,040 09
7,533 23
6,331 79
1,195 48
12.351 84
1,238 76
136,938 37
1,908 73
501,328 22
116,822 81
2,384 72
428,492 15
87,670 89
1,689 93
567,642 27
65,387
26,673 47
6,755 01
242 89
11,246 35
6,204 77
11,079 67
1,034 97
6,604 27
944 46
54,029 05
22, 142 70
5,612 16
227 77
15,742 88
7,736 18
9,515 25
986 26
5,358 95
222 54
36,237 .30
15,481 94
3,512 24
267 93
10,948 40
6,875 09
7,828 22
1,133 13
8,505 77
129 92
$ cts.
36,646 37
1,325 66
4,966 07
39,973 90
223 31
412 51
66 05
122 22
35,800 97
1,260 34
1,121 94
184 78
444 55
2,416 67
22,536 97
65 97
1.932 10
29,359 21
6,538 10
16,982 36
10,083 29
3,583 40
74,388 35
33 00
2,222 81
5! 140 96
1,451 28
869 33
17,348 24
8,433 93
375,478 41
9,039 52
65 63
17,204 54
39,622 01
1,903 82
27,145 06
108,795 21
2,538 11
936,272 31
29,892 75
12,647 18
4,877 81
372 30
12,220 55
6,579 53
12,339 14
1,222 34
19,431 74
239 04
558 15
Total.
931,861 87
1,154,429 87
1,084,443 05 1,273,292 12
1,943,379 79
32-21
12 DEPARTME'ST OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A- 1918
6. DETAIL OF EXPENDITURE OF APPROPRIATIONS.
Appropriation — Gratuities S 2, 498 07
Detail of expenditure, death gratuities paid to widows or legal representatives of-
Miss Grace Madden, bindery hand, died April 16, 1916 S
J. G. Simard, linotype machinist, died June 21, 1916.
John Campbell, hand compositor, died August 1, 1916
Wm. Banibrick, labourer, died August 31, 1916 '
W. Kmmanuel Bouchard, pressfeeder, killed at the front, September
1.5, 1916
Napoleon Perrault, bookbinder, died October 2, 1916
John B. Manson, pressman, died October 11, 1916
Mrs. M. O'Meara, charwoman, died October 29, 1916
C. W. Spearman, hand compositor, died November 17, 1916.
A. Dupont, hand compositor, died November 20, 1916
Joseph Roger, assistant foreman, press room, died December 26, 1916
Adjutor Desrochers, hand compositor, died February 5, 1917
Wilfrid Bouvrette, proofreader, died February 9, 1917
Wm. C. Thomas, clerk, died February 24, 1917
Fred. Ro.\borough, bookbinder, died February 27, 1917
Abraham Dallaire, labourer, died Februarv 5. 1917
Total ' $ 2,498 07
Appropriation — Civil Government Salaries. S 70,662 50
Detail of expenditure —
Salaries paid during the year S 58,803 50
Unexpended balance 11,859 00
$ 70,662 50
Appropriation— Civil Government Contingencies S 10,300 00
Detail of expenditure —
Charwomen and cleaning S 3,500 45
Office printing 2,482 08
Office stationerj' 2,961 00
Travelling expenses 791 09
Cab hire and street carfares 181 50
Postage ™ 00
Advertising ■ 1<'0 *°
Newspapers and periodicals a n-
Sundries " ""
s
63 98
207 00
172 92
129 69
129 53
177 92
181 56
53 00
172 92
177 92
213 51
170 62
169 77
170 61
170 62
136 50
S
$ 10,206 17
Unexpended balance 93 83
10,300 00
Appropriation— Plant, New * 50,000 00
Detail of expenditure—
Hand composing rooms » , '™ {-
Monotype room ". 1 • ^2 -,
Linotype room **' '*
Stereotype room oni -a
Pressroom 6,894 o8
""'"If^Sr : J 7,46362
Pamphlet "02 42
T nntit^ leaf 14 00 *
Die stamping room 9?q «
Map engraving room i o'o sr
Departments generally o'a ?s
Chief mechanic's room , °^,i ^°
Offices , 'ifii^
Storekeeper's stock „- ,„ 11,26-5 bS
Customs duties » ^°° ^
^^oi^er^e ^° "" 878 40
Freight, etc ^^ "^
Total * 37,385 81
Unexpended balance ^2,614 19
$ 50,000 00
REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT
13
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Appropriation, Plant, Renewals..
Detail of expenditure —
Hand composing rooms.
Monotype room
Linotype room ...
Stereotype room
Press room
Bindery —
Book
Pamphlet
Loose Leaf
Die stamping room
Map engraving room. .
Departments generally . .
Chief mechanic's room. .
Offices
Storekeeper's stock.
Customs duties
Brokerage
669 50
403 43
74 00
141 36
36 95
Freight, etc.
Total.
Unexpended balance
474 13
1.504 49
1,146 49
79 06
353 32
, 146 93
58 40
88 76
132 92
895 31
126 58
726 06
178 31
84 86
6,995 62
4 38
7,000 00
7,000 00
Appropriation — Miscellaneous Printing .
Detail of expenditure —
$ 150,000 00
Agriculture
Auditor General
Archives
Civil Service Commission
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery.
Customs
External Affairs -
Finance
Indian Affairs
Inland Revenue
Insurance
Interior
Labour
Marine
Militia and Defence
Mines
Naval Service
Penitentiaries
Public Printing and Stationery ...
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Northwest Mounted Police.
Secretary of State
Trade and Commerce
Unexpended balance
49,650 74
19,066 03
996 13
247 54
5 86
5,981 69
27 29
1,0.32 40
819 35
1,159 40
1,612 .36
10,618 40
2,010 98
5,532 25
48 60
2,067 52
1,521 09
279 15
24,155 87
3,139 32
3,791 33
2,091 90
636 10
572 50
12,927 62
i 149,991 42
8 58
150,000 00
Appropriation — Canada Gameiie .$ 21,000 00
Detail of expenditure —
Printing of The Canada Gazette.
Paper used for above
Editing and translating
Office printing
Postage
14,087 19
4,088 93
2,658 00
$
Total J
Unexpended balance
20,834 12
11 57
150 00
20,995 69
4 31
21,000 00
14 DEPARTMEST OF PUBLIC PRIXTTXG AND STATIOSERT
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Appropriation — Distribulion of Parliamentary Documents $ 45,000 00
Detail of expenditure —
Office printing $ 2, 763 37
Office stationery 6,987 95
Postage 870 00
Express and freight 305 25
Salaries 34, 065 76
Total -. $ 44,992 33
Unexpended balance ?• 67
: S 45,000 00
Appropriation — Printing, binding and distributing the Annual Statutes I 16. 000 00
Detail of expenditure —
Printing and binding. $ 15,560 06
Office printing 1 69
S 15,561 75
Unexpended balance 438 25
$ 16,000 00
Appropriation — Contingent expenses in connection with the voters' lists $ 10,600 00
Detail of expenditure —
Printing of voters' lists S 2, 288 01
Office printing 109 76
Office stationery •. - 1 , 265 56
Salaries 6,903 26
Express and freight ": 31 74
Total t 10, 598 33
Unexpended balance 1 67
$ 10,600 00
ItEI'Oltr OF THE ACCOUNTANT
15
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
7. " CANADA GAZETTE."
Comparative Statement of Receipts and Expenditure on account of Canada
Gazette from the year 1874 to the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917.
Expenditure.
Revenue.
Year.
Sub-
Printing
Copies
scrib-
Paper.
and
Transla-
Subscrip-
Advertising
Loss.
Gain.
Gratis.
ers.
Distribution
tion.
tions.
S ets.
$ cts.
$ cts
$ cts.
$ cts.
$ cts
$ cts.
1874. -
1,045
77
1,142 17
2,416 40
119 45
242 20
931 43
2,494 59
1875..,.
1,077
85
1,177 17
2,144 00
135 55
242 80
943 74
2,635 13
1876. . . ,
1,049
88
1,195 98
2,301 51
184 80
241 80
578 41
2,836 11
1877.. ,
1,084
81
1,292 25
2,323 45
141 80
224 75
681 62
2,743 13
1878...
1,108
79
1,016 65
2,1.39 48
125 80
268 40
683 47
2,318 53
1879.. .
1,115
85
1,195 21
2,293 81
123 90
246 50
739 82
2,613 60
1880. .
1,170
70
1,208 48
2,. 307 72
106 30
243 90
862 38
2,538 09
1881..
1,251
68
1,197 38
2. 132 20
137 40
253 65
1,028 04
2,085 29
1882...
1,238
92
1,360 61
2,261 85
197 60
378 44
2,706 28
735 34
1883..
1,250
109
1,414 24
2,181 48
215 30
367 25
2,181 .53
1,262 24
1884....
1,290
85
1,428 16
2,219 00
148 24
414 67
6,658 12
1,727 48
1885...
1,.321
69
1,404 76
2,243 43
169 44
169 45
289 35
2,. 363 14
1886. .
1,318
77
1,683 88
2,241 65
72 20
299 70
2,020 82
1,576 21
1887. . . .
1,366
84
1,979 21
2,537 79
.389 10
321 40
2,831 04
1,571 66
18«8.. .
1,369
81
2, 164 85
2,933 57
349 80
307 35
2,909 72
2,231 15
1889..
1,367
1,429
83
71
1,883 83
1,758 50
2,859 19
3.128 36
103 60
204 00
308 60
487 95
4,637 49
2,777 03
99 47
1890..
1,825 88
1891.. .
1,436
84
1,492 62
2,060 45
211 85
324 18
3,309 65
331 70
1892,.
1,439
1,426
1,418
86
84
82
1,480 19
1,485 71
1,181 66
2,069 36
2,826 07
2, 485 08
188 98
240 54
265 10
313 47
306 50
298 73
3,4.36 32
4,612 37
3,545 87
11 26
1893....
366 55
1894...
89 24
1895.. .
1,425
1,428
1,492
1,438
1,486
75
72
83.
87
89
1,153 87
1,129 52
1 , 129 07
1,450 21
940 43
2,704 36
3,007 00
3,003 51
3,803 11
3,273 01
232 50
259 75
245 40
337 10
255 30
281 65
276 65
298 55
312 70
329 95
4,015 64
4,673 69
4,992 94
5,574 45
3,948 65
206 56
1896. .
559 07
1897...
913 51
1898..
296 73
1899...
190 14
1900. .
1.529
1,528
96
97
1,092 72
1,349 79
3,640 17
4,267 81
289 50
256 60
350 00
329 65
4,679 98
4,370 82
7 59
1901 . .
1,173 73
1902..
1,553
97
1,430 89
3,858 22
284 00
361 80
4,451 39
759 92
1903..
1,545
■1,559
105
116
1,315 56
1,427 48
3,999 78
4,368 81
253 60
309 SO
371 85
430 40
5,667 65
4,523 25
470 56
1904..
1,152 44
1905..
1,573
177
1,684 85
6, 125 .57
364 80
604 12
6,997 50
573 60
1906..
1,559
191
1,629 58
6,909 57
460 85
750 00
7,644 35
605 65
1907..
1,616
1,625
184
200
1,322 63
1,805 72
4,248 17
7,484 48
329 20
709 80
524 27
762 15
6,821 20
8,472 51
1,445 47
1908.. .
765 34
1909..
1,665
185
2,053 45
7,319 99
587 60
721 20
8,684 40
555 44
1910..
1,692
208
2,158 56
6,983 10
815 80
775 25
14,219 41
4,0.37 20
1911....
1,725
250
2,548 44
9,532 19
918 55
949 85
15,844 95
3,795 62
1912....
1,742
1,754
1,791
1,907
258
271
284
293
2,943 28
4,385 03
2,720 73
4,502 28
9,600 27
19,. 349 44
15,477 24
22,597 68
438 60
♦3,261 07
*3,S42 06
•4,202 56
979 15
1,034 20
1,090 05
1,121 45
21,077 11
30,804 59
23,062 88
18,322 04
9,074 11
1913.. .
4,843 25
1914...
2,112 80
1915...
11,441 02
1916...
1,901
424
3,018 22
14,978 79
•2,905 34
1,505 58
28,357 80
8.961 03
1917...
991
484
4,088 93
14,248 76
•2,658 00
1,677 20
35,885 58
16,567 09
•Translating and editing.
16 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PPPNTING A^'D STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A- 1918
8. CASUAL REVENUE ACCOUNT.
Detail of proceeds of Casual Revenue sales made during the fiscal year ending
March 31, 1917.
Sales of parliamentary publications to departments and Parliament
Sales of parliamentary publications to the public
Sales of Canada Gazette and of advertising
Sales of subscriptions
$ 4,259 63
8,316 07
S 35,885 58
1,677 20
-S 12,575 70
Sales of voters' lists
Sales of waste paper and empty cases ' ^
Sales of printing to departments and Parliament —
Amount received in excess of expenditure during the fiscal year 1916-17.
Sales of stationery to departments and Parliament —
Amount received in excess of expenditure during the fiscal year 1916-17.
Total.
37,562 78
141 70
6,282 00
2,348 36
116,073 48
$ 174,984 02
i
9. RAILWAY PRINTING AUDIT.
The amount of accounts audited at this department during the fiscal year
ending March 31, 1917, for printing, binding, hthographing, etc., for the
Canadian Government Railways, was $188,774.31. These accounts being paid
by the railway's for which the printing is done, the amount is not included in
the statement of receipts and expenditure of this department.
Below is a statement of the total amount of accounts audited by this
department, from 1890-91 to 1916-17.
Fiscal Year.
Amount.
Increase.
Decrease.
1890-91
$ cts.
49,021 53
59,268 59
95,976 55
104,026 24
110,528 56
148,575 51
141,631 99
140,156 30
188,774 31
$ cts.
$ cts.
1900-01
10,247 06
36, 707 96
8,049 69
6,502 32
38,046 95
1910-U
1911-12
1912-13
1913-li . . . . .'
1914-15 .
6,943 52
1915 16
1,475 69
1916-17
48,618 01
REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT
17
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
10. GOVERNMENT NEWSPAPER ADVERTISING.
The total amount certified by this department for government advertising;
during the fiscal year ending JNIarch 31, 1917, was $295,694.98, the details of
which are set forth in a statement on page 20. These accounts being paid by
the several departments for which the advertising is done, the amount is not
included in the statement of receipts and expenditure of tliis department.
The number of advertising accounts audited was 11,688; and of circulars
issued 2,231.
There was, moreover, a considerable amount of correspondence in con-
nection therewith.
Below is a statement of the total amount of advertising accounts audited
by this department from the j'ear 1876 to the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917,
inclusive.
Calendar Yeaes.
Fiscal Years.
1876
S 12,529 27
1898-1899
$ 27,699 72
1877
12,751 56
1899-1900 ..
46,317 74
1878
, . 20,583 77
1900-1901
50,790 40
53,850 75
1879
39, 676 60
1901-1902
1880
63,092 50
1902-1903
18S1
30,015 44
1903-1904 . . .
57,898 72
1882
50,604 71
1904-1905
. 102,848 11
1883
30,149 31
1905-1906 . . .
. 107,812 56
1884
39,401 48
1906-1907
89,329 77
1885
33,782 53
(March 31)
1886
25,102 83
1907-1908
. 141,200 45
1887
48,596 03
1908-1909
. 156,673 50
1888
44,520 30
1909-1910
. 102,841 15
1889
:.... 35,939 47
1910-1911
, 144,081 66
1890
26, 102 48
1911-1912
^ 166,224 26
1891
27,519 59
1912-1913
. 204,762 87
1892
24,819 54
1913-1914
^ 247,477 61
1893
26,704 27
1914-1915 ^
200 441 19
1894
26,423 72
1915-1916 .
210,818 48
1895
27,424 68
30, 760 76
1916-1917
. 295,694 98
1896
1897
35,138 54
1898 (6 mos
to June 30, 1898) 16,312 58
18
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
^_
po r-- o crm ^
Ol —
O O 'I' oo t^ CO »-
OS 00 OstPM" O
1 00
■2
i— i»OiOo>cqr-c^»c
CMOOCMCOiOCMt-'^'-iOOQOO
ri 1 <Si
s
u
t^O — coooaor-oo>oco —
0
Cs
■^
lOCCOC — UO-fiCTjHOOO-*"-^
cr
o
«©
to TPO >« Tf CO O
t-t^oocococn — -^J-Ooc
CS
CO
H
co'o"— CM o'oi" 00 tC
CM -.(M^ —
CM
CI
CM
CO
-2
CO
CO
u
C4
JS
■St
e«
CO
CO
CO
CO
og
— "
—
o
o
us
0
in
-2
o
N
0
C^
c
0
u
CM
t^
0
Oi
o
CO
CO
3
««
M
CO
><
CM
cm'
cj
(M
00-*
iC CM«? CM r- CO
b*
SS
-2
"*
oo«o
«5»C O
TJ-— CD OiC t^
'^
0
^"s
u
CO
M^O
t^eo f-
o t-- — 'Or- -^
"^
t
ec
t^ CSJ 00
— .^O
CO-* oicr-co
0
■-^
«&
oc
w
oo
— CD OOICM
cs
CM
-i^3
CO
CO
t^
— —
CO
=3o
CM
o
o oo
OOO-^J*
CM COCOO
OS
52
J. c
4
ca
<N
f-
■*co »o
■^
co-vo
»o
0
:3 =S
lO
o
t^eooo
'^J*
COiftO
CO
cc
o>
-« S
X O
r-
CO
■^OO"*
CO
CRCMCO
OC
»o
y^
&]
o>
coco
CM
O^TTCM
CO
0-
00
^1
-<j^
»c
CO
*"•
oT
t-
^
■^
oco t^
O
CO — CO
to
"^
8
CO
c3
i
to
00
-*
cocsc^
CO
»C CO-
Q
CM
0
2
u
fO
^
C4
cot-- ^^
CD
CM — OJ
,_,
I--0
U5
S
S
r*
■^OCM
O
CDO^
COtJ*
0
O
«&
■^
-*CM
CO
00 "30
t>-
cs
■=**
^
CO
ui
W5
_^
00
<
C^ W20
CO
- -^^Xi
03
C0003
-t-oc
"p"
CO
C3
03
-a-CiW
t-
Xr~^
o
00 ic o
CM tC —
c
L-3
C
— NO
o
M^f^i
■Tf
CM oc to
— 00 CD
cc
CO
OOOO
t-
— t^
00
00 — Ol
00 — t'-
IT
W
C<J — <M
tc
COO
■<f
CO OClC
CD—
0
c3
«5
CO
ir^
^
s:"
S
CM
o o ■
00
~o~ ■ o ■
~r^— «
CO — O
00
CM
111
OQ
Tj-O
o
■*
CO
t^co
OiCDCO
CO >c
»C
o
■^t* -^
_^
O)
CO
00 Ci
Q0»OCD
Oi t-
10
u^c^
r-
CM
t^
CO^
-* CM t—
r- lO
S
0&
Oi U3
Tj«
us
CO t—
Tf
^
-*
cso ■^
CO
OOcO
ooo
COC<l-f
OU5
t-:
-2
«3 t-- 00
CO
lOCO -^
■* -fj*
'^t-tO
— ■**<
-*
New
Bruns-
wick,
u
CM !C CO
!>.
ITS iCOa
-fl-h-
oc -*'-0
tOCM ■
OS
00 CO -H
00
CM Tj< CO
CDCi
ooo
CO —
•^
e&
CM "
CO
CO
00*0
COCOO
— CO
00
— "ci"
ci"
CM
00 C^I o
oc
ooo
COOOO CMOOO
coco
•^
^
(N OJ >0
00
oco —
U5 — *-0 »C oc iC
I--CS
CO
o
Ci OCI^
t--
O — 00
iC tC t^ -*■ — iC
— 00'
■^
CO CR-H
LO
CO!-- CM
— 1 OOOO! "C
"0 00
CO
O o
e%
COW
CO
CO"^ — Tl" IC "^
i>-*o
z^
•— 1 .-H
CO
CM
CM— CM —
00
CJ '-' fO o •*
-hCM -*
Ot-OCMOOCMOOt-- —
*«:
3;
c5
-2
oc CD — O Oi
CD T— O
OCsfOOO- — OCCO
r-
Oi
o
CO :C — iC O
■rf — C3
■»5"'CCMOCMCOCOOt^
c
00
t— CO 00 fM C»
OC^U?
iC tC C-J CM CO W5 CO to
r-
"o
«»
C»C*(N (M
CM'd'CS
c-cocMos- '^r CO
■*
3
TtToo CO
00
OQ CM'*t^ CO —
s
-3* CO O ■ OS tr
005 00
OOOOCICMCMCOCMOC-^CMC
~co
■*
6
2
CD "«J" CO
00 c^ lO '— r-
cMooocor^Gcr-'S'coO'^u:
M-
■^
t;
O tT CO
»C "^J* Tf IJ^ CO
r-ot^cocD-i'Cjcscoooasc^
i5
0
B
IM (M ■**'
— 1 iC CO oot^
icr^iccccot^coM — ■^'-
CO
Cr«
■^ CM (M
O CD r*
— CO -^ Tf CO Tj- CO (MCO —
c
»Ot^
r>. — 03
CM «5I^I-- t^CM
E-
O
CM -H
"^
0
1
i
■>
s
a
B
'S
1
.2
>
C
o
a)
Q
£
m
m ty
:.- c
IS c
I
c
a
'■3
&
m
c
"cS
c
s
1
■ s
03
1
£
o
O
1'
"3
in
<
i
>
Pi
(D
Q
-a
c
'It
ace
s
E
■r c
£5:
. 0 c
■T3'-3
; c c
. d 0
1
'Z
<
c
c
c
c
c
t-
><
c
c
3|
C
I.
c
C
c
c
o:
c
4
c
c
c
.1
C
I
a
>
s
2
C
1
a.
1
c
>
c
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918
PRINTING BRANCH.
J. DE L. Tache, Esq.,
King's Printer and Controller of Stationery.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit a report of the work executed for
Parliament and the various departments in the Government Printing Bureau
during the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917, containecl in the following tabulated
statements : —
1. Annual reports.
2. Supplementary reports.
3. Routine Parliamentary work.
4. House of Commons and Senate Debates.
5. Statutes.
6. Canada Gazette.
7. Voters' lists.
8. Pamphlet and miscellaneous book-work.
9. Statement of other letterpress departmental work by departments.
10. Halftone plates or other insertions in annual and supplementary reports.
11. Statement of books bound.
12. Pads made.
13. Making and stamping of prepaid Post Office envelopes.
14. Die stamping of letter and note headings, and envelopes.
15. Loose leaf work.
16. Comparative statement of presswork.
In addition to the divisions of work covered by the foregoing statements
there are the map engraving and stereotyping divisions.
The work of the map engraving division consists of the engraving of maps,
charts, etc., of various sizes, on copper, making changes and additions to existing
plates, printing transfers for lithographers, engraving and printing personal
cards, and engraving plates on steel for die stamping. The cost of operating
this division during the year 1916-17 amounted to $28,922.08.
The work of the stereotyping division consists of the making of matrices
and stereotype plates for printing, making alterations to existing plates, casting
and refining metal for the linotype division, and the manufacture of some metal
equipment for use in the typesetting divisions. The cost of operation for the
year 1916-17 amounted to $13,948.73.
Respectfully submitted,
FRED. BOARDMAN,
Superintendent of Printing.
Ottawa, November 5, 1917.
19
20
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PKIXTING 4J^I> 8TATI0XERT
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
1— i It* O
Ci '— eC iJ
^ ^ CO W* iM
: -H to cc t^ CO w
O. a;
^^
oc:oc:c:ooooooocooooooooocooc;ooooc;:rococ:ooc:oo
OOOCOOOti^iCOOCO'-'^OOrOiCCCi^COiCCOCOCOi.'-icOOOCOOCO^^COrC'Ci^O
CD Ca to CJ !M O C-l Cl 00 OC l^ C-) <0 'M 1^ Cl t^ C-l r-- (M «C rM 5^ Cl t-- C-l C-J « C-l «C CJ to 'M r^ C) ^ ^1 I— CI CI O
tutOOO>CO«CO^OO>-';0»CO»C»i^iCiCi-TiOU3»f;OOU5'COiCO»00
2 O — CO -- O^ O — O -^ O --• O — OCO >— ' CC -^ — t COi— ( -^cg CO -— o <o 1—
■l— CICO— 'CO — CO'— CO-^CO-— tCC'— >— •
ooooooooooo
OiOO»0>COOOOOO
O — '^cicicoco — c^t-^eo
o
o
o
o
cC
•:0
OOOOiOOiOOOiOiCiOOOOO
O^OOOdOC'I'CiCtOCOOOOOO
iccgoo CJ C^ICICO — .0>i-'t--iC
oo
«30
ot^ot^^-*c^^^^t^t^l>-^-c>^^^-^-^>.^-^>•^*c>^-o^-^-^-•^-o^-o^-o^-.^-t^o^-^-^-^^o
— i?CT-(CcrocococO"^"*caco"^cocjrocicoNcOTj<co— "cofflcoco»-"CO—'CO'-«cooscO'— "co^cocc-—
^1 £^
oooococooooooooooooooocoocooooooooooo
COOO**'^<0't*'Ca"^00"*C003CtDCOCOOXCD-*'C;OXOOOI-^OOOOOC4lr^OOCJ
_> ^j^Q -.-- .— . .. .. .. .— __ ._— _^
oooo
o oo-^-* , _ _
C»dCSOCJCqCJC»00
?oc^'*30"*cn--3C'*coci-^(Mocc'M-*tso'^cjoocociu:;o — ■*«
5 CO »C to C^ to Ci CO C
: to CM — to -— i^
, I.OI--— .tooor-i-<i-':iccoxt--ci — r — ri-tt^i-'i^c-iaii^t^^-^-^'—
I "<*' t^totoci-— — o— lC^Slc^c^ooJcootO(^^-:t*c^ —
co t^-HCiiC — . OS -ff to COGON Cq O— — OC CI
CI CO ^ T-T tC^Ht^— co' cj'
XI
73
a
o
^
ii
e
c
C
OCl'**'OtOC10000tO"t*<OOCCCOCOClCaC10CQCJtDtOtOtOOOdOOOtDOOQOOOO-^OCOOCl
ClClOOtO — ■^■^iC'^ T-H»-i OSOacOCO'il't— CO'^'^fOOt^OOO'-iClCO — CJCiOi
.— . — tctooito — c— tfs-rjH dc^cQw irauo-^-^j^oooocococ^cir^^o
I
iCO^O>ftOOO"5*CU3OOOiCO«3Oif5OOO»0OOO>0»CU0O"5O>dCOOO»'0»C'^"3
CO^CO-^OOCOCOQOCO-- 'CO— COt- 'CO— ■CO'-'CO'-'OOCO-^"^"^tOCO'-^CiTj<OCQtOCOtDOC'— '^-i'CO
(»-^-clc»osto--lcotooo3^-OJtocs^-oit^os^--fflcoclco^-tOtocitoclQO■*«ooolccoc^coco — t^
CO — «5 "* CO
CTi_00 — •!*< — CO
.2-0
11.
.2-g.2 o
a g c E;
^ X-S ^-| IC^; t-. c~ t-.
■ttig'Mg"5'g<itioto
f. t_, T* T' T* T" "T" "T* (i (-■ (i Ih
gT3o;C5SSoS£g§§ .
fe< =5~1~"1~1~ S S S £2" 5
"^ ^^- Li (_- t_- t_^ t_ L- ^^ '^ "^ ^^ __J
4/r ic
:2 4.;
^^ ^^ ^- *^ t-. f-1 ^ rv ^* p ^^
-- - - -' - ;. c.
= e:22
- .J. O M «
^ -f.f.s. x >^t^
=ig.£££S£5fefe'5feQOM
•" - ^^-'4' =3 =3 3 3 =3 3 = 3 3 33^5:
.to — x^{/:«:y:'c/:tiHfi,;^fc2S
cb"^ -c -3 -c *::; -r -c T3 -r -c -r -3
i.H:^<^cioooooooooo-v"v
Kt.
C Cj::
4.4.^
^2
: Si-S-S^S-oHK
1
CO to C C i.
— — ^o o -
UO IC '"' ^ -
flj c; C' O :
Li t. ■ r^ '^ '
3 3 ^ ^ '■
ji: "TTOi c: ^ ,
3 cO-2 ^&S- '
t!t:2--?2
"^3
'C'C 3 3
««
■ v-xxai.c
:^-gEeEe££
" C >. > >. .5 '-S '-5 '-3 '-H '-^ *-Z3 *^ "*-"*-"*:>■*- "+J t O
t* ^"^ >-':^ ,'= ,"
" ".'"' to to
- £ £77
- •— ■ .— irt o
- c C C
H t4 O 0)
ti 1i to CO
to to
ESI'
c c o ■
3= S
-5-5
coo 0!~1.CI-
> > > > Oj3
If: 12 12 13 ^ ^ c '"23
O: O 0:> C3 ta C
- - - - C O^^^'
c o c OI3-I3 — —
c o. C O. 00 to I I
G) C.' O dJ ,D n ^ to
o o o c t, :;■ - t*
d ci c3 S3 rf cJ.2.2
[_,t->>-I-l>-l(-<Kl«
333333Q)C;
03 CO a^COtDtfl-f^+J
cccccccc
REPORT OF THE ^rPERINTENDENT OF PRINTINO
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
21
SOOMCOr^O-rfHCOCCClCKC-J'— C-l'--'<»>--"05C*)t^-^C0>0M<Oi— >or^Ut>u?OiiC^C^COO-*'0^-eOOi— i^hcO'— 'r--01
C) C>» .-H ^
.-1 COC-5 i-.^^^,-iM-Tj((M(M'-iCO'-"WC-l
CO r-I — . .-.
^oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
0'COO'OOOOcO'000»COO'raOO»COeO>'T>COiJ^>CCOMO»00«^»COOOOOOOOOOOOOCOO
W W CO C*J C-l C! <» C-1 t^ (>1 to C^l C^ CO C-] ri i:D to C^l to t-- O] C-1 QD (>1 CI t^ C-- O C'l C^ Ol C^l C^ C^ O O O C"! O C-l ^^1 O C-1 05 t- CC|
^OOOOOOOOOiOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOCOOOOOO^OOOOOOiCO
oo o
CC t* (M
COCO'-hCOCO'-H'-hMOSCO«--O^CC'*MCO'--''— iCC'-hCIMM'— iCO'^OS03i-»<COCCCOCOCOCO'«i--'-HC^,— COC-'I'^
ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
c^r*^ocooo':0■*t'c^CJooc]ooQOCM^O'Ocqc^ou^ooc■"lT}^Tt^c^l^c^oooc-lOO"*<^^colr^oooc^)QO■*o«c^■»t'■r^
c<^coou^co^O(^JOXQccot^M•'--'Oco«^oo^-rocooiMocoo^l^occ"«fa5c■^rt•cot•*lCoococoa:i^^■*#M•T^l^o
<0'*0»C-^i— S001COtO>--0000'Ot--ireC'lCO^Oeot^r-OC*)COa5«COSCO^-00«OrJ>OOCiOOieDOO'— 'Mt^t-iCDt^O
oooco■^c^o■^c»ooc^c^c^(^^c*^c^oeac^oocQccor^'QOooooclO=ooo«OQO(^^<^^ooocl(^^^o■^■^oo«o^o
ooocooocoOOC^co^co^-.^-^^^--Hcoo■-'t^ooicoo.-(C^l^o«^ooc<^Ol'^^cooOi^JOr--^^'*^^l^:^JeDt^t^
<OCOCNeO — i'-'CMC^iQ40rNC")(MO00CMiC»0"^O(MC0<MTt<C0-Hi0t-.(MC0 COi— lOCMCOCir^r^ <o
OOiCOOO'COOOiCOOOOiOiCOOifSOOOOOOOiCiCOOOiCOOiCii^u^OiCifSOiCOOiCO
O>01t^Tj'Tt«i-HCCi'*'*0i000S0lT-*C0ai00(0OTC0'*"*"rf*--'*}«if3"«Ji.-^CC01010:i'-H'^-Tj<C0C0C0'*C0O'^'— 'OT
O00rJ^(XlC0CJ"*00C^Oc•^Oc0^Cl©^-03■-'C»0>t--r-HCftrt'c0O0|•^C0C»0C00I:--t^OC0^Ct^00l•*O^©OU^
*-i CO C0?0 CO t^ fO (m'co' CO-*"—' co'-^'— '"<1* po'co -^""^"jo' CO co" co'co'
few
■Wfe
1, ="5 1 I -^
_:; lo ui
2SS
"24;4;'g'32224'
,— 1 >ft CO «D 7 7
"illl'i
1-H O: O^ OS o
.2|||.a
3 > >-i
O fH (-.
■^ d c3
5 > >
" =3 c3
, 2 £OC !
; c3 rf
u o " w "^
c c: 53 rt
2sse
._ ._ ^J +i
c: c tn to
« o O O
u u c u
■|a2222||g2
C to J' « -* 'i' ■« -C fc< 2
SS »f » g g = o2 g
S|§i.2.2S1^gE
:=■£ fe j: & 6:-s« E^
M i=!V| =
C3 O
b> O ^
>>>>„S|r!C
-- -^ —
"■ K-i K tin H .- "cj
2-^2
ci.2 o
tH C Lh U
iC CO CO[t,
4' lOiCg
OS Oi Oi ^
ti ri c3 i3
ir^ »C "C *C
"^ ■^ 4* 4h
Oi a; Ci OS
> -tJ *J 4^ +J ^
4^4.
^ t4
oj 3 0
iC >C »rt
' -1-3 4^ 4J -^ -4-^
tJ rt ri _
H- pi f— I pH
= §.2.2.2 ■m:S1
COCO CO CO ^^
q; CJ q; d
£ c c £
££££
o o o o
c c c c
C3 OJ C3 53
dj O (D o
cJ rt 53 ci
PL, a, Cm O.
3^:3c3:3rtOO = ti
££
o o
CO
c: c
rt c3
O OJ
T3T3
ft) O CJ
£ ££
£££
o o c
OCO
C C C I
d c3 rt (
o o o I
c3 c3 rt !
»o lO lo If;
Oi Oi Oi OS
Z> V <D CJ
U O O li
(-!&<;«(-'
O; t» C C'
ESSE
E E E E
o c o o
OOQC
'O'O g E E — tO<D
— v o o,o2"r'T'
- - fe s S 1= - -
U tf^ _^_^ iv; cJ 03
Jss
-•c-
rtcSOOoE^S
OJ o M CO ro'3j2-J2
g 2 g g S c'S'3
H H
22
DEPARTMEyT OF PrBLIC PRIXTIXG ASD STATIOyEBY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
O
c^TTrr^-r^c-]^) — — ' d i^actC — CJ»Ct— — Oct — <:£
act— 05X<:CGCO0C"* -^ t--accC<^fOO — XOClOM
•* CO C — « !>■ ^ O -Ct- Sic
O iM CS Ci — CM Pt — • ^ CO Ci
C-J Ml — <N --I 1-1
s
CD S
oooooooooooooocooo
cco»coco^ccoo '"^
w^w^wOOOOC3C50C:)CCC3C=3
CCO»COCO^CCOO«CCCU30CCOtCOCOO
' CM t— O C*» CM t- M O [>• CM OO I— C)
COQCOOOOOOOO
C^t-C^t-C^OOt-CMC^C^t— CM
a a
a. o
n c
oo - o ooo
iC o ■ oooo
U5 C3 • »C O CM »^
ooooooooo
OOOOiCOifSOiC
ooooooooooo
OOU~»f5if;OOOOOQ
CM C-» t— CI t— O C-1 <0 CM I't iS
t—t— c— Of— r>.t-r-t— t-t— t— "5i>«t— t— t— t^
CiCscO — d^tClco«^50^TfCCirC■*c;^o
t— t^t— t— r-t— t— t— t— t-t-r-
COCncCClCCTfClCCCiCOC". cc
OOOOOOQOCOOOOOOOOO
•^C-JOCCMCMCl-n'OCCCX-f-t--:*"'© — OC^lOO
OO'M'CCSI— CMO-ft^OX X'^eOCMOC— 'X
O OOOOOOOOOOOO
so C^ "^ -t C-l C-) O Ol CJ eO CO CM CM
cs — o "* cc »f: CO c; c; — — ro tc
"^ X c OS
o £ c.S ^
ociecocecocMC:-hc;co — '.tec — r*»-ocM
C3cc»cetOOi^ — ■-HaodOoO'^ccxi't
I^ "* CC •* — Ci iC Ci CO Oi CS "J"
c-1 t— ocrccoo;C5cc^toocMOO
Ci C: •* CM 00 "<*< -^t* Ci t- 00 CM Tf ■*
»i2 1— I O CM "rt .-• to C^ i-t CM
o
So|
COcqCMCMQOQOCOcO"<**C<ieOeCeO'*OCOOOCM
^-CCn— «00'-"-iOSi— CMCMCtt— CirtO —
C4t— u3 f-i— 1 ^^»-i 4f5c)c-iCMeOcO
CCcOcOOOOOOOOCO'^-^OOCO
OcOcOcOcOcOOOQOCQtN^^CM
CC CI C-1 — — ^- CM C<I
£09-
cooooo*ctoooooowto*co
c: — "* — ■*S'Tj'eOOO>-^-^-t"*c3="^«ee-*
CM-^CCC)I— SCCMCOO — CCOOtiC-^OCMt—
000000000000
"^"^J'-tl'ClClcO-^'*-*'*'*©!
tOOSOC^OOOCOOOCCQOCMO
i^ r^ CO re — rf CO
c
14
•i1
■-^=2
-.^o
2 2 .^ 4 .5 -r _-K 6-
-_ „^x7
2S.S c7V ^44. c-
3SSS'i22"|
2|
c ^rt ~ 3 .H -U
•5 >j: -'^^
eOC
n X tn to '
-2-^1^-^^ o O X ^
-5 S ^' '^- = -^ -5 ^ 2i -
0)
■a
c
d
■5 5-j?
•Sot*
v^c 2
Kfr.
—-■■--K b. K fc. '
I "Y "5 "^ t lo
c: Ci Cft ;Z, IZ! Z ^
'ill
~.~.a
CO (O .
O QJ U
> > ^
s-rt-Hfo'S?^'?'
<<;kxCw::,:
r -^ -^ ••;
■ t. t- c s
E
REPORT OF TUF. SiPERINTEXDEXT OF I'RIXTING
23
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
«OCOOOO>OiOStC»OCOO>COO
(M Oi 00
O CO CO
00 CO
iC 00
OC ■'J'
coo
oo
ooooooooooo
m o
OS oo
ICU3U500000000
r-r-t^oooooooo
oooooooooooo
oo
o o
too
o^
oooooooooooo
oooooooooooo
C-i C^i C^ C-1 a C'i (M c:i C"J (M C-l OJ
O iC »c
o t^ r^
<M OS fC
iC o
■* OS
ooooooooooo
O00eooc^oo-+ic-i-*"':00
C>JOS{Mt— C3"*QC(MOCO-*
ooooos»f3oooo>':D'»coo'-'^
^H^iCtO»OCC>OiftOiOS— H
tDtDt^tOtCI>»OOtOOtO
oooooooooooo
C^ Ol (M OJ (M CM C-J C-l (M CI CI CI
to O (O CO CO to O CO CO CO CO CO
CI CI CI CI CI CI CI CI o c) ci CI
OOOOOOOOOOOO
o o o
CI CI ■*
r— lO d
CO'-h'o
CJ -t 00
O'^
oo
IC OS
00 -H
w os"
Oi OS
OC r~
COOOOOCJQO'^W^COO
cq-^Oib-cOOcocOQOoO"<l<
oseocoeoco-^cococococo
cicqc»ic<icsi<MNOiwc<icqw
N 00«O
IC --H .-.
•* 00
CI o
OS iC
10U5U3OOOOOOOO
OOOOOO'-'^-H— . — — (— .—
OOOOOOQOOOOOOOODOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOO
COCOtOCOQOCOcOtDCOtOCOCO
ooooooooyrooooooocoooooo
o o o
to Tj* OS
cor- »o
O lO
■^ o
iC CJ
»o CJ
■-I CJ
c-a i3'>^ 5;'g >. M
CQ
2 to
MS
^ 4<
oo
I-, t-
SSj2 : ■ : :-sS|Ss
=3^ t-'u >>'!' >, a"S5 > V
QQ a's
93 ^ tx
3 C3 03
c c c
•^ CD <U
■♦^ +*
K) en
o o
24
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 3. — Statement showing the Routine Parliamentary work, Year
1916-17.
i
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Distribution.
Parlia-
ment.
Depart-
ment.
Stock.
Sess.
Papers.
Votes and Proceedings fEnslish.
2,485*
590*
1,025*
230*
2,435*
445*
1,135*
320*
535*
185*
710*
220*
19,900
13,315
3,200
10,850
730
250
260
780
260
25,780
210
2,880
760
730
250
594
592
832
826
284
300
96
108
176
212
48
22
822
1,352
146
2,940
548
522
1,572
628
664
308
336
200
208
360
352
2,485
590
1,025
230
2,435
445
1,135
320
535
185
710
220
9,310
4,855
3,200
10,850
French
'English
French
^English
French
English
French
English
French
Orders of the Day
Public Bills (Commons and
Senate).
Senate) . 1
Third Reading Bills (Com-I
nions).
Third Reading Bills (Senate) fEngiish
Returns (for distribution or/English
Sessional Papers, either or\French
both; aggi'egate).
6,000
4,250
470
310
4,120
3,900
Printing of various Committee sittings
House of CommonsJourhals,1916/English
8L\th session, 12th Parliament \French
Appendix No. 4, 1915 (French)
730
250
10
50
10
50
10
50
10
250
No. 1, 1916 (English)
730
No. 1, 1916 (French).
250
No. 3, 1916 (English)
25,000
730
No. 3, 1916 (French)
200
No. 4, 1916 (English)
2,100
500
730
No. 4, 1916 (French)
Senate Journals, 1916, slxthfEnglish
session, 12th Parliament \French
250
730
250
Totals
90,470
80,445
15,048
15,818
66, 130
68,915
10,250
970
13,120
Totals (March 31, 1916) -
11,530
*The quantities given are those ordered, for each issue, at the opening of Parliament. For a few issues
these were increased.
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRFNTINO
25
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
r^ <5*-
, ^
- C-l 00 c
M^ t
- 1 ao Oi 1 oo
5 -^ocsco u^l.':^«■.*^
5 '^ O
^ t-'^oii:! o-^-^oo
^ <o
o — '-j'O looro-
~ \ ^ in •«
w
-cr-«)tr- OSiMCO'-
»f5 1 ^
o
«• ...
.
O
--aiooo — — — .
C>1 CO ^
-.»« CO
oooio i-'sooolo o|
c
— — OM —(MCO-
'^ CO CO
O C'J CJ
C^l
CO CO 1
o
, _
4A
'n
c:
Oii5
■ O O O O
Cir-
■ OO 1 CO CO 1
z
cs-
■ I.-; -
- -J« ^ 1
o
1
5
E
H
OU3
\Si u-
}
S
6
OC^
r- r~
-^
no ot
!
Q
aj
B
V
03
tn
^§
ic 0«>*^
CO t£
<;0 cO(M t--
OS o
'
© S
^ -^«1
(M Cs
S c
§6
CO
^ Tj
ScS
ooo =
oooc
o «
^
r^ c; T C
ir
_ fe -3 •
00 So?
coco X t-
^
F:
ci
Tota
Numb
of
I'rintc
-J'O Ci T
30"0«C^
00 -^
* tZ
t^ o:Dr^
<M CO-^-t-
L-S <£
> o
^ X) «D C^
O CO
t^ —
CO
O — ' «5 —
— ,
C^ Cv
C)
u
-1* O^l-fi
M «>) -^ C
CO c
w
iC ro O 2C
Oi 30 -H r-
CO r-
00
CISC'* cc
^OCOCC
^3 OC
i^S
1 ^
ci" c^^ '^ •*
t^ ■<*
fe
•coou:
»«tr: o c
CO -
Q
S "
CO -*CD —
05 C
^ o
O iC —
^ o-
S"o'3.
CO —
(M
OC
OC
I--
3 O
CO
IZ "
""
I
'«
I
-*i
C3
a>
.2
1
Til
n
Oi
1
I
I
d
cS
%
.
-a
C
a
O
C3
B
O
B
1
^
■♦:>
B
><
§2
. cq
0)
5
M
>>
Q
CO
a
o
"o
J tC 4i to O!
'S-SSx
CO
' 13
s
2-2-2 c =
c
£
V
p
Qggr
CO
■H
o
S
— •— c c
t
Q.
o
ci'— — •.S.S
d
" ? 75 ."5 . -
g
u
„-a a :g ^
g
5-aT3HK
^-a-atia
T
JC
oSStSt)
o > > ^ S
3
"a
X
a
'^ ■r'r' a o
^'^ > F* ta CD
o
1
^ 0) a;---— '
Q ££•>•>
oi
O u fc, > >
o
. c: c ffl 4J
ai c c aj 1,
X
u
^
o
1
32—3
26
DEPARTMEyT OF PUBLIC PRjyTJXa A^'D STATIOyERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 5. — Statement showing the work on the Statutes, Year 1916-17.
Title of Document .
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
Cost.
The ST.\TtJTE9.
7 George V — Sixth Session, ISlh Parliament
Volume 1, 1916 (English)
Volume 2, 1916 (English)
Volume 1. 1916 (Fre ich)
Volume 2, 1916 (French)
Totals
Totals (March 31, 1916)
7,096
6,196
2,001
1,151
466
362
430
3,306,736
2,242,952
860,430'
331,488
16,444
15,050
1,546
1,770
6,741,606
6,897,500
S cts.
6,911 97
2,967 43
9,879 40
9,532 91
Table No, 6. — Statement showing the work on the Canada Gazette,
Year 1916-17.
Title of Document.
Aggregate
Annual
Issue.
Number of
Pages in
Volume.
Canada Gazette
164,500
186,875
4,978
Canada Gazette (March 31, 1916)
4,778
Table No. 7. — Statement showing the work on the Voters' Lists,
Year 1916-17.
Title of Document.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Voters' Lists — 9 constituencies.
Voters' Lists (March 31, 1916)..
440
1,850
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRINTING
27
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate).
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number ot
Printed
Pages.
Agriculture —
Testing of Milk, Cream and Dairy By-Products (Bulletin No. 45)
Observations of the Migration of Wirble LarvEe through the
Tissues (Bulletin No. 22)
A Further Contribution on the Biology of Hypoderma Lincatum
(Bulletin No. 21)
The Cabbage Root Maggot and Its Control in Canada (Bulletin No
12)
The Grimsby Precooling and E.\perimental Fruit Storage Ware-
house (Bulletin No. 47)
Precooling Shipment and Cold Storage of Tender Fruit (Bulletin
No. 48)
Practical Assistance to Wool Growers in the Marketing of their Wool
Clips (Pamphlet No. 7, 2nd edition)
The Army Cutworm (Bulletin No. 13)
Publications Available for Distribution
Fruit Crop Report (5 issues)
The Care, Sanitation and Feeding of Foxes in Captivity (Bulletin
No. 20)
The Canadian Record of Performance for Pure-Bred Dairy Cattle
( Report No. 8)
Finish the Feeders in Canada — Keep the Heifers at Home (Pam
phlet No. 20)
Distribution of Pure Bred Male Animals by the Live Stock Branch
(Booklet No. 3)
DisWibution of Pure Bred Male Animals by the Live Stock Branch
(Booklet No. 3. 2nd edition)
The Bacon Hog and the British Market — " Production and Thrift
(Pamphlet No. 21 )
Spraying for Insects Affecting Apple Orchards in Nova Scotia
(Circular No. 8)
Bulletin of Foreign Agricultural Intelligence; from February, 1916 to
November, 1916 (10 issues)
Canadian Patent Office Record, February, 1916, to November,
191G (10 issues)
Index to Vol. XLIII, Canadian Patent Office Record
Rules and Forms of the Canadian Patent Office (Revised and
Amended )
■■ The Patent Act " (R.S.C., 1906)
Les criblures de grain et r^sultats des essais d 'alimentation
L'avortement epizootique (extrait du feuillet No. 108 du Minist^re
britannique de I'Agriculture et des Pecheries)
■• Acte des brevets " (S.R.C., 1906)
L'essai du lait, de la crfeme et des sous-produits du lait au moyen du
proc. di Babcock (bulletin No. 45)
Soin, hygiene et alimentation des renards en captivity (bulletin
No. 20)
La preparation des oeufs pour la vente (bulletin No. 16)
Civil Service CoTJimission —
Ninth Meeting of the National Assembly of Civil Service Com.
missions — Programme
Miscellaneous Information
Information respecting Outside Service Examinations
Ninth Meeting of the National Assembly of Civil Service Commis-
sions— Report of Proceedings
The Scientific Work ot the Government (Paper read before the
Ninth Meeeting of the National Assembly of Civil Service
Commissions, by Dr. Otto Klotz)
Renseignements concernant les examens du Service civil
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery —
Resume of General Elections, 1896, 1900, 1904, 1908, 1911 and
Elections held between July, 1896, and January, 1916
The Dominion Elections Act with Schedule of Forms (Chap
R.S.C., 1906)
Ontario Oaths (Forms 14, 17, 18 and 19)
By-
Carried forward.
32—3^
85,000
1,000
1,000
40,000
11,000
11,000
50,000
10,000
5,000
75,000
2,000
15,000
150,000
10,000
5,000
150,000
10,000
148,180
12.000
1,200
5,000
5,000
21,000
1,000
500
2,500
2,000
50,000
500
500
2,000
300
200
1,500
500
23,000
1,000
24
16
16
60
16
36
20
32
12
40
20
4,C96
104
32
24
48
20
24
176
12
64
124
140
2,040,000
16,000
16,000
2,400,000
176,000
396,000
1,000,000
320,000
60,000
602,600
40,000
1,320,000
1,200,000
240,000
120,000
2,400,000
160,000
15,011,120
4,915,200
124,800
160,000
120,000
1,008,000
8,000
12,000
125,000
40,000
1,200 000
4,000
4,000
32,000
52,800
2,400
96,000
62,000
3,220,000
8,000
908,880
6,, 322
38,711,920
28
nEPARTMEyr of piblic primixg axd statioxery
8 GEORGE V, A. 1919
Table No. 8. — ■Return of Pamphlet and ^Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Brought forward .
Customs —
Memorandum (Confidential)
Memorandum No. 2015-B — War Measures
List of Ports with Outports and Preventive Stations (Corrected
to 1st Julv, 1916)
List of Forms (Corrected to 1st July, 1916)
Classification of Exports
Memorandum ( Confidential)
Memorandum tConfidential)
Financial Report, 1915-16
Ejcperimental Farms —
Late Blight and Rot of Potatoes (Circular No. 10)
Seasonable Hints (Nos. 5, 6 and 7)
Soil Fertility — Its Economic Maintenance and Increase (Bulletin
No. 27, Second series)
Bees and How to Keep them (Bulletin No. 26, second series)
Tobacco Growing in Canada (Bulletin No. 25, second series)
Asparagus, Celery and Onion Culture (Pamphlet No. 5)
A Review of the Status and Possibilities of Flax Production and
Manipulation in Canada
Feeding for Beef in Alberta (Bulletin No. 30, second series)
The Apple in Canada — Its Cultivation and Improvement (Bulletin
No. 86)
Extracts from .^.nnual Report, 1914-15:
Report of the Director
Field Husbandrj-, Division of
Chemistry .-
Horticulture
Cereals
Animal Husbandry
Forage Plants
Poultry
Tobacco
Bees
Botany
Experimental Stations:
Charlottetown, P.E.I
Fredericton, N.B
Nappan, N.S
Kentville, N.S -.
Ste. Anne de la Pocati&re, Qu6
Cap Rouge, Que
Lennoxville, Qu6
Brandon, Man
Indian Head, Sask
Rosthem, Sask
Scott, Sask
Lethbridge, Alberta
Lacombe, Alberta
Agassiz, B.C
Inverness, B.C
Sidney, B.C
Rapport de TEatomologiste du Dominion, 1914-15
Culture du ginseng, des champignons et du melon
Conseils pour la saison (Nos. 5, 6 et 7)
L'industrie de la canneberge — Ses possibilitfes au Canada
Les abeilles et la conduite du rucher (Bulletin No. 26, deuxieme
s^rie) . .
Extraits du rapport annuel, 1914-15:
Rapport du Direct«ur
Culture du sol — Service de la
Chimie
908,880
24
6,000
2,500
1,500
200
400
300
105
200,000
935,000
10,000
50,000
10,000
. 10.000
10,000
10,000
110,000
60,000
60,000
63, 500
60,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
.53,000
53,000
54,000
54,000
250
250
250
250
50
100
150
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
5,000
5,000
246,435
2,000
15,000
17,000
17,000
15,500
6,322
16
24
52
16
S
56
90
288
16
48
16
56
32
32
40
136
90
186
82
288
84
220
86
52
58
24
42
52
40
64
56
20
48
8
84
64
32
32
52
48
88
20
16
44
8
48
32
64
92
188
88
.38,711,920
384
144,000
130,000
24,000
1,600
22,400
27,000
30, 240
3,200,000
14,960,000
160.000
2,800,000
320,000
80,000
320,000
400,000
14,960,000
5,400,000
11,160,000
4,387,000
17,280,000
5,040,000
13,200,000
5,160,000
2,756,000
3,074,000
1,296,000
2,268,000
13,000
10,000
16,000
14,000
1,000
4,800
1,200
21,000
16,000
8,000
8,000
13,000
12,000
22,000
5,000
4,000
220,000
40,000
3,942,960
64,000
960,000
1,564,000
3,196,000
1,364,000
Carried forward 3,218,894
9,756
158,832,504
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRIXTIN<}
29
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 8
Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Brought forward .
Experimental Farms — Concluded.
Extracts from Annual Report, 1914-15 — Concluded.
Horticulture
C^r^ales
Elevage
Plantes fourrag^res
Aviculture
Tabacs
Apiculture r
Botanique
Stations experimentales:
Quebec — Centre
Quebec — Est
Cantons de Test
3,218,894
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
16,000
16,000
16,000
16,000
External Affairs —
Passport requirements of Foreign Countries. .
Confidential Papers (13 different documents).
Exchequer Court —
Reports of the Exchequer Court of Canada: —
No. 4, Vol. 1.5
No. 1, Vol. 16
Governor General —
Military Inspection and Western Tour by Field Marshal His Royal
Highness the Duke of Connaught
Finance —
List of Insurance Companies, April 1 , 1916
Loan and Trust Companies. .Annual Statements for 1915.
Supply Bill, 1916, Schedules A and B
Supply Bill, 1916, Schedules .\, B and C
Consolidation of Appropriation Acts Nos. i and 2, 1916-17
An Act to levy a tax on business profits
Decayed Pilots Fund Account
List of Insurance Companies, July 1, 1916
Superannuation, Judges' Salaries and Pensions
List of Insurance Companies, Sept. 30, 1916
List of Insurance Companies, Dec. 30, 1916
List of Securities held by Insurance Companies (as at December
31, 1916)...
Canada's Need for Greater National Saving
Canada's Need for Greater National Saving (2nd edition)
Supply Bill, 1917
Tables of Values
Loi portant prelevement d'une taxe sur les profits d'affaires
Devoir national de I'^pargne au Canada
House of Commons —
- Analytical Index, Commons Debates, 1915
Discrepancy on Price of Fish
Index to Votes and Proceedings, 1916
Analytical Index, Commons Debates, 1916
Reports and Returns — Session 1917
Unrevised Debates of various dates (extra copies, aggregate)
An Address delivered by Mr. John Bright, Dominion Live Stock
Commissioner
Royal Commission on Shell Contracts — Report
Royal Commission on Shell Contracts — Minutes of Evidence
(Parts I and. II)
General Index to House of Commons Journals, 1904-15
CaiTied forward
150
200
100
10,000
700
1,000
1,000
150
550
500
500
500
500
18,000
• 150
550
30
500
500
700
10,000
5,000
500
500
4,000
3,000
690
500
250
690
300
3,200
37,500
24,000
1,000
800
3,479,104
9,756
298
84
224
88
56
60
26
44
48
20
464
136
192
32
12
72
40
44
34
16
16
12
12
12
140
32
132
16
8
84
64
64
128
8
548
18
32
1,710
928
158,832,504
5,066,000
1,428,000
3.808,000
1,496,000
896,000
960,000
416,000
704,000
7,200
4,000
800
80,000
17,450
136,000
192,000
4,800
6,600
36,000
20,000
22,000
17,000
288,000
2,400
6,600
360
6,000
4,000
98,000
80,000
40,000
16,000
66,000
64,000
24,000
57,960
32,000
16,000
88,320
2,400
197,200
675,000
768,000
1,710,000
742,400
15,750
179,134,994
30
DEPARTMENT OF I'VULIC I'lUXTIXG AND STATIONERT
8 GEORGE V, A- 1918
Table No. 8. — ^Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
Brought forward.
House o} Commons — Concluded.
Select Standing Committees of House of Commons, 1917 (Seventh
Session, 12th Parliament)
List of Members and Committees, 1917
Index Analytique des Debats de la Seme session du 12eme parlement
Commission Royale des eontrats pour obus — Rapport
Index des Proces-Verbaux, 1916
Discours prononee par Monsieur John Bright, Commissaire ffed^ral
de I'industrie animale
Indian Affairs —
List of Lots for Sale in the Wild Lands
Regulations respecting the Education of Indian Children
Inland Revenue —
OflRcial List of Licensed Manufacturers
Elevator Scale Equipment (2 issues)
Weights and Measures — Inspectors' Handbook, 1916
Official List of Bulletins — Issued to September, 1916
Weights and Measures Act and Regulations, 1914-15
Bulletins: —
Malt Extracts (No. 326)
Turpentine, as a Paint Material (No. 331)
Formalin (No. 333)
Butter (No. 334)
Cream of Tartar (No. 335)
Tincture of Ginger (No. 336)
Lemon Flavouring Extract (No. 337)
Sausages (No. 33S)
■Sweet Spirit of Nitre (No. 339)
Ground Coffee (No. 340)
Household Ammonia ( No. 341 )
Liquid Extract of Nux Vomica (No. 342)
Sugar ( No. 343)
Spirit of Camphor (No. 344)..
Evaporated Milk (No. 345)
Chocolate Candy (No. 346)
Fertilizers for 1916 (No. 347)
Maple Sugar (No. 348)
Mace (No. 349)
Feed Flour (No. 350)
Bay Rum, Florida Water, etc. (No. 351)
Evaporated Fruits and Vegetables (No. 352)
Temperance Beer ( No. 353)
Gluten Flour, etc. (No. 354)
Bran ( No. 355) "
Aspirin Tablets (No. 356)
Canned Tomatoes (No. 357)
Cassia (No. 358)
Tea (No. 359)
Baking Powder (No. 360)
Prepared Mustard (No. 361)
Gasolene (No. 362)
Malt Extract for Bakers' Use (No. 363)
Tabac et cigares (Cir. G. 155)
Bulletins: —
Sirop deferable (No. 325) :
Ext.raits de Malt (No. 326)
Huile k salade (No. 328)
Orge mond4 et orge perle (No. 329)
Cfer^ales preparees ( No. 330 )
T^r^bentine, comme substance employee dans la peinture
(No. 331)
3,479,104
600
600
150
1,000
75
12,500
200
500
850
5,000
300
1,000
200
4.000
4,000
4,000
4,000
4,000
4,000
4,00o
4,000
4,000
4,000
4,000
5,000
5,000
4.000
4,000
4,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
500
500
500
500
500
500
15,750
12
48
192
32
50
18
68
8
76
16
136
24
32
12
20
24
12
36
20
12
40
24
4
36
24
16
20
48
28
16
20
16
28
20
12
28
8
32
24
36
28
20
16
12
8
32
24
24
28
8
28
179,134,994
7,200
28,800
28,800
32,000
3,750
225,000
1,600
4,000
57.800
40,000
22,800
16,000
27,200
96,000
128,000
48,000
80,000
96,000
48,000
144,000
80,000
48,000
160,000
96,000
20,000
180.000
96,000
(>4,000
80,000
240,000
140,000
80,000
100,000
80,000
140,000
100,000
60,000
140,000
40.000
160,000
120.000
180,000
140,000
100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
16,000
12,000
12,000
14,000
4,000
14,000
Carried forward 3,661,079
17,322
183,165,944
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRINTINiO
31
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 8. — ^Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
Brought forward .
. 332).
Inland Revenue — Concluded.
Bulletins — Continued.
Huile de lin crue (No
Formaline (No. 333)
Beurre (No. 334)
Creme de tartre (No. 335)
Teinture de gingembre (No. 336)
Ex trait aromatisant de citron (No. 337)
Saucisse (No. 338)
Ether nitreux alcoolisfe (No. 339)
Cafe moulu (No. 340)
Ammoniaque domestique (No. 341 )
Extrait liquide de noix vomique (No. 342). . .
Sucre (No. 343)
Alcool camphre — spiritus camphorae (No. 344)
Lait evapore ( No. 345)
Bonbons au chocolat (No. 346)
Engraispour 1916 (No. .347)
Sirop d'erable (No. 348)
Macis (No. 349)
Bay rum, eau de Floride, etc. (No. 351)
Farine de gluten, etc. (No. 354)
Tablettes d'aspirine (No. 356)
Interior —
General Instructions for Taking Levels
Regulations Governing Water Power Rights in the Provinces of
Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and the Northwest Terri-
tories
Index to Orders in Council, 1911
Irrigation Surveys and Inspections, 1915
Dominion Parks Motor Regulations
Levelling Operations
Facts and Figures, 1916
Yukon Grazing and Hay Regulations...
Memo, of Information for the Guidance of Applicants for Water
Rights, etc
Timber Regulations, Yukon Territory
Petroleum and Natural Gas Lease
Memorandum for the Prime Minister
Water Power Regulations
Triangulation of the Railway Belt of British Columbia
List of Publications and Maps
Canadian Wood.s for Structural Timber
Irrigation Surveys and Inspections, 1916
Dominion Lands Act and Amendments
List of School Lands for Sale:
Moosejaw, Sask
Indian Head, Sask
Vulcan, Alberta
Carmangay, Alberta
Munson. Alberta
Kindersiey , Sask i
Glenella, Man
Kamsack. Sask
Dauphin, Man
Biggar, .Sask
Rossburn, Man
Blaine Lake, Sask
Provost, Sask
Chinook, Alberta
Red vers, Sask
Broadview, Sask
Moosomin, Sask
3,661,079
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
200
1,000
30
2,500
2,000
2,000
3,000
1,500
5,000
2,000
4,000
30
3,000
1,000
1,000
20,000
2,500
3,000
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
17,322
32
12
20
24
12
36
20
12
40
24
8
36
24
16
20
48
28
16
16
12
8
16
88
72
16
368
32
8
12
8
72
94
12
48
88
68
8
8
8
12
12
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
20
183,165,944
16,000
6,000
10,000
12,000
6,000
18,000
10,000
6,000
20,000
12,000
4,000
18,000
12,000
8,000
10,000
24,000
14,000
8,000
8,000
6,000
4,0j0
1,600
16,000
2,640
180,000
32,000
736,000
96,000
12,000
40.000
16,000
48,000
240
216,000
94,000
12,000
960,000
220,000
204,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
30,000
30,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
30,000
50,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
Carried forward T 3, 767, 839
18,972
186,684,424
32
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PHIXTING AND STATIOyERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Brought forward
Interior — Continued.
Instructions for the Erection of Boundary Monuments on Surveys
of Dominion Lands.
Instructions for the Preparation of Plans re Provisions of the
Irrigation Act
Instructions for the Submission of Drainage .Applications
Publications of the Dominion Observatory (Nos. 6 and 7, Vol. Ill)
Potash Regulations
Extracts from Annual Report, 1914-15:
Juvenile Immigration (Part of Part II)
Commission of Dominion Parks (Part V)
Director of Forestrj* (Part VI)
Canadian Hydraulic Power Development (Parts XII and
XIII)
Extracts from .Annual Report, 1915-16:
Dominion Lands (Part I)
Immigration (Part II)
Director of Forestry (Part VI)
Dominion Water Powers (Part VIII)
Roll of Honour (List of Employees, Inside Service, enlisted for
Overseas Duty)
Extracts from Reports on Townships :
East of the Principal Meridian and East of the Second Meri-
dian East
West of the Principal and Second Meridian
West of the Third and Fourth Meridians
West of the Fifth and Skth Meridians
In the Railway Belt, British Columbia :
1 to 16, West of the Second Meridian
East and West of the Principal Meridian, . ,
West of the Second and Third Meridians..
West of the Fifth and Sixth Meridians.
West of the Fourth Meridian
In the Railway Belt, British Columbia
Forest Products of Canada:
Lumber, Lath and Shingles, 1914 (Bulletin No. 56)
Lumber. Lath and Shingles. 1914 (Bulletin Xo. 57)
Lumber, Lath and Shingles, 1915 (Bulletin No. 58A)
Lumber, Lath and Shingles, 1915 (Bulletin No. 58A)
Pulpwood, 1915 (Bulletin No. 5SB)
Poles and Cross-Ties (Bulletin No. 58 C)
Dominion Forest Officers' Manual — General Order No. 8 — Property
Description, .Adjustments and Methods of use of the Si.\-inch Micro-
meter Block Survey Reiterating Transit Theodolite 1912
Pattern
-Alphabetical List of Seed Grain, etc. (18 issues)
Instructions Regarding the Preparation of Plans to be Filed under
the Provision of the Irrigation .Act
Geographical Publications of the Department of the Interior. .
Produits des Forets du Canada, 1914 (Bulletin No. 57)
Justice —
In the Exchequer Court of Canada — Notes of -Argument
In the Supreme Court of Canada — On -Appeal from the Court of
-Appeal of British Columbia
Royal Commission re War Supplies (6 issues)
Exchequer Court of Canada — In Prize — "The Leonor"
The Canadian Criminal Identification Bureau
Labour —
United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners (Extract).
Labour Organizations in Canada — Fifth -Annual Report.. .
Carried forward .
Number
of
Copies.
3,767,839
500
3,000
1,500
2,000
1,000
3,000
2,500
2.000
1,000
500
2,000
2,000
2,500
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,500
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
6,000
500
1,000
4,000
2,000
2,000
1,000
500
9,000
3,000
1,500
2,500
25
50
,500
125
500
200
5,500
Number
of
Pages.
3,847,739
18,972
12
2
100
16
32
80
100
56
194
96
96
228
24
28
48
80
36
160
32
24
56
24
40
64
82
32
32
12
10
28
1,232
12
12
64
128
278
16
16
232
22,952
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
186,684,424
4,000
36,000
3,000
100,000
16,000
96,000
200,000
200,000
56,000
97,000
192,000
192,000
570,000
8,000
24,000
28,000
48,000
80,000
36,000
240,000
32,000
24,000
56,000
24,000
40,000
384,000
41,000
32,000
128,000
24,000
20,000
28,000
33,000
616,000
36,000
18,000
160,000
1,900
0,400
214,000
2,000
4,000
3,200
1,276,000
i
192,113,924
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRIXTIN<}
33
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
Brought forward .
Marine and Fisheries —
Index to Notice to Mariners, 1915
List of Lights and Fog Signals — Atlantic Coast, 1916
Inland Waters, 1916
Pacific Coast, 1916
Atlantic Coast, 1917
List of Buoys, Beacons and Day Marks on the Pacific Cgast, 1916.
Toronto Magnetical Observations, 1914
Amendments to By-Laws of the Pilotage District of Quebec
Meteorological Tables, 191.3
Discipline on Canadian Government Vessels
International Rules of the Road
Index to Notices to Mariners, 1916.- -
Rules of the Road for the Great Lakes
Meteorological Tables, 1914
Supplement to List of Vessels (11 issues)
R^glements pour I'inspection des Chaudi^res et Machines des
navires a vapeur
R^glements pour la gouverne des havres publics
Dis
Militia and Defence —
Rifle and Musketry Exercises for the Ross Rifle, 1915
List of Casualties, C.E.F., October 7 to December 31, 1915..
Description and Action of Colt Automatic Gun
Report of the Halifax Military Lands Board, 1915
Regulations for the Canadian Officers Training Corps, 1916. .
Scale of Equipment for Field Artillery Batteries
Regulations for Magazines and Care of War Materiel — ...
Instructions re Organization, etc., C.E.F. Units, 1916
Instructions for Practice, Horse, Field and Heavy Artillery.
Instructions for Assembling and Fitting the Pattern 1916
mounted Equipment
Scale of Equipment for Infantry Battalions
Section Gun Drill
Regulations for Canadian Ordnance, etc
Instructions respecting Troop Trains !
Amendments to "Instructions re Organization, etc., C.E.F. Units,
1916"
Index to Militia Daily Orders, 1915
Financial Instructions and Allowances for the Expeditionary Force,
1916 ■.
List of Casualties, Jan. 1 to March 13, 1916
Bayonet Fighting and Physical Training
.Supplementary Physical Training Tables, 1916
Bayonet Training (Provisional)
Canadian Manual of Military Cooking
Regulations for the Canadian Army Veterinary Service
Draft of Proposed Report of Economic Commission
Standing Orders — Signal Training Depot C.E.F
Regulations for Magazines and Care of War Materiel
Defensive Measures against Gas Attacks.
Report of the War Purchasing Commissioners (3 Vols.)
Royal Flying Corps
Physical Training — Special Tables, 1917
Quarterly Militia List, 1916 (4 issues)
Amendments to "Regulations for Magazines and Care of War
Materiel, 1913" '.
Military Ho-spitals Commission — Special Bulletin
Military Hospitals Commission Bulletin
Amendments to "Instructions Governing Organization and Ad-
rninistration, C.E.F. Units, 1916"
Physical Training Vocabulary
Fighting Tuberculosis — Written for Canadian Soldiers
4,847,739
800
1,900
800
1,000
2,000
1,000
300
50
1,200
100
500
800
2,000
1,200
3,500
500
500
50,000
20,000
15,000
100
10, 000
5,000
300
20,000
1,000
5,000
2,000
500
800
2,500
20,000
6,800
15,000
20,000
5,000
10,000
10,000
3,980
500
50
2,000
1,500
1,500
3,000
25,000
5,000
32,600
300
3.000
18,000
20,000
3,000
25,000
22,952
24
328
164
64
328
88
34
8
632
8
22
24
20
652
92
80
28
48
160
32
176
28
16
16
32
48
16
16
16
16
12
18
144
144
84
24
24
34
68
52
20
16
16
20
2,084
8
32
4,344
24
112
32
8
24
192,113,924
19,200
023,200
131,200
64,000
656.000
88,000
10,200
400
758,400
800
11,000
19,200
40.000
782,400
29,600
40,000
14,000
2,400,000
3,200 000
480,000
17,600
280,000
80,000
4,800
64,000
48,000
80,000
32,000
8,000
12,800
30,000
360,000
979,200
2,160,000
1,680,000
120,000
240,000
340,000
270,640
26,000
1,000
32,000
24,000
30,000
6,252,000
200,000
160,000
35,351,400
7,200
336,000
144,000
640,000
24,000
600,000
Carried forward 4, 229, 369
33,520
252,116,164
34 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRIXTiyO AXD STATIOSERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Total
Number Number of
of Printed
Pages. Pages.
Brought forward .
Militia and Defence — Concluded.
Amendments to "Instructions Governing Organization and Ad-
ministration, C.E.F. Units, 1916"
National Organization for War (by Stephen Leacock)
Index to General Orders, 1915
Memo, re European War
Militia General Orders, 1916-17 (aggrega,te)
Bureau du Service National du Canada — Directeurs et rfeglements.
Ordres g^nferaux de la milice, 1916-17 (au total)
Mines —
Canada Mines Act
Catalogue des oiseaux canadiens
Naval Service —
Tide Tables lor the Pacific Coast, 1918
Tides at the Head of the Bay of Fundy
Pelagic Sealing Commission — Return
A few Hints on Oyster Culture
Regulations respecting Royal Naval Air Service
Instructions respecting the Use of Wireless Telegraphy
Physical and Medical Examination
List of Canadian Government Ships, 1916
Instructions for Transport Service at Headquarters
Supplementary Instructions for Use of Wireless Telegraphy
Tide Tables for the Eastern Coast of Canada, 1918
Admiralty Regulations..
Tabulation of Lobster measurement, 1916 '. .
List of Printed Forms ?
Tide Tables for the Pacific Coast, 1917
Tide Tables for St. John, N.B. (Bay of Fundy, 1917)
Tide Tables for Vancouver and Sand Head, B.C., 1917
Canadian Monthly Orders (aggregate)
Merchant Vessels
Report of the International Waterways Commission, 1915
Instructions respecting Military Transports
Physical and Medical Examination
Confidential documents (3)
Instructions respecting the Use of Wireless Telegraphy
Instructions respecting Recruiting
St. Lawrence Pilot — I5elow Quebec
Confidential Weekly Orders (aggregate)
Index to Confidential Weekly Orders
Tide Tables for Nelson, Hudson Bay, 1919
Report on Herring Fishing Operations of Steamer "Thirty-Three"
with drift Nets, 1916 ,
Instructions for Reporting Officers in Canada
Index to Canadian Monthly Orders, 1914
Index to Canadian Monthly Orders, 1916
Naval Intelligence report (aggregate)
Bulletin of Sea Fishery Statistics (aggregate)
Confidential Navy List (aggregate)
Reglements de p^che speciaux — He du Prince-Edouard
Nouvelle-Ecosse
Nouveau-Brunswick
Manitoba
Alberta
Colorabie-Britannique
Yukon ,
Ontario
Volontaires de la reserve de la Marine royale canadienne
4,229,369
20,000
201,450
7,700
2,000
582,735
100
48,000
100
1,500
18,000
3,000
1,000
2,000
500
100
200
150
25
100
8,000
50
100
500
15,000
15,000
12,000
2,175
75
1,500
100
500
200
25
200
500
4,575
100
500
600
40
100
100
525
24,600
785
50a
500
500
100
100
100
100
100
3,000
33,520
24
12
456
106
1,426
8
1,240
120
938
64
36
64
40
8
20
16
68
48
24
64
40
36
12
64
24
48
224
56
290
32
16
34
16
12
216
1,590
12
12
92
16
18
202
268
256
32
56
42
32
32
34
28
30
8
252, 116, 164
480,000
2,417 400
3,511,200
348,000
9,451,160
800
744,400
12,000
1,407,000
1,152,000
108,000
64,000
80,000
4,000
2,000
3,200
10,200
1,200
2,400
512,000
2,000
3,600
6,000
960,000
360,000
576,000
38,050
4,200
435,000
3,200
8,000
2,3.50
400
2,400
108,000
143,800
1,200
4,000
7,200
3,680
1,600
1,800
7,850
549,400
32,560
16,000
28,000
21,000
3,200
3,200
3,400
2,800
3,000
24,000
Carried forward 5, 210, 879
42, 190
275,794,014
REPORT OF TUK Sri'ERIXrEXDEST OF PRISTINO
35
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 8. — ^Retuni of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Brought fom'ard
Post Office-
Saskatchewan Distribution List. 1916
Parcel Post Regulations
Instructions to Railway Mail Clerks
Appendix K (Extract from Postmaster General's Report, 1915-16)
Pro-German Correspondence
Confidential Circulars to Postmasters (3)
Schedule of Mail Trains (5 issues)
Distribution List for British Columbia, 1917
Monthly Supplement to Postal Guide, 1916-17 {12 issues)
Monthly Money Order Circular. 1916-17 (12 issues)
Supplement mensuel au guide officiel du ser\'ice postal canadien,
1916-17 (12 publications)
Circulaire mensuelle des mandats-poste, 1916-17 (12 publications)
Public Works —
Telephone Directory — Senate and House of Commons .......
International Joint Commission — In the Matter of the Application of
the International Lumber Commission
General Rules for Caretakers
Extracts from .\nnual Report, 1915-16:
Report of the Chief Engineer
Report of the Chief Architect '
Collection of Revenue
Report on Dredging
Report of the Superintendent of Telegraphs
Privy Council —
Economic and Developing Commission-
-Interim Report.
Canada at War — Speech delivered by the Right Hon. Robert Laird
C.C, P.C, G.C.M.G., in New York City
Borden, K _ . _ _
National Service Board of Canada— Directors and Regulations
Memorandum re Colonial Imperial Conference
Bureau du Service National du Canada — Directeurs et rSglements
Public Printing and Stationery —
An Act to Levy a Tax on Business Profits (4 issues) . ■
Memorandum regarding the Reduction of the Cost of Publications
An Act to Amend the IJank Act
Proceedings of Royal Commission re War Supplies (2 issues)
Printing Bureau Rates in Effect July 1, 1916
List of Annual Reports
Index to Private Acts, 1867-1916
Various Acts reprinted for Stock (aggregate)
Price List of Government Publications
Criminal Code with Amendments
Report of Joint Commission on Printing of Parliament
Alphabetical List of Employees (Jan. 1, 1917)
Supply Bill No. 1
Judgments, Orders, etc. — Board of Railway Commissioners
(2 issues)
Commons Debates of various dates (aggregate)
Index to Canada Gazette, Vol. XLIX
Report of A. D. Watson, Actuary of the Dominion
Debats de la Chambre des Communes de differentes dates (au
total)
Rapport de A. D. Watson, actuaire du Dominion
Statuts revises du Canada et modifications, 1907-1916
Index des lois privies du Canada, 1867-1916
Number
of
Copies.
5,210.879
1,700
25,000
15,000
20
3,500
12,000
7,700
1,250
231,750
56,600
54,150
13,800
1,000
50
400
100
50
50
50
200
100
20,000
500
500
200
Railways and Canals —
Report on the Welland Ship Canal, 1915
Information and Tariff Charges re Government Grain Elevators
Welland Ship Canal (Extract from Annual Report, 1916)
Carried forward .
2,350
50
5,000
200
500
1,200
200
77,575
1,000
2,000
1,000
25
100
400
1,700
2,100
25
2,300
25
1,000
200
300
1,000
300
Number
of
Pages.
5,757,099
42,190
160
16
52
32
20
92
864
106
110
138
120
138
16
12
414
112
24
156
122
80
8
4
248
8
4
92
,190
82
810
16
56
32
192
680
724
8
830
100
52,274
Total
Number of
Printed
275,794,014
272,000
400,000
780,000
640
70,000
388,000
1,129,600
132,. 500
2.122,800
611,600
509,800
158,700
16,000
400
4,800
41,400
5,600
1,200
7,800
24,400
2,400
240,000
4,000
14,000
1,600
29,800
400
20,000
24,800
4,000
4,800
18,400
7,828,840
82,000
1,620,000
16,000
1,400
3,200
44,000
223,600
138,600
200
331,600
200
830,000
20,000
5,400
16,000
6,000
294,002,494
36
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRIXTINO AXD STATWXEPT
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and jXIiscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Concluded.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Brought fomard
Railway Commission —
Decisions, etc
Index to Vol. V of Judgments, Orders, etc.
Judgments. Orders, etc. (26 issues)
Secretary of Stale —
Regulations respecting Applications under the Dominion Company's
.\ct
The Bonanza Creek Gold Mining Co
Confidential document
War Proclamations, Orders in Council, etc
Appendix to .\rchives Report, 1915
The Canadian Northwest — Its Early Development
Evidence before the Roval Commission re Purchase of War Sup-
plies, etc. (Vols. I, li and III)
Consolidated Orders respecting Trading with the Enemy
Consolidated Orders respecting Censorship
List of Ordinances
Ordinances made and Passed by the Governor and Council of the
Province of Quebec, 1763- 1791
Programme — Soiree musicale en aide au 230i4me Voltigeurs cana-
diens-francais
Catalogue des pamphlets, journaux et rapports d6pos6s aux archives
publiques du Canada, 1611-1867
Senate —
List of Newspapers, 1916
List of Senators, 1916 ^ ;..
List of Senators, 1917
List oi Senators and Committees, 1917
5,757,094
2,000
600
15,725
1,000
1,000
3,000
5.000
500
200
1,500
1,000
5,000
200
300
800
500
Trade and Commerce —
Canada — The Country of the Twentieth Century
Annual Review — Commercial Intelligence Service, 1915
Instructions to Commissioners and Enumerators. .
Confidential document
List of Licensed Elevators, etc
Rules and Regulations made by the Board of Grain Commissioners
for Canada
Exhibition of Enemy Samples
Outlined Plan for National Trade and Commerce Convention
Grain Inspection in Canada
Imports, etc. — Statement No. 19
A National System of Statistics
Index to Weekly Bulletin (July to December, 1916 1
Grades of Grain Growers in Western Canada
List of Licensed Elevators and Warehouses
Timber Import Trade of Australia
British Prohibited Import List
Report of the Deputy Minister
The Canada Grain .^ct (2 issues)
Weekly Bulletin (53 issues) •
Index to Weekly Bulletin (January 1 to June 30, 1916)
Synopsis of the Laws of the Dominion of Canada re Sale of Food
and other Commodities
Census and Statistics Monthly, 1916-17 (12 issues)
Instructions aux commissaires et recenseurs
.Statistique mensuelle (12 publications)
Index de la Statistique mensuelle, 1912-13, Vols. V et VI
Totals
Totals (March 31,
1916).
30
200
300
300
6,000
6,650
1,600
12,000
1,.500
100
6,000
10,000
10,000
50
100
6,900
1,000
1,500
8,000
500
1,000
1,000
356,610
6,300
20.000
79,800
1.600
13,800
1,500
52,274
20
656
24
32
12
784
476
452
2,740
20
10
12
12
12
476
40
12
12
20
288
136
48
8
116
24
8
56
64
16
16
28
8
132
20
192
3,148
32
16
338
52
348
16
294,002,494
1.36,000
12,000
488,300
24,000
32,000
36,000
.3,920,000
23,800
90, 400
4,110,000
20.000
.50,000
2,400
3,600
9,600
23,800
1,200
2,400
3.600
6,000
1,728,000
904,400
76,800
96.000
174,000
2,400
48,000
560.000
640,000
800
1,600
193,200
8,000
198,000
640,000
4,000
20,000
960,000
21,693,460
201 , 600
320,000
2,181,200
83,200
390,200
24,000
..349,764
,997,740
63,362
59,164
334,146,454
>399,944,540
•Last year's total should have read 399,944,540, instead of 493,431,680.
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTEyDEXT OF PRINTING
37
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 9. — Statement of other Letterpress Departmental Work for the
Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department.
Copies
Envelopes.
other
Work.
1,491,625
2,764,110
28,000
21,925
50,000
138,590
383,325
223,960
1,228,485
7,180.460
3,401,175
4,785,350
22,250
117,585
703,840
5,539,985
8,000
19,055
10,425
150,350
110,675
411,900
352,050
2,429,805
1,463,445
5,492,135
109, 700
412,045
184,215
93,695
5,000
4,000
499,475
1,468,480
3,970,350
30,253,915
138,510
270,400
841,150
3,176,145
8,552,810
38,712,591
207, 160
564,000
839,975
1,. 568, 695
493,325
1,659,5.55
251,110
433,330
57,000
161,050
12,000
22,000
233,000
410,680
135,225
169,4.50
82,750
115,100
713,600
1,564,050
26,579,650
110,334,391
25, 625, 645
108.507,130
Agriculture ,. ■
Auditor General
Civil Service Commission
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery. . .
Customs
Experimental Farms
External Affairs
Finance
Governor General
House of Commons
Indian .Affairs
Inland Revenue
Interior
Justice
Labour
Library of Parliament
Marine and Fisheries
Militia and Defence
Mines
Naval Service
Post Office
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Mint
Royal Northwest Mounted Police.
Secretary of State
Senate
Trade and Commerce
Totals. .
Totals (March 31, 1916).
38
DEPARTMENT OF PIBLIC PRISriyo ASD HTATIOyEST
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 10. — Statement showing the Number of Half-tone Plates or other
Insertions in Annual and Supplementary Reports during the Fiscal Year
1916-17.
Title of Document.
Number
of
Plates.
Number
of Copies
of Reports.
Total
Plates
Inserted.
Archives of Canada, 1914-15 (English)
Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1914-15 (French)
Experimental Farm, 1914-15 (English) Vols. I and II.
Experimental Farm. 1914-15 (French)
Fisheries, 1915-16 (English)
Fisheries. 1915-16 (French).
Hvdrographic Surv-ej-s, 1912-13-14 (French)
Hvdrographic Surveys, 1912-13-14 (English)
Public Works, 1914-15 (French)
Railways and Canals, 1914-15 (French)
Railways and Canals, 1915-16 (English)
Royal Northwest Mounted Police, 1915-16 (English).
Summary of Mines, 1914 (French)
Topographical Surveys, 1914-15 (English)
Topographical .Surveys, 1914-15 (French)
Trade and Commerce, 1914-15 Part V (English)
Trade and Commerce, 1914-15. Part V (French)
Veterinary Director General, 1914-15 (English)
Veterinary Director General, 1914-15 (French)
Totals ^
Totals (March 31, 1916)
11
98
98
3
3
9
9
12
64
33
17
16
10
10
4
4
16
16
435
956
3,110
590
50,750
10,640
3,990
840
640
5,240
795
890
3,935
3.210
1.640
5,240
1,090
4.240
740
9.740
590
107,910
160,550
6,220
6,490
4.973.500
1,042,720
11,970
2.520
5,760
47,160
9.540
56,960
129,855
54,570
26.240
52,400
10,900
16,960
2,960
155,840
9,440
6,622.005
9,397,865
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRINTING 39
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 11. — Statement of Books Bound during the Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Departments.
Full
Leather.
Half
Leather.
Quarter
Leather.
Cloth.
Agriculture
Auditor General
Civil Service Commission
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery. . .
Customs
Experimental Farms
External Aflairs
Finance
Governor General
House of Commons
Indian Affairs
Inland Revenue
Interior
Justice
Labour
Library of Parliament
Marine and Fisheries
Militia and Defence
Mines
Naval Service
Post Office
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Northwest Mounted Police.
Secretary of State
Senate
Trade and Commerce
Totals
Totals (March 31, 1916).
26
2
11
7
4
501
10
25
8
12
298
39
3
118
4
190
600
2
6
7
6
4
48
11
1
1,943
11,827
629
183
3
7
1,739
161
46
569
10
580
503
1,341
1,232
776
6
1,413
149
3,773
634
429
3,242
U
143
258
145
25
105
167
606
63
151
2
1,
468
10
26
117
1
22
62
517
,097
2
24
2
72
22, 672
16
719
4,565
1
146
807
224
31
8
12
50
18,948
17,051
31,824
28,628
2,244
204
500
3,570
28
1
13,069
6
31,551
840
7,056
14,498
619
81
740
79,672
2,602
6,706
17,104
26
1,014
5,702
846
125
509
120
1,097
6,126
196,656
246,436
40
DEPARTME'S'T OF PUBLIC PRIXTiyo ASD ^TATIOXElfT
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 12. — Statement showing the Number of Pads made during the
Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department.
Quantity.
Agriculture
Auditor General
Customs
External Affairs
Finance
House of Commons
Indian Affairs
Inland Revenue
Interior
Justice
Labour
Marine and Fisheries .'
Militia and Defence
Mines .^
Naval Service ;
Post Office •
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Northwest Mounted Police.
Senate
Trade and Commerce
10,677
112
16,224
210
3,767
1,53.5
2,948
1,826
16,865
1,714
160
2,724
85, 169
243
10,810
8,628
282,558
9,596
1,073
500
600
1,100
4,762
Total.
Total (March 31, 1916).
463,801
245.049
REPoifr OF THE SI I'ERiyTEynExr OF I'Riyriyo
41
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 13. — Statement showing the Number of Prepaid Post Office
Envelopes Made and Stamped during the Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Quantity
Made and
Stamped.
One cent Envelope.->
Two cent Envelopes
Total
Total (March 31, 1916).
700,000
2,800,000
3,500,000
4,125,000
Table No. 14. — Statement showing the Die Stamping of Letter and Note
Headings and Envelopes during the Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department .
Foolscap,
Half-Cap,
Letter
and
Halt Letter.
Note
and
Half Note.
Envelopes.
Number
of
Impressions
Ap'iculture '
(^'ivil Service Commission
( 'ustoms
E.\ternal Affairs
Finance
Governor General
House of Commons
Indian .Vffairs
Inland Revenue
Interior
.Justice
Labour
Marine and Fisheries
Militia a«d Defence
Mines
Naval Service
Post Office
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Mint
Royal Northwest Mounted Police.
Secretary of State
Senate
Trade and Commerce
Totals
Totals (March 31, 1916).
20,
10,
27.
29^
20,
24,
34,
5,
60,
.")<!,
s:i,
70,
28,
946.
13,
145,
.50,
228,
27,
48,
26,
37,
000
000
500
400
000
000
000
000
000
2110
47.J
000
000
600
000
000
000
250
000
000
000
000
000
52,
43,
52,
000
000
000
2,143,325
1,414,700
500
3,500
28.400
11,000
500
1,250
6,000
61 , 500
2,500
2,000
7,000
3,000
7,000
6,000
11,500
27,360
2,500
181,510
104,015
16, 750
40,000
3,000
5,000
35, 750
38,000
56,000
46,000
48,, 500
23,, 500
5,000
365,500
2,500
32,000
29,250
319,000
16,000
5,000
8,000
7,000
10,000
20,000
10,100
1,500
1,143,350
2,043,455
37, 250
10,000
07,.")()0
3.">.yoo
25,000
88, 1,50
83,000
5,500
116,000
106,450
137,975
93,, 500
33,000
1,373.. 500
13.000
147,500
84,. 500
259,, 500
3.53,000
67,000
38,000
45,000
12,000
16,000
83,500
80,460
56,000
3,468,185
3, .562, 170
32—4
42 DEiPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATI0XE>1{T
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 15. — Statement showing the Loose-leaf Work during the Fiscal
Year 1916-17.
Department.
Binders.
Loose
Leaves.
Index
Leaves.
Index
Cards.
124
3
100,350
54,475
500
209, 300
73, 180
732
4,000
64
4
8
33
3,839
2,550
71,770
1,369
732
26
49,000
119,500
3,000
7
22
389
7
2
5,900
50,800
197,858
2,600
200
500
128,060
1,300,105
46, 180
112,330
59,060
48
32
14,086
508
58
5,000
74,110
1,000
3,700
Marine and Fisheries.
169
4,121
73
183
91
3,063
14,220
436
264
831
500
4,204
851
8,527
840
27,500
1,620,180
12,000
56,350
PoRt Officp
14,200
Pnhlio Printinff and Stationerv
91
1,364
1,408
18
19
5
1,950
1,177
151,011
31,790
225,400
6.000
623,400
7,000
1,600
Senretarv of State
1,420
2,500
238,265
30
58,015
654
1,000
10,000
Totals
11,332
4,240
2,998,924
2,855,119
113,865
61,773
2,705,720
2,748,725
Table No. 16.— Comparative Statement of the Number of Letterpress
Impressions for the last Five Fiscal Years.
Years.
1912-13,
1913-14
1914-15
1915-16
1916-17
Impressions.
86,. 582, 643
87,473,093
93,925,493
102,934,861
103,367,779
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918
OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH.
The following is a report of the work executed for Parliament and the
various departments in outside printing establishments during the fiscal year
ending March 31, 1917. The numbers below correspond to the serial numbers
of the tables in the report of the Superintendent of Printing.
1 and 2. Annual and Supplementary Reports.
8. Pamphlet and miscellaneous book-work.
9. Other letterpress departmental work.
11. Books bound. ^
12. Pads made.
14. Die-Stamping.
15. Loose-leaf work.
17. Lithographed maps, plans, cheques and forms.
18. Halftones, linecuts, electros, and dies made.
34—4^ ■ 43
44
DF.PMlTMEyT OF VIBIJC PI}I\ri\(! Ayo f^TATIOyERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
CO
03
03
o
a
3
fl
el
<J
c
o
o
bC
C
o
03
o
I?
►a
m
<!
3 crjoit-cc^aco
O
^ 13 OC ffl — O -f O
»c
!S CO Cv) t- !£) O iQ
%.>
-
oooo ooo
o
. m
C-: o o o o ec o
r^ ^ o c) o r* ci
r?^^
'
ro
d.
tf> in II- i-MC iCiC
m
^
CC — CO — CC CO ^
CO
z
u
c
^
e"
!C
S3
K
2
a c
O LT o o o m »o
o
Q
n -
CO
>CiC O iC o o »c
;^
=3 J,
t^r-ot^oor-
ci CO T-i ec — ' — cc
Is
■— W N (M
O)
12 "-
oo oo o o o
jC C^ t— C-l ^? ?0 00
to t- O LO Ci "t** 31
CtT t~r i>r OV "rjT o -^'
O CO O CO O Oi -^
«fr o -^ ^ CO C30 (M
Cl 30 CJ M 30 -^ Cvl
CO Cl C^l C^ CO O (M
CO C^ — — <M C-1 CM
O O iC O iC »-o o
-* ^ CO cft ceo Oi
t^ "1^ Ot^CO o
t^ C^CO -^ iC -^i— I
LO IC
3 Stj c2 o"3
Ma: c £ .03 x
y y "C i-O •— _ ^^
- -_„Ooo
■ >) t- -.
.has
; c;
M bC E
i'a ^' ^' 5 i ;,
? 'i a a 5ii =J
o vj I-:; J o! a eq
05
03
a;
03
o
Q.
(5
s
"a
a
a
o
o
bC
o
S
a.
+^
03
ZD
O
m
■<
00 O CI >.o
— oo — t^
00 lO OS CO
oooo
»C »C IC CO
CI CM M o
oo
oo
cq 00
lO *f3 »0 O I
t^ t^t- O I <
■«*- Tl<CO — ■
OOOO I O
•— ' 03 ■* CO 00
CO CM o' o' I i>r
CO 03 CM Ol I "*
CM C^ CO -^ I O
00 to ooo
■*oo — < o
CM t— iC iC
0«3 O O
OS ^a.za CM
a c Q -J
u.s > >
O^ 3 3
O ^ (- f-
3 o 5: S
^ o c E
•--Coo
O 33 >> >»
OffiSB
REPORT OF OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH
45
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 191G-17
(copies and pages aggregate).
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
AfjricuUurc —
Sheep Husbandry in Canada
Production and Thrift
The School Garden, as regarded and carried on in the different
provinces
The Protection of Migratory Birds in Canada,
The "E)gg Case Plan" and its use
Production and Market
A New Species of Platypus from British Columbia- . .
A New Species of the Family Ipidas (Coleoptera)
The Entomological Record for 1915
Locust Control Work with Poisoned Baits in Eastern Canada, 1915
The .\nce.stry of Insects
The Protection of Migatory Birds in Canada (2nd edition)
Agriculture in Canada
Agricultural Gazette of Canada, 1916, Vol. .3 (9 issues)
Agricultural Gazette of Canada, 1917, Vol. 4 (3 issues)
Production, Economic — Le livre de guerre du cultivateur, 1916
Le jardin scolaire, comment les differentes provinces le comprennent
et le conduisent
L'essai du lait, de la cr6me et des sous-produits du lait au moyen du
procfede Babcock ,
La ch^vre Angora
L'amputation de la queue
. Conseils aux debutants
Les avantages du lavage
Plan d 'un poulailler de ponte permanent
Distribution de reproducteurs m&les de race pure
La Gazette agricole du Canada, 1916, Vol. 3 (9 editions)
La Gazette agricole du Canada, 1917, Vol.4 (3 editions)
Index au Vol. II de la Gazette agricole du (.'anada, 1915
Experimental Farms —
Bees and How to Keep Them
Ginseng, Mushroom and Melon Culture
The Cranberry Industry — Its Possibilities in Canada
Dr. Montizambert's Report (Extract from .\nnual)
Flax for Fibre — Its Cultivation and Handling
Gopher Destruction
A Review of the Status and Possibilities of Flax Production in
Canada
A New Species of Tortrix of Economic Importance from New-
foundland
Insect Behaviour as a Factor in Applied Entomology
La jambe noire de la pomme de terre
La fertilite du sol — Moyens economiques de la maintenir et de
I'augmenter
La destruction du gaufre
Le lin pour la filasse — Culture et manipulation
Interior —
Extracts from Reports on Townships 33 to 38 West of the Principal
.Meridian
-\tlas of Canada, 1916
Supplement to Homestead Maps of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, etc
Handbook for the Information of the Public
The Peace River Country
Water Powers of Canada
Western Canada Irrigation Association — Proceedings of the Ninth
.\nnual Convention, 1915
Practical Irrigation Hints for Alberta -. , . .
Alfalfa growing — Address delivered by Mr. Don H. Bark
The Athabaska Country
Handbook of Information for Intending Settlers
The Yukon Territory
20,300
20,000
25,000
500
30,000
125, 000
400
400
600
600
400
5,000
1,000
42,900
15,400
5,000
8,000
20,000
25,000
25, 000
25,000
25,000
25,000
5,125
9,000
3,000
1,000
50,000
10,000
5,000
200
50,000
100,000
2,000
500
500
45,000
2,000
3,000
10,000
1,500
50,000
25,000
75,000
10,000
3,000
3,000
2,000
2,000
10,000
25,000
3,500
128
250
64
8
16
16
8
16
40
8
16
8
78
870
246
254
64
32
24
12
16
4
4
20
874
26B
34
56
8
32
32
24
8
32
10
12
16
16
8
24
84
68
16
32
48
370
250
16
16
36
32
248
2,598,400
5,000,000
1,600,000
4,000
480,000
2,000,000
3,200
6,400
24,000
4,800
6,400
40,000
78,000
4,150,000
1,363,500
1,270,000
512,000
040,000
600, 000
300,000
400,000
100,000
100,000
102,. WO
874,000
256,000
34,000
2,800,000
80,000
160,000
6,400
1,200,000
800,000
64,000
5,000
6,000
720,000
32,000
24,000
240,000
126,000
3,400,000
400,000
2,400,000
480,000
1,110,000
750,000
32,000
32,000
360,000
800,000
868,000
Carried forward .
951,825
4,860 I 39,442,600
46 DDPARTJIENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregatte) — Continued.
Description.
Brought forward .
Interior — Concluded.
Province of New Brunswick ■ ■ ■ ■
Description of Surveyed Townships in the Peace River District. .
Report of the Dominion Water Power Branch, 1915-16
Atlas du Canada, 1916
Labour —
Labour Gazette. Nos. 4 to 12, Vol. XVI and Nos. 1 to 3, Vol. XVII
Index to Vol. XIV, Labour Gazette
Canadian Legislation Concerning Industrial Disputes
Industrial Training and Technical Education
The Rise in Prices and the Cost of Living in Canada, 1900-1914.
Wholesale Prices in Canada, 1915
La Gazette du travail, Nos. 4 a 12, Vol. XVI, et Nos. 1 a 3, Vol.
XVII
Marine and Fisheries —
Phenological Observations, Canada, 1915
Monthly Record of Meteorological Observations, 1916, (10 issues)..
Militia and Defence —
First Aid to the Injured
Manual of Infantry Training, 1916.
Infantry Training for Use of Canadian Militia, 1915
Rules for the Management of Garrison and Regimental Dry Can-
teen in Canada _
Order of Divine Service at Camp of Instruction
Physical Training — Special Tables, 1916 ._
Instructions Governing Organization and Administration. . .......
Report on the Examination for Admission to the Royal Military
College of Canada, 1916 --
First Aid to the Injured (2nd edition)
Nominal Rolls, C.E.F., viz.—
Divisional Cyclists
2nd Divisional Ammunition Column
7th Canadian Field Artillery Brigade. . . .'
40th Battalion
3rd Divisional Supply Column
2nd Divisional Remount Depot
3rd Divisional Canadian Engineers
23rd Battalion
88th Battalion
46th Battalion
51st Battalion
2nd Divisional Engineers
47th Battalion
49th Battalion
42nd Battalion
22nd Battalion
39th Battalion
Eaton's Machine Gun Battery
24th Battalion ,
46th Battalion
44th Battalion
5th Brigade
28th Battalion
Nursing Sisters
No. 3 Casualty Clearing Station
Duchess of Connaught Red Cross Hospital
3rd Divisional Signal Co
6th Canadian Field Artillery Brigade
43rd Battalion
29th Battalion
Carried forward 2, 372, 300
Number
of
Copies.
951,825
30,000
5,000
2,500
25,000
132,550
10, 600
1,000
1,000
2,500
3,000
24,500
200
12, 100
124,325
100,000
498,000
10,000
102,000
10,000
20,000
1,200
5,000
10.000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10.000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
Number
of
Pages.
4,860
16
262
198
68
1,062
20
S
16
84
332
1,184
16
686
80
76
74
36
16
24
110
36
72
12
24
36
12
12
16
20
24
12
36
16
40
20
20
24
24
8
24
24
42
20
24
4
4
4
8
20
24
24
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
9,922
39,442,600
480,000
1,310,000
495,000
1,700,000
,742,500
212,000
8,000
16,000
210,000
996,000
136,800
3,200
830,300
9,946,000
7,600,000
36,852,000
360,000
1,632,000
240,000
2,200 000
43,200
360,000
80,000
120,000
240,000
360,000
120,000
120,000
160,000
200,000
240,000
120,000
360,000
160,000
400,000
200,000
200,000
240,000
240,000
80,000
240,000
240,000
420,000
200,000
240,000
40,000
40,000
40,000
80,000
200,000
240,000
240,000
122. 675. 600
REPORT OF OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH
47
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
Brought forward.
Militia and Defence — Continued.
Nominal Rolls — Concluded .
Second Divisional Train, C.A.S.C
9th Brigade
4th Brigade
2nd, 2rd, 4th and 5th University Companies
Nos. 1 , 2 and 3 Field Ambulance >
73rd Battalion
74th Battalion ;
33rd Battalion
64th Battalion
50th Battalion
No. 3 General Hospital
78th Battalion
34th Battalion
58th Battalion
3rd Divisional Ammunition Column
2nd Divisional Signal Company
2nd Divisional Cyclist Corps
60th Battalion
38th Battalion
3rd Divisional Ammunition Sub-Park
4th Divisional Ammunition Sub-Park
2nd Divisional Ammunition Column
59th Battalion
62nd Battalion
37th Battalion
55th Battalion
71st Battalion _,
54th Battalion ,
70th Battalion ,
72nd Battalion
65th Battalion ,
91st Battalion •
2nd, 3rd. 4th and 5th University Companies, P.P.C.L.I. Rein-
forcements
68th Battalion
4th Divisional Train, C.A.S.C
104th Battalion
Canadian Army Dental Corps
7th Regiment C.M.R
Signalling Section Canadian Engineers
8th Canadian Field Artillery Brigade
2nd Divisional Ammunition Park, C.A.S.C
2nd Reserve Park
66th Battalion
10th Brigade, Canadian Field Artillery
90th Battalion
3rd Divisional Train, C.A.S.C .•
80th Battalion
77th Battalion
103rd Battalion .■
81st Battalion
95th Battalion
87th Battalion
53rd Battalion
76th Battalion
No. 2 Tunnelling Company '.
8th Regiment, Canadian Mounted Rifles
UOth Battalion
Mines —
Bibliography of Canadian Geology, 1914
Description of the Laboratories of the Mines Branch
2,372,300
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
. 10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
20,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
100
4,000
Carried forward 2, 956, 400
9,922
12
16
20
24
20
24
28
32
24
12
12
32
28
36
28
28
36
20
24
28
20
24
28
12
24
8
4
4
16
12
8
28
16
24
12
24
28
20
24
24
24
32
28
8
20
16
28
132
11,258
122,675,600
120,000
160,000
200,000
240,000
200,000
240,000
280,000
320,000
240,000
120,000
80,000
280.000
360,000
280,000
120,000
80,000
80,000
280,000
320,000
80,000
80,000
120,000
320,000
280,000
360,000
280,000
280,000
360,000
200 000
240,000
280,000
200,000
240,000
280,000
120,000
240,000
160,000
40,000
40,000
160,000
120,000
80,000
280,000
160,000
240,000
120,000
240,000
280,000
200,000
240,000
240,000
240,000
320,000
280,000
80,000
200,000
160,000
2,800
528,000
135,046,400
48
DEPARTilEyr OF PUBLIC P7?/.\77X(; ASD UTATIOyERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1PI8
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Continued.
Total
Number
Number
Number of
Description.
of
of
Printed
Copies.
Pages.
Pages.
BrongliT forward - .
2,956,400
11,258
135,046.400
Minea — Continued.
Mineral Production of Canada, 1914
4,000
362
1,448,000
Peat Bogs and Feat Industry of Canada, 19I3-U
3,000
210
630,000
Zoology (Extract from Geological Survey Summary, 1915)
200
16
3,200
Wheaton District, Southern Yukon (eictract from Geological Sur-
vey Summary, 19151 ,
2,000
16
32,000
Journal of .\merican Folk- Lore
600
1.50
90,000
Upper Ordovician Formation in Ontario and Quebec.
3,500
204
714,000
The Trent Valley Outlet of Lake Algonquin
2,500
24
60,000
Geology of Graham Islands, B.C
3,500
172
602,000
Late Pleistocene Oscillations of Sea-level in the Ottawa Valley . .
2,500
16
40,000
.\n Exploration of the Tazin and Taltson Rivers. Xorthwest
Territories
4,000
3,000
132
64
528,000
Geology of a Portion of the Flathead Coal .\rea, British Columbia
192,000
Cieology of Nanaimo Map Area.
750
156
117,000
Iroquois P'oods and Food Preparation
2,500
244
610, 000
Magnetic Properties of Cobalt and Fe2 Co.
5,000
44
220,000
An Investigation of the Coals of Canada. .
4,600
194
892,400
List of Mines in Canada, 1916
1,500
12
18,000
List of Metal Mines and Smelters in Canada. 1910. . . .
2,500
16
40,000
Feldspar in Canada
5,000
152
760,000
Wood Mountain Willowbunch Coal Area. Sask
3,500
114
399,000
Production of Spelter in Canada, 1916
4,000
64
256,000
Poedeumias and the Mesonacidcp, etc.
250
10
2,500
Road Material Surveys. 1914 (in 5 PartsI
3,000
260
780,000
Road Material Surveys, 1914, Part.s I, III and IV,
500
142
71,000
Road Material Surveys, 1914, Parts I and V,
500
002
111,000
Road Material Sur^'eys, 1914, Parts I and III
500
90
45,000
Lime Perspective in Aboriginal .American Culture — \ Studv in
Method
2,000
102
204,000
Ganoid Fishes from near Banff, Alberta
400
12
4,800
The Production of Iron and Steel in Canada, 1915
2,000
56
112,000
Part of the District of Lake St. John, Quebec
3,000
96
288,000
A General .Summary of the Mineral Production of Canada, 1915. .
2,000
48
96,000
The Physical Properties of the Metal Cobalt
1,000
58
58.000
Cobalt Alloys with Non-Corrosive Properties
5,000
62
310,000
Oil and Gas Fields of Ontario and Quebec
1,500
254
381,000
The Production of Coal and Coke in Canada, 1915
2,000
42
84,000
Ymir Mining Camp, British Columbia
3,500
194
679,000
Onaping Map .\rea
3,500
166
581,000
Peat, Lignite and Coal.
5,000
282
141,000
The Anticosti Island Faunas
3,000
38
114,000
Cla3' and Shale Deposits of the Western Provinces
4,000
172
688,000
Production of Cement, Lime, Clay Products, Stone and other
^ructui"al Material in Canada
2,500
62
155,000
Building E?tones of Canada. Vol. IV. . . \
4,000
468
1,872,000
Production of Copper, Gold, Lead, Nickel, Silver, Zinc, and other
Metals in Canada, 1915.
2,500
82
205,000
Products and By-Products of Coal. . .
1,000
64
64,000
The Flora of Canada
3,000
16
48,000
Preliminary Report of the Mineral Production of Canada, 1916. .
6,000
28
168,000
The Labrador Eskimo
3,000
254
762,000
Regions auriferes de la Nouvelle-Ecosse
750
380
285,000
Rapport sur les pierres de construction et d'ornement du Canada,
Vol. II
750
1,500
356
180
267,000
Region d'Arisaig, .-Vntigonish, Nouvelle-Ecosse
270,000
Archeologie. La collection archeologique du sud de I'int^rieur de
la Colombie-Britannique
750
66
49,500
Rapport preliminaire sur les d6p6ts d'argile et de schistes de la
province de Quebec
1,500
232
348,000
Les depots d'argile et de schistes des provinces de I'ouest
1,500
86
129,000
Les formations huroniennes de la region Timiskaming, Canada
750
32
24,000
Quelques mythes et eontes des Objibwa du sud-est d'Ontario
500
110
55,000
Vol. Ill
750
350
262,500
Carried forward
3,087,150
18,692
152,412,300
REPORT OF OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH
49
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet und Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17
(copies and pages aggregate) — Concluded.
Description.
Number
of
Copies.
Number
of
Pages.
Total
Number of
Printed
Pages.
3,087,150
18, 692
180
8
362
200
40
350
20
1B6
220
192
144
176
140
106
72
160
108
186
120
172
196
72
54
12
10
16
64
372
716
720
152 412 300
Mines — Concluded.
Geologie et gisements mineraux du district de Tulamen, Colombie-
750
1,640
750
750
750
1,500
750
1,500
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5.000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
500
1,000
15,000
300
3,000
55,000
55,000
10, 200
2,050
135,000
Publications en franfais du ministfere des Mines, (parues depuis le
13,120
Rapport annuel de la production minfrale au Canada, lOl'l
271,500
1.50,000
La production du fer et de I'acier au Canada, pendant I'annfee civile
1912 ^ . .
Bassins houillers de la Colombie-Britannique
Le district ferif^re de Moose-Mountain, Ontario
30, 000
525,000
15,000
249,000
Congr&s Geologique 1913 — Liste des livrets guides:
No. 1, Vol. I. Excursion dans I'est de la province de Qufebee
et des Provinces Maritimes. Premiere partie
No. 1, Vol. 11. Excursion dans Test de la province de Quebec
et des Provinces Maritimes. Deuxi^me partie
No. 2, Vol. IIL Excursion dans les cantons de I'Est de Qufebec
et dans la partie est d'Ontario
No. 3, Vol. IV. Excursion aux environs de Montreal et
d'Ottawa .
1,100,000
960,000
720.000
880,000
700,000
No. 5, Vol. VI. Excursion dans la presqu'lle occidentale de
rOntario et de I'ile Manitoulin
No. 6, Vol. VII. Excursion dans les environs de Toronto, de
530,000
360, 000
No. 7, Vol. VIII. Excursion a Sudbury, 4 Cobalt et Porcupine.
Victoria et retour, par les ehemins de fer Canadian Pacific
et Canadian Northern. Premiere partie
No. 8, Vol. X. Excursion transcontinentale C-1, de Toronto k
Victoria et retour, par les ehemins de fer Canadian Pacific
et Canadian Northern. Deuxi^me partie
No. 8, Vol. XI. Excursion transcontinentale C-1, de Toronto a
Victoria et retour, par les ehemins de fer Canadian Pacific
800,000
.540,000
9.30,000
600,000
No. 9, Vol. XII. Excursion transcontinentale C-2, de Toronto
a Victoria et retour. par les ehemins de fer Canadian Pacific
860,000
No. 10, Vol. XIII. Excursion dans le nord de la Colombie-
Britannique. dans le territoire du Yukon et le long de la
C6te Nord du Pacifique
980,000
Naval Service —
Roval Naval College Calendar, 1916
36,000
Royal Naval College Calendar, 1917
Public Printing and Stationery —
Chapters 14, 19 and 21, 6-7 George V, reprinted for stock
Railways and Canals —
Information and Tariff Charges as to the Government Grain
Elevators
Secretary of State —
Programme — Entertainment in Aid of the Ottawa and Ottawa
Valley Branch of the Canadian Red Cross Society
Alleged German Outra<^es (Report)
54,000
180,000
3,000
48,000
3,520.000
Alleged German Outrages (Evidence)
20.460,000
Trade and Commerce —
Statistical Year Book of Canada 1914
7,303,200
Annuaire du Canada, 1914
1,476,000
Totals
3,303,390
24,046
196,841,120
50
DEPARTMENT OF PVBLIG PRINTING AND STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table No. 9. — Statement of other Letterpress Departmental Work for the
Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department.
Envelopes.
Copies
other
Work.
Agriculture ■ ■ _■
Civil Service Commission
Clerk of the Crown in Chancery. . .
Customs
Experimental Farms
External Affairs
Finance
House of Commons
Indian Affairs
Inland Revenue
Interior
Justice '
Labour
Marine and Fisheries
Militia and Defence
Mines
Naval Service
Post Office
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Northwest Mounted Police.
Secretary of State
Senate
Trade and Commerce
20,000
4,000
5,000
270,000
20,000
35,000
440,640
61,700
128,880
1,200
176,000
Totals.
1,162,420
265,005
2,550
290,040
495,470
222,725
30,000
279,700
80,400
1,433,610
1,232,880
127,500
36,925
771,400
46,316,905
30,840
1,233,910
32,615,625
200
65,300
1,693,100
250
6.000
217,000
4,000
33,000
976,550
100,460,885
Table No. 11. — Statement of Books Bound during the Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Departments.
Full
Leather.
Half
Leather.
Quarter
Leather.
Cloth.
50
98
30
3
5,935
28
26
5
504
100
2,066
6,300
50
60
2,000
1,099
3
7,543
226,356
300
320
7,860
650
Post Office
16,920
112,585
Totals
110
3,326
15,804
371,651
REPORT OF OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH
51
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Table No. 12. — Statement showing the Number of Pads made during the
Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department.
Quantity.
Agriculture
Finance
Indian Affairs
Interior
Justice
Marine and Fisheries
Militia and Defence
Naval Service
Post Office
Public Works
Railway Commission
Royal Northwest Mounted Police
Trade and Commerce
Total
29,959
627
500
8,052
550
609
122,526
4,526
166,840
16, 762
250
1,200
1,400
353,801
Table No. 14. — Statement showing the Die Stamping of Letter and Note
Headings and Envelopes during the Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department.
Foolscap,
Half Cap,
Letter
and
Half Letter.
Note
and
Half Note.
Envelopes.
Number
of
Impressions.
Governor General
House of Commons
Interior
Justice
Militia and Defence
Post Office
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Works
Railway-s and Canals
Royal Northwest Mounted Police.
Senate
Totals.
2,000
15,000
475,000
2,550
190,875
2,000
3,000
690,425
2,000
700
3,000
6,000
500
^
175,000
617,000
3 105
1,000
1,250
182,305
627,250
5,000
8,700
15,000
500
475,000
2,550
982,875
2,000
3,105
3,000
2,250
1,499,980
Table No. 15. — Statement showing the Loose-leaf work performed during the
Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department.
Binders.
Loose
Leaves.
Index
Leaves.
Ind-jit
Cards.
500
200
4,211
External Affairs
24,000
2,000
10,250
1,000
424,595
500
15
1
187
Marine and Fisheries
29
220
6,500
243,690
1,700
5,000
2,000
Post Office
2,370
2,250
500
110,000
2
2,110
Totals
205
556,095
449
287,081
52
DEPART ME^'T OF PUBLIC PRISTISa ASD STATIOyERY
8 GEORGE V, A- 1918
Table No. 17. — Statement giving the Number of Maps, Plans, Cheques and
Forms Lithographed during the Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department.
Maps
and
Plans.
Cheques
and
Forms.
Agriculture
Civil .Service Commission
Customs
Experimental Farms
External Affairs
Finance
Governor General
House of Commons
Indian Affairs
Inland Revenue
Interior
Justice
Labour
Library of Parliament.
Marine and Fisheries
Militia.and Defence
Mines
Naval Service
Post Office.,,
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission
Royal Northwest Mounted Police.
Secretary of State
Senate
Trade and Commerce
Totals.
75
2.200
1.050
511,296
225,435
1,900
393,935
11,460
14,000
42,750
1.204.101
5,854,240
200
149,655
200
17,885
68,265
3.590
17.460
10.000
139.030
1,243,275
41 , 900
7,570
1.200
138,010
7,735,460
114,710
202,669
193,160
500
4,644,735
169, 525
396.965
2,000
32,765
6,500
7,175
l,101-,795
22.300,439
Table No. 18. — Statement showng the Number of Halftones, Line Cuts, Electros
'and Dies made during the Fiscal Year 1916-17.
Department.
Halftones.
Line Cuts.
Electros.
Dies.
Agriculture
323
6
3.267
6
247
Customs ' '.
64
910
152
128
91
Finance
20
Indian Affairs
22
38
181
Inland Revenue •
2
336
29
145
3
Justice ;
2
4
15
51
285
35
12
3
7
40
11
1
35
1.111
23
63
407
55
86
35
28
10
16
7
2
58
1
Militia and Defence..
39
483
24
5
Naval Service .
Post Office
3
Privy Council
2
Public Printing and Stationery
5
Public Works
35
36
1
n
Railway Commission
Secretary of State . .' .
93
1
125
2
184
Totals
1,596
4,240
3.551
26
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918
STATIONERY BRANCH.
Office of the Superintendent of Stationery.
Ottawa, February 2G, 1918.
J. de L. Tache, Esq.,
King's Printer aiid Controller of Stationery.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit for j'our information a general statement
of the accounts of this branch from April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917, as follows,
viz.: —
l\) Value of goods brought forward April 1, 1916 S 224,362 14
Value of goods received, April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917. 1,939,078 84
Wages, etc.. charged against stock 96, 6.57 27
Balance profit 116,073 48
$ 2,376,171 73
By goods issued to departments $ 1,036,618 30
Work Book Account — Printing and Sundry Printing Supplies, Printing
Branch 906,761 49
Stock on hand, verified March 31, 1917 432,791 94
$ 2,376,171 73
53
54
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONEiRT
8 GEORGE V, A- 1918
B — Comparative Statement of the issue of goods to the several Departments
of the Civil Service from April 1, 1915, to March 31, 1916, and for the vear
ending March 31, 1917.
Departments.
Agriculture
Archives.
Auditor General
Clerk of Crown in Chancery
Civil Service Commission
Customs
Canadian Government Railways
Departments Generally
Dominion Police
Exchequer Court
External AfTairs
Finance —
Governor General's Office and Government House.
House of Commons
Immigration
Interior _
Indian .'\flfairs and School Supplies
Inland Revenue
Insurance
Justice • •,•
Labour
Library of Parliament
Marine and Fisheries ,■
Militia and Defence
Mines
Naval Service
Penitentiaries
Post Office. ._
Privy Council
Public Printing and Stationery
Work Book.
Public Works
Railways and Canals
Railway Commission '
Roval Mint
R.N.W.M. Police
Secretary of State
Senate of Canada
Supreme Court
Trade and Commerce
Military Ho.spital Commission
Internment Operations
Economic Commission. .
M'ar Purchasing Commission .■ • ; ■
Canadian Munition Resources Commission.
North West Territorial Commission
International Joint Commission
Board of Pension Commissioners
National Service Commission
Commission of Enquiry, Railway Trans —
Shell Committee
Imperial Munition Board
Total issued to Departments
Increase for Departments
Decrease for Departments
Stock on hand, verified March 31,
1917.
Net Total....
Net Increase .
Issued ir
1915-16.
Issued in
1916-17.
Increase in
1916-17.
$ cts.
26.809 13
984 9.5
3,600 4.5
1,128 89
768 17
27, .577 83
23,739 82
820 46
961 70
628 47
2,310 73
6, 107 40
1,410 79
26,950 08
8,921 72
61,378 27
17,983 06
10,699 69
1,805 .53
5,917 61
1,314 30
591 72
15,221 00
226,392 98
8,951 58
38,203 67
1,726 86
87, 670 89
1.749 98
16,893 SO
550,748 4'
36,2.37 30
15,481 94
3,512 24
267 93
10,948 40
6, 875 09
7,828 22
1,133 13
8,505 77
446 09
4 40
809 22
993 94
88 70
13 93
13 50
25 50
136 82
1,273,292 12
$ cts.
35.646 37
1,.325 66
4,966 07
66 05
412 51
35,800 97
40,212 94
1,260 34
1,121 94
444 55
2,416 67
22,536 97
1,932 10
29,359 21
6,106 68
74,804 88
16,982 36
10.083 29
3,583 40
5, 140 96
1,451 28
869 33
17,348 24
375,478 41
9,039 52
39,622 01
1,903 82
108,795 21
2,604 08
29,510 82
906,761 49
29,9.58 38
12.647 18
4,877 81
372 30
12.220 55
6,579 .53
12,339 14
1,222 34
19,431 74
8,433 93
2,222 81
184 78
.5,58 15
223 31
14 89
33 00
27,145 06
17,204 54
122 22
1,943,379 79
432,791 94
2,376,171 73
S cts.
8,837 24
340 71
1,365 62
8.223 14
16,473 12
439 88
160 24
105 94
16,429 57
521 31
2,409 13
13,426 61
1,777 87
136 98
277 61
2.127 24
149,085 43
87 94
1,418 34
176 96
,124 32
8.54 10
12,617 02
3.56,013 02
21,
Decrease in
1916-17.
1,365 57
104 37
1,272 15
4,510 92
89 21
10,925 97
7,987 84
2,218 41
134 61
0 96
19 ,50
27,145 06
17.204 54
122 22
687,530 67
17,443 00
670,087 67
cts.
1,062 84
355 66
183 92
2,815 04
1.000 70
616 40
776 65
6,278 92
2,834 76
295 56
624 44
435 79
25 50
136 82
17,443 00
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF STATIONERY
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
55
-Comparative Statement of Business transacted in the Stationery Office
from 1886-7 (the first year that the Bureau was handed over to the King's
Printer), and subsequent years up to 1916-17.
Packages
Paper and
Packages
and
envelopes
Goods
Goods
Letters
Letters
de-
cases de-
supplied to
Year.
received.
sent out.
Demands
received.
sent out.
spatched
by
Mail.
spatched
by rail
and Exp.
Printing
Branch for
work.
$ cts.
$ cts.
$ cts.
1886-7
128,463 16
132,313 88
10,297
948
3,243
4,389
102
64,528 18
1887-8
183,731 61
186,832 .56
11,251
959
3,712
3,733
168
65,264 38
1888-9
192,101 36
185,895 04
11,591
1.175
4,020
3,979
185
87,384 95
1889-90
180,747 14
176,273 58
13,708
1,411
5,939
3,330
444
88,651 46
1890-1
185,089 29
193,035 51
15.220
1.547
6,483
3,967
463
92,394 87
1891-2
218,485 69
219.749 90
17,694
1,827
6,711
4,728
1,794
118,964 74
1892-3
228,100 38
225,401 37
17,855
2,403
6,869
5,317
2,118
118.983 22
1893-4
191,838 69
205,873 33
16,901
2,488
6,951
6,153
2,111
101,315 59
1894-5
190,840 65
195,769 83
17,857
3,404
8,178
5,883
2,017
97, 100 38
1895-6
197,592 91
199,538 62
18,899
3,675
9,132
6,730
1,469
98,045 34
1896-7
205,051 35
214,061 82
20.756
3,804
9,406
9,244
1,022
93,114 84
1897-8
230,497 06
625,116 44
21,772
5,367
. 11,457
12,521
1,170
117,312 10
1898-9
218,088 17
236.988 62
21,047
4,640
13,059
11,343
1,217
113,706 19
1899-1900...
232,017 96
252,100 23
21,928
5,984
13,277
14,129
1,060
110,049 48
1900-1
302,766 26
301,495 95
23,227
6,856
13,689
16,382
1,038
142,421 20
1901-2
296,721 64
288,782 90
23,086
6,204
15,292
15,191
805
115,597 91
1902-3
280,414 42
303,160 80
23,148
6,707
15,630
16,288
412
122,530 50
1903^
385,810 93
3.52,993 61
25, 7.52
8,539
19,389
21,263
689
140,772 33
1904-5.
438,232 96
427,783 74
28,003
8,439
19,229
22,822
1,102
162,787 26
1905-6
463,515 73
448,388 08
28,808
7,851
18,459
29,653
1,182
157,823 76
9 months
1906-7
390,043 40
369,592 34
22,355
6,979
15,363
27,403
661
120,308 65
1907-8
588,786 87
580,027 75
31,8.58
11,007
23,115
45,628
3,129
216,093 73
1908-9
635,340 20
613,. 516 45
33,298
12,539
23,059
21,247
804
225,508 23
1909-10
599,226 80
592,902 55
36,164
13,801
23,260
53,723
1,011
222,442 62
1910-11
541.366 74
621,049 48
.39,068
12,368
23,528
27,541
1,089
258,877 63
1911-12
716,868 .55
774,. 561 .30
43,753
16,091
23,247
21,601
1,307
176,654 23
1912 13
890 025 90
931,861 87
43,477
16,173
23,990
1,842
306,687 70
1913 14
1 123 9,53 .58
1,154,429 87
1,084,443 05
46 598
13,627
26,962
2,565
361,947 03
1914-15
1,007,036 23
47,416
8,669
*29,994
•3,3.52
3,483
397,273 76
1915-16
1,148,242 24
1,273,292 12
48,759
8,168
*7,007
*2,673
6,019
.550,748 47
1916-17
1,939,078 84
1,943.379 79
49,978
8,695
•36.405
*1,664
9,922
906,761 49
•Exclusive of Distribution Branch.
The expenditure of this branch shows an increase of $790,836.60 compared
with 1915-16. (See statement B.) During the year requisitions on the office
have reached 49,978; 8,695 letters were received and 36,405 were mailed; pack-
ages despatched by mail 1,664; and packages and cases despatched by rail,
9,922.
J, 0. PATENAUDE,
Superintendent of Stationery.
56
DEPARTMENT OF I'llil.lr I'RIXTIXa AM) STATIOyERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Distribution of the Statutes of Canada being 7 and 8 George V, Seventh
Session of the Twelfth Pailiament.
LIST No. 1— BOUND IN CLOTH.
Volumes 1 and 2.
To whom sent.
Parliament of Canada.
His Excellency the Governor General.
Cabinet Ministers
Senators
Members of the House of Commons
Total.
Depart7tietttai Lists.
Judges, Supreme Court
Judges, Exchequer Court
Departments
Department of Justice for agents
Library of Parliament
Deputy Ministers.
Totals.
Ontario.
Provincial Government.
Judges
Clerk, Admiralty Court
Officials, Osgoode Hall
Police >Iagistrates 1 . .-.
Sheriffs
Clerks of the Peace
Clerks, County Courts
Libraries and Colleges. .
Law Associations
Commissioner of Police.
Mayors of City Corporations
City, Town and County Corporations.
Newspapers
Total.
Quebec.
Provincial Government .
Judges
Clerk Vice-Admiralty Court.
Judges' Chambers
Advocates' Libraries
Clerk, Sessions of the Peace
Recorders
Stipendiary^ Magistrates .
Sheriffs
Prothonotaries
Clerks of the Peace
Libraries, Universities and Colleges .
Mayors of Cities
City and County Corporations
Harbour Commissioners
Clerks, Circuit Courts
Clerks, District Courts
Clerk of the Crown
Newspapers
Total.
1
10
141
41
47
45
U
28
1
9
233
46
1
725
1
11
18
53
31
1
1
9
9
11
15
•>
2
5
8
3
11
4
18
/
15
5
5
12
21
6
6
20
55
2
2
15
53
1
1
2
3
0
9
174
276
REPORT OF THE SVPERINTEJ^DENT OF STATIONERY
57
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Distribution of the Statutes of Canada, 1917 — Continued.
LIST No. 1— BOUND IN CLOTH— Continued.
To whom sent.
Volumes 1 and 2
English. French
Mova Scotia.
Provincial Government
Judges
Registrar, Vice-Admiralty Court
Prothonotaries
Judges' Chambers
Sheriffs
Clerks, County Courts
City, Town and County Corporations.
Libraries and Colleges ,
Harbour Commissioner.^
Police Magistrates.
Newspapers
Total
^few Brunswick.
Provincial Government.
Judges
Registrar, Vice- Admiralty Court
Judges' Chambers
Clerks, County Courts. ."
Clerks, Circuit Courts.
Mayors of Cities
Sheriffs
City, Town and- County Corporationa
Libraries and Colleges
Newspapers
Total
Prince Edward Island.
Legislative Library
Provincial Government.
Judges
Stipendiary Magistrates
Prothonotaries
Sheriffs
Judges' Chambers .
Clerks of Courts.
Mayor of City
City and Town Corporations.
Clerk of The Crown
Law Society
Newspapers
Total
Manitoba.
Provincial Government.
Judges
Clerks, County Court .
Police Magistrates. ...
Sheriffs
Prothonotaries
Mayor and City Clerk. .
Libraries and Colleges . .
Newspapers
Total
32—5
10
15
1
18
1
18
19
40
4
1
2
10
139
13
13
1
1
11
8
2
14
23
3
7
96
42
10
20
13
1
6
1
1
10
68
58
DEPARTMEXT OF PUBLIC PRINTIXG AND STATIONERY
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Distribution of the Statutes of Canada, 1917 — Continued.
LIST No. 1— BOUND IN CLOTH— Concluded.
To whom sent.
Volumes 1 and 2.
British Columbia.
Provincial Government
Judges
Clerks, County Court
Registrar, Supreme Court
Judges' Chambers
City and County Corporations.
Stipendiary Magistrates
Sheriffs
Libraries and Colleges
Newspapers
Total.
Provincial Government,
Judges
Clerks, Supreme Court.
Sheriffs
Libraries and Colleges . .
Newspapers
Police Magistrates
Total.
Provincial Government.
Judges
Clerks, Supreme Court. .
Judges' Chambers
Sheriffs
Libraries and Colleges. . .
Newspapers
City Corporations
Police Magistrates
Total.
Alberta.
Saskatchewan.
Yukon District.
The Commissioner
Judges
Officer Commanding the R.N.W.M.P.
Sheriffs
Clerk of the Court
Officials
Police Magistrates
I
RErORT OF rilK HI I'KRlNTElSlDEiiT OF STATIONERY
59
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32
Distribution of the Statutes of Canada, 1917 — Continued.
LIST No. 2— BOUND IN FULL CALF.
Volumes 1 and 2.
English.
French .
His Kxpcllcn^'v the Governor General
1 1
Their Honours the Lieutenant Governors .
Cabinet Ministers
10
20
1
2
Privy Councillors (not otherwise entitled )
Judges and Registrars, Supreme Court.
Library and Judges' Chambers, Supreme Court
40
6
2
3
1
1
1
15
2
2
1
L'nited States Secretary of State. ... . .
United States Attorney General
United States Library of Congress
The Prefect of Propaganda
I
1
1
British Legation, Washington
2
36
34
27
2
Colonial Governments.
Total •
184
29
RECAPITULATION.
BOUND IN CLOTH.
Volume 1.
Volume 2.
Volumes
1 and 2.
English.
French.
English.
French.
English.
French .
237
318
725
174
139
96
42
68
96
68
65
32
56
1,245
1,977
64
Departmental List
34
Ontario
1
Quebec
275
Nova Scotia
New Brunswick.
Prince Edward Island
Manitoba
I
British Columbia
Alberta
Saskatchewan
Yukon District
Miscellaneous
Sales
2
Balance on hand
760
700
2
1
706
Total ordered ....
760
700
2
1
5,338
1 083
foO
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY r
8 GEORGE V, A 1913
Distribution' of the Statutes of Canada, 1917 — Concluded.
BOUND IN HALF CALF.
To whom sent.
Volumes
1 and 2.
English.
French.
Sales
10
65
0
-Balance in stock
1.3
Total ordered
75
15
BOUND IN FULL CALF.
To whom sent.
Volume 1.
Volume 2.
Volumes 1 and 2.
English.
French.
English.
French.
English.
French.
.'Authorized bv Order in Council
'. Sales
2
1
2
1
184
3
3
135
29
- Miscellaneous . ...
1
70
Total ordered
2
1
2
1
345
100
8 GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No 33
A. 1913
REPORT
SECRETARY OF STATE
FOR
EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
FOR THE
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
1917
PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT
[No. 33—1918]
OTTAWA
J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHfi
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1913
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 A. 1918
To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire , K.G., P.O., G.C.M.G., G.C. V.O., etc., etc.,
Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada.
My Lord Duke, —
I have the honour to lay before Your Excellency the annual report of the
Department of External Affairs for the year 1916-17.
I have the honour to be, My Lord Duke,
Your Grace's obedient servant,
R. L. BORDEN,
Secretary of State for External Affairs.
33— U
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 A. 1918
REPORT OF THE UNDER-SECRETARY OF
STATE FOR EXTERNAL AFFAIRS.
To The Right Honourable
Sir Robert Borden, G.C.M.G.,
Secretary of State for External Affairs,
Ottawa.
Sir, — I have the honour to .sulimit my customary report in regard to the
business of this department for the annual period 1916-17.
The numerous and complex questions arising from the Great European
War continue to provide the subject-matter of the bulk of the correspondence
of the year.
Germany's adoption of the policy of unrestricted destruction of merchant
vessels, within zones defined by her, brought about a severance of diplomatic
relations on the part of the United States, and a state of war was formally
proclaimed by the President on the Gth April, 1917. This action of the United
States was promptly followed by a severance of relations with Germany by
Culia, Brazil, and Bolivia.
The Dominions Royal Commission resumed its sittings in Canada in
August, 1916, starting at Montreal, proceeding westward to Prince Rupert,
and returning via Victoria and Vancouver eastward across the continent to
Quebec. Sessions were held at all important centres. A fifth interim report,
summarizing the information ol)tained on this tour, was published in February,
1917. The full and final report covering all the commission's operations was
issued in March, 1917.
From March to May, 1917, marking a fresh development in the constitu-
tional history of the British Empire, there sat at 10 Downing street, London,
for the first time, the Imperial War Cabinet. This new body, over which the
Prime Minister of the United Kingdom presided, consisted of the members of
the War Cabinet of the United Kingdom, the Prime Minister of each Dominion
or in his place a Minister deputed for the purpose, the Secretary of State for
India, representing India, and other members of the Government of the United
Kingdom specially concerned with Imperial affairs. The Imperial War Cabinet
dealt with proljlems concerned with the effective prosecution of the war, and
the terms on which peace might be made. In the end it was decided and
announced that an Imperial Cabinet should be held annually to discuss foreign
affairs and other aspects of Imperial policy (see Debates, House of Commons,
Canada, Session 1917, vol. ii, pp. 1525-40; vol. iii, pp. 2354-5). At the same
time, though sitting on alternate days, the Imperial War Conference, which
is to be regarded as a special war meeting of the Imperial Conference of previous
years enlarged by the inclusion in its membership, for the first time, of repre-
sentatives from India, met at the Colonial Office under the chairmanship of
the Secretary of State for the Colonies. The Imperial War Conference dealt
with questions of common concern relating more especially to post-war
conditions of an economic and constitutional nature. Canada's representatives
at the Imperial War Conference were Sir Robert Borden, Sir George Perley,
Mr. Rogers, and Mr. Hazen. Unfortunately, owing to unavoidable causes,
Australia was unable to send representatives to the Imperial War Cabinet and
Imperial War Conference of 1917.
Turning to matters concerning relations with the United States, it might
be mentioned that the ratifications of the Migratory Birds Convention, con-
R— 5
6 DEPAUTMEVT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
eluded on the 16th August, 1916, were duly exchanged at Washington on the
7th December, 1916, and an Act confirming it was passed by the Canadian
Parliament in August, 1917.
Reference may further be made to questions arising with the United States
Government under the Boundary Waters Treaty, which have been adjusted by
the International Joint Commission: (a) Application was made to the com-
mission by the United States Government for the approval of certain improve-
ments in the St. Clair river at Port Huron, involving a deepening of the channel,
and the construction of a submerged weir. Canada being ready to agree to
the proposed improvements conditionally upon the taking of adequate measures
to protect Canadian interests, the approval of the commission was given on the
18th May, 1917, subject to Canada's conditions being met. {b) The final
report of the commission on the Lake of the Woods reference was made on the
18th May, 1917. A level for the waters of the lake was recommended, which
it was considered would be of the widest advantage to the various interests
concerned, and compensation for damages to lands overflowed by the raising
of the water suggested. A scheme was further outlined for controlling and
regulating the flow of the waters, so that the desired level might be maintained,
(c) The International Lumber Company, an American Corporation, applied for
the approval of certain booms in the Rainy river at International Falls, and on
the 3rd October, 1917, such approval was granted; it being laid down that the
booms should follow lines indicated by the tfnited States Secretary of War, and
steps being taken to safeguard rights on the Canadian side of the boundary line.
Treaty of Commerce and Navigation with Portugal,
12th August, 1914.
At the request of the Canadian Government, notice of Canada's adhesion
to the above treaty was given on the 16th May, 1917, His Majesty's Govern-
ment in a communication to the Portuguese Government having previously
recorded their view that article 6 of the treaty, relating to the importation into
the United Kingdom and the sale therein of port and madeira wines, referred
only to the United Kingdom, and that the application of the treaty to any
of His Majesty's dominions did not involve the application- of the article
referred to.
Pelagic Sealing.
Notification was received from the Russian Government that the killing
of seals on the Commander islands, which had been prohibited in 1912, would
be resumed in 1917, this involving the revival of Canada's right to share of the
take.
The danger attending travel across the submarine zones has made it neces-
sary for the Canadian Government severely to restrict such travel in the case
of women and children. It has been arranged to allow it only in special circum-
stances, approved by a Sub-Committee of the Privy Council, as justifying
exceptional treatment. The measures connected with the carrying out of this
'procedure have added very considerably to the work of the passport office.
I gladly take the opportunity of expressing my satisfaction with the zealous
and efficient manner in which the members of the staff have discharged their
several duties.
I have the honour to be, sir.
Your obedient servant,
JOSEPH POPE,
Under-Secretary of State for External Affairs.
Ottawa, October 15, 1917.
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 7
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33
APPENDIX A.
Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and
Commercial Agents in the Dominion, according to the latest information
supplied to the Department of External Affairs.
Name.
Designation.
Country.
Residence.
When
Ap-
pointed.
Allison, M.A
Andre, L. A. E...
Angwin, J. G
Bailey, A. D
Barattieri, di San Pie-
tro, Count G
Barranco y Fernandez
C
Beebe, H.'S
Bell,C. N
Bell.G.E
Bergstrom, D
Bisson, D
Black, W. A
Black, W. A.,
Blair, F. N
Bonin, C. E
Borlase, G. E
Botkin, T
Bouillon, E. A. A
Bourget, A
Bourgoin, George
Boynton, D
Bradley, W. H
Brady. J. R
Brandt, J. F
Brookfield, J
Brown. R. N
Bunols, J. E
Burlingham, W. B
Call, B. N
Campbell, G. D
Canellas y. Martio, F..
Carbray, T.J
Chater, D.....
Chao Tsong Tian
Clinton, G. W
Clum, H. D
Conant, H. A
Cox, H
Cresse, L. G. A., K.C.
Cruz, Don Manuel Gar
cia y
Culver, H. S
Cummings, E. A..
Curren, A. E
Curren, A. E
Davies, J. R
Davison, Francis.
Davison, J. McG.
de Castri, C
de Clerval, M. . . .
Delries. R. L
de Jardin, G
DeLatnater, I
de Likatscheff, S.
Consul
Consular Agent .
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent .
Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Acting Vice-Consul
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Consul
Commercial Agent
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Vice and Deputy Consul.
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul ;
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul ^
Vice and Deputy Consul.
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Honorary Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Commercial Agent .
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General for the
Dominion of Canada
Portugal
France
Sweden
United States.
Italy.
Spain
United States.
United States.
Belgium
Brazil
Sweden
Portugal
Sweden
Italy
France
Honduras
Belgium
United States.
St. John, N.B..
Winnipeg, Man.
Sydney, N'.S. ..
St. John, N.B
Winnipeg, Man.
Cuba
United States
Guatemala
United States
Sweden
United States
Panama
Netherlands
Portugal
France
United States
United States
Brazil
France
Brazil
United States
United States
United States
Norway
Dominican Republic.
United States
Dominican Republic.
United States
United States
Cuba
Cuba
Argentine Republic...
United States
China
United States
United States
United States
United States
Guatemala
St. John, N.B
Beebe Jet., Que
Winnipeg, Man
Calgary, Alta
Montreal
Paspebiac, Que
Halifax, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Rimouski, Que
Montreal, Que
Sherbrooke, Que
Campbellton, N.B.. . .
Paspebiac, Que
Regina, Sask
Montreal, Que
Sydney, N.S
Montreal. Que
Hamilton, Ont
Prince Rupert, B.C. . .
Montreal, Que
Yarmouth, N.S
Montreal, Que
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont .
Newcastle, N.B
Weymouth, N.S
Montreal. Que
Quebec, Que
Windsor, Ont
Ottawa, Ont : . .
Cumberland, B.C
Calgary, Alta
Windsor, Ont
Edmonton, Alta
Montreal and Quebec.
Montreal, Que
St. John, N.B
Moncton, N.B
Halifax, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Pictou, N.S
Bridgewater, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Fernie, B.C
Calgary, Alta
Toronto, Ont
Forget, Sask
Fort William and Pt.
Arthur, Ont
Russia Montreal, Que
1903
1907
1906
1916
1910
1914
1909
1896
1916
1916
1899
1910
1911
1913
1912
1899
1907
1899
1910
1911
1916
1907
1916
1912
1915
1915
1913
1916
1904
1913
1915
1908
1904
1913
1899
1916
1905
1915
1913
1911
1910
.1916
1889
1913
1884
1905
1906
1913
1911
1913
1911
1916
1914
8 DEPARTMENT OF EXTEEXAL AFFAIRS
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and
Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued
Name.
Designation.
Country.
Residence.
WTien
Ap-
pointed
Denison, F. C
de Olivares, Jos6
de Saint Victor, R
De Sola, C.I
DeWolf, J. E
Dorsey, W. Roderick
Dow, E. A
Drummond, G. E. . . .
Dubuc, A
Duggan. F. M
Eakins, A. W
Edwards, M. B
Emanuels, E. J
Erzinger, J
Estrada, J de
Falardeau. A
Fisher. T. M
Folger, H. S
Foster, J. G
Francis, A. P. O
Francklyn, G. E
Fraser, G. B
Frechette, O
Frechette, O
Frechette, O
Frechette, O
Freeman, C. M
Fryling. A
Futcher, F. A
Garrett, Alonzo B
Gerez, A
Gintzburger, S
Gonnason, A
Goor. M
Gordon, J. A
Gorman, P
Grassi, G
Gunn, F
Hackett, W
Hackett, W
Hamel, H. C
Hammond, J. W
Eamon, \V:
Hanson, G< M
Hart, A. W
Hart, G R
Hatheway, F
Hatheway, W. F
Heard, W. \A'
Hechler, Henry
Heubach, Claude
Heward, S. B
Hutchinson, G A....
Isaacs, C
Istel, A
Jarvis, C.E.L
Jarvis, M. M
Johnson, E. G
Johnston, F. S. S. . . .
Johnston, Jesse H
Johnston, M. P
Jones, W. G
Kelly, M. A
Kerman, W. S
Consul
Consul
Consular Agent .
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul General
Consul
Vice-Conaul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Acting Vice-Consul.
Consul
Consul General
Consul
Consul
Viee-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul General
Consul
Consul
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice and Dep. Consul.
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Commercial Agent
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
United States.
United States.
France
Belgium
Mexico
United States.
United States.
Denmark
Belgium
Sweden
Cuba
Sweden
Brazil
Switzerland. . . .
Uruguay
Peru
United States.
United States.
United States.
France
France '. . .
Spain
Spain
Chile
Colombia
Portugal
United States.
Netherlands. . .
Norway
United St.ates
Argentine Republic.
Switzerland
Sweden
Belgium
Argentine Republic.
United States
Italy
Norway
Norway
Portugal
United States
United States
Brazil
United States
United .States
Brazil
France
Guatemala
United .States
Liberia
Mexico
Netherlands
Sweden
United States
France
Brazil
Brazil
United States
United States
United States
United States
Spain
Norway
Brazil
Prescott, Ont
Hamilton, Ont
Quebec, Que
Montreal, Que
Halifax, N.S
Quebec, Que
Fort William and Pt,
Arthur, Ont
Montreal, Que
Winnipeg, Man
Quebec, Que
Yarmouth, N.S
St. John, N.B
Vancouver, B.C
Winnipeg, Man
Toronto, Ont
Quebec, Que
Halifax, N.S
Kingston. Ont
Ottawa, Ont
Victoria, B.C
Halifax, N.S
Chatham, N.B
Quebec, Que
Quebec, Que
Quebec, Que
Quebec, Que
Sydney, N.S
Calgary, .\lta
Victoria and Chem-
ainus, B.C
St. Stephen, N.B
Ottawa, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
Ottawa, Ont
Montreal, Que
Montreal, Que
Sault Ste Marie, Ont.
Quebec, Que
North Sydney, N.S...
North Sydney, N.S...
Cabano, Que
Fredericton, N.B
Paspebiac, Que
Prince Rupert, B.C.
Cape Canso, N.S
Halifax, N S
St. John, N.B
St. John, N.B
Quebec, Que
Halifax, N.S
Winnipeg, Man
Montreal, Que
Richibucto. N.B
Montreal, Que
Vancouver, B.C
St. John. N.B
St. John, N.B
Vancouver, B.C
Kingston, Ont
Regina, Sask
Lethbridge, Alta
Halifax, N.S
Campbellton, N.B....
Toronto, Ont
1915
1915
1913
1911
1906
1917
1917
1910
1905
1910
1907
1913
1915
1913
1914
1916
1917
1908
1903
191C
1881
1880
1898
1885
1909
1908
1911
1915
1907
1917
1916
1913
1911
1913
1908
1886
1914
1906
1910
1910
1913
1916
1882
1916
1885
1893
1910
1898
1915
1903
1916
1879
1911
1916
1913
1896
1901
1915
1910
1917
1913
1894
1916
1916
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 9
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33
Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and
Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued.
Name.
Designation.
Country.
Residence.
When
Ap-
pointed.
Kerr, Geo
King, J
Koren, F
Labbie, A. P
Lacroix, Ed
LeBoutillier, C. S...
LeBoutillier, C. S...
LeGros, P. E
Leonard, C. F
LeQuesne, J. C
Levasseur, T
LeVatte, H. C. V...
Linnell, I. N
Lin Shihyuan
Longhi, G. P
Long, T
Mack, J. M
Mahy, J. E
Maitland, R. R
Marino, E
Marker, C. P
Marsh, O. G
Martin, H
Martin, Henri
Martin, C. W
Masi, N
Mason, T. J
Mathers, H. I
Mathers, H. I
Mathers, H. I
Mersereau, C. M
Miles, Henry
Milner, J. B
Mitchell, W. A
Montyn, W. V
Morang, G. N
Morissette, J. B
Morris, M. P
Morris, M. P
Morris, M . P
Mosher. R. B
Mullin, D
Munoz y. Rieva, Jose A
Munro, \V. A
Murphy, .John
Murphy, W. B
Murray, Robert
MaoMillan, F
MacQuillan, J
MacRae, K. J
McCulley. S. U r.
McLaughlin, C
McLean. H. H
Neale, F. E
Neville, J
Neville, J. A
Newcombe, R. M
NichoUs, F
Nobel, O. K
Nolan, J. A
Nordbye, Dr. F. A....
Nordheimer, A
Numano, Y
Oland, S. C
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul, with jurisdiction
over the whole of the
Dominion of Canada....
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Acting Vice-Consul
Commercial Agent
Consular Agent
Acting Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul General
Consul •
Consular Agent
Commercial Agent
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Commercial Agent
Consul
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Sweden. .
Belgium .
Toronto, Ont
Fort William, Ont.
Vice-Consul
Consul General.
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent .
Vioe-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul".
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General.
Consul General.
Consul
Norway
United States.,
France
Brazil
Portugal
Brazil
United States.
Portugal
Brazil
United States.
United States..
China
Italy
Colombia
United States.
Belgium
Honduras
Italy
Denmark
United States.
Belgium
Switzerland
United States.
Italy
Brazil
Russia
Denmark
Norway
United States.
Paraguay
United States .
Mexico
Netherlands. . .
Guatemala
Brazil
Panama
Chile
Mexico
United States.
Belgium
Cuba
United States.
United .States.
United States.
Sweden
Sweden
Ecuador
Norway
Denmark
Italy
Argentine Republic,
Norway
Uruguay
Argentine Republic,
United States
Portugal
Denmark
Sweden
Norway
Netherlands
Japan
Chile
Montreal, Que
St. Leonards, N.B....
North Sydney, N.S.. .
Gaspe, Que
Gasp6 Basin, Que
Gaspe, Que
Peterborough, Ont
Paspebiac, Que
Quebec, Que
Louisburg, N.S
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Calgarv, Alta
Toronto, Ont
Liverpool, N.S
Quebec, Que
Vancouver, B.C
Fort William, Ont
Calgary, Alta
Ottawa, Ont
Edmonton, Alta
Montreal, Que
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Toronto, Ont
Halifax, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Bathurst, N.B
Montreal, Que
Niagara Falls, Ont
Toronto, Ont
Winnipeg, Man
Toronto, Ont
Quebec, Que
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
St. John, N.B
Toronto, Ont
Cornwall, Ont
Prescott, Ont
Arnprior, Ont
Chatham and New-
castle, N.B
Sheet Harbour, N.S. .
Vancouver, B.C
St. John, N.B..
Chatham, N.B
St. John, N.B
St. John, N.B
Chatham, N.B
Halifax, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Victoria, B.C
Toronto, Ont
Montreal, Que
Calgary, Alta
Camrose, Alta
Toronto, Ont
Ottawa. Ont
Halifax, N.S
1910
1913
1911
1916
1909
1876
1895
1900
1910
1898
1902
1898
1916
1913
1915
1916
1896
1916
1913
1912
1910
1915
1917
1913
1916
1915
1917
1899
1906
1906
1915
1902
1916
1901
1914
1896
1904
1906
1897
1914
1915
1908
1915
1915
1917
1909
1910
1882
1898
1914
1913
1886
1908
1909
1913
1908
1914
1906
1911
1901
1916
1902
1916
1914
10
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and
Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued.
Name.
Designation.
Country.
Residence.
When
Ac-
pointed.
Olson, Albert..
Owen, J. M....
Owen, \V. H...
Owen, \V. H...
Oxley, F. H...
Osley, H
Pashlev, J. H.
Petry, \V. H. .
Philpot, J.
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent . . .
Consular Agent . . .
Consul.
Consul
Honorary Consul.
Consular Agent . . .
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent . .
Pickles, F. W
Pierce, W. A
Pirmez, R
Planta. A. E
Pollock, J. R
Prescott, J. \V
Printz, C. J. P
Quann. W. P
Radford, Wm. G
Ragosine, \V
Rairden, B. S
Rasrausen, Bertil M.. .
Raynaud, L
Richardson, E. V
Robertson, P
Rochereau, de la Sa-
bliere, C
Rochereau, de la Sa-
bli^re, C. E
Rogers, W. A
Ross, P. W. T
Ross, T. P
Ross, W. A
Rousseau, A. M.
Routh, F. C
Rudolf, D.J
Ryder, F. M
Ryerson, .las
Salgado, .S. G
Sanford, H. M
Shotts, G. \V
Sinclair, N
Slater, F. C
Smith. H.J
Snowball, R. A
Somerville. J. G
Soot, H. R
Sorensen, C
Soreusen, C
Stable, N. Perez
Stahlschmidt. C. B...
Strickland, C. L
Sutliff, L. G
Taggart, G. R
Tamayo, P
Tanguay, E. G
Taylor, T. M
Terrero, Don L
Terry, W. S
Thierry, F
Thompson, J. Enoch. . .
Thompson, J. Enoch...
Thomson, P. W
Thomson, P. W
Thorgeirsson, O. S
Tovell, D. S
Ukita, S
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent . .
Vice-Consul
Consular. Agent. . . .
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul-Chancelier.
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul .
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Acting Vice-Consul.
Consular .\gent
Consul
Consular Agent . . . . ,
Consul General
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul -.
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul General
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Sweden
United States.
United States.
Cuba
Portugal
Portugal
United States.
Denmark
United States.
.Argentine Republic...
United States
Belgium
Norway
United States
Brazil
Norway
United States
Sweden
Russia
United States.
Regina, Sask
.\nnapolis, N.S
Bridgewater, N..S. .
Bridgewater, N.S..
Halifax, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Nanaimo, B.C
Quebec, Que
Port Hawkesbury and
Mulgrave, N.S
Annapolis, N.S
Charlottetown, P.E.I
Calgary, .\lta
Nanaimo. B.C
Fernie, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Toronto, Ont
Kenora, Ont
Dawson, Y.T
Vancouver, B.C
Riviere du Loup, Que
United States i Fernie, B.C.
France .
United States
Argentine Republic.
Belgium
France
United States.
Uruguay
Netherlands.. -
Denmark
United States.
Portugal
United States.
United States.
United States.
Cuba
United States.
United States.
United States.
United States.
Sweden
France
United States.
Norway
Norway
Norway
Cuba
Norway
United States.,
United States.
United States..
Mexico
Paraguay
Guatemala
Venezuela
Belgium
Panama
Spain
Panama
Panama
Netherlands...
Denmark
United States..
Japan
Montreal. Que.
Moncton, N.B
Toronto, Ont..
Toronto, Ont.
Toronto, Ont
Campbellton, N.B
Montreal, Que
Quebec, Que
St. John, N.B
White Horse, Y.T...
Montreal, Que
Lunenburg, N.S
Winnipeg, Man
Gait, Ont
Halifax, N.S
Ottawa, Ont
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont
Summerside, P.E.I. . .
Sarnia, Ont
Winnipeg, Man
Chatham, N.B
Niagara Falls, Ont
Winnipeg. Man
Port .Arthur, Ont
Fort William, Ont
Halifax. N.S
Vancouver, B.C
Charlottetown, P.E.I.
Winnipeg, Man
Cornwall, Ont
Toronto, Ont
Quebec. Que
Vancouver, B.C
Ottawa, Ont
Victoria, B.C
Montreal, Que
Toronto, Ont
Toronto, Ont
St. John, N.B
St. John, N.B
Winnipeg. Man
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
1916
1872
1872
1905
1898
1916
1906
1911
1916
1910
1916
1912
1907
1908
1916
1908
1916
1910
1916
1916
1917
1911
1916
1913
1904
1908
1916
1915
1910
1916
1916
1911
1907
1915
1899
1915
1898
1906
1907
1906
1904
1902
1914
1909
1914
1914
1914
1907
1911
1915
1912
1912
1914
1916
1913
1912
1915
1900
1905
1905
1905
1914
1904
1917
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
11
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33
Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and
Commercial Agents, etc. — Cojiduded.
Name.
Designation.
Country.
Residence.
When
pointed.
Van Roggen, M. A
Vroom, C. N
Waagen, C. B. N
Vice-Consul
Vice and Dep. Consul
Netherlands
United States
Norway
United States
Greece
Vancouver, B.C
St. Stephen, N.B
1910
1895
1916
Wakefield, E. C
Walsh, J. C
Consular Agent
Consul General
North Bay. Ont
1906
1915
Ward, W. A
Vancouver, B.C
Brantford, Ont
1909
Waterous, C. A
Consul
Chile
United States
1908
Watson, F. C
1914
Watson. J. C
Consul .
United States
Italy
Spain
United States
Peru
Yarmouth, N.S.:
Chatham, N.B
St .John N B
1916
Watt, G.
Consular Agent
1886
Wedmore, P. W
Vice-Consul
1919
West, G. N
Consul General i
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Annapolis, N.S
Vancouver, B.C
Halifax N S
1916
White, H. G
Consul
1914
Whitehead, J. M
Belgium
Cuba
1907
Whitman, F. C
Consul
1904
Winch, R. V.
Sweden
Mexico
United States
China
Paraguay
Norway
1906
1906
Wolf (de), J. E
Vice-Consul
Vancouver. B.C
Ottawa, Ont
Toronto, Ont
1911
Yang, Shuwen
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General
1913
Yeigh, F
1903
Young, J. A
Sydney, N.S.
1911
Young, E. E
United States
Russia
Italy
Halifax N S
1913
Zaniewsky, H
Vice Consul
Consul General
1916
Zunini, Cavalier L
Montreal, Que
1915
12
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
APPENDIX B.
Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented in Canada bj' Consuls,
Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, according to the
latest information supplied to the Department of External Affairs.
Country.
Place.
Name.
Designation.
When
Ap-
pointed.
Argentine Republic.
Belgium .
Brazil.
Chile.
China.
Colombia.
Corea*.
Cuba
Annapolis, N.S
Halifax, X.S
Ottawa, Ont
Montreal, Que
Quebec, Que
St. John, X.B
Toronto, Ont
Calgary, Alta
Edmonton, Alta. . .
Forget, Sask
Fort William, Ont.
Halifax, X.S
Montreal, Que
Ottawa, Ont
Quebec, Que
St. John, X.B
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
Winnipeg. Man
Gasp^, Que
Gaspfe, Que
Halifax, X.S
Halifax, X.S
Montreal, Que
Paspebiac, Que
Paspebiac, Que
Quebec, Que
Quebec, Que
St. John, X.B
.St. John, X.B
Toronto, Ont
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Brantford, Ont
Halifax, X.S
Quebec, Que
Vancouver, B.C. . . .
Ottawa, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Quebec, Que
Toronto, Ont
Annapolis, X.S
Bridgewater, X.S.
Halifax, X.S
Halifax, X.S
Montreal, Que
St. John, X.B
Toronto, Ont..
Pickles, F. W
NeviUe, J. A
Gerez, A
Gordon, J. A
Carbrav, T. J
McLean, H. H
Robertson, P
Pirmez, R ; . . .
Martin, H
de Jardin, G
King, J
Curren, A. E
DeSola, C.I...~. ....
Goor, M
Mahv, J. E
Mullin, D
Rochereau de la Sa-
bliere, C
Whitehead, J. M
Terry, W. S
Dubuc, A
LeGros, P. E
LeBoutillier, C. S
Hart. G. R
Curren, A. E
Bourgoin, George
Bouillon, E. A. A
Hamon, W
Levasseur, T
Morissette, J. B
Jari'is, C. E. L
Jarv'is, M. M
Kerman, W. S
Mason, T.J
Emanuels, E. J
Prescott, J. W
Waterous, C. A
Oland, S. C
Frechette, O
Morris, M. P
Yang Shuwen
Chao Tsong Tian
Lin Shihvuan
Frechette, O
Long, T :
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General .
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul.
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul General.
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Commercial Agent.
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Commercial Agent.
Vice-Consul
Commercial Agent.
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Commercial Agent .
Vice-Consul
Commercial Agent .
Vice-Consul
Commercial Agent .
Consul
Commercial Agent .
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul General
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul General
Consul
Whitman, F. C
Owen, W. H
Stable, X. Perez
Salgado, S. G
Canellas y. Martio, F
Barranco y Fernandez
C
Munoz y Rieva, Jose A
Consul
Consul
Consul General .
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul .
Consul.
1910
1908
1916
1908
1908
1908
1913
1912
1917
1911
1913
1889
1911
1913
1916
1908
1904
1907
1912
1905
1900
1876
1893
1913
1911
1899
1882
1902
1904
1896
I90I
1916
1917
1915
1916
1908
1914
1885
1897
1913
1913
1913
1909
1916
1904
1905
1914
1915
1915
1914
1915
•Represented by Japanese Consuls.
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
13
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33
Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented by Consuls, Vice-Consuls,
Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued.
Country.
Name.
Designation.
Cuba — Con.
Denmark. . .
Dominican Republic.
Ecuador.
France . . .
Greece
Guatemala .
Honduras .
Italy
Japan.
Liberia
'Luxemburg.
Mexico
Netherlands
Weymouth, N.S
Yarmouth. N.S
Calgary, AJta
Chatham, N.B
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
Montreal, Que
Quebec, Que
St. John, N.B
Vancouver, B.C
Winnipeg, Man
Montreal, Que
Montreal, Que
Vancouver, B.C
Calgary. Alta.
Chatham, N.B
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
Montreal, Que.,
Quebec, Que
Regina, Sask
North Sydney, N.S.
St. John, N.B
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
Winnipeg, Man
Montreal, Que
Montreal, Que
Quebec, Que
St. John, N.B
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Winnipeg, Man
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Calgary, Alta
Chatham, N.B
Fernie, B.C
Fort William, Ont
Montreal, Que...
St. John, N.B
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.
Winnipeg, Man
Vancouver, B.C..
Ottawa, Ont
Vancouver, B.C..
Halifax, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Toronto, Ont
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C.
Winnipeg, Man.. .
Calgary, Alta
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
Quebec, Que
St. John, N.B....
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C.
Winnipeg, Man..
Campbell, G. D
Eakins, A. W
Marker, C. P
McCuUey, S. U
Mathers, H. I
Druminond, G. E
Nobel, O. K
Petry, W. H
Ross, W. A
Ward, W. A
Thorgeirsson, O. S.. . .
Bunols, J. E
Brookfield, J
MacQuillan, J
deClerval, M
Snowball, R. A
Francklyn. G. E
Bonin, C. E
Raynaud, L
de Saint Victor, R — .
Bourget, A
Lacroix, Ed
Hatheway, F
Rochereau de la Sa-
bliere, C.E......
Istel, A
Francis, A. P. O
Andre, L. A. E
Walsh, J. C
Cresse, L. G. A., K.C.
Cresse, L. G. A., K.C.
Hatheway, W. F
Morang, G. N
Taylor, T. M
Bell, C. N
Defries, R. L
Maitland, R. R
Longhi, G. P
Watt, G
de Ca.stri, C
Marino, E
Zunini, Cavalier L..'. .
McLaughlin, C
Grassi, G
Barattieri di San
Pietro, Count G. . .
Masi, N
Numano, Y
Ukita, S
Hechler, Henry
DeWolf, J. E
Tamavo, P
Mitchell, W. A
Morris, M. P
Heubach, Claude, . . .
Fryling, A
Black, W. A
Heward, S. B
Ross, T. P
Thomson, P. W
Xordheimer, A
Van Roggen, M. A.. ,
Montyn, W. V
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
.4.cting Vice-Consul .
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General
Consul
Consul General
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consul General
Consular Chancelier
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent. . . . .
Consular .\gent
Consular Agent
C(jnsul General
Honorary Consul
Honorary Consul . . .
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consul General
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consul General
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul-General
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
•Represented by Consuls of the Netherlands.
14
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented by Consuls, Vice-Consuls,
Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued.
Country.
Designation.
When
Ap-
pointed.
Norway .
Panama.
Russia .
Spain.
Sweden.
Calgary, Alta
Campbellton, N.B.
Camrose., Alta.. . .
Chatham, N.B. . .
Chemainus, B.C. . .
Fort William, Ont..
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que. .....
Paraguay
Peru
Portugal .
Nanaimo, B.C
North Sydney, N.S.
Port Arthur, Ont
Prince Rupert, B.C.
Quebec, Que
St. John, N.B
Sydney, N.S
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
Winnipeg, Man
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
St. John, N.B
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Montreal, Que
Quebec, Que
Toronto, Ont
Quebec, Que
Vancouver, B .C
Bridgewater, N.S
Gaspe Basin, Que. . . .
Halifax, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
North Sydney, N.S.
Paspebiac, Que
Quebec, Que
Rimouski, Que
St. John, N.B
Toronto, Ont
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
Montreal, Que
Vancouver, B.C..
Chatham, N.B..
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
Quebec, Que
St. John, N.B
Toronto, Ont
Calgary, Alta
Chatham, N.B
Dawson, Y.T
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
Newcastle, N.B
Pictou, N.S
Quebec, Que
Regina, Sask
Richibucto, N.B
Sheet Harbour, N.S.
Sydney, N.S
Waagen, C. B. N....
Kelly, M. A. ......
Nordbye, Dr. F. A.
Neale, F. E
Futeher, F. A
Sorensen, C
Mathers, H. I
Koren, F
Plantan A. E
Hackett, W
Sorensen, C
Brandt, J. F
Gunn, F
MacRae, K. J
Young, J. A
Printz, C. J. P
Stahlschmidt, C. B..
Futeher, F. A
Soot, H. R
Black, W. A
Thierry, F
Thomson, P. W
Thompson. J. Enoch.
Morri.s. M. P
Miles, Henry
Tanguay, E. G
Yeigh, F
Falardeau, A
White, H. G
Davison, Francis
LeBoutillier, C. S...
Oxlev, F. H
Oxlev, H
Routh, F. C
Hackett, W
Le Quesne, J. C
Frechette, O
Blair, F. N
Allison, M. A
NichoUs, F
Mathers, H.I
de Likatscheff, S....
Zaniewsky, H
Ragosine, W
Fraser, G. B
Jones, W. G
Cruz, Don Manuel
Garcia y.
Frechette", O
Wedmore, P. W
Thompson, J. Enoch. .
Nolan, J. A.
Murray, Robert
Radford, Wm. G
Davison, J. McG
Bergstrom, D
Murray, Robert
Davies, J. R...
Duggan, F. M
Olson, Albert
Hutchinson, G. A
MacMillan, F
Angwin, J. G
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul with jurisdic-
tion over the whole
of the Dominion of
Canada
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
.\cting Vice-Consul .
Consul
Honorary Consul . . .
Consul
Vice-Consul
Acting Vice-Consul .
Consul
Acting Vice-Consul .
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General for the
Dominion of Canada
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Consul
Acting Vice-Consul .
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul-General
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
1916
1916
1916
1909
1907
1914
1906
1911
1907
1910
1914
1912
1906
1914
1911
1908
1907
1907
1909
1910
1915
1905
1905
1906
1902
1914
1903
1916
1914
1905
1895
1898
1916
1911
1910
1898
1908
1913
1903
1906
1899
1914
1916
1916
1880
1894
1911
1898
1912
1900
1901
1910
1910
1906
1916
1910
1884
1910
1916
1911
1882
1906
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
15
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33
Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented by Consuls, Vice-Consuls,
Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued.
Country.
Designation.
When
Ap-
pointed.
Sweden — Con.
Switzerland ,
United States.
St. John, N.B
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
Winnipeg, Man
Montreal, Que
W'innipeg, Man
Vancouver, B.C
Annapolis, N.S
Arnprior, Ont
Bathurst, N.B
Beebe Jet., Que
Bridgewater, N.S
Cabano. Que
Calgary, Alta
Calgary, Alta
Campbellton, N.B
Campbellton, N.B
Cape Canso, N.S
Charlottetown, P.E.I. .
Charlottetown, P.E.I. . .
Cornwall, Ont
Cornwall, Ont
Cumberland, B.C
Edmonton, Alta
Fernie, B.C
Fernie, B.C
Fort William, Ont
Fort William, Ont
Fredericton, N.B
Gait, Ont
Halifax, N.S
Halifax. N.S
Hamilton, Ont
Hamilton, Ont
Kenora. Ont
Kingston, Ont
Kingston, Ont
Lethbridge, Alta
Liverpool, N.S
Louisburg, N.S
Lunenburg, N.S
Moncton, N.B
Moncton, N.B
Montreal, Que
Montreal, Que
Montreal, Que
Nanaimo, B.C
Newcastle, N.B
Niagara Falls, Ont
Niagara Falls, Ont
North Bay, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
Paspebiac, Que
Peterborough, Ont
Port Arthur, Ont
Port Arthur, Ont
Port Hawkesbury and
Mulgrave, N.S
Prescott, Ont
Prescott, Ont
Prince Rupert, B.C....
Quebec, Que
Quebec, Que
Riviere du Loup
Edwards, M. B
Kerr, Geo
Winch, R. V
Gonnason, A
Smith, H.J
Martin, Henri
Erzinger, J
Gintzburger, S
Owen, J. M
Murphy, W. B
Mersereau, C. M
Beebe, H. S
Owen, W. H
Hamel, H. C
Clum, H. D
Bell, G. E
Botkin, T
Rogers, W. A
Hart, A. W
Pierce, W. A
Strickland, C. L
Munro, W. A
Taggart, G. R
Clinton, G. W
Cox, H
Rasmusen, Bertil M..
Pollock, J. R
De Lamater, I
Dow, E. A
Hammond, J. W
Ryerson, James
Fisher, T. M
Young, E. E
de Olivares, Jose
Brady, J. R
Quann, W. P
Johnston, F. S. S
Folger, H. S.
Johnston, M. P
Mack, J. M
LeVatte, H. C. V...
Rudolf, D.J
Richardson, E. V
Cummings, E. A
Bradley, W. H
Gorman, P
Isaacs, C
Pashley, J. H
Call, B. N
Milner, J. B
Somerville, J. G
Wakefield, E.C
Foster, J. G
Sanford, H. M
Marsh, O. G
Bisson, D
Leonard, C. F
De Lamater, I
Dow, E. A
Philpot, J
Denison, F. C
Murphy, John
Hanson, G. M
Dorsey, W. Roderick
Heard, W.W
Rairden, B. S
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General
Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Consular .A-gent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul.
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Vice-Consul
Consul General
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice Consul
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent ......
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Consular Agent ......
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice and Dep. Consul
Consul
1913
1910
1906
1911
1904
1913
1913
1913
1872
1909
1915
1909
1872
1913
1916
1916
1907
1916
1885
1916
1911
1915
1912
1899
1915
1917
1908
1916
1917
1916
1899
1917
1913
1915
1916
1916
1910
1908
1913
1896
1898
1907
1916
1916
1907
1886
1916
1906
1904
1916
1914
1906
1903
1898
1915
1899
1910
1916
1917
1916
1915
1917
1916
1917
1915
1916
16
DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented by Consuls, Vice-Consuls,
Consular Agents, and Commercial Agents, etc. — Concluded.
Country.
Place.
Name.
Designation.
When
Ap-
pointed.
United States — Con..
Uruguay..
Venezuela .
Regina, Sask
Sarnia, Ont
Sarnia, Ont
.Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont,
Sherbrooke, Que
Summerside, P.E.I. . .
Sydney, N. S
Sydney, N. S
St. John, N.B
St. John, N.B
St. Leonards, N.B
St. Stephen, N.B
St. Stephen, N.B
Toronto, Ont
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
Victoria, B.C
White Horse, Yukon. .
Windsor, Ont
Windsor, Ont
Winnipeg, Man
Winnipeg. Man
Yarmouth, N.S
Yarmouth, N.S
Halifax, N.S
Montreal, Que
Toronto, Ont
Ottawa, Ont
Johnston, Jesse H . .
Slater, F. C
Watson, F. C
Shotts, G. W
Burlingham, W. B.
Borlase, G. E
Sinclair, N
Freeman, CM..
Boynton, D
Culver, H. S
Bailey, A. D
Labbie, A. P
Vroom, C. N
Garrett, Alonzo B.
Martin, C. W
Tovell, D. S
West, G. N
Woodward, C. G...
Linnell, I. N
Johnson, E. G
Mosher, R. B
Newcomb, R. M...
Rousseau, A. M
Conant, H. A
Chater, D
Ryder, F. M
Sutliff. L. G
Watson, J. C
Brown, R. N
Neville, J
Ross, P. W. T
Estrada, J. de
Terrero, Don L.. .
Consul
Consul
Viee-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice and Dep. Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Vice and Dep. Consul
Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General
Consul
Vice-Conaul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consular Agent
Consul
Vice and Dep. Consul
Consul General
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul
Vice-Consul
Consul General
1917
1906
1914
1906
1916
1899
1907
1911
1916
1910
1916
1916
1895
1917
1916
1904
1916
1911
1916
1915
1915
1914
1916
1905
1904
1915
1915
1916
1915
1913
1915
1914
1913
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 A. 1918
REPORT
OF THE
INSPECTOR OF PENITENTIARIES
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
1917
PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT
OTTAWA
J. DE L.ABROQUERIE TACH6
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1918
[TSTo. 34—1918.]
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 A. 1918
To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.O., P.O.. G.C.M.G., G.G.V.O., &c.,
&c., &c.. Governor General and Comniander in Chief of thfi Dominion of Canada.
May it Please Your Excellency: —
I have the honour to lay before Your Excellency the Annual Report of the
Inspectors of Penitentiaries for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917, made by them
in pursuance of the provisions of section 19 of the Penitentiary Act.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your Excellency's most obedient servant,
CHAS. J. DOHERTY,
Minister of Justice.
-li
8 GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
A. 1918
CONTENTS.
Page.
Inspectors' Report . . . 5-13
Appendix A. — Dominion Parole Officer's Report . . 14-15
B.— Wardens' Reports 15-21
" C— Crime Statistics . .' 21-23
" D. — Revenue Statements -23
" E.— Expenditure Statements 24-27
8 GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
A. 1918
REPORT
OF THE
INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR 1916-17.
To the Hon. C. J. Doherty, K.C,
Minister of Justice.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit herewith statistics and reports regarding the
operation of the penitentiaries for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917.
The number of convicts at the close of the fiscal year was 1,694, as compared
with 2,118 at the close of the previous fiscal year. There were 35 female convicts, as
compared with 37 at the close of the previous year. The average daily population
was 1,938, as against 2,074 during the previous year.
The following table shows the movement of population at the several penitenti-
aries : —
1
596
148
9
1
10
e .
K" a)
477
202
;j
c
C
238
98
i
'S
1
155
32
C2
■it
330
51
1
1
<
132
56
i
s _•
r
130
39
Total.
In custody April 1, 1916
2,118
Received.
From jails
020
10
iJy forfeiture of parole
2
10
5
5
1
2
3
2
11
2
2
31
1
2
Recaptured
1
1
68
56
27
2
1
1
1
1
I
Discharged.
Expiry of sentence
Parole
Deportation
Death
134
127
21
2
4
"i"
76
138
9
5
29
4
1
1
44
66
3
'"■25"
27
53
8
2
3
2
31
53
3
1
2
1
1
1
28
33
5
i"
1
2 ''
408
526
76
12
65
Transfer
Order of Court
9
4
Returned to Provincial authorities.
4
2
92
1
229
3
475
428
211
160
Remaining March 31, 1917. . .
99
1,694
6
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
8 GEORGIA V, .A. 19' 8
Health. — The surgeons report that the institutions have been free from any
epidemic, and that sanitary conditions are good. The number of convicts in hospital
at the close of the year is as follows: —
Kingston ^^ 9
_ St. Vinctnt de Paul 3
Dorchester 4
Manitoba 2
British Columbia 2
Alberta 1
Saskatchewan 0
Total 21
Female Convicts. — The small number of female delinquents — 50 per cent of whom
come from one province — would suggest the propriety of arranging for their custody
and maintenance at the Mercer reformatory, or some other well-regulated female
prison under provincial control. The ward at Kingston penitentiary, where female
delinquents from all Canada are now centralized, is admirably managed by
intelligent and faithful matrons, but it is obvious that reformatory influences could
be exercised more efficiently in an institution specially designed for that class of
offenders.
Farm Operations. — About fifteen hundred acres were under cultivation during
the year, with varying results according to climatic conditions in the different parts
of the country in which the institutions are situated. The following table shows the
value of the products and the net profit at each prison 'during the fiscal year : —
Penitentiary .
Value of
Products.
Net Profit.
Kingston
St. Vincent de Paul
Dorchester ._
Manitoba
British Columbia
Alberta ^
Saskatchewan
S
10,246
9.315
6,742
11,185
7,014
- 4,464
10,733 "
s
1,222
970
2,570
2.544
753
2,028
2,046
Total
59,699
12,133
The value of the farm productions and the net profits that are increasing gradu-
ally year by year will no doubt expand rapidly, since the wardens have been reminded
of the necessity of making the industry the paramount one during existing world
conditions. Exeejit at Kingst-on and British Columbia penitentiaries, the reserves
are excellent land for agricultural purposes.
NATIONALITY (Place of birth).
British — • ^
Canada 936
England 12«
Ireland ■ 41
Scotland 24
India 7
Newfoundland 6
Other British countries 9
1,149
REPORT OF INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
•
NATIONALITY (Place of birth) .—Continued.
Foreign — ■
United States 182
Austria-Hungary 104
Russia.." 74
Italy 61
China 32
Germany 17
Sweden 12
France 8
Roumania S
Turkey 7
Japan o
Greece 6
Norway 6
I Other foreign countries 22
Non-Christian —
Buddhist 33
Hebrew 23
Other non-Christian creeds 10
No creed S
AGE.
545
1.694
OREEOS.
Christian —
Roman Catholic S41
Anglican 266
Methodist 169
Presbyterian 155
Baptist ; 78
Lutheran 51
Greek Catholic 42
Other Christian creeds 18
1,620
74
1.694
Under 20 years 141
20-3U years.. .. • 714
30-40 " 473
40-50 ■■ 241
50-60 " : . . 99
Over 60 years 26
Total 1,694
SOCIAL HABITS.
Abstainers 299
Temperate •. ■ • S37
Intemperate 558
Total 1.694
CIVIL CONDITION.
Single 1,028
Married 589
Widowed 77
Total 1,694
RACIAL.
White 1,553
Coloured 56
Indian 20
half breed 21
Mongolian ' 38
East Indian 6
Total 1,694
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
EXPENDITURE
1916-17.
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Gross
Expenditure.
Kevenfle.
Net
Expenditure.
S cts.
214,815 22
192,032 47
109,451 84
74,284 12
116,225 55
96,412 64
105,262 11
-S cts.
17.995 94
8,704 37
10,059 89
7,576 21
6,075 86
5,972 02
8,078 38
$ cts.
196,819 28
183,328 10
99,391 95
66,707 91
m 1.19 OQ
St. Vincent de Paul
Dorchester '.
Manitoba
British Columbia
90,440 62
97,183 73
Totals
908,483 95
63,462 67
845,021 28
COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF NET OUTLAY.
Kingston
St. Vincent de Paul
Dorchester
Manitoba
British Columbia
Alberta
Saskatchewan
Totals
Average daily population
1914-15.
¥ cts.
176,478 38
159,475 56
89,126 59
72,385 56
127,661 16
95,815 07
88,228 09
809,170 41
191.5-16.
8 cts.
190,269 17
161,867 83
91,003 84
77,058 09
124,042 94
114,056 28
115,830 33
854,128 48
2,074
1916-17
S cts.
196,819 28
183,328 10
99,391 95
66,707 91
111,149 69
90,440 62
97,183 73
845,021 28
1,938
COMPAKATIVE COST PER CAPITA.
a
o
t
B -
!5
CO
1
c
<3
1
'S
i
B
5
-B O
.20
3
'u
pq
Alberta.
i
1
Staff ...
8 cts.
188 55
95 85
9 15
51 10
19 71
17 59
4 33
$ cts.
179 20
81 36
7 78
67 68
18 69
40 97
1 39
$ cts.
228 99
81 70
7 29
47 37
32 03
50 04
1 15
$ Cti.
401 60
76 99
17 24
92 96
16 12
23 54
9 51
8 cts.
219 93
76 59
12 90
31 74
16 45
47 OS
41
$ cts.
.303 66
81 14
11 66
29 17
24 00
78 23
4 25
8 cts.
363 47
Maintenance of convicts
76 17
Discharge expenses
Working expenses
10 45
87 86
34 95
Lands, buildings and equipment
Miscellaneous
308 42
1 10
33 33
18 60
43 36
65 31
17 68
32 63
72 13
Net cost per capita
352 95
378 47
405 21
572 67
387 42
499 48
810 29
REPORT OF INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
ACTUAL COST.
Supplies on hand April 1, 1916 $ 166,497 00
Gross expenditure 1916-17 905,484 00
i
Deduct —
Supplies on hand March 31, 1917 205,485 00
Estimated value of labour on production of
capital and revenue 75,000 00
Net cost
Cost per caput
Cost per caput per diem
COMPAEATIVE SUMMARY.
1,074,981 00
280,485 DO
794,496 00
409 96
1 12
Gross expenditure
Net expenditure .
Actual cost
Cost per caput
Cost per caput per diem .
Average daily population.
1915.
S cts.
856,208 00
809,170 00
776,554 00
390 42
1 07
1,989
1916.
■S cts.
898,900 00
854,128 00
808.707 00
389 93
1 07
2,074
1917.
•S cts.
908,484 00
845,021 00
794.496 00
409 9G
1 12
1,938
1867—1917.
As the fiscal year under review is the semi-centennial of the Dominion of Canada,
it may not be inappropriate to review the history and progress of our penal institu-
tions during that perior. It is gratifj'ing to note that Canada is a pioneer in peno-
logical reform, being the first country to incorporate a provision in its constitution
that penal-class convicts be segregated and placed under distinctly separate authority.
The provision that penal-class prisoners (those serving two years or more) should be
placed in institutions under federal control, while all others, including misdemeanants,
prisoners awaiting trial, and parties held as witnesses should be under provincial con-
trol, shows the wisdom and foresight of the statesmen who drafted the British North
America Act. It is only of recent years that other states and countries have awakened
to the necessity for like provision, and in some states and countries you will still find
penal-class convicts herded with delinquents that are held for minor offences.
The number of penal-class prisoners in custody on December 31, 1867, was 972, of
■ whom 6i were females. These were located as follows : —
Kingston, Ont 907
St. John. N.B 27
Halifax, N.S 3S
On March 31, 1917, the convict population of the four original provinces was
1,096, an increase of less than 13 per cent in fifty years.
The population of the penitentiaries of Canada on March 31, 1917, was 1,694,
of whom 35 were females. In 1867 there was one convict to each 3,586 inhabitants.
In 1917 there was one convict to each 4,254 inhabitants. When one realizes the
10 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
extension of the country — the increased popuhition — the influx of immigrants, many
of whom were unaccustomed to rigid penal laws — the relative increase of population
in cities and towns where crime is more easily accomplished, and the fact of the exten-
sion of our penal code to hundreds of acts that were formerly not illegal or punish-
ahle, the results are eminently satisfactory and are a tribute to the manner in which
our penal institutions hare been administered.
Actual results speak more effectively than either the hysterical shrieks of
theoretical critics or the plaintive wail of super-humanitarians, who are suffering
from abnormal development of the bowels oii compassion.
It was apparently the jsolicy of the Fathers of Coirfederation to establish inter-
provincial penitentiaries, whereby several provinces would be served by one institu-
tion. At the union, the Kingston penitentiary served for the purposes of Ontario and
Quebec, and steps were taken for the centralization of x>enal class convicts in the
Maritime Provinces at Dorchester, N.B., to replace the institutions at Halifax and
St. John. The first departure from this i>olicy was in 1873, when a propertj- was
acquired (which had formerly been used as a provincial reformatory) from the pro-
vincial government of Quebec, and the penitentiary of St. Vincent de Paul was pro-
claimed a penitentiary for the province of) Quebec. The language question was no
doubt urged as a reason for the severance, but it has not removed the diversity of
tongues at either institution. It is to be feared that the recently deceased patronage
evil was the potent factor in determining the departure from the original policy. If,
as a substitute solution, a central penitentiary had been established in the Coteau-
Cornwall district, where there is abundance of arable land, it would have saved the
country millions of dollars, and would have been convenient equally to both provinces
concerned. It would also have removed the institutions to a point far from the local
urban interference and intermeddling that have crippled the efficiency and economic
management of both of the existing penitentiaries.
In the western provinces the departure from the original policy is more marked
and even less justifiable. A separate institution for British Columbia is warranted
for physical reasons, but the smaller penitentiaries at Edmonton, Prince Albert, and
Stony Mountain could be amalgamated in one central institution, with every possible
advantage. The overhead charges in the maintenance of a penal institution, and
especially the staff charges, which constitute about 50 per cent of the whole expendi-
ture, would be reduced materially by the suggested change. It is safe to estimate
that the annual expenditure would be reduced at least 30 per cent. The valuable
reserves attached to the existing prisons would, if disposed of, more than meet the
expenditure involved, the annual expenditure would be materially reduced and effici-
ency promoted by the centralization suggested.
Administrative system. — The system adopted in 1867 was a board of commis-
sioners, but it was soon found that there was no concerted action or interest taken,
and that the whole work devolved on the secretary, who, by frequently visiting the
prisons, conferring with the wardens and other officers and generally studying con-
ditions, obtained a practical knowledge of prison matters that served as a substitute
for similar action by the commissioners. On the occasion of their periodical meetings
the commissioners did the only sensible thing they could do by " rubber-stamping "
the suggestions of their secretary.
In 1875 this unsatisfactoi'y condition resulted in the abolition of the Board of
Commissioners and the vesting of practically all their powers and duties in the secre-
tary under the title of inspector of penitentiaries. In 1901 a second inspector was
appointed. The system adopted in 1875 is still continued. It is amusing to note that
expert advisers within the past few years have recommended the adoption of the
system of control by a board of commissioners as a " modern prison reform," in
evident ignorance of the fact that the suggested system was tried and found wanting
years ago, and that for forty years it has been obsolete. '^
REPORT OF INSPECTORS OF PETfITE2fTIARIES 11
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
Structural im;:rovemenix. — The structural conditions in 1867 were open to severe
criticism. Tbe cells were extremely small, ill-ventilated and diiBcult of supen-ision.
Important improvements liave been made, especially since the structural work of the
institutions has been carried on through this department by convict labour, under the
direction of our own officers. The cell dormitories constructed during the past twenty-
five years are not really cells, but alcoves facing well-lighted and thoroughly venti-
lated corridors, and protected by a barrier of polished steel across the entire front of
the alcove that impedes neither light nor ventilation. In the rear wall of the alcoves
are upper and lower ventilators connecting with a central ventilating chamber that
extends to the roof of the building. The cells or alcoves are fitted with folding bed
and table, running water and sanitary closets and wash basins. On each range or row
extending the entire length of the block there is a Mareehal locking bar that enables
an ofiicer by a simple turn of the wrist to lock or unlock any or all of the prisoners
on the range in a few seconds. I know of no prisons in any country that combine con-
venience, security, and comfort in like degree. The ill-ventilated and ill-lighted cells
that characterized the prisons of 1867 have all been replaced, and the general intro-
duction of electric lighting since that date, replacing gas or oil lamps, has added
materially to the proj>er ventilation and sanitary condition of the dormitories.
Separate cells. — In this connection it may be noted that the policy of single or
separate cell accormnodation — that is, a separate cell for each convict — has been in
operation in our penitentiaries since 1807, and has been strictly adhered to. The neces-
sity for this is too obvious to require explanation. It is sufficient to state that men who
come to us after having been " reformed " in institutions where the dual cell or the open
dormitory system is in use, very frankly admit their having seen and participated in
practices at those institutions that are not conducive to morality. Not infrequently
these men show their appreciation of the safety and decency that the penitentiary cells
afl^ord. .
Prison farms. — During the past few years a great deal has been said and written
regarding the introduction of prison farms as a modern prison reform. This reform
has been in operation at the Canadian penitentiaries for fifty years, and has afforded
remunerative and healthful employment to such of the penal class criminals as can
with reasonable safety be employed outside the walls. The restriction imposed by
climatic conditions in this country necessitates the provision of other suitable employ-
ment during more than half the year, but the farming operations, as an auxiliary
industry, have been a boon to prison management.
There are four principles that are discussed by penologists as modern reforms,
which have been in practice in Canada for the past fifty years. These are: —
(1) Segregation of the penal class in separate institutions and under
separate management.
(2) A separate cell for each convict.
(3) Prison farms operated by convict labour.
(4) Eemission of sentence for good conduct and industry. The provision
for remission of sentence was enlarged in 1886. Formerly five days per month
was the limit allowed, but, in 188G the allowance was increased so that long
term convicts can shorten the penalty by approximately one third of the entire
original sentence. It is applicable to all classes of convicts, irrespective of the
length of the sentence.
The consideration of systems and practices that have been tried and abandoned
for cause may be of some interest: —
(1) The reason for the abolition of the system of control by a Board of Com-
missioners has already been referred to.
12 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
(2) The sub-classification of penal class convicts. This was tried and was in
operation from 1886 until 1896. The classification was necessarily arbitrary and
divided the convicts into three grades. The higher grade or prison aristocracy were
designated by a star and clothed in plain civilian grey; the second grade or bourgoise
represented the middle class and fioated between the two extremes. Their clothing
was an indistinct checked cloth ; the third grade or common herd were clothed in a
distinct checked suit, similar to that now in use for all convicts.
As the classification was based on prison conduct, it followed that the first grade'
included nearly all life prisoners, recidivists and many who were under sentence for
brutal and unnatural crimes, while the lower grades had many young convicts con-
victed of comparajtively minor crimes, whose reckless disregard of prison rules
deprived them of the privileges of a higher grade. ' These men attributed their
degraded position to discrimination and personal antipathy on the part of the warden,
and were generally sincere in the belief, although it liad no foundation in fact to
justify it. Tlie first class assumed their grade as a right, and showed no appreciation
of it as a privilege. Aside from the bitterness and envy that the classification produced,
the only appreciable effect on the institution was the abnormal number of escapes and
attempts at escape that characterized the period in which the practice continued.
The convicts concerned were, with few exceptions, of the prison aristocracy or first
grade, and it is obvious that the prospect of success suggested by their civilian dress
was to a great extent responsible for the evasions. The number of escapes and
attempts during the few years the practice continued are, in the aggregate, greater
than those that have occurred in the succeeding two decades. The successful classi-
fication of criminals involves their incarceration in separate institutions — the classi-
fication to be made by the court by which they are sentenced rather than by prison
officials.
(3) The elimination of tohacco. — The practice of furnishing this luxury to convicts
at public expense was one of the abuses that ante-dated Confederation, and was not
abolished until 1897. Not more than 20 per cent of the men were habitual chewers
when admitted, but all claimed to be such in order that they might have an article
of commercial value with which to traffic within the prison. Weak officers were sup-
plied by convicts, who were thua immune from report whatever prison offence they
committed. The tobacco ration was stored and sold through dishonest officers in
exchange for liquor, drugs, etc. It was also used between convicts as payment for
unnatural and immoral practices. The dormitory cells and workshops were rendered
unclean and unsanitary by the tobacco-chewing industry and, daily, complaints were
made as to the quality and quantity supjilied. It has been suggested by ill-informed
persons that its re-introduction would be an incentive to good conduct and industry —
in other words, that the convicts should be bribed to behave — but those who have had
experience in prison management, when it was permitted, know that in such cases the
convict regards the privilege as a right, and if for cause it is attempted to deprive
him of it, he would make it a serious grievance, and, as a matter of fact, his fellow
convicts would supply him with larger quantities than he was deprived of. The
elimination of the practice has greatly improved the sanitary condition of the prisons,
and has in many cases enabled the men to break a useless and filthy habit.
The parole system. — Of all the various improvements that have been effected, the
license or parole system has been the most important, and its successful operation is
a just cause of satisfaction to those who have been responsible for its administration.
In conjunction with the remission system, it is the greatest and all-sufficient incen-
tive to goiid conduct and industry. It has been in operation since 1899, and of the
thousands who have been released on license, 94 per cent have completed their sen-
REPORT or INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES 13
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
tences under the rigid conditions of life that the terms of the license impose. This
success has been due largely to the intelligent and sympathetic supervision of the
officer in charge.
The granting of petty privileges and perquisites to convicts as a bribe to induce
good behaviour is inconsistent with the object for which prisons are established, and
is puerile and ineffective as an inducement to permanent reformation. When a man
is given the implement of remission by which he can curtail his sentence, and the key
to liberty provided by the prospect of parole, he has every inducement to reform that
he requires or expects.
The policy followed by those who have been charged with the administration of
Canadian penitentiaries has been to avoid theoretical and impractical experiments,
and to carry out such improvements as experience and common sense have dictated,
and the result as shown by actual facts invites comparison with the results effected
by other systems and policies in any other country. Much of this success is due to the
loyalty and intelligence of the successive wardens, whose general devotion to duty is
worthy of the highest praise.
Respectfully submitted,
DOUGLAS STEWART,
Iriepector.
14 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
p
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
APPENDIX A.— REPORT OF THE ^DOMINION PAROLE OFFICER.
Mr. W. P. Archibald, parole oiEcer, reports as follows : —
During the past year 838 cases have been received and reported on by the parole
office, entailing a thorough investigation, embracing the antecedents and the general
character of the prisoner applying for the clemency of a parole; employment and
environment is also considered in event of their release. Communication is kept up
vcith prisoners on parole, and when a man is out of employment or applies for a
change of occupation the matter is adjusted to suit the i^risoner when considered
advisable. I am pleased to report that those who have been released on parole during
the year are industriously inclined, and have been doing their very best to earn an
honest living. From the statistical report I find that a little over 2 per cent of the
entire number reporting have lapsed into crime. This is, I think, an excellent show-
ing, demonstrating beyond doubt the possibility of the men and women released con-
ditionally to reinstate themselves in the community in which they have offended, and
becoming respected and self-respecting citizens.
From police reports, I am informed that those released on parole during the
year have been reporting well. I also beg to state that during my visits to the various
centres of the Dominion I found them suitably employed and living within their
license. In exceptional cases only have complaints been made about their general
conduct.
Since the outbreak of the war, 422 men who had been released on parole volun-
teered for overseas service and were accepted by the military authorities. Considering
the 400,000 men (approximate figures) who have responded to the call of the nation,
this is, of course, not a very large percentage, but I am pleased to report that the
men who have gone to the front have done exceptionally well. Some have risen from
the ranks to commissioned officership; others have been mentioned in despatches for
bravery and distinguished conduct, subsequently receiving the Distinguished Service
Medal.
It has never been considered judicious by those in authority to release men in a
wholesale manner for the purpose of enlistment; only in cases of desertion or minor
offences have men been released to rejoin their regiments. While some enthusiasts
have advocated the emptying of penal institutions in Canada in order to fill up the
ranks at the front, it is a source of gratification that these suggestions have not been
considered seriously.
No just cause has been given for the argument of slackers or the disloyal ele-
ments in our country that criminals have been released indiscriminately for the pur-
pose of enlistment. The great majority of those released during the year had sei-ved
a substantial portion of their sentences in custody. No doubt the excellent showing
in the percentage of men doing well has much to do with the aforementioned fact.
I would again mention and pay tribute to the men who have gone to the front
and have given their service freely. In some eases they have made the supreme sacri-
fice for their country. Notwithstanding the fact that these men have had a fault and
were punished, ,who, wdth a human heart, would even mention the past under these
circumstances. Their blood mingles with other heroes of our nation who have fallen
with their faces to the foe, and they now lie buried in the mother earth of France.
What more could mortals do to win back their honour and the esteem of their fellow
men?
REPORT OF INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES 15
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
The tabulated statements reveal a little over 5 per cent have not complied with
the conditions of their license, principally by failure to report, and have had their
licenses revoked in consequence.
TABULATED STATEMENT FOR YEAR EIXDING MARCH 31, 1917.
Prisoners Released on Parole — Revocations. Forfeitures. Total Loss.
Per cent. Per cent. Per cent.
Kingston 12G 10 or 7.93 1 or .79 11 or S.7
St. Vincent de Paul 138 10 or 7.24 2 or 2.17 13 or 9.4
Dorchester )» 66 5 or 7.57 5 or 7.57 10 or 15.15
Manitoba 55 2 or 3.6 .... 2 or 3 . 6
British Columbia 56 2 or 3.5 2 or 3.5
Alberta 55 2 or 3.7 3 or 5.5 5 or 9 . 2
Saskatchewan 33 .... .... ....
Total, penitentiaries 529 31 or 5. 86 12 or 2.27 43 or 8.1
Jails, etc 528 ' IS or 3.4 IS or 3.4
Ontario reformatory.. .. 102 7 or 6.86 1 or .98 8 or 7.8
Total, jails and reformatories.. .. 630 25 or 3.96 1 or .15 26 or 4.1
Grand total 1,159 56 or 4.S 13 or 1.1 69 or 5.9
Since the inception of the Parole Act in the year of 1899, I have published the
total figures furnished by the Dominion police office, and the following statement is
rendered up to the year ending March 31, 191", by their office. The figures demon-
strate the fact that 4,931 persons were released on parole from the peitentiaries during
the eighteen years' operation. From reformatories and other prisons of the Dominion
5,283 persons have been released on parole, making a total of 10,214 paroles granted.
From this number, 374 licenses have been revoked for non-compliance with condition
of license, or 3-66 per cent. The number ofl licenses forfeited for subsequent con-
victions is 260, or 2-53 per cent, making the sum total ,of losses to the system 634, or
6-19 per cent. A slight decrease is perceptible from this year's figures in comparison
with those of preceding years. Eight thousand seven hundred and eleven persons
have conmpleted their sentences on probation, while those who have not yet completed
their probation is 869. The above figures furnish the best criterion in judging
or summing up the effective work of the parole system, as the revocations and for-
feiture figures must naturally merge into the preceding year's statistics.
That 8,711 i)ersons have completed their probation on parole and are now enjoy-
ing full citizenship is a very gratifying fact indeed, and of vital interest to those who
are interested in redemptive work of any character. The figures as a whole are very
satisfactory.
APPENDIX B.— WARDENS REPORTS.
KINGSTON.
Robert E. Creighton, warden, reports as follows: —
At the beginning of the year the population was 596; there were received 168 and
discharged 289 during the year, leaving a population of 475 at its close; the average
being 540.
The marked decrease is, in my opinion, due to two causes — the war and prohibi-
tion.
The opportunity offered by the war to exercise the love for excitement and adven-
ture has no doubt appealed to a certain class of restless spirits that under normal
16 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
conditions help to swell the population of this and similar institutions, and has
induced them to join the colours.
That the extensive use of intoxicants is the cause, either directly or indirectly,
of a certain amount of crime must, I think, be generally admitted, and so far as its
use is properly controlled so far will it help to keep many a poor unfortunate out of
places of this kind.
During the summer months much-needed repairing and pointing was done to the
farm buildings and walls; the condition of one of the stone barns was such that a new
end had to be built on. •
The extension to the boundary wall was plastered on the inside with cement, thus
completing that work.
The old and unsightly picket fence on Palace street, extending from King to Union
streets and along the latter to the eastern boundary of the reserve, was removed and
replaced with a woven wire one, having cement posts and cut-stone gate posts. It
has added wonderfully to the appearance of the property, and I would strongly recom-
mend that as it becomes necessary to replace other portions of the fencing the same
material be used.
•A properly constructed tile drain has been made on King street, extending along
the prison enclosure, and the cinder path which has done duty for so many years has
been replaced by a well-constructed cement walk. As soon as the season permits, it is
the intention to regrade the hill; when this is completed, and with some other minor
improvements made, it will impart to the front of the institution a well-kept look that
was lacking before.
The interior of the north wing has been removed down to the ground floor, and
the building is almost ready for reconstruction as ' a cell block. Unless conditions
demand that the work be preceded with more rapidly, it is the intention to reserve
work on this building for the season of the year when work out of doors cannot be
carried on.
The building operations planned for the summer include a new smokestack for
the boiler-house, the present one being too small to furnish the necessary draft for the
proper running of the boilers, and a reconstruction of a portion of the wharf, which is
to have a cut-stone face, backed with cement.
The installation of electric light in the hospital, in progi-ess at the time of my
last report, has been completed. It adds much to the comfort of the patients, who
before were without light in their cells, and better conditions generally for the officers
in the performance of their duties.
A well-lighted operating room, properly equipped for performing operations,
has been provided, the building painted throughout and renovated where necessary.
During the year a new electric pump was installed at the water's edge, which,
during the season when the water is high, gives entire satisfaction and keeps the
place well supplied; when the water is low, however, it does not work so satisfactorily
owing to the fact that it does not receive an adequate supply of water; this we hope
to remedy during the summer by a readjustment of the intake pipe.
The Smith- Vale steam pump has been overhauled and put in good working order.
It is now attached to another intake pipe, and gives much better satisfaction than it
did before the change was made; so that, under ordinary conditions, we are now in a
much better position as regards the water supply than we were a year ago, when it
was the cause of much anxiety.
Thanks to the continued interest in our tailor and shoe shops by Major Dillon,
Supply Officer for Internment Operations, and to an unusually large order for clothing
from the Department of Indian Affairs, these departments of the institution have
been working- to their full capacity during the year. I trust these may be but the
forerunner of still larger orders.
PAROLE OFFICE'R-S REPORT 17
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
Owing to a most unfavourable season, in common with tlie rest of the farming-
community, our crops were far below the average, and consequently the farm doea
not make as good a showing as usual. We harvested, however, with the exception of
potatoes, enough vegetables to meet our own requirements up to the present.
The piggery continues to show good returns. After supplying the steward with
all the pork required for the institution, we had a considerable quantity for sale, which
was disp'jsed of at an unusually high price.
The general health of the inmates has been good; we have been free from epi-
demics, and there has been comparatively little illness of any kind.
There were two deaths, one from paraplegia and the other from uremic coma ;
both these cases would have resulted fatally under any conditions.
I regret to say there were two serious accidents during the year; as the result of
one, the arm of the man who was injured had to be amputated at the shoulder joint.
The other, a broken ankle, is, I am glad to report, nearly well again.
Detailed reports of the unfortunate occurrences were sent you at the time they
occurred.
The conduct of the prisoners has, on the whole, been good, and the discipline up
tc the average.
ST. VINCENT DE PAUL.
G. S. Malepart, warden, reports as follows: —
At the beginning of the year the population was 477 ; there were received 204 and
discharged 258, leaving a population of 423 at the close of the year.
During the year 80 feet of the boundary was completed, and the coping on the
whole front wall, about 900 feet, has been put in place. Owing to a very dangerous
bulge in the wall on the east side, I found it necessary to take down nearly 200 feet
within 5 feet of the grade, and rebuild the same. The old wall has also been pointed
with good strong cement mortar.
A division fence between the adjoining property and the warden grounds was
removed and a cement fence was erected in place of same, with a fine cresting, which
adds greatly to the appearance of both properties.
A small stone building was erected in rear of the boiler-room for the housing of
the hose trucks, and a tower provided for the drying of the hose after use.
The government block tenements were all put in a good shape, and it should
cease to cause trouble for some time, beyond the minor repairs caused by the ordinary
wear and tear.
The glasses in the top of the dome's roof were renewed, and that portion of the
structure made water-tight.
The erection and completion af a water tower has been in operation for the past
three months, and is giving a good and efficient service.
The installation of new closets in the hospital has been done.
New lead cable for the electrical plant from power-house to the pump and village
las been erected.
The removal of the old tanks from the attic of the administration building and
the installation of a new force pump in boiler-house has been done.
The installation of a new locking apparatus for the north wing, replacing the
one previously in position, has been performed.
The completion of the plumbing in the new kitchen, and extension for heating
the gate, the store, and the piggery has also been done.
The discipline of the prison has been good.
34 — 2
18 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
DOECHESTEE.
A. B. Pipes, warden, reports as follows : —
During the year the building operations were: the extension of the boundary wall,
which was coropleted in the early autumn, and the starting of work on the new
reservoir, which we expect to see finished this season.
We had one escape and recapture, ,a full account of which was forwarded you at
the time. I am pleased to report that on the whole the conduct of the prisoners has
been good, and the discipline maintained.
MANITOBA.
W. E. Grahame, warden, reports as follows: —
The movement of convicts for the year has been as follows: Eemaining at mid-
night, March 31, 1916, 155; received during the year, 189; discharged, 97; remaining
at close of year, 92. The daily average during the year was 116.
From the foregoing statement it will be seen that there has been a decrease in
population as compared with the former year, owing chiefly, no doubt, to the gigantic
struggle in which the Empire is engaged at the present time in Europe.
Two convicts escaped on July 21, 1916, from the farm yard. One had served a
previous sentence of two years, and had only three months to serve to complete his
second term; the other had completed one year of a two-years' sentence.
Farming operations were carried on successfully during the year; a considerable
quantity of potatoes, oats, and pork was sold, and everything put in readiness for
a vigorovis effort during the coming season.
The reinforced cement floor in the storeroom adjoining the shoiJS has been com-
pleted; the new heating arrangements which were installed in the new shops have
proved satisfactory.
During the coming summer we shall be able to furnish employment for the whole
of our population on work that is urgently required to be done.
I am pleased to say that the discipline of the institution has been good.
I cannot close without mentioning the untiring efforts of Major Sims, of the
Salvation Army, in looking after the welfare of men discharged or paroled from here;
also the Territorial singers of the Army, who, by their singing at our Divine services
on several occasions, have justly merited the hearty appreciation extended to them
by all who heard them.
BEITISH COLUMBIA.
John C. Brown, warden, reports as follows v —
Notwithstanding the comparative failure of the oat crop, common all over the
district, the farm has had a successful year. Boots and garden vegetables were very
good — the potato crop being the heaviest in the history of the penitentiary — and the
piggery also had a successful year. Partly because of large crops, and partly because
of the decrease in prison population, we had a considerable surplus of potatoes and
pork for sale, and also a fair quantity of garden vegetables.
The work of bringing the prison "up to date" has gone on steadily during the
year. The new cell wing has been completed, and now holds all the prisoners in cus-
tody, except a few in the hospital. The modern cell accommodation here is now almost
WARDENS' REPORT 19
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
equal to the largest number of prisoners ever in confinement in this penitentiary at
any time, and therefore considerably in excess of present requirements. This fact
enables us to give exclusive attention to other improvements, and we have begun the
construction of a building which will have a modern kitchen on the ground floor and a
fine hospital in the second and third stories. We hope to make rapid progress with
this during the summer.
The outstanding feature in the history of the year is the great decrease in prison
population. This is the third time I have been able to report a decrease. The figures
are: Prisoners in penitentiary: March 31, 1915, 349; March 31, 1916, 328; March 31,
1917, 227. This does not include two men on our books who are confined in the pro-
vincial hospital for the insane. March 31, 1914, saw 376 prisoners within the peniten-
tiary walls, so that the war years have 'brought a most notable decrease, and to a con-
siderable extent that decrease is the direct result of the war. The "boom times" of
1912 and 1913 largely increased the population of the province, and th& depression
which followed left it with a stranded surplus unable to find employment and equally
unable to return to distant homes. Of these, when the war came, thousands enlisted, as".
weW as thousands of others who were comfortably se.ttled in various employments, so-
that it speedily became true that the employer was looking for labour rather than
labour looking for an employer, thus curing that condition of " no work and no money "^
which leads so many into petty crime.
Only one officer of the penitentiary enlisted during the year; but the staff gen-
erally has kept up contributions to the patriotic and other war funds with commend-
able regularity and liberality.
There were two deaths during the year, both from tuberculosis. One, a China-
man, was sent to the hospital almost immediately after he was received; the other,
an Indian, contracted the disease while in prison.
There was one (temporary) escape. ' A prisoner working at the outskirts of the
leserve ran away and was not recaptured for several hours.
The new heating system was in use during a considerable part of the winter. Tt
appears to be entirely satisfactory.
The Salvation Army officer in charge of that branch of the Army's work continues
faithfully and successfully to look after the interests of discharged prisoners.
ALBERTA.
J. C. Ponsford, warden, reports as follows : —
From the report of the movement of convicts it will be seen that the population
of this isenitentiary decreased 32 during the year. The reduction in the population
I attribute almost wholly to the European war, as many men who formerly followed
an indolent and criminal career were induced to enlist in the various expeditionary
forces which were recruited from the province of Alberta. From various sources I
have received information where quite a number of ex-convicts from this institution
have been killed or wounded, and of many others who are serving with the colours and
are doing their bit on the battlefields of France.
Two of the permanent officers oi this penitentiary were granted extended leave
of absence, and enlisted in the 7Sth Artillery for overseas service.
The operations of the farm during the year were very successful, showing a profit
of $2,028.54 on the small amount of land under cultivation, being a little less than
45 acres.
We built, during the year, a new brick stable and machinery building. The stable
will accommodate ten horses, and is modern in all respects. This was a much-needed
improvement, and adds materially to the appearance of the surroundings.
20 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I very much regret having to mention in tliis report the death of Convict Cohen.
The cause of death was toxemia, caused by an ambolism occluding the abdominal
artery, causing gangrene. Otherwise the health of the convicts 'was above the average.
The only accident of the year was a broken wrist bone to Convict Zehentmeier.
We had two escapes during the year, both of which were recaptured within a very
short time of their escaping.
SASKATCHEWAN.
W. J. Macleod, warden, reports as follows: —
There were 130 prisoners in custody at the beginning of the year; received, 39;
discharged, 70; remaining in custody at close of year, 99, including three convicts in
the provincial hospital for the insane. The daily average for the year was 112.
I am pleased to report that we have completed the cells on the east side of our
new cell block, which gives us accommodation ,for 104 prisoners. We moved the
prisoners over there this month, and they wer-e very glad to be removed from the
temporary cells in which they have been since this institution opened. Our new cell
block is, indeed, a great improvement, being bright, well lighted, well heated, and
■with first-class ventilation. We are now working on the cells on the west side in our
new block, squaring up the piers and walls, and plastering. We have torn down the
wooden cells in the old portion of the old cell wing, but have left the cells in the new
extension so that if our population increases before the west side of the new cell block
is finished we will have plenty of acconunodation.
During the past summer we drove piles for the foundation and built a new boiler
house, 40 feet by 40 feet with a T5-foot brick chimney, and installed two high-pressure
boilers, 60 inches by 14 feet, with which we heated our new cell block. We also
installed the heating system in new cell block, and am pleased to state that when steam
was turned on there was not a leak, and all traps, etc., were in first-class working
order. We also wired all cells and the corridor in new cell block, putting all wires in
conduits, and when the electricity was turned on everything was most satisfactory.
We also put down the floor and foundation walls for a coal storage, 40 feet by 30 feet,
built onto the east side of boiler-house, and put up temporary wooden walls and a roof
over it, in which we stored our winter's supply of coal. We also built a concrete duct
from boiler-house to new cell block and shops' building for steam and water pipes.
We were only able to get the floor and walls poured before cold weather set in, and
had to put a temporary top over it for the winter months. We installed a watchman's
electric clock, with stations in shops building, liospital, new cell block, and boiler-
house. We will put stations in yard during the coming summer. Our plumbers are
now busy connecting up closets and wash bowls in cells to sewage system in duct, and
we expect to have them in working order in a few weeks.
We took up 250 feet of 6-inch sewer pipe from in front of shops' building to fence,
and laid a 9-iuch pipe in its place. This 6-ineh pipe carried sewage from shops' build-
ing, hospital, and stable, and was continually giving us trouble, as it was altogether
too small for the amount of sewage going through it. It connected with a 9-ineh pipe
near the fence, which runs down to sewage beds.
Last fall we drove down steel sheet piling for a new well, 30 feet by 10 feet, out-
side of south fence, and dug well down some 19 feet, and when we finished we had 11
feet of water. This piling has still some three or four feet to go yet, and has to be cut
for suction piise and bored for sand points. The water which we got is nice and clear,
and should be first class for drinking and cooking purjwses.
We also di'ove piles and poured cement for four foundation piers for our new
S0,(X>0-gallon water tower. We put these piers dow^^ 8 feet and they are 10 feet 6
inches by 8 feet 6 inches at base, and 2 feet by 2 feet at top, and also put in one pier
WARDENS' REPORTS
21
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
at centre for water pitx3 to rest on. The water-tank coiitraetor's crew worked some
ten or twelve days in December on tank and put up three of the legs which holds tank,
and then had to stop work owing to cold weather. They are to start work again in
April.
A year ago last winter our stable walls were covered sopie inches thick with frost,
and made our stable very damp; so during last summer we plastered the stable so as
to g-et an air space and thus avoid this dampness. I think we will have to put in
steam heat at each end of stable, as during the very severe weather it is very cold.
We installed a new steam hot-water heater, which furnishes hot water for laundry
and kitchen. This is a great improvement, as before we had to heat our water for
laundry, bathing, and kitchen with hot-water fronts in ranges, and at times laundry
work and bathing of convicts would have to stop, waiting for hot water.
Considering the season, we had very good results from our farm. We had 301
acres under crop and about 75 acres which we summer-fallowed. Out of our crop we
shipped two carloads of potatoes and one carload of oats to the penitentiary at
Kingston last fall, and this spring we sold 4,320 bushels of oats to farmers in this dis-
trict. We have plenty of oats left for seed and feed. We have 79 hogs all in fairly
good condition after the very severe winter. In this connection I beg to draw your
attention to the fact that we are badly in want of a proper building in which to keep
our pigs. At present they are kept in pens built of poles and covered with straw, and,
as you can imagine, it is some trouble to give them water and soft feed with the ther-
mometer hanging around from 30 to 60 below zero for days at a time. The feed and
water simply freezes solid in their troughs before it can be eaten.
We have cut and hauled some 85 cords of wood oflF our farm for use in burning
bricks next fall. This about cleans up all the wood worth cutting on the farm.
We hauled enough gravel and sand during the winter from our reserve across the
river for all building purposes for the coming summer.
We made about 131,000 bricks during the past summer, which, with what we have
on hand, will be enough for all buildings which we intend to put up this coming summer.
The health and conduct of all convicts has been very good during the past year.
We have eight officers on active service, whose positions are being held for them,
and a number of other officers have resigned from the staff and enlisted.
APPENDIX C— CKIME STATISTICS.
MOVEMENT OF CONVICTS FOR THE PAST TEN YEARS.
KINGSTON.
Years.
Remaining
at beginning
of year.
Admitted.
Discharged.
Remaining
at end of
year.
Daily
average.
1907-08
1908-09
1909-10
191011
1911-12
458
488
570
558
502
494
516
511
559
596
181
245
203
176
182
208
199
277
245
168
151
163
215
232
190
186
204
229
208
289
488
570
5.'^8
502
404
516
511
559
596
475
463
535
671
520
487
1912-13
191314
1914-15
498
499
530
1915-lG
570
1916-17
540
34—3
22
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
ST. VINCENT DE PAUL..
Years.
In custody
at
beginning
of the Year.
Admitted
during
the Year.
Total.
Discbarged
during
the Year.
Remaining
at end
of Year.
Daily
Average.
1907-08
1908-09
1909-10
402
401
510
533
476
442
405
401
447
477 .
174
280
224
190
180
165
194
207
220
204
576
681
734
723
656
607
599
608
667
681
175
171
201
247
214
202
198
161
190
262
401
510
533
476
442
405
401
447
477
428
392
457
536
1910-11
1911-12
498
461
1912-13
1913-14
1914-15
417
392
417
191^16
1916-17
457
468
DORCHESTER.
Years .
Admitted.
Discharged.
Remaining
at end
of Year.
Daily
Average.
1907-08
1908-09
1909-10
1910-11
120
119
118
119
82- .
100
114
117
113
111
79
lOS
118
110
117
125
78
113
110
138
235
246
246
255
220
195
231
235
2.38
211
211
240
234
250
1911-12
1912-13
231
209
1913-14
210
1914-15
1915-16
1916-17
225
240
232
MANITOBA.
In custody
at
beginning
of the Year.
Admitted
Discharged
Remaining
Daily
Average,
Years.
during the
Year.
Total.
during the
Year.
at end
of the Year.
1907-08
175
120
42
77
217
197
97
53
120
144
140
1908-09
129
1909-10
144
84
228
63
165
158
1910-11
165
90
255
82
173
163
1911-12
173
95
268
85
183
174
1912 13
183
97
2H0
80
200
186
1913-14
200
70
276
104
172
181
1914-15
172
87
259
92
167
162
19l,')-16
167
77
244
89
155
164
1916-17
155
34
189
97
92
-
116
WARDENS' REPORTS
23
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
BRITISH COLUMBIA.
Years.
In custody
3t
beginning
of the Year.
Admitted
during the
Year.
Total.
Discharged
during the
Year.
Remaining
at end
of the Year.
152
204
209
260
331
351
377
349
330
229
Daily
Average.
1907-08
1908-09
1909 10
1910-11
1911-12
137
152
204
209
260
331
351
377
349
330
84
113
93
145
168
175
179
163
-131
5(i
221
265
297
354
428
506
530
540
480
386
69
61
88
94
97
115
153
191
150
157
142
178
213
226
290
1912-13
1913-14
1914-15 ..
1915-16
1916-17..
345
370
355
337
287
Al.RBRTA.
1907-08
1908-09
1909-10
57
80
91
148
199
167
206
203
175
192
48
60
107
118
99
120
98
101
107
61
105
140
198
266
298
287
304
304
282
253
25
49
50
67
131
81
101
129
90
93
80
91
148
199
167
206
203
175
192
160
70
86
112
1910-11
1911-12
177
168
1912-13
1913-14
1914-15
1915-16
180
195
175
181
1916-17
183
SASKATCHEWAN. i
1912-13
1913-14
58
95
108
132
130
65
68
•75
43
39
123
163
183
175
169
28
55
51
45
70
95
108
132
130
99
76
101
1911-15. ..
1915-16
1916-17
125
125
112
APPENDIX D.— REVENUE STATEMENT.
SUMMARY OF RB^'ENUE
Kingston $
St. Vincent de Paul
Dorchester
Manitoba
British Columbia
Alberta
Saskatchewan
17,9&5 94
S.704 37
10,059 89
7,576 21
5,075 86
5,972 02
8,078 38
63,462 67
24 DEPARTilE\T OF JCSTJCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 191S
APPENDIX E.— EXPENDITURE STATEMENT.
KINGSTON.
Staff-
Salaries and retiring allowances $a6,454 65
Uniforms and mess 5,536 67
$101,991 32
Maintenance of Convicts —
Rations 35,477 82
Clothing and Hospital 16,622 96
52,100 78
Discharge Expenses —
Freedom suits and allowances 5,109 52
5,109 52
Working Expenses —
Heat, light and water 16,300 48
Maintenance of buildings and machinery 9,028 66
Chapels, schools and library 421 05
Office expenses 1,472 58
27,232 77
Industries —
Farm 2,751 84
Trade shops ' 14,332 19
17,084 03
Prison Equipment —
Machinery 4,800 55
Furnishing „ 1,447 05
Utensils and vehicles 455 32
Land, buildings and walls 2,267 91
— 8,970 83
Miscellaneous —
Advertising and travel 631 05
Special 1,704 92
2,335 97
214,815 22
ST. VINCENT DE PAUL,.
Staff-
79,823
4,251
29
51 ■
84,074
43,274
4,084
36,618
4,107
\
19.221
651
80
Maintenance of Convicts —
Rations
Clothing and Hospital
27,866
15.407
33
78
11
Discharge Expenses —
4,019
65
01
15
Transfer and Interment.. ..
16
Working Expenses —
Heat, light and water
Maintenance of buildings and machinery
Chapels, schools and librarj'
22,307
12,SS8
260
1.162
52
42
50
38
Office expenses
82
Industries —
Farm
1,312
2,795
19
13
Trade shops
32
Prison Equipment —
Machinery
^
529
1,139
1,468
16,084
65
38
21
68
Furnishing
Utensils and vehicles
Land, buildings and walls. . .
Miscellaneous —
Advertising and travel.. ..
Koecial
184
466
80
54
34
192,03*
47
CRIME STATISTICS
25
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
DOROHBSTHR.
Staff —
Salaries and retiring allowances
Uniforms and mess
Maintenance of Convicts —
Rations
Clothing and Hospital
Discharge Expenses —
Freedom suits and allowances
Working Expenses —
Heat, light and water
Maintenance of buildings and machinery..
Chapels, schools and library
Office expenses
Industries —
Farm
Trade shops
Prison Equipment —
Machinery
Furnishing
Utensils and vehicles
Land, buildings and walls
Miscellaneous —
Advertising and travel
Special
$50,939 SO
1,922 27
12,951 51
6,890 50
7,944 62
3,974 90
544 45
612 15
3,200 37
5,024 60
1,653 31
S39 62
580 73
10,122 52
207 F2
58 55
.$52,862 07
19,842 01
1,984 42
13,076 12
8,224 97
13,196 18
266 07
109,451 84
• MANITOBA.
Staff-
Salaries and retiring allowances
Uniforms and mess
Living allowance -.
Maintenance of Convicts — '
Rations
Clothing and Hospital
Discharge Expenses —
Freedom suits and allowances
Transfer and Interment
Working Expenses —
Heat, light and water
Maintenance of buildings and machinery. . . .
Chapels, schools and library
Office expenses
Industries —
Farm
Trade shot>s. ... . . -.
Prison Equipment —
Machinery
Furnishing
Utensils and vehicles
Land, buildings and walls
Miscellaneous —
Advertising and travel
Special
39,699 19
2,4'62 02
• 3,941 79
4,788
4,170
26
42
2,055
246
32
40
7,725 19
2,316 76
191 45
414 68
l,2i25 71
1,704 61
604 85
233 91
230 79
1,169 26
66 60
1,036 91
46,103 00
8,958 68
2,301 72
1,0,648 08
2,930 32
2,238 81
1,103 51
74,284 12
26
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
BRITISH COLUMBIA.
Staft-
Salaries and retiring allowances.
Uniforms and mess
Living allowance
Maintenance of Convicts —
Rations
Clothing and Hospital.
Discharge Expenses —
Freedom suits and allowances.
Transfer and Interment.. ..
Working Expenses —
Heat, light and water
Maintenance of buildings and machmery.
Chapels, schools and library
Office expenses
Industries —
Farm
Trade shops.
Prison Equipment —
Machinery
Furnishing
Utensils and vehicles.. ..
Land, buildings and walls.
Miscellaneous —
Advertising and travel .
Special
$54,219 61
3.667 65
5.470 58
$63,357 84
21 359 63
13,994 39
■ 7,365 24
3,093 61
342 20
3,435 81
5,396 78
3,183 57
293 03
724 71
9 598 09
2,3&2 40
1,989 10
4,371 50
2,817 10
574 80
690 84
9.902 39
13,985 13
39 75
77 SO
117 55
116,225 55
ALBERTA.
Staff-
Salaries and retiring allowances.
Uniforms and mess
Living allowance
Maintenance of Convicts —
Rations . . .
Clothing and Hospital.
Discharge Expenses —
Freedom suits and allowances.
Transfer and Interment
Working Expenses —
Heat, light and water
Maintenance of buildings and machinery.
Chapels, schools and library
Office expenses
Industries —
Farm
Trade shops.
Coal mine. .
Prison Equipment —
Machinery
Furnishing
Utensils and vehicles.. ..
Land, buildings and walls.
Miscellaneous —
Advertising and travel.
Special
45.444 11
5.340 41
4.464 22
55,248 74
10.198 50
4.433 29
14,631 79
2 434 29
1,825 39
608 90
2,122 68
1,735 79
108 57
660 57
4.627 61
> 651 80
3,195 80
456 81
4,^04 41
14,387 57
59 08
616 93
577 12
13,134 44
191 60
586 63
778 23
96.412 64
EXPENDITURE 27
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34
SASKATCHEWAN.
Staff-
Salaries and retiring allowances $34,479 11
Uniforms and mess 3.101 19
Living allowance 3,204 13
Maintenance of Convicts —
Rations
Clothing and Hospital
Discharge Expenses —
Freedom suits and allowances
Transfer and Interment
Working Expenses — • •
Heat, light and water 5,222 50
Maintenance of buildings and machinery.. .. 1,879 14
Chapels, schools and library 247 01
Office expenses 763 79
6,07S
2,956
57
22
1,345
231
71
30
Industries —
Farm 2,814 49
Trade shops 1,770 75
Prison Equipment —
-Machinery 4,172 03
Furnishing 8140
Utensils and vehicles 985 57.
Land, buildings and walls 35,807 75
Miscellaneous —
Special 123 45
$40,784 43
9,032 79
1,577 01
8,112 44
4,585 24
41,046 75
123 45
105,262 11
PENITENTIARIES GENERAL.
Salary of purchasing agent. 12 months
Salary of Miss Grant. 12 months.. ..
Salary of Miss Brill, 9 months
Salary of Mrs. McLean, 2 months
Postage
Stationery
Printing
Telephones
Assistance to paroled convicts.
Sundries
3,100 00
752 00
454 20
100 00
143 00
22 20
18 38
54 45
4,644 23
42 08
37 67
4,723 98
8 GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
A. 1918
REPORT
OF
THE MILITIA COUNCIL
FOR THE
DOMINION OF CANADA
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31
1917
PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT
No. 35—1918 ]
OTTAWA
J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHfi
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1918
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 A. 1918
To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc., etc.,
Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada.
May it please Your Excellency:
The undersigned has the honour to present to Your Excellency the report
of the Mihtia Council for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917.
Respectfully submitted,
S. C. MEWBURN, Major-General,
Minister of Militia and Defence.
Department of Militia and Defence,
Ottawa, January 25, 1918.
35— IJ
MILITIA Cut M'IIj
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
CONTENTS.
' . " Page
Active Militia, allowances to 12
Active Militia, appointments to (Appendix C) 23
Active Militia, expenditure on Schools ot Instruction 18
Allowances, Permanent Force 13-17
Allowances, Active Militia 12
Appropriation Accounts 9-11
Appointments, Permanent Staff and Permanent Force {Appendix O 23
Appointments, Active Militia (Appendix C.) 23
Certificates Granted, Officers (Appendix D) 24
Certificates Granted, N.C.O's , - 26
Dominion .\rsenal: Report of Superintendent (Appendix F) 37
Expenditure:
Active Non-Permanent Militia, Schools of Instruction
Comparative Statement
Permanent Force, Pay and Allowances.
War Appropriation Account, to March 31, 1917.
Financial .Statements, (Appendix A)
N.C.O.'s Certificates Granted (Appendix D)
Officers' Certificates granted (Appendix D)
Pay and Allowances, Permanent Force
Permanent Force; —
Appointments to (Appendix C.)
Pay and Allowances
Strength, changes in
Permanent StafI, Appointments to (Appendix C).
19-20
13-17
21
9-21
26
24
13-17
23
13-17
22
23
Revenue 1916-17 • 18
Royal Military College: —
Report of Commandant (Appendix E). . . 27
Report of Board of Visitors 33
Schools of Instruction. Active Militia, Expenditure 18
Strength, Permanent Force ' 22
War Appropriation Account, Statement of Expenditure to March 31 , 1917 21
Warrants Granted (Appendix C) . 23
11
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 A. 1918
ANNUAL REPORT
OF
THE MILITIA COUNCIL
Year Ending March 31, 1917.
The following statements and reports for the year ending March 31, 1917,
'are submitted, viz.: —
1. Financial Statements for the twelve months ending March 31, 1917.
Appendix A.
2. Statement showing changes in the strength of the Permanent Force from
April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917. Appendix B.
3. Statements showing: Number of officers appointed to the Permanent
Staff and Force; number of officers appointed to the Active Militia (non-per-
manent), and number of warrants issued during year ending March 31, 1917.
Appendix C.
4. Statement of Certificates issued during the year 1916-17. Appendix D.
5. Report of the Commandant, Royal Military College, for year 1916-17.
Report of the Board of Visitors, Royal Military College, 1917. Appendix E.
6. Report of the Superintendent of the Dominion Arsenal for year 1916-17.
Appendix F.
E. F. JARVIS,
Secretary, Militia Council.
DEPXRTilEyT OF MILITIA AXn DEFEyCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
APPENDIX A.
The following are statements showing: — ■
1. Appropriation Accounts.
2. Allowances paid to Active ^lilitia in the various Districts.
3. Showing Expenditure by Stations on account of Pay and Allowances
of the Permanent Force.
4. Statement of Expenditure on account of Pay and Allowances of Officers
and Warrant Officers of the Permanent Force.
5. Statement of Expenditure on account of Pay and Allowances of Officers
and Warrant Officers of the Permanent Force with details of expenditure
by stations.
6. Statement of Expenditure on account of Pay and Allowances of
X.C.O's. and men of the Permanent Force.
7. Statement of Expenditure on account of Pay and Allowances of
N.C.O's. and men of the Permanent Force with details of expenditure
by stations.
8. Expenditure on account of Officers and men of the Active (nOn-per-
manent) Militia attending Schools of Instruction.
9. ^lilitia and Defence Revenue.
10. Comparative Statement of Expenditure for the ten vears 1907-8 to
1916-17.
11 . Expenditure on account of War Appropriation to ^larch 31, 1917.
12. Table of Changes in the strength of the Permanent Force.
MILITIA COUXCIL
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
E
Pi
■oS
Cf^ tl '^
a o p ^
o o
■z •z
£ s^ « =
o s s s
"" c c o
O
^ o ,
n 05 a
,^^
^■3.2
gcft
<^ ij'S
f3 -^
S "i •>,
Oca
t; ^ = £
a >> K bfi .
s: a a
- - -*- 5 w a _
„ o a c c; :
c g-T! S a >> <
i o & £ .5 - '
OKc.S "-
._£— .^ CO"
o:5|i|aii
■ P -A o
rf
H C
o ^
"-* ;:i r; ti t « "^ -
■ ? c^ i: <_ ^ w
^ rt -■ ^^ b - '-fi-
"in
a S-3
.c o „
£.15 ft
g-a 2
s ^ ^
o g-c
■5 c
C Ci 3 rt
TO O
CiOO
c^i r: c —' O
o to .—
O t-O
O »CGO
--4 <M
iC o
CD O
o o
o o
— oo
—1 If^
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o"
t-, too
eg
>
.>5
* -^
qs
u
-<! ■«!
a.:s
S.2
u! ^
a c
a, o
QQ
« O
cc a a
^'^ So
a^ § a
•2 OS
9— =
.^— '.Si
*C a't-
c >, a
10
DEPARTMEXT OF itILITIA AXD DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
C5
o
o
-<
a:
^Pl ll ^ 11
■f.
-&3 =S|.?l5l
— '
ISI lllilHl
\
f-SI '"-§i f2="i =
■- c; « w
5 j^ c/2 r*
I
.
"/j
i.-?
i«
t--ir: ciO
o
o
csosr^M
■—1 i;
■^— ^
s"?
ce
L-S
= S
-.fcaocQ
o
C3 *
C>)Ci 00 CO
- £
O
M
•- 3
o=occ»c
05i
««
^
§
^1
v:^
•-■tt
'^
«0 OC 00 ■ QC
t^
"3 .
ccf lOO
!0 u^t- :r
O
,
3
— csir- -f
I--
iflOCOlC
c
O t^ O CI
o
rfOO tS
«»
_ "2
x' oo ^ -r
»o"
ocoo"
c:
^ cc cc
P
2
^
3
g-°
^
-•1
CU-^
1
X
f rM f 1 i~ n
30
cs
»
O — OO
<N ^ •
-;
-^
t
m ^t v.-: c: r-r
r^
«
a
— 0-.J-C;
-, o ■
3
re -rf c-i rt rt
f
(3;
o t^oox
O CO ■
OC f- C^ CI Lt
cs
c3
(M cor- o
Ci O ■
re (M OS o t—
■*
OOiOOC
M lij
-3
C
«*
QC - ro f ci —
PC
__
•H
OCt-^CJ
OC t-^ ■
00
c=
O'T
— .^ ■
o.
C-l
fM
c^
s
H
'^
OO
"■
Oi
■r.
O O c: O O
^
ooo o
._
"t^
C OO O 3
o
•^
oooo
0
O OO o o
o
C
oooo
O OO o o
o
■*=• -iS
oooo
c c
O OO o o
t-
s: c
!2
«*•
o' o»rr o" o
r-T
_
§2
o' o' o' c-
*.-: ■<»■ r-- o o
o
e^
o c. c^
o
<
ifl"
<
"
<^
■s
«
^
2
*?.
"5
V
->
3
>-'
■^
5
y;
?
=
3
3
^
Sj
=t
s
' ^
- o
^
^.
- c
"*<
^
1 1% :
-
■ £
*- fc. c
t-.T3
X —
c <—
s^ 3 £:
o c
_:"-i;.'- o
i
c
'J
: 'J
-. *s
: c
c
\ \
; 0
^
3
c
c
■Ji-
1
c
11
c
c
c
\
1
c
a;
c
E
<:
c
c
c
c
<
1-
c
1
■j
1
c
t-
c
c
c
a
>
p:
i
1
g
3
cS
MILITIA C'OVXCIL
11
SESSrONAL PAPER No. 35
i
u O —
a.u — ^
cu'o'E o
=■52-0
■5 "
CQ
:52
si
-r 00 Tj-
1— r^ a>
•* 00 -^
^ t^ o>
2
o
^
JS
o^P3
SXZ.
fc.S
a-o
(1)' .
':5 S
I!
0. '^
si
o o
=3 C3 ^,
°?>
QJ O O
rn >^ ■"
2 a;-!:'
2; 0 c
■aS5
o S 1;
- o ^
?X o
O CD
12
DEPARTMEXT OF MILITIA AXD DEFEME
8 GEORGE V, A, 1918
c:
o
e-1
t^
cC
t-
iC
C^l
o
1
CI
A
t-
C-1
o
CI
X
CI
t^
00
o
3
o;
o
■^
•^
iC
o
■^
CO
cs
o
in
oc
o
-*
-*l
t*
-r
o
c^
oc
-f
oo
•<J<
CI
lO
Zg
W
CO
Co'
CO
CO
CD
ci
cc
a
X
a
'
[C
(M
Ci
00
t^
00
t^
^
o
CI
■r|
CO
l>-
to
oc
-<i-
CO
»c
»c
t-
o -s
o
t--
to
00
<M
M
00
CO
a>
Less
dueti
and
icien
CO
to
o
00
00
cs
o
W3
M
C-i
<N
lO
o
e*^
•-'
—
— .
«o
« a
■J?
~
■^
O
■*
"<**
■^
*c
CO
OS
'^
IS
— <
o
eo
■*
»o
M
M
CO
b-
CO "^
cr>
CO
o
CO
00
CO
„
cc
to
cs
c—
C-
o
«D
Ol
Ci
Ci
CO
>c
o
•^
00
o
CD
o
CD
-#
CD
«&
^1
^
CO
iC
co'
t^
OJ
u^
CI
•^c
•"T
c^
o
Utr
■**■
cc
00
cq
oo
t. -Jl
oc
00
CD
CO
CO
CO
0 cS -^ «
O
c
f
-*"
oc
rr
o
cs
■!*•
CO
o
QO
CD
1.0
CO
CO
Ol
c=
§SEf=c = S
6^
c
ci
cc
o
o
i-O
iC
>i .,■
t'
o
o
CI
CI
?|r-
o
o
,
.i 5H
o
cs
■*
*f>
<s5='
CD
C-1
00
^ O
X
c
»c
"^
o
LO
M*
'.^
a
C6
CO
■*T"
oc
r-
u.
c
^
oc
CI
lO
00
C
o
CO
CO
_o
0&
5
X
^
c
(.
c
m
o
o
00
CO
C-.
-■
<=
"tj-
»o
iC
CO
'— '
"""
OC
c
s c
^
r^
cc
^
oo
cc
> ^
sc
Ci
CD
00
oc
J cs
<o
Cl
s
cc
o
^
««
co"
o
.,:
■r.
t>
c
; c
»o
CO
o
(_,
t^
«?
~
"^
t~
c
; c
r-
cc
c;
o
— '
OS
u
^
c
; -^
- c
oc
-*■
h-
o
Oi
■^
I c
1 c
- ^r
Oi
OC
»o
c
CO
. If
; "■
CD
cc
iC
"o
«@>
>r
D* —
i* o»
\
ci
•*
&
'— '
-^
C^
a:
c
» C
3 -^
o
c
Ol
CO
■n _ c
5 —
CO
•^
cs
W5
cs
Pay
nd- Dril
structio
Ci
■ ■ c
? «
3 CD
cs
>o
00
d
s
c
5 lO
CI
o
iC
t-
CO
•^
a
5 C
5_ Ci
o
■^
-1"'
If-
'CP
cc
cq
O ™ ^
,
»■
c
ee
"s
o
5
-1 e
N e
o -^
ir
CD
c
3 ^
c
D
—.
C
/
^
MILITIA COUXCIL
13
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
Statement No. 3. — Showing Expenditure by Stations on account of Fay and
Allpwances of the Permanent Force for the j'ear 1916-17.
Station.
Strength
all ranks,
March 31,
1916
Strength
all ranks,
March 31
1917.
Pay and
Allowances,
Officers
and Warrant
Officers.
Pay and
-Allowances
N.C.O's and
Men.
Total Pay
and
Allowances.
London
Toronto
Kingston
Ottawa
Montreal
St. Jean, P.Q.
Quebec
HalUax
St. John, N.B..
Winnipeg
Esquimau
Calgary
Regina
.\broad
Miscellaneous..
Totals.
92
271
309
176
48
2
316
1,197
9
168
266
24
62
169
170
372
54
716
9
288
297
63
35
5
$ cts.
18,679 18
71,094 29
46,729 81
74,962 93
41,096 98
108,135 39
124,487 94
2,084 00
24,177 20
41,064 56
14,952 73
6,324 38
4,043 60
S cts.
42,100 46
87, 699 80
78,491 .54
242,138 63
29,414 84
2,100 67
128,900 08
327,261 97
6,916 95
146,838 72
181,868 67
35,634 12
5,383 03
2,573 65
25, 140 99
S cts.
60.797 64
1.58.794 09
125,221 35
317.101 56
70,511 82
2,100 67
237,035 47
451,749 91
9,000 95
171.015 92
222,933 23
50, 586 85
11,707 41
6,617 25
25. 140 99
2.879
2,511
577,850 99
1,342,404 12
1.920.315 11
14
DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AXD DEFEyCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
'^
— CI '^f tr
C) —
cc CI
it^root^cocsdto
OS
■^
t- 0 0 ^ (- (^ — <M OCi CT: 0 0 QC C-l 00 CO
OS
III
' c
uJICacCOO-^Ci — ClCtCCCl-ffOSMOOC^
0
coo>»nt^c^r^<ircccc^)«0'rj<oo(D»<o
us
«&
«*-ceeC>'«f<-*tD(MUfCC — Oici-H^MO
00
McOQC<Ntcccocu:rccr^:oc5»cev30>-^
iC
^-cOt^CQcDCO — C-^fCQC^I
t^
»c
2„ »
cor* cc— 'iftcicct^'Cicc'iN -ooo
CD
i
cc t--
-*'Osccoo>Ch*oeOrj't*
0 o>
Credit
Publi
and
Refund
c
— . cc
OO-^cDOscDcDWOS — 0
cq o»
OS
(M CC
— ^CC-^fOs — ">J"OOJ>.-»f
kO
«»
^-»i^dOif;cioccO"«f
■n" cq C) iC Cl
1
r
■^CD'*J'0>CCcO»CtJ"'^CS — cioooiooeci
IT
i
O00O»CeDCCO00^CSCC'^»C'W00"3
f-H
Total
Pay ar
Allow
ances
c
r-iOCCOOl^O-^QOCCOMUJOMOC^
0
OOliCOicC — — CiUit^ifti— CC<COt~-
«»
iCCitD^OJOOO"^— ■OOJtD — -(fO
—I
M 00 00' cc Ci -^r 0 Gc CC M 0 0" wi" cc OS --'
00
■-'COr-Nt^O— t-H-rfcCM
OS
l«
■*C0Q0000J5DtDC:t^i-«O-«<(MCi<MCC
—1
1
1
cc —
'foOoO'—OcDcDooeDOsooc^Oit*
'(t"
II i
vo^cc-^cctrii-'^ocft'^ifsoO'^tooi
00
TfClCCCCO^COOiC'—OOOO^-t^'^OS
CO ,
«%
T-.c^r-.i.cooi(T"^;cioot~--^'^0 rtc co
CO
-m' cc V ut ffl 0 ci" — " V »c wf 0 00 --r cc CO
U5
1-1 (N M CI cc -^ 1-1
OC
T3'
CJ ■ ■ ■ ■
r-
OS
'K
CD
CD
c^
o
0
OS
■rt*
■•J*
b
0
OS
0
«A>
cc
<
.^
_"
Tj- .-
CJt--oooaiciecoi>— — Qoc^c^io
i
cq —
QC-'j'ec—'C^cC'-j'eocociCDr-ooco
0
fc
y
(M C
4COu^'^i^r^t--r>.i>-coooo"t>t>-
00
<M c^
C^Tj'iMCC'MCiCCDcO — cCCOCi
~
«*
cc t^
— -wiccc". — locct^-^c-i cc— '
0
c
cc ci" -^' cc cq
00"
Cs
QO»C^(M"^ -O^C-^OCOOOWB
C4
c
s
c
00 c^ cc 0 ^
■<»• 00 «2 0 '^ -* CD
OS
fc
T
iT
— cs ic c: 0
OC OS r- 0 "5 W5 CC
,^
■^
CD 10 iC cc •— ■
•^ cc CJ tC — ' —
CC
CO
««■
»r
CD c: r- ct cc
"«}• r- cc — '
^
EC
■"
"
CD
or-- -cccs^utoccciocao
1
-4^
c
>
5
0
oc -»■
CCcDt^CC»CCOCJ«CCDO
(y;„.^^^^^OJC^0000
CD
00 -^
CO CI CD CC 00 CJ »C !•- 0 CO
3
<
*»
cc OS
iC — PICliCt^cD— "-^CC
CJ
M
ci CI cc" — "
»o
cc
0 cc
QOQOiraocccBocs — occ-^Mr-
ooec*ct^osccQO^w3»ccDc5cor-
OS
=5
cc c
CD
X
c
oc —
t^oosCioco — f-.— loocc — ceo
^^
Tt- C^
O-^CDiCiCiCOOOOr- — "^-^(M— '
r»
•SP
<*
C^COCICCOOI^ — CliC-^CC —
^
OS
■"*
■"*
CD
»o ■^
M-f-^j-i-C — — ^tC'I^CC'^J-OO'^
■^
-j:
— X
PCO-^ — CC'VCI'^'^OOO^-^CO
W3
^
T
c t^
■f^Olcc•^^^— ■utCJTfkCM'OCicoo
00
c
S r^
ceorc^-^ — oooocicicc^— ■
3
•?■
W.C — t^OCi^rcDiCOiftiM^'*
■^
°^
— cc cf CI ■^' CI — " —
CI
cq
"t c
OitCOCiCif^'^CCCCOCCiCCt.CClO
o
x
-M C
■^ tf 1- t* c* ct r- — 0 i^ 0 r- r- 10
t^
T
— oc
r-h-oo«'i>cr-cccoooco**o —
0
OS
t-C s
[^•CC3S(MCCC3iiC»C — 0OClt--C
00
■^
'i
**
c; -
Cr.OOC^«5»CiOOOSCOCC^>CCC
as
'"'
cc cc ^' cc c-i »o ^' — r — '
00
ci
0 c
OC0C4cDU5OC0t^Q0 — C'lOcDif5
■*
M
oi
-* c
or^oooooor-wiiCoocot^u:!-*
"5
c
'^ c
CD— 'CC'O^^O— 'CSC^OOOOCicC
CO
r-
■5
>c c
OCiCiCOaOOt^-^—'OOClOiOsC
t—
■*
M
^ l>
t- — ocDTj-ci'ffr-^cC'^'^u-
»«
0
1
cI CD — r CS 0' OS CI CD 00 "5 ^ —
— T
CD
— — -^
00
00 ■ ■ ■ -
cc
13
w
-<f
00
cc
0
c
M
CO
OS
^:
CD
r*
cc
X:
««
CO
0
r-
■^
£
-<
-T
^■■
cJ
i
0 C'
cO-H-^OOSiftt^O'-'WScDOcC
0
CO
cc
t^ r-
icr^r^cica— >cst--t-u5t^OO"
0
■«J*
OJ
c
-H C-
Cs^iflOUSOOcDCCCO-^-CiOOC*:
CO
M
c
CD C
cD«occ»or^cioo«oec— ■cow:
CS
CC
«»
cc cc
OOcOcC»CCCCDOCCDClt--CMOC
*«
0
"H
o' li-
cc t-T cc Qo' 00' 0 oc "^' 0 OS i^ ci cc
co"
0"
0
— M'»0^'^'^ |^Cy;««
■^
50 ^
Ilery
Gar-
ery.
dian
dian
rmy
rps..
rmy
irps.
rmy
e
IJ
"3
R
"o
"o
X
1
oyal Can.
Horse Artil
oyal Can. i
rison Artill
oyal Cana
EnKincers. .
oyal Cana
Regiment,
an. Per. A
Service Co;
Rrmanent A
Mcdiral Cc
an. Per. A
Vet. Corps
an. Ordnar
anadian A
Pay Corps.
orpa of Mili
Staff Clerk
istructional'
J
1
a
PS3
K
tf
Si
PS
0
PL.
0
0
0
0
w
i
illLITIA COVXCIL
15
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
Z 0.5
«
O c^ •»»< rM »- TT O •* c^ Ci
^' .-T -^ tC c-1 — " — — r «
SS aj ^ ^-
w? N CI ^ CI o r~ -f r-r o L-r — !^
r-00'-'ClC^4C'-'OiCClC»C~. O
"5 ^ »
OOift'— irfOOtOCJCiQO'COfO
M
^
t- — eoccosoomo — tOOCJ
— ■^c^oor-oiiccox'^coci
■^ 01 00 — OC to Ci 01 CO CO ■^
CI CI — c»
«C6C0 CJ
00 cs c: ic
£ t«ccoooo-H»raciotct-i^
^ Oj;d^ o Tf -^ — ' -- CO ic cc -^
■^COQOCSMI--OC05C10C1^-
ooc50t--ecco^ "<r !C! M "^
•• cj" cT-Hcocf
r- 1^ — —' cq OS ^
oc Oi 00 10 r- t-^ —
c-j r~ 10 o ifl CI ic
. GC — -^ iC O 0> t^ O CO Oi o — •
^ O iC <Ci ir; o t- Tf O ■* CO ^ <»
^ eoooo — ■'fOcocj^oiraci
CI CI C*3 — ' Tj" -ij" -H
Ot^OI^COM'OiOiCiCiCO
ciosoooTt<oscit^r-cioo
CIOOOTPClOiOmiCCJCOOO
CI— 'CO'>t<Oi'— t-^-rf-^rOlOOt—
-H t~- CJ CI o CO r~ Qc 00 M 10
— coci-'^cjinirT >— ■
•O !© CI "5 <C O O
O 00 CI 00 — »J2 ■^
M — 4C»n) O -H —
CO O t— CJ t~ 10 lO
O O iC 5*
— -H *C O
0C'W3m'^cot^tf;»rtcieoca»j
ciociooocuC'^ooO'^r-c
:C :
cSSagcTx'Sg^Ear.'
OcK fe S; ai o!-7;.2--= S ■-.
a
— ^
c =•;
16
DEPARTMENT OF IIIUTIA AXD DEFEXCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
■z^i
40 ^ — —
CoStoS^^SiiCi
eoeo
to CO
C^ Cft t^ CM C: --D C-l ^ !M
O CJ r^ CO
s
o c) <y ci
iCMOicoocaOfM
C -* — ■ ^ 00 o
m irj c-i o
ic m ci
^'2 S
o —
t^ ?o '.': t^ t— t^ ci t-- rr
ociocir:coOi>- — r*
3C <M
o ac o »f; c; -rf -
cc x: "* :c PC t^ ■-
CC' -^ c; oc OT c^i c
t^CM-ST-O-^-^inCC^
— re ^ — cc "^ -M CI cc
ir4c-«4'c-iocccoc. o
■V'-ooccioccsocc;
oc c^
c; cc
o£
X =* =^
ITS ci CC'—
ti U-: — ?i 20
.2 » § o >>
c; r^ — -^ t^ o
1^ t^ c; CI c: -^
cc C'J — ^- CI ;c
ro cc cc —
Q
C2C1CJ — cir^coci
csjiCcC'O-^r-rco
o ti; ■— c^ r^ -^
c;r=0re^03C!>J0i>«
C.2
© s
»Q
C3 °
S-0
o.S
^■^
c o
OS
5a
OH
O
: c- ■ =
CD C t- >*
^.5 S.S.g.SJ.S = E o
M
CJ J3
c c3 g :
= te!S»' -^
r- ' C-*^ --^
>'>>£;>>>>>>>>>i§E§
COoOIOOOoJoieS
S S&S-tr-
P-5
•^ 5 p. £.
5 3 5
al^-sS'Ss'
CPhS
MILITIA. COIXCIL
17
SESSIONAL
PAPER No. 35
Z <
"So
o ^
"I
O OS Oi
— !D -:J*
CO >— ' o
^ ^ —
OStMOlGOOOOeCiXJ
<M — ^
: ^ 4C ic o c
r^ m ^
C^ iC tJ"
— rj- GO
Ci —
— iC O CO O O W f-i
OaO-^CD(MOiPOCOCir~ — miMOi
^ ro (M (N r**
--■ Ol CO o
OOiflClOCO-fOOO
i—O^OOs — 300
Tt- t— r-H 1— .
O C5 »0 Ol <M t— CI CO
Tfcooicqt— ■-I'^r^
"+ C^l CO I^ O "^ -*<
^, -rt* O O CO ■^ t^
O — -rt* »C <M
■O O I^ GO o
O (M-# CO ■*
Ol t^ (M XI
■ — CD OCO
■ CI :c CO ic
»C-*00»C»C<:0C01>.--'0COt--t^*^
OC:iCO':CCOCOO'-'OCOO^OiOO
cioomo^o -^.-Hi— iotj->o CO
h£
CC> 30 Tf C-4 -- (M t^ — -f CI I O ■ .-^ — O
ci^HCM — — ^-30 — io»c;o — t-irr
cJ CD ic t-^ ci r^ t^ d '*■ ic cT
GO CD r- t^ "rp CO CI CO CO CI O 'O »0 Oi
CO"*-— I — ^"CaJt^ — ooeooioo —
i^^ocoo-^ooict^-rrco-t"*
iCifS'— 't^ — cieoeococococo— 't^
OOIOO— ■lOOJCOCl^-'-'COCOOcO
•* — coo-— 'CJCOtOCOOi-^-^fO
r^ ic c{ «— ' <n
O00CJOQCdO'C>-:jHCS— ■t^*l''0
OOlC — C0G0O00C0C0C0C11CC140
oci»C"^cod'^CT>OGO"^ai^GO
OOCO CI
Of- CO
if5 lO CD
00 CO CI
O t^co
1^ lO CD
coo CJ
O [>• CO
UO CO O
s2
©
2g
to fe
:«
;z
: rf
>>c
35—2
h:1 ^ ti] O S ry; Qffi X' Hi W > Oh U C
%
b
o
<J
C
■9
z
s
■3^
U
5?
■n
^ C=
n
D
li.
t- ^
g
13
as
CB
la
,—
OS
0) -/!
tc
(U
O
J2
r;
*3
^
*o
O
•OC ;
3
^i*
C
.;:;
F
L>
(1.1
CL,
G
-n
Q
^
"o
0:5
18
DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Statement No. 8. — Expenditure on account of Officers and Men of the Active
(non-permanent) Militia, attending Schools of Instruction, 1916-17.
(Numbers shown do not include those attending without expense to the public.)
Corps, etc.
Place.
Numbers Teuxed.
Officers.
N.C.O's,
and
Men.
Total.
Cost.
Cavalry .
Artillerj'.
Infantry .
Army Sei-\'ice Corps. .
Army Medical Corps..
Musketrj-
Totals.
Toronto
Quebec. . .
Halifax
Esquimau.
London.. .
Toronto. ._. .
EsquimalT.
Halifax .
Quebec ....
Halifax. . . .
Victoria .
Halifax...
85
328
33
505
389
597
129
27
71
10
2,246
211
100
10
3
42
S3
85
335'
41
716
100
399
605
129
30
113
10
400
2,646
$ cts.
3,401 25
3,893 00
14,428 75
2,040 50
19,945 70
900 00
5.505 20
20,540 32
5,991 00.
793 20
1,495 00
578 00
79,511 92
M.D. 2.
Travelling expenses, Officers and Men of M.D. 3
the Active Militia, to and from Schools of M.D. 4
Instruction. Also includes TravellingJM.D. 5
Expenses and Subsistence Allowance to M.D. 6.
Instructors, Permanent Force. IM.D. 10.
' IM.D. 11.
M.D. 13.
M.D. 1 $
Deduct expenditure 1915-16 paid from 1916-17 Funds..
18 39
23 20
6 75
NU.
802 14
498 04
Nil.
825 90
NU.
$ 81,686 34
1,548 25
S 80, 138 09
Statement Xo 9. — Revenue, 1916-17.
Militia Revenue
Royal Military College.
Casual Revenue
Militia Pensions :.
Sale of Ammunition and Stores..
Rents of Military Properties
Miscellaneous Revenues
Fines and Forfeitures..
Retirement Fund. . . .
90, 163 58
41,645 97
11,949 33
25,495 07
$ 169,253 95
37,485 34
4,387 57
48,290 67
$
90, 163 58
573 12
686 94
MILITIA COIXCIL
19
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
1
^ ^ -^ O ^ -ff iC
—•OS ^H ao -Tf CI c-
CO — M r- o ci X'
OcCtOCOO«0»-''*M'COfO
mtocoooot—ooot— (M»c
^-. CD Ci O
CO tM CI CS
(M CO
OOC cc
r^ o ic
00 »c o
Oco-— iCO»Ct^OO<3t-
QO-^CscOOiONOOu^O
— 't-O— <t-COCOr-(McD
1—1
o
GO
CO'^Oi O
-^ ■*!>. —
irt Oi CD 00
r- --H COM CD
iC Oi ^- CD 0>
ifl r~ 1-. ca .-.
CD"— CI
r-iOOcOOt^cDOiOO"*!:^
CD»0-^010000COCDCOI--CD
--0-^"^OOC10SCDOI>CO
CDtC f- O
CD h-<M ^H
OOCO >f5
CD "O 1-* "C ^H
CO— < CD —
•-H C] --1
'CClt^'^OiCOfO'^lOCiOeO
— it^O — CDuO"^CDf0003
t>- cor-
CD CO I--
■r^OO
CO cDcT
o coo t-
Cs O CI iC
lO CO lO — 4 CJ
Ci CD O CO t-
CD O Tf
O O '-H
lO CO M
ooicicooiCTicor-oit— »o
oor-»ooco(M'*w3'^r-
CDOt--':J'CJOGOOOOC-lCO
-hO C-l CS
O CO Oi CI
—i 00 CO CD
CS t-- — « 00 CI
CO -^
— '■<t<CO00<MCit-b-.OsCiCO
Ml>c^Osi>--*<OsoscoaaO
SW Ci
CO — ■
oc r- -^
t--^co t^
tD O »-■
Ci -— CM
Tj- 1^ CO 00
t— iCCI 00
■^ c^^-.^-
■* •»f o CO »o
t— M — . cDOi
CO Tp o aooo
lO o «c
— 't-- CJ
CO t— OS
CD <M O
00"^ Q
■^ CI o
r-- CO •— »io -H e^
T^ CO M C5 •-I
cot-
^00iCO01'-iOI^»OU^C0
cit^— 'Oiocor-t— cor-QO
« C^ — I ^ ^ CO
r~oor->ra
CD CD -^ I>.
00 OCl— «
O cue O CI
CI CD r- OS cj
CI O CS l>- c»
&eo CD t^
3 -^ CO 00
-H C3 ■»}<
O — t-
I- lO CO
CI iC Cs
OOOOCDOSOsm— I'lttOCJ'O
OI--OCOOO"<t*-^'^'-«COCOCO
CD— <COCO-^OSCOOI--OCOOO
— "CCCSCDCO-VWO-^OO — -^
ciccci-ffiCfOicr-ocococo
OS ^- — ' — 1 K2 — I
CO CO 00
t- — . CD
C* t- "^f
ObCDO
s s
CD ■*
■* C5
^ CD
-?■ OS
O 00
— <o
OS O ^ •«* CD
t— 00 >0 CO CD
OS >Ct- O OS
lO o -^
OC I- CD
C; Ci cs
OC:OCDCOCDOOt^O—'00
OGCCOOOOCO — ocooo-^
cCfTTfcOOOOOC^CliiO
■^O O CO
CO 00 00 >o
■-I O CO
SCO OS
^CScDiOOr-COOcD-*-^
CliOt'-'^cOCliOOOOC^CO
OO — ■ — « —•CO
OS CO o
CDiC CI
"r*< t^ cq
O eo'o
t>. OiO
CO — "-<
lOOO
CDO
uo CO
O -rji CD GO ■* r-
r^ CO cs CO c» O
CD CO CD O iC 00
oi-^
tC t—
CI CJ
t^ici^ oi-cj»ccs'*cjr-0'<j'cD
oot^cD O^^ — lOOscoCicO'^roO
— >coo uTi^t^ocncioocs— <cD'*r
co'cf^ --ci-^ooos«:;'c50co>-rcr
ic r- Ci t-o 00 lo CO OS I— i-o C4 o -^
t- -HCO
« I-- o
OO Mt-
CI "*r-
c3
a.
g
o
o
CO CD
O CI
^ o
1— CO
CO O t^ O CD OS
CD — ' t-- im CO — >
00 O •-< OOS OO
-H iC IC ^H W3 CD
r- CO o r-— ■
PO C^ CO
U3 CO O
CO— 'O
o»i^o CD t- 00 OO r- -^ t— — I "^ CO OS
— 'Ci'tT — 't^'^t^CO 00 ^cf OOCl— *"
*C It- Cl'Ct-i.OO'^OOSCOCl^HDO
r- — I — CI
t-rf 00
OS OO "O
CSCS 00
cior-T
— . — . t^
CD —1
OS t^ C-1 00 CO CO
-^ O cq cDoo <-'
Cs OOCD CsOCs
06 CS CI - , -
i^ I-- CO o Ci t^ iC CO "^ r— cq 1 _
cjooo cDr-cici-*'-^os— <r-osca
■^ CO — L*?
CI -^ -<f CI
^- CO CO
OO OO
"5 t- OS
c- *n o
35— 2J
o _
CO—]
Wo
o c «*
It-* gal
■ CS^ O
Li
h3 = S "1
■3 2 Q.
03.2
iic-- i
OS
Wo
Pi
tc O. B M 53
3 0) O c ^^
oqqho
'-S =3
O tn 0^
B-S -
03
c--^ S-a^^ c= o o g M
U) ^
s -
93 O
"HO
.2 S:S
tn c-^
■ o.
§8
5 >>
o go (y.o gco gfe-S-TSTJ g
; CO en
og§
.£ 5"-3Kq g !=S »s o g.t:"^.s"l|
= -=SOo|-^-3-|oM|;^r —
I- "2 S' ts'ia' S'E 0-5-3 oC.; „
OSP- CnP^PH^aicctnE-'Hs^OHSH
£ » I
1-00 £
SCO
l-O !«
c
«
0.1 CO
I sS-O
:l Ik "I
C §-0 S.S
■3°
20
DEPARTMENT OF VIUTIA AND DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
ifi
^
X^?Olr
5 CD
00 00
CD
^
t* COD in \ ~t> 1
CO
CD — or-
OS 00
00
2SS? 1 S 1
t--
I--
o
■ -rj- CD CD C-
t-TJ-
<N
- -
1
4^
CI
— 'os t^t-
coos
CO
o — — »n 1 OS 1
CD
o
— oc^
t^ —
OS
OS- '.f cq 1 CO 1
CO
■^
05
OC
-*"
OS
CM
c-
) oi
M
O lO ■ ■ -
CD "Tf t— C
i o
^«
to
O OO CI CO 1 CO 1
o
^ :^ : ; :
oscor-o
S CO
COlO
OO
O — '*-
-■ h-
CD
IC
■00 — OCC£
i CD
lO CO
00
coco^in 1 cj 1
co"
cc
1
<^
— — (MI-.
■ co"
CM OO
o
CJ— 'k5co 1 CJ 1
»C
00
CICC C
t-CI
o
OS -^ CO O 1 OS 1
-^
CD
c^
■^ -^
d
Cl
OS
o
-*'
CD ...
CO ■ cr
rs I>.
TT o C30 ■ t^ cq
OS r- lO
ID CD
— »o t^ CJ lO
■-J- ■ —
5 -H
— OCD - ■ -HOI
— (M'^J*
OS
rr —
CD
CO CI Tf OO 00
tC
lO • Cs
c
5 CO
CD 00 1-- ■ c^r-
00<M00
OO
lOM
t--
OOCDO CI t^
5
«» CO ■ O
C£
CO oor-" ■ ■ OS
cicsos
(m'
OOO
oo
'* — d't^ lO
i>- e^
C
i 5
t- CDX ■
CIC^
o
CD CI
00
CD CO CI CI
■<f ■
r
r OS
Ci
'"
h' os"
S'
PC ■ r^
3 ITJ
I>.iC - OS 1
00-* o
(M
t- l>.
■^
— O I>- Tp 1 CJ 1
^ .c^
c
3 CD
- xd'^ ■ ■ ■ ■^
ooeo-*
CO
COOS
CO
^oi^,r^
H CO
. "^"
O ■ (M
a
oo ■ ■ •«
r^ooos
lO
T->ai
CD t^OOt- 1 OS 1
1
ft* O —
c
i>. . . -^
— t^o
o
t^ t—
»o
CO — cDO I m 1
cc
-T U-
a
OC ■ ■ Cv
— 1>.
OS
»i^Cl
00
CO coco 1 O 1
CD ■
O
^ ■ Cs
OS
o
cc ■ OC
S CO
OO OS CO ■ C3 C
O CI OS o
00 C3S
t^
OS — *0 CO 1 00 1
t^ ■ c
3 t-
t-OC^C o-^
■rf CI OOI>>
CQ
— (M
<*
iOC»0CCS 1 CI 1
CO
^ C c^
t'
PO
OC o ■ oo
OOCD-:f
o
t^o
r-
CO CO It- C
: 1 CI
. .
1
^ im" —
ci
1 C^
CC I^ ■ o
— t-O
o
CD iM
QO
—■CI CD on 1 C5 1
(M
»c ^
c-
™23 2
— iC
t-
rf Oi
CD
40 COCJ 1 — 1
"uO cc
»f
Oi
'■
-. OS
r^ -c:
t~
■^
CD <M ■
O OO 00 00
-^
— C^l
OS CD CD OS 1 O
CO ■ c
o
OON^CS
(M
mcD
—
CI OOOO CO
(TJ
OS t--
c
t-,o ■ ■
00 — CO
!>-_
CI
00 OC cj eg I —
1
«• o: ■ CO
c
5 OS
W ■ ■
— t'-^C
"*
t^ ^
OS
OS — ^ lO 1 — 1
ic dbci 1 c> 1
— -OC
I-
- I^
— TJH
CO
CO —
-*•
-<J- • -H
c
3 ^
OS
— *
""
H t--
O -fO
«r
CCCD OO ■
OOOOCO
C-1 CD
00
OSO Ot-- 1 CD
OS t-
c
t- rM O O ■
00 — «ao
o
CO 00
■OOSiC^ ■*
— t-
Tl
W
CDOOtO ■
t^cD'*
OS
r-O
«
CICOCDCO ! CD
' -
1
«» ir: <>
c
) OS
CO CO CO t- ■
i— r- 00
t^
OO
o
•*- — — CO 1 O 1
o
OC CD
I>
o
^ CCM— ■ •
— CO
»n
C-? —
■^
-<»• COCl 1 O 1
Cf
^ OS
OS
*"
^ CD
CO ■ OS
c
S tj-
CO ...
O t- OCO
o
CD O
CD
CO CI -^c
— ss
t-
OOCO CDO
OO
M O
CI
O0-* »c-^
■ CI
o
o
CO
CD
CI t-o
r-
l^iO
o
t-r-- — t-
Tf
1
*& ^" CO
o
3 --
oc'
— CD t-^
uf
cd'cO
o'
— cf OS —
* u?
CD CD
o
> c^
iC
1 ^ CA
TJH
cq —
-*-
CO d c
00
LO
(>
OS
~
^
»f5
CO ■ O
t>-
CO
O 00 CO CO
■*f
OS'*
— o OS cr
> CD
t^ CO
■^
o
iM O CO t^
CO
cooo
OSCO — o
CO
OS
•»■ ■ o
c
00
— iCt^OO
(M
OOC
!>- — O-
CO
ft» t- o
ir
s
— C<1 CD
— CO
Tl-*
Os OO —
OS
^ ■ c>;
Tt
— CI
-*
o —
N CJC
t-
CN
•*
'-'
'"'
'-
CD
CO o -r
00
o
O to CO —
OS
§1
OS -f OS CC
00
3:2:i
C
r-
CD CO CO 00
•o
o t-o a
00
2
O
CD
Tf"
— OS«M OS
QC — CI »r
t-
<« -S' «C iC
I-
*C
— CD OS
00
CO —
•c
OS — TOO
CO
— t- IC
o
OS
CO
CD —
t--
CO M--
OC
CVJ —
Cv
t^
^
CD
3
■ c:
^
1
1
- Q
:S
-o
- O
.2
. X
: >
_J
C <!)
eS
o w
u
■-^ c
0)
5
1=^
a
.^3
«
s^
a
■ C
^ : :p
c
■ e3
-e c • «
c
1
0
>i
s =
1- 0
Si
^:
!S .2
o
CO :J
IE
c
§2
a, o
r =
US
11
1
"c
a
c
.£
?3
c
id
C
O
C
r 'i
i
i
O
'3
: 3
■1
: u
. o
01 o a
^^'£
111
oronto Barracks, Special Accour
innipeg Barracks, Special Aecou
oint St. Charles Armoury
ontreal Barracks site
ransferred from Public Works D
00
ri
CO
00
c
,c
13
o
L
a
_c
'S
c
a>
■Ji
1
c
'3
i
c
"3
03
C
.2
il
n
ii
.2.2
c c
4) a;
c3
O
a
<u
c
o
W
J,
1
c
£
"a
■ .s
; c
tn Ml
.2i.H
rt c
lo
c c
£ £
> >
o c
OO
> >
c
c
>
o
o
*c3
e2
1
>
1
>:=
a
o
m
OS
g
>
ii
"a
>
1
s
<:
c
.0
J
6
s
>
3
c
E-
aj
« ^
c-"
Eh
&<
H
^Ci^SH
£1,
i.
a, 11.
GO
«s
3;
MILITIA C'OIXCIL
21
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
Statement No. 11. — Statement of Expenditure on account of War Appropriation
to March 31, 1917.
Particulars?.
Paid out in
Canada from
1st April, 1916,
to
31st March,
1917.
Paid out in
London, Enp.
from 1st April,
1916, to
31st March,
1917.
Total.
Clothing (except boots)
Boots and repairs to boots
Necessaries (kit bags and articles of kit)
.Accoutrements
Binoculars, telescopes, prismatic compasses, etc.
Saddlery and horse equipment...
Motor trucks, ambulances, and other vehicles.. .
Ross Rifle Co. — rifles and bayonets
Machine guns and spare parts
•Stores (furniture, bedding, utensils, etc.)
Total for equiprncnt.
Dominion Arsenal (from War Vote)
Lindsay .\rsenal (Supplies)
Dominion Cartridge Co., — .Ammunition..
Ammunition from other sources
Total .Ammunition and Material.
Lindsay Arsenal — Site
" — Construction.
— Machinery...
Borden Camp — Land
Total Land and Buildii
Pay and Allowances (includes subsistence, rations, and
assigned pay)
Maintenance of troops in France..
.Separation Allowances
Outfit Allowances
Engineers Services and Works
Purchase of Remounts, expenses of purchases, etc..
Drugs and Surgical Instruments
Travelling and Transport — Ocean
" " — Land. .
Forage' and Stabling
Pay, etc., of Censors
Pay of civil employees
Rent, water, fuel and light
Funeral expenses
Recruiting (Medical examination, attestation and
advertising)
Telegrams, telephones (including rental) cablegrams,
and postage.
Printing and Stationery
Conservancy and Contingencies. ,
Customs dues
Overseas balances unrecovered and in adjustment
Total Miscellaneous Payments..
Expended prior to 1st .\pril, I9I6..
Totals
S cts
927,957 68
282,480 83
803,984 73
515,657 87
381,200 96
762,382 08
837,340 64
064,797 83
123,272 95
363,079 39
33,062,154 96
1,340,486 19
213,. 585 04
1,785,336 91
147,898 09
3,487.306 23
3,933 26
622,548 69
578,700 84
137,981 29
1,343,164 08
92,484,996 77
22,218,076 96
868,040 94
2,624,705 36
256,459 77
598,296 67
3,808,704 91
7,279,330 44
.387.056 11
123.277 50
,7.32,800 .35
1,166,670 .59
39,343 83
59,412 92
.388,160 07
808,224 79
283,293 73
434,909 16
1,
135,561,760 87
173, 454,. 386 14
167,308,820 64
340,763,206 78
701,477 18
328,303 46
245,749 25
17,250 75
12,494 36
436,125 46
36,575 75
538,839 35
14,629,
3,610,
803,
1,761,
398,
774,
2,273,
4,064,
2,159,
4,901,
434 S6
784 29
984 73
407 12
451 71
876 44
466 10,
797 S3
848 70
918 74
2,316,815 56
35,378,970
3,424 25
1,340,486 19
213,585 04
1,785,336.91
151,322 34
3,424 25
3,490,730 48
67.619,916 62
41,366,666 9T
4,142,312 88
1,214,294 52
1,125,441 90
3,184,301 87
*1. 541, 180 70
3,763 ,87
153,694 37
757,298 30
473,553 43
6.54,673 53
10,378 33
1,540 25
49,0.54 90
153,016 06
42,359 29
22, 957 22
122,516,404 71
124,836,644 52
46,301,209 33
171,137.853 85
3,933 26
622,548 69
578,700 84
137,981 29
1,343,164 08
160,104,
41,366,
26,360,
2,082,
3,7.50,
3,440,
2,139,
3,812,
7,433,
1,144,
123,
2,206,
1,821,
49,
913 39
666 67
389 84
335 46
147 26
761 64
477 37
468 78
024 81
354 41
277 50
353 78
344 12
722 16
60,953 17
437,214 97
961,240 85
325,653 02
434,909 16
22,957 22
258,078,165 58
298,291,030 66
213,610,029 97
511,901,060 63
*Includes Medical Equipment.
22
DEPARTMEKT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
1^
00
-a
03
CD
05
a
-5^
o
fa
3
e
Ph
J3
bC
O
J3
bO
o
H Ed ^ ,-1
5«
•uaui
•sjeo^go
0^ SUOI'JOIIIOJjJ
•pas'eaoaQ
•pa^jasaQ
Xn^oipai^T
■^onpuoosijY
•aiqB^tnsuQ
■pajid
as'Bi^ojnd Xg
uoT^jasap
■pa'jsfina-a'y;
•pajsiiua
■sdioo jan'jo
"91-^1 .
dA!;oa^a 'uej^ puB s,o'ON
"91-^-1 9Ai;oa^a
CSJ CO — ' C-l 'J*
QOOOOO
O00«D 00
<M .-> M (M
•-< OOOli— (--00
« MO ■ O
« 1-1
^ -^ 00 CD •-' t-H ^
5 :22
C^ CO CO CO CO CO
•a
O.
fft tn ^ — '
S 9 © 0)
9 O tn (n
O O t-. u
M bC O O
2 2KK
Q Q m «
n c S 5
33 OS 5 5
p p -tJ *->
a! 03 g 2
O O o o
03
.S
- m *
■ *- 0.1^
tn 0) (- «
o
go
OS U
0-?
OoJpOipCSC
P P P c c S h' «
,.2-2.2.2.2 £ £ £
CjSSoJrtdr, ^Q.
ccpcc'-^+^'^
aSrtfi8cflrtp£-p
uouoo.s S.g
CSCOCOCQS^Soi
lOooooaSis
KrtCgctitfOCL(0
. 2 o « 5
I loo I
o caojcoi-'
.a
J. 9 o »
Sob
■ cs t^u t. = • ■ "iOO
, § § s l^jagifiiE
'OOOOAhSmSOO
:
■a
>,
01
a«
ri
sq
o
O
|Jh
z
c
M-
o
s
a
cj
b-
o
in
i^
o
c
a
O
>.
oS
m
s
O
o
B
«
9-^
•n
c
oj
<=
>—
■M
£3
a
a
N
o
o
<A
&
(^
•1^
'6
i
c
a
■a
O)
F!
c^
(1)
O
P.
O
>,
O
2
*0
4,
s
c
4^
13
r
bO
B
-n
aJ
(-•
03
T3
:;
o
C
se
*j
«
o
!^
c
<u
rt
c
!=;
is:
-C
ss
'"'
fi
t4
K
fi
0) -»^
g
o
&
o
00
n>
/<
>
^J
<
S
a
>,
aa?!
a;
"rti
o
i
(h
ojj5
is:
ej
■^
m
f.
iTr
.3
tp
o
o
"St-
M-« e
=
o
s
.s
o
•o
n
B
(C
H
§
^
13
c
eS
s
r
MILITIA COUXCIL 23
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
APPENDIX C.
NUMBER OF APPOINTMENTS TO PERMANENT STAFF AND PERMANENT FORCE,
'i APRIL 1, 1916, TO MARCH 31, 1917.
Permanent Staff 7
Royal Canadian Dragoons 9
Lord Strathcona's Horse 4
Royal Canadian Artillery 18
Royal Canadian Engineers 4
Royal Canadian Regiment 2
Canadian Permanent Army Service Corps 5
Canadian Ordnance Corps 13
Corps of Military Staff Clerks 4
Canadian .School of Musketry Corps 2
NUMBER OF APPOINTMENTS TO THE ACTIVE MILITIA APRIL 1, 1916, TO MARCH
31, 1917.
Cavalry 382
Artillery 388
Engineers 190
Corps of Guides , 29
Canadian Officers' Training Corps 88
Infantry 1,630
Canadian Army Sei'vice Corps 52
Army Medical Corps 690
Nursing Sisters, A.M.C 678
Canadian Army Dental Corps 204 •
Canadian Army Veterinary Corps 55
Canadian Postal Corps 1
Corps of School Cadet Instructors 27
Canadian Militia, General List 341
Temporary Appointments, General List 723
Reserve of Officers 7
Reserve Militia 92
Total 5,577
WARRANTS GRANTED DURING THE PERIOD APRIL 1, 191C, TO MARCH 31, 1917.
Granted ^ 79
Temporary 8
24 DEPARTMEyr OF MILITIA AXD DEFEXCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
APPENDIX D.
Retuen of Certificates granted Officers between
Cavalry
Artillery.
Infantry.
Name of School and
Place Obtained.
*
9-
3
c
'3
o.
3
.2
R. S. of C, Toronto
3
8
110
1
1
11
303
12
46
Halifax
1
3
s
lis
1
1
1
1
17
8
R. S. of I., Halifax
5
16
31
3
(
11
61
170
237
" Esquimau
12
35
53
9
5
77
95
209
Prnvl R nf Cavalrv
11
37
2
\rtillei'v
1
1
57
153
324
9
4
18
377
S78
2,020
A.M.C
1
C A.S.C :
■
1
1
9
" C A V O
10
4
1
82
Musketry
6
6
85
1
1
7
27
47
466
B. of Ex. Equitation
1
36
2
13
18
89
470
1
47
10
9
10
3.50
Qr. Mr's. Dutie-^.
1
8
C O T f ' randidate";
C S C I Grade "A"
Totals
90
232
736
12
34
556
562
1,291
3.875
MILiriA COVXCIL
25
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
P
April 1, 1916. and Alarch 31, 1917.
U.M.C.
C.O.T.C.
EXGIXEERS.
C. OF
GODES.
Army
Medical
Corps.
C.A.S.C.
/
C.A.V.C.
CO
s
Q
»
ii
c
"3
c
.a
3
a;
2
t
c
O
&
=3
.Si
ao
si
1
3
.«
-3il
a
03
Total
6
r^D
326
44
90
1
1
4
137
1
''8
5
1
7
1
5
1
3
4
1
2
3
1
565
1
2
501
3
.3
57
1
3
15
11
119
26
138
.9
55
64
7
1
30
....
1
4
4
363
2
54
1
5
4,052
425
112
130
3
4
6
13
1
3
11
8
19
22
8
1
1
6
3
1
3
111
108
0
1
1
142
675
2
1
12
81
1
1
1,019
433
8
8
25
34
378
771
\
72
72
1,790
51
16
78
128
3
27
295
12
55
6
381
91
54
2
12
259
3
4
7
72
11,883
2 Captains and 7 Lieutenants, C.A.D.C., qualified in Equitation.
Officers total
.11,892
N.C.O's. total 9.291
Physical Training 3,508
Grand Total.
24,691
26
DEPARTMEXT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
1
trS-HX — 'O >CCO--«rt<
: ;§ : :
§ .
•sjo^otu^sui
as
unQ aanioBpji
S :
C4 ■
c 5 c^
L.—
- ■ t^
■ ■ <M
l«
ec
•M
l«
Equit-
ation.
■^
-f
iC
"5
a
S
s
' 4
C4 50
-H (M
CO
oc
O o
Sg
!>. — - ...
0
=1
10
0
1
a
d
■z
>
>
<
c
'S
c
>
u
c
1
/
2
&
c
'c
c
>
c
) 0
^
c
s
<
- C
6.0
n
t^.i
o c
o c
'a'S
"c
c
c
a:
"5
c
r.
"c
C
1
.>
c
c
c
.a
1
c
t
0
0000 g S.M 0,- C
r-r-r^ *•— o o c; o
> > >^:: " 0 0 c c
;^ p^ p., w pq ai cB H cc
r^ -H -Tp CO o 00 CO t>- OS i-« OS
"^osirsoo'^omMinc^io-^
— *OSTj> .-<*«— iOC—«Ou5CO
c O O » -^ V! fiJ
I oS h
*J 0) ly 2 Q."
2- = :
c E? S
^ <D o
M3 ^
":»S OS
"o'o
o o
CQOQ
O
MILITIA COUNCIL 27
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
APPENDIX E.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMANDANT ROYAL MILITARY
COLLEGE OF CANADA, 1916-7.
SPECIAL WAR COMMISSIONS.
No diminution has been shown this last year in the eagerness of the Gentle-
men Cadets to obtain Commissions at the earliest possible opportunity, and this
magnificent spirit is worthy of the finest traditions of the College.
During the last year the following Commissions have been granted : — ■
Imperial Army 26
Canadian Permanent Force 21
Canadian Overseas Contingents 9
Total 56
The total number of Commissions granted direct from the College since the
war commenced, and up till December 31, 1916, is as follows: —
Imperial Army 98
Canadian Permanent Force 89
Canadian Overseas Contingents 59
Total 246
Between 700 and 800 graduates and ex-cadets of the College are fighting in
the various theatres of operations, and of these I deeply regret to report seventy-
six have made the supreme sacrifice. Two graduates are commanding
Canadian Divisions at the present time.
Up to date the services of graduates and ex-cadets have been recognized by
the bestowal of 130 decorations, not including quite a number of Foreign
Orders. The number of " Mentions in Despatches " is also very large.
This short r6sum6 of the College's share in the present campaign emphasizes
the high sense of duty which has always been the chief characteristic of the
Gentlemen Cadets. ,
DISCIPLINE.
The discipHne of the College continues to be excellent.
A fine spirit of esprit de corps is very noticeable amongst the Gentlemen
Cadets.
The N.C.O's — necessarily inexperienced as they are — -have helped the Staff
considerably.
ATTENDANCE.
At the commencement of the College term in August, 1916, a recruit class
of ninety-five were admitted, making the total number of Gentlemen Cadets in
residence one hundred and thirty-nine. Both of these totals constitute College
records.
28 DEPARTMEXr OF MILITIA AM) DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
In Xovember, 1916, nineteen cadets of the Senior Glass were granted
Commissions; in January, 1917, one, and in ISIarch last, seven.
The present total of Gentlemen Cadets in residence is one hundred and four.
Of these, ten will be leaving at the end of May, fifty at the entl of July, and the
balance will be eligible for Commissions at the end of the year.
SUPERIOR STAFF.
Several important changes have taken place on the College Staff since the
last visit of the Board of Visitors.
May 10, 1916, Professor I. E. ^lartin. the Senior Professor and Head of
the Scientific Department, was appointed to act as Director of Studies.
At the end of the present session Lieut.-Gol. S. A. Thompson, Professor
of Tactics and Topography, will be leaving the College, on the expiration of his
period of appointment. I am much indebted to him for his valuable services.
Major M. V. Plummer, Royal Artillery, the Acting Professor of Artillery,
and a graduate of the College, left the Staff at the end of the last session. At the
urgent request of the authorities he had volunteered in 1915 to remain for an
extra year, and I have nothing but praise for his high sense of duty and his help
during the period he was at the College.
August 1, 1916, Captain H. C. VVotherspoon, 46th Regiment, Canadian
Militia — who was unfit for active service — was appointed as Acting Staff
Adjutant.
Capt. H. H. Lawson, Canadian Field Artillery — a graduate of this College —
was appointed Instructor of Survey on November 1, 1916.
Professor R. ,0. Sweezy, Acting Professor of Survey, owing to pressure of
private business, asked to be reheved of his duties at the end of last October.
I regret exceedingly to have to report that towards the ^nd of 1916 it became
necessary for Prof. A. Laird, the Professor of English, to tender his resignation
owing to a breakdown in health. To the great sorrow of all ranks he died on
3klay 10 last.
'Sir. W. R. P. Bridger, M.A., was appointed Instructor in Mathematics, and
came to the College from the staff of Trinity College School, Port Hope, on
January 1, 1917.
Captain C. G. Adams, jM.C, Royal Engineers, was appointed as In.structor
in Militarv Engineering and Signalling, and reported at the College November
23, 1915. ^
Capt. B. F. Rhodes, M.C., Royal Field Artillery, was appointed Instructor
in Artillery, and took over his duties on January 12, 1917.
I am very deeply grateful to the Staff, both Superior and Subordinate, for
their never failing readiness to co-operate in all matters relative to the eflSciency
and welfare of the Gentlemen Cadets.
STJBORDIX.\TE STAFF.
There have been a few changes amongst the Subordinate Staff.
Company Serg.-Major E. Shuter, Coldstream Guards, was appointed to the
Staff June 30, 1916, as Assistant Instructor in Drill and Gymnastics.
I much regret to have to report that on January 30, 1917, Servant F. W.
Anson died of pneumonia. He had been on the College Staff for over nineteen
years and had won the admiration and respect of the College by his high sense
of duty. .
Sergt.-Major F. Ruff ell, Royal Canadian Engineers, left the College at the
end of April, on the termination of his engagement.
I
MILITIA COiXCIL 29
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
PENSIONS TO CIVIL MEMBERS OF THE SUPERIOR STAFF.
A scheme of pay for the Civil permanent, members of this Staff was recom-
mended in your hxst report, and has lieen adopted. This scheme was drafted
with regard to classification and remuneration in such a manner as to place the
Staff here on a level with that of the Universities in Canada, with which
Institutions we are in competition for the services of the best men available.
In order to make positions on this Staff as attractive as those in other
Canadian Educational Institutions I feel that equal consideration must be offered
with respect to retirement from the StafT with a view to efficiency, and as our
Universities have each a pension scheme under the Carnegie Foundation, I
think that we should also be provided with one suitable to our situation. I wish
to submit the following for consideration and, I hope, approval, that it may be
incorporated into the Royal Military College Act by authority of the Covernor
Cieneral in Council, as was the scheme of pay so recently adopted.
The scheme for retirement is identical wdth that which was approved by the
Board of Visitors for 1909, and this approval was re-affirmed by the Board of
1912, and for the same reasons I hope will be endorsed by the present Board for
immediate action.
PROPOSED SCHEME FOR PENSIONS ON RETIREMENT.
A member of the Superior Staff of the Royal Military College, not otherwise
provided for, may be retired to promote the efficiency of the Staff, under the
following conditions: —
(a) If he has reached the age of fifty years, and the duration of his
services has been ten years or more, he shall receive an annuity, for life,
of 50 per cent of the annual salary he was enjoying at the time of his
retirement, with an additional 2 per cent of such salary for each year's
service over and above ten, but the maximum annuity shall not exceed 70
per cent of the salary at the time of retirement.
(6) If he is under fifty years of age on retirement, with at least ten
years' service, he shall receive an annuity — -as before described — less 2
per cent of the salary for each year he is under fift.v.
. (c) If the duration of his services has been less than ten j'ears, he shall
receive for each year's service a gratuity of one-tenth of his annual salaiy
at the time of his retirement.
(d) In case of voluntary retirement, with the approval of the Govern-
ment, the gratuity will be as previously stated herein, but the annuity will
be subject to a reduction of 20 per cent if the retiring member of the Staff
has not reached the age of fifty.
(e) The mdow of a member of the Staff, to whom she has been
married at least ten years before his retirement, shall receive one-half of
the allowances which would have gone to her husband if he had retired
at the time of his death, or which he was enjoying at the time.
(/) Annuities shall be paid in monthly instalments, clear of all taxes
and ■ deductions, whatsoever, imposed under any Act of Parliament of
Canada.
MEDICAL ARRANGEMENTS.
On July 15, 1916, Lieut. -Col. R. J. Gardiner, was appointed Medical
Officer of the College in the place of Major R. K. Kilborn, deceased.
The College this year has been singularly unlucky in infectious diseases.
Measles, scarlatina, and mumps have all contributed cases to the Hospital.
Measles has been especially troublesome, but it was of a very mild form.
30 DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
The general health of the Gentlemen Cadets otherwise has been excellent.
STATISTICS OF PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT OF CADETS.
Recruit Class.
Date of Inspection.
August, 1916
May. 1917
Increase from .\ugust, 1916
to May, 1917
.\VERAGE IXDIVIDtAL INCREASES SIN'CE LAST MEASUREMENT.
No.
in Class.
92
91
Average
Age.
Height.
Weight.
Chest.
Forearm.
17-11
5-8i
1341
.3.3
101
lS-8
5-8i
144
34
101
■9
i
9J
1
1
4
Upper
Arm.
11
lU
RIDING.
Since iny last report I am pleased to say the much needed Riding School has
been completed and is in full use. Previous to its erection, riding, during the
Tivinter months was, to all intents and purposes, impossible.
Major W. F. Ingpen is in charge, assisted by Capt. B. F. Rhodes, M.C.,
R.F.A. Under these two Officers the Gentlemen Cadets are rapidly improving
in a very marked degree.
The personnel of the Riding Establishment have carried out their duties
very satisfactorily.
R.M.C. REGULATIONS.
I have submitted manj- recommendations for amending the existing Regu-
lations of the College, and I hope they will receive official sanction.
The recommendations include one to make the course at the College a period
of four years — as it was prior to 1896. The re-adoption of this period would
necessitate the lowering of the present minimum age limit by one year.
There are so many points in favour of the increased period of one year that I
hope most careful consideration mil be given the whole subject and that it will
finally be approved.
ENTRANCE EXAMINATION SYLLABUS.
After a consulation with several of the principals of the schools whose
candidates enter the College, I applied for and obtained permission to alter the
syllabus of subjects for the Examination for admission.
The alterations made are as follows, and will come into force this year : — •
The papers in General Knowledge and Chemistry were abolished
from the compulsory subjects, and Latin, which had hitherto been
voluntary, was made compulsory.
Geometrical Drawing, Free-hand Drawing, and Drill were abolished
as Voluntary Subjects.
Thus the number of papers were reduced from fifteen to ten and all the
papers are now compulsory. The change was much needed and the results
obtained in future wall, I think, give the examiners a better idea of the academic
standing of the candidates for admission.
MILITIA COUNCIL 31
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
I consider the minimum qualifying percentage for the subjects of the
examination for admission (which is at present 33 per cent) should be raised to
conform with that required for matriculation. The existing percentage is easy
to obtain and gives the examiner little scope in his subject.
ATTACHMENT OF GENTLEMEN CADETS TO THE PERMANENT FORCE.
The system of attaching Gentlemen Cadets to branches of the service in the
Permanent Force they will eventually join is being continued with good results.
Last year the Cadets went to Petawawa for six weeks and greatly benefited
by the practical experience in Artillery. This year similar approval has again
been given.
MESSING. - '
Owing to the difficulty of obtaining male labour it was considered necessary
to employ female labour in the College kitchen. The experiment has been an
unqualified success and it is not too much to say the messing has very materially
improved in quality and cooking.
Mrs. Douglas, who is in charge of the Kitchen Staff, is a very efficient house-
keeper and the kitchen premises are a model of cleanliness.
The cost of ]\Iessing per head per diem is sixty cents.
* BUILDINGS.
I would agam like to bring to notice the very urgent need for additional
class room accommodation. We have now some 120 to 130 Cadets working,
messing, and spending their recreation hours in a building that was originally, I
believe, intended to accommodate fifty-six Cadets.
I am well aware that war contingencies are very pressing but I respectfully
urge that the needs of the rising generation are also very important, and that as
the College is rapidly increasing in size, popularity, and usefulness, the urgent
necessity of keeping pace with this increase becomes more apparent daily.
UNIFORM AND CLOTHING.
Since my last report the new uniform — approved of last year — has been
adopted. A certain amount of criticism has been levelled at the mixture of blue
undress worn with the British Warm Greatcoats. It should be borne in mind,
however, that in pre-war days this was in accordance with the Dress Regulations.
A change of uniform is nearly always unpopular until the necessity of it
becomes apparent.
I quite agree that khaki service dress looks better with a khaki greatcoat,
and I see no reason why an Officer's pattern khaki service dress should not be
adopted. If, however, it is, the blue undress should be abolished to avoid extra
expense and a plethora of " Orders of Dress."
Although the Tunic and Mess' Dress have not been issued since the war
began, I think it would be a great mistake to aboUsh them and hope to see them
again introduced after the war is over.
The articles of uniform necessary for a Gentleman Cadet are as follows : —
1 Full dress (i.e., tunic).
2 suits of khaki service dress or blue.
1 Mess dress.
1 Rain Coat.
1 British Warm Coat.
1 or two pairs of riding breeches.
32 DEPIRTMEXT OP MILITIA AND DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 '
The college clothing contract for the past year has been more satisfactory
but delay in the issue of clotliing is bound to occur so long as the increasingly
large contract is left to one firm. I still consider the contract should be divided
up, as I recommended in mj' report for last year, and three or four firms employed
to complete it.
INDOOR IMPROVEMENTS.
A chlorinating filtration plant has been installed in the Power house and has
so far worked fairly satisfactorily. The alum filter occasionally got out of order,
but now that the chlorinating plant has been added the bacteriological analysis
of the water has improved.
The rooms in the dormitories have been furnished with new tables and
chests-of-drawers — -a much needed improvement.
The old desks and chairs in the Class rooms, which had lieen in use for a
very long period have all been replaced by new ones.
The Commandant's Quarters have been renovated and put into a sound
state of repairs.
OUTDOOR IMPROVEMENTS.
The scheme to turn the precincts of Fort Frederick into a vegetable garden
has been found impracticable owing to the insufficient depth of surface soil.
The planting of ornamental trees still continues and I hope to extend the
system of flower beds.
Since last year a cart roadway has been made leading from the lower entrance
drive to the back of the Educational Building. This wall prevent the necessity
of tradesmen's carts using the front drive.
The adoption of the hydro-electric power system would remove the many
unsightly poles and overhead wires that exist at present.
VISITORS.
His Royal Highness the Duke of Connaught ]iaid his farewell visit as
Governor General on the 21st September, 1916.
Mr. F. B. McCurdy, Parliamentary Secretary to the Department of Militia
and Defence, and the Adjutant General, visited the College on the 28th September
1916.
Lieut. Peckhoff, French Foreign Legion, visited the College on November
20th, 1916.
His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, Governor General, visited the
College on May 7th last.
Many graduates from the front have also come during the last year.
C. N. PERREAU, Colonel, General Staff,
Commandant, Royal Military College of Canada.
Kingston, 24th May, 1917.
MILITIA COVNCIL 33
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
ROYAL MILITARY COLLEGE— REPORT OF THE BOARD OF
VISITORS, 1917.
The Board assembled at the Royal Military College, Kingston, Ont., at 3.30
p.m., on Friday the 25th day of May, 1917.
Present:
Chairman — Major-Gen. W. E. Hodgins, Acting Adjutant-General.
Members — The Rt. Hon. Lord Shaughnessy, K.C.V.O.,
Major-Gen. E..W. Wilson, G.O.C. M.D. No. 4 (for Lt.-Col. H. J.
Lamb, D.S.O., overseas).
Col. R. A. Helmer, Director General of Musketrj^ (for the Chief
of the General Staff).
Secretary — Capt. J. S. Chenay for Col. C. S. Maclnnes, D>A.G.
The following members were unavoidably absent: — •
Major-Gen. W. Gwatkin, C.B., Chief of the General Staff.
Hon.-Lt.-Col. The Rev. Monsignor Dauth.
Hon.-Col. R. A. Falconer, C.M.G., M.A., LL.D., D. I.itt., President
of the University of Toronto.
Major-General S. C. Mewburn, Director General Canadian Defence
Force.
Lt.-Col. C. W. Rowley.
Rt. Rev. C. F. Worrell, D.D., D.C.L., Archbishop of Nova Scotia.
The Board, having assembled, proceeded to interview the Commandant,
Col. C. N. Perreau, Royal Dublin Fusihers, and discussed with him the various
matters which he brought. before them. The Board also had personal interviews
with members of the military and civil staffs and with gentlemen cadets, also
inspected the cadets at drill, physical training, riding, bayonet fighting, machine
gun practice and bombing.
The grounds and building were also carefully inspected and the working of
the various departments inquired into.
GENERAL REMARKS.
The members of the Board of Visitors were particularly impressed by the
deplorable shortage of anything like adequate class-room accommodation and the
erection of a suitable building providing the necessary number of class-rooms, the
space for scientific and technical training and a general gathering place for the
gentlemen cadets, as outlined in this report, is earnestly urged. I'he lamentable
lack of sufficient dormitory accommodation is also apparent and the necessary
additional space should be provided as soon as possible.
The Board desire to place on record the following expression of appreciation
by the Rt. Hon. Lord Shaughnessy, K.C.V.O., on the occasion of his first visit to
the Royal Military College: —
" If I may be permitted, as an individual member of the Board who is
paying his first visit to the Royal Mihtary College, I should like to express
my appreciation of the discipline, training in all branches, cleanliness and
fine morale that were in evidence throughout.
35—3
34 DEPARTME'NT OF MILITIA AXD DEFENOE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
" While I have a theory as to the manner in which the educational
system may be broadened so as to increase the efficiency of the College as a
national training school, I have a strong conviction that, as conducted at
present, the College is a most valuable asset in the national life of Canada."
The Board also desire to bring to notice the splendid part which graduates
of the Ro3'al Mihtary College are taking in the present war. Since the present
war commenced, 246 commissions in the Imperial and Canadian Service have
been granted to graduates and there are between 700 and 800 graduates now
serving in the various theatres of operations, two of whom are commanding
Canadian Divisions. The large number of decorations won by graduates gives
evidence of the excellent service rendered by them. It is with the deepest regret
that the Board records the fact that seventj'-six graduates have already made the
extreme sacrifice during the present war
DIRECTOR or STUDIES.
The Board considered the question of the confirmation of the appointment
of a Director of Studies and of the emoluments which should be authorized for
this appointment, and are of the opinion that the practical results obtained justif.y
the confirmation of the appointment, and the granting of an allowance in lieu of
quarters, fuel and light, in addition to first grade salary, to place the appointment
on a higher plane than that of Professor.
The Board therefore retommends the confirmation of the appointment and
the paj'ment of an annual allowance of $665 in lieu of house, fuel and light.
PENSIONS TO CIVIL MEMBERS OF THE SUPERIOR STAFF,
The question of pensions for the civil members of the staff was carefully
considered. The Commandant recommended endorsation of the scheme
approved by the Board of Visitors in 1909 and 1912, but after an examination of
this scheme and all other suggestions submitted, the Board strongly recommends
that all civil members of the superior staff of the Royal Military College should
be given temporary rank in the Canadian Mihtia, while holding their appoint-
ments, and that on retirement they elect to accept either a Mihtia pension,
subject to payment of necessary deductions, or a gratuity as at present.
QUALIFYING PERCENTAGE, ENTRANCE EXAMINATION.
The Board discussed the question of increasing the qualifying percentage in
the subjects of the Entrance Examination, and, as a result, are of the opinion
that the percentage required to quaUfy in each subject should be increased from
33 per cent to 50 per cent, and the percentage on the whole examination should
be raised to 60 per cent.
The Board therefore recommend that the qualifying percentages set forth
above should be approved.
UNIFORM.
At the suggestion of the Commandant the Board considered the advisability
of adopting khaki in place of blue undress uniform but recommended that this
question be allowed to stand until next j^ear.
MILITIA COUNVfL ' 35
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
The question of re-adopting a four years' course of instruction, with th(^
necessary corollarj' of a reduction in the age limit on entering, was given
careful consideration, but the Board is not prepared to recommend this change
at present.
CLOTHING.
The Board is of the opinion that action should be taken to overcome the
great delays which now arise in the supply of uniform to the Cadets. Under the
present system, cadets never have their complete kits before Christmas and
sometimes not even before Easter. This is entirely unsatisfactory and should be
remedied at once.
After' careful!}^ considering various suggestions, the Board beg to recommend
that, in order to ensure uniformity and avoid the great delays which now occur,
arrangements should be at once made for the issue, b.y the Canadian Ordnance
Corps, of the reciuisite supplies of uniform for the Cadets, such to be issued on
repayment.
This is the only arrangement which, in the opinion of the Board, would
satisfactorilv settle the matter.
DISCIPLINE.
The Board begs to report that the high standard of discipline which has
existed in previous years has been fully maintained. No serious offences have
been reported.
DRILL, PHYSICAL TRAINING, ETC.
The inspection of the Cadets in drill and physical training was most satis-
factory and reflects much credit upon the instructors, Hon. -Lieut. S. C. Cutbush
and Company Sgt.-Major E. Shuter, Coldstream Guards. The practical instruc-
tion in Machine-gun Work, Bayonet Fighting and Bombing has produced excellent
results and will be most useful to the Cadets.
EQUITATION.
The Board is pleased to note the great improvement in riding which has been
made possible by the erection of the much-needed Riding School. Riding
Instruction during the winter is now possible and the instructors. Major W. F.
Ingpen and ('apt. B.-F. Rhodes, M.C., have made good use of the increased
facilities for instruction.
MESSING.
No complaints were received concerning the messing of the Cadets, which,
owing to the scarcity of male labour, is now carried out by a staff of female
employees, in charge of Mrs. Douglas, who has proven herself most efficient.
The kitchen and pantry have been re-modelled and supplied with up-to-date
apparatus. Elverything was found scrupulously clean and in excellent shape.
The cost of messing is 60 cents per head per diem and the quality and cooking
is reported as having materially improved this year.
36 DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE
^ 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
INCREASED ACCOMMODATION.
The Board consider that a very urgent need for increased class accommo-
dation exists and that immediate action to pro^ade this accommodation and to
lay out a definite plan for the future expansion of the College should be taken.
During the past j'ear it has been constantly necessary to refuse candidates for
admission to the College, owing to lack of accommodation and the large number
of Cadets in attendance 'this year made it necessary to divide the classes into two,
thus imposing a double amount of work upon the staff.
The limited accommodation has also made it impossible to carry out tlic
desired amount of practical instructions in physics, chemistry and mechanics,
the value of which has been made so apparent during the present war. No
addition to the Education Building has been made since the estabhshment of the
College, and the number of Cadets attending is greatly in excess of what it was
intended for.
It is therefore recommended that an extension to the Educational Building,
to provide additional class-room and laboratory accommodation, workshops for
mechanical and military engineering, increased facihties for library and reading
rooms, and more extended scientific training should be authorized at once as a
War Measure.
The Board also found the present Dormitory accommodation taxed to the
utmost and consider that additional accommodation is absolutely necessary
unless the number of Cadets admitted each term is to be limited. The Board
recommend that provision should at once be made for an addition to the new
Dormitor\' Building.
Respectfully submitted,
W. E. HODGINS, Major-General, Acting Adjutant General.
Chairman Board of Visitors.
I
SHAUGHNESSY,
E. W. WILSON, Major-General,
G.O.C. M.D. No. 4-
R. A. HELMER, Colonel,
Director General of Musketry.
Members, Board of Visitors.
MILITIA COVA'GIL 37
. SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
APPENDIX F.
REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT, DOMINION ARSENAL, FOR
THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1917.
The Superintendent of the Dominion Arsoiial reports tis follows: —
EMPLOYEES.
The average number of employees throughout the year was 858.
STATEMENTS.
1. Appropriation Account. 4. Assets and Liabilities.
2. Customs Account. 5. Capital Account.
3. Details of Net Expenditure. 0. Indirect Expenditure.
Appropriation and Expenditure Account, 1916-17.
Credits $ 1,383,482 17
Refunds 82,926 88
Transfer Warrant 153 84
$ 1,466,562 89
Net Expenditure S 1,3S4, 153 09
Headquarter's erroneous charge against Dominion Arsenal 15, 643 00
234 96
190 00
" 449 10
Balance in Bank deposited to the credit of the Receiver General on 31st
March, 1917 65,871 37
Cash Balance deposited to the credit of the Receiver General on 31st
March, 1917 21 37
S 1,466,562 80
Customs Account in 1910-17.
(Not chargeable against Dominion Arsenal vote.)
Credits received $ 46,500 00
Custom Dues paid and charged against Capital and Production Accounts $ 42,064 65
Amount unexpended deposited to the credit of the Receiver General on
31st March, 1917 4,435 35
S 46,. 500 00
38
DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE
, 8 george v, a. 1918
Details op Expenditure, 1916-17.
Wages $ 487,865 40
Wages, "Special Service" 6,783 00
Salaries _ 22i749 53
Material ' S07!o35 27
Telegrams, telephones and postage. 602 59
Freight 1,482 25
Equipment, general (pulleys, hangers, shafting, etc) 11,418 57
Printing and Stationery 2, 109 41
Electricity and gas : 2l!722 60
Cartage and cabs.
Belting
Machinery
Travelling expenses.
Miscellaneous
Medicines
Office fixture.s, etc , .
Snow removal
Suspense Account
Water supply
Tools
Advances for travelling expenses..
6,139 39
1,574 48
7,634 06
2,460 21
221 93
273 88
410 68
673 60
911 50
1,912 00
122 55
50 19
$1,384,153 09
Statement of Assets and Liabilities, March 31, 1917.
Dr.
Liabilities.
Cr.
Assets.
$ cts.
Real Estate, (factory stores and office buildings)
Belting
Department of Militia and Defence (amount to credit of).
Equipment, general (shafting, hangers, pulleys, etc.)
Machinery
Office furniture, fixtures, etc
Material.
898,608 31
Suspense .A.ccount (amount in store charge and not paid, or else paid for and not
yet received)
Tools, loose...
Accounts payable
Accounts receivable
Serai-manufactures (work in course of completion)
1,818 37
'25!856'27
$ cts.
174,489 91
2,242 66
20,108 19
147,867 14
971 54
309,630 12
484 08
1,573 23
268,916 08
926,282 95
926,282 95
ill LIT! A COVyCTL
39
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35
— -»• ^ c; to ^ CD
— ^ o .— cc ic >o
CI 1^ -^ CC d ^- ^^
« CO X C ^ I- i^
-1" 00 -1- .— CI CT. ira
o
g
g
5
I
o
z
P
o
o
o
.J
<!
H
c: O ■«*• -^ CO t-
CJ O Oi CO 00 CO
= £::
3 o
n
C C3
HW
*3 o
mo
g.« 3 S O
C3 O
>.
PQ
■5J
3*-.^ C ~ :
t^ -^ C-l tC Ci -tf 00
ic cc (M If; CI 00 t'-
c^j iQ ^H CO f ut t--
"rf CO iC --« GO
tP O !S -f lO Ci CO
m — lO X -^ t^ t^
lo oo -S" C; ^ i^ I—
I e
I
a c 0-5
c cmSHHKOQ
o
Mi!
^'3 c ~in'4l o
SaHWO«Q
< O
o
40 DEPARTME'NT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Statement of Indirect Expenditure, 1916-17.
Expenditure on the following sen'ices, not charged to any special work: —
Salaries ■■■■ S 20,431 81
Wages ,-•' 21,118 39
Wages, "Special Service" 6, 783 00
Material , 3, 500 .38
Klectricity and gas • 366 73
Travelling expenses 1, 154 92
Cartage and cabs 1,980 24
Printing and Stationery 1 , 608 67
Telegrams, telephones and postage '. 455 02
Miscellaneous .- = 204 43
Medicines : ' 273 88
Customs dues • 651 45
Freight ^ ...... .-. 161 30
Snow removal 673 60
Water supply _ , , ' 52 00
Repairs to heating system and electric light wires: —
Wages 5 1 . 341 86
Material, etc '. 329 35
1,671 21
From Capital Account: —
3 per cent depreciation on Buildings S 5, 014 75
10 " " Machinery 14,473 26
20 " " Tools 94 78
.50 " " Belting 986 49/
.30 " " Equipment 3,230 28
5 " " Office fixtures 37 99
23,837 55
84,924 58
Less— amount taken in relief of indirect expenditure 7,754 08
$ 77, 170 50
Note. — This amount, together with indirect expenditure of each factory, has been distributed as a
general percentage on direct labour, in each factorj', as shown below: —
Workshop 39 -.50 per cent.
Cartridge Factory 30-31 "
RoUingMill 3M9 "
Shell Factors' 80-10 "
Carpenter's Shop 21-54 "
Tool Room 40-60 "
Charger Plant 106-68 "
Laboratorj- 48-10 "
Examining Room. 14-86 "
18-pr. Plant • 47-00 "
8 GEORGE V. SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 A. 1918
REPORT
OF THE
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
FOR THE
Fiscal Year ending March 31, 1917
PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT
OTTAWA
J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHE
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1918
[No. 36—1918]
i
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 A. 1918
To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc.,
etc., Governor General and Coimnander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada.
May It Please Your Excellency:
The undersigned has the honour to forward to Your Excellency the accom-
panying report of the Deputy Minister on the M-ork of the Department of Labour
of the Dominion of Canada for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917, all of
which is respectful!}' submitted.
T. W. CROTHERS,
Minister of Labour.
36—11
8 GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
A. 1918
CONTENTS
Page.
Introductory 5
I. Conciliation Proceedings 6
II. The Labour Gazette 10
III. The Fair Wages Branch of the Department 11
I^'. Statistical Work of the Department 22
V. Industrial Disputes in Canada, 1916 25
VI. Industrial Accidents in Canada, 1916 33
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 ' A. 1918
REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MINISTER OF LABOUR
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1917
To the Hon. T. W. Crothers, K.C, M.P.,
Alinister of Labour.
Sir,— I have the honour to submit a report on the work of the Department
of Labour for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917.
The world war has continued to affect many aspects of departmental work,
especially in so far as concerns its connection with industrial disputes and the
collection of information as to food prices, wages, etc. The return for the year
as to the number of disputes, time losses, etc., is less satisfactory than that for
the preceding year, which was the lowest on the departmental record, but
shows, none the less, the comparative absence in Canada of the industrial unrest
which was markedly prevalent during the few years immediately preceding the
war, and which has persisted in many countries. The increasing cost of living
continued to be a main ground of argument for increased wages, and judging by
the relative rarity of prolonged or disastrous strikes the point has been freely
conceded. Numerous wage increases have been made by employers voluntarily,
and in other cases adjustments have been effected after entirely amicable
negotiations Officers of the department have been able in many cases to
assist the parties in reaching a conclusion in these difficult matters, sometimes
by correspondence and at other times by personal mediation. A chapter of the
report gives some particulars on this point.
About the usual proportion of disputes have been dealt with under the
terms of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, the registrar's report of
proceedings under this statute appearing as usual as an appendix to the annual
report.
The reports issued annually by the department on (1) Prices, and (2) Labour
Organization in Canada, have appeared during the year.
The Labour Gazette has been published from month to month. While there
has been no marked departure from the lines followed in the past, certain natural
developments and improvements have been suggested and are indicated in a
chapter devoted to the publication.
The Combines Investigation Act is administered under the authority of the
Minister of Labour, but there have been during the year no proceedings under
its provisions. The aim of this statute, it will be remembered, is to prevent
undue enhancement of prices.
The rapid rise in cost of certain lines of food and other necessities of life
caused the enactment, on the recommendation of the Minister of Labour, and
under the War Measures Act, of an Order in Council intended to permit effective
action where a price appeared to be unreasonably high, or to deal with other
aspects of the situation in any way distressing to the public, and the Order in
Council has been administered during the year under the minister's authority.
I have the honour to be, sir, -■
Your obedient servant,
F. A. ACLAND,
Department of Labour, Deputy Minister of Labour.
Ottawa. 5
6 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I. CONCILIATION PROCEEDINGS.
Much work is done by officers of the department by way of conciliation
with respect to disputes of whicli word reaches the Minister or information is
otherwise received, and the efforts thus made are frequently effective in pre-
venting a threatened strike or, where a strike has actually occurred, in bringing
the strike to a conclusion. This duty falls most frequently to officers who make
it their special work, but on several occasions valuable assistance has been also
rendered by correspondents of the Labour Gazette at industrial centres where
the services of a special officer have not been available. There are at present
five officers whose time is specially given to the work of conciliation, and who
have become specially effective in the territories in which they are best knoM'n
and in the industries with which thej' have been brought chiefly into contact.
The officers in question are as follows: Mr. J. D. McNiven, who since 1911 has
been stationed at Vancouver; Mr. F. W. Harrison, who since 1916 has been
stationed at Calgary; Mr. T. Bertrand, who was appointed shortly after the
close of the fiscal year, and who resides in Montreal; and Messrs. W. D. KiUins
and E. N. Compton, who are resident at Ottawa. Mr. McNiven's territory
embraces the province of British Columbia, including the island of Vancouver.
Mr. Harrison, at Calgary, is required to keep in toucTi, so far as possible, with
the Prairie Provinces; a former officer, Mr. H. S. Hood, was resident in Winni-
peg, but he having resigned no officer has been for the present appointed for
that district, and Air. Harrison may be called upon to come so far east as
Winnipeg. Mr. Bertrand, established at Montreal, works chiefly in the province
of Quebec, and may be called upon to visit the Maritime Provinces. Messrs.
Killins and Compton, stationed at Ottawa, are sent to such places as may require
their presence, but their activities are largely in Ontario, other duties occupying
that portion of their time spent at Ottawa. The correspondents of the Labour
Gazette who have during the year rendered assistance in conciliation work are
the following: Miss Marion Findlay, Toronto; Mr. Frederick Urry, Port Arthur;
Mr. John Moffatt, Sydney; Mr. Hugh Sweeney, Hamilton; and Mr. J. A. Kill-
ingsworth, St. Thomas.
There is no advantage in setting forth the details of the numerous disputes
which come before the department in the course of a year, and where strikes are
prevented. Where strikes are not prevented the disputes are reported in the
.strikes record. Where the dispute comes -n-ithin the scope of the Industrial
Disputes Investigation Act, and the strike is averted by procedure under that
statute, the statement of the case appears in the record of the Registrar of
Boards of Conciliation and Investigation. In many of the disputes where a
settlement is secured by conciliation, and no strike takes place, the advantage
lies, as a rule, in giving the matter as little publicity as possible, as a result of
which the best work achieved in this direction often becomes known only to
the chief representatives of the disputants themselves and to the Minister.
In the appended Usts are enumerated the disputes in which mediation work was
done during the year, together with the briefest intimation of the nature of the
dispute and the result of intervention: —
(1) The Acadia Coal Company, Limited, New Glasgow, N.S. Men had
gone on strike on wage question. They returned to work and called for Board
of Conciliation under Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, by which means
the dispute was definitely arranged.
(2) Halifax Graving Dock, Halifax, N.S., and machinists. Wages demand;
compromise effected.
REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MI^^ISTER OF LABOUR 7
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
(3) Halifax, boilermaking industry. Demand for wage increase; com-
promise effected.
(4) Welland Ship Canal at Thorold, Ontario. Strike of operating engineers
threatened; agreement effected between the contractor and union officials.
(5) Algoma Steel Corporation, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. Dispute con-
cerning alleged unfair dismissal of union officer, also as to wages and hours of
work; wages increase conceded and other matters arranged.
(6) Ross Rifle Factory, Quebec City. Dispute concerning wage reductions
and alleged unfair replacement of men by women; satisfactory arrangement
effected.
(7) Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power Company, Quebec Cit^-.
Alleged discrimination against union members and misinterpretation of award
made under Industrial Disputes Investigation Act; adjustment effected.
(8) Buckley-Drouin Company and William Scully, Limited, clothing
manufacturers, Montreal. Alleged subcontracting of government work infring-
ing contract governing same; infringements of contract apparently unintentional
and trouble adjusted.
(9) Grand Trunk Railway Shops, Stratford, Ontario. Strike threatened
over alleged discrimination against union employees in staff reduction; matter
arranged amicably.
(10) Dominion Coal Company Collieries, Cape Breton. Strike in No. 1
Mine, Dominion. Two unions in existence. Men returned to work and appli-
cation made by each union for Board of Conciliation. Unions concerned not
being in agreement Royal Commission appointed and dispute satisfactorilj-
arranged.
(11) Confederation Construction Company, Welland Canal. Demand for
new schedule with increased wages, strike being threatened; dispute arranged
■\\athout cessation of work.
(12) Welland Ship Canal, Thorold. Sudden strike of labourers for increased
wages. Work shortly resumed at former wage.
(13) Dominion Coal Company, St. John, N.B. Threatened strike on part
of coal handlers; wages dispute; matters amicably arranged.
(14) John Inglis Company, Limited, Toronto. Complaints against arbit-
rary action on part of new superintendent, also wage dispute; short strike
occurred; wage increase granted and other grievances adjusted.
(15) Peterborough, munitions factory. Question of overtime and hours,
employees claiming a lockout: difficulties adjusted after a strike of two days.
(16) Halifax Ocean Terminals. Various wage difficulties with contractors
adjusted and strike prevented.
(17) Simpson Knitting IMills, Toronto. Dispute growing out of misunder-
standing re alterations which required temporary su.spension of work; difficulties
satisfactorily adjusted.
(18) Canada Steel Foundry, Limited, Welland, Ontario. Alleged unfair
discharge of union officials and question of overtime paj'; compromise effected.
(19) Dominion Transport Company and Shedden Forwarding Companj',
Montreal. Demand for wage increase; employees on strike for two weeks
when compromise effected.
(20) Aetna Chemical Company and Westinghouse, Church, Kerr Company,
Drummondville, P.Q. Dispute regarding wages; adjustment effected.
(21) John W. Peck Factory, Montreal. Wages dispute resulting in strike
lasting two weeks, when agreement reached by negotiations.
(22) Newcastle, N.B., and neighbouring places. Lumber loaders on strike
for higher wages; wage increase granted and dispute ended.
(23) Thetford Mines, P.Q. Dispute as to wages and working conditions
between various asbestos mining operators and employees, the dispute including
8 DEPARTllEXT OF LABOVR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
also alleged unfair use of enemy alien labour; application for Board of Concilia-
tion, but machinery of statute not applicable because the several employers not
in concert; men on strike for between two and three weeks; inquiry made under
Royal Commission, which arranged satisfactory- working agreement.
(24) Montreal Light, Heat and Power Company. Dispute as to wages;
application made for Board of Conciliation but dispute adjusted bj- negotiations.
(25) Grain Elevators at Port Arthur and Fort William. ;Slany elevator
operators concerned; question of wages and conditions of work; men on strike
for few days when working arrangement effected.
(26) Railway Cartage Companies and teamsters, Winnipeg. Dispute
regarding wages; men on strike for few days when wage concessions made and
dispute ended.
(27) National Transcontinental Railway, Transcona, Manitoba. Machinists
on strike because of dispute growing out of alleged unfair employment of
improvers to do machinists' work, compromise effected and dispute ended after
week's strike.
(28) Pulp and Paper Companj', Fort Frances, Ontario. Dispute as to
wages and hours; employees on strike for a week when adjustment effected.
(29) Port Arthur Examining Warehouse contract. Wage claims against
contractor satisfactorily adjusted.
(30) Canadian Pacific freight truckers, Calgary, Alberta. Wages dispute;
employees on strike for few days when agreement effected.
(31) Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia Railway. Dispute -with
train employees as to wage rates and working rules. Application made for
Board of Conciliation under Industrial Disputes Investigation Act but dispute
adjusted by mediation.
(32) American Bank Note Company. OttaMa. Wages and conditions of
work; employees in press-room specially concerned; satisfactory working
arrangements effected.
(33) Northern Power Company, Edmonton. Alberta. Dispute as to annual
leave of certain employees; matter arranged without cessation of work.
(34) Saskatchewan Bridge and Iron Works, Moosejaw. Dispute as to
alleged unfair use of unskilled labour to do skilled work; adjustment effected.
(35) Electric Railway Company, ]\Ioosejaw. Dispute as to wages and
working conditions; matter referred later to Board of Conciliation; no cessation
of work.
(36) Buckeye Machine Company, Limited, Calgary, Alberta. Demand for
signed agreement and alleged improper use of specialists on machine work; a
strike which lasted ten days, when agreement effected.
(37) Electric Railway, Edmonton, Alberta. Dispute regarding union
recognition, also terms of new schedule; application for Conciliation Board made
but working agreement effected by mediation,
(38) New Westminster, B.C. Electrical workers employed by city went on
strike for new agreement; municipalitj' refused compromise.
(39) Vancouver dairies. Drivers on strike because of dispute as to working
conditions; drivers' places filled and strike proved ineffective.
(^40) Esquimau and Nanaimo Railway Company. Mechanics at Victoria,
B.C., demanded new wage schedule; agreement reached bj- negotiations.
(41) Yarrows, Limited, and boilermakers and iron shipbuilders employed in
the shipyard at Esquimalt, B.C. Dispute as to wages and hours; succession
of strikes, which extended to Navy Yard and several machine shops and which
lasted over three weeks; employees' demands conceded.
(42) Consolidated ;Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, and
metal miners at Trail and Rossland, B.C. Dispute as to wages and genera
REPORT OF THE DEPm'T MINISTER OF LABOUR 9
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
working conditions; application made by miners at each point for Board of
Conciliation and Investigation but dispute adjusted by negotiations; no cessation
of worli.
(43) British Columbia Electric Railway Company, Limited, and linemen,
etc. Dispute concerning wage schedule and working conditions, resulting in
strike which lasted about four weeks; sympathetic strike threatened by street
railway men, who also made certain demands; both disputes satisfactorily
adjusted.
(44) British Columbia Telephone Company, Limited, and electrical workers.
Agreement effected between company and union officials.
(45) Pacific Coast Coal Mines, Limited, at South Wellington, B.C. Wages
dispute; men on strike for few days when wage concessions made.
(46) J. Leckie Company, Limited, boot and shoe manufacturers, Vancouver,
B.C., and employees working on small government contracts. Dispute as to
wages; agreement effected after week's strike.
(47) Navy Yard, Esquimalt, B.C. Demand by machinists for higher
wages, strike being threatened; wage increase granted.
(48) Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada and wireless operators
on Pacific Coast steamship service. Dispute as to wages and living conditions;
matter referred finally to Board of Conciliation and Investigation; no cessation
of work.
(49) Canadian Collieries (Dunsmuir), Limited. Miners at Extension ami
Cumberland, B.C., demanded wage increase; compromise effected.
(50) Victoria dock works and cement workers. Alleged discrimination
against certain employees; matter amicably adjusted.
(51) Coal miners in Crow's Nest Pass region demanded M^ages in excess of
those named in unexpired agreement. Some cessation of work occurred but
efforts of departmental officers assisted largely in lessening the area and duration
of the disagreement.
(52) Machinists, toolmakers, etc., em,ployed in Toronto and Hamilton,
largely on munitions work, demanded improved conditions as to wages and
hours. Departmental officers assisted in effecting working agreements in some
cases and, later, an investigation was made by a Royal Commission. IMachinists
and toolmakers in Hamilton were on strike for some months.
10 DEPARTilEXr OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
II. THE LABOUR GAZETTE.
The Labour Gazette is published in both Enghsh and French, which necessi-
tates the keeping of separate mailing lists, and the printing of all notices and
forms in both languages. The number of paid subscriptions to the Gazette
received during the past fiscal year was 5,001, the total paid circulation on the
31st March, 1917, being 6,124. All subscriptions were promptly entered, and
remittances acknowledged. The customary subscription notices and renewal
forms were forwarded from month to month, and mailing lists corrected and
revised as occasion required. In addition to maintaining the regular list of
subscribers, many sample copies were sent out from the department during the
year. In connection with the circulation of the Labour Gazette for the twelve
months ended March 31, 1917, 3,431 letters were received and acknowledged,
2,579 of which had reference to subscriptions to the Labour Gazette, 285 to a
change of address on the part of subscribers, and 567 to other matters. For the
same period, 8,728 pieces of mail matter were despatched from the circulation
branch, representing communications containing notices, accounts, or receipts
for subscriptions, and other communications in connection with the circulation
of the Gazette; 928 parcels were also forwarded from the branch. During the fiscal
year 1916-17, the average monthly circulation of the Labour Gazette v/sls 11,909
copies, of which 6,344 were on account of paid circulation, and 5,565 to persons
on the free and exchange lists. The circulation of the Gazette at the close of the
fiscal year was as follows: — Annual Subscriptions, 6,124; Free and Exchanged
Distribution, 5,634.
The following summary shows, by provinces the number of paid subscriptions
to the Labour Gazette at the end of the fiscal year: Nova Scotia, 697; New
Brunswick, 280; Prince Edward Island, 48; Quebec, 1,694; Ontario, 2,173;
Manitoba, 299; Saskatchewan, 198; Alberta, 258; British Columbia, 317;
The British Empire (other than Canada) 58; Foreign Countries, 102; Total,
6,124.
Under the head of copies of the Labour Gazette sent as exchanges are in-
cluded Labour Gazette sent to public departments of the Governments, both
federal and provincial, and to the publishers of trade papers and labour journals,
in exchange for their publications. On the free list are included copies sent to
members of both Houses of Parliament, commercial agents, immigration agents,
public libraries, boards of trade, libraries of educational institutions, local
newspapers, and the officers of organizations who supply from time to time
information requested by the department.
Revenue. — The revenue of the Labour Gazette is derived from the sale of
single and bound copies, and from annual subscriptions. Single copies are
supplied at the rate of 3 cents each, or 20 cents per dozen. Bound volumes of
the Gazette, including the issues of each year, are sold at the rate of 75 cents per
copy. The annual subscription rate is 20 cents, or when more than 12 copies
are taken by the same person or institution, 15 cents. The receipts from sub-
scriptions, and from the sale of single and bound copies of the Gazette during the
fiscal year 1916-17 shows a net revenue of S996.80.
REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MIXISTER OF LABOUR 11
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
III. THE FAIR WAGES BRANCH.
The Fair Wages branch of the department has to do with the administration
of the fair wages policy of the Dominion Government, wliich is based on a
resolution of the House of Commons adopted in the session of 1900, as follows:—
That it be resolved, that all Government contracts should contain
such conditions as will prevent abuses, which may arise from the sub-
letting of such contracts, and that every effort should be made to secure
the payment of such wages as are generally accepted as current in each
trade for competent workmen in the district where the work is carried
out, and that this House cordially concurs in such policy, and deems it the
duty of the Government to take immediate steps to give effect thereto.
It is hereby declared that the work to which the foregoing policy
shall apply includes not only work undertaken by the Government itself,
but also all works aided by grant of Dominion public funds.
Additional force was given to the fair wages resolution in the revision of the
Railway Act in 1903, by the insertion in that statute of a section requiring the
payment of current rates of wages to all workmen engaged in the construction
of any line of railway towards which the Parliament of Canada has voted financial
aid by way of subsidy or guarantee.
An Order in Council was adopted on August 30, 1907, "to more effectively
further the purpose of the fair wages resolution of the House of Commons of
Canada, of March, 1900," by the insertion of the foUo'n'ing clauses in all govern-
ment contracts to which the said resolution applies : —
1. Contractors shall post in a conspicuous place on the pubhc works
under construction, the schedule of wages inserted in their contracts for
the protection of the workmen employed.
2. Contractors shall keep a record of payments made to workmen
in their employ, the books or documents containing such record shall be
open for inspection by the Fair Wages Officers of the Government at any
time it maj^ be expedient to the Minister of Labour to have the same
inspected.
In connection with proposed works of construction a fair wages schedule
setting forth the minimum wage rates and the hours of labour to be observed
is prepared in advance and embodied in the contract. The practice is to prepare
these schedules as they are required. For this purpose one of the fair wages
officers of the department usually visits the locality in which the work is to be
performed and ascertains, by inquiry from both employers and workmen, the
scale of remuneration and the hours of labour generally prevailing in the district
for the various classes of labour required.
In other cases a general clause is inserted in the contract, the terms of
which are as follows: —
All mechanics, labourers or other persons who perform labour in the
, construction of the work hereby contracted for, shall be paid such wages
as are generally accepted as current from time to time during the continu-
ance of the contract for competent workmen in the district in which the
work is being performed, and if there is no current rate in such district,
then a fair and reasonable rate, and shall not be required to work for
longer hours than those fixed by the custom of the trade in the district
where the work is carried on, except for the protection of life or property,
or in the case of other emergencies. In the event of a dispute arising as
to what is the current or a fair and reasonable rate of wages or what are
12 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
the current hours fixed by the custom bf the trade it shall be determined
by the Minister of Labour, whose decision shall be final.
These conditions shall extend and apply to moneys payable for the
use or hire of horses or teams, and the persons entitled to payment for
the use or hire of horses or teams shall have the like right in respect of
moneys owing to them as if such moneys were payable to them in respect
of wages.
In the event of default being made in payment of any money owing
in respect of wages of anj- mechanic, labourer or other person employed
on the said work, and if a claim therefor is filed in the office of the Minister
of , and proof thereof satisfactory to the Minister
is furnished, the Minister may pay such claim out of anj' moneys at any
time payable by His IMajesty under such contract, and the amounts so
paid shall be deemed payments to the companj- .
The company shall post in a conspicuous place on the works under
construction the general clause above mentioned for the protection of
the workmen employed.
The company shall keep a record of payments made to workmen in
its employ, and the books or documents containing such record shall be
open for inspection by the fair wages officers of the Government at any
time it may be expedient to the Minister of Labour to have the same in-
spected.
Fair wage conditions are also inserted in contracts for the manufacture of
certain classes of government supplies, and in contracts for all railwaj' con-
struction to which the Dominion Parliament has granted financial aid, either by
waj' of subsidy' or guarantee.
The Department of Labour is also frequentlj- consulted by other depart-
xnents of the government regarding the wage rates to be observed in connection
with work undertaken on the daj- labour plan.
The number of fair wages schedules prepared by the Department of Labour
during the 3'ear for insertion in government contracts was greatly reduced on
account of the reduction in the government construction operations consequent
on the continuance of the European war, work of this nature for the Federal
authorities throughout the year being mainly confined to works already in
progress and to operations connected with Canada's part in the war. The total
number of fair wages schedules prepared during the year was sixty-eight, being
the smallest number prepared in any j'ear since 1901-2. The sixty-eight
schedules referred to were divided among the different departments of the
government as follows: Public Works, 28; Railways and Canals, 14; Militia
and Defence, 8; Interior, 9; Naval Service, 7; ]\Iarine and Fisheries, 1; and
Indian Affairs, 1.
Fair wage conditions M'ere also inserted in a number of contracts connected
with the manufacture of military supplies and materials to the order of the
Dominion Government.
REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MIMSTER OF LABOUR
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
13
TABLES RELATING TO FAIR WAGES SCHEDULES.
The following tables relate to Fair Wages Schedules prepared by the officers
•of the department during the fiscal year 1916-17, also during previous years,
and show the different departments controlling the contracts concerned and
the locality and value of the contract.
Schedules by Provinces. — Table showing, by provinces, the Fair Wages
Schedules prepared, 1916-17.
Depabtmznt of Government.
.5
1
f
o
Z
1
■6
e
-d
a
J
.a
.2
8
.a
o
1
s
1
i
h
3-:
s
3
o
.2
3
1
3
1
3
2
1
5
6
1
1
1
10
2
4
2
28
14
Railways and Canals
Militia and Defence
3
3
2
Interior .
7
2
9
7
5
2
14
21
2
11
6
Fair Wages Schedules 1900-1917. — Schedules prepared covering period
from July 1900, to March, 1917, inclusive.
Department of Government.
i
o
03
i
2
T
1
■o
2
1
o>
o
3
03
CM
2
in
i
Cs
12
'^
i
Public Works
63
13
1
17
11
50
12
116
89
18
72
153
21
2
41
95
8
3
53
84
10
3
95
93
23
11
125
163
18
14
43
79
14
12
190
48
14
23
156
54
41
39
201
77
24
82
327
120
45
60
155
25
36
34
84
11
17
10
28
14
1
25
1,773
1,156
319
Railways and Canals
Total
63
31
73
223
248
147
190
222
320
148
275
290
384
552
250
122
68
3,566
14
nEPARTMEXT OF LABOT'li
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Post Office Department Contracts, 1916-17. — Lists of supplies furnished the
Post Office Department by contract, or otherwise, under conditions for the
protection of the labour employed, which were approved of by the Depart-
ment of Labour, 1916-17.
Name of Order.
Amount
of
Order.
Making metal dating stamps and type and other hand stamps and brass crown seals
Making and repairing rubber dating stamps and type, also other stamps
.Supplying stamping material and repairing stamping pads
Making and repairing post office scales
Supplying mail bags
Repairing mail bags ._
Making and repairing mail locks and supplying mail bags fittings
Supplying street letter boites and railway mail clerks' tin travelling boxes and repairing
portable letter boxes, parcel receptacles and railway mail clerks' fin travelling boxes
Making and repairing miscellaneous articles of Postal Stores
Making and supplying articles of official uniform
Repairing, lettering and numbering parcel post hampers
Total
$ 7,137 32
1,264 30
10,206 23
4So 75
36.723 90
36,370 24
55,212 78
3.303 20
813 83
73,006 41
275 95
% 225,859 9^
HEPOIiT OF THE DEITTY MINISTER OF LAJiOUIi
16
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
:^ S S
> ^ »<
>
>
X
»
xx
o c -'o -**
O u rt .
••.2 o.ti °'
Si- .sag,
« o
a o
— " ? fe
•o o c 5
^- C « O bC
_.- o r'^ c t.
= = E
o c s
ZZtc
S.2
n
|i
c o
ZZ
ZCZ
z
1 ^ o s-^ S
^cDO'^^OtD'^tOOcO
3 M- -
1°°
|£2
z'=!5
0.2 a
fl a a
UZD
go-
s >^-.
:a:.
CO'-!
o V
jd S> •w^.j i^ 5-c *j *^ a d a a.»i'3
XP5
d=^.
bS-S
t^8
uss
qt=
.sss
ES-
°M?.
-•s«
§>§«
ffOCi
-^5
3 0.5
mta
H
£-2:2 §
S.o£e
*^ o d X
5 o-^'rf.
'b. a
;.2-3
o ^ « o oj >< 0:
.'•SZlgc
rf o
ill.
I is 111
* «1 * "O r^
o
■=•0
y
16
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Issue of
Labour Gnzette
in which
schedule
published.
a i
■3 >
> X
$7,490 00
Excavation, $1.30
per cu. yd., con-
crete foundation,
including forms,
$8.50 per cu. yd.
$87,, 500 00
J
•o
0)
Q
>
\
I
c
0 =
« J:
II
o
Z
Date at
which
schedule
supplied
by
Department.
Sept. 21, '16
Oct. 2, '16
Nov. 10, '16
Dec. 28, '16
>.
8
3
o
1
1
I
X.
c
J.
>
3
o
i
1
PC
1
i
'
1
1
<
i
1
1
o
eS
i
02
•
c
.s
1
'
3
o
1
1
at
§
>>
©
Ztf
o £
■2
C
o
03
C
■ C
■?
o
-G
.05
I
CO
03
<;
c
03
03
&
0)
CO
Ed
Q
a
o
cc
O
<1
a)
o
C
o
03
C
M
O
c
a;
c
c
03
Q
o
*^
03
&
O
05
Q
o
CQ
Ed
C5
<1
<
^' m ^ K M to
a— a.c««-
o oj c '
O O
o S C3 OS z; cj
8»^
CI
CI
8' '
o a h
c
3
O
2:
<M OC 00 OC ^-.lOlO-
^5
o2 o
ob;<
o-aiS
s * =^
•5521
sS o a
S .9 .2 I
.9" 2 2 .S-
a o o »
REPOUT OF THE DKI'l lY MIMslEIi OF LABOUR
17
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
-c
01
C
O
o
OOOOOOCOWOtftfcO
- - o-
z
o
Oh 3
t, P< -
^o o : :^ ; a*
■ WZ n c
(6 O ^ Sj o: ■- n) -f^
>x o ate V -^ S
O O Q 2 3— SS-.^
b;;-s433wS; S
36—2
E =
03
O
O
03
C
C
o
I
>
03
C
a)
03
o
03
P.
01
.J
Q
X
o
■n
:sc5 o
= c s a =- "
' § g » g =
o c a o o o%
Z4.X'ZZZb
«C« « « <or*r
mCk
aiiKwaws
■ >■=• g
.■".CO
■ *j^ oj d fc-
^ =^2 » S M *
■" " I."" .2 o —
X.S gS »2
.".a aj'2 fc-^ T.
0.2 a a— .5.2
-a
C
Oj
u
G
O
o
03
O
48
bO
C
o
o
02
03
C
03
O
-c
C
03
03
PS
03
Q
OJ
03
&
W
Q
S
o
o
•AY.
y.
Co a +* •
S tn S OS 4)
_r 00 2 !► **
:^5| 3.!
«* — —
SS m
^x. a ,
5 ."Tr-o
00 . '- 3 eS
aScSK
■J o-o 3 =
t.T3 t. a Q a aj
18
DEPMlTMEXr OF LABOl If
8 GLORGE V, A. 1918
S
g
S 5
1
^
^ "
n r^
^1-C ffl-O
Tu
O o «— o
o^S-o-S
3 . i C-.2
^l.=11
Kj
1 X
S S
_ i
,- ■ U "s *-
X
3^
ni3 ii,£
0-3t3
0 ^
« O eS
^S_ Us
c
c. S t-
_C -J « — *J
c 5
^ •S
-»^ S C „ K
11
c •
Ii
11
C£
m s:
«
g
o
V
: ^
a
r;;
::^
-Jcs
o
§:;-
^ S id"
i
o
-^M
Q
c _
c ^ c- - o
c- - -
°"g
8-g 8' • -;
O c5 O "S
8" - - -
0 a
O
^S
ZE ^ O
Z
so to
2* 222^
^»22 «
Date at
which
schedule
supplied
by
epartmen
CO''^
Offl «-^«o
cTcsMsc" o"
iM
Cl Cl !N (M
= = i = ^
Q
=gQ
' (£
>.
■«^ ■
3
i: ;S ■
^
£
1 •
W llli
coco C
u
5l Mi^
J=
■ ■ o ■
."ti ci
; —
SO
.S OS
ii
■ S
°o
c
C O
o
•=J2
^■§
:&
.2»
■"H
1-3
:^
^C S
5 =5
; t.
^
■ ?
£ s
^
"*!
:C5
o
*=
5-i
1
" otf
=£
>
lo
='?
"oJ
=
S"
Z
Il
"3
ill
•3
1
c
;o.2
.1
. 3
: ?■>
Ill
s o
oiS-S 1
Lj
^
X
ZE-
>'K
1
o
>1
o
o
s
03
■?
o
05
o3
a
Q
a
P
Q
«
o
REPORr OF THE HEJ'rrjY MIMsTEh' (IF EAHOl'U 19
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
Fair Wages Complaints Investigated by the Department of Labour
DURING the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1917.
Attention was given by tlie Fair Wages Branch of the Department of
Labour during the year to a number of complaints of non-observance of fair
wages conditions on government contracts. These complaints related mainly
to wages, hours, and conditions of employment. Some of them were disposed
of by correspondence; in most cases, however, investigation by one of the fair
wages officers of the department was necessarj' to establish the facts. Where
the complaints proved, on inquiry, to be well founded, steps were taken by the
Department of Labour looking to the enforcement of the contract conditions.
The investigations by the fair wages officers included a number of very important
works in course of construction at various points throughout the Dominion, among
which might be mentioned the ocean terminals dock at Hahfax, harbour im-
provements at Toronto, wharves and ocean piers at Victoria, government ele-
vators at Calgary and Vancouver, customs house at Ottawa, and the centre
block of the Parliament Buildings at Ottawa. In a few cases complaints
came from employees under the direct control of some branch of the
government service, and at the request of the department concerned an investig-
ation was made by an officer of the Department of Labour, whose report was
transmitted to the officials having authority in the matter. The details of
these complaints are given in tlie table published herewith.
In addition to the foregoing, a number of inspections were made of many
factories both in Eastern and Western Canada in which munitions and military
supplies were being manufactured, and an effort was made to co-operate as far
as possible with the Imperial authorities in securing due observance of the
labour conditions embodied in militarv contracts.
36— 2§
20
DEPARTJIEXT OF LABOVR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
.5o S . ^
BEPOliT OF ■nil-: DEI'I'TY MIXISTER OF LABOLIl
21
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
S £ =;
o « °
15 i
:f;- t£ t/ C 7i-r
sec g_^ rt
fc£ >
'■So
1-2;:!
n ^ o bf - ^
J c ci
QJ
B>-
03 O H !
OS'S -*-
* S*
^T3 O'
«^:::
out
S'3 re '
>-SS.!
-Oct; , c u.
"l-H r- S -; iJ
O 5 ^ »= .^
" . n J, u K
i< s
ffl rt c
» « S^ £-2
fe g " S g a-g
C 3 u ei !< O'"
fe -^ «■ S bC tJ rt
QJ-a -M . ^ 5 ^-
.a-s§E|*t; •
§ o g,c S.JI '" g
- « a S.B E S-S
o o ag-o-a ° £
w E A 03 C I; M
F'Sio " ..S.S c
g g Bt » =' = S a
O.H'S ^~ dec
SS
11
i*
^■2
S » 3
o.S a
g © a;
c o s:
■at"
-*^ o c B
S c -
H
ill
o 01 *
<ij £ o
c C «
° o o
o «
2 3^*
= - S:S
2^3 t, O
S c o -^
2- S t^ £
^Z. = ^
S'S 1.2
rss
4) g g
^ 4)JS
2 o S
« CO e
c'>'>
H
= .2 E
.5 f
H
ZS^.S
■5— D.S'3
°£ >,Z
n cd o aj
3 » §■=.£
£•1 £ i-S
- <U tD *j
^ a (SO flj
£0
if I
.2|
.2-0
3 b.
X.
u
s*
■-1
H
OJ g e te
X > a o.
.2 oJ O-S
o ..o.S.E
aj be
•§2
oji
Is
s°
C5 QD
H
-O 3 £
® SC °
0 0.=
M I- «
— 00
fcC*J
T3 » C
•a..»2
■s.S£|
a ** o S
?.^
£ S" =
gill
*J ^ o ©
J--Q 05 C
e'3
as
0£
O Hi
n
£3
ri o t, a
sQE
H
^1
3 O
bflS 2
© U
© cd
■30
a^
' to —
a a
s
Is
;3£
oH,
. o
O offl 3
^■/I'
3 CD -.C ;C CO t...
-.3 C3t^ CD
T3 t.
iffi
; o
7} to
a o
'Jj a
■mO
Cib.
is
« g fe
oS
Zf
::3 u
a o
KQ
22 I/EI'ARTMi:\T OF LMiOLR
8 GEORGE V, A. I9l8
IV. STATISTICS.
The change in labour conditions brought about by the war and the industrial
readjustments involved, have greatly increased the demands upon the statistical
work of the department, especially in the prices and wages sections. Owing
to the rapid advance in prices, employers and employees have frequently availed
themselves of the statistics collected and published lay the department on wages
rates and cost of living. The work of the government in connection with
food control and soldiers' pensions has also given rise to new demands for cost-
of-living data. While endeavouring to meet these requirements it has been
necessarj' to keep in mind the change in industrial conditions which will follow
the close of the war, when there will be a demand for statistical data in the field
of employment and unemployment.
PRICES.
The work on retail and wholesale prices has been somewhat expanded owing
to the increased importance of such statistics in the recent steep and rapid rise
in prices. As at the beginning of the war, quotations of retail prices were
obtained weekly instead of oticc a month in the sixty cities in which the depart-
ment has correspondents. Quotations of wholesale prices have been obtained
in more markets than formerly, and in some cases more frequently. The weekl^y
budgets of family expenditure on foods, fuel, etc., proved to be of much interest
as showing the relative changes in the cost of living in Canada. Information as
to price movements in other countries has been secured more extensively, and
as government control of prices developed throughout the world, it became
necessary to extend the work on this section considerably, thus making available
to some extent the experience of other countries in regulating prices and control-
ling supplies. Special articles on various aspects of prices were published in the
Labour Gazette from time to time.
Wages.
After some years of effort the department has been able to compile a fairly
satisfactory recoVd of wage rates in representative estabUshments in all the more
important industries. This is supplemented by a record of union rates in the
different trades of the principal industrial centres. It is hoped that some sections
of the wage record will soon be ready for publication. During the year much
information on wages was furnished employers and employees, chiefly for use in
negotiations for new wage agreements. Changes in wages and hours reported
to the department are summarized monthly, and treated in some detail quarterly,
in the Labour Gazette.
Strikes and Lockouts.
The compilation of statistics of industrial disputes followed closely the lines
adopted in former years. A statement of disputes in existence and of new
disputes beginnhig in the month appears in each issue of the Labour Gazette,
and an annual statement is also prepared for publication in the Labour Gazette
and in the department's annual report. In this compilation disputes are classi-
fied by provinces, industries, magnitude (as sho^vm by numbers of employees
involved and time loss), causes, and results and method of settlement. Reports
of proceedings under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act also appear in
the Labour Gazette and in the annual report. During the year work was begun
REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MIMSTER OF LABOUR 23
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
on a special report on Strikes and Lockouts in Canada 1901-16. In the report
on this subject for the period 1901-12, issued in 1913, it was indicated that the
department planned to issue similar reports periodically supplementary to the
statements on industrial disputes appearing in the Labour Gazette and in the
annual report of the department. The earlier report gave special attention to
the quinquennial periods 1901-05 and 1906-10; the report now being prepared
gives special tables for the succeeding quinquennium. Comparisons are made
with the statistics of industrial disputes for the periods 1901-05 and 1906-10,
and in addition a brief survey is given of industrial disputes during the sixteen
years covered by the departmental record. The report should be ready for
distribution towards the end of the year 1917.
Employment and Unemployment.
A system of monthly reports from employment offices has been estabished
which gives some information as to the condition of the labour market throughout
the country. All the provincial and municipal employment bureaus, and the
more important voluntary agencies, report monthly the number of vacancies
notified to them and the number of persons placed. An arrangement has been
made with the Immigration Branch, which super-vises private employment
offices, by which similar reports are received from all such offices in the chief
centres of labour distribution. A compilation of these employment bureau
reports is presented monthlj- in the Labour Gazette. The volume of employment
in the building trades is reflected in some degree by a monthly table showing
the value of building permits issued in thirty-five cities. As a beginning in the
establishment of some measure of public employment, reports are being received
monthly from fourteen city corporations showing the number of workers tempo-
rarily employed and the amount of wages paid such workers in the first pay-roll
period of two weeks in the month. A quarterly table also appears in the Labour
Gazette showing the number and percentage of members of trade unions unem-
ployed on the last day of the quarters. The reports received from trade union
secretaries on this subject cover from 70 to 80 per cent of the total trade union
membership of the country.
Industrial Accidents.
To the end of the fiscal year no change was made in the presentation of
statistics of industrial accidents in the Labour Gazette, but the annual statement
in this report is given in more condensed form than in previous years. The
effort to compile and publish industrial accident statistics has been attended by
many difficulties. The department has had to depend for its information
chiefly upon provincial sources, and the task of securing the data on the same
basis from all the provinces has presented many problems. Even within the
individual province the field has been divided between factory and mines inspec-
tors, railway boards and bureaus of labour, and recently further complexity has
come in several provinces through the entrance of workmen's compensation
boards into the field of industrial accident statistics. The compilation of a
monthly statement of non-fatal accidents has presented the further difficulty
that such accidents are often reported two or three months after the date of
their occurrence. In these circumstances the record cannot be complete, but
the department believes that, despite the difficulties, improvement is being
effected steadily. The co-operation of the provincial workmen's compensation
boards promises to contribute much to this end.
24 DEPARTMEXT OF I.MiOt R
Labour Legislation.
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Work was begun during the year in a new field — the compilation of labour
laws enacted by the Dominion and Provincial Governments. It is proposed to
issue annually a volume giving the text of all the labour laws passed during the
year, with a brief survey of the trend in labour legislation. The first volume to
be issued will be that for the year 1916, on which some progress has been made.
As a starting point for the annual reports on this subject the department has in
contemplation a special report covering all the labour laws of Canada to the end
of 1915, this to be followed, at intervals of a few j-ears, by special reports con-
solidating the annual reports of the preceding years.
REI'ORT OF THE DEI'VIY illSltiVER OF LABOUR 25
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
V. INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES IN CANADA DURING 1916.
In 1916 tliere were in existence seventy-five disputes, involving a time loss
of 208,277 working days. There was some increase in the amount of industrial
unrest as compared with 1915, in which year forty-three disputes, involving a
time loss of 106,149 days were recorded. However, 1915 stands first in the
sixteen years of the record as a year of industrial peace, and 1916 stands third
from the standpoint of time loss and fifth from the standpoint of the number of
disputes (table I). Seventy-four strikes, involving 270 employers and 21,057
workpeople and a time loss of 207,577 days were recorded as having actually
commenced in 1916. One strike, that of boilermakers and iron shipbuilders at
Esquimau, B.C., was carried over from 1915.
From the standpoint of time loss. August was the month of greatest indust-
rial disturbance, with 19 per cent of the time loss in the year (table II). Novem-
ber had 16 per cent of the time loss, and May 13.2 per cent. From the stand-
point of the number of disputes, November was the month of greatest industrial
unrest, with 17.6 per cent of the disputes which commenced during the year.
May had 16.2 per cent of the disputes, and Jul}' 12.1 per cent. Fifty-four
per cent of the time loss and 46 per cent of the disputes occurred in the four
months, ^lay to August.
Disputes by Provinces.
Prince Edward Island was the only province in which no disputes were
recorded during the j^ear, although lioth Nova Scotia and New Brunswick had
only one dispute (table III). Industrial unrest was greatest in Ontario, which
province had 44 per cent of the strikes and 30 per cent of the time loss during
the j'ear. Quebec had 17 per cent of the disputes and 25 per cent of the time
loss, and British Columbia 13 per cent of the disputes and 23 per cent of the time
loss. British Columbia stands first as to the number of employees affected, on
account of the large numbers of miners involved in strikes in the Crowsnest
Pass district.
Disputes by Industries.
From the standpoint of time loss, industrial unrest Avas greatest in mining
and cjuarrying, which industry is charged with 42 per cent of the total time loss
in the year (table IV). ^Metals, machinery, and shipbuilding had. 16 per cent of
the time loss, and transportation 13 per cent. The number of strikes in trans-
portation, nineteen, was also larger than in any other group, and there were
fifteen disputes in metals, machinery, and shipbuilding, eleven in the clothing
trades, and ten in mining and quarrying.
Magnitude of Disputes.
Number o/ Employees involved. — As in previous years, most of the disputes
affect comparatively small numbers of employees. In almost half the total
number, 45 per cent, less than 100 employees were involved, and 75 per cent of
the cases the employees affected numbered less than 250. In table V it will be
noted that the 100-250 classification had a larger percentage of the disputes
than any other, but that the 250-500 classification had the greatest percentage
of time loss.
Number of working days lost. — In the majority of the disputes also the time
loss was small. In about 55 per cent of the cases the number of M'orking days
lost was less than 1,000 (table VI). A few large disputes contributed the greater
part of the loss of time, about 62 per cent of the total number of working days
lost being due to the ten disputes in each of which 5,000 or more daj's were lost.
26 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 george v, a. 1918
Industries and Duration.
The great majoritj' of the disputes during the year were of short duration
(table VII). Of the sixty-eight disputes settled during the year, twenty-one or
31 per cent were settled in five daj^s or less, and forty or almost 59 per cent were
settled in less than ten days. Only five disputes were in existence more than
thirty days. Of these, two were in building and construction; one in metal,
machinery, and shipbuilding; one in transportation; and one in the miscellane-
ous group.
Causes and Results of Disputes.
Fifty disputes, or 66 per cent of the total number in existence in the year
involving 82 per cent of the time loss were due solely to the question of wages
(table VIII). In forty-seven of these disputes the object was an increase in
wages and in three cases to prevent a reduction in wages. Seven disputes, or
about 9 per cent of the total, involving 25 per cent of the time loss, were due to
demands for increases in wages and for other changes. In three disputes the
object was recognition of the union, and there were eleven disputes from all other
causes.
As to results, thirty of the disputes or 40 per cent of the total resulted in
favour of employees, fifteen disputes or 20 per cent of the total in favour of
employers, twentj'-two disputes or 29 per cent were compromised, and in eight
disputes or 11 per cent the result was indefinite. In the fifty-four cases in
which the demand for higher wages was the cause of dispute the employees
were fully successful in twenty, or 37 per cent of the total, and partially successful
in nineteen cases or 35 per cent of the total. They were also successful in three
of the four disputes for shorter hours, and in the three disputes to prevent wage
reductions they were successful in two cases.
Methods of Settlement.
The majority of the disputes in the .vear were settled b}' negotiations between
the parties, or by mediation — forty-one disputes being settled by negotiations
and sixteen by mediation (table IX). One dispute was settled by reference
under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act. In five cases the strikers
returned to work on the employers' terms, and in four cases the strikers were
replaced.
JfEPORT OF THE DEfVIY MIXISTEE OF LABOUU
27
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
Table I. — Record of Industrial Disputes by Years.
No. of Dispute:*
No. involved.
Time loss
in Working
Year.
In existence Beginning
in the year.
in the year.
Employers
Employees.
days.
1901
104
104
273
28,086
632,311
1902 .
121
121
420
12,264
120,940
1903
146
146
927
.50,041
1,226,500
1904
99
99
575
16,482
265,004
1905
89
88
437
16,223
217,244
1906
141
141
1,015
26, 050
359,797
1907
149
144
825
36,624
621,962
1908..
68
65
175
25,293
708, 285
1909
69
68
397
17,332
871,845
1910
84
82
1,335
21,280
718.635
1911 .
99
96
475
30,094
2,046,650
1912.
150
148
989
40,511
1.099,208
1913
113
106
1,015
39,536
1.287,678
1914
44
40
205
8,678
430, 054
1915
43
38
96
9,140
106, 149
1916
75
74
271
21,157
208,277
Total
1,594
1,560
9,430
398.391
10,920.539
Table II. — Industrial Disputes, 1916 — ^By Months.
Disputes
in exis-
ence in
each
month.
Disputes commen-
cing in each
month.
Disputes
in existence in each month.
Month.
Number
Employ-
ers in-
volved.
Number
of Em-
ployees
affected.
Time loss.
No.
Per
centage
of total.
Working
days.
Per
centage
of total.
2
7
7
S
16
10
16
15
9
7
16
11
1
6
5
6
12
5
9
S
3
3
13
3
13
81
6-7
81
16-2
6-8
121
10-8
4-1
4-1
17-6
41
2
10
10
8
47
75
72
69
150
46
59
54
127
964
881
1,939
3,444
1,901
4,872
2,7.33
724
189
6,469
1,308
781
10,539
14,677
18,646
27, 546
24,635
21,497
39,359
3,646
959
33,469
12,523
•4
February. ...
5-0
March
April
May
June
70
90
13-2
11-8
July
10-3
August
September..
190
1-8
■5
November
December
16-0
60
Total .
74
100
208, 277
100
28
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table III. — Industrial Disputes, 1916, bj' Provinces.
Province.
Disputes.
Xo.
Per cent
of total.
Number Involved.
Employers.
Employees.
Time Loss.
Days.
Per cent
of total.
Nova Scotia
New Brunswick. .
Quebec
Ontario
Manitoba
Saskatchewan .
Alberta
British Columbia.
Total
1
1
13
33
4
10
1-3
1-3
17-3
440
9-3
80
5-3
13-3
1
1
117
105
14
13
7
13
1.188
200
3,605
4,619
775
441
494
9,835
20,196
2.800
52.770
62,686
10,361
1,875
8,974
48,615
9-7
1-3
25-4
30- 1
50
•9
4-3
23-3
100
271
21,157
208,277
100
Table IY. — Industrial Disputes
1916,
bj- Industries.
Trade or Industry.
Disputes.
Number Involved.
Time Loss.
No.
Per
cent
of total.
Employ-
ers.
Employ-
ees.
Days.
Per cent
of total.
Mining and quarrying
10
7
15
1
13-3
9-3
200
1-3
14
42
44
1
11,814
210
2,683
275
88.634
4.124
33,133
1,875
42-6
20
Metal, machinery and shipbuilding
Woodworking trades. .
160
• 9
11
7
14-7
9-3
11
19
1,176
1,201
19,341
22-977
9-3
Food, tobacco and liquor preparation
Leather.
110
Transportation ... .
19
25-3
33
2,340
27,288
130
Public and civic employees
2
3
2-7
40
104
3
353
805
3,245
7,660
1-5
3-7
Total
75
100
271
21,157
208,277
100
REPOnr OF THE DEPUTY MINISTER OF LABOUR 29
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
Table V. — Industrial Disputes, 1916, by Numbers of Employees Involved.
Disputes.
Number InvoLVED.
Time Loss
Number of Employees involved.
No.
Per
centage
of total.
Employ-
ers.
Employ-
ees.
Working
days.
Per
centage
of total.
5 000 employee'^ and upwards
1
1
1
4
12
22
10
15
9
1-3
1-3
1-3
5-3
160
29-3
13-3
200
120
1
1
1
38
121
28
21
51
■
9
5,000
3,630
1,188
2,800
3,961
3,318
625
491
144
20,000
21,620
20, 196
38,166
48, 488
45, 053
6,048
7,441
1,265
9-6
2,500 to 5,000
10-4
1,000 to 2,500
9-7
500 to 1,000
18-3
250 to 500
23-3
100 to 250 . ^
21-6
50 to 100
2-9
25 to 50 .
3-6
•6
Total
75
100
271
21,157
208,277
100
Table VI. — Industrial Disputes, 1916, by Time Loss.
Number of Working Days Lost .
Disputes.
No.
Per
centage
of total.
Number Involved.
Employ-
ers.
Employ-
ees.
Time Loss.
Working
days.
Per
centage
of total.
15,000 and under 25,000
10.000 and under 15,000
5,000 and under 10,000
2,500 and under 5,000
1,500 and under 2,500
1,000 and under l,.50O
500 and under 1,000
250 and under 500
100 and under 2,50
Under 100 days
Strike in which no time was lost by employ-
ees
Total
4
2
4
12
5
7
14
11
11
4
5-3
2-7
5-3
160
6-7
9-3
18-7
14-7
14-7
5-3
1-3
31
10
15
117
27
23
23
12
4
10,718
1,170
1,368
2,726
1,212
833
2,0,37
668
347
53
25
77,116
24, 126
28, 209
44,741
9,504
8,370
10,319
3,796
1,874
222
37-0
11-6
13-5
21-5
4-5
40
5 0
1-8
■9
■1
75
100
271
21,157
208, 277
100
30
DEPAlilMi:\r OF l.AROTIi
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
a
•S.<iBp
3ai5[jo.tt in sasso] ami} pajBraijsg
X
CJ cc t^
— ^ 00 .
tt c*r «-■ ■
PC
c
DC
OC
I>
c-
to
I-'
C<1
paA(OAm
jaqmnx
saa-toiduig
"T o C-: «c
— — 3C t^ ■
2 ^> =c re :
o
CO
g
M
saa.Co]dm3
■* <M '.f ^ ■
^ -^J. -<!.
i-i d
CO
CO
3 "
s
-8a;ndsip jo on;
O t^ *C —
^ t^
CS
<N CO
f2
1
s
s
•sXcp
SmsiJOju. m sasso] amp pajBrapsg
o r>.
CS CO
ss
CO
CO
paA]OAin
BaaXo[dui3
5 g : :
00 ■ -
CM
1
sja.<o[dui3
^ o
^ SO
—
si
•sa^ndsip jo Ofj
^ ^
^ CO
-
t^
09
O
O
>
O
•S.'fBp
ai 3OT3JJO.M sassoj ami j pajBraijsg
s
3
1
paA|OAm
jtaqran^
saa.<0[draa
g S : :
g
S
s
saaXojding
lO -H
CO
-<*-
In
•saindsip jo -O)^
N -^
— .
'-
1"
1
o
•SABp
SuTJiJOii m sasso] araij pajBuinsg
^ . .
o o
eO CO
2 ^
2
C-1
2
paA]OAm
jaquinx
saaXo|dm%j
; " i ;
g S
CO ^
s
s
S
sjaXojduig [
: ~
'- -
—
- ■"!
■sajndsip jo o i.^
: -
- ^
—
tc
•a
1
CO
•sXsp
3nT3]jojtt m sasso] ami} pajBuiijgg
« ■ o
N Q
-06
i
paA]OAaT
jaqranNJ
saa.tO]duia
00 ■ »o
oo ■ c^
£3 2
C4
2
CO
CO
sja.^o]diii3 1
f- . — .
•M ^
-*
—
CO
sajndsip jo ov^
CO - —
Cfl >-<
-'
"
OS
CO
1
•sXsp
3in3(jo.4i ni sassoi ami} pajBoipsg
o o -*
ce t^ o
s
00
C3
i
paAJOAUl
jaqranx
saa.to|duia
8 § 2
CO
co
00
1 C4
I2
sjaXoidrag |
— » <M
CM
w
12
■sajndsip jo -ox
^ N M
<M
o
,0.
05
O
3
■s.fBp
3ai5(jo.«. ni sasso| auiij pajBuii jsg
S 2 § : :
t* *0 «
^ " : ;
§ 2
2
g g
2 g
CM
OC
CO
paAjOAin
jaqinnx
saaAO]din3
"^ -^ t^
S « 5 : :
-*<
CO
8 8
CO O
3§
sjaXojdina
N to iC
<N w
^
2 "
r-
sajndsip jo os;
M W *0
CM N
■^
- - 1 5|
i
•S.tBp
Sui>(jo.« ni sassO] aniij pajBUiijsa
S : g S :
CO ■ CO 00 ■
1
CI
CI
i
t paAjOAUl
jaquinx
saa;Co]dui3
2
t^
sjaXoiduia 1
^ . ^ ^ .
CO
o
C4
•sajndsip jo -ox |
•<j. . ^ ^ .
CO
CS
04
>.
00
s
c
o
o
•o
es
b
c
i
b
c
1
1
b
c
c
0 .= _-•£ ^.Ei
Hi 111
c
o
ij
- ?
'x Si
5 c
c
c
E
E
O
>
1
i
a
■ 1
-1
M
;l
HKPOirr OF THE DKl'U'I'Y MINISTKH OF LABOUR
31
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
•s.^Bp 3u!>iJ0.vi u; sso] ouii j_
•pa^oayB s8a<Co]dui3 jo -osj
■p9A|OAUt SJ3.^0|dlU9 JO 'O^
■sajndsip }o -o^i
o o t^
^ «c to
— C-] fO
(M •-» (M
(M ^ O
■SitBp 2m3]JOM UI SSO] SUIT J,
•pa^oag^ saaAojduia jo 'o^
*p8A]OAni sj3.^0]duia jo -o^ |
•sajndsip jo ■ojsj
o
O
s^Bp 3ui5(jOAi nisso] araix
•pa^oajjB eaajCoiduia jo -onj
paA]OAUT sja^O]duia jo -o^ |
sajndsip jo o^
>S.
= s
■e^Bp 8ui5(jOAi ni sso| auiix
•pa^DajjB S3a.to]diua jo ojy
•paAiOAn;sjaXo]dmajo'0{,I |
•sajndsip jo o^ |
O 'ri
I— I o
■sXBp Sui3(jOM UI SSO] auii X
•pajoajjB saajtoiduia jo 'O"^
■paA]OAUisjaAoidiua JO -o^
•sajndsip jo •o^ | 2!
CO C^ ^
J3
O
i g i f-
^ ° s £
'1' c .2 S
HH ^ rSH
Pi ci H Q
S
32
DEPARTMEXT OF L{H(>rR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
5
No. of
employees
affected.
oc ?
- 6c i^
1 GC zr:
1.17(1
1,201
■ o
C- CO
o w «t —
— t^
c
c^ re
Otherwise,
including
indefinite
or
unsettled.
111
- 1
: ^ 3
: B
OS
'J'
CS
^ M
— CO
oc
Replacement
of
strikers.
o
00
OS
CO
-f
Return to work
on employers'
terms.
5 *
o
: 1
■
7
c>»
<M
»rt
Reference to
Board under
Ind. I). I. .\ct.
91
-1?
00
GO
00
1-1
ciliation
r
liation.
OS »fl « ir
: S -^ S 5:=
o
«
"^i
OS
c O o
SS ^ '* — '
ej
M
CO
Negotiations
between
the parties.
71
Ifl
r* -r to
: : 2 2 S?
tft
'^
cc ».-: <c
QC -V
CI
c^ ^
^
>
"a
s
4.
c
E-
Fishing
Lumbering
Mining an<l quarrying
C
'-3
u
3
1
C
o
53
C
"3
c
'3
c
>
u
c
d
s
1
c
1
c
.1
c
—
E^
Clothing trades.
z
1
IK
c
03
X
c
*>
-c
a:
9}
1
c
1
-2:
i
3
J
1
1
3
e
E-
REPORT OF rUE nKPUTY Mn'TfiTER OP LAIiOVR 33
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
VI. INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS IN CANADA IN 1916.
The tables on industrial accidents in Canada, which follow, are given in
more condensed form than in previous years. As has been pointed out in pre-
vious reports the statement does not undertake to cover all the industrial accidents
which occurred in the year. While in some provinces different departments and
bureaus receive reports of industrial accidents and overlapping of these agencies
has to be guarded against, there are, on the other hand, some sections of the
field of industry not covered adequately, if at all, by any agency. From year to
year, however, the department has been able to report improvement both as to
the extent of the field covered and the accurac^y of the statistics, and the in-
crease in the total number of accidents shown in the 1916 record is mainly due to
improvement in the method of reporting. Arrangements have been made for
the co-operation of the Workmen's Compensation Boards in the provinces of
Nova Scotia, Ontario, Manitoba and British Columbia, and it is hoped that with
the assistance of these bodies the record in the coming year will give a -more
satisfactory view of the hazards of induslry in Canada. The department is
indebted to the following agencies for statements of industrial accidents reported
to them; The Board of Railway Commissioners of Canada, the Department of
Public Works and Mines in Nova Scotia, The Provincial Factory Inspector of
New Brunswick, the Bureau of Mines of Quebec, the Bureau of Mines and the
Provincial Factory Inspectors' Office of Ontario, the Temiskaming and Northern
Ontario Railway Commission, the Ontario Railwaj^ and Municipal Board, the
Bureau of Labour of Manitoba, the Chief Inspector of JVIines of Alberta, the
Department of Mines and the Provincial Factory Inspector of British Columbia.
According to the record, there were 9,462 industrial accidents in 1916, of
which 950 were fatal and 8,512 non-fatal, as compared with 5,785 accidents —
836 fatal and 4,949 non-fatal, in the record for 1915. Among the industries
and occupations, steam railway service was first as to fatal accidents, with 252
or 26-5 per cent of the total. In this group also there were 1,802 non-fatal
accidents, or 21-2 per cent of the total. The metal, engineering, and ship-
building group had the greatest number of non-fatal accidents — 2, 826 or 33-2
per cent of the total. Ten per cent of the fatal accidents were charged to this
group. The mining industry had 159 or 16-7 per cent of the. fatal accidents,
and 1,759 or 20-7 per cent of the non-fatal accidents. As 1,308 non-fatal acci-
dents were reported by the Ontario Bureau of Mines without information as to
cause it has been necessary to omit these reports from the classification.
The most serious cause of accidents in the year was "falling objects," to
which were due 165 fatal and 1,450 non-fatal accidents. "Struck by or caught
between cars and locomotives" was next in importance, with 130 fatal and 219
non-fatal accidents; accordingly, 37 per cent of the accidents due to this cause
were fatal. Eighty-nine fatal and 735 non-fatal accidents were due to "falls of
persons," 76 fatal and 220 non-fatal accidents to " wrecks and collisions," and
71 fatal and 1,315 non-fatal accidents to "machinery."
In agriculture the principal cause of accidents was farm machinery, to which
17 fatal and 50 non-fatal accidents were due. In fishing, 12 deaths were caused
by drowning. Of the 58 fatal accidents in lumbering, 31 were due to "falling
objects"; this cause was also responsible for 21 non-fatal accidents in lumbering.
In mines, metalliferous works, and quarries, 65 fatal and 169 non-fatal accidents
were caused by "falling objects," 24 fatal and 90 non-fatal accidents by "mine
and quarry cars," and 33 fatal and 9 non-fatal accidents by "explosives."
"Locomotives and cars" caused 3 fatal and 2 non-fatal accidents in railway,
36—3
34 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
canal, and harbour construction. In building and construction the grca*
majoritj' of the accidents were due to falls — "falls of persons" and "falls of
persons due to collapse of scaffolds" accounting for 38 fatal and 130 non-fatal
accidents, in a total of 55 fatal and 237 non-fatal accidents in the group. In the
metal, engineering, and shipbuilding trades several causes were important.
Twenty-one fatal and 45 non-fatal accidents were due to "electricity", 18 fatal
and 221 non-fatal accidents to "falls of persons." 16 fatal and 702 non-fatal acci-
dents to "machinery," and 14 fatal and 708 non-fatal accidents to "falling
objects.' In the woodworking trades there were several causes to which one
fatal accident was charged, but "machinery" ranked first as a cause of non-fatal
accidents, accounting for 102 in a total of 156. There were no fatal accidents
in the printing and clothing trades, but "machinery" ranked first in both as a
cause of non-fatal accidents, accounting for 18 in a total of 22 in printing, and 24
in a total of 41 in clothing. Two of the 3 fatal accidents in textiles were caused
by "falls of persons," and 46 of the 64 non-fatal accidents were caused by
"machinery." In food, tobacco, and hquors, 22 fatal and 13 non-fatal accidents
were due to "conflagrations." Five fatal and 11 non-fatal accidents were
reported in leather, of which 2 fatal and 2 non-fatal were due to "falls of persons".
The three principal causes of accidents in the steam railway service were "struck
by or caught between cars and locomotives," which caused 130 fatal and 212
non-fatal accidents; "wTCcks and collisions" which caused 76 fatal and 206 non-
fatal accidents, and "falls from or in locomotives or cars," which caused 27 fatal
and 311 non-fatal accidents. In electric, railway service, "falls from or in loco-
motives or cars" accounted for 4 fatal and 8 non-fatal accidents in a total of 5
fatal and 58 non-fatal accidents. In navigation 10 deaths were caused by
"drowning," and there were 9 fatal and 26 non-fatal accidents due to "falls of
persons." " Animal-dra-mi vehicles" was the most serious cause in the miscel-
laneous transport group, accounting for 23 of the 51 fatal accidents and for 123
of the 309 non-fatal accidents. Among public and civic employees there were
5 fatal and 182 non-fatal accidents, of which 2 fatal and 25 non-fatal accidents
were charged to "falling objects." In miscellaneous skilled trades there were
three important causes "explosives" accounting for 19 fatal and 35 non-fatal
accidents, "falls of persons" for 13 fatal and 67 non-fatal accidents and "ma-
chinery" for 11 fatal and 164 non-fatal accidents. In the unskilled labour
group, "falling objects" caused 14 fatal and 34 non-fatal accidents in a total of 36
fatal and 102 non-fatal accidents.
REPORT OF THE DEPUTY- MINISTER OF LABOUR
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
Fatal and Non-fatal Industrial Accidents, in the Calendar Year 1916.
35
Industry or Occupation.
Accidents.
Fatal.
Number.
Percen1>
age of
total.
Non-fatal.
Number.
Percent-
age of
total.
.\griculturc
Fishing
Lumbering
Mines, metalliferous works and quarries. .
Railway, canal and harbour construction.
Building and construction
Metal, engineering and ship building
Woodworking trades
Printing and allied trades
Clothing trades
Textile trades
Food and tobacco and liquor preparation.
Leather trades
Transportation:
Steam railway service —
Electric railway service —
Navigation
Miscellaneous transport
Public and civic employees , . .
Miscellaneous skilled trades
Unskilled labour
59
14
58
159
8
55
95
5
3
35
5
252
5
25
51
5
SO
36
6-2
1-5
61
16-7 (
■S
5-8
10-
•5
lie.
•3
3-7
■5
26-5
•5
2-6
5-4
•5
8-4
178
It) 1,759
15
237
2,826
156
22
41
64
12S
11
1,802
58
46
309
182
460
102
1-4
21
20-7
.2
2-8
33-2
1-8
•3
■5
•8
1-5
•1
21-2
•7
•5
3-6
21
5-4
1-2
Total..
950
100 8,512
100-
(o) 1,308 reported unclassified by Bureau of Mines, Ontario.
36
DEPARTMEXT OF LABULE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
H
■lt!lt;j-uoM
O
Tf
-M
-^C^l
•IB^T!^
Clothing.
•lE}'E}-^o^J;
CM ■
(M O
•IBJB^
Printing
and allied
trades.
■IB^BI-UON
OO ■
CO
■,t;,i3j
Wood-
working
trades.
•lc}r!j-uo^
2 :
C-- t»
t-C^
CO '-H
c^»
^co
■TV-iV^
Metal,
engineer-
ing and
ship build-
ing trades
■XBiV}-UO><l
CO<M(MOO
•^CCOOO
i;
«3
C>1
•1B}TJJ
CO ■
Tf CO
r-
CO
■^oo
c^
Building
and
construc-
tion.
•[BlUJ-UON
(M ■
gg 55,~«cc
1-t
t--CiCM
CO
-*
■\-e%T!^
■«§ 2
CO
Railway,
canal and
harbour
construc-
tion.
■IBJBJ-UO^ST
CJT ■
OCM -(N
Ol
■yB%n^
(M.-t
CO
Mines,
metalliter-
ous works
and
quarries.
•1B}BJ-U0|^
O ■
1^
O OS Cl ■^ ""J
CO "
OO
=:§
g"
t'.
OS ■
■IBIBJ
*C -
S=^
w
t^
.-H O
■f*-
CJ
CO - -
• it
1^
•JB^BJ-UONJ
<5i
»n^<N
t^O"
eg
■l^tl'i
"""
.;:"^
"^T-.
I-t
•IB^BJ-UOk^
•],fJB^
Jo
■jB^Bj-nON
»OC^
•CO<N
CO
•IBJBj;
r-^
ot-
<M
O t« --1
c
A
S
3
=?
c-
CO
-iJ
> <!
JJ
S *■
c i
.1
1
2
J
1
s
s
•a
1
o
- f^
^^
w
t
a
c
t
c
X
a
i
c
»
c
c
t
<
b
c
b
_c
15
'Z
r ^
■ C
c
h
C
"c
1
:
t
,c
Cc
c
! IT
c
a
t-
c
c
-::
J
£
c
2
CC
>
>
1
■a
c
t3
B
J
i
o
IJ
t-
:^
. 0
• S
c
E
c
c
ti.
c
c
c
a
c
1
i
>
>
C
'z
"c
c.
c
5
a
0
n:
c
-::
b
_c
"5
1
1
t-
C
b
■J
c
X
z
c
t
c
V
c-
i-
c;
c-
b
.E
V
•c
c
a
t.
i
C
£
c
a
t.
c
'c
1,
J
-"c
c
c
J.
c
'i
I
c
c
I
i
c
c
(7
t
'a
a
c
a
w
c
c
3:
.1
c
C
1
?
i-
z
■j
c
c
1
t:
c
c
1
■ 5
c
X
c
.£
a
e:
c
c
C
c
C
>
g
C
en
CO
2
o
REPORT OF TUE DEPUTY MimSTER OF LlliOUR
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
•— < ■ <M cot^
gg'M.Sd.s-S.S
■ta5~ 9
£ a-^ =^ ^c.^' S oj «
•2 P-Ste-S,^ o^ c o d 5 g a^
So g
•1:3 =-g
coo!
.^:l'g'lJJli|lsli3.glg2
Ch D ►-) CO < B S ^-1 QpR Kfi, K <; Xfi, K Cj :c
a
■a
37
38
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
!z «
iz3
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
c^ coo
S o
C5 t^ 30 O
t^ CO Oi
o5
_ . « Tj- CO
c3 C
^^
^(N W3 tf5
o3
™ «, o
= 2 Q
<D - m
u O c
.2 IS
^i
o 5
■zx-
c ?^
s
&
o
■i
>
c/;
?i
s
^s
COODO
-r -^
r- CO Ci'-'
o ™
^3
c3
o *
<3
O
9J SO
c o o 5 ■
o c) I-" T^'O
.«"o S 3 o
' 5
:'S
■ SS
^ to
° 7) M-
•S &S~^JEC-5.o
ji ce C3 C3
(D ce V
SI'S
»«§^
, O I-. C i-
KOi-3cc
c:
o
©
-*3 ■ >
■S>S
•S'-gS
ii^
"5.S
>>■« g
^ o ^ ;n
« 3 S —
"is "^
">.S
CO es
©
cc
-^ -^ O ^ rt
S -— o3 to
■*j • ra p t-
fl >rs. H "? -s
£ - i 3
d c o -ii
— rt £=. o
REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MINISTER OF LAlioUIl
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36
39
or^t^iooocco— 'l.-;»C(ro-
■^ ci r-. CO <N cc
-OrpOS--
-1^ CO CO --HO
0
^CSCSMOO — OO— 'CCOOOO O O OO
-
0
■V
■ IM
s
■^
■ CM
^
comco
CO
<N <M
CM
0
CO
lO Oi
CO Ml
0
00
■*t*"i<M
CO
•-« Tjt cc
"^
c^
00
^
CO
en
0
CO
o
to
<N
CO <-•
CO
*«■
o
s
Oi
to
O PO
^.-1.0
i>-
cs
CM
CM
ITS
CM
-'
»o
eo«0'<**«D
CM
§
CM
CO
0!
e
1
8
CO
i
ir.
1
to
>
e
' o
O
8
m
=3
o
a
s
c
i3
"5
o
02
1
>
'c
<
>
't
d
c
c
s
1
0
0
s
'c
i
0
c
1-1
y
0
0
02
s
c
.c
g
p
QJ
K
C
1^
8
S
2
0
C
-S
0
I
1
0
0
■a
c
E2
"3.
§•
•a
§
to
0
c
§
1
0
0
t3 ■
OS >
M
■a
c
0!
>
0
Q
03
40
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
«s . cc oo If? r^ r* o cq ^ Ti« i^ T-« Noott)»pjow 1 ci
jtri^j-oox
= .■^g'-?3g2"'"=2'- g"*gS25S 1 S 1
o
! «' c^ «
1 »-
S2:gg"=;2a'-' : :"«■» S''^S"='SS 1 §
\^Wi
IB^BJ-UOX
3 :=s-2g:; — ■== §"=^5£as s
1
-^ ^
1 ^- I
'«■ « cc d -*• <M CO ci ■r- — . -H o M r-- -tf- o o ira U3 1- o
m^J
C; <M >0 O .- ■«• OO CM -^ OCCM"*"* eg
imei-uo^,^
^
o
■^ T^
1 .«-
mej
ec I— CM CO
IBjtJj-nofi
: ^ — ^
1 ^-- 1
Odoooiooh-cscoocsicsc^ ooioccw— looo o
WM
QO — OO — -e-OSM -*■ — C-»10«>/500 o
IB}Bj-noK
— —
1 .0- 1
r!»M
*c ■- «; lo o C-. o - - ec— iso^^uso cm
r-ci — iO'*i-0'-"«"*'Ot^oocM — -a-oisoc^eo-s
CO
cs
pjBj-noN
' ^^ -n— « M'^—l M ■-• - r-l^
CM
^
I^IBJ
« ^ - «
§
-Tj-eoocq -coc^ot-c&o — — <M ■ooQO'*in«:
> r-
IB^BJ-UOSJ
o
CI
CM
tm'JJI
g3"r2
•«ao CO ^H oo
CO
^CO'-CIC
00
ro
8
linnj-iioN
S 22
"«<«jM5eo— -cooo CO
CM
IPlt^il
lO CO CO CO
cm 1-.^
M
"
CMMiOOC
r-
QC
lB»t!j-noN
S =2
(MCO-H CO
CM
I^IM
S" = 3
Tt<<0 --1 CM
CO
OOWS— ' to t>
IO^J<OOCO
= SS§S3S5E" S
C4
tB}BJ-aON^
CMkO^H CO
CM
ot^o —
OiOCOC^Tl
CO
imcj
CO
IB^tij-no^
CMirs.-« CO
c-i"
. • ow; sici
Ci
IT!5UJ
-== : <^ ■ S
^■^JH LO-^
0
« .
us
imBj-no.sj
S 22
CO CO >0 •-' CO CO t» <M
CM
CMCO-OO
QOOt* — t^
1 •
F^BJ
CO-^t^t*
_
CT^ t^u-
0
IB^TJJ-nOX
^CO— « CO
<^
COCOCIM
— c
0
i
Wi^i
O-HCOO
^r^« : - 5:5
■'I'C
oc
r,9.
M
?.
e -
0
OS -
-r^
-3
S :
bi)
a.
(0
li
2 ■
■- ■ 'E
c
.2
>
111
•g : S :„
fcl
e
3
ll
i " = &-g § :
= ;.. to g o M ff
li:'|£'5.a
g g gKWZ
illj
111]
1111
"e
^
<
hS^H^
SK
11.
fers
PhUH
6.hJE^
fu
K^
TENTH REPORT
REGISTRAR OF BOARDS OF CONCILIATION
AND INVESTIGATION
OF
PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES
INVESTIGATION ACT, 1907
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31,
1917
(Being an Appendix to the Annual Report of the Department of Labour
for the same period.)
PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT.
OTTAWA
J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHfi
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1918
[No. 36a— 1918]
8 GEORGE V • SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918
To the Hon. T. W. Crothers, B.A., K.C.,
Minister of Labour.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit a Report of Proceedings under the
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907, for the fiscal j'ear ended March 31,
1917.
F. A. ACLAND,
Registrar of Boards of Conciliation
and Investigation.
36a— U
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918
CONTENTS.
PAGE.
I . Introductory chapter. 7
II. Suminary tables. 11
III. Summary statements respecting proceedings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917 91
1 . Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo Railway Company and employees in locomotive and car
departments . . . 93
2 . Canadian Pacific Railway Company and freight handlers at Winnipeg 93
3 . Brantford Municipal Railway Commission and street railway workers 94
4 . Acadia Coal Company and employees at Stellarton, N.S 94
5 Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, and employees at Trail,
B.C ' 95
6. Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia Railway, Alberta and Great Waterways
Railway, and Central Canada Railway, and maintenance of way employees 95
7 . Montreal Light, Heat and Power Company and electrical^workers 96
8 . Halifax and South Western Railway Company and maintenance of way and shop employees. 96
9 Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, and Le Roi No. 2,
Limited, and miners at Rossland, B.C 96
10 Various Mining Companies and miners in Cobalt Camp and vicinity 97
1 1 . Ottawa Electric Railway Company and employees : ■ ■ • "^
12. Canadian Northern Railway Company, East of Port Arthur, and maintenance of way
employees 98
13. Great North Western Telegraph Company of Canada and telegraphers 98
14. Various Mining Companies and employees at Thettord Mines, Quebec. 99
15. Algoma Central and Hudson Bay Railway Co. and conductors, baggagemen, brakemen
and yardmen 99
16 Canadian Government Railways and federated shop trades 100
17. Grand Trunk Railway Company and maintenance of way employees 100
18. Fredericton and Grand Lake Coal and Railway Company and New Brunswick Coal and
Railway and engineers, firemen, conductors, brakemen and yardmen 101
19. City of Edmonton and street railway workers 101
20. Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power Company and street railway employees 102
21 . Moose Jaw Electric Railway Company and conductors and raotormen 102
22 Canadian Pacific Railway Company and maintenance of way employees 103
23. Sandwich, Windsor and Amherstburg Railway Company and Windsor and Tecumseh
Railway and street railway employees 103
24. Canadian Northern Railway, Western Lines, and maintenance of way employees 104
25. Canadian Pacific Railway Company and conductors and trainmen... . 104
26. Dominion Coal Company. Limited, and coal handlers at St. John, N.B 105
27. Pere Marquette Railway, Canadian Division, and maintenance of way employees 105
28 . City of Ottawa and waterworks employees 105
29. Canadian Northern Express Company and employees 106
' 5
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Page
30. Canadian Express Company, Lines West o! North Bay, Ont., and employees 106
31 . Canadian Pacific Railway Company and employees engaged in engine, train, yard, station
and maintenance of way service 107
32. Canadian Pacific Railway Company and telegraphers 107
33. Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada and operators on Pacific Coast 108
34. Dominion Coal Company, Limited, and employees at Glace Bay, N.S 108
35. Canadian Northern Railway Company, lines Port .Arthur to Winnipeg, and clerks, steno-
graphers, baggagemen and car checkers 109
36. City of Vancouver and teamsters, labourers, etc 109
37. Dominion Coal Company, Limited, and employees at Glace Bay, N.S 109
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907.
TENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF PROCEEDINGS, BEING FOR
THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1917.
I. INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER.
The administration of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, , 1907,
presented during the year no feature calling for special comment. Thirty-six
applications were received and twenty boards were established. The proportion
of boards to applications was smaller than usual, many of the disputes having
been, after reference to the department, arranged amicably without the estab-
lishment of a board; in several such cases the adjustment was effected with
the aid of a departmental officer. In other cases, where the machinery of the
statute was not found applicable, the dispute was referred to a Royal Commission
and the threatened strike was averted, save in one case where, before the
inquiry could commence, a strike, fortunately destined to be of brief duration,
was declared. One other strike onlj^ occurred during the year in cases referred
and this was of minor importance in an industrial sense. Several of the disputes
dealt with involved large bodies of emploj'ees and powerful unions.
Reference was made in the report of last year to the extension of the
scope of the Act by Order in Council under the War Measures Act to disputes
in all industries engaged in war work. The amendment has remained in effect
and during the year one board was established in connection with a dispute
which involved war work, renewed negotiations between the parties rendering,
however, inquiry by the board unnecessary.
Disputes affecting railway industries were more numerous than usual; but
while fourteen applications were received, it became necessary only to establish
six boards. No strike occurred in the industries concerned.
' Street railway disputes caused six applications; five boards were estab-
lished and all the disputes were satisfactorily arranged.
No very important dispute in the coal-mining industry came before a
board during the year, but shortlj' before the close of the fiscal period applica-
tions were received from different sections of the employees of an eastern coal
company; the emploj'ees being in this case divided as between two unions, the
dispute was referred to a Royal Commission. This action was subsequent to
the close of the year, but it is satisfactory to be able to add that the efforts of
the commission were successful in adjusting the dispute. In the Crowsnest
Pass region there was considerable friction and some loss of time from strikes.
No procedure under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act took place.
Work was being carried on under an agreement effective until March 31, 1917,
but the increasing cost of living caused demands from the men for increased
wages. Officers of the department assisted in the adjustments which were
effected. The agreement terminated simultaneously with the fiscal year, and
a strike followed, which lasted for about three months, the Government, in
June, appointing a Director of Coal Operations with extensive powers over the
affected district.
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Several disputes affecting telegraph and express workers were dealt with
during the year and were in all cases satisfactorilj' arranged.
The Act continued during the year to be the occasion of much inquiry
and discussion in the United States. Communications received indicate frequent
inter-school and inter-college debates on various phases of the question of indus-
trial disputes and their settlement, in connection with some aspect of which
the department is requested to furnish information as to the operations of
the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act. Two investigators from the United
States, Mr. Ben. M. Selekman, of the Russell Sage Foundation, and Mr. B. M.
Squires, a special agent of the United States Bureau of Labour Statistics, visited
the Capital and made inquiries in some detail. Their reports on the subject
recognize the extent to which the administration of the statute is interwoven
with the conciliation work of the department, but the investigators seemed
dubious of the value of such a law in the United States.
Investigators have sometimes made the criticism that the tables printed
in the annual statements of proceedings under the statute do not take note of
strikes in disputes which fall obviously within the scope of the statute yet have
not been dealt with under the Act. The statement is correct. The report
being one of proceedings under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907,
disputes which have not been the occasion of any such proceedings fall, properly
speaking, outside the scope of the report. All strikes are enumerated in the
departmental record and are mentioned in the Labour Gazette and in the annual
report of the department. In the present report, to meet this objection,
tables have been included showing, for the ten years covering the life of the
statute, the number of strikes in industries falling within the scope of the
statute and not dealt with under its provisions, also strikes in a number of
cases where the applicabilitj^ of the Act is perhaps doubtful. The further
criticism may be offered — has been, in fact, made^that there should be a
positive ruling as to this point, so that every strike or lockout may be classified
precisely, by an investigator, as lawful or unlawful; in the administration of
the Act, however, it has not appeared that the course suggested would be in
any way helpful to the object mainly sought, namelj', the settlement of indus-
trial disputes so far as possible without strike or lockout. Two series of
tables have been, therefore, prepared. One series contains statistics as to
strikes arising out of disputes which fall clearly within the jurisdiction of the
statute, and ^^'ithout regard to the question if such disputes have been dealt
with under the statute; the second series deals with disputes as to which
the applicability of the statute is uncertain. Disputes of the class last men-
tioned have been rarely of a nature to affect closely the public welfare, this fact
obviously increasing the difficulty in regarding as a public utility the industries
to which they may respectively relate. It should be noted that as to many of
these disputes the agencies and officers of the department have been at the
disposal of the parties concerned and have been, in numerous instances, help-
fully employed.
In past years it has been the practice to include in the annual report of
the registrar the text of each report received during the year from a Board of
Conciliation and Investigation; this is, in fact, required bj' the provisions of
the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act. In the present report statistical
details on an ample scale are printed as to each dispute dealt with by a board
during the fiscal year, but the text of the findings is not included. The text
of the several findings has been already printed in the Labour Gazette, and it
has been decided to refrain from reprinting it in the present report. This
course is also believed to be in harmony with the recommendations of the
Editor'al Committee on Governmental Publications appointed to inquire into
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INrESTIGATIOX ACT 9
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
such matters, the object specially aimed at being, as it is understood, a reduction
of expenditures so far as this is possible without injury to the public interests.
Those pursuing investigations concerning the operations of the Industrial
Disputes Investigation Act may sometimes find a certain inconvenience in the
omission of the text of the findings of the various boards, but if the text of a
particular report is specially desired, a copy of the report can be, as a rule,
procured by application to the department.
The present report contains further a statistical summary of proceedings
under the statute from its inception, March 22, 1907, to the close of the fiscal
year, March 31, 1917, affording thus a complete view of its operations during
the decennium covering its existence.
S GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918
II. SUMMARY TABLES RESPECTING PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT, 1907.
[The tables presented on the following pages are arranged in several
divisions, viz.: (i) showing proceedings bj' industries concerned, from April 1,
1916, to March 31, 1917; (ii) showing proceedings by industries concerned,
from March 22, 1907, to March 31, 1917; (iii) showing by fiscal years, 1907-17,
number of disputes dealt with; (iv) showing by calendar years 1907-17 number
of disputes dealt with; (v) containing statistical summary of each year's oper-
ations under the statute since its enactment, March 22, 1907; (vi) showing all
strikes (and lockouts) in mines and public utihties during the ten years March
22, 1907, to March 31, 1917, whether or not there were proceedings under the
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907; (vii) showing strikes in cases
where applicability of Industrial Disputes Investigation Act was doubtful.]
11
12
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907.
I. Table showing Proceedings by Industries from April 1^ 1916, to March 31, 1917.
Industries affected.
No. of Disputss
referred
under Act.
No. of Strikes
not averted
or ended
Disputes affecting Mines and Public Vtilities:-
(1) Mines;—
ia) Coal
(6) Metal
(c) Asbestos
Total. Mines.
(2) Transportation and Communication:-
(o) Railways
(6) Street railways
(c) Express
(d) Shipping
(e) Telegraphs
Total, Transportation and Communication.
(3) Light and power
(4) Municipal work
Total, Mines and Public Utilities. ,
'27
The proceedings under the Act during the year include one case in which certain proceedings had taken place during
the preceding year, namely: a dispute between the Toronto. Hamilton and Buffalo Railway Company and employees
engaged in the company's locomotive and car department at Hamilton, Ont.
At the close of March, 1917, results were still pending in connection with seven applications, namely: (1) application
made on behalf of commercial telegraphers employed by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company; (2) apphcation made on
behalf of employees of the Canadian Express Company on lines west of North Bay, Ont.; (3) application made on behalf
of wireless operators on Pacific Coast Steamship Service employed by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada.
Limited; (4) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited; (o) application
made on behalf of certain employees of the Canadian Northern Railway Company on lines from Port Arthur to
Winnipeg; 16) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Corporation of the Citj- of ^"ancouver; and (7) applica-
tion made on behalf of certain employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited.
INDUSmiAL DISPUTES ISrESTWATrON ACT
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
13
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907.
II. Table showing Proceedings by Industries from March 22, 1907, to March 31
1917.
Industries affected.
No. ot Disputes
referred
under Act.
No. of Strikes
not averted
or ended.
I. Disputes affecting Mines and Public Utilities: —
(1) Mines —
(a) Coal
(6) Metal
(c) Asbestos
Total, Mines>
(2) Transportation and Communication: —
(fl) Railways
{b) Street railways
(c ) Express
(d) Shipping
(e) Telegraphs
(/) Telephones ".
Total, Transportation and Communication
(3) Light and power
(4) Municipal work
Total, Mines and Public Utilities
II. Disputes affecting other than Mines and Public Utilities
Total, all classes
46
16
I
89
27
2
12
5
2
137
9
4
U
0
1
215
12
21
0
227
At the close of March, 1917. results were still pending in connection with seven applications, namely; (1) application
made on behalf of commercial telegraphers employed by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company; (2) application made on
behalf of employees of the Canadian I^xpress Company on lines west of North Bay, Ont.; (3) application made on behalf of
wireless operators on Pacific Coast Steamship Service employed by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada,
Limited; (4) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited; (5) application
made on behalf of certain employees of the Canadian Northern Riiilway Company on lines from Port Arthur to Winnipeg;
(6) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Corporation of the City of Vancouver; and (7) application made
on behalf of certain employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited.
14
DEPARTMEST OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907.
III. Table showing by fiscal years, 1907-1917, Number of Disputes dealt with.
1907-08
1908-09
1909-10
1910-11
1911-12
1912-13
1913-14
1914-15
1915-16
1916-17
Total.
34
31
1
21
19
1
27
25
4
24
19
4
18
15
4
21
17
4
16
15
0
16
14
11
1
36
20
1
227
Number of boards granted
Number of disputes where strike
189
21
(The figures contained in the above table may be thought to show discrepancies as compared with those appearing
in the yearly summaries. A closer examination will, however, show the statements of both classes to be in agreement-
A complete statement of proceedings for a year must show all disputes dealt with during the fiscal year. The figures of th^
yearly statement include therefore disputes carried over from the pre\'ious year and which are counted in the summan,' of
that year's proceedings. Thus the same dispute may properly figure in the annual statement for each of two years. In the
statistical recapitulation covering several years, as above, it is necessary- that no disputes shall be counted more than once
and account is taken of the number of applications received during the year and thus brought witlun the purview of the
statute.)
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907.
IV. Table showing by calendar years, 1907-1917, Number of Disputes dealt with.
Total.
Number of applications
Number of boards granted
Number of disputes where strike not
averted (or ended)
•1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
tl917
9mos.
3mos.
25
27
22
28
21
16
18
18
15
29
8
22
25
21
23
16
16
15
18
12
16
5
1
1
4
4
4
3
1
1
1
1
0
227
189
•The Act became law on March 22, 1907, so that the proceedings cover nine months only.
tTo the end of the financial year, March 31.
(The remarks at the toot ot the preceding table apply equally to apparent discrepancies as between the above
summary by calendar years and yearly summaries of proceedings.)
Industrial Disputes 1nvestig.\tion Act, 1907.
V. Statistics Summaries of Operations for Each Year, 1907-1917.
In the succeeding pages will be found a statistical summary of the operations
of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act for each fiscal year since the
inception of the Act, March 22, 1907.
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INYESTIOATION ACT
15
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
o
05
o
00
o
3
wi
OO
[
fr-l
■UtC
O
02
E
3
.a-g
CJ rt sj
T— 1
-*^
1-^
^
to
;:~i
E-sS
»)
hf
g£o
o
c
tq
§«is
O
O
«
Ph
1
u
o
PL,
o
■3
III
•c S S (.
><
o
-a
5
a.
H
Q
1^
o
c
§
g
03
fl 00
o
si-ii
O
o
c 8 e s
d°S°
iiii
a a— «
8 5> S O
g.Sg.S
7-
H
cS
o
H
o
'-3
a;
>
CO
o
W
to
0
Z
C5
t— 1
03
2
>
C3
C
o
O
^
^
-^
■gtJtJS
z
£:
0?
o
qQQQ
^
Q
'H-il-HH-i
H
o
O
o
-Sill
•b'S'B-3
tc
*^-t
!-,
o
M
h
Igsg
-c
tt;
Sf T?
■4
■«1
o
■^333
cq
„-ix)cooo
c S S 9
r/>
ai
ri
O
E-,
gill
Q
tt-i
t.
+2
O
!§§§
>
t.' fe fc fe
S
a
c d c S
&
SSS^
<;
V>
0 © <U (U
t^-
^5;
n
>, >i;*i>.
Eh
.n.r:.D^
w,
t:-^-c-^
'A
CJ Qi U 0)
w
B c e B
«^
■^
o o o o
a a B. Q.
««
<!
"Ojco-r
Eh
£
1
1
P5
On April 1, employees went on strike.
It was alleged by employees that
they were under impression that
the mines of Nova Scotia were
exempt from provisions of Act.
When it was explained that the Act
applied to all Canada, employees
returned to work April 8. Difficul-
ty amicably settled. No Board
constituted.
On April 1, employer locked out em-
ployees. Employer alleged that
this was done in ignorance of pro-
visions of Act. When informed of
provisions of Act by department,
mines were re-opened on April 18.
Subsequently an amicable settle-
ment was effected through inter-
vention of Mr. J. D. McNiven. fair
wages officer of department. No
Board constituted.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
Names of Members
of Board:
(r) Chairman;
(e) Employer;
(m) Men.
1
o
Concerning employment
of non-union workmen.
Concerning hours of la-
bour.
oil
,
1
Locality.
Z
'x-
b
c
c
m
e2
111
03
Employees. . . .
Employees....
1
Q
o
1
(•jCumberland Ry. &
Coal Co. and employ-
ees.
OCanada West Coal
and Coke Co. and em-
ployees.
Date of
receipt of
applica-
tion.
B.
<
1907
April 9,
1
9, a
S^ja
^
o
-d
r
J2
f
a
n
^
U
>,
rf
=1
13
a
P
<u
IS
J^
X
3
rr
o
n
t:
5
a
?^
o
c o
0 CO
03.
O b3
art
16
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
00
o
I
o
0!!
O
I— I
o
O
o
EC
H
H
QQ
00
p
a
z
ais
5**^
E-
Q
OS
o
z
r*
O
<
s
to
o
a
z
H
<;
<
o
3
Z
H
<c
z
H
>
fei
z
■2-21.
o u » S
a —■ — •
'■s5 i « — i; E
g.2 feJ
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
.s-S ° '
= s s
- S c
^ — ~"
= •2 c £.S"S
2" O !
— o :
e :^ u ■
S< X
=3 = S <
§■2^
jS £ =* o
2 j=' ss^trt^ 'i;
-3 --5 -J c = £: X t si'l Si ^^
5 i» D. aO 5 S
:<ag.a£::
c £ o
<§» =
d o-,.2
a 50 s —
a- 2 8
^— c_
= -= o
■sfc:
3 X c t: ^ o
^— Sx
e==
■ S 3
i§Si-
o = » S =
■" S » 2
0-=. U C3 O
_o
aa.:
— ^ CO
0-:
n
Jo
"a
0
Q
■« -3
Hi
as
1
ional Co
Co.
anadian
Ltd.
■3 .
c 0
I1
E^<^
■3 "
c
-So^S
C 0
S d
|-^3
aO
0
|0|:^
-5S "
■ O
IXnrSTRIAL niSrVTES INrESTIGATWS ACT
17
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
O £.^ 1- . O
<o cQ-C 2 OJ 2 ?
o o (u o ^:5~ ^
^ ifl -M ^ '-. o >.-T,
■73 « „■ c d a
SO <U M O »
^t!"^'' o « .
XJ V, 1* O e O O
«agssg-s
£ o c
a a «
M s a
^o ° !
o 9 g
■5.2 S-;
a §3
o .- ?, S -C ^i
c o *■
i'S^ <
ii o
w ^ Q. M 0^ 5 *e
es g OT? b o g
or: f- c X
cH G. o-Q
^ bc.S £ " S
■^.S fl dj 0 0)
ox: Ji j:
5 ♦J +j -.J
ggg
'as a
J)ta o o
a) c - or
L225 -
6<
5= H-i
w a o (
^ si II I P a
■O S 0) » i & m
" o £; -a Si -
3 I. a ._,-Otj ,
|rga>>asggg
5t^«£-o£-§lam
a Mj- o a a JJ
a'5-c^§"2 "
^ M «^ 1) 2 oj
;^ « g^ CO g
0_Xi I- m O^
m
>>'t3
0^
«1
1
P3
— .
m"
a
+r
1
Is
i
bf
■n
g
a
s
a
1
■u
>
0
&
J3
J2
"o
0 4)
>1
rrl
S
tJ
2
>,
0
^
0
m
§
s-
4>
2
Li
^-
^
w
%'^
W
0
'Z
.0
0
•^
0"
&=
>.2
i.^
o."*
s
3
ta
CO
« ..Sa
i
"m
?
3
S
5
1 - s
Mr. Ju
m (c) 3
hibald
array (
i-s^
So
0 — ^
§§
532
1
s
J3
§
Q
d
g
0)
Honour J
Wilson (c) 4;
B. Smith (E
H. Sherman
Hon.
Graha
S.Arc
. B. M
0
*5
CQ
M PM«
.SS
P^
Pi
§
^
tR
.2 ft-fc.
H
03
M
K
Sag
S 5 c °
O
8g
.a °
S ex
ga
o «
U
MO a
s5a
o o aj
si
ss .
o S
.S !»
SS S a
C *^ t-
O O 01
o S
S) So.
§0 ©
o
6
n
O
«
a
w
a
a
a
. w
|ii
§0
O"
— oi
a5i
¥
t: a >>
XI (d
£'5tt
^0
<
0
w
a
■50
§ C9
.s
do>
5?-
18
DEPARTMEyr OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
(-
»
Q
Z
o
z
s
CO
C
z
<:
o
z
♦^^ l_ X 3
0,^0 0
°'^ « c o
• S o
Z J- O
Sic
.MO
"S «:^ **
t: mt;:: m
E^§^
ES§S
d-^o-r
^=2cr-
3 "S c
:j=g 5
" S o
TZ c i *S ,j
e— -""a
t- :j P u t>
G C =? -» C'
S3
c
S ."
.[it.
C--r
i-gl
O 5i C
|S|
o =a o
|8|
* ^ S
^%^
E°|
§§•3
o
.-a
|S|
'£ = &
Hi
c « c
O
<
I
c
C
_E
E
E
ii=Q
JoS"
§1
MO £
ioi
o
E
w
-eg
CO »
■^ o So
«-3 ■=
^1 Est
to e -. ® ^
£-So g £
fc o =! g 5
o S c
'o E
as
c C G
gSE
o
C9
d
E
H
"Se
-a
■a
c
-a
B
■gs
6 "5 -a
ci oi
■=•■
osfe .
1
ll
6
■si
1.5
6
&i
5
s
J
-^i
o g
.2 &
li
5 '^
o
o ^
.^
S.
go o
§0-E
EE
O O
15
£.9
1511
u
C
Q
a;
o
Q
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
SESSION,' L PAPER No. 36a
19
ej O o =3 5 '
-n « cE oi or*
cs^v; £ s „
« a ^ ^
W.T1JS o oj ,"
e^ 2 fe a
fee
T3 O
o
■S »
o S
mill
■1^ c
; 0) ca
i
f
o:
£
__-
7'
>
c
sJi>;
•V
pa
s
>.
q;
fi)
5-"
Si
i
S
Xi
c
E
c
J£
0)
»t-:
o
t-;
n
■ s o
T3 w
CU
£ =3 g
-73 jD -*'
IP J'N
Xi o
Oj-" t.
q; (D ra _. J
C (fi o *jfH C -C
oi 2 ^ 2 "e dii
«^>. g _go
^ S ■£- d E 0 *^ 0)
lc.9 a"o«
x: O^ bt^-3 e8 O
c
00
~
"00
c
on
■^oo
0
0
0
.«.
7Z<=~'
77; oa
. ns*
^^
k. "-
u, r-<
l-> •"■
O
a
a
0.
t
<
-3!
<
;-'-
^
^
S
™
■1 g -
£
5
c
'^■if
£
s
■5:'" u '^
j2
rt
m
^ M >i
Is^s
s'o
d
a
»
6
Ifisi
3 CJ
0
0 S
0
on. Mr,
Stuart
W. E, Bi
F,H.Sh
0 t:
— ■ ^
X
X
1
Q
6
0
X
2
►-i
fe
m
dfe
.2 w «
a
ffi
E
w
li
-D
e
bS
d
D.
Si
S
1
bC"
bD
o3^
t
1
(0
*
hoc
bD
bO
to
.5.2
C
S
11
M
i
0
u
0
0
0
0
s
c
0
0
en
":>
«
■^
Ji
<
S
^
CO
CC
s
Z
J<!
c"
M
0
0
11
^
■3
c
0
0
e2
1
^
(5
i
>>
i
>.
i
^
^
0
_o
c
"d.
0.
"d.
£
s
B
a
E4
w
H
m
, How-
athers,
raters,
whole.
3i
1"
i
11
John
sBn
ope
as a
ees.
•ol
0
H
&i
Marsh,
. Steven
I mine
It with ;
employ
i
§0
0 -s
0
■a
e
■Sol
_. tn cj oSTd
_S'C
>i
■0
.£: oj a
£~ 0 I* c
1-
0
D.
■J-g
5
6r°, a
^
fe
s
0
0
(D
<o
ta
»
'"'
on
™
Cfl
§
"c
n?
<
s
C'C
B
a
fl
0 rt
g
0
"a
>^X>
hP
-n
ITl
CJ
^
2
0
S-2
13
1^
p
bc.a
c:
0
bJ
-o.S
x:
0
CJ
4)
£
CQ
n
S 5 S'^Sa b
^ 0) g (u^ S *3
P '' >""_ E §
•fl-sS. .-»S>
s
.§.sos;»2
•3--?|ssil
aj M 5 So c— .
J ==^ >i^ -; 3 fc i5
. (u-3 u -*-! j3 ja
5 S aJT3_^^ O o
0^1- >,
c: c d oJ .
O OhHf-t^
■s
0
-0
b£
a
0
0
W
0
=>!
a.
M
bD
p.
-a
B
■0
^
s
^
0
36a— 2 i
20
DEPARTMBXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I
to
D
D
Z
O
1— (
H
>J
S
OQ
Q
Z
<:
o
z
z
i
1
1
A unanimous report was presented
by the Board, making recom-
mendations for the settlement of
the dispute. The findings of the
Board were not formally accepted
by the parties, but the invpHtiga-
tion by the Board is believed to
have been beneficial to the camp
as a whole and no cessation of work
was reported.
Unanimous report was presented by
Board, making recommendations
for the settlement of the dispute.
The findings of the Board were
accepted by the men, but not by
the company. N.o cessation of
work was, however, reported.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
Jan. 22,
1908
Feb. 13,
1908
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
Dec. 21,
1907
Jan. 31,
1908
Names of Members
of Board:
(c) Chairman;
(e) Employer;
(M) Men.
Prof. A. Shortt (c) 3;
E. C. Kingswell (e)
1;
John A. Welch (m) 1.
Prof. S. J. Maclean (c)
4;
M. r. Pumaville (e)
1;
C. B. Duke (m) 1.
6
D.
.2
-3
£
1
e
'c
t
c
■a
s
-S
if
O
l-g
en
c
c
1
Locality.
c
O
1
6
o!a.2
Employees... .
Employees....
a
5
2
1
1
McKinley-Darragh Min-
ing Co.. Ltd., and its
employees.
Temiskaming and Hud-
son Bay Mining Co.,
Ltd., and its emplyees
Date of
eceuit of
applica-
tion.
OS
1
1907
an. 9.
1
s
s
o
o
Q
Z
<!
Z
O
■<
a
o
Cu
n
Z
■<
as
.».
§.2:3
gS-g
E-SS -
g §.«
oji 2
"■3"
and
oard
May
ted.
•Slg'
§11
adjusted,
before B
ar from
eby aver
g-s^l
« 0 a
S3 C bD
gJ3-T3 ®
iffer
cone
of o
bein
hM
Q
Q
— '
«5
<
-*"
00
>.2
>,2
S
3
Id 1
Z6
■s« §>
•Si« _:
1.S ^
S.S 9
^■S o .
J3^ =3
■i^SO-S
^==96
g^ ^
s^ -
fi.
d*
.32 is
dule
hou
rei
forir
"3
"3 M
sche
ages
ship
of
, etc
~ s
Mil
O > d m (B
1*
O
0
■■J'
a'-i
SS
*S
-00
£3=
O
0
•all
-oS
■3 e »>
£ £-o"
Se-a-
1^^
g^^
S
s
>>
>>
o
0
S
s
H
w
a1.
«-a
«-a.i
^ C be
c a: s
H-a
^ii
-^^'^
gO.2
gOE
O
0
t>r
<
05
®2
3
ISDrSTlilAL Dlt<PlTES IXTESlTIGATIOy ACT
21
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
1|| »
E s
"•= 2
'■S-S^t^3
S O 5) ^ t,"^
3*J > C S ?
C "" r" 3^
; s s
>>-= g
"3 C.S s
'._c a g
3 S
.is
.5 "3
o
_ ^ « CJ >
g.H.a|j-g
3 p I, n- t-^ I, c. e
§
o
cS
T!
:■) >>
13
1
p
■ ^
8
hr
to
c
rr
-::
H
—
^
m
JO
!C
rt
Q
S E-o a
a
a ? g o a
o'|-0 u o "S
j^ Bxi E o e3 e3
SI'S
C 0)Xi
<s u o
u a >-
Q
£31
Q
^ a 2
■=.J 9
■^.J 9
Shortt,
csbitt, K
O'Dono
Shortt,
Bsbitt, K
O'Dono
rot. A
W. N
(e) 1;
J. G.
(M) 1.
a
■r:'^.
J3
"-S-3,
-J^^
g
^-.sg
Q
olo
o
xZo
a.
•^ a .5
0.
e
E
H
s
B
s
■o.SfS^,'
■ i I -
'c - iS ^
.2-cJ:a
o a— .^
o c e >>
a a S
'-' o.
'^ ■*
*-" o
.2 §
a =^ t*
O
05"^ 2
c o 9
o
.^ c o
oj c; a. ,
^ >.£ C g
<=^ ta b o c
^ §.£
-J- C. M 'O
ti! c c h
.Zo^.g
§« a S.-S
O
* " .
a , o
§E
•3 '
a >.£
CO®
O
22
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I
z
o
<
o
s
p
s
o
o
Q
■z
<
"z.
o
<■:
E-
o
IX
a:
Z
<
BS
B
1
Report of the Board was opposed
to the claims of the men and
was accompanied by a mino-
rity report from Mr. O'Don-
ogliue, generally sustaining
the claims of the men. Neither
report was acceptable to both
parties, but the effect of the
investigation appeared to bring
a better understanding between
the parties, and no cessation
of work was reported.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
00
••52
<
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
Names of Members
of Board:
(c) Chairman;
(e) Employer;
Cm) Men.
His Honour Judge
Monck, (c) 4;
Wm.Bell, K.C. (E)l;
J. G. O'Donoghue,
(M) 1.
Nature of dispute.
og
% &
.1-1
aS
1" .
»2.|
lit
5 = ^
2'^
oil
C
Locality.
t
I
1
^
a a.S
"^1
1
Q.
s
1
Q
o
J
1
Hamilton and Dundas
Railway Company
and Hamilton Ra-
dial Railway Com-
pany, and Hamil-
ton & Burlington
Railway Company
and employees.
Date of
receipt of
applica-
tion.
c
a
00
2
CO? *J
~ « U C - c3 ■
o "^
" ° >> o
a o c^ G
S-^.2 .2
.■3S.i«a
t- *j o a ,
a t! a r
r? g gs-J
© ■.- 2 a " '
£ *^-« «^
^-, ^,.2*^ c o °
c o o c d— C c
— ■^~ 3) o
. d d g O g
1 "^ S m OJ
i|o8g"
O 0) ti ^ 0)"
SEgSsS
§■ . s
Q
4) #
n O O
oJ a o
T3 a
^ g
CO
a —
S
-0 S c
u a.^ o
^ >^ ™
S-S S &g
■soft. aS
rXniS'lh'IAL hISI'l IKS 1\\ ESTIGATION ACT
23
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
S-
Sa.
*? t, o
*5 J5
jE^'
lis
a
a
a
o o a c
•E-is
>»2
cd
24
DEPARTMEyT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
■*^ 3 M O
-ki O O ™ +^
"-O '^ M— -
e= O C5 S e
» c d .
gSQ a -
c rt ? p §
£ c gi 6
B o >iMi
. I s:
J g o
82 (S
3 S"S
£ .. s g
E 3Si
2
05*0
- s ®
n C -4^
b » o c
g'^ o = £
-^ o.« cS
gfeDWS
e S
a
§1
o ©
0-.
c o.
S
> §ca * g
&&&£•§
a ci =^ o::-
-3^ d ^ a)
.fa ag f; =,j
£ o ^ 2* S
— i O o— c=,d
I-- to g^
o i:S o S^
3t-^ £
*J O o
.2 03.3;^ g
a.S^rg'E-
•— o P o =J
•S-.2"ug
« 3 ? C S .
SSSS
S5fil
g>. ° O"*^
s « e E 3 =
J= *J 3 3 e t*
« 2 g o . o
4, d o *; (- cS
:r"^o'3^g
-— *^ -3 O C
§ 3
°2ilS-E
S£l§c!S
.2 §. o ~-— 5
'"5 0^ "^ £* 5 ''^
a^.s § g o
a 2 c 5 c ►-
3^:00^*3
Oj -M t- 'W O hO
■2,1nS.|g
cS j:; d J o ta
h= ^ p ^ S =
^^ o t- — "n
«— -3 aj S To
o.S's Sop
t. c a) vu" ^
3 o'S'.3
•a
O O O £ +f *J
"g'S « g ■§
,-=o?E =
- Mi ="
■53 = 5
•^■a'C 3
.SS-c
• § s J g ^
oS.S-SO-
lyDVSTIilAL DISPVTES lyVEHTIGATrON ACT
2,5
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
CO
O
05
s
o
T3
tl
tA
13
t^
■6M
05
O
o
tH
.5^
on
^
Tigs
o
05
M
e-l
T— 1
bC
g 2 o
O
s
ill
o3 tr >>
o
Q
o
"^ £ ^ «
w
t-<
05
el^l
a
a.
o
o
O
0,
as
il^l
Cl,
^
t)
-■S2S
H
r-
rr
c3
t.
as-jg
D
o
1— 1
03
o
1— f
o
a:
z
z
H
<
o
■gsss
H
o
CO
1— 1
i s*' g
J
o
^1
5 o a> Qj
Q
C-.
c3
O
g.sg.s
Z
-1
2
a
o
i
■g o « o
O
z
"42
Q
qQQQ
z
>
cj
fe;
►_;•-" >-J "-h"
s
jr
^JJ.S
o
O
W
o
*3*o'o'o
u
h
^(rqrt'-^'
&
t^^
F-,
CI.
o
O-
t/J
m
V3
m 'f ■" ^
n
-a
o
-§■§■§•§
"<
►5
X
OCOOOOW
<
«
£
c c c c:
o o o o
«
o
Xfcy^a;
«j
Ui L, L. ^
Q
K)
c e c fl
^
o
r";
3 :3 3 3
1— t
-^^
fe;
fefefefe
03
tq
o
O
a
ssss
6q
a; « (i> V
<
>.>.>.>.
U-l
^^
.D.£:j3,JD
O
-^
S o aj o
H
^5
(d
o. a a a
s
««
w
H
'^c^n-^
<;
H
C/J
s s
rt g S"
»i £ C o
_ o a c S
£ u a S
z
§i|^§g
, S 0*0
_^ >, s
«* =
""O moid
C3 fcC c3 W
OS QJ « _ _
a£ >.»! a o
5 oj cS S
O
Si A >>
'"S-^ S OS
' £ C D.
t; a
<
- £ o-a
•3 o » c"
g "^ o
.2 a tn rt-d
S3 a c "2, (^,
§ "- g a M
fQ O)— :s a
_ a E S'a
;ti&.
0 O *J
Z2g
St!
a rt.Sd
f^ Eo.
Q g a
E
a
— g a
E^
sz
z
E
w
feo
§^
SR £
■Sc
..^0
0 0
a: -71
O-a
0 0
.^0
(U
|o
M si
Sc^
Sc-^S
^:
5 S^.s
•S a g-.S
^^ ^ a t3
a ^ o
^ - a c -"C
s: S a t> g 3
z
«a
a o
26
DEPlRTilEyT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
CS
H
a;
Q
Z
O
z
Q
Z
<!
o
z
"-" -a
Op*- m
II i|
ogt
Z 2
g.a:
aa.H
2 o > si
Sic s .
D,£^ O OS "
1^-5 3> S W ,
lao
--.EuS-3
D O S OJ2
3PC 53 ^ sJ O «
i c » «
<
= ;3 3
g a> u ^
S Sin E
J; C ? 0
t^O .£
•H2g =
o 0) aj ;
r O £
nes of Member
of Board:
c) Chairman;
e) Employer;
m) Men.
Honour Juc
Gillivray (c)
o. S. Campb
1; Jas. Macd
(M) 1.
2
.BSOSl
„^--
« .— O
JfeSQ
o
g3
s^
S^
bCS
So
*-3
»-s
a;^
c.ti
'S.ti
te^
fe-o
S-3
Q O
0
O
Ci
2"
c3 ■
K-o »>
sea
a w
t- c c
:a :a g]
s
ug
•a
S
M6"^"i
"** Q
O O S «
a a —
.2 ° »
a SI'S
= fe o
tj C 0)
U J C .
« Sir 3
n a^ o
<:
■a2-s<
Q
3o S
5 £
c ^
St.
■5 "!^
!\ni STRIAL DISPVTK.s IXVEsTKIATrOX ACT
27
SESSIONAI. PAPER No. 36a
o
<
o
s
s
o
z ^
■< S
z :3
2 ^
< -;
c;
o
Z
^ > *^ g
gia.s
^ o '^ g
§«=^
„ o c o
2 c -2'
O. D. nj
CQ C to
sis
m 53 q
i
a
a
(U
-3
2
n
s
TitC!
B
01
c
<o
J4-n
tn o
[J3 C-;0 l-
S ? e o
C *j a bl).^
llj=<" « p g
="2 S =
S g £ = ■?•;
£l-gt;£i"3g.
O il O ^ ^ OJ
■3.2 o
So
5 t. Sits
<o o ^ Sj;.-
J? a
a-s
o cj e
■S 5"^
a O t-
5 ^
"»?i
- c « o -^
'1:5 -^ a
°-=a
-a C J, » e
mil
^ S S '
-* :i c
! > 2 ^
o c 'y c !r ■
o a) O M r^ I
= 5^'*aa=5£Sg=ga^
m^ > O
"■° >.£ d -^
*^_ fc o o
*j a M c*" c
c « c oi o
".2 o S
;es.3-
a* ^ i-
c " -^
« C3 M
a:
o e S • t
ia-9
9.2
bo s
.3.2
0),,- / 2j
m-.".^V
Z.:a-^
iJS3 S
_ h
^%S
(Sw^t;
gilis
0 . . .
X
J
T="o
-T3
iiSx
0
c C
hCg
= •2 c
iil
o
o
.gw~i
a Bo
^ ■ 0
Jill
. OG
0=
giaib
.202i-;
S
s .
C O
o «
O
3 O
Ml S-
O 03
28
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
1 ^ a
III
lis
J c-3-
o c u o S.t
;— -js-*
^^ s © 5:
5cS
= ^ ^^ «•« =^"
D c 35 c 2_ ■-;'
y ^ S C'~ S <*
y C > C O S C
u C > & t< ej S
3 O C o
moo >
S 2
O H
1 2
t^ s
o s
o o
— 1 o
^" g
< ^
z
z o
2 H
5 S
z
111
O ■■'--
o
'o'^ 3
13 "-'
^
~-^~^J=
=3 ■
bC
= &o
o
O
i|§
::)
£8Q
o
.20S:
■Tls
tB
.1
£-; § S S .
^i
■1:1
^1
oS
O
<
o o
So 6
M >> O E O
" c c (d
o
b— c.S ::-
C C rt fc.
o o
'-^13.5
U> G
■T C f
>-S
ig
E ® a>
Q
ill s §"
-* ? o 3 <a j
s =&^>
c -2 c E '- -
».= .£ - ?-
j: oi c ei cc :
S^9
COS!
si
Ki
.o
CO
^^a
t; C ei
o o *^
e
K§&
lal
31
ffl^
- ^ *i g
1^
J * £ -
o
a
lyUUSTIilAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
29
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
>■ § S^
S-nO-,
"d a 2 .
° S a
n o t3 **
5j
'^H o— "jJ
O O 1" o *i
Q
Q
■SS
ioS^
S'o.
6 o
6S
O - OJ
_H
a
71
C1J
>
-1
n
.=1
^
C
ffS
"o
.—
iw
"js-a
- -^ tn
■ui3 O
aj m o
■>-gc
£0.9
■i3 0)0
0) 3*—
CO D. O
5^ 05 a,
§ o o
.2|S
~ >.S
■3 g-o
§a^
OgS
||i
CO = 0
*- >.ar
5 aJ o>
3 o a
Q. 3
^3 C-^
30
DBPAIiTMEyr OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
C5
o
05
Oj
ta
1
tn
C
o
C^
Kj
£
r^
o
K
1
S T
o
c
Cfc
o
JZ
fej
■cJ
m
V.
— S-c
T— (
iS
a>
j^'-ots
H
o
o
05
s|>.
M
u
^
-cEc
o
tin
a.
S S 5.2
o
K
Q
2^
fill
1.
3
t~
1111
o
£
d
>;
= = - °
Q
Is
e-"
bf
^
>;
_c ce c cs
a
7
"
^
"5 o c o
p
z
>
CO
'L
C K = K
a
u
^
C-;
>,
i^--«
r/l
O
— -
§
o
III!
Q
§
g.sg.s
<
o
o
"5
O
>
-t-^
Z
CS
-^
QQCQ
s
I— 1
^
'<
H-^' >-< )-i "-i
o
o
o
o
"c'o'c'o
c c c c
.2.2.2-2
>.
SSgS
►J
;_
^
= :3 3 3
<
c
T.-J-.T.r-
«
n
fc.
0C»QC=0
Lh
o
.2.2.2.2
t5
Cm
^
tj
g c g S
C
X X X K
?;
c
\J
fc t o cj
HH
o
<
§§!§
+^
Ci
cj
"S
feSfefe
00 m !0 2
CO
>
■ScSE
gsis
<;
^
o o © ©
t.—
1
>^>i>, >i
^
x-cx-a
H
iz;
c c e c
W
S
w
<<«
H
<
— c^eca-
H
C/J
H s
E " ^ ?
^ O CO c o
£ 3^^
(CO
Q O **
a*
CSC
=J O a ^TT
= .; > = ^ s o
S.-i£^-i = £°
■ i-3 5 _ §-§ i
t3 c:
o
— C ^ :
"C l- c o o
u c 2 cj
c c. a .1
' aj 2 ^ <
- "P ?: 3c ■ — £ I
S^SI
3 = 2^1
K S a.2^
a
.2E°i
c o o
V, t S g
I co'
^e1
!— =P= (- C--
-3 ij *- 5 t-^
•5 Is ° c R
— 2-^ £
^•~. 3 c.Sj
II
C
2
;S
C3
s
£1
0
t
■J
^
"
o
X!
c
s "> ? ■
; S ^^ o
r^ e o *^
■ -C C
"^ Q 2 c
c c B
3 S 3
^23 o^
i ^-1
m
cE==
O g o ■
■ £ c s
>.U
Q
1 i-=
o
llll
0 5?
1
li!l
1^1
O V O <!>
Q
Z
o"Si
■V
»&2g
g
O
Ki^-
s-
s
<!
ixnr firitrAL uitii'iTE^ lyvEsTiGATioy act
31
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
S E ■= » = « ^-"J
o £ >>o 4J f
-.5 S.2 0) S !
^ £ >; =» s-T3rg Oj?;
o ^ S 2 P !
■S.s_-1-«!£-2'
jn <A f-S ©H is c e +
f*
> o >
(DO
h
£^ >,-^ £^ H
■^x:
t: c:i
* — <'' d
O aj C .
5^H o S
.£5 D.£^ §a5'S"S;
i >._;-o _: £ s
'•°«S--t p
' . « E M I,
u oca
*5 . — o
« a > -^ _ i
d
C^cd-i
^5 >i S' «
y O O "5 =£3
■s°|
C fU ai St;
oj > 0) fc- il>
ci a> o siJ
ipl i,
o-C arc 1^
o _ •
ieI
iio.i'-22>.E-2
< C w o u^
•5. HS-5
=•(§ m^ g i« „
- So- -S I
pS
-■si
Sj3 e
g E
<
« Q^ 3i 5j2^ ^ =0 a.'~Z
M
J"-9 t-W
bt,'^
^ g
d P-^T^ «
^ 0
— E
^
■i^-SE
lid
w
^Hfe^
.2
do;.-i
a
-J Em fca^ B fc M
a
E
w
^3
gSi'sg.^i-d'IS-dS
■2°' J O^h) .c
i|g>ip"6d^§|dS-o
is 8tfOOOJ^£o E a
_2 P m
O
0£
^1
o
32
DEPARTilEyT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
z/l
p
Q
g
a
z
►J
B
s
Q
Z
<
o
z
z
o
c
i
•o
1
a
2
\
1
c
3
<
ed by the Board, making cer-
tain recommendations for the
settlement of the dispute, which
were accepted liy the parties
concerned, a strike being thereby
averted.
Proceedings in connection with
the application were discon-
tinued in view of an agreement
being reached by the parties
concerned.
Proceedings unfinished.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
a
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
o
01
Names of Members
of Board:
fc) Chairman;
(k) Kmployer;
(m) Men.
Geo. F. Cunningham
(o) 3; Frank B.
Smith (e) 1; Cle-
ment Stubbs (m) I.
R. G. Duggan (c) 3;
J. 0. Hannah (e) 1;
Clement Stubba
(M) 1.
i
O.
3
Wages and dismissal
of employees.
Wages and conditions
of employment.
Wages and conditions
of employment.
oil
i>
i
2 ?
o
►J
i
< «
1 I
<
t
'I
^^1
>
c
c
£
u
a
E
_C
£
i
3
D.
.2
Q
o
1
Edmonton • Standard
Coal Co., Ltd., and
employees
James W. Blain, con-
tractor for output of
Cardiff Coal Co.,
Ltd., and employees.
Alberta Coal Mining
Co. and employees.
Date of
receipt of
applica-
tion.
at
C
2
c
a" u-
3
3"
0
i i §=1
n -
3 c '
roo s t, m c >i
4 — 1 , - Q.
■5; Ot„ j::^ I- 3 o
' n.Q.
'is
0.5
■-ZJCC .
5-^ ^.a oj'3£-''^£-*
H
0:-— -— IB 1)
"^ ^ a ^
£ S c O.as d
■^ i'2 >»^
_ '^ C o c ^
^Jfl "^ &.">
" M c c o S
5 >. rt o " o
S t.« *^ o
■-^ Q."' 'y F
3 o o^ K o
oj C C
o S
a
1-1
M a o
s a a
<:
£3
OJ a'c
. c: a
•^00
«
s
Is
o o
00.
lyDUSTIilAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
33
SESS'ONA. PAPER No. 36a
2
O
H
<
O
s
D
s
o
o
Q
z
■<
z
o
•<!
«
O
£ o 5 _=?«'--'
s 5 1- g g a>,
.2 a »; k. ^.^ w
£ =3
05 e3 cn
Sec
S C O
,° § =
u o 0)
IJS
a
■ ■- 3
^
a
i
fi.
7}
a
^^n
o
r-
c
^
(V
w
ilil
&
si >--a £
b£
^ o'oE-'
illlil
a) c3
■* ^.2
2 o
O .. o
c 2 4>
ssli
a® «
"= '^ iS S
O I' 1- 0}
» s
5 O
■a* .
*j _S •J
® 0) S
S S o
m
;o a .
O oJ
c" £
o s.g ■
ell «|^ ^
J3 C OJC^ CO &
ftX!
S S i
°£i
"^ C3 OJ
c o aT3 a
eZ ..
§ 2o
a o— fi
3 tJ oJ O
2 = 1
2 2SS-
3^S
ss«
iSt-:
o .§-
s^s^
^1^1
a 3
a .
a"?
= o
a c"3.
. o c
fc ^ t;
a >.S
W
H
'^ OJ O O t.
o « c a
■§ .£-°g£
2d« .62
t-'CJ - " *-*
5- o a.-
o
o-o
03 o
& «-■ ai
K^ o
■129
5J=
S3
n a «
ja o >
0.^ " a
&-:i
o:
2 c +
O ©
a ° c
C1-J3 KB
e *= SP
=i 0.9
SCO -O
K 2 .- ©
C^— ' 3
_. O >- » bO
X
J j;.2
= t> ■*-?
■Sc-og
fe'J bii;
a i>= o
p o a o
.29
SI
lag
3a«.2
£§s|
34
DEPARTIIEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I
o
o
o
Q
<
z
o
H
o
Z
<
■Sgg-°g
^ Sec «■-
- S ®
i J- c M „
= Z-r-Sg
•2 2j°
3 '-' 2 S.'~
= a 3 S i«
s-e E o ^
. - ^ E i
;■■? 9 £ '
■ S-3 s
; S ^^ ^^
1 C !^ 3
^ C © u
•5 o£—
ri =S
C p a
6-=S
.^ oi O
a ^ be
■*^ o o
C S on ©
s-
s-^
s-^
a
s
s
s
;s
'^-C^
*^0 — H
— 0
Ss-^s
■§-^■5
3|
-
Atkinson
aco No
onoghuo
z..»
.la
si
GO
So-
%^a
■zab
K .s
f->
s
■-
is
a *a
(3 ■
c *j
•dS
•c E
•oB
is
la
§)S
C9 ©
03 0
a 0
S
s
s
= ;^E
S85
a
E
a
E
ffi or
=-°S
o o
6- :
i =-3 <
i5j
6 t.ec-3
-2§ E
- is c
o 3 = s fe c
5 £
H 6
•r ■ d
-. a o
c-3
c o
n
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
35
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
c..2o.sf
5 g.> —
£ rt o o — .^
C ^ f r ^-^ '
|coo
si
_£ c o *; oj-r
^ c o o d c i:
llslili
•^ >.-C tS O 3
3 3
- ■ g± otf '^ti
oSx S , *-' a® >
> 3 lh o :>..„ « d
c c' g -^ ® <« ^ >.
.2 . ci *i +-. ^c 5 j2
t; 3:^ f rt aa > t: 5^
ft5 S S £ £^35
o c
-t3 =^ ■ O
Q
O
6
Kg
S MS-
a'S E
201-
O
=J - ^ jfi I-
o o tc t-'C
■"-^ ° e § —
°J3 . OT3.2
»T3 g O 3 a g
^ o "
= a1g|
C.2
T3" a 5" S "o
: a; s ^
i >.0 J
-'T3 O .
_ 25^
C g Q.t- JO
n a s ® 3 ^
■ »■" c «•— ffl
i a ^ M D-^.S
^^M„SS»
;£S3»8l
o
B
a-jj c
= •§■-
36a— 3 J
36
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I
o
<
s
s
s
o
o
D
z
<:
•z.
o
o
(>.
«>
•z
<
Result of Reference.
-6
■5
e
cs
a
3
bS
B
O
Dato of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
"'2
a"*
Namefi of Members
of Board:
(c) Chairman;
IB) Employer;
(m) Men.
if
i
3
C
£
3
Wugeb und conditiona of
otiiployiticnl.
"-3
= 11
0
>.
Montreal, Que
.4
0.
i
3
C
Q
2
.1
1 -
Allan Lino; Donaldson
Line; Thompson Lino;
fjoyland Line; White-
Star- Dominion Lino;
Canada Line; South
African Line; Mexican
Line; Manchowter Lin-
e's; Black Diamond
Line; Head Lino; Can-
adian Pacilic Railway
Lino; and all other
owners of steamships
navigatinK to Montreal
and Syndicated Long-
shoremen of Montreal.
Date of
receipt of
applica-
tion.
^0
SE £ 2 =^ 2
, 2 £
H 0 ~ =
£ aS 5-
' s
' a.5^
;' = '5 ^.S'H 2^
.2 3
£§
IXDUSTIUAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
37
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
J3 -
«^s-
; e oj c
flliP
ra^ O O ;
s-S'-
O o (O s
§■3 Is g 8 ;
c u S "S ■» ^-i
111-
■e
E
oe c) .-
g E
O - m
(= S c
O S 3
£•81
§ te S S'O
S" ".c S2
fc o w o !s
O <a
■osl
- c *j a-
= .&££
Pi rt
.SO
'^"'3 3
0-3.20
be cd
ai
S
*
■^
i
fe;
a:
s
K
o
a:
O.
1=5
s
a:
w
i->
: c
o
,9'"
U «
^
isi
-1
k;
»< a
fc..
^ 0) >>
t>
c'^'i
O
g
1
o S.S
oa
Q
38
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
O
03
05
o
g
a
o
o
«
(In
o
OS
H
O
M
E-1
<!
O
l-l
P
to
»:3
P
O
T-H
03
s
o
0
o
o
Ph
a; CO
o
O
03
O
pq
p.
Eh
t/l
^
bj
?l
1-^
-^ ao
-J
8.S
CM
T-tg
O
ESS
lil
-pg
" O 05
«
d © >^
SO
•■=■£-=
O
^ c ffi-O
i-sS
- O ^'O
: ■- C-^
; d £ cj
hg-o
3 CJ =J OJ
: o i- u
J c *> =
£ c S
-2 OjD
-J CJ r^ O
. a>
v_ O O U O
^ dcQQ
^- ;^ ?^ -^
00 00 ■» OC
c c c c
o o c o
t-<
ot; o tj
o
XX 73 03
o
n
&Q
3 3 3 3
aJ
'^
^
C C C S
sssa
O t sj q
c c c c
'o'o'c'o
c c c c
C. D. C C
g
o
S ■
s .
CO ;
Q ^
Z .
< '
a
z
« S S o
a-r o ?;
S •■ = ?
OC5J= =d
S S'S OS'S
^ O 5Q _^ ^ 30
* S c
Si
"is
is
T. = U >
E ej
■ 2 >,
>— c ^ f-
J3 C *j
13 "5.5
ffi -•
■e o -
? 2
l|.2>,
a g o S
o .- ♦^ —
m
1^1
'^E'S.
c
a
si O'
o
I SI
I I!
C be
ffi O I-
f = 3
aloe's
■i^.l'g
§5 §.2.
» a, ii
^ -^ «
= -3^
1-^*3 =^
a. o c'.S
III!
Q
C S X
3 ^ t:
w
a 6 S g .
oO » o<
5 =5 =^^
.2 « —
So^S5
go §JZ
Og-E
= 5-3
sCoal
nploy
Dist
W.A.
3-n|"3
§°oS
Atlanti
J., Ltd
es, mc
Union
ict No.
rowsn
Ltd.,
mem
No. 1
orth
ies C
ploye
Loca
Distr
W.A
O
Z
i\nrsri;[AL disi'ltes iNVESTiGArrox act
39
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
°-k 3.2
ill!
§■2 0 •
S o rt £
|b-I . S
S c ^ ^
3-= B 2 Si
<
J=.2J
S >. .
O
^.3
O
.H
l§
t>
^
■3
■B
o
O
a
0)
^
5
5
a
y
H
H -
O
z
Sag? S— ■ a
S o te s g Od, >,
"•B S" g_ o 01
^8« a^2:Sa
■IS.S.2
S) ax; o 3 ^
s ° sd.s
t; o2^ o c3
2 5f b
»,5 S
>% CI
J O. 3 'O'-i en
CI m o ?_g
— e o
c So
ag §0
2 — c .S
« I. o-g
3-0 o a
= 33
ai "S >. -
', 3 e-i
3J O
:.Ssa-3S
I -^ (h <u en .5
^ I* S ' H
isiia
' o a; ^ -
i g S -a
! «'sQ a o
j 03 +^ ''' 03
'S §£-2 3 ■! g" S g
■■2a:;.H:s&|§|.
fejEgaaS-Sij-gi
.^g?:sS2g
s s
, ^— a) — ja .^i o .-
Q
b
a 2 cj g
gsag
g-§8g.
o
« °z°a
_.E ^ o
o c K *^ "
= 3.2 o
t «= oj:
o >i 3 g-*-
0
n
p
^
n
it <ij
^",
1m
„
S
to
is
ci
'JO *^
_:d
1
fcb
fid
11
4j
0
a
"o
p
4^
-d
+j
03
2-S
X
1
0
3T3
R
..
-<
rt
^
rt
1
w
S:.^-.S
°^ t. o-d
■g§s.|
"lis
Q-d o &
d
i
g
I
>i
>1
>>
_o
'a
a
B
a
w
t3
H
and
dits
age-
and
Op
2 oJ ■
g§5Sa
_. =,M <u
>>3^ S
2 -a §
Sd-^a
an Pacific
nd its cond
agemen,
and yardm
*l 1
oronto, Ham
BuffaloRy.C
conductors,
men, brake
yardmen.
Trunk
its c
agemen
and yar
anad
Co. a
bagg
men
rand
and
bagg
men
h
a
C
I--'
Si
S
s
s
40
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I
2
o
<
O
Z
D
S
s
o
O
Q
Z
<
z
o
H
<!
E-
C5
O
CLi
Z
<
Pi
£ •• « ?
»~ 6 o
^ o'rt eg
S °'— "?
I
Z
s
e ^ -
,j3 u. [£ D._0 o
C O
tc 3-0 o "
3 o c-^ S
■S © 5 ot:
2+^ o c E
c >i o aj ^
3 ?■ CD C *—
_ 5-5
, O Q, M
e3 cj ^
?■ G -:^ «I
c.o
« b. O *^ " — K ^
°-2' -Jlja !3 s S °'^
^-^t-^ Oi-- D.C(-i sm
•^ o *
O c c '
ft 3'
_.. . i e § ■
St
rt tt rt
o c c
"Is
Z
S
eJ ,
3 o m ©
.2 Q^
2 .-a cj
o £ E
£ £ ca =
=■ t^ -- £"
111
«J ea 53
c C.K a^
O
a -eg
■i ^■- J
•2^a
^ bo? .
S M » 2
2 ^ rt
■°? £ S
c i.a o
'E --a
a o ^ c
o c 7 s
C
H
s S
cja p.
Z
^i"?
<u
•gg
S bD.S
«i S
.ll^ .
slag
o c - P
s
E
H
H
§ 2 5
111
5 o
Jo.
^oS
c^
is""
gel
O
Q
E
E
t->i-l
Is
o
z^o
w o
°g
^-EZ
-a.3 S
II
Nort
d it
heIpe
Blac
Lodg
Z.5
|§^-3|
g-g
■3 ^
5.2 =
itSiiK
a n
ECQP
so
0) o
.s-c S
z
=
i-
s
s
?i
Ti
3
o
B
s
MO
C
s
-H (=
O
j:3
s
s
T3
F
g
S
a
!3 9f ^
0 Q c o;
tn bc.Sg
g o a —
1 >,t.2
ai3JZ
E§Sc-
c c © <2
cc o ^
gCJ.2*S^'
> CO
IXDUSTRIAL DlfiPUTES' INVESTIOATIOy ACT
41
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
St
a o tJ
^ > £
o S ~
pa > <u
S-S = p » I
Egg;
= .S -J
_ S = E -.^
•" C ^ -2
O »
CQ
ci ?■ «
"- o c
t, u C
c S "^
Sg^x-^M
c >
IE .
— « t.
■^ c i
® o u
111
a'g g-oj S'SS
^si c g-- c*o o C
o 0*5 •"■
♦i o ,
E'SfcE
^t: c "* ^
, E ^ C." D.
i S S o 2 S = 5)
! MJ2.S.2 ffl = J=
ial|
= o o IS
dog ffl^
S « c o
n ® '^ ^ ..
i t & t'^^
2 S E
ill
^1^
s„-s
-- > S •^ I
O c8T3 ^J.b
05
ill
® O
«- o-^ .
2 CJ C m
J= 03 C S
-^ (B " 3
o ? « o
a-3 S " E S o
1.1 = 5-2.: S
S « . « t »
„ S.Sf- * £ §
■^■fil 1
•3 >.s- S - S-
2'C S rt d o
ogK°&£"
.- xlQ
tj D. c oj a a
-. s-s^s © o
S w -^
33 M ti
g«.-;o
"is":
o
o.^ c
^^
*^ a E
.2 fc^
IS
o c e: «
c -I
I 111
c c c n
^^1
— , tc g .
^ rt F 2
^ TT 3
£ t£ O O
^•g £ S
btc g-g
.S s-S o
"^ §■§
gSEg
S'pS
S "=-o5
P m a; o
ng pr
ment
d al
ent
i
F-g§f;
b'
gsjie
t!
§3 3..
-^
bfi E t.
C 3 £
E.g«
§BS
D
ill
C ffi 3
.T5 K O
a
o
£
£
E
H
B
w
■o-a
-■ c"c— ^T3'C
ri'g
i-3-Sc^SSS
:SBS^
5tE°c- O
•Sss
dian No
and ite
mbera o
on No.
dian No
and c
vees, m
y Carm
Star N
mbcrs.
.479.
eJ o a* c
go D.a s in-az
cJ o 2
go ED
IflOfc
o
o
u
H
c ^ £ c 2/v*
s
E
B
.§ F s s s!a'.s S
:-E ScQSg gS
kZ gOEg-EJaoCJiaZS-! g-S-SoH
'-' «E 0
O r t-
fe £ ®
«3&
go's
S
42
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Z
o
H
<
s
s
a
o
o
1-1 Q
^ z
< o
2 S
-<' 2
2 "
^ 2
S-5 3 3
s •• => s
a o H s
z
s-5 §
•a
"S a
.2 >,o^
i = fe I'
C K 3 tn
a c^ St! =i-° ■- o
StjsoJ^^a
■'.. — 2 o
C3 K C U
If c. - 2
^ s 2ffi g 5 o ;
S£.|^|.ilo3
'i-!^5
ii|§.
o S
;e .. -1 — ; Q
o tfi S 2 2 ti
•2S
'5-H.^S5
SgZ
d si
^3 © 0)
CMS
§.5i
So
O g a
111
•o ■ o .
a >>« as
gCS a S
33-3 a
^ u — .
ill
® S «
o
as
z = a
fOo
tn 03 a o H
_3 t- an . ca
S -o S g fc
£•0 a d d a
Q
C 9J .
c 9 a
■S 29
fc- O) CO
Q ir--
CJ U >
a c p
O
E
o fi c 2 o
-; u C o ^
E — ® -C r- ■
_ c £-: © a
■gaSg.i §
= din o'Q
.£2- sJ o>-3 S3
iB2-=
?fc 3~
i S°S
o.S S S-d
E— 0 0
©■g 0 s 0
p d'S "
ani
Bo
nda
ties
§^111
<:
0
OlO
3
<
—■O
-^--■-' J=
.3->. S
lour
Bur
ullur
O'D
Ho
hnA.
P. M
1;
G.
(M)l.
.2^-^ ^
fei
c ■*•
(3
B »
§.£
■^S
= it
gSg
Cj
-^
0
0
H
i
a
s
K
-B 2 '■
«-§*„-
Co.
men
Uui
llnio
^il'i .
0 l.siS
■ga^S
feS-saz
H
^
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATIOX ACT
43
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
(-^
P
•n
0
Ji
CQ
jj
o>-0
fe
^
>
d
■i")
o
■-■
USE
_ e
s
0"^ o
g
s
w
B - " £
o] *j n p ci 5 ,
oc o - £ c , . *^
"S -b? 2 g ^ 1
a— g
o 3^ s c
5 -^'^
■0.0^4
.0 ^J
CO 03 cp c3 0-— .
— aj's o— , H
0.5 u a; c3 i-'S
Q
p O ea sJ o
^ « to I. ^ m
c s ^ o
: o o
O Ci
iiSZa:;
S " E 5 _
£■ _ » 9
.£0 ca-D<: ;
Ie
O QJ 5j
W-2^
s * E £ >
3 =^ S^ cj
3J CJ3 !
o w -
S:2 ° E.a
Jsa!|
rf ;
a s :
KH C. ? t
^|3
3 ■ >>?
cj-p £
£
o
-u rt""
Pi
1 =•= * « g-o S = "
■ '• -, e^ &-2 ■" „
' 2 s j; S- = a .^-3 ^
• — ■;; e P o e-3 tf
^ e P o ti _ i_ .
Sj § "■£ S S =•§
"S ' ■:;g:Ea«>?g
rt OLJ d+j.5*j en CS
^3 s
M I
5= .
tT 1-^ in-—
.J
c c
£"
;?; -Dj -' ^ " ss
OJ
a?2
■ i~ Qj ^ »•_.«.■>■ ~ ^ Bi
ij Eo s o-is So
w
■a ^ « St-S .-sO^ooo
S.S &S §i.S £.E^.S sSa-S^
_<
44
DEPARTMEyr OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
o
I
z
o
H
<
S
P
o
Q
z
z
o
H
<;
H
«
o
02
z
<
13
so-gia-S.5 § ,
a>
3~ o E S.2.2 o
u
1
* £ "^ s !•= 5 "^
o _ c o „ .
a)
Cri
« "^ « o3. £ ^ c £ S
o
3
iil|i.ii:s
1
§^1ii-iilK
<:
^s o
° °t: -^
''=
o c o*— b
==
^•sg-°8
>2
Q I" «
o
!ilil
-ti j=: o T- H
c;
Q *" rl
r
£
£
^ e t.
^1 1 5
8 of Mom
f Board:
Chair ma:
Employe
Men.
4J O^^^
G o a S
.2 O ^
K
^S
i
ij:
3
. o
c
£
t oo
^
g§
*'-5 .
=11
= 8 a
"S
1^1
2;
c « ci
Q
■ s ®
II1
L.
i-."^
-'i
-c.S
oo
ocm
V
>
S
>!
c
«d
1
fea
>
hJ
S.a
CO
>
^
1 '
f^Ea
c.
'^ a
<8
E
H
E Ei'-gi o^
1
Q
S
a e c c> -^
|.5El|r=
i
g:S^g-fe-3a
a EC c-^ a-fexP-i
O
•BOA
c
o'S.S a
o
Dat
ecei
appl
tic
i-
M "■
QC
'
•c-r-r
c
CI 0) c.
o
Jj *J-—
ill
■^
?5 m C
c.§ g
e
e
s!§
8
S- S
S
o
k..^ c
2
It 1
a
3
s
(-. o
tn
C O
©
s
ll!
c
o
"5
c
1
3
1
=1-1
1
1
o
<
:i,
»D
O
S
_>! —
t^
i ■
o
^ '=*
>i—
3
>-»
S
_^
^ i "
g
•—
—: S c-
^ cS
_S^
E
" S
oeo . ^
5J
1
"ZIIse
3
6
Ki^;,-
p.
g £ Q
-i
K
li
11
ri a.
C
C
K C
1^
SO
X
K
tr c
tf. =
C.2
.E.2
E:^^
c.ti ^
5 >- c
O w C
c = o
O C O
gSE
gsa
_o
u
: ^;
■■^
- c
t- .—
1^ O'
o
o^
c: -
so
"i^o -
o
+; .
SZ6
1 =
50 o C ■•
"S^
c; 2 cj aJ
'^ >, o a
16=-
= -cHO
o
<
^
J
o
>,
>>
_o
_o
c&
E
~
E
U^
^11
'o
i £
c
|-s§ie.i
»ES
o
SEE
E
1
■2 a
Is
11
§os
*s
&<
o
o
CO
n
o
s
■ ^
Ow
c
a""
f-
^
IMll STIUAL DISl'UTES' INTESTIGATWN ACT
45
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
(N
c
S
■ata
1
0)
C-H
T— <
^
5
.'2 —
5
b
to"
o
to
"'3
¥1
Ui
s
!U
ft.
d i>.
o;
• C.-.0
w
o
OS
^ = = e
H
o
K|
= = 0 O
o
Ph
5
l|!l
tf
t+-.
O
8J:gg
J^
1
O
tiii
r-
-^
■^E-Sg
;^
o
c3
fe:
o 0^ tS
Q
OS
S c<i
o
t- ?^ c 5
T— (
.2^
t^
(= t- C.2.
.2 cJ g a
+3 Ci
->^
O
^r
03 1-1
o
Jo Oo
» el; a
2:
<1
m CO
s
^
&
^
i •§-£■§
o
73
Q
o
-S
o.S o.S
^ o o u
Z
<
?
'^ o
-^
-< <;<;-<
o
•/3
Ed
c-^
fe;
I— <^^^
z
>
.2
o
Qqqq
z
z
"-f^
S
5
'-'w^^-i
s
H- (
'^
£ o 0) ®
f-,
5'5-S'5
tc
'S
o;
^
H
s
o
c'o'o'o
E-
o
0,
-^cico'-i''
3
as
S c B e
.2 o o o
fifl
P
cfi
t^
2 3 =) 3
T3
Ct.
i^-j;a2cc
iJ
t^
o
<
CS
OO^OOOO
O
V3
C B B B
a;
w
e)
O O O O
H
•^'5 '5 '2
o
O O O o
^
fe:
O O v. (U
s
o
CC/J^O!
a
t^-.
IS!
Ih b< b> u
c; <ii V o
z
3
T3T3-T3-d
'-♦3
tzj
tT tT (-" fcT
t«3
5
^ 5 S 3
'
S
1.
o o © a)
<'J
-^
*j^ *> +j
>.>>>.>>
t+H
SiXiXiSi
o
01 o ® a)
H
■*j -tj *j +j
c a a c
Z
'c'o'a'o
H
acac.
a. a a a
^
<-<<<
a
H
1-^ s^i CO -^
<1
H
cc
rf'aJ g- ° o
S .. a y
f §-3|g
B i
m-3
■ S ®
Z I- ©
'■s^ic-ns,
1 - 3 a
-^^
ofl 2=.;
2 *^CQ a— ^
o a
3 O C
M^ •J
Qi m i)
£ "3-2-2 a
b]l
>,
*j
c
o
Si
s..
=S
bC
c
P
fc£ 0-G
^
7i
Ba
•a" S SI-
1 0. rt go g
■r- 2 5J C m
2 soils
*^ t. 2 o S o —
. . a; S =; a^ " -
so « s « j-2
= 5
» o u *J
dOI
.b
-n
a
o
o
-^
CO
Aif:
O
t^
ja
-)i
s
1
2
aa
J3
c
2<
s
ti
a
^ 6*3.
cir
s
£ g o*2 o
« S «5
^ » oS:
lo-Z^
o-ii a* ■
46
DEPARTilEyj OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
D
a
z
z -
<
o
z
z
§
s
£
•o
Report was signed by all three
members of the Board, with slight
objections noted by MM. Hannah
and Slubbs. After tho award of
till' Huard had been communicatod
to hot !i parties concerned there wjw
a cessation of work (or a fow days.
The department was later in-
fornu'd that a settlement had been
reached on the basisof the Board's
findings, and work resumed.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
i
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
iz:
Names of Members
of Board:
ic) Chairman:
e) Employer:
m) Men.
J. Norman I'Vaser (c)
3; 0. Hunnah (b)
I; Clomont Stubbs,
(M)l.
Nature of dispute.
Concerning wages and
conditions of employ-
ment.
No.
persons
affected.
5J
<
1
c
•
.4
c
>
1
E
K
1
P
5
.1
1
c C
i-a
_§
02 .
'O O O
£Oe.
<
Date of
receipt of
applica-
tion.
hi
I
s
■g -• gt-f-g J >;
C 5; C— ■£ ^
tf S.-clI^
a.S^ r: s i 5
S S ^ = :t '= " S
fe=: M^-i Ev
o E =-£ - ='^ 5
biillli
CS
o"
o>
3
cT
L
5c =
i^4Q§
- ■ Q
.£•3^-2
|£«^
tf^-e-^-
Sol §3
u^^«^
o
a
Q
T3
W
B
§s
o
n 1
B
o
a
-a
e
tf
^
o
8-
S
H
6 £"53
0 ® §"■
.£-||z
Ii«.i
&■« »a3
c .-SES
s-^ i.m
IS^li^
lo"
>>s
s
1
■■2=5S^
-bSH
5-2
-St; I
u e u
^ a o 03
si
■HO
lyDVSTRIAL DLSPLTES lyVESTIGATION ACT
47
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
■> « o t- S
«= ^ K
^- U)
^ C I- I
rt 5J
S S s a i.^
a. o ^-= — ^ P
o.S
.S2 -C
;e =
g - a
t. " u ^- t-
•e c D.
P ? OJ C
■r; c3 o c 2
.|"5-oS_g
13 c O * ♦^
2 c x: o
Oj3 ,-"
C 3 =■
n o
t3 ^
•c-p s
sgi
*- o Cx
F-. n >
a ^ v 'fi
o O - O o
t S --'£■ =
b «- o c o
O ri
2 G g I- -a Orr Q.ii:T3
oS56°5sx;.S
«13
li
00
o
. o
'-)■
_-
M
t^
■ X.
^ —
I. V.
Hon
bitt,
J.G
M) 1.
^g-"^^
.liz-S
^ "^s
Honour
John McK
George F
K&n (e) 1;
Boyd (m)
on. Mr. Just
Teetzel (c
Wallace
K.C., (E)
O'Donogh
■K
^
3
X
Q
So
tJ3 g
H 2
u g OJ
egg
F
c
rt
xt;
O
^
B
^
.=
%
s
0)
13
u
si g c-G
_ ""E-o
= oj £ d
- o^ a*
3-ia OTJ
bC
b. c ©
- o 9^
O
o o
o o
oo
«
O
B
^
u
o
o
«3
2ja
t,
d
05
H
d
d
o'g
a
6
s
■So
w
"g^i^
^fe0j£-g
1=E|IȤ
_^-« g" s2 S
•^ O «,- c — X tn
"5=^
Grind
Ry C
maker
the I
hood 0
Iron S
Helper
qO
i ois
-n o P-
s-^S « So;
o
T3^ Bog
G 5 c o >, .
*■= g S cS «
§.5 Sn ^.s
a
6£S=>
.2-C O
— 13 t. *i M
(£6^.2
^ C r, cj
r^ r a) ^ -^
U . .S
5 i:'S2 S
48
DEPlRTMEyT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
5j
I
Z
o
<!
O
S
§ I
o =
2 rt
O
a<
m
<
Og'
iS
E •■ « S
s 33i
>>-;
-"I
a
a o
I ^
■ S »
o is
cj.- »
gsa
o
•a .5
oo
oo
S5
O
■a >, » c a M
o-^* o o 5 J
S &*j coo
•Z
=3 9-03 b3 c m
S-c '^ ? s
«.2g5-o =
" "^ . 3 2-a
g-£'S.S.S E
-^ C ° »
lip
4) a E =J -
® cJ ^ © 5
o Q. O
>. St
o o g
E*;"o
o o
— » a
** oj m
all's .1
K 4)
1^
g. » E
So-g
1 "■
,rt
2 t 0) d V.
3 *i C +j^
5i o) o
0^ b. eS
wQ -
g =,Z o
x|og b-
I si
ej .. el
^£
§°;^
6— ^
III
= a1
O a 0!
|go_2
£•3 ,§
,5 £2 2
^ O fl j2
Mo. a "
gSg.i
§5 I 3
u
2 =3-^
m 0.=
o*-" a .
.E g P £
O :i C --<
.2 5*-
-a S
o s. «
B -J b>£i 3
■3 ? «> rti
C I- o3 —
O " O. O
o
2^
'3
E
B
iE'ofeE
""IS'?
•a.2 a« o
'el t~ ^ r' ^
O
>:°.
S.S
i
hH
K
a
so
■(3
f,
o-
H
S-;
boa*^
13
u
«
i*s
d
0
a
rt-5 c! S 2 ^, a
Oj ,r^ a 0) S
— B-^ S "^ ">
2 §■» c~-2
,i3 g o. go oj
bn : c a*^ „; —
S
a-O
■a E i i
S S o S
•^•^ S »;
7; . [J a o.
§■<= »g E
>, ° >■
S e-^ oS
^ 3^ cj.
o a O.J2 o
a c E > - ' -
M fr- k^ p' ^ d 0
I O d oj ■ — J3 O c3
> jS t, _ ^i ^ O CO
c _j >-,„ -T- X r- a
3 - tl S (B e" ^-P"
Bd-S= £§ 2 £a
Q g a
o — ■
a
ISnisTKIAb DISPUTES INVESTIGATWX ACT
P6
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
c
'■z
c
i
lending deter-
■cation by the
uperior Court
tion. declarmg
utes Investiga-
vires.
£«l"-cg-2
-^'pm
.s^^'o-o-a.S
|°"3°°SS
"■g-2§*l|
a i>S 0 o-a-2
m
M—
■<
S-i-.a
r- -p.
g-'QS.
.a—-- =
■^ £"— '
_ofcO-.o-=-
hJH
=-s|a
— a'^S o
isgs
dismi
iploye
scrim
em as
on.
t^g^ig
■- 0-3-S-3
oncer
certa
alleg
agair
bers
O 1
.U
-0
a
■°s
a
a
a
m
S
s
a>
D.
£
W
Co.
em-
am-
of
trie
■ees
8.
^'IIIC
|S;<l_t^2
^i^ii s
sSo -Sis a
t-dg-is^^
O 5^ rtXtf*0
-5
oT
I \
^^■4.a-^ 1
ed by
rkey
each
e find
epted
-J3 9 * C
^ 3 ^ S m '+2
t s^-SS^
g-5SS'oi
o
-Oi
^■gss.
"^fe &=
3oS =
u-jS^
^1-20
g^fe„-„
hJ-i
and
oy-
dis-
t
ion.
|£|p
*=''^c-o
hi CM-- £
sllll
gsssa
o
:-a
■ag
|s^^°
2Z6
|o^
Sg&s
-i'EHO
«<
s
a.
6
W
estern
f Can-
phers.
Com-
phers'
ca.
reat North W
Telegraph Co. o
ada and telegra
members of the
mercial Telegra
Union of Ameri
O
m"
i~
s
03 C Cl. t. O ^
> o S w^ tj
o'S u s §-"-^
9 >.oi.H goo
Bi
qs3
".a" .
K
■§o
gi^ a
* a =
>! S
bfV-3
■s§ =
tea's
gS»
O
o
m .
o
a,0
4» 1>
W
^ c o c o
"^ 5J *""— ■
o a g t. i;
a JgJ|
.2 d ^'S o —
OQ >^ £ a
a
pa
Em
<
O
S
1
x;
S
s4
Si
3d by
tated
a set
had
d by
effec-
ay !,
was pres
which it
ement hac
ities and
£i£l
i
0
c*; M« ffl-2 -
t.B
QJ
£
0
^.^-^S^--
g-T3
'-a
•P
■t^ c 0 S
c
3
0 'S aj S & 0 '^
ir.5T3 , C M 3
l|s|la|
illlllli
<:
<
CO
73
3
3
•-»
^Q
S
"Ir-
U
^J.-i
.=^
"■
'
■r;:^"^ «
oc
u
s
^-■
^
Q
!^
^->i m
£Q£fo
ghs^
P^
K
t3
= &
a
|i
a
«
S
> 0
si
§1 «
g^
gse
o
0
i'a
w
•«*;
a-o
a
^e
<
-a^n
•<s
1
■-* O
a
o'^
-T3
a,
w
si
s
o
a
s
w
w
^1
•g-o
g
a
'c3
22Sga|
a-S ~ol
0 » 0 ,„ s
bl
01
0*
il
= •30^ S'"^
0
-3
§
0
a
0
is
s
|g»
SI"
a-c 8-gl
i-gecQiiss
0
y
>>2
>,s
d
S
:5
50
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I §
I. ^
J. ^
I-H o
5
to "5
o
q
s;
'^
s i
1—1 "^
u a,
^ fe;
!s "^
2 £
2 '^
s ^
Z to
HI '!;
to «i
Eh fe;
a;
O
5
lllili
c t^ *J ^ ■— y
g
a
°- g^ S » s
*©
(^
C - aj 3 ^
S.-0 c Q-©-^
o
« i. 0.2-J2 —
O :3^ U
1
ri5i|
K
^ o e: 0 2^ C
§5£iiig
<;
-°°t ^
CD
© D, o*— b
^■"^"g
oS
Qg'- m
1
!iiil
C4
-i
-<
£
ii<5
V
f^ .. § p
ll-sj
of Mei
Board
hairm
mploj
len.
S U H S
• '^" m
a«_g
oj '~" '
.'o H-^ ■
iz;
U,'-'-^ D.-^
D
a
*j
3
C
.2
§
-t)
^
"o
&
bD
e
.s
3
c
*j
03
o
2:
c
o
O
, C o>
u
zii
u
c
^'S
"^o
oct~-
CSQC
-
d
c?
O
J
JH
o
3
C
c
. br c
3?
^.S"-2
S
h^ ?^
>i
=3 03.2
_o
P^£a
c.
§■
E
W
^iii|i
d
3
j=-^ a o g
J EOS g-
1
Q
S
S
s
•-9
^
■S°i .
«"
-*^ o ,;
<s o^^ B
Dat
ecei
appl
tic
^
<:
1
ISDUSTRIAIj DISl'LTKS IW K.sTKlATWX ACT
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
51
<
s
to
U
a
o
-a
d
:3
3
1—t
o
li)
-cix:
1
1-
c
li
05
■^
?>
■n&E
T— (
7^
E-i
25
o
5
?
^
Q
o
t^
§£>>■
a
o
o
Oh
liil
K
o
O
g§?i =
m
I
-a
^
D
o
c3
O CO
ills
Q
g
1— (
, — 1
i^
igo'5
0
r>
y.
_bC
o
■2f S°
s 0 0 0
S
<
o
q;
>
CO
s
m
Q
H
r1
o
2;-C:g-n
Z
r^
^
§.S g.S
n
<
H
o
<<<:-«
Z
Is
IT
c3
t^
accQ
HH
77^
^
_H-^H-.
•-<
Gi
_o^^^
a
?
"^•' ■^*^
o
•r.
c c c 0
tc O
O
o
"p.
a
2
H
a
36a— 4 S
F;
0
J2x;j3j:
zr>
v:zc'Jim
^
rr
0
c
fe5
a
^
-r.rr.Tfi'Ji
c
s.s:s
s
ESS
a<
0 (B V
;;-
>.>;>.
^
^X^
-r
-s-c-c
c
c B c:
n
0 c 0
a
a. Q. a c
-<
-<<<
g
1
A unanimous report was presented by
the Board, in which it was stated
that an agreement had been reach-
ed by the parties concerned.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
0
Date on
which '
Board
was con-
stituted.
.C5
tl— '
<
Names of Members
of Board:
(c) Chairman;
(e) Employer;
(M) Men.
Kinlav MacDonald (c)
4; Major W. Ernest
Thompson (e) 1;
James C'ameronWat-
ters (m) 1.
Nature of dispute.
Coricerning wages, con-
ditions of employ-
ment, and retention of
dues for the Provincial
Workmen's Associa-
tion.
oil
"^1
%
1
I
t
>
Party
making
application.
i
n.
s
2.
g-
Q
0
.Si
1
■S.s
"E
111
— — c-
(Sep
go o
■bSa .
-M
^^ o-^ c £ 2 m 0.2^ aj g
^ ^ S 0 ? =•■3
I § S S "
O C3 0; ..J.^ .1
§"o5 ^'-' ^
S».-2^ 3
Sj a) u i: «
T3W
a.£l o n
.„ E ^-
c? £ •*
C c C
C 0) 3
" C^
Mft-O
^o o
Q^ Oi.-
E
i5 S o c i
52
DEPARTMKXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
P •§
O
1
><
a
cc
D
vJ !
H :
s '
o i
o '
g
g
i I- =z"i = 5 - -1
8-i =~ cJ-I-^--
^^itf^
0-- . o c ^ t, 5- ^
?■ O S M
3 o «
E-S-
Es
Zo
<
"S s
CM
O ^
OS -^
" C ^ M rn
!-5^:5
•a^
S|^-S
fe-g
x>
BJ
—
a:
3
-
"s
5
Si
o
^
r.
o
a
=
~
~
a
o
'
:
c
03
:. S
•^
"c
c
S2
o
1
c
O
1
1
5;'
o
Cm
1
•1
c"
c
>
I
o
i
>.
>
>*
1
o
r^
t^S
s
K
H
Q.
E
1
3
s
.1
ii
si-
lt
II
i
o
o
d
B
o
C .
o r r
c
S
1
1
i
5
3
1
c
c
1
X
d
1
a
i
1
i*3
H
■5b
1
o
o
d
—
d
c
i
c
i
11,
o
15
^
?
t
tl
v;
>
2
c
s
%
1
fc
12
i|>-6
SS-3Z
s
s
i.
X
a
o°A
s
CO
^-
e
■Ssl-
ij
>iCa
>•=>
33
S'i;
£2
Cgt
3
3
z
a
Q
!M)V8TriIAL DISPUTE'S l^VI■:sTIaATIO^' ACT
53
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
a
5
Lucky Jim Zinc Mine.
Ltd., Rambler Cari-
boo Mines. Surprise
Mine, Hope Mine,
Noble Five Mines,
Richmond Eureka
Mines and Idaho-Ala-
mo Mines, and em-
ployees, members of
Sandon Miners' Union
No. 81, W.F.M.
Blue Bell Mine. No. 1
Mine, Hiehland Mine,
Hope Mine, Silver
Horde Mine, Molly
Gibson Mine. Eureka
Mine. *Poorman Mine,
and employees, mem-
bers of Nelson Miners'
Union No. %. W.F.M.
(M
0. — •
Q
o
a-
z
o
p
<
o
s
»
s
■s
o
o
D
z
<
o
<
o
PL,
z
<;
05
lis
o
(0
1
|g
o"- ja
o
§!l
C.J: ^
?.
III
.P!
c
p
Sot
l~.^ u
1)
o -S >)
a -«
.a
E
3
■3 -is
.r. O -^
C.2 rt
"S
£
•"d-o
animoui
the B
ted tha
ployed
ihed to
S >. =3
^ o a E
=J2'^
cc
g«^ S
-<
S,
CO
(N
>-.2
OJ
S
M
c-J
Tz:^
f~ ^^
c
<
< 1
^
3 ^
■5^6-
1?^"
s
>,
3
O
1 ^
g 'S
Q £
o O
H
„•
. ►J
X
o;
■5
-O C C i> TTJ a; o
g=^a
C (S tJ
'c.S "
-^1
■d
c
cd
a
o
c
.
-
o,^ c xi cr g f^ a.
g?feZgs£0;lH
gsi.o
a
O
o
■ (-
t-T3
^.s
g
CO
o
£Jeo
ejc^i
(n'
c
s
tiO
JX
u
Q.
ci
1
z
s
d
£
i
IK
>-.
^
o
"c.
"a.
B
£
w
• W
-ll
o
o
■a
-d
OS >
2 o (-
B
d
I
9
c
ca
III
■ 1o»
-O
«
.cfe
P^
goo
O
o
„•
oT
CI
'2
rt "^
o.
s
<
aS
»3
11
B.S
« s
§§
■a -a
?12
^^
54
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
o
R I
» i
S I
o »
M
o
«
O
o,
1= CQ
E
z
U H •<
m-Ti
■ s ®
§~S-c = '^ S 5 - 3
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
5~ fe-c-2 ° S 5
S.-t3 Z" t-3 gc.
ill II
11^:
£6.= i§'S||a-=
3^2
S S -, « c (-
^■id£||-3
- "-i.t^ - O 3
>iA"a i-d
S ? -■ »
= =-^ = .
o 5 ?s oj
•S i>
_o
-
C
i
3
=!
o
3
J3
■n
«
E
8
a
_.i)
s
5
0
d
X.
F
V
^
c
S
1
a
9
a
5
-3
c
3
In
>i
1
(^
>
ci.
i
i
a
!b
^
-d
C3
^
.'^
c
!
"5
>
3
r
g
>
c
2
c
g
■^
1
S
I-
o
c
>!
31
1
c
£_- o
1
1
:3
a
■3?
Q .-
- c c u <» c c
o <y O 0*0 O 5 »
i> S 2 ^ S >>_ ?
cJ a
o
en "
®^ •
&«•= »
a w «
M - S
c n^
■S10
S=.2
o =J -^
O
CO O
<;
c
5a §
^ £ 5 I i'2
o
O fc> 03 ki
." S-a g o g
I- a> c C i.^
S o c3 t-, 2"5
go-s ^-H
o
O- ' ..a
§£as
,^-3 3 A -a
3 =■" c o
=■ > ^ M =
tj b' .S I
MI'S 2 og.
£ 'is S^-o
C :i a 2-^ O 33
£•1: t. e c 30 u
o c
o
Ǥf -2-2
■S.S-S So
(2£'S-5£1
=3 O fc- " tC^ J
c
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
55
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
•a 4 !i • J.
® a ^ aj t- t-
>.'° gja s> a
•< = g =3 O c t
!s ;- f ^ E.2 i
® 0) '* I- o .
13 J o a ^
1 o a o o =>
'0.2 9 s I)
•TJ 0)^ 33 3] B
5 Or? °'' S
"§"1^3 2
»P ,„ t- O (u a; .
_5 W) « o c g a>
o £S S 3 a; —
g o.«* rt o tn "a
E'*.2„og
3*0 .^.o a
. a)-3.!
ii
QJ O *
— T3
■^ s
C-^T 2
■ -co*.
F C3-C *j
o
o"
•S
a S
63
pa
6
a
§ ^ ■
' ir. bibb
ployee.
variou
existin
ncludin
and
tions.
It
«^.2 , II
03 ^'
■SnP
oncern
derna
chane:
ached
wages
worki
go 0
O
O
OJ o
in o
coo
z
d
p .
o ■
s
a 5 o o 2
.^-^ to" o w
3 c ■" *-■ o
2 o » c'.S n '1'
CQ'o ^'o m-2 a>
„T3^ g<: « O g
=^ m t .^ -S " a
CO S (~ cS a T^ O
6,9 S'^
M o £ o ■
o o S M
^^ ..§5
a a w^ o
6
^- s ° ° i
,, q «j o.t:
asgS „a
CM" 95 i g
.2 " $* ga
a o o S o^
go ss.^-! 3
O
I ol.i
o d © :f>
^.£3 £ C a o
?> CO "•
*i o S
|-2
a'^ ci ,
o ^ ^^3
S ^ o fe S
ci S ? »
0_.3 t,
'^-r & o
= 1^ s
3 -1 d ^-'
-^ oO >.
a
1 «.&■> S-"
J O.T3
=.s
§.„sgs
■ S = a.>,o J. ^
O O
o
S'l,
■ 2 p:_
a«-2-i
* ° *•§
0^ c o
o a oj ja
c 3 - o
O ^ •- 05
VSZ< ?.°
•| l:> is >.-B
' Ho
s.s-s<
iy s-^ o » t
o
„ 00 .oW ^
M c: « i; s
,^ aj m □ w >i y
cj P 0) OT M oW<
56
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
2
O
z
3
e
%
o
s
1
o
>•
O
^
Q
.J
Z
<
a;
H
z
SI
o
^-
<;
1
H
C-1
a
r>
c^
rli
r.
<
rt
H
-5 Sc S
2 3A3
^ o o
lit
=" "-■
o e'O
c o » 2
.§5 Eg
c L^ >- a
is "I 8
2 c **
II fl-
n o cj g c
3 JT' © a " <u
^ b. C 03 u
-<
£ >. i = § a
s a-"
KES^-
o ^
Z
H ..3
G.
Q
a: t;r
" -S
8 5=£
o
z
. a S
^ JO "
S-S.a
P
2
1 <B rt
I-. c O
■ o S ®
b£ c EC
° 5 o
His
s c ffi cd
o « »^ -^
O
5^
a
= Fi 0
c u C
QJ5
S t- c L_,
gj2 rt^ o
Is
£
a
'lJ b- r^l is Sfl "q
.- S s -2 '^ S
= C-,a2S J.
§-^ rt'c.'B sjt;
tf.— •
Cm S S
j; E-
3 cSJ:
rt c o
•O ScM4 a
-l.sj
I- 0) *
O >.^
-S c £'3
.*f d c u
S » Sj= s -
OTJ
>X
00 O ^ ^ OJ o
■=-C-T3 aj-a2
S -^ a; > «
g ^ cj t, c -H
Jj 03 03 O-H
-5j
-I*
sit;
« a
o <
S bC o o
g.S =^£1
'Ej:5^
^ -rr. a S-5 !b;H «
-i; o = E "^^
*■ a a -"'r ^'— a*
' ■ *^u— E ° £
5 6 ai-< "a ffl a>
I r rEg-B
l- «; ajS o c " o a
jyolsTRIAL niSPUTES lyVE.STKJATlOX ACT
57
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
''■t;-^-^ s E ;
ofe°"3l|t
1 11 E si:
tx t; o c . o
3 =3 bt c C >::
^-c£S£S i
5°
si
S O
O C ffl
C O C
O u C
o
' i po2o
t- £ -oi;
■S-S-lzl^
-5 « n S c
ca
o O u
a: o
« = =>
^ O
< '='3
(O ^ O
O ? a E
:| .S go's °-gl .
S =a S .o n"" _-pJi
"2
2=.- = ,.& S
fe: .3
5 Sj= g
|||^
CJ C M :3
i; d C O
^tilw>^
ort was
nbodyin
both par
e for one
£-S>-..>2
--^-■^■S2
a- »--C <1>
C O C i —
.E«-|o-
cx^ 3 rt
rt -^ c a 3
<:
t~^
_cs
c"^
a
c^
es
e
33
CO t,
£>
u"^ C
w C O ■
— » t^
— h- C'.^
£■"..§3
■r^ bt a; •i
11 U C 1- a
io 4
ffi
-3
c
»
bC
:3
?
t£
C
Is
8g
o
Ci
«3
C
*-^
*
eg
o
93
O
CD
>.
o
"E
S
la "
-J-i'£^o|--o3
*3i: cj ■- m-— Tt--" !>
«.2.S- = <.E cS
di-ltjzll
«--s — _ tl o *J
c3J= " x . 0-;; E:--
o
cs
r5
c
«
58
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
CO
03
<
C.-I
to
a
O)
F-.
el
•-^
.2
•^
0
bi
1— t
CD
;o
P
CO
O)
Kl
-dgS
.— (
.iJ
C)
03
CO
^
§
rt
t^s
-c
O
si??
M
"Ss^g
«
o
U5
P4
o
ojij a
o
o
a
o
c
O
§.i|1
o
Q
>
p
_o a p a
g.s §.s
Z
^
03 03
C
in
O
<
0*00
H
Q
o
>
I— ( o
■73 iS
'<
-<1
o
l-t
o3
§
o
o o o o
Z
<
H
o
o
«
•-"-"""-'
rt
^'
-M
PQQQ
Z
>
-^3
i-;_i-<i-H
z
.2
o
a> ffl 0) oj
s
m
H
§
s
'o'o'o'o
HH
.9.2.2.2
IC
o
a.
SSSS
P
3 3 =) 3
CO tea:'/;
tH
>-)
crt
1-1
tfj iXj iXl UAJ
<
s
O
fe.
o
§§§§
H
>H
P
O
61
O 0) O CJ
o
6q
m
B c c c:
^
C
1— 1
o
fefe.SS
-f^
•^
01 Uj 03 'JQ
ca
e c c c
o
ssss
a
fe;
^^^.s
u.
^
<i5
;s
>.>*>.>.
^^^^
'^
-o-c-T^-a
o
O (U O 4)
C B B □
H
a
W
<<<:<
s
u
i-< W«"*
H
<!
H
t/J
i
a;
1
'a
A unanimous report was presented
by the Board, in which it was
stated that an amicable settlement
of all matters in dispute had been
effected.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board .
3
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
3
Names of Members
of Board:
(c) Chairman;
(e) Employer;
(m) Men.
Hon. John N. Arm-
strong (c) 3;
W. H.Chase (e) 1;
J. C. Walters, (m) I.
Z
Concerning demand for
increased wages, recog-
nition of United Mine
Workers of America
and reinstatement of
certain former em-
ployees alleged to have
been dismissed for
their connection there-
with.
.si
O O "
X
c
o
>4
a.
a
3
&
5
s
Acadia Coal Co., Ltd.
and employees, some
of them being mem-
bers of Local Unions
No. 351 and No. 1726.
United Mine Workers
of America.
Date of
receipt of
applica-
tion.
CO
s
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
3 Oj O
z
o
<
O
z
a
o
o
Q
z
<
z
o
<
«
O
P.
z
■<
«
13 L M c3 w w
a..D-S.t;.S d
^ 0.;=: a--.
O
o—
;„i o
L a a
o ;> u
.£^2!!
0) 4) C
'■si <u
1^ «
o. ^ O^ --
•S n IK 3 . B
^ c c — tc t-
gT5-ga**
z
d
H
Rail-
Con-
rs of
Iway
Iglf
S .E°£ -
/5 0 0/ 0
.2 'So-5
0
I\ni STi;iM. Dis/'l TRS INVESTIOATIOy ACT
59
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
Co*-*"
"'■si-
-3 '"^ O I-
ssS'"£g-s
o " 22 S Si
,a:;j2-„-s.p
1 O O
O C-
2 8-
a'? .
^23
; 2a ?;,;!-
5 =^r='^ 5 "S
--O'S « g 5 1
E^W-So S 6 I
sag
■^ c i Si A
IgS^s
=^^-S o ^
a^^J-S
^i«Sg
sl:*a
'^ £ d"-S o
&-E.il^
§ffl rt-°"-i2
0 « (U i"
£3^'^°^':
£2i So^ -
"S^g^.a'i
'rf&il
3 S* 0) S " aj
ja n s cj u
S
m
o
c
0)
u
,,
p
i
s
1)
s
Ul
%
n
n
^
4§ii
-no is c
.S'o °1 «
w 0- a t.
a "!> ^ >^
oj:— o
ME - «'-°
„-
_-
CO
o
O
>2
o
u^"
r: =^
.OS
.o»
r
c
3
3
<
-<
^
^■
§
Q
1
(-
i
a. .a
3
j3
u 0
1
"a
-3— M
■^il
o
c
a.
g
O
- ^ •
1^'
s
OS
c
o
c
5-3
3
. s
t. C 3
3 so
Q
b
0-?
p
e|-
s^
2 ^'
.2225fc;''
Ph
<
E
a:
T3 .■ a;
^ = s .
»? = §
o a D^
c 9 = a
"-co
"So.
m£
"If.
- Si.
= is
O
s-ll
4) S "
? O a;
.i.i si
C O S 3
O « C as
U
o c «
c p =
O -' -
£0
a
w
s
o a S o a
a
Is a 0)^ a
'a S.2"^!;
Jesse's -S.
a a g S
* a C O 0)
— 73 H o »
" ro O ^ 2
1 =1! H
a s oj oi-l 3
O
tc' a "'3:= I
«|a^»§
S^rSarS
S i ^
C-- O CO ^ «>
■a"" ga-i.
Sosicoa
e°.ii^i£i
> 0) o M ^ a
01 e. 3; ^^^.-"^ ,
__J3 □ a ° I
i3 c a
OaS2 =
CD a
gSl
e -c'-.£^^..5i Si
S ■ >i ^ C C .'•
-o o o t; o ^ a
SO"a£'BK 5
r'J'S Sj 2'3
60
DEPARTMEyT OF LABOUR
s
I
z
1
z
«— (
K
U
n
f 1
is
n
3
_;
S
■S
Q
=^
O
W
c;
r^.
1
1— t
z
>.
<
<
p:
o
z
<<
^
tt
[-H
^
-<;
-^
o
s
H
Z
CIh
<:
a;
;s^
j-t
>
Z
::;
Q
.£io
o-o.fc-o
§1
■3 ■" S S o
gj5 rt S o
« b 2
a g-c
3E
rxs
CJ c. 8! '
* ^ ?^ c o: t *
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
5t;E-u|
,2
D
50 •-
si:Sz&
c2S SS
=c:zi
- ■ o
t- c =
■Sg-S
"^ :!-
3
C
|.E-g
it ■
S
J
^ ^
fc 0
*:=
&
?
C=*0
<=■- ^
c
C
3j
guJ
5
gSE
i
C
u
u
0
U
; .
^
cgl
■•5 5
tz
— c
ac C C
6
d,
d
IS
_z
E
(So
"■sills
■o ■ >.S o £■
I 00^ OS
§0 c-j=r
^Zr.
1.2
c c c ^ c.
o K -::— 'S.:: o"
^ C £ C— 33
si go c; "c; » c3--
>. S =s o -
c ^'S ^
^— c 2—
•^ O c 5
? .Eg.S§
SO 2 §J £
go E-3S:i
- £_s £ § I
=S 2? =3 O s^
3^ c o^
C ed O*
O
-.j= o
i\ncsTR/ \t. nif!Ti:rr'i.^ [Nve^tigatiov act
61
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
OO
6~
H
«S a°o-°S
" ^o o.-
o 3 >, t- a
<n^T3 2 aCOK
"« o c o ?
a o nsi:^-^
Pl- H a c
-C C3 a^^ " o g
|§is.sE a
S c -°St3 S
got B-ot;j:H
o
re unanimous
yarding rules
! question of
ge schedules
the majoritj-
, The minor-
by Mr. Cots-
, of the inves-
t was entered
0 the dispute.
■nbers of Board we
1 their findings re;
ut differed on tlic
ages, separate wa
eing submitted with
id minority reports,
y report was signed
orth. As the result
gation an agreemen
ito by both parties t
J3
'3
3
e
5.5 J3 ts^ 5.- S'^.s
o
S
0^
■^ci
M ro
<Tj
,
^_-
"*" —
*^ —
.- ^
• Oi
b ^H
d
Z3
S
S:-i'"..'s
■ a r|
s^i>.
§=^'-o P
■-S^— aj
■;3^c s
= =3::i>;
m u d «
-> c c. -^
3— S*e
O-S^!
-5 ^ D O
.--J — -^
:^|««
glss"
g<«ir
a:
a:
i- ^
o c
15
&i|
-:r.^ t-
(S OJ
c o s
&•=
is^
E="o .
O C -li
g de
eome
and
C t. o
c a; i^ 4)
•— bO -r^
.— I, 4) i.
= rt^ ?, -ti
a a'^ bc
sS.si
c 2 > °
C E- 3i C-
o S !^ «J
O.Sw.S
O -
O
tio
■"5
^" (J
t- 5
ill
^3
..s
M d
•-^
.3*^
o a>
O a-
■ -s^.-
t^-
tr O
:- U
> ■
>
&m
.S03
(-' 1^ .
u U .
3 m
ps
s-^.l
S^.i
c c .-
c c -
§ a s
(3 0) n
>
>
0)
<L
a
qj
>!
>•
_o
_o
a
"a
B
e
w
w
ish Columbia Elec-
ic Railway Co. and
[iployees, members
Local Divisions No.
1 Vancouver, No. 109
ictoria and No. 134
ew Westminster,
malgamated Assori-
ion of Street and
lectric Railway Em-
oyees of America.
i*^2666t-"6"gG
^a|Z2Z,«a«
x-ts o*o2>^<:"SH"a
•^i3 5-o2S2<-SHa
CQ
CD
-
CJM
'^3;
--,<^
.o>
£ "^
i-< -^
3
3
s
TtBji
i^y-s
is pre
awar
o the
oepta
erned.
rred.
^h"3^3
t^3 o *^ °
M C =J o £ >
S»"g.§sg
S".2>, a
<
^
C-1 JC
Oi
^-
=J —
.J,."^*
rt o S
2 8j
xw'^
jja
o
•^ -.'
■ §1
a§
fc o
fe^ c
gga-
o
^.s
CO
Z
a
x:
•-5
_^-
to
a
e
a
g Co.
. tug
redfee
;rs of
Local
Fire-
802,
rkera'
iation
Mli-^.^HL
aritime Dret
and tug cai
firemen, an
workers, me
Tug Captai
No. 830, 1
men's Local
and Dredge
Protective A
Local No. 47
3
62
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Z
O
<
o
z
s
o
o
a
z
<
z
o
o
a,
z
Rc8ult of Reference.
A unanimous report was presented
by tlio Board, making certain
recommendations for the settle-
ment of tlie' dispute. This report
concerned all interests alTectod
except tho Dominion Coal (-o. an<i
its employees, a soparuto investi-
gation boing made in this cjise, In
the former ease the Shipping Com-
panies and employees concerned
bound tliemselvos under Section
02 of the Act to abide by tho award ,
In tho latter ea.se the award was
also unanimous and wjis accopteri
by both parties eonoorn(^d.
A unanimous report was presentetl
by tlie Board, making certain
recommendations for t.lio settle-
ment of tho dispute. Tho award
was declared acceptable to the
employees concerned, but was not
accepted by the shipping com-
panies. No cessation of work oc-
curred.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
Nov. 14,
Nov. 21,
1913
Fob 7,
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
■2 .^
Names of Members
of Board:
Cc) Chairman;
(e) Employer;
(m) Men.
Is- lii
1^. - -^^
Nature of dispute.
Concerning wages, hours
and conditions of
omploymont.
Concorning wages, Imurs
and conditions of eiri-
ploymont.
1
Hi
o
P.
M —
>.
Z
c
Z.
X
.4
Employers
Employees —
6
1
5
S
1
Certain Steamship Com-
panies trading to Port
of St. John. N.B..
comprising Allan Lino,
C.P.R. Steamship
Lines, Dominion ('oal
Co., Elder Dempster
and Co., Furnoss Wi-
thy ami Co., lload
Line. Now Zealand
Shipping Co., Robert
Reford Co.. Ltfl.( Don-
aldson Line) and long-
shoremen, most r)f
them being inernberH
of Local No. -m, In-
ternaiitnuil Longahore-
men'M Association, also
coal handlers and trim-
mers employed by the
Dominion Coal Co.
members of Local No.
180, International
fjongshoreinon's Asso-
ciation.
Certain Steamship Com-
panies trading to the
Portof St. John, N.B.,
comprising Allan I-ino.
C.PJl Steamship and
Railway Twines, Head
Line, Furnessand Man-
chester Lines, New
Zealand Shipping Co.,
I'jldor Dempster A Co.
Robert Reford & Co.,
I^onaldson tvine, C. N.
R. Lino, and Red Cross
Lino, and marine ware-
house, freight check-
ers, members of Mar-
ine Warehouse Freight
Date of
receipt of
applica-
tion.
C
p ^4
'CO — M
S -5
r - r -
IXDVSTRIAL UhSI'l TBS IXVEtiTKlATION ACT
63
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
qI^I
1 -g-si-sgss 1
presenti
,g certa
he sett!
'he awa
arporati
r and w
ble also
eport was
rd, makin
ions for t
di.spute. T
by the C.
f Vancouve
be accepta
s concerned
^sio-ifsaj
rmm
H^SoB^II
=^-e£e*o§5
<
^
— CO
_ c^
rt""
s
•o"
C-5
~c> "
t-^"
a
<
'" ^ OT
1 ■§ 2
ego
IS^ s„-
"So '—
^^-s8l
oSS O
K
ojg
ci'-5
c3 •
S c.S §
far a> c c
cc c o
j:.S-=
Mg-ag
■lE^^
oncer
wate
allege
agair
O
■ b*
t.:^
^.H
oo
'^?
—"-7
— :
6
CQ
t^
o ~
>
3
O
a
rt
>■
K?
o
p
_c
"n.
s
H
.tfm.SScSEccSEo
the C;
and c
es, bei
wat
yees a
and CI
n, mo
/ic E
ion a
rnatioi
icarrie
Comm
ration of
'aneouver
employe
•engers,
ks emplo
ntenance
ction me
1 of Cii
ees' Un
al of Inte
on of Hoc
ding and
ourers.
O
^"
rt
s
o
fe:
o
-^
t.
aj
O
a,
to
a;
t^
fc.
o
K|
fe;
aq
C5
icompanied
signed by
rd was de-
Companies
yees, how-
same. No
k occurred.
li:i
g 4j S
t of Board
a minority
Hubert. Tl
?d acceptable
erned. The
, refused to ;
ral cessation
V t. O
lls-s
C Q^ 13
ssa
tf
caoo
CO
© a>2
c c
CO
M
M
72 c*
L. ^"
D.
<
J^i
«:= rt •
■s^^::
>>.. "S
O^i—
'—,-,**
V"S|
§l-iS
't"
1^
_i, '
ca o
£*o
'^^
^^
.Si
e-r!^
o o F
O tC' ^
g^e
o
•j"^
"^'l
Su^
a.
3
a
V
v
ja
O"
s
Cb
>.
_o
"H.
B
W
d Shoe
of the
, name-
ochelle,
Co.. J.
andO,
iloyees,
Frater-
desCor-
hinistes
5n%H'%6ES^?-
^ £t;"-So "" "s
2 3&^^^1°.S ' si
ertain
Manuf:
City 0
ly, J.
W. A.
Ritchi
Goulet
memb
nit6 Ni
donnie
de Qu(
O
lO
CO
"2
c.
■<
64
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
o
3
-J
c ?
i-H
Q
t..
.s^
"*
O
a
T-H
r;
C5
|£S
1—4
■aci
oti
03
-5
a
H
O
O
K
p
o
3
a.
>^
1
^
Ii.i8
2^
1
.v;
rf
o
;j
O
;^
Q
^=:=.S
Z
o
o
lO
S:
I— '
-*^
,— <
^
= "3 5"o
o
rf C2
H
sn
— H
S:
gg::s
z
y
^
o
SisS
F-
'f'
X
t— I
c...
o o 2 2
§.si.s
tj « o o
►4
z
o
<
>
a
►—1
3
CO
6
g
Q
Z
<
o
z
z
tc
H
3
C
C5
a::nQ
>
-..i
S;
C l; ^ ©
Z
.;j
"<
""^"^
?;
I— H
r^
fe:
^"ooo
to
o
O
c c c c
.J.S.2.2
m
o
O
J2J=;X!J2
a.
3 3 3 3
Q
oo'acao'ao"
>j
c3
■^
c c c e
0 O O O
<
g
K
C3
xaixcc
H
f-,
tc
o
o_o_cj_a;
Q
tc
'^
3 3 3 3
Z
o
5
JSSs
<^
o
z
<:
ssss
o o o o
c ccc
Result of Reference.
Prior to the investigation tho Com-
pany hud ceased operations owing
to conditions caused by tho war.
The Board presented two re;)orts
the minority report being aigned
by Mr. Dogue. The Board recom-
mended certain improvements in
conditions, to take elTect when
work was resumed.
Report of Board waa accompanied
by a minority report sfgned by
Mr. Allen. The Board recommen-
ded that the employees should
accept the reduced rates until the
return of normal contlitions. No
cessation of work occurred.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board .
Sept. 3,
Sept. 11,
iyi4
Nov. 27 ,
Nov, 30,
1914
Date on
which
Boafd
waa con-
stituted.
Aug. 1,
1914
Nov. 5,
1914
Names of Members
of Board:
(c) Chairman;
' (k) -Employer;
(m) Men.
.32 — -^ .s cisi-^
o
x
y.
(Concerning proposed re-
du(!tion of wages.
C'onerning proposed re-
duction of wages, con-
ditions of employment
and alleged discrimin-
ation against members
of Union.
= 11
-If
■ ^ 5
g ' si
1 >■
1
t
c
O
cj
B
3.
o
'Z
Employees....
Employees...
i
3
c
.2
1
Temiskaming Mining Co
and miners, surface
labourers and millmen
members of Cobalt
Miners' U^nion No. 146
W F.M.
Miller Lake O'Brien
Mine and employees,
members of Gowganda
Miners' Union No. 154,
W.F.M,
=2i .
2
1914
Oct, 8,
1914
nOVSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
65
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
e o
6|SJ
a-= S-
c.a> c3
as*
o o .
? aj s
§ s ^
1) d g
*j 3 a o
III!
3 sS.
.9.2
gse
o
.2
o cu ca
- o „
3 o m_; S
u » o o C 5 u-
_- . _j .2 =^
■- =■- m Dj o aj
" S;
■^1
^ u
-J! =
B § c.
0-3 » I
O ^O , ■- C >^ to
g-2
Eg
|SO
*S O 3 5
o o 2 m--
a;^ c ^ c
1111-^
•^ ^ ^ r-- - /'^ ^ ?i fii
w 13 a Si o
-+J fc. S S' (M
to .-t
as
3
<
.S &K
K
IS "
3-' -2
S3 J
.2Q.2 Q
•Sago
-3 w d.
PI"
^ ° .„
go. 9 2
C QJ O O G
Q
^5
6
w
e O C ^ S d
|"§E||
O
■sa -^
^ ® c
i ill's
■^ P F,-^
, n 1. O O
oj= S S ^
c ' £
?< „ Cj c; (C
S 5 C > J-
— S3 e3 =^ i'
o
Sea
e 0.2 "■
.1^ 2
- ?^ a
1 — Tl t-
; 2 E
2 ri £ i^
§^ O S C
o
SE
CO (3
Is'
,.-3 >
20
si
u a a>
O
_ £ e !* 0) 3
0.2 » « fe e-
.s E; « D.OJ oH
Q. 0) C Cj
■a >..5
i2b
S.S3
: J a g 2
o ^ 1-' fJ
Be
>■?§
s
tn d*^ «
^ O — S
S S B 0
.b-S
a ^ c
§ d C
>
os^** .'At] J.
(o dfV]
< ^
■ -rj to ■ OS ^< ,•
™ o' S ni? o.S
.StSg.S .2 0
.S E.2 ■-■ "
|| «o g a&
0'3 g.M i.2
-Oils.
ej-
2 o S
■g >..H
QJ Oj tj
.2fi:
2>:z
,"5.2sg,
36a— 5
66
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
S
o
I
m
■^
O
IZ
►-4
f^
(4
I
o
o
H
fl
<!
-w
cu
u
■s
z
"t;
1
u
O
r^
s
o
o
s
1
02
o
I— (
o
<
Eh
O
Q
•^
A
<
h>
2
u
X
o
s;
o
(-,
=s
H
<
5
o
«
H
h
m
»
«s
>
<!
?;
M
t-H
H
m
^
H
*-*
H
P
04
m
h-i
P
h?
<i
*-t
a
H
rn
p
a
z
OS'S
'•g'Hi'S
6 o a s
MO
Q.
x-a
o c
ta--r
u d
Ice
a;.--- ™ t,
o o (o S— e o
^ S = * S c
• So g ..Scj o
; t-— 5j o „ o 3
E5 0-0-5
J Or? .
P3
« a
E d V
o
.fa"^
o g o
oSz-
o_
c o
"J ii Q
<: S ^
" m—i a.
O g o
" " c
I lis
.5 o -
c t- c
o
o
o
a S.2 S
£ S.23 a
'5 "'3 s
SO az
a =
0*0
oiS
S'ga
O g B o »'C
.So £^ 2 -
S o a
o o a
0) a -kj
II till'
o o 3 c. =- ^y
. Sci c iTJ-d
— '^ O. = CJ ©
- *^ o_- c c
Orn C O
Si^ © u
c ^ ^ ^
3 >i M oj
d
-.6
C>
g
o
3
t!
i^:iin
.o .
■1
W
^^
•50E
s
K
oi"
>> «
-t
o-j
o td
B
a
i1
11
OS Q
■Cr
pS
s
bE
&s
u
E
ia
nil
w ■
C . >i u
o O d O
O O
" £-3
= d=l
— CO
a 053
M e o
d ©* -^
E § .E
PS
d a
la
ifeS
a
OC'J
Sj O t-
■g S^ "5
§T;eg|S
° a .ffi s
.£ o^ c »
c j£ a or;
■- . I. o'-W
E oood^
oO ShJ a o
D
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATIOV ACT
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
0) s) c S <
D. c o o
- 5-* o ca: to
SO
3^-3.5 .
■^. s^ ^1
50 a _ —
IS «T3 0°
" S c 'S E
S.2 a a o
51 = SS
o G oj .3 D
•= P P h P
Q O C O s3
O
' aj O t.
fc o
'—CO
o-.-lW
03^
o o t
o
t-T3
to— ■
s
^B o
.2 °
'■§31
g O g
III
o o
t^ Q,»-- OJ c! M *^
o 5 g »5 S ''S
+J t- > *^ o t£--
-s^t-gfS
-• ~, aja?t,MKpoC
^h;^c«Ooa>Sro&
>-. a
e »;
Kggg
gQM S,
X
jj SB
M 0-5
.Sect
§■§§
O
3
5
s
t-i V C c4 a> u
.s^Odot;
o "^ 2-"w
a G_o 3 »
III S|l,o
"sjll^
gOi
;.as
'^ >, O >i QJ
^ 0*-r- rt^
_*^ (B ID (_ C
£g.2i
■ c J g'°'
OM H S
67
Pi
CL- 0.
Ph
<^
CO
s
^-
>.2
S
^
.§>•§
ii
"^
^«S
^
'^
•51
"S
^
£o^
's
'^'s
" 9 ^T.
t" *- te
Oi o ^
ja>. o
*j!> a.
|P4
S 2 '
S, d o
fe^a
B a sa
g|sg
g-§sa
o
5
I
a
-36a~5J
■a *- o P o
lljlo .
a ^'^■S 2
O "sS .Si
■©■agg-g-f
>,-" q3 c o °
U
68
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
03
r"
OS
o
141
O
1
o
to
Q
a;
■*
•^
05
<
u
^
t-
rn
-^
f)
o
g
a
§
fa
:§
D
o
o
a
Q
Oh
fe:
j
■^
'.
>
t^
r>
o
a>
t^
t— t
•K
h
a;
o
<
"}
■<
X
■<
o
OS
<
fe.
rn
H
t)
01
>
1— 1
^
to
61
H
>
U)
a<
s.
(C
^
W
-^
J
e-.
■<
ai
en
n
«1
z
bS
h-l
a;
(-.
^
:i
Q
S:
T
oi
a S <
L^i
IP
oil
a .. S «
g o w S
11
-J 3
* o
c " '
O
o
5
a
c 5 3 > d
il fe E*
E-^S£J
Ego i-^
g a o o
s
^.si';;
a a §3
o c £:• t. _H
m ^ tt a
w 8 «=^o
o «*SJ= a
^ a ^ -^ 3
Si c oC2 o a
*»ccgg
3-sq
j'^-ao
^ =^ ° d <n 2
a 0-w
G O
■2 S
§ o S
at =
OS. ^
42 =
o CD e ©
c 3 O c
o
H
a
|§l it
c 5 o a— a oj
3^-2 Sc
^-■^•^ -a
g.S^ £2'3
CJ ■ 2 .Z— . -
5 Md a £ri a
O
o £ a a ° o -
O _ S? =* X a
SS
ai a
_'S^ £ S £ g.S
a— — oXp^-jf t
ii- S a
o§ ess3<
S , o o eS O
■3 g g.S I o o.S
U
: £j^.'.
o C-2-C a-q g
5|-^-& --i -
S -o ® oca g o
.— '"E c £_:= E
3 " S a ^ e o
^ g-_0 a = -
ii^
J2 5 t =3
IXDUSTItlAL DISPUTES INrESTIOATWX ACT
69
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
in
<
B
o
CO
1
■ri2
lO
Oj
■s«
o
■>3
S.S
1— 1
aj
M
■dts
r*^
C
>J
g£ o
•?;
^
b-
SeB
Qj
" S a>
0)
O
o
o
eu
6i
l^i.i
«
«4-l
O
PL(
O
>*
1.
03
.J
till
O
r
n
a.
s-£i£
U
o
1— (
ss-S"
Q
H
bti
crs
a:
SSSe
0 aJ b cj
Z
O
<|
X
W
£5
4 ^ g o
h
o
sill
►J
K
"S
o
5
g|5|
P
Z
rt
ri
■^
o.s§.e
<1
H
d
-f^
o
o
>
.5
<
odQQ
z
t-H
n
o
Q
w
U
<
o o o o
p
o
C H = C
o o o o
o
n
■ W
bn
ll?l
c5
''1
iijii; A
►J
o
»•
x:/;X7;
■<
K
o
a
t-
to
f3 C a d
o o o o
H
o
OQ
•^J
tfi
tf
CO 03 02 a;
a
c
t.
fefefefe
*-3
o
nil
CJ
to
t!
p.
O
B a c e
tl
saas
r>J
® 0) o ©
-^
IM
n
>
>.^. >,>1
H
Xi^Si^
TS-OTJ-O
M
-^
.5 S.S S
a o. a a
H
^
<!-<;<-i)
-!!
H
i-iiMec^
C/J
a » 5 t
itm
OS*
m ro..
S o c
-^ (^ Q iJ
xj s ° «
lip.
».S £ a £
g c3" at g
5 3 " ? (3
§1-2 Ij
S <u « a) .
§:2 6:S.^
O 0) D
•3 P
v a
tn.a-
Q.^ I-
£S ^
= to
9 a'.2
E.S «
Cj « S
§:SS
J t 5 K
" 5 4) M o
''H:S
■^a
bii
0) >.s "s
. .-. (3 p 03 *^ 03
„ai8.i
fc- bU o
U «0 ^
go o
OS
_ >>
"a
<u a> g
pl.
> m •=
o g B o
^^ ©+^
o
o'2 e
a g 2
o
IS - •
c e *Z
.iz«
3 S* .'3
-ma
pls°il
re Q.Ji-a-3 gi
o gO c o.s-g
■a-a 2 SH- »
^ c o >, rt o !-
Z „• S i: g-t).S a
~- . _K — a)
5 & « O oPh c^H
70
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
13
3
S
S
o
I
rn
»
O
-E
Z
c
a
a
2
o
o
«
<1
PL,
O
1
z
1
o
r^
s
o
s
05
o
r~i
u
Fh"
Q
o
Z
<
<:
5^
'A
o
o
H
H
<
<
S
H
(^
m
QQ
&
2
>
<
f/)
_;
H
^
H
t>
Oi
rn
Q
».3
<
K
H
O)
P
Q
!5
A unanimous report was presented by
the Board, accompanied by a pro-
po.sed schedule of rules and rates
effective from November 1, 1915.
The award was accepted by the
employees concerned and was later
accepted by the Company.
Pending the establishment of a Board
the application was withdrawn to
permit of further negotiations
which resulted in the Company
deferring the proposed reduction,
Proceedinga unfinished.
Date of
receipt of
report
of
Board.
r
Date on
which
Board
was con-
stituted.
3
a
Names of Members
of Board:
(c) Chairman;
(e) Employer;
(m) Men.
His Honour Judge
Emerson Coats-
worth, (c) 4;
F. H.McGuigan,{E)l
D. Campbell (mj 1.
His Honour Judge
Colin G. Snider,
(c)4;
Geo. S. Kerr, K.C.,
Jas. Simpson, (m) 1.
1
©
2;
Concerning employees'
demand for same rates
and rules in force west
of Great Lakes.
Concerning termination
of working agreement
and proposed reduc-
tion of wages.
Concerning wages, hours
and conditions of em-
ployment.
No.
persons
affected.
407 dir
1.120 indir.,
1,800 dir...
1,400 indir.
t.1
Merged lines of Can-
adian Northern
Railway east of
Port Arthur, Ont.
Lines of Grand
Trunk Pacific
Railway.
Hamilton. Ont
a
-MO
C3
Employees....
"Employees. ...
Employees....
3
5
Canadian Nortliem Rail-
way Co. and employ-
ees on its eastern lines,
members of Brother-
hood of Locomotive
Engineers and Brother-
hood of Locomotive
Firemen and Engine-
Grand Trunk Pacific
Railway Co. and em-
ployeyfl, members of
International Brother-
hood of MaJntenance-
of-Way Employees.
Toronto, Hamilton and
BulTalo Railway Co.
and employees in loco-
motive and car depart-
ment, members of T.
H. and B. System Fed-
eration No. 36, Inter-
national Association of
Machinists and Help-
ers No. 414, Inter-
national Brotherhood
of Iron Ship Builders
and Helpers No. 421,
International Brother-
hood of Blacksmiths
and Helpers No. 330,
and Brotlierhood of
Railway Carmen of
America No. 94.
Date of
receipt of
applica-
tion.
May 17.
1915
June 28.
1915
Feb. 28.
a*
INDUSTRIAL DlSPirEf) IXTESTIGATION ACT
71
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
!S.25SS = °
-o-a-;
o « ? f^^
jn a i
"" ^ "S "ti s ?■ y
'3'Ot
_ J 3 £ 5
• o a Si
" S-0.5 o o «* "S^ !
-■=> S t: g s " a
S a "^ a S "5
o i^ja - s ■- rt
£ c "".^-^ St
a S 2 s^ e y m cj
-< o (3 £^3 S a<a
d
y
CQ
1
a
0
1
0
a
s
£
u
?.
fe
.^
■n >
C3
a
.S
3?
.5
S
1
>>
c
4) O cJ
§•1 i ? s
£S-B a M.o
Co c — ■— *- "^
m J^ oj o oVi'3
! 11.111-
+^ a 0) s « ^
o*.c ° a c
S-t3 ^ '
; c o'
S§£ES|5'
K © c 0 « ca.
Cxi c o Sxij3
0,0
in 3
§5-3
"22-3
a. ^ <a S
s
H
s
H
sg' :> = ;
:,. .|gSz^g-H
CQ
— ©
«4
3" 6.2
Oag.g
d O *- '-l
ZZ£2.!
-•a.S 01
^ _. m — *"
3 =j 01 cJ
•o£d
ii.i
.'S.'-'
:; a.„ a<
.lE.i
O
■^ "^ +^ a^
-.2 " >i
2 =" ?; s
=:S§la
- 9 c"^ o
3 E S.2 »
- ^ or; —
2
72
DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR
"13
S
o
O
I
rn
^
C5
1
^
f^
a
2
H
H
O
o
5^
03
r-)
Oi
s
1
s
1
<■■)
t^
o
o
0
Oi
?;
J— (
<
^
r.
H
n
1.)
<
<1
z
S
o
o
P
nri
<!
?;
O
■<
El
>
iz:
09
&
CO
h3
o
s
U B3 S
«T3
■ S ^
Q
S
33.-2
o-a £2
c c -" ^'—
S M O © « O
^ ffi o 5
Q.-T3 ^I
CJ C P. C
t- 03 =
- o sa £
a? —
S8feS
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
*g.!
3 ci a c3 u
"13 *:
a c E
o =8 w
O
I i <»"■£■§ il'^? si
&*^ - = 5 - — J=
E^'
O
:«^ rn=
S86
» o
zo
: C~ "J!
siSuSge
' X.2- TO d M i
^<; « Q.E ° o
I . ca o '"■5«- J3
cjSt^SS^Ci cj^ rt
e^-
a
E
3 O
.5 o
aj
a
B
i^>.
<
id
lO
>.2
S
^ I s
H « .
O
H
i-o i
P
"SS
O
13 5P
g V
3
IS-3
CQ
S^_
O
Oh
bD^-S
►J
Concerni
ductio
termin
ment.
o
■3 = d g S
I- ^ s ca
b
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
73
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
&i^'S5;
O— D.
a. C3 L,
; = 3-S
Q. _. ZiM 01 > Q) O a.
OS
o o
"*^ CD
2-oS
5
3 a
0-;
n o -.a
.SW fe fa
w
■m
a:
■S-2
U Q <S
c O c
o o c
Q
• « O ^ e-s (
b. a> c lo <
o S„ o
o o
so
» 2 bbo)
S"! •-
o se S >>
O ^ rt -*> o
.-CD OS
2,8 0)0 M C
^;S o S o
>• r. V c
1^ °-.r: Mtf
I » g a) 2t;
fcfl;
'3' _
•3 a> a S
■oE
"■^ '^ S t-
a 5; -
-o gj 3-a S)-3 S^ 24^
' 8 4. s e-^"^ =^ rt £
!='H§5.s|g.nEs
» ° i!^ S-a as « B
3>.5-^
aigfsfe S£S3S|gs-g|£g^||
« -w to 3 a) « -r* aj aTSW-a o. caTS o. 3^ ft f
s
ffi bfi d
« . .» s
xQ .-CJ ..
d , CO , ^
igS^Sai
g-3 O &:
IB
;S"-E
.-s wO
S»^ 2--
£J3 g
■^ o f^
OS o
-oiS <^
£ d
g ffi-
.2 SiO
a
o b£
o >
o
1^1
.5 .
g J>.2|>,
S S o d S d 5j
o
d
05
a
g
H
Od
•as
'-2E§
O.C-S
.ace o
,.tS dT3
'■d"d ,
rt <i> <
Ma -^
> 3 OS'
-*- a, dP^X ?
I E MX g.S3 S
ISxgSSg;^
, +j m 03)— I Q -M
■ O OJ ;> ^"^J £ aj >j
d 5 OM.a
c :a^"--
^ -^ a ■ s -
O
J 3 2
aj _r r tn d o
t- O a 3
2 -d-Erg a
i po e c
ad «.o gjo t;
> P.d a d 3 S
74
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
CD
1—1
a)
^
0
-D
ei
g
1-^
3
t.
r-H
1
o
0)
S
in
OJ3
05
0
i!p
ai
O
-3
&!
<5
0)
to
S § 0
a
o
0
.sis'
c c 0*2
pa
o
O
Oh
■J
K
o
Ph
-a
§
iiii
- s g 3
|ges
o
a
en
i-H
T-H
i-H
m
0
u
Q
g
G
^
S^
0
g
u
CJ
0 os-^a
>
<:
o
03
0
OS
0
g
W
S
to
Q
y.
>
7;
*-+2
q
■-«««
<
oi
'<
Poaq
o
I-H
r^
)-;h^i_;^^
ii
0
0
IIII
z
■s
H
0
S-.
1:3
"^
— 'w«"<J^
«
Oi
M-«
7>
u
a;
n
-Td
a.
«}
fe:
^jZSiSi
3 3 3 3
<
0
g
:nvirji:/i
K
M
ocoo Goao
H
;_,
t*.
0000
r-)
0
0
0 0 0 «
a
CO
0
t>3
0
K X CC X
^ b t' t.
® 0 0 t>
<
3 3 3 3
r^
6a
0
<-;
0 a; « »
-7;
c c 0 c
c:,
>
SSISS
<
©00c
0
^
>>>,>>>>
J^^^
H
-l3-OT3-a
Z
E S 5 S
M
0000
S
a D. a c
Pd
««;
H
<1
-HM tCTt<
CE
^«!
^ c i."
S 3Si
■ s ®
'SI.
■o°i
P g a
<IS OJ 3-,J=i; D.J3 O
e 5 o =3 ii >-. , n o'o)
O u
03; ^
8-a
ffl-g §0 g^ o o^c
H
g rt t,
rt d S
H ...1.-^
03 O
bo's 1
.ESS
^ " 2
o a 0.
u
05
z
O 00
^ o
Co.
■<
03
S
^ o o c3.:
K^*^ 0~ +j'o
^ - P 'J=:
2 ^« S C.2
•-.S-" <« o
.1:2 5- g.^ g
„ Oi G > P
^o
w-o
si
1?;
bC 0)
0
00
00
Z
6£
: ■*:> o o o
QUO
= 2
6E°if
cs E.SS
O g I Si
IMII
Q
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
75
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
-.3 "S E S ^-9 iJt; si ;
Song
1! 2 0 ,
§5^0
.S.S
SE-s S»; U '
■=i.s
gm.nni'S a u..t; 1
d.
_aj g « j'TS
° 2-3 S !
oSS" "-^ Cab
^a°o.°»„2feO§
.^ 5.0,
0) <U I
*^ 2 U C m
. >. Sun 03 O
3 0) > "ll-" 2
■2g_|&|S._aao
^'2ll":-2 2^.2
sSg'-2|s|.gag
■s£i.S|l|£li:i
a 0+3C3 a-d eg SZi
SOS
aa
O 4>
rf o
■i§i
o a a
o
ss
»^ a
o g 5
gsa
o
o
o
o a
U
a
a
a
[=3
Consolidated Mining and
Smelting Co. of Can-
ada, Ltd., and em-
ployees, members of
Trail Mill and Smel-
termen's Union, No.
105, Western Federa-
a
"o
a
0
Consolidated Mining and
Smelting Co. of Can-
ada, Ltd., and Le Roi
No. 2, Ltd., and em-
ployees, members of
Roasland Miners'
Union. No. 38, Western
Federation of Miners.
Various Mining Corn-
panies operating in
Cobalt Camp and vici-
nity and employees,
members of Cobalt
Miners' Union, No.
146. Wester^ Federa-
tion of Miners.
c
-"0
a
>->
C3 O-S
j3 Cj
J3 b
ill
.« O O 4,
^ » D «
o g'|--= a 01 2 S »
°-S o u a -^ s -^
„ S.2 a^-g o
^•53 § |.2 >.!! ?-a
^S as £"■:■?: a
s-a8<;£a.s
-:522og
i».2
«go^S^_!noa
a^C^CU^Oa^bDbl)
e: g
34 .-)
O tt
o _
O K
<
312
*! Sea S^g d
"Sao .-3
.S-g-a'2 £c c »■
DEPARTMEXT OF LABflT'I!
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
§ i 1-2"
3 »i " 3
^ 2 Jo
i = °
E ° _
2 »
J.::
S J
5§§
-=-S S 2 4
.2 >:S »
■a" a-g
J= "'^ I
rt — — ® o
,So2-c°
I _ e-^ •B
gg-S-oS
1 £ o 6 E t? -
-X5-03
tof a Bo
red into
one of
resident
Edraon
about t
TO ,^
H-C
beestablishme
ement was ont
ties concerned
mental officers
it havinc visite
iBted in bringin
6-£
11
ll
■a p.
i
•S-g
•B «
a
ending t
an agre
the pai
Depart
the We
and ass
result.
g =8 a
Cl,
&-
(S
°3t -d
« 8 » \2
£ ■■ a S
«-5 =^ c S
I- c E D.
c ,■; -r
Jij — • ^
•-• e o • - o
ig2
O 3)
C C E O
te 2 .£
33 O
^5 ■
o a c
a 2
■3§i
O
5-3
1°
00
■s
e
c'.J. o u,-5 a
a -•£
5
§1
002^
112
a a:2
s
s
s
a
■Q p a
§0
sa-sfccgscja-'
=5 Si" K^ '
■==§§.5
o s
o-gZ-Sl
"2 irfJ^JaSn^" S I
I 2:
g >ia
Q a H
=5"o
i-si:
5i =3 C
C-i
sogz
a a 3 (
O
aO a g >,
c'e:= a i; a
w
i'ob -i-^
aa-»E
rSu S-S a
: 0-3 * C-r;K
- C- C-^ « -_ ■
>. 3 a >.g-o «
-J:; X « ^ a ^ o
• c a o iD o^ c
IXDVSTHIAL IHSl'l'JHs I \\ rsT/CATlOX ACT
77
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
?^ 6 c «j c
'ill -I I
D.— • tr -1 t" V4-
S.I 2 "a§
* 9- S m-::.
*S O t- ? =3 l^'
°.5 3t-;3fe 2
OJ 3j>— I 03
« o «
^ o o o a
3 0 = 9
.^.i a c o
5£^g^
■J«.1i-Sg|
g^ a^ s g.
■s||pg
tn C C [>•— ,
® _S "^ S ■ u
■-■- >-2
fj t- S " «
■2jD -3 = C
i.sSSb
o m * d
St * " "i
»«
^a>
o
.■OS
CO
oo
1
e^'
>2
<
■<
<
2;
CSK~S
3g =
dffi'd^
PJQO-
SfeǤ
r Judge
Snider,
McGuig
Campb
a;.-^-^
ad.^-a
Honou
.Gunn.
chards
D. Ro
Honou
jlin G.
F. H.
) 1; D
)I.
Honou
. Gunn
cGuiga
.Robe
Honou
Gunn,
ichardfi
. Robe
.SQtfO^-
.20«-S-i
.SQSQ
.2Q«q
S
ffi
a:
ffi
.9.2
o g Qj
a o a
o o c
U
s:5 .
.sgg
gSs
S^.2
o * o-
c g «
§S£
o
OO
►J
d e
0|
•-. c:
o ^
S »
0-5
S
idiBdE-Oi-S
co^..2ScoS
■.21§.SS=5-
■SB'S S'S -So
S ° d o t::
■•i-g-c'dS-e-d
i'lJ^.S J.S-s.
g'MO g
^ s g = s-
_ >. ffl o -^
rs a «
o .t^ u m
Z_ ^ c c Gj
^ 2 i; d o
d ='.S_S3
9 .a-g.9 §•
d o 41 o d 5
gos-Ssw
o
— 'd 3
c >. o
0 d "
s H
d J «
0,3 =>
m dj d o fc* o
^2EH^
ID .J ^H
a«_§d'pad
I .Seep
■ a d (
o c
.s s
-T3.-::
d^
O
d-Q-^.acffi'
3<ffi £^
Cj S t.
e8^
bo Jdo s-
fed?
o 0'
— c --. V O ^
■3 S.S-g2w.
d E_ 2
.^ a * o5 g ■
5 o c S
C ^ £i d o
-a ^ "* el.S'^
S 6^ 2 o'^ E
gOc E-^Sw
O
o
-C d
J <^ saga
s^i=E.s
'CMC
ire •= c
'■So£-a
' S Ei^ =
2 o^ S
S o a—
. 9 S'3
d t; d ?^ g o ®
j:p5««i E'B q'c
78
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
■r ffl c S c
<u-2-S s « ^
§§••=8
a =^ -a oi
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
• o n d
», o m
gmE§
pi
Eofe
£=(§
c & a
<;ggg
■ w m "
fe ri oi —
-2^ ^-3
|2
«o-2 ^
6-g
Sg^
o 9 S
= »§•
'.a ° e
ig'°S
D
0 '^'^ -fi
s ■- =s ?
^ O 0! c S
£ o H S
qS4
O 0)
Q
d
I
n S
g'Sg
§8S
o
50
- ^
^.H
.t B
CO
o§
00
^.a
to —
^vr>
II
If
11
-1
OjS
PS
ill
-E a a
-^
.2feS
^
►J
►J
0
»g
■&-s|
%
g
%
f^Ea
0.
"a
0.
•5
OS
S
S
W
s
pa
a
1
a
5
s
§1
■as. 0
s,„fe
® o-d
is-
•3
1
2
i
0
>. S • «
(3 nl ^J2
0
0
XI
1
'i
■0
i
B
4i
0
•S u » 0 §
1
■5
XI
%
g
E
s
i
5.11
3 B >»
l5o
£
lo-
go
0
S
1
3E
1o^
gOo
u
a.
E
0
3
a
£
0
Idllll
T3
0
£■?!
0
0
0
&<
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT
79
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
a! C3 c'3
■= ® b o
.. - a
H
oo
O
::3 >i
E
bLo a) go Z
- SS " 5 =
ft,—, C3.5.;
a d "3^ ;
gOoi a j
O
S5§|§S|
1 C~ ?r S
lOlJ i
" B
S C 0)
01:=: u.
c <£•< .
■^ a J- a
u 0--
-si*
s
_ 3 c
*E
3 0 S.S
a 6 3^ J3 S S
go EiaJa^W
O
a
S
-a eJtJ
■^5 2
g-^-s
g.&^
•oS .^-s^
sal
-"SS'S
men
was
ncer
offic
ving
d in
8 report w
ard, accoir
uin of settl
rtics concc
*E'""
*j S'3
t- S o
III
1
liifii
o cd o 1.2 "^ ^
a 0]
a*' o
g
5§-C*'o-^
^
•E_s oj=
M-rj J2 a' Ooj
pndin
Boar
into
of th
dont
ubou
= ^il
<
-C
Ph
§1
1
hourB*
nploy-
cd dis-
ainst
*o
la
p
«- S g bc 2
o
*i
t3
S 3)^ O g
t-i
fi'O
= 1
•p«i
>i>
•H"5 ^ 1 c
eg
-d
0;
g S g.5-3
2b,
s^
aj
c-
gssfc;^
§S
u
o
o
•OS
^
^
«ira
a
o
c
<
•a
o
03
S
^
S
1
e
■a
B
o
H
s
6
'^ E
c S
go
S " o 4 o M 3
t- a) m g _t. S g
J- B"^ E o 0*0
!>.£ -ii"
- a sSo o— ^
^ 3 6:^-0 E
t- E2; a) aW
3'i i '
• ^ s s .
'^ O C3 O
-d £^ =
S3 O C^
::^U So
O
E.iJ&
<; aHa
"15 Jill
I i-3 is &
o >'2S f-o S-
3 SX! drvj
■o"S '^ e §¥- =
>>°?-2|f'aE
.li'^ o.iS tc'o32<
80
DEPAJlTMEyT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1913
I
z
o
<
O
z
a
s
o
u
Q
Z
z
o
O
z
I
■^JS c en 5
•olilJ
z
.MO
aia.H
Q
S
? K n *
S-2 °
- "» o s
■S-n „ a J!
c*^ 2 -Si
<:
Q
B 3
-J
^asii
.3.2 ^
§3 =
£ g o
d o c
o " =
O
ggS"
■^ c. o
OJj::
(C
•o-si
fc, cj o
S'.cE-'
C 3 9
= X1 "= .
J c ■- <-
J= C3 C d
a~ => c
O C .^-^
•3-a °
O 0.0
a 0.5
M CO
O O C
o g a; .3
o « c c
O
a
"^ ° i 8 §3
13 0JT3J2-O ii
2-7-, a*' "*'
3j c a;
^S ^ S =3 §
<U 3 rf
"(^ « !r O 2 o
q3 o o
"'c c
I -; rt--^
'*" S"^
91 g So
o ea c g
>. a> ©
. g **■ O; O
o o
c"* S
3
a— 0
03
yj
C 1- -S
OQ g-
-V c
W Ev
^ d
.2CH
k5
K
gsg
OS a «
as.
f .2 &■
".2.; s-s
.« a
W r
* S .
~ a O
gsz
T2 >>-S >^
C c8 C
d i si
-T3 C O «>
g-:yEH
X
■f^< g S oi
■^ £" a c £ S?
^ '^ K o-^ o
•a
•
S
CQ
i
rrt
J
s
C
"a
%
d
0
>
Xi
§5
Mf
*fe
-0
Si
a
t.%
&<
w
F
H
0
S
d
""
5
§
H
3
h
P
a
t
E
•a
1
'0
i
1
0
E
E
u
S
u
0.
B
TS
S
fed
D.-0
J
s
w
0
0
e
01
0 r.
(-
T3
Ss
E
z
a
6
-So
t:
s
cS a
1
0
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES IXYESTlOATIOy ACT
81
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
III
£ » "
la 3. Si
ge.s
a,
o
.3.= P
cm
U
a
o c o i
S „5
g'gfeS s
o
36a-6
-T3 =3 O 01 O
OSo
gg£'S?g
•73 a :;
flj
0 5J-C
i>>r
"o
"o
S-2 i"
0
a>
£ .=
^
JS
a-3
s-il
s:
%
f a-
-T3
T)
^ St3
0 S S-a
2 *-■
.2 H
aS a^
0
5 =J
H ?,
2« =
c
-
III
p
99
3--
ll
..
§5
2*0
3J3 Ma
So
-=J
d.
Ph
«
(M«3
.a>
M—
3
<!
_;
V
00 =D
c^ t-
.01
.0
-ca
M-H
01
s-
-<
s
s
5"S
■^
d
CO a s
aS§
5
a s
3
Sg ^
•3 ,-.»
a c w
|toS
a
E
0
i
a
c
1
1" 1
■3* '^
--)
0
.j2
j^-o-
_;
Q
0
■-i
W
a
CJ
la
■3
li
a.
.0
Is
s
i
f:l.
1
so
•s1|
bA
UC
e
E
i
c.o
S g 0
gsl
§83
0
_i_
0
0
! u
T^
^
'■'■^
■3
(-' s
C
-t:o
•^s
0
0
moo
©•ri
0 -
CO 1
M-h"
t-^
<M 1
la
1;
^1
x:
6
5i-
6«
ii
■3.S
2
at
0
>
3
"S e S
g§
6
0
£ «-2
cP^O
c
01
0
|J
>
i
i
i
^
>>
>>
^
0
0
"a
'q.
3.
s
B
£
H
B
;ii3
gc«
^2£
■Si
£.>
S
1^
si
S3
<
0 0
■0T5
C3 C
c 0
1
-till
1 °. o| g
^ S3 0 3
^
L.
2
c-i
"o
a
c
r"
"o
0 c— '3 o<
9
0
c
c
ri a
5
"2
B
sllsi
a
z
0
u
0
§?
0
E
'3
2
0
0
s
"*t-.
■"',-
01
■ Ci
• Oi
^^
^^
ij'^
3
&
^4
s
^ 1
m O >
K H ^ ^
■B ° _ s
ga.S a
§§e
o
:^8£.iig
§■^15=3
ght, H
0. and
rkers,
Local
Interna
ood of
rUera.
^0 S --J^ 0
isMi?
^|S£d£i
s
82
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
00
PQ
P
pj
2;
S
QS
t- pa
6 .. a "
J'2 2 o
^ o a a £
z
S >- c i^S o
l.si*E2&
"S^S'S " o o
Silly's"
opa.2 2" £ g.^
S'tr § Q) !5 a O
W a S
©J .
o
I
O
^ >.-o o
& =
S » ° 3
■*^ ID g H
>^ S O U lO
O
g.S-o.2§
§a§«B
o
s
; s ti .^ ,
[■so £|Ha
«_ in
O g
aj c o
o ©-—
^ g c g
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES IXVESTIGATIOS ACT
83
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
o
o —
< ~
z
c..
o
.
r-
«
<
c^
C
C
>
g
z
p!
tZ;
H
CL
H
r:i
^
rn
02
, ,
CS
J
bO
■»"
C
K
Is
H
o
^
rn
C
-^^
Z
C
c3
CO
-a 3 ^j
.2 C""
ot:r
S^ s ^^
.— , .Xr'C o
3 0^ Tj rt .n I '
-^ C > ii O'ii
2 a'—' aj o3 03
^ '^^ S § <l^ 2
■-3 ^^ 'E o c +:>
:S -^-^ S S C
-:: 3 M :3 p.
r— 3 o c/; ^ 1^
-C ^ X3
^ £. u cu aj
.s ^ .
- — . — ' S ij -^^
^ s: o I:: '■" 73
= ^ fc s-s-s
.s^
o <u •
""^ >-^ £H
?^ ^ o -- a
-.i ■— — ' > -.J OJ
" tH i-i .>
— = i~
5^ s
S >.^
a
o
Oi
" ri c
_0 J5 I— I
t Q "^
36a— 6}
«: fc- O '*^ c3 *
^ tS P^ t>, O <D
"■5 -SOS *
= 3 g o 3
1
Approximate
No. time losses
employees in
affected, working days.
■i
III
Strike not averted nor ended by
Board inquiry.
Approximate
time losses
in
working days.
m
III
1^
4
-3
II
Strike before or after application
but ended before constitution of
Board or by Board inquiry.
Approximate
time losses
in
working days.
No.
employees
affected.
I
No application for Board received.
Approximate
time losses
in
working days.
|ft
I"
6|
z|
Industry.
a
o
o
«
o
05
OOOi
-HOQO
S
6.375
25,700
2,577
750
i
g
§
coo
S
■*
s
OOM —
=
■*!*:■-'.-<
(N
■""
s
so'
1
!-
-
o
tA
"
"
"
o
s
- ii
i
§
g
U3
o
U3
sg
to
«-
CO
-^M
CO
<o
2g§
1
CO
2
2
Si"
-Tco
■*'
ill"
e
to
-jfe"* —
t-
'"'""*'''
o>
"^
r-
I
3
§1
.a
s
1
1
1
6
1
B
O 0
IJ
£.1
J
1
C
c
, s
E-
1
c
1
1
o
84
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
-a '^
t. o o
S "«
01
6
d
e
1
c
^fl
e
-<
"*^
s
s
-n
o
2:
^
s
e
Q
zs.
S| -3
< ^
•?-2 S
C o'" "=
IS
00
o
coco
<ooo
oo"
a
1°
IT
00 lO
1
en
1
OO
<oc^
CO
■^Jl —
>a
CO
s
§
s
8
O
s
30
§
o
oo*
^^
^"
r-<
W5
s
!N
CN
M
II
OO
|S
o
1
fDOO
i°
i
M
""J'OJ
CO
c~
•^
O
i
I
.
.2
1
s
3
E
e
o
O
OS
e
o ?
u
1 6
c
9
1
o
C3
V w
1
S
00
O
0:> C4
lO
CO
o*
0»'-i'-'
"
e4N
■*
«
ii
1
OiO
COM
§
V
CO*-*
■<f
■<**
CO
"3
CO
g
o
o
1
00
,'
03
W3
CO
CO
. "
CO
c^
C4
U3
s
Si
§
s
C4
o
CO
o
U5
CO
""
^
cs
C^
o
s
s
c
<
1
.1
1
c
3
£
£
•a
i
p
t
1
1
INDUSTRIAL IIINPVTES! INTESTIOATION ACT
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
85
CO
CO
g
IIS
tot-'
OS
o,
i
lO OiO
CO
CO
""
CO
■<J< — —
<o
OS
§1
to
CO
co't^*
g
o
5
ci"
CO
"
lO
"^
^^
M-^
«
Tf
OS
r~*
CO
OS
g
S
■
^^
s
s
§
-
m
s
i
C>)
s;
m
o
2
"
"^
=^
■"■
CO
i
i
Is
1
s
>
§
o
1
a
3
T3
1
r
c
CO
1
11
o
lO
COO
to o
CO
OS
K
1
i
OS
oT
OS-^
-h'c^"
CO
§
(0<-l
t^
«OCO
00
^^
CO
s
<»
o
o
g
CO
s
00
o
oo'
s
CO
o
o
CO
M —
CO
^^
1-H
"*
o
OS
CO
s
OS
oo"
!
o
OS
CO
3
S
i
1
■«*"
s
«
(N
^
"^
CO
00
co'
31
i
oo'
o
o-
!-
!■
|S
§
c
«
M
coco
<e>
■"*
a-
^1
a
is
1
s
1
a
3
O
O
13
a
cj
■h
it
i
a
■3
c
1
■a
15
c
oooo
co-^
GO
CO
80,926
375
300
80
oo
CO
So
!
<3>
CO—'
1
UO
QOiOOO
eo'
CO
CO
CO
2
WCO-t
CO
0O.-.-H«
^
"^
00
i
o
•
g
CO
s
CI
o
o
UO
!-
ci"
"
"^
M
M
CO
!-
W3
to
CO
-
■""
III
00
CO
CO
tOiOOO
o'
CO
0"5"0
CO CO to
OCO'"J"
CO
oo
CO
OOiOOO
s
CO
I-
CO
MM-i
U5
tO-H-H —
a>
s
so
J
"a
s
1
i
<
1
R
.2
1
1
s
B
-3
-a
a
II
IS
1
c
'E
c
X
1
1
86
DEPARTlIESfT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
V
1
Approximate
No. time lossea
employees in
affected, working daya.
^1
ni
Strike not averted nor ended
by Board inquiry.
Approximate
No. time losses
employees in
affected, working days.
2|
II
Strike before or after application but
ended before constitution of Board
or by Board inquiry. .
Approximate
No. time losses
employees in
affected, working days.
of
'^1
I
No application for Board
Received.
Approximate
time losses
in
working days.
6l
2g-
589,036
105,800
1,000
7 am
1
i
17,500
2,910
30
3,600
1,400
to
W3
XI
S
3,537
1,000
400
514
U5
§g2gg
2
»0
CO
s
,— —,—,—,
1"
— iM — C^ —
t^
»o
to
o
O
eo
CO
o
C3
1
g
o
P
^
!-
"^
^^
'
!-
!
g
^
i
^
•"*
^
— .
1
IS
s
oooo
o
■^
o
3
Id
g3
ii^i
i
s
to
'"'
"^"^
«
-H M — « M
o
ua
■*
1-
1
P
1
2
1
<
>
1-
G
§
S
o
§
■5 2
IJ
a_o
:
1
1
c
1
J
1
"^
■t
1
"a
=-
.
S
"33
"3
.£■
1
e
s
1
.5
It
bo
1
?
03
IS
i
1
g 2
CO CO
of
o*
OW3
or-
es
OS
1 3
g
--(»-•
w
— . M
>fl
o
1
g
•H
'
oo
»OlO
o —
o
1
OVO
ot-
•
S3
*-! -^
w
N
^
1
1
a
s
a
■2'S
II
r
1
1
.2
a
1
.s
?l
1
IXDUSTRIAL DISPUTES I2vYESTiaATrON ACT
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
87
8
c
3
□0
■^"
§ s
««
(9
-J. —
^
CO
§
1
"
"^
!-
I
CO
O
i
"^
■^
''^
ii
i
2
s
ro
94
CO
s
2
<«•*-•
»o
■^
c»
is
J
1
-<
1
a
1
§
a.E
sJ
1
ii
1
«
c
■ !£
c
1
"i
^ i
-
1
C5
co"if
oc
oc
ip
c
00
o
T
CC
2g
O
2!
00
CCiOt*
1
ci
«5
Oh
o
OSC^iO
o
oo
n
00
CO
00
CO
oo
eo
2
tn
""•
^
'"'
o
»o
o
no
o
g
o
g
"
^^
'"'
CO
CO
is
t^
CO
»o
a"
CI
i
o
isS
!-
o
ci"
00
a
CO
0OMW3
;2
00
CO
M
g^
s
1
<
1
a
o
1
•a
s
a
8
1
1?
it
g
t
1
>
1
1
1
'1
1
E-
03
O
05
o
5
3
0,600
44
1,426
1
rf ^ t-
N
80, 140
220
•17,161
C-1
6,500
44
•1,426
^ -H t^
N
\1
s
1
•r
c
si
b
1
•1
1
o O
_0'(if|
•9 =
Ii
So
ago
o' «'§
-ft © 3)
.S,SS
3 ^.2
■S-go
ego
a - •
3 d to
.2 «ja
H Q.I
88
DEPARTMEyr OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
-^ o
o
03
Pi
o
p.
3
>— I
J3
p.
O
o
to
a>
.a
o
a
3
02
o
cc
oowt^^Occ
?j
CJiCM
O
S
OS
c>»
WW
o
W5
CO
M
M
M
OS
N
M^(M--I
"*
W3
M
2
■<»<M
«C* \
OS
N
«'*<
«--« ■
■-f
o
OS
■«*'
§
oa
ec— «
-*«
M
«
i
<«^
«e*
"
*
1907
from
Mar. 22.
C^
■*M-H
M
•#
2
i
5
O
a-
1
1
•
-
;3
5t
: c
. c
: E
i
3 :
3^
2
a
1
1
- c
■ 1
-i:
■ 1
- c
:_
1 '
1
r
5P
J
' t-
■ «
1 c
;n;
- c
: °
. a
[J
: (
3:
\\
\.
S ;
3j
:"
■J 5
i5
1
■
;
: "
1
1
•>
1
\
1
3
0
!^
:; '
a c
33
^2
; a
! <
^ i
; i
si
E □
C
: c
1 '^
<
; 1
' t
;j
-i
•"
\ '
i I
U
1.5
1
I t
■ j
3^
:
1
>
J -
^■£
:-^
ix
i 0
'■I
i !
5 !
i-
:]
-_;
°V
3fc
Vi
ii
: c
£-
J a
5^
■|
S 0
;-^
1 c
3 2
it
1
•-• C-l CO -H M .-I .-H
oooo
OSiOOO
W -^ 0>(0
oo
to to
(MM
oo
CI CO
tooo
00«D»O
d S c
9 m ^
• S S o o
: S 2 "-^^
'3 «'3 4^ c3 ^ « ;
■5 =
, IS as -ti
■ — j< o
-0.2 fe .„^
5 >— '
O is b "■ 2
s ^ n
.SIX'S
"-'"-' >
m e o
o-. I- 0 B
i rf C fc.
-O CJ O O
3 a.2-3.2
mOVSTKIAL DISPUTES INYESTIOATION ACT
89
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
<
a
a
g
5
«
o
o
0> (M iC O CO
— ,
OOOtO-rl-OOiOOO
"4*
t— ojci'j'o^oO'OcoiraeD'— ON
(M.*
Oii»-j"t*t-h~<iOCncnMt£)Oir^t^
lO
Oj
(N
t-'cS o"cJ"— "— M COo't!^ M
[C
(NO — CO M
•^
"■J'
to
. . •
o
!>■
lo
>o
- t- <«
t-
— o -
CB +2 >-<
CQ
CO
« -■ oj
s
o
o
oo
o
o
c
o
tdOO
c.
to
CO
tf)
<M
wo
CJ
d
»o
-
co"
M
«'
■-»
o
c
4/3
-QO
Ol
CO
00
^
c^^
,^
t-fO
<o
Oi
—1
lo
I-^
o
-oooo
o
ow
T«"
«>
■^
■OOiCOO
o
o-*
Oi
- t-Tj<^(M
W3
eo
«
Oi
M
■ lo'ei— '--T
"^
CO
s
O
-lOOil'OO
CO
■*o
SS
o
t-Ot^<air5
loca
o
iMC*I- <M
o«>
o
Ol
«' ^'
"*
TlT
■*"
iO
^
■^
;©
oo
oo
oo
»o
t— P3
CO<4i
oo
r-
IN
ow
M
5
■ o
tfj't-T
N
oo
*"■
c^
r
in
■ o
o
GO
CO
c<
■o
00
to
o
■ o
ooo
mo
o
at
o
CO
Mm
COCC
"^f
o>
■ec
«'
M
«
CD
■*
W50
iOC<l
CO
c;
aar-
0-*
o
CO
CO
o
u;
«
Oi
'^
cc
eo
o
ooo
oooo
o
oo
sa^
o
■<t"U50
cor-io
m
■u*
o
C4 CO
moj e*
CO
«s
oa O k>
oc
^
lO
— t- d
•M
s
r
^
g
a
£
si
J
(-.'
:S^
g
g
■s
S"
3
J
-J5 0
s
SS-a
CLi —
5 ^
t3 P
8*,
.ri
r3
-o.Sfe
ill
III
d
c S P C Ir' = K.
.c:a,-7
L.
H
j
J
s
c
\
t
J
1
J
y
c
=1
c
c
c
J
[S
c
c
1
c
t
c
c
c
c
1
'2
a
>
c
a
(-
c
S
<
C
a
c
1
j:
c
1
b
c
c
3
Jl
o
T2
s
td
o
c
ta
Hi
^
J2
o
?.
H,
o
i.i
0*i
£Z
>>.S
cS S
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918
III. SUMMARY STATEMENTS RESPECTING PROCEEDINGS UN-
DER INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT, 1907,
DURING THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
1917.
91
INDUSTRIAL DISPVTEii INVESTIGAriON ACT 93
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
I. — Application from Locomotive and Car Department Employees op
THE Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo Railway Company, being
Members of T. H. & B. System Federation No. 36, etc. — Board
established. — unanimous report by board.^ — employees ceased
Work.
Application received — February 28, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo Railway
Company. (2) Employees — workmen in locomotive and car department
at Hamilton, Ont., being members of Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo
System Federation No. 36, International Association of Machinists and
Helpers No. 414, International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Ifon Ship-
builders and Helpers No. 421, International Brotherhood of Blacksmiths
and Helpers No. 330, and Brotherhood of Railway Carmen of America
No. 94.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway shop work.
Nature of dispute — Concerning employees' demand for adoption by the Com-
pany of a schedule of rates and rules.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 105; indirectly, 12.
Date of constitution of Board — March 28, 1916.
Membership of Board — His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, Hamilton, chair-
man; Mr. Geo. S. Kerr, K.C., Hamilton, for employer; Mr. Jas. Simpson,
Toronto, for employees. Chairman appointed in the absence of a joint
recommendation from the other Board members.
Report received — May 1, 1916.
Result of inquiry — The Board presented a unanimous report, with recommend-
ations for the settlement of the dispute. The findings of the Board were
declared unsatisfactory to both parties concerned, and the employees
went out on strike on Alay 20, 1916, giving as their reason " the manage-
ment of the Company delaying and refusing to grant a schedule of agree-
ment to shop employees." The strike had not been officially called off
at the close of the fiscal year, but it was understood that the strikers had
obtained work elsewhere and that industrial conditions had ceased to be
affected thereby.
II. — Application from Freight Handlers at Winnipeg employed by the
Canadian Pacific Railway Company, being Members of Local
No. 12, Brotherhood of Railroad Freight Handlers. ^ — No Board
established. Settlement having been effected by negotiation.
Apphcation received — April 13, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2)
Employees — freight handlers employed at Winnipeg, being members of
Local No. 12, Brotherhood of Railroad Freight Handlers.
Applicants — Employees. '
Nature of industry concerned — Railway freight handling.
Nature of dispute — Wages, conditions of employment, and recognition of Union.
Number of employees aft'ected — Directly, 200; indirectly, 1,000.
94 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Duiiiig procedure looking to the establishment of a Board of Conciliation
and Investigation, the Department received word that direct negotiations had
brought about a settlement of the dispute.
III.- — Application from Street Railway Workers employed by the Brant-
ford Municipal Railway Commission, being Members of Division
No. 685, Amalgamated Associ.\tion of Street and Electric Rail-
way Employ'ees of America. — Board established. — Unanimous
Report by Board. — Settlement effected.
Application received — May 11, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — -Brantford Municipal Railway Commission.
(2) Emploj-ees — street railway workers, being members of Division No.
685, Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Railway Employees
of America.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry' concerned — Street railwaj- work.
Nature of dispute — Wages, conditions of employment, and demand for agree-
ment .
Number of employees affected — Directly. 27; indirectly, 5.
Date of constitution of Board — May 23, 1916.
Membership of Board — His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, Hamilton, chair-
man; Mr. F. W. Frank, Brantford, for employer; and Mr. Jos. Gibbons,
Toronto, for employees. Chairman appointed in the. absence of a joint
recommendation from the other Board members.
Report received — June 6, 1916.
Result of inquirj' — The Board presented a unanimous report, which included
a memorandum of settlement signed on Ijehalf of both parties concerned,
effective for one year from June 1, 1916. The dispute was accordingly
settled.
IV. — Application from Employees of the Acadia Coal Company, Limited,
AT Stellarton, N.S. — Board established. — Unanimous Report by
Board. — No further cessation of Work reported.
Application received- — May 10, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Acadia Coal Companj", Limited. (2) Em-
ployees— coal miners at Stellarton, N.S.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Coal raining.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — 1,000.
Date of constitutioa of Board— May 22, 1916.
Membership of Board^ — His Honour Judge E. Coatsworth, Toronto, chairman;
Mr. W. H. Chase, Wolfville, N.S., for employer; and :\Ir. R. H. Murray,
Halifax, for employees. Chairman appointed in the absence o; a joint
recommendation from the other Board members.
Report received — June 5, 1916.
Result of inquirj' — The men had gone out on strike on April 18, but returned
to work on May 8, having decided to apply for a Board. The Board^
presented a unanimous report, and the dispute disappeared.
IXDUSTltlAL DISPUTES INYE8TI0ATWN ACT 95
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
V. — Application from Employees of the Consolidated Mining and
Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, at Trail, B.C., being
Members of Trail Mill and Smeltermen's Union No. 105, W.F.M.
— Board not Completed, Settlement having been effected by
Negotiation.
Application received— May 29, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company
of Canada, Limited. (2) Employees — miners at Trail, B.C., being mem-
bers of Trail Mill and Smeltermen's Union No. 105, W.F.M.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Metal mining.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment. •
Number of employees affected — -Directly, 1,200; indirectly, 50.
A Board was established by the Minister on June 9, 1916, and Messrs.
A. C. Flumerfelt, Victoria, and David Rees, Fernie, were appointed as for the
employer and the employees respectively. At this stage Mr. J. D. McNiven,
the Departmental Fair Wages Officer resident at Vancouver, was instructed to
proceed to the locality and assist in bringing about a settlement. Through
his efforts conferences were arranged between the parties concerned, which
resulted in the men's acceptance of a compromise offer made by the company.
No further action by the Department was necessary.
VL — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees of the Edmonton,
Dunvegan and British Columbia Railway, Alberta and Great
Waterways Railway, and Central Canada Railway, being Mem-
bers OF International Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way
Employees.^ — ^No Board established. Settlement having been
effected by Negotiation.
Application received — June 2, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia
Railway, Alberta and Great Waterways Railway, and Central Canada
Railway. (2) Employees — maintenance of way men employed on the
territory covered by these railways, being members of the Liternational
Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — ^Railway maintenance.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 300; indirectly, 600.
During procedure looking to the establishment of a Board of Conciliation
and Investigation the Department was informed that through the good offices
of Mr. F. E. Harrison, one of the Departmental officers resident in the West,
conferences were arranged between the parties concerned which resulted in an
agreement being reached, effective from July 1, 1916.
96 DEPARTMBST OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
VII. — Application from Electrical Workers employed by the Montreal
Light, Heat and Power Company', being Members of Local No.
492, International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. — -No
Board established, Settlement having been effected by Nego-
tiation.
Application received — June 6, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Montreal Light, Heat and Power Company.
(2) Employees — electrical workers (outside men), being members of
Local No. 492, International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Electrical work.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 250; indirectly, 1,000.
No Board was established in this case, a settlement having been brought
about by negotiation between the parties concerned.
VIII.^ — Application from Employees of the Halifax and South Western
Railway Company^, being Members of the Canadian Brotherhood
of Railroad Employ'ees.; — No Board established, Settlement
having been effected by Negotiation.
Application received — June 8, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Halifax and South Western Railway Com-
pany. (2) Employees — maintenance of way men and shop men, being
members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Employees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance and shop work.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — 175.
No Board was established in this case, a settlement having been brought
about by negotiation between the parties concerned.
IX. — Application from Employees of the Consolidated Mining and
Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, and Le Roi No. 2, Limited,
at RoSSLAND, B.C., BEING MEMBERS OF RoSSLAND MiNERS' LTnION
No. 38. W. F. M. — No Board established, Settlement having
BEEN effected BY NEGOTIATION.
Application received — June 12, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Emploj^er — Consolidated Mining and Smelting Com-
pany of Canada, Limited, and Le Roi No. 2, Limited. (2) Employees — ■
miners at Rossland. B.C., being members of Rossland Miners' Union
No. 38, W. F. M.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Metal mining.
Nature of dispute — Wages.
Number of employees affected — 800.
It was agreed that the Board established at Trail, B.C., should also deal
with this dispute. As in the former case, however. Board procedure was un-
necessary. Mr. J. D. McNiven, the Departmental officer who assisted in the
IXnuamiAL DL-il'lTE.S lyVE.sTIGATWy ACT 97
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
settlement of the dispute at Trail, was instructed to proceed to Rossland with
a view to using the good offices of the Department of Labour towards bringing
about an amicable adjustment of the dispute in the latter place. Through his
efforts conferences were arranged between the parties concerned, which resulted
in a settlement being arrived at. The application was accordingly withdrawn,
a resolution to this effect being passed by the Rossland Miners' Union and
expressing also appreciation of the part taken by Mr. McNiven.
X. — Application from Employees of various Mining Companies operating
IN Cobalt Camp and Vicinity, being Members of Cobalt Miners'
Union No. 146, Western Feder.\tion of Miners. — Investigation by
RoY^AL Commission.
Application received — June 24, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employers — Forty-two Mining Companies operating in
Cobalt Camp and vicinity. (2) Emplo.yees, members of Cobalt Miners'
Union No. 146, Western Federation of Miners.
Applicants — Emploj'ees.
Nature of industry concerned — Metal mining.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — 2,200.
In view of the fact that the dispute affected various Companies whose
consent could not be obtained to the establishment of a single Board, as requested
by the employees, it was decided that the dispute did not come within the pro-
visions of the statute, but an inquirj^ into the matters in dispute was made by
a Roval Commission.
XI. — -Aplpication from Employees of the Ottawa Electric Railway
Company, being Members of Division No. 279, Amalgamated Asso-
ciation OF Street and Electric Railway Employees of America.
— Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board.^Settlement
effected.
Application received — June 27, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — -Ottawa Electric Railway Company. (2)
Employees, members of Division No. 279, Amalgamated Association of
Street and Electric Railway Employees of America.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Street railway operation, and shop and shed
work.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment; also alleged
discrimination against union members.
Number of employees affected — 500.
Date of constitution of Board^— July 4, 1916.
Membership of Board — j\Ir. Hamnett P. Hill, Ottawa, chairman; Mr. G. F.
Henderson, Ottawa, for employer; Mr. A. E. Fripp, Ottawa, for em-
ployees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommendation of the other
Board members.
Report received — July 12, 1916.
Result of inquiry^ — The Board presented a unanimous report, to which was
appended a copy of an agreement signed on behalf of both parties con-
cerned, effective from July 10, 1916, until June 30, 1918, and thereafter
unless notice is given of desired change thirty days prior to the end of
any year. The dispute was accordingly settled.
36a— 7
98 DEPABTME'XT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
XII. — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees of the Canadian
Northern Railway Company east of Port Arthur, being
Members of the International Brotherhood of Maintenance
OF Way Employees. — Board established. — Settlement on basis
of Board Report.
Application received — July 3, 1916.
Parties concerned^ — (1) Employer — Canadian Northern Railway Company.
(2) Employees — maintenance of way department employees, including
trackmen, bridge and building employees and water supply employees,
on the Company's lines east of Port Arthur, being members of the Inter-
national Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directlj^ 1.000; indirectly, 3,000.
Date of constitution of Board — August 19, 1916.
Membership of Board — His Honour Judge R. D. Gunn, Ottawa, chairman;
Mr. F. H. Richardson, Toronto, for employer; Mr. G. D. Robertson,
Welland, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommend-
ation of the other Board members.
Report received — October 21, 1916.
November 2, 1916. (Minority report.)
Result of inquiry — Two reports were presented in this matter, the minority
report being signed by Mr. Richardson. The findings were declared
acceptable to the employees concerned; the Companj^, however, declined
to accept the award as it stood, but expressed a willingness to meet
the employees with a view to adjusting the matter. This conference
resulted in the acceptance by the Company of the award with one slight
amendment. The dispute was thus satisfactorily settled.
XIII. — Application from Telegraphers in the employ of the Great
North Western Telegraph Company of Canada, being Members
of Great North Western Division No. 43, Commercial Tele-
graphers' Union of America.- — Board established. — Unanimous
Report by Board. — Settlement effected.
Application received — July 13, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — The Great North Western Telegraph Com-
pany of Canada. (2) Employees — telegraphers, being members of Great
North Western Division No. 43, Commercial Telegraphers' Union of
America.
Applicants — Emploj'ees.
Natrue of industry concerned — Commercial telegraphy.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours and condition.^ of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 325; indirectly, 1,800.
Date of constitution of Board — August 8, 1916.
Membership of Board — His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, Hamilton, chair-
man; Mr. F. H. McGuigan, Toronto, for employers; Mr. D. Campbell,
Winnipeg, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommend-
ation of the other Board members.
Report received — August 23, 1916.
Result of inquirj' — Report of Board was unanimous and included schedules of
rules and rates which had been agreed upon by both parties concerned.
The dispute was thus satisfactorily settled.
IXDU.STRIAL DISPUTES lyVESTIGATWy ACT 99
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
XIV. — Application from Employees of various ^Mining Companies oper-
ating AT ThETFORD iMiNES, QtjE., BEING WemBERS OF LoCAL UnION
No. 14.3, Western Federation of Miners. — Investig.-ition by
Royal Commission.
Application received — July 21, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employers — Asbestos Corporation of Canada, Limited,
Johnson Mines, Jacob Mining Company, Limited, Bell Asbestos Mines,
Limited, and Martin-Bennett, Limited. (2) Employees, members of
Local Union No. 143, Western Federation of ^Miners.
Applicants — Emplo\'ees.
Nature of industry concerned — Asbestos mining.
Nature of dispute — Wages and recognition of union.
Number of emploj'ees affected — Directly, 900; indirectly, 500.
The employees in this case were divided as between two Unions, only one
Union being represented by the applicants for a Board; while, on the other
hand, the employers concerned were several in number and no recommendation
in common could be secured. L'nder the circumstances the machinery of the
Industrial Disputes Investigation Act could not be effectively applied, and an
inquiry was made before a Royal Commission. As a result of the inquiry, a
settlement was effected, and the men, who had gone on strike prior to the
investigation, returned to work.
XV. — ^Application from Conductors, Baggagemen, Brakemen, .and Y.a.rd-
men in the Employ of the Algoma Central and Hudson Bay
Railway Company, being Members of the Order of Railway
Conductors and the Brotherhood of Railro.ad Trainmen. —
Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board. — Settlement
effected.
Application received — August 15, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — ^Algoma Central and Hudson Bay Railway
Company. (2) Emploj-ees — conductors, baggagemen, brakemen, and
3'ardmen, being members of the Order of Railway Conductors and the
Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway- operation.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of emploj'ees affected — Directly, 45; indirectlj', 150.
Date of constitution of Board — August 29, 1916.
Membership of Board — His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, Hamilton, chair-
man; Mr. F. H. McGuigan, Toronto, for employer; Mr. D. Campbell,
Winnipeg, for emploj'ees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommend-
ation of the other Board members.
Report received — September 14, 1916.
Result of inquiry — ^Report of Board was unanimous and included an agreement
which had been dra^\'n up and signed by both parties concerned, effective
from September 1, 1916, and thereafter until terminated by thirty days'
notice in writing by either party to the other.
36a— 7 J
100 DEPARTMBST OF LABOUR
\
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
XVI. — Application from Federated Shop Trades in the Employ of the
Canadian Government Railways. — No Board established, settle-
ment HAVING BEEN EFFECTED BY NEGOTIATION.
Application received — August 15, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Government Raihvays. (2) Em-
ployees— federated shop trade*, being members of International Asso-
ciation of Machinists, International Brotherhood of Blacksmiths and
Helpers, Brotherhood of Railway' Carmen of America, International
Brotherhood of Boilermakers and Helpers, International Association of
Steamfitters and Plumbers, and International Brotherhood of Electrical
Workers.
Applicants — ^Emploj^ees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway shop work.
Nature of dispute — -Wages, hours, and conditions of emploj'ment.
Number of employees affected — 3,000.
No Board was established in this case. Proceedings in connection there-
with were held in abeyance to permit of negotiations between the parties inter-
ested, and no further action by the Department was necessary.
XVII. — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees of the
Grand Trunk Railway Company, being ]\Iembers of the
International Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Em-
ployees.—Board established. — Settlement effected.
Application received — August 17, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Grand Trunk Railway Company. (2)
Emploj'ees — maintenance of way men, being members of the Inter-
national Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance.
Nature of dispute — Wages.
Number of employees affected — 3,200.
Date of constitution of Board — August 25, 1916.
Membership of Board — His Honour Judge R. D. Gunn, Ottawa, chairman;
Mt. F. H. McGuigan, Toronto, for employer; Mr. G. D. Robertson,
Welland, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommend-
ation of the other Board members.
Report received — October 21, 1916.
October 25, 1916. (Minority report.)
Result of inquirj — Two reports were presented in this case, the minority report
being signed by Mr. McGuigan. The award was accepted by both
parties concerned and the dispute accordinglj' settled.
INDOSnUAL DJSPUTEli INVESTIGATWy ACT 101
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
XVIII. — Application from Engineers, Firemen, Conductors, Brakemen,
AND Yardmen in the Employ of the Fredericton and Grand
Lake Coal and Railway Company and New Brunswick
Coal and Railway, being Members of the Brotherhood
of Locomotive Engineers and the Brotherhood of Railroad
Trainmen. — Board established. — Settlement effected.
Application received — August 31, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Fredericton and Grand Lake Coal and
Railway Compauj' and New Brunswick Coal and Railway. (2) Em-
ployees— engineers, firemen, conductors, brakemen, and yardmen, being
members of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and the Brother-
hood of Railroad Trainmen.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway operation.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of emlpoyment.
Number of employees affected — 20.
Date of constitution of Board — November 2, 1916.
Membership of Board — His Honour Judge R. D. Gunn, Ottawa, chairman ;
Mr. Chas. D. Richards, Fredericton, for employer; and Mr. G. D.
Robertson, Welland, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister
in the absence of any joint recommendation from the other Board mem-
bers.
Report received — November 25, 1916.
Result of inquiry' — The report was signed by all three members of the Board,
Mr. Richards, however, noting his objection to the clause providing for
a mileage basis. A schedule of rules and rates was drawn up and suli-
mitted as part of the report, the rates to be effective from July 1, 1916,
and the rules from December 1,1916. The Company expressed its
willingness to accept the award of Mr. Richards, and the employees
subsequently agreed to do likewise. The dispute was thus satisfactorily
settled.
XIX. — Application from Street Railway Employees of the Corporation
of the City of Edmonton, being Members of Local Division
No. 569, Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Rail-
way Employees of America. — No Board established, Settlement
being effected by Negotiation.
Application received — September 2, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Corporation of the City of Edmonton. (2)
Employees — street railway workers on the Edmonton Radial Railway,
being members of Division No. 569, Amalgamated Association of Street
and Electric Railway Employees of America.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — -Street railway operation.
Nature of dispute — Alleged unwillingness of civic authorities to negotiate re
renewal of agreelnent.
Number of employees affected — 250.
No Board was established in this case. Mr. F. E. Harrison, the Depart-
mental officer resident in Calgary, was instructed to proceed to Edmonton for
the purpose of using the good offices of the Department in endeavouring to
effect a settlement. Conferences were accordingly arranged, which resulted in
an agreement being reached by the parties concerned, which disposed of all
points at issue.
102 DEPARTilEXT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
XX. — -Application from Street Railway Employees of the Quebec
Railway, Light, Heat and Power Company, being Members op
Fraternite nationals des employes de tramway de Quebec. —
Bo.ARD established. UNANIMOUS RePORT BY BoARD. SETTLEMENT
EFFECTED.
Application received — September 4, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Emploj^er — Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power
Company. (2) Employees — conductors and motormen, being members
of Fraternite Nationale des Employes de Tramway de Quebec.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Street railway operation.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 260; indirectly 305.
Date of constitution of Board — October 13, 1916.
Membership of Board — Honourable Mr. Justice C. E. Dorion, Quebec, chair-
man; Mr. Antonin Galipeault, Quebec, for employer; Mr. Hector Laferte,
Quebec, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommendation
of the other Board members.
Report received — December 8, 1916.
Result of inquiry^ — -The Board presented a unanimous report, embodying the
terms of a proposed agreement to be effective for three years from
December 1, 1916. The award was accepted bj' both parties concerned.
XXL^ — Application from Conductors and Motormen in the Employ of
THE Moose Jaw Electric Railway Company, Limited, being
Members of Division No. 614, Amalgamated Association of Street
AND Electric Railway Employees of America. — -Board estab-
lished.— No Cessation of Work reported.
Application received — September 5, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Moose Jaw Electric Railway Company,
Limited. (2) Employees — conductors and motormen, being members
of Division No. 614, Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric
Railway Employees of America.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Street railway operation.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, conditions of employment and recognition
of Union.
Number of employees affected — 36.
Date of constitution of Board — September 27, 1916.
Membership of Board — Mr. John H. Wellington, Moose Jaw, chairman; Mr.
James Thomson, Moose Jaw, for employer; Mr. Jas. Somerville, Moose
Jaw, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence
of a joint recommendation from the other Board members.
Report received — October 17, 1916.
October 17, 1916. (Minority report.)
Result of inquirj' — Two reports were presented in this matter, the minority
report being signed by Mr. Thomson. The employees expressed their
willingness, in view of war conditions, to accept the award, but the
Company declined to do so. No cessation of, work, however, was re-
ported.
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 103
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
XXII. — Application from Mainten.\nce of Way Employees of the
Canadian Pacific Railway Company, being Members of Inter-
national Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees. — ■
No Board established, Settlement having been effected by
Negotiation.
Application received — September 19, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2)
Employees — maintenance of way men, being members of the Inter-
national Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 6,000; indirectly, 17,000.
No Board was established in this case. Proceedings in connection there-
with were held in abej'ance to permit of negotiations between the parties
interested, which resulted in a settlement of the matters in dispute.
XXIII. — Application from Street Railway Employees of the Sandwich,
Windsor and Amherstburg Railway Company and the Windsor
AND Tecumseh Railway, being Members of Amalgamated
Association of Street and Electric Railway Employees of
America. — Board established. — Settlement effected.
Application received — September 27, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Emploj'er — Sandwich, Windsor and Amherstburg Rail-
way and Windsor and Tecumseh Railway. (2) Employees — street railway
men, being members of the Amalgamated Association of Street and Elec-
tric Railway Employees of America.
Applicants — ^Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Street railway work.
Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — ^150.
Date of constitution of Board — October 11, 1916.
Membership of Board — His Honour Judge John 0. Drumgole, Windsor, Ont.,
chairman; Mr. Ernest G. Henderson, Windsor, Ont., for employer; Mr.
Magnus Sinclair, Toronto, for employees. Chairman appointed by the
Minister in the absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board
members.
Report received — ^November 9, 1916.
November 10, 1916. (Minority report.)
Result of inquiry — The report was signed by all three members of the Board,
Mr. Sinclair, however, submitting an additional report on the question
of the recognition of the Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric
Railway Employees of America. The report was accompanied by an
agreement signed on behalf of both parties concerned, effective from
October 1, 1916, to April 1, 1918. The dispute was thus satisfactorily
settled.
104 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
XXIV. — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees of the
Canadian Northern Railway on its lines in Canada West
OF Fort William, being Members of the International Bro-
therhood OF Maintenance of Way Employees. — Board estab-
lished.— Unanimous Report by Board. — Settlement effected.
Application received — October 7, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Northern Railway Company.
(2) Employees — maintenance of way men employed on the Company's
lines in Canada west of Fort William, being members of the International
Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 3,000; indirectly, 2,000.
Date of constitution of Board — November 2, 1916.
Membership of Board — Mr. E. L. Taylor, K.C., Winnipeg, chairman; Mr.
Wm. Cross, Winnipeg, for employer; Mr. D. Campbell, Winnipeg, for
employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of a
joint recommendation from the other Board members.
Report received — December 11, 1916.
Result of inquiry — Report of Board was unanimous and included an agreement
which had been draA\ia up and signed by both parties concerned, effective
from November 1, 1916, and thereafter until terminated by sixty days'
notice by either party to the other. The dispute was thus satisfactorily
settled.
XXV. — Application from Canadian Pacific Railway Company. — No
Board established. — Settlement having been effected by
Negotiation.
Application received — October 23, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2)
Employees — conductors and trainmen, being members of the Order of
Railway Conductors and the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen.
Applicant — Employer.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway operation.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 7,000; indirectly, 50,000.
No Board was established in this case. The dispute originated in a demand
made upon the Company in September, 1913, for the acceptance of a new
schedule of agreement. No settlement resulting from direct negotiations, an
application was made by the employees in March, 1914, for a Board of Con-
ciliation and Investigation, which was established in April. The Board award
was not acceptable to the emplo3'ees. While, however, the action to be taken
by the respective parties remained uncertain, war broke out. The employees,
in view of the war conditions, were averse to pressing to the point of a strike
opposition to the Board award and asked that existing conditions should con-
tinue; to this the Company agreed.. In October, 1916, the employees renewed
the demands of 1914 and a strike seemed to be threatened, tlie employees
contending that the Act had been complied with by the Board inquiry of 1914.
The Company made application for a Board. The Dominion Government,
through the Prime Minister and the Minister of Labour, pressed for a resumption
of negotiations. Mr. G. D. Robertson, of Welland, Ont., well known as a leader
in trade union ranks, also acted as a mediator. On October 25 it was announced
that an agreement had been reached, and the threatened strike was averted.
lyOVSTRIAL DISPUTES INTESTIGATION ACT 105
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
XXVI. — Application fhom Dominion Coal Company, Limited. — No Board
ESTABLISHED, SETTLEMENT HAVING BEEN EFFECTED BY NEGOTIATION.
Application received — November 18, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Dominion Coal Company-, Limited. (2)
Employees — coal handlers at St. John, N.B., being members of Coal
Handlers' LTnion No. 810, International Longshoremen's Association.
Applicant — Employer.
Nature of industry concerned — Shipping.
Nature of dispute — Wages.
Number of employees affected — Directty, 50; indirectly, 1,000.
No Board was established in this case. Negotiations between the parties
concerned resulted in an agreement being signed and the dispute was thus
satisfactorily settled.
XXVII. — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees on the
Canadian Division of the Pere Marquette Railroad. —
Pending Completion of Board a Settj^ement was arrived at.
Application received — November 27, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Pere Marquette Railroad Company. (2)
Employees — maintenance of way men employed on the Canadian Division
of the Pere Marquette Railroad.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance.
Nature of dispute — Wages.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 120; indirectly, 500.
A Board was established in this case on December 11, 1916, Mr. G. D.
Robertson, Welland, Ont., being appointed a member thereof on the recom-
mendation of the emploj^ees. At this stage the Department was informed
^that an agreement had been reached by the parties concerned, effective from
December 15, 1916. No further action was therefore necessary.
XXVIII. — Application from Waterworks Employees of"¥he Corporation
of the City of Ottawa, being Members of Federal Labour
Union No. 15. — Board established. — Unanimous Report by
Board. — No Cessation of Work occurred.
Application received — November 30, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Emploj'er — Corporation of the City of Ottawa. (2) Em-
ployees— waterworks men, being members of Federal Labour Union
Nol 15.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Municipal waterworks.
Nature of dispute^ — Wages.
Number of employees affected — 45.
Date of constitution of Board — December 11, 1916.
IMembership of Board — Mr. Hamnett P. Hill, Ottawa, chairman; Mr. G. A.
Grain, Ottawa, for employer; Mr. J. C. Watters, Ottawa, for employees.
Chairman appointed on the joint recommendation of the other Board
members.
106 DEPAJtTMBUT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Report received — December 22, 1916.
Result of inquiry — Report of Board was unanimous and recommended certain
increases to take effect from December 1, 1916. The award was accepted
on behalf of the employees concerned and was understood to be accept-
able also to the Corporation of the City of Ottawa.
XXIX. — Application from Employees of the Canadian Northern
Express Company, being Members of the Canadian Brother-
hood of Railroad Employees.^ — Pending Completion of Board
A Settlement was arrived at.
Application received — December 11, 1916.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Northern Express Company. (2-)
Employees, members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Em-
ployees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Transportation.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment; also alleged unjust
dismissal of union members.
Number of employees affected — 300.
A Board was established in this case on January 9, 1917, Messrs. John T.
Haig and D. Campbell, both of Winnipeg, being appointed members thereof
as for the employer and the employees respectivel3^ Whilst steps were
being taken looking to the appointment of a chairman, the Department was
informed that the dispute had been settled by negotiations between the
parties concerned. No further action was therefore necessary.
XXX. — Application from Employees of the Canadian Express Company
ON ITS Lines West of North Bay, Ont., being Members of
the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Employees. — Board
established. — Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal Year.
Application received — January 27, 1917.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Express Company. (2) Employees
on Company's lines west of North Bay, Ont., members of the Canadian
Brotherhood of Railroad Employees.
Applicants — Emploj^ees.
Nature of industry concerned — Transportation.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment; also alleged unjust
dismissal of union members.
Number of employees affected — 100.
Date of constitution of Board — February 17, 1917.
Membership of Board — Mr. E. L. Tajdor, K.C., Winnipeg, chairman; Mr.
John T. Haig, Winnipeg, for employer; Mr. D. Campbell, Winnipeg,
for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence
of a joint recommendation from the other Board members.
At the close of the fiscal year the investigation by the Board had not been
completed.
INDnSTRIAL niSI'UTES INVESTIGATION ACT 107
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
XXXI. — Application from Certain Employees of the Canadian Pacific
Railway Company engaged in Engine, Train, Yard, Station,
AND Maintenance of Way Service, being Members of the
Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers, Order of Railway
Conductors, Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen, Brother-
hood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen, Order of Rail-
road Telegraphers and International Brotherhood of Main-
tenance OF Way Employees. — Board established. — Unanimous
Report by Board. — Settlement effected.
Application received^ — February 3, 1917.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2)
Employees engaged in engine, train, yard, station, and maintenance of
way service, members of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers,
Order of Railway Conductors, Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen,
Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen, Order of Railroad
Telegraphers and International Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way
Employees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway operation and maintenance.
Nature of dispute — Alleged wrongful suspension of an engineer and Company's
refusal to pay him for time lost.
Number of employees affected — 19,000.
Date of constitution of Board — February 19, 1917.
Membership of Board — Mr. E. L. Taylor, K.C., Winnipeg, chairman; Mr. I.
Pitblado, K.C., Winnipeg, for employer; Mr. D. Campbell, Winnipeg,
for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence
of a joint recommendation from the other Board members.
Report received — March 12, 1917.
Result of inquiry — Report of Board was unanimous and was accompanied by
a memorandum of settlement signed by both parties concerned. The
dispute was thus satisfactorily settled. ,
XXXII. — Application from Commercial Telegraphers employed by the
Canadian Pacific Railway Company, being Members of the
Commercial Telegraphers' Union of America. — Board estab-
lished.— Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal. Year.
Application received — February 14, 1917.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2)
Employees — commercial telegraphers, being members of the Commer-
cial Telegraphers' Union of America.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Commercial telegraphy.
Nature of dispute — Alleged unjust dismissal of employee and Company's refusal
to reinstate and reimburse him.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 700; indirectly, 2,200.
Date of Constitution of Board — March 1, 1917.
Membership of Board — Mr. E. L. Taylor,. K.C., Winnipeg, chairman; Mr.
John T. Haig, Winnipeg, for employer; Mr. J. C. Rooney, Ottawa, for
employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of a
joint recommendation from the other Board members.
Proceedings were unfinished at the close of the fiscal year.
108 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
XXXIIL- — Application from Wireless Operators on the Pacific Coast
Steamship Service employed by the Marconi Wireless Tele-
graph Company of Canada, Limited. — Board established. —
Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal Year.
Application received.- — March 5, 1917.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of
Canada, Limited. (2) Employees — wireless operators on the Pacific
Coast Steamship service.
Applicants— Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Wireless telegraphy.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — 23.
Date of constitution of Board — March 24, 1917.
Membership of Board — Mr. R. R. Maitland, Vancouver, chairman; Mr.
Matthew J. Barr, Vancouver, for employer; Mr. Jas. H. McVety, Van-
couver, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommenda-
tion of the other Board members. '■
At the close of the fiscal year the investigation bj' the Board had not been
completed.
XXXIV. — Application from Certain Employees of the Dominion Coal
Company, Limited, a Number of them being Members of
THE United Mine Workers of Nova Scotia.^ — Investigation
made by one of the Departmental Officers. — Proceedings
UNFINISHED AT END OF FiSCAL YeAR.
Application received — March 10, 1917.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Dominion Coal Company, Limited. (2)
Employees — coal miners, mine workers, etc., employed at Glace Bay,
N.S., a number 6i whom were declared to be members of the United
Mine Workers of Nova Scotia.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Coal mining.
Nature of dispute — Wages and alleged discrimination against union members.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 1,500; indirectly, 4,000.
This dispute was made the subject of an inquiry by one of the officers of
the Department, resulting in an adjustment of some of the matters in dispute.
A separate application was subsequently received from those employees who
were members of the Provincial Workmen's Association. The matter had not
been disposed of at the close of the fiscal year, but looking slightly beyond the
fiscal term, it may be stated that the situation was met by the appointment of
a Royal Commission, which succeeded in arranging a working agreement accept-
able to the Company and the workmen in both organizations.
IXDUSTIllAL niSPLTES IXYESTIGATrOX ACT 109
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a
XXXV. — Application from Clerks, Stenographers, Baggagemen, and
Car Checkers employed by the Canadian Northern Railway
Company on its Lines from Port Arthur to Winnipeg, being
Members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Em-
ployees.— Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal Year.
Application received — March 26, 1917.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Northern Railway Company. (2
Employees — clerks, stenographers, baggagemen, and car checkers em-
ployed on the Company's lines from Port Arthur to Winnipeg, being
members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Employees.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Railway' office and station work.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — Directly, 95; indirectly, 25.
Proceedings were Unfinished at the close of the fiscal year.
XXXVI. — Application from Certain Employees of the Corporation of
THE City of Vancouver, being Members of Civic Employees'
Union. — Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal Year.
Application received — March 29, 1917.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Corporation of the City of Vancouver.
(2) Employees — teamsters, labourers, etc., employed by the Street Clean-
ing, Scavenging, Waterworks, Sewer, and General Maintenance Depart-
ments, being members of Civic Employees' Union.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Municipal work.
Nature of dispute — Wages, appointment of foremen, and alleged discrimination
against union members.
Number of employees affected — 400.
Proceedings were unfinished at the close of the fiscal year.
XXXVII. — Application from Certain Employees of the Dominion Coal
Company, Limited, being Members of the Provincial
Workmen's Association. — Proceedings unfinished at end
OF Fiscal Year.
Application received — ^March 31, 1917.
Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Dominion Coal Company, Limited. (2)
Employees — coal miners, mine workers, etc., employed at Glace Bay,
N.S., being members of the Provincial Workmen's Association.
Applicants — Employees.
Nature of industry concerned — Coal mining;.
Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment.
Number of employees affected — 5,000.
110 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
This application followed one which was received in the Department on
March 10, 1917, from certain other employees of the Dominion Coal Company,
Limited, a number of whom were declared to be members of the United Mine
Workers of Nova Scotia. An investigation by one of the officers of the
Department had resulted in clearing up a number of differences between the
parties concerned. The matter had not been disposed of at the close of the
fiscal year, but, looking slightly beyond the fiscal term, it maj' be stated that
the situation was met by the appointment of a Royal Commission, which
succeeded in arranging a working agreement acceptable to the Company and
the workmen in both organizations.
S GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
A. 1918
REPORT
OF THE
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1917
PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT
OTTAWA
J. UK l^ABROQUERIE TACH6
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJBSTT
1917
[No. 38-^1918]— Ai
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1918
To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc.,
etc.. Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada.
May it please Your Excellency:
I have the honour to submit herewith for the information of Your Excellency
and the Parliament of Canada, the Seventh Annual Report of the Department
of the Na-val Service, being for the year ended March 31, 19!7, except the
Fisheries Branch, reported in a separate publication.
I have the honour to be.
Your Excellency's most obedient servant,
J. D. HAZEN,
Minister of the Naval Service.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 88 A. 1918
CONTENTS.
Page.
Deputy Minister's Summary of Annual Report vii
Chief Accountant, Financial Statement xxiv
Director of Naval Service, Report on Naval Service 1
Superintendent of Tidal and Current Survey, Report on 3
Chief Hydrographer, Report on Hj^drographic Survey 11
Canadian Arctic Expedition, Report on 28
Superintendent of Radiotelegraph Service, Report of 71
Director of Naval Service, Report on Fisheries Protection 89
Dii-ector of Naval Service, Report on Life-saving Service 94
Director of Stores, Report on Stores Branch 97
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1918
REPORT
OF THE
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1917
Ottawa, Septeml)Pr 25, 1917.
Hon. J. D. Hazen,
Minister of the Naval Service,
Ottawa, Ont.
Sir, — I have the honour to report on the Department of the Naval Service
for the year ending March 31, 1917, under tiie following headings: — •
1. Naval Service.
2. Survey of Tides and Currents.
3. Hydrographic Survey.
4. Canadian Arctic Expedition.
5. Radio Telegraphs.
6. Fisheries Protection.
7. Life Saving Service.
8. Stores.
9. Expenditures.
1. NAVAL service'
H.M.C. NAVY.
During the past year the requisite number of personnel for manning H.M.C.
Ships and Establishments has been maintained by the entry of men with previous
naval experience, and by the employment of Royal Naval Canadian Volunteer
Reserve officers and men.
H.M.C.S. Niobe is still utilized at Halifax as a depot ship, and also acts
as parent ship for patrol vessels based on Halifax.
H.M.C.S. Rainbow, as well as .submarines C.C. I, C.C. II antl their parent
ship Shearwater , have been continuously employed on the west coast on important
duties in connection with war operations. All these vessels have been. under
orders of the Imperial Senior Naval Officer at Esquimalt.
vii
viii DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
A large number of other vessels, both Government and private, have been
utilized, particularly on the east coast, in connection with the naval defence,
mine-sweeping, patrols, examination service, and other necessary work.
The Canadian Coast Patrol, recentlj^ established, has been placed under
direction of Commodore Sir Charles H. Coke, K.C.V.O., lent to the Canadian
Navy from the Imperial Government. He acts under orders from this depart-
ment.
The Royal Naval Canadian \'olunteer Reserve officers and men continue
to do valuable work ashore and afloat in H.M.C. Ships and Establishments,
on both the Atlantic and Pacific coasts.
NAVAL DOCKYARDS. "
With respect to the Naval dockyards, both establishments have been
worked to the full output, a considerable amount of overtime having been
worked. The nature of the work done has been practically all repairs.
Halifax is being used as the base for vessels of the North Atlantic fleet
which has been lately strengthened; the dockyard is being used for carrying
out repairs to these vessels and keeping them in going order.
At Esquimau yard work has been carried out on Imperial vessels, as well
as those of the Canadian service. The floating dock at Prince Rupert has been
assembled under great difficulties, and {hree large armed auxiliary cruisers
have been docked and put in a state of repair, after having been badly damaged
by grounding.
The total amount of money paid per month in wages for the two yards
is approximately 400 per cent more than that customary to be paid for the
same period prior to the war.
In addition to the repairs to the vessels of the fighting fleet, the dockyards
are carrying out the large number of small items of repairs needed to the various
vessels now employed for auxiliary purposes for patrol and other defensive
work of the coasts.
The number of patrol vessels has been materiallj^ increased during the past
four months. Alterations have had to be made in these vessels to adapt them
for patrol service.
Having regard to the facilities available, this work has been carried out
-satisfactorily. Considerable overtime has been necessary in order to expedite
the completion of the repairs.
Subsidiary work in the nature of repairs and refits of the various vessels
belonging to the different branches of the Naval Service have been undertaken
during the 3'ear, and repairs of vessels of other departments of the Government
have also been effected. Repairs to buildings and plant incidental to the up-keep
of the establishment in accordance with conditions of transfer have also been
completed.
. NAA'AL STAFF OFFICE.
The Naval Staff Office has continued to carry on its work in a satisfactory
manner. The work of this branch of the service is continually increasing in
importance.
DEPARTMEXT OF THE KAVAL SERVICE ix
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
ROYAL NAVAL COLLEGE.
The cadets in the college and the midshipmen at sea, in both Canadian and
Imperial ships, continue to be well reported upon and to give satisfaction to
their superior officers. Fourteen cadets were entered after the cadetship entry
examination in May, 1916.
The fourteen midshipmen who entered the College in January, 1911, have
been promoted to Acting Lieutenant. All these officers are now serving in the
Royal Navy.
RECRUITING.
The Dominion Government offered to place at the disposal of the Admiralty
a number of men belonging to the Royal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve,
which offer was accepted by the Imperial Authorities.
An Overseas Division of the R.N.C.V.R. was accordingly established and
recruiting offices were opened throughout Canada, to enter men in that division
of the service. A provincial committee was appointed for each province, under
which sub-committees were organized at the principal centres; each committee
was provided with a paid secretary. The sub-committees were responsible
. to the provincial committee, which, in turn, was responsible to the Department
of the Naval Service.
The members of all the different committees gave their services gratuit-
ously, and they spared no efforts to advance the work of recruiting. The depart-
ment wishes to e.xpress its appreciation for the valuable work done by the mem-
bers of these committees.
Recruiting commenced in the fall of 1916. Up to the 31st March, 1917,
1,331 men were entered in the R.N.C.V.R. Overseas Division for service in the
Royal Navy, of whom 1,188 have been sent overseas.
These men receive the same rates of pay as men of the same standing in
the Royal Canadian Navy. They are actually paid the same rates as men of
their standing in the Royal Navy whilst they are serving in Imperial ships, the
difference between their Imperial and Canadian pay being placed to their credit,
payable to them upon their discharge from the R.N.C.V.R. or their return to
Canada, or paid to their dependents.
Commander F. P. Armstrong, with a recruiting committee, came to Canada
in April, 1916, to recruit for the Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve Auxiliary
Patrol (Motor Boat) Service; 264 Sub-Lieutenants, 52 chief motor mechanics,
and 60 motor mechanics were entered by Commander Armstrong up to the
30th August, 1916, when recruiting was discontinued. Recruiting for this
service was carried out by the Imperial Authorities.
The department has continued to enter officers for the Royal Naval Air
Service. Up to the end of the fiscal year 1916-17, 382 officers have been entered.
Since the 20th July, 1916, candidates have not been required to obtain their
Aero Club certificates before proceeding to England.
The report of Admiral C. E. Kingsmill, on the Naval Service, may be found
at page 1.
X DEPARTMENT OF THE SAYAL HERYIf'E
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
2. TIDAL AND CURRENT SURVEY,
The work of this Sui'vey has been satisfactorily conducted throughout the
past year. Tidal observations were carried on at some stations during the
summer months and at others during the whole year. The determination of
mean sea-level was also carried forward at many points ou the east and west
coast, and the investigation of currents in the different passes begun in previous
years was continued and new work of a similar nature was undertaken in several
other passes, particularly on the west coast.
Six principal tide stations on the east coast and five on the we.st coast were
operated during the whole year. A number of subsidiary stations were operated
during the summer on both coasts. From the reduction of the observations
taken at these stations, tidal constants are obtained upon which predictions
of tides for publication in the tide tables are made. By extending the scope
of these stations, greater accuracy for the time of the tides over an ever-increas-
ing area of navigable waters is being obtained.
The improvement of the tidal records for the Pacific coast was given special
attention last year, as a result of which the tide tables for Port Simpson, Prince
Rupert, and Vancouver, as well as for the navigable passes of the west coast
wall be rendered much more accurate.
As the lighthouse at Sand Heads was replaced by a lightship it became
necessary to close do'mi the tidal station there, which hitherto had been used
as a base for calculations in the strait of Georgia, and had been operated by the
lighthouse-keeper. A new station at point Atkinson in the strait of Georgia,
which is found to correspond to Sand Heads, was opened and has proved a
satisfactory substitute for the former base. The observations taken will enable
the earlier records from Sand Heads to be enlarged upon and improved. New
stations were also established at the north end of the strait of Georgia and at
points opposite the north end of Vancouver island. The object of these stations
is to obtain further observations as a basis for the revision of the tidal data
for that region.
On the east coast, new tidal observations were taken at the head of the
bay of Fundy and along the north coast of Prince Edward island. The results
obtained in the bay of Fundy were compared udth simultaneous observations
taken at St. John, N.B., and the complete results of the work will be published
in a special report entitled, "Tides at the head of the bay of Fundy".
On Prince Edward island tide gauges were operated at Tignish, Alberton,
Malpecjue, Rustico, St. Peters, and Naufrage. The tide in this region is of a
special nature as there are times when only one high water and one low water
in the day are pronounced. The observations taken at the above-mentioned
places were compared vd\\\ the St. Paul island station, and the results as well
as an explanation of the peculiarities of the tide will be given in the tide tables
for 1918. This information vnW be valuable in determining the nature of the
tides in the lower half of the gulf of St. La'OTence. It vnW also be of great assist-
ance to the mariners desiring to seek shelter in the various ports along the
coast in bad weather.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL fiE/iVICE xi
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Through co-operation with the Hydrographie Survey, tidal observations
were obtained for further points on the lower St. Lawrence at Grand Mechins
and Godbout. These observations will be useful to connect previous records
for the gulf of St. Lawrence with the St. Lawrence river.
The work of investigating the currents of the gut of Canso, begun in 1915,
was continued during the summer of 1916. The behaviour of the current as
thus ascertained is fullj' explained in the report of the Tidal and Current Survey
appended hereto, and in the 1918 tide tables.
On the west coast, the method of calculating slack water in Seymour narrows
was greatly improved. Previously these calculations were made on a very
intricate and technical basis." AVith the new method, equally accurate results
are obtained and the possibility of error in calculation is greatly eliminated.
Improvements in the calculations for Active pass were also made, as well as
for Porlier pass and for Wellbore channel.
All the information obtained with reference to these passes, besides serving
the purposes of navigation in general, are valuable to the coal transportation
and lumber interests operating in the localities. The information which enables
these commercial interests to know the variations of tides and currents, the
exact time when passes and river entrances are navigable, and the direction and
force of the currents, is essential to them. This information is published in
the tide tables and in pamphlets. For the convenience of commercial establish-
ments, it is also supplied to them upon request, prior to its regular publication
in the tide tables, etc., thus supplying them with advance information.
In Hudson bay and in James bay, the tidal observations taken closely
correspond with the predictions already made, which proves that the method
employed is closely accurate. The information will be useful to any business
interests operating there, as well as to the Hudson bay railway in connection
with its terminals.
Considerable work was dgne to reduce the observations taken by members
of the Canadian Arctic Expedition at different points in the Arctic. The results
will add substantially to our knowledge of the tide in these regions, although
the rise of the tide is very small in the waters explored.
The determination of mean sea-level carried on by this survey at the prin-
cipal tide stations has proven very useful to the Public Works department in
connection with their geodetic work. By connecting the tide levels referred
to the bench-marks of the survey as well as to the Admiralty bench-marks
results published by that department have been greatly enhanced.
By reference to these bench-marks the Dominion Observatory have also
obtained a relialile basis for their extended levels, references being available
at Halifax, Yarmouth, and Vancouver. The departments of Railways and
Canals and Public Works have also been supplied with information on tide
levels and extreme tides in connection with the various railway construction
works being carried out.
The complete information obtained from the various activities of this
branch is published annually in the tide tables and in a series of reports on
currents. A summary of operations for the year, is given in the report of the
Superintendent of the Tidal and Current survey at page 3.
xii DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
3. HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY.
The duties of the Hydrographic Survey are to investigate the different
navigable waters in Canada, to take soundings of and chart the different courses
through the rivers and along the coasts, and to survey and chart the different
harbours and harbour entrances.
During the past year seven parties were engaged in carrying on the different
surveys.
HALIFAX HARBOUR, ETC.
A party under Captain Anderson, in the stfamer Acadia, were employed
in re-sounding the approach to Halifax harbour and the area off the coast between
Egg island and Pennant point. All the main shoals marked on Admiralty
chart were re-examined; some of these shoals had less water over them than
shown on the charts, while others marked on the charts could not be located.
Notices to ^Mariners giving the results of the work have been published.
The main triangulation of 1916 was extended to the northeastward as far
as Liscomb harbour, and to the southeastward as far as Port Medway.
BEDFORD BASIN AND LOCKPORT HARBOUR.
Bedford basin was re-surveyed and a new chart of it is under preparation.
Lockport harbour was also examined, and new shoals located at its entrance.
Observations for magnetic decHnation were taken at important points
along the coast.
On the 24th November, the Acadia having been laid up, the staff returned
to Ottawa.
New charts for Bedford basin and for that part of the coast from Egg island
to Pennant point, including Halifax harbour, will be published at an early date.
PACIFIC COAST SURVEY.
The Pacific Coast Survey party, in charge of Lieut. -Commander P. C.
Musgrave, in C.G.S. Lillooet, set out from Esquimalt on the 10th April.
The season's operations were carried out in the vicinity of Queen Charlotte
islands. On the way north an examination of Retreat cove in Trincomali
channel and of Millbank sound was carried out.
Additional survej'ing of Alice arm was carried out between the 26th April
and the 27 Maj', when the ship proceeded on her regular work at Queen Charlotte
islands.
In June, soundings were taken in the west aproach to 'Dixon entrance, and
work was then proceeded with in Hecate strait and near Queen Charlotte city.
In October the partj' returned to Alice arm, where the survey of the inlet
was completed.
During the season an examination of Skidgate channel was also made.
The party returned to Esquimalt, where the Lillooet was laid up on the
4th November.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE xiii
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Valuable assistance was received from the Geodetic Survej', which supplied
astronomical positions as groundwork for the Hydrographic Survey charts.
LOWER ST. LAWRENCE.
The Lower St. Lawrence Survey party, in charge of Mr. Charles Savary,
in C.G.S. Cartier, continued the main triangulation of the south shore of the
St. Lawrence as far east as Marten river, and on the north shore as far as Egg
Island lighthouse.
As a result of the season's work, a new chart, taking in both shores of the
St. Lawrence river, entitled " Point e Des Monts to Father Point" will be
published shortly.
The survey terminated early in November.
LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY NO. 1.
Mr. H. D. Parizeau, in C.G.S. La Canadienne, set out for Nipigon bay
on the 4th ]\Iay. A survey of this bay was carried on until the 13th September,
when the party moved to Black bay. In entering Black bay the vessel ran
aground and was badly injured. She was placed in the dry dock at Port Arthur,
where repairs were carried out. As by the time the vessel was repaired the
season was too far advanced to return to Black bay, the party worked in the
vicinity of Port Arthur and Fort William until the 21st October. They then
proceeded to Owen Sound, where the vessel was laid up for the winter.
As a result of the season's work, a chart of Nipigon bay will be published
shortly.
LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY NO. 2.
Mr. G. A. Bachand, in C.G.S. Bayfield carried on work from Otter Head
eastward along the shore in connection with the Michipicoten survey. They
continued work in this vicinity until the 25th October, when bad weather
obliged them to discontinue work for the season. They then returned to Owen
Sound, where the vessel was laid up.
A new chart entitled "Michipicoten Island to Oiseau Bay" M-ill be published
from the information obtained by this survej' during 191.5-16.
' KINGSTON HARBOUR.
Mr. Paul .lobin, and assistants, ^^^th the use of a gasolene launch, carried
on the re-survey of the entrance to Kingston harbour. He was unable to
complete this survey, and it will therefore be necessary to continue it during
the summer of 1917.
AUTOMATIC GAUGES.
Mr. Charles Price was entrusted with the work of looking after the auto-
nrntic gauges on the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence river. Eleven gauges on
xiv DEi'Ah-i'MEyr of the ami.il service
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
the Great Lakes and eighteen on the St. Lawrence river were operated. At
Sorel and Points Claire the gauges are operated throughout the year. Difficulty
was experienced in obtaining reliable men to take readings of the different
gauges operated.
The report of the Chief Hydrographer on the work of the Hydrographic
Survey for the past year may be found at page IL
4. CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION.
The Canadian Arctic Expedition set out for the North in 1913. Owing
to the varied nature of the work to be carried out, and the vast area to be covered,
it was decided to divide the expedition into two parties; the Northern and the
Southern divisions. The Northern division was to explore the hitherto imknown
parts of Beaufort sea, and carry on investigations on the northern islands;
they were also to search for new land and to definitely locate any found.
NORTHERN DIVISION.
The members of the Northern division set out in C.G.S. Karluk. They
were to proceed to Banks island or Prince Patrick island, where a base was to be
established. Shortly after passing Point Barrow, however, the vessel became
ice-bound and was carried eastward far down the northern coast, as far as
Thetis island, where the drifting of the ice ceased. As it appeared that the vessel
was frozen in for the winter, Mr. Stefansson, accompanied by Mr. B. M.
McConnell, George H. Wilkins, and D. Jenness, set out for the mainland on a
hunting trip. During their absence, the vessel with the remainder of the
Northern division was carried away and drifted until the 11th January, when
it was crushed by the ice, and sunk. In endeavouring to reach Herald island,
eight members of the party lost their lives. The remainder, numbering nine
men, including Capt. R. A. Bartlett, succeeded in reaching Wrangel island.
Captain Bartlett journeyed on foot over the ice to the Siberian coast, and thence
to Alaska in the Herman, where he was able to communicate with the outside
world, to have rcHef ships sent. The shipwrecked men were taken from Wrangel
island by the schooners King and Wing, and transferred to the United States
revenue cutter Bear, which landed them at Victoria.
When Mr. Stefansson and his companions found that their vessel had been
carried away, thej' journeyed along the northern coast to CoUinson point, where
the Southern division of the expedition was established. Although Mr. Stef-
ansson was not aware of the Karluk' s fate, he realized that the vessel would not
be available to assist in the work of the Northern division. He therefore made
arrangements to journey on foot over the ice to explore unknown parts of Beau-
fort sea, it being understood that a vessel would be sent to Banks island in the
summer of 1914, provided he did not return before the breaking up of the ice.
On his trip across Beaufort sea, Mr. Stefansson covered an area which was
hitherto very little known. The party was carried eastward by the driftof the
ice to near the 140th meridian, which they followed north to 72° 5S' 2^" north.
DEPARTilEXT OF THE NAVAL SERriCE XV
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
During their journey over tlie ice, soundings were taken at short intervals,
particularly in the vicinity of the outer edge of the continental shelf. Owing
to the breaking up of the ice, they were compelled to niake for land and arrived
at Norway island on the 24th June, 1914. They spent the summer on northern
Banks island, until September, when they journej'ed south to Kellett, where
Geo. Wilkins, who had come north with the Mary Sachs, was met. A base
was established at Kellett from wliich Mr. Stefansson made a journey to De
SaUs bay across southern Banks island early in December, to locate Eskimos
in the vicinity of Prince of Wales strait. Failing to locate them, he returned
to Kellett, where arrangements for a trip northward were completed. Early
in February, 1915, the ice party, composed of Vilhjalmur Stefansson, Storker
Storkerson, Ole Andreason, and Charles Thomsen, set out northward, following
the west coast of Banks island as far as cape Alfred. From cape Alfred thej'
set out across the ice in a northwesterly direction, taking similar observations
as they advanced as had been taken on the ice journey over Beaufort sea the
previous year. On both these journeys it was ascertained that no land exists
for a considerable distance on either side of the area over which they travelled.
As the ice in Beaufort sea began to break up on the 28th April, they were obliged
to discontinue the ice expedition for the season of 1915, and make for land.
They arrived at Lands End, Prince Patrick island, and followed its shore north-
east to cape McClintock. A survey of the shore was made during this jour-
ney. From cape McClintock thej' again set out over the ice in a northerly direc-
tion. On the 18th June, three days after setting out, land unmarked on any
chart was seen. The ice party landed on the shore of the new land, at the
southwestern entrance of a bay about twentj^ miles in width. They crossed
the entrance of this bay, and proceeded along the shore for a distance of about
twentj' miles. From observations taken from neighbouring hills, the land
appeared to be extensive, hills appearing blue in the distance having been seen.
A considerable number of animals, including seals, caribou, foxes, etc., were
found in the vicinity. Owing to the lateness of the season, the party were
obhged to hasten back to Kellett, without making any more extensive inves-
tigations. The party arrived at Kellett on the 8th August.
Mr. Stefansson went in the Poler Bear to Baillie island to despatch and
receive mail and to obtain the services of another vessel. After leaving in-
structions for the "North Star" to go to Kellett as soon as possible, he returned
to Banks island. On the 3rd September, 1915, the Polar Bear, which was pur-
chased for the use of the expecUtion, set out along the west coast of Banks island.
Ice, however, prevented the vessel from going farther than cape Kellett. It
was decided, therefore, to endeavour to go north through Prince of Wales
strait on the east coast of Banks island. They were able to go only as far as
Princess Royal islands, where they were obliged to winter.
In the fall of 1915, a considerable part of the hitherto umnapped shoreline
of Victoria island was completed. Several trips, including a journey across
southern Banks island to Kellett, were made. On the journey to Kellett much
useful and interesting information with reference to the overland route across
southern Banks island was obtained. Upon arrival at Kellett, Mr. Stefansson
38— B
xvi DEPARTMENT OF TEE VAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
decided to carry out the next year's journeys from there, and on the 6th January
1916, sent a party to the Polar Bear to inform the members at that base of the
arrangements made. This part}', however, experienced great difficulties in
reaching the Polar Bear, so that instructions were received too late to be carried
out. Under the circumstances, Mr. Storlcerson, in charge of the Polar Bear
base, decided to proceed north to the new land, where he began to carry on
survey work. When the Polar Bear party failed to arrive within a reasonable
time at cape Alfred, which was the place of rendezvous, Mr. Stefansson under-
took to locate them, and found out that they had gone to the new land. The
Stefansson party left cape Ross for the new land on the 19th April, 1916, and
met Mr. Storkerson on the 3rd May at cape James Murray. From this point,
the last mail from the expedition received in the department was despatched.
The work of the Northern expedition for the season 1916-17 gives promise
of producing very favourable results.
The further reports of the different expeditions carried on and also details
of the new land discovered, are awaited with great interest.
SOUTHERN DIVISION.
The ice conditions which proved so disastrous to the first efforts of the
Northern division, and which caused the destruction of C.G.S. Karluk, pre-
vented the members of the Southern division from proceeding farther than
Collinson point, Alaska. Their two vessels, the Alaska and Mary Sachs, were
put in wnter quarters, and the party established a base there.
During the winter and spring, up to the opening of navigation, the work
of the expedition was carried out along the coast of Canada as far as the Mac-
kenzie River delta, their operations being limited to geological and meteoro-
logical work, the carrj'ing on of a survej' from Demarkation point to Herschel
island, an examination of Herschel Island river, and the survey of the west
branch of the Mackenzie river delta. Upon the opening of navigation, the
party, A\-ith the use of the above-named vessels, proceeded along the north
coast of Canada eastward, through Amundsen gulf, and Dolpliin and Union
strait, to a point almost, directly south of Sutton and Liston islands. There
they entered a small harbour unmarked on the charts, which is well
protected and gives good anchorage. They named it Bernard harbour, and
established a base for carrying on the work of the Southern division.
During the two years following, up to the 1.3th July, 1916, the regular
work of the di\-ision was carried out very successfully, and a survey of the main-
land coast in detail from Alaska, Yukon Territory, international boundary,
to the Mackenzie river, was completed.
A traverse of the Firth river, Y.T., was made, and the east and west bran-
ches of the Mackenzie river delta and the mainland coast from the west side
of Darnley bay to a point well down in Bathurst inlet, as well as a large number
of islands in Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet, were surveyed, Hornaday
river, Crocker river, Rae river, Tree river, and many others hitherto unexplored,
were traversed, and an examination of the territory around the mouth of
DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL 8ERTI0E XVlI
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Hood river was carried out. An examination was also made of Collinson point
harbour, Bernard harbour, Chantry island, and the country immediately
surrounding these places. Maps of all the districts named are in preparation.
The geological features of all areas covered have been carefully investigated,
and the relations of the different formations have been studied in detail at the
most important points of contact. As a result of the geological investigation,
detailed particulars and an estimation of the available copper-bearing rocks
in a new area hitherto very shghtly known in the Bathurst inlet region, have
been obtained. In the branches of ethnology and anthropology, extensive
collections of specimens were taken from Arctic Alaska, Coronation gulf, Dolphin
and Union strait, and Victoria island. Gramophone records of Eskimo folk
lore, language, dance songs, and shamanistic performances, with careful tran-
scriptions and translations, were made. A careful studj' of the languages and
vocabularies, manners, social and religious customs, games, amusements, and
general culture of the Eskimo was also made.
In the departments of marine, biology, entomology, and botany, careful
studies were made at all points visited, and the life-histories of the arctic insects,
animals, and plants were investigated. Specimens of the arctic plants, animals
and insects were also obtained. In mammalogy and ornithology, fairly com-
plete collections were made in the regions traversed; G19 specimens of birds,
including 73 species, were obtained. The collections of mammals numbers
431 specimens, including 22 species.
Meteorological observations with barograph; thermograph; maximum;
minimum, and standard thermometers; mercurial barometer, anil anomome-
ter were carried out during the three years. Trial observations were taken at
Collinson point, Demarkation jioint, and Bernard harbour.
Upon the completion of their activities, the Southern division sailed from
Bernard harbour, on the 13th July, 1916. At Young point, heavy ice was
encountered, and the party were held up for four days. They worked their
way through the ice on the 21st July, and followed an open lead outside of the
ice, pressing along the south side of Amundsen gulf and Dolphin and Union
strait. This ice did not extend farther west than the Crocker river, after
which the ocean was comparatively free. At Bailley island, several Eskimos
attached to the party were discharged, having been paid chiefly in stores,
Herschel island was reached on the 28th July, where the surplus stores, from
the Alaska were left in care of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police, for the
use of the Northern division should they be required. At Herschel island,
also, the services of additional Eskimos were dispensed with. West of this
point, heavy ice was encountered, from the international boundary to point
Barrow. Nome was reached on the 15th August, 1916. After unloading the
specimens, the vessel was hauled up on the beach, and left in charge of the
Alaska Lighterage and Commercial Co. The specimens were shipped by the
reguiar steamship route to Ottawa, via Seattle The members of the expedition
left Nome for Seattle on the 27th August.
38— B^
xviu
DEPARTMEyr OF TEE XAVAL SERVICE
3 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Upon their arrival at Ottawa, the different members of the Southern division
immediately began work upon the preparation of their reports. A very large
number of specimens, hitherto unknown, were brought out. It was necessary
to have these arranged, grouped, and catalogued. In order to carry out the
work, the assistance of eminent speciahsts, both from Canada and from outside
countries, was required. For the purpose of distributing these specimens among
specialists who would be likely to give them the best attention, and obtain the
fullest information available, a committee of scientists, composed of Dr. R. M.
Anderson, of the Expedition; Prof. E. E. Prince, Dominion Commissioner of
Fisheries; Prof. A. B. McCallum, Dominion Entomologist; Dr. C. Gordon
Hewitt; and Mr. James Macoun, of the Geological Survey, was appointed.
This committee has already begun the work of distributing the specimens.
A report of the activities of the northern division of the expedition may
be found at page 22.
A detailed report of the activities of the Southern division by Dr. R. M.
Anderson, may be found at page 28.
6. RADIOTELEGRAPH BRANCH.
During last year 156 radiotelegraph stations were in operation. Owing
to the war, the Coast stations have been maintained on a war basis.
Following is comparative statement of business handled during 1915-16 and
1916-17:—
Service.
1915-16.
1916-17
Increase or decrease.
Messages.
Words.
Messages.
Words.
Messages.
Words. •
East Coast
Great Lakes
West Coast. . .
Hudson Bay
45,195
13,617
95,648
7,617
846,020
259,366
1,103,395
570,281
37,835
16,521
121,126
6,264
704,469
311,800
1,732,420
392, 154
7,360
2,904
26, 172
1,353
Decrease.
159,551
Increase.
52,434
Increase.
«29,02S
Decrease.
178, 127
Increase.
Total
161,477
2,797,062
181,740
3,140,843
20,263
343,781
The radiotelegraph stations on the east coast and Great Lakes are operated
by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph* Company, under contract, for the depart-
ment. The west coast stations are operated directly by the department,
and the Hudson Bay stations are operated by the department for the department
of Railways and Canals. • •
The revenue derived from this service shows a very gratifying increase
over last year, observing that the war has greatly diminished the business
carried on by wireless.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
XIX
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
The following statement gives the revenue collected last year as compared
with 1915-16:—
Locality.
1915-16.
1916-17.
Increase or decrease.
Ea-st Coast
$ cts.
1,022 33
78 16
7,394 50
$ cts.
987 67
107 90
15,635 76
.$ cts.
Gre:it Lakes?
Wc<; Coast
Increase 29 74
Increase 8 24.*? 2fi
Total
8,494 99
16,731 33
Net Increase 8,236.34
In addition to carrjdng on the work of operating the different radiotelegraph
.stations, the branch also undertakes the examination of wireless operators and
the licensing of all radio sets on land and on Canadian ships. Owng to the
verj' secret nature of a considerable part of the work handled by the wireless
operators, it was deemed advisable to make them amenable to naval discipline.
The rank of wireless operator, R.N.C.V.R., was accordingly established in
which all wireless operators in the Canadian Naval Service have been entered.
During the past year 135 operators were examined, including eight re-
examinations, of which sixty-four were successful. Eight holders of certificates
of proficiency were successful in examinations for the operation of other equip-
ments, and their certificates were amended accordingly.
The pohcy of the department to bring the radiotelegraph stations under the
ownership of the Government was further advanced during the past year by the
purchase of the North Sydney station from the Marconi Wireless Company.
The value of an efficient wireless service was further demonstrated by the
valuable services rendered to vessels in distress which resulted in the saving
of many fives and much property.
In continuance of the department policy of keeping the stations thoroughly
up to date, improvements and additions were made at the following stations : — -
West Coast: Cape Lazo, Dead Tree Point, Estevan, Gonzales Hill, Pachena,
Point Grey, and Triangle Island.
East Coast: North Sydney.
Great Lakes: Point Edward, Port Burwell, Headquarters, Ottawa.
The radio regulat'ons were amended during the past year to prohibit the
working of ship stations while in harbour, to limit the ship stations to the use
of a 600-meter wave length, and to debar all except British subjects of British
parentage from entering the service. The department has also to equip
numerous Admiralty transports with radiotelegraph apparatus, and to carry
out the inspection of same.
The total personnel of the government radiotelegraph service, including
the officers at the headquarters office, is 165.
The report of the General Superintendent of Radiotelegraph is appended
at page 71.
XX DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
6. FISHERIES PROTECTION SERVICE.
The following vessels belonging to the Fisheries Protection Service were in
commission during the fiscal j-ear 1916-17; Canada, Curlew, Constance, Petrel,
Gulnare, Vigilant, Galiano, Masaspina, and Restless.
Owing to the urgent need of vessels for patrol ser\-ice and examination
service in connection with the defence of the Canadian coasts, the Canada,
■Con-stance, Gtdnare, and Restless were utilized by the Naval Service, and were
not available for Fisheries Protection duties at any time during the year. They
maintained a close watch for illegal fishing, however, whilst on Naval Patrol
Service.
These vessels, as well as the other Fisheries Protection ships, were, however,
used to carry out the inspection of the life-saving stations along the east and
west coasts and on the Great Lakes, when they were in the vicinity of the stations
requiring inspection .
The Curleio was utilized, except for short periods, when its services were
required for war work, in patrolling the fisheries grounds of the bay of Fundy.
During the season assistance was retidered by the ship to the ss. Tyne, ashore
near Grand Manan. It also searched unsuccessfully for the barge Mule adrift
in the bay of Fundy. It towed to safety the ss. J. L. Cann from the dangerous
position off Briar island. "With the aid of the Curlew the schooner W. H. Mason,
which sank in deep water at the entrance of St. Mary's baj'', was located, as was
also an uncharted rock, off Whitehead island. During the winter, the vessel
kept the ice in St. Andrew's harbour broken up, thereby enabling navigation
to be carried on.
The Petrel, when not on Naval Service, carried out its regular Fisheries
Protection duties along the southwest coast of Nova Scotia. The Naval work,
however, required the services of the vessel for the greater part of the year.
C.G.S. Vigilant was engaged in patrolling the international boundary line
in lakes Ontario and Erie throughout the summer of 1916. The ship was laid
up at Port Dover on December 2.3, 1916. During the season the vessel steamed
5,818 miles, and seized 618 nets.
The Malaspina was utilized throughout the j^ear, alternately on Fisheries
Protection and Naval Service work. Whilst on Fisheries Protection work it was
also used to inspect the Ufe-saving and radiotelegraph stations on the west
coast. The vessel was also utilized to lay a cable from Leonard island to Van-
couver island. Whilst patroUing the ship seized the motor-boat Greg for an
infraction of the fisheries laws, and handed it over to the Marine Agency at
Victoria.
The Galiano was on Fisheries Protection duties throughout the year,
except for short periods when she was required for examination service. The
chief areas patrolled were the fishing grounds in the vicinity of Hecate strait
and Barclay sound. This vessel was also used in carrjang out the inspection
of the radiotelegraph stations on the west coast.
The C.G.S. Fispa, a fisheries launch, was placed on fisheries patrol service
in the vicinity of Prince Rupert. Although too light for patrolling the open sea,
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE xxi
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 . .
the Fispa did good work in the straits from November to April, when it was
returned to the Chief Inspector of Fisheries at New Westminster.
The report of the Director of the Naval Service on the Fisheries Protection
Service may be found at page 89.
7. THE LIFE SAVING SERVICE.
The Life-saving Service of Canada has been established for the purpose
of saving the lives of those in danger at sea, and for rescuing those on board
wrecked vessels along the coasts of Canada. Stations, ecjuipped with life boats
manned by trained men, have been built at points along the coasts where naviga-
tion is difficult and where wrecks are most prevalent. These stations are not
equipped for saving' vessels or cargoes but, when practicable, after those on
board have been taken off, salving operations are carried out.
This department also undertakes to reward bravery for life-saving at sea,
but not along the coasts and in rivers. Cases of the latter should be brought
to the attention of the- Royal Canadian Humane Association, Hamilton, Ont.
With each succeeding year, as the fishermen equip themselves with modern
motor-boats, and the ocean-going ships become larger, the necessity for the
life-saving stations at present in operation is becoming less. In most cases
fishermen are able to render each other better assistance than the service can
provide. For this reason, the question of doing away with some of the least
useful stations is being considered.
During the pa.st year the method of inspecting the stations has been revised.
The work of inspection was formerly carried out by one inspector. It was
considered that the inspections could be equally well done by the officers of the
Fisheries Protection vessels patrolling the district. The new system was
adopted during the past year, and has proved highly satisfactory.
During the fiscal year 1916-17, thirty-seven stations were in operation, of
which twenty-four are located on the east coast, three on the west coast, and
ten on the Great Lakes. Five of these stations have permanent crews on duty
throughout the year, six have permanent crews on duty during the season of
navigation, and the remainder have volunteer crews who drill twice a month
and are called out in case of a wreck.
On the east coast, assistance was rendered to disabled vessels or motor-boats
by the crews of the stations at Bay View, Canso, Cheticamp, Clark's Harbour,
Herring Cove, Seal Island, Brier Island, and Whitehead. The boat at Whitehead
was destroyed while going to the assistance of the schooner J. W. Margerson.
Assistance was also rendered by the crews from Cape Tormentine, Little Wood
Island, and Richibucto.
On the Great Lakes the crews from Point Pelee, Port Hope, and Toronto ■
were called out. The Toronto crew's activities were confined to Toronto
harbour and they were not called upon to render assistance out in the lake
during the year. The Toronto crew, in addition to helping fifty-three different
vessels, also gave assistance in cases of drowning, the station being equipped
with a pulmotor.
xxii DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
The Bamfield and Ucluelet stations on the west coast also gave assistance
to vessels in distress.
The report of the Director of the Naval Service on the Life Saving Service
is appended at page 94.
8. STORES BRANCH.
The activities of the Stores Branch of the department are di\'ided into
three sections, namely: the Purchasing and Contract, the Storekeeping, and
the Transportation.
Purchasing and Contract Section.
This section is responsible for the purchase of all supplies required by
Canadian Naval Ships and Establishments, Imperial and Allied vessels calling
on Canadian ports, and for supplies required by the other branches of the depart-
ment. It also attends to the charter of vessels, contracts for construction of
new works, buildings, etc., and to the installations required in connection there-
■ndth.
During the past j'ear, owing to the increased demand for materials for war
purposes, and the difficulty of obtaining same, the work of the branch was
rendered much more difficult than pre\'iously, but through the energy of the
officers and the co-operation of the Canadian "manufacturers and dealers, the
suppUes and equipment were kept up to requirements.
The total liability incurred during the last fiscal year amounts to S7,605,-
019. A considerable portion of this amount was expended on behalf of the
Imperial and Allied Governments and is recoverable.
Storekeeping Section.
The storekeeping section is responsible for the- distribution of supphes to
Canadian Ships and Establishments, to Imperial and Allied vessels calling on
Canadian ports. This work entails the keeping of a large reserve stock of
supplies on hand. This stock is maintained at the Naval bases at Halifax and
Esquimalt.
The acti^nties of the Storekeeping section have expanded greatlj- during
the past year, owing to the increase in the number of vessels requiring supplies
the difficulty of obtaining certain materials, and the necessity of substitution
in such cases. The reserve stock has, however, been successfully maintained
throughout the year.
The total value of receipt of stores at Halifax dockyard for the past year
was $805,282, and at Esquimalt §570,496. The issues of stores to Ships and
EstabHshments at Hahfax amounted to $592,926, and at Esquimalt $411,270.
In addition to the above activities, this branch has also supplied AUied ships
and transports sailing from Canada -nath coal and fuel oil. The total receipts
of steaming coal for the year at Hahfax dockyard amounted to 78,575 tons,
and at Esquimalt 31,711 tons. The issues at Halifax were 77,733 tons, and
at Esquimalt 29,626 tons. In addition, the following quantities of Canadian
coal were handled on direct issue to ships from contractors: Halifax and the
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE xxiii
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
east coast, 138,509 tons; Esquimalt and the west coast, 16,545 tons. At Hali-
fax, 107,000 gallons of fuel oil were handled, and at Esquimalt 23,943 gallons.
Transportation.
The overseas transport service has, during the past year, very success-
fully carried out its work of transporting supplies, etc., overseas. The Director
of Overseas Transport is responsible for the shipping of overseas supplies; this
entails making all arrangements for railway transportation of such supplies, and
the loading of same on transports. The Naval Service department is respon-
sible for the procuring of suitable transports, their routing, and keeping the
British Admiralty informed as to their movements. The railway companies
of Canada haue greatly facilitated the work of transportation by their earnest
co-operation.
During the past fiscal year, under the direction of the Transj^ort Service,
386 sailings, comprising 2,429,829 tons, cleared from Canadian ports. In the
year 1915-16 there were 198 sailings, comprising 970,911 tons. Although the
demands on transportation have been very heavy, the service has been able
to meet it, and the large quantities of supplies for shipment were handled with
practically no delay.
The report of the Director of Stores is appended at page 97.
EXPENDITURES.
The total expenditure of the Naval Service department during the fiscal
year 1916-17 was. $16,416,839.36. Out of this amount $4,242,489.99 were
expended from the regular appropriations and $4,761,991.96 out of the war
appropriation; $7,412,357.41 were expended on account of the Imperial and
Allied Governments, which amount is recoverable.
General
I have much pleasure in expressing my satisfaction at the efficient manner
in which officers of the department have carried out their duties during the
year.
I have the honour to be, sir.
Your obedient servant.
G. J. DESBARATS,
Deputy Minister.
XXIV
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Ottawa July 21st 1917.
The Deputy Minister,
Department of the Naval Service,
Ottawa, Ont.
Sir, I have the honour to submit herewith a financial statement showing
the expenditure under the various appropriations, and the revenue received
by the Department during the fiscal year ended March 31st, 1917.
The expenditure on account of H.M.C.S. Niobe, H.M.C.S. Rainbow, the
submarines, and other vessels engaged in the defence of our coasts, the Royal
Canadian Naval Hospital (Halifax) and extraordinary expenditures for the
dockyards at Halifax and Esquimalt have been charged to war appropriation.
The" ordinary expenditure for the upkeep and maintenance of the Royal Naval
College, Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards has been charged tij Naval Service
appropriation.
A statement of stores supplied, work done and advances made' on behalf
of the British, French, Italian, Russian Governments, and others, is also sub-
mitted. These disbursements amount during the fiscal year 1916-17 to $6,517,
816.80, and to this should be added the sum of $718,400.73 transferred from
fiscal year 1915-16, thus making a grand total of $7,236,217.53 debited against
the Allies, etc., during fiscal year 1916-17. Credits and cash received during
the year amount to $7,078,825.70, leaving an outstanding balance of $157,391.83,
which is not included in the amounts charged to War or Naval Appropriations,
but carried forward in Suspense to the fiscal j^ear 1917-18.
• I have the honour to be, sir.
Your obedient servant,
L. J. BEAUSOLEIL
Chief Accountant.
Statement of jobs completed in the workshops and stores supplied by the
Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards during fiscal year 1916-17.
Service.
Halifax.
Esquimalt.
Naval Service
Fisheries Protection Service
Hydrographic Surveys
Life Saving Service
Radiotelegraph Service
Fishery Patrol Service
British Admiralty
French Admiralty
Italian Government
Department of Marine
Department of Militia and Defence.
Sundries
S cts.
560,621 15
28,413 21
11,579 65
1,670 71
3,114 65
5,058 02
247,647 82
4,171 10
1,678 48
1,821 87
$ cts.
264,284 17
32, 900 30
5,828 42
3,257 99
2,312 42
1,236 33
404,778 43
2,423 87
404 49
9,173 10
(A)865,776 66
726, 599 52
(B) Wages paid
Salaries
(C) Stores issued
(B) and (C) included in (A).
168.100 05
32,588 97
683,906 22
274,897 53
40, 172 52
416,167 61
DEPARTMENT OF THE \AVAL SERVICE
XXV
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33
Statement of appropriation accounts for fiscal year 1916-17.
Service.
Naval Service
Fisheries Protection Service
Hydrographic Surveys
Radiotelegraph Service
Tidal Serv'ice
Patrol of the Northern Waters of Canada
New Fisheries Protection Steamers
Rewards tor Saving Life, including Life Saving Service
Fisheries —
Salaries and Disbursements of Fisherj' Officers
Building Fishways and Clearing rivers
Legal and Incidental expenses
Canadian Fisheries Museum
Oyster Culture
Cold Storage and transportation of fish
Dogfish Reduction Works
Services of Customs Officers re Modus VivcTtdi Licenses.
Fisheries Intelligence Bureau
Fisheries Patrol .Service
Fisheries Exliibit (Toronto Exhibition)
Fish Breeding establishments
Inspection of Canned and Pickled fish , -
Building Fisheries Patrol boats
Compassionate allowances
Marine Biological stations and investigations
Civil Government Salaries.
Contingencies
Fishing Bounty
*Grant exceeded.
RECAPITULATION.
Naval Service
Fisheries
Civil Government.
Contingencies
Fishing Bounty
Appropriation,
$ cts.
War Appropriation: —
Disbursements 10,324, 145 99
Carried from 1915-16 718,400 73
Less:-
Gross expenditure 11,042,546 72
Re-imbursements and
Credits $ 7,078,825 70
Transferred to 1917-18 157,391 83 7,236,217 53
Net expenditure
Imperial Government (Special Account)
Total expenditure fiscal year 1916-17.
$ cts
1,000.000 00
375.000 00
290,000 00
295,000 00
35,000 00
50.000 00
.30,000 00
125,400 00
2.200,400 00
305,000 00
30,000 00
4,000 00
8.000 00
6,000 00
125,000 00
60,000 00
900 00
5,000 00
190,000 00
10.000 00
400,000 00
25,000 00
30,000 00
3,000 00
26,000 00
Expenditure.
S cts.
578,580 57
110,317 26
223,846 53
182,536 39
19,465 77
20,333 75
Balance
unexpended.
99, 150 09
1,234,230 36
1,227,900 00
180,950 00
50,000 00
230,950 00
160,000 00
2,200,400 00
1,227,900 00
180,950 on
50.000 00
160,000 00
3,819,250 00
243,878 02
4,564 78
3,027 16
5,248 56
5,003 74
80,042 33
31,472 82
. 364 20
3,877 84
157,412 73
8,594 09
275,166 53
12,007 96
33,495 13
3,000 00
26,000 00
893,155 89
155,237 37
46,829 63
202,067 00
159,999 80
1,234,230 36
893,155
155,237 37
46,829 63
159,999 80
2,489,453 05
3, 806,. 329 19
260,000 00
6,555,782 24
S cts.
421,419 43
264,682 74
66,153 47
112,463 61
15,534 23
29,666 25
30.000 00
26,249 91
966, 169 64
61,121 98
25,435 22
972 84
2,751 44
996 26
44,957 67
28, .527 18
535 80
1,122 16
32,587 27
1,405 91
124,8.33 47
12,992 04
*3,495 13
334,744 11
25,712 63
3,170 37
28,883 00
0 20
966,169 64
334,744 11
25,712 63
3,170 37
0 20
1,329,796 95
XXVI
DEPARTMENT OF THE SAVAh SERVICE
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Statement showing amounts outstanding in respect to stores supplied, work
done and advances made, etc., at end of fiscal year 1916-17.
Suspense Accounts.
Debits.
Credits.
Balance
Transferred
to 1917-18.
British Admiralty
French Admiralty
Italian Government
Russian Government
Japanese Government
War Office
Commonwealth of Australia
Department of Militia and Defence.
Miscellaneous
$ cts.
6,510,688 47
84,024 56
2,948 95
6,842 65
1,447 23
26,946 46
70,385 59
402,871 15
130,062 47
.395,692 01
64,248 78
1,447 23
26,946 46
70,375 84
402,528 74
117,588 64
7,236,217 53
7,078,825 70
% cts.
14,996 46
19,775 78
2,948 95
6,842 65
9 75
342 41
12,475 83
157,391 83
Statement of revenue of the Department of" the Naval Service 'for fiscal j'ear
ended March 31, 1917.
Royal Naval College — College fees (26 Cadets) . .
Fisheries Revenue
Modus Vivendi (Licenses to U.S. fishing vessels) .
Casual Revenue
Miscellaneous Revenue
Wireless Apparatus Licenses
Wireless Operators Examination fees
Radiotelegraph Revenue: —
Alert Bay Station
Cape Lazo Station
Dead Tree Point Station
Digby Island Station
Estevan Point Station
Gonzales Hill Station
Ikeda Head Station , . . .
Pachena Point Station
Point Grey Station
Triangle Island Station
Malaspina Station
Galiano Station
Camperdown Station
North Sydney Station
Sable Island Station
Magdalen Islands Station
Midland Station
Point Edward Station
Port Arthur Station
Port Burwell Station
Sault Ste. Marie Station
Tobermory Station
Toronto Station
472 10
589 56
547 03
2,613 44
1,635 53
3,398 03
355 96
127 20
2,358 49
3,538 42
5 96
4 17
293 50
223 66
107 67
362 84
9 60
28 57
18 05
8 28
27 52
4 56
11 32
$ cts.
2,600 00
98,629 67
5,680 50
26,379 07
760 32
214 25
147 00
16,741 46
151.152 27
DEPARTifENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE Xxvii
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33
Fisheries Revenue for fiscal year ended March 31, 1917.
Province.
Amount
Collected.
Refund.'*.
Net
Amount.
Ontario..
Quebec
New Brunswick
Nova Scotia
$ cts.
808 70
6,981 14
15,137 19
7.178 70
3,605 18
S.252 27
3,103 25
5,993 40
47,330 84
275 00
$ cts.
2 00
8 00
$ cts.
808 70
6,981 14
15,137 19
7 176 70
Prince Edward Island ....
3,597 18
8,252 27
3 103 25
Saskatchewan
Alberta
British Columbia
23 00
3 00
5,970 40
47,327 84
275 00
Modus Vivendi Licenses . .
98,665 67
5, 680 50
36 00
98,629 67
5,680 50
104,310 17
XX vm
DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAtAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
$ cts.
.547,461 25
264,545 26
193.283 96
197,413 05
5.. 352 76
^ c-j *** C-l
M cc OC t^
lO -H — OO
OC o:C'l
to
OC
1^
Otocs^-^--ocooorococo
OSt-t-COOSt-OCMiOO-H
COOtOCM— .0000CSI-.CCO
CDCMCOlOCMCOr-C^l'rrOO
COCMCS-H-HC^JCOCMiOt—-*'
OS
OJ
■*
CO
OSCO — «
OS CO CO
t2gS
t— CM lO
Charter
of
Vessels.
Non-
Effective
Pay and
Separa-
tion.
Allow-
ances.
$ cts.
1,687 96
2,092 99
480 76
• 479 78
Misc.
Effective
.Services.
$ cts.
25,954 34
5,008 33
7,. 505 44
5,9.S6 89
676 66
1,429 63
1,530 41
2.. 548 63
1,211 44
1,561 05
1..335 76
114 28
995 20
370 03
1,141 23
Wiirks,
Lands,
Buildings.
§8
too
I— to
New
Ships
Building.
CO
CM
S
CM
Purchase
of Ships
and .X Iter-
ations.
■s
4
•
109,378 03
109,229 28
109,547 53
109,705 06
109,406 16
Repairs
and
Main-
tenance.
$ cts.
19,965 90
37,167 45
34,663 17
5,3.52 76
13,283 12
16,187 72
7,7.30 93
10,214 29
11,262 .57
14,520 66
5,541 71
29,225 55
2,703 24
2,402 23
§
to
1 X
III
$ cts.
367 73
6,446 63
.
Subsist-
ence of
Prisoners .
$ cts.
149 40
252 55
85 45
483 55
S2
N
.is
Si
« cts.
1,733 44
1,930 .37
2, 106 75
2, 192 70
7 50
210 42
234 49
. 153 50
159 96
189 39
179 47
.Stores
and
Allow-
ances.
$ cts.
273,685 06
67,467 70
So, 872 41
87,931 .30
1
/ 821 25
29,775 68
36,222 28
9,320 62
32,334 06
30,298 85
18,571 85
12,478 65
8,703 41
5,369 72
11,331 21
CO--
00 c^
ii
nil
$ cts.
223,925 42
150,625 87
91,569 98
93,942 20
/ Credit
\ 8 70
37,634 .37
40, 156 94
9,690 04
34,664 90
35,0.55 04
25,613 01
8,801 25
1,228 15
6,878 95
5,364 09
a
S
3
, 0
5.S C
- o! 03
' X
~ o
H.M.C.S. "Shear-
water" (Shore Depot)
H.M.C.S. "Shear-
's ■
, c
^ :
ISC
5
0
C
c
c
7
3
31
:5
y
IS
'■J
is
ia
ii
.'A
:sl
IK
03
-a
s
ad
°sf
33
"i
a
>
3
' 0
a
i3
J-
\\
',^
' -J
is
is
3l
<a
'a
is
ia
6
0
- C
;3
I c
c
'>
^ 0
0.
c
1
>
1
a
o'
C
>
I.
s
c
1
>
1
IT
c
?
>
1
t
t
1
H
CD
-d
•IJ
Si
: 1-
c
c
a
J
-0.
\
r
DEPAETMENT OF THE NATAL SERYIOE
XXIX
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
599,606 04
91,630 29
10,636 72
368,111 99
63,648 99
392,400 73
CO
toes
(MCO
-*co
QO
OS
OS
• CD
■CO
-'*
■ CO
■ o
-OS
- m
o
00
72,692 11
5,884 02
13 45
58,683 32
14,467 23
161,640 55
s
g
OO
o
CD
o
CO
■*
CO
CO-*
COOO
COO
00'*
C5
CO
CO
g
CD
CO
00
CD
-*"
OS
in
S5
g :
o
OS
105,049 75
31,053 03
2 40
110,761 38
49 12
57,682 59
CO
CO
CO
S^ :
OSIC ■
-H lO .
O OS ■
coco ■
•—CO ■
CO.fi ■
if3 as
CO t^ .
C^l cs
m' Os" -
0-rt< ■
OO
o
CO
o :
<
B
Q
§
o
1
1
o
K
6
o '■
> ■
2
1
3
o
<
1
0)
o
OS cs c^ c^
OS
t— OS t^ CO
OS O CO CO
■* O C^ CO
OS
CO
^00 OS CO
E
CO
CO
>
M,
1^
?-2
|ll«
O:
M
- 3
-^
,11
oH
mZ o
0^ s
odai
t-5
o «
^SS
.Skm'ws
XXX
DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
05
ID
o
ctt
(3
o
ft
o
ft
ft
"3
o3
a
<o
+j
O
el
3
-a
ft
X
02
o
■o<
"2 I"
V t-i
m O
^ I-
W o
Q
03 oj b£
>>> o
C5CO N
— r- lo
-H CO r^
coo ■*
MQOOO
COM —
i-iC^OOtC—'MTj'OO
CO.-HC0<M0000OiO3
^- M ■>*
■* QOOJ
O O >-■
CO GO
<£> CO
« CO CC^
as 00 ^os
I-- r^ 50 — *
CO 00 00 i;D
o 03
. ai 5 c S
. cj C3.-.S
: g-S'3 S >■
= S oo > S ■
r m ii c u -fi c
r« S ^ ^' ^-^^
£Ss6^^^^a
CO 3,
0 ii O cfi
[J O) OJ ^
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1918
Ottawa, April 1, 1917.
The Deputy Minister,
Department of the Naval Service,
Ottawa, Canada.
Sir, — I have the honour tp report regarding the Naval Service, for the
fiscal year ending 31st March, 1^17.
The progress, both mental and physical, of the cadets at the Royal Naval
College at Halifax still proves n ost satisfactory. An examination for the
entry of cadets to the college was l.^ld in May, 1916, and fourteen cadets were
entered. The officers of the college continue to report most favourably on the
cadets, and the midshipmen who have been serving in ships of the Royal Navy,
H.M.C. ships Niobe, Rainbow, submarines C.C.I, and C.C.2, and patrol vessels,
have also been most favourably reported upon and proved themselves capable
and efficient. The fourteen midshipmen who entered the college in Januaiy,
1911, have been promoted to acting lieutenant. All these officers are now
serving in the Royal Navy.
The requisite number of the personnel for the manning of all H.M.C. Ships
and Establishments has been maintained by the entry of men with previous
naval experience, and by the employment of R.N.C.V.R. officers and men.
H.M.C.S. Niobe continues to be employed as a depot ship at Halifax,
and has also been parent ship for vessels employed on patrol work.
H.M.C.S. Rainbow has been continuously emploj'ed on the west co^st in trade
protection and other important duties, under the orders of the Imperial Senior
Naval Officer of that station.
The two submarines and their parent ship, the Shearwater, have been
activel}^ employed for the defence of the British Columbian coasts.
A large number of other vessels, both governmental and private, are being
utilized in connection with the naval defence of the coasts on such duties as
examination service, mine-sweeping, patrols, and other necessary work.
Commodore Sir Charles H. Coke, K.C.V.O., recently arrived in Canada,
having been lent by the Imperial Government to take charge of the Atlantic
patrol, acting under the orders of this department.
The Naval Volunteers continue to do good work ashore and afloat, a con-
siderable number serving continuously in H.M. and H.M.C. ships and vessels,
both on the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the Dominion.
Captain the Honourable R. Guinness, R.N.V.R., arrived in Canada in
May, 1916, for the purpose of recruiting for the Royal Navy; however, it was
decided, mainly on account of the comparatively low rates of pay in force in
the Royal Navy, that this was not practicable, and the Dominion Government
offered to divert to the Naval Service part of the quota which would otherwise
be contributed to the Army, and to allow these men Canadian rates of pay,
the men being enrolled as Canadian Naval Volunteers and placed at the disposal
of the Admiralty.
This offer was accepted by the Imperial Government, and up to date,
1331 men have been enrolled in the R.N.C.V.R. (Overseas Division), of whom
1188 have actually been sent overseas.
The recruiting for this division was carried out entirely by this department.
Captain Guinness assisting by holding recruiting meetings throughout the
Dominion.
38—1
2 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
The selection of candidates for the Roj-al Naval Air Service had continued,
and a total of 382 officers has been entered for this service. Those entered
since 20th July, 1916, have not been required to obtain their Aero Club certi-
ficates before going to England.
Commander F. P. Armstrong, with a recruiting committee, arrived in Can-
ada in April, 1916, for the purpose of entering officers and men for the Auxiliary
Patrol (motor-boat) service. The following gives the total numbers entered
by him in Canada: —
Sub-lieutenants 264
Chief motor mechanics 52
Motor mechanics 60
Commander Armstrong left Vancouver for New Zealand on the 30th
August, 1916.
The duties and work carried out by the Naval Staff Office continue to
increase in magnitude and importance, and have been carried out in a very
satisfactory manner.
I have the honour to be, sir.
Your obedient servant,
C. E. KINGSMILL, Admiral,
Director of the Naval Service. '
DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE 3
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 '
SURVEY OF .TIDES AND CURRENTS.
Department of the Nav.\l Service,
Ottawa, March 31, 1917.
The Deputy Minister,
Department oLthe Naval Service,
Ottawa.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit the following report regarding the
Survey of Tides and Currents during tlie twelve months ending March 31,
1917.
One direction in which considerable progress has been made is in the methods
of calculation for slack water; the improvements being based upon the experience
gained in correlating the current with the tide in a number of different straits
and narrows, both in eastern Canada and on the Pacific coast. Some new
methods resulting from the investigations made have been applied with success
to the calculation of slack water in the passes of the Pacific coast; and this
will contribute to the greater accuracy of the tide tables published in future
years. The general work of the Survey has been continued without inter-
ruption, and further observations of the tides or currents have been carried
out during the summer season on both coasts, as well as in Hudson bay.
PRINCIPAL TIDAL STATIONS.
The six principal stations in eastern Canada and five in British Columbia
have been maintained in continuous operation throughout the year. The
observations obtained from these stations, after careful reduction, are sub-
mitted to harmonic analysis, by which tidal constants are obtained as a basis
for the calculation of the tide tables. The data for the purpose are thus im-
proved as additional years of tidal record are obtained. As the work of this
character was done for the benefit of eastern Canada last year, it was carried
forward to improve the tidal constants for the Pacific coast during the present
year. Four complete years of tidal record from Clayoquot were submitted
to analysis, two years from port Simpson, two years from Prince Rupert, and
one year from Vancouver. Also two complete years of tidal record from point
Atkinson were reduced; this being a new station for the strait of Georgia,
which is found to be practically identical with Sand Heads. The observations
at Sand Heads were obtained in the early years of this Survey at the lighthouse
there, which has since been removed and replaced by a lightship. These further
observations at point Atkinson will enable the observations to be carried forward
for a longer period. This work of reduction and analysis will improve, therefore,
the accuracy of the tide tables for the ports mentioned, and this will be a distinct
advantage as it is from the tide tables at Clayoquot, Sand Heads, and port
Simpson, that the various tables of slack water are calculated.
FURTHER TIDAL OBSERVATIONS OBTAINED.
During last season, tidal observations in eastern Canada were obtained
at the head of the bay of Fundy and along the north coast of Prince Edward
island. On the Pacific coast a tidal station was established at the farthest
38— U
4 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERYICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
available point at the north end of the strait of Georgia and also at points in
the channels opposite the north end of Vancouver island, to obtain a basis
for the revision of the tidal data in that region, especially in Johnstone strait,
where the hea\'iest traffic takes place.
Bay of Fimdy. — The highest tides of the bay of Fundy are known to occur
in Cumberland basin, and in Cobequid bay at the eastern end of Minas basin.
Fairly extended observations were taken in Cumberland basin during the
surveys for the Bale Verte canal in 1870. It appeared, however, from pre-
liminarj' comparisons of such data as were available, that the tide is higher
in Cobequid bay. The upper part of this bay is obstructed with sand bars;
and a point was therefore selected at Burntcoat head, which is as far up as the
whole tide can be measured at any one locality. There is no wharf at this
point, or other artificial facilities, for the erection of a registering tide gauge,
so that the observations were taken by direct leveUing or bj^ scale readings.
The results were compared with simultaneous observations at the principal
station for the bay of Fundy, situated at St. John, N.B. The observations
in Cumberland basin, which are broken and imperfect, were also carefully
reduced for comparison; and some results were also obtained from observa-
tions taken for part of a month in 1859 in Noel bay, during the Admiralty surveys
for the chart. This bay is within a few miles of Burntcoat head.
The results of this work need not be enlarged upon as they will be given
in a special report entitled: "Tides at the head of the bay of Fundy". A full
discussion of the behaviour of the tide at this locality at the extreme head of the
baj' is there given. The data arrived at will throw light upon the features
of the tide throughout the bay of Fundy, and will add to our knowledge of
tides in general.
Prince Edward island; North Coast. — A series of tide gauges were erected
along the north coast of Prince Edward island to obtain simultaneous obser-
vations throughout this region. It was desirable to obtain this while the prin-
cipal station at St. Paul island is still in good working order, as it is one of the
most difficult stations to maintain, and the tides of this coast must be referred
to it. The points selected for tidal stations were Tignish, Alberton, Malpeque
in Richmond bay, Rustico, St. Pierre and Naufrage.
The tide is quite special in its character on this coast, as there are times
when only one high water and one low water in the day are pronounced, the
other two being effaced. At these times the tide becomes diurnal. There
was much difficultj' in reducing the observations satisfactorily, but a full expla-
nation of the nature of the tide will be given in the tide tables. The information
obtained also enables the characteristics of the tide throughout the southern
half of the gulf of St. Lawrence tt) be more adequately described.
The rise of the tide on this coast is of much value to vessels, especially in
heavy weather, as the harbours are largely used for refuge, and most of them
have bars across the mouth. A vessel can thus enter more safely at high water
during a storm. It is thus always convenient and sometimes necessarj- for a
mariner to know the time of high water.
These observations have also enabled a consistent series of low-water datums
to be determined along this coast. This will be of service to the Public Works
department for dredging and for harbour improvements.
Lower St. Lawrence. — By co-operation with the Hydrographic Survey,
observations were continued at Grand ISIechins and Godbout, this latter being
practicalh" the same as Point des Monts, the true dividing point between the
gulf of St. Lawrence and the estuary. Good results have been obtained from
these observations, which will serve as a connecting link between the estuary of
the St. Lawrence and the observations obtained in 1910 along the north shore of
the gulf from bay of Seven Islands eastward.
DEPARTMENT OF TBE XATAL SERVICE 5
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Pacific Coast. — In the region of Johnstone strait, through which heavy
traffic passes not only from Vancouver to Prince Rupert but also from the Puget
Sound ports to Alaska, observations of the tide were obtained in 1900 at Alert
bay, Blinkinshop, and Chatham point. These observations were obtained by the
survey staff of H.M.S. Egeria, and they should properly be referred to Port
Simpson; but no observations there in that year were available. A special tide
table for comparison was therefore calculated for port Simpson for the year 1900,
based on the tidal constants which have been derived from seven years of tidal
record there. The comparison enabled tidal differences with port Simpson to be
obtained for these three localities. As a further basis for this region, a registering
tide gauge was erected at the mouth of Salmon river, twenty-two miles north-
west of Chatham point. At this locality, simultaneous observations with the
permanent station at port Simpson were obtained during five months. In this
way, the tidal data for the whole region from Seymour narrows to Alert bay wei'e
carefully revised.
Observations were obtained for the first time at two localities on the back
channels off the main line of navigation, namely, at a point in the vicinity of
Forward harbour and at Shoal bay at the main angle of Cordero channel, between
Bute inlet and Loughborough inlet. The further tidal data thus obtained will
be of benefit to the local steamers which have ports of call in this region.
The observations obtained in co-operation with the Hydrographic Survey
have afforded improved data for Ocean Falls in Cousins inlet, which has been
recently survej^ed; and also for Queen Charlotte and Shingle bay in Skidegate
inlet. Queen Charlotte islands. A tide gauge supplied to that Survey was
erected last season at Granbj^ bay in Observatory inlet, which is rapidly develop-
ing as a mining centre. This will enable the time and height of the tide to be
known there, with reference to port Simpson.
INVESTIGATION OF THE CURRENTS.
The gut of Canso. — Observations of the turn of the current in this strait were
continued during the past season, from May to November. They were taken by
the captain of the Ferry steamer Scotia assisted by his first officer. After the
experience of the previous season, it was possible to get more satisfactory obser-
vations and to make them more continuous during the night. Owing to the
complex nature of the current, it was found best to plot these observations in the
form of a diagram; and from this, a very thorough digest was made, in view of
the different variations which the current presents.
The general characteristics and the varying behaviour of this current were
found to be in accord with the explanations already given in the tide tables. The
longer series of observations enabled more definite values to be obtained for the
different elements which go to make up the behaviour which the current actually
shows. There is a large inequality in the flow of the current in the two directions
which follows the declination of the moon, and this is further complicated by a
dominant flow in one direction. It is thus only when the moon is near the
equator that it is possible to obtain any satisfactory correlation with the time of
the tide. An investigation of this relation was undertaken, however, as it is
valuable in showing the best methods by which such problems can be treated.
As a final result, it was found that the turn of the currents accords with the time
of half tide rising and falling at St. Paul island. This relation with half tide,
that is, with the moment midway between the time of high water and low water,
or between low water and high water, is an instructive result, as it indicates a
principle which may be applicable elsewhere. It is also instructive to know that
the current in this strait is related to the tide at St. Paul island which is exactly
opposite the gut at the other end of Cape Breton island. It has been found
elsewhere that the turn of the current in a strait behind an island is in accord
6 DEPARTIIEXT OF TBE yATAL SERVICE.
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
with the tide on the outside of the island. Such relations indicate the manner in
which currents in other regions maj' be dealt with, in order to calculate the time
of slack water for the benefit of the mariner. In this case, the most practical
result of the investigation is an explanation of the behaviour of the current so
that the navigator may know what to expect.
Seymour N^arrows. — From the experience gained in the cases above
described, and the successful result which was obtained for Seymour inlet as
explained in last year's report, an endeavour was made on similar lines to
obtain a better basis for the calculation of slack water in Seymour narrows.
After an extended series of trials, a remarkably constant relation was obtained
between the time of slack water and half tide; the moment of half tide
being half way between high water at Sand Heads in the strait of Georgia
and low water at port Simpson. This method applies to the calculation of
low-water slack, for which a complex method has been used in calculating
the slack water tables during the last three years. It is a declination method,
and is described in outhne in the tide tables, and although quite satisfactory
in itself, it involves an elaborate technique which has to be followed with great
care to avoid accidental errors, which would be large if they occurred. The
new method of calculation from the time of half tide as above mentioned is
simpler, in being straightforward. The reason for the accuracy of the result
which it gives is that the variation due to the change in the moon's declination
is balanced out by the relative changes in the tides themselves instead of being
based on the moon's change in position. By disposing of this variation, which
is the most troublesome one to deal with, it becomes possible to apply a cor-
rection to take up the variation from springs to neaps. This correction can
be applied to both high-water and low-water slack.
These two methods were thoroughly tested out by calculating slack water
for three months in the year 1913 and comparing the results with the time of
slack water as actually observed. The ultimate advantage obtained may
be summed up hj saj'ing that this method is quite as accurate as the former
declination method and that it eliminates the chance of errors in the calculation.
This explanation may also serve to show the advantage that may result
from the investigation of the behaviour of- all classes of currents in different
regions, in the improvement of methods of calculation.
Active Pass. — This pass is the most important of those which lead between
the Gulf islands, as it is the one chiefly used by ocean-going vessels between
Vancouver and Victoria. The behaviour of the current is more subject to
variation than in the other passes, because of its being near to the south end
of the chain of Gulf islands. Further observations of slack water in this pass
were begun last I\Iay and will be continued throughout the winter. Some
improvements have already b^en obtained, in the calculation values for slack
water in the tide tables.
It has now been ascertained that a marked improvement in the calculations
can be gained by referring high-water slack in this pass to the tide of the open
Pacific at Clayoquot and low-water slack to the tide in the strait of Georgia.
It has also been found advisable in the case of low-water slack to distinguish
the half tide from loM'er low water; and although this involves considerably more
labour in the calculation, it gives a distinctly better result. In the case of
high-water slack, the only change allowed for is the annual variation in the
values during the successive months of the year. When the present obser-
vations are completed, the calculation values will be revised, however, to make
them as accurate as possible, and thus to improve the slack water tables.
Similar methods for Porlier pass have been used for the first time in the
calculation for the tide tables of 1918. These two passes serve as standard
ones from which the time of slack water in the other passes between the Gulf
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 7
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
islands can be obtained by a difference of time. This system of referring one
pass to another gives better results than if the time of slack water were obtained
with reference to the time of the tide. It is also quite as convenient to the
navigator to apply the differences to a table of slack water as to a tide table.
Wcllbore channel. — This channel forms an entrance to the eastern pas-
sages leading to the Yuculta, which are preferred in the lumber traffic as the
most convenient route. Observations of the time of slack water in Whirlpool
rapids in Wellbore channel were therefore undertaken during last season from
June to November. It was found that the time of slack water in this rapid
can be referred to Sej-mour narrows, in the same way as several other tidal
rapids in that region. This information will be of much value to the lumber in-
dustry which is developing in that region, as it is only possible, in towing rafts,
to pass during slack water.
Hudson Bay and the Arctic Ocean.
Further observations were obtained at Nelson during last season. These
were supervised by the wireless operator. The results have enabled the cal-
culations for that port to be improved, and the small changes which the ob-
servations show to be necessary, indicate that the present basis of calculation
is closely accurate.
Tidal data for James bay have now been obtained for two islands near
the head of the bay, and for Moose factory. These two islands have been
used as bases for the work of the Hydrographic Survey; and the tidal infor-
mation was obtained by co-operation with that survey, in supplying it with
the necessary outfit. Good data for the tide will thus be available for any
railwaj' terminals, or other works which ma}^ be contemplated in James bay.
During the progress of the Stefansson expedition, praiseworthy endeavours
were made to obtain tidal information at several points in the Arctic ocean. In
the vicinity of cape Kellett, simultaneous observations were obtained for a few
days at a time at the cape and at a point twenty miles north. Also along the
north coast of the main land, tidal observations were obtained at CoUinson
point, Martin point, and Demarkation point, as well as at Bernard harbour
in Union strait.
The difficulty in dealing with these observations is that the tide in these
open regions is usually less than one foot in range, and seldom as much as IJ
feet, except in Union strait, where it occasionally exceeds 2 feet. Although
the observations were perseveringly taken every 15 minutes day and night
for several days at a time, the results that can be obtained from them are rather
indefinite. The time of high and low water is necessarily uncertain. Careful
abstracts and reductions have been made, however, in the endeavour to deter-
mine the establishment at these points, and the range at spring and neap tides.
A knowledze of the establishment would be valuable if trustworthy in the cir-
cumstances, as it would show the direction in which the tide progresses in the
open, waters of the Arctic ocean.
INFOBMATION SUPPLIED.
As this Survey becomes more widely known, a large number of reciuests
are received for information. Some of these can be met by sending reports
or other published information; but in reply to a number of requests it is neces-
sary to work out special data. The new information obtained by this Survey
is also communicated to the Hydrographer to the British Navy, to afford im-
provements in the data for Canada which are published in the British tide tables.
Advance information is often communicated also to owners of vessels and
8 DEPARTMENT OF TEE T^AVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
fishing establishments in the regions where further information has been ob-
tained during the season. This reaches them before it can be issued in the tide
tables.
The determinations of mean sea-level, made by this Survey at several of
the principal tidal stations, have been communicated to the Deputy Head
of the Commission of Conservation for his new edition of "Altitudes in Canada."
An abstract of the results of these determinations is given, in the introduction
to this work, for Halifax, St. John, N.B., Quebec, Victoria, Vancouver and
Prince Rupert. This indicated the bases of the altitudes, as they are all referred
to mean-sea-level.
The extended levels of the Geodetic Branch of the Public Works Depart-
ment are run on lines which make frequent connectioti with the shore between
Halifax and Quebec. The benchmarks of the Tidal Survey, as well as some
Admiralty bench-marks are thus connected with this system of levels. The
Tidal Survey has accordingly supplied the tide levels for a number of localities
in this region, which enhances the value of the forthcoming publication of
these geodetic levels, as well as affording the corresponding advantage of con-
necting together the bench-marks of the Tidal Survey which originally were
isolated and unconnected.
A similar service has been rendered in connection with the precise levelhng
of the Dominion observatory; in affording correct determinations of mean sea-
level at Halifax, Yarmouth and Vancouver, on the two coasts, as a correct basis
for extended levels. The true value of mean sea-level, as determined from
continuous observations of the tide during a number of years, is thus proving
of value in these levelling operations.
Special information on tide levels and extreme tides has also been deduced
during the year from the tidal records now available, to meet the immediate
requirements of railway engineers and district engineers of the Public Works
Department, in regions in which they are interested.
Accuracy of the Tide Tables. — To test the degree of accuracy that the tide
tables have now attained, comparisons have been made between the tables and
the tides as actually observed during 1916. This series of comparisons comprised
three of the harbours and reference stations in eastern Canada, and five on the
Pacific coast. The deduction from these comparisons showed: (1) the average
amount of error during the month, and of improvement on former years obtained
by the further analysis of tidal record; and (2) any tendency in the tides as
calculated for the tide tables, to be early or late on the average. Valuable
indications are thus obtained regarding progress made.
PUBLICATION.
Eastern coasts of Canada. — The tide tables for this coast are issued in three
editions. One is a complete edition containing all tidal information, and now
amounting to 8,000 copies. The other two are abridged editions of pocket size,
one for Quebec and the St. Lawrence and the other for St. John and the bay of
Fundy. These two editions have now been increased to 21,000, as there are many
navigators as well as fishermen who require local information and do not need the
complete edition.
Tidal information for Quebec and the St. Lawrence is supplied to the
Marine Department for its publication for the ship channel between Montreal
and Father Point. This is especially intended for the pilot service. Tidal
information for the summer season is also sent locally to three of the summer
resorts on the lower St. Lawrence for the convenience of those who frequent
these.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE 9
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Pacific coast. — The circulation of tlie tide tables on this coast continues to
increase. The complete edition for the coast is now 15,000 copies; and an
abridged edition for the southern part of British Columbia has been increased to
12,000. This abridgement supplies a large demand for local tide tables for
Vancouver, the Fraser river, and the passes in that vicinity. This is found very-
convenient and serviceable by all classes from pilots to fishermen and for motor-
boat traffic.
The tide tables on the Pacific coast are appreciated by the lumber industry
and the coal trade, in addition to their direct service to ordinary navigation.
The tables are also much used by fishermen, as the best catch is often taken
during some special stage of the tide.
The various editions of the tide tables are supplied without charge to the
steamship companies, and to all applicants for them. They are largely cir-
culated through the agencies of the Marine Department, the custom offices,
pilot and shipping offices. A large proportion of them are mailed individually,
and many are sent in reply to requests received.
Republication in Great Britain. — In the general tide tables issued by the
British Admiralty there are tide tables for eight important harbours in eastern
Canada and the Pacific coast. These are St. John, Halifax, Father Point, and
Quebec; and on the Pacific coast Victoria, Sand Heads, Clayoquot and port
Simpson. With these tables, tidal differences are given which extend their use to
numerous other ports.
Hudson Bay. — Tide tables for Nelson in Hudson bay are published for the
months of July to October. The method by which these are calculated has been
explained above. The height of the tide is referred to the chart datum. In these
tables tidal data are given for Churchill as well as several points in James bay,
which have been recently added from new observations obtained there. These
tables also include data for six points in the length of Hudson strait, and Ungava
bay. The chief matter which is of practical importance there, is the time of the
tide, to afford a basis for comparison with the strong tidal streams in this strait.
These streams are due to the great rise of the tide, which is from 20 to 35 feet.
Bay of Fundy. — Under the heading of publications may be mentioned the
report on " The tides at the head of the bay of Fundy," as already explained
herein. This report, now in press, consists of twentj'-one pages of text with
twelve pages of tables, and two plates comprising a map and a plan. This report
will cover information for which requests are often received.
STAFF.
The staff of this Survey for the office and field work, comprises only four in
addition to the superintendent, together with the outside tidal observers who
number six in eastern Canada and five on the Pacific coast at the permanent
tidal stations. In addition to these, several others are employed locally in the
summer season, in the observation of tides or currents; and considerable informa-
tion is also obtained through co-operation with other Surveys, as already
explained.
In the field last season, Mr. S. C. Hayden supervised the observation of the
currents in the passes of British Columbia, the erection of tide gauges, fitting out
the observers, and also inspecting the tidal stations on that coast. In Eastern
Canada, Mr. H. W. Jones supervised the erection of the series of summer stations
on the north coast of Prince Edward island; and carried out the important
repairs to the tide gauge at St. Paul island, in reconstructing the crib work which
protects it, and strengthening it with concrete. He also inspected those of the
10 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
principal stations which required it. On the bay of Fund}-, I\lr. K. B. Lee
assisted the superintendent in the observations and leveUing which form the
basis for the special report above mentioned.
During the winter season, the tidal record from the principal stations which
accumulates in summer requires attention; and the reduction of this record and
its preparation for analysis has to be made. The observations at the summer
stations have also to be dealt with, and the slack water observations in the
passes and narrows require to be brought to practical shape for calculation
purposes, or to afford improved data for mariners. There is also the calculation
and publication of five sets of tide tables to be carried out during the winter
months. This is done by the same staff as above mentioned, with the assistance
of Miss S. L. Howell in the reduction and computations, as well as cariying on
the correspondence and attending to the office work in the summer season when
most of the staff are away.
I have the honour to be, sir.
Your obedient servant,
W. BELL DAWSON,
Superintendent of Tidal Surveys.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 11
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY.
Department of the Naval Service,
April 1, 1917.
The Deputy Minister,
Department of Naval Service.
Ottawa.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit my report on the work of the Hydro-
graphic Survey during the fiscal year 1916-17. During the year no additions
were made to the equipments of the surveys, but all the vessels have been kept
in the usual good condition. The following members of the staff have obtained
leave and joined the Overseas Forces, namely, Messrs. J. A. Turner; O. R.
Parker, R.N.R.; F. Delaute; C. B. R. MacDonald; Norman Wilson; Clifford
Smith and W. J. Miller. Commander John Knight, R.N., of the pacific Coast
Survey has accepted a commission on the Canadian cruiser Rainbow, and Mr.
H. H. Lawson has accepted an appointment as instructor in the Royal Military
College, Kingston. The positions held by these officers have not been filled.
The following parties were in the field during the summer of 1916: —
First. — The Atlantic Coast Survey, under Captain Anderson, with the
steamer Acadia, working off the approach to Hahfax harbour.
Second. — The Pacific Coast Survey under Lieutenant-Commander P. C.
Musgrave, R.N., with the steamer Lillooet, working around the Queen Char-
lotte islands, British Columbia.
Third. — The Lower St. Lawrence Survey under Mr. Charles Savary, with
the steamer Cartier, working in the mouth of the' St. Lawrence river.
Fourth. — The Lake Superior Survey No. 1 under Mr. H. D. Parizeau, with
the steamer La Canadienne, in Nipigon bay, lake Superior;
Fifth.— The Lake Superior Survey No. 2 under Mr. G. A. Bachand, with
the steamer Bayfield, working around Michipicoten island, lake Superior;
Sixth. — The Kingston Harbour Survey under Mr. Paul Jobin, with a launch
and shore party working at the entrance to Kingston harbour;
Seventh. — The automatic gauges under Mr. Charles Price, superintending
the working of the automatic gauges on the Great Lakes and in the St. Lawrence
river.
ATLANTIC COAST SURVEY.
The Acadia was again fitted out for service at H.M.C. Dockyard, Halifax,
and commissioned on the 15th of June.
The work of this party consisted in re-sounding the approach to Halifax
harbour, using the Admiralty charts for bases, or the area off that portion
of the coast between Egg island and Pennant point. The soundings were
carried _off shore a distance of 20 miles, and as close inshore as was safe for the
navigation of the ship. All the main shoals shown on the Admiralty charts were
re-examined, and upon many of them was found considerably less water, whilst
in other cases no trace of some of the shoals marked could be found. About
two dozen uncharted rocks were located, and Notices to Mariners issued.
The main triangulation of 1916 was extended to the northeastward as far
as Liscomb harbour, and to the southwestward as far as port Medway, an
extreme distance of 115 miles. Bases about a mile long were measured at
6ach of these harbours, and the agreement with the triangulated lengths was
very close.
12
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
In the spring a re-survey of Bedford basin was started, and completed
during the summer. A new chart on a good scale of this important basin will
shortly be issued.
During the season an examination was made of Lockport harbour, and
additional shoals found in the entrance to it.
As opportunity offered, observations for magnetic declination were obtained
with a Unifilar magnetometer at the following points: —
Station.
Locality.
Latitude.
Longitude
Date.
Declinatibn.
N. 43^2..
" 44-17..
" 44-38..
" 44-43..
" 44-37..
" 44-28..
" 44-45..
" 44-51..
•' 45-01..
W. 65-19..
" 64-20..
" 64-03..
" 63-01..
" 63-32..
" 63-36..
" 62-49..
" 62-32..
" 62-01..
October
September .
August
September .
November..
iq^n.n West
21-000
Hubbards cove
West entrance
MacNab island
Near Back Lt. H
St. Margarets bay
Jeddore harbour
Halifax harbour
Sambro harbour
2 1-52 -S "
22-37-9 "
22-10-6 "
21-53-4 "
22 38-2
23-05 0 "
Pve point.
Liscomb harbour
23-30-0 "
Captain Anderson reports that the weather for surveying was exceptionally
bad; while not very stormy, very much fog prevailed. Owing to fog and snow
and rain, during fifty-four daj's out of the season of five months, nothing could
be accomplished.
The season was brought to a close and the steamer laid up at H.M.C. Dock-
yard, Halifax, on the 24th of November. On the following day the crew were
paid off and the staff returned to Ottawa. The staff for the season consisted of
Assistants R. J. Fraser, L. C. Prittie, and J. L. Foreman.
As a result of the season's york the following new charts will be issued : —
" Bedford basin," including the Narrows, on a scale of six inches to
one nautical mile;
" Egg island to Pennant point " including Halifax harbour on a
scale of eight thousand feet to the inch. For this chart recourse has been
taken to the Admiraltj' charts of the neighbourhood for topography and
inshore soundings.
PACIFIC COAST SURVEY.
The steamer LUlooet was fitted outat H.IM.C. Dockyard, Esquimalt, B.C.,
and commissioned for service on the 10th of April.
On the passage north, examination was made of Retreat cove in Trincomali
channel, and also of Alillbank sound, where some additional traversing of the
shore-line was carried out and a hunt made for the position of the rock marked
" P.D." on the Admiralty chart. The hunt was unsuccessful, so that if the rock
does exist, its position has not been determined.
Additional surveying of Alice arm was commenced on the 26th of April, it
being the extension of the work done on the chart " Granby bay and appr9aches."
The survey was continued until the 27th of May, and the ship resumed her
regular work at Queen Charlotte islands early in June. During the month,
sounding was carried off the west side of Queen Charlotte islands in the western
approach to Dixon entrance. For the balance of the fine weather, or until the
middle of September, work proceeded in Hecate strait and in the neighbourhood
of Queen Charlotte city.
On the latter date the party returned to Alice arm, resumed operations and
completed the survey of the inlet by the 28th of October. Esquimalt was
reached on the 4th of November, where the steamer was laid up and the crew
paid off.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 13
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
In connection with this report, Captain Musgrave expresses his gratitude to
the Geodetic Survey of Canada for the great assistance they have given him in
connecting his stations with those of its main triangulation and thus giving
accurate astronomical positions as groundwork for the Hydrographic Survey
charts. In this way, good determinations have been obtained of Prince Rupert,
of Granby bay and Ahce arm.
A careful examination was made of the east and west narrows of Skidegate
channel which gives easy access for fishing vessels operating from Prince Rupert
to the fishing grounds west of Queen Charlotte islands. Were some dredging
done in these narrows the channel would be much improved.
Owing to Commander Knight and Messrs. Turner and Parker going on
active service, the staff of this party was reduced to one assistant, Mr. Davies, so
that the usual amount of work was not obtained. It was also necessary to leave
the schooner Naden out of commission at New Westminster.
LOWER ST. LA WHENCE.
The steamer Cartier was fitted out at the Marine Department Agency at
Quebec and went into commission on the 8th of May, in charge of Mr. Charles
Savary, and Assistants Messrs. Edward Ghysens, M. A. MacKinnon, and E. B.
MacCoU.
During the season the main triangulation of the south shore was extended
as far east as Marten river, and on the north shore to Egg island lighthouse.
As a result of the season's work the survey reached as far east as pointe Des
Monts and a new chart entitled " Pointe Des Monts to Father Point " taking in
both shores of the St. Lawrence river is about ready for the printer.
The party returned to Quebec about the first week in November and the
crew were paid off.
LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY NO. 1.
The steamer La Canadienne was fitted out at Owen Sound, and with Mr. H.
D. Parizeau and his assistants, Messrs. F. R. Mortimer and H. L. Leadflaan, left
that port on the 4th of May and proceeded to lake Superior, where the survey of
Nipigon bay was started on the 12th of May and continued until the 13th of
September. On the latter date the party moved to Black bay, but, unfortunately
in entering ran aground and by the time the steamer was docked and repaired in
the dry-dock at Port Arthur, it was too late to resume operations, which were
transferred to Port Arthur and Fort William and continued until the 21st of
October, when the steamer left for Owen Sound, arriving on the 5th of November,
when the crew were paid off.
On the way east, several shoals that had been reported as omitted from the
charts were examined and their positions determined, so that they can be charted.
As a result of the season's work an excellent chart of Nipigon bay is now ready
for the printer, and will be issued before the opening of navigation 1918.
LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY NO. 2.
The steamer Bayfield was fitted out at the Marine Department depot,
Prescott, and commissioned on the 1st of May, 1916. Mr. G. A. Bachand, with
his assistants, Messrs. J. U. Beauchemin and W. K. Wilhs, proceeded to lake
Superior to take up the work where it was dropped by Mr. Parizeau in the autumn
of 1915. Work around Otter head and along the shore to the eastward of it was
undertaken in connection with the survey of the shores of Michipicoten island,
and continued until the 25th of October, when, owing to bad weather and trouble
with the boiler of the steamer, it was deemed advisable to discontinue and proceed
to Owen Sound, where the party arrived on the 27th of October.
1 4 DEPARTJUEXT OF THE ^ATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
As a result of the season's work, coupled with some of Mr. Parizeau's work
in 1915, a new chart entitled " Michipicoten island to Oiseau bay " has been
handed to the King's Printer, and in addition to this, an excellent plan has been
made of Quebec harbour, Michipicoten island. I regret to say that both Mr.
Parizeau and Mr. Bachand report that work was greatly hindered during the
season by lack of crew. The men were very hard to get, wages were high, and
they were difficult to handle. I am afraid that due to the unsettled condition of
the country, we will have great difficult}- in making good headway.
i
KINGSTON HARBOUR.
Mr. Paul Jobinwas supplied with a gasolene launch and instructed to under-
take the re-survey of the entrance to Kingston harbour. He arrived at Kingston
on the 18th of May, and was joined by an assistant, Mr. LeRoy T. Bowes.
He also had difficulties obtaining men, but eventually settled down to
veiy good work, but was unable to complete the work outlined for him. This
work will be continued in the coming season, and a chart issued in the spring
of 1918.
AUTOMATIC GAUGES.
The work of looking after the automatic gauges on the Great Lakes and
St. Lawrence river as far east as Cap Rouge in is charge of Mr. Charles Price
who has been assisted by Mr. C. F. Hannington, C.E., and Mr. A. R. Lee.
The following eleven gauges were operated during 1916 on the Great Lakes:
Port Arthur Lake Superior Jan. 1 to Dee. 31.
Michipicoten harbour " June 15 " 31
Sault Ste. Marie Above locks Jan. 1 " 31.
Sault Ste. Marie Below locks Jan.. 1 " 31.
CoUingwood Georgian bay Jan, 1 " 31.
Goderich Lake Huron June 1 " 16.
lie Aux Peches Detroit river Jan. 1 " 31.
Fighting island " Jan. 1 " 31.
Port C'olburne Lake Erie Jan. 1 " 31.
Port Dalhousie Lake Ontario May 29 " 15.
Kingston " Jan. 1 " 31.
During 1916 the following eighteen gauges were operated on the lower
St. Lawrence river: —
Pointe Claire Lake St. Louis Jan. 1 to Dec. 31.
Verdun St. LawTcnce river " 1 " 31.
Montreal (foot of lock 1).. . " " April -28 " 23.
Laurierpier, Montreal (new) " " July 24 " 22.
Longue pointe " " May 1 " 22.
Varennes " " April 28 to Nov. 27.
Vercheres " " " 27 to Dee. 22.
Lanoraie .' " " May 1 to Nov. 25.
Sorel " " April 19 to Dec. 31.
Range Light No. 2 Lake St. Peter . , May 10 to Nov. 19.
Nicolet river (new) " " Aug. 28 " 23.
Thiee Rivers St. Lawrence river April 20 " 27.
Batiscan " " May 3 " 25.
Cap a la Roche " " " 5 " 24.
Richelieu Rapids " " " 20 " 25.
Pointe Platon " " " 5 " 14.
Neuville " " " 6 " 16.
St. Nicholas " " " 8 " 25.
The gauges at Sorel and Pointe Claire are now being maintained during
the whole year, and the gauges at Montreal (foot of Lock No. 1) Laurier pier,
Longue Pointe, and Vercheres, were operated until December 22, 1916, when
a sudden raise of water made it necessary to remove them before being flooded.
During the past winter there were also two staff gauge readings taken each
day at Verdun and Laurier pier.
The seven gauges from Three Rivers to St. Nicholas, inclusive, are compiled
by half hourly readings, and the time and elevation of high and low is also tab-
DEPAETMKNT OF TEE iYAFAL SERVICE 15
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
ulated. The work connected with tabulating the records from each of these
automatic gauges equals that required by fully four of the regular gauges
compiled by hourly readings only.
All gauges are installed and operated from wharves, except at the Nicolet
river and the Richelieu rapids. For these two gauges it was necessary to drive
piles and erect a platform to work from.
The main difficulty in operating the gauges is in obtaining reliable men
as attendants. The lack of care by an attendant often causes the loss of readings
and sometimes the breaking down of the gauge itself.
ISSUE OF CHARTS.
During the past year the following new charts were issued from this office: —
106 "Peninsula harbour and port Munro."
6S "Kingston to Deseronto" (bay of Quinte).
69 "Deseronto to Presqu'ile (bay of Quinte).
95 "Meldrum point to St. Joseph island."
310 "Fisher channel and Cousins inlet."
311 "Harbours in Queen Charlotte islands."
84 "Parry Sound and approaches."
85 "McCoy islands to (Tollins inlet."
89 "Penetanguishene harbour."
312 "Granby bay and approaches."
407 ".A.nchorages in Hudson strait."
62 "Newcastle harbour to Toronto."
104 "Oiseau bay to Copper island."
21() "Bersimis river to Bic island."
209 "Saguenay river, St.-Fulgence to Shipshaw."
The following new editions of former issues of charts have been published : —
207 "Malbaie to Goose island."
50 "Lake St. Louis."
52 "Lake St. Francis" (eastern portion).
53 "Lake St. Francis" (western portion).
94 "Little Current."
204 "Bic island to White island."
86 "Georgian bay to Clappcrton island."
7 "He Aus Foins to ile de Grace."
8 "Head of lake St. Peter."
16 "Ste. Emmelie to Deschambault.'"
19 "St. Antoine to St. Augustin."
21 "Quebec harbour."
The Survey is engaged in the preparation of sets of thirty charts each, of
the edition published by the late International Waterways Commission, showing
the boundary between St. Regis, Quebec, and Pigeon bay. Owing to various
difficulties this work has not made as good headwaj' as it should have done,
but it is hoped that it will be completed during the summer. The following
of the charts were published during the j'ear: —
1 "St. Lawrence river, St. Regis to Dickinson landing."
20 "General chart of lake Huron."
22 "North channel and St. Marys river, Potagannissing bay to foot of Mud lake."
28 "General chart of lake Superior, — Whitefish point to Pigeon bay."
The following works have been issued to the public: —
"St. Lawrence Pilot, — Below Quebec" (new edition);
"Report of the International Waterways Commission" describing the boundary line between
St. Regis, Quebec, and Pigeon bay.
In closing this report I have to express my thanks to all the members of
the staff for the valuable service they have rendered during the past year.
I have the honour to be, sir,
Your obedient servant.
WM. J. STEWART,
Hydrographer.
16
DEPARTMEyr OF THE XAVAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
c
-3
C
c3
3
rt
^
3
c3
05
"3
>
b
<•)
O
r1
^
O
ff>
ni
<U
^
d
_^
d
o
o
c
o
>
O
c3
53
Z
s
«
o
i
1
03
1 i
CO
o
o
CO
oo
o
CO
a>
Oi
00
uo
CO
Cl
(M
CO
•<*
C-4
o
a
. o
1 g
i
s
o
o
o
g-
CO
oo
UO
ft
00 »c
co«
»-0 —
O
CO
ITS
cq
>
o
o
CO
§
9
CO
e
to
«5
o
ITS
U5
CI
CO
uO
?
lo
CM
O
O CO
i
s
r-
o
"
CO
CO
r--
*r3
iM
O
UO
s
CO
cq
c.
1 i-
i
C4
CO
CO
o
00
C3
O
00
to
1
CO
CO
o
ft
CO
CO
<!
?
I^
s
lO
o
CI
s
X
iM
3
^ ^
s
o
00
o
oo
4.0
CO
00
o
LO
o
o
ft
^
O CO
"5
o
o
oo
ITS
00
o
00
"3
o
00
»o
o
§
oo
a
o
1 s
fa to
CO
CO
s
o
cq
CO
1^5
-*
CO
U3
C4
a,
i
CI
S
s
00
ft
zi
i
?
CX)
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
"5
^'5
CI
1
CD cq
§
OS
W3
CO
o
«o
CO
CO
Oi
3
oo
1 s
oo
o
o
CO
00
oo
■ CO
«5
CO
oo
CJ
Location.
<
t
c
>
c
X
■<
c
c
C
c
&
b
1
c
1
c
cc
a
c
e
e
"3
C
"a
1
1
>
i
'5
c
c
t
c
c
1
'
c
.
>
a
c
c
"a
c
c
1
c
c
c
1—
3
5
c
c
■
c
3
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 17
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Daily mean water surface elevations of lake St. Louis, at Pointe Claire, Que.
for 1916, elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to C.B.M.
CCCCIII on S.E. corner of R.C. Church. Elevation 83.95.
Day.
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
April.
May.
June.
July.
Aug
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14.
15
16,
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30
31.
68-23
68-39
68-60
68-60
68-80
68-80
69-21
69-49
69-49
69-60
69-46
69-20
69-25
69-30
69-33
69-26
69-10
69-01
68-75
68-75
68-97
68-49
63-25
68-55
68-63
68-39
68-39
68-53
68-90
69-14
69-32
69-45
69-14'
69-20
69-00
68-92
68-94
68-88
68-86
68-97
69-03
69-24
69-40
69-10
68-93
68-96
68-96
68-85
68-56
68-00
67-87
68-23
68-63
68-73
68-76
68-64
68-50
68-20
68-11
68-28
68-81
69-11
68-95
68-71
68-46
68-42
68-21
68-12
68-02
67-89
67-88
68-05
67-93
67-77
67-79
67-86
67-87
67-97
68-27
68-23
67-91
67-83
67-82
67-70
67-63
67-53
67-49
67-53
67-87
68-66
69-55
70-28
70-80
71-26
71-27
71-09
70-99
71-06
70-93
70-75
70-71
70-85
71-00
71 -IS*
71-23a
71 -19a
71 -16a
71 ■37a
71-49a
71 -60a
71 -74a
71-51a
71-16
71-29
71-84'
71-88
71-90
71-87
71-87
71-89
71-91
71-98
72-07
72-10'
72-21"
72-24
72-30
72-33
72-36
72-36
72-32
72-30
72-31
72-20
72-06
71-87
71-69
71-78
72-42
73-12
73-39
73-44
73-30
73-14
73-01
72-90
72-78
72-59
72-42
72-31
72-21
72-14
72-04
71-94
71-84
71-85
71-86
71-82
71-66
71-48
71-41
71-48
71-45
71-44
71-37
71-26
71-20
71-14
71-33
71-61
71-72
71-91
71-93
71-74
71-56
71-36
71-22
71-17
71-06
70-95
70-83
70-74
70-67
70-63
70-69
70-56
70-47
70-40
70-34
70-27
70-16
70-07
70-00
69-97
70-01
69-97
69-82
69-78
68-87
69-86
69-78
69-74
69-71
69-67
69-62
69-63
69-62
69-59
69-55
69-48
69-39
69-39
69-42
69-36
69-24
69-17
69-17
69-15
69-12
69-10
69-06
69-12
69-26
69-25
69-14
69-06
69-04
69-02
69-00
68-94
68-90
68-88
68-84
68-84
68-81
68-78
68-76
68-72
68-73
68-72
68-72
68-69
68-66
68-64
68-63
68-57
68-49
68-49
68-49
68-42
68-39
68-39
68-40
68-37
68-33
68-35
68-06
68-38
68-36
68-36
68-34
68-33
68-33
68-30
68-29
68-29
68-29
68-28
68-26
68-25
68-22
68-18
68-16
68-18
68-17
68-14
68-12
68-09
68-07
68-05
68-04
68-03
67-98
67-97'
67-89
68-89'
67-91'
67-93
67-95
67-99
68-05
67-93
67-86'
68-03
68-16
68-24
68-26
68-23
68-29
68-41
68-46"
68-41
68-38
68-39
68-34
68-34
68-34
68-30
68-10
68-05
68-06
68-07
68-14
68-22
68-22
68-19
68-02'
67-87
67-85
67-86
67-92
67-97
68-04
68-07
68-05
67-96
67-93
68-03
68-09
67-97
68-08
68-25
68-15
68-10
68-12
68-09
68-09
68-02
67-98
68-15
68-32
68-37
68-19
68-29
68-41
68-38
68-28
68-22
68-21
68-22
68-26
68-62
68-88
68-98
68-96
69-05
68-92
68-79
68-96
69-15
69-30
69-41
69-66
69-87
70-13
Mean.
68-91
68-12
71-30
72-44
71-48
69-94
63-96
68-35
68-11
68-08
68-66
Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Verdun,
Que for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to
B.M. "V" on Bennett's house opposite wharf. Elevation 58.07.
1.
2
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12..
13..
14..
15..
16..
17..
18..
19..
20..
21..
22..
23.,
24..
25..
26..
27..
28..
29..
30..
31..
Mean 38-09
34-81
35 06
35-11
35-10
35-03
35-04
35-11
3512
35-14
35 15
36-07
36-58'
35-87
36-40
38-24
39-95
41-26
41-62
41-60
41-52
41-14
41-34
40-45
39-78
39-80
39-88
39-75
39-76
39-74
39-71
39-72
39-81
39-78
39-69
39-63
39-61
39-70
39-91
40-23
40-57
40-00'
41-89a
42- 15a
4206a
41 -99a
41 -79a
41-89a
42-44a
42 -85a
42 -98a
42 -89a
42-73a
42 -89a
42-9Sa
42-69a
42-81a
41-44
42 -81a
43-31a
43-81a
44-43a
44 -68a
44 -43a
44 -06a
43 -98a
44 -06a
44 -14a
44 '06a
44 -06a
44- 39a
44-31a
44 -23a
44 -48a
44-31a
44- 15a
44-31a
44 -56a
44 -933
44 -77a
44 -56a
44-64
44 -773
44 -563
44 -43a
43 -93a
43-75a
43 -60a
43 -393
43 -48a
44 -60a
45 -56a
44 -93a
44 -39a
44 -893
44-31a
44- 06a
43 -97a
43 -97a
42 -89a
41-U2a
40 -77a
40 -89a
41 -27a
38 •20a
37 -47a
36 -70a
36-2Sa
36-08a
36- 12a
38 -28a
36 -28a
36- 12a
36 -03a
35-9!>a
35 -98a
36- 03a
44- 19a 40 -16a
35 -95a
36 -Ola
36-08a
36 -28a
36 -33a
36 -37a
36-37a
36 -37a
36 -37a
36 -28a
36 -283
36 -28a
36- 28a
36 -24a
36-20a
35-90'
35-92
36-24
36-63
36-84
36-87
36-83
36-73
36-64
36-59
36-52
36-39
36-26
36-21
36-16
36-15
38-08
36-03
35-97
35-95
35-98
35-97
.35-89
35-80
35-76
35-77
35-74
35-75
35-73
35-66
35-64
35-59
35-67
35-81
35-90
36-00
38-04
35-96
35-84
35-72
35-59
33-59
33-56
35-52'
35 -53a
35-51a
36-34 35-79 35-13 34
35 -43a
35 -45a
35 -45a
35 -45a
35 -45a
35 -37a
35 -37a
35 -33a
35 -28a
35 -28a
35 -20a
35 -20a
35-lla
33- 13a
35 -13a
35 -13a
35 -09a
35 -09a
35-05
35-02
35-00
34-97
34-90
34-95
34-96
34-94
34-91
34-89
34-83
34-78
34-85
34-85
34-79
34-74
34-75
34-74
34-68
34-69
34-69
34-72
34-79'
34-77
34-73
34-65
34-69
34-68
34-69
34-67
34-64
34-62
34-55
34-59
34-61
34-59
34-59
34-57
34-56
34-54'
34-57'
34-55
34-54
34-54
34-53
34-52
34-47
34-44
34-47
34-45
34-44
34-44
34-45
34-40
34-42
34-44
34-45
34-45
34-44
34-43
34-39
34-42
34-41
34-39
34-40
34-39
34-38
34-34
34-35
34-34
34-32
34-32
34-33
34-34
34-28
34-29
34-30
34-29
34-28
34-28
34-27
34-21
34-24
34-25
34-21
34-20
34-24
34-24
34-21
34-26
34-27
34-30
34-25
34-23
34-30
34-35
34-38
34-38
34-38
34-41
34-44
34-43
34-42
34-42
34-43
34-31
34-38
34-41
34-39
34-37
34-29
34-29
34-29
34-29
34-33
34-37
34-37
34-33
34-27
34-22
34-22
34-22
34-23
34-25
34-29
34-29
34-29
34-26
34-22
34-27
34-34
34-34
34-34
34-34
34-33
34-27'
34-30
34 -47a
34 -43a
34 -38a
34 -38a
34 '38a
34 -38a
34 -47a
34 -473
34 -553
34 -55a
34 -55a
34 -55a
34 -63a
34 -72a
34 -72a
34 -92a
33 -05a
35 -22a
35 -55a
35 -83a
33 -88a
35 -83a
35-88a
38-Ola
38 -59a
3S-42a
40 -053
42- 17a
42- 17a
42-17a
36 -05a
•Denotes mean of le3S than twenty-four hourly readings, a Denotes mean of two staff Gauge readingi.
38—2
DEPARTME'ST OF THE XATAL fiERTWE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Montreal
(foot of Lachine canal) Que. for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-
level and are referred to B.M. 637., Elevation 36.46.
Day.
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
April.
May*
June.
July.
.■Vug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
21 06
22-32
23-59
23-82
24-79
26-49
27-02
28-26'
29-10
30-55
26-92
26-96
27-21
27-14
27-19
27-21
27-17
27-12
27-08
26-90
26-51
26-57
26-51
26-33
26-30
26-14
26-39
26-95
27-82
28-28
28-51
28-48
28-15
28-08
27-94
27-71
27-47
27-09
26-89
26-81
26-81
26-.5.i
23-99
23-81
24-09
24-11
21-76
20-46
20-53
20-34
20-25
20-42
20-32
20-25
20-23
20-28
20-19
20-18
20-17
20-24
20-38
20-42
20-35
20-13
20-11
20-10
20-00
19-91
19-87
19-97
19-89
19-96
19-92
19-85
19-87
19-96
20-19
20 O.'i
20-.S.3
20-56
0
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
28
26
25
25
25
25
24
24
25
25
26
26
26
26
25
25
25
24
24
24
24
24
35
08
12
16
39
36
IS
05
03
89
68
48
27
92
89
28
71
84
03
18
05
74
41
00
81
69
54
36
21
21
55
37
37
34
36
22
25
62
50
55
52
41
33
.30
28
24
13
04
87
80
77
67
65
52
52
47
52
47
48
5')
20
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
01
98
91
74
69
63
51
75
67
57
61
52
86
60
82
17
08
00
99
94
14
36
50
45
33
67
83
80
79
Q4
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
72
69
56
46
23
27
26
24
36
41
41
41
33
04
97
94
80
75
97
91
62
67
65
98
02
04
32
64
55
20-50
3
20-35
4
20-25
5
23-86 21
20-22
6
23-57
23-41
23-34
23-13
22-92
22-72
22-59
22-63
22-67
22-49
22-27
22-54
22-69
22-63
22-51
22-41
22-24
22-06
22-00
21-92
21-87
21-92
21-86
21-64
21-54
21-68
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20-32
20-68
s
20-75
9
20-72
10
20-62
11
20-83
r'
21-18
13
20-80
14
15
20-53
20-60
16
21-07
17
21-54
IS
22-26
19
23-46
2fl
24-79
21
26-17
22
27-20
23
27-97'
24
25
2fi
27
2S
29
26-75»
26-85
30
31
27-18
25-61
22-68
21-07
20-16
20-06
20
90
21-88
1
Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Laurier
Pier (Montreal, Que.) for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level
and are referred to B.M. 637. Elevation, 36.46.
1
— 1
20-59
20-39
20-20
20-19
20-17
20-21
20-05
20-08
20-47
20-32
20-38
20-36
20-30
20-17
20-16
20-13
20-09
19-99
19-90
19-75
19-65
19-59
19-47
19-46
19-32
19-35
19-32
19-34
19-30
19-31
19-35
19-29
19-37
19-23
19-12
19-28
19-19
19-10
19-08
19-13
19-10
19-07
19-03
19-11
19-25
19-30
19-25
19-04
19-00
18-98
18-86
18-77
18-73
18-83
18-79
18-83
18-80
18-73
19-75
18-85
19-09
18-99
18-94
18-90
18-82
18-64
18 -.59
18-51
18-37
18-61
18-51
18-43
18-50
18-39
18-74
18-49
18-68
19-04
18-96
18-89
18-88
18-81
19-00
19-22
19-36
19-32
19-15
19-51
19-69
19-71
19-68
19-82
19-72
19-58
19-55
19-50
19-36
19-13
19-17
19-15
19-10
19-20
19-29
19-31
19-29
19-26
18-97
18-90
18-83
18-66
18-58
18-82
18-77
18-51
18-52
18-48
18-77
18-87
18-88
19-16
19-56
19-47
19-45
o
19-40
3
19-34
4
19-20
19-18
6
19-18
19-57
8
19-66
9
19-68
10
19-54
11
19-72
12
20-12
13
19-75
14
19-48
15
19-53
in
20-08
17
20-69
1.S
21-51
19
22-76
20
24-21
21.
25-68
22
26-49'
23
24
20-74'
20-68
20-74
20-68
20-47
20-37
20-49
25
^
26 ...
27
28
29
30
31
20-16
19-91
19-03
18-94
19-08
20-65
•Denotes mean of less than twenty-four hourly readings.
DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 19
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Longue
Pointe, Que., for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are
referred to copper plug B.M. in S.E. corner of Asylum pump house. Ele-
vation 40.477.
Day. Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
April.
May.
June.
July.
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1 20-20
25-77
25-76
26-00
25-93
25-99
26-01
25-96
25-90
25-80
25-62
25-16
25-18
25-15
24-99
24-99
24-83
25-11
25-67
26-52
27-08
27-26
27-23
26-90
26-81
26-67
26-42
26-19
25-83
25-57
25-49
25-48
25 23
22 S3
20-29
20-10
19-91
19-91
19-89
19-91
19-76
19-78
20-18
20-03
20 10
20-09
20-02
19-90
19-89
19-85
19-81
19-70
19-62
19-46
19-35
19-30
19-20
19-18
19-04
13-06
19-05
19-07
19 02
19-03
19-08
1901
1909
18-95
18-84
18-99
18-91
18-82
18-80
18-86
18-82
18-80
18-76
18-82
18-96
19 03
18-96
18-76
18-70
18-68
18-56
18-47
18-44
18-54
18-50
18-55
18-51
18-45
18-48
18-58
18-81
18-73
18-67
18-63
18-55
18-38
18-29
18-23
18-12
18-35
18-27
18-18
18-25
18-19
18-50
18-27
18-44
18-82
18-73
18-66
18-67
18-59
18-78
19-00
19-14
19-12
18-94
19-29
19-48
19-50
19-48
19-61
19-54
19-38
19-34
19-22
19-14
18-91
18-95
18-93
18-90
18-98
19-06
19 09
19-06
19-07
18-78
18-70
18-61
18-45
18-36
18-56
18-51
18-23
18-25
18-24
18-54
18-57
18-61
18-99
19-40
19-33
19-30
19-25
19-14
19-03
18-99
19-01
19-39
19-49
19-51
29-39
19-54
2 21-59
25
24
24
24
25
25
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
22
22
02
75
80
82
06
07
92
79
77
61
36
12
91
57
50
89
34
43
62
77
63
33
DO
58
36
21
06
88
72
20
22
22
22
22
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
20
21
21
21
21
21
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
36
65
68
43
15
94
87
67
43
22
06
11
15
01
88
12
33
27
13
01
85
66
56
46
40
45
39
20
10
•>n
3 22-89
4 23-13
5 24-14
6 . 25-84
7 26-16
8 26-37
.9 26-88
10 27-16
11
12..... • . . .
13..
19-60
14
19-33
19-36
15
16
17
IS
19
20
24-14
21
25-60
''6-50*
23
24 .
25
"7
2S
2'l
30
31
25-91
?4
'4
21-23
19-63
18-75
18-71
18-86
Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Varen-
nes, Que., for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred
to crow's foot B.M. on stone wall in rear of wharf. Elevation 31.97.
1
24-57
24-63-
24-80
24-73
24-77
24-77
24-73
24-64
24-53
24-33
23-87
23-85*
23-80
23-67
23-66
23-52*
23-85'
24-35*
25-34*
25-77
25-95
25-93
25-64
25-53
25-37
25-11
24-88
24-52
24-26
24-16
24-14
23-91
23-71
23-47
23-47
23-49
23-77
23-83
23-68
23-54
23-49
23-31
23-04
22-78
22-56
22-27
22-16
22-52
22-98
23-07
23-24
23-39
23-25
22-97
22-61
22-20
21-94
21-77
21-61
21-41
21-23
21-05
20-88
21-16
21-22
20-97
20-66
20-43
20-32
20-13
19-89
19-68
19-49
19-51
19-56
19-45
19-33
19-58
19-82
19-80
19-61
19-46
19-28
19-07
18-94
18-82
18-75
18-78
18-74
18-58
18-44
18-51
18-63*
18-44*
18-32
18-31
18-29
18-30
18-14
18-14
18-66
18-43
18-52
18-51
18-46
18-32
18-32
18-2/
18-24
18-13
18-02
17-84
17-68
17-61
17-48
16-47
17-33
17-35
17-34
17-35
17-32
17-31
17-38
■ 17
3'
17-19
17-12
1706
16-97
16-75
16-64
16-59
16-45
16-68
16-64
16-56
16-67
16-57
16-87
16-67
16-81
17-24
17-17
17-13
17-14
1705
17-21
17-43
17-61
17-63
17-41
17-78
17-99
18-07
18-04
18-16
18-09
17-89
17-83
17-70
17-63
17-39
17-43
17-42
17-38
17-42
17-53
17-59
17-55
17-57
. 17-30
17-17
1705
16-84
16-68
16-89
16-87
16-57
16-57
16-60
16-84
16-94
16-94
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
31
26
13
26
25
15
10
16
17
15
10
15
30
40
35
16
04
00
87
77
72
81
80
86
85
81
89
99
20
3
4
6
8
9
10 . .
11. .
12 .
13
14
l.i
16
17
*'
IS
19 ,
20 , ,
21 .
22 , . .
23
24.. .
.-
25
26..,.
27
28
24-36*
24-37
21-51
29
30
31...
Mpnn
21-63
22-89
19-67
17-99
17
ns
17-14
17-25
•Denotes mean of less than twenty-four hourly readings.
38—21
20
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Daily mean water surface elevations of lowar St. Lawrence river, at Ver-
cheres, Que., for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are
referred to crow's foot B.M. on old windmill near wharf. Elevation 30 . 78.
Day.
Tan.
Feb.
Mar.
April.
May.
June.
July.
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1
23-44
23-43
23-61
23-55
23-60
23-57
23-50
23-41
23-27
23-06
22-61
22-51
22-47
22-35
22-34
23-27
22-61
23-12
23-91
24-45
24-66
24-69
24-44
24-28
24 12
23-85
23-64
23-29
23-01
22-91
22-91
22-71
22-52
22-29
22-25
22-28
22-58
22-66
22-54
22-38
22-30
22-09
21-80
21-55
21-35
21-08
20-96
21-27
21-69
21-79
21-97
22-Oj
21-96
21-69
21-35
20-94
20-65
20-47
20-30
20-13
19-96
19-78
19-62
19-91
19-97
19-73
19-41
19-16
19-05
18-84
18-58
18-35
18-17
18-20
18-26
18-18
18-09
18-34
18-64
18-61
18-42
18-23
18-03
17-79
17-63
17-50
17-40
17-43
17-39
17-25
17-12
17-18
17-30
H-15
16-96
16-97
16-97
17-97
16-80
16-78
17-25
17-10
17-21
17-22
17-17
17-04
17-06
17-00
16-95
16-84
16-72
16-54
16-35
16-25
16-12
16-10
15-96
16-00
16-00
16-03
16-00
16-00
16-07
16-02
16-09
15-97
15-86
15-99
15-95
15-85
15-78
15-85
15-88
15-89
15-84
15-92
16-08
16-19
16-12
15-92
15-77
15-70
15-56
15-44
15-42
15-54
15-54
15-61
15-59
15-56
15-61
15-73
15-97
15-98
15-92
15-82
15-72
13-50
13-36
13-29
15-17
15-40
15-38
15-32
15-45
15-39
15-66
15-46
15-59
16-02
15-93
15-88
15-91
15-81
15-95
1616
16-34
16-39
16-17
16-50
16-70
16-81
16-81
16-91
16-89
16-63
2
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
15
15
13
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
67
57
42
36
13
17
18
15
18
31
32
31
36
08
78
51
29
49
48
22
22
30
51
69
76
10
66
67
16-60
3
16-40
4
16-26
5
16-21
6
16-21
7
16-55
8
16-66
9
16-77
10
16-62
11
16-67
12
17-12
13
16-88
14
16-58
15
16-57
16
16-96
17
17-67
18 . .
18-87
19
20-43
20
22-22
21
23-88
22
24-69*
23
24
25
26
27
23- i9'
23-20
23-25
23-39
28
39
20
31
23-38
21-65
18-40
16-67
15-81
15-89
16
0?
17-88
Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Lanoraie
Que., for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred
to B.M. top of iron pin in hydrographic station at approach to wharf.
Elevation 37.399.
1
21-84*
21-80
21-92
21-87
21-92
21-87
21-78
21-66
21-47
21-24
20-81
20-61
20-56
20-48
20-46
20-44
20-82
21-31
22-05
22-56
23-79
22-82
22-61
22-41
22-21
21-97
21-76
21-43
21-17
21-05
21-08
20-94
20-76
20-57
20-47
20-54
20-86
30-98
20-91
20-72
20-58
20-33
20 03
19-78
19-61
19-39
19-25
19-46
19-85
19-96
20-12
20-23
20-11
19-87
19-55
19-17
18-85
18-64
18-48
18-33
18-16
18-00
17-89
18-14
18-21
18-01
17-69
17-43
17-27
17-06
16-80
16-51
16-41
16-41
16-49
16-45
16-41
16-69
17-07
17-04
16-83
16-59
16-36
16-08
15-87
15-72
15-61
15-62
15-60
15-50
15-37
15-39
15-53
15-40
15-19
15-17
15-20
15-18
14-99
14-97
15-41
15-35
15-50
15-54
15-50
15-38
15-44
15-38
15-31
15-19
15-04
14-84
14-58
14-44
14-31
14-27
14-15
14-19
14-22
14-27
14-25
14-25
14-33
14-31
14-36
14-26
14-12
14-22
14-19
14-10
14-03
14-11
14-18
14-23
14-21
14-30
14-46
14-60
14-53
14-33
14-11
13-96
13-80
13-67
13-65
13-79
13-84
13-92
13-90
13-91
13-98
14-11
14-36
14-45
14-37
14-23
14-11
13-87
13-66
13-60
13-49
13-67
13-74
13-72
13-87
13-84
14-03
13-93
13-99
14-42
14-37
14-31
14-35
14-29
14-36
14-54
14-73
14-83
14-62
14-89
15-11
15-25
15-27
15-33
15-34
15-09
14-92
14-78
14-68
14-46
14-52
14-57
14-56
14-56
14-67
14-67
14-64
14-72
14-48
14-26
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9.. ..... .
10
11
12.
13
14
15 -.
16
17
18
19
20 . . .
13-67*
13-64
13-40
13-39
13-57
13-73
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Mean
21-57
19-88
16-66
14-93
14-12
14-30
14-39
•Denote3 mean of leas than twenty-four hourly readings.
DEPARTMENT OF THE 'SAYAL SERVICE 21
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Daily mean water surface . elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Sorel,
Que. , for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to
C.B.M., MCCCVII on N.W. side of entrance to Post Office. Elevation,
46.80
Day.
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
AprU.
May.
June.
July.
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1
21-15
2116
21-24
21-18
21-21
21-17
2107
20-92
20-72
20-48
20-06
19-83
19-78
19-72
19-71
19-70
20-07
20-56
21-27
21-76
21-98
22 05
21-85
21-64
21-43
21-19
20-99
30-69
20-45
20-32
20-35
20-26
20-08
19-89
19-77
19-87
20-19
20-31
20-27
20-07
19-89
19-63
19-35
19-10
18-95
18-75
18-62
18-77
19-10
19-26
19-39
19-49
19-39
19-16
18-86
18-50
18-19
17-86
17-80
17-65
17-50
17-37
17-27
17-50
17-56
17-40
17-09
16-80
16-64
16-44
16-20
15-97
15-80
15-82
15-90
15-89
15-85
16-16
16-57
16-52
16-30
1605
15-81
15-52
15-30
15-15
15-02
15-03
15-02
14-93
14-81
14-82
14-97
14-89
14-70
14-68
14-74
14-69
14-51
14-49
14-89
14-86
15-02
15-07
15-05
14-94
14-99
14-94
14-86
14-75
14-59
14-39
14-11
13-96
13-83
13-79
13-69
13-72
13-76
13-81
13-79
13-79
13-88
13-86
13-90
13-81
13-66
13-74
13-73
13-63
13-57
13-65
13-73
13-78
13-79
13-88
14-03
14-17
14-12
13-89
13-67
13-51
13-34
13-20
13-19
13-33
13-41
13-49
13-47
13-48
13-58
13-73
13-M
14.05
13-97
13-82
13-68
13-44
13-21
13-15
13 05
13-21
13-32
13-30
13-45
13-46
13-64
13-50
13-56
13-98
13-93
13-85
13-88
13-84
13-89
14 06
14-24
14-36
14-17
14-40
14 61
14-74
14-78
14-84
14.86
14.76
2
14
14
14
14
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
13
13
13
12
13
13
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
62
42
25
15
95
02
04
10
07
17
18
13
19
00
77
50
20
93
08
11
89
91
10
29
56
66
98
65
80
14. 71
3
4 . . . .
14.30
5
14-25
6
14-31
7
14-53
8
9
14-81
10
11
14-64
12
14-97
13
14-96
14
14-64
15
16
15-36
17
16-41
18
17-05
19
20-77*
20-72
20-70
21-28
20-95
20-82
20-76
20-80
20-84
20-86
20-94
21-08
16-99
20
16-85
21
16-87
22
17-09
23
17-62
24
17-56
25
17-37
26
17-53
27
17-11
■28
17-24
29
17-47
30
17-40
17-27
20-83
19-20
16-08
14-46
13-68
13-85
13
ai;
15.88
Daily mean water surface elevations of lake St. Peter, at Range Light
No. 2, for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred
to brass plug B.M. on north side of pier. Elevation, 18.33 (W.S. Transfer
of 1916).
1
"
19-08
18-87
18-71
18-57
18-72
18-98
19-09
19-03
18-85
18-58
18-37
18-10
17-88
17-72
17-57
17-43
17-51
17-83
18-06
18-16
18-25
18-14
17-91
17-58
17-25
16-90
16-62
16-45
16-30
16-16
16-03
15-95
16-05
16-19
16-07
15-75
15-45
15-22
15-02
14-77
14-57
14-42
14-39
14-50
14-52
14-54
14-80
15-28
15-24
15-02
14-70
14-43
14-10
13-83
13-67
13-52
13-48
13-49
13-47
13-34
13-31
13-37*
13-40*
13-22
13-19
13-29
13-15
12-97
12-94
13-23
13-36
13-54
13-66'
13-65
13-60
13-68
13-58
13-47
13-34
13-13
12-90
12-55
12-35
12-23
12-18
12-11
12-12
12-24
12-29
12-31
12-29
12-39
12-39
12-42
12-31
1212
1211
12-14
1206
12-02
12-11
12-21
12-30
12-39
12-49
12-62
12-82
12-78
12-49
12-21
11-96
11-72
11-58*
11-61*
11-78
11-89
11-97
11-97
12-00*
13-65*
13-48
13-18
12-96
12-78
12-71
..12-78
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
k
11-55*
11-69
11-94
11-93
12-09
12-18
12-30
12-25
12-20
12-59
12-61
12-40*
12-52*
12-62
12-58
12-73
12-93
13-10
13-11
13-16
13-37
13-50
13-58
13-67*
12-90
12-98
12-96
12-95
12-96
12-80
12-89
12-81
12-48
1217
11-90
11-60*
9
10
19 •24*
19-01
18-66
18-55
18-45
18-41
18-42
lS-60
19-39
20-11
20-54
20-83
20-88
20-74
20-46
20-23
19-99
19-75
19-49
19-26
19-10
19-U
11
^
12
13
14 . .
16
16 .
17
18
19
20
21 .
22
23
24
25
26 . . .
27
28
29
30
31
Mean
19-47
17-96
14-68
12-96
12-17
12-61
12.79
■Denotes mean of less than twentj'-four hourly readings.
22 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVFCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION,
The Canadian Arctic Expedition, under the leadership of Vilhjalmur
Stefansson, set out for the Arctic regions on the 20th July, 1913.
The work planned comprised the exploration of Beaufort sea, the investi-
gation of animal life in the areas covered, and the taking of soundings over the
regions explored. The expedition was also to ascertain if lands hitherto unknown
exist, and to definitely mark any found. The investigating and areal mapping
of the copper-bearing and associated rocks of the mainland between cape Parry
and Kent peninsula for approximately one hundred miles inland, and of the
southern and eastern shores of Victoria island were also to be undertaken.
The work was so varied both in the nature of the investigations and the area
to be explored that it was decided to divide the expedition into two parties; one,
known. as the Northern division, to carry out the Beaufort sea work; the other,
known as the Southern division, to work on the coast survey.
SOUTHERN DIVISION.
The Southern division have completed the work and have returned from the
north. A complete report of operations by Dr. R. M. Anderson, executive
head of the Southern division, is appended hereto.
NORTHERN DIVISION.
The Northern division, in C.G.S. Karluk, sailed from Nome, Alaska, on the
20th July, 1913. Shortly after rounding point Barrow the vessel became ice-
bound. It was carried eastward along the coast to near Thetis island, where it
became stationary and was apparently frozen in for the winter. Mr. Stefansson,
accompanied by B. M. McConnell, George H. Wilkins, and D. Jenness, set out
on a hunting trip to the mainland. During their absence the vessel was carried
away and the hunting party were obliged to make their way westward along the
coast to Collinson point, where they joined the Southern division, who were
wintering there.
The Karluk was carried far to the westward, and on the 11th January, 1914,
was crushed by the ice, and sank. The men in the vessel transferred supplies,
ammunition and other necessities to the quarters prepared on the ice, and they
settled down in their igloos to await the return of the light.
Some of the men were not satisfied with the inaction of life in the camp, and
expressed a desire to set out for land, dimly visible in the Arctic twilight. Two
parties were therefore formed, each composed of four men, and set out for land,
the first party on the 21st January and the second on the 5th February. These
men have not since been heard from, and have been given up for lost.
When the light had improved the remaining members" set out for land and
succeeded in reaching Wrangel island. Through the efforts of Captain R. A.
Bartlett, who journeyed on foot to the Sib?rian coast and thence to East cape,
to get in touch with the outside world, a relief expedition was organized and the
men were rescued from the island.
The following men were lost in attempting to reach Wrangel island: Charles
Barker, John Brady, Alex. Anderson, A. King, Dr. F. MacKay, James Murray,
H. Beauchat, and t. S. Morris. B. Mamen and G. Malloch died from nephritis
on Wrangel island, and George Breddy was accidentally shot.
The survivors were John Munro, R. Williamson, W. McKinley, F. E.
Maurer, John Hadley, R. Templeman, H. Williams and E. F. Chafe.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 23
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
ICE EXPEDITIONS.
Immediately upon his arrival at Collinson point, Mr. Stefansson began
preparations for a trip on foot over Beaufort sea to the north. Although the
fate of the Kaiiuk was not then known, he realized that, owing to ice conditions,
the party therein would probably be unable to carry out the exploration work.
He purchased the North Star, partly for the supplies which went with the vessel,
and also for the use of the vessel itself.
On the 22nd March, 1914, the ice party, composed of V. Stefansson, Storker
T. Storkerson, and Aurnout Castel, set out. Their intention was to continue
as far out across the ice as circumstances would permit and, if possible, to land
on Banks or Prince Patrick island, where they would spend the summer. In
the event of their failing to return before the break up of the ice, a vessel was
to be sent to Banks island during the summer.
On the journey across the ice the party covered an area previously unex-
plored, and travelled as far to the west of Banks island as safety would permit.
When the ice began to break up, toward the end of April, the party were obliged
to make for land. They landed on Norway island on the northwest coast of
Banks island on the 25th June.
The summer was spent in mapping the coast line of Northern Banks
island and in carrying on investigations in the interior of the island, up the
"Wilkins" river; this river empties near Norway island.
In September, 1914, the party travelled south to Kellett, where George
H. Wilkins and a party in the Mary Sachs, sent north with supplies were met.
A winter base was established at Kellett, and the Sachs was beached. The
Vessel was considerably damaged on the way north, and required repairs.
On the 22nd Decembsr, 191 4, Mr. S:;3fan550ii, ascompanied by an Eskimo,
Natkusiak, made a journey across southern Banks island to DeSalis bay to
locate any Eskimos wintering in that vicinity. Before leaving he gave instruc-
tions to the party at Kellett to prepare for an ice trip over Beaufort sea, to
begin early in February. He arrived at DeSalis bay on the 3rd January, 1915,
and crossing over Prince of Wales strait followed the shore of Victoria island
for some miles. Finding no indications of the presence of Eskimos he returned
to Kellett, arriving on the 27th January.
Preparations for the ice trip having been almost completed during his
absence, the few remaining details were arranged, and the party, composed
of V. Stefansson, Storker Storkerson, Ole Andreasen, and Charles Thomsen
set out north for cape Alfred early in February, following the west coast of
Banks island. From cape Alfred they journeyed in a northwesterly direction
until the 26th April, when the break up of the ice obUged tfiem to make for
Prince Patrick island. They landed on Prince Patrick island near Land's
End, and thence followed the shore northeast to cape McClintock. They
proceeded for three days north from this point, when land unmarked on the
charts was discovered. A complete report, giving details of the journey, is
contained in the Naval Service Annual Report of March 31, 1916. Owing
to the lateness of the season and the necessity for arranging the next season's
work, the party set out on the return journey without carrying on any exten-
sive investigations. They arrived at Kellett on the 8th August.
On the 19th August the Polar Bear, in charge of Captain Lane, arrived
at Kellett. As the services of a vessel were urgently required by the Northern
division (the Mary Sachs had not been relaunched), Mr. Stefansson purchased
the Bear, and set out for Baillie island. Upon arrival there he left instructions
for the North Star, for which Mr. Wilkins had gone to the base of the Southern
party on foot early in the spring, to go to Banks island without communicating
with him. He returned to Kellett, whence he set out for the north in the Bear
on the 3rd September.
24 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
It was intended at first to land at Kellett and proceed north along the
west coast of Banks island. Up to this time, since late July, the coast had
been kept free from ice by prevailing easterly winds, but on the 3rd September
the wind changed and blew from the northwest, with a heavy fall of snow. Upon
reaching cape Kellett it was seen that the ice was coming in, and the party
took shelter behind the cape for the night. By the morning the ice was pressed
close to the west coast, debarring further progress. Fearing that with a slight
change of the wind they might be shut in, Mr. Stefansson decided to make
an attempt to get north through Prince of Wales strait, along the east coast
of Banks island. It has since been learned that the freeze-up on the west
coast of Banks island came on the 6th September, and the ice did not leave
the coast until the spring of 1916.
A course was set for Nelson head, which was rounded on the night of the
4-5th September and the vessel proceeded north into the straits. South of
N. Latitude 72° only scattered ice was* encountered, but north of 72° there
were large packs of hea\'y ice called "paleocrystic", that is, ice that has lasted
through several summers, during which time it has been freed from most or all
of its salt and become hard and glare. On September 5 there was a strong
southeast wind which kept the water along the Victoria island coast free of ice,
and on the night of the 5th the party took shelter near the land just south of
Deans Dundas bay. On the 6th September considerable time was lost in navi-
gating through scattered ice, and during the afternoon the wind changed to the
west, bringing down heavy masses of ice from the Banks island side. They
•were able to proceed only as far as Princess Royal island, where the vessel was
tied up for the winter and the party prepared to make their winter quarters
there.
As soon as it was decided to winter near Princess Royal island the party
set out to obtain as much caribou meat as possible, but as it was past the season
for caribou, which had already gone south, only twenty-three were obtained.
All the drift-wood that could be found within 15 miles on either side of the
winter quarters was gathered. A base was established some 10 miles southwest
of Armstrong point. This base was in an ideal location to complete the mapping
of the northeast coast of Victoria island. Mr. Stefansson instructed Storker
Storkerson to undertake this survey as soon as the ice would become frozen
over sufficiently to enable them to travel.
The land east of the base near Armstrong point is high and rocky, so that
crossing it by sled in the eai'ly fall would not be practicable. The survey party
were therefore obliged to wait until Melville sound north of Peel point froze
over, which did not happen until the middle of October.
On the 10th October the party left camp, Storkerson and Herman Kilian to
make the complete trip, Noice and Andreasen for the supporting party. At
Hornby point on the 24th October the supporting party turned back. Stor-
kerson and Kilian returned on the 4th December without having been able to
quite complete the work, but an effort was to be made to complete it in the
spring of 1916.
During the survey the chief difficulties encountered were darkness and
continual gales. At one point the party were stormbound for twelve successive
days by a head gale which the dogs would not face. Drawings of the hitherto
unexplored coast line covered were made by Mr. Storkerson, and will be published
with the final report of operations.
Mr. Stefansson himself made several trips during the autumn of 1915.
The first trip was for hunting purposes, on which he was accompanied by natives,
whom he established in a sealing camp at Hay point. Later on this camp
was moved to Ramsay island, and in November he made a trip south, following
the curves of the coast until he found a party of Eskimos, numbering about
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 25
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
one hundred, in Minto inlet, south across the neck of land from the foot of
Walker bay. Two of the Eskimos returned with the party to the Polar Bear,
Captain Gonzales later made a trip to the village for trading purposes, but
considerable difficulty arose owing to the natives not having been accustomed
to dealing with white men. Unfortunately, the natives contracted severe
colds about the same time that the party from the Polar Bear visited them,
and they superstitiously attributed their sickness to the presence of the white
men. Should any of them die from cold or hunger resulting through their being
unable to obtain game through illness, their white visitors would be blamed
and the natives would refuse to trade further with them. Mr. Stefansson,
however, did all in his power to overcome this friction between the natives and
the Polar Bear party, and no serious results occurred.
On the 1st December, Mr. Stefansson left Ramsay Island hunting camp
for Kellett. The ciiief purpose of this trip was to get two sleds which Captain
Beneard was making for use on the ice trip the following spring. The party
consisted of Stefansson, Noice, Martin Kilian, and an Eskimo. On the first part
of the journey many difficulties were encountered. The party intended to follow
the south coast of Banks island around as far as DeSalis bay and thence cross
to the west coast by practically the same route as that used by Mr. Stefansson
the previous winter in his journey across southern Banks island. Before reaching
the Banks island coast, however, they broke the runner of one of the sleds,
thus making it necessary to put a double load on the remaining sled. In order
to avoid a second accident of this nature they decided to cross overland the
whole way, as the going was smoother than on the sea ice. On this journey
they were further handicapped by the death of their best dog. This dog was
capable of drawing three hundred pounds, while the average dog is capable
of drawing only between two hundred and two hundred and fifty pounds. In
Mr. Stefansson's opinion the -ice journeys for the summer of 1916 would be
considerably shortened by the loss of this animal.
On the journey across Banks island it was ascertained that the map, as
given in Admiralty chart No. 2118, is somewhat out on the southeast coast.
This chart calls for a width of about thirteen miles due west between Ramsay
island and Banks island, while in reality the distance is at least twenty-five
miles. The error seems to be that this whole portion of Banks island should
be moved north on the map until Milne point is nearly where Schuyler point
is now placed. The party chmbed the slope of Banks island from the first
bay indicated north of Milne point. There really is no bay there, but only the
low land at the mouth of a small river. They ascended the valley of this river
for about ten miles. After the first four miles the river runs through a narrow
and crooked ravine. Although the grade is considerable, the party were unable
owing to the fog and blizzard, to obtain a definite idea of the exact elevation.
Mr. Stefansson, however, judged that within ten miles from the coast they
had attained an elevation of over four thousand feet. The journey across
Banks island entailed a great amount of climbing up and down hills. The
party finally came down into a river valley some seven or eight miles back
of DeSalis bay. From the point where they came to it this river runs about
south into the bay, but following up stream they went first north then north-
west and finally about west some ten or twelve miles until the valley widened
into a continuous flat, which extends to the ocean some forty-five miles south-
east from the tip of cape Kellett. The slope of this flat is to the east until
within some fifteen miles of the west coast. It is from one to four miles wide
and is flanked by hills rising three hundred to five hundred feet over the low-
land. For the last fifteen miles there is a river flanked by low banks, which
are apparently water-swept each spring. This river comes into a small bay
without any abrupt descent, so the party did not at first realize that they had
reached the sea. On this journey it was found that by following this route
there is a pass from DeSalis bay east through the high southern part of Banks
26 DEPARTMENT OF THE yAVAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
island without ascending to a height of more than three hundred feet. Although
the actual elevations were not obtained, the knowledge of this pass will be of
great value to any one needing to cross Banks island. The total distance,
following the river that flows into DeSalis bay, is about thirty-five or forty- miles.
Upon their arrival at Kellett the party found all well at that base. They
were told that the A'orth Star was unable to proceed more than twenty miles
beyond Norway island on the west coast of Banks island, as the ice north of
that point did not move during the whole summer of 1915.
On the 6th January, Mr. Stefansson sent Thomsen, Noice, and Knight across
Banks island to DeSalis bay en route to the Polar Bear, near Armstrong point.
On the way they were to close up the hunting camps at Ramsay island. Thomsen
carried a letter of instruction to Storkerson to assemble such things in the way
of an outfit for the ice journey as were not provided by the North Star or Sachs
and bring them with two dog teams to cape Alfred.
In the meantime the party at cape Kellett, under the immediate super-
vision of Mr. Stefansson, prepared for the journey to cape Alfred. These
plans unfortunately did not materialize owing, in the first place, to delays
experienced b}' Thomsen and party, who did not arrive at the Polar Bear until
the first of February. These delays were caused by bad weather which prevented
the party finding Ramsay island. For about five days they were in plain sight
of it had" the weather been clear. The.v also encountered open water about four
miles beyond Milne point, which obliged them to considerably lengthen the
trail. Storkerson, at the Polar Bear, had in the meantime much trouble getting
from Mercy bay the sleds cached there the previous year. The chief obstacle
was the mountainous character of the intervening land, which was practically
uncrossable in the midwinter darkness, and through the roughness of the ice
between point Russell and Mercy bay when that route was later adopted.
When Storkerson received the instructions -sent by Mr. Stefansson the
dogs were in poor condition for travel. On the journey up to point Russell
in an endeavour to carry out the instructions received from Stefansson, Stork-
erson lost several dogs, which rendered continuation of the journey practically
impossible. As he erroneously considered that Mr. Stefansson would prefer
the failure of the ice trip to the failure to explore the new. land, and as he con-
sidered that both could not be carried out with the dogs in such poor condition,
he took upon himself to alter the plans and instead of going west started for the
new land. Upon arrival, he commenced investigation of the new land, sending
a sled in charge of Hermann Kilian to Mercy bay with a letter of information
for Stefansson, which he would pick up on his way east.
In the meantime ^Slr. Stefansson and party were waiting for the arrival
of Storkerson at cape Alfred. While they were waiting, hunting camps were
established around cape Alfred in order to provide fresh meat for the ice trips
planned. The partj- waited until the 7th INIarch, when the season was already
late to start on the ice. By this time considerable anxiety was felt on account
of the non-arrival of Storkerson, as it was feared that Thomsen had failed to
reach the Bear with instructions for him. On the 7th March, Stefansson started
for ]\Iercy baj' to letirn whether any of the men had visited the bay. The
remainder of the party busied themselves in carrying supplies east to be used
in the new-land work. The Star was temporarily abandoned and the party
belonging to her were sent to Melville island to assist in the new-land work.
On the 20th March the Stefansson party met Castel a little east of cape
McClure. He reported that he had been unable to recognize any point on the
coast from the chart; that he had reached a bay which he thought might be
INIercy bay and had gone ten miles into it, but finding no trace of sleds, and the
dog feed having given out, he returned.
From Castel's observations and those of other parties it appears that for
forty-five or fifty miles west of Mercj' bay no point on the chart could be iden-
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 27
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
tified by the contour of the coast as shown on Admiralty chart No. 2118. It
appears that the big bay shown by chart No. 2118 as just east of cape McClure
does not exist, although there is a bay of considerable size about six miles west
of Mercy bay. This unmarked bay is the one from which Castel turned back.
On the west side of it he cached a fifty-gallon drum of kerosene which was intended
generally for the use of the Eskimos of Melville island in the summer of 1916.
On meeting Castel, who had seen no trace of Storkerson, Mr. Stefansson gave
up hope of his arrival, and sent orders to cape Alfred to break camp and com-
mence moving to Melville island.
He also left instructions that when established on Melville island the
party were to put up dried meat for the winter supply.
At Mercy bay the letter left by Storkerson, explaining the reason for the
change in plans, was found. From this letter Mr. Stefansson understood that
by proceeding to cape Ross, Melville island, he could get in touch with Mr.
Storkerson through men stationed there to protect supplies, or through travel-
ling parties.
Mr. Stefansson, accompanied by Wilkins, Castel, Kilian, Natkusiak, and
Emiu, with three sleds, accordingly proceeded to cape Ross, arriving there on
the 13th April. The party found the remains of a camp, a small cache and
a note from Storkerson saying he had gone towards the head of Liddon gulf,
but there was little or no information which would aid them in co-operating
with him.
As there has been a heavy fall of snow the party could not tell, from fol-
lowing the trail, how many sleds Storkerson had. It was therefore impossible
to determine if he intended to return to cape Ross or proceed to the new land.
Under the circumstances, Mr. Stefansson decided that the best plan would
he to send one sled in charge of Natkusiak to the head of Liddon gulf, where
the dogs could be well fed and rested, while he himself would make a quick
journey back along the trail leading to the Polar Bear until they would coms
across information which would guide them. Before they proceeded far, however,
they were met by Herman Kilian, who had come directly from the Storkerson
party. Kilian reported that Storkerson, with Thomsen, Andreasen, Noice, and
Illun had left the head of Liddon gulf on the 14th April for the new land, intending
to keep on advancing and to map as much country as possible so as to be home
at the Polar Bear on the 10th July. Mr. Stefansson therefore decided to overtake
Storkerson if possible as he planned to land at the north end of Melville island
between the 15th and 20th July, which meant that his season of exploration
work would be at least one month longer than Storkerson's. In case the new
land proved extensive he did not purpose returning to Melville island, giving
the whole summer to exploration work.
The party in charge of Stefansson left cape Ross for the north on the 19th
April. They reached the head of the gulf in three days, crossed the portage
near point Nias, and arrived at the new land on the 2nd May at the same point
as the previous year. They met Storkerson on the 3rd May at cape James Mur-
ray, which appears to be the southwest corner of the new land. Arrangements
were immediately made to carry out exploration and charting work. Thomsen,
with one team, was sent to Kellett to carry scientific specimens from the North
Star to the Mary Sachs, and also to carry the reports of the expedition to Kellett
in order that they might be sent out by the first ship calling there.
The department has received no later reports from Mr. Stefansson. It
is expected that a complete survey of the newly discovered land will be made,
and that journeys over the ice to the west, covering parts of Beaufort sea hitherto
unvisited, may be carried out. It would appear that Mr. Stefansson does
not intend to leave the region until every detail of the work planned has been
completed.
28 DEPARTMESiT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
THE CANADL\N ARCTIC EXPEDITION OF 1913.
REPORT OF THE SOUTHERN DIVISION.
The Deputy Minister,
Department of the Naval Service,
Ottawa.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit a report upon the work of the Southern
Division of the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-16.
The Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-16 was planned to work in two
comparatively distant and distinct fields, and the nature of the investigations
to be undertaken was so varied that the expedition was divided into two parties.
The Northern party, under command of Mr. Vilhjalmur Stefansson, were
to explore the Beaufort sea and also carry on investigations into the animal
life of this region and take soundings in the districts investigated. They were
also to ascertain if islands hitherto unknown exist, and to definitely mark any
found. This division of the expedition was thus to confine its work largely
to the oceans and archipelagos north of Alaska and the Western Arctic region
of Canada.
The work of the Southern party, under my direction, was to be confined
more exclusively to the Arctic mainland and adjacent islands, as set forth
in the following instructions: —
" The relative importance of the investigations for this party are:
(1) geological, (2) geographical, (3) anthropological, (4) biological,
(5) photographical.
" The work of the Southern party shall be primarily the investigation
and areal mapping of the copper-bearing and associated rocks of the
mainland between cape Parry and Kent peninsula and for approximately
one hundred miles inland and on southern and eastern Victorialand.
" The work undertaken by these parties should be of a high order
for this class of exploration, and should mark a distinct advance over
previous work. To secure such results the geological and topographical
sub-parties should follow closely the regular scheme for field parties
engaged in reconnaissance work adopted bj' the Geological Survey. In
working from the base depot, these parties should be practically complete
distinct and independent units. . . . The anthropological work
shall consist of ethnological and archaeological research. . . . The
biological work shall consist of marine and terrestrial biology, etc., etc."
The chief of the southern party, as executive head, must afford
every reasonable facility as circumstances permit to enable these sub-
parties to carry out the above important work."
Ample pro\'ision was made for the scientific work of the party by selecting
competent speciahsts for each branch of science to be studied, and providing
them with all necessary instruments and such equipment and provisions as
had by experience been found most suitable for use under the climatic conditions
expected. The scientific staff of the Southern party as originally organized
was as follows: Geologist, John J. O'Neill, of Ottawa, who had specialized in
Pre-Cambrian geology and copper rocks; topographers, Kenneth G. Chipman
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SEBVWE 29
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
and John R. Cox, men of several years' experience in the topographical division
of the Geological Survey; anthropologists, D. Jenness, of New Zealand, an
Oxford man with field experience in ethnology in New Guinea, and M. Henri
Beuchat, of Paris, a writer of note on American archaeology; marine biologist,
entomologist, and botanist, F. Johanscn, a former member of the Danish East-
Greenland Expedition of 1906-08 under Mylius Ericksen and later entomologist
for the United States Department of Agriculture; meteorologist and magne-
tician, William Laird McKinlay, of Glasgow; photographer and cinematographer,
George H. Wilkins, of Adelaide, Austraha; mammalogist and ornithologist,
Dr. Rudolph Martin Anderson, of the Victoria Memorial Museum of Ottawa.
The latter, having had several years previous experience in exploratory work
in Arctic, Alaska, Yukon Territory, and the Northwest Territories, was appointed
to take charge of the Southern party in the absence of Mr. Stefansson.
Owing to the unavoidable complications arising from the unfortunate
drift and loss of the Karluk, M. Beuchat and Mr. McKinlay were unable to
join the Southern party at Herschel island as contemplated, and Mr. Wilkins
was only able to be with the Southern party for a part of the time. Mr. Jenness
was able to cover much of the ethnological work as planned, by taking over
part of M. Beuchat's field, and by division of labour of the whole party complete
meteorological records were kept for nearly three years. The magnetic instru-
ments were lost on the Karluk, and consequently that branch of science is
lacking in the final results.
As the expedition was not formally taken up by the Dominion Government
until February, 1913, the time was rather short for assembling the multitude
of articles of supply and ecjuipment required. Although most of the members
of the scientific staff were members of the Geological Survej', the general direction
of the expedition was in the hands of the Department of the Naval Service.
With the exception of technical instruments and equipment suppUed to certain
members by the Geological Survey, practically the whole of the equipment,
including provisions, clothing, field gear, etc., was supplied by the Department
of the Naval Service.
Some difficulty was experienced in obtaining large quantities of pemmican,
dehydrated vegetables, and other condensed foods on short notice, and a vast
assortment of miscellaneous goods had to be provided, " everything from a
needle to an anchor," as there was no certainty of being able for three years
to replenish articles consumed or left behind. Practically everything requi-
sitioned was assembled at H.M.C. Dockyard, Esquimalt, B.C., in June, 1913.
The expedition is under great obligation to Mr. J. A. Wilson, Director of Stores,
Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa, and to Mr. George Philips, Naval
Store Officer, Esquimalt, B.C., for their efficiency and care in seeing that articles
for the expedition were supplied promptly and of excellent quality, both at
the start of the expedition and later, as well as for encouragement and friendly
and intelligent co-operation with the work of the expedition outside of the
extent of their official duties. George J. Desbarats, C.M.G., Deputy Minister,
Department of the Naval Service, is also to be thanked for continued interest
and prompt attention to the work and needs of the expedition throughout
more than three years of our absence in the north. Through their efforts the
Canadian Arctic Expedition was probably as completely and well equipped as
any expedition that has ever gone into the north.
Most of the members of both the Northern and Southern parties of the
expedition, with a large part of the equipment and supplies, sailed from Esqui-
malt, B.C., June 17, 1913, on the steam-whaler Karluk, which had been
purchased for the use of the Northern party. Additional supplies were shipped
from Victoria and Seattle to Nome on one of the Alaska Steamship Company's
vessels. The Karluk arrived safely at Nome on July 9. The gasolene schooner
Alaska, which had been built in 1912 for the Bering Sea trade and to carry
30 DEPARTilEyT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
the United States mail to Kotzebue sound, had been under option for the use
of the Southern party, and was purchased at Nome, Alaska. Its dimensions
were: Length, 57 feet 5 inches; draught, 6 feet 6 inches; gross tonnage, 50;
beam, 17 feet; construction, wooden auxiliary schooner; 50 horse-power standard
gas engine.
Considerable additional supplies and equipment, including reindeer skins
and skin clothing, sleds, dogs, distillate, coal oil, and a large supply of dried
dog salmon, were obtained for the expedition at Nome. As the numl)ers of
the party had been much increased over the originally planned number, with
correspondinglj' increased equipment, the gasolene schooner Mary Sachs was
also purchased in Nome as an auxiliary vessel for both parties. The Mary
Sachs had the following dimensions: Length, 56 feet 6 inches; draught, 5 feet 6
inches; beam, 18 feet 1 inch; gross tonnage, 41; construction, wooden, gasolene,
screw vessel; 30 horse-power L^nion gas engine.
The Karluk and Mary Sachs sailed from Nome July 20, and calHng at
port Clarence, sailed from there July 27. The C. G. S. Alaska left Nome on
July 19, arriving at Teller, Alaska, July 24. Here it was found necessary to
dismantle and overhaul the engine and put on a better propeller before proceeding
farther. This involved discharging and reloading cargo, and the Alaska did
not get away from port Clarence before August 11, rounded point Barrow
August 20, and passed Flaxman island September 6.' No ice was met until
we were near the Seahorse islands, a little south of Barrow, Alaska, but east of
point Barrow the prevaihng westerly and northwesterly winds had packed
the ice along the shore, so that there was very little open water anywhere. For
the first time since 1888, when the whalers began going in to Herschel island
annually, no vessel from the west was able to get in to Herschel island, and
some small vessels which had spent the preceding winter east of Herschel island
were unable to go out. The vessels caught between Herschel island included
the 247-ton steamer Karluk, belonging to the expedition, the 420-toii steam-
whaler Belvedere, the gasolene schooners Polar Bear, A7i7ia Olcja, Elvira, and
North Star, the Alaska and Mary Sachs of the expedition, and the Teddy Bear
east of the Mackenzie river. Of these the Elvira was crushed and sank in
October, 1913, near Humphrey point, Alaska, and the Karluk drifted west and
sank northeast of "Wrangell island in January, 1914.
The ice encountered in Beaufort sea in 1913 was too heavy to be bucked
successfully by anj' vessel, no matter of what strength of hull or power of engines.
There are no true icebergs in the Mestern Arctic ocean, such as are broken off
from the peripheral glaciers of Greenland or the Antarctic continent. The
immense sheets of flat ice which are formed, however, crack extensivel}' with
the rise and fall of the tides. These tide-cracks frequently open ^^'idely or
close abruptly by the force of the winds, crushing the edges of the floe like
glass, and forcing up great blocks to form pressure-ridges which may be 30 to
40 feet high. Snow-drifts fill up the crevices of the ridge, and as the snow
melts and settles in the spring, the whole becomes cemented into a floe that is
too massive to thaw in a single short summer season, and may last over for
several years.
These large masses of ice in the shoal waters off the north coast of Alaska
and Canada, if not too thick and mmierous, are to a certain extent an advantage
to small vessels, as they cut down the swell in heavy weather, and often ground
in comparatively deep water some distance from shore, allowing vessels of
small draught on a harbourless coast to tie up behind them, sheltered from
wands and from ice crushing from outside. By creeping slowh- along the
shore, moving ahead a little whenever the wind and tide loosened and shifted
the iqe a little along the coast, the Alaska and the Mary Sachs succeeded in
getting as far ahead as CoUinson point, 69° 59' N. Lat., 144° 50' W. Long., in
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 31
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Camden bay, on the north coast of Alaska, about ninety miles west of the
Alaska-Yukon Territory international boundary, and decided to go into winter
quarters at CoUinson point on September 10, three or four days before the
freeze-up.
The Alaska and Mary Sachs secured a sheltered harbour in a small bay
behind the CoUinson point sandspit; the vessels were unloaded, and the men
secured comfortable quarters for the winter in a large log-house built of drift-
wood. Large quantities of Mackenzie river driftwood on all the beaches of
the north Alaska coast furnish abundant fuel. The cariboo have been largely
exterminated along this section of the coast, but some mountain sheep and
cariboo meat was secured from inland Eskimos, and large numbers of ptarmigan
and fish were obtained in season. The health of all members of the party was
excellent throughout the year, the only illness or casualty being that of Andre
Noram, cook of the Mary Sachs, who became insane, with symptoms indicating
paresis, and committed suicide by shooting, April 16, 1914, at CoUinson point.
Although it was a disappointment to the members of the party to be held
up by the ice before getting into Canadian territory, the time was improved
by the men in becoming used to Arctic conditions — the methods of sledging
with dogs, camping, and taking scientific observations at low temperatures.
A large number of astronomical observations, solar and stellar, and a series of
lunar occultations were taken at CoUinson point, during the winter, for astro-
nomical position and variation of compass and chronometer. An automatic
tide-registering machine was kept in commission for a considerable time, meteor-
ological records were kept up, and various collections were made. A snow-house
makes a very good observatory, but at low temperatures great care must be
exercised in handling delicate instruments, as the faintest breadth or even the
insensible perspiration from a bare hand near the instrument will coat lenses
and metal work with a film of frost crystals. Even guns are left out of doors
all winter because if brought inside they become immediately coated with a
thick mass of hoar-frost and ice, which takes a long time to melt, thoroughly
wets the weapon inside and out as it melts, and rusts it badly if it is not taken
entirely apart and thoroughly cleaned and oiled.
Desiring to begin work in Canadian territory as soon as possible, J. J.
O'Neill started from CoUinson point with a dog-driver and assistant in February,
to begin geological work by a reconnaissance of Firth river (more generally
known locally as Herschel island river), coming from the Endicott mountains
near the international boundary and emptj-inginto the Arctic ocean near Herschel
island. This was carried out successfully, as well as a geological reconnaissance
of Herschel island.^
K. G. Chipman and John R. Cox left CoUinson point on March 16 and
proceeded to Demarcation point. ^ A series of solar observations for chronometer
ratings were taken at the international boundarj' monument, the 141st meridian
of west longitude. A stop was again made at the boundary when the party
was saiUng out, August 4, 1916, to get time sights again at the same place over
twenty-eight months later. The coast line was surveyed to the eastward,
tying in Herschel island with the surveys of the Alaska-Yukon International
Boundary Survey of 1912. Mr. Cox then joined Mr. O'Neill in completing the
topographical work on Firth river, and completed the coast survey by sled to
Escape reef at the western edge of the Mackenzie river delta, where a gasolene
launch was in readiness to work in the delta as soon as the river broke out.
Mr. Chipman and Mr. O'Neill later in the spring did some geological work
in the Black Mountain district west of the Mackenzie delta until the river broke
out about June 1. They then proceeded by whaleboat through the east branch
of the Mackenzie, charting it as far as the south end of Richard island, after
' Summary Rep. Geol. Surv., Dept. of Mines, for 1914. Ottawa, 1915, pp. 112-115, 148-149.
Ibid., 1916, pp. 236-2.37.
32 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
which they proceeded to Arctic Red river and to fort McPherson near the
mouth of Peel river, to pick up some consignments which came down by one
of the Mackenzie river steamers. A launch which had been purchased for
Mr. Chipman's survey party could not be made to run, and not as much territory
was covered as expected, but with an expert sailor of the delta as guide, the
utmost advantage was got from the whaleboat, and large portions of the middle
and east branches were mapped, with a number of cut-off channels and smaller
channels used in winter sled or summer whaleboat travel. At the same time
Mr. Cox, with competent Eskimo guides, surveyed the west or Aklavik branch
of the delta from Akpavachiak or Escape reef up to the mouth of Peel river.
Astronomical positions were determined at Arctic Red river and fort McPherson
and at several points in the delta, tying the work of the boundary survey with
the work of previous explorers in the lower Mackenzie and Peel river country.'
There is a good 6-foot channel over the shoals around Tent island, near
the mouth of the west branch of the Mackenzie delta, and passing these there
is a deeper channel as far south as the outlet of Great Slave lake. Passing
shoals of about five feet depth at that place, there is a deep channel again as
far south as fort Smith, at the foot of the Grand rapids of the Slave river, 60°
North latitude, near the northern boundary of Alberta. The channel into the
east branch of the Mackenzie delta is also deep enough for fair-sized schooners,
and the new Hudson's Bay Company's post at Kittigazuit on the east side of
the delta southeast of Richard island is supplied from Herschel island by this
route. The middle channel of the delta was not completely surveyed for lack
of time, as the boat survey parties were obliged to meet the Alaska at Herschel
island early in August to go east of the Mackenzie into the Coronation gulf
region, where the main work of the Southern party was planned to be done.
Mr. D. Jenness, after coming ashore with Mr. V. Stefansson from the Karluk
in September, 1913, had spent most of the winter in doing linguistic work among
the Eskimos in the point Barrow region. Towards spring he came east to
Collinson point and did ethnological and archaeological work from Collinson
point to Demarcation point in the spring, later in the summer carrying on some
extensive archaeological excavations at Barter island, Alaska, making large
collections in the ruins at the site of the ancient trading rendezvous between
the Mackenzie Eskimos and the western Alaskan Eskimos. Mr. F. Johansen
made extensive collections of plants and insects, rearing many species of insects
to studj'^ their life-histories and development. Some marine dredging was also
done. During the fall and winter Chipman and Cox had prepared a map of
the harbour at Collinson point and vicinity on the scale of ^4000; extending it
inland to include some ten square miles of tundra, with 20-foot contours. The
harbour was thoroughly sounded. It is not suitable for large vessels, carrying
only about seven feet of water at the entrance, but is deeper inside of the lagoon.
Vessels of somewhat larger size may obtain shelter by going behind some of the
small islands in the chain extending west from Flaxman island. Further extended
work along this section of the coast was not undertaken by the Canadian Arctic
Expedition, for the reason that the well-known explorer and geologist, Mr.
Ernest deKoven Leffingwell, who first came to Flaxman island on the Mikkelsen-
Leffingwell Expedition in 1906, had spent most of his time from 1906 to 1914
with headquarters at Flaxman island, working on the geology of the Arctic
coast of Alaska, and had prepared a very minute and accurate map of the coast,
channels, and islands of the section from the Colville delta east, including a
verj' complete series of soundings of all the channels. These charts and geolo-
gical results are now in course of publication by the United States Geological
' Summarv Rep. Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for 1914. Ottawa, 1915. pp. 148-149.
Ibid., Report for 1915. Ottawa, 1916, pp. 237-239.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 33
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Survey, but the expedition was very much aided in 1913-14 by information
received and tracings of unpublished charts kindly loaned to us by Mr. Leffing-
well for our work on the Alaskan coast.
During the spring and summer of 191-1, the routine and executive work of
the southern party devolved upon me, including the apportionment of supplies
and equipment for three vessels. The 10-ton gasolene schooner North Star had
been purchased by Mr. Stefansson from its owner, Capt. M. Anderson, who was
wintering in Clarence baj', a little east of Demarcation point. As a conse-
quence, the time for zool(Jgical field work and the preparation of specimens
was limited; nevertheless, 212 birds representing 52 species, and 77 mammals
representing 13 species were collected and preserved. Nests and eggs of many
of the species of breeding birds were also collected.^
The expedition vessels Alaska and Mary Sachs left Collinson point on July
25, 1914, the first day that the ice moved off the beach far enough to let us out
of the harbour. The vessels had been free of the ice inside of the harbour since
July 7. After some delays occasioned by ice, which was thick and close to the
beach around ISIartin point, lev reef, and Demarcation point, the Alaska reached
Herschel island 69° 34' N. Lat., 138° 54' ^Y. Long., August 5, and the Mary
Sachs a few hours later. The North Star had got in from Clarence bay a little
before. These expedition vessels were the first vessels to come into Canadian
waters in the western Arctic flying the Canadian flag. The steam-whaler
Belvedere, of Seattle, which had taken on a quantity of auxihary supplies, coal,
distillate, etc., from Nome in 1913 for the expedition, and had been compelled to
winter in the ice a little off shore west of Icy reef, had come through safely and
landed our stores at Herschel island about the last of July.
Herschel island is quite a busy place in July and August. Eskimo-owned
and sailed boats, to the number of twenty-five or more, whaleboats, and perhaps
a dozen two-masted Mackenzie-built schooners, were assembled here to trade
with incoming ships. With the recent decline in the whaling industry in the
western Arctic, and smaller probability of ships wintering at Herschel island,
the Eskimos from the Mackenzie delta and from the westward had a still greater
incentive to be at the island to trade during the short open season. In 1915,
one year after the expedition went in, the Hudson's Baj' Company started
an innovation by spreading out on to the Arctic coast, and established a western
Arctic district headquarters at Herschel island and another post 150 miles east
of the [Mackenzie river at cape Bathurst (BaiUie islands), 70° 35' N. Lat., 128°
05' W. Long. Another post has been estabhshed at Kittigazuit (the point
Encounter of Sir John Richardson) on the eastern edge of the Mackenzie delta,
and the site of one of the largest villages of the Mackenzie Eskimos. In 1916,
the Hudson's Bay Company moved 400 miles farther east along the coast
and established another new post at the station just vacated bj^ the Southern
party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union
strait, 68° 47' N. 114° 50' W. These new posts of the company are suppHed
by a gasolene motor schooner, the Fort McPherson, from the large storehouses
at Herschel island, stocked by chartered ships sent up from Vancouver, B.C.
It is to be assumed that the commercial prospects of this region in the fur-
trading line are of considerable infiportance. The presence of trading posts
in hitherto untouched regions will facilitate the more detailed exploring and
prospecting of districts which were formerly impossible except to specially
equipped expeditions.
As previously reported,^ Mr. Stefansson, after his separation from the
Karluk, had established a base camp at Martin point, Alaska, with supplies
' Summarj' Report Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for 19U. Ottawa, 1915, pp. 163-167.
' Report of the Dept. of the Naval Service for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916. Ottawa, 1916,
pp. 16-19, 71-75.
38—3
34 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1913
obtained from CoUinson point, and from the Belvedere and North Star outfits,
and started north from Martin point on March 22, 1914, on an ice-exploring
expedition over Beaufort sea. The three men of the support party returned to
land at Kamarlcak, about 30 miles west of Herschel island on April 16, bringing
the news that Mr. Stefansson and his two sailor companions, Storker Storkerson
and Ole Andreasen, were going ahead fifteen days more travel before attempting
to return, with the possibility of trying to push across the ice to Banks island in
case conditions were favourable. As there were a much greater number
of vessels and people than usual located at frequent intervals along the
coast from Herschel island to point Barrow that season, the party would have
been soon heard from if they had returned to the mainland in the spring or
summer. As no further news was heard from the ice party, it was evident from
knowledge of their plans that thej' had gone on towards Banks island.
The schooner Mary Sachs, under command of Mr. George H. Wilkins, with
a full equipment of provisions, distillate, oil, etc., for two years or more, sledges,
dogs, and a large gasolene launch, started from Herschel island for Banks island on
August 11, and as we learned in the following spring, had met Mr. Stefansson's
party near cape Kellett early in September, very soon after the vessel
reached Banks island. Of course no word of this could reach the outside world
until over a year later, causing considerable anxiety, as the three men of the ice
party were generally' supposed to have been lost for a year and a half. Having
connected with the vessel with its supplies and exploring equipment, the
activities of the Northern party during the remainder of 1914-15 were engaged
in operations in the region of Banks island. Prince Patrick island, and Melville
island. Advices received in the summer of 1916 indicated that the party was
intending to remain in the north for at least another year. The Mary Sachs
was still at cape Kellett, the North Star had joined the Northern party in 1915
and was hauled up on the northwest coast of Banks island, and the Polar Bear,
a large schooner which was purchased in 1915, was wintering near the Princess
Royal islands, in Prince of Wales strait, with the intention of moving on to Winter
harbour, Melville island, for the winter of 1916-17.
While at Herschel island in August, 1914, we learned from SS. Herman
of San Francisco, of Capt. Robert Bartlett's remarkable ice-journey from
Wrangell island to Siberia, and his safe arrival at St. Michael's, Alaska, to bring
relief for the shipwrecked Karhik surNavors on Wrangell island, but it was not
until November 9, 1915, that we got any more news from the outside world,
and learned of the loss of eight members of the Karluk party on the ice, and the
death of three more on Wrangell island, at the same time that we learned of
the great European war, which had been going on for over fifteen months.
The schooners Alaska and North Star sailed east from Herschel island,
August, 17, 1914, and were delayed a little by heavy ice in Mackenzie bay
between Herschel island and Shingle point. Very little ice was found east of
Shingle point, on the western edge of the Mackenzie delta, and we reached
Baillie island August 21, finding that the Mary Sachs had gone on from there
towards Banks island. Leaving Baillie island at noon of August 22, we anchored
in Bernard harbour. Dolphin and Union strait, in the evening of August 24,
and the North Star arrived on August 25. We had smooth sailing on summer seas
east of Baillie island, free from ice except for a little loose bay-ice in Dolphin and
Union strait.
' At Baillie island we had met the little gasolene schooner Teddy Bear, going
out under sail after spending five years in the Arctic. This vessel, which I had
formerly met in Coronation gulf in 1911, was the first pioneer trading vessel to
come in east of cape Parry. The Teddy Bear was commanded, engineered, and
sailed by a young French-Canadian named Joseph F. Bernard, a native of
Tignish, P.E.I., who had sailed from Nome in 1909 vAth one white companion
to search for new fields for trapping and trading. His companion had been frozen
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL 8ERTWE 35
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
to death the first winter near Barter island, Alaska, and in 1910 Captain Bernard
had gone on alone with a few Eskimos for crew and wintered a little east of
the mouth of the Coppermine river. The next year he came out as far as the
civilized Eskimo village at cape Bathurst, where he wintered. Without going
home, he turned east again in 1912 and spent one winter in a harbour on the south
side of Dolphin and Union strait, about sixteen miles south of Liston and Sutton
islands, and a little west of Chantry island; the next winter in Lady Richardson
bay, southwestern Victoria island, coming out in 1914 aftervoyaging for five years.
His harbour in Dolphin and Union strait, being the first good harbour for nearly
200 miles east of Pierce point, was used as a base station for two years, 1914-16,
by the Southern party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition and named by us
Bernard harbour, partly in honour of Captain Bernard's pioiaeer energy in discov-
ering its suitability and using it as a ship station and in recognition of his unusual
kindness and rectitude as a pioneer of trade in an uncivilized and unexploited
land.
Bernard harbour was chosen by us for its strategic advantages for working
the coast both to the west (from cape Parry) and to the east (into Coronation
gulf), as well as its nearness to Victoria island (about 35 miles north across the
strait). It was about as far east as driftwood could be found in reasonable
amounts for fuel.
After discharging the cargoes of the Alaska and the North Star, and replacing
a broken propeller on the Alaska, I finally started west with Alaska again on
September 6, with the intention of getting some driftwood timber from farther
west, as well as some more coal from our cache at Baillie island. The members
of the scientific staff, with Mr. Chipman in charge, were left at Bernard harbour,
to put up winter quarters, with some Eskimo assistants. Capt. D. Sweeney,
Mr. D. W. Blue, engineer, Mr. A. Castel, J. Sullivan, cook; Mike, the Eskimo
assistant engineer, and Ikey Bolt, a point Hope Eskimo sailor, went west with
me on the Alaska. Finding weather conditions very favourable at Baillie
island, and no ice reported to the westward, it seemed well to go on to Herschel
island, to bring on additional coal and oil, and additional supplies which had been
expected to arrive from the westward during the summer. The Alaska reached
Herschel island again September 11. The Ruby, which was expected with
supplies from the west, had not arrived, and after loading some stores from our
reserve stock at .Herschel island, on the Alaska, we started east again on the
morning of September 13.
The Alaska came back to Baillie island on the night of September 15, in the
midst of a northwest gale, with frequent snow-squalls, and spray freezing on the
decks and rigging. The storm kept rising for the next two days, the worst storm
of the season, and did not abate until noon of September 19. There was a
very high storm tide, rising about 4 or 5 feet at Baillie island, the waters of Liver-
pool bay seeming to have been piled up by the northwest gale and forced out
between the Baillie islands and the mainland. The distillate drums and coal
sacks which had been landed on the beach in the summer were half buried by the
sand washed up, and we had to dig them out. , Quantities of large ice had
come in from the northwest during the big storm, but we tried to go out on the
morning of September 20.
In trying to turn around in our narrow anchorage, the bow of the Alaska
ran slightly in the mud. We tried to kedge her off, but with the falling of the
westerly wind, the storm tide fell rapidly, and we were soon settled hard aground.
The whole cargo had to be discharged and the schooner finally floated free again
on the evening of September 24. As the nights were getting very dark at this
season of the year with the moon gone, and considerable heavy ice was coming
in from the northward, with young ice forming thick and slushy at times, it was
a precarious matter to sail at night with a small vessel. In the summer time,
with daylight all night, a vessel can tie up to the ice, but it is a different matter
38—3^
36 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
in the autumn when the ice is mo\ing in the dark. From the outlook at BailUe
island, with at least three days more delay loading ship from the beach in a dory,
it seemed doubtful that we could get east of cape Parry, or possibly Pierce point,
and there are no harbours beyond that nearer than Bgrnard harbour. As we
did not have much to bring back to Bernard harbour, and nothing that was
absolutelj' necessarj-, the advantage in getting back there with the Alaska
did not seem commensurate with the risk involved to the vessel, so I decided to
put the boat into winter quarters at Baillie island, or rather into the harbour
behind the end of the Cape Bathurst sandspit. The Alaska had to go to Herschel
island the next summer (1915) anyhow for supplies and mail, and had a better
chance of getting out early from Baillie island than from farther east. The
scientific staff, with their supplies and equipment, and the North Star were already
favourably located at their desired base, and I knew that I could join them by
sledge as soon as ice traveUing was good. There was a fair amount of supplies
on the Alaska for the men who were to remain as ship-keepers during the winter:
Two fresh whale carcasses on the beach near the ship provided an abundance of
dog-food and also attracted a number of polar bears and multitudes of white
foxes to the vicinity. Fifteen polar bears were killed by the men on the Alaska
before I .started east on November 20, the skins kept for specimens and the
meat frozen and stored away. A number of seals and ducks were killed in the
autumn, dnd seals were killed frequently during the winter.
On November 20, 1914, I started to go from the Alaska at cape Bathurst to
the winter base of the Southern party on Dolphin and Union strait, an approxi-
mate distance of about 400 miles, accompanied by Aarnout Castel (sailing master
of the No7-th Star), James Sullivan (cook of the Alaska), and the Eskimo, Ikey Bolt
taking one Nome sled and seven dogs. We followed the west side of FrankUn
bay 90 miles to Langton bay. The only inhabitants on the shores of Franklin
bay that winter were two families of Mackenzie Eskimos who had taken a small
schooner belonging to the Hudson's Baj' Company from the Mackenzie river,
to the mouth of Horton river, where thej^ were wintering. This vessel went back
"to the Mackenzie, the following summer. The sailing schooner Rosie H.,
which has been permanently in the Arctic for many j^ears, was wintering at Booth
island (cape Parry) with one white man and several Herschel island people.
We did not go around cape Parry, but shortened our distance considerably by
crossing the portage at the south end of the Parrj^ peninsula, from Langton bay
to Darnley bay. The yawl Argo came in from northern Alaska with two white
trappers and their families, to the southwest corner of Darnley bay in 1913 and
remained until 1915. On the southeast side of Darnley bay we passed the
house of Capt. Christian Klengenberg, an ex-whaler with his family, and another
house belonging to an Eskimo familj^ which had come in from Alaska on the Argo.
Klengenberg's young son and daughter had a temporary trapping camp a
little east of cape Lyon, and east of that there were no inhabitants west of
Dolphin and Union strait. East of Baillie island there are no permanent resi-
dents, and the western Eskimos make only casual excursions into the territory.
The North Star had made a cache of pro\'isions and coal oil at Pierce point
in the fall, and we took some supplies from it on this trip. We did not know
whether we should find driftwood enough for fuel at all points along the coast
on the 200 miles between Pierce point and Bernard harbour, and expected to
use a "Primus" coal oil stove part of the time. However, we found enough
driftwood, for fuel at every camp site along the coast, and put up piles of wood at
various points so that there would be no danger of having the wood covered with
heavy ice before we should pass along the coast in the spring. On December 10,
behind Keat's point, we met Kenneth G. Chipman and John J. O'Neill with a
sled. They had left Bernard harbour November 19, to make a preliminary
topographical and geological reconnaissance as far west as Pierce point, in prepar-
ation for the coming spring's work, as well as to look for the whereabouts of the
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 37
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Alaska. They had found the weather very unfavourable for survey work, being
foggy earlier in the season, and storms and blizzards prevailing later. They
had been held in camp for six days straight when we met them, with strong
head wind and blizzard, while we had been able to travel part of the time with
fair -wand, which makes a tremendous difference. They turned around and
accompanied us to the eastward. We found open water pretty close to the shore
all along from cape Lyon to Clifton point, aAd at Deas Thompson point the ice
had recently broken away from the cliffs and we had to make a detour around
over the hills. We were delayed two days by a blizzard near Wise point, and
reached the winter quarters of the main party about noon, December 25. Travel
had been rather slow, principally on account of the shortness of the days at that
time of the year, between 69° and 70° North. It was barely light enough to see
a trail at 9 a.m., and it was dark about 3 p.m. on clear days, while the period of
dayhght was considerably shorter on cloudy and foggy days. The temperature
in general was warmer than usual at that season, not going below zero Fahrenheit
at any time of observation during the first two weeks of December, 1914, and
an occasion rising to 25° above zero Fahrenheit. Before leaving Baillie island
we had a cold snap, the thermometer reaching 31° below zero on November 7.
Coming east from cape Lyon the prevailing wind was favourable, from the
northwest. The freeze-up in 1914 occurred at cape Bathurst about September
30, and at Bernard harbour about October 16.
Everything was in good shape at Bernard harbour, the winter quarters of
the most of the Southern party. A frame house had been built, covered partially
with boards and partially with canvas, and the whole sodded over in the autumn.
Enough small driftwood had been picked up in autumn to last for fuel until
Christmas, and more was hauled later in the winter, and pieced out by a sparing
use of coal. East of cape Bexley there is very little large driftwood on the
beaches, on the points around Cockburn point, east of cape Bexley, there is
quite a quantity of small pieces of wood, and quite a bit on Chantry island,
but very little east of Chantry island of any kind.
About thirty seals had been killed at Bernard harbour in the autumn, by
shooting at the edge of the ice in the western method, but only four caribou
were killed. The great herds of caribou which usually cross the strait near
this point from Victoria island to the mainland, did not pass near Bernard
harbour in 1914. The Victoria island Eskimos who visited the station later,
said that the reason the caribou did not cross here this autumn was on account
of the late freezing of Dolphin and Union strait. The caribou came down in
large numbers to the south coast of Victoria island north of here, and as the
strait was not frozen so that they could cross over, they moved eastward along
the south coast of Victoria island and crossed some distance to the eastward.
The Eskimos on the Victoria island side north and east of Bernard harbour
killed large numbers of the caribou in the autumn, and we were able to purchase
all the frozen caribou meat we needed as soon as the Eskimos could haul it across,
and later, after the Eskimos' winter sealing, by spearing through the ice, had
commenced, we were able to buy all the fresh seal meat we needed for dog-food
or table use.
During February and March, 1915, Mr. Aarnout Castel and myself made a
toboggan trip from Bernard harbour across the west end of Coronation gulf,
up the Coppermine river, to Dismal lake, and across to the Dease river, northeast
of Great Bear lake. We were much delayed by soft snow amongst rough,
jagged ice on the Coppermine, and our dogs were too exhausted to be able to
proceed very far through the very deep, soft snow on Dease river, so we had
to turn back to the coast without making connections with any white man or
Indians on Great Bear lake to take out our winter's mail. We reached Bernard
harbour again April 1, and a Httle later the mail was sent out along the coast
to the Alaska at Baillie island.
38 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
On the Coppermine river, around Dismal lake, on the Horton river (south
of Franklin bay), and to a less extent farther west, we have often noted the
large proportion of dead spruce trees near the northern limit of timber. In
some areas about 90 per cent of the trees are dead, in districts which show little
or no evidence of forest fires. Mr. F. Johansen and Mr. D. Jenness accompanied
our inland trip as far as the edge of the timber-line on the Coppermine,. near the
Sandstone rapid. Mr. Johansen made a careful study of forest conditions here
and found that practically all 'the dead trees which were examined showed
traces of the ravages of bark-beetles, three species of them being found. This
knowledge may be of value to northern forestry.
The programme for the spring's work had been planned before going inland.
Mr. John R. Cox, with an assistant, started in March and made a careful survey
of the coast along the south side of Dolphin and Union strait from Chantry
island east to cape Krusenstern and as far south as Lockyer point. Starting
again in April, he carried the survey around the west end of Coronation gulf,
including Basil Hall bay and the north side of Back inlet, as far as the mouth
of Rae river. Rae river was ascended and carefully surveyed for about 70 miles,
until it forked into two small creeks. Large willows were found at rather frequent
intervals on Rae river after getting some way from the coast, but no spruce
or other timber. After reaching the head of Rae river, Mr. Cox's party made
a six-day portage across countrj^ with their sled, striking the Arctic coast on
the south side of Stapylton bay. Numbers of caribou were seen migrating
steadify northward during their work on the Rae river and the trip to the coast,
and they had no difficult}' in killing a caribou whenever they needed meat.
Mr. Cox then surveyed the section of the coast from Young point (the western
end of Stapylton bay) east to the home station, reaching Bernard harbour
May 25. He found that South bay, southwest of cape Bexley, was somewhat
deeper in extent than we had supposed, and that Stapjdton bay is not as deep
as the existing charts make it appear. The rock exposures on Rae river were
the prevailing dolomite and limestone of the region, wnth diabase near the mouth
of the river. At cape Kendall, a little north of the mouth of the river, high
diabase cliffs are found overlying sandy limestones.
Mr. Kenneth G. Chipman and Dr. John J. O'Neill started on the western
survey from Bernard harbour on March 17, 191.5, going direct to the west end
of Darnley bay and working east. Connecting with the previous surveys of
the Parry peninsula, the survey was carried east during April, the season being
much further advanced than it was farther east during the same period. As
there are no rock exposures near the coast near the south side of Darnley bay,
Dr. O'Neill was able to remain on the east side of the bay to carry on geological
investigations in more detai4, while Mr. Chipman completed the topographic
work on the southwest part of the bay.
The southern part of Darnley bay had never been surveyed before and
onlj' imperfectly explored. Two fairly large rivers flow into the south and
southeast sides of the bay, the most southern of which seems to have been
visited by \It. A. J. Stone^ while on a short trip after muskoxen from the whaling
ships which were wintering in Langton bay in 1898, and indicated by him on
a rather inaccurate sketch-map as Hornaday river. As the river is approxi-
mately identifiable, and has no discoverable local name, it seems proper that
the name Hornaday river should be retained for this river, in honour of the
well-known advocate of Wild Life Conservation in the LTnited States and Canada
For the southeastern river we propose the name Brock river, in honour of the
patriotic and capable geologist. Major R. W. Brock, former Director of the
Geological Survey, to whose active interest in Northern geology the organization
of the geological and topographical sections of the expedition are largely due. Dr.
' Stone, A. J. Some Results of a Natural History Journey to Northern B.C., Alaska, and N.W.T.
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIII. vi, New York, 1900, pp. 63-67.
DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 39
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
O'Neill ascended this river for some distance, and made a good geological section
of the countr_y. Inland on the east side of Darnley bay he found beach gravels
and terraces above 500 feet, and everywhere east of that point the country
for some distance from the coast is of the same type. From Darnley bay to
the east of Deas Thompson point there are a number of high points which have
received the name of mountains, but no definite system of range is apparent.
The highest of these points (Mount Davy) is between the Croker and Inman
rivers. The coast has a well-defined shore-line of rock or boulders and gravel.'
None of the rivers flowing to the coast east of Darnley bay extend any great
distance inland, for their valleys are small, and both valleys and beds indicate
a very heavy run-off in a short time. The Croker is the largest river, with its
delta built out a short distance, and occupies a triangular valley some 4 miles
wide at the coast, and extending inland for 3 or 4 miles. The river spreads
out over its delta, and none of its channels are very definite. The beds of this
and other rivers are composed of heavy boulders, and the quick run-off is further
indicated by the continuous sandbars built across their mouths when the river
is low in summer and fall.^
The coast-Une as traversed from cape Lyon eastward was found to be
somewhat more straight than the former charts give it, but this is apparently
due to the practical impossibility of sketching a coast-line accurately on a
hurried boat-passage some disthnce off-shore, with infrequent landings. This
method has given the result that many of the so-called points on this coast
are not salient projections of the coast line. More often the charted points
and capes are high land or rock cliffs with low land on either side. This gives
the higher places the appearance of points or capes when viewed from a distance.
Our method of locating control points at frequent intervals by latitude, longitude,
and azimuth observations, traversing between these points by frequent compass
sights and pacing all the intervening shore-line, will undoubtedly give a more
accurate map, although the former maps of this sectiop of the coast are really
very good considering the conditions under which they were made. No serious
rectification was necessary until we came to Stapylton bay and eastward of
that point. Mr. Chipman regards the whole country surveyed as evidently
a portion of the coastal plain described by Tyrrell,^ which west of Hudson
bay reaches an elevation of 500 to 600 feet, and varies in width from 75 to
300 miles. Numerous fossil shells are found along the old beach terraces.
West of Chantry island fossils were collected from the 15-foot and 30-foot
horizons. These fossils may be duplicated on the present strand-line. Near
the mouth of Inman river, fossil shells were found in numbers up to 170 feet
above sea-level.
Dr. O'Neill reports the country rock,* at least as far west as Clifton point,
as a light grey to buff-coloured dolomite, sometimes with interbedded grey
chert, and frequently containing fragments and nodules of the same. Ripple-
marking and what seems to be mud-cracks were seen in some layers. A concre-
tionary structure is quite common. The beds vary in thickness from a fraction
of an inch to a few feet, and in grain from ver,y fine to quite coarse and crystalline.
They have a dip of about 10 degrees, a few degrees north of west. About 15
miles east of De Witt Clinton point there is a cliff of conglomerate 40 feet in height
with an 8-foot capping of sandstone. The conglomerate is made up almost
entirely of pebbles of quartzite and chert, and has a few small seams of buff-
coloured sandstone interbedded with it. The overlj-ing sandstone is coarse-
' Chipman, K.G. Summary Report of Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the year 1915. Ottawa,
1916, p. 245.
' Summary Report of the Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the calendar year 1915. Ottawa, 1916,
p. 245.
' Tyrrell, J. B. Report of the Doobaunt, Kazan and Ferguson rivers, vol. 9, p. 158.
' Summary Report of the Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the calendar year 1915. Ottawa, 1916,
pp. 239-241.
40 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
grained and weathers reddish-brown. About DeWitt Clinton point there are
cliffs of very dark grey limestone 40 to 50 feet high, with beds 3 or 4 feet thick,
and mth a few thin beds of light grey limestone. At one place fine-grained
diabase cuts through the limestone and spreads out as a capping on the chff.
The hills about here are covered ■nnth a mantle of alluvium, resembling glacial
morainic material, which weathers to a buff colour on the surface. It is at
least 30 feet in thickness. About Deas Thompson point there are cliffs of
limestone 30 feet in height, dark-coloured at the base and lighter grej^ above,
thin-bedded, and with encrustations of gj-psum along seams and in fissures.
Keats point is made up of coarse, reddish-coloured sandy dolomite. There are
two distinct sets of glacial striae in the vicinity of Chantry island, one set running
east and west (true) , and the j-ounger set running north 77 degrees east (true) .
In an examination of the rocks from the foot of Darnley bay to cape
Krusensteru, no e^^dence of the existence of copper was seen. A series of
sediments is intruded bj' sills, or sheets of diabase at intervals from 20 miles south
of cape Lyon to DeWitt Clinton point; no diabase is then seen again until one
nears cape Kendall on the west side of Coronation gulf; north of Back inlet.
After returning from the inland trip up the Coppermine, I started west
from Bernard harbour April 21 to reinforce the western survey party, meeting
Chipman and O'Neill coming east near Deas Thompson point on Amundsen gulf.
The Eskimos, Ikey and Palaij'ak, who were with the party, were sent on to Baillie
island -nith the mail, and to help on the Alaska, while I returned eastward again
with the survey party. Omng to the extremely short-handed condition in which
the Southern party was situated and the large amount of work planned for the
coming summer, it was impracticable for me to return to Baillie island and return
to Herschel island again with the Alaska, as I had intended. Instructions were
forwarded to Capt. Daniel Sweeney of the Alaska at Baillie island, and he carried
out the summer's work of the vessel very creditablj' and carefully, bringing in the
mail, and a good load of additional pro\'isions and coal from Herschel island.
The ice left the beach at Baillie island, at 5 a.m., July 10, 1915, according to
Captain Sweeney's report, and the Alaska got out of the harbour at 9 p.m.,
reaching Herschel island July 13. The first vessel to reach Herschel island from
the outside was the Polar Bear, which arrived August 3; the Ruby, which brought
instoresfor the Canadian Arctic Expedition arrived August 14. The^/asA^a was
loaded and left Herschel island to go east again August 22, reached BaiUie island
in the evening of August 23, left Baillie island in company with the missionary
boat Atkoon of Collingwood, and the schooner El Sueno, arriving at Bernard
harbour September 5, '1915. The El Sueno arrived September 7, bringing in
a small amount of auxiliary supplies for the Southern party, and at once went
west again to winter at Pierce point, for the purpose of trapping. The Atkoon
was blown up on the shore between Clifton Point and the mouth of Croker river,
but the vessel was apparently uninjured, and the missionaries established
a winter camp there.
Our western survey party reached the station at Bernard harbour on May 24,
1915, one week ahead of our scheduled time. We had decided upon the date
June 1 as the time for the sledge-survey parties to be back at the station, to avoid
being troubled bj' the breaking out of the rivers. The unusually mild weather
during the month of iSIay facilitated our work very much. The skies were
usually clear, and conditions good for travelling and taking observations. The
weather was very warm and the snow thawing fast around Croker river May 16,
but east of that point the season was more backward, and at Bernard harbour
the ground was completely snow-covered until after the first of June. The
snowfall is not very deep in this region, however, and after the snow really starts
melting, it practically disappears from the land within a very few days, except
the remains of deep snowdrifts in gullies and on the shady side of hills.
DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 41
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
From the experience of the topographers of the Southern party of the expedi-
tion this spring, and in the year preceding and the year following, it was found
that very little accurate topographical surveying on the lines laid down for us,
10 miles to the inch, with control stations at frequent intervals, could be done
before the middle of March at the latitude we were working (from 67° 30' to
70° approximately). Some compass lines could be run before that time, where
salient points were already located, but earher than the middle of March the
sun is too near the horizon to get satisfactory observations, on account of the
great refraction near the horizon. Blizzards and clouded skies were so frequent
early in the spring that calculated occulations of stars and planetary satellites
could only rarely be observed at a stationary observatory, and such observa-
tions were of little use in field work, and by the latter part of March the day-
light period was so nearly continuous that there was no opportunity for other
than solar observations after that season.
On May 21, 1915, Mr. George H. Wilkins arrived at Bernard harbour,
accompanied by James R. Crawford, discharged as engineer of the Northern
party's schooner Manj Sachs, and one Eskimo, named Billy Natkusiak. They
had come from the winter quarters of the Mary Sachs near cape Kellett, Banks
island, making the trip in about twenty-five days, across the southern end of
Banks island. Prince of Wales strait. Prince Albert sound, and Dolphin and Union
strait. Mr. Wilkins had found the Stefansson party safe near cape Kellett the
summer before, and had come to make some arrangements to take the North
Star to Banks island or Prince Patrick island as an auxiliary for further advanced
party for proposed more extended work of the Northern party. The plans for
the work of the Southern party had been based on the certainty of having the
North Star for the summer's work in Coronation gulf, as the Alaska was at Baillie
island, and bound to go to Herschel island before coming in again. It was finally
arranged that the North Star should first lay down some provision depots in
Coronation gulf and take the gasolene launch and outfit as far east as cape
Barrow, and then go west to Herschel island, and later to Banks island.
Mr. Wilkins had lost his cinematograph outfit on the Karluk, but had
obtained another cinematograph camera and a few thousand feet of film from
the engineer of the wreckecl schooner Elvira in 1914. He made a short trip on
the ice of Coronation gulf and secured studies of Eskimo life in camps on the
ice, and later in the season, views of their summer camps, fishing scenes, and
home life and habits. About 2,000 feet of cinematograph film was exposed,
most of which was ultimately developed and found to be of good quaHty. Mr.
Wilkins made a very good series of portrait studies of most of the local Eskimos
(Dolphin and Union strait), men, women, and children, in full view and in
profile, for Mr. Jenness's ethnological work. He also made good photographs
of growing plants, insects, etc., for the botanist and entomologist, and many
photographs of birds, mammals, etc., in their natural habitat; pictures of great
scientific as well as artistic value.
The expedition had always prided itself on being thoroughly prepared and
equipped to take the field and work at any season and under any conditions.
These problems of equipment may be roughly covered under four heads: (o)
Winter and early spring sledging with tent or snow-house, using either wood,
alcohol. Primus coal-oil stove, or native blubber-lamp; (b) late spring and early
summer, prepared for either land or water travel ; (c) summer travel with boat
or canoe; and (d) overland packing by men and dogs in summer..
The western survey parties having finished their work late in May, it
became necessary to start early summer work at once to the eastward. In
Coronation gulf the ice was still solid in June, but there was the possibility of
cracks and leads to cross as the season advanced, and boat-work after the
break-up of the ice. The Northern party of the expedition had made good
use of waterproof tarpauHns in constructing sled-rafts to cross leads, being
42 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
unable to haul canoes over rough ice, but of course this made no provision for
travel after the break-up of the ice. Our problems were somewhat different,
as in Coronation gulf the ice was comparatively smooth. We took a large point
Barrow whaling umiak, about 28.15 feet in length, and 6 feet beam, covered
with heavy bearded-seal skins, and strengthened the stern timbers to provide
for the adjustment of an Evinrude detachable gasolene motor, which pi'oved to
be a very valuable auxiliary. The canoe could be lifted by two men and placed
on a low, ivorj'-shod boat-sled, which could be hauled in the spring bj^ four
or five dogs, carrying several hundred pounds of baggage inside of the boat.
If necessary to cross a lead, the umiak could be unshipped and launched in a
few minutes, and if the ice should break, the canoe would be launched automa-
tically, already loaded. Later in the season, the umiak proved its worth by
carrying two or three men, three dogs, and a thousand pounds or more of pro-
visions, gasolene, and camp gear, making 5 to 6 miles per hour, and weathering
some pretty heavy seas. It could be beached on any kind of coast in a hurry,
by rolling it up on inflated sealskin " pokes," a great advantage when exploring
a coast whose harbours are unknown, and a sudden breeze speedily raises a
dangerous lop, as it does in Coronation gulf. The umiak is also a very useful
boat among ice-floes, as it is practicalh' unstovable and can be easily and quickly
hauled upon or over an ice-cake, and it will also stand bumping over the boulders
on a river-bottom which might prove disastrous to a wooden boat. The weight
of a wooden boat of sufficient size would also be an insuperable obstacle to
transportation by sled. For inland work in the Coronation gulf region, recourse
must be had to packing in the summer, as most of the streams are too small
and rapid to be na\'igable for any distance. The survey parties were supplied
with condensed rations, and had dog pack-saddles for their largest and strongest
dogs. Three or four good dogs can pack all the necessary provisions for a small
party for several daj's.
On June 9, 1915, John R. Cox, topographer, and J. J. O'Neill, geologist,
started eastward from Bernard harbour vnth the'umiak on a boat-sled, taking
also another large sled-load of provisions, supplies, and gasolene. They had
as assistant for the early summer an intelligent Alaskan Eskimo, Billy Natkusiak,
who had been with me in the region several years before, and also as an experi-
ment, a famil.v of Coppermine Eskimos (a man named Mupfa, with a wife
and child). We had heretofore little success in getting any useful service
from the local aborigines, who have little or no idea of serving or working for
anyone. It seemed necessary, however, to engage somebody to look after the
sledge dogs, or part of them, after the surveying party should have to take to
boat work, and this native engaged to help in the spring and look after our
dogs during the summer at a fishing-place on one of the rivers on the south
side of Coronation gulf. The man Mupfa turned out to be a very capable,
inteUigent man, and wiling to learn, and carried out his agreement for the
summer very creditably, and rendered loj'al service to the expedition for the
remainder of the next year. The party was to proceed by sled to Tree river,
or the Annielik (in Gray's bay) ; during the early summer to work geologicallj'
up some of the rivers in that region, moving gradually along the coast to cape
Barrow, 68° 01' N., 110° 09' W., the western extremity of Bathurst inlet, where
Mr. Chipman and I would meet them with the North Star about the first of
August, if possible, bringing the gasolene launch and additional supplies.
At cape Barrow, the circumstances of the season and the condition in which
we found the party and the boats at that time, would determine the extent
of the survey which we could make of Bathurst inlet during the latter part
of the summer. It was planned to finish up as much as possible of the eastern
end of our assigned territory during the summer of 1915, leaving the region
nearer home (around the mouth of the Coppermine river) for the early autumn
or coming spring, when the unfinished ends could be worked to better advantage
DEPARTMENT OF fHE XATAL SERVICE , 43
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
from the base station. During the early summer of 1915, Mr. K. G. Chipman
began a stadimeter survey of the region about Bernard harbour, with 20-foot
contours. Mr. F. Johansen did some dredging for marine life in the inner
and outer harbours, and completed his collections of the plants and insects
of the region, while my own collections of birds and mammals was considerably
increased. Considerable quantities of salmon trout were sun dried for winter
dog-food, and some caribou meat was also dried for our own consumption.
The few families of Eskimos who remained about during the early summer
caught and dried large numbers of lake trout, catching them with hooks through
the ice in June and early in July, and spearing and gaffing large numbers of
salmon trout which were impounded in stone weirs when they started to run
up the streams in July. By the last of July all the local Eskimos had departed
on their summer packing expeditions to look for caribou inland. '
The summer of 1915 was very late and cold, and the ice melted very slowly.
The North Star had started to leak badly during the winter, and we finally
succeeded in getting the vessel free from the ice and hauled up on top of the ice
in the harbour July 7, and caulked her thoroughly. A few days later the ice
had melted enough to drop the vessel into the water again, and on July 20 all
the ice was out of the harbour. Bay ice disappears with wonderful rapidity
at that season, the hot sunshine cutting away the top almost visibly, the ice
floating up as it melts, and when it finally disintegrates into small pieces which
touch the water on all sides, soon disappears absolutely. After the harbour
and the large bay south of Chantry island were free of ice, Dolphin and Union
strait was pretty full of ice. Broad leads opened up outside for a little, but the
ice seemed pretty solid to the eastward. A steady, strong northwest wind for
a week, practically a gale for three or four days, kept dri\dng the ice down
into and blocking up Dolphin and Union strait, and in the early part of August,
between Bernard harbour and the Liston and Sutton islands, the strait was
packed full of rough, heaped-up blocks of ice, where we had only smooth bay
ice all the previous winter.
After being held for nearly two weeks after the break-up of the ice b\
heavy ice packed into Dolphin and Union strait by continued westerly winds,
a spell of easterly wind started the ice moving westward again, and we worked
the North Star out through the ice east of Chantry island August 9, finding the
ice slowly moving westward. We were unable to get by the south side Oi
Lambert island after going about half-way, finding the south side of the strait
pretty well packed with ice, and went back around the west end of Lambert
island to the north side of the island, passing over some dangerous rocky shoals
extending for some distance off the west end of Lambert island, 6 feet of water
400 to 500 yards off shore. There is also a series of rocky islands and reefs
off the east end of Lambert island. We passed cape Krusenstern in the evening
of August 10, and passed through the Duke of York archipelago during the
night, finding very little ice after passing cape Krusenstern, and Coronation
gulf entirelv free of ice to the eastward. We reached port Epworth, the splendid
harbour at"the mouth of Tree river, 67° 46' N., 111° 59' W., and found a large
stone beacon on the island at the mouth of the harbour, with a cache and a
note signed by J. J. O'Neill and J. R. Cox stating that they had been working
in that region until July 30, when the ice moved off the coast allowing them
to proceed eastward. They had gone on east to cape Barrow, where we found
another beacon on August 12, stating that they had reached that point August
2. They had been delayed by head ^\nnds, and we soon found the party camped
in a littfe bay just east of cape Barrow. The North Star put down a large cache
of pro\'isions at port Epworth, consisting of flour, rice, pemmican, sugar, and
gasolene for the two motor-boats; and another cache at cape Barrow for use
during the summer of 1915 and the possibility of sledge work in the spring of
1916. The North Star at once started back to the westward, on August 12,
44 , DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
having been delayed only three days after getting out of the harbour in making
the eastern trip. Having a stiff fair breeze behind her, the North Star was
back at Bernard harbour within twenty-four hours, and finding all the ice had
moved to the westward, kept on going and soon reached Bailhe island. The
party who went west on the North Star consisted of George H. Wilkins, com-
manding; A. Castel; James R. Crawford (discharged at Baillie island to go out
on schooner Ruby) ; and the Eskimo, Billy Natkusiak. The partj- remaining
at cape Barrow consisted of four men, K. G. Chipman, J. R. Cox, J. J. O'Neill,
and myself, A^ith one 20-foot wooden gasolene launch vnth 7-horsepower Gray
motor, and the skin-umiak ^\ath Evinrude motor.
Cox and O'Neill, with their Eskimo assistants, had left Barnard harbour
June 9, hauling the skin umiak on a boat sled, and crossed Coronation gulf
direct from cape Krusenstern to the mouth of the Tree river (port Epworth),
being delayed by only one large crack in the ice, about 30 feet wide. The season
was much further advanced around Tree river than it was at Bernard harbour
and the ice was soon cut away around the mouth of the river. Large quantities
of fish were caught after the opening of the baj', and in addition to what were used
by the party and their large bunch of dogs, over 500 pounds of fish were dried,
baled and put en cache on the island at the mouth of the harbour for autumn use.
Wolverines are surprisingly abundant on the coast in this region, and unless
prov-isions and stores are cached on islands they are apt to suffer from the ravages
of these brutes during the summer. Tree river was explored for some distance
inland on a packing expedition in July. Like all the other streams in this region
(in the granite area) it has rapids, cascades, and falls a few miles from its mouth.
It abounds in fish in the summer-time, and several families of Eskimos usually
spend the summer at the first cascade, catching fish by spear, hook, and raking
with a sort of double gaff-hook. Salmon trout and two species of white-fish
are largely caught in the rivers, while large lake trout are caught in nearly every
lake of any size. The country a little back from the mouth of Tree river is dotted
with innumerable clear lakes, basins in the granite, and the vegetation, particul-
arly in the flowering plants, is richer than the average condition in the Arctic.
A good collection of plants was made here during the early summer. Tree river
has two large branches, one of which is said to rise near the east bank of the
Coppermine. This western branch of Tree river is said to have spruce trees
near its source. The scenery around port Epworth is quite striking, vertical
cHffs of dark-coloured diabase, vnth long talus slopes, rising to a height of 600
feet above sea-level on either side of the harbour. A long ridge of dolomite
runs west from the mouth of the river, about five miles back from the island at
the entrance of the harbour of port Epworth. The island at the entrance of the
harbour is black shale at the base, overlain with diabase. About five miles south
of the mouth of Tree river a ridge of rounded granite mountains runs to the
south and east side of the river, the highest peak noticeable, about ten miles
back from the entrance of the harbour, being 1,090 feet above sea-level. It is
interesting to note that about half a mile east of the mouth of Tree river, there
are small crevices or pockets in the granite which are filled with the soft potstone
(a talc chlorite schist), much used by the Eskimos of this region for making the
stone blubber-lamps which are universally used by them, and also for making
stone cooking pots. The use of the cumbersome, heavy, and fragile stone pots,
however, is very rapidly declining, owing to the much greater convenience of tin,
iron, and copper-ware which are being introduced in trade. There is no known
potstone quarry west of Tree river, and most of the stone utensils come from there
although the Eskimos informed us that there are also some smaller stone
deposits on the Utkusikaluk, flowing into Gray bay, and somewhere around cape
Barrow.
DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERVICE 45
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
According to Dr. O'Neill/ the islands in Coronation gulf, on a line south-
east from cape Krusenstern to port Epworth, are all of diabase; no amygdaloid
was seen, but some of the islands are cut by narrow veins of calcite which contain
small patches of chalcocite. While making a second trip through these islands
in May, 1916, I was impressed by the rugged formation of these islands, including
many of the islands of the Duke of York archipelago. The group known to the
Eskimos as Pauneyaktok, about 20 miles southeast from cape Krusenstern, are
typical of the group, having precipitous cliffs of diabase running up to 200 feet
in height, facing to the south and southeast, and sloping dowTi to the water's
edge on the north and northwest sides. Underneath the diabase of one of these
islands, I noticed an exposure of sedimentary rock, a series of alternate layers of
black and reddish strata about one inch thick, merging into a tick, flesh-coloured
stratum. The base of the islands is very seldom visible, being hidden by talus
slopes from 10 to 40 feet high.
" The coast from port Epworth to Grej-'s bay is diabase cutting grey shale
or red sandstone, which immediately underlies the shale; no amj'gdaloid nor
copper is in e\'idence in this diabase, of which the upper part has been removed
by erosion. The Laurentian granite comes to Anthin 3 miles of the coast at
the K6gluktualuk or Tree river, and its western contact with younger sediments
extends almost true south for over 30 miles. The northern border of this
granite parallels the coast to the west end of Graj''s bay; it forms the southern
shore of Grav's bav and the whole coast from that place to the east side of cape
Barrow."— (O'Neill.)
Cape Barrow, 68° 01' N., 110° 09' W., or Han-in-nek, as it is called by the
Eskimos, is a mountainous granitic region, but is not nearly so high as stated by
Franklin in 1821-. He saj-s: " The higher parts attain an elevation of 1,400
and 1,500 feet and the whole is entirely destitute of vegetation. "
In 1915 we found the height of the highest of the granite ridges to be 340
feet above the sea-level, by aneroid, and although the hills have a barren
appearance on their summits and slopes, careful inspection shows many bright
green patches in little valleys and gullies where soil has collected, as well as in
basins in the rocks, around the little lakes — green grass, low dwarf -n-illow,
deep tundra moss, cotton-grass or " nigger-head '" tussocks (the tetes des fenunes
of the northern Indians and voj-ageurs) heather growing luxuriantly in many
shelving rocks, and about ten species of flowering plants in bloom close to our
camp on August 13. The summits of the granite ridges were usually covered
with graj' lichens. In this region we were often deceived by great reddish areas
on cliffs, giving the appearance of a ferruginous rock, but upon closer examination
proving to be only a dense coat of red lichens.
After the return of the North Star to the westward, Chipman, Cox, O'Neill,
and myself continued the survej^ east from cape Barrow with the small launch,
umiak, and a Peterborough canoe. It turned out that this plan cut down to
some extent as originally planned, as we had to he over a good manj- days
on account of stormj' weather and high -winds when we could not use the small
boats, and might have gone ahead or anchored in more favourable place with the
North Star. With the small boats we had to find a very small and very well-
protected harbour for each night's camp. We were also prevented from getting
back to the station before the freeze-up, as the almost continuous heavy weather
late in the autumn prevented us from traveUing a large part of the time ■nath the
small boats. The Evinrude motor did good service in the early part of the
season on the umiak, and the two boats were able to work to some extent inde-
pendently, by having one boat make more prolonged stops at the most
' Summarj- Report of the Geological Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the calendar year 1915. Ottawa,
1916, pp. 241.
2 Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 20, 21, and 22. By John
Franklin, Captain R.N., F.R.S., and Commander of the Expedition. London, John Murray, Albemarle
Street. MDCCXXIII,
46 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
interesting points for geological work, while the launch could keep running more
or less continuously on the coast traverse. In the latter part of August, the Evin-
r.ude motor on the umiak gave out, and as we were not prepared to re-babbitt
the bearings, which had been cut out by some grit, we had to lay the umiak up
for a while near Kater point, Arctic sound, as it reduced the speed of the launch
about a mile per hour to tow the umiak, and the ^^•inds were not steady enough
to keep up by sailing. With the umiak out of commission, Mr. Chipman found
it necessary to stay in the vicinity of Kater point for about three weeks, and this
cut down the topographic work considerably.
Pre^aous to this the coast survey had been completed in detail from cape
Barrow, around Detention harbour (a rather large bay nearly hidden by a large
island nearly hiding the entrance; with a deep ichannel behind except at one
narrow point near the eastern exit, where it narrows to about 100 yards in width
and only one fathom of water). An investigation was made of the islands along
the coast here and farther south in Moore bay. The islands from Gray's bay
east were little granite outliners here and there near the coast, but north of
Moore bay, and lying two or three miles outside of the Detention Harbour
islands, are some rather large islands, called Nu-a-ho'-ngak by the Eskimos.
The latter islands are stratified dolomite, cut by a large dike of diabase, which
also runs inland on the mainland here. Moore bay is rather larger than indicated
by the charts, with a rather deeper extension to the southeast and a number of
high diabase islands. We found our first native copper in situ in cracks in the
diabase on an island in Moore bay. Small veins of galena (lead sulphide, Pb. S.)
were observed in cracks in the granite at Galena point, just east of Detention
harbour. There is a river of fair size flowing into the southwestern point of
Moore bay.
From Kater point, O'Neill, Cox, and I continued to carry on the survey
with the launch down the west side of Arctic sound. Some difficulty was
experienced in finding a channel into the mouth of Hood river through a number
of low sandy islands at the mouth of the river, on account of a heavy sea running
at the time. After entering the river we found a deep channel, 9 or 10 feet deep,
following the high-cut bank along the south side of the river for 3 or 4 miles from
its mouth. At tli,e first large bend, the channel shifts to the left (west) bank,
where there is a small exposure of quartzite at the water's edge, overlain by a
thick deposit of hght-coloured sandy claj'. Willows on the bank here were 5 or
6 feet high, one inch or more in diameter, and quite a bit of dead willow in among
them. Considerable willow drift was found on the banks, affording more fuel
than was usual in this region. Going up stream from the quartzite bend, the
charmel gradually swung across to the other bank, but we had no difficulty
following the deep channel (over 9 feet) by watching the colour of the water,
which was grey over the shoals. We could take the launch up only to the first
cascade of the Hood river, and camped there on August 27, making an inland
reconnaissance in the direction of the James river. The steep clay banks of
the river are about 100 feet high at the first cascade, with a level grassy bench
extending back about half a mile to a ridge of fine, red sandstone, cut on the
southwest side by a dike of coarse-grained basalt, with a broad grassy valley
beyond. The next ridge was quartzite, succeeded by another grassy valley.
A herd of thirty-four caribou was found here, and one fat young bull killed to
replenish our meat supply. A single lone bull had been seen and killed at
Kater point a few days before. A little farther on O'Neill struck an outcrop of
granite, pegmatite, and mica schist in the valley, and established the continuity
of the granite extending from Detention harbour and Moore bay down to Hood
river. Going out of the river again the coast of Arctic sound was followed to its
bottom. A fine large specimen of the Barren Ground bear was killed at the
DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 47
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
south end of Baillie's cove, the extreme bottom of Arctic sound, where he was
found digging roots from the sandy soil near the mouth of a small creek.
The east side of Arctic sound is formed by one side of Banks peninsula
(Tikerayuk, or " the forefinger," of the Eskimos), its most northern point being
point Wollaston. Native copper was found in amj'gdules on both sides of Banks
peninsula. Running down the east side of Banks peninsula we expected from
inspection of the chart to find a passage out through Franklin's so-called Brown's
channel,^ but found that the channel was a blind one, comparatively straight,
with another peninsula, shorter than Banks peninsula, on the east side. The
southerly portion of this hitherto uncharted sound is fringed for several miles
on its west side by high cliffs of grey dolomite. Rather steep slopes of dirt and
gravel lead up from the beach in about half a mile to 490 feet elevation. From
the top of this slope, nearly vertical cliffs rise to a height of 870 feet above sea-
level; composed of heavy strata of dolomite, with a heavy capping of diabase,
much striated on the upper surface. Ascending to the top of these cliffs, a small
creek was seen to run into the bottom of the sound from a lake about five miles
inland, in a broad grassy vallej' to the southwest. We followed the coast around
a series of long, narrow fiords, peninsulas, and small islands east of here, finding
the coast line very slow and difficult to work out, being very much cut up in the
region tentatively indicated by Franklin as Goulburn island, the latter being
really a series of long peninsulas southeast of Banks peninsula. Having struck
a considerable copper-bearing area in Bathurst inlet, it was thought better to
make a detailed geological sheet of this important area than to attempt to make
a complete survey of the bottom of Bathurst inlet outside of the copper area.
We accordingly followed the southern boundary of the diabase area across to
Kannuyuk (Copper) island, a large island in Bathurst inlet, south of the Barry
islands, opposite Fowler bay, on the east side of Bathurst inlet. Driftwood was
very scarce east of Kater point, but bj' picking up everj- small piece we saw on
the beaches, we usually managed to carry enough in the boats to last us a day or
two. Bird and animal life was remarkably scarce along the coast. Caribou
signs were seen occasionally, and fresh tracks on some of the islands. A very
fine large bull caribou was killed on Kannuyuk island, Bathurst inlet, by Mr.
Cox on September 3. Numbers of gulls were nesting in rookeries near point
Wollaston and on the south side of the Barrj- islands.
The Barry islands, instead of a single island, are really a group of large
islands. The most easterly, called Ekullialuk, the Barry island of Franklin, is
properly two large islands, separated by a bay or sound 4^/2 miles long and 2 or 3
miles wide, running north and south and opening to the north through a deep
channel about one-quarter of a mile wide. This bay has several sharp, deep
bays indenting its south shore, and several little stony islands near the shore.
Cruising along the south side of the big island, along the foot of the precipitous
cliffs of diabase, overlying red quartzite, we found an opening into the wall,
through a channel about one-quarter of a mile long, one-eighth of a mile wide
at the south end and about 100 yards wide at the north end, with a strong tide
rip running to the southward when we passed through. In exploring thB interior
of the bay, we found Sir John Franklin's portage, discovered on his return boat
voyage in August, 1821,- a passage between walls of almost perpendicular diabase
about 100 feet high, but closed by a low, narrow gravellj' isthmus about 30 j-ards
across, across which he had to portage his canoes. There are in reality two
isthmuses, separated by an " island " of steep rock, the western gravel isthmus
being about 100 yards across, and the other narrower. As Frankhn did not
happen to strike the narrow, open channel about half a mile farther east, he
assumed that the whole was a single island. Just northwest of the Ekullialuk
' Narrative of Journey to Polar Sea, in 1819-22. By John Franklin, Capt.,'R.N., etc. London,
1823, p. 375.
^ Journey to Shores of Polar Sea, in years 1819, 20, 21, and 22, by John Franklin, p. 395.
48 DEPARTMENT OF THE SAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
islands, and separated by another narrow, deep channel is a large island called
Adligaq, and north of Adligaq and extending some distance to the northeast of
point Wollaston, is the large island called Igloruallig. The northeast tip of this
group of islands approaches close to point Everitt on the east side of Bathurst
inlet. The region around point Everitt is knoTN-n as Umingmuktor, and is the
centre of a fairly large group of Eskimos called Uminguktogmiut. The Eskimos
who frequent the southern and western parts of Bathurst inlet are mostly
Kilusiktogmiut, and this region in general is known as Kilusiktok.
As the season was getting advanced, we felt impelled to turn back from
Ekullialuk (Barrj^ island), Bathurst inlet, on September 8, 1915, -without going
to the bottom of Bathurst inlet. The geological results had been encouraging,
for two large areas, each of several square miles in extent, were discovered, in
which the native copper is widely distributed, and much valuable geological
knowledge had been gained in tracing the contact of the basalts -with the granites
and sedimentaries throughout the region. The plan was made to complete the
detailed mapping of the copper-bearing area by sledge the following spring bj'
one party, while another part}' should fill in the gaps remaining in the coast
survej' west of Bathurst inlet. We were delayed b^- heav3' weather from the
evening of September 9 to the morning of September 14 on Adligaq island. On
the 14th we succeeded in running as far as Cheere islands, at the entrance to
Arctic sound, where a gale held us until the morning of the 16th, when we
succeeded in slipping across to Kater point, where we joined IMr. Chipman.
Here we were delayed for eight days, storm-bound in the fine little land-locked
harbour. Strong northwesterly winds prevailed, with heavy snowfall and
freezing weather. The ground was snow-covered, drifting to 4 or 5 feet in depth
in the lee of bluffs and in gullies, while ice on small freshwater ponds was about
three inches thick. The temperature of the air during this period ranged from
25° to 31° F., but the sea-water did not get down to freezing during our stay at
Kater point, although we were anxiously watching for signs of slush ice. The
24th of September was warmer and quiet, and we succeeded in reaching cape
Barrow' that evening. Although the weather was otherwise fair, high winds
kept us at cape Barrow until September 28. On the night of the 26th, j^oung ice
formed for the first time across the little harbour, but about half of it melted or
floated out during the day. On the morning of the 28th the launch was run out
through about 50 yards of j'oung ice to clear a road to the open water outside.
In doing this the ice saw-ed long holes through both sides of the boat about mid-
ships, the boat being onlj' sheathed with tin forward. We were obliged to
unload and haul the boat up on the beach high enough to clear the holes, so that
we could patch it with tarred canvass and tin. We finally left the harbour at
10.45 a.m. and followed the coast pretty closely to the w^estward, keeping behind
the very numerous small granite islands when possible, and cutting across the
mouths of the numerous narrow baj's and inlets with which the coast is indented.
About 2.30 p.m. w^e were compelled to stop iiear the eastern end of Gray's bay,
as the wind was too strong to cross the bay ahead. On the 29th w^e went ahead
and entered the mouth of Wentzell (or Utkusikaluk) river a little after 1 p.m.
There was a sandbar island at the middle of the entrance of the river and a 4-foot
shoal in the channel, but after crossing this the river was 9 or 10 feet deep, with
a width of about 100 j-ards. The coast near the mouth of the river is composed
of fine sand mostly, supporting a little grass, wild barlej', etc. Small granite
outcrops show here and there, and there is a very rugged-looking range of hills
two or three miles inland. We staj^ed only a short time in the river, catching
two fine whitefisli in a net while we were waiting. The river was rather muddy,
but no ice was seen.
At 3.30 th» wind moderated a little and we started ahead again, heading
for a long point to the westward. The breeze freshening, we soon struck a
heavy swell and shipped much spray. Running in towards the low shore, we
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 49
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
struck muddy water about one mile from shore and soon sighted some' low sand
islands at the mouth of the Kogluktuaryuk river. We tried to enter the eastern
channel but grounded, and had to turn back and enter the middle channel.
Quite a bit of loose, slushy ice was floating down stream and bunching up along
the sides of the river mouth. Numerous fish were jumping out of the water.
We found the river frozen completely across about 500 yards upstream. High,
steep, black earth or clay banks begin about half a mile from the mouth of the
river, running back probably two or three miles to the rocky hills. The roar of
large water-falls could be heard from the mouth of the river. As the situation
did not look favourable for camping, with no wood and a good prospect of a
sudden freeze-up, we ran out of the Kogluktuaryuk, which is about south of the
middle of Franklin's Hepburn island (known as Igluhugyuk to the Eskimos),
and pushing ahead, camped long after dark on a small island off the mouth of the
Annielik river (incorrectly indicated on Hanbury's map^ as the Unialik). The
Annielik river flows into the deep southwest corner of Grays' bay. The
muddy water from the Anniehk discoloured the waters of the bay for one or two
miles from its mouth, and young ice was forming in crystals on the surface of
the water in the evening, in calm places in the bay.
Leaving the mouth of the Annielik early in the morning of September 30,
we passed the high sandstone cliffs on the west side of Gray's bay and reached
a point about 1.5 miles east of port Epworth at 11 a.m. We were compelled to
stop until 3.20 p.m. on account of a stiff breeze springing up, and reached port
Epworth harbour, near our cache, about 8 p.m., at which time it was pretty
dark. As the freeze-up of Coronation gulf was impending, we decided to stop
at Tree river and return to the winter base at Bernard harbour with sleds.
Stormy weather followed for four days and the young ice in the harbour was
pretty thick on October 6.
We had taken our three best dogs with us on the boats during the summer,
for use in packing trips inland and for tracking boats if necessary. Seven dogs
and two sleds had been left in charge of some Eskimos at the first rapids about
five miles from the mouth of the river, when Cox and O'Neill left this place July
30. We found that the natives had taken good care of our dogs, and the large
fish-cache on the harbour island was intact, although Avolverines had broken
into the rock cache on the mainland and spilled c!ut some flour and rice. Our
natives here had just killed a number of fat caribou, and as by frequently dropping
a net for fish, shooting caribou, Arctic hares, and other game when needed during
the summer, we had been enabled to keep a large stock of reserve provisions on
hand, we had no hardship in waiting at Tree river for about three weeks, until
the ice of Coronation gulf became strong enough for us to start for home October
27, without following all the indentations of the coast. The Eskimo family
which had accompanied Cox and O'Neill to Tree river in June accompanied us
back to Bernard harbour. We reached the station November 9, 1915, and on
that date received the first mail and news from the outside w-orld that we had
received for fifteen months.
Mr. D. Jenness, ethnologist of the Southern party, arrived at Bernard
harbour on November 8, 1915, after having been with the Eskimos on Victoria
island since April 13, 1915. He had started out with a small band of Eskimos,
of whom the chief man, a middle-aged man named Ikpukhuaq, was engaged by
Mr. Jenness as a helper. These Eskimos fulfilled all their promises and obliga-
tions to Mr. Jenness in a very kindly and creditable manner during the whole
time he was with them. They spent most of the summer in the Colville hills in
southern Victoria island, and did not go to Prince Albert sound, as had been
anticipated. A few Prince Albert Sound Eskimos came to visit them in the spring,
however. The party were moving most of the time, following the caribou, and
' Hanbury, David T. Sport and Travel in the Northland of Canada. London, 1904.
38—4
50 DEPARTMENT OF THE yATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
supplementing the caribou to some extent -n-ith fish caught in the lakes. They
did not suffer from lack of food during the summer, but experienced considerable
discomfort from being without fuel for either cooking or warming themselves for
a good part of the time. Many districts visited did not afford a sufficient ciuantity
even of dwarf willow or heather to make fires, and the people were obhged to eat
their meat and fish in a raw state oftener than desirable. Mr. Jenness, however,
had some very interesting experiences, and obtained a good understanding of the
language, habits, folk-lore, and ■viewpoints on life in general, such as can onh' be
obtained bj' continued intimate relations. During the winter he supplemented
this with intensive studies of the -ninter snow-houses life, and many gramophone
records of songs, shamanistic performances, and the like. Finger-prints of many
of the people were recorded, and many of their string-games, or cats'-cradles
were recorded.
The C.G.S. Alaska had arrived at Bernard harbour on September 5, 1915,
after going from Baillie island to Herschel island for the mail and supplies. After
discharging cargo, the Alaska went back west to Stapylton bay to look for drift-
wood, as the amount of coal brought in was smaller than had been expected. Mr.
Frits Johansen, marine biologist, had been in charge of the Bernard harbour
station since the North Star had left on August 9, with only the cook and Patsy
Klengenberg, interpreter, to help him. ]\Ir. Johansen, who had been authorized,
if conditions were possible, to do some dredging work on the Alaska after her
return, accompanied the Alaska on the trip to Stapj'lton bay. He got some
valuable deep soundings and dredgings in Dolphin and Union strait, down to a
depth of 50 fathoms, and obtained a quantity of specimens from greater depths
than he had been able to reach before. Mr. Johansen made continued studies
of the fresh-water life of the ponds and lakes in the vicinity of the station, and
made fairly complete collections of the flora and insect life. In the autumn he
completed a series of soundings of the outer and inner harbours here, by means
of holes through the j'oung ice, in continuation of work begun in the autumn of
1914. The lines were run over the ice between islands and points of the main-
land, with the soundings at paced distances, from 30 to 250 feet apart. The
result was the finding of very interesting hydrographic conditions, the maximum
depth inside of the islands being 12 fathoms. This information was of particular
value in connection with his other marine investigations, and added materially
to the topograpliic map of the harbour. Mr. Johansen also did some other
hj'drographic work in the neighbouring fresh-water lakes, bj^ taking soundings
through the young ice in the autumn.
The barren-ground caribou began to migrate across Dolphin and Union
strait shortly after our return from the east, and were coming in fairly large
numbers by November 15, 1915. About forty were taken before the end of the
month (including about ten brought by Mr. Jenness from the south side of
Victoria island), so a plentiful supplj- of fresh meat was on hand all winter.'
Salmon trout were also taken in some numbers up to the middle of December in
nets set under the ice of the lakes near the station.
Captain Sweeney brought in the news that Mr. Daniel Wallace Blue, chief
engineer of the C.G'.S. Alaska, died at Baillie island, N.W.T., on May 2, 1915,
after an illness of ten days. He had been troubled somewhat in the latter part
of the winter by what Captain Sweeney thought was incipient scurvj-. About
the only noticeable symptom was that when his legs were punched ^ith the
finger, the indentations remained for a short time. Captain Sweeney and some
of the natives at Baillie island had the same symptoms to some extent, as did also
a trapper named Fred. Jacobsen who T\intered around Liverpool bay, and Captain
Mclntyre and Mr. Arey on the Argo in Darnley bay. Mr. Jacobsen came over
to Baillie island in the spring, and ^Ir. Blue accompanied him on a sled trip along
the coast, after ptarmigan. Thej- were all improving in condition as spring
approached. A few days later, Mr. Jacobsen brought Mr. Blue back on the
DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 51
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
sled, suffering from a severe congestion of the lungs. The pneumonic symptoms
kept getting worse, and Mr. Blue died May 2. He was buried on cape Bathurst.
Mr. Blue was one of the original crew shipped on the Alaska at Nome. He was
a native of Ayrshire, Scotland, about 30 years old, and learned the steam engineer-
ing trade in Glasgow. He had lived in Alaska since 1906, and had followed the
placer-mining industry (both prospecting and operating) on Copper river,
Tanana, Nome, and Kobuk, Alaska. There was no other illness among the
members of the Southern party, during the year 1915, except a slight illness of
Mr. Jenness while he was spending the summer with the Eskimos on Victoria
island.
Tidal observations were taken at Bernard harbour for a time in the spring
of 1915, with the automatic tide-registering machine, but not very successfully,
as the machine had a habit of stopping too frequently, and was finally discarded.
In December, 1915, we secured tidal records continuously for one week, from
December 4 to December 11; we erected a snow-house on the ice of Dolphin
and Union strait, outside of the harbour islands, set up a long, graduated pole on
the sea-bottom, and read the height of the tide every half hour, day and night,
and at intervals of ten minutes or oftener around the periods of high and low
tides. The maximum rise of tide recorded was about 23^ feet.
Only three or four families of Eskimos were around Bernard harbour in the
late summer and early autumn of 1915, but about the middle of November they
began to come up from the Coppermine River region, and from the south coast of
Victoria island, until about 125 were living in a snow-house village on the beach
near the station. jMost of them stayed around for about three weeks, living
principally on caribou meat, while their women were engaged in making new
caribou-skin garments for the winter. All this work had to be done on land,
as the natives of this region have superstitious taboos which forbid them dressing
caribou-skins or making new caribou-skin garments while living on the ice. This
was a happy time of the year for them, and there was singing and dancing going
on most of the time. In the early part of December, when their new winter
clothing was completed, and their stocks of frozen meat, dried meat, and fish
began to run low, they all moved out to the vicinity of Liston and Sutton islands,
in the middle of Dolphin and Union strait, about 16 miles north of Bernard
harbour. The people build snow-houses on the ice there, and hve practically
exclusively on seals for the rest of the winter.
A good collection of mammals and birds was made around Bernard harbour
in the spring and summer, and Mr. Jenness brought back a few zoological
specimens from Victoria island. In the late summer I collected specimens at
various points in the Bathurst inlet region. A good series of barren-ground
caribou were collected during the autumn migration south from Victoria island.
Some caribou specimens were obtained during the spring migration, some young
fawns in June, and three good summer specimens, while we were in the eastern
region. Specimens of fish were also taken whenever possible.
January and February, 1916, were spent by the geological and topographical
men mostly in working up their field notes and preparing for the spring work.
Mr. Jenness spent most of the winter at the large Eskimo sealing village near
the Okullit (Liston and Sutton) islands, pursuing his ethnological studies. I
made a trip to the first timber on the Coppermine river with some of the hunters
in January and February, and a quantity of caribou meat was brought back to
replenish the house supply, as well as a few specimens. Caribou were found to
be fairly plentiful down to the coast near the mouth of the Coppermine river, and
we also saw one small herd south of cape Lambert. Caribou are not often seen
near the coast of Dolphin and Union strait in winte^. The natives in this region
spend the winter sealing through the ice, and at the present time do not molest
the caribou from November until April.
38— 4i
52 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
At the outset of this trip, in January, I sent two of the Coronation gulf
natives, named Mupfa and Kohoktak, in the employ of the expedition, to haul
by sledge a quantity of provisions from the station at Bernard harbour to port
Epworth, Coronation gulf, which was to serve as an outfitting base for Mr.
Chipman's projected survey of the south side of Coronation gulf from the mouth
of Rae river east to cape Barrow and for the return trip of the two or three sledges
which would be working in the Bathurst inlet area until late in the Spring of 1916.
These two Eskimos, with their families, faithfully hauled and cached the goods
safely, and on their return trip brought back to Bernard harbour several boxes of
specimens which had been cached at port Epworth in the autumn. That spot
was particularly favourable for making secure caches on account of the massive
flat slabs of heavy shale lying loose on the island, affording ready material for
making vermin-proof caches. AVolverines are surprisingly numerous on the
coasts and islands of this region, far from the nearest timbered country, and
nothing edible can be left long without being securelj- protected from them.
I returned to Bernard harbour from the Coppermine river trip on Februarj'^
27, having been gone a little over a month. It had been arranged that K. G.
Chipman should start on March 1 to make a survey of Croker river before
starting the eastern work. This seems to be without doubt the largest river
.between Darnley bay and Coronation gulf, and nothing but its mouth had been
put on the charts previously. I decided that I would accompany Mr. Chipman
on this trip, which was of interest not only as giving an important geological
section into the heart of the barren ground half-way between Mr. O'Neill's
reconnaissance from Darnlej^ bay, and IMr. Cox's traverse from the head of Rae
river to Stapylton bay, but might also throw more light on animal distribution,
particularly of the muskox. Owing to stormy weather we did not get away from
Bernard harbour until March 6, and reached the mouth of Croker river on March
15. Near Clifton point we spent a night at " Camp Necessity," a httle cabin
built in the fall of 1915, by Rev. H. Girling, of the Anglican mission service, and
his assistants, Mr. G. E. Merritt, of St. John, N.B., and Air. W. H. B. Hoare, of
Ottawa. Thej' had intended to come farther east, but had been cast up with
their little schooner nearly a hunderd miles west of the Eskimos they were intend-
ing to work among. Their schooner was apparently uninjured, and they expected
to move in to Dolphin and Union strait in the summer of 1916, and establish a
mission at Bernard harbour. The present western range of the Copper Eskimos
extends usuallj^ to cape Bexley or South bay; west of that point is a 200-mile
stretch of coast to cape Lyon permanently uninhabited, and usually uninhabited
west to cape Bathurst, about 400 miles.
Croker river^ has a broad delta, forming a triangle nearly equilateral, with
base about 5 miles across at the coast, and apex about five miles inland, where*
the river emerges from a rampart of low hills. After lea\'ing the hills, the river
follows man}' devious channels, through manj' gravelly and stony bars and
islands. There were a few small domes caused by ice rising up, but no recent
signs of water flowing. The river seemed to be frozen to the bottom all the way
up, so far as we could observe. The river is 60 to 70 j'ards wide where it emerges
from the first rock (dolomite) cliffs about five miles from the coast. The cliffs
a little inside the first bend of the river are about 60 feet high; thej^ are composed
of stratified dolomite, j'ellowish on the surface, but grayish on ireshly broken
surfaces, with some lighter-coloured bands, and lenses of calcite. The canyon
walls on both sides became gradually higher inland, from 100 to 150 feet, vertical
on both sides in most places. The river maintains a uniform width of about 60
yards, narrowing in one place to about 40 yards. Heavy snowdrifts overhung
the west bank in manj' places (due to the prevailing T\-inds), and there had been
avalanches in places, making barrier ridges of very hard, ice-like, angular-
' Summary Report of the Geological Survey for 1916. Ottawa, 1917.
\
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 53
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
fractured snowblocks extending most of the way, and sometimes entirely, across
the river. The river continually makes very short, .sharp bends, but its general
course is northerly. There are no tributary creeks entering the lower course
of the river. At very frequent intervals the sides, walls, and brink of the
canyon are castellated, or split vertically into sharp, angular, pointed pillars,
spires, and minarets. One straight pillar in a bend of the river, was about 40
feet high and not over 3 feet thick at the base.
About 12 miles from the mouth of the river, and nearly 8 miles up the canyon,
there is a broadening of the river where a large creek comes from the southeast,
spHtting to send a branch around a large, picturesque, pyramidal rock island
about 300 feet high, before entering the river. This was the first place where we
were able to get up out of the canyon and Mr. Chipman and I cHmbed to the top
of the hill by cutting some niches and steps in the snowbanks. The top of the
canyon walls were found to be 310 feet above the river, by aneroid, and the top of
the ridge behind, 350 feet above the level of the river. We could see quite a bit
of land on both sides of the river, and it appeared to be smooth, rolling upland.
A little above this creek, the river narrowed abruptly to a gateway about 18 feet
wide and over 300 feet high, and a little farther on to another gateway about 36
feet wide. Beyond this the river was wider, but the gorge was so much obstructed
by avalanche barricades of icy-hard snowblocks that it was scarcelj^ possible to
take a loaded sled over them, so we decided to camp there, cache all but four
days provisions, and scout ahead mth a very light sled.
Before going farther up the river, we explored the tributary creek, got out of
the creek canyon about 2 miles up and went up on the hills. The deep canyon
of the river, cut down more than 300 feet through the dolomite, is not visible at a
distance of more than half a mile. The country slopes gradually north to the
coast of Amunsdsen gulf. The river canyon was seen to make a series of intri-
cate bends a httle above the creek, the loops coming nearly together. A Httle
farther up, the river has quite a steep descent, with some rapids, if not waterfalls.
The snowdrifts and ice barriers were so deep, however, in most places that it was
impossible to see the character of the river. In some stretches of the river,
progress was made only by climbing over one rugged hill of snow blocks,
descending 20 or 30 feet into a deep pit, and immediately ascending another
ridge, like working through pressure-ridge sea ice. We frequently had to boost
and lift the sled up over ridges bj' main strength, and take the dogs out of
harness to let the sled down. The rock strata are horizontal in most places, with
some sHght local variations of not more than 4 or 5 degrees. Quartz geodes, with
brown and transparent crystals of topaz were frequent.
After going about 20 miles in the canyon, we came out suddenly on a snow-
covered, hilly country, and at the mouth of a large creek coming from a northerly
direction, about seven miles from mount Davy. A short distance south of the
big canyon, there is another little canyon about three-quarters of a mile long and
20 to 30 feet deep, cut through dolomite overlain with gravelly knolls. At the
upper end of the little gorge, the river cliffs are overlain with a sort of mud
conglomerate — fragments of dolomite, granite and diabase, imbedded in
yellowish-grey mud or clay. The tops of all the hills are covered with small
stones, little angular fragments of dolomite, and a few boulders of granite and
diabase. The ground is very barren everywhere, and gravelly where exposed
through the thin crust of snow on the hill tops; no ground willows were seen on
the hills, and only very scanty grass. Very rarely a single little sprig or two of
willow would be found to have a foothold in a sheltered crevice in the bank of the
river valley.
Mr. Chipman went to the top of mount Davy, which is the most conspicuous
landmark from the coast from Inman river to some distance west of Croker
river. He saw no rock exposures, the mountain being a hemispherical mound of
gravel about 200 feet above the general level of the surrounding plain. Mount
54 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Davy has an elevation of about 2,000 feet above sea-level by aneroid, agreeing
very closely with its height as determined by triangulation from the coast.
Some hills to the southward seemed to be higher than mount Davy. The
Croker river vallej' extends comparatively straight to the south from this point
for 10 or 15 miles. The hills south and southwest form a rather rugged-looking
range, running approximately east and west. They are similar in appearance to
the rather steep gravel ridges and knolls common along this coast, and no rock
exposures could be seen. Above the little upper canyon, the river is rather
broad for a distance, looking like a lake, and on the east side of this expansion is a
low, broad, stony and gravelly flat. The only signs of life seen on the whole
river trip were an Arctic fox track near mount Davj', a few Arctic hare tracks,
and one hare which we killed. One raven was seen near the mouth of the river.
We later learned from the missionaries that a few caribou came down to the
coast a httle east of here in the month of May. In 1915 we saw four caribou in
May near Wise point, and one small bunch near Young point, but from the tracks
it was evident that caribou were very scarce on the coast west of cape Bexley.
The coast of this region seems to be too barren to afford sufficient pasturage for
large numbers of caribou at any season. No signs of muskox were seen on the
trip. We returned to the coast jMarch 24, and reached Bernard harbour April 2.
The coldest weather of the winter was recorded while we were in camp up the
Croker river, 46 degrees below zero Fahrenheit at 6 a.m., March 21. The ther-
mometer rose to 9 degrees below zero at 4.30 the same daJ^ The minimum
temperature at Bernard harbour the same day was 38 below zero, and the
maximum 23 below zero.
D. Jenness, ethnologist of the expedition, accompanied by Mr. H. Girling,
and Patsy Klengenberg, interpreter and assistant, left Bernard harbour February
15, and returned late in Alarch. They visited a number of Eskimo villages on the
ice of Coronation gulf east of cape Krusenstern (Nuvuk), near Tree river
(Kogluktualuk), and near Hepburn island (Igluhugyuk), meeting a good many
Eskimos that had not been seen before, and gaining considerable information in
regard to the Kiluskitogmiut, who inhabit the Arctic sound and Bathurst inlet
region usually in summer; the Havuktogmiut, from the central part of the coast
of southern Victoria island; the Ekalluktogmiut, from farther east than the
Havuktogmiut ; and the Umingmuktogmiut from the eastern part of the Bathurst
inlet region, and the Asiagmiut, from the same region and the eastern part of the
Kent peninsula. They visited several \'illages on the ice about as far east as
cape Barrow. A number of the eastern Eskimos came to the Bernard harbour
station about the same time that Mr. Jenness returned, and many interesting
gramophone records of the language and dialects were obtained. Earlier in the
winter some Eskimos came from a greater distance to visit the station, notably
a man named Kakshavik or Kaksha\iuna, calling himself a Palhrmiut, from the
northwestern side of Hudson bay. He claimed to have come from a timbered
country far to the eastward, and had traded at a white man's post, from his
description apparenth' in the region of Baker lake or the Kazan river.
F. Johansen, naturalist, with Ovayuak (Eskimo) for companion, made a trip
along the south shore of Victoria island, leaving the station March 6, and returning
April 11, 1916. They crossed by way of the Liston and Sutton islands. Lady
FrankHn point, \asited the Miles islands, and went along the Richardson islands
as far as Murray point on the south shore of Victoria island. No Eskimos were
seen except one group camped on the ice near cape Murray. He made such
botanical collections as were possible at that season, took a few zoological
specimens, and a number of specimens of rock at various points along the south
shore of Victoria island. A few caribou were seen on southern Victoria island
on IMarch 19 and 21. The most important results of his trip were a number of
species of fossil corals collected on one corner of Liston island in Dolphin and
ITnion strait, as recognizable fossils are very hard to find in that whole region.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 55
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
After his return, Mr. Johansen spent the rest of the season in completing his
biological investigations near Bernard harbour, and in packing specimens and
equipment preparatory to going out. His collections of plants and insects were
practically complete for the region, and he made considerable additions to his
collections and studies of fishes and marine and fresh-water invertebrates.
John J. O'Neill, geologist, and Johi> R. Cox, topographer, started from
Bernard harbour on March 17, 1916, to continue the survey of the copper-
bearing area in the Bathurst inlet region. They took two sleds with them,
so that they could work separately when desirable, and provisions for about ten
weeks. They had for assistants, Ikey Bolt, an English-speaking point Hope
Eskimo who had been with the expedition for over two years, and a Coronation
gulf Eskimo with his family. Both the man and his wife had proved very
useful in working, and they were famihar with the Bathurst inlet territory.
O'Neill and Cox succeeded in cleaning up the work pretty well as planned.
Tracing the southern contact or the copper-bearing diabase with the older
rocks to Kannuyuk island, it was not thought advisable to waste the limited time
at the disposal of the party in running a coast survey line to the southern tip of
Bathurst inlet (which runs some distance south of the Arctic circle), and the time
was spent in making a more complete geological sheet of the mainland and
islands in the upper northwestern portion of Bathurst inlet. Over 200 islands
were mapped in the region generally covered in the charts by Chapman, Lewes,
and Marcet islands. The group consists of many small rocky islands which at a
little distance have the appearance of forming a continuous coast line.
They found practically no game in that region in March and the early part
of April, and no natives living much south of cape Barrow at that season. The
natives say that the sealing is very poor in Bathurst inlet in winter and the
people have to go out on the ice farther north and west in Coronation gulf. The
season in Bathurst inlet seemed to be much later than it was in Dolphin
and Union strait in 1916, as the seals did not begin to come up on the
surface of the ice in Bathurst inlet until about May 20. The provisions of the
party held out well, as they obtained plenty of caribou after the end of April.
For fuel they used mostly distillate from the cape Barrow cache, burning it in
Primus stoves, but later in the spring used dwarf willows from some of the
islands. Early in the season they found the Eskimo snow-house and blubber-
lamp useful and comfortable on occasion.
The work of O'Neill and Cox in March, April, and May, 1916, completed
the survey east of cape Barrow practically as planned. Mr. O'Neill summarizes
the results of the work in that region as. follows:' " The copper-bearing rocks
in Bathurst inlet occur on most of the islands west of a line running northwest-
southeast from the east side of Lewes island, and north of Kannuyuk island.
They cover most of the Banks peninsula and the western mainland shore from
the mouth of Hood river to Moore bay, extending as much as 5 or 6 miles inland
from the coast. These rocks are amygdaloids and form several successive
layers which represent progressive, intermittent effusions of lava. Nearly
all of them are impregnated with native copper over wide areas. The copper
occurs in veins and in amygdules, and is disseminated as pepper throughout
the groundmass. I have made a very conservative estimate of the amount of
this copper-bearing rock (in which I actually saw native copper) and it seems
that two billion (2 x 108) tons is well within the limit. It will be necessary
to wait for analyses, and for the plotting of the map to give a close estimate of
value of these deposits."
Kenneth G. Chipman, with Eskimo camp assistants, and Corporal W. V.
Bruce, R.N.W.M.P., as voluntary aide, left Bernard harbour on April 12, 1916,
to finish the survey of the south side of Coronation gulf east from the mouth
' Summary report of the Geological Survey for 1916, Ottawa 1917.
56 DEPARTMEST OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
of Rae river (where John R. Cox left off in 1915) to cape Barrow. Mr.
Chipman completed the survej' up to cape Barrow by May 20. The Bathurst
inlet survey parties were met here at an appointed rendezvous, and we all went
west together to the mouth of the Coppermine river.
After returning from the Croker river survey trip, I spent some time at the
station arranging for the spring work, and getting all accumulated zoological
specimens taken care of before warm weather should set in, and finally started
east with a sled and one Eskimo boy as an assistant, to make a trip into the
Arctic sound and Bathurst inlet region to investigate the occurrence of the
muskox, and other distributional problems of the fauna, as well as look up and
assist the various surveying parties on their return. Mr. J. E. Hoff, chief
engineer of the Alaska, with i\Iike, his Siberian Eskimo assistant engineer,
went along as far as the mouth of Tree river, where they took out the launch
motor and the E\-inrude motor, and hauled them back to Bernard harbour.
The hull of the launch was abandoned as it was badly worn and cut up, and the
skin umiak was left for the last sled party to take back. The skin cover of the
umiak had been removed the previous autumn, folded up and placed in a cache
of slate slabs to protect it from vermin during the winter, and only needed to be
soaked up and stretched over the canoe-frame again. The skin umiak is a
very practicable means of crossing leads in the early summer, and 1 considered
it ad\dsable to have it on board the Alaska in case of accident in ice-crushes
when travelling to point Barrow. The umiak is light and may be readily hauled
over the ice where a wooden boat would be stoven.
The snow began to melt on the laud much earlier than we had anticipated,
being pretty .soft bj' JSIay 19, and I could not make the projected inland trip
south of Arctic sound. I met O'Neill and Cox in Bathurst inlet, east of point
Wollaston, and returned to cape Barrow ^\^th them, meeting Mt. Chipman's
party again on ]\Iay 21. There was much water on the ice around cape Barrow
May 21, and much slushy snow and water until we got back to Tree river. We
remained at the island at the entrance of the harbour from 3.45 a.m.. May 25,
until 10.30 p.m.. May 27, putting the umiak in shape and getting some dog
pack-saddles made for ]\lr. Chipman. ^Mr. Chipman had met the Roj-al North-
west ^Mounted Police patrol from Great Bear lake near the mouth of the Copper-
mine river earh' in the month, and arrangements had been made that he should
go back to Great Bear lake overland ^vith Mr. D'Arcy Arden, who had come down
■nith the police patrol. Mr. Chipman wanted to go out by the overland route
because his work here was finished, and the prospect was good that he could
get out a little sooner by fort Norman and the Mackenzie river, and it was
desirable to have news of the Southern party's condition and welfare get outside,
in case the remainder of the party on the Alaska should be prevented by ship-
wTCck or ice conditions from getting out by waj' of point Barrow and Nome,
Alaska. Mr. Chipman reached the end of the telegraph line at Peace river
crossing on August 18, and Ottawa about the end of the month.
It was e\'ident that Franklin was labouring under a misapprehension when
he apphed the name of Tree river to the river flo-wing into port Epworth. The
Eskimos call this river Kogluktualuk (river with big rapids.' In describing
his interview with the aged Eskimo Terreganoeuck, or the White Fox, near
the mouth of the Coppermine river, June 16, 1821, he says: " He had no know-
ledge of the coast to the eastward beyond the next river, which he called Nappa-
arktok-towock, or Tree river." Frankhn accordingly charted the next river
which we observed as Tree river, about 65 miles east of the mouth of the Copper-
mine. The old Eskimo was evidently referring to the small river which they
still call Naparktoktuak (na-park-tok — spruce tree), flowing out through steep
clay hills about 10 miles east of the Coppermine. I crossed this stream in the
' Narative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 1820, 1821 and 1822 by John
Franklyn, Captain, R.N., F.R.S., and Commander of the Expedition. London, 1823, p. 352.
i
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 57
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
spring of 1911 while malcing a portage from the mouth of the small Kogaryuak
river (18 miles east of the Coppermine) to Bloody fall, and found a few small
spruce growing in the valley within 10 miles of the coast, several miles north
of the northern hmit of trees on the Coppermine river itself.
Sending one large sled load of specimens with some of our Eskimos directly
from port Epworth to Bernard harbour via cape Krusenstern, we started west
at 10 . 30 p.m.. May 27. West of port Epworth we found that most of the melted
snow water had drained off through cracks in the ice, making sled travel much
better. The section of the coast from the Coppermine river to port Epworth
as mapped by Mr. Chipman in 1916, lies substantially as indicated on the old
charts. The only rivers of any consequence are the big Kogaryuak, emptying
about 25 miles west of port Epworth, and a smaller stream, also called Kogary-
uak by the natives, flowing into Coronation gulf about 18 miles east of the
Coppermine. In 1910-11, Capt.,Jos. F. Bernard wintered inside the mouth of
the latter river with the schooner Teddy Bear, drawing about 6 feet of water.
All these rivers have falls or rapids a few miles from the coast. East of port
Epworth, considerable rectification of the chart was made around Gray's bay,
locating the Anniehk, Koguktuaryuk, and Utkusikaluk (Wentzell) rivers, and
several long narrow inlets and many granite islands between Gray's bay and cape
Barrow. A point of interest was the great length of the inlet at Inman harbour,
a very deep, narrow fjord, the bottom of which is separated by a low portage of
half a mile from another deep inlet running in from the east side of cape Barrow,
between cape Barrow and Detention harbour, nearly making an island of the cape
Barrow peninsula. For the convenience of future travellers, we have adhered to
the policy of retaining the native place names where these can be ascertained,
but as this inlet seems to be unnamed, we propose the name Desbarats inlet,
in honour of the Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, who directed
the general affairs of the expedition, and to whose careful and continued atten-
tion and interest the members of all the parties are deeply indebted.
The united sledge parties returned together along the coast as far as the
mouth of the Coppermine river, which was reached on the morning of May 31.
The river was open to its mouth, and was flooding the ice for about half a mile
outside of its mouth. About 12,5 Eskimos were encamped a little west of the
mouth of the river, on the southeast shore of Richardson baj'. Most of them
were preparing to start packing overland to Dismal lake and Dease river, although
two or three families were intending to spend the summer hunting caribou
around the Rae river, and three or four of the least enterprising families and
some older people were intending to spend the summer spearing fish at the
rapids of Bloody fall, about nine miles from the mouth of the river. Mr. Chip-
man and Mr. Arden left the mouth of the Coppermine river on June 1, to pack
across country to Great Bear lake with some good pack dogs, while the rest of
our party started at the same time to the station at Bernard harbour, going a
Httle out of the way to re-examine some geological formations at cape Kendall
and cape Hearne, on the west side of Coronation gulf. Part of the way we had
to wade through about one foot of water on the ice," but after passing north of
cape Hearne, the weather turned cooler and froze a crust on the fresh water
which was on top of the sea ice, strong enough to bear up our sleds, and travelling
was more easy. Considerable stretches of open water were seen south and
west of Lambert island June 5 and 6. The ice is said to be very thin there
even in winter and opens up very early in the spring. Great numbers of Pacific
and King Eider ducks were seen in the water and on the ice at the water's edge.
We reached Bernard harbour June 6, and found everybody well except Captain
Sweeney, who had injured his hand while working on the ship. The wound
became infected and his arm was badly swollen and had to be operated on
several times, so that he did not recover the use of it for several weeks.
58 ■ DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Mr. George H. Wilkins, with the Herschel island Eskimo Palaiyak, reached
Bernard harbour on June 15, 1916, having come by sled from the headquarters
of the Northern division of the expedition, near the Princess Royal islands.
Prince of Wales strait, coming down the southern part of that strait, and crossing
Minto inlet. Prince Albert sound, and Dolphin and Union strait. Mr. Wilkins
brought news of the safety of the three vessels of the Northern party, and of
the progress of their operations up to INIay 5, 1916. The Mary Sachs was still
at cape Kellett, southwestern Banks island, where she had been hauled up since
1914, in charge of Capt. Peter Bernard, with some Eskimo assistants. The
North Star had been hauled safely up on a small island north of Robillard island
on the northwest coast of Banks island in the autumn of 1915, and the crew
had gone over to join the Polar Bear party in the winter. The Polar Bear
had attempted to go up through Prince of Wales strait on the east side of Banks
island, but was unable to get beyond Armstrong point, and \\dntered between
Armstrong point and the Princess Royal islands. At the time Mr. Wilkins
left in May, Mr. Stefansson contemplated carrying on his travels on the northern
islands until 1917, the Polar Bear having been directed to move its base to
Winter harbour, Melville island, to spend the winter of 1916-17, ^vdth the possi-
bility of the party remaining in the Arctic until 1918. The Northern party
was stated to have pro\'isions for one or two years more, and were killing and
•storing away large numbers of caribou and muskoxen on Melville island in the
spring of 1916. Quite a number of their engaged western Eskimo hunters
had been sent up to Melville island early in the spring to shoot caribou and
muskoxen for the party's meat supply.
The remainder of June and the early part of July were spent in completing
collections in the vicinity of Bernard harbour, and assembhng and packing
specimens, stores, and equipment for shipment out of the Arctic. Space had
to be economized on the Alaska going out, as far as Herschel island, as we had
to bring out twenty-seven people on the small schooner, viz., eleven white men,
including six members of the scientific staff, a crew of three, and two members
of the Royal Northwest Mounted Pohce; fourteen Eskimo employees, seven
men, three women, and four children; and two Eskimos held by the Mounted
Pohce for homicide. In addition to this we had to take the Eskimos' personal
camp gear and dogs, stores for paying off native employees at Baillie island
and Herschel island, and enough reserve provisions to provide for the wintering
of as many men as might remain with the Alaska to take care of the vessel
and bring her out the next year in case we should be prevented by ice conditions
from sailing from Dolphin and Union strait to Nome in the summer and autumn
of 1916. I also thought it necessary, for the same reason, to keep the skin
umiak, two sleds, and two teams of dogs on board at least as far as point Barrow,
Alaska.
In September, 1915, Corporal W. V. Bruce, R.N.W.M.P., came in from
Herschel island, Y.T., on the return trip of the C.G.S. Alaska, to work on the
case of the disappearance of Father Rouvier, O.M.I., and Father LeRoux, O.M.I. ,
from the Mission at fort Norman, who had gone into the country northeast of
Great Bear lake in 1913, and had not been heard of since.' Corporal Bruce had
spent the winter working on the case, and with the assistance of various members
of the expedition, gained considerable information and recovered a quantity
of the personal effects of the missing, fathers as well as some property which
presumably belonged to Messrs. Radford and Street, who were killed by Eskimos
in Bathurst inlet in 1912. In May, 1916, Inspector Charles D. LaNauze,
of the Great Bear lake patrol,' came down to Coronation gulf with a party
from his winter quarters near old fort Confidence on Dease river, and in the
same month the police made prisoners of the two Eskimos, Sinnisiak and Uluksuk,
1 Report of the R.N.W.M.P. for 1916. 7 George V., Sessional Paper No. 28. A. 1917. Ottawa.
DEPARTME'XT OF THE 'NAVAL SERJICE 59
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
who had killed the priests. Uluksuk was taken on one of the islands near the
mouth of the Coppermine river, and Sinnisiak was taken on the south coast
of Victoria island. Both prisoners were taken to Bernard harbour, and in
July we took Inspector LaNauze and Corporal Bruce out as passengers on the
Alaska from Bernard harbour to Herschel island. All relations of the Royal
Northwest Mounted Police with the expedition have been most ccfrdial, and
while with the expedition, both Inspector LaNauze and Corporal Bruce did
everything they could as volunteer assistants in whatever work was going on.
The members of the expedition have also had many courtesies and much assist-
ance in their work from Inspector J. W. Phillips, who was in command of the
R.N.W.M.P. detachments at Herschel island and fort McPherson from 1913
to 1916, and from the members of his command, for which we are very appre-
ciative.
The Alaska left a large permanent cache of provisions in the house formerly
occupied by the Southern party at Bernard harbour, in case any parties should
come down from the Northern party during the next winter. The house was
left in custody of the Rev. H. Girling, who wintered near Clifton point with
the mission schooner Atkoon, and intended to establish a mission station at
Bernard harbour in the summer of 1916. This ensured our cache being pro-
tected from marauding natives.
The Hudson's Bay Company's schooner Fort McPherson, with Mr. W. G.
Phillips in charge, sailed from Herschel island July 28, 1916, after our arrival
there, for the purpose of establishing a permanent trading post for the company
at Bernard harbour. As there are now trading posts of the Hudson's Bay
Company at Herschel island, at Kittigazuit (east branch of the Mackenzie
delta), at Baillie island, and Bernard harbour (the latter post having been
satisfactorily established, from later advices), any parties from the Northern
party of the expedition who maj' come to the mainland coast east of Herschel
island will have little difficulty in getting provisions. The larger part of the
Canadian Arctic Expedition stores remaining at Herschel island were mostly
landed by the Ruhy in 191.5, after the Alaska had taken her required stores
and sailed east again in 1915, and Mr. Stefansson's vessels had also taken what
they were able to carry.
The work of loachng the Alaska was begun in the summer of 1916 as soon as
the vessel was loose from the ice in which she had been frozen all winter, and we
succeeded in getting out of Bernard harbour much earlier than was anticipated.
In the summer of 1915, prolonged northwesterly winds in the latter part of July
had caused a local jam of ice in Dolphin and Union strait, and the North Star
was not able to get away from Bernard harbour until August 9. The Alaska,
with all members of the Southern party on board, left our headquarters for the
past two years, at Bernard harbour, 7.30 p.m., July 13, 1916, and after working
through some loose areas of bay ice, reached the vicinity of Young point on July
17. Here we met with masses of heavy floating ice, too heavy for us to make
progress through. We were delaj'ed near Young point for several days, tying
up to heavy grounded cakes of ice along the beach, and were obliged to shift
our position frequently, because the ice floes behind which we were sheltered
shifted their position frequently as the tide rose and fell. The smooth rock
bottom along the coast in this region prevented the big ice masses from grounding
as hard and fast as they are accustomed to do on the mud and sand bottoms
which are found west of cape Bathurst.
We got under way again in the evening of July 21, and worked out into a
broad lead of open water outside the strip of loose, moving masses of ice which
was pressing clown along the mainland shore of the south side of Amundsen gulf
and Dolphin and Union strait. After getting through this shore ice, we found
it did not extend much west of Croker river, and that the ocean was practically
open to the westward. We reached Pierce point harbour about midnight on
60 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
July 23, crossed Darnlej- bay and reached cape Parry on the morning of July 24.
We stopped at cape Parry for a short time to get a time observation, and then
went ahead across Franklin bay, reaching cape Bathurst at 10.05 p.m. the same
evening. The Eskimo village and the new trading station of the Hudson's Bay
Company, the most northerly trading post in Canada (70° 35' north, 128° 05'
west) is at th§ tip of the long sandspit running west from cape Bathurst, about
half a mile east of the east end of Baillie island.
At Baillie island, I discharged and paid off Ikey Bolt or Angatitsiak (point
Hope Eskimo), Muiigalina (BailUe island Eskimo), and Patsy Klengenberg,
interpreter and general assistant. The latter, the 17-year-old son of Capt.
Christian Klengenberg, is an extraordinarily intelligent and resourceful young
man, a very capable hunter and traveller, showed great aptitude in the collection
and preparation of specimens, and is probably the best quaHfied Eskimo inter-
preter in the country, being famihar with all the dialects from point Barrow to
Coronation gulf. The people who left at Baillie island were paid principally in
stores. There was a heavy northwest gale while we were in the shelter of the
cape Bathurst sandspit on July 25 and 26. We left Baillie island at 7 p.m.,
July 26, and reached Herschel island 2.30 p.m., July 28, having been bothered
very little by ice anywhere west of Croker river.
At Herschel island I landed some surplus stores from the Alaska, including
1,050 pounds of pemmican, 250 pounds rolled oats, 1 barrel beef, 412 pounds
tobacco, and some miscellaneous equipment, storing them with the other expedi-
tion stores at Herschel island, in charge of the Royal Northwest INIounted Police,
retaining on board the Alaska enough pro\asions to wnnter a certain number of
men in case the vessel should be caught again by ice on the north coast of Alaska.
I made as complete a survey of Canadian Arctic Expedition stores at Herschel
island as the time would permit. The provisions there at the time we left,
exclusive of a certain amount set aside to be shipped to Banks island, were as
follows : —
Pounds.
Rolled oats, 108 50-lb. cases S.-lOO
Sugar, granulated, 6 50-lb. boxes 300
5 200-lb. boxes 1,000
20 100-lb. brls 2.000
Dog biscuit, 1 1 50-lb- cases 550
Cracklings. 55 50-Ib. cases 2,750
Rice, mostly brown, 36 50-lb. cas<- 1,800
Beef, 1 brl 100
Total L3,900
•
Acting in consultation ^vith Mr. George H. Wilkins, who had recently come
down from the Northern party, and was conversant -ndth their resources and
their needs, we set aside certain provisions, and other equipment, amounting to
about two tons weight, and requested the commander of the R. N. W. M. P.
detachment at Herschel island to try to get any whaling or trading ship which
might come in during the summer of 1916, and intended to cruise in the vicinity
of cape Kellett, Banks island, to take these goods on board and try to land them
for the Northern party of the expedition at cape Kellett, Banks island, securing
as good rates for this freighting as he could. I have later received information
from the poUce at Herschel island, that the selected goods were taken by Capt.
C. T. Pedersen, steamship Herman, of San Francisco, and landed at cape Kellett,
Banks island, in the latter part of August, 1916. Capt. Pedersen made the very
reasonable rate of $50 per ton for two tons from Herschel island to cape Kellett.
It was also stated that Capt. P. Bernard of the Mary Sachs had purchased a
DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 61
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
considerable quantity of additional supplies from the Herman. The stores
which were shipped from Herschel island to cape Kellett included : —
Pounds.
Pemmican, iiiiin, 17 50-Ib. cases 850
dog, 4 50-lb. cases 200
Cracklings, 20 50-lb. cases 1,000
Rolled oats, 6 50-lb. cases 300
Brown rice. 6 oO-lb. cases 300
Sounding wire. 1 coil.
Miscellaneous equipment.
Mail for the Northern party.
I am informed that Capt. Peter Bernard intended to make a sled trip from
cape Kellett to Winter harbour, Melville island, in the fall of 1916 to bring up the
mail which was sent in during the summer of 1916 to the Northern party.
At Herschel island, Yukon Territory, I discharged and paid off the remaining
Eskimos in the employ of the Southern party, including Mike and his -wife;
Ambrose Aganvigak and his wife Unalina; Adam Ovayuak; and Silas Palaiyak;
paying them as far as possible in stores remaining on the Alaska, and partially in
cash. The Alaska left Herschel island for the westward on August 3, 1916, at
which date no ship had yet arrived at Herschel island from the westward. We
had on board nine men: Daniel Sweeney, sailing master; J. E. Hoff, chief
engineer; James Sullivan, cook; scientific staff consisting of J. J. O'Neill, geol-
ogist; J. R. Cox, topographer; D. Jenness, ethnologist; F. Johansen, biologist;
George H. Wilkins, cinematographer and photographer; and Rudolph M.
Anderson, zoologist, in command.
Very little ice had been seen east of Herschel island, but we soon found it
pretty heavy a little west of the island, although loose and moving freely,
practically all the way west from the international boundary (141st meridian)
to point Barrow, Alaska. We stopped long enough at the international
boundary monument to get a time sight. One ship was seen on the way
in, the Herman, but we could not speak to her as she was in the moving ice
outside of Cross island, Alaska, on August 5, 1916, while we were inside of the
chain of islands which includes Cross island. On account of the heavy ice out-
side, we again availed ourselves of the knowledge of the very excellent detailed
sounding and charting done recentl.y Vjy Mr. E. deK. LefRngwell, and went into
the inside passage behind the chain of low, sandy islands west of Flaxman island,
coming out again between Midway island and Return reef. The channel inside
of these islands is rather shoal, but is valuable for vessels drawng not more than
two fathoms. A vessel of that draught could come in behind Flaxman island,
but shoals prevent a vessel drawing more than 5 or 6 feet going out through the
channel between the east end of Flaxman island and the mainland, that channel
being shoal and foul from silt deposited by the Canning river. The pack ice
was pretty heavy around point Barrow, and we had some difficulty in getting"
through, but after passing cape Smyth, about five miles southwest of point
Barrow, no more ice was seen.
We left cape Smyth, which is the site of the village, including trading
station, mission, government school, and the post office of Barrow, Alaska, the
most northerly United States post office, on August 8, 1916. No ice was
encountered south of cape Smyth, and we had a good run down to point Hope,
where we stopped for a short time on August 10. Continuing across the outside
of Kotzebue sound, we reached cape Prince of Wales and passed through Bering
strait into Bering sea at the beginning of a heavj', prolonged northwest gale, on
the evening of August 11, 1916. As the gale continued we were obliged to anchor
for some time under the bluffs at cape York and Tin City, and again behind
Sledge island, reaching Nome roadstead about 5 a.m., August 15, 1916.
The Alaska had not been leaking at all before passing point Barrow, but
after passing that point began to leak badly around the stuffing-box; this
62 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE .
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
necessitated considerable pumping to keep the engine room from being flooded
and put out of commission. Although the weather was a little rough when we
reached Nome, I succeeded in getting the cargo of specimens and stores hghtered
ashore that day and put on the wharf of the Alaska Lighterage and Commercial
Companj-. It was too rough to make any repairs on the vessel, and as the
weather was rougher the next daj-, August 16, the Alaska was compelled to run
16 miles over to the shelter of Sledge island again. Three sailors had been
temporarily engaged upon our arrival at Nome, and the six members of the
scientific staff were relieved from seaman's duty and allowed to go ashore.
They had all been doing watch as deck officers from Bernard harbour to Herschel
island with our Eskimo crew, and from Herschel island to Xome the duties had
been much heavier. The storm abated somewhat on August 18, and the Alaska
returned to the roadstead, but the surf was still too heavy to make a landing.
The Alaska was ultimately hauled up high and dry on the beach at Nome and
left in the charge of the Alaska Lighterage and Commercial Company for final
disposal by the Department of the Naval Service. The vessel was in good shape,
except for the engines, the leakage around the stuffing-box being a trifling matter,
which could be readily repaired when the vessel was hauled up.
The extensive collections made bj' the partj' in geology and mineralogy,
ethnology, and archaeology, terrestrial and marine biology, botany and photo-
graphy, and the records and papers of the Southern party, were thus landed
safely at Nome. As it was considered much safer to ship the results of our three
years' work out by the regular freight and passenger ser\'ice from Nome than to
risk taking them down on the north Pacific to Victoria on a small schooner like
the Alaska in the autumn season, all the collections, scientific instruments, and
what equipment was worth shipping back, was trans-shipped to Seattle on the
steamship NoTthwestern, of the Alaska Steamship Company. The members of
the party also took passage to Seattle on the same .steamer, leaving Nome
August 27, and reaching Seattle via the inside passage on September 11, 1916.
All collections had been safely received in Ottawa by the end of October, 1916.
To summarize: The scientific work of the Southern party was completed
substantially as outlined in our plans of last year, and although some time was
lost on account of adverse ice conditions in 1913, all members of the party feel
that in the main the results of their work, for the past two years at least, have
been as satisfactorj' and extensive as they anticipated, considering the difficulties
which are to be encountered in working in such remote fields.
The two topographers of the Southern party, Kenneth G. Chipman and John
R. Cox, have completed the survey' of the mainland coast in detail, on the scale
of 10 miles to the inch, from the Alaska-Yukon Territory international boundarj'
(the 141st meridian) to the Mackenzie river, made a traverse of Firth river,
Y.T., surveyed the eastern and western branches of the Mackenzie delta, and
the mainland coast from the west side of Darnlej' baj^ (on the Cape Parry penin-
sula) to a point well down in Bathurst inlet (south of Kannuyuk island),
including a large number of islands in the Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet
regions, all on the same scale. Several of the hitherto unexplored rivers in this
region have been traversed, including Hornaday river flowing into the south side
of Darnlej^ bay, Croker river flowing into the Amundsen gulf, Rae river flowing
into the west side and Tree river (Kogluktualuk) flo^^'ing into the south side of
Coronation gulf, and an examination made of the territory around the mouth of
Hood river flowing into Arctic sound. Colfinson point harbour, and about 10
square miles surrounding it, and Bernard harbour. Chantry island, and the
countr}^ immediately surroimding these places have been surveyed on the scale
of i.40001 and mapped with 20-foot contours. The geological features have
been investigated bj' J. J. O'Neill, and the relations of the different formations
studied in detail at the most important points of contact.
DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 63
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
The most important result of the geological investigations was the detailed
mapping and estimation of the available copper-bearing rock in a great new area
hitherto very slightly known in the Bathurst inlet region. So far as analysed,
the ore is low-grade, but further prospecting may locate veins and richer areas to
render mining operations more profitable. Isolated nuggets of float copper of
considerable size are found in the region. Galena was found by the party, and
other minerals doubtless occur. The whole region forms a great copper reservoir
for Canada, and will no doubt be utilized in the future, when transporation
problems are solved, as they are not farther north than paying properties in
Alaska and Norway, and much farther south than working mines in Spitzbergen.
The climate is not too bad; there is a summer of about four months, and the
snowfall is light in winter.
D. Jenness, ethnologist. and anthropologist of the party, has made extensive
ethnological collections, from Arctic Alaska as well as in the Coronation gulf,
Dolphin and Union strait, and Victoria island region, and also about one hundred
gramophone records of folklore, language, dance songs, and shamanistic per-
formances, with careful transcriptions and translations of them. He has made
a collection of cats'-cradle games from the chfferent Eskimo tribes, numbering
over one hundred and forty. Their language and vocabularies, the manners,
social and religious customs, games, amusements, and general culture have been
carefully studied and the information recorded. With the present rapid advance
of civilized ideas and customs into this particular region, it is certain that much
of this information could not be obtained at a later time. The habits of the
Eskimos are changing wth a rapidity which is astonishing to those not con-
versant with the situation; improved weapons and methods of trapping reduce
the game and compel shifting of tribal localities, while from the history of the
past, it seems very likely that contact with the fringe of civilization will rapidly
decimate the numbers of the Copper Eskimos as it has done to the Eskimos
farther west.
F. Johansen, marine biologist, entomologist, and botanist, has made exten-
sive collections in all these branches, from Arctic Alaska and Canada. He has
succeeded in rearing and working out the hitherto unknown life-histories of a
number of little-known Arctic insects, and made many interesting and successful
sea dredgings and soundings. George H. Wilkins has made many studies with
camera and cinematograph,' making over one thousand film and glass plate
negatives and about 9,000 feet of cinematograph exposures, of Eskimo life,
natural-history objects, and Arctic scenery and topography. All the members
of the scientific staff made numbers of photographs also to illustrate their work.
In mammalogy and ornithology, fairlv complete collections were made in the
regions traversed, although the difficulties of transportation and the pressure of
other duties often prevented the obtaining of as large series as might be desirable.
The collection of birds numbers six hundred and nineteen (619) specimens,
including seventy-three (73) species. The collection of manlmals numbers four
hundred and thirty-one (431) specimens, including twenty-two (22) species and
probably several more subspecies. It is not possible to tell without more
detailed examination whether anynew forms are represented, but many specimens
represent seasonal changes of plumage and pelage which are rare in collections,
and the specimens taken will largely extend the geographical range of a number
of species. This branch of the work was in charge of R. M. Anderson, but all
members of the expedition aided materially in bringing in specimens and notes.
A mere hst of the different groups represented in the expedition's biological
collections indicates something of their scope: —
Mammals, birds, fishes, insects, plants, crustaceans, echinoderms, sponges,
cirripedes or barnacles, molluscs, hydroid zoophytes, medusae and ctenophores,
alcyonarians and actinians, algse, protozoa (foraminifera and radiolaria),
plankton, sporozoa, diatoms, infusoria, pteropods, cephalopods, decapods,
64 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
phyllopods, copepods, schizopods, amphipods, isopods, pantopods, annelids,
platyhelminthes, rotatoria, nematodes, nemertines, malacostraca, bryozoa,
ascidians, peridiiiiales, ostracods, hirudinea chaetognatha, polychaeta.
On the biological side, to arrange for having the different groups worked up
and the reports adequately published, an Arctic Biological Committee has been
appointed jointly by the Department of the Naval Service and the Geological
Survey, with the Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries, Prof. E. E. Prince, as
chairman; Prof. A. B. MacCallum, of Toronto; the Dominion Entomologist;
Dr. C. Gordon He'nitt; Mr. James Macoun, botanist, of the Geological Survey
and R. M. Anderson, representing the expedition and the zoological division of
the survey. The specimens to be worked up represent over forty distinct
groups, each of which will require a separate chapter or report. Some of the
larger groups, such as the insects, have been divided among several different
men, mostly in the entomological division of the Department of Agriculture. A
great many of these collections represent specimens of groups which have never
been collected anywhere in the western Arctic area, and practically all of them
are from districts and localities which are practically unrepresented in collections
anywhere, from regions never visited before by a collector.
As far as possible these collections are being worked up by Canadian
specialists, but some groups have necessarily been sent away because there was
no satisfactory material in Canada for comparison. The Smithsonian Institution
is well supplied with Alaskan Arctic material in some groups, and the British
Museum with material from various Arctic expeditions, while the Greenland
region is best represented by Danish and Norwegian collections, consequently a
number of groups of specimens are being sent to some of those countries for
determination. When the collections have been properly determined and worked
up, Canada's museum will have a good start in the representation of the pro-
duction and content of a very large area that has hitherto been very poorly
represented. The specimens are being placed in the hands of the best available
specialists, and these men have sho\\ai a gratifying willingness to do what they
can to help unravel the problems presented so that we have satisfaction in
knowing that such additions to knowledge as were obtained by the Canadian
Arctic Expedition of 1913-16 may soon be made available to the pubhc of Canada
and to the world.
Full meteorological observations were kept up for three years, with baro-
graph, thermograph; maximum, minimum, and standard thermometers; mer-
curial barometer, and anomometer. Tidal observations were taken for some
time at Collinson point, Alaska; at Demarcation point, and at Bernard harbour,
Dolphin and Union strait.
The Geological Survej^ Department of Mines, is attending to the com-
puting and plotting of the maps surveyed, in its Topographical Division, and the
technical geological and ethnological reports in the Geological and Anthro-
pological Dixasions, respectively. Full reports of the various scientific activities
of the members of the Southern division of the Canadian Arctic Expedition of
1913-16 are in course of preparation, and will be transmitted to the various
departments as soon as completed.
I have the honour to be sir.
Your obedient servant,
RUDOLPH MARTIN ANDERSON,
Chief of the Southern Division of the
Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-1916.
Zoologist, The Geological Survey,
Ottawa.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 65
^
cS
o9 M"
^:
o
'^^ t30' tZO'
"NiTH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS SKETCHED IN DOTTED LINES TRAVERSED BY SLED OR BOAT
ILLUSTRATING FIELD OF WORn OF SOUTHERN Dl\ll5ION BUT NOT PROPERLY SURVEYED
OF THE Canadian Arctic Expedition of I9I3 19/6 ''™'" ""P <^l»kd hy Topographic mmsion 0/ Ihe Geological Sumy.
21277
Areas shaded surveyed
and charted 10 miles to i inch
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 65
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Report of George H. Wilkins on the Topographical and Geographical Work carried
out by him in connection ivith the Canadian Arctic Expedition.
The Deputy Minister,
Department of the Naval Service,
Ottawa.
SiK, — I beg to report the following information on the Topographical and
Geographical work carried out by me during my journeys in connection with
the Canadian Arctic Expedition.
This report is mostly confined to observations made on Banks island and
the vicinity for the other parts visited were either covered by the Topographers
of the Expedition or by others of the party previous to my traverse.
In 1914, when proceeding in the Mary Sachs to meet Mr. Stefansson, we
approached Banks island in a fog and the first sight of the coast that we
obtained was in the vicinity of cape Lambton, which is a blunted point rising
abruptly from the water to a height of fifty feet or more and shelving back
about a hundred yards to rise again almost perpendicularly to almost 800 feet.
The cliffs and mountains beyond were barren and rugged in appearance from
the south; deeply scarred by ravines and studded here and there with boulders.
As we proceeded along the coast to the northwest we drew away from the
higher cliffs and the mountains receded to undulating hills of a thousand feet
or more in height. Numerous small but rapid streams had been noticed
coursing through the ravines, and about fifteen miles northwest from the cape
a fair-sized river enters the sea through a narrow valley. The source of this
river is evidentl.y in the mountains back of Nelson head, but for a mile or so
along the coast it runs from Avest to east. Two ranges of hills extend parallel
to the coast towards cape Kellett, intersected here and there by rivers cutting
through them to the sea. We found Thesiger Bay to be more like two bays
than one and we could not see cape Kellett until around a point some 17 miles
from there.
The southwest coastline ends for the most part in cut-banks which are
gradually washing away into the sea each summer, but here and there along
the coast there are sandspits sheltering lagoon mouthed creeks or rivers. Once
around the point in Thesiger bay one sees two islands not marked as yet on the
Admiralty chart 2118, and a semi-circular sandspit reaching out towards them
from the mainland. Behind the islands and the sandspit is good shelter for a
boat of shallow draft, and we used a ten-foot channel close beside the sandspit
to get into shelter.
Stretching inland from behind the islands is a narrow bay about two miles
deep and it seems likely that there is a channel to get into this from the south
side of the islands, but we had not time to sound these waters.
Cape Kellett is not at all like what one would expect from the chart. The
sloping hills end much more abruptly and form a much less conspicuous hook,
although a half-moon shaped sandspit does extend out in the nature indicated
for three miles or so and half a mile in width. Behind this there is also shelter
from a southwest and southeast wind, but from observation it seems that if
there is ice about it will pack tightly on the cape and severely hamper any
vessel trying to get out.
Another thing that makes this point very troublesome to navigate is the
strong set of the current from north to southeast aVound the cape. It has
—5
66 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
always had the same direction when I have had the opportunity to observe it,
but we were unable to make sufficient observations to prove that this is always so.
From cape Kellett nortliward the land recedes to form a shallow bay as
indicated on the map, and emptying into it is a broad but shallow river which
has its som'ce amongst the hills behind cape Lambton. Along this bay, and as
a matter of fact the greater part of the western coast the beach is low and broken
up b}' numerous lagoons whose waters lap the tundra at high tide. Long estu-
aries at intervals stretch in towards the rolling hills beyond. Following up the
coast one comes to Worth point and from here on the place marked Haswell
point long lagoons edged by sandspits border the land. Haswell point itself
is really an island and both north and south of it another island will be noticed.
From Haswell point to Meek point the map is fairly accurate except that
there is scarcely so deep a bight so close to the former; it is more in the middle
distance. Terror island lies directly off Meek point and lies most east and
west. For three miles past here the coast runs north of east but then turns
south to form a bight in an inlet ten miles wide and fifteen or more deep which
is not charted on the map. From Wolley point on towards cape Collins,
■ lagoons are found most all the waj', and from here onward the map is so incorrect
that it is difficult to refer to it at all. Burnett bay does not exist but in its place
is the low flat delta of a fair-sized riVer across the mouth of which lies an island,
fifteen miles long and five hundred feet high at the highest point. Norway
island is more off the place marked Pennell point and from here north the coast
does not recede so much as one would think from off the shore for the hills
beyond the flat land take the direction indicated on the chart.
Robilliard island seems about correct but from here onward in the dja-ection
of cape Alfred, a chain of islands extends all the way. There are but two Gore
islands in the position indicated by the chart but the largest point of land at
cape Prince Alfred is an island leaving a pointed sandspit for the cape. A
conspicuous round topped hill can be noticed a mile or so south of the real cape.
It is only fair to remark that when travelling from the north to the south from
cape Alfred and some di.stance off-shore that the land has the appearance
indicated by the chart. About twenty miles northeast along the coast from
cape Alfred a low sandy island stretching across the mouth of a deep fiord
would seem to make a good harbour for a boat. We had not time to sound this
place but a few odd cakes of ice amongst the smooth would suggest a channel
of at least twenty feet in depth.
About cape' Clifford a river bed about two miles wide cuts' through the
hills from the high plateau behind and forms a break in the range which gradually
increases in height from cape Alfred. About three miles further along another
branch of the same river runs into the sea, making the intervening section
practically an island. On the southwest branch of this river, and near the coast
there is a beacon, but we could not find any trace of a record having been left.
Another few miles along the coast another small river enters the sea through
steep-sided banks and on the banks of this river and about seven miles inland I
found seams of coal. There is scarcely a distinctive point in the vicinity of
cape Wrottesly, but just thereabouts there is a large lagoon, the outside barrier of
which is a very low and inconspicuous sandspit. However the coast turns in a
more easterly direction with a gradual change as far as cape McClure. Cape
McClure is bold and precipitous and somewhat resembles cape Lambton in
appearance. Here again the map is very deceptive for one cannot find a
conspicuous point where cape Crozier is marked on the map, and although
the coast turns almost south it does not make any westing but bends gradually
towards cape Clifton, then some eight miles west of Providence point one finds
a bay some three miles wide and ten miles deep, into the bottom of which empties
a large river which Mr. Stefansson and his party followed in the summer of
1915 and will doubtless describe. I did not traverse the coast from Mercy
DEPARTMENT OF THE SAVAL SERYICE 67
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
bay to John Russel point, but from this point to Milne point the coast line
seems £airh' accurate.
In general topography Banks island has the appearance of a high range of
hills, whose peak is about 2,000 feet high and is within forty miles of Nelson
head. The range runs from Nelson head to cape McClure ending abruptly at
each end, with a high plateau in the centre of the island, but this a little lower
than either end. On the western side it slopes gradually down towards the
sea and the greatest watershed is in that direction. On the eastern side from
Nelson head to Johnson bay the land slopes steeply down and the whole north-
west corner is hilly. Numerous small lakes dot the landscape and several
large ones ten miles long and two or more miles wide were found. One is eight
miles inland directlj' opposite Armstrong point, and another a few miles north-
west of that. Another is a few miles inland from Thesiger bay. We had no
means of getting at their depths.
When follo\\-ing the Mctoria land coast along the Prince of Wales straits
one, notices that Dean Dundas bay is not so deep by about five miles as it is
mapped. Ramsay island would appear to be a good deal further south than
it is marked, and the straits in this vicinity seem -wider, but as we had no sextant
with us we could not locate our positions accurately. The western coast of
Victoria island is fairly low until one comes to Walker bay. From here mount
Phayre is a very conspicuous round-topped hill. Cape Wollaston itself is low,
but a high-cut bank a few miles east looms up noticeably. From Holman
island one can see mount Arrowsmith, but not the island charted in the soimd.
This we found to be really two islands much more in the centre of the mouth of
Prince Albert sound than charted. Cape Kendall is undoubtedly an island,
and the high cliffs near point Williams are conspicuous. No sign was seen of
Clerk island although we passed several times in that locality.
Ice Conditio7is. — The ice conditions met with on the Karluk during 1913
have no doubt been reported on.
The rivers had broken out by May 23, 1914, in the vicinity of point Barrow,
but I was able to travel from that place by sled leaving on May 25 — to Clarence
lagoon In Canadian territorj' reaching the latter place on June 14. Travelling
for the greater part of the distance at that time of the year was very uncom-
fortable owing to the waters of the rivers having flooded the smooth lagoon
ice, and consequenth' forcing us to travel off shore over the rough pack ice.
Even here the water had soaked under the crust of snow and oi) warm days
one would repeatedly break through. On other occasions it was necessary to
travel through the water which was often so deep that the dogs had to swim
and the men push the sled.
The season at point Barrow in 1914 when we left was equally as much
advanced as that at Gollinson point when we arrived here on June 5th, but
dui'ing the next few days at this place the snow disappeared very rapidly.
At Clarence lagoon on the 14th most of the snow had disappeai'ed from the
ground, the water had melted holes in the ice and the solid ice had risen and
was comparatively dry once more. Around the .river mouths it was honey-
combed and rotten, but oft' shore the travelling was fairly good. It was impossible
to get on to lagoon ice or lakes at this time of the year in this vicinity for the
fringe of open water round the edges, but we continued to travel on the sea ice
until June 20th. The first general movement in the ice along the beach was
on June 29th when it piled up on the sandspits to a height of twenty feet or
more. The lagoon was clear of ice by July 6th and we were able to navigate the
Alary Sachs. After several days of northeast wind the ice opened and scattered
on the 18th, but it settled back again when the wind failed the next day. By
the 23rd it had opened up again and we went out of the lagoon and proceeded
to Herschel island having little difficulty with the ice.
38—5^
68 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
One large steam whaler had reached the island from a little further down
the coast some two days earlier, and another came in three days later. The
Mackenzie river boats were late, however, and did not reach the island until
August 7th, having been held up by pack ice to the eastward. Leaving Herschel
island on the 4th we passed through scattered floes until we reached Richard
island and here we were held up by the ice for two days. A westerly wind
shifted it along the beach ahead of us and we reached the Baillie islands without
much trouble with the ice. East of here the straights seemed packed with ice,
but a few days of easterly wind cleared it out and we proceeded to Pierce point
and across to Banks island in open water. Westerly winds had set in again by
the time we reached this coast and had packed the ice in along the coast and in
Thesiger bay. However as we neared cape Kellett on Aug. 26th, it appeared
as though the ice had never left the beach in this vicinity. However one or two
small rivers had melted out the ice to some extent and after a great deal of bucking
and manoeuvering we brought the schooner in beside the beach on Sept. 1st.
Young ice had been forming each night for several nights and cementing the
older floes together, and around cape Kellett and as far west as we could see,
there was solid floe ice. To the south and away to the north we covild see the
streaks of water sky, but there were no means of reaching it.
On September 10th, during a storm, theice cleared away from the beach leav-
ing the southern and western coasts free for navigation. However the main pack
ice never shifted far off the western coast, but remained off shore; while the sea
froze over solid enough to travel on by the 21st. Cracks and open leads of
water appeared to the south and west of cape Kellett at intervals during the
winter, but the ice had little motion. Travelling along the whole west coast of
Banks island one could see that there had been open water there during the fall,
for there was little old ice near the beach. On the north coast from cape Alfred
the ice was much broken up and we had evidence of much motion in the ice
during the winter as far east as cape McClure.
During the months of February and March of both 1915 and 1916, and, as
a matter of fact, at intervals all through the winter, there were leads of open
water in the vicinity of cape Alfred . The general drift of the ice in this vicinity
was towards the west, but the same floes that went out would sometimes drift
back again. At cape Kellett by the 1st of May, 1915, the sandspits were bare
of snow, but during the early part of May the snow on the inland slopes was
hard and made a good surface for travelling over. In fact, the ice and snow
conditions remained excellent for travelling over until we reached the Dolphin
and Union straits on the 21st of May, en route from Kellett, Banks island to
Bernard harbour. Along the coast from here and across the Coronation gulf to
the mouth of the Coppermine river the travelling was good until the 1st of June.
The season seemed particularly late in that vicintiy in 1915 and on the 21st
of June there were still three feet of snow in drifts around the tents and many
patches on the land. It was the 20th of July before we could move the boat in
the harbour and not until the 9th of August that we could proceed along the
coast to Coronation gulf. We had some trouble in getting through the straits
past Lambert island but once in the gulf we had clear water as far east as cape
Barrow. Leaving cape Barrow on the 11th of August, we reached Baillie island
on the 11th without having encountered any ice on the way. On the 16th we
crossed the straits to cape Kellett in the North Star without trouble and found
the Banks island southeast coast practically clear of ice. The heavy pack was
never far from the western shore. Starting from cape Kellett on the 26th we
proceeded north close to the beach, but it was only on account of the shallow
draft of our vessel — 4 feet, 6 inches — that we were able to pass between the
heavy pack and the beach, as far as Norway island. At this place and further
north the ice was still solid on the beach, and only moved out for a few miles
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 69
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
further for the next few days. By the 20th of August, we had reached just north of
Robilliard island but further north than here the ice never left the beach in 1915.
A westerly wind drove the pack inshore along the coast as far as we could
see and by the 10th of September we could walk anywhere across the frozen
sea. It would seem that in only exceptionable years that a boat could proceed
along the whole west coast of Banks island for the ice does not appear to move
far off the shore, and the open season is so very short in any case. During 1916
I was able to travel from Armstrong point to Coronation gulf, leaving the
former place on June 1st, and arriving at the latter on June 13th; but this was
just about as late as one could have travelled that year, and even then we had
to use a sled raft to cross a number of the tide cracks. Most of the way we
travelled through six inches or more of pen water and across the Dolphin and
Union straits the ice was very thin and rotten. 1916 was a very much earlier
season in this vicinity than 1915, for we took a boat from the same position as
the year before some four weeks earlier.
In 1914 Banks island was covered with snow for the winter on the 12th of
September, although it had been snowed over and melted off a day or two before.
In 1915 the ground was covered at cape Prince Alfred by the 8th of September.
Fuel on Banks island. — There is a little driftwood to be found on the east,
west and south coasts of Banks island, but none at all, except a few chips, on the
north coast. On any part there is scarcely enough to keep a big camp fire going
for a twelve-month within a stretch of fifteen miles and more often not so much.
During the summer there is an abundance of heather to be found on the inland
slopes but very little willow. Wood is sometimes found many miles inland
projecting from the banks of rivers and even on the hilltops, but this is not to
be depended on for fuel. The coal deposits near the northern coasts may prove
useful, judging from the samples taken, for they would burn well when lighted
on a primus stove. We had no means of testing it in a camp stove. However,
one is always well advised to carry fuel oil in strong containers when travelling
about the island.
Game, Fish, etc. — Caribou may be found on Banks island at each season of
the year, but they are comparatively scarce at all times and need a deal of hunting
for. They are in their prime from September until the end of November, but
are hardly worth killing during March, April, May and part of June. Their
skins are not so satisfactory as those of the mainland caribou, or the domestic
deer for clothes although they can be used.
Seals are fairly numerous near the shore of all the islands and can most
always be obtained at Nelson head, cape Kellett and cape Alfred during the
winter in the leads that form in the ice. In the spring they can be shot while
on the ice asleep, but this is not by any means an easy matter for they are difficult
to approach. In the summer they seem to float if they are killed quite dead,
and the wound is not too large, but late in the fall they float more readily.
Polar bears are comparatively numerous along the coast, although their
presence may have been due in the neighbourhood of cape Kellett to a stranded
whale carcass. Along the north and south coasts the open leads of water no
doubt keep them near the land, and many are found travelling along the Prince
of Wales straits. The Eskimo hunt them each year in the vicinity of Nelson
head, and during the early spring one man told me that he had followed a bear
so far out on the ice that he had seen the land on the other side of the straits.
Ducks and white geese are very numerous around cape Kellett in the
spring and may be on the other part of the island for all we know. During the
summer the white geese especially can be driven about in flocks when they are
moulting and killed like sheep. At this time of the year they are not so very
fat and are much better if killed earlier in the season. Curiously enough from
some 250 geese that were killed at cape Kellett during the summer of 1915,
only one was found to be a female and only one egg was found during the season.
70 DEPARTMENT OF THE yATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Ptarmigan are fairly numerous on the coasts in earlj' spring, but not so
plentiful as on the mainland. Many schools of fish were seen swimming in the
water and the Eskimo tell us that they are plentiful in the large lakes on the
island. We had a net set from a sandspit but only caught one fish. The
women caught several dozen Tom-cod through the ice one fall, but we had not
time to give the fishing much attention. On Victoria island the fish are very
plentiful in lakes and the local Eskimo seem to catch a lot in spring and fall.
Clothing. — We found the native method of dressing with fur clothes next
the skin to be most suitable for extensive travel, although when frequent changes
can be had, woollen clothes are very comfortable. I also found a woollen mask
that fitted closely to the face having two holes for the eyes and one for the
mouth and nose, a great protection from the frosty wind. It is essential,
however, that this garment should fit tighth' to the face, and also that the edges
of the openings are far enough away from the nose and mouth to prevent the
breath melting the hoar frost which forms outside and making ice. Although I
travelled at times under severe conditions I never had a frost bite on the face
while using the woollen face-mask.
I found fur socks most serviceable and comfortable if a very thin woollen,
sock was worn ne'xt to the feet, but the care of the feet in the Arctic is a personal
equation differing with each individual. Polar bear skin or domestic sheepskin
mittens are most satisfactory in comparatively warm weather, but in very cold
weather we found nothing that was entirely satisfactory if one M'as going a long
journey without the chance to dry one's clothes. Well-fitting dog or wolf skin,
covered with canvas, are about the best.
Winter Travel along the %vest coast of Banks island. — It is quite possible to
travel along the coast in winter, although the temperature might average — 25
degrees F. or more, and the sun does not appear for two months. However, on
the western coast of the island it is more difficult than in most places, for the
land is so low-lying that by lantern light it is,difficult to tell when one is wandering
inland and the only means of knowing in most cases is b5^ digging through the
snow at frequent intervals to see if one is still on the sea ice.
Snou' Houses. — We found the building of snow houses practicable from the
middle of October to the middle of May, and much preferred to live in them
than tents. Their greatest drawback is perhaps the length of time they take to
build. A house 12 feet in diameter, big enough to accommodate seven people
can scarcely be put in condition to live in, in less than two hours by four men.
It more often takes three hours, depending on the quality of the snow with
which one has to build. Once the principle is grasped it requires but little skill
to build a house of snow, but quite a deal of art and skill are required to build
a perfect dome-shaped one, which type is by far the best.
Dog Sickness. — Dog sickness of a kind peculiar to the Polar regions is alwa^'s
a worry to the Arctic traveller. It attacks the dogs most frequently in spring
time, although we had one dog die of it in winter. The symptoms, though
generally alike, differ with each individual attacked. Persistent mournful
howling and a restlessness were usually the first symptoms noticed, and the dog
would then gnaw anything which it could reach. This would be followed in a
few hours by apparent paralysis of the muscles of the throat. While no inflam-
mation was noticeable, it was impossible for the dog to swallow a morsel of food,
even if it was placed in the mouth. The dog was evidently in great pain and
could not rest. In two days their eyes would be glazed and sunken and the next
day they would invariably die. ,
I am, sir, your obedient servant,
GEO. H. WILKINS,
Photographer.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVI1j£
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
71
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RADIOTELEGRAPH BRANCH, 1916-17.
The Deputy Minister,
Department of tlie Naval Service,
Ottawa.
Sir, — I have the honour to present herewith the annual report of the
Radiotelegraph Branch for the fiscal year ending the 31st March, 1917.
The total number of stations in operation in the Dominion and on ships
registered therein is as follows: —
Government Commercial Stations 1
Coast Stations 42
Government Ship Stations : .^ '. 24
Licenj^ed Sliip Stations 76
Public Commercial Stations 3
Private Commercial Stations .3
Radiotelegraph Training Schools 2
Licensed Experimental Stations 5
Total 156
The following list shows the location of the land and coast stations in
Canada, their range, call signals, owners and by whom they are operated: —
Coast Stations for Communication with Ships.
EAST COAST.
Name.
Where situated.
Owned by.
Operated by.
Range
in
nautical
miles.
Call
Signal.
Belle Isle, Nfld.
Pt. Amour, Nfld..
Belle Isle Straits
Dominion
Government.
((
ti
ii
it
Marconi Wire-
less Tel. Co.
of Canada.
Dominion
Government.
Marconi Wire-
less Tel. Co.
of Canada.
Department of
the Naval
Service.
Marconi Wire-
less Tel. Co.
of Canada.
250
150
250
1.50
250
350
400
200
250
250
250
100
150
1.50
200
250
250
150
250
300
100
100
100
VCM
VCL
Pt. Riche, Nfld..
Harrington, P.Q.
Heath Pt., P.Q.
Cape Ray, Nfld
Gulf of St. Lawrence —
Gulf of St. Lawrence . . .
(Anticosti Isld.)
VCH
VCJ
VCI
VCR
North Atlantic
VCE
Grindstone Island, P.Q
Fame Pt., P.Q
Clarke City, P.Q
Gulf of St. Lawre
(Magdalen Isld.)
Gulf of St. Lawrence.
River St. Lawrence..
it
nee
VCN
VCG
VCK
Father Pt., P.Q
VCF
Gro.sseIsle, P.Q
Quebec, P.Q
Three Rivers, P.Q.
VCD
VCC
VCB
Montreal, P.Q
Cape Sable, N.S
VGA
VCU
Partridge Isld,. St. John, N.B
Cape Bear, P.E.I
Camperdown, N..S.
Sable Island, N.S.
Entrance St. John Har-
bour, N.B.
Northumberland Strait.
Entrance to Halifax Har-
bour.
North Atlantic
VCV
VCP
vcs
VCT
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax Dockyard
VAA
Pictou, N.S..
Northumberland Strait.
North Sydney, C.B
VCQ
North Sydney, C.B..
VCO
72
DEPABTMEVT OF THE ^^ATAL SERYIGE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Coast Stations for Communication with Ships — Concluded.
GREAT LAKES.
Name.
Where Situated.
Owned by. Operated by.
Range
in
nautical
miles.
Call
Signal.
Port Arthur, Ont
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont
Tobermory, Ont
Midland. Ont
Point Edward. Ont^
Port Burwell, Ont....
Toronto.'Ont
Kingston, Ont
Port Arthur, Ont
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont . .
Entrance Georgian Bay
Georgian Bay
Lake Huron
Lake Erie
Toronto Island, Ont... .
Barriefield Common.. .
Dominion
Government,
Marconi Wire-
less Tel. Co
of Canada
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
VBA
VBB
VBD
VBC
VBE
VBF
VBG
VBH
WEST COAST.
Gonzales Hill, B.C. (Victoria).
Pt. Grey, B.C. (Vancouver)...
Cape Lazo, B.C..
Pachena Pt., B.C
Estevan Pt., B.C..
Triangle Isld, B.C.
IkedaHead, B.C..
Dead Tree Pt., B.C.
Digby Island, B.C., Prince
Rupert.
Alert Bay, B.C
Victoria, B.C.
Entrance Vancouver Har
bour.
Strait Georgia, near
Comox, B.C.
West Coast Vancouver
Isld.
South of Hecate Str
■South of Moresby Island
Q.C.I.
South of Graham Isld.,
Q.C.I.
Digby Isld., Entrance
Prince Rupert Har.
Cormorant Isld., B.C.
Dominion
Government.
Department
of the Naval
Service.
250
150
350
500
500
450
250
200
250
350
VAK
VAB
VAC
VAD
VAE
VAG
VAI
VAH
VAJ
VAF
HUDSON BAY.
Port Nelson..
Hudson Bay.
Dominion
Government.
Department
of the Naval
Service.
750 I VBN
LAND STATIONS.
Le Pas, Man.
For communication with
Port Nelson only.
Dominion
Government
Department
of the Naval
Service.
750
VBM
DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERT[CE
73
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Licensed Commercial Stations.
Name.
Where Situated.
Owned by.
Operated by.
Range
in
nautical
miles.
Call
Signal.
Public Commercial.
Glace Bay, C.B
Louisburg, C.B
Newcastle, N.B
Near Glace Bay, C.B..
Cape Breton
New Brunswick
Ocean Falls, B.C
Powell River, B.C
Granby Bay
Marconi Wire-
less Tel. Co.
of Can., Ltd
Universal
Radio Synd.
Ocean Falls. .
Powell River
Co...
Granbv Con.
S. M. & P.
Co.
Owners
Owners
3,000
Recept ion
2,500
150
30
150
GB.
only
CL
Private Commercial.
Ocean Falls, B.C
Powell River, B.C
CD
CH
Granbv Bav.
CZ
Name.
Where Situated.
Owned by.
Call
Signal.
Marconi Test Room.
Rodney St., Montreal.. .
Kingston, Ont
Barriefield. Ont
Marconi Wireless Telegraph Co. of
Canada, Ltd.
R M C Kingston.
XWA
R. M.C . Kingston
XWC
D. S. 0..3rd M. D
XWD
D.S O 2nd M D
-XWE
Camp Borden, Ont
D.S.O., 2ndM.D
XWF
Radiotelegraph Training Schools.
Name.
Where Situated.
Call
Signal.
Dominion Telegraph & Wireless Institute..
Columbia College of W^ireless
Vancouver, B.C.
Victoria, B.C.*. . .
Licensed for
reception
only.
Amateur Radiotelegraph Stations.
All amateur stations were closed down at the outbreak of hostilities.
74
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Licensed Ship Stations.
The following list shows the vessels of Canadian register which are equipped
with radiotelegraph apparatus, their call signal and by whom they are owned and
operated : —
Name of Ship.
Port of Registry.
Name of Owners.
Name of
Company operating
the Station.
Call
Signal.
SS. Assiniboia..
Alberta
Athabaska.
Manitoba..
Keewatin...
Boston
Hamonic. . .
Huronic ...
Province .
Empire
Salvor
Prince Albert
Prince John
Florence ■. . .
Princess Beatrice . . .
Princess Charlotte.
Princess May
Princess Royal
Tees
Camosun
Princess Adelaide..
Princess Mary. . . .
Princess Alice. . . .
Princess Ena
Princess Sophia...
Lord Strathcona..
Royal George . . . .
Chelohsin. , ^. . .
Prince Arthur! .. .
Prince George
Halifas
Douglas H. Thomas..
Princess Maquinna... .
Car Ferry "Ontario No. 1'
SS. Noronic
Seal.,
Deliverance
Bessie Dollar
Venture ^. ,
Yarmouth
Princess Patricia
SS. Dalhousie City
Corona
Kingston
Toronto
Hazel Dollar
Chippewa
SS. Garden City
Chicora
Macassa
Cayuga
Cascapedia
Tug "Harrison"
Car Ferry"Ontario No. 2'
SS. Imperoyal
" Armonia
Montreal, P.Q
tt
Yarmouth, N.S... ,
Collingwood , Ont . .
Port Arthur, Ont...
Victoria, B.C
Prince Rupert, B.C.
Toronto, Ont
Victoria, B.C
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
n
Vancouver, B.C
Victoria, B.C
Quebec, ^.Q......
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C...
Yarmouth, N.S
Halifax, N.S..'.'"'^:
Sydney, C.B
Victoria, B.C
Montreal, P.Q . .
Port Arthur, Ont....
Windsor, N.S
Liverpool, N.S
Victoria, B.C.
Vancouver, B.C
Yarmouth, N.S...
Victoria, B.C
Toronto, Ont
Victoria, B.C
Toronto, Ont
Toronto, Ont
Halifax, N.S
Hamilton. Ont
Toronto, Ont
Quebec, P.Q
Owen Sound, Ont. . .
Montreal, P.Q
Sarnia, Ont
Montreal, P.Q
Can. Pacific Railway.
Marconi Wireless Tel
Co. of Can
Northern Nav. Co...
Great Lakes Towing
and wrecking Com-
pany
B.C. Salvage Co
Grand Trunk Pac Ry.
T.Eaton
Can. Pacific Railway.
Union Steamship Co.
Can. Pacific Railway
Quebec Salvage Co
Canadian Northern SS
Union Steamship Co.
Boston and Yarmouth
SS. Co.__
C. A. Plant SS. Co....
Dom. Coal Co
Can. Pacific Railway.
Ont. Car. Ferry Co. .
Northern Nav. Co... .
Halifax Trading and
Sealing Co.
Southern Salvage Co .
Dollar SS. Lines
Union SS. Co
C.P.R
N. St. C. & T.' N. Co.
C. SS. Lines
Dollar SS. Lines
N. St. C. &T. N.'Co.
CSS. Lines
J. Harrison & Sons. . .
Ont. Car. Ferry Co. . .
Inperial Oil Co
R. Lawrence Smith.. .
Owners.
M. W. T. Co. of C,
Owners
Marconi Wireless Tel.
Co. of Canada.
OwTiers
Marconi Wireless Tel
Co. of Canada.
Owners
Marconi Wireless Tel.
Co. of Canada
M. W. T. Co..
Owners
M. W. T. Co..
Owners '. .
M. W. T. Co..
M. W. T. Co.
Owners
M. W. T. Co.,
VGI
VFQ
VGG
VGH
VGC
VFS
VGD
VGE
VFR
VFP
VFV
VFL
VFM
VFT
VFC
VFE
VFH
VFG
VFK
VFZ
VFA
VFB
VFD
VFJ
VFI
VFX
VGA
VGN
VGJ
VGK
VGP
VGR
VGT
VGU
VGW
VGV
VFO
VFF
VGX
VGY
VGZ
VEA
VEB
VEC
VED
VEE
VEH
VEX
VEJ
VEK
VEL
VEO
VFY
VER
VGM
VES
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
75
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Licensed Ship Stations — Concluded.
Name of Ship.
Port of Registry.
Name of Owners.
Name of
Company operating
the Station.
Call
Signal.
SS. Turret Crown
Newcastle, G.B
Toronto, Ont
Vancouver, B.C..
Windsor, N.S
Toronto, Ont
Victoria, B.C.
Midland, Ont
Windsor, Ont
Coastwise SS. & Barge
Co .
Owners
M. W. T. Co
Owners
ZDH
Imp. Oil Co
VEU
SY. Aquilo.. .
SS. Sable I..,
SS fJ R Crowp
B. D. Rogers
J. A. Farquahar
G. R. Crowe SS. Co..
B. O. Salvage Co. . . .
Gt. Lakes Tran.sp. Co
Victoria Harbour Lum-
ber Co..
VFU
M. W. T. Co.
MTZ
VET
Tug Pilot
Owners
M.W. T. Co
VEV
SS. Glenshee
VEW
Sarnia. Ont
Montreal, P.Q
Victoria, B.C
.Sarnia, Ont
Midland, Ont
Montreal, P.Q
St. John, N.B
Sarnia, Ont
Toronto, Ont
Sydney, N.S
VEX
" Reginald ,
" Freshiicld.
R. Lawrence Smith
Co
Dollar SS. Lines
Reid wrecking Co
Manley Chew
R. Lawrence Smith
Co
W. Thompson & Co...
Inperial Oil Co
It
VEY
(J
VEZ
SS. Harold Dollar
" James Reid
" Schoolcraft
" Manxman...
M.W. T. Co
VCY
VCZ
VAU
GDZ
" Sellasia...
" Royalite
Dept. Naval Service..
M. W.T. Co
ZIR
VBQ
VBR
u
Owners
M. W.T. Co
VBS
" Mina Brea
" Njord
Inth Petroleum Co..
Murray & Crawford
Line
VAP
VAO
Government Steamers Equipped with Radiotelegraph Installations.
Operated by the Department of the Naval Service.
Name.
Range.
Call Signal.
H M C S. Niobe
400 miles
250 "
1.50 "
200 "
200 "
200 ■'
vda
VDB
C. G. S. Canada..
VDC
VDT
" Malaspina
VDU
VDV
Operated by the Department of Marine and Fisheries.
Name.
Call Signal.
C. G. S. Stanley
" Lady Laurier
" Aberdeen
" Druid
" Montcalm
" Lady Grey
" Quadra
" Esteoan
" Dollard
" Newington
" Lurcher Lightship..
" Simcoe
" Arantnore '
" Prince Edward Island.
VDE
VDF
VDG
VDH
VDJ
VDL
VDM
VDN
VDO
VDP
VDR
VDS
VDQ
VBY
76
DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Operated by the Department of Railways and Canals.
Name.
Range.
Call Signal.
C. G. S. Durley Chine.
Sheba
200 miles.
200 "
VDQ
VDZ
Operated by the Post Office Department.
1
Name.
Range.
Call Signal.
r n S Lndii Evplun
100 miles.
VDX
Operated by the Customs Department.
Name.
Range.
Call Signal.
200 miles.
VDW
Operation of the Coast Station Services.
The coast station services have been maintained on a war basis throughout
the year. The amount of business handled by the east coast system shows
a decrease from last year's business, amounting to 7,360 messages, containing
159,551 words.
The great lakes system (operated by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph
Company of Canada, Limited, under contract) shows an increase of 2,904
messages containing 52,434 words.
The west coast system (operated directly by this department) shows an
increase of 26,072 messages, containing 629,025 words.
The Hudson Bay system (operated for the department of the Railways
and Canals by this department) shows a decrease of 1,353 messages containing
178,127 words.
Table No. 1 shows a comparative statement of the business handled by
the different systems during the past seven years.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SEBVICTH
77
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
■O <^0 M iM 1 CO
to
CO
^ ^ O -
t-
-a
1
-
0> M OS 00 1 M
lO lO c^ r^ i -^
CO —
O ■n> <M C
CO
CO O t- X"
CO
';£
M » O c-
o"
o
w
w
S
cs
* S
S
S
c o ft
S i s s
u g 03 c
1
o
^^ m
w b. u !
O
63 i?
0) O « !
e
HH Q
2:
Oa O O -*
aD O C^ IT
■*
en
"^ QO "«" —
OO
■g
Tjt —
- (J,
c^
o'
1
o —
CO c
3
1^
1^ CO I- e-
CO
M c^ cq a
o
t-J to —
cs
'^
<r-
00
'^
O to lO —
(T
CO C3S CC
CO
T3
o n n o
o
•♦
OS CO C
O
5:
lO O t^
CT>
2
«
ca 1-
t^
M
lO
u-
QO r*
r-
o-
t-
ir
3 O cc
M lO t-
« o>
CO
lO CO —
■^
c-» cc
o
oi
If
»o »o o-
-T3
1
to
eo es
If
„-
a
M ffO <N
00
J2
CO »n M
CO
CO
^
cs
lO CD O-
to
•a
OO CO If-
t>.
s »
oc
t- CO C<1
e<4
c
QO Ifl
OS
m
Oi
r-
■fl
oc
CO
3}
t^
CO
■s
c
£
CO
OS
1
■t
c
2
oi
?
(N
5
fo
If
c
If
S 3
U!
cc
OS
.b-
cm"
■fl
ir
CO
■"
CO
OS
e
U3
•H
■V
oc
»o"
s> .
O
11-
t*
?
C4
:s
c'l
e^
—
•*"
er
a»
QO
f
(N
o
ir
r-
""
M
o
u-
o
If
o» o
-w
1
c
Oi
"*
t^
os"
1
OS
CO
QC
CJ
QO
(M
■^
M
Oa
c
OO
^
»
O
a
c
g
co"
OS
-»■
»o
e^
«£
OS
CO
■^
<a
^-
CD
~
I
s
00
O
OS
t^
n
»o
s
os"
j
i
a
1
>
a
3
1
£
1
J
1
ii
c
s
S
78
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
REVENUE.
The total revenue collected during the vear amounted to §16,731.33 against
$8,494.99 in 1915-16.
The west coast servace shows an increase of $8,241.26, the Great Lakes
an increase of $29.74 and the East Coast a decrease of $34.66.
Table No. 2. — Shows a comparative statement of revenue received by the
Coast Station ser\aces during the past eight j'ears.
East Coast .
Great Lakes
West Coast..
Totals. .
1909-10
§ cts.
Nil.
Nil.
Nil.
Nil.
1910-11
$ ets.
Nil.
Nil.
3,108 63
3, 108 63
1911-12
S cts.
229 57
Nil.
4,484,77
4,714 34
1912-13.
? cts.
475 00
17 08
9,928 40
10,420 48
1913-14. I 1914-15.
S cts.
318 42
27 .55
$ cts.
322 99
85 92
15,992 70 11,329 44
16,. 338 67
11,738 3J
1915-16. 1916-1
S cts. I
1,022 33
78 16
$ cts.
987 67
107 90
I
7,394 fO] 15,635 76
8,494 991 16,731 33
EXAMIX.^TION FOR CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY IN RADIOTELEGRAPHY.
135 operators were examined during the year, including 8 re-examinations.
64 candidates were successful and 71 failed.
The following list shows the names of the successful candidates for Certi-
ficate of Proficiencj' in Radiotelegraph}-: —
Number
of
CertiBcate.
Date
of
Certificate.
Name.
Grade
of
Cer ificate.
Where
Examination
held.
14''
.A.pril 3rd 1915
.May 9th 1916.
.A.pril 13th 1916
" 29th 1916.
May 25th 1916,
" 2nd 1916
" 6th 1916
June 16th 1916.
" 28th 1916.
" 16th 1910.
" 16th 1916
" 16th 1916.
July 13th 1916
" 13th 1916
" 13th 1196
2Sth 1916.
Sept. 21st 1916
" 25th 1916.
'• 9th 1916.
" 22nd 1916
" 22nd 1916.
" 14th 1916
" 13th 1916.
Oct. 2nd 1916.
" 16th 1916.
.Sept. 22nd 1916.
.Jan. 16th 1917.
Wood, E
1st Class Ship
1st '•
1st "
1st "
1st "
Halifax, N.S.
143
Tricker Wm
Victoria, B.C.
144
145
Wood, L. P
Baird, A. M
Maggs. S. A
Rogers. B. D
.Atkins, J. L
Hooper, W. A
Rosebrugh. D. W
Shephard. L. A
Webster. C. R
Hardv, D.J
Gulland, F. M
-Stobart, T. P
Cooper. J. K
Twinn, B. L
Pottle. W. R
McLean, ,S. A
.\rundel, B
iScott, R. B. Y
Shepherd, R. A
Rennie, R. F
Tetley, W.J
Paint, O. F
McWilliams, J. R
Price. A. V
McClure, J. S
Halifax. N.S.
146
Halifax, N.."^.
147
148
149
150
2nd "
1st
1st
1st
1st "
1st "
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st ••
1st "
1st "
1st "
1st "
Victoria, B.C.
Vktoria, B.C.
Victoria, B.C.
Halifax, N..S.
151
152
153
154
155
Vancouver, B.C.
Vancouver, B.C.
Vancouver, B.C.
Victoria, B.C.
Victoria, B.C.
156
Victoria, B.C.
157
Halifax, N.S.
1.58
159
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
160 ....
Vancouver, B.C.
161
Toronto, Ont.
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
Toronto, Ont.
1st Class Coast
1st . ■'
1st Class Ship
Tobermory, Ont.
Tobermory. Ont.
Victoria, B.C.
1st "
Victoria. B.C.
1st "
1st "
Toronto, Ont.
Victoria, B.C.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
79
Number
of
Certificate.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.
174..
175..
176.,
177..
178..
179..
180..
ISl..
182..
183..
184..
185..
186..
187..
188..
189..
190.,
191..
192..
193..
194..
195..
196.,
197..
198..
199..
200..
201.
202..
203..
204.
205.
Date
of
Certificate.
Nov.
Aug.
Nov.
Jan.
Feb.
Jan.
Feb.
Jan.
Feb.
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
April
Mar.
Jan.
20th 1916
24th 1916
20th 1916
20th 1916
28th 1910
16th 1916
28th 1916.
29th 1916.
.^th 1917.
10th 1917
22nd 1917.
24th 1017
23rd 1917
16th 1917.
29th 1917.
3rd 1917.
31st 1917.
7th I9I7.
7th 1917.
30th 1917.
Sth 1917.
24th 1917.
12th 1917.
7th 1917
19th 1917.
21st 1917.
2nd 1917
14th 1917
19th 1917
301 h 1917
3rd 1917
19th 1917.
19th 1917.
19th 1917
19th 1917.
7th 1917
12th 1917
Name.
Begin, J. G. O
Bround, E. M ,
Allen, R. O
Bennett, E. G
Greenhill, D. C
Harris, C. K
Smith, H. E
Edwards, G . A
Bent, R. A
Moulton. W. S.-
McKenzie, H. B
Peter, A. G
Roberts, Stanley
Walsh, H. E
Macken, M. H
Woodhcad, C. F
McGradv, H. G
Rycroft, H
Pape, O.J
Berry, T. V
Allen, H. D
West.land, H. L. G...
Heath, C. G
Dennett, J. H...
Moore, W.J. E
Wallace, J. M
Harris, A. K. W
Bishop, P
Filtness, A. W
Ellison, J. H
Moor, H, H
Hodgson, E
Young, C. W
Robinson, D. M . .
Spowart, A. A
Holmes, J. A
Green, A. A
Grade
of
Certificate.
1st Class
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st "
Jst
1st
1st Class
1st Class
Isi
1st
1st
1st
1st "
2nd
1st
1st
1st
1st Class
1st Class
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
2nd
1st
1st
2nd
l.st Class
1st Class
Ship
Coast
Ship..
Coast
Ship..
Coast
Ship..
Where
Examination
held.
Ottawa, Ont.
Halifax, N. S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Ottawa, Ont.
Vancouver, B.C.
Ottawa, Ont.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N. S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Vancouver, B.C.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Vancouver, B.C.
Victoria, B.C.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N.S.
Halifax, N. S.
Halifax, N.S.
Victoria, B.C.
Halifax, N.S.
Vancouver, B.C.
Ottawa, Ont.
Ottawa, Ont.
Vancouver, B.C.
Vancouver, B.C.
Vancouver, B.C.
Vancouver, B.C.
Halifax, N.S.
Vi<'torja, B.C.
The followino; lioIder.s of certificates of proficiency in radiotelegraphy passed
a successful examination in the operation of other equipments and have had
their original certificates amended accordingly.
No. of Certificate.
Name.
Additional Equipment.
58
Emmerson, R G.
4 K W U K W and 5 K W
13
193
Lcmieux, J. E. O
Moore, W. J. E
Tavlor Fred
Ship Stations.
5-5 K.W. Coast Station.
1-7 K.W. Ship Station.
oJ K.W. Coast Station.
10 K.W. Coast Station.
10 K.W. Coast Station.
10 K W Pnq^t Stqtinn
90..
10.. ..
Argue, A. E
Hay man, E. D
Spracklin C R
76. .
SO
80
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
O d c3
SCO
is
=3
Xi
fl)
+»
c
C,J
+-»
a
G
U
0)
J3
03
3i
-K
>
fi
c3
O
E
^^
>
:0^
m 2
3 ^ =
rail
to
.5 G
« o .
> o
Oh
o
o
S
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
O'MiCOOi-^^'^iC'— '
CO 00 »c
CDIM O
OO t- 00
(M a-, io
-ij* cq Oi
.— (M CO
CO "* O oo «c t^
CC !C — -^ rf 00
CD CO CO O ^H
--h" <M C>» y-<
00 CI ira cv( "^ ic
CO o -^ t^
LO-'fCOCl-S'CSOiM^HCS
tMl--I>.t^iCt>.G0COCOCO
ooooiocooicococ^oo
CO»fSCDCQCCdCOt--fiO
OOil^lCCO-rf-ffCOC^CD
t^(MCOC<l'->CO'*'ffO(M'M
MCOOOCiO-HCOTfC^W
OOcOI-CHJ^OCiCO-^O
lO CO CO Oi CO i-~ 't' t-- l^ CJ
»0 CO CO .— 05 O; CS t^ (M
— 1 -^ "^ t^COCOCO
»C '-' ^ OOrH
CO— 'Coi^OO:ou;c;ir;
t-COOli— CSlCO»Ot— Ci-^
■^Ocoa;iococc~oot^
t-C^'^accaOi'M'^OOCi
r^c^'Ot^ro-^'^—'Coco
moiooooocor^ai(N(M
•^.-Hcoco'CO'^—'icai
W t^ "tl I- t- OO CO
cD-rj'-^rooo-^ir.'— 'ccoi
t^ooooooso-^o-^-^i-
-^-t-co coc^irocMcapo
OCO'^cOOOCSOjOOqcO
•^ rat~~ (Mcsocgoico
-*• CM CO »CCl(Mr-^
T-i ■* c^ iO
<— ' CM CO CO
CM CO CO CO
— .5,C2h
^££
:5i
■T3
2-3 M &
- 3 t- O
tg
M S'^ o bin
o
^?2
o
H
m
tj-o «
lis
tH u ^ 3
£ a-s ^
ecu"
d ^ d ^
+J -(J ^ +->
o o o o
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL 8ERTICB
81
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
,/ iraN5DOb-Q0<N
O
"^ OC 1-- "* OS QO OO -^
OS
h
o
O c
gtf
2 SSSS§??g8
CO
•^ c
o
O cj
CJ
^ OOOOO — OCO
-J"
-ss
o
ooco-^ooo
-**
c;
•o^ctcioicirriJ^io
o
.? C3
c3
6©
"s
COfOCCCOCCC^COCC
"«• lO t^ C^l QC I"- iC ■
OO
CO t-. -^ — CO 00 CX3
"^
t3
-a
O O O CO C^J "^ 00
OO
-3 .
wooToJc^ -^
OS
iS a:
1
C^„ — (M
t^
.-- oj
i|
t^ 1-- I- CO 1 - »o «
o
5 ^
hn
c: o 00 o m CO [^
CD
O Ci t^ en
OO
«
-h'
CO
o
s
O O OO t^ « (M O
■^
OT
CT> t^ ^ _ rQ O «
CO
t3
i— r- t- CD o 00 ■*
<M
C^' CO ■*" CO — ' ■— " QO
CO
&
.-. -^
l>.
ooo'*' — t^r-^
00
3J ^
1
o CO r^ PC — « t- CO
OS
Cq —liC c^ 00 CO
CO
!«
CJ
s
1
Q — . 00 M- O I^
^
CO
ocsii>.eo ®
(M
1 =
^c^^
CO
OS
^lg
&
£ 1-s
CO
o
5P
M Tf »f3 CD — 1
■O
CO
(N
vi
S MCC
d
1 =
Eg
o
o
S
Oi(^ 00 O O CDOO
00
11
Cfi
t^ »C CO ir- CO 00 CO
t^
-a
OOOCO 00^ Oi M
CO
§s
0
'^'^COOO-^N
CO
s to
verni
ips.
&
^
CO
O O Oil-- l-~ M O
t-
X? OX
C^l O « f^ CO lO i-"
<M
|a^
M "* CI C^ — «
CO
§a
m
pq o
O O (M C^ X 00 CO
OS
^
M
(- -f CO iC 00 -^ O
o
to
■3
OO CD O: OC tD CN| ^
CO
c
s
— < CM -"-T CD CO
t^'
"^ c: tn
&
3 ^ C
«|-2
«
C-J 1^ C^ Oi CD -^ CO
CO
^ll
-^ IC CO 00 " r-< ^
OS
00
g-^co
«
-a
»
c
G^
g
l-O I^ CO CO CD CO -^
„H
^
03
CI O — GT. OC 00 t^
•c
Is
"H
O (N CO — ' t-- C-J 1-.
o
.5 o
3*" 7J
o
t^ CO uf t-^ CD i-H
^
^co --- -
o
Sl-a tt
to
00 iC (M — Ol eg CO
Q
5§^
— •*—"— »o —■ CO
Ob- Oi O UO t^
?5
.-t-h' .-r
^
m
S
0)
d
_o
.Si
X
S3
T!
o
o
£
11
-T3 t-
c
^
E^
s
a
(f
c
ji
— 1 O COO
(M O CD OS
iC 00
. -^ t-,
cOt-i -^ o
,-. ^ o — •
CO -
00
e (D
^^
<^ '^ 5
^"S §
so"
"O O i ;
t. tH =• O
^J2 o a
ss-ss;
ti ed Ej a
+j -*i *j -*e
o o o o
HHHH
38—6
82
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
'S
PI
o
Ui
1
OS
>5
H-1
0)
>,
OJ
^
>
-T!
K
0)
■TJ
03
d
o
03
p.
o
3
>>
o
+3
o
03
°3 -^^
c c
2 3
CO §
go
-^ 03 o3
. !-. t,
^ & C
_ o o
C b "^
ill
-304
-s^ °
cc^ o
J >^ ^
oil
. c3 tc
►J 03 P-
n
<J
o:
. .^
r^ O CD
t-
, per
,agc
i
■ -oo •
CDu; CD
r-- CO CO
o
. .{© .
OOCI
00
£ = = =
«^
- -ec ■
—■ eg eg
Cs
Ogc
ci
i S
lOOCOO'VOOOOOOOOOOOO — X —
r^
"o ^
--■OCCOt^OCOOOOOOOOCOOCCO
— '
" 2
-^Or^OtCOOOOOOOOOOOO ^ —
CO
— OC^O — OCOOOOOOOOOOC-l-fCC
o
tC t-"^ "^ *0 CC '-'? "^ O »C ft UT iC lO •--? ic »o iC '-~ ^ W
CD
«&
^s
oa
ec CO -^ c^ CO co" "* fc c<r re c^ cc cc w' w co ?c tJ" m' co
o
r-
t^oi — ocaco'Occ 00— > ooor-cec^ico eg
oo
X
0=c — ^ooacoo <=s^
O -* — W X 00 ■ X
T3
■73
0<MC:-JCi»C-H -CiN
<N COO-^ — CO U3
o
1^
O
t- 3C O lO O OS CC -00
TJH — .oo t^
"^
<m t^ I'j
eg
.« QJ
ej
i|
?
iCt^C-.'O-t'WCCO (MM-
CO CI *fr <M c^ c-i ■ o
■^
ecQocs>ot^c--o oc —
--. t^ X CO — iC ^
"*
5b
'■J-i.-t-C^-^OO-^ CN
— . ^ T**
e>*
eg
CO - ffQ
—
«
to o :<:: cr. •?■ '^ o i.^ . « co
ts .r: t~ — — -^ -^ 31
c^
to
CO — Gc^c^fMOiM -mcc
CO X t^ CD eg LO o I--
T?
— .— 't^O^OOOO -"^00
N rr !■-. uo CO O f UO
iC
o
M- — (M CO PC ■CI
M CO eg CO
t^-
> s
■*
03
t* CO C^ — U7 oo 1-- m :£>•.'.■
eg
^1
— CC M* — ' — eg 00 (N Ci
— .c^e^?T»Hc:--Dic
CO — — ^ , _ t^
—1 — ej ei
CO
eg
O
s
CO O ut O (M CD -^ O coo
. o 10 — c; ej ur
o
oi
QC QC CO— CO X 00 — ■ -^ O
. oocs . — o coco
CO
Ig
■a
o
T-(MaCtCi-0^— 1-^ CJO
■ c: tc
i^Mcg
X o
CO ci Tji ■ CO CO
lO CO
o
coo
. : -
X
t— I-^Cit^ifrcottSOC C^JO
■ CD eg
— "^ CO X
7i
ca — o TT Tj* c^ ca CI -COM
■ r- CO
tceg^-
C X eS
T~l ,-1 -^J* ■ — —1
COU3
— OCD
^
c3
»c
> =
^
o
C
O
s
eoC3i-0"^ — ^t^w -^Ci
O [-- o u-
_^
«
ccr-coi-ocic— 'Tj- -cjco
tO-iDCiC^
c:
c <1>
O
■"fGcirr^tccr-iciio cdoo
CDl^ t^ ^
CJX:-o
t^
C3 g
im'o'— 'S'' — 'tPCO ■ •— 'l>r
co"»C ^>r
1-^— eg t^'
x'
— c-i
Tf
siness to
Govern
Ship.^.
i-O cc C) >■: o — — -^ O t^
CD i^ C4 ■x eg I^ O X
CO
COOuocoxXCi —
ei
"5 CJ (M —, — . — CO
<N "* r- c-1 t^ o
e-J
3 C
m 5
-ca^ — ir; '^t-OcD COC^^
■ 00 C~ » C "■ — ^.
Oi
m
X
— -s-co^cqfNO -i>-o
■ cgt-Tf — H
CO
K
•T3
■— 'C: O CICDOO -00^
'd'
u
o
.£
CI t^M— - — o
»o
^
Bus
ions
^
-iCTf — — — Oli--^' oooc
o o CO ei — —
"^
K
ON — ■ CO !M ■ t^ CD
r~
iiifi
00 iC — — • Tf
03
N
'C
O
Ch
s
OOX-COC' t-t^X CC^
— t^ "tf 04 X CO
CO
■**<Clt^Oi I^OGO fM —
oo ■ X -^ ej • CO CO
eg
m
I-- CO lO t— . c: X
CO
eg
.ss
M* CO X ■ o'
QO —
»J^"
^' SC ' r? c^
eg
CO
Bus
Ifro
ips.
OOXrp'ij' i-ooqx i/^-'J'
■ 1/1
C3CC3S -^ - CN ^
t^
I§-
Ci CiCO tr- coo
■OS
t^ ^ ■ 00"
CO
(N-»*< Ifl ■ T*<
■ eg
(M CC ■ — .<N
eg
rt
uz
oc'
> o
02
.Z. >:>
m
t.
<u
CI.
a
■♦a ■ ■
-:
; ^- ; ;
■ >«
5
:t3 1 ^^3
^
5
- C ' ■ c
u
0
■ i : -^
J§
ii _
z
4
5
b^|l|ll|||l|S^2.
1
3 S^ 03 »;
0
!<2f
.ff
->*
3 03 C
;K3
- 5
;&
3-
= =8.':
if
ft
1
-CO t~-
Dr^ 00
- coo
O— I
- u
.Si-si
3 3 03
CS ^ ri ed
-»* -«^ +J V>
0000
CO CO
Oi C5
a a
sa
3 3
■*J -^
li (h
CD CD
V o
3 3
DEPARTMENT OP THE NAYAL SERVICE
83
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
J3
a ^
a o
o c
o
03
.f^
CD
u
H
Qi
-1-'
J3
n
-i-5
C
O
^
r-',
o
O
C3
03
a
+J
n
o
0)
t^
^
QJ
o
■C
fl
OJ
3
-C
.^
+J
Hi
>-,
-*^
fi
■n
<i)
H-l
-a
c4
03
OS
ort
O
r,
tt-(
3
;>.
m
C4-<
n,
o
Fi
-w
o
G
O
H
J3
CJ
D.
.«-'
m
03
-M
hri
{/J
OJ
1h
03 CO
c
3
1
Cost of
Mainten-
ance.
$ cts.
1.750 00
(3
■6
o
to
1
C^
0) S
i
en
2
Government busi-
ness between
Stations.
J3
CO
CD
Business to and
from Government
Ships.
o
7^
CO
s
Private Business
between
Stations.
O
CD
CD
g
Private Business
to and from
Ships.
O
I
i:
12
5
3
3
c
cc O O
O f^ o
t^ CO
-o
CO u^
rt CO 5
M t- ?
6 ^ c
es^
ri A Cu ri
-»j +i +i ♦J
o c o o
>>
^
o
c
o
"oS
"E
03
:-<
bC
0)
o
c
o
r«
y.
o3
C
01
o
O
Pi
'^
a
03
03
cfi
>^
a
^ o
a; CJ
-S 03
.s
3
m
a
w
38-
HHHH ie
o
w
pq
■<
CO to
Is
> «
i-S-2
g S
= s
mco
?l
pLija
%
^
O) OJ
as
3 3
O O
84 DEPARTMENT OF THE 'S^AVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
ASSISTANCE RENDERED TO SHIPS DURING THE YEAR BY THE GOVERNMENT RADIO-
TELEGRAPH SERVICE.
West Coast.
SS. Orion. — On the 20th June, 1916, Tofino reported by telephone to the
Estevan station that the captain of the ss. Orion had landed there and reported
that his vessel was disabled with a broken shaft eight miles west of Lennard
island, and required the assistance of the U.S. Government tug Snohomish
immediately. Cape Flattery was at once advised by wireless of the accident.
The Snohomish proceeded to the assistance of the disabled boat and took her in
tow.
SS. Northivestern. — On the 17th July, 1916, the ss. Northwestern advised
the Digby Island station, by wireless, that she had propeller trouble, several
blades having shaken off and that she was proceeding sout,h. The tug Sainson
joined the ss. Northwestern later and stood by her on the remainder of her trip
south. Constant wireless communication was maintained with both ships.
SS. Redondo. — On the 19th August, 1916, the ss. Redondo broke her rudder
stock, off Maud Island, Discovery passage, and was compelled to anchor off
that island and await assistance. Wireless communication was immediately
established with the ss. Redondo by the Cape Lazo station. The owners were
advised of the vessel's condition and they despatched a tug boat which towed the
Redondo to Seattle.
SS. Princess Maquinna. — On the 30th August, 1916, distress signals were
received at the Point Grey station from the ss. Princess Maquinna, the vessel
having run ashore during fog near Small island on her way to Vancouver. The
Pri7icess Maquinna eventually backed off and proceeded to Vancouver escorted
by the ss. Princess Alice.
SS. Kunajiri Maru. — On the 23rd September, 1916, the ss. Kunajiri
Maru ran ashore in a thick fog near New Dungeness lighthouse. The Gonzales
Hill station was requested to arrange for a tug and was informed by the Seattle
station that the tug Tyec would leave at once. The Tyee and Unalga stood
by the Kunajiri Maru but their services were not required as the vessel floated
the following morning and proceeded to Port Townsend for survey.
SS. Princess Alice. — On the loth October, 1916, the ss Princess Alice sent
a message through the Cape Lazo station, notifjdng her owners that she had
run aground in Mensies bay. The Princess Alice floated off the next day with
the assistance of the tug Nitinat.
SS. Belfast. — On the 16th October, 1916, advice was received from Hesquit,
via the Estevan Station, that the ss. Belfast was anchored close to the shore at
the entrance to Sydney inlet, in a dangerous position. The Ucluelet lifeboat
left to stand by and the ss. Belfast wired to Seattle for a tug. This information
was given to the U.S. Revenue Cutter Unalga by the Gonzales Hill station.
SS. Santa Ana. — On the 28th October, 1916, the ss. Santa Ana reported
to the Ketchikan station that her low pressure crank had broken and that she
was anchored off Maej' island. The boat being closer to Ketchikan she main-
tained communication with that station, but the Digby Island station handled
messages to and from the ship. The ss. Valdez took the ss. Santa Ana in tow
early on the morning of the 31st October, 1916. When abeam of the Digby
Island station bound for Seattle, the Santa Ana reported all well.
Barge Donald D. — At 8.45 a.m. on the 3rd November, 1916, the ss. Prince
Jo^n reported by wireless to the Triangle Island station as follows: "At 11 p.m.
la^t night the barge Donald D broke awaj' from the tug Dola, eight miles west
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 85
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
of Pine island, strong easterly gale, heavy sea, tug short of coal, please send
assistance to take off crew. Dola going to Alert bay for coal. Prince John now
abeam Pine island going off shore see if can find Donald D."
The Triangle Island station requested the Captain of the Prince John to
do all in his power to assist, and also got in touch with other stations to render'
assistance. The crew of the Donald D, consisting of five men and one woman,
were eventually rescued by the ss. Prince John.
SS. Niels Nielson. — On the 27th November, 1916, the ss. Niels Nielson,
bound from Seattle to Vladivostock, with a valuable cargo, reported to the
Triangle Island station that she had lost her propeller and required assistance;
the vessel was then 103 miles from Triangle island. The Gonzales Hill station
reported the aocident to the tug Snohomish, which vessel left Port Angeles to
render assistance. The tug Goliath was also dispatched from cape Flattery at
midnight on the 27th November. On the morning of the 29th November the
Gonzales Hill station requested the ss. Niels Nielson to keep the station posted
as to her movements, and later received advice from the vessel, via the Estevan
station, that she expected to sight the tug Goliath in two hours. Messages
were also sent to the tugs and the Goliath replied at 1.50 p.m. that si e was
alongside the ss. Niels Nielson, and expected to have a hawser aboard her in
a few minutes. At 10 p.m. the Snohomish advised that the Goliath had the
Niels Nielson in tow, about twenty miles from cape Cook, and later that she
had towed her safely to Victoria,- assisted part of the way by the tug fyce.
SS. Stanley N. Dollar. — On the 12th January, 1917, the Gonzales Hill
station received a message from the ss. Princess Alice, advising that the ss.
Stanley N. Dollar was ashore in Active pass and required immediate assistance.
The B.C. Salvage Company was advised and the ss. Salvor was dispatched to
the scene of the accident, arriving in the vicinity in four hours' time. Unfor-
tunately, the Salvor also ran ashore, at 9 p.m., on Enterprise reef and was not
floated off until 7 a.m. the following morning. In the meantime the Nitinat
had arrived and pulled the Stanley N. Dollar off at 7.30 a.m. on the 13th January.
SS. Prince John. — On the 26th January, 1917, weak signals were picked
up by the Digby Island station, from the ss. Prince John, stating that they
were ashore in Wrangell narrows, taking water fast. The Digby Island station
got in touch with the ss. Prince Albert, which vessel proceeded to the assistance
of the Prince John. The tug Pioneer pulled off the Prince John, and she trans-
ferred her passengers to the Prince Albert, and then beached for repairs.
SS. Princess Patricia. — On the 7th February, 1917, the Princess Patricia
went ashore at Point Grey and the tug Qualicum was sent from Vancouver, to
render assistance. The assistance rendered by the Point Grey station enabled
the Princess Patricia to be floated within five hours after the first report of the
accident.
SS. Santa Ana. — On the 18th March, 1917, a message was received from
the ss. Santa Ana, via the ss. Norwood and ss. Northwestern, advising that
she was ashore near Craig, Alaska, but not making water. The Saiita Ana
was ashore for several days but eventually floated off safely.
SS. Prince Rupert. — On the 23rd March, 1917, a distress call was received
by the Digby Island station from the ss. Prince Rupert, advising that the boat
had struck the rocks and was filling fast and requesting immediate assistance.
The nearest steamer in range was the ss. Humboldt, northbound. At the
request of the captain of the ss. Prince Rupert the Digby Island station asked
the Humboldt to return at full speed, which he immediately proceeded to do.
Several other boats from Prince Rupert also left to render assistance. The
passengers were taken off the vessel and brought into Prince Rupert. Constant
wireless communication was maintained with the vessel.
86 DEPABTilENT OF THE XXYAL SERYICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
East Coast and Great Lakes.
The radiotelegraph stations on the east coast and great lakes were not
called upon to render any assistance to distressed vessels during the year.
NEW CONSTRUCTION, ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS.
West Coast.
■Cape Lazo. — The old three-piece mast was found to be rotting at the base,
so a large concrete footing was placed around it. New mast bands were made
and the stays refitted. Preventer bands and stays were placed on the topmast,
and the mast set up and painted. The tree mast was also set up and painted.
All the apparatus was overhauled.-
Dead Tree Point. — All the station buildings were painted, the mast was also
painted and the rigging overhauled.
Eslevan. — The rigging was overhauled and the mast painted. About an
acre of ground was cleared and the digging of a well commenced. The tramway
was improved by putting down new iron rails for the use of a gasolene car. The
apparatus was overhauled and new piping in connection with the engine-coohng
tanks put in. A new receiver was also installed.
Gonzales Hill. — The rigging was overhauled, and new preventer stays
and strongbacks were put up. The masts were painted, a new aerial erected,
and the earth system strengthened. New partitions were put up in the dwelling
house, and a few minor repairs made to the dweUing and operating houses.
Pachena. — The apparatus was overhauled and put in good working ojder.
Point Grey. — The masts and rigging were overhauled and the masts painted.
A new power-set and non-synchronous disc, to operate off the power mains, was
installed and the station overhauled generally.
Triangle Island. — The masts and all apparatus was thoroughly overhauled
and placed in good working order.
East Coast.
In pursuance of the poHcy of government ownership of radiotelegraph
coast stations, an agreement was entered into with the iVIarconi Wireless Tele-
graph Company of Canada, whereby the North Sydney station has been trans-
ferred to the department for the sura of $5,365.44.
North Sydney. — In order to increase the range of the North Sydney station
a second mast, was erected at that point and the height of the existing mast
increased to 165 feet; the operating house was also removed to a new position.
The total cost of the above work was $1,827.69.
Great Lakes.
Point Edward. — Owing to the action of the Hydro-Electric Commission
of Ontario changing the frequency of the power supply from 60 to 25 cycles,
new transformers and motors had to be installed to supply power to the radio-
telegraph transmitting apparatus. The total cost of the installation was
$1,341.00.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 87
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Port Burwell. — A septic tank and drainage was put in at this station and
surface well installed.. The total cost of this work was $387.94.
Headquarters. — A tubular iron mast, one hundred and forty feet in height,
was erected at the Naval Stores, Wellington St., Ottawa, for the use of this
branch in connection with the testing of radiotelegraph apparatus.
Radiotelegraph Act. — The following amendments to the radiotelegraph
Regulations have been made since the 1st August, 1914. —
SHIP STATIONS IN TERRITORIAL WATERS.
103. The Radiotelegraph Stations on board ships (other than H.M. ships of
war or Canadian Government vessels) shall not be worked while such ships are
within the territorial waters of Canada, unless specific permission is granted therefor
by the controlling Canadian coast stations for the locality, and then only provided
such working does not interfere with the operation of any coast station established
in Canada, and that the provisions of the Radiotelegraph Convention of London,
1912, and the Service Regulations, annexed thereto, are strictly observed.
WAVELENGTH TO BE USED BY SHIP STATIONS.
106. All Canadian licensed Ship Stations shall use the wavelength of 600
metres exclusively during the period of hostilities.
NATIONALITY OF OPERATORS.
No. 88 (o). No person shall be permitted to attend examination for any
class of certificate of proficiency in radiotelegraphy —
(i) who is not a British subject;
(ii) who has at any time been of enemy nationality;
(iii) whose parents were not of British nationality at the time of his
birth; -
(iv) whose parents have at any time been of enemy nationality.
(6) Candidates for examination for first-class certificate of proficiency must
be not less than eighteen years of age.
(c) This regulation shall take effect on the 15th October, 1916, and shall
remain in force until the cessation of hostilities, unless sooner repealed.
SHIP STATIONS IN HARBOURS.
104. (a) The Radiotelegraph Stations on board ships (other than H«M.
ships of war or Canadian Government vessels) shall not be worked whilst such
ships are within a harbour of the Dominion of Canada.
(6) For the proper enforcement of the above, ships of British register in
Canadian harbours must completely disconnect their aerial wires from their radio
apparatus, the ends of such wires being suspended entirely clear of the radiotele-
graph cabin, preferably from the main rigging, in such a manner as to show they
are properly disconnected.
(c) Ships of foreign register in a Canadian harbour must (subject to the
provisions of the following subsection d) take down their aerial wires completely
and disconnect the same from their radiotelegraph apparatus.
88
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
(d) Ships of foreign register remaining in a Canadian harbour for less than
thirty-six hours, may at the discretion of the competent naval authority, be permitted
to leave their aerials up, provided the same are disconnected in accordance with
the provisions of subsection (6) of this regulation.
(e) Subsections (b), (c), and (d) of this regulation, relative to the discon-
nection of aerials in ships Ijang in Canadian harbours will not, until further
notice, apply to Canadian or British vessels in Canadian harbours on the Great
Lakes. Such vessels must, nevertheless, strictly observe the provisions of sub-
section (o).
Transports. — The department continues to equip transports plying to Canada
with radiotelegraph apparatus, when requested to do so by the Admiralty.
An efficient staff of wireless officers is maintained at Montreal, Halifax and
St. John for the inspection of the wireless apparatus on all transports.
Personnel. — The personnel of the Radiotelegraph Service in the Dominion
is as follows: —
Government.
COMMERCUL.
Head-
quar-
ters.
Coast
Sta-
tions.
Land
Sta-
tions.
Ship
Sta-
tions.
Head-
quar-
ters.
Coast
Sta-
tions.
Land
Sta-
tions.
Ship
Sta-
tions.
Engineers and officers in charge —
1
20
40
6
2
2
5
47
30
9
80
1
20
40
10
16
28
64
5
5
6
Executive officials and inspectors . .
1
3
12
68
7
78
90
60
54
72
Total personnel, 441.
I am glad to report that all members of the Radiotelegraph Service directly
in the employ of this department continue to take a great interest in their
work and have carried out their duties in a satisfactory and efficient manner.
I have the honour to be, sir,
Your obedient servant,
C. P. EDWARDS,
General Superintendent, Government Radiotelegraph Service.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 89
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
FISHERIES PROTECTION SERVICE.
Ottawa, April 15, 1917.
The Deputy ]\Iinister,
Department of the Naval Service,
Ottawa.
Sir, — I have the honour to report as follows wath regard to the Fisheries
Protection Se^^^ce for the year endhig March 31, 1917, as to the numbers of
vessels and men in the service, their stations, brief descriptions of the vessels
and the names of their commanding officers.
The ships of the Fisheries Protection Service still number nine, although
the Canada has actually been commissioned under the White Ensign and has
been serving in the Naval Service since shortly after the outbreak of war.
It is also pointed out that the increased requirements for coastal defence,
necessitated by the continuance of the war, do not allow of these vessels being
utilized very much for the duties for which thej- were originallj' commissioned,
although the department makes every effort to see that the fisheries laws are
strictly complied t\-ith and to have complaints made by the fishermen investi-
gated at once.
NAMES OF VESSELS AND THEIR COMMANDING OFFICERS.
Canada. — Lieut. Commander C. J. Stuart, R.N.R.
Curlew. — W. J. Milne.
Constance. — J. E. Morris.
Petrel— C. O. McDonald.
Gulnare. — Clement Barkhouse.
Vigilant. — P. C. Robinson.
Galiano.— Lieut. R. M. Pope, R.N.R.
Malaspina. — Holmes Newcombe.
Restless. — Charles Moore.
c!g.S. " CANADA."
Is a twin-screw steel ship, length 206 feet, beam 25 feet, draught 11 feet
2 inches, registered tonnage 411 tons, speed 16 knots. When on fisheries pro-
tection duty she is armed with two 12-pdr. Q.F. and two 3-pdr. Hotchkiss guns.
The vessel is electrically lighted throughout, and is fitted with a powerful search-
light. Her complement is sixty officers and men, all told, and she was built by
Vickers, Sons & Maxim, Limited, England, in 1904. She is commanded by
Lieut. Commander C. J. Stuart, R.N.R.
This ship is commissioned under the White Ensign and has not been
engaged in fisheries protection work since the outbreak of war.
C.G.S. " CURLEW."
Is a composite single-screw vessel, length 116 feet 3 inches, beam 19 feet
8 inches, draught 11 feet, speed 10^ knots and registered tonnage, 157.85
tons. Her complement is twenty-two officers and men, all told, and she is
commanded by Capt. W. J. Milne.
April 1, 1916, found the Curlew engaged in patrol duty in the northern
portion of the baj- of Fundy, which was continued until the beginning of May,
when she proceeded to Halifax for refit. The foremast and one of the fresh-
90 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
water tanks had to be replaced, and these, with other minor repairs, kept the
ship in dockyard hands until June 30, when she returned to the bay of Fundy
and resumed her fisheries duties, landing stores at the hfe-saving station at
Little Wood island, eti route.
On July 25, the Curlew was able to render some assistance in re-floating the
ss. Tyne, which vessel had gone ashore on the Old Proprietor ledge. Grand Manan.
On July 31, ship went in search of the barge Mule, adrift in the bay of Fundy.
but the barg-e sank before assistance arrived.
During the month of August regular duties were carried out, including a
watch being kept on the fishermen operating drift-nets for salmon in St. John
harbour and off the New Brunswick shore.
On September 2 a lifeboat and stores were taken to Little Wood island
from Digby, and on the 6th ship went to the assistance of the ss. J. L. Cann,
which vessel was in a dangerous position off BriJlr island, -nath a broken shaft.
On September 27 the Curlew embarked an official of the department and pro-
ceeded to Whitehead island, inspecting positions for life-saving stations, lookouts,
etc. After returning him to St. John, ship cruised to the lobster fishing-grounds
off Seal island.
At the beginning of October the life-saving stations at Seal island. Baker's
cove, Westport and Little Wood island, were inspected by the commanding
officer, the rest of the month being occupied in regular patrol work. Grand
Harbour was visited on November 5, to watch the sardine fishermen. The
catch in this locality was large and the prices good. The same may be said
of the catch, earlier in the season, in St. John's harbour.
The Curlew located and reported an uncharted rock southward off White-
head island on November 16.
On December 20 the ship cruised St. Mary's bay in search of the U.S.
schooner W. H. Mason; this vessel foundered in deep water at the entrance
to the bay, only the top of her masts being visible.
In January a new motor life-boat was towed from St. John to Little Wood
island and moored in a sheltered position in the harbour ready for use. The
life-saving station at Baker's cove was then visited and the damage done to the
slip inspected and reported on. The Curlew remained at Yarmouth, breaking
ice in the channel, until January 21, when she returned to patrol duty on the
New Brunswick shore.
February 15 to 17 were spent breaking ice in the harbour of St. Andrews,
to allow the traffic proceeding to the pubhc wharf. On March 7 a Hfeboat was
taken from Little Wood island to Bay View, and on the 30th ship proceeded in
search of a wreck, but was unable to locate it owing to weather conditions.
The winter being particularly cold and stormy very little fishing was
carried on.
C.G.S. " CONSTANCE."
Is a single-screw composite steamer, whose length is 115 feet 6 inches,
beam 19 feet 6 inches, draught 11 feet 6 inches, and registered tonnage 125
tons. Her complement is twenty-three officers and men, all told, and she is
commanded by Capt. J. E. Morris.
The Constance came out of dockyard hands April 11, 1916, and immediately
was utihzed for war service, on which service she has been kept throughout the
year.
C.G.S. " PETEEL."
Is a steel, single-screw ship, length 116 feet, beam 22 feet, draught 9 feet,
speed 11 knots, and registered tonnage 191 tons. Her complement is twenty-
four officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. C. O. McDonald.
This ship was in commission at the beginning of the fiscal year, carrying
out her regular duties, which she continued to do until May 19, when she pro-
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 91
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
ceeded to Little Wood island and left the ship's carpenter at the life-saving
station to repair the launching ways, returning later to embark the carpenter on
the completion of the repairs.
On June 16 the Petrel proceeded to Shelburne, calling at Victoria Beach to
take in tow a life-boat for Hahfax, which place was reached on the 22nd. Ship
was placed in dockyard hands July 6 and remained until September 10, when
repairs were completed and she was once more ready for sea.
After visiting the life-saving station at Clark's Harbour and reporting on
the repairs necessary there, the Petrel returned to Hahfax September 17, and
from that date has been occupied on war service, although the commanding
officer has inspected and reported on several life-saving stations when in their
respective vicinities.
C.G.S. " GULNARE."
Is a steel single-screw vessel, whose length is 137 feet, beam 20 feet 5 inches,
draught 12 feet, registered tonnage 262 tons. Her complement is twenty-five
officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. Clement Barkhouse.
As was the case last year the Gulnare was employed continuously on Naval
Service and was unable to attend to fisheries protection duties.
C.G.S. " VIGILANT."
Is a twin-screw^ steel ship, whose length is 177 feet, beam 22 feet, draught 9
feet 6 inches, registered tonnage 242 tons, and speed 16 knots. She is electric-
ally hghted throughout and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement
is thirty officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. P. C.
Robinson.
This ship went into commission at Port Dover April 14, but did not proceed
to sea until the 21st when the Consulting Naval Engineer embarked and ship
proceeded on trial trip, returning to port the same evening. The Vigilant
then proceeded on her regular routine, visiting the hfe-sa\ang station on Long
point on April 25, and working on the boundary.
May 22 Captain King came on board to adjust the ship's compasses, dis-
embarking on the evening of the 23rd. Ship then cruised on the boimdary
until June 11, when measles broke out in the ship and in spite of disinfecting,
prevented much work being carried out until the early part of July.
July 14 the Vigilant left for lake Ontario, the director of the Naval Service
embarked at Trenton on the 17th, and the various life-saving stations along the
lake Ontario shore were inspected. On the 7th the ship returned to lake Erie,
and the hfe-saving stations along that lake were inspected, the director of the
Naval Service' disembarking at Port Stanley on the 22nd, when work was
resumed on the boundary. Fishermen now became very active off Long point,
and work was practically confined to this part of the lake for the next couple
of months. Life-saving stations were visited from time to time and work on
the boundary continued until September 7, when the ship proceeded to Port
Dover to land nets taken off Long point.
Stormy weather kept the vessel in port, and on the 16th the ice having
become too bad, arrangements were made to lay up and the crew was paid off
on December 23, 1916.
During the season of navigation, the §hip steamed 5,818 miles, and seized
618 nets.
C.G.S. " MALASPINA."
Is a steel single-screw vessel, whose length is 160 feet, beam 263^ feet,
draught 1214 feet, speed 14,1/2 knots, and displacement 700 tons. She is
electrically hghted throughout and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her
complement is thirty-three officers and men all told, and she was built by the
Dublin Dockyard Company, Dublin, Ireland, in 1913. She is commanded by
Capt. Holmes Newcombe.
92 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
April 1, 191&, the Malaspina was busy preparing for sea, taking on stores
for various wireless and life-saving stations; she left Esquimalt with these
supplies on the 6th and returned on the 10th, then proceeded on examination
service until the 19th. The ship's boilers were then washed out and she
proceeded to Vancouver on the 23rd with the admiral superintendent on board ;
here applicants for the motor-boat patrol were interviewed and ship returned to
Esquimalt.
April 29, the vessel proceeded to Ucluelet and towed the life-boat to
Esquimalt for repairs, returning Maj'' 1. Examination service was then carried
out by this ship until the 23rd, during which time she was inspected bj^ the
director of the Naval Service. On May 24 the Malaspina took the admiral
superintendent to Fulford harbour, returning the following day. Examination
service was carried out during the month of June, with the exception of a day
or two when the admiral superintendent was taken on short trips. July 7 the
ship went into dockyard hands for overhaul, repairs being completed on the 24th,
after which she coaled and on the 7th left for Vancouver, thence to Leonard
island, where a scow was taken in tow to Tofino.
From August 1 to 8 the Malaspina was employed in laying cable from
Leonard to Vancouver island, after which she returned to Ucluelet with the scow,
and after obtaining water at Uchucklisit, proceeded to Estevan with stores for the
wireless station. On the 10th, as the ship was returning to Esquimalt she
seized the motor-boat Gi'eg for infraction of the Customs laws and brought her
to Esquimalt, the fish being sold the next day and the matter reported to the
collector of Customs, who ordered the vessel delivered at the Marine Depart-
ment's wharf at Victoria.
This was done on the 12th, the Malaspina afterwards cruising on the west
coast and in Hecate straits until the 20th, when a leak appeared in the main
boiler, necessitating return to Esquimalt, which was reached on the 25th. On
the 30th the ship left for Vancouver for repairs, remaining there until September
28, then returned to Esquimalt and proceeding with the admiral superintendent
to Telegraph harbour, returning to Esquimalt on October 3. From the 4th to
the 23rd the ship was on examination service, then proceeded to deliver stores
to the«various life-saving and wireless stations; visited Prince Rupert on the 27th
and commenced cruising in the Chatham straits, but was recalled to Esquimalt,
where she arrived on December 3. She proceeded on examination service until
the 22nd, then made a trip to Vancouver with the admiral superintendent,
afterwards going into dockyard hands for refit.
On January 24 examination service was again taken up and continued until
the end of the fiscal year.
C.G.S. " GALIANO."
Is a steel, single-screw vessel, length 160 feet, beam 263^2 feet, draught
12^ feet, speed 14^ knots, and displacement 700 tons. She is electrically-
Hghted throughout and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement is
thirty-three officers and men, all told, and she was built at Dublin, Ireland, by
the Dublin Dockyard Co., in 1913. She is commanded by Lieut. R. M. Pope,
R.N.R.
The'Galiano was at Alert Bay April 1, 1916, en route to Cape St. James
with Mr. Stephenson of the radiotelegraph branch, who was sent to report on
available sites for a radiotelegraph station. The ship then proceeded to Prince
Rupert, where Mr. Stephenson disembarked, after which cruising was carried
on in the eastern side of the Hecate strait, and two fishing vessels ordered to
report to the collector of Customs, as they had no marks of identification or
papers to show. She then proceeded to Alert Bay, exchanged wireless operators
and on April 22 returned to Prince Rupert for coal, afterwards cruising on the
west side of Hecate strait, thence to Triangle island and Union Bay for coal,
as the latter had not been obtained at Prince Rupert. The ship sailed from
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 93
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Union Bay April 29, on receipt of instructions to proceed to the northern end
of the Queen Charlotte islands. On May 4 returned to Prince Rupert for stores,
visited Triangle island again and then proceeded to Vancouver to meet the
director of the Naval Service, who embarked on the 15th, called at Victoria and
Esquimalt and then continued on a tour of inspection of various hfe-saving
stations, etc., returning to Vancouver May 31, when the director of the Naval
Service disembarked and ship returned to Esquimalt, going on examination
service from June 3 to 25.
On June 26, Commander Shenton embarked, by instruction of the admiral
superintendent and proceeded on a tour of inspection of the radiotelegraph
stations, returning to Esquimalt July 7 for examination service, which continued
until August 18. Ship then went on fisheries protection duty to Barkley sound,
the salmon fishing on the Swiftsure Bank being then good. On the 23rd two
boats fishing cod off Race Rocks, manned by Japanese, were ordered to report
to the collector of Customs, as they had no papers or marks of identification.
Examination duty was then resumed until August 28, when ship went on the
ways at Yarrows for cleaning and painting of hull.
September 5 ship left for Prince Rupert and Triangle, transferring wireless
operators and calHng at various ports. Returned to Esquimalt on the 12th,
left for Vancouver and made two return trips, and on the 19th left for Pachena
dnd Estevan, transferring operators.
The Galiano was in dockyard hands from October 1 to 21, and from the
latter date to January 25, practically all her time was spent in examination
service. She then proceeded to Prince Rupert, arriving there January 30,
cruised on the eastern side of Hecate strait, thence to Dixon's Entrance,
returning to Prince Rupert on February 10. Left again on the 12th for the
islands on the southern part of Hecate strait, bad weather prevailing practically
all the time. After coaling at Union Bay ship arrived at Esquimalt on February
24 and on the 26th went into dry clock. Refit was completed on March 21, and
shortly afterwards ship went on examination service, which continued till the
end of the fiscal year.
C.G.S. " RESTLESS."
Length 71 feet, beam 17 feet, draught 7 feet, is commanded by Capt.
Charles Moore.
The Restless is required for naval work and has been so employed since
August, 1914. She was docked on June 11, 1916, for repairs, which were
completed on June 26, and on December 4 underwent refit of machinery and
boiler, returning to duty December 18, 1916.
C.G.S. " FISPA."
This vessel belonging to the fisheries branch was, in November, 1916, sent
to Prince Rupert, to look after the protection of fisheries in that vicinity, as the
regular fisheries protection vessels were not able to give all their time to this
work.
The ranter was an unusually severe one and as the vessel was small it was
difficult for her to do much cruising. However, the various straits and channels
were patrolled as much as possible up to the middle of April, when instructions
were given the commanding officer to return south, and the vessel was returned
to the inspector of fisheries on April 30.
I have the honour to be, sir.
Your obedient servant,
C. E. KINSGMILL, Admiral,
Director of the Naval Service.
94
DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
LIFE-SAVING SERVICE.
Ottawa, May 1, 1917.
The Deputy Minister,
Department of the Naval Service,
Ottawa.
Sir, — I have the honour to make the following report concerning the Life-
saving Service of Canada for the fiscal year ending 31st March, 1917.
The type of life-saving station at present in existence on the east coast and
along the shores of the Great Lakes is rapidly becoming useless, owing to the
fact that the ocean-going vessels now in use have become so large as to reduce
to a minimian the number of marine tlisasters. It should also be borne in mind
that the fishermen in most instances are now provided with up-to-date motor-
boats, and are therefore better able to provide assistance in a case of emergencj^
than many of the stations, so that it would appear desirable to gradually do
away with a number of the least useful stations.
During the year a different arrangement has been made for the inspection
of the stations on the east coast : this duty is now carried out by officers of the
Fisheries Protection Ser\ace, while cruising in the vicinity of the various stations
and has been found to work out verv satisfactorilv.
NOVA SCOTIA.
Bay View. — Permanent crew. Throughout the year various disabled
fishing boats have been towed in by the crew at this station. Besides this the
schooner .Sam Slick, 80 tons, which went ashore in Digby Gut on the 22nd
December, was floated with the help of the steamer Bear River.
Canso. — Volunteer crew. The crew of this life-boat have rendered assist-
ance to the following vessels during the year: 8th June, 1917, schooner Hele)i &
Mary, with 22 fishermen on board, ashore at Booth shoal; 4th August, Canadian
Government ship ashore at Starling rock; 5th September, schooner Maton, 20
persons on board, ashore on ^Middle Ground; 23rd September, Hazel L. Ritchie
grounded in the harbour; 2.5th September, schooner Coreau, ashore on Whit-
man rock; 2.5th November, American schooner Primer, ashore on a ledge at
Cape island.
Cheticamp. — Permanent crew. Assistance was as usual rendered in various
forms to local fishermen, but nothing of a very serious nature occurred in this
vicinity.
Clark's Harbour. — Volunteer crew. One schooner of 200 tons, with a cargo
of hard coal, was given assistance bv the crew of this hfe-boat on the 16th
August, 1916.
Herring Cove. — Volunteer crew. This crew went to the assistance of one
small disabled motor-boat which was being carried out to sea in a heavy north-
west wind.
Seal Island. — Subsidized volunteer crew. Three vessels got into trouble
in this vicinity during the year, but there were no casualties. The Vesta was
sunk in Lobster bay on the 23rd July; the Harold B. Cousins went ashore on Black
ledge on 24th July; and the Little Elsie was adrift to the southwest of Seal
island, with one man aboard, for 21 hours on the 14th September. The crew
went out in search of the Vesta and Little Elsie, and in the case of the Harold
B. Cousins assisted in floating her and getting her under way to Yarmouth.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 95
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
Westport, Brier Island. — Subsidized volunteer crew. Three wrecks occurred
in the vicinity of this station. November 2, the schooner Florence E. Melanson
at Green island; December 1, the schooner L. M. Ellis at Dartmouth Point
ledge; and on December 18 the schooner William. Mason, off Irish bank. In
the first two cases there was no loss of life, but in the last no one was saved.
Whitehead. — Volunteer crew. The schooner J. W. Margeson was wrecked
off Whitehead on December 18, 1916. The crew was rescued, but the life-boat
was damaged beyond repair.
NEW BRUNSWICK.
Cape Tormentine. — Volunteer crew. On the 22nd July the schooner Ulva
struck a reef off Jourmain island, and the crew were brought ashore in a gasolene
boat. The schooner Wild Brier foundered five miles west of Jourmain light on
22nd August, in a heavy squall. The crew was rescued.
Little Wood island. — Permanent crew. Several disabled motor-boats were
towed in during the year. On June 7 and 8 assistance was rendered the
schooner Capsize, and she was towed in to the breakwater. On July 23 the
Tyne was given assistance, the life-boat standing by for two days and nights.
Two men adrift in a fog off Muir ledges were brought in to safety on 26th
July, and on 13th December a man blown adrift from Nova Scotia in a thick
snowstorm was brought in and cared for for two days.
Richihucto. — Permanent crew. During the year assistance was rendered to
the following vessels: June 16, barkentine Rolf, 200 tons, with cargo of salt;
June 28, schooner Stella McLean, 50 tons; August 18 large fishing boat St. Joseph;
October 26, schooner Maud Weston. Besides this various fishing boats were
towed in, etc.
ONTARIO.
Point Pelee. — Permanent crew. Services of various kinds were rendered by
the crew at this station during the season of navigation. On the 23rd
November the schooner Freedna went to pieces on the east side of the point
in a southwest gale. The crew was saved.
Port Hope. — Volunteer crew. On September 15, 1916, the Henry B. Hall,
1,800 tons, was wrecked off Port Hope. The crew was saved.
Toronto. — Permanent crew. 53 small craft were assisted by the crew of
this station during the season of 1916, besides which the crew answered
numerous calls for assistance in the case of drowning accidents, etc.
BRITISH COLUMBIA.
Bamfield. — Permanent crew! This crew rendered assistance in the way of
towing, etc., to several motor-boats with engine trouble, etc.
Ucluelet. — Permanent crew. On November 17 the tug V.N.& T. No. 1,
adrift off Sidney inlet, was picked up by the crew; and at various times
assistance has been given to fishing boats, etc.
I have the honour- to be, sir, ,
Your obedient servant,
C. E. KINGSMILL, Admiral,
Director of the Naval Service.
96
DEPARTMENT OF THE i'AVAL SERVICE
LIFE-SA\7NG STATIONS OF CANADA.
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Stations.
Estab-
lished.
Coxswain.
Crew.
Description of Boat.
New Brunswick.
Little Wood Is. (P).
Riehibucto (P.N.)..
Point Escuminac
Cape Tormentine. . .
Nova Scotia.
Baker's Cove
Blanche
Clark's Harbour
Canso
Devil's Island
Duncan Cove
Herring Cove
Pictou Island
Port Mouton
Scattarie
Seal Island (P)
Whitehead
Cheticamp, (P.X)....
Bay View, Digby
(P.N.)
1910
1907
1908
1912
1886
1889
1900
1885
1886
1885
1889
1889
1885
1880
1890
1911
1911
Westport, Brier Is..
P. E. Island.
Priest Pond
Charlottetown.
Souris
Cascumpeque..
AJberton..
1909
1907
1907
British Columbia.
Bamfield (P)
Ucluelet (P)....
Clayoquot (P).
Ontario, Great Lakes.
Cobourg
CoUingwood .
Goderich
Long Point (P.N)...
Point Pelee (P.N.)..
Port Hope
Port Stanley.
Toronto (P.N.)
Consecon
Southampton.
1907
/ 19091
11907/
1908
1908
1882
1885
1886
1902
1900
1889
1885
1883
1898
1907
Harry Harvey.
Thos. Legoof
E. F. Flieger....
I.Allen
R. L. Baker
Jas. C. Swaine
Byron Swim
J. J. Berrigan
B. H. Henneberry.
J.W.Holland
Edw. V. Dempsey.
Duncan McCallum..
Walter Cook
Jas. Nearing
Smith G. Penny. . . .
John Phalen
L. J. Aucoin
J. W. Hayden.
Ralph Welch...
Chas. Campbell..
E. White
Plus Cheverie..
Joshua Hutt . . .
S. Gallant
Geo. Murray... .
F.Tyler (act.).
J. McLeod.*. . .
D. Rooney
R. H. McFarlane.
Male. McDonald..
Jas. Smith
L. Wilkinson
John McMahon. . .
W. Brown..
W. F. Chapman..
R. Bedford
Hector McLeod.
36-ft. self-righting power boat.
Race Point surf-boat, 24 ft. long
Beebe-McLellan self-bailing.
Beebe-McLellan sell-bailing.
Dobbin's pattern self-righting,
28 ft. long.
Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self-
bailing, 25 ft. long.
Beebe-^icLellan self-bailing, 25
ft. long, low ends.
Dobbin's pattern surf-boat, self-
bailing, 25 ft. long.
Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self-
bailing, 25 ft. long.
Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self-
bailing, 25 ft. long.
Dobbin's pattern self-righting
and bailing, 25 ft. long.
Dobbin's pattern self-righting
and bailing. 25 ft. long.
Beebe-McLellan surf-boat,
self-bailing, 25 ft. long.
Beebe-McLellan boat on east
side.
Beebe-McLellan boat on west
side.
Dobbin's pattern surf-boat,
self-bailing, 25 ft. long.
Beebe-McLcllan twin screw
motor boat.
36 ft. self-bailing, self-righting
power boat.
Subsidized motor boat.
Board of Trade rocket appara-
tus.
Beebe-McLellan self-bailing.
Beebe-McLellan self-bailing.
Beebe-McLellan self-bailing.
Board of Trade rocket appara-
tus.
Self-righting, self-bailing. 36-
ft. power boat.
Self-righting, self-bailing, 36-
ft. power boat.
Doherty's improved Beebe-
McLellan.
Dobbin's pattern self-righting
and bailing.
Beebe-McLellan self-bailing
surf-boat .
Surf-boat .
Surf-boat .
Surf-boat .
Dobbin's pattern self-righting
and bail ing.
Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self-
bailing, 25 feet long.
Two motor launches.
Dobbin's pattern self-righting
and bailing.
Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self-
bailing.
Note: — Stations marked "P" have permanent crews, always on duty;
always on duty during the season of navigation. The other stat
which drill twice a month and are called out on the occurrence of a
those marked "P.N." have crews
ions simply have volunteer crews,
wreck.
/(K
I
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 97
SFSSIONAl PAPFR No. 38
STORES BRANCH.
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
Ottawa, September 25, 1917.
The Deputy Minister,
Department of the Naval Service,
Ottawa.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit the annual report of the Stores Branch
for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917.
1. PURCHASING AND CONTRACT SECTION.
The work of this section during the past fiscal year has materially increased
in keeping with the expansion and increased activities of the service. In addi-
tion, the difficulty of obtaining supplies has multiplied enormously, but in spite
of many obstacles the many demands made upon it have been successfully met.
Prices in all lines have advanced materially and available supplies of raw
materials have decreased, necessitating substitution and continual adjustment
to meet these conditions. This applies to all lines, but more particularly
perhaps to previsions and clothing. It is most gratifying, however, that the
Canadian manufacturers and dealers, appreciating the situation, have, with
few exceptions, realized their responsibilities and privileges under the Crown
and have given our requirements preference over other demands.
Demands from the dockyards, including as they did supplies for Imperial
Ships and Establishments, were much in excess of previous years, both as to
quantity and variety. These were dealt with to best advantage, resulting in
purchases and contracts aggregrating in value $1,282,599.
In addition, purchases to the value of $289,196 were negotiated locally
from the several dockyards. Purchases were also negotiated by ships and
establishments direct, mainly of fresh provisions, to a total value of $431,637.
Purchases were negotiated on behalf of the Imperial Government direct,
exclusive of fuel, to the value of .1854,116.
Contracts for supplies of fresh provisions were maintained on both coasts
and at outlying points as necessary for the convenience of ships of this service,
as well as of those of the Imperial and Allied Governments. Supplies obtained
under these are included in the value of purchases negotiated by ships and
establishments direct, as shown above.
Contracts for supplies of fuel were also maintained on both coasts.
Purchases under these aggregated $2,204,448. This includes supplies for
Imperial ships and transports.
Purchases of printing and stationery were negotiated through the Govern-
ment Printing and Stationery department, as usual. These totalled in value
$125,817.
During the year contracts were entered into for the charter of thirteen
vessels in all. Expenditure under this head totalled $292,828. In addition,
five vessels were purchased outright, involving an expenditure of $552,265.
Contracts were also entered into for the contruction of twelve steel vessels of
the trawler type, involving an expenditure of approximately $1,800,000.
Contracts were also entered into for the erection of various buildings, etc.,
involving a total expenditure of approximately $39,246.
21277—7
98 DEPARTMEtfT OF TBE If AVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Miscellaneous purchases to the value of S276,298 were negotiated in fulfil-
ment of demands received from the Fisheries, Hj'drographic, Radiotelegraph,
Fishery Protection, and other branches of the department.
The following. is a summary of liability incurred during the year: —
Provisions. . S 746,397
Clothing 879,985
Medical supplies 10, 775
Naval stores 621,979
Fuel 2,204,448
Ordnance and ammunition . 54, 981
Stationerj' and printing 125, 817
Miscellaneous... 2.960,637
.605.019
II. STOREKEEPINCx SECTION.
The growth and expansion of the service during the year have had a marked
influence on the activities of the Stores Branch.
Various new phases of Naval Supply work having arisen in the course of
the year, it has been necessary to extend the organization to cope with the new
conditions. The original scheme of organization, however, still proves adequate
for the requirements of the service.
The first consideration of the branch is given to Ships and Establishments
of the Naval Service proper, whether Canadian or Imperial. The work of
supplying stores and equipment to men-of-war being of paramount importance,
every effort is made to provide for all their requirements prompth^, and to
render every assistance possible for their efficient maintenance. Satisfactory
results have been obtained in this work at both Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards,
and at other ports as neces.sary. Notwithstanding the present difiiculty of
obtaining and transporting supplies, all Canadian and Imperial ships calling
at CanacUan dockyards, transports under the Canadian and Imperial Govern-
ments, and ships of AUied Governments, have been supplied with stores of
all descriptions required for maintenance and for carrying out necessary refits.
Facilities are placed at the disposal of visiting ships on the station as for those
of the Canadian Naval Service.
During the year eighteen vessels have been added to the Naval Establish-
ment, of which one was purchased, thirteen chartered, three transferred from
other departments, and one given to the department. Three vessels previously
employed, one bj' charter, and two on loan from private individuals, were
returned in the course of the j'ear. In addition, a number of motor launches
were engaged in patrol work during the .summer of 1916.
As in the p^st, service has been rendered to the various services connected
with the department. These are the Patrol Service, the Fishery Protection
Service, the Examination Service, and the Hydrographic Surveys, having in all
a total of twenty-seven vessels (the Fishery Patrol Service consisting of a number
of smaller craft), the Tidal and Current Surveys, the Radiotelegraph Service,
the Roj-al Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve, the Life Saving Ser\nce, The Fish-
breeding Service, and various other fishery establishments throughout the
country. The supply of these services entails a very considerable amount of
work, oM-ing to the nature of their requirements, which, though often small, are
special and altogether peculiar to themselves. As far as possible, uniform
systems for suppljing and accounting of stores are being adopted, with a view
to obtaining greater efficiency with the minimum amount of expense.
The facilities maintained at the Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards are very
complete, and provide for quick despatch at all times and under all circumstances.
This, is necessarily a factor of great importance, more especially under war
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 99
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
conditions. The absolute necessity of suppljnng the requirements of ships
and establishments promptly so as not to hinder in any way the operations
of the service, renders it essential that a large reserve of supplies be always
available, and an efficient organization maintained to carry on the work. This
work at the dockyards is under the charge of the Naval Store officers, who are
directly responsible for the efficiency and effectiveness of the supply systems
under their charge.
The variety of the stores handled for all services is necessarily very wide,
the following being a general list of descriptions: Provisions; uniforms and
clothing, and materials for making these; medical supplies, surgical instruments,
and hospital equipment; lumber; metals of many kinds and in every state of
manufacture; hardware and tools; textiles, flags and cordage; packings and
rubber goods, paints, lubricating and fuel oils; glass, leather goods, brushes,
furniture and furnishings, tackle; charts, meteorological and navigation instru-
ments; and other miscellaneous supplies of almost every description; fuel; and
ordnance, ammunition, torpedoes, and torpedo stores. Standardization of all .
supplies is aimed at, and particular attention is given to inspection, both of
which tend towards greater efficiency, economy, and the maintenance of the
high standard of quality required in all naval supplies.
The reserves of the supplies of the above desciriptions maintained at both
dockyards are of necessity large, since a considerable margin of safety is essen-
tial, as the requirements of the service cannot from their nature be forecasted
with exactitude in advance. The state of th6 market for many materials, too,
is abnormal, and prompt deliveries of extra quantities which may be required
from contractors uncertain. As far as possible, provision is made each year for
requirements based on the consumption of the previous year or two years.
From time to time, however, changes in policy, additions to the fleets, or other
unforeseen events occurring necessitate adjustments to meet the new conditions.
In view of the -great increase in the issues to ships and establishments, the value
of the stock at both dockyards has been materially increased. At the commence-
ment of the year the values were $469,618 and $351,611 at Halifax and Es-
quimau dockyards; at the end of the year these values were increased to $488,150
and $534,816 respectivelj'.
The usual procedure of annual requisitions for supplies required during
the ensuing year, and supplementary requisitions for unforeseen requirements,
has been followed, and very large deliveries have resulted. The total value
of receipts of stores at Halifax dockyard was $805,282 and at Esquimalt $570,-
496, an increase of $165,186 and $268,630 respectively.
Likewise, the issues to ships and establishments have been largely increased
both in number and value. At Halifax, the increase is $82,593, and at Esqui-
malt $127,936, the values for the year being $592,926 and $411,270, respectively.
Transactions involved number 14,050 for Halifax, and 18,444 for Esquimalt.
The Imperial authorities continue to avail themselves of the facilities at
the dockyards for keeping large supplies of stores for issue to ships operating
in Atlantic and Pacific waters. Every assistance is afforded in connection with
the storage and accounting of these stores.
In addition to the assistance rendered to Imperial ships in the past, arrange-
ments were made in the course of the year to supply all the requirements of
clothing stores and provisions for ships based on Esquimalt. Large reserves
have been provided, and all necessary arrangements completed to ensure an
efficient service.
Large reserves of steaming coal are maintained at both dockyards for Cana-
dian and Imperial requirements. The total receipts during the year at Halifax
amounted to 78,575 tons, and at Esquimalt 31,711 tons. The issues at Halifax
were 77,733 tons, and at Esquimalt 29,626 tons, The greater part of these
100 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
quantities being of admiraltj' coal, the values are not mcluded in the value of
purchases. In addition, the following large quantities of Canadian coal were
handled on direct issue to ships from contractors: —
At Halifiix and the East <;oast 138, 5()a tons.
At Esquimau and the West coast 16, 545 „
Supplies of fuel oil are also maintained at both dockyards. In the year
the following quantities were handled: —
At Halifax 107,001) Kail.. ii<
At Esquimalt L'a.«43
Considerable quantities of old stores, chiefly in the nature of scrap, were
sold by public tender from Halifax dockj-ard in view of the necessity for provid-
ing fmther storage space for other ])urposes, and the favourable conditions of
the market for selling material of this kind. The stores, which included steel,
iron, cordage, phosphor bronze, rubber, wire rope, besides two ships' boats,
were classified into various grades according to qualitj' and probable use when
sold. The amount realized approximately §10,000, is highly satisfactory, and
may be attributed to the care taken in the proper classification of the material.
Owing to the large number of ships added to the Naval Establishment, it
has been necessary to draw up established allowances for engineers', carpenters',
boatswains', and gunners' naval and ordnance stores for each ship. Particular
care is given to the preparation of these allowances, so that the greatest conomy
may be effected, consistent with the efficiency of the service.
All supplies of stores are made in accordance with the allowances, additional
requirements being supplied only on special authority.
Ships and establishments, including the dockyards, keep accounts of all
stores received and expended. These accounts are rendered to headquarters
periodically for audit. In the j'ear a large number of accounts have been audit-
ed, with satisfactorj-- results.
The system of bieimial stocktaking has been continued during the year,
and good progress has been made, notwithstanding the pressure of other work.
Under this system the stocks of all stores at both dockyards are reviewed in
their entirety every two years. The results of the stocktaking made are very
gratifying from every point of view, and testify to the efficient manner in which
the staffs concerned have performed their duties, under trying conditions.
III. TRANSPORTATIONS.
The arrangement under which the department, in conjimction with the
Director of Overseas Transport, is responsible for the necessarj' work in connec-
tion with the export of material on behalf of the Imperial Government have
been continued in force and greatlj' expanded during the financial year 1916-17.
The Department of the Naval Service is the agent of the Admiralty in this
connection, and during the fall of 1914 had arranged for the forwarding of large
quantities of material on behalf of the Admiralty. Shortly after the outbreak
of war the Canadian Pacific Railway Companj- placed at the Government's
disposal, for transportation duties, the services of Mr. A. H. Harris of their
staff. During the fall months of that 3-ear the transport of material forwarded
by the Canadian Government to French and British ports had been performed
under his direction. In December, 1914, it M'as realized by the department
that efficiency would be promoted by co-operation and the co-ordination of
our interests with those under control of Mr. Harris, who had been appointed
Acting Director Overseas Transport by the Government. In February, 1915,
nBPARTUE'N'r OF THE VAVAL SERVWE 101
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
this gentleman, at the instance of the Government, visited London and arranged
with the Imperial Authorities for the initiation and conduct of a regular Store
Service between Canadian and European ports.
The Admiralty then placed a small number of requisitioned ships on this
service. The Director Oversea.s Transport was given general control of the
traffic inland, by rail or otherwise, its reception and storage of shipment, the
allocation of the cargo to the different ships and storage on board of the various
materials so as to ensure the maxinuuii use of the tonnage placed at our disposal
by the Admiralty.
In October, liUG, (he Acting Director Overseas Transport again visited
England and France at the instance of the Government. He discussed with
the Imperial Officers controlling the European activities of, the service, its
further develo]nneut and improvement with a view to obtaining closer co-opera-
tion of all interested parties. This exchange of views and the personal discus-
sion of the problems involved has resulted in the simiilification of many systems
and in closer co-o]jeration between the various services, Canadian, Imperial,
■Mid Allied, which it is confidently expected will result in increased efficiency.
Recently the growth of the tormage to be shipped and the further extension
of Government activities to commodities hitherto handled by private effort
has made the provision of further cargo space imperative. The policy of requi-
sitioning space on all liners sailing from Canadian ports has been adopted as
the most .convenient and efficient method of meeting the new situation. Eighty-
five per cent of the cargo space on all liners was taken over by the Government
at fixed rates. The remainder was placed at the disposal of the shipping com-
panies for the accommodation of private shipments of foodstuffs or other neces-
sary war supplies only. This arrangement has since been modified by the
force of circumstances till practically all the space available is at the disposal
of the Government. Arrangements have been made for the provision of space
for approved shipments on account of private firms so that undue hardship
may not result from the requisitioning of practicallj' all the available ocean
space.
In practice the inconvenience will be nmch less than anticipated, as
Government supervision of trade has been extended to cover practically every
branch of the Canadian activities, whether foodstuffs, raw materials, timber,
or manufactured goods.
The Department of the Naval Service controls the movements of all ships,
and is the medium of communication with the Admiralty on all matters of
policy. All expenses in connection wth the service are defrayed by the depart-
ment on behalf of the Imperial Government on presentation of duly certified
invoices.
Accommodation, as necessary, has been arranged for at the various ports.
The facilities of the shipping companies have been at the disposal of the Transport
Service, as required. Advantage has been taken of these to a large extent, and
a very great debt of gratitude is owing to shipping and transportation interests
for continual assistance and ready co-operation in all matters relating to the
service.
Contracts have been made for the supply of bunker coal, as necessary;
230,000 tons have been purchased from Canadian firms for vessels in the service
during the j'ear ending March 31, 1917.
Arrangements have been made as necessary for the repair and fitting of
ships for special purposes, and for the supply of such provisions, stores and gear
as are required while the ships are in Canadian ports.
This service from a small beginning has grown to a very large undertaking.
The average export movement for the year ending 31st March, 1917, amounts to
more than 200,000 tons per month, or roughly eight fully loaded freight trains of
102
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
material per daj-. The monthly total now exceeds 400,000 tons, and the sailings
two per diem. This traffic originates in all parts of Canada, and the work of
organizing its transportation to the ports of shipment is very great. The services
rendered by the Director of Overseas Transport and his staff in this connection
cannot be overestimated.
The organization has worked with the greatest regularity and despatch.
Practically no delays have been experienced throughout the period of review.
The movement has been rendered possible only by the ready co-operation of all
transportation companies with the staff of the service in all matters.
The traffic may, for convenience, be divided into two classes: first, " General
Stores"; second, "Timber Shipments."
The first includes forage, grain, sugar and miscellaneous provisions, shell
and ammunition of all kinds, militia stores. Admiralty supplies, and miscellaneous
raw material and manufactured articles of a great variet}'.
The greater part of this traffic has been handled through the port of Montreal
during the season of navigation, and from Halifax and St. John during the
winter months.
In view of the importance of utihzing to the utmost every ton of shipping
on the service, no efforts have been spared to give each ship the promptest
despatch possible.
The remarkable success of these efforts may be seen from the following
statement of the average time occupied in loading store transports at the ports
of Montreal and St. John, N.B., for the nine months ending March 31, 1917.
Montreal
July 1 to Nov. 30.
St. John, N.B.
Dec. 1 to March 31.
Days.
Time in port
Time actually loading.
Idle Time
Hours.
Days.
Hours.
0
4
20
The lost time includes stoppages on account of rain preventing work,
Sundays, repairs and fitting of ships for special purposes, unloading westbound
cargo and ballast, shifting bunker coal, and miscellaneous delays.
As regards the timber shipments, these have l)een made chiefly from
Maritime Province ports. In addition a number of cargoes have been loaded
on the Pacific coast and also at Montreal, Quebec, Rimouski, and the Saguenay
river. ^
During 1916-17 shipments of timber totalling 333,000,000 were made under
the jurisdiction of the Transport Service.
The organization of these shipments has required constant care and atten-
tion. The scatteretl ports of loading and the variation in conditions and equip-
ment for handling the cargoes have made constant demands on the time and
energies of the Director Overseas Transport and his staff.
The record is highly creditable in the difficult circumstan'tes under which
much of the work had to be performed, as will be realized from the following
figures, gi'ving the total average rates of loading timber ships for the nine months
from June, 1916, to March, 1917, inclusive, at the St. Lawrence, Newfoundland,
and Atlantic Coast ports: A total of eighty ships loaded, at an average rate of
183 standards, or aliout 360,000 ft.b.m., per weather working day during the
nine months.
DEPARTMENT OP TEE NAYAL SERVICE 103
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38
The accounting work in connection witli the handling of these ships, it will
be realized, is a large undertaking.
An arrangement has been arrived at whereby the labour for loading of the
store ships at Halifax, St. John, and Montreal is supplied through the shipping
companies. For each ship handled they receive an agency fee of $100. The
labour is charged from the actual time-sheets of the employees engaged on the
work, plus an overhead charge of 10 per cent to cover use of gear, superin-
tendence, etc. A charge is made also to cover the time of the dock office staff
engaged on transport work, checking, preparing of manifests, etc., based on the
actual time worked. All payments on behalf of the ship, sudh as stevedoring,
stores, petty repairs, etc., are defrayed in the first place by them, payment
being made by the department on presentation of certified claims accompanied
bv original vouchers. Payments made in this manner aggregate, for the j'ear
ending March 31, 1917, S2,697,000.
In the case of ships loading at various other ports, arrangements are made
locally by contract with local stevedores, or otherwise, as necessary.
All invoices covering coal are paid direct by the department, as are claims
for, special fittings, alterations, repairs, etc.
The following statement shows the disbursements on account of the Overseas
Transport Service, April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917:—
Bunker coal $1,195,000
Stevedoring, ship's accounts, etc . 2,697,000
Repairs, fittings, alterations 215,000
Total $4,107,000
The thanks of the department are due the Canadian Pacific Railway
Company for the ser\ices of a number of experienced transportation officers,
without which this w^ork could not have been carried out on the same scale with
the excellent results achieved, and for their ready co-operation at all times,
often at considerable expense and inconvenience to their owm services. To
the elTorts of the Director of Overseas Transport are largely due the success
of the operation of the w-hole service. His intimate knowledge of transportation
problems of every kind, his resourcefulness in times of difficulty, and his inde-
fatigable efforts at all times for the good of the work have made its successful
operation possible in the face of many handicaps. He has been greatly assisted
by his principal assistant, on whom the detailed work in connection with the
movement of traffic largely devolved ; by his representative in Hafif ax, who has
been largely responsible for the orgamzation of the timber service; and by his
dock superintendent, who supervised the loading of transports, and to whom is
largely due the celerity with which this work has been performed,; his accountant
has also performed valuable work, and the stafi of each of these officers have
given their services to the work in a very whole-hearted maimer.
To the success of the efforts of these gentlemen in furnishing a prompt and
efficient means of transportation is undoubtedly due the increasing magnitude
of the orders now being placed for the products of the mines, forests, fields
and factories of Canada by the Imperial and Allied Governments. '
GENERAL.
During the period under review the work of the branch has increased
materially in all directions. New members have been added to the staff to
cope with the increased work, and the employment of a number of female clerks
has been resorted to, with satisfactory results, in several important fines. The
honest and whole-hearted way in which the members of the staffs at the dock-
yards and at headquarters have carried out their duties is a source of gratifies-
104 DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
tion. At the dockyards, especially, the work has been strenuous. Constant
unforeseen requirements arise, and the manner in which emergencies have been
met reflects credit on the Naval Store oflicers and their staffs. At headquarters
the year's work has been carried out satisfactorilj^ according to schedule. The
Naval Store officers at Halifax and Esquimalt, and the heads of the Purchasing
and Storekeeping divisions in Ottawa deserve much credit for the satisfactory
way in which the work of the branch has been done. To these officers, in a
great measure, is due whatever success has attended our efforts to maintain
an efficient supply and contract organization.
I am, sir, your obedient servant,
J. A. WILSON,
Director of Stores,
8 GEORGE V
SLSSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
A. 1918
SUPPLEMENT
Tth AXXUAL REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE,
FISHERIES BRANCH.
CONTRIBUTIONS
TO
CANADIAN BIOLOGY
BEING STUDIES TROM THE
BIOLOGICAL STATIONS OF CANADA
1917-1918
PRINTED BT ORDER OF PARLIAMENT.
OTTAWA
J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHE
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
191S
[No. 3Sa— 1918.]
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
THE BIOLOGICAL BOARD OF CANADA
Professor E. E. PRINCE, Commissioner of Fisheries, Chairman.
Professor A. B. MACALLUM, Advisory Research Council, Ottawa, Secretary-Treasurer.
Professor L. W. BAILEY, University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B.
Professor A. H. R. BULLER, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg.
Rev. Canon V. A. HUARD, Laval University, Museum of Public Instruction, Quebec, P.Q.
Professor A. P. KNIGHT, Queen's University, Kingston, Ont.
Professor J. P. McMURRICH, University of Toronto, Toronto.
Dr. A. H. MacKAY, Dalhousie University, Halifax, N.S.
Professor J. G. ADAMI, McGill University, Montreal.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
CONTENTS.
Page.
Preface and Synopses of Reports, by Professor Edward E. Prince, IJL,.D.. Chairman of
the Biological Board V-XV
I. British Columbia Sea-Lion Investigation, Special Commission's preliminary and
main reports, (3i6i half-tone figures and 2' maps) 1-51
II. Lobster Investigations. Long Beach Fond, Nova Scotia, 1915, by Professor A. P.
Knight, .M.D., CF.R.iS.C, etc., (7 half-tone figures) 51-71
III. The Pearly Fresh-water Mussels of Ontario with suggestions as to Culture and
Utilization, by John D. Detweiler, M.A., (1 figure in the text) 73^91
IV. The Ship Worm (Teredo navalis) on the Atlantic Coast of Canada, Notes on its
Habits and Distribution, by E. tM. Kindle, Ph.D., (1 figure and 1 map) . . . . 91-101
V. Rearing iSockeye iS'almon iOncorhynchus nerka) in fresh-water in British Colum-
bia. By C. McLean iFraser. Ph.D.. F.R.S.C., (1 figure in the text) 103-109
VI. On the Age and Growth of the Pollock in the Bay of IPundy, by Professor James
W. Mavor, Ph.D., (1 diagram) 107-135
ATI. Further Hydrographic Investigations in the Bay of 'Fundy, by E. Home Craigie,
B.A., University of Toronto, and W. H. Chase, B.A., Acadia University, N.iS.,
(2i5 figures and 1 map) 125-147
VIII. Report on Examination of affected salmon from Miramichi Hatchery Pond, New
Brunswick, by F. C. Harrison. D.Sc. F.R.S.C. (1 half-tone figure) 147-16S
IX. Report on affected salmon in the Miramichi river. New Brunswick, by A. G.
Huntsman, B.A., M.B., F.R.S.C 167-173
X. The smoking of Haddocks for Canadian markets, by Miss Olive Gair Patterson,
M.A., M.B 17'3-17S
XI, Some observations on Haddock and " Finnan Haddies,'* relating to the Bacterio-
logy of Cnred Fish, by Principal F. C. Harrison, D.Sc 177-lSO
XII. The Bacteriology of Swelled Canned Sardines. Interim Report, by Wilfrid
Sadler, B.S. A., iM.Sc 179-215
XIII. Bacterial Destruction of Ctopepods occurring in Marine Plankton, by Wilfrid
Sadler, B.S. A., Macdonald College 315-228
Xrv. Bathymetric Check-list of Marine Invertebrates of Eastern Canada, with an
Index to Whiteaves' Catalogue, by E. M. Kindle, Ph.D.. M.Sc. etc.. and E. J.
Whittaker, M.A 228-294
XV. Hydrography, in Passamaquoddy Bay and vicinity, by Professor A. Vachon,
B.A,, LjPh., etc.. Laval University. (3 graphs and 2 charts) 394-325
XVI. Hydroids of Eastern Canada, by C. McLean Eraser. Ph.D., F.R.S.C, (2 plates).. 825-3«6
38a--lJ
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
PREFACE.
By Professor Edward E. Prince, LL.D., M.A., D.Sc, F.B.S.C., Commissioner of
Fisheries for Canada, Chairman of the Biological Board, Life Member of the
British Science Cuild, Vice-President of the International Fisheries Congress,
Washington, B.C., 1907, Member of International Relations Committee, American
Fishei'ies Society, 1917, Chairman of Food Refrigeration Committee, Canadian
Research Council, Ottawa, etc.
The staff of scientists at the Dominion Biological stations at St. Andrews, New
Brunswick, and Departure Bay, Nanaimo, British Columbia, have continued their
laborious investigations into fishery problems and the marine and fresh-water resources
of Canada with unabated energy and zeal. The results, or rather portions of them,
are contained in the sixteen reports now published.
The subjects cover a wide range, and in many cases deal with vexed questions
vitally affecting our fishing industries.
It is simple justice to say that many of the researches now presented were carried
on with much sacrifice on the part of the scientists engaging in them, and without any
remuneration at all, or with meagre acknowledgment in the form of an inadequate
honorarium.
As chairman of the Biological Board of Canada, and for twenty-five years the chief
adviser and scientific fishery authority of the Government of Canada, I desire to tes-
tify to the zeal, skill, and laborious devotion of the qualified and trained specialists
who completed the investigations contained in the pages of this volume of " Contri-
butions to Canadian Biology."
The biological stations, in their laboratories, libraries, instruments, stores of
chemicals, glassware, and fishing gear, provide facilities of no ordinary kind for
workers trained in the science schools of our Canadian universities, but these facili-
ties, by a rigid rule of the Biological Board, are available only to advanced students,
professors, or members of university staff's, and qualified, therefore, to inidertake
original research and discovery. I'nlike the Biological Stations in many other coun-
tries, no coiirses of instruction or elementary lectures are given, and no attempt at
popularizing science made. To add to the knowledge, so urgently needed by our fish-
eries, to increase accurate information on which fishery legislation shoidd alone be
based, have been the main objects aimed at; but it is possible that some scheme of
fishery education and the dissemination of popular information, regarding fishes and
aquatic resources generall.v, may be added to the future plans of the Biological Board.
The authors of the papers now published represent the following- Canadian ITni-
versities: Toronto. Queens (Kingston. Ont.), "McGill, Western TTniversity (London,
Ont.), Laval. Manitoba. Dalhousie (Plalifax, N.S.), Acadia (Wolfville, X.S.), and
New Brunswick (Fredericton) ; and other scientists from the L'nited States and from
Canada have also contributed.
The stations have now the advantage of resident scientific curators, viz : Dr. A.
G. Huntsman at St. Andrews, N.B., and Dr. C. \NrcLean Eraser, at Depart\ire Bay,
B.C., and a new impetus to successful work has been given by the labours of these
gifted and distinguished Canadian biologists.
As in preceding volumes of the " Contributions." I have prepared brief summaries
of the reports which follow, for iDurposes of easy reference.
V
vi DEPARTMENT OF TEE XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
I. SEA-LION QUESTIOX IX BRITISH COLUMBIA, A REPORT BY SPECIAL
COMMISSIOXEES— (W. Hamar Gref.nwood, F. C. Newcombe, and C. McLean
Fr.\ser).
The report, witli thirty-six half-tone illustrations, refers, in its opening pages, to
the steps taken in the United States, and the controversies arising out of the late
Professor Dyche's studies on the Calif ornian sea-lion (Zalophus), which devours
squid, and to the conclusions of the California Commission of 1901, which decided that
Steller's sea-lion (Eumetopias) is largely a fish-eater. Dr. Newcombe and his son
published, in 1914, a report in which it is stated that, at River's inlet, damage to nets
(estimated at $1,600 in 1915), and mutilation of salmon, were the charges laid against
the sea-lion; while at Barkeley sound, it was claimed they drove away schools of fish,
and devoured enormous numbers of herring and halibut. It is claimed that in 1913,
damage to the extent of over $3,000 was done to one British Columbia Packer's Asso-
ciation (Wadham's) cannery.
After a cruise to various localities on D.G.S. Malaspina, securing of evidence from
practical men at different points, and after much correspondence and transmission of
questionnaires, it was found that the sea-lion, in the opinion of most of the witnesses
devoured food fishes, salmon and halibut being most frequently noticed, sockeye and
coho salmon, as well as herring and shore fishes, were mentioned, but no dog- or hump-
back-salmon. In one instance, dogfish and birds are mentioned as being devoured.
The parties who gave information were unanimous in their view that sea-lions are
food-fish destroyers, and they were equally unanimous in favour of the killing off
of these animals, and of a government bounty to encourage total extermination. One
prominent witness however, said: "Don't kill them off; but strike terror into them".
The bands of sea-lions appear in Barkley sound in Xovember, and were reported
to the commission as being numerous in various inlets early in December. Thirteen
were killed at Bird Rocte, a principal resort and hauling ground, and on examining
the food, it was found that herrings in a perfect, undamaged condition were found in
all of them, as much as two gallons of these fish being mingled with other partially-
digested food. Remains of flat-fish, squid, etc., showed the sea-lion to be a bottom
feeder, and the finding of the vertebrse of a dogfish (Squalus) suggests that if sea-
lions were exterminated, the dogfish might be a still greater pest than they are at
present. In 1913, 11,000 sea-lions was estimated as the total number on the B.C.
resorts, but there were probably considerably more.
In 1915-16, a government bounty was paid on 4,000 sea-lions killed, though 8,000
(6,000 being pups) was nearer the total number, and some rookeries were entirely
destroyed.
Sea-lions can bt utilized in various ways. The flesh yields oil, and guano; and
the skin makes excellent leather for gloves, moccasins, and boots. The British Colum-
bia Glove Company, and other firms, would pay 5 cents per pound for hides, if 5,000
could be supplied with certainty. It is said that sea-lions will bringi about $1,000
profit to each hunter for one month's work in California. The hides, after heavy
salting, are usually tanned in San Francisco. The hide may weigh 150 pounds, and
the whole animal from 1,500 to 3,000 ix)unds.
As to the effect of the Dominion Government bounty ($2 for each muzzle), it
did not prove an unqualified success, as the hunters killed sea-lions on rookeries too
far distant to affect the fishing localities, such as River's inlet, etc. The appropria-
tion was soon exhausted, and no bounty was obtainable for 'those men who killed sea-
lions nearer at hand, as in Barkley sound.
Many scientists are not convinced of the alleged serious damage to valuable fish
by sea-lions, and further study of their life-history and habits is urgent. In some
localities the chief run of salmon is just after the pupping season, when the sea-lion
PREFACE vii
SESSIONAL- PAPER No. 38a
is not feeding, according to zoologists. In the opinion of the commission, sea-lions
should be reduced in number, or driven away from localities where damage can be
done : but on many rookeries there is no necessity for extermination, especially as valu-
able products (oil, leather, and fertilizer) might be obtained by creating a sea-lion
industry. In such case, a wise method would be to adopt official control of sea-lion
destruction conjointly with conservation, and a certain number only to be killed each
year.
The second part of the report describes, in detail, the various rookeries, and esti-
mates the total number of sea-lions upon them.
11. LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS, LONG BEACH POND, N.S.—
(Prof. A. P. Knight).
The author, in his report on the lobster investigations at the Government pond
in Nova Scotia, during the season of 1915, commences by distinguishing between the
nature of the sea lagoon, or pond of 5 acres, and the pond of three-quarters of an
acre enclosed by cement walls. In 1914 the latter leaked extensively, but the depart-
ment repaired the leak. Later, leakage again occurred, but was repaired, and on Dr.
Knight's arrival on June 26, 1915, the water was 5 feet 8 inches deep, at low water.
Next month it leaked again, and the rearing boxes (10x10x2*) rested on the mud,
and by August 7, two boxes were immersed 5 inches in the mud. At the United States
lobster station, at Wickford, R.I., where rearing was first carried out, there is always
12 feet of water underneath the boxes at low tide, excepting at one corner, where
there is 5* feet.
Early in July a vegetable parasite threatened the young larvae, there being 40,000
hatched in the four boxes by July 14, but the parasite was Licmophora Lynghyei
(in 1915), instead of the species in 1914, Synedra investiens. To avert loss of fry, two
boxes were removed into the water of the bay, but 20,000 fry were retained in two boxes
were removed into the water of the bay, but 20,000 fry were retained in two boxes
in the pond. Nearly all the latter were lost, only twenty-one surviving, in the second
stage, on July 30. On August 2 a further trial with over 20,000 fry had a similar
disappointing result; only 146 fry, in the second stage, survived until August IT.
When canvas shades were used, to shut off the sunlight, the first stage lasted nine
days instead of thirteen (when unshaded), and the water was 1 degree warmer. The
greater success at Wickford, where 40 per cent of the lobster fry were reared, may
be due to: (1) greater depth of water under the boxes; (2) comparative absence of
mud and diatoms; (3) a higher temperature, 68° to 75° instead of 58-09° to 58-9°,
and these conditions are of paramount importance. If the sea-water were heated to
68° or 70°, it would require 250 pounds of coal every twenty-four hours to effect this,
as 2 cubic feet of water per minute passes through each rearing box.
The adult lobsters, early in 1915, were found to be covered with growths of
sea-weed, and from that cause, and the niMddy water, out of 167 left in the iwnd,
33 appeared to have perished; but of 312 not more than 38 died from the pound-condi-
tions in 1915, the reduced mortality being due to care in collecting, feeding, and
distributing them, and in shorter detention.
The author's notes on the egg-laying of lobsters are very interesting. Half of
the females extruded only a few hundred eggs, instead of many thousands, and at
least 80 per cent of these eggs were unfertilized. Unfertilized eggs soon drop off.
and it is easy to see why fishermen find so many she-lobsters not carrying eggs, and
viii DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL liERYIGE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
the eggs, indeed, are often eaten by the female if unfertilized. In one case the eggs
did not adhere at all, but floated soft and jelly-like on the water.
Moulting took place, though in some places the creatures did not survive, as
they were weak, and the materials for a new shell were lacking. Some lobsters
were blind, but moulting restored the sight; sea-weed growths often penetrated into
the eyes, and underlying tissues, which were thus destroyed.
Of 47 females impounded in midsummer. 1914, .30 had extruded eggs by the
end of September, and on April 8, 1915, these .30 lobsters were all found bearing
fertilized eggs, showing that 64 per cent carried fertilized eggs from June, 1914,
to June, 1915, most of the eggs being extruded, however, in August. By the 7th
of July, 12 had hatched and got rid of the eggs. 12 bore eggs nearly in the hatehing
Stage, 2 had newly extruded eggs. On the 29th of July, 7 of the 12 bore new eggs,
and as they had already produced new eggs, there were thus 9 w^hich proved that
annual spawning was true of these lobsters at any rate.
The conclusion reached is that some lobsters are annual, others biennial, spawners,
and others do not spawai even biennially.
Apart from the primary object of the Government pond, viz., saving berried
lobsters in- the open fishing season and liberating them in the close season, a pond
of this nature may be used to secure intercourse between the two sexes, and increase
the production of fertile eggs. The author justly regards his results as very
important, when the production of fertile eggs resulted on placing 1,5 males in tihe
pond with 47 females, in 1914-15.
A few more Government ponds might be built along the Atlantic coast, to
extend the tests made at Long Beach, and promote beneficial results, viz., the
increase of egg-laying. The paucity of berried lobsters in the open sea, as compared
with the far greater percentage in the enclosure is obviously explained by the close
intercourse secured by impounding both sexes, as at Long Beach.
III. THE PEARLY FRESH-WATER MUSSELS OF ONTARIO
(Mr. John- D. Detweiler. M.A.)
The pearl-button industry depends upon material provided by pearly shells and
mussels, which occur in many Canadian rivers and lakes; hence, the economic import-
ance of the research reported upon by the author. He describes his studies at the
Fairport station, Iowa, where these pearly mussels have received special attention.
Young mussels (glochidia) become attached to the gills and fins of fishes, for a couple
of weeks, before entering on an independent existence. These infant mussels, 1,000 to
2,000 in number, may attach themselves as parasites on a single fish, and of the nine
or ten species of common pearly mussels, each species has its own special host or par-
ticular fish.
The mussel fishery, for button purposes, tends to reduce the supply of these shell-
fish very seriously; hence artificial propagation and increase are desirable, as in the
United States, where such mussel-culture has been very successful, and over 330,000,-
OOO glochidia were used to infect about 430,000 fish in one season. The supply of com-
mon mussels was studied by the author in a number of Ontario waters, and details are
given of the Grand river, river Aux Sables, Point Edward bay, and Nottawasaga.
and many others. Lampsilis lufeola and Quadrula plicata, and other species, have
good commercial qualities; but many species are too thin to be of use. The shells are
fished by wire scoops, with long handles, worked from scows, which are towed by a
PREFACE ix
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
gasolene launch. After being boiled, the meat is removed from the shells and many
pearls and slugs are found, some of value. The increasing violence of floods, in the
rivers studied, must have been injurious to mussel beds, and the regulation of the flow
of water is essential. Vegetable detritus on river beds, and small diatoms, etc., appear
to form the food of these mussels, and favourable conditions for such food should be
maintained.
The prohibitive steps suggested include annual close times, size limit, restriction
of methods, closed reserves, and a license system, as well as the adoption extensively
of mussel culture, No less important are the stocking of waters by transferring mus-
sels, and the rearing of the best siiecies by mussel inoculation, etc.
IV. THE SHIP-WOEM (TEKEDO) OX THE ATLANTIC COAST OF
CANADA— (Dr. E. M. Ktndle).
The destructive character of the ship-worm (Teredo) has long been known; but
its rapidity in boring timbers is not so well known, and the author instances a beech
log, at the west side of the entrance of Charlottetown harbour. Prince Edward Island,
thoroughly honeycomed recently during the short period of eleven months. A half-
tone illustration shows this log, and demonstrates how much more rapidly Teredo
works than the boring shrimp (Lhnnoria) which destroys soft timber at the rate of
half inch per year. Timber cut from February to May best resists Teredo's attacks,
and in the cold winter season it is inactive. ' The tunnels bored, lime-lined, do not
intersect, and it is rare for Teredo to pass from one timber to another. At the water-
line and in the false keel of vessels are the main places of attack. Teredo spawns from
April to August in Iceland, but in Canada it is probably about July. 3ilud seems to
deter the boring operations; but, where the bottom is sandy, injury is more prevalent.
Thorough application of creosote (14 to 16 pounds impregnation to the cubic foot) is
effective; but at Christiania, piles were attacked when 10 poimds to the square foot
were applied. The ship-worm survives for 10 days, but not beyond two weeks when
removed from the water and kept in a cool place. Freezing (temperature 6°C.) does
not kill them; but they die in two hours in fresh water. A large ship-worm reaches
a length of about a foot (30 cm). The prevailing European species (T. norvcgica)
ranges from the Mediterranean to southwest Norway, but within Arctic limits. Prof.
G. O. Sars records it only in piles in west Finmark. Teredo navalis the species; in
Canada, shows discontinuous distribution on the Atlantic shores of North America
(see Dr. Kindle's sketch map). Eare or absent in the Bay of Fundy, and scarce north-
east of Halifax, it occurs abundantly all round Cape Breton and the southern shore of
the gulf of St. Lawrence, including the shores of Prince Edward Island. According
to Dr. Murphy it is especiall.y destructive about Sydney harbour.
The presence or absence of the ship-worm may be due to temperature, salinity, and
amount of fresh water, and probably turbidity or silt in the water. It is often asso-
ciated with the boring shrimp in its range, and ma.v overlap, but one becomes less
plentiful, it may be said, as we advance into the territory of the other, A number of
molluscs associated with Teredo in their distribution occur in warm areas, and show
similar isolation and discontinuity. Off southeast Nova Scotia the 20-fathom line
approaches within half a mile of the coast, and everywhere a narrow zone of shoal
water inside the 100-fathom line renders it colder than the Northumberland straits,
where 20 to 10 fathoms or less prevails over a large extent, A zone of shallow water,
if close to and unprotected from deep water, is as effective a faunal barrier as a land
X DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
barrier, a point worthy of more attention from palsontologists. The isolation of
Teredo, and the warm-water mollusks referred to, is recent, and the occurrence of oyster
shells 40 miles southwest of Halifax, and at Cole harbour; in Chaleur bay and north,
as far as Montreal, indicates that a milder climate once extended from southern Xew
England to the waters of the St. Lawrence.
V. REAEIXG B.C. SOOKEYE 'SALMOX IX FRESH-WATEE.
(Dr. C. McLe.^n Fr.\ser).
After references to well-known attempts to rear Atlantic salmon and sea-trout,
especially in Scotland, without permitting them access to the sea, and pointing: out
that slower growth and smaller sizes were apparent when retained in fresh water, the
author states that in the fall of 1912, sockeye from Harrison Lake hatchery were
placed in the small rearing ponds, Xew Westminster, B. C. These had been
hatched in the spring of 1913, and in 1915 males were found to be ripe, and after
yielding milt they recovered condition. But the females did not become ripe iintil
their fourth year (1916), when they were from 9 to 11 inches long, and their eggs
were rather small, but they were artificially fertilized, and au attempt to hatch them
made. Study of the scales showed that these pond-reared fish indicated a growth which
can be compared to that of the river sockeye to the end of the second year, but the
third year's growth showed a decrease, and the fourth year's a still further decrease
in the rate. The average growth in inches each year shown by the author is as
follows : — ■
Sockeye reared in fresh-water.. .
Sockeye from Eraser river (fifth
year)
Sockeye two years in fresh-water.
Most of the Eraser river fish remained one year only in fresh-water after hatch-
ing, and the author gives figures for these. There is no question that the sockeye
mostly die soon after spawning, but the iwnd-reared fish recovered after spawning,
and seemed none the worse. This environment renders the fish apparently more like a
fresh-water species, and indicates, in the author's opinion, a close relation to the
Genus Salmo.
1st
2nd
3rd
4 th
5th
year.
year.
year.
year.
year.
2-7
2-3
2-3
1-6
...
2-9
8-6
I ' i
31
2-6
3-2
8-2
61
2.4
VI. AGE AXD GROWTH OF POLLOCK— (Prof. J. W. Mavor).
The pollock has in recent years so greatly increased in commercial importance
that information upon its age and growth is valuable. The author found that young
pollocks' scales show no winter rings, indicating that during their first year they live
in shallow water. They occur in 2 to 20 fathoms, and in about a dozen hauls of the
drag seine interesting catches of these young pollock were made; but when about
11 cm. probably move into deeper water, so that the seine does not secure them. Two
length mea.surements were adopted in these studies, namel.v, the standard length, the
PREFACE xi
■SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
tip of the snout to end of backbone, and total ^ength measurement, from snout to end
of outspread tail. As in the case of the herring, one single year in the pollock will
yield so abundantly that it predominates for several successive years, and the author
now confirms the conclusion of Mr. Douglas Macallum in 1914, that the fish of 1909
were the most abundant year-class in 1914, 1915, and 1916. The material obtained
for the studies of second-year fish showed that they range from 29 cm. to 45 cm. and
were probably large for their age. Fish in the third year, with two winter rings
showing in the scales, were 362 :4 em. standard length and so on up to the seventh year,
when they measured 72 cm. Macallum studied 1,250 pollock in 1914-15, and Dr.
llavor, in the course of his work, examined and obtained material from 2,387 fish.
Detailed tables are given to establish the author's results.
VII. HYDROGEAPHICAL OBSEEVATIOXS, BAY OF FUNDY—
(Mr. E. H. Craigie. B.A.; Mr. W. H. Chase. B.A.)
The authors give the results of two cruises in the Bay of Fundy, 1915, to con-
:firm and extend the hydrographioal observations already published. Fifteen stations
were established, and third and fourth cross-sections, and one longitudinal section of
the bay completed. It is noted that : — ■
(1) A higher temperature prevails in the deeper water layer; indeed, a cold
tongue of water occupies the middle of the bay. In one instance, at Station I, a
peculiar rise, in a depth of 40 to 70 fathoms, also a rise at Station IX in 20 fathoms;
and (in 1914) at Station II (60 fathoms), were discovered, probably evidencing deep
currents.
(2) The upper i-egions of the bay sho,w a very constant temperature from 5
fathoms to the bottom. The first phenomenon is due, probably, to vertical rising of the
water, owing to the great tides; and the second, to the more widespread and com-
plete tidal mixing of water at the head of the bay. The air was in no case less than
2-2 degrees warmer than the surface water, and often more; but it is noted that H.M.
S. ChaUenijer, in a few cases only, found the water temperature higher than the air,
in the adjacent Nova Scotia regions. The Challenger and HeUand-Hansen results
are not. therefore, confirmed on the whole. The temperature of the water tends to be
higher on the Nova Scotia side than on the New Brunswick side, and the bottom
temperature of the Annapolis basin is much lower, in many cases, than that of Digby
Gut, or the inflowing river-water. The detailed results are given in three tables: (1)
showing temperature records, Bay of Fundy, 1915; (2) showing temperature records,
Annapolis basin and St. Maiy bay ; (3) specific gravity, etc., St. Mary bay.
VIII. AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMICHI HATCHERY, NEW
BRUNS"\YICK— (Principal F. C. Harrison).
In the fall of 1915, disease appeared among the live parent salmon in the South
Esk hatchery pond. Of 2,400 fish nearly one-quarter showed fungus, scales eaten off,
eyes blinded, and many salmon moribound. No unhealthy conditions appeared in the
pond or inflowing water supply, according to the information furnished. Exact
xii DEPARTMENT OP THE XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
bacteriological studies -n-ere arranged, and cultures made of isortions of
the flesh, liver, kidney, swim-bladder, milt, and heart's blood. Diseased
portions of the skin were studied in microscopic sections, and in teased fragments.
The latter afforded the best results. The first stage of the disease was noticed in
fish conveyed in pontoons from the fishermen's nets. The fungus was Saprolegnia,
but it remained to be seen if it were a primary or secondary cause of the trouble, and
no live salmon could be inoculated; but an experiment was made with gold-fish. In
all the organs, apparently healthy, of the salmon examined, bacteria were found in
great numbere, but of a few species only. Very exact technical methods were used,
and ten different forms of bacilli were distinguished in the cultures made, in about
a dozen media, with results tabulated by the author on page 165.
The important Bacillus salmonis pestis, a short thick bacillus, with rounded ends,
varying in length, and occurring singly and in pairs, end to end was not found.
It is actively mobile, non-sporebearing, and survives for a week, and indeed grows
profusely in the temperature of iee-and-salt mixture, but is killed at 98-6° F., and is
apparently a strict aerobe ,pathogenic to fish, but not to frogs, mice, etc.
It gains access through wounds, or ulceration in the fish's skin. It grows well in
sea-water, and can be transmitted from dead, diseased fish, to live fish in the .same
water. Attempts failed to inoculate live gold-fish with the various bacilli described.
The author's conclusion is that numerous bacteria associated with the fungus, may
be the cause of the disease.
IX. AFFECTED MIRAMICHI SAL:M0X, NEW BRU^STSWICK—
(By. Dr. A. G. Hlxtsmax).
The author, after noting that an epidemic of disease- such as this had not been
noticed in the previous year, and that the temperature was lower than in 1914. and the
water temperature in the salmon hatchery pond was never higher than 65° F. after
September 11 the author concludes that temperature is not a factor. The lower tem-
perature in October doubtless restrained the spread of the disease, as no new diseased
fish appeared. The fish were less crowded, there being 328 fewer impounded than in
1914. The salmon parasite (Lepeophtheirus) occurred in a considerable portion of
the fish trapped by the fishermen, and as it injures the skin it must determipe the
location of the fungus (Saprolegnia ferax). The internal organs of the diseased
salmon showed no lesions, but the bacteriological phase of the epidemic is treated in
Dr. F. C. Harrison's report. Removal and destruction of all diseased and dead salmon
alone can help to lessen the trouble, and steps are necessary to secure improvement in
the renewal of the water supplying the pond. The most suitable temperature also should
be maintained. The eggs from diseased fish were naturall.v of lowered vitality, and
great losses, 40 to 60 per cent, resulted. Saprolegnia may attack eggs only of low
vitality. Bacteria possibly cause the disease, but may not affect the eggs, and fry
could not in this way have the disease transmitted ; but it may be carried in the water
used for shipping eggs and fry.
I'UEF.WE
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
X. THE SMOKIXG OF HADDOCKS FOR CANADIAN MAEKETS— (Miss
Olive G. Patterson.)
Salt and smoked haddock are too often prepared, it is pointed, out, from fish
inferior in quality or even tainted, whereas the best "finnans" can only be made from
fish in the freshest condition, kept cold, and cured by strict methods. Finnan baddies
in Canada are often inferior because: (1) no vertebral cut is made; (2) smoke is not
sufficiently dense; (3) the fish are left from one to three days, in order to drain the
blood, etc., away, whereas one hour on ice would be sulScient.
Various conditions were tested, namely, method of splitting, time in brine and
smoke, quality of brine and smoke. The studies included sev«n separate experi-
ments : —
(1) Perfectly fresh fish cured by usual New Brunswick methods.
(2) Salt constant, but smoke varied.
(3) Smoke constant, but brine varied.
(4) Small fish, under variations of both conditions.
(5) Preservative value and palatability of salt content.
(6) Hake experiment.
(7) Proof that dorsal incision is most desirable after the usual splitting.
Fish up to four pounds require one hour in the brine, but thirty minutes suffices
to preserve excellent flavour, and smoking (beech, or old wood sawdust) for ten hours
is sufficient, but fifteen to eighteen hours dries more thoroughly, for preserving. Adja-
cent home markets and more distant markets require appropriate variation in details.
XI. OBSERVATIONS OF HADDOCKJS, ETC.—
(Prof. F. C. H.vrrison').
Rigid bacteriological methods were followed in the study of material obtained
from haddocks, caught one or two miles from St. Andrew's station; and some
other material, fresh and cured, from the market.
An examination of the intestinal content of twelve haddocks was made, and
microscopically numerous small bacilli, of at least ten species, could be determined,
but no cocci or spirilla were observed. The most common bacillus, a liquefying form,
seemed to be related closely to B. vulgaris. It is especially interesting, because it was
found in the flesh, as well as on the surface, of the finnan baddies, which were experi-
mented with at the station, and also on some spoiled haddock from a fish dealer.
Fragments of the flesh of cured haddock were placed in inoculation flasks, and plate
cultures secured. Four of the organi-sms then discovered were similar to those from
the intestinal content. The researches show that salting and smoking fish does not
kill the organisms on fresh fish, after they are gutted; but it is undeniable that there
is too much carelessness in handling fish commercially. Exposure to warm air and
sunlight, before gutting and salting, increases the bacteria.
XIV DEPARTME2^'T OF TEE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
XII. BACTEKIOLOGY OF SWELLED CANNED SAEDINES.— (Mr. Wilfrid-
Sadler, M.Sc, B.S.A.)
After referring to the presence of micro-organisms in various foods, including
mussels, clams, canned salmon, etc., the author refers to the canned method in the
New Brunswick and Maine sardine canneries, which he visited. The filled and finished
cans are sterilized in boiling water for IJ to 2 hours. Scrupulous care is exercised in
the final packing processes, and questionable cans are discarded or re-proeessed.
Two main classes of bacteria were isolated; (1) gas-producers of eight types; (2)
non-gas-producers.
No organisms were found in the cotton-seed oil used, but in the sea-water, herring
intestines, etc., several strains of bacteria were discovered, but none producing gas
in carbo-hydrates. After a description of the seventeen or more media used, and the
methods adopted, Mr. Sadler describes the features of the swelled cans, the bulged con-
vex appearance, the escape and forcing out of oil or sauce between the soldered edges,
and a rattling sound when shaken. Gas is expelled on opening the can, and the odour
may be normal, or offensive. In the former case, doubtless spices and other ingredients
hide the odour of putrefaction. The contents may be soft, mingled with the oil and
maceated, in contrast to the firm non-macerated white appearance of the normal
contents.
The elaborate cultures and tests in the laboratory are detailed by the author, and
summarized on pages 208 and 209. An experiment was made with normal cans from
the Chameook factory, and the organisms, numbers 35, 37, a/id 64 were used for inocu-
lation. These organisms were, respectively: (1) a large coccus, not-motile, rod-like,
short, and thick; (2) rod-like, and three times as long as broad; (3) some ranging
from the coccus to short thick rods. In each case, typically swelled cans resulted.
The source of the harmful micro-organisms remains to be discovered, and the-
stage at which infection occurs ; also effective prevention and the results of the effects,
by experimental inoculation, on laboratory animals.
XIII. BACTERIAL DBSTETJCTION OF COPEPODS.— (Mr. Wilfrid Sadler,
M.Sc, etc.)
In some marine plankton, studied at the Atlantic station, in 1916, a number of
copepods, or small crustaceans, were observed by Professor Willey to be apparently
in process of destruction by bacteria. It was suggested to the author, by Dr. Willey,
that a study might be made of them. The copepods occur in the central cavity of
the first feelers or antennfe. By the usual bacteriological methods, and by seven fish
concoctions, specially prepared, three different types of bact-eria were isolated, fourteen
media being used in the investigation. The first type were short, rod-like, non-motile
organisms, non-spore-bearing, and without capsule; the second was of the same length,
but twice as broad, not much longer than broad, and similarly non-spore-bearing,
and apparently capsuleless, and lastly a third type, coccus, either in pairs or occurring
in masses in the form of Streptococci, non-spore bearing, and with capsule faintly
apparent. The first is probably B. neapolitaniis, a sub-type of B. coli; the seconid,
rapidly motile to and fro, or on an axis, and a typical form of Para-Gisertner group;
and the third non-motile, though rotatory, and showing violent agitation, a variety
of liquefying Streptococcus gracilis, namely Micrococcus zymogenes, and the last-
named culture probably causes the destruction of the copepods, and if this destruction
be extensive, its effective upon the minute food of young fishes, and a variety of other
important creatures in the sea, may be serious. No inoculations of healthy living
copepods was possible in 1916.
PI^EFACl-:
SESSIONAL PAPER Nc. 38a
XIV. OHEGK-LIST OF MARINE IXVERTEBEATES.— (Dr. E. M. Ejndle and
E. J. Whittaker. M.A.)
The authors, in their list of over 1,000 inrertebrates, occurring along the Atlan-
tic shores of Canada, set forth the bathymetric range from between tide marks to a
depth of 100 fathoms — five graduations, namely, 100, 100-50, 50-15, and 15-1, and
inshore 1«5 than 1 fathom; also the minimum and maximum depths.
They embody published faunal results from 1901, the date of Dr. Whiteave's
valuable and remarkable catalogue, published by the Geological Survey. To make
the contribution more complete a bibliography of fifty papers and memoirs follows the
check list, to which is added an alphabetical index, including synonyms.
XV. HYDEOGEAPHT IN PASSA:\rAQUODDT BAY AXD VICIXITT.—
(Rev. Professor Alexander Vachox.)
Professor Vacbon made a series of observations during a number of cruises in
the Prince in the summer of 1915, and gives a summary with tables of his researches
into the temperature, salinity, and density of the sea-water at ten successive sta-
tions in July and August, at different hours, and at different stages of the tide. These
constitute the potent factors which affect the assemblages of marine organisms form-
ing the benthos, the nekton, and the plankton, in the ocean. The investigations of the
author, involving lengthy laboratory studies, are diificult to summarize, as the paper
itself is very much condensed.
XVI. THE HTDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA.— Dr. C. MoLeax Eraser.)
The author is able in this paper to extend substantially the list which he pub-
lished in 1913 — (a list of fifty Nova Scotia species) — and now determines 112 species,
sixteen for the first time in the area referred to, and one species which is regarded
as new to science. The distribution is tabulat.id, and an interesting summary of the
distribution of the Gymnoblastea, the Campanularida>, and five other orders. A sys-
tematic list, with distribution and synonyms, is given, and the author discusses the
principles of the classification of the hydroids, and combats Levinson's view that the
character of the individual (zooid), not the colony (zoarium), should determine the
classification, and the doubtful value of the operculum (urged by Levinson) as the
sole basis for dividing the Family Sertularidoe into genera is maintained, because it
is so easily injured, and thus readily altered.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
I
Part I.
PRELIMINARY REPORT OF THE COMMISSION ON THE SEA-LION
QUESTION, 1915.
Dr. Charles F. Xewcombe, Victoria. B.C.. Chairman;
Wm. Ham.\r Greenwood, Vancouver, B.C., Secretary; and
Dr. C. McLean Fraser, Curator of the Government Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C.
IXTRODUCTION.
In May, 1915, the Biological Board of Canada appointed an honorary com-
mission to make an inquiry as to the effect of the bounty of two dollars per head
which had been offered by the Dominion Government to aid in the reduction of the
number of sea-lions in the province of British Columbia, and which applied during
the year 1915 only.
The commission, after some changes, finally consisted of Dr. C. F. Newcombe,
of Victoria, chairman ; W. Hamar Greenwood. B.A., of Vancouver, secretary ; and
Dr. C. McLean Fraser, of the Biological Station, Nanaimo.
Early in August, Prof. A. B. Macallum, of the University of Toronto, Secretary
of the Biological Board of Canada, visited the west coast and met two of the com-
missioners at Vancouver. Authority was then given for an early commencement of
the investigation, but it was left to the commissioners themselves to draw up a plan
of operation which would best fulfil the purposes of the proposed inquiry. The com-
missioners at once decided that there should be a division of the work of the com-
mission, Mr. Greenwood undertaking to collect all information possible by corre-
spondence and personal interviews, the other two members more especially devoting
their time to field and laboratory work, with the view of gaining more knowledge as
to the life-history of the sea-lion.
In order to facilitate the statistical section, a schedule of questions was drawn
up and forwarded to officials of all the fishing plants of the province, and, for the
field party, application was made through the Biological Board for the use of one of
the vessels belonging to the Department of Xaval Service. These matters are
referred to later in the report.
2. .ACTION ELSEWHERE ON THE SEA-LION QUESTION.
The sea-lion question is by no means a new one. As long ago as 1898 it was
very much to the fore in California. In 1899 the State Commission authorized the
killing of numbers of the animals, giving the reason for so doing in the sixteeniu
biennial report of the State Board of Fish Commissioners of the state of California
for the years 1899-1900, pp. 26-40. In this rejwrt is included, as well, much corre-
spondence on the subject.
At the outset, in April, 1899, the commissioners called a meeting of all persona
interested to consider the evidence that might be offered regarding the damage done
by sea-lions. The reason given in the report for calling this meeting is as follows :
" For many years the fishery interests have strenuously complained of the damage
done by sea-lions in the bays and rivers of the state. This commission has had the
subject under consideration for many years. During the fall of 1898 and the spring
of 1899 the salmon fishermen made repeated calls upon us for relief in this behalf,
claiming that the sea-lions were appearing in the bays and lower rivers in increasing
numbers, and that they follow the salmon from the ocean for more than 100 miles
38a— 2 5
6 DEPARTMEyr OF THE yAVAL SEKTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
inland. The managers of the canneries and the buyers for the San Francisco markets
joined in these requests. Our patrol force corroborated the statements and alleged
that the territory covered by them swarmed with these animals. Formerly the sea-
lions were hunted for commercial purposes, but their hides and oil no longer find a
profitable market, and the industry has failed, in consequence of which they have
greatly increased in number."
Fishermen, market men, and cannery men were unanimous in asking far a
reduction in number on account of the destruction by them of salmon and other food
fishes. So voluminous was the evidence that such scientists as Jordan, Gilbert, and
Harkness were convinced of the justice of the plea.
As a number of the larger rookeries were situated on federal lighthouse reserva-
tions, the commission wrote to the Hon. Lyman Gage, then Secretary of the Treasury,
to ask permission to kill sea-lions on these reservations, giving quite fully the
reasons advanced for making such a request. The request was granted on April 27,
but on May 31, before any lions were killed, the permit was suspended. On June 9
a letter from the Treasury Department gave the information that the suspension
was due to protests from the United States Fish Commission, the secretary of the
United States Department of Agriculture, the j!few York Zoological Society, and
various others.
The commission in reply stated its case at greater length, and called the atten-
tion of the Treasury Department to the fact that while their evidence was backed up
and accepted by scientists who had studied the question at first hand, all of the
opposition came from men who had no personal knowledge of the various aspects of
the question. This reply was sufficient to convince the United States Commissioner
of Fisheries, who therefore withdrew his opposition. However, it failed elsewhere,
and consequently the Lighthouse Board refused to cancel the suspension until further
evidence was deduced.
The case of the commission, of which A. T. Vogelsang was chairman, may be
stated briefly as follows: — ■
Previous to 1884 sea-lions were killed for commercial purposes. Cheaper substi-
tutes have been obtained for the hides, oil, and trimmings, and commercial killing
is no longer profitable. Since that time the animals have greatly increased in
number, and hence the amount of destruction has greatly increased. They chase the
salmon for a long distance up the bays and rivers. " They are voracious and destruc-
tive to the last degree. It is estimated by the fishermen upon the rivers, and the
salmon canners, that from 20 to 40 per cent of the fish entering the bays are destroyed
by this means. They enter the nets of the fishermen and take the fish already gilled.
They tear and destroy the nets and cause irreparable damage to the hardy and indus-
trious fishermen. They are seen every day during the salmon run with fish in their
jaws and almost no net is hauled that does not show a large percentage of fish
destroyed by these animals. It is so now that the fishermen, when laying out their
nets, must patrol them from end to end as they drift with the current or tide, armed
with Winchester rifles, to protect the nets from the depredation of these beasts."
There is little use in providing hatcheries to increase the supply of salmon if the
-sea-lions are allowed to kill so many of them in the sea. Captain Butwell, chief
lightkeeper at Ano Nuevo island, in the summer of 1899 made an examination of
the stomach of a large grey sea-lion {Eumetopias stelleri) and found over sixty
pounds of fish bones. In the following summer a deputy killed a sea-lion with a
salmon in its jaws, the head of which sea-lion is now preserved at Stanford Uni-
versity.
The case of the opposition is presented most fully by W. T. Hornaday, as repre-
senting the New York Zoological Society. He says : —
" Judging from all the facts which have been brought forward up to this
date, and from correspondence with naturalists from the Pacific coast, we
B. C. SEA-LIOy lyVESTIGATION 7
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
feel constrained to say that, in our judgment, the evidence against the destruc-
tiveness of the fur seal is very far from being sufficient to warrant the Cali-
fornia Fish Commission in asking the United States Government to permit
the destruction on its reservations." He blames the California Commission
for condemning the sea-lion on what he considers unsatisfactory evidence.
His reasons are summarized as follows : —
" First. — We have good reason to believe that the estimated number of
sea-lions on the Pacific coast (10,000) is very greatly in excess of the actual
number.
" Second. — The estimate of the amount of fish consumed uaily by the sea-
lion herds (500,000 pounds) we consider to be preposterous and absurd. This
presupposes that each sea-lion con&umes 50 pounds of fish per day, whereas,
the full ration of an adult male sea-lion in captivity amounts to only 12 pounds
or less x>eT day.
''Third. — In the absence of statistics based on detailed scientific obser-
vation of known reliability, the assumption that the sea-lions are responsible
for a marked decrease in the fish supply of the Pacific coast is unwarranted.
"Fourth. — The people of the whole United States have proprietary rights
ill all the living creatures which inhabit the waters of the coast of California,
as well as all other states, and particularly the sea-lion herds which breed on
the public domain : and the people of California have no right, either in law
or equity, to wantonly destroy the sea-lion herds until the justification of such
a course has been clearly and satisfactorily ijroven.
"Fifth. — The sea-lion has been condemned by the California Fish Com-
mission without having had the benefit of counsel or witness for the defence,
a proceeding so thoroughly un-American that the findings based thereon are
unworthy of serious consideration."
In view of these reasons he asked for the preservation of " the very interesting
and valuable sea-lion herds of the Pacific coast."
Mr. Vogelsang, in direct reply to Mr. Hornaday, says that the fifth reason is
entirelj^ untrue, as he has shown in his correspondence that all evidence available
was considered, some of this evidence from scientists of repute. He objects to the
statement that sea-lions are valuable, and as far as the interest goes, they cannot be
considered more interesting than other harmful animals, the coyote for instance. He
indicates the weight of such remonstrance by saying : " It seems to me remarkable
that your society is not aware of the fact that the fur seal does not frequent the
rookeries of the California coast, and the varieties against which our activities have
been chiefly directed are the barking sea-lion (Zalophus) and. incidentally, the grey
sea-lion (Einnetopius')."
The commission was so confident of the correctness of their stand that they
published all this correspondence in the matter and left the public to judge.
Before going further it should be stated that throughout this California report
reference is made to two species of sea-lion, the barking sea-lion (Zalophus california-
ww.s) and the grey, or Steller's sea-lion (Evmetopias stellert). but the general state-
ments apply to both of these. There is evidence that both are found in British
Columbia waters, but although Zalophus has been reported, it may be only an
occasional visitor (see further evidence in this report). The grey sea-lion is the
common one on the British Columbia coast and northward.
While the controversy was going on between the California State Commission
and the Treasury Department, in the summer of 1899, Prof. L. L. Dyche, of the
University of Kansas, made examination of the stomachs of several sea-lions killed
38a— 2J
8 DEPARTilEST OF Tni: XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
in the vicinity of Monterey, finding in the cases where the contents wore >iiitiilile f"i'
identification, these consisted largely of squid. No traces of salmon were found.
A reference to this work of Dyche's, which was made in an article by C. H.
Merriam appearing in Science, May 17, 1901, has been very extensively quoted in
support of the contention that sea-lious are of little detriment to the fishing industry.
Without in any way questioning the results of the investigation, it may be pointed
out that these results do not necessarily have much bearing on the sea-lion question
in British Columbia. We have no evidence that the grey sea-lion is ever found as
far south as Monterey, although it is quite possible that some individuals from the
rookery at Aiio Nuevo or even from that at the Farallones may pay visits to that
region. On the other hand, at that time the California sea-lion was found in large
numbers around Santa Cruz island, a short distance north of Monterey, and at many
points to the south of this. There is every likelihood, therefore, that the majority,
if not all, of the animals examined by Dyche were of the California species. Colour
is given to this conclusion further by the statement of the United States Commis-
sioners, later referred to, " that the Steller sea-lion is largely a fish consumer and
the California sea-lion is largely a squid eater," this statement, of course, being
based on the evidence they were able to obtain at that time. It is the Steller sea-
lion, almost entirely, with which we are concerned.
On account of further refusals of the Lighthouse Board in 1900 to cancel the
suspension of the permit to kill sea-lions on the federal reservations, in 1901 the
California commission asked for the appointment of a special commission to look
mto the matter thoroughly. The request was granted. Cloudsley Butter was
appointed chairman of the commission, E. E. Snodgrass was named by the California
commission, and E. C. Starks by the California Academy of Science. This commis-
sion visited points along the coast from ]\Ionterey to Puget sound, making personal
observations and obtaining information from those having personal knowledge of
the subject. The report of the commission was submitted to the United States Fish
Commission, and appeared in the report of the commissioner for 1902, pp. 116-119.
The following remarks bear on Eumetopias. Eighteen stomachs were examined,
of which thirteen contained food. All of these had eaten fish, and five of them had
also eaten squid, but the fish was relatively large in amount, up to 35 pounds, while
the squid was small, six being the greatest number in any stomach. " This study
indicates that the Steller sea-lion is largely a fish consumer and the California sea-
lion is largely a squid eater. It seems apparent, however, that either species feeds
on whatever is most convenient."
'■ At the mouth of the Columbia river, sea-lions were seen fishing in considerable
numbers near the jetty at the mouth of the river, but none was seen to catch a fish
of any kind. Gulls were frequently observed hovering about a group of sea-lions
iuid acting as if picking up food. One such flock of gulls was seen coming gradually
nearer the jetty from a group of sea-lions about a mile away; after a time it was
shown that they were following a large piece of salmon flesh, which the tide brought
within 20 feet of the observer. Salmon were seen and photographed that had been
mutilated (presumably by sea-lions and seals) after being caught in gill nets. Such
mutilated specimens were common. The fishermen stated that the seals simply pull
off the gills but the sea-lions always take a bite out of the belly of the netted salmon.
A number of pound nets were visited, but no sea-lions were seen in them.
" The fishermen were unanimous in their denunciation of the sea-lions. A
fishing company at Chinook, Washington, states that it was damaged $1,500 in 1901
by sea-lions letting fish out of the nets, the damage to the nets not being included.
The sea-lions enter the traps in the same way that the fish do, and, after eating what
they wish, break their way out through the side.
" The shallow water and the large number of salmon at the mouth of the Colum-
bia river make that point a favourite breeding ground, and there is no doubt tliat
the sea-lions are doing much damage there."
B. C. SEA-Lioy ISYESTIOATION 9
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Although permission to kill sea-lions on federal reservations was refused, the
commission, by means of arming their patrols, killed a great number of sea-lions at
other points along the coast. The report states : "' It may be added that our activities
have been exerted, nevertheless, to the destruction of a large number of these animals,
upon such rookeries and other places along the coast as are not subject to the control
of the Treasury Department of the United States. The effect on the salmon industry
is already apparent, as, since the summer of 1SI99, the number of sea-lions present
in the bays and rivers has been much less than formerly." Apparently the number
killed by the patrol was greatly augmented by the number killed by the fishermen
themselves.
The destruction at that time seems to have had the desired effect, as since then no
serious complaint has been made to the commission. We have this on the authority
of Mr. ]Sr. B. Scofield, who was in 1898, and is now in 1916, in the employ of the
California Fish commission. Sea-lions have been so reduced in numbers that in 1909
a law was passed, forbidding the killing, maiming or capturing sea-lions, in the waters
of Santa Barbara channel and on the land adjacent thereto, in order to prevent the
extermination of the black or California sea-lion.
As evidence that California was not alone in the demand for reduction in the
number of sea-lions, it may be stated that the Oregon Legislature passed a Bill,
offering a bounty of $2.50 for each sea-lion killed in the waters of the state or within
one marine league of the shore. On account of faulty wording of the Bill, the money
was not available, but the Fishermen's Protective Union raised a fund b.v private
subscription to hire men to shoot the lions on their breeding grounds. In Washing-
ton, too, there has been some complaint at times but nothing definite seems to have
been done.
3. PREVIOUS WORK OX THE SBA-LIOX QUESTION IX BRITISH COLLJIBIA.
So far as is known to the present commission, the only investigations hitherto
made in British Columbia are those which were conducted by the chairman and his
son, in the year 1913. In the spring of that year, the chairman was requested by
the British Columbia authorities in Victoria, B.C., to conduct an investigation to
disclose the numbers of sea-lions that frequent and breed upon our coast, and the
number and locations of the islands where they breed. This was in consequence of
the many complaints made that sea-lions were seriously damaging the fisheries.
No information whatever was furnished to those in charge of this inquiry of
1913 relating to previous controversies regarding the food habits of sea-lions in
California or other states, but before starting for the north, such literature as was
accessible was consulted, and an examination was made of the report of the United
States Commissioner of Fisheries for 1902, to which reference was made by Horna-
day and others when describing the California and Steller's sea-lion. This report
at once revealed the widely divergent opinions entertained by competent naturalists
as to the food habits of the sea-lions, and special pains were taken in the field to
procure from all sources information as to their food, and the evidence of the older
Indians, who in their younger days had depended largely on sea-lions for food, and
had utilized their skins and other parts in various ways, was noted.
The result of the inquiry made by these investigators is mentioned in the
annual provincial report for the year 1913, published in 1911. The ground
covered by it included the coast line from Boundary bay, Xorth Latitude
49°, to the Xass river in 54° 40', at various points in which the officials of
more than thirty salmon canneries and herring plants were personally inter-
viewed, and further infoi'mation was obtained from their employees, both white
and Indian. Amongst these points were the lower Fraser river. Knights inlet.
Alert bay, Quathiaski cove. Rivers inlet, Bella Coola, Kimsquit, Xamu, Bella
10 DEPARTMENT OF TBE yAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bella, Skeena river, Xass river, Masset, Skidegate, Quatsino, TJeluelet, and the
important cannery known as Ivildonan, at Uchueklesit, Barkley sound. As the result
of inquiries at these stations it was learned that serious complaints of depredations
by sea-lions were made at only two localities, viz., Rivers inlet and Barkley sound.
In each of these places damage had been so great that active steps had been taken
to diminish their numbers by the fishing companies affected. Indians questioned at
more than forty villages were unanimous in stating that the principal food of sea-
lions was fish, and that these fiish consisted in the greater part of fish eaten by man,
especially salmon, herring, and halibut. In not a single instance was any wish
e.xpressed that sea-lions should be protected, as no dependence is now placed on them
for food, clothing, or any' of the native arts or industries.
Over 1,800 miles of coast line were examined, mostly in a small gasolene sloop.
Three groups of islands, forming breeding places, were noted, and a fourth indicated,
and the number of individuals seen was estimated at upwards of 11,000. In addition
to the rookeries, a large number of isolated rocks, used as resting places, were visited
and recorded. The rookeries and hauling-out places were shown on a map accom-
panying the report.
Later in the season a second visit to the rookeries in Queen Charlotte sound and
off cape Scott was made. A number of successful photographs were taken, islands
not before visited were explored, and an estimate made of the numbers frequenting
these. The joint report shows that the injury to the fisheries complained of is of
two kinds. At Eivers inlet the complaint was that nets were damaged and destroyed
and vast numbers of salmon were devoured or mutilated, while at two localities in
Barkley sound it was stated that the principal loss was in the herring fishery, which
suffered largely through the presence of great bands of sea-lions surrounding the
schools of fish and driving them out from the heads of bays and inlets where the
most successful fishing had always been carried on. Complaint was also made that
they devoured enormous numbers of herring and halibut.
As regards the food question, little information was obtained by personal obser-
vation. Three adults were examined, two of which contained no food whatever in
their stomachs, while the third was full of fish, including salmon, cod, and bass.
A second kind of sea-lion was reported by Indians of Barkley sound as occurring
there, and from their description it was concluded that this was the California species,
Zalophvs californMnus. It is surmised that this species and perhaps the majority
of the individuals belonging to Steller's species came from the American side, as
the rookeries in the state of Washington are far nearer to Barkley sound than those
on the Canadian side.
4. THE CALIFORNU SE.\-LIOX IX BRITISH COLUMBIA WATERS.
The following notes tend to confirm the statements made by Indians of Ucluelet
in 1&13, that a second kind of sea-lion visits Barkley sound at times, though never
in large numbers.
Dr. C. H. Townshend, Director of the New York Aquarium, permits the quota-
tion from a letter written on November 9, 1915, of a passage relating to a period when
he was the naturalist on the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross: —
" I visited Barkley sound in 1S89 with the Albatross. The sea-lions I saw
and heard barking at the time were on some rocks, I think not far from the
lighthouse. They were unquestionably the California species, which is the
only barking sea-lions in that region. Sea-lions do a good deal of moving
about up and down the coast. They do not confine themselves to any onv»
neighbourhood."
B. C. SEA-LIOy lyVESTIGATIOy 11
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Dr. Townshend also sent, at the same time, a copy of the Bulletin No. 29, of the
Zoological Society of Xew York, for April, 1608. This contains an interesting article
by Dr. Townshend entitled " An Inquisitive Sea-lion," describing the behaviour of
a young specimen of ZalopTius califomianus, which was attracted to the Albatross
while at anchor one evening at Port Townshend, by the barking of a setter dog. It
spent the night in the ship's dinghy, and Dr. Townshend was able to make a very
successful photograph of it before it grew dark. The photograph is reproduced on
page 412.
Further information of similar bearing was obtained from Prof. Trevor Kin-
caid. of the University of Washington. At the Alaska-Tukon-Pacitic Exposition,
held in Seattle in 1909, two animals were included in one of the exhibits, as fur
seals. Prof. Kincaid was asked to examine them, as there was much doubt as to the
correctness of this designation. Both of them were found to belong to the California
species of sea-lion, and those in charge of them stated that they had been taken in the
.salmon traps at New Dungeness, not far from the entrance to Puget sound. After
the close of the exposition the two animals were moved to the zoological collection at
Woodland park, Seattle, still labelled as Alaska fur seals. A visit was made by a
member of this commission to the Zoological Garden mentioned, and the caretaker
was interviewed with little result. The animals in question had died soon after their
arrival at Woodland park.
In December, 1915, Indians employed in hunting for the commission, stated that
the second kind of sea-lions was well known in Barkley sound as the black or barking
kind, but these only pass in as far as Alberni canal very seldom. The last one that
was recalled had been killed off Xahmint about five years ago.
5. THE SEA-LIOX QUESTION AS IT AFFECTS BRITISH COLUMBIA.
At the preliminary meeting of the commission in August a decision was reached
as to two main methods of seeking information on the sea-lion question. The one
was to make a trip along the coast to get personal information if possible, although
little was expected on account of the lateness of the season, and failing this, or sup-
plementing this, to get information from those who claimed to have firsthand know-
ledge concerning the habits and food of the sea-lions as well as the nature and extent
of their depredations. The other was to obtain information by correspondence with
ctinnery managers, fishery ofiicers and others interested or likely to be able to furnish
such.
In connection with the former of these, the Department of the Naval Service
kindly put at the disposal of the commission, for three weeks, the steamer Malaspina,
Captain Holmes Newcomb commanding. The commission is under no little obligation
to Captain Newcomb, his officers and crew for the courtesy shown during the trip.
On August 30 the Malaspina, with Drs. Newcombe and Fraser on board, started
northward. The attempt to visit all of the rookeries along the coast had to be given
lip through lack of time, partly due to delay by smoke and fog, and by waiting for
a chance to coal at Prince Rupert. The Cape St. James rookery was not visited, nor
\.as that on the Cape Scott group of islands ; three attempts to get out to the Haycocks
end Triangle islands all failed on acount of foggy and heavy weather. The rookery
01. the Sea Otter group was visited, where there were sea-lions visible, but on account
of the dangerous reefs in the vicinity, it was not possible to get close enough with
so large a boat to make an estimate of the number, and the swell was too heavy to
attempt it with a small boat. A small rookery at the west end of Hope island was
visited, and here the only attempts made to cajjture sea-lions proved abortive. On two
mornings in succession Indian hunters, hired for the purpose, tried to shoot and spear
one or more of the herd of forty or fifty that were visible in the surf, but without
12 DEPARTitEXT OF THE XAVAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
success. Finally the rookerj' at Solander island, otf cape Cook, was visited. The
weather was very foggy, but after waiting for an hour and a half in the vicinity, the
captain was able to bring his ship near enough the rocks to make the sea-lions plainly
visible. The number was estimated to be at least 1,000, although it may have been
somewhat in excess of that number. Dr. Newcombe, in his report in 1913, did not
■ consider Solander island to be a rookery but as shown elesewhere in this report, he is
now convinced that it is one.
6. IXFORJIATIOX FROM EYE-WITXESSES.
As the personal information on this trip, consequently, was somewhat limited,
.ns much as possible was made of the evidence of eye-witnesses. These may be
divided into three classes: (1) Those who were not sufficiently familiar with sea-
lions to be able to distinguish them from hair seals, (2) those who claimed to have
personally seen sea-lions chasing and eating some species of fish, (3) those who
claimed to have seen sea-lions eating fish and had also examined the stomachs of one
or more of these animals.
Of group (3) the majority were Indians, some of them old men, who, in earlier
days, had made use of many portions of the sea-lions for various purposes. Besides
these thei'e were two white men, viz., Mr. F. Tnrig, manager of the British Columbia
Packers' cannery at Wadhams on Rivers inlet, and Mr. J. Boyd, Fisheries Overseer
at Bella Bella. Group (2) included cannery men, cold storage men, active fishermen,
sea captains, fishery officers, as well as others, in no way directly connected with the
fishing business. The evidence of those in group (1) has not been considered.
Eepresentatives from numerous localities from Alert bay to Prince Rupert, and
all along the west coast of Vancouver island from cape Scott to Barkley sound sup-
plied information for this area and even beyond it to the mouth of the Nass river and
Hecate strait. Twenty-six in all made statements sufficiently definite to be worthy of
consideration. The commission does not vouch for any of the evidence submitted,
but sees no reason to doubt its accuracy. The points at least on which there was
general agreement must be accepted until such times as they can either be corroborated
or disproved. Already a portion of the evidence has been confirmed as shown in a
later portion of the report.
7. iJATERI.iLS USED BY SEA-I.IOXS AS FOOD.
There was not a dissenting voice to the assertion that sea-lions eat food fishes. Of
the food fishes eaten, salmon and halibut have been most frequently noticed, and of
the species of salmon, spring, sockeye and coho. Humpback and dog salmon were not
reported. Besides the salmon and halibut, other food fishes, viz.. herring, oolachan,
red cod, ling cod, and rock cod were mentioned. Devil fish (which probably included
squid also) were frequently mentioned, dogfish and birds in a single instance. It may
be well to note here that lack of positive evidence is not negative evidence. These men,
almost without exception, stated that they saw no signs of sea-lions chasing other than
food fishes or of the remains of other than food fishes in their stomachs. Naturally
so, because in the first place they would never take the trouble to learn the haunts of
fish not suitable for food, and in the second place, the sea-lions would be killed almost
entirely in the neighbourhood of fishing grounds of some sort, and would more likely
than otherwise have eaten those very food fishes. This does not prove that the sea-
lion does not eat anything else in the sea when the food fishes are not readily avail-
able. This matter is taken up again later.
B. C. SEA-LION lyVESTIGATION
13
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
S. IX.IIRY TO THE FISHING INDUSTRY.
With regard to the injury done to the fisheries of the province, only the salmon,
halibut, and herring industries need be considered. Taking first the salmon fishery,
the complaints of injury were almost wholly confined to the Rivers Inlet region. Here
the sockeye season is at its height just after the pupping season, during which period it
has been stated by many authorities, no food is taken by the adults. When the pups
are two or three weeks old, according to the Indians, they are able to swim at the
surface of tlie water and are then taken by the adults into the neighbouring waters
s/'^s -
40' -
«.•"... •'•s:-s,''--'i;
^^.
T> Ted' I
-^
5
^
^
1U
SOUND
MAP
or THE
JRnVEIRS ENLET
IRECDdDM
/5'
/^L
while the latter satisfy their appetites, now especially voracious after the long fast.
It is quite probable that the amount of the stomach content at that time (Mr. Inrig
reported having seen thirty-six sockeye salmon in one lion's stomach) cannot be taken
as typical for the whole year.
The sea-lion is such a powerful swimmer that it can readily overtake a salmon,
which it catches and shakes until the piece comes out and the bite is swallowed. If
the fish are plentiful, the bitten fish is not touched further but another is attacked in
a similar manner. If the fish are scarce the part of the fish left after the first bite
14 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
may be seized again by the same individual or by other individuals, as they commonly
go hunting in small herds. At times they find it more convenient to take the salmon
out of the gill-nets, especially when they are being hauled, as then the fish are near
the surface of the water. One case was reported where sixteen salmon in succession
were taken, as fast as the net was hauled to the surface, the one animal making the
entire capture. It is at such times that harm is done to the gear. The lions are so
powerful that if the net is taut they pass through it with ease. If it is looser they
may get tangled up in the net and do much more damage to it.
The rookery in the Sea Otter group of islands is opposite the mouth of Rivers inlet,
(see map, page 13), so that all schools of fish entering the inlet must pass near by. The
sockeye run comes just at the time when the lions need the greatest supply of food,
hence what could be more opportune for them.
Apparently in the early days of the industry the sea-lions were not so numerous.
It was not until about 1911 that they appeared in large enough numbers to be espe-
cially troublesome. In 1912 and in 1913 so many fish were taken from the nets set in
the inlet for some distance from the mouth that the fishermen found it useless to con-
tinue fishing in that locality. Many of the sea-lions were killed in 1914 and 1915, and
the season of 1915 was a particularly good one in the inlet.
The injury done to the halibut fisheries has not been so serious, partly because the
habits of the halibut require a difl'erent method of fishing. The attack made on an
individual of this species can only be observed when a halibut is taken from the hook
when that part of the line is near the surface, at which time the halibut is attacked in
the same way the salmon is. Damage was reported from Hecate strait and from the
area to the north and northwest of Vancouver island. In fishing for this species there
is little chance for any damage to gear.
Damage to the herring industry was reported only from Barkley sound. Here the
complaint was not so much that the numbers of the herring were being diminished as
that the schools are broken up, scattered and driven seaward. As many as 3O0 sea-
lions have been reported from the sound where they use the Bird rocks for a hauling-
out jilace. Two plants have been in operation, one at Ucluelet, near the entrance, and
the other at Uchucklesit, far up the sound. Barkley sound is a long distance from any
known rookery, but as the lions do not appear here until late in the fall, the pups no
longer need care, and as the adults are such powerful swimmers such distances would
not mean much to them. In other localities, notably Clayoquot, Quatsino sound, and
in the Nass river, herring runs are followed by sea-lions, but as yet not enough fishing
has been done for any special observation to be made.
9. THE FL.\TTERy ROOKERY.
This Malaspina trip covered the " spheres of influence " of all of the British
Columbia rookeries, but it was possible that it did more than that. Barkley sound is
a long way from Solander island, where, so far as is known, the nearest British Colum-
bia rookery exists. It is much nearer to what is generally spoken of as the Flattery
rookery, oil the west coast of the state of Washington. It is probable that occasional
sea-lions seen in the strait of Georgia, as far north as the mouth of the Fraser river
and at Entrance island, near Nanaimo, as well as others in the strait of Fuca, are from
the Flattery rookery. On that account it seemed desirable to obtain more definite
information concerning this rookery.
Mr. John N. Cobb, editor of the Pacific Fisherman, who has shown much interest
in the work of the commission, obtained the assistance of the United States Revenue
Service, P'ho kindly placed the Snohomish, Lieut. H. W. Pope commanding, at the
service of its members, for the purpose of visiting the rookery. As the State Depart-
ment was also interested in the information, Mr. Cobb went along to represent that
department.
B. C. SEA-LIOy lyVESTIGATIOX 15
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
On October 25, Mr. Cobb and Drs. Xewcombe and Fraser met the Snohominh at
Port Angeles and proceeded to Neah bay, where the night was spent in order to make
!\n early start in the morning to visit the rookery. In the morning, however, such a
storm was raging outside the cape, that visiting the rookery was out of the question.
The next day was no better, and hence the visit had to be abandoned. The trip was
not entirely in vain notwithstanding, as from the Indians at Neah bay it was learned
that the rookery in question is located on the Jagged islets, about nine miles south of
the Umatilla reef, or twenty-one miles south of cape Flattery. Judging from some
photographic prints of the rookery that were shown, it must be quite a large one. The
Indians, too, gave the impression that it was of large size although no definite estimate
could be obtained from them. From this rookery the sea-lions come out into the strait
of Fuca, haul out on rocks not far from Neah bay, and even come into the bay itself
after fish. The Indians here had the same stoi-y to tell concerning the eating of
halibut, salmon, and herring.
10. BARKLEY SOUND INVESTIGATION.
In order to obtain more definite information as to the damage done by Steller's
sea-lion than that afforded by the statements of white and Indian fishermen, certain
arrangements were made with Mr. Martin, manager of the Wallace Fisheries Com-
pany at Kildonan, Barkley sound. Mr. Martin courteously afforded every facility at
his disposal at the cannery, and the commissioners had such an excellent base of
supply provided for them that it was unnecessary to take any camp outfit.
Two points of special interest were to be taken up. The first was with regard
to the interference by sea-lions with the herring fishery in the way of keeping these fish
off-shore, or by breaking up the schools ; the second was with respect to the statement
that they annually devour large quantities of herring.
In 1915, the sea-lions made their first appearance for the season in Barkley sound
on November 1. On the morning of November 3, Dr. Fraser, being provided with
a motor-boat and two men from the cannery, was able to visit their hauling-out place
on Bird rocks. Small groups were seen from the entrance of Uchucklesit harbour to
Bird rocks, and on the rocks there were about sixty, but these fell off into the water
before it was possible to get a shot. It was an easy matter to chase small herds, up
to ten or twelve, for a long distance, as they kept together well, coming to the sur-
face often. Some shots were fired, but as no means of retrieving them were available
at the time, no specimen was obtained. Some photographs, indicating their presence,
were obtained, but otherwise these do not give much information. Apparently all of
these lions were of the Steller species, and there were no small ones in the lot.
On the following morning, on the way from Kildonan to Port Alberni, small
groups of lions were seen at intervals from the mouth of the harbour almost as far
as the Canadian Northern construction headquarters. In every locality in which they
were seen there was every evidence of herring schools there also.
From reports received by the chairman early in December, it was learned that
sea-lions were in great abundance in nearly all of the numerous inlets branching from
the larger waters, known as Barkley sound, and that they were as usual pursuing the
herrings, which were then being taken for curing and for bait. As stormy weather
then prevailed, causing wrecks and loss of life just outside of the sound, it was thought
that a more successful hunt could be made in the more inside waters of Uchucklesit
inlet. As Dr. Fraser was out of the province at the time, and Mr. Greenwood's
engagements prevented him from taking part in the investigation, the consideration
of the food question as far as these Barkley sound sea-lions were concei-ned w^^s under-
taken by Dr. Newcombe alone.
16
DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
It was a matter of congratulation, however, that Mr. Clyde L. Patch, Dominion
taxidermist, was able to take an active part in the investigation. Hearing from the
chairman that an attempt was to be made to secure a large number of sea-lions
(including, it was hoped, the California species), Mr. Taverner, zoologist of the Royal
Victoria Museum, Ottawa, supported by the Director of the Geological Survey, Dr.
R. G. McConnell, offered to send a skilled ta.xidermist, with a view to saving all
skeletons and skins for permanent preservation as a mounted group. Mr. Patch
co-operated heartily in the work of collecting specimens, and, in spite of very adverse
weather conditions, secured the desired parts of fourteen individuals, together with
data as to sex and size. He also made plaster casts of various parts, to be utilized
when mounting these specimens.
On arriving at Kildonan, a short distance inside of Uchucklesit inlet, on December
16, it was found that the herring and their pursuers were no longer there; they had
been for some weeks, but had passed out into the sound. Native hunters were secured,
and a small gasolene fish-boat was hired, in preference to the large craft, the loan
of which was offered by Mr. Martin. The two Indians were armed with rifles and
with the ordinary fur-seal spears of the west coast, in order to retrieve the bodies
of any •wounded individuals. Independent Indian hunters were also promised a
certain sum for every sea-lion they could secure.
B. C. ^EA-IAOy lyVESTIGATION
17
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
The first goal was the Bird rocks, the principal resort and retiring- place of
sea-lions in Barkley sound, where, it was stated, a day or two earlier, some hundreds
had been seen from passing vessels. On the way out two independent hunters in a
small canoe furnished with gasolene were overtaken. They had just wounded a
female sea-lion, and speared it while under observation.
At Bird rocks there was a large number of sea-lions, some hauled up, and a
large numlber swimming about close to the shore. All were somewhat wild, but two
were killed and hauled on board to be examined at leisure at Kildonan. The weather
was dull and rainy, and hence it was impossible to secure successful photographs.
After this the hunting was left to the Indians to carry on, resulting in eleven more
specimens being brought in, two of which were paid for by Mr. Patch on behalf
of the Geological Survey, as the chairman considered that a rvin of eleven or twelve
specimens, all telling the same story, was sufficient for the purpose of the commission.
On opening the stomachs of the twelve specimens containing fish, it was found
that all of them had herring in an immutilated condition. Evidently they had bolted
them without any mastication. The quantities amounted to from one-half to two
gallons, including the pulpy mass of more or less digested food. Two contained one
or two rounded stones.
The following table shows the sex, length, etc., of those examined, as noted by
Mr. Patch:—
Where Killed.
Sex.
Length.
Stomach Contents.
1
2
Bird rocks
Otf Uchucklesit
Male
Female
8 ft. 4J, in.
9 .. 5" „
8 „ 3 "
9 „ 2i ..
6 M 10 ..
8 „ 11 ..
8 ,. 2i „
8 „ H „
8 „ 2 .,
7 .. 34 .,
8 „ 8 M
7 .. 11 ..
8 .. 3i ,.
10 ., 4A ..
Small crabs, devil fish.
Stone, clam shell.
Herring.
4
Male
5
■•
7
R
Female
Male
"
q
,,
10
,1
11
12
13
Female
Male
"
14
1,
In addition to these fourteen, a male brought to Kildonan a few days previous
to the arrival of Dr. Newcombe and Mr. Patch, was opened and examined by Mr.
W. A. Newoombe, who reported that it had been killed amongst the herring, and
that it contained a large num;ber of these fish and their skeletons, in addition to a
pulpy mass of indistinguishable material.
From the results above detailed it seemed clear that at this time of the year, at
least, the main food of Stellar's sea-lion, while in Bai'kley sound, is one of the most
important food fishes of the province, and that the contention of the white and native
fishermen relating thereto was amply sujjported by incontestable evidence.
Some of the stomach contents were bottled up and sent to Dr. Fraser for exam-
ination, on which he reports as follows: The main portion of the material from sea-
lion stomachs sent from Barkley sound consisted of herring in a more or less digested
state, but the other contents are worth considering. These were (1) the dorsal fin
and some vertebrae of dogfish — enough to make diagnosis definite; (2) a portion of
a vertebral column of a flatfish — not enough to make identification of species possible;
(3) a clavicle from some bony fish, jwssibly from the same flatfish ; (4) a number
of cephalopod beaks; (5) a clam shell that bad been bored by Thais; (0) small
stones; (7) numerous nematode parasites of the Ascaris type.
18 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
The finding of the dogfish remains is especially interesting. Only one of all the
eyewitnesses examined mentioned dogfish as an article of sea-lion diet. In recent
years the dogfish have been so numerous in Barkley sound during the early part of
the herring season that the fishermen find it unprofitable to put out their nets since
the dogfish do so much damage to them. It may be only a coincidence, but when
the sea-lions come in about the first of November, the dogfish no longer interfere with
the nets. The fact that sea-lions do eat dogfish indicates that it might be more than
a coincidence. Without question the dogfish is a greater pest than the sea-lion at the
present time. It might be a still greater pest if the sea-lion were exterminated.
The flatfish remains, as well as those of the squid and devilfish, indicate that at
times the sea-lion is a bottom feeder, possibly only in shallow water. The dead clam
shell and the stones were likely scooped up when the bottom feeding was being
carried on.
From the variety obtained in two of the stomachs it seems as though the sea-
lion is not restricted in its diet but that anything will serve, the most abundant
material receiving the greatest attention.
11. IXFORMATION' BY CORRESPOXDEXCE.
AYhile the investigation in the sea-lion haunts was being carried on, the secretary
was getting information by correspondence. To facilitate and unify this, a set of
questions, accompanied by a circular letter (see appendix), was sent to each British
Columbia cannery manager, etc., who was likely to have knowledge of any phase of the
question. To these questions a large number of replies were obtained, and these, in
general, definitely confirmed the evidence already quoted, and brought out some points
BOt previously considered.
Comparatively few endeavoured to estimate damage to gear, but the total estimates
given amounted to over $1,600 for the year 1915. It was scarcely expected that any
very definite figures would be given for the value of the fish lost b.y mutilation or for the
diverted run of fish but a number of replies indicated that in the case of the salmon,
the value of the fish lest by mutilation, and in the case of the herring, the value of the
loss by diverted run, would be considerable. The only place where any definite change
in the number of sea-lious was noted was at Rivers inlet, where there was a definite
increase during 1911-12-13, and since then a noticeable decrease.
Xone of those directly interested in the fish business could give any definite
information as to the value of sea-lions. Such information from other sources will
be treated separately.
The correspondents were almost unanimously in favour of complete extermina-
tion, to ensure which they wished a Government bounty, none of them feeling able
to cope with the situation themselves. That extermination might be as rapid as
possible, shooting the adults and clubbing the pups on the rocks soon after they were
born in June, should afford the most definite results, although poisoning and other
extreme methods were also suggested. These methods would not do very well in
Barkley sound where the sea-lions come in late in the fall. As a bounty mark, the
muzzle seemed to satisfy the majority, although it was also suggested that the mark
should be changed from year to year.
12. KILLIXG SEA-LIOXS.
Nothing was done systematically towards the killing of sea-lions, except in
Barkley sound, where it has been going on with more or less vigour for several years,
until the year 1914. So much damage was done to the fisheries of Rivers inlet in
1913 (Manager Inrig estimated the loss of gear at TVadham's caimery alone at
B. C. SEA-LIOy IXTESTIGATION 19
SESSIONA . PAPER No. 38a
$3,021) thai; the following year several eaimerymen decided to co-operate in decreas-
ing the number. A levy of $1.50 was made for each boat fishing, and as there were
TOO boats fishing, this provided a fund of $1,050. Two dollars a tail were offered for
.cea-lions, and in thirty-six hours enough tails were obtained to take up all the bounty,
that is to say 535 were procured.
During this year again, on Barkley sound, men were supplied with guns and
ammunition and sent to drive the sea-lions away from the schools of herring. They
can be chased thus like herds of cattle. Xo effort was made to retrieve any of those
shot, but a large number must have been killed.
In 1915, Wadham's cannery supplied two gasolene fish carriers, and giving twenty
men to each a holiday, armed them with rifles and supplied them with between $400
and $500 worth of ammunition, sent them off to the rookery to kill sea-lions. The
first trip was made in the second or third week in May, and a thousand rounds of
ammunition were used. Hundreds must have been killed, but only three noses were
taken home. The second hunt took place in the first week in June. This time 200
muzzles were obtained, and it was estimated that "50 altogether must have been killed.
The muzzles were handed in to the fishery ofiicer for the bounty of $2, which was placed
on sea-lions last year by the Department of Fisheries, $5,750 being set aside for that
purpose. This bounty was all used up early in June, many muzzles being brought
in after the bounty money had all been paid out.
Of the 2,875 sea-lions for which bounty was paid, 1,160 were killed at or near the
Sea Otter group at the mouth of Elvers Inlet, 1,616 on the East and West Haycocks
(islands in the cape Scott group) and the few remaining at various spots along the
coast. Beside the number mentioned from the Haycocks, 674 were brought in too
late for bounty. (These figures were supplied by Mr. F. H. Cunningham, Chief
Inspector of Fisheries, the list including the number to whom bounty was paid, the
number and the location where obtained. See Appendix B).
In the two years, therefore, there is positive evidence that 4,074 sea-lions were killed,
3,549 in 1915, and 525 in 1914. According to the statements of Fisheries Overseer
Saugstad at Elvers inlet, and Boyd at Bella Bella, through whom most of the bounty
was applied for, there would certainly not be more than 50 per cent saved of those
killed. Of the adults, there might not be more than one in ten, but among the pups
there would be quite a large proportion. Approximately 75 per cent of the muzzles
brought in were from pups. In the localities alone in which sea-lions were killed for
bounty in 1914 and 1915. at a conservative estimate there must have been 8,000 killed, of
which approximately 6,000 were pups. The number killed in Barkley sound and at
isolated spots elsewhere would add materially to this number. At such a rate, extermi-
nation would not seem far off. In fact it was practical extermination of the 1915
increase on the Sea Otter and Haycock rookeries.
Comparing these numbers with the estimated number for the whole coast, 11,000,
given by Dr. Neweombe as seen in 1913, it would seem that an estimate based on the
numbers that may be seen at the rookeries and hauling-out places, must be too low.
Even during the pupping season, all the lions will not be on the rookeries at the same
time, for while the adult male and female may fast at such a time, there is no evidence
that immature individuals do so, and the probability is that they feed then as they
do at other times of the year. During the rest of the year, it is known that at times
all the members of a herd may be away from the rookery or hauling-out place at one
time, but there is no assurance that all of them are ever on the rocks at the same time.
Certainly there are times when some are on the rocks and others are in the water, since
that has been observed by the commissioners on different occasions. If they are not
all on the rocks at the same time, an estimate based on the number seen at any one
time would not take into account those in the water.
20 DEPARTilEyr OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Consider the case of Solander island for example. In the investigation by Dr.
Xewcombe in 1913, since at times there were no lions whatever visible, doubt was
expressed as to its being a rookery (there is now conclusive evidence that it is),
although at other times upwards of one thousand were seen there. Even when a
thousand of them were ou the rocks there may have been many more scattered about,
actively feeding or in search of food.
Taking it for granted, therefore, that 11,000 was a fair estimate in 1913 for the
number of sea-lions that could be seen at the rookeries and hauling-out places, it is
e^■^dent that to this number, an addition must be made, amounting to an unknown
percentage of the whole number, to get at the total number in British Columbia waters.
13. COMMEECI.^L USES TO WHICH SE.\-L10X CARCASSES MIGHT BE PUT.
From evidence of manufacturers and sea-lion hunters the suggestion was con-
veyed to the commissioners that there was an economic and commercial value in sea-
lion hides, whiskere, and carcasses. Under the bounty system the whole carcass of a
sea-lion, with the exception of the muzzle, is disregarded, thrown into the sea, or left
on the rookeries or hauling-out grounds to putrify, so far as any effort is made by the
Government to utilize it. Much time was spent and many persons interviewed in
obtaining definite information as to the feasibility of utilizing sea-lion carcasses for
commercial purposes, with the happy result, however, of its being demonstrated that
the hide of a sea-lion is eminently suitable for tanning into leather, from which
durable and serviceable gloves and boots to-day are being made; that the whiskers
have a value of 25 cents a piece to Orientals; and that the flesh can be rendered into
oil and guano, for which a good market is ever available. While it was impossible,
owing to the short time at the disposal of the commissioners, to investigate this side
of the problem in an exhaustive manner, on account of the great distances from
Vancouver and Victoria to San Francisco and New York, where comiprehensive and
accurate corroboration of the commercial uses of the carcasses of sea-lions can be
obtained, yet sufficient evidence was discovered to jwint to the conclusion that in
killing sea-lions the economic value of their entire carcasses should be taken into con-
i-ideration, so that, if it were found possible and feasible, then the monetary returns
from the disposal of the carcasses in the form of hides, whiskers, oil, and guano
would at least equal and possibly, with care, exceed the amount of the bounty offered
by the Government. It is in the mind of the commissioners that if such a consum-
mation could be reaeshed, a real service to industry and the country could be rendered.
It is in this direction that the commissioners desire to pursue their inquiries during
the coming year.
What turn that inquiry might take is indicated by the fact that Mr. W. F.
Kobinson, president of the Robinson Fisheries Company, manufacturers, producers,
and distributors of fish oil and fish fertilizer, Anacortes, ^^'ashi^gton, writing to the
commission under date of August 11, 1915, says : " We have never yet had the car-
casses of sea-lions to use in our fertilizer plant, but could do so if we had them, as
we understand they grow to a very large size. Unless the expense of obtaining the
sea-lions is too great, or your works are not near the source of production, we believe
they could be handled to advantage."
Messrs. Anderson and Miskin, US Seymour street, Vancouver, in answer to an
inquiry from the commission, wrote the following letter, in which it is understood
that the oil from the sea-lions corresponds to seal oil: —
" Replying to your telephonic inquiry re our requirements of seal oil, we
are buyers of the same quality as is produced in Newfoundland from the
blubber of the young harps (hair seal). It is principally used in miners' lamps,
and must be free of moisture. If we get the right quality, we can use 500 to
B. C. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 21
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
700 tons per annum. Samples are usually submitted before we purchase, or
it is guaranteed to be the finest quality, and what is termed 'water white.'
Straw and coloured oil, which is much cheaper, we handle a small quantity of.
Oil from old harps is very much darker than what is produced from the young
ones.
" There is a good market for seal oil in United Kingdom, and we have
no doubt whatever that, if the stuff can be produced on the Pacific coast, it
would be to our mutual advantage. If a small trial lot was sent home on con-
signment through us, it would enable our friends to judge of the character of
the oil, and if not suited for their purposes there would be no difficulty in dis-
posing of it in the open market. If, on the other hand, it did suit them, they
would doubtless be willing to make a contract for the quantity we have already
stated, under guarantee of quality equal to consignment parcel, of which sealed
samples could be retained here."
As to guano obtained from fish, whales, and other sea animals, its price is in
the neighbourhood of $40 a ton. It is used as a fertilizer, and also manufactured into
chicken food. The demand is steady and growing. Similar guano, it is thought,
could be made from the carcasses of sea-lions.
In relation to the manufacture of sea-lion hide products, the commission is
indebted to E. C. Grinnell, British Columbia Glove Company, Eburne, Point Grey, for
valuable information obtained during an interview on October 32. Mr. Grinnell
speaks from personal knowledge as in his factory he has made gloves, boots, and
moccasins from sea-lion hides. In fact, he has built up a small but substantial
business in leather goods made from sea-lion hides. Naturally, therefore, he is
emphatic in his declaration that sea-lions are of commercial value, especially for
their hides.
In 1913 he took a hunting trip to Haycock islands and got 50O hides which,
when green and salted, weighed almost 200 pounds apiece. These hides he tanned
in the ordinary way and made into gloves in his factory which in the fall of that
year, was situated at Coquitlam. In tanning the hide reduces about 75 per cent,
and when tanned runs from an inch to a quarter of an inch in thickness. It is thin
under the flippers but it is thicker on the belly than on the back. In making the
hide into leather it may be split into three layers, and when thus split can be readily
manipulated. From this leather, chrome-tanned leather gloves are made. From the
hide of a fair-sized male, 2J to 3 dozen pairs of gloves may be made, but taking an
average of male, female and pup, only about 25 square feet of leather can be obtained,
enough to make one dozen pairs of gloves. The range of gloves made runs from the
fine automobile gloves or gauntlets to the heavy loggers' mittens, the former selling
at $24 a dozen pairs and the latter from $10.50 to $15. No better material can be
obtained for loggers' mittens, as the hide of the sea-lion by nature is of fine fibre,
tough, strong, flexible, and of close grain, enabling it to keep out water, while still
retaining its pliability. The other gloves as well are very durable and serviceable.
On the day following the interview, Mr. Grinnell brought into the secretary's office
two pairs of gloves made from sea-lion hide, tanned in his own factory and made
up in the interval. One pair was from the hide of a sea-lion pup, this selling at
$1.50 or, by the dozen, $12.50; the other was from an adult, selling at $1.75 a pair, or
$13.50 a dozen. The secretary 'bought the two pairs, and has them on exhibition in
his office at present. With eight or nine men working, twenty-five to fifty pairs of
gloves a day are made. More men are wanted, as the output could easily be increased.
Glove business from sea-lion hides is a good business. There is a ready market in
Canada for all the factory can turn out.
The moccasins that Mr. Grinnell makes from the sea-lion hides give good satis-
faction. They are pliable and fit snugly to the foot. The price is $26 per dozen
38a— 3
22 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
pairs. Boots from these hides stand water as well as rubber boots. A pair were
made for a customer, who has to wade throug-h water and chemical liquor all the
time while at work, and even here they gave excellent satisfaction. For boot purposes,
green hides are better than dry hides, but all sea-lion hides are good.
Mr. Grinnell would be glad to consider a proposal to buy all the sea-lion hides
that could be delivered to him, and is sure if he could get the supply at a fair prite
he could build up a large industry. He would be willing to pay 5 cents a pound for
green hides if be were guaranteed 5,000 hides. If he could get hides in large enough
numbers to make it worth while he could ship them to San Francisco, as he has a
standing order to ship any hides he can get at 6 or 7 cents a pound for green hides
of females and pups and 2 cents a pound for males, but he has to pay the freight.
It would take 5,000 per annum to satisfy this demand.
If the lions can be obtained, the skinning is a simple matter. A good man can
skin a lion in from fifteen to twenty-five minutes and should be able to skin three or
four an hour. He would thus make good wages if he could get steady work for the
day at 25 cents a skin.
Mr. Grinnell is of the opinion that the oil from the sea-lion alone should make it
worth while saving the carcass, and the remainder of the carcass made into guano
or chicken food should command a good price.
P. H. McMullen, representing the McMullen Hide and Fur Company, 956 Powell
street, Vancouver, said he would handle any quantity of sea-lion bides at a price similar
to that suggested by Mr. Grinnell.
14. BOUNTY PAYMENTS FCR KILLTNG SEA-LIONS.
By good fortune the commission interviewed A. K. Sinclair, 2940 Ontario street,
Vancouver, a sea-faring man, an old sealer and perhaps the pioneer sea-lion hunter for
profit in British Columbia. He tells the sea-lion story from a different viewpoint,
that of the hunter. In May, 1914, he was on a hunting trip for Hibbard & Stewart,
hide dealers, 958 Powell street, Vancouver, as skipper of the schooner Tuladi, the
agreement being that he was to receive 3 cents a pound for green salted sea-lion hides,
delivered in Vancouver.
He was at Rivers inlet on May 25, 1914, where, he states, he organized the plan
mentioned elsewhere in this report by which the canners there gave $1,050 in bounty
in an effort to diminish the depredations of the sea-lions by killing off a number of
them.
Sinclair had to wait about a week for good weather before he could get on the
Virgin rocks. From his anchorage in Schooner Eetreat, every day he spied out the
land until conditions were ripe. On June 5 or 6 he made a landing on the Virgin
rocks from a dory. The sea-lions made as if they would prevent his landing, but after
killing five or six of them from the dory he and one hunter succeeded in getting on the
rocks. They left one man on the schooner and one man in the dory not far from the
rocks. It was breeding season, and all the sea-lions stayed on the rocks when the
landing was made. The lions were not frightened, they did not stampede, they seemed
indifferent to the visitors. If any sea-lions slid off the rocks on the approach of the
hunters they returned to the rocks after the hunters landed.
The hunters shot all the cows and bulls they could within that radius, and cut the
tails from all they had killed to collect the bounty. They started killing at 6 in the
morning and finished at 2 in the afternoon. At the end of the killing, 750 tails were
counted. They then turned back to Rivers inlet, declared enough tails to collect $1,050
and hoping that more bounty might be put up they did not reveal the possession of a
greater number.
B. C. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 23
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
After Sinclair and his crew had collected t}ie bounty they went back to the Virgin
rocks and skinned some of the sea-lions for their hides. They got about 2,000 pounds,
when the -weather turned bad and prevented any further landings. The wind came in
from the west every day about 10 a.m. and kept blowing steadily and strong until
evening, when it died down. All that they got from the hides on this trip amounted
to $60, but they had the $1,050 bounty money besides.
The following year, leaving Vancouver on May 12, Sinclair with two others took
the -lO-foot gasoline schooner Atlintoo up the coast to hunt for sea-lions. They got a
few near Smiths inlet. On May 16 they were off Virgin rocks, but very few sea-lions
were in sight. They arrived at Eivers inlet May 20, where they tried to get the
eanners again to put up a bounty fund, but the canners had decided to go hunting sea-
lions on their own account. Sinclair describes the hunting party from the canneries
as composed of sixteen or twenty men armed with "pop guns," twenty-two rifles,
revolvers, and other firearms. They left Eivers inlet 2 a.m. one Sunday, went to
Virgin rocks, and got back about four in the afternoon. They were not snccessful,
as they had begun too early. Four noses were all they had. (The bounty mark had
been changed from tails to noses.) Later, many other parties from Eivers inlet went
out to Virgin rocks, until from much shooting the sea-lions got scared off. On
June 3 Sinclair and his crew got fourteen noses after making a landing on Virgin
rocks. He found the sea-lions timid, for as soon as they saw the launch they got
off the rocks into the water, and even the mothers left their young when the hunters
landed. " The sea-lions went off like shee^)." He was dissatisfied with Virgin rocks
and went to Calvert island, where he anchored, and got four noses one day, ten another,
and eight another. In all he got fifty-seven noses, and landed at Eivers inlet, where
he collected on them in the name of George Allen. Fifteen noses he brought to
Vancouver and collected on them there.
Mr. Sinclair declares that to make a success of sea-lion hunting it is necessary
to be able to land on Virgin rocks every day or every other day. He says that if
there had been a bounty in 1914 he could have killed 90 per cent of those on Virgin
rocks. If he had been offered $2,500 to clear the sea-lions off Virgin rocks in 1914
and protect the Eivers inlet fisheries he would have accepted it and done the job
completely. The proper way to attack these animals to reduce their numbers is to
get the old ones first. When females are pupping the old sea-lions never leave the
rocks to feed or do anything else. The bull sea-lions are as thin as rakes after the
cows are done pupping, at which, time they are all very voracious. If it is desired to
exterminate the sea-lions, all the rookeries should be hunted at the same time. During
the pupping season they are easily fooled, since they persist in staying on the breed-
ing grounds. Sinclair would take six or seven good shots and reach the rocks about
June 1. He would hide three men on the rocks with orders to shoot only the old
ones and to shoot to kill, aiming at the spot just below the ear. The old ones will
not leave the rocks at this time if they are not fired at from tbe water, and the pups
cannot, for they are not strong enough, as they are suckled by the mothers for ten
(lays or two weeks after birth. When the adults are killed the pups can readily be
clubbed, and if not they would die of starvation.
Sinclair is of the opinion that bounty should not be paid unless the hide were
brought in, as the hide could be sold for more than the bounty. He would be willing
to hunt sea-lion?, collecting a bounty on the hide of $1 for pups, $3 for females, and
$2 for bulls. He says also that bounty paid on sea-lions killed at a long distance from
any locality where fishing is in operation is money thrown away. He thinks East
Haycocks, Tree Nob island, Butterwortb rocks, Massett, Banks island. Price island,
Bonilla banks, and Aristazable island are too far away from Eivers inlet to allow
sea-lions from them to be the cause of depredations to fishing.
An article appeared in the Pacific Motor-Boat, Seattle, Wash., in November, 1915,
treating of sea-lion hunting by motor-boat in Oregon, so pertinent to the Canadian
38a— 34
24 DEPAKTilEXT OF THE SATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
inquiry that, with the permission of the publisher, Mr. Miller Freeman, it is repro-
duced in part: —
"A rather unique industry is carried on each year in motor-boats oil the
coast of Curry county, Oregon. The Rogue River reef and the Cape Blanco
reel are each year combed for sea-lions, and the work of killing them is often
hazardous and dangerous.
'■ The killing is not done for amusement, but for profit, the skins being
valued at from $4 to $6 each, and some other portions of the carcass being of
suificient value to make the average for each animal killed between $5 and $6.
The annual slaughter does not take place until the young areborn, usually
in July and August. This plan of leaving the pups insures a supply for the
hunters the next year and there is no danger of the disappearance of the sea-lions
from the vicinity where they are sought.
The largest rocks in the Blanco reef are off shore from three to seven miles
and the hunters must go well prepared. It is possible they might be obliged
to stay about the rocks two or three days at a time, for the ocean occasionally
becomes so rough the small boats are obliged to stay in the lee until the weather
improves.
Until late years the hunters used rowboats in which to seek the lions and
sometimes were on the rocks several days before they could return ashore at
Port Orford, the nearest town. Recently, however, gasoline boats are utilized
altogether in hunting. It is customary to go from shore to the rocks where the
sea-lions make their home, in a small open craft, and, after making a kill, the
skins are picked up from the reef by a larger craft, the gasoline schooner Tramp,
a 15-ton boat of Marshfield. Captain John Swing has transported the sea-liou
hides in the Tramp from the two reefs for the past ten years, trans-shipping
them for San Francisco at Coos Bay.
The average number of hides secured each season varies from 300 to 400,
the hunters feeling they have done a profitable season's work if they make a
clear profit of $1,000, since the season is only for a month, and the time goes
quickly while they are engaged. The hides are used by manufacturers for
belting. They are prepared by salting them heavily but not tanned until they
reach their destination at San Francisco. The skins ^re heavy, the hunters
finding them occasionally weighing 150 pounds when secured from an animal
of extraordinary size.
Taking the skins from the sea-lions is an occupation that calls for quick
and expert ability. A good skinner can take a hide off in from five to seven
minutes, when working at ordinary speed. Robert Forty and James Crewe
each has a record of skinning a common-sized animal in three and a half
minutes. While there is no means of weighing the sea-lions, the hunters
estimate their weight from 1,500 to over 3,000 pounds. The larger the pelt, of
course, the better the price is secured."
Thus it will be seen that in paying a bounty of $2 for each muzzle of a slain sea-
lion and disregarding the hide and carcass, there is lost an opportunity to encourage
the prevention of fisheries depredations and at the same time, by means of a business
organization centered in the government officials, make the sea-lion, through its hide
and carcass, pay the bounty and more. When further facts are obtained concerning
methods of organization, aiming at using for commercial purposes the sea-lion carcass,
the commission should be able to outline a plan that would achieve that economical
and conservative result.
/?. C. SEA-LION IN7B8TI0ATI0N 25
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
15. C0M3LUSI0NS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
The commissioners are satisfied that as the numbers of sea-lions in or near Kivers
inlet increased from 1911 to 1913, they were present in sufficient numbers to be a
serious menace to the fishing industry, although there was no diminution in the pack
until 1913. Thus the pack for 1910 was 129,398 cases, for 1911, 101,066 cases, and for
1912, it amounted to 137,697 cases; in 1913 there were only 68,096 cases put up, the
smallest pack since 1901. This was the year in which it was found useless to fish
farther out towards the mouth of Rivers inlet than the entrance to Draineys inlet.
The fact that the fishermen had to stop all fishing in this region on account of the
number of fish taken out of the nets and the amount of damage done to gear is backed
up by the fact that the cannery managers of the five outer canneries in the inlet were
willing to put up their own money in 1914 as a bounty that the number of sea-lions
might be reduced. Coincident with the decrease in the number brought about in this
way in 1914, the pack went up again, amounting to 109,052 eases. While the fluctu-
ation from year to year is always evident, the great decrease in the pack for 1913 can
scarcely be accounted for on that basis. In 1915 a bounty of two dollars per muzzle
was placed on sea-lions by the Department of Fisheries. This might have been
expected to help out the Rivers inlet canneries, and probably it did so as the pack
146,838 cases, slightly surpassed the previous high record of 1912. Of this pack, over
130,000 cases were sockeye, over 27 per cent of the total sockeye pack for the province
for this year. Since such a pack is worth approximately $1,200,000, it is certainly
worth conserving.
However, as this bounty of two dollars was an indiscriminating bounty, its
success was not unqualified. It is true that many sea-lions were killed in the vicinity
of Rivers inlet, but it is also true, as shown in this report, that more than twice the
number were killed at points too far distant from Rivers inlet to have any effect on
the fishing there, not because sea-lions, on occasion, do not travel so far, but that at,
and for some time after, the pupping season, they remain in the vicinity of the
lookery, and this season corresponds with the time of the sockeye run in Rivers inlet.
Furthermore, it is commonly believed that the numbers in the Sea Otter rookery
have greatly increased since the lions were driven from Triangle island after the
erection of the lighthouse and the installation of a wireless plant there. If this is
true, the killing of so many sea-lions on the East and West Haycocks in 1915 will
tend to drive those uninjured away from these islands and hence it might increase
the nimiibers in the Sea Otter rookery, thus doing harm rather than good to the Rivers
inlet fishing. Since only the muzzle was required to obtain the bounty, it was possible
for a very few individuals to kill a sufficient number on the rookeries in a very
short time to take up all of the bounty, whether these lions were doing any harm or
not, consequently, in other cases where sea-lions, likely to be doing harm, were
killed, there was no bounty available. As an example, the Barkley sound fishermen
had made 'complaints of depredations by sea-lions but as the whole available bounty
was used up in June, while the sea-lions did not come into Barkley sound until the
first of November, the Barkley sound fishermen received no benefit whatever from the
bounty. If the skins and carcasses had been made use of, such wholesale killing in
such a short period would not have been possible, and some return might have been
obtained from the money expended.
The opinion is still held by eminent S'cientifie men that it has not yet been
proved that fish is an important item of the food of sea-lions. Drs. Merriam, Ever-
mann and Hornaday have been much quoted in this regard. These men and others,
during the California controversy, recfused to put any faith in the statements of the
fishermen regarding the sea-lion depredations. The period covered by the researches
of the commission has been a I'jnited one but even in this limited period snifficietat
26 DEPARTMEXT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
evidence was obtained to prove that during a certain time of the year at least, food
fish are eaten in large quantities by grey sea-lions. As in this instance the state-
ments of the fishermen are definitely corroborated, there is evidently a fair basis
for accepting other statements upon which there is general agreement, provided
always that allowance must be made for a bias, natural to those interested in this as
in any other question. It is on account of this bias that the evidence from inde-
pendent witnesses is always desirable. Taking that into consideration, it is recom-
mended that the commission should continue to study the life-history of the sea-lion,
particularly during the breeding season, which corresponds to the time of the big run
of sockeye at Rivers inlet. This should be accomplished with comparative ease but
the habits during the remainder of the year cannot be so readily ascertained as in
such investigation many difficulties will have to be overcome.
The amount of food required just after the pupping season cannot be considered
as an index for the rest of the year. That taken by the sea-lions in Barkley sound
in November and December would be much nearer the average. The results of feeding
in captivity do not help much as opinions differ so markedly. Thus, as previously
quoted, Homaday states that 12 pounds a day or less is sufficient food for an adult
male sea-lion, while Scammon says, the keeper at Woodward's Gardens, San Francisco,
informed him that he fed a male and a female sea-lion, regularly, every day, fifty
pound's of fresh fish. ^ In any case, the amount of food required by a sea-lion in
captivity, where its movements are necessarily much restricted, might be very different
to the amount required by one during the active life out in the sea, where, in many
instances, the food is so plentiful that there is great temptation to eat more than
actual necessity calls for.
The presence of dogfish remains in the stomach of a sea-lion caught in Barkley
sound opens up a large question that should be investigated, particularly in view of
the statement that the dogfish cease to bother the herring nets as soon as the sea-lions
.■ippear in the neighbourhood. While a definite comparison of the damage done to
the herring fishery by the dogfish and the sea-lion is impossible, this at least can be
said : while it does not pay to fish for herring when the dogfish interfere and the sea-
lions are absent, it does pay to do so when the reverse is the case. If the disappear-
ance of the dogfish is in any sense due to the presence of the sea-lion, the sooner the
matter is investigated the better.
Although at the present time no other species is so much a pest as the dogfish,
there are other undesirable species, and while the commission has no definite infor-
mation as to the relation of any of these to the sea-lion, the possibility of the sea-lion's
maintaining equilibrium in such cases is worthy of consideration.
While the commissioners recommend that sea-lions should be driven away or
greatly reduced in numbers where it is evident that they are doing appreciable damage,
they are not satisfied that there is any necessity for decreasing the numbers at other
rookeries, except after some organized plan by which the pups could be free from
injury, as in the case mentioned off the Oregon coast, in order that the industrial
value of the sea-lions should be conserved, and more particularly in view of the pos-
sible friendly offices of the sea-lion that suggest further inquiry. Even in the ease
where it is considered necessary to diminish the number of sea-lions materially, the
monetary value of the hide and carcass should be taken into consideration in any
Iilan adopted.
CHARLES F. NEWCOMBE.
WM. HAMAR GREENWOOD.
C. McLEAN ERASER.
1 Scammon, C. M. Marine Mammals of the Northwest<?rn Coast, 1874, page 135.
B. C. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 27
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Part II.
REPORT AND CONCLUSIONS OF THE SEA-IION INVESTIGATION, 1916.
lu order to ascertain the effect upon the sea-lion population of the bounty of $2
per head which was placed upon them early in the year 1915, and the desirability or
otherwise of continuing it, the commission appointed by the Biological Board of
Canada considered it advisable: (1) to procure the number of individuals killed in
order to obtain the bounty, (2) to visit the rookeries in order to make an estimate of
the number of sea-lions still remaining in the province (3) to visit all localities from
which complaints had been sent of depredations by these animals, and (4) to inves-
tigate, as far as possible, the nature of the food of the sea-lions, as grave doubts had
been expressed by well-known men of sciejice as to whether food fish formed any part
of their diet, some authorities even stating that their principal food consisted of
animals which are enemies of fish used by man.
The lateness of the season when the commissioners were first able to commence
their labours and the unsuitability of the valuable government vessel for approaching
the rookeries placsd at their disposal, prevented them from completing the programme
thus sketched. The number of sea-lions killed was obtained with approximate accu-
racy ; a great deal of information was procured from the various fishing stations as to
the damage done by them during the fishing season and a beginning was made in the
line of inquiry as to whether sea-lions do or do not eat food fish at one of the points
at which complaint was made of their interference and destructive habits.
The rookeries, however, were not adequately examined, nor had the commissioners
any opportunity of personally investigating the food question at Rivers inlet, one of
the most important salmon fisheries on the coast and one from which the most urgent
complaints of damage had emanated, and also that one in the neighbourhood of which
by far the greatest number of sea-lions, pups and adults, had been slaughtered early
in 1915.
It was therefore pointed out by the commissioners in their report for 1915 that
it was their opinion that, with the object of completing the task originally proposed
by them, their work should be resimied in 1916 early enough to be on Rivers inlet
fishing ground during part of the salmon season and also in time to visit the rookeries
when the sea-lions were assembled to bear their young, in order to be able to make
as accurate an estimate of their numbers as possible.
The lack of facilities for communication with Rivers inlet made it difficult to
decide on the most suitable time to visit this locality. The regular mail service and
the telegraph and telephone communication made it an easy matter to get data as to
conditions at Barkley sound, but at Rivers inlet telegraph and telephone communica-
tion is lacking and mail arrives but once a week.
From reports already received the commission was led to believe that sea-lion
depredation occurred both before and after the pupping season in early June. Since
it was desirable to get as full information as possible as to the numbers of sea-lions
at the different rookeries, it seemed possible that this could be obtained during the
trip in which the Rivers inlet question was to be considered.
For the twofold purpose especially, a 45-foot motor launch, the Emok, was char-
tered, with Captain Massey commanding. Leaving Vancouver on June 21 and
Departure Bay the following morning, a start was made for Rivers inlet, and
28 DEPARTMENT OF THE y'ATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Wadhams was reacted on June 24. On this part of the trip, as well as throughout
the remainder of it, advantage was. taken of every opportunity to confirm or add to
the information already received.
Contrary to expectations, there was no sign of any sea-lions in the inlet and no
word of any being seen, singly or in herds, as they had been reported early in the
season in other years. Since, therefore, there was no immediate prospect of carrying
on personal investigation in Rivers inlet, the commission proceeded to make a survey
of the various rookeries.
17. SURVEY OF THE ROOKERIES.
I. The Sea Otter Group.
In the first place attention was directed to the rookery on the Sea Otter group of
islands, near the entrance to Rivers inlet. Manager Inrig offered to send out a Wad-
hams Cannery boat with its crew and others armed with rifles to shoot some sea-lions
for inspection. The offer was accepted, and on June 25 the rookeries were visited.
On Pearl rocks, tie first of the group to be visited (see fig. 2), there were about
250 sea-lions, about 50 of them being pups. As the sea was smooth, a landing was
made from a row-boat, on the lai-gest of the rooks, and a female, 7 feet 1 inch long,
which had been shot, was opened and examined, but the stomach was empty. Here,
as on the other rocks in this group, the pups were very young, some of them newly
l)orn, and none of them yet able to take to the water or to swim properly if they did
get in.
Watch rock (see fig. 3), was next visited, but on this there were three adults.
Two of these were shot and examined. They were both small males, one of them 7 feet
6 inches in length (see fig. 5) and the other 8 feet 1 inch. The stomachs were empty.
Finally the Virgin group was visited. This group consists of three larger rocky
islands and other smaller ones. There were lions on all, a total number of at least
2,500, of which nearly 1,000 were pups. One male, 10 feet 4 inches long (see fig. 13),
was examined, with the same result as in the other eases.
Evidently it was no use trying to learn what the sea-lion takes as food by
examining the stomachs of those killed on the rookeries, and hence the members of
the commission wished for no further slaughter. The boat crew were not satisfied
with this, however, and many more were made to suffer. The adults all took to the
water at the sound of the first volley if they had not already done so on the near
approach of the boat, but they come to the surface at short intervals, rising until
the head, neck and shoulders are visible, at which time they offer a target to the
marksmen. The young pups are very helpless, so that they may easily be approached
and many of these were clubbed to. death. (It was in this way that most of them
were killed for bounty the previous year.) Several photographs of pup groups were
obtained on both Pearl and Virgin rocks (see figs. 6-13).
IT. The East Hay cods.
On the following day, June 26, the rookeries to the northwest of Vancouver
island, on what is sometimes known as the cape Scott group of islands, were visited.
On the way from Rivers inlet, sea-lions were again seen on the islands of the Sea
Otter group, but no attempt was made to get near enough to make an estimate of the
number. Channel rock to the southward of Pearl rocks was showing slightly above
water and on it there were about twenty-five sea-lions.
In the cax)e Scott group, the West Haycocks were first visited but no sea-lions
were visible. The East Haycocks, however, presented the most wonderful sight of
B. C. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 29
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
the whole trip. For a considerable distance above the water's edge, the rocks every-
where were lined with sea-lions. The lowest estimate made as to the number was
6,000. The pups here were larger and hence, in such a number, it was diiEcult to
distinguish them from the yearlings and small females. For that reason the num-
ber of pups could not be approximated. As it was jjouring rain unfortunately photo-
graphy was out of the question.
No rookerjes have been reported from the larger islands, Lanz and Cox, there-
fore, although the shores were scanned with glasses from a distance, no closer examina-
tion was made. Triangle island, which formerly was the base for a large rookery,
no longer supports one. The island was not visited but by means of wireless com-
munication the commission was assured that no breeding took place there in 1916.
In the open ocean for miles around Playcocks, sea-lions were seen, singly or in
small groups, the last of these for the day about 14 miles away in the direction of
Quatsino sound.
III. SoJandcr Island.
The rookery at Solander island, off cape Coop, was examined the following day,
June 27. The day was fine and the sea smooth. The Emoh was left in the offing,
while two members of the commission in the boat's dinghy, rowed over to the rookery
in the hope that some photographs could be obtained before there would be much
commotion among the members of the herd. Such hopes were vain for so timid were
these huge beasts that even the approach of this small boat struck them with terror
and they began to tumble off into the water, consequently, in order to show any
large portion of the number, long range photographs had to be taken (see figs. 16', 17).
Three or four of the large bulls remained to be seen at shorter range, swaying from
side to side and uttering most deafening roars. Some of their most faithful consorts
remained with them almost to the last. One in particular seemed very loath to go
(see fig. 21). He was probably the largest of the herd, and one of the largest seen at
any of the rookeries, but he, too, finally took the plunge. His total length must
have been over 12 feet and his weight over a ton. (Dr. Newcombe in his sea-lion report
for 1913, gives the actual weight of a 12-foot sea-lion, brought into Alert bay, April
26, 1913, as 2,240 pounds.)
In the water the animals seem to have less fear, and when a score of them came
up at the same time, near together (see fig. 23), and in close proximity to the small
boat, to give their deep roar in unison, one felt that it was as well that they did not
realize the extent of their powers.
This rookery was not a large one, so that the number, little in excess of 500,
could be fairly accurately counted. Here again the pups were large enough to take
to the water, and they were among the first to do so; hence the relative number could
not be definitely estimated.
On June 28, while returning from Sea Otter cove to Elvers inlet, sea-lions were
seen at cape Russell and other points between this and cape Scott.
IV. Cape St. James.
There remained one large rookery, that on the rocks off cape St. James, at the
southern extremity of the Queen Charlotte islands, and a start was made for this on
June 29. In the neighbourhood of Estevan island, engine trouble developed to such
extent that it was necessary to go to Prince Rupert for repairs. This made a delay
of some days.
On July 9, Butterworth rocks, to the northwest of Stephens island, were visited,
as this is a well-known hauling-out place, but not a rookery. Two sea-lions were seen.
30
DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
These were 150 miles from the nearest known rookery. They disappeared into the
water while the boat was still at long range, but they appeared to be of good size.
They could hardly be breeding adults so far away from a rookery, and there were
no pups on the rocks. They were probably bachelor males, such as were seen and
examined on Watch rock in the Sea Otter group.
Hecate strait was crossed on July 11, and cape St. James reached on July 13.
Here again the day was fine and the sea smooth, with the exception of a. certain amount
of swell. Thus near approach was possible, and some photographs were obtained (see
figs. 30-33), but no attempt was made to land. There were only about 1,000 sea-lions
on the rocks, and the pups could not readily be distinguished from the other mem-
bers of the herd. Individuals in the water were seen as far away as Soudder point,
25 miles distant from the rookery.
On the return. Rivers inlet was reached on July 17.
18. A COMPARISON OF THE EJ.UMER.\TIONS OF 1913 .4ND 1914.
While the rookeries are still under consideration, it is well to compare the
enumeration here made with that made by Dr. C. F. Newcombe and W. A. Newcombe
in 1913^. A table of comparison will serve as a basis for bringing out special points.
Rookery.
1913.
1916.
Date.
Number.
Date.
Number.
Cape St. .Tames
Sea Otter group-
Pearl rocks
Watch rocks
Virgin rocks
Cape Scott group —
'1 riangle island
•Tune 12, 13...
June 21, 22. ..
.rune22
Aug. 28, 29,
Sept. 2
July 15, 19
Aug. 17, 25
•July 20
2,000
1 350
112
2,300
300
3,200
None seen.
July 13
.lune 2.^
June 25
June 25
None breeding.
June 26
1,000
2.50
2,500
6,000
Solar.der island ...
June 27
500
To this should possibly be added about thirty-five, which were seen by the com-
missioners off Hope island, September 3 and 4, 1915, where it may be, as the Nawhitti
Indians aver, there is a small rookery. This was not visited either in 1913 or 1916.
There is little difference in the total estimate in the two cases, but a comparison
of the individual rookeries bears out the statement made in the earlier report that to
get the extent of the whole sea lion population, the number seen on the rookeries must
be increased by an unknown number representing those in the water at the same
time.
Taking the cape St. James rookery in the first place, if the whole 1913 herd was
on the rocks when Dr. Newcombe made the enumeration and the whole 1916 herd was
on the rock when the commissioners made the enumeration, there is no accounting
for the reduction of the numbers as no raids were made on the rookery for the bounty
in 1915 and very few were killed that could have belonged to the herd. The discrepancy
is even greater than would appear from the above figures. The 1913 enumeration was
made on June 12i and 13, when, as was stated in the report, but few pups had been
born. In 1916 the enumeration was made a month later, when the pups of the year
would not only all be born, but all able to take to the water. To make a more correct
1 Provincial Fisheries Department's Report, British Columbia. 1913,
M plates.
pp. R131-R145, with
B. V. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 31
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
comparison it would be necessary to add about 500 to the 1913 number for the pups that
were born in that year. Unless in the meantime there was an epidemic, or an extensive
migration took place, neither of which is probable, the number on the rocks on July
13, 191G, did not by any means represent the whole herd. The fact that several were
seen at various points even up to 2'5 miles from the rookery, bears this out. It is
even probable that the two bachelor males (?) seen on Butterworth rocks belonged
to this herd.
In this connection mention should be made of a conversation which the com-
missioners had at Claxton on July 15, with a Haida Indian, Timothy Tait, belonging
to the Ninstints tribe, who is recognized by the Haida as the principal owner of the
cape St. James rookery. He said that he didn't think the placing of the new light-
house on the island of cape St. James had made any difference to the rookery, to
which, as usual, he had paid several visits during the year (he had killed a number
of sea-lions for food). He said he and his people found scattering pups at all times
of the year, although the months of June and July were the most productive.
Coming nest to the Sea Otter group, the only exact comparison of the two years
can be made in the case of the Pearl rocks and Watch rock, since the time of the
year almost exactly coincides. The large reduction shown in 1916 was to be expected
from the number of onslaughts made on this portion of the rookery in the interval.
Watch rock, which was a breeding place in 1913, evidently is one no longer. The
portion of the rookery on Virgin rocks shows no material difference. Apparently the
number killed has not materially decreased the size of the herd, unless, since the
1913 count was made over two months later in the year, it is quite possible a smaller
percentage of the whole number was on the rocks.
In the spring of 1892, when J. M. Macoun, C.M.G., was acting on the Behring
Sea Commission to make an enumeration of the fur seals, he visited these rocks and
some notes in his diary, which he kindly put at the disposal of the commission, helps
out in this comparison. On May 12, writing of the Virgin group, he says: "The
largest island was then approached, and, as the sea-lions, by which it was covered,
did not take alarm, a careful estimate was made of their numbers. Making allowance
for all possible kinds of error, I can safely say, there were 1,500 on the one island,
and more than 2,000 in the group." As this estimate was made on May 12, no pups
of the year could have been counted. Hence the number, over 2,000, must be com-
pared with the number apart from the pups, estimated at 1,500, in 1916. If this
indicates anything, it is that, instead of a natural increase, which should be con-
siderable in fourteen years, there has been a decided decrease here as on Pearl rocks.
The difference of the attitude of the sea-lion towards mankind is striking. After
seeing so many exhibitions of timidity in 1916, it is hard for the commissioners to
realize that, not so very long since, the sea-lion did not take alarm at the approach
of a boat, even at a time distant from the pupping season.
In the cape Scott group, the reduction in number on Triangle island, noted in
1013, has continued to the ultimate conclusion, as now no lions breed on the island.
At the East Haycocks, the figures would indicate a great increase in number during
*he three years, when, as a matter of fact, there should have been a great decrease,
since 2,200, from which the muzzles were taken, were killed, besides many that were
not retrieved. During the summer of 1913, Mr. Grinnell and his men hunted the
sea-lions on and around the Haycocks, until they had secured 500 hides. The sur-
prise, therefore, is not that W. A. Newcombe did not see more than he did when he
visited this rookery late in August, but that he saw as many as he did, after so much
hunting. The large number seen on the rocks in 1916 did not represent the whole
herd, since, as has been stated, numerous lions were seen in the water and on the
rocks from cape Russell to cape Scott.
Considering, finally, the Solander island rookery, it will be noted that Dr. New-
combe saw none when passing on July 20, and that others passing near the same
32 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
time, notably Captains Gillam and Troup, who took special notice, at Dr. New-
combe's request, saw no sign of any, hence it was supposed that it was not a breeding
place. Since on June 27 the pups were large enough to take to the water, they are
able evidently to feed for themselvs by July 20, and the whole herd was away from
the rookery. The majority of them must have been away even on June 27, as there
were not nearly so many on the rocks as there were oh September 14, 1915, when it
was estimated that there were upwards of 1,000 visible. At that time the lions were
present both on Solander island proper and the small outlying rock (see fig. 15), while
on June 27 they were entirely confined to the outlying rock.
The number that haunt Barkley sound cannot well be counted here. If they are
from a British Columbia rookery, they have probably been counted in with the others,
and if, which is more probable, they come from the Jagged islet rookery, off the Wash-
ington coast, they cannot properly find a place in this enumeration.
Summing up the whole matter, although the enumeration in 1913 as well as that
in 1916 was as well done as it could be, by making a single visit or few visits to each
Hiokery, there are little data for comparison of the relative numbers in the two years.
The estimate on the rookeries is slightly higher in 1916 than in 1913, but that is
largely because in the majority of cases the visit was made at a more opportune time.
It would not be legitimate to draw the conclusion from the figures that the number
of sea-lions was greater in 1916 than in 1913, especially in the face of the fact that
S,000 animals had been killed in the intervening period. The only instance where a
direct comparison could be made, viz., at Pearl and Watch rocks, there was evidence
of a decided diminution. While in round numbers 10,000 fairly well represents these
seen on the rocks at the rookeries, there is a large number besides these, possibly even
as great a number or greater, scattered over a wide area along the whole coast.
19. THE RIVERS INLET SITUATION.
Having finished the examination of the rookeries, the whole attention of the com-
mission was turned to the Rivers inlet situation. The return from Queen Charlotte
islands on July 17 should have been at the height of the season for sockeye — the
special tit— bit for the sea lion — during which time the depredations are most serious.
Judging from the number reported in previous years, the commission concluded that
there should be no difficulty in getting several sea-lions, shot right in the fishing area,
that the stomachs might be examined at a time there would be every chance of seeing
the quantity and nature of the food before it would be digested to any extent.
From the outset, however, the prospects were none too promising. The season
was wet and backward, the fish were running low, so that catches were very small.
Although sea-lions were reported in the inlet, they were much less numerous than
in preceding years, but torn nets and mutilated fish were shown to indicate that they
still were doing damage.
At several canneries along the inlet there were Indians who had hunted fur seals.
If any of these could be obtained to shoot and spear the sea-lions, the best results
could be expected. Because of the poor season, every available man was required to
fish, and it proved no easy matter to get any of them to undertake sea-lion hunting.
After some delay, a Sitka Indian, Louis, agreed to try his luck, but no one with
experience could be obtained to go with him. The best that could be done was to
hire an Indian boy, Jimmie, as boat puller. These two were supplied with a boat
from one of the canneries, a rifle, ammunition, and a spear and taken down to where
some of the outermost nets in the inlet were drifting, as it was here that the most
damage was reported. They were out with the nets on Wednesday and Thursday
nights, July 19 and 20 (the lions did not bother in the daytime), while the Emoh
was moored at the Goose Bay fishing camp near by. Neither sound nor sight of sea-
lion was noticed on either occasion, although the fishermen still reported their presence.
B. C. SEA-LION INTESTIGATION 33
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
The following detailed reports were obtained from the fishermen in the neigh-
bourhood on Thursday morning : — •
Boat 1397 reported seeing two sea-lions near the nets the previous night.
Boat 4867 reported being bothered the previous night by the sea-lions, but
not as much as the night before.
Boat 4901 reported that sea-lions had torn the net the previous night.
Boat 4876 reported that sea-lions had been seen all afternoon the day
before down by the point.
Boat 1381, manned by a Jap, reported no trouble.
Boat 1405, also manned by a Jap, reported that sea-lions were on the net
the night before between 8 and 9 o'clock.
Boat 4791 reported no trouble the previous night, but some the night
before.
Boat 4588 reported that fish had been taken from the net and eaten about
11 o'clock the previous night. Claimed by fisherman that he had lost 50 fish
in a week, shown by the heads and tails left in the net.
Boat 1398, manned by a Jap, reported that he had seen sea-lions in the
net about 10 o'clock in the morning.
Boat 4915, from the Good Hope cannery, reported disturbance by sea-lions
in the net the previous night.
An independent boat reported that he had seen sea-lions in the inlet at
4 o'clock the previous afternoon.
Boat 4870, a Good Hope cannery boat, reported having seen sea-lions
during the night.
Boat 4844 reported having noticed sea-lions in the inlet the previous night
at 9 o'clock.
Boat 1416 reported that fish had been eaten by sea-lions on the net at 8
o'clock the previous night.
Boat 1153, manned by a Jap, reported that he had not been bothered with
sea-lions.
Boat 1394, manned by a Jap, reported having seen sea-lions in the fishing
area at 11 o'clock the previous night.
After the negative results of Wednesday and Thursday nights, Manager Inrig
and Net Foreman Anderson (it may be mentioned here that cannery managers and
men, especially those at Wadhams where the commission made its headquarters, gave
every assistance in the investigation consistent with the serious demands on their
time occasioned by their own interests) intimated that some of the white fishermen
would be willing to give assistance. Accordingly, several of them were supplied with
ammunition and a substantial reward was offered for each sea-lion brought in. Louis
went out with one of these fishennen to be right at the net as Jimmie in the mean-
time had been discarded. Friday night proved no better than the others, although
some torn nets and mutilated fish were still shown as evidence of the sea-lions'
presence.
The weekly close season lasts from 6 a.m. on Saturday to 6 p.m. Sunday. The
net forem.an offered the use of two nets for Saturday night if permission could be
obtained from Fisheries Overseer Saugstad, the idea being that if two nets, and
only two, were put out Saturday evening, all the inducements for the sea-lions would
be centred around these nets. Mr. Saugstad readily granted permission and arrange-
ments were made to carry the plan into effect. Two men were assigned to each boat.
S. Simonsen of Sea Otter cove, V.I., went with Louis in the one boat, while G.
Bjerregard, of Holberg, V.I., and J. C. Holm, of Campbell river, V.L, manned the
other. From long experience these men were thoroughly acquainted with fishing
34 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
conditions in the outer part of the inlet. The conynissioners, as on previous occa-
sions, remained near by in Goose bay. Early in the morning the men were picked
up but no sea-lions had been shot and there was little evidence of their presence
except the remains of three sockeye and one humpback that were found in the nets.
A photograph was taken of these remains (se fig. 34.) It is interesting and instructive
to compare this photograph with one taken at the Canadian Fish and Cold Storage
plant at Prince Rupert, September 8, 1915, which show.s the way in which salmon
are mutilated by hair seals (see fig. 35.)
20. LITTLE EVIDEXCE OF .SERIOUS DAMAGE IX 1916.
After a week of negative results there was no encouragement to stay longer and
the commission prepared to depart on the following morning. As the fishermen
would all be fishing again on Sunday night, they were encouraged to make a final
eilort to get sea-lions while the commissioners were still in the neighbourhood. The
Emoh anchored in Goose bay for the night, and in the morning (July 24), since
there were no results reported, a start was made for home at 4.30. As the fishermen
were still confident that sea-lions could be captured in the inlet, they were assured
that the offer of reward would hold good until the end of the season, if the stomachs
were sent to the Biological station for examination. No claim has yet been made for
such reward.
21. PROBABLE AMOU.VT OF IXJIRV DONE BY THE SEA-LION.
It will be seen from the above account that the commission spared no pains to
get concrete evidence on the situation at Rivers inlet. If a week of such endeavour
at the height of the season could produce no positive results, there was no hope that
a whole season's residence there would do so. Such being the case, the commission
feels justified in stating that, as far as the 1916 season was concerned, the sea-lions
were not a very decided menace to the fishing in the inlet. The Emoh travelled
several miles up and down the inlet every day during the sojourn there, and only on
one occasion was there seen a trace of a sea-lion, and at that time only one was seen.
The majority of the men that fished in the outer part of the inlet were questioned,
none of whom reported having seen more than four or five. The sea-lion is
undoubtedly to blame for some torn nets and mutilated fish, but that he alone is to
blame is open to question. On account of his bad reputation, all the blame is put on
him whether he deserves it or not. It might be mentioned that nets are commonly
torn at other fish centres where the men scarcely know what a sea-lion looks like. All
the fishermen agree in declaring that the damage in 1916 was much less than in the
previous years. If any further evidence is needed to show that the commission is
more than justified in making this stand, it is supplied by a letter to the secretary
from Mr. Frank Inrig, dated November 19, after the close of the fishing season. It
reads as follows: —
To the Secretary of the Sea-Lion Commission,
Room 929 Birks Building, Vancouver, B.C.
Dear Sir, — As manager of the British Columbia Packers' Canneries,
Wadhams and Brunswick, at Rivers inlet, I can speak with knowledge of the
depredations of the sea-lions in former years to the commercial fisheries at
Rivers inlet. Up to two years ago these depredations were great, and in terms
of money, costly to the canneries.
But the expenditure of a few thousand dollars on bounties by the Federal
Government, two years ago, resulted in many sea-lions, both young and old.
B. C. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 35
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
being killed at and on the rookeries in the Pacific, and besides that a thorough
scare being thrown into all the sea-lions frequenting the waters adjacent to
Rivers inlet. The sea-lions, always timid, became exceptionally timorous in
the presence of man, and shunned rather than sought the fishing areas. This
to my mind was due to the hunting of sea-lions induced by the offer of a bounty.
In the year 1916 the sea-lions were not excessively harmful. They did
not bother the fishing operations at Rivers inlet to any great degree, and not
at all as they did three years ago. This I attribute to the effect of the hunting
under the bounty system, and also to the fact that before the season opened
for fishing the sea-lions on the Sea Otter group of rookeries were pretty
thoroughly scared by being shot at and in some cases killed by fishermen at
Rivers inlet. I think they have lost their voraciousness and courage to appear
where man is and where fishing operations are being carried on at Rivers inlet.
Now I do not think the sea-lions should be killed off as long as they remain
as quiet as they did this year, for their hides may still be made use of for
commercial purposes and their carcasses turned into hen food or fertilizer,
but I do think that the Federal Government, through the Fisheries Overseer
at Rivers inlet, might spend two hundred dollars a year on ammunition to be
served out to the fishermen for them to make a scare raid on the Sea Otter
group of rookeries every year before the salmon fishing begins, in order to
terrorize the sea-lions and make them fearful of man. This would keep them
away from the fishing operations throughout the season and protect the fish
and the gear of the fishermen. Don't kill off the sea-lions, but strike terror
into them.
If this communication is of any use to you, you are at liberty to do with
it as you wish.
Yours faithfully,
FRANK INRIG.
Vancouver, B.C.,
November 19, 1916.
There are still large numbers of sea-lions along the British Columbia coast. On the
rookeries alone over 10,000 were seen in June and July, 1916. The rookery estimate
is not sufficiently accurate as an index of the whole number to show the reduction
that took place by the slaughter of 8,000 sea-lions in 1914-15 and to some extent in
1913, except in the case of some of the rocks of the Sea Otter group, where extensive
diminution was indicated.
The menace to the fishing industry in Rivers inlet, so much complained of in
previous years, had largely disappeared in 1916.
The Steller sea-lion undoubtedly eats large quantities of food fishes at certain
times of the year, but for the remainder of the year there is little or no evidence as
to what he does eat. Since it has been shown that fish not used as food as well as
squid and devil fish are eaten, he cannot at all times be the epicure that some people
would have us believe. Although he requires animal food, it is probable that he will
take any kind available in quantity sufficient to satisfy his hunger. It is even
possible that in helping to keep down other injurious species de does more good
than harm to the fishing industry, provided he can be kept away from the nets or
other fishing gear. Reference has been made to the influence the sea-lion may have
on the dogfish question and the dogfish is not the only carnivorous species that is
taken as food.
36 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
22. SUGGESTED CONTROL OF DESTRUCTION OF SEA-LIONS.
The economic side of the question has been discussed and it is not necessary
to refer to it again except to mention two points. The first is that the price of h;ather
is rapidly going up, thus adding force to the argument as to the value of sea-lion
skins. The second is with reference to the sea-lion carcass. It has been truly said
that the flesh should make good fertilizer and poultry food, but it must be remembered
that up to the present, plants for producing marine animal fertilizer on this coast
have not been especially noted for their financial successes. Sea-lion carcasses cannot
be taken to any of the fertilizer plants now in existence and made use of at a profit.
With the processes now in use, it would not pay to erect a fertilizer plant to make
use of fish ofi'al at Elvers inlet or any other fishing centre where the fishing season
is so short. No line of economic research in connection with the fishing industry
on this coast offers a more promising field than that to do with the elimination of
waste or rather the transmutation of waste products to products of commercial value
at a cost that will ensure a reasonable profit on the outlay. When cheaper methods
of producing fertilizer and poultry food have been wofked out, the sea-lion carcass
may become an important factor.
The commissioners have no hesitation in stating that they can see no valid
reason at present at any rate for adopting any plan looking toward total extermination
of the Steller sea-lion. Even when its depredations were most serious it has been
shown that these can be reduced to a negligible quantity in a comparatively short
time. Since that is so, it should not be a difficult matter to keep the depredation
at a minimum. It may be well that, as Manager Inrig has suggested, this could be done
by spending $200 for anmiunition each year to scare them away and terrorize them.
If it could be done at Elvers inlet it should be done equally well at Barkley sound,
possibly better since the lions come in there apparently in a single group about the
first of November. If this were done it should be under the control of the Federal
Department of Fisheries, as Mr. Inrig suggests. If the scare is not sufficient, it might
be advisable to materially reduce the numbers of sea-lions at the rookery responsible
for the depredation, when the menace became threatening. In either case the opera-
tion should be so controlled that the greatest commercial value could be obtained.
Indiscriminate and promiscuous killing should not be tolerated.
While the number of sea-lions is as great as it is at present, it might be legitimate
to allow the killing of a certain number each year as in the case of all other species
of commercial value, provided that not more than the nunaber which would represent
the annual increase were taken, under conditions that would ensure conservation.
CHARLES F. NEWCOMBE,
WM. HAMAE GREENWOOD,
C. McLEAN FEASEE.
B. C. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 37
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
23. APPENDIX A.
i. forltal questions submitted to salmon caxxers and others.
Sea-Lion Commission.
(Appointed under Auihoi-ity Biological Bootrd of Canada.)
1 Are Sea-Lions injurious to the Fisheries of British Columbia?
2. Have your own fishing operations ever been injured or interfered with by them?. . .
3. Please state the nature of such damage this year and the estimated loss :
Gear $
Mutilated fish
Diverted run of fish . . . .
4. Other years ?
5. Is the lessened run of fish (if any) attributable to Sea-Lions? .*".
6. Has the Herring Fishery been interfered with this year by Sea-Lions ?
7. Have you noticed any steady increase year by year to the amount of injury caused
by Sea-Lions ?
8. Are Sea-Lions of any commercial value ?
9. Do they assist your fisheries in any way ?
[Methods of dealing with Sea-Lions if considered to he injurious to the
Fisheries of B.CA
1. Do you recommend complete extei-mination or merely a reduction in numbers?. .. .
2. Could your company deal with this question in your neighbourhood without
Government aid ? ,
3. If not, in what manner ■could the Government most effectually aid you ?
[A] By employing hunters under Government supervision ?
[Bl By offering a bounty open to all willing to hunt?
[CI By providing money or ammunition to be expended under the control
of the fishing companies ?
4. Can you give information as to the existence of Rookeries or other places frequented
by Sea-Lions in your neighbourhood ?
5. What is the best time for killing them ?
6. What is the best method? :
7. What is the best evidence on 'which to pay the bounty ?
(At present the muzzle is taken as proof.)
8. Should the bounty be paid for pups, or adults, or both?
9. What has been the effect of the bounty for killing Sea-Lions upon this year's
fishing?
10. Have you any remarks or suggestions to make not covered by the above list of
questions?
11. Have you examined the contents of Sea-Lion stomachs?
ii. formal letter sent by the secretary of the commission to canners and otiiebs,.
Sea-Lion Commission.
To the Manager,
Dear Sir, — On behalf of the Sea-Lion Commission appointed under the authority
cf the Biological Board of Canada, we invite your cordial assistance in getting infor-
mation and opinions regarding the alleged depredations of these animals.
It has been stated that sea -lions destroy fish and fishing gear and interfere with
llie free prosecution of fishing operations bj- means of seine nets and other appliances.
38a-^
38
DEPARTMEXT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
It also has beeu suggested that the sea-lions be exterminated or so thoroughly
attacked to death by man as to frighten them away from their depredatory raids, and
that this be encouraged by giving a bounty of two dollars ($2) a sea-lion, such bounty
to be paid on presentation of the muzzle of the animal as voucher for its extinction.
We will be glad if you will answer the questions set out in the enclosed form to
the best of your knowledge and belief, and add any observations you may think fit.
It has been suggested that the canneries, where any depredations from sea-lions occur,
might be left to handle the problem themselves without any idea of government bounty,
on the assumption that fishermen attached to the canneries would protect their own
interests.
Tour speedy attention to the requests made on you in this letter and enclosed form
will be appreciated and will assist the sea-lion commissioners in the preparation of
their report on the whole question.
APPENDIX B.
.N UMBER of Sea-Lions on which bounty has been paid m British Columbia for the fiscal
year 1915-1916.
N.inie uf Claimant.
Andrew Spalding. .
Henry Rudland . . ,
George Jones
J. \V. Robinson .
John WooLten
Henry Brown
Wm. Leigliton . . .
Peter Robinson . .
David Pariiell . . .
George Allen
J. Wootten . . .
Jas. Robinson . .
J. Weotten. . .
F. S. Carpenter . . .
Henry Brown
A. Goodman
L. H. Hogan. . .
Geo. Allen
D. McLennan
J. Wootten
Dan. McCloskey . .
F. S. Carpenter . . .
Spruce Marten.
Lake -Joe
Jacob White
Chief Schwish... .
.James Rush
Wm. Taylor
Dan. Quital
Jacob White
Albert Thomi^son
Tom George
Benson Keattn . . .
Wm. Fatty
Joe Hayes
Joe Williams. . .
Joe Martin
Abram Jeffries. . . .
Number
Paid For.
Totals.. .
?4
1
1
11
'Ji>
12
1
\5
'%
49
1
2
57
63
1,1'-!
l53
2«
2
bl
S2
1
1
2
1
442
]8n
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2,875
Where Killed.
Banks i.sland. .
Butterworth rocks
Ma.ssett
Price island
Calvert island . .
Btinilla banks ....
Tree Nob island . .
Stephen? it^land. .
Butterworth rocks
Virgin rocks . . .
Sea Otter group. .
.Vristazable island.
.Sea Otter gro .p. .
Price island
Bonilla banks. . . .
Virgin rocks .
East Haycocks
Pearl and Virgin rocks.
Price island - . .
Seymour inlet
Virgin rocks
Sea Otter eroup
Village island
Ucluelet
Otter point
Duncan bay
East Haycocks .
Virgin rocks
Smith's inlet
.\housat
Ahousat.
Long Beach ....
Cape Cod
Thormanby island
.Amount of
Bounty paid.
S cts.
■48 00
2 00
2 00
22 00
40 00
24 00
2 00
2 00
4 00
30 00
0^4 00
4 00
OS 00
2 00
4 00
100 00
1H4 00
114 00
126 OC
!.34S 00
b06 00
52 00
4 00
102 00
164 00
2 00
2 00
4 00
2 00
884 00
360 00
5,750 00
/«. c. sE.\-iioy lyvERTicATins 39
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
1 Wadhams cannery, Tfivers inlet. The Einoh is the white boat in the right fore-
ground.
2. The Larirest of the Pearl rocks.
3. Watch rock.
4. The lara:es't of the Virgin rocks after all the adult sea-l:ons had taken to the water.
5. Male sea-lion killed on Watch rock.
6-12. Groups of sea-lion pups on Pearl and Virgin rocks.
13. Male sea-lion killed on one of the Virgin rocks, and two pups.
(2-13 were taken June 25, 1916.)
14. A figure to show the position at Solander island relative to cape Cook.
15. Solander island.
16-18. The outlying rock at Solander island, taken as the sea-lions were leaving it.
19-22. Remnants of the herd, showing some of the largest males.
23. Sea-lions in the water at Solander island.
(14-23 were taken June 27, 1916.)
24. A figure to show the relative position of cape St. James island, on which the
lighthouse is situated, to the main island, Kunghit. Four groups of rocks
extend in a chain southward from cape St. James.
25. A figure to show the position of the first two groups of rocks relative to cape
St. James island.
26. The first group of rocks south of cape St. James island.
27. The second group.
28. The third group.
29. The fourth and final rock. It was on the second and tliird of these groups that
the sea-lions were seen in abundance.
30-33. Views of the sea-lion herd on the rocks at cape St. James.
(24-33 were taken July 9, 1916.)
34. The remains of three sockeye and one humpiback (the largest piece being the
humpback) taken from a net in Rivers inlet July 23, 1916, said to have been
mutilated by sea-lions.
35. Remains of salmon taken from the nets near Prince Rupert, September 8, 1915,
said to have been mutilated by hair seals.
36. Scow on which Dr. Newcombe and Mr. Patch examined sea-lions in December.
1915, near Kildonan cannery, Berkley sound.
(Photos 1-35 by C. M. Fraser, 36 by C. F. Newcombe.)
38a— 4i
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fip. 5.
Fig. 6.
H
n
%.■
^^l^p
^"^
k *
"' '"^ s
HhI
m
m
r-^
ffK^^^H
gljta^E
^
p
m
i
k.
- i
i^.
Fig, 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. II.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.
Fig. U.
Fig. 15.
Fig. k;.
Fig. 17
Fig. 18.
Fig. in.
Fig. 20.
Fig. 21.
Fig. 22.
* — 4».
Fig. 23.
Fig. 24.
l''ig. 2o.
Fig. 2fi.
Kig. 27.
Fig. 2S.
Fig. 29.
Fip. 30.
Fig. 31.
Fig. 32.
Fig. 33.
Fig. 34.
Fig. 35.
t **..%?»"«* \.
Fig. 36.
II
LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS AT LONG BEACH POND, N.S.
(A. P. K-N'iGHT, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C, Professor of Animal Biology, Queen's
University, Kingston, Ont.)
RECOMMENDATIONS.
1. That the rearing operations hitherto conducted by the Board at Long Beach
X)ond be discontinued.
2. That the executive committee consider the advisability of securing from the
Fisheries Branch of the Department of Naval Service full control over the operation
of one of the present lobster hatcheries, in which to conduct a series of experiments on
the rearing of lobster fry, using warm sea-water, as suggested by Professor Macallum.
d. That the executive committee confer with the department as to the best method
©f collecting statistics regarding the relative numbers of male and female lobsters
trapped next season, and also the percentage of females carrying fertilized eggs.
4. That several more enclosures be built at a moderate cost, by either the Board
or by the Fisheries Department at different points along the maritime coast, for the
purpose of determining more definitely the percentage of commercial lobsters which
extrude eggs in July and August.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
Acknowledgment is due the Department of Naval Service for furnishing a plenti-
ful supply of both berried and commercial lobsters for the purpose of carrying on the
experiments described in the following report; also for placing at the disposal of the
Board the services of Mr. Andrew Halkett. Mr. Halkett gave us every assistance,
ilore particularly, be kept an accurate count of the lobsters received at the pond,
allotted to the various enclosures, and returned to the sea.
The Board is also indebted to the department for moving the rearing plant from
tlie southwest end of the pond, and placing it within the cement pound.
POUND .4ND POND.
In the following report the reader must distinguish carefully between the natural
pond of some 5 acres, and the artificial pound of about three-fourths of an acre,
enclosed by cement walls and forming the northeast part of the pond.
Fig. 1. — Long Beach Pond viewed from the northeast end. In the fore-
ground can be seen first the niess-hovise; beyond this, the cement pound:
further away is the larger part of the pond. In the distance can Ije seen the
engine house and plant for rearing lobsters.
38a— 5— R 53
54
DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Last year, 1914, because of the excessive leakage of water from the pound, the
Board approved of the location of an experimental rearing plant of four boxes at the
southwest end of the pond, and my report upon the operations of that year has been
already published.
LEAKAGE.
On December 18, 1914, the Board was notified that the leakage, which had i" r-
sisted throughout the previous summer, had been stopped, and that there was at tuat
date a depth of 6J feet of water in the pound at low tide. During the winter of 1915,
however, the leakage again developed and was again reported stopped on June 26,
1915. At this date there was said to be a depth of 5 feet S inches of water at low tide.
On my arrival, July 3, 1915, the pound was again leaking, not copiously, it is
true, but sufficiently to show that in the course of a few days or weeks the rearing
boxes, 4 feet in depth, would likely be resting in the mud. As a precaution, there-
fore, against possible injury to our larvae, the boxes were reduced in depth to 2i feet.
On the assumption that there would be, as intimated, 6i feet of water at low tide, a
space of 4 feet would intervene between the bottom of our shallow boxes and the mud
beneath.
At Wickford, R.I. — the original home of the plant — the depth of water below the
boxes is 12 feeti at low tide, excepting at one corner, where it is only 5J feet. At
Long Beach it was hoi>ed that a depth of 4 feet might suffice to test the scheme. Last
year at low tide there were only between 20 and 22 inches of water below our boxes;
this year, after operating our plant for seventeen days, the boxes were resting in the
mud, so great was the leakage.
Fig. 2. —West side of cement pound showing leakage of water Over tlie ironrods .^t tlie
upjier left hand corner of the illustration can be seen the gearing of the rearing apparatus inside
of the cement pound. eS
he
At the extreme low water of August 7, two of the boxes were resting 5 inche
in the mud. Measurements at eleven different points around our apparatus gave th
LOBSTER INTESTIGATI0N8 55
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
following depths of water, 31 inches, 22, 17, 20, lY, 19, 19, 23, 24, 26, 24, or an average
of 21 inches, in which to float our apparatus. It can scarcely be expected that an
apparatus, which requires at least 10 feet of water in which to operate, can be made
to oporate successfully in a depth of 21 inches.
FIRST HATCHING.
•Our first hatching began July 12, and in two days we had about 40,000 larvffi in
the four boxes. While only an odd diatom could be found on the fry during the first
day, large niimbers were visible by the fifteenth. As the diatoms increased, the fry
became "fuzzy" to the naked eye. Both last year and this the effect of the diatoms
was largely, if not solely, mechanical. Feeding was interfered with, the animals
became exhausted with the effort of swimming, sank to the bottom, and soon died.
The remarkable thing about this mortality was that last year it was caused by- the
diatom Synedra investiens, whereas this year it was caused by Licmophora Lynghyei.
Why the principal destructive organism should have been different in the two years is
difficult to understand, unless it were due to the fact that in 1914 the sea-water reach-
ing our boxes came through the sand, gravel, and mud of the sea-wall, whereas, in
1915 it came through an earthenware pipe from the open sea.
As soon as it became apparent that this season's fry were likely to share the same
fate as those of last year, the contents of two of the boxes were transferred to St.
Mary's bay, in order, if possible, to save their lives. Meanwhile the leakage steadily
grew worse. On the 19th the average depth of water below the boxes was only 10'
inches. As a result, good ventilation became impossible, because the water drawn in
through the bottom windows gradually became muddy. It was resolved, therefore,
not to use more than two boxes for rearing purposes for the remainder of the season.
The other two were fitted up with shelters, or nests, for adult lobsters, so that more
accurate observations could be made upon them than was possible in the compartments
of the pound.
DETENTION DEVICES.
It should, perhaps, be explained that we employed five different devices, or enclo-
sures, for impounding adults. The smallest was the crate, about 3 feet by 2 feet by
2 feet, which floated on the water, and could be used for temporary purposes only.
The second was our rearing boxes, 10 feet by 10 feet by 2J feet, with revolving paddles
inside, so as to aerate the water, as described in the report of last year'. The third
was the compartment, 20 feet by 10 feet by the varying depth of the water at higli and
at low tide. The wooden slats of which it was constructed were only about 4i feet
high. As can be seen from the illustration, there were six of these compartments
within the cement iwund. The fourth enclosure was the pound, and the fifth, the
pond, but these two latter were so large that is was impossible to use them for observa-
tion purposes. The compartments could be used for observation purposes only at low
water. The real purpose of their construction was to serve as sub-divisions of the
pound, in which lobsters could be kept for experimental and observational purposes.
FAELTJEE.
We had even worse luck this season than last. Of the 20,000 fry which we tried
to rear in the two remaining boxes, beginning July 12, only twenty-one remained
alive on the 30th of July, and they were all in the second stage of development. Not
one had moulted a second time, and they had taken thirteen days before moulting even
38a— -5A
66
BEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SEBTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
ouee. Of the 20,000 to 22,000 fry which we tried to rear at a second trial, beginning
August 2, only 146 were alive on August 17, and these also were all in the second stage.
In the August rearing the larvse were shaded from the sunlight by heavy painted
canvas screens lying close over the boxes; in July they were not. The effect of the
shading appeared to be to reduce the first stage from thirteen days to nine days, and
to lessen the number of diatoms; but the larvae died just the same.
It is, of course, true that the warmer water in August (about one degree) may
have had more to do with the shortening of the first stage than the exclusion of light.
Indeed, the influence of direct sunlight upon larvse is still an open question. To be
sure, the fry, when left to themselves, swim straight into the light, but it does not
follow that beeaiise they do so, the result to themselves is necessarily beneficial.
Fig. 3.— ShoH'ing the interior of the cement |X)und. The six latticed compartments are for
retaining lobsters so that they can be studied at close range.
Leaving out for the present the influence of light, it may well be asked: "What
favourable conditions exist at Wickford, that enable the operators there to raise 40
per cent of their fry to the crawling or fourth stage, which do not exist at Long
Beach pond?" And the answer is: first, too slight a depth of water under our rearing
boxes, thus favouring the entrance of mud and diatoms from the bottom; secondly,
the presence in the water of an unusual number of diatoms not generally found in
open sea-water;* thirdly, too low a temperature of water. Wliile the temperature at
Wickford varies during the rearing season from 68° to 75°, the mean average temper-
ature at Long Beach this season was only 58-09° for July, and 58-9° for August.
The two following tables give the daily temperatures at Long Beach for July and
August, respectively: —
• Professor McClement's Report " Diatoms and Lobster Rearing" — Contributions to Cana-
dian Biologj-, 1915-16. Supp. 6th Ann. Rep. Dept. Naval Service (Fisheries), Ottawa. 1917.
LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS
57
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Temperatures and kind of weather at Long Beach Pond, during the month of July,
1915.
Date.
July 12. .
13..
14..
15 .
16..
17.
IS
1!)
20
21
22
23
24
25
2i;
27
■Z8
2H
30
31
Wind.
SW.
sw.
calm.
SW.
S.
SW.
sw.
SW.
SW.
NE.
NE.
N.
SW.
E.
SW.
SW.
SW.
SW,
s.
SE.
Totals..
Temperature of Pound Water.
Maximum.
Temp, in St.
Mary's Bay 5B.R.
60 8
62 0
620
B.tO
63 0
61.5
64 5
60S
60 5
59 0
57 0
5S0
61-5
61 0
58-5
57 5
61-5
61-5
Mean.
1161-8
Minimum.
560
57
60
i5!)
59
57
59
56
69
58
55
53
59
55
55
55
60
56
Temperature air
outside.
not taken.
670
56-5
59-8
610
not taken.
55 7
not taken.
630
not taken.
54-8
580
54 0
60 0
64 0
63 0
716 8
Weather.
Foggy.
Fair.
Fair.
Foggy.
Foggy.
Foggy and rainy.
Foggy.
Fair to rain}'.
Foggy.
Raining.
Cloudy.
Fair.
Fair.
Fair.
Foggy.
Rainy and foggy.
Foggy.
Fair.
Foggy.
Foggy.
Mean average temperature of water = 58*09*'.
Mean average temperature of air = 59 '7".
58
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Temperature and kind of weather at Long Beaeh Pond during the month of August,
1915.
Temperature of Pound Water.
Date.
Wind.
Temperature air
outpide.
Weather.
Maximum.
Mean.
Minimum.
o
0
°
o
Xag. 1...
S. Faired
62 3
60-5
570
78-0
Foggy.
10 A.M.
65-5
57 3
.. 2...
Cairn and Cloudy
64-7
63 6
01-3
68-0
590
72
0
Foggy.
„ 3...
N. Sun .shining.
610
58 5
55 0
54
8
Fair.
S.
640
61 0
54 7
520
59
8
.. 4...
56-5
Fair.
.. 5...
NE.
610
58- 1
.WO
58
8
Cloudy.
NE.
61 5
610
55 0
.% 5
69
8
M 6...
60 0
Fair.
66 0
56-5
.. 7...
S.
650
63 0
60-5
570
57-5
66
5
Fair.
,. 8...
SW. changed to
N.
63 0
600
67 0
58
6
Foggy.
M 9..
Calm.
640
59 5
59 3
67 0
570
62
0
Foggy.
.. 10 ..
SW.
600
58 0
57 5
65
0
Foggy.
NE.
59-5
60-5
56 0
.67 5
60
0
,. 11...
59 9
Fair.
SW.
64-7
63 0
570
670
59
0
„ 12...
600
Fair.
.. 13...
s.
61-5
58-7
660
61
0
Foggy.
.. 14...
s.
55 5
56-5
55 0
55
5
Foggy.
NE.
59 5
59-5
56 0
.66 6
64
0
.. 15...
58 0
B oggy.
SW.
600
610
611 0
56 3
63
0
.. 16...
58-8
Foggy.
60 5
67 3
.. 17...
SW.
Totals
60 0
57-7
55-6
62
0
Fos&y-
1002-3
1059
7
August Mean average temperature of water = 58 '9°
July Mean average temperature of water=58 09°
Mean average temperature of air = 62 3**
Mean average temi>erature of air=59'7''.
On this subject the Rhode Island Commission remarks: —
The temperature of the water is of paramount importance in order to
obtain the best results. Although it is possible to rear lobsters with some success
in cold water, the best results will be obtained with water at a temperature of
65° to 75° F. This higher temperature results in a more rapid development of
the lobsters. This more rapid development results, first, in a reduction of the
expenses of operating the plant, because of the less time required, and, second,
in a greater proportion of fry reared to the fourth stage, because in the shorter
time there is less chance for death from cannibalism, parasites and injury.
Prof. A. B. Macallum has suggested that, in order to overcome the handicap of
cold water, we should use sea-water that has been heated to 68° or 70°. This apj>ears
to be a good suggestion, unless its adoption would increase to too great an extent the
cost of operating our plant. At a moderat-e calculation, about 2 cubic feet of water
per minute enters, and, of course, leaves each rearing box. To heat this quantity of
LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS 59
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
water from 58(°, which is our average temperature, up to 70° will require the com-
bustion of about 250 pounds of coal per- day of twenty-four hours.
As the enlarged Wickford plant is composed of fifty-two boxes, the total consump-
tion of coal for the rearing season of two months would amount to about 300 tons.
Accordingly,' to the regular expense of running a Wickford plant of fifty-two boxes,
namely, wages of five men, gasoline, oil, food for the larvse, wear and tear, there
would have to be added in Canada the wages of an extra engineer and fireman, besides
the cost of the 300 tons of coal.
WINTEEING IN THE POUND.
Next to the leakage of water, the feature which attracted most attention at Long
Beach during the early season of 1915 was the pitiable condition of the lobsters which
had wintered in the pound. They were simply covered with growths of green, brown,
and orange coloured algje. The green measured from 1 to 3 inches in length, tihe
brown from several inches to three feet, and the orange-coloured ones about one-quarter
to one-half inch. These latter grew not alone on the body, but over the eyes, and
rendered them blind, at least for the time being. Their gills varied in colour from
grey to almost black, strongly suggesting that the function of these organs was
impaired by a coating of the black mud in which they were compelled to live during
the year.
The animals which had passed the winter in the pond were distinctly better.
They were not so much infested with algte, but the effects of their confinement became
very apparent when they were compared with the commercial lobsters which werci
placed in the pond between May 10 and June 15. In the former the natural colours
of the body were completely hidden by the grey mud and copious growth of weeds
which they carried, whereas the latter showed the bright colours characteristic of the
normal lobster. Moreover, the commercial ones were free from algal growths, and
their gills exhibited the well-known flesh colour. The difference between pond and
pound lobsters, on the one hand, and commercial lobsters, on the other, was comparable
to the difference between the dirt and rags of a tramp and the cleanliness and dress of
a gentleman.
CONFINEMENT.
The fundamental conditions for a healthy life are very much the same for
lobsters as for other animals. They must have plenty of food, well-ventilated water,
adequate exercise alternated with rest, and diffused sunlight. How many of these
conditions can be said to be freely supplied to a lobster that passes all of its time in
a crate, car, box, compartment of the pound, or even in the pound itself? One has
but to think of the ill effects of confinement upon wild animals, or even upon domes-
ticated animals, to realize how harmful it is. Human beings, whose occupation con-
fines them much in factories, shops, or ofiices, and those who are confined in. jails,
asylums, or detention camps — all suffer more or less from their confinement. Is not
the spread of tuberculosis among cattle largely due to their confinement in ill-ventilated
stables? Do not zoological gardens also show instances of deterioration in health, due
to the violation of the fundamental laws of biology? Lobsters can be no exception
to the rule. Wten kept in confinement we cannot expect to find them in the same
condition of health and vitality as when they live in the open sea. No wild animal
flourishes so well in confinement as in the open. Liberty of movement is essential to
health. It matters not whether lobsters are retained in small or large enclosures, or,
for that matter, in the whole pond, the ill-effects upon the lobsters soon become
apparent. In the case of the smaller crates and cars, the animals soon die. In the
60 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
larger compartments of the pound, or pond, the ill-efiects may not become apparent
for several months, but slowly and surely the lobsters' health and vitality are under-
mined and tbej tiiially succumb to the adverse conditions.
No doubt, by a long course of breeding and artificial selection, it might be pos-
sible, in the case of the lobster, just as in the case of our domesticated animals, to
breed a stock that would be less sensitive to the ill-effects of confinement, but, until
we have bred such a strain, the nearer we can make the conditions of confinement
approximate to the conditions in -which the animal lives in the sea, the lower will be
the mortality.
JIUDDY BOTTOM.
ISText to the copious growth of weeds, blinding and encumbering the lobsters
which had wintered at Long Beach, perhaps the next most unfavourable condition
was the mud. There is, of course, mud and mud. Every lobster fisherman knows
perfectly well that during winter and early spring the largest catches are made off
shore, on muddy or sandy bottom. In late spring or early summer the fishermen
move their traps towards the shore, and find the best fishing on rocky bottom along
the side of kelp or other kinds of sea-weed. But, while the lobster finds a congenial
home on a soft sea-bottom, it does not follow that the animal, when compelled to pass
the winter in Long Beach pomid, necessarily finds the mud therein equally congenial.
The mud of the pound has a disgusting odour, largely due to the gas, sulphuretted
hydrogen. Every one who is familiar with this gas knows its characteristic odour,
and the characteristic odour could be obtained anywhere in the central area of the
pound l|y simply driving a wand down into the mud. For example, at low water on
the morning of August 8 a spruce wand six-sixteenths by seven-sixteenths was pushed
5i feet into the mud by the mere pressure of the hand. This was at the north end of
our engine house. At the south end, 3 feet were found. At the south end of our
hatching boxes, 5 feet. At all points, on withdrawing the wand, the characteristic
odour of sulphuretted hydrogen was experienced, and the adherent mud had all the
appearance of a sulphide preciijitate.
That the gas was really sulphuretted hydrogen became evident in another way.
The gas-ladened mud blackened any board, oar, or boat that was painted with white
lead, and which remained in contact with the mud for a few hours. Moreover, it
precipitated soluble salts of silver, copper, iron, etc., and there is no doubt that the
surface of the gill filaments were darkened and their function partially destroyed by
sulphides or other particles of mud. In this way it is easy to understand how the
gills of lobsters in the pound gradually turned, first, to a grey colour, and finally
became almost black.
Dr. MoGill, chief analyst of the Inland Revenue laboratory, Ottawa, made an
examination of the mud, the super-natant sea-water, and the gills of an adult lobster
which had died in the pound. He reports as follows: "The mud is chiefly silica, with
a considerable amount of inter-mixed sulphide of iron. The gills of the lobster con-
tained iron and phosphates, with a possible trace of sulphur."
Dean Goodwin, D.Sc. of the Kingston School of Mining, reports a similar finding
to that of Dr. McGill.
JIORTAMTY.
The severe conditions under which the animals passed the winter seem to have
affected their general health and caused a rather high death-rate. Of course, it is
quite impossible to estimate the death-rate among lobsters in their natural habitat.
In the sea, allowance must be made for those that die of hunger, or are killed by
enemies. In the pond and pound the adults have no enemies, and, consequently,
should show a low rate of mortality, otherwise there would be no reason for placing
them in sanctuaries. We can only form an idea of the rate of mortality in sanctuaries
LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS 61
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
by keeping track of those wliicli die from year to year, and ascertaining, if possible,
the cause of death. For example, of 167 lobsters left in the pond and i»und last
season (1914) only 134 could be found this season, thus showing a loss of 33. Of the
312 placed in the pond and pound this season (1915) all have been accounted for, the
loss by death being a total of thirty-eight. But, just as thirty- tliree in the one case
does not represent the true loss by death (because some of last year's lobsters may yet
be recovered from the pond), so thirty-eight does not show the true mortality this
year, that is, the mortality due to the ill-eifects of detention in the pound or pond.
The loss this year must be reduced to twenty, because eight of the thirty-eight were
poisoned by the accidental use of red paint on the paddles in one of oiir hatching
boxes, and ten others died in the course of transportation to the pound. The real
loss, therefore, this year is only 6 per cent of the total, whereas, the loss on last year's
numbers (if no more can be found in the pond) was nearly 20 per cent. The greatly
decreased mortality this season is, undoubtedly, due to the great care exercised by
the department in collecting, feeding, and distributing them, and the shorter deten-
tion period in the pond and pound. No one, who appreciates the facts, will advocate
the retention of lobsters in either pond or pound for more than a few months at a
time.
EGG-LAYIXG.
Egg laying at Long Beach this season had two peculiarities. The first was that
about half the females extruded only a few hundred eggs in place of many thousands,
and the second was that the eggs on probably SO per cent of the mothers were unferti-
lized.
In explanation of the former fact (noticed last year also) we at first assumed that
the mothers had been interrupted in the act of egg-laying by being dipped up in the
net. Subsequent facts, however, showed that this was not the case, because, when such
lobsters were confined in crates or cars for a few weeks, the number of eggs was never
increased. Secondly, when (as happened on a few occasions) such a lobster died,
post mortem examination showed that the beast had extruded all the ripe eggs in her
ovaries, excepting perhaps half a dozen or so. This great reduction from the fuH
complement of eggs had to be explained on some other grounds. As this peculiarity
in egg-laying was limited, so far as the writer can remember, to females which had
spent the winter in the pond or pound, the reduction in the number of eggs would seem
to be due to the unfavourable conditions under which the animals had lived through-
out the winter — crowding in a small compartment, lack of adequate food, excessive
growth of algse upon them, and the uncongenial mud of the bottom. In illustration
of this subject, the following facts may be quoted. In one compartment of the pound
were fifty females which had hatched their eggs in the summer of 1914 and been
retained in the pound all winter. Whether they had extruded eggs last autumn and
lost them during the winter or early spring is not known, but, at any rate, they were
all found without eggs on April 8, 1915. On July 19 an examination of the 50
resulted, as follows : —
22 had no eg-gs on them.
21 had new eggs on them, but none with the full complement. Within a week 4 of these
21 had lost the tew eggs which they had.
1 only had a full complement of eggs.
2 had died.
1 male only was present throughout the winter with these females.
3 were unaccounted for.
It is probable that few if amy of the eggs carried by these twentyt-one females
were fertilized, because there was only one male present in the enclosure to mate with
the fifty females. It happened, unfortunately, at the time of this examination that
the rearing apparatus absorbed all my attention, and, consequently, no examina-
tion of the eggs was made to see whether they were fertilized or not. Nor must it be
supposed that the loss of eggs by four of these females out of the twenty-one was the
only instance of the kind which came under our notice this season. On another
62
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
occasion a female, which was known to carry a few eggs, was later found to be without
any. In a third instance two females, both with eggs, were placed in a crate and a
few days afterwards one of them was found to have lost her eggs.
Here, then, we have records of three different occasions on which lobsters lost
their eggs a short time after extruding them. If unfertilized eggs " go bad " and
drop off within a few weeks or even months after extrusion, it is easy to understand
how our fishermen find not more than an average of 20 per cent (according' to one
member of the Shell Fish Commission of 1912-13) of the females carrying eggs. It
may be, too, that mothers, when pressed by hunger, eat their eggs, whether fertilized
or not fertilized. I have myself watched a female tearing off unfertilized eggs from
her swimmerets, passing them forward and transferring them to her mouth with her
maxillipedes. On examining her abdomen, the egg clusters could be seen ragged and
torn on each side and partly removed. It could not be said in this instance that the
eating of her eggs was the result of hunger, because all the lobsters in the poimd this
summer were well cared for and regularly fed.
The fourth instance of the loss of eggs was the most remarkable of all. In this
case none of the eggs adhered to the abdomen. The first intimation we had that eggs
were being laid was seeing them floating around in the current on the floor of one of
our rearing boxes. These were all soft and jelly-like, and undoubtedly, diseased and
unfertilized.
Fig. 4.— Mother lobsters cariying newly extruded eggs. These are
attached to the paired swimming feet on the under surface of the abdomen.
When carrying eggs, the mothers always bend the latter part of the abdonien
and tail under the body so that the eggs are as well protected as if carried
in a covered cup. In the illustration the abdomen is extended so as to expose
tlie eggs to view.
LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS
63
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
MOULTING.
"We had opportunities of witnessing several successful moults and also several
failures to moult, followed by death. The act is too well known to require description.
In healthful surroundings and under the stimulus of adequate food, the act cannot
be a critical one for a vigorous animal, \mt, if conditions are not favourable, as in the
pound, then the act may well be fraught with danger. There can be but little food in
winter, especially, within the limited area of the compartments, and considering the
leakage, the supply of fresh sea-water at low tide must also have been scanty. The
slimy mud that covered their gills was an ever-present menace, so that the animals
were weakened by their long confinement, and some of them, therefore, unfit to store
materials in the body for the manufacture of the new shell or the excretion of waste
material from the body. What more likely thing could happen than that some of
them would succeed in moulting, while others would fail and die?
BLIND LOBSTERS.
On noticing the blind lobsters, the first question that occurred to me was to ask
whether the sight would be restored after moulting. The question was generally
answered in the aifirmative, but not always. In the case of a female which had spent
a year at least, and possibly more, in the pond, it was found that she was still blind.
The algal growths had penetrated too deeply into the substance of the eye and had
destroyed the underlying tissue. In one other case, the sight was impaired, but not
lost; but, generally speaking, the process of moulting restored the sight.
NUMBERS OF EGG-BEARING FEMALES.
It is greatly to be regretted that statistics in regard to the relative numbers of
egg-bearing lobsters are not available. The following table from Herrick's book is
valuable so far as it goes. Facts of a like kind are given by Vinal Edwards for No
Man's Land. Similar facts do not appear to be available in Canada, so far as the
writer knows.
Record of the Total Catch of Lobsters at Woodshole, Mass., from December 1, 1893,
to June 30, 1S&4, showing the number and size of egg-hearing females.
Length.
6i
6h
6J
7
7i
\i
71
8
8i
8i
RJ
9
H
fl!
10
No.
Males.
No.
Females
Females
with
eggs.
Totals.
3
4
7
1
1
3
4
/
5
0
5
15
47
1
93
1
1
10
4
14
60
47
113
20
9
29
168
140
2
308
1
1
44
29
73
143
115
t
258
26
27
1
53
170
166
13
336
1
1
1
32
38
4
70
148
169
24
317
27
29
O
56
167
184
36
351
Length.
in.
lOi
101
10^
lOS
lOj
11
"1
lU
UJ
12
12i
12i
12|
13
13i
14"
Uh
15'
Totals
No.
Males.
0
62
79
1
18
31
10
11
2
9
1
4
1,313
No.
Females
1
71
103
' is'
62
11
.30
2
14
1,344
Females
Kith
eggs.
1
17
28
2
20
168
Totals.
1
1.S3
182
1
36
93
21
41
4
23
1
11
1
8
I
1
3
3
2,657
Percentage of females which carry eggs. 12.
Percentage of females with eggs at No Man's Land, 63'7, but that was over twenty years ago, when
lobsters were more .abundant than now.
64 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
These figures indicate that a much higher percentage of females are berried along
the Massachusets coast than in St. Mary's bay or the Bay of Fundy. Inquiries made
among the lobster fishermen, both last summer and this, go to show that out of every
1,000 to 2,000 adults, only from two to three are foimd to carry eggs. Is it not time
that other statistics besides measurements of length should be collected and published
in our annual reports?
In collecting statistics, the important points are: (a) the relative numbers of
males and females caught during a season; (6) the percentage of females that carry
mature, or ripe, eggs during the open season; (c) the percentage of females whicK
extrude new eggs during July, August, and September; (d) and especially, the pro-
portion of these eggs which are fertilized and unfertilized.
With such statistics before us for a few years we should soon know whether we
are making good the wastage of lobsters or not. At present we do not know. In a
vague way we conclude that, because millions of newly hatched fry are being planted
annually in the sea, therefore, we must necessarily be increasing our lobster supply,
or, at least, keeping the supply up to the numbers annually trapped by the fishermen.
The fallacy of this reasoning is clearly realized by the Shell Pish Coruinission (1912-
13) page 27 : " The annual returns, though showing a very large increase in the money
value, are really misleading, because, while the supply of lobsters is declining, the
price has so materially advanced that the total value is greater to-day than at any
previous period."
The results of all our hatthing and all our egg-planting, therefore, has not suificed
to replenish our depleted waters : that they have increased the numbers is pure guess
work. The same criticism precisely may fairly be made about rearing the fry. We
are working away in the dark, increasing the chances of survival, no doubt, but with-
out demonstrable proof of any increase in the numbers of animals which grow to
maturity.
Can we not be a little more accurate in our methods ? Let us first of all collect
for a few years the statistics for which I am pleading. With these as a basis for com-
parison, let us erect, say, fifty enclosures, 20 feet by 20 feet, at a cost not exceeding
$200 each, or $10,000 in all. Impound in these during July and August, twenty-five
males and twenty-five females — all carefully chosen and fully mature, and I am con-
fident that we shall get a very large increase in the number of eggs. And after all,
the greatest aid in preventing the extinction of the lobster will be to increase the egg
bearers. Mother ocean will feed the fry, if we protect the esg producers. But, if we
continue to hatch, as has been done in the past, we never know what increase results
from our eft'orts, but we do know that frequently we are feeding fish.
Much desirable information can probably be obtained by circularizing canners
and fishermen and explaining clearly to them the objects which the department has in
view.
In fact, Mr. W. S. Trask, a canner at Little River gladly gave me such informa-
tion as he had at his disposal. From May 10 to June 15 he bought 7,1-51 adult lobsters
from fishermen. He did not take the time (nor did the fishermen") to distinguish males
from females, but he was confident from some observations which he had made a few
years before, that there were generally more females than males. Out of the 7,151
adults which he had purchased, only thirty-five carried eggs, that is, 1 per cent, on the
assumption that the sexes are equal in numbers. How can the lobster industry be kept
up. if only one mother out of every 100 bears ripe eggsl
Probably few females are ever sterile. When eggs are not fertilized, one cause
will probably be the lack of facilities for mating. This, at least, was apparently the
Note. — Mention should be made of the information collected by Mr. Halkett at Baker's
Pond, C.B.. sliowina the relative percentage of males and females there to be about 4fi males
to 54 females per hundred.
LOBSTER INVESTIOATIOXS 65
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
cause this year at Long Beach. Up to to August 2, forty-three females had extruded
eggs, and careful examination of twenty-eight of these showed that only five carried
fertilized eggs. The reason of this seems clear enough. With the fifty females which
wintered in the pound, there was, as already stated, only one male. Whether this one
male could fertilize the eggs of forty-nine females is certainly open to question.
It is true that the department placed thirty males and thirty females (commer-
cial) in the pond or pound for experimental purposes this season, but, unfortunately,
eight of the males were poisoned, several of them were undersized, and six others died
from causes unknown. It will thus be seen that, if we take into account the relatively
small proportion of males to females, and the unfavourable conditions in which both
sexes were confined in the pound — I refer to the mud, not to feeding, which was care-
fully done, — it is not much wonder that many of the extruded eggs remained unfertil-
ized, then softened and dropped off.
ANNUAL SPAWNING.
It was intimated in my report for 1914 that some females which had extruded
eggs in August of that year were to be retained in the pound all winter, and might
throw some light upon the subject of annual spawning. Of forty-seven females placed
in the pound in midsummer, 1914, thirty had extruded eggs by the end of September.
There were confined with these females, fifteen males. Leaving out of consideration
ten females which were under 10 inches in length, the proportion of full-grown males
to females was 15 to 37, or nearly 1 male to 2 females. The result was that on the 8th
of April, 1915, when these thirty females were again examined, all bore fertilized eggs.
In other words, 61 per cent of the females placed in the pound last June carried fertil-
ized eggs to June of this year. As a matter of fact, most of the eggs were "' laid " in
August, but the important point is the large number of berried females which resulted
from the experiment. These animals were not examined again until July 7, 1915,
when the following results were found: —
12 had no eggs on them, being probably hatched oS in the interval between
April 8 and July 7.
12 were in the act of hatching their eggs.
2 had newly extruded eggs upon them.
1 was dead.
1 was lost off the dip net in removing it from the compartment.
2 could not at that date be accounted for, probably hidden in the mud.
30
The twelve which had old eggs upon them on April S, but were without eggs on
July 7, were placed in a compartment by themselves and re-examined again on July
29, when seven of them were found to be carrying newly extruded eggs.
These seven females with the two which bore new eggs on July 7 make a total of
nine, which had carried eggs in 1914, and again extruded eggs in 1915. The remain-
ing five of the twelve escaped from the enclosure in which they were confined, and, as
a consequence, it became impossible to identify them from others in the pound, but
so far as these nine lobsters are concerned, annual spawning is an undoubted fact.
One female, at least, of these seven, bore " bad " eggs, and one other, though the
eggs appeared normal and of the usual number, nevertheless, carried unfertilized eggs,
as shown by microscope examination.
MORE FERTILIZED EGGS.
The problem of problems in the lobster industry is not how to rear fry to the
crawling stage, but how to increase the number of females which carry fertilized eggs.
66 DEPARTMKS'T OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
The artificial hatching of lobster eggs may be important, though many doubt it; the
artificial rearing of lobster fry to the fourth or fifth stage may be important, though
this remains to be proved, at any rate in Canadian waters; but the biggest of all
lobster problems is how to increase the number of fertilized eggs. Unfertilized eggs
are probably produced in vast numbers, if biennial spawning is the r\ile; in vaster
numbers still, if annual spawning is the rule.
Eeverting again to the 7,151 adults bought by Mr. W. S. Trask this season, among
which he found only thirty-five berried females, and to Mr. J. W. Tidd's catch of 3,000
lobsters in 1913, among which he found only three berried females, we are faced with
the problem of explaining how it happens that there were not about 3,500 berried
females among Mr. Trask's purchases, if lobsters spawn annually, or 1,750 if lobsters
spawn biennially, similarly with !Mr. Tidd's catch, and with the catch of every lobster
fisherman in the Maritime Provinces.
We have no knowledge of the extent to which the sexes mingle with each other
in the sea. Conclusions based upon the tagging of lobsters and their subsequent
liberation and capture may be misleading. Tagging does seem to indicate, however,
that they are strongly local in their habits, and, if so, they may meet each other only
at intervals and solely by accident. How different conditions are to-day for mating,
compared with what they were in early colonial days when lobsters were so abundant
along the Atlantic coast that after every storm they were found lying along the shore
in windrows!
If the facilities for mating are lacking, this may be the reason why so few
females carry fertilized eggs. If there is no mating, the mothers will extrude their
eggs annually or biennially, as the case may be, but the eggs, being unfertilized, will
" go bad " and subsequently drop off.
It must not be supposed, therefore, that the eggs found in June, July, August,
and September on berried females are necessarily " good eggs." For breeding pur-
poses they may be as useless as those of a puUet with which no cockerel has cohabited.
As illustrating the truth of this statement, it is only necessary to point out that of
twenty-eight females which extruded eggs in Long Beach pond this season, only five
were found to carry fertilized eggs. These results are quite different from those of
last year, but the conditions were different in the two years. In 1914 the malring
lobsters were placed in a compartment specially located near the entrance of fresh sea-
water from the intake pipe, and by the end of the season, as already stated, 64 per cent
of the females carried fertilized eggs, as compared with 1 per cent reported by fisher-
men. In the case of the mating lobsters of this year, 1915, some of them, were placed
at first in the pond and others of them in the pound. Subsequently they were trans-
ferred to two of our rearing boxes, and later again to the third compartment of the
pound. Considering, too, that there were only 26 males to 109 females and that the
transfer from one enclosure to another was unnatural ; considering also the unfavour-
able conditions under which they lived in the pound, one can readily understand that
copulation took place less frequently than under the more natural conditions of 1914.
But after making every allowance for the conditions which militated against the
extrusion and fertilization of eggs, we find that 44 out of 109 females extruded eggs
in the summer of 1915, or over 40 per cent.
When it is remembered that the Shell Fish Commission estimated from their inquir-
ies that the percentage of berried females ranged from 2 per cent to 40 per cent,*
and that this latter percentage existed only where fishing is permitted in June and
July, as in Northumberland strait, and when it is considered also that in these months
some lobsters are carrying old eggs and others are carrying new ones, it will readily
be seen that the 40 per cent does not represent the true proportion of newly extruded
eggs at all. Let us find out, if possible, the correct proportion of hen-lobsters which
carry new eggs, or of those which carry mature eggs, but not a combination of the two.
• These figrures were obtained not from the Commission but bj- correspondence with only
one member of the Commission.
LOBSTER INYESTIOATIONS
67
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
MATING GROUNDS.
So few facts are known in regard to the mating of lobsters that special attention
should be given to this subject next year. While the pound has proved to be useless
this season a.'v a suitable place in which to rear fry or retain adults, the southwest end
of the pond, as stated in last year's report, could be made very useful, both as a sanct-
uary for beried females and as a mating ground for commercial lobsters. If the com-
partments at present in the pound were removed to the southwest end of the pond, and
the cost of doing this need not exceed $200, there would then be ample space for both
sanctuary and mating ground and better conditions than prevailed this past summer.
It cannot be stated too often that the great problem is how to increase the number
of fertilized eggs. The hatchery cannot add a single fry to those which the mother will
hatch out. On the contrary, the hatchery often starts them upon their ocean life,
infected with diatoms, as shown by Professor Gorham. The rearing plant guards and
feeds the fry for a brief three or four weeks, and then liberates them to take their
chances in wind and tide and among a multiplicity of voracious enemies. In contrast
with the uncertainty of hatching and rearing fry, an increase in the number of females
carrying fertilized eggs woidd mean an incalculable increase in the number of fry, and
consequently, a better chance of survival until they become adults.
Fi^'. 5. Twu lubstcr.s icstiii^' in lliL-ir .^iielteis.
To realize how greatly the number of berried lobsters may be increased, as they
were actually increased in the pound in 1914 from 1 per cent to 64 per cent, we have
only to consider how rapidly a farmer could increase his poultry if he bred from
sixty-four hens out of a hundred, instead of from one hen. He might use a hatching
apparatus (as we do for lobsters) and a rearing apparatus also, if there is such a thing
for chickens, but the increase in his poultry would be slow indeed, compared with what
it would be if he bred from sixty-four mothers in place of from one. If we could come
anything near increasing our berried lobsters from 1 per cent to 64 per cent, we might
burn down our lobster hatcheries and never notice the loss, so far as the lobster indus-
try is concerned.
68
DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Of course, there may be other causes at work, besides lack of facilities for mating,
to account for the small number of berried females. If so, these causes must be studied
and, if possible, removed. But, at any rate, no one can be blind enough to overlook
the significance of the mating experiments of last year and this.
THK EVERYD.4Y LIFE OF THE LOBSTER.
While our lobster-rearing experiments at Long Beach pond, both last year and this,
resulted in failure, it cannot be said that the two seasons' work was entirely barren of
results. Apart from the observations which have been made on mating, and which, it
is hoped, may prove even more useful to the lobster industry than any success which
might have been achieved in lobster rearing, we have been able to make some contribu-
tions to our knowledge of the every day life of the lobster.
Very early in our operations of this year it was decided to use but two rearing
boxes, instead of four. The other two were fitted up with shelters, or nests, for the
study of adults.
Obeservations were made every day from July 20 to August 6, when the animals
had to be removed. The excesive leakage from the pound left our boxes resting in the
mud, and contributed not a little to bring about the death of several adults, through
the lack of properly aerated water.
POSTURES.
When performing certain functions, for example, cleaning themselves, egg-laying,
fighting, etc., the adults took up certain appropriate postures. One of these, which
may be spoken of as the cleaning posture, was first observed among lobsters which had
wintered in either pond or pound. Within a week after these animals had been placed
Fig. 6.— This illustration is from a lobster cast which has been shaped to
resemble the posture of a mother lobster when hatching her eggs. The swini-
merets are visible under the abdomen and these are moved gently backwards and
forwards in the water so as to assist in liberating the young from the "shell".
This same posture is taken when the animal is cleaning itself.
in the rearing box, their appearance had changed very much for the better. No lady in
the land could spend more time on her toilet than these lobjsters did in cleaning
themselves. They did not, of course, wash, massage, paint or powder their faces, nor did
they curl their hair, but they did spend days and days in attempts to free themselves
from the excessive growth of algiE, which covered almost every part of their body.
LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS
69
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
At first they ate voraciously; later on, much more moderately. Their only toilet
instruments were the opposable thumb and finger (pincers) of their walking legs.
Every part of their body which could be reached by those appendages was carefully
gone over. It was no uncommon thing to see a lobster raise the first pair of wall<ing
legs over the great claws and use them in cleaning the rostrum and antennules. The
antenna? (feelers) would be grasped by the pincers and drawn through between the
thumb and finger, thus stripping oil alga; and dirt, in much the same way as a person
might strip off the excess of dirt from a string by drawing it through between his
thumb and finger.
When thvis cleaning themselves, the animals rest almost entirely upon the tips of
their great claws and the telson which is bent at right angles to the long axis of the
body. The middle region is arched slightly upward, and the walking legs are thus left
almost completely free for cleaniiig movements.
THE HATCHING POSTURE.
This posture has often been described and does not differ from the cleaning one,
excepting that the animal rests on its walking legs as well as on its great claws and
telson. The movements are limited to a gentle swaying backwards and forwards of
the swimming feet, evidently for the purpose of assisting the fry to liberate themselves
from the egg capsule (shell).
EGG-LAYKG POSTURE.
The egg-laying iwsture, as we saw it, was different from that described by Anderton.
The general position is that of a more or less erect frog. The abdomen is bent com-
pletely under the body, and the broad tail is well spread out on each side, so as to form
an almost perfect cup. The anterior part of the body is inclined at an angle of nearly
J-'ig. 7.— Tlie ejjg-laying posture.
45°, on account of the animal resting on the tips of the great claws. The posture is
such as to allow the eggs, as soon as they leave the orifice of the oviduct, to fall by
gravity over the receptaculum seminis and drop easily and naturally into the abdominal
cup already described. After the eggs have filled the cup, the female turns upon her
back for 15 or 20 minutes and remains almost motionless, the walking legs alone
swaying backwards and forwards at intervals of a minute or two. During this quiet
period the egg glue is apparently hardening so as to fix the eggs to each other and to
the hairs of the swimmerets.
3Sa— 6
70 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
That the egg glue requires time to harden in the water was demonstrated by the
fact that one female, which was lying on her back after egg-laying, was dipped up
tjo soon from the box and righted in position. As a result, nearly all her eggs dropped
off on the board on which the observer was standing.
THE RESTING POSTURE.
This is the posture which an animal naturally adopts when left to itself in a
crate, box, or otlier enclosure, and usually after being fed. If there are many animals
Fig. 8.— The resting posture. From a photograph of
an animal under water.
together, they will often take up this posture in one corner and lie one on top of the
other. It is their usual posture in shelters.
FIGHTING POSTURE.
There is nothing new to describe about this posture. Most people who have
watched lobsters when removed from the water have seen them elevate their great
claws, open their scythe-like jaws, and otherwise adopt a threatening or defensive
attitude. It is the regular pose of female lobsters, in defence of their eggs, and of the
male lobsters towards each other. Time after time have we seen two males pas^
females without adopting any belligerent attitude, but as soon as they approached
each other "squared off" for a fight. Though the males are generally restless, the
larger ones chasing the smaller from place to place, we never actually saw one injure
the other.
BIENNUL SPAWNING.
It remains to say a few words on the subject of biennial spawning. The fact
that nine lobsters spawned in 1914, and again in 1915, is beyond all question. It is
also equally beyond question that out of 50 lobsters which hatched their eggs in July,
1914, and moulted in the autumn of 1914 (according to the testimony of the care-
taker of the pond) twenty -two did not spawn this summer at all. If lobsters spawn
biennially, then these females should have extruded new e-jgs in July and August of
1915, but they did not.
LOBSTER INVESTI0ATI0N8 71
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
From the evidence which we have collected thus far at Long Beach, it is quita
clear that some lobsters spawn annually, some biennially, and some do not spawn
even biennially. Of course, it is only fair to point out again that the conditions in
both pond and pound are unnatural, and, therefore, we need not be surprised wlien
we meet with departures from the normal habits of the animal, whether the habit be
annual or biennial spawning.
A RE\1EW.
In looking over the operations of the jjound for the past two years, let it be
frankly acknowledged at the outset that the main purpose for which it was built has
not been realized. Can it be fairly said, then, that the money spent in the purchase
of the pond and the construction of the pound has been wasted ? I think not.
In additioti to being a sanctuary for berried females, the pound has brought
about the discovery that the numbers of lobsters may be increased by bringing the
Sfxes together. This, of course, was not the primary object for which the pound was
built. So far as can be judged from public reports and from the Board's corres-
pondence with the Fisheries Branch, the discovery was made by accident. Sixty-
two commercial lobsters were sent to the pound in 1914 for the purpose of observing
whether lobsters spawn annually or biennially. Long before a conclusion could be
reached on the subject, it was discovered that 64 per cent, of the forty-seven females
in the pound had extruded fertilized eggs — a most astonishing fact, when every
fisherman in Digby County knows that only about one female in every hundred
carries eggs. This opinion of the fishermen 'is corroborated by Mr. Andrew Halkett.
In his report upon the Baker Lobster pound. Cape Breton, 1909-10, page 16, he
mentions a trii5 which he took with Eafuse & Son, fishermen, to seventy-five traps,
e ontaining altogether fifty-six males and sixty females. Only one of the females was
berried.
Why this great difFerence in egg-bearing between open-sea lobsters and those in
Long Beach pound? One obvious explanation is that it is due to the close inter-
course between male and female lobsters in a compartment 20 feet long by 10 feet
wide. The fact that 40 per cent, of the females at Long Beach this summer (1915)
extruded eggs under most unfavourable conditions appears to corroborate the discovery.
At any rate, the results of the two years' observations, in my judgement, amply
justify the department in building a few more enclosures at different points along
the maritime coast in order to test still further the extent to which egg-bearing may
be artificially promoted.
Surely the expenditure of money on industrial and economic problems is one of
the functions of Government. If it is not, then much of the expenditure on Experi-
mental Agricultural Stations and on investigations into our peat and other mineral
resources is unjustifiable. Far, however, from the money hitherto spent upon such
scientific investigations being wasted, it is money well spent. Similarly, I trust it
will be realized in a few years that the money spent upon Long Beach pond will have
been amply justified either by the direct or indirect scientific results that have
been achieved.
38a— 6J
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
III
THE PEARLY FRESH-WATER MUSSELS OF ONTARIO.
By John D. Detweilek^ M.A., St. Andrew's College, Toronto.
(With one figure in the text).
INTRODUCTION.
As a part of the pearly fresh-water mussel investigation, conducted by the Bio-
logical Board of Canada, a number of localities, from which promising reports had
come in, were visited in August, 1916.
The investigation had a twofold object: first, to determine the abundance, species
and commercial value of the mussels; and, second, to ascertain whether it would be
advisable to introduce artificial propagation in any Canadian waters.
In order to facilitate the work, the Board decided to send the author to the Fair-
port Biological Station at Fairport, Iowa, so that he might thoroughly acquaint him-
self with the problem in hand.
THE UNITED ST.\TES FISHERIES BIOLOGICAL STATION^ FAIRPORT, IOWA.
This station was established in 1908, and is the centre of mussel propagation and
of the investigation of problems relating thereto.
In the practical propagation of mussels the station serves as headquarters for field
operations conducted throughout the Mississippi basin, including the Mississippi river
and its tributaries. There may be in the field at one time from two to six field parties
operating near the station or at a distance of several hundred miles. For fidl account
see United States Bureau of Fisheries, Document 829, by Dr. Colter.
METHODS AND TECHNIQUE OF ARTIFICL\L PROPAGATION.
The methods of propagation are based upon the peculiar character of the normal
course of development of the fresh-water mussels. The young mussels, with rare excep-
tions, when first liberated from the mother clam must become parasitic upon a fish
in order to pass through the next stage of their development. To this end these young
mussels — glochidia, as they are called at this stage — attach themselves to the fins or
gills of a fish, if the opportunity presents itself. They already have two shells
which under proper stimulus work like a small trap, and a very slight wound seems to
be produced which after attachment begins at once to heal over. In this way the
glochidia become more or less safely encysted and now virtually live the life of para-
sites, subsisting on the juices of the fish. In the course of two weeks, more or less,
having completed their metamorphosis, they break away from their host, drop to the
bottom and beg'in an independent existence.
If not over-infected, the fish seem to suffer no injurious effects. Naturally, the
limit of successful infection depends on the size and nature of the fish. Careful
investigation of natural and artificial infection has shown that a moderate-sized fisli
may carry successfully from 1,000 to 2,000 glochidia.
Mussels do not attach themselves indiscriminately, but for each species of mussel
there is a limited number of species of fish that may serve as host. In some cases
the number that may act as a host is apparently very exclusive. In this connection
75
76 DEPARTMENT OF TEE SATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
it may be mentioned that the gar, including at least the two species L. platostomus and
L. osseus, has been found to be practically the only host for one of the most desirable
of shells, the Yellow sand-shell ( Lampsilis anodonfoides).
In actual artificial infection of fish the operation is essentially as follows: The
gravid mussels and their suitable fish hosts are placed in a vat or tub containing a
requisite amount of water. The mussel is now opened, the marsupial pouch split open
along its ventral border and the glochidia are squeezed out into one of the valves
of the mussel, which valve also serves as a small water container. The glochidia are
then poured into the tuh and the water agitated, more or less, so that they will he
kept in suspension. From time to time individual fish are caught and gills examined
to determine the extent of infection. The optimum amount of infection varies for
different sizes and species of fish and also for the condition the fish are in. It is
generally accomplished within the limit of 5 to 20 minutes. Over-infection must be
guarded against.
Naturally, there cannot be any definite rule as to the number of glochidia to be
used with any number of fish, the person in charge must be guided by his experience.
When sufficiently infected, the fish are removed to the river or pond. If develop-
ment in the gills is to be watched, they may be transferred to crates anchored in the
river or pond.
The gravid female clams may generally he found by looking over material where
fishermen are at work. Unless the glochidia are sufficiently developed, the operation
is useless, for not until then will they open and close their valves when stimulated.
The fish are caught with the seine or net.
From this it will be seen that the experimental shell-fish station and the fish-
cultural station go hand in hand. In fact it is a point of economy to combine the two.
Although artificial infection would appear to be a comparatively simple operation,
a working knowledge of the process has only been obtained as a result of careful and
laborious research. As yet only a few species of mussels are thus propagated. The
search for natural hosts is still being prosecuted. Experimental work is also being
carried on with the object of determining the period of parasitism, and the life history
of the young mussel after parasitism, and to lead to such improvements of methods
as will make the work most productive of practical 'results.
It is interesting to note that within a period of two years, young mussels of
sufficient size to cut and finish buttons from their shells were reared at the station.
These were raised from artificially infected fish, which were kept in floating crates
or in earth ponds. They are not only the first mussels to be reared to such a size from
artificial infection, but they are the first commercial forms known to have been grown
in ponds.
RESULTS OF ARTIFICIAL rROPAGATION.
Although there is no means of definitely cheeking \ip the results of artificial pro-
pagation on a large scale, where the mussels already exist, yet the extent of the
confidence the United States Government has in the undertaking may be shown i
by the fact that during the last fiscal year, 3.31,451,490 glochidia, in round numbers,
were liberated in the parasitic condition and 424,550 fish were employed in the opera-
tions. ^ It is believed that a considerable jiroportion of the glochidia fall upon
unfavourable ground, or fail to reach maturity from other causes. However, since a
large number can be liberated at a comparatively small cost, the attempt is deemed
justifiable. So far restocking, only, has been attempted, and in general fishermen
report that where artificial infection has been carried on, more young shells are found
1 Annual Report of the Commissioner of Fisheries to the Secretary of Commerce for Fiscal
Tear ended June 30, 1916.
PEAKLX FRESU-WATER MUSSELS 77
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
than ever before. Sucli eiieoiiraging reports have come in from Lake Pepin, Wis-
consin; White and Black rivers, Arkansas, and from Fairport, in the vicinity of
the station.
THE SOJOURN AT THE ST.\TIOX.
My sojourn at the station, July 25, Augrust 3, was both highly i^rofitable and very
pleasant. Laboratory accommodation and facilities were freely offered. Valuable
instruction, demonstrations and advice were g'ladly given by the Director and his
staff. By assisting in the examination of gills for natural infection, and in carrying
ont artificial infection under the supervision of an experienced man, I was enabled
t" get a working knowledge of the ojierations, which would have been quite impossible
♦o obtain otherwise.
The kindness with which I was received, the consideration shown for my wants and
comfort, and the pleasure taken in facilitating the object of my visit were beyond my
highest anticipations. In this connection I wish to particularly mention Mr. A. Shira,
the Director; Mr. Canfield, Superintendent of Fish Culture; Prof. Clark and Dr.
Howard, Scientific Assistants; Mr. Gorham, Foreman, and Mr. Southall, Shell Expert.
The Station has also kindly sent me a set of classified shells, thereby facilitating
classification here.
ORIGIN OF OUR LARGER MUSSEL FAUNA.
The identity of the mussel fauna of certain Canadian areas with that of the
Mississippi waters at once suggests a probable common origin. Our forms no doubt
migrated northwaid on the retreat of the ice cap which is believed to have covered
northern North America during the great ice age. As this ice field retreated toward
the North West, numerous lakes were formed, now represented by our modern Great
Lakes, and these probably all except lake Ontario drained into the Mississippi
.-ystem. Several of the old drainage courses have been discovered, among them being
the ancient Lake Erie outlet, by way of the Wabash into the Mississippi river, and
the glacial lake Chicago along the Chicago river. Even lake Superior appears to
have had a watercourse into the Mississippi by way of the St. Croix river.' Numerous
species of mussels no doubt found their way up these waterways into the ancient
lakes, and ultimately populated the rivers now flowing into them.
THE GRAND RIVER.
As far as I have been able to ascertain, the Grand river contains more mussels of
commercial value than any other Ontario waters. This river rises in the township of
Melancthon, Dufferin county, within a distance of almost twenty-five miles from
Georgian bay. Its source, at an elevation of approximately l.TOO feet above sea-level
may be said to mark the highlands of the southwestern Ontario plateau. From its
source to its outlet into lake Erie, at Port Maitland, by the river, the distance is 17."i
miles and the drainage area is approximately 2,500 square miles. The drainage basin
is wide at its headwater area, and narrow in the lower flat country, where most of the
rivers flow directly into the lake.
The river may be topographically divided into two parts — upper and lower. The
upper part extends well into Waterloo County and includes the Conestogo tributary.
Here, on the flat headwater table lands, the declivity is small; then for a distance
becomes quite steep. At Elora, for example, there is a single drop of over 40 feet wliere
the river enters a limestone gorge. The fall of the lower river is gradual and uniform,
and generally becomes flat towards the lake. The following table will show the approxi-
mate fall of the whole river.
1 Pop. Sc. Monthly XLVI No. 2. p. 217. U.S. Geol. Survey Monographs, XXXVIIa.
78
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table I. — Distance from Port Maitland approximate in sea level.
Place.
Port Maitland
Foot dam, Dunnville
Water above dam
York
Foot dam, Caledonia
Top dam, n
Behind dam, ii
At mouth, Fairchild's
Cockshntt Bridge, Brantford
Foot lower dam, n
Behind m i.
Behind upper dam, m
Below dam. Paris
Behind dam, ..
Bridge, Glenmorris
Foot dam, Gait
Above dam, i-
At Bridge, Conestogo
\t Flora
At Fergus
At Bridge, Belwood
Mileage.
7
29
34
34
34
5iJ
60
(J4
fi4
67
76
76
83
90
90
120
13,5
140
147
Difference
7
0
22
5
0
0
16
10
4
0
3
9
0
0
30
15
Total head 5
Total head 7
Water level
Elevation
573
573
581
594
610
61S
618
619
639
644
6.iH
675
680
688
802
853
862
1018
94
94
00
00
00
00
00
00
■00
■17
00
■00
00
00
00
00
1367 00
Difference,
LakeEiie Level.
0
7 06
13 00
16 00
800
0
100
20 00
5
14 00
17 00
500
8 00
114 00
5100
9- 00
156 00
Both dams 56 ft.
„ 38 ft.
In the upper stretches of the river, including its tributaries, extending roughly to
the vicinity of Paris, the stream-bed is composed of rocks and course gravel almost
throughout, and flows in places over exposed limestone for considerable distances.
From Paris southward the bed consists chiefly of: —
Table No. 2.
Vicinity — Nature of Bed —
Paris to Brantford Gravel, sand.
Western Counties canal Gravel, sand, silt and clay.
Brantford to 12 miles below. . . . Gravel, sand and clay.
To Caledonia Fine gravel, sand and silt.
Caledonia to Tork Gravel, exposed limestone.
York to Dunnville Fine gravel, sand and silt.
Dunnville to 'Lake Largely silt.
This section of the province, in common with all southwestern Ontario, is occu-
pied throughout by comparatively undisturbed limestone and other Silurian and
Devonian strata with overlying drift, clays, sands and more recent superfleial deposits.
The deep deposit of drift material naturally lends itself to erosion, and consequently
the river carries considerable quantities of sand and gravel during heavy floods, scour-
ing the channel from the headwaters to below Brantford. Below this point a large
area of the river channel with the small declivity produces such a condition that light
deposits may take place rather than the scouring of the bed to any extent. All the
tributaries also bring down large quantities of material.
DISTRIBUTION OF MUSSELS.
Some years ago when repairs were being made on the feeder canal at Dunnville,
shells were found in such abundance that they were picked up by the wagon load. This
discovery led to the establishment of a small shelling industry at this point. Last
year (1915) 265 tons were shipped from Dunnville, and this year approximately 260
tons.
PEARLY FRESH-WATER MUSSELS 79
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Two or three years ago, during low water, three men picked up and shipped five or
six car-loads from a point about one or one and one-half miles below York, and shipped,
it is reported, to Buffalo.
From the lower dam at Brantford to the old power-bouse at Echo Place, there is
what was at one time a barge caual, about 1| miles long. Where cuts were made it is
about 50 feet wide and 5 or 6 feet deep. There is still in this system Mohawk lake,
three-eighths of a mile wide by one-third mile long and 20 to 30 feet deep in places.
Six or seven years ago. when the water was let out for repairs, this was the best place
in the immediate vicinity of Brantford for clams, as to size, quantity and variety.
It is said that about ten years ago clams were abundant at a point about half way
between Brantford and Paris, called Mulloy's Farm.
I am also informed by the city engineer of Brantford that large numbers of clams
are to be found in the vicinity of Bow Park farm.
The fall on the Speed river, a tributary of the Grand, is well utilized, and clams
of good size are found behind nearly all the dams which -hold back the water over a
considerable area of storage basins.^
SPECIES AND CII.\RACTERISTICS OF SHELLS.
1 have twice visited the Duuuville area, and found a considerable variety of
mussels of commercial value. My investigation there was much facilitated by Mr.
H. Clark, who superintends the shell-fishing. In discussing the mussel fauna, only
such species as are of commercial value will be considered.
In the following list common names are also given along with the scientific
ones : — ^
Scientific Name. Common Name.
Lampsilis alata, Say Pink heel-splitter.
Lampsilis luteola, Lam Fat mucket.
Lampsilis recta. Lam Black sand-shell.
Lampsilis venticosa, Barnes . . . . Pocketbook.
Obliquai-ia reflexa, Hai Three-horned warty-back.
Quadrula lachrymosa, Lea Maple leaf.
Quadrula plicata. Say Blue-point.
Quadrula rubiginosa. "Lea Wabash pig-toe.
Quadrula undulata, Barnes Three-ridge.
No doubt this list does not contain all the species of commercial value found in
this district. I have, in fact, picked up the Fluted-sheU, Symphynota costaia, Eaf., a
good many miles north of Dunnville, and it likely occurs here. I might in passing
mention Lampsilis gracilis, Barnes, (Paper shell), a large mussel found here, but
which is of no practical value on account of the thinness of its shell. Of the above
species those most commonly occurring are L. alata. Q. plicata, and Q. undulata, L.
alata is a good-sized heavy clam, quite a large number of the shells weighing in the
neighbourhood of a pound, but its value is much reduced for button manufacture on
account of its usual pinlj or purple colour. Q. plicata and Q. undulata are similar in
appearance and comprise the chief commercial species of this area. They grow to a
large size, and as a rule have a good white lustre. I have in my collection one of the
former species weighing Ig pounds, and of the latter, one la'^ pounds in weight. L.
luteola is naturally a valuable shell, as its quality is excellent, and it cuts and finishes
with least waste. The area around Dunnville, however, does not appear to be particu-
1 1 am indebted to the Hydro-Electric Power Commission office at Brantford for valuable
data, and also for reports on c'am distribution on the Grand river system.
2 For nomenclature see Synopsis of Naiades, or pearly fresh water mussels. Proceedings,
U.S. National Museum, Vol. XXII, No. 1205, 1900, Charles T. Simpson.
80
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
larly favourable to its development. It may perhaps be found more plentifully and of
better quality farther up the river in localities more nearly approximating- the condi-
tion in lakes. The other species are of good quality, but owing to their scarcity in this
area, have little commercial importance.
METHODS OF THE DUXVILLE MUSSEL FISHERY.
On my visit to the fishing grounds at Dunnville I found two gangs of men at work
on the river above the town; one at a distance of about two miles, and the other some
five and one-half miles farther on, near Morgan's island. In the former locality they
had a pile of shells which would weigh about five tons. These were fished and shelled
in about three and one-half days, by two men and two boys. The men did the fishing,
while one boy ran the gasolene launch and the other removed the meat from the shells.
The outfit for procuring the clams consists of two scows fastened rigidly together by a
plank at each end. The distance between the scows is 4 or 5 feet. The men stand on
the stern plank while operating the scoops. The scoop, or dip-net is a dipper-like
apparatus with a handle of from 12 to 18 feet in length. The bowl consists of a wire
cage about 16 inches in depth, and is attached to a triangular iron frame, 16 inches
to a side. Thus the opening of the scoop is triangular and works in the manner of
a dredge. To assist in the raking of the beds by this scoop, a number of iron spikes
about 3 inches long are fastened to the lower part of the triangular frame,
and are set about 3 inches apart. This helps to draw the scoop into the river
shown and are set about 3 inches apart. This helps to draw the scoop into the river
bed. A line passes from the lower end of the scoop to the forward plank and this is
of such a length as to allow the handle to stand vertically against the stern plank.
The whole outfit is towed by a gasolene launch. The scows, though varying in size,
are about 16 feet long by 3J feet wide and 14 inches deep. The following diagram
may serve to illustrate the fishing outfit in operation : —
— ^ ,1 7^ Letunch-
Fig. 1.
In order to remove the mussels from their shells they are subjected to boiling in
water. This kills the animal, causes the relaxation of the iwwerful adductor
muscles, which hold the valves together, and permits the easy removal of the muscles
from their attachment on the valves. The boiling pans vary in size, but are usually
about 6 feet long by 4 feet wide and 8 inches deep.
The bed near Morgan's island is about \ mile long and 50 feet wide. Here the
bottom is gravelly, and although the shells are numerous and of good quality, the
number of dead ones is considerably larger than farther down the river, where the
bottom is muddy.
Last year the shelling was done below the town at a point a mile north of Port
Maitland. Here 265 tons were taken from an area less than | of a mile in length.
The bed. I am told, showed no signs of depletion. This year the fishing has been done
above the town, and although about 260 tons have been taken, the ground is apparently
not as productive as was anticipated.
PEARLY FRESH-WATER MUSSELS
31
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
A considerable number of pearls and slugs are also found. Some are, of ver.v fair
size and good quality. In Mr. Clark's opinion, pearling alone would insure a sufficient
return for one's labours if followed up. The highest figure yet obtained for a pearl
was $75.
RECOJr ifEXDATIOXS.
In order to develop to the fullest extent the resources of the river, three main
steps are urgent; first, to insure against depletion of the present stock of clams;
second, to restock and stock artificially all favourable areas, and third, to improve the
river in general by stream regulation. Since the last-mentioned object is so funda-
mental, I shall deal with it first.
STIiE.\M REGL'L.^TIOX AND SOME OF ITS .VDVAXT.\GES.
Through the progressive removal of the natural physical conditions regulating
stream-flow, the floods in the river have for some years been becoming more and more
violent and destructive. This increased flood-flow has naturally reduced the volume
of low water-flow proportionately. These two conditions, along with the scouring and
general damage of river-bed, constitute an increasing menace to mussel life, to
fisheries, and to power development along the river.
Some idea of the truth of the above statements may be deduced from a study of
the following table of volume of flow at different points. The maximum flow of
greatest recent flood is also included. This took place in the spring of 1912.
Approximate flow in cubic feet per second, period 1914, 1915 and 1916.
Grand Kiver Stations.
Ma.ximum.*
4,600
9,300
19,000
23,000
20,000
27,000
Minimum.*
Mean.
Drainage
area in sq.
miles.
Estimated
Maximum .
Buhvood
Cone.sf.r)fro . . .
3
15
55
70
100
200
190
375
810
900
14,000
1,550
280
5.50
1,360
3,390
2,000
2,280
10,000
20, 000
50, 000
ioo,o66 '
Gait ... .
Glenniorri.s
Brantford
York
* Maximum Hows are mean of two h'autje heights, tab n a.m. and p.m. daily. ilinimum HnHsin
some stations consist of leakage from dams.
The danger consequent upon these conditions cannot readily be overestimated.
The fact that drainage areas of the Grand River and Great Miami river flowing through
Dayton, Ohio, are approximately equal, is sufficient proof. No doubt far-reaching
measures for the prevention of dangerous floods will have to be taken in the future.
If such measures involve water conservation, the resources of the river will be enorm-
ously increased.
In the fall of 1912 the Hydro-electric Power Commission made a reconnaissance
survey of the river watershed covering the main stream from Caledonia to the head-
waters; also of the larger tributaries from their confluence with the main stream to
their headwaters. In this survey, the main object of which was to ascertain what
locations, if any, merited examination as sites for storage reservoirs and regulating
works, it was found that by the building of nine dams ranging from 30 to G5 feet,
storage reservoirs ranging from 450 acres to 3,000 acres in area could be obtained ; the
aggregate acreage being between ten and eleven thousand. Wliile the above figures
82 . DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
are approximations, it is believed to be reasonably certain that the system of storage
basins would have an aggregate impounding capacity of not less than five billion cubic
feet.^ It wiU be evident that the economic advantage accruing from such pools of
dependable character cannot be lightly esteemed. In relation to mussel life there
would be not only the addition of new flood areas, but also no doubt the improvement
of the bed of the streams ba^k of these areas. In these lake-approximations, or river-
lakes as they have been called, admirable conditions should be afforded for the par-
ticularly valuable shell L. lutcola. Not only does this shell work up well into buttons
but it also lends itself readily to artificial propagation on a commercial basis. Although
it is rare to find shells of commercial value in lakes, these river-lakes form a natural
habitat for the above mentioned mussel. For example, Lake Peoria, a lake expansion
in the Illinois E. forms at present probably the best mussel producing district in the
United States. As the young mussels are parasitic on fish in the early stage of their
life history, it would of course be necessary to construct eft'ective fish-ways at these
dams.
Further, by a study of tables 1 and 2 it will be seen that there are considerable
stretches in the river where apparently suitable mussel areas obtain. If mussels are
not found here in a survey, the fault will probably be due to flood conditions prohibit-
ing their development in tliese areas. If such is the case, flow-regulation should over-
come the unfavourable environment. ■ ,
FOOD, A FACTOR OF THE ENVIRONMENT.
In the discussion of favourable environments, due consideration must be given to
the food problem. This is doubtless the most important factor in the environment of
the mussel, and it is unfortunate that no extensive work has been done along this line.
Actual records of stomach contents of fresh-water mussels are rare. Records of analysis
show that among the microscopic forms, minute plants, diatomacese and other algae,
constitute a part of the food of the mussels. With reference to the food habits,
Professor Clark and Dr. Wilson report in part, as follows: " The stomach contents of
mussels taken from the main current of the St. Mary's, St. Joseph, and Maumee rivers
were rather noteworthy for their paucity of organic material. Through the large mass
of muddy matrix filling the stomach were usually scattered a few Scenedesmus, various
diatoms, and an occasional Pediastrum or Cosmarium." Dr. Petersen, a Danish ecolo-
gist and Director of the Danish Biological Station, has fully demonstrated that the
fine dust-like detritus forming a thin top layer of bottom deposits constitutes a large
part of the food of the oyster and other mollusks. Dr. Jensen, Petersen's colleague,
concluded after investigating the source of the detritus that its origin is primarily
from sea plants, broken down until it assumes the fine dust like form. It has been
suggested" that the "large mass of muddy matrix" referred to by Clark and Wilson was
probably the kind of material described by Petersen as " dust-fuie detritus." Although
large bivalves may not be able to avail themselves of the layer of dust-fine detritus, it
is no doubt taken in by water currents. Dr. Jensen also examined the water by centri-
fuging, and obtained material identical with the top layer of bottom deposits. In
Oneida lake the surface of the bottom deposits, in bays and quiet bodies of water, is
reported to be of precisely the character described by Dr. Petersen. It would, indeed,
be very interesting to establish the relationship between stomach-contents of different
species of mussels and the nature of the river bed in which they do, or do not thrive.
It would, no doubt, lead to valuable information with regard to the choice and the
establishment of new areas for their development. It may be found that the food
1 Sixth Annual Report, Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario, 1916.
= Relation of MoUusks to Fish in Oneida Lake, by Frank Collins Baker, University of Syra-
cuse, N.T., July, 1916.
PEARLY FRESH-WATEB MUSSELS 83
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
supply of the mussels is by no means fully dependent on the free-swimming organisms,
and that the favourable localities, discussed above, are largely conducive to the develop-
ment of the mussel on account of conditions favouring the deposition of the " detritus."
RESTOCKING AND STOCKING.
The restocking of areas where mussels at present exist, and where active fishing
is going on, and the stocking of new areas, may be summed up under the head of
artificial proi^agation. As the method pursued in artificial jn'opagation has been
described in a general way, we shall now consider its application to the river in
question.
Of all mussels so far experimented with, L. luieola lends itself most readily to arti-
ficial propagation on a commercial basis. It is the species chiefly propagated at
present by the United States Government. As time and opportunity prevented my
making an extensive survey of Grand River, I cannot state the extent to which this
species occurs therein. It is, nevertheless, very generally distributed in Ontario
waters, but in order to attain to a size and abundance suitable for commercial value it
apparently must have the conditions more or less as described above in " river-lakes."
The specimens so far obtained from the river are not of very good quality. This is
probably due to unfavourable conditions preventing their optimum develoisment in the
areas from which they come. In a commercial appraisal made of some of our shells
by Mr. John B. Southall, Shell Expert at the Fairport Station, this particular shell
was reported on as follows i^ " medium size, no discoloration, brittle, third grade- and
yielding 788, 16 — line,' gross blanks per ton." In his remarks he further states that
they were rather thin and of a steel-coloured nacre and produced blanks that would
chip and cleave during the processes of button manufacture.
With regard to this mussel I would suggest a careful examination of the areas
lying behind the larger dams with a view to stocking them with the valuable species.
Such a survey might include the dams at Dunville, Caledonia, Brantford and Gait
on the main river, and also the larger ones on the Speed tributary, where the fall is
well utilized, and where clams of good size are said to be found in all such storage
basins as hold back water over a considerable area. Behind the dam at Caledonia
there is a stretch of practically dead water for twenty miles which might lend itself
favourably to the development of this mussel. Here the river bed can be classed as
permanent, inasmuch as the usual freshet velocity of the river water above is greatly
reduced on reaching this point. At Brantford the old barge canal, described above,
containing also Mohawk lake, might prove a very suitable locality for propagation
on a small scale. For the purpose of stocking, I would strongly recommend that an
attempt be made to introduce the particularly fine luteolas of lake Pepin, in the
Mississipi, about 30 miles down the river from St. Paul, Minn. In the United States
gravid mussels, for purposes of infection, have not been shipped over a much greater
distance than 300 miles, but I am informed by the Director of the Fairport Station
that they sent a couple of shipments of live mussels from Fairport to New York in
the fall of 1916, and that the majority reached their destination in good condition.
The distance from lake Pepin to Gait, Out., would be about 835 miles by rail.
Fortunately, this species is not very exclusive in its choice of hosts, neither is
its spawning period of short duration, as is the case with some other commercial
mussels. All the Lampsilinae, in fact, are gravid, more or less, during the whole year
1 In the report of the appraisal the Jiiteolas sent from the Canada Co. Cut and from the
Grand River were combined in one report.
2 In grading the material I sent him, the texture and lustre of the niggerbead (Q. ebenus)
was taken as the standard.
3 A line in button measurement is 1/40 of an inch.
84
'.DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
but most ripe ones are found from April to July. In my survey in August I found
quite a number of gi-avid luteolas but none that on microscopic examination proved
to be ripe. This early and extended spawning period would be favourable to success-
ful shipping, before the warm weather comes on. The fish that may serve as carriers
belong mainly to the families Centrarchidse and Percidse. The species are : P. sparoides
(speckled bass) ; P. annularis (crappie) ; L. paUidus (blue sunfish) ; M. salmoides
(large-mouthed black bass) ; M. dolomieu (small-mouthed black bass) ; S. vitreum
(yellow pickerel) ; S. Canadense (sand pickerel) ; P.flavescens (yellow perch) and R.
chrysops (white bass), all well represented in our waters.
Since the artificial propagation of this mussel is past the experimental stage, I
did not consider it advisable to repeat the operation here, on my return from Fairport,
particularly as my time was limited and as the localities visited did not appear very
favourable. It was kindly suggested at Fairport that gravid mussels be shipped over
here for infecting purposes!
Lampsilis recta, though not found plentifully in the Grand river, is a very valu-
able shell on account of its fine quality. Mr. Southall reported it to be of large size,
without discolouration, firm and of first grade, making 369, 16 — line and 470, 24 — line
gross blanks per ton. Although the usual run of this sijecies is coloured, those from
the Dunnville area seem to be of fine quality. There are, however, some shells
which s:how discoloration. In the fiscal year 1916, 11,288,300 larval mussels of this
species were planted at Fairport. The fish which may serve as hosts for artificial
propagation are: L. pallidus (blue sunfish) and A. cyanellus (green sunfish). The
former of these species occurs abundantly in some parts of lake Ontario and lake
Erie and their tributaries, but the latter has not been reported from Ontario, although
it is supposed that it will be found in lake Erie. P. annularis (crappie, also called
silver bass) has been found naturally infected with this mussel, but it is rare in our
waters. '^
The spawning period of this mussel is similar to that of Lampsilis luteola and
the river appears to be adapted to this species. The shellers at Dunnville seem to prize
this shell above all others.
Lampsilis ventricosa. — This shell is not used very extensively in button manufac-
ture, but it is worked up into novelties. Large shells, however, make buttons .of good
lustre. Last year 447,000 gloehidia were used for infection at Fairport. The species
of fish that may serve as hosts in artificial propagation are: P. annularis, L. pallidus,
and ,1/. salmoides (large-mouthed black bass). At present it would not apx)ear to be
essential to increase the stock of this shell.
The Quadrula group is well represented in the Grand, but only two species appear
in large quantities — Q. plicata and Q. undulata. These constitute at present our
chief button shells, and the Canadian Pearl Button Company, of Trenton, Ont., which
has the sole right to the Dunnville fishery at present, reports that the shells from the
Grand compare favourably with those shipped to their plant from the United States.
In the commercial ajiisraisal of these two species from the Grand, the report is as
follows :—
Species.
Cimimon
Name.
Size.
Dis-
colouration.
Texture.
Grade.
No. of gross blanks per ton
16-line.
24-line.
Q. plicata-
Q. uiiduhita
Bluepoint . .
Three-ridge.
Large .
Large .
None
None
Firm
Firm
3rd
3rd
142
182
245
214
1 Manual of Vertebrates of Ontario, by C. TV. Nash, has been consulted for fish distribution
in our waters.
2 The pHcata from Mud Creek, near Port Franks, were evidently grouped with those of the
Grand river, for there is but a single report.
PEARLY FRESH-WATER MUSSELS 85
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
It is noted that they had a very uneven inner surface, causing waste in cutting
blanks; the tips of the shells were too thin for buttons. The colour and nacre were
not as bright as the usual run of the species found in the Mississippi river; but
it nevertheless makes a good button and, with proper care, the material could be
worked up with profit. As the Button Company of Trenton works up tons and tons
of these shells their statement as to the comparative value of the shells must also
receive due consideration.
With regard to the propagation of the former species (Q. plicata), Dr. Howard, of
Fairport, Iowa, makes the following statement: —
" Several factors favour the artificial propagation of this species upon a
practical scale. It is common and at present one of the most used shells in the
button industry. It seems to be a form not narrowly restricted as to hosts, and
these are indicated to be among the commonest and most readily obtainable
fishes. Although a river form, its habit as a dweller in stiller water and on
mud bottom makes it susceptible to propagation or control under conditions
readily imitable in artificial lakes or ponds. A continuous water supply is
desirable; my observation has been, however, that it will survive rather adverse
conditions in this respect. I have collected many live specimens from a slough
which had gone dry to the extent that only mud remained. Under these con-
ditions the majority of the pond mussels, Anodonta corpulenta, had died. I
would cite also the finding of this species accidentally introduced in the para-
sitic stage into an artificial pond at Fairport, Iowa. The pond had gone dry,
and I found a specimen still alive buried in mud barely moist. It is evident, I
think, from these observations that the species is hardy, at least as regards some .
of the more common vicissitudes to which mussels are naturally subjected."^
In his experimental work with this species he found that P. annularis (crappie),
P. sparoides (speckled bass), P. flavescens (yellow perch), and L. pallidus (blue sun-
fish) were successful carriers. The spawning period is short, being confined chiefly to
the month of July. In the last fiscal year 147,000 glochidia of this species were set
free in the parasitic stage at Fairport.
At present the safe-guarding of the beds against depletion is more urgent than
experimental work in artificial propagation of this species. As experience and equip-
ment are obtained, work on the more diiScult Quadrulas should no doubt be pro-
ceeded with.
I have so far not obtained any data of experimental work done on Q. undulata.
In general appearance the two forms are similar. In plicata, the \imbones are more
elevated and inflated than in undulata.
PROTECTION OF FRESH-WATER MUSSELS.
For the protection of the present mussel beds the foUoTving methods may be
considered of suiEeient imiwrtance to merit discussion.^
(a) A closed season in each year.
(&) Restriction as to the methods of fishing.
(c) Eestriotion as to size of mussels retained by fishermen.
((7) Closed regions for specified numlber of years.
(e) The imposition of licenses.
1 Experiments in propagation of Fresh Water Mussels of the Quadrula group. By Dr. A.
D. Howard. Bureau of Fislieries, Document No. 801.
- See also, Protection of Fresh Water Mussels, by R. B. Coker, Ph.D., Bureau of Fisheries,
Document No. 793.
86 BEPARTMEXT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
(a) The main object to he attained by instituting a closed season for fishing is
the protection of the beds during the breeding season. Incidentally, however, a
second benefit naturally accompanies the one sought, for by limiting the length of
the season, the extent of the fishinig will likewise be diminished. Since the chief
comm,ercial shells so far shipped are Quadrula plicata and undulata, and since these
species have short periods of gravidity during the summer months, the closed season
restriction peculiarly applies to the Grand. But the river also supports other shells
of some commercial value which have long breeding seasons, and thus the protection
afforded would not be sufficiently wide-reaching. This will be particularly true in
case of artificial propagation. Besides, an interruption of fishing operations during
a few summer months wouM seriously interfere with the industry.
(6) At present the shells are obtained in one way only, as described above. This
method is fortunately not the one against which complaints are generally made.
Although it roots up the bed it does not unnecessarily injure the mussels which are
too small for commercial purposes, and these should be returned to the water.
(c) It is obvious that there is a limit to the size of a shell beneath which it is pure
wastefulness to retain it.- The fishermen and the button manufacturers lose time in
handling tlie material and the beds are depleted at a much greater rate than they
would otherwise be for the same finished product. A limit for every species is, as a
rule, impracticable if for no other reason, at least for the fact that the determination
of species is sometimes difficult. After a size limit has been decided upon, considerable
details will have to be worked out in order to satisfactorily enforce any regulations
agreed upon.
(d) One of the most immediate protective measures is that of closed areas. This
best meets the case of the long breeding species and gives them an opportunity to
restock areas, preventing for a term of years the disturbance of gravid clams some
of which, when disturbed, discharge the young even though not mature. It also favours
the building up of beds by allowing the young clams to establish themselves. The
system on which a river or portions of it are to be closed, and the time and duration
of areas closed can best be determined by studying field and biologic.'^l conditions.
(e) By the granting of fishing permits as at present on the Grand, no doubt the
number of shellers is thereby limited. It is a question, however, just how far the
interests of a private person or firm are safeguarded as well as those of the fishing
grounds. Although such a fishing permit was granted with a view to stimulating
shell prospecting it nevertheless undoubtedly discriminates against other persons or
firms. If fishing licenses were granted to resident fishers, thereby eliminating tbe
exploiters or such persons as would not wish to follow up the industry, no doubt good
results would be obtained. This would also leave to fishers the opportunity to sell
to such firms as paid the best prices.
RrV'ER AUX S.^BLES.
In the brief survey of this river for shells I confined my attention chiefly to its
lower stretches from which reports of abundance of shells had come in.
The east branch of the river rises a short distance north of Jaffa, in the township
of Hibbert, county of Perth. The west branch has its course several miles to the west
of this point and the two branches unite near the nortbern boundary of Stephen
township. After a course of about 90 miles the river enters Lake Huron at a point
12 miles, almost due west, from the confluence of the two branches. This U-shaped
river is remarkable for its meandering course and for its apparently recent geological
I'istory.
Until about 25 years ago the river outlet was not as now, but at a distance
of 10 miles further south, near the village of Port Franks. It is an artificial channel
PEARLY FRESH-WATER MUSSELS 87
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
f,ne-quarter of a mile in length. Previous to this cut the river made an abrupt turn
at Grand Bend when within one-quarter of a mile from the lake, and it flowed almost
parallel to the lake shore to the natural outlet, below Port Franks. This deviation
cf its course was probably due to the sand collecting near its northwesterly banks,
forcing the river southwards.
Owing to the frequently occurring floods on the lowlands, the Canada Company,
v.liich owns extensive tracks of land in the district, decided to make a cut from the
northwestward flowing arm of the river to the southward arm. I shall refer to it as
the " Canada Company Cut." It passes through the former lake Burwell and is 3.5
miles in length. Later on, wishing to further improve their lands, the Company
put the second cut through at Grand Bend, diverting the river directly into the lake.
Although the upper part of the old river channel, between Grand Bend and the lower
cut is dry, i^till contains a large volume of water. It approximates, in fact, to a
narrow lake about S miles in length. In places it is a few hundred feet wide and quite
deep. The greatest depth at which I took soundings was 17 feet. A fair and appar-
ently continuous current of water flows from it into the main stream at the cut.
Previous to the construction of the artificial channels the river must have been
admirably suited to the support of mussel life. Even when the second cut was put in
at Grand Bend, and the water let ofl^, I am told by an old resident, Mr. Brenner, that
the bed was paved with shells for a considerable distance, many of these being of vei-y
large size.
On ascending the river for a few miles from Grand Bend we found large numbers
of good-sized clam shells lying on the banks, evidently thrown up in dredging the bed
after the cut had been made. In the river we also found quite a number of large
mussels of commercial value, the species Q. undiilata predominating. Other species
f'<und were L. luteola, L. ventricosa, the large but useless A. grandis, and a dead
S. costata. These mussels were lying about on the bed of the river, in water about
a foot deep. With the small amount of water flowing it is difficult to understand how
such a quantity of mussels of good size could be maintained. Hand picking here would
yield a fair quantity of commercial shells, but since the river is small the supply
would soon be exliausted. From Grand Bend we went to Port Franks and crossing
the Canada Co. Cut near its western terminus, investigated the water for clams. We
found a small bed near the bridge, in shallow water, somewhat protected from the
main current. Many of the shells were of large size and also represented quite a
variety of species: — L. recta, L. centricosa, L. luteola, Q. undulata, Q. ruhlginosa^
and <S'. costata. In the commercial appraisal the uteolas, sent from this locality, were
reported on in conjunction with those from the Grand so that I cannot state pre-
cisely what their grade is. We found L. recta 6 inches in length and of very fine
quality. It was gratifying to find such a collection of shells in an artificial waterway.
At Port Franks I was told that the vicinity contained " oceans of shells." As I was
not yet acquainted with the river bed, I hoped for good things from it, thinking I might
find a suitable area for L. luteola.
As stated above, this old channel constitutes a rather long narrow lake from which
a small stream of water flows. The bottom of this bed is in many places densely
covered with aquatic vegetation, Chara predominating. The shores are usually either
steep or marshy. Large clams in considerable quantities were found in the shallow
water along the shore, where they appear to be somewhat generally distributed. The
commonest species is Q. undulata, although the Lampsilis group is also represented.
I also found one Q. rubignosa. I found it to be practically impossible to determine
the extent of the mussel life beyond a short distance from shore, except in very deep
parts, and in the upper stretches where quite large barren areas of compact bottom
obtain. The small crow-foot bar which I had made for shell prospecting', proved in
general absolutely valueless here on account of the dense mat of vegetation covering a
large part of the river bed. With a good motor launch and a heavy dredge one might
38a— I
88 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
settle the protlem, but I do not consider the undertaking worth the trouble or expense.
In the deeper parts of the river I was able to use the crow-foot bar but got no shells
except dead ones. The river may at one time have contained large quantities of mussels
but it seems too stagnant to make good clam beds possible. This condition also would
promote the growth of the vegetation now so abundant.
Taking all conditions into consideration this area is of no value for mussel culture.
The shells that are there are perhaps only a remnant of a once larger supply and may
in time quite disappear. The L. hdeolas found were fairly large but were badly stained
and seemed unhealthy.
In order to make a careful survey of this locality I decided to further investigate
the cut and work my way to the east branch of the river to prospect for shells there.
. The lower end of the cut is quite wide and approximates a small river, but we found
no clams with the exception of the bed near the bridge mentioned abov^ J was able
to determine that the upper part of the river's section between the cut and Grand Bend
does contain the commercial shell Q. undulata. At one place where I went into the
water to a depth of four or five feet, I found the bed to consist of fine clay mud quite
thickly covered with mussels of this species. They were, however, rather smaller than
usual.
This river seems to be peculiar in having a very irregnalar channel as to width and
depth. At places it is shallow and narrow and then again it becomes wide and deep.
Shells seem to be quite generally distributed.- Even at Ailsa Craig, which must be over
40 miles up the river from the cut, we found the species Q. undulata, L. ventricosa, L.
luteola and Unio gihlosus. They were not plentiful and of rather small size — too
small to be of much value. Good beds of shells may be found on a more thorough
investigation. In fact, I am inclined to think that the shells found lying in the shallow
places near Grand Bend and in the Canada Company Cut may be washed down from
native beds up stream from these points. Conditions in the lower stretches of the
river seem to be very favourable to mussel development even with the small flow of
water.
I also investigated the river near its mouth at Port Franks, but evidently there are
no mussel beds of any importance there. No doubt the great quantities of sand carried
down during floods do not permit their development.
It is singular that even small streams in this vicinity support mussels of commer-
cial value. At the mouth of !Mud creek, a small stream near Port Franks, I found a
number of Q. xtndidata of fairly good size. Q. ruhiginosa and small luteolas were also
found here. Shells are reported to be plentiful further up this creek.
In the vicinity of Grand Bend and Port Franks a considerable quantity of shells
should be obtainable by hand picking at low water. As the areas are not large, how-
ever, the supply would soon be exhausted. Since $20 per ton, delivered at the station,
has been offered for them, some enterprising man might find his labours well repaid.
I should advise that the river alxive the Canada Company Cut be examined with
a view to determining its resources in mussel life.
POINT EDW.\RD.
On my arrival at the bay at Point Edward, near Sarnia, I was again several times
assured of the abundance of shells by men about the lumber yards. I obtained
a row-boat from the Spanish Eiver Lumber Company, and crossed the North bay
(north of the Cleveland lumber tramway) in search of shells. The water here has an
average depth of about 3-5 feet and the shells are therefore readily obtained with a dip
net or by wading. The sandy bottom is free of weeds with the exception of the margins
near the marshy borders. As the water was clear I could readily see the bottom. I
found only small shells such as we find in any of our fresh water lakes, for example
PEARLY FRE^HAyATEli MUSSELS 89
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
small worthless luteolas. Not having completely satisfied myself I again went over
the ground thoroughly the next day in company with Captain Glass of Sarnia, finding
very little, however, of any value whatev^. The current flowing through the river
here is very strong. It seemed foolish to look so carefully for shells large enough and
in sufficient quantity to be of commercial value, but I desired to thoroughly settle the
matter. Popular reports concerning shells are generally misleading. This is due to
the fact that very few people understand shells from a commercial point of view. With
regard to lake Smith, for example, glowing reports of shells were made. One man sup-
porting this view was kind enough to get a boat and take me over the ground, but we
found only numerous specimens of the common worthless lake clams.
NOTTAWASAGA RIVER.
Mr. Gross, button-manufacturer of Kitchener, Ont., had been informed that large
quantities of mussels had been found along the river. He decided to investigate the
reports and agreed to my accompanying him. A motor launch was engaged to take us
up the river. Several miles up the river we discovered a bed where the mussels were
very thick. We needed but to drag the crow-foot bar a short distance when a consider-
able number of clams would be caught. Shells were also obtained in a similar manner
near the mouth of the river, just out from the Eiveria hotel. In all, the following
species were taken: L. recta, L. ventricosa, U. gibbosus, S. coslata, and S. edentulus.
In the commercial appraisal the L. ventricosa are reported to be small, no discoloration,
hard and brittle, fourth grade, and giving 640 l(j-line gross blanks per ton. Many of the
ventricosa taken were too small to be of commercial value and had to be thrown back.
The shells here are very remarkable for their colour. Ventricosa is in fact the only
species showing no discoloration. Some of the recta are extremely dark purple. Mr.
Gross did not consider it worth while to prospect further. Only a small part of the
river has thus been surveyed for shells. The prospect here is not at all promising, at
any rate not until there is a demand for coloured shells. It would be interesting to
determine the cause of discoloration. This is as yet unknown.
The bottom, from which most of the shells came, was gravelly and the water
from 5 to 6 feet deep. There is a largo flow here and the river should support con-
siderable mussel life.
GENERAL REMARKS.
This investigation was conducted only at selected points on a few of our rivers.
The results cannot, therefore, be taken as finally indicative of our mussel resources.
The river Thames, for example, draining a large area between the Grand and the Aux
Sables, both of which contain commercial shells, has not been touched. It is impos-
sible to know our resources until a more extended survey is made.
A great deaj of important information could no doubt be obtained quite
economically if further fresh-water mussel investigations were combined with those of
the district hydrographers of the Hydro-electric Power Commission of Ontario.
They, I believe, cover a great many points, along our rivers regularly. In the month
of June of last year the stafl^ at Brantford visited the following stations : —
Stations. Streams.
' Burford, Whiteman's Creek,
Onondaga, Fairchild's Creek,
Brantford, Grand River,
Canning, Nith Eiver,
Nicholson, Nottawasaga River,
Glenmoiris, Grand River,
38a— 7i
90
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
Stations.
Gait,
Kimberley,
Hespeler,
Markdale,
Homings Mills,
Welland Canal,
Owen Sound,
Meaford,
York,
Severn,
Wastage,
Port Elgin,
Walkerton,
Salem,
Belwood, Conestogo and St. Jacobs,
Caraliers,
Eilworth, Fenshaw, Ealing, Kim-
berley,
Arkona,
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Streams.
Grand River,
Beaver River,
Speed River,
Rocky Saugeen River,
Pine River,
Welland River,
Sydenham River,
Big Head River,
Grand River,
Severn River,
Black River,
Saugeen River,
Saugeen River,
Irwine,
Grand and Conestogo Rivers,
Speed River,
Thames, three branches,
Ans Sables River.
In the present year a good many other stations will probably be added. With a
car at their disposal the points could be readily reached and often much time saved.
The investigation might also be extended beyond the province of Ontario. The
St. John river, N.B., has a large area that may possibly be suitable for mussel cul-
ture. Ten miles above Fredericton the Keswick stream enters from the north, and
below this point the bed is literally choked with alluvial islands. At Sugar island,
tlie largest of the group, the river measures 2-5 miles from bank to bank. From
Fredericton to Gagetown, a distance of 34 miles, the surrounding land is very low.
On the east a mere alluvial flat of great extent separates the waters of the St. John
from those of the Jemseg. Some farmers here obtain annually a crop of fish and
vgetables.^ A few of the tipper sinuses that branch off to the east from the river
might also be suitable for clams. One would not expect to find our larger species
there now, but it does not necessarily follow that they would not thrive if introduced.
The greatest difficulty would probably be found in procuring the proper species of
fish to act as hosts. Here it may be mentioned that in the flood areas of the Missis-
sippi many fish, cut off from the river when the flood subsides, are caught, infected
and liberated again. In this way the double purpose of restocking the river with
clams and reclaiming the fish is served.
In Manitoba there seems to have been an immigration from the upper waters of
the Mississippi region. I am informed that in the Journal of Conchology (Leeds,
Eng.) rV., pp. 339-346, 1885, there is an interesting account of the Mollusca of Mani-
toba by R. M. Christy. In a letter received from Dr. Bryant Walker, Detroit, Mich.,
relative to this article, it is stated that the author (ilr. Christy) lists nineteen species
of which six are unidentified. They are: L. recta, radiata, luteola, horealis, and alata.
Q. ruhiginosa, plicata, lachrymosa, (and asperima). undulaia and heros. Si/mp. com-
planata; Stroph. edentula. Mussels in that region were abundant and especially in the
Shell river, which runs into the Assiniboine from the east, about fifty miles above its
junction with the Qu'Appelle. Hundreds of dead shells beloL 'ing to many species
occurred.
1 The St. John River. Dr. W. Bailey.
PEARLY FRESH-WATER MUSSELS 91
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Dr. Walker obtained through the Am. Mus. of Nat. Hist, of N.Y., the following
species from the Assiniboine: Lamp, recta, ventricosa, luteola, and alaia; Sym. com-
planata; An. grandis and Quad, undulata, lachrymosa and ruhiginosa.
Many species of commercial mussels are thus represented in our western waters.
Finally, since the maintenance of a mussel supply depends on our fresh-water
fish supply, it will be necessary to direct our attention to the greater and more impor-
tant problem of fish conservation. It is obvious that the two problems go hand in hand,
and a station set aside for the latter should be supplemented by a department working
in the interests of the former wherever the conditions of the surrounding country
demand it. Fish ponds in which the proper species of fish could be reared for the
purposes of infection and experiment, might at the same time yield valuable informa
tion in the interests of fish-culture. Such information would be of the greatest impor-
tance in hastening the day when the farmer would raise his fish as naturally as he
raises his poultry. In the near future fresh-water research laboratories, in which our
fishery problems are scientifically worked out, will have to be established. But our
inland fishery problems can never be satisfactorily solved until the still more basic
problem of water conservation is seriously dealt with. Of all the problems relative
to national economy none is more likely to engage our serious attention in the future
than that of water conservation.
& ,. Kf^>^,..**H, ,■■■--■,1""
"t!^^'
Fig. 1. — Wood bored by Teredo «ara;is at Charlottetown. P.E.I.. within a period of sixteen
months.
? GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
IV
NOTES ON THE HABITS AND DISTKIBUTION OF TEREDO NAVALIS ON THE
ATLANTIC COAST OF CANADA.'
By E. M. Kindle, Ph. D., etc.
INTRODUCTION.
A specimen of the boring work of the " ship worm," T. navalis was recently pre-
sented to tl^e Museum of the Canadian Geological Survey by Mr. H. E. Miller,
accompanied by notes showing the dates within which the destructive work had been
accomplished. Although a considerable literature exists on the destructive work of
Teredo, records of its habits and work in Canadian waters are suiEciently scarce to
justify recording some of the interesting facts which have been communicated to the
writer by Mr. H. E. Miller. In the course of his work as an engineer in the Depart-
ment of Public Works in renewing wharves, piling, and other seashore structvircs in
Prince Edward Island, Mr. Miller has had unusual opportunities to become acquainted
with the work of the Teredo. The data relating to the habits of the boring mollusc,
popularly known as the ship worm, which are recorded in this paper have been sup-
plied chiefly by Mr. Miller.
The distribution of Teredo navalis presents some novel features. It affords
nn e.xample of discontinuous distribution which parallels that of the common oyster
in Canadian waters. It is associated with the gulf of St. Lawrence colony of the
Acadian fauna, but its distribution varies rather widely, as will be pointed out, from
that of some of the other species of this northern Acadian colony.
HABITS.
Considerable human interest attaches to the boring work of the mollusc. Teredo
navalis, because it is equally capable of destroying wharves, or railway bridges, or
.-inking ships when precautions to check its ravages are neglected. The depredations
of Teredo are not confined to any particular parts of the world's coast lines. Its work
is well known on the Pacific coast, where the Isopod, Limnoria tenehrans, is locally
even more destructive.- In Europe the extraordinary increase in the numbers and
abundance of Teredo at various widely separated periods have several times brought
it into very prominent notice. During one of these periodic increases in its numbers
— about 1730-32 — Holland was imperilled by the threatened destruction of its sea
dykes.^
The rapidity with which timbers are frequently destroyed by Teredo navalis is
shown by the accompanying photograph (fig. 1) of a portion of a beech timber which
was 12 inches square when placed in the water. The timber was perfectly sound when
placed in the tidal zone just west of the entrance to Charlottetown harbour. Prince
Edward Island. The completely honeycombed condition shown in the figure was
accomplished in a period of sixteen months. This is a mugh more rapid rate of
1 Published with the permission of the Director of the Geological Survey.
2 Harrington, N. R., and Griffin, B. B. Notes on the distribution and habits of some Puget
Sound Invertebrates. Trans., N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1S97, pp. 15S-9.
3 Van Baumhauer, P. H. — The Teredo and its Depredations (translated from Archives of
Holland, Vol. I). Popular Science Monthly, Vol. XHI, 1S78, pp. 400-410. 545-553.
94
DEPARTMEXT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
destruction than, has been ascribed to its ally Limnoria Ugnorum, which Murphy^
states can, when abundant, destroy soft timber at the rate of half an inch or more
every year. Stearns- has recorded two interesting examples of the work of Teredo.
He states that ''uixiu the seafront of San Francisco I have known piles of Oregon
pine and fir over a foot in diameter rendered worthless in eighteen months." Dr. Dall
is quoted by Stearns as having noted a case of the destruction of the supports of a
.small pier made of piles 6 to 8 inches in diameter near the entrance to Chesapeake
bay in six weeks. Prof. A. E. Verrill writes that " T. navalis is very abundant and
destructive on the southern coast of New England. At my summer home on an island
near New Haven it will reduce 2-inch planks and 4-inch stakes to a honeycomb con-
dition in one season — 1st July to September — as I have often proved by experience."^
Although only a very thin film of wood separates the innumerable burrows, they in
110 case intersect or cut into each other.
The timp of year at which timber is cut, according to Mr. Miller, is an important
factor in determining the extent to which it is subject to or immune from the ravages
of the Teredo. " Trees cut during the months from October to January give much
greater resistance or are less attractive to the Teredo than the trees cut from February
to May. The Teredo is practically inactive during the cold of winter."
One of the peculiarities of the boring habits of Teredo is its aversion to boring
from one timber to another, no matter how firmly attached and adjusted they may be.
" Over a shipbuilding experience of fifty years our general foreman of works, Mr.
John White, observed only two cases where worms had worked from the hull planking
into the timbers of vessels.
" Spawning time appears to be about July. Vessels launched in spring and
hauled out before July, and those launched in October are practically free of the
Teredo; those exposed during the latter part of June and during July, if not pro-
tected, being very freely attacked."
" To a great extent the Teredo will attack unprotected vessel hulls as freely as
fixed timber, particularly if remaining idle for any length of time. Constant motion
through the water, however, appears to hamper the attachment of the spawn to some
little extent. Such protection, however, as tarring, copper or marine painting and
creosoting proves an effective measure as long as the protecting agent remains intact."
" The point of entry of the borer spawn into the timber is below half-tide mark.
A peculiarity is that standing timbers show a severed condition (very much after the
fashion produced by the beaver), at from one to two feet above low- water spring tide
mark in localities where spring tides have a range of 9 to 11 feet. From this point
down the borers work entirely within the timber, not passing the line of the bottom,
where this is muddy, but not having the same objection to sand, as shown by the
specimen forwarded."
" Mr. Crandall, of the Crandall Engineering Concern, Boston, Mass., has made
the statement to me, that if timber could be kept covered with a film of mud, it would
be kept immune through the entry of Teredo spawn being prevented. Certain it is, that
all other things being equal (particularly temperature and saltiness) the Teredo is
much more prevalent and destructive where the surrounding shore and bottom is sandy.
In twenty years' experience this office has never observed a creosoted stick affected
by the Teredo. The impregnation used is fourteen and sixteen pounds to the cubic
foot."-»
A small amount of creosote appears to be not very effective, since Stearns states
that at Christiania, where the Teredo is very destructive, he was told that " all the
iProc. and Trans. N.S., Inst. Nat. Sci., A''ol. V, 1S81, p. 365.
2 Stearns, R. E. C- — The Teredo or Ship-worm. American Naturalist, Vol. XX, 1SS6, pp.
134-135.
3 Verrill, A. E. Letter to the author, February 21. 1917.
* Letter from H. E. Miller, to the author.
SHIP WORM oy ATLANTIC COAST 95
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
piles had been creosoted (ten pounds to the square foot) before they were driven in,
but not to much purpose."^
The palmento of the southern states and some of the Australian woods are said
to be immune from the attacks of Teredo. The papers by Putnam- and Cunningham^
contain much information on the habits of Teredo.
An Icelandic naturalist'* has made some interesting observations and experi-
ments on the habits and biological characteristics of Teredo norwegica, the species
found on the southern and western coasts of Iceland. Mr. Frits Johansen has kindly
furnished the following translation and summary of these from the Danish : " The
propagating (spawning) season continues through the whole summer (April- August).
No larvae are found in the mantle-cavity or in the sea; but numerous very small ones
(burrows 1mm. long O-Smm. wide) are found in driftwood from Faxebugt (W. coast)
at the end of July.
" The growing period is mostly limited to two years as shown by experiment : I
kept some pieces of wood with Teredo taken from the false keel of a fishing boat and
kept it in a shaded cool place; the animals remained alive ten days; but inside of two
weeks all were dead. Kept in a temperature of 6° C. for two days they all froze stiff,
but were alive when thawed out again. In fresh water they only lived two to three
hours ; three hours in half sea and half fresh water or in putrid sea water.
" It is mostly only on two places that ships are attacked; at the waterline and in
the false keel (or if this is missing the lower part of the keel itself). That this keel
part is attacked is because it is buried in the sand, when the ship is beached, and thus
gets no paint or tar. The " waterline " part of the ship gets easily its protection of
paint or tar scraped off when loading, anchoring, etc. Plank edges are first and most
attacked.
" The Teredo avoids leaving the wood in which it bores. Hence from the false
keel only a few had penetrated to the true keel, and the burrows avoided the outer
surface of the false keel. Where two parts of the false keel joined, the burrows never
went through the contact but stopped short of a couple of inches. But how does the
Teredo know when to stop burrowing? Maybe by sound-sense? In piers at Reykjavik,
where Limnoria Kgnorum Eatk. burrows together with Teredo, one frequently sees that
Limnoria eats away the woodparts surrounding the Teredo burrows and the calcareous
lining of the Teredo burrows are exposed. Teredo therefore protects itself by thicken-
ing its calcerous lining 3 to 4 times the usual thickness by internal secretions.
" Boats on the water at the south and southwest coast are attacked by it.
" In later years it has been very numerous and destructive in sea-going ships
belonging to the southwest coast; in many cases Teredo has been imported with ships
bought in England, but some ships built in Iceland or lumber put into ships in Iceland
have been attacked. Ships belonging to the north and northwest coasts (beached
during the winter) seem to be free of Teredo. Maybe the many English ships bought
and the unusually mild winter, and the fact that the ships are on the sea all winter
are the causes of its frequency at the southwest coast for the last five or six years.
■' The largest Teredo I have seen measured 27-5 cm. (to the base of the siphons)
siphons ea. 2-5 cm.; average size of Teredo 16-18 cm., built in 1892."
^Ibid, p. 135.
2 Putnam, J. W. — The Preservation of Timber. Scientific American Supplement. Vol X No.
236, July 10. 1S80, 3762-3763.
3 Cunningham, J. T. — Teredo. Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th Ed., Vol. XXIII, ISSS, pp.
184-186.
■< Saemundson, B. Zoolog. Meddel. fra Island (Zool. Notes from Iceland, p. 43, pp. 57-60).
Vidmskab. Meddel. fra Naturhist. Foren. Kbhn. for Aared 1903 (Scientific papers from Natural
History Society in Copenhagen for year 1903).
96 DEPARTMENT OF TEE yiTAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Eaxce.
There is but little information on the depth to which Teredo can work below low
tide level in Canadian waters beyond Murphy's^ photograph of a piece of bored spruce
which was submerged two years, four feet below low water at Pictou, N.S. At Woods
Hole, Mass., it has been found living at a depth of 13 fathoms- and in New York
harbour at 25 fathoms.^ Three well-known rock and clay-boring molluscs are found
in the same general region with Teredo navalis. These are:- —
Petricola pholadiformis.
Zirfaea crispata.
Saxicava arctica.
P. pholadiformis appears to be most common near the inter-tidal zone, but it has
been dredged at a depth of 30 fathoms in St. Marys bay by Dr. A. G. Huntsman. The
recorded range of Z. crispata is from low tide to 70 fathoms in Canadian waters. Off
the Maine coast it is recorded by Verrill'* at from 22 to 44 fathoms. At Woods Hole
it also occurs at a considerable depth below low tide. Saxicava arctica is another rock
boring shell which has a considerable range below the tide line. On the Iceland coast
it is found between tide marks^ while off the Labrador coast it is common at 10 to 50
fathoms.^
Honeyman reported limestone boulders bored by Saxicava which were found at a
depth of 65 fathoms off the Xova Scotia coast."
The rock-boring habit gives to molluscs which practise it a special geological
significance, as pointed out by Barrows.* The rock cells of such molluscs gradually
expand as the rock is entered from the small aperture on the surface drilled by the
very young shell into chambers corresponding to the size of the adult molluscs which
thus leave no avenue of escape for the shell even after its death. The improbability
of the removal of boring shells by current action to waters deeper or shallower than
the living animal occupied permits the fossil molluscan rock-boring shells to yield
information which is precise within the limits of their vertical range concerning the
depth of the sea in which they lived.
DISTRIBUTION.
The genus Teredo has a wide distribution around the coasts of the North Atlantic.
None of its several species however belong properly to the Boreal fauna although
there are outlying colonies of some species which are surrounded by the boreal fauna.
T. norvegica, which is the prevailing indigenous species on the eastern side of the North
Atlantic, affords in its European distribution an interesting example of such discon-
tinuous distribution toward the northern limits of its range. This species ranges
through the Mediterranean and up the west coast of Europe into the waters of
S.W. Norway. But G. O. Sars^ states that "the only place inside of the Arctic
1 Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst. Nat. Sci., Vol. 5, 18S1, p. 376, flg. 4.
2 Summer, F. B. Osburn, R.C.. Cole, L. J. A Biological Survey of the Waters of Woods Hole
and vicinity. Bur. of Fisheries, Bull. 1913, Vol. XXXI, Part II, Sec. III. p. 702.
3 Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst, of Nat. Sci., Vol. V, ISSl, p. 376, Hg. 14.
■1 Am. Jour. Sci., Vol. 7, 1874, p. 503.
5 Johansen, A. C. On the Mollusca between tide mirks at the coasts of Iceland. Videnska-
belige Middelelser fra den Naturhistoriske Foresig I. Kjobenhaon, 1902, p. 386.
6 Mem. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, p. 282.
" Honeyman, Dr. D. Glacial Boulders of Our Fisheries and Invertebrates, Attached and
Detached. Trans. Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, Vol. VIII, Part III (1888-89), p.
210.
s Barrows, A. L. The Geologic Significance of Fossil Rock-Boring Animals (read bafore
the Palfeontological Society of America). Bull. Pal. Soc. Amer.. Vol. 2S, 1917.
9 Mollusca regions Arcticae Norvagife, p. 98, Christiana, 1S7S.
SHIP WORM ON ATLANTIC COAST 97
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
region where tins form lias been noticed is at Oexfjord in West Finmark, where my
father found it boring in piles."
This Finmark colony of Teredo norvegica is far to the north of the northern
margin of the continuous distribution zone of the species on the Norwegian coast.
B. Saumundson i writes "as follows regarding the occurrence of Teredo in Ice-
landic waters : " The Icelandic name of Teredo, ' tremadkur,' was first mentioned as
Icelandic by E. Olafssen in his journey through Iceland Soroe in 1772: 'Teredo
navalis intra lignum is the bad worm, which spoils the driftwood' (West Iceland).
Later it is mentioned by Mohr, 1786 (Icelandic Natural History) and by Morch
(Fauna Mollusc. Island), 1868, both on the authority of Olafssen, so that neither of
these two men have noticed it in Iceland themselves.
The species was found living in a pier at Eeykjavik by me five years ago, and
definitely determined by Ad. Jensen as T. norweviga Spengl.
The species is found in driftwood all around the island. It was found by me
only in standing lumber (piers) at Reykjavik (West coast)."
A Teredo listed as T. navalis? and T. denticulata is included in Mollier's^ and
]\roreh's3 lists of the mollusca of Greenland. Posselt^ refers Moller's T. navalis
to T. denticulata which he records from a single locality in S. Greenland, — avigtut.
The distribution of Teredo navalis along the Atlantic coast of Canada and New
England affords an excellent example of discontinuous distribution. The essential
features of this distribution are indicated in the sketch map (fig. 2), showing the
distribution of Teredo in these waters. The map includes south of the Bay of Fundy
t'ie recorded occurrences of two or three species besides T. navalis but it clearly
shows that the coast line distribution of this species is broken by 400 miles or more of
coast line along which it is either absent or very rare. This mollusc is present in
great abundance around the southern shores of the gulf of St. Lawrence and the coast
of Cape Breton island. But southwest of the Str. of Canso it becomes scarce. In the
Bay of Fundy, T. navalis is either very rare or entirely absent. South of this bay,
however, it again becomes common on the Maine coast and from Frenchman's bay
s uthwest appears to be generally present along the New England coast.
Mr. H. E. Miller has furnished the following notes on the distribution of
T. navalis on the coast of Prince Edward Island: "Teredo is present in all waters
s-irrounding the Prince Edward Island and up the inland tidal waters as far as the
salinity of the water is sufficient.
" Regarding the coast of New Brunswick to the westward of this province, 1
cannot speak from personal observation never having visited that coast but from what
I can learn the borer is to be found along the whole coast of Miscou and Shippigan
and for at least a •short distance along the Chaleur Bay coasts. I understand they
do not work as far ujd to the rivers, as in this province. This is readily vmderstood
from the fact that the rivers are practically fresh very nearly to the outlet, draining
immense areas and salinated by a very small range of tide.
" At Rustico Harbour on the North side of the island, there is great activity. The
1' cality is entirely sandy. At Tignish, on the other hand, another sandy locality, the
destruction is much less, but there is a very strong current, much sand in suspension,
and considerable fresh water. The same comparison is true between localities of a
muddy nature. Considering two localities, one sandy and one muddy, each with a
considerable constant suspension of the material forming the bcttoms, the destruc-
tion appears to be greater in the sandy locality."^ The photograph here shown in fig.
1 indicates the great activity and abundance of T. navalis at Charlottetown on the
south coast of the island.
^ Letter to the writer.
-Index MoUuscorum Groenlandica. 1S42, p. 21.
3Middelelser au Grordand, Vol. XXIX, 1905, pp. 2S9-362.
* Meddel on Gronland. Band 23, 1S98, p. 101.
98 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Dr. Martin ifurpiiy who made a special investigation of the distribution of
Teredo in Nova Scotia stated that at Sydney Harbour, Cape Breton island, Nova
Scotia, T. navalis is " as destructive if not more so than at any of the points on our
coast."^ It is abundant along the coasts of Northumberland strait as far west at
least as Shediac." How much farther northwest its range extends is not known but
probably not much farther. Murphy states that the zone of Teredo's operations on the
east coast of Nova Scotia begins about Musquodoboit harbour and extends from there
to Whitehaven.^ He found that it became scarce on the Atlantic coast between the
strait of Canso and Halifax. From Halifax southwest along the Nova Scotia coast
only traces of Teredo are found and they are neither numerous nor destructive accord-
ing to Murphy. The writer has not observed Teredo on the Bay of Fundy coast of
Nova Scotia and Murphy does not appear to have seen it there. Dr. A. G. Huntsman
of the St. Andrews biological station informs the writer that " we obtained it once
near one of the Western isles, that is very close to Frye's island, in some sunken timber,
and at another time we obtained it from some floating blocks which had, quite evidently,
drifted in from outside, probably from the Gulf Stream. It is verj- probable therefore,
that Teredo is not indigenous to the Bay of Fundy, but comes in periodically in float-
ing wood." Professor Ganong reported in 1885 that " a broad and strong tide-dam
was completely undermined and destroyed by them (T. navalis) within the space of
six years,"^ at Frye's island which is located in the lower and wider part of the bay.
This author at a later date however modified this statement by saying that the destruc-
tion of Frye's island was the combined work of Teredo and the crustacean Limnoria
lignoriim. It is possible that it was altogether the work of L. lignoriim as suggested
by Verrill. Whiteaves* records T. navalis from St. John in a ship's hull. But that
this record represents exotic specimens appears certain from Professor Ganong's state-
ment that in St. John harbour the Teredo is not only absent but " ships which enter
the harbour infested by them are free from them within two days."^ The testimony
of Professor Verrill regarding the occurrence of Teredo in the Bay of Fundy is
important because of his intimate knowledge of the Bay of Fundy fauna. He writes
that " so far as I remember I did not find Teredo navalis in Bay of Fundy during
the seven summers I collected there. I think I did find T. norvegica a few times in
buoys." . . . "At Eastport, Me., I found Laminaria very abundant in piles, fish-
weir stakes, etc., but found no Teredo with it there."®
At least three factors are probably active in excluding T. navalis from the Bay
of Fundy. Temperature is doubtless one of these. The area in which Teredo is most
abundant is, speaking broadly, essentially the same as that of the isolated colonies of
oysters in the waters about the southern shore of the gulf of St. Lawrence. Although
the waters in winter are much colder than those of the Bay of Fundy, during the
critical period of the spawning time they are warmer. Professor E. W. McBride" has
pointed out how the existence of the oyster in this region depends upon the warming
of the water in the shoal areas where alone they can exist during the spawning season.
Whiteaves* still earlier called attention to the special temperature conditions which
afforded on the south side of the gulf of St. Lawrence a congenial environment for a
northern colony of the Acadian fauna.
1 Murphy, M. On the Ravages of the Teredo Navalis and Limnoria Hgnorum on Piles and
Submerged Timber in Nova Scotia and the means being adopted in other countries to prevent
their attack. Proc. and Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. Nat. Sci., Vol, V, Part IV, 1882, pp. 357-376.
2 Murphy, M. Supplementary Notes on Destroyers of the Submerged Wood of Nova Scotia,
Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst. Sci., Vol. 8, p. 218.
3 Ganong, W. P. The Economic Molusca of Acadia, N.B. Nat. Hist. Soc. Bull. No. VII,
1888, p. 111.
* Catalogue of Marine Invertebrates of Eastern Canada, 1901, p. 151.
5 Ganong, W. F. Nat. Hist. Soc. N.T. Bull 4. p. 89, 1SS5.
6 Verrill, A. E. Letter to the author, February 21, 1917.
7 The Canadian Oyster, Can. Rec. Sci., Vol. IX, 1905, pp. 154-5.
8 Catalogue of Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada, p. 15, Can. Geol. Survey, 1901.
SHIP WORM ON ATLANTIC COAST 99
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Another factor of importance in controlling the distribution of Teredo is salinity.
There appears to be general agreement among shipping men and others familiar with
the work of Teredo that any considerable amount of fresh water is fatal to it. On this
point, Mr. H. E. Miller states that "where the flow of fresh water is sufficient to have
any effect on salinity there is an entire absence of Teredo."^-
The speedy destruction of T. navalis already alluded to which results when it is
brought into St. Johns harbour on ships is doubtless due to its inability to withstand
brackish water. While this factor would explain its absence from certain bays and
estuaries of the Bay of ITundy, neither salinity nor temperature will afford a satisfac-
tory explanation of the general scarcity or absence of Teredo in these waters. If tem-
perature alone were sufficient to bar Teredo from the Bay of Fundy it is difficult to
understand how Illyanassa ohsoleta, one of its congeners in the Acadian colony of the
gulf of St. Lawrence should be able to make its way into the shallow bays on the east
side of the Bay of Fundy, where I have found it at most points where I have dredged.
This si^ecies on the opposite side of the Bay of Fundy is rare or absent.^ One of the
peculiarities of T. navalis is its aversion to water containing sediments or other impur-
ities in suspension. Various writers have noted this aversion. The waters of the Bay
of Fundy are unique in their extreme turbidity; no other waters on the American
coast approach them in this respect. This is due to the very high tides, and the corre-
spondingly swift currents in the estuaries which keep the waters near the coast every-
where turbid with sediment. In the Bay of Fundy there is a tidal range of 40 to 60
feet. In Northumberland Strait where Teredo is abundant the tidal range is in the
neighbourhood of 10 or 12 feet. The turbidity of the Bay of Fundy waters, particularly
in the upper and narrower portion of the Bay, exceeds that of Northumberland strait
in somewhat the same proportion as its tides exceed those of the strait. The high
turbidity of the estuarine waters of the Bay of Fundy is believed to be chiefly respon-
sible for the general absence or scarcity of Teredo. Barrows^ has pointed out that a
definite correlation exists between the rock boring habit and a location on the open
coast. The need of protection from the waves at and near the tide line on open coasts
doubtless developed rock boring as a protective measure. This normal open-coast
environment which involved exposure to the surf included the normal salinity of the
open sea and comparative freedom from silt. The heavily silt laden waters of the upper
part of the Bay of Fundy afford the very antithesis of the open coast environment
which is normal to rock boring molluscs and in this fact is to be found the explanation
of the absence or scarcity of T. navalis as well as the rock borers Zirfaea crispata and
Petrioola pholadiformis in the Bay of Fundy.
ASSOCIATED SPECIES.
A small crustacean, Limnoria lignorum, is associated with Teredo in some parts
of its range whose wood-destroying habits are similar to those of Teredo. These
two species which are similar only in habits, differ sufficiently in their preference
for certain environmental factors to lead them to reach their maximum numbers and
development along different parts of the coast line. Their zones of habitat, however,
overlap according to Murphy. <»This author states regarding the areas occupied by
these two species that " wooden wharves or bridges along the Bay of Fundy and
from there along the Atlantic coast as far as Whitehaven suffer from the Limnoria,
while the location of the Teredo is farther east and north." ..." There is no
neutral ground between them. Their .domains overlap for a few miles, each of the
little borers becoming less abundant as we advance farther into the territory of the
other."-*
1 Letter to the writer.
2 Huntsman, Dr. A. G. Letter to the writer, February 5, 1917.
3 Barrows. A. L. The Geologic Significance of Fossil Rocl^-Boring Animals, Bull. Geol. See.
Amer., Vol. 1917.
■« Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst. Sci., Vol. S, 1S95, p. 21S.
100 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
It is interesting to note that one of the molluscs which is common in Sydney
harbour, Cape Breton island, where Teredo has perhaps its maximum abundance,
IS the rock borer Zirfaea crispata. Although reported rarely in the gulf of St. Law-
rence by Whiteaves I have found it rather abundant near low-tide mark at North
Sydney. Along the Bay of Fundy coast of Nova Scotia, however, I have found no
trace of it. Stimpson reports it to be very rare at Grand Manan. Verrill has
recorded it at from 8 to 70 fathoms in the Bay of Fundy. But it does not appear to
occur in the Bay of Fundy near tide mark, as it does at Sydney. Like Teredo,
Z. crispata appears to be absent or rare along the Atlantic coast south of the B:>y of
Fundy. This species, like T. navalis, has a wide distribution. On the Pacific coast
it is reported from Vancouver to San Diego, California, by Carpenter.^ It is dis-
tributed along the European side of the Atlantic from France to northern Norway.^
Although found in an elevated beach near Christian shoal, Greenland, Jensen states
" that Zirfaea (Pholas) crispata no longer lives at Greenland may be regarded as a
fact." =
Another boring shell which is associated with T. navalis around the shores of
Prince Edward Island is Petricoln pholadiformis. The Canadian Geological Survey
Museum collections include a specimen of hard red shale with shells of this mollusc
from Charlottetown, P.E.I. Concerning this shell, Dr. A. G. Huntsman* writes:
" Petricola pholadiformis is abundant in the lower part of the gulf of St. Lawrence
around Prince Edward Island, and occurs boring in the red sandstone there. It
has been reported by Yerkruzen from St. Marys bay. Nova Scotia, and I have myself
dredged it there in 30 fathoms hard clay bottom. I have not found it in the Bay
of Fundy proper." Dr. Huntsman's observations on this shell indicates pretty clearly
the discontinuous distribution of T. navalis and Z. crispata. which eliminates them
from the fauna of the upper part of the Bay of Fundy.
Teredo navalis belongs in the gulf of St. Lawrence to an isolated faunal group
which is confined to Dawson's warm " Acadian bay." The subboreal or syrtensian
fauna of the central and northern part of the gulf of St. Lawrence are excluded from
this fauna. Concerning this fauna, Dawson^ wrote: "It thus forms a peculiar and
exceptional zoological province" . . . "It aifords to the more delicate marine
animals a more congenial habitat than they can find in the Bay of Fundy or even on
the coast of Maine."
Among the characteristic species which comprise this Northumberland strait
colony of the Acadian fauna are the following: —
Ostrea virginica.
Venus mercenaria.
Zirfaea crispata.
Astarte undata.
Crepidula fornicata.
Grepidida plana.
Ilyanassa ohsoleta.
Some of these species, as 0. virginica and V. mercenaria are entirely absent from
the Bay of Fundy • waters. Some others, like /. ohsoleta are entirely absent on the
west coast of the Bay of Fundy but present in the warm shallow inlets on the eastern
side of the bay. The Northumberland Strait colony is separated from the northeastern
border of the New England zone of the Acadian fauna by the deep basin of
the Bay of Fundy and the Atlantic coast waters of northern Nova Scotia. The
1 Dall considers the Pacific Coast form to be a species distinct from Z. oispata.
2 Adolf S. Jensen, Middelelser on Greenland, Vol. XXIX, 1905, p. 296.
3 Ibid.
* Letter to the author, February 12, 1917.
5 Dawson. J. Annual address. Can. Nat. Ser. 2. Vol. VII. 1S75, p. 277-S.
SHIP WORM ON ATLANTIC COAST 101
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
reason for this isolation becomes apparent on examination of a bathynietric chart
of the waters of the Maritime Provinces. The whole of Prince Edward island and
Northnmberland strait lie inside the 20-fathom line, and much of the broad strait has
a dejith of 10 fathoms or less. On the southeastern coast of Nova Scotia, however, the
20-fathom line frequently approaches to within one-half mile of the coast, and there
is everywhere a narrow zone of shoal water inside the 100-fathom zone which renders it
colder than the broad shallow warm waters of Xorthumberland strait. It illustrates
well the fact that a zone of shallow water if sufficiently close to and unprotected from
deep waters may serve as a faunal barrier as effectively as a land barrier. This
example of an isolated colony of the northern New England shallow zone marine
fauna surrounded by a sub-boreal fauna is worthy of the attention of paloeontologists
who are prone to predict land barriers as offering the only possible explanation of
faunal differences similar to those described above.
FORMER DISTKUiUTIOX OF THE NORTHU JIBEELAXD F.4UN.4.
There are several bits of evidence which seem to indicate that the present isola-
tion and limited distribution of the colony of comparatively warm-water mollusca
now living in the Northumberland strait with which T. navalis is associated is of
recent origin. Ostrea virginica, the most strikingly southern type of this assemblage,
apears to have extended as far westward as Montreal at one time during the Pleisto-
cene. Several years ago Sir William Dawson wrote : " I have picked up a loose speci-
men at Saco which has the appearance of being a fossil specimen from the Leda clay,
and Mr. Paisley has sent me specimens from Chaleur bay which are said to have come
from Pleistocene beds 16 feet from the surface." ^ More recently Edward Ardley-
has .reported finding Ostrea near Montreal, 9 feet below the surface, associated with
Mya truncata, Macoma calcarea, Astarte, Laurentiana, and Saxicava rugosa. At Cole
Harbour on the east coast of Nova Scotia the flukes of anchors bring up numerous
dead oyster shells, where the living oyster is unknown.^
On the east coast of Nova Scotia, Mr. W. J. Wintemburg of the section of Archae-
ology of the Geological Survey, has found in an old Indian shell heap on Mahone
bay, 40 miles southwest of Halifax, shells of Ostrea virginica and Venus mercenaria.
Neither shell is known south-west of Halifax, on the east coast of Nova Scotia at
present, but their discovery in the shell heap appears to indicate that they lived in the
bay when the shell heap materials were accumulating.
It may be suggested tentatively that the beds containing 0. virginica at Mont-
real are synchronous in time with the Don River interglacial beds at Toronto. It
is probable that the milder climatic conditions which prevailed during the early part
of the Don River interval* rendered the temperature of the Atlantic coastal waters of
the Maritime Provinces sufficiently mild to give the oyster and its congeners con-
tinuous distribution from southern New England to the gulf of St. Lawrence.
1 Dawson, J. W. Ice Age in Canada, 1893, p. 243.
2 Ardley, Edward. " The Occurrence of Ostrea In the Pleistocene Deposits of the Vicinity
of Montreal." Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. 2C, 1912, p. 67.
sProc. and Trans. N.S., Inst. Nat. Sei. Vol. I, 1S63, p. 9S.
i A. P. Coleman, Int. Cong. Ge.ol., Guide Book, No. 6, 1913, pp.lD-31.
!
,/ V
V / \i ^ K \ A (H'^ y <^
f
\\)^ \ir\\ii\'i [W I
,{
VnVlm
\r\
iCVsTjOH
vT^^"^^ \ £^
/''C-^^X f '^ /i / 1 UpE BRETON
r< ,
(^ ^ iV""''^'^"^*^! ^"^lI^^-^/iiC^^
f
I
/
, c \
t^fi£,S9^^
)STOrs ^ \
IM'
\ ^^\ ^_J^
^ "^ \
?0 65 \60
Fi&. 2. — Sketch map showing the discontinuous distribution of Teredo around the coasts of Nova
Scotia and New Brunswick. The habitat of Teredo is shown by black border on coast line.
Area where Teredo is absent or rare is shown without black border.
38a— 8
103
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
V
REARING SOCKEYE SALMON IN FRESH WATER.
By C. McLean Fraser, Ph.D., F.R.S.C, etc.
Curator of the Dominion Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C.
In several instances, successful attempts have been made to rear the Atlantic
salmon, Salmo solar, to maturity without permitting it to have access to the sea.
TarrelP describes such an attempt that was made nearly a century ago as follows :
■'A large landed proprietor in Scotland . . . wrote as follows : ' In ansiwer to your
inquiry about salmon fry I have put into my newly formed ponds, the water was first
let in about the latter end of 1830, and in April, 1831, I put in a dozen or two small
salmon fry, 3 or 4 inches long, taken out of a river here, thinking it would be curious
to see whether they would grow without the possibility of their getting to the sea or
^alt water. As the pond, between three and four acres in extent, had been newly
stocked with trout, I did not allow any fishing till the summer of 1833, when we
caught, with fly, several of those salmon, from two to three pounds' weight, perfectly
well developed and filled up, of the best salmon colour outside, the flesh well-flavoured
and well-coloured, though a little paler than that of new-run fish.' "
This attempt was successful as far as it went, but no evidence is given that any
of the fish lived to maturity. It has been shown by Dahl, Hutton, and others that,
in some rivers in particular, the Atlantic salmon commonly remains three years in
fresh water, the length of time these were kept, without any artificial restraint. The
experiment is interesting, however, since it shows that the retention idea is by no
means of recent development.
Menzies^ refers to this experiment and mentions others as follows : : " Since then
various experiments in this direction have been conducted with more or less success,
notably those by Sir J. Gibson Maitland, at Howietoun, where eggs deposited in the
winter of 1880-1 were duly hatched and the fry reared until, when nearly four years
old (i.e., the same age as grilse), they were found to be ready to spawn, and the ova
of the females when fertilized by milt, were found to develop in a perfectly normal
manner. In the report of the Fishery Board for Scotland for the year 1908, part II,
appendix III, details are given of a male grilse kelt which, owing to an oversight,
was left for a year in a small fresh-water ' catch-pit,' and which, in spite of these
unnatural conditions, had again become ripe for spawning.
" Through the kindness of Mr. George Muirhead, the commissionex for the Duke
of Richmond and Gordon, who sent the scales and particulars to Mr. Calderwood,
I have been able to examine the scales of a somewhat remarkable fish, which died at
the Tugnet hatchery, on the Spey, in August last. The details of the life of this most
interesting specimen — a male — as supplied by the keeper of the hatchery are as fol-
lows : 'Hatched in April, 1905, the parr was placed in the rearing pond in the summer
of the same year, and was retained there until the date of its death in August, 1911,
when it weighed 4 pounds 3 ounces. During this period it spawned twice, for the first
time in January, 1910, and for the second and last time in March, 1911 ; on the latter
occasion its weight was 5 pounds 3 ounces, 1 pound more than when it died.'
1 Tarrell, Wm. A history of British fishes. Part II, 1836, p. 21.
2 Menzies, W. J. M. The infrequency of spawning in the salmon. Salmon Fisheries L, for
1911, Fishery Board for Scotland, 1912, p. 5.
38a— 8i. 105
106 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
" It is interesting to observe that, although this fish enjoyed steady hand feed-
ing, it had only attained one-tenth of the weight it would, iu all probability, have
reached had it spent the last four years of its life in the natural manner in the sea,
and the scales show that the feeding has been, as one might expect, of a regular
character, and it would be impossible to estimate the age in the regular way. The
absence of a spawning mark is at first sight particularly striking, although this is
not so surprising when one remembers that a great deal of the erosion of scales takes
place after the fish has ceased feeding and left the sea, and while it is in the river
before spawning."
Masterman^ makes reference to salmon that were bred in tanks at the Plymoutli
Marine laboratory. He says : " Through the courtesy of Dr. Allen, the Director of
the Plymouth Marine laboratory, I was enabled to examine the scales of young salmon
which were bred in the tanks, and for two successive seasons were ' stripped ' of ripe
ova and milt. Their scales show no trace of worn edge or of spawning mark." He
gives a photograph of a scale of one of these salmon (see fig. 27)-
Similar experiments have been carried on with the British " sea-trout ", the
migratory trout of the British coasts, the name applied to it by those who consider the
" brown trout ", said to be non-migratory, a different species and even by those who
think the two are of the same species, developed under different conditions. Tate
Regan* definitely states " In the British Isles there is only one species of trout."
Lamond^ gives an approving review of the arguments presented by Regan and in dis-
cussing one of these, viz., that sea trout, if prevented from going to the sea, will live
and breed in fresh water, makes reference to an experiment carried out at Howietoun
under the supervision of the hatchery superintendent, John Thompson, whose notes are
recorded thus : " The parents were caught in a tributary of the river Forth, brought
to Howietoun and spawned on November 23, 1886. There were 450 ova laid down to
hatch of which some 350 hatched out successfully in February, 1887, and the fry (some
250) were shifted from the hatchery house to one of our ponds, in June of the same
year and then fed the same as other fry. The young fish were again shifted into a
larger pond in June, 1888, when the average size was found to be about three inches.
In August, 1889, some specimen fish, about six inches in length, were taken from the
pond by Dr. Day for examination and comparison with common trout, S. fario, and
we were all agreed that it was impossible to distinguish them by the eye from S. fario.
In April, 1890, the fish were again moved to another pond and I spawned some of the
females in November of the same year, crossing the ova with milt from S. levenensis
and S. fontinalis. A few fry of the former were hatched out and reared but were after-
wards mixed with other fry. The remainder of the parent sea-trout were afterwards,
I think, turned out into a reservoir, when about five years old. They never attained to
any great size."
In all the cases mentioned, apparently the only difference observed between the fish
retained in fresh water and those normally migrating is the difference in size, the
retained specimens growing much more slowly than the normal migrating specimens-
The scant supply of food in the fresh water as compared with the supply in the sea,
which is commonly given as the reason for the slower growth in fresh water, appa-
rently cannot be the controlling cause iu all of these cases, since in some of them at
least the fish may have been fed as much as they wished for. Possibly the lack of any
necessity for special activity in search for food accounts for a similar lack of appetite
and a sluggishness in digestion and a general condition that is not conductive to rapid
growth. This would also account for any differences in external appearance and in
3 Masterman, A. T. Report on investigations upon the salmon with special reference to
age determination by study of scales, Fishery Investigations, Board of Agriculture and Fisheries,
series I, Vol. I, 1913, p. 31, London.
4 Regan, C. Tate. The Fresh Water Fishes of the British Isles, 1911.
5 Lamond, Henry. The Sea Trout, 1916.
REAIUXa SOCKKYE t^ALMON 107
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
the color of the flesh of the fish as well. The complete fresh water life, as far as these
experiments show, causes no delay in the approach of the spawning period.
In only one of these cases was the later life of the fish followed up and reported
upon. This fish survived two spawning periods and lived to be 6* years old. There
is thus nothing to indicate that its life was shortened in the continued existence in
fresh water, nor can it be said definitely that it was prolonged.
Eegan contends that there is no structural difference between the sea trout and
the brown trout, but the diiference in general appearance is due to the length of time
spent in fresh water. That is to say, he is of the opinion that the brown trout is
simply a sea trout that has given up migrating to the sea. Lamond apparently is of
much the same opinion. If this contention is correct, and it is backed up by many
convincing arguments, the continued life in fresh water must have a physiological ,
effect if not a morphological, different to that when migration to the sea takes place,
because the brown trout is so different in general appearance, when grown, that
it is usually considered a different species or it might even be said many different
species, where local conditions produce an appearance, different from the typical.
An experiment with the sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka, which is being
carried on at the hatchery at New Westminster, B.C., by Hatchery Officer H. W.
Doak, under the jurisdiction of Lieut. -Col. F. H. Cunningham, Chief Inspector of
Fisheries for British Columbia, may be of greater interest than any of these. Already
it is of sufficient importance to be worth recording.
In the fall of 1912 some sockeye eggs were taken from Harrison lake to the Bon
Accord hatchery, where they hatched out in the spring of 1913.' The fry were put
into rearing ponds near the hatchery, but later, when the hatchery was moved over
to Queen's Park, New Westminster, on account of Canadian Northern Railway opera-
tions, the fish were removed to ponds on the new site, where some of them still live
and thrive.
In the fall of 1915 some of the males, then in their third year, became ripe and
the milt was removed. The spent fish mended perfectly and continued to live and
grow. As none of the spawning fish were marked, it was not possible to tell if those
spawned again in 191C, but certainly some of the males spawned in that year. None
of the females showed any signs of developing a spawning condition in the third
year, i.e., in 1915, but they did so the following year. When they were ripe the eggs
were removed, artificially mixed with milt for fertilization, and put in the hatchery,
but although they remained fresh for a long period, none of them hatched out. The
rest of the eggs were spawned naturally in the gravel at the bottom of the pond, but
apparently they were not fertilized, as none of them hatched out either. The eggs
were 5 to 5-5 mm. in diameter, somewhat smaller than even the smallest of normal
sockeye eggs.
The spawning occurred about November 1, and on the 29th of Jauuary following
a number of these fish were examined. There were nine of them altogether, running
from 9 to 11 inches in length (not including caudal fin rays). They were not weighed,
but probably none of them would weigh over a pound, and some of them not that
much. The fish that had quit feeding during the spawning period, were taking food
quite readily again and appeared to be perfectly mended. The skin was bright and
metallic and the scales were shed quite readily.
Scales from four of them were taken for examination. Although there is much
sameness in the rate of growth indicated throughout, it is possible in almost every
perfect scale to make out the winter check somewhat readily. The growth is not
quite regular even during the active part of the year, the irregularity is most notice-
able in the second year's growth, but it is probably on account of the general slow
growth that it is more noticeable in these than in normal scales. There may have
been some disturbing influences in connection with their life in jKJnds as small as
those in which they were kept.
108 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
A calculation made to get the amount of growth each year gave the following
results in inches) : —
Total length. 1st year. 2nd vear. 3rd vear. 4th year.
11-0 2-3 3-5 3-0 2-2
9-7 3-0 3-5 1-9 1-3
9-5 2-8 3-0 2-1 1-6
9-5 2-7 3-3 2-3 1-2
Average.. 9-9 2-7 ' 3-3 2'3 I'B
The first of these was a female, and probably all of the others were males. There
is a marked difference in the growth in the third year, but it cannot be stated with
certainty that the small growth in the last three but particularly in the second one
was due to the spawning of these males in the third year. There was no indication
of a spawning mark on any of the scales. (This agrees with Menzies' statement for the
Atlantic salmon, quoted above).
The great majority of the Fraser river sockeye remain in the fresh water for one
year. The average growth of 014 four-year-old sockeye, hatched out at the same time
as these and caught in the summer of 1916, is as follows : —
Total length. 1st year. 2nd year. 3rd year. 4th year.
22-3 2"9 S'G 7"7 S'l
No sockeye belonging to the same year class but remaining two years in the fresh
water have yet been obtained as these are usually caught when in the 5th or 6th year,
but a comparison may be made with the 5-year fish that were hatched out the preced-
ing year. The average of 56 of these is as follows : —
' Totallength. 1st year. 2nd year. 3rd year. 4'thyear. 5th year.
22-5 2-6 3-2 S-2 G'l 2-4
I have not seen any sockeye from the Fraser that had remained in fresh water
for three years, and as .far as I am aware, none have been reported. Dr. Gilbert has
reported some from the ISTass river, that remained in fresh water for three years, but
has given no figure of the scales. Even if the growth rate had been calculated for
these Nass river fish, no direct comparison could be made with the Fraser river fish.
As far as comparison can be made, these pond-reared fish have a growth parallel
to that of other sockeye, that remain in the fresh water under normal conditions, but
the comparison can be carried only to the end of the second year. There is nothing
to indicate that hand feeding in the pond makes any improvement in growth over
natural feeding in the streams or lakes. The growth in length in the third year is less
than that in the second, and that in the fourth less than that in the third, a decrease
in somewhat the same portion, although not to the same extent, as is found in those
living in the sea.
There is nothing remarkable in the fact that these fish lived over the fourth winter.
Five year specimens are found in all types of sockeye, six years specimens are compar-
atively common and seven year specimens have been reported. The outstanding feature
of the whole question lies in the fact that these fish have spawned and have mended
perfectly and some of the males have lived over a year after the first spawning.
A large number of sockeye, as well as all other species of Pacific salmon, certainly
die soon after spawning, and there is no convincing evidence that any of them long
survive the spawning process under normal conditions, but these pond reared sockeye
survived and began feeding again, apparently little the worse. They were examined
again on April 20 and the nine of them were still alive, of good colour, and apparently
in good health. It is true that they did not go through a wearing struggle in getting to
spawning beds but that cannot have made all the difference because many of the Pacific
salmon, even in some eases the sockeye, spawn in streams that are reached from the
REARIXa fiOCKEYE SALMON
109
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
sea with no special effort. The spawning effort itself should have been as severe on
these as on those spawning under natural conditions or those artificially spawned. Tho
physiological condition of the body must have become changed under the changed con-
ditions of life, so that the fish has become, in its nature, more like a fish that normally
remains in the fresh water throughout its existence. This may indicate that the genus
OncorhyncJius is even more intimately related to the genus Sahno than has been sus-
pected.
Mr. Doak has some pond-reared sockeye younger than these, and some coho at
different stages as well, hence there is every chance for him to follow up the experiment
far enough to get quite decided results.
EXPLAN.^TION OF FIGURE.
The figure is from a photograph of a scale from a 4-year-old sockeye that was
reared entirely in fresh water, taken from the fish on January 29. The numbers 1, 2
and 3, indicate the limit of the first, second and third year's growth, respectively. The
margin is the limit of the fourth year's growth.
I
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
VI
ON THE AGE AND GROWTH OF THE POLLOCK IN THE BAY OF FUNDY.
By Professor Jajies W. Mayor, Ph.D., Union College, Schenectady, N.Y.
(With one Diagram.)
I. — INTRODUCTION.
The present report represents the results of studies on the age and growth of
pollock caught in the Bay of Fundy during the years 1915 and 1916. A report Mr.
Douglas Macallum, prepared under the direction of the present writer, then curator of
the St. Andrews Biological Station, dealing with the pollock caught in 1914, is already
in the press. Mr. Macallum's report refers particularly to the older pollock of from
three to six or more years growth, as determined by their scales. Besides working out
the rate of growth of these pollock, he obtained indications that the most frequent year
class was that of 1909. Some of the results of this report are included in the present
paper for comparison with the data obtained in 1915 and 1916.
The object of the investigation has been to determine: (1) the distribution of the
young pollock, (2) the rate of growth of young pollock during their first two or three
years, (3) the relative frequency of the different year classes in typical commercial
catches.
The writer is indebted to the members of the staff of the Biological Station at
St. Andrews in 1915 and 1916 for assistance in measuring and taking the scales from
fish. He is particularly indebted to Mr. E. Home Craigie for the measurements made
in July, 1915, and to Dr. A. G. Huntsman, the curator of the Station, for assistance
and advice in obtaining the young pollock in 1916.
II. — METHODS OF MEASURING FISH AND STUDYING SCALES.
Two measurements for length have been employed. The standard length is
measured from the tip of the snout to the end of the vertebral column (easily deter-
mined by feeling with the fingers). The total length is measured from the tip of the
snout to the end of the tail, the caudal fin having its normal spread. In the case of
fiSh over 20 cm. in length the measurements are always to the nearest centimeter;
ii; the case of the smaller fish, under 20 cm., to the nearest millimeter. The standard
Irngth was chosen at the beginning of these investigations for the following reasons :
(1) It can be more accurately determined by the ordinary methods, (2) it is not
affected by the position or spread of the tail or by injuring the tail, (-3) it measures
tiie actual length of the body of the fish, (4) it has been found by Hjort, in the case
of herring, that a better correspondence between actual lengths and lengths as calcu-
lated from the position of the rings on the scales is obtained by taking a length V
measured from the anterior end of the pectoral fin to the end of the vertebral column,
than by taking the total length. The standard length differs from V by the length of
the head only, while the total length differs by the leng'th of head and tail. The
total length has been recorded for comparison with the measurements of the European
investigators who use this length.
In 1914 the standard length only was recorded. In 1915, for catches No. 1 and
Kg. 2, both the standard and total lengths were recorded, and for catches No. 3 to
No. 5 only the standard lengths. In 1916 for catches No. 1 to No, 40, both standard
and total lengths were recorded and for catches No. 41 to No. 62, the total length only.
The scales of the fish were taken in most cases from a region marked by the end
of the right pectoral fin when extended along the side of the body in a posteribr
111
112 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
direction. When the region had been injured either in capture or transport, the
nearest uninjured region to this was used. The scales were stored in envelopes on
which the length of the fish and other data were written. For microsciipic study the
scales were cleaned and flattened between two slides. In calculating the proportional
lengths from the position of the winter rings, the positions of the outer edges of the
V inter rings were marked on strips of paper so placed that the edge of the paper
coincided with the camera lueida image of the antero-posterior diameter of the scale
in its anterior part. These strips were then placed on the apparatus devised by
lljort and the proportional lengths read off. For each fish, at least two scales were
examined in this way.
m. — THE FIRST YE.A-R's GROWTH.
A number of small Pollock, shown by their scales to be in their first year of growth
were obtained. The greater number of these were caught in a shore seine about two
fathoms in depth and twenty fathoms in length. The hauls were made in two
I'scalities and were as follows:
A. — North of Wilson's beach, Campobello island. Wilson's beach is on the
western side of CampobeUo island and faces a stretch of tidal water lying between this
island and the islands to the west of it, often called by the fishermen "The Eiver".
Tiie Western shore of Campobello island descends somewhat abruptly, and, in conse-
quence, the tidal current comes close to the shore. The hauls were made at about
Ice time of low water on the morning of Augvst 4, at which time many small pollock
ranging around .35 cm. in length were seen in schools inshore. The results of these
five hauls all made within a mile or two of each other, are grouped together and
labelled catch No. 19. The separate hauls are given below.
Ilaul No. 1. — The seine was set a considerable distance from the shore so that the
corks went under. The catch consisted of four pollock imder 11 cm. and 1 pollock
42 cm. total length, and one flounder.
Haul No. 2. — The seine was set so that the cords just remained afloat. The catch
Cv nsisted of seventeen pollock between 28 and 47 em. total length, and no other fish.
Haul No. S. — This was a short haul, the seine being set at about its own depth.
The catch consisted of a few- flounders and skulpins.
Haul No. Jf. — This was a deep haul, the seine being set at about twice its own
depth, the corks being completely under, on a beach covered with kelp. The catch
consisted of fifteen pollock under 11 cm. total length, four skulpins, four flounders,
and two sea ravens.
Haul No. 5. — This haul was made in shallow water and went foul of rocks. The
catch consisted of a few flounders and a few skulpins.
B. — Bliss island. These hauls were made on the shores of a small island in the
bay of Fundy, northeast of Campobello island and southwest of L'Etang harbour,
where, as in the case af Wilson's beach, strong tides run. In all, sis hauls were made
and the catches numbered 28 to 33. Three hauls were made at low water on the
evening of August 16, the seine being set in about its own depth. The hauls yielded
the following small gadoids : —
Haul No. 1. — Two hake.
Haul No. 2. — Two pollock, forty-four cod, numerous hake.
Haul No. 3. — One pollock, two cod.
POLLOCK l.\ HAY OF FV?il>Y 113
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Three hauls were taken at the next low water on the morning of August 17, yield-
ing the following small gadoids: —
Haul No. 1. — Numerous hake.
Haul No. 2. — Five pollock, four cod, and four hake.
Haul No. 3. — Four hake.
The length frequencies of the twenty-seven small pollock obtained in catches 19
and 29 to 32 are given in table I.
The length frequencies of the fish caught in the seine catches 19 and 29-32 form
rather even curves with a mode at 8 cm. and 9 cm. The mean standard length of
these fish, as calculated from measurements made to the nearest millimeter, is 8-7 cm.,
and the mean total length, as calculated in the same way is 9-7 cm.
The scales of these fish show a series of rings of plates corresponding to the
centres of the scales of longer pollock. The number of these rings is from 4 to 10.
In no case were the rings of plates close together, indicating winter growth.
In 1913 five small pollock were caught in the shore seine at Sandy Cove, N.S.
Their length frequencies were as follows: —
7 cm.
1
8 cm.
1
9 cm.
3
Standard lengths
Frequency
7 cm.
2
8 cm.
Frt^qiiency
3
The measurements were made to the nearest millimeter, and the mean total length
was 8.2 cm. and the mean standard length 7-4 cm.
Seven other small pollock were obtained, five from weirs- which had been seined
for herring and two caught on hook and line from the station wharf. The length fre-
quencies of these fish are given in table 2, and show that these fish were larger than
those caught in the shore seine. Their mean standard length was 12-2 cm. and their
mean total length was 13-3 cm. Their scales corresponding to their larger size show
a greater number of rings of plates but do not show any winter rings. So far as any
importance can be attached to the occurrence of these seven fish, it would seem to
indicate that the young, after they attain a certain length, about 11 cm., move into
slightly deeper water where they are not caught by the shore seine.
IV THE SECOND YEAr's GROWTH.
Among the pollock caught in the shore seine at Wilson's beach on August 4, as
described in the jorevious section and grouped together as catch No. 19, eighteen were
between 29 and 45 cm. total length. Two of these, specimens No. 660 and No. 661,
29 and 32 cm. total length, show only a single winter ring in their scales. The lengths
of these fish at the end of their first winter as calculated from the positions of the
winter rings in the scales is shown in table 3.
It is to be noted that these fish are probably large for their age being caught in
a shoal with large fish. They constitute, however, the only data the writer has been
able to obtain on pollock in their second year's growth. It is hoped in future work
to fill this unfortunate gap in the investigations.
v. THE THIRD YEAr's GROWTH.
In all seventy-three pollock in their third year were caught. They were all caught
in the shore seina near Wilson's beach, Campobello island, and are included in catches
17 and 19.
114 DEPARTMEXT OF THE i'AYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Cateh IT was taken on tte morning of August 3, 1916, -when numerous schools
of small pollock -n'ere seen close inshore just north of Wilson's beach, and the shore
seine was set at low water. One haul yielded fifty-seven specimens ranging between
30 em. and 47 cm. in total length. The seine was rapidly hauled in over a rocky
bottom and the only other jSsh caught was one Pseudopleuronectes americanus 35 cm.
in length. The scales of these pollock all show two winter rings. The length fre-
quencies are given in table 4. The mean total length is 39-6 em. and the mean stan-
dard length is 36-4 cm.
Catch 'No. 19 has already been described in a previous section. It included sixteen
pollock whose scales showed two winter rings. The total lengths of these fish at tho
ends of their first and second winters, as calculated from their scales, are given in
table No. 5. The lengths given are, in each case, the average of two measurements
on different scales. The mean total lengths of two-year old fish of the catch are, at the
end of the first winter. 15-4 cm. and at the end of the second winter, 31-8 cm. The
mean length of the fish when caught on August 4 was 39-2 cm. The mean increase
in total length during the second year, fe, was 16-4 cm. and the mean increase during
the third year up to August 4 was 7-4 cm. The length frequencies of the fish in the
different years of their growth are shown in table 6. The corresponding figures for
the standard lengths are: mean standard length at end of first winter. 14-1 em.; mean
standard length at end of second winter, 31-3 cm; mean standard length when caught
on August 4, 35-9 cm.
VI. — THE FREQUENCY OF THE DIFFERENT YEAR CLASSES IN THE YEARS 1914, 1915 AXn 1916.
From measurements made on 1,350 pollock caught in July, 1914, Mr. Douglas
Macallum constructed a length frequency curve, given in the paper already referred
to. This curve, as Mr. Macallum noted, shows two modes, one at 63 cm., and one at
68 cm., the former being the more prominent one. The mean length of 6-year old fish
(67-8 cm.) corresponds closely with the frequency curve at 68 cm., as scale studies
show, and the mean length of 5-year old fish (63- cm.) with the mode at 62
to 63 cm. The most prominent mode is at 63 cm., i.e., 5-year old fish, or the class of
1909.
The material for the study of the pollock in 1915 consisted of the measurements
and scales of 652 fish obtained in f[xe catches from Casco bay, off Campobello island,
New Brunswick. The first two of these catches were made on June 22, and included
331 fish, the other three catches were made on July 16, and included 321 fish. The
length frequencies of these pollock, both the actual numbers caught and the per cent
in each centimeter class, are given in table 7. In catches 1 and 2, both the standard
and the total lengths were measured while the catches 3 to 5, only the standard lengths
were taken. The table gives the standard lengths for all five catches and, in addition,
the total lengths for catches 1 and 2. From the column in the table giving the per
cent of specimens in each centimeter class for the first two catches and the similar
column for the last three catches, it will be seen that they agree in showing the most
frequent classes at 65 and 66 cm. Since the distribution of lengths in the catches
is similar and since the catches were chosen at random, it would seem fair to assume
that they represent correctly the distribution in point of size of fish caught during
June and July in the vicinity of Campobello island. The frequency curve for the
standard lengths of catches 1 to 5 is shown in the graph where the lengths have been
grouped in 2 cm. classes and the frequencies plotted in per cent. This curve has a
single mode at 66 cm., corresponding to the most frequent class in the per cent column.
An examination of the scales of the fish from a typical catch, catch 2, was made in the
POLLOCK IN BAY OF FVNDY 115
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
following manner: The envelopes, each containing the scales of a single fish, were
arranged in the order of the standard lengths of the fish ; the scales from every fourth
envelope were examined and the number of rings counted. In this way, without exam-
ining scales from all the fish, scales from a representative sample of the catch were
examined. The numbers of fish in each year class are shown in table S-. The mean
standard length of the 5-year old fish of the class of 1910 was 63-9 cm., and that of
the 6-year-old fish of the class of 1909 was 67-4 cm. The mode on the 1915 frequency
curve is therefore seen to be due to the greater frequency of the 6-year-old fish of the
class of 1909, or the same which gave rise to the most prominent mode in the 1914
frequency curve. The mean standard length of catches 1 and 2 is 6>7.5 cm., and the
mean total length is 72-8 cm.
The material for the study of the pollock of three winters and over, in 1916, consisted
of measurements of thirty-two catches made near Campobello island between July 10
and October 16. The first eleven of these catches, Nos. 2 to 18, were measured by the
writer, both the standard and the total length being recorded and scale samples taken
from each fish. The remaining catches were measured by Capt. Sheppard Mitchell of
the Biological Station staff, and the total lengths recorded. The dates and locations of
the catches and the number of pollock they contained are given in table 9.
The length frequencies of these catches have been tabulated and catches grouped
according to the date of capture. Catches 2 to 12 were made betwen July 10 and 14;
their standard length frequetncies are given in table 10, colunuis I to X. From column
IX it can be seen that the mode for these catches is about 66 cm. The mode for catches
15 to 18 is seen from column XIV to be also 66 cm., although the frequencies of the 67
and 68 cm. classes are also large. Catches 2 to 18, which contain 567 fish, have been
combined in columns XVI and XVII, which give the length frequencies in per cent.
These columns show that the mode, in this case, is to be placed at 67 cm. The mode at
67 cm. is slightly in advance of the mode of the 1915 curve which is at 6<? cm.
In the case of the remaining catches, numbers 41 to 62, the total length only was
recorded. The catches are grouped according to the time of capture, July, August, first
half of September, latter half of September, and October. In each of these groups the
combined length frequencies of the separate catches, the per cent length frequency
obtained by reducing the combined frequencies to per cent of the total number of fish
concerned and the per cient frequency in classes of 2 centimeter intervals are given. The
later percentages are each obtained by adding two of the percentages of the previous
column. They are entered opposite the length of even number althougl^ they really
correspond to a length which is the mean of the length of the two classes, the percentages
of which were added, e.g. in column IV the per cent 8-0 corresponds to a length of
63-5 cm. The percentages in 2 centimeter classes are given because they make possible
a more rapid inspection of the table. From table 11 it will be seen that the mode for
catches 2 to 18 is 74cm., which may be taken to be the total length corresponding to
67 cm. The mode for catches 41 to 02 is at 80 cm. and it will be noted that this is
approximately the mode of the separate groups of catches. The total length 80 cm.,
may be considered to correspond approximately to a standard length of 67/74 x 80 cm.
or 72-5 cm.
During the summer of 1916, pollock were scarce around Campobello island, but
they became more plentiful in the autumn. The catches 41 to 62 measured by Captain
Mitchell are therefore regarded as more typical. It is these measurements which I have
used in constructing the curve for 1916 in the graph. As these were measurements of
the total length and the niefisurements for 1914 and 1915 were of the standard length
the curve has been moved in the diagram so that its actual mode at 80 cm. comes at
72 cm. This has been done merely for the purjaoses of comparison. The form of the
curve for total lengths is of course different from that for standard lengths. It is also
to be considered that this curve represents fish caught later in the year than those used
116
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERYICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
for the 1914 and 1915 curves, a fact which would make the corresponding modal length
less than that shown.
The numbers of winter rings have been counted for the scales of the fish of catches
3, 6 and 7, and the results are shown in table 12. The table shows that these catches,
which had a mode at 67 cm., were composed predominately of 6-year-old fish. This
being the case, the mode at 72 cm. of the curve for catches 41 to 62 shown in fig. 1,
probably corresponds to the 7-year-old fish or the fish of the 1909 year class, the same
which gave rise to the modes in the 1914 and 1915 curves.
VII. SUMMARY.
1. It has been found that young pollock showing in their scales no winter rings and
therefore probably in their first year's growth occur in shallow tidal water on the
western coast of the Bay of Funday.
2. Data as to the rate of growth during the first two years are given.
3. Evidence is given for believing that the 1909 class has been the most abundant
during the three years 1914, 1915, and 1916.
Vni. — TABLES.
Table 1. — Length Frequencies of Small Pollock caught in shore seine in 1916.
A. standard Lengths — Numbers in columns represent number of specimens in centimeter
groups.
Length
Catch 10
Catch 29-32 ■
7 cm.
8 cm.
6
3
9 cm.
8
10 cm.
2
4
11 cm.
1
Total
3
9
8
6
1
B. Total Lengths — Numbers in columns represent number of specimens in centimeter groups.
Length
Catch 19
Catch 29-32
7 cm.
2
2
8 cm.
4
1
9 cm.
7
2
10 cm.
5
5
1 1 cm.
1
4
12 cm.
1
Total
5
9
5
1
Table 2. — Length Frequencies of Small Pollock, Catches Nos. 21-26, five seined in
herring weirs and two caught with hook and line from Station wharf August 3 to 9.
A— Standaiu) Lengths.
Lengths
Frequency
11 cm.
3
12 cm.
1
13 cm.
1
14 cm.
'J
15 cm.
B— Total Lengths.
Length'* . .
Frequency .
11 cm.
1
12 cm.
2
13 cm.
1
14 cm.
1
15 cm.
2
POLLOCK IN BAT OF FUNDT
117
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Table 3. — 'Calculated Lengths of Pollock from Catch No 19, showing a Single
Winter Eing.
Standard Length.s.
Total Lengths.
1st. Ring.
Length .
1st. Ring.
Length.
Specimen 660
661
19 cm.
20
27 cm.
29
20 cm.
22
29 cm.
32
T.\BLE 4. — Length Frequencies of Pollock of Catch 17.
A. standard Length Frequencies in Centimeter Classes.
Cm. Class
Frequency
27
1
2S
29
1
30
31
32
1
33
1
34
8
35
10
36
16
37
3
38
3
39
2
40
3
41
3
42
3
43
1
44
I
B. Total Length Frequencies in Centimeter Classes.
Cm. Class
Frequency
30
1
31
32
1
33
34
35
1
36
1
37
1
38
11
39
14
40
5
41
2
42
2
43
2
44
4
45
3
46
2
47
1
T.^BLE 5. — Lengths of Pollock of Catch 19 at the end of each of their first two winters as
calculated from their scales and their lengths when caught.
Specimen No.
Standard Length.
Total Lensfth
let. Ring.
2nd. Ring.
Edge.
1st. Ring.
2nd. Ring.
Edge.
1915.
1916.
27
1916.
32
1915.
1916.
1916.
662
12
13
30
35
663
12
29
34
13
32
37
664
14
28
33
15
32
37
665
13
31
35
14
34
38
666
14
29
35
15
32
38
667
14
28
36
15
30
39
668
13
14
32
31
36
36
14
16
35
34
39
669
39
670
15
32
36
16
35
39
671
17
31
36
19
33
39
672
14
32
36
15
36
40
673
14
33
37
15
36
40
674
17
34
37
19
37
40
6-5
13
33
38
14
36
41
676 .
13
33
37
14
36
41
677
17
37
41
19
40
45
141
313
35-9
15-4
31-8
39 2
118
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table 6. — Lengtli Frequencies of Pollock of Catch No. 19, those at the end of first
and second winters being calculated from their scales.
Length cm
Frequeacv .
13
14
15
16
17
18
2
4
5
2
-
19
Length cm.
Frequency.
30
31
32
33
34
35
3B
37
38
39
1
~
3
1
2
2
4
1
"-
-
40
1
Length cm .
Frequency .
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
1
-
2
2
5
3
2
-
-
-
Table 7. — Length Frequencies of Pollock caught in 1915 and Comprising Catches
Nos. 1 to 5.
NOTE.-
-Lengths are to nearest centimeter.
Numbers refer to catch numbers.
Date of Catches Nos. 1-2, June 22.
Date of Catches Nos. 3-5. July 16.
Standard Lengths.
Total Leugtlis.
Length
No.
% in each cm.
No.
% in each em.
No.
% in each
m cm.
in Catch.
class.
in Catcl
1
class.
in Catch.
cm. class.
1
11
1
2
III
1-2
IV
3
4
5
3-5
1-5
1
2
1-2
I
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
•9
X
XI
XII
52
■3
55
2
"i
1
"2
i'
2
■6
10
10
6
3
■5
■5
1-4
56
"i'
57
3
58
4
1
15
59
2
2
3
4
15
1-8
2
3
"3
■6
1-9
14
1-8
60
61
7
5
3 6
5
1
1-9 ■
2-8
62
19
20
24
10
13
12
8 8
10 0
10 9
6
5
8
9
5
12
6
1
2
6-7
3 5
7-1
7'7
6-7
8 9
63
64
4
1
15
65
27
11
11 5
10
15
13
12-2
11 7
9
3
1-5
66
19
20
11-8
9
15
7
9 9
10-7
i
3
67
15
9
7-3
5
16
9
9 6
H-3
8
5
3-9
68
13
12
7-6
9
19
8
11 6
9-4
9
11
61
69
3
7
3 0
t
11
7
8 0
fl-4
19
12
9-4
70
8
8
4-8
6
i
6
6 1
5 4
22
9
9-4
71
t
5
36
1
5
5
3-5
3 5
15
10
7-6
72
9
2
3 3
2
3
8
4-2
3 7
25
14
11-8
73
4
4
2 4
4
2
1
2-2
2 3
19
18
11-2
74
4
1
15
3
'-}
2
2-2
18
13
1
61
75
2
5
21
2
2
6
3 2
2-6
10
8
5-4
76
2
2
1-2
1
1
■6
9
7
1
4 2
77
1
6
1
4
1-6
1-4
5
5
30
7S
■6
1
1
■6
■6
5
1
3-6
79
3
1
2
■9
■6
(
4
3 3
80
2
"1'
•6
3
3
3
"2
■2
4
4
1
2
2
4
1
1
4
1
3
3-6
81
1
15
82
1-5
83
15
84
9
85
15
86
' 3'
87
•9
lotal..
196
135
94
131
96
POLLOCK IN BAY OF FVND7
119
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Table 8. — The Age Frequencies of Pollock caught in 1915, Catches 1 to 5.
Number of winter rings
Year class
Freq\iency
4
1911
1
5
1910
13
G
1909
17
1908
11-07
1
Table 9. — Catches of Pollock examined in 1916.
Catch.
2
3
6
7
10
11
12
15
l(i
18
41
42
43
44
45
4fi
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
66
57
58
59
60
61
62
Date.
.luly
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
14.
14.
2.
2
3.
4.
4.
4.
5.
- 6.
7.
7 .
7.
11.
U
20.
28.
28.
28.
2
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
12.
16.
Place.
Off East (iuoddy Light, Campobello Island.
Ho.
do.
do.
do.
do
do.
Wolves
Off Ca.sco Bay Island. Campobello Island
Off Pope's Folly, near Oainpobello Island. . .
do.
do.
do.
do.
do. . .. .
do.
do.
do.
Off Oreen Island .Shoal, near Campobello Island.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
Off Pope's Fttlly, near Campobello Island
Off Indian Island, near Campobello Island
Off Green Island Shoal, near Campobello Island.
No. of
Pollock.
10
66
45
74
29
45
31
68
168
31
40
40
33
55
34
21
15
22
11
l(i
19
35
21
41
96
139
87
98
89
94
100
78
38a— 9
120
DEPARTMENT OF THE SATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 191S
oo"
ZJ
& . ^
"~ X 5
^
TIN ?1 :Zi
X
-t"
X
X
o
CO
ci ca
ir>
<N
X CO t- X
" tc
>
NTr;^»CdO»c»r;o^fcc<-Hf—
.5 cecj
►>
"<
-<
S6
c
O =
>
CI n -^3 'T c^ c: c: O Ci f-i t^ c: X -r -j; :z: u- t- c^i c: « »o — ^ X c: a: — -r c-i .- c: c:
'^
H-i
^
15-18,
t2-3.
1 =■
>
T C^
X'
— '■ ~f ■ c. ' o
-p • ■ r: 1.-: " X
f ■ -J - X ■ C-l ■ Tf " -f
w r- -ic ■ jQ -co -co
X 2
s"^
1> - ^
iJ S e
>
'■^-r ■t^c2:rio«;i-t-*t^:s(r5'voocc-5'ir'i-<ccecccio«'a5:r;«.-'0»o
-?'"'
J, o 5
X
■ - i-i
"1
^d
H-
— '- T-. ■ — M c-l »n -r .-H re r ■ ■ ' - --1 • '
ci
^
O
X><^
o
CM CQ CV3
C3
O'
^ - -
■ r-t r-!N-T- -.TfN^ciut'-xc'Sc: x:r:{M — «ir;oiCkOC-cc?o.-to-^
• —
^ ' '
X
>>
o
int£x"
"5
t— 1
• ■« • ■ th .r; CO •* 1-1
•M
!N IC X I- O 'W'
CD
COi-f ■-'J'COi-*
i"
rt " *
X
: * : I
^
O
_
c<f .
1 c
<° « 5
X
ccco ooo
M
N
to 'co
o
b
CO
CO
O
t- if, ■ t- ■ o ■ O - CS ■ ■ - CO
lis ■ c-1 CO - <o ■ «ic ■ .-< ■ • ■ "
li
»-i
1-4
<-t
r-* - f— - . . , .
X
rcco 'ccccoccccco«o«ir-oeooot-oi^cotr-i>-«t^«c*sccco • -cc
' .'-' -^ J"! (M in -r ir: -* ::5 t^ i i-- i'- X "^ CO -* -^ .^ c^ .^ .-H .^ "
p^ -
; !
: : :
•
1-
►—■
'<MC-1N'NiX=C?^l^'M^CCi-' ^f-C-l .- ■ ■ ■
>
1-
Jh '^
1— (
-^ >i
h- i
«^C0Kr:-*fTp-^O:^
-^fM^i-l
p^
>
Je^f
«
O *
o" •
r- ^
■^^
m
>
. . - • ^ -f
■ CO n f— ?t C^ ■* •-( »-( ■ .-< .,—(,-(.—.5^ ■
"o
^
<s
o
t-«
1
rt3
>
■ ' ■ •f-.cc^^i-i«MiMC^r^-^^«y=:i:tr: — -r(M— '«f-f-'W '
c
Q^
>>
■J>
(^^Tm
1
- i-H
>
• .-1
r- rj. CC CI .-' C^J C-3 f t^ CO M CC ?^) CO ^
!-^ ; "-^ : !^
ce s
v>
O^
^
co"^
IS
J^
C3t-teC rrJ^Tu^iM
■^:ccoX'*jcn»-':coi-i r-f ■ ■ ■
1— 1
tS 3
Ol-T
MO
•I-l«N^ - '^.-H
.-4l-<
1^
1— 1
« 3
O^
*~
-tJ ^
sua
= 2
1—1
'. • I . .
ij ■-"
o t^ o ^ ci C'
■»»* it: :c r>I GO c
O j^" G<i CO -^ la to t^ x ci o i-J oi co' -* ic iD t-- 00 ci o
'^Tj'uinoir
OiC
OiC
iT
IC
:c
zz
■^
to !»:=>«
t>
• l-t'
-I>.l--t-t^t*t-t-X
POLLOCK IN BAT OF FUNDT
121
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
■^ >»
T) — !M ■ 1
:' : 1 :
■ • 1 ■
■ -V T ■
■ - CO
■ ■ ■ 00
■CO • • ■
COM * '
D^
in
g
r-l - ■ f
- i : :
to
■3
■ : : :
=>
QC CO X X
38a— 9i
122
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SSB[0 'UIO z
^ O
N
TP
■ to c:
■* -GO
CI ■ o
1-- cc -* w ■ cc
: : "^
■^ -f
CO .^
-l* -O «5 ^ -O
<— <
■i-lO©0<MOCQ
7^
i-H M ?4 f^ CO cc cc 4Q ir i
wwjrcc:D(MO003C
ODt-OOt^QOOiOCO'-H
ssBp •mo g
N IM ■ T^ - (W -CO ■ ^
- W -CO
■ »o --^ -as -o »o -w -cq .-H ■ -v
TT ■ t- ■ t-- (N -T -co ■ r-, ■ l>- CO -N
(MC<JNO'»'c:Ti'OiccX'^:r-ci^s(M-v-ftoeot>.'-Tr,-..-.(Mo<MC:i^oO'^'^
.-<'-<?^— •COW'— wro ^-^cootrt-i^xic-^cococo— ■•— ir^i-t
ssBp 'rao g
qo^a ui %
•SS'Rp MIIO
qoBa UI %
or -s
•jfouanbajj
p^uiqoioQ
-ge
SSB[0 'OIO g "
ij-Te^ UI ^^ p
•ss'Bp -rao
qo-ea ui %
•Xouanba.ij
pauiqiuo3
X
X
CO ■ »C ■ 00 00 ■ c^
T t>- I—
t>. o ■ b- ■ CI ■ :d
j^ -00 -ih ■ o ■ -^
:oocoO'*'-H-p-t*^T'.ro^cot-oco-r-fco:;*r:Di-'i^c4xco
■i-iOOOCQOCO.->COCOf-« — c
N -o -o
■ :c -CO • -* o
c:coc:i-.'r:ciMCieo^;!Mi-it--h-coh-'>^0
-r i-<coci*ooc-o*biMt-t-.'^t--T
.-^lr:1-i^^r^<^^^o^(^lc^^D■^;
sp 'rao K
qova ui %
•SS'B|0 "CUO
qoBa ui %
X
■Xouanbajj ^
pauiquio^ ^
^ -co
O O t— CO
ss-BiJ 'ino g
' qoua ui °/
^ ■ CO
t>. - I-. :M ■ *n
C:: C3 L- ■ tC
• CO ■ X 'CO ■ -r
5<:
■SS-Cp -lUO i-H
qoBa UI % '^
-fO-!pi-.c:c:"-ct-:C'-'Ot>-— ^occ'-docib-x^t-wt-owwmci'c
■Xouaubaaj ,
pauiquioQ •
ss-Bp 'rao 5
qo'oa a I %
coco - O CO
t>. - 1- -ec ■ t>. ■ :d
CO -^ -00 -(X) -O -O -O -CM -CM -lO -"i
'ss-Gio 'uia
qOBa ui %
l-H
COCOOOCOOOOOt^OOl^t-Ol-Ot^Ol^CCCOOl-eOCOCOt^COCJO
HH
^r-'C«^5N'^"^:o-t-iC»n-c:-rir:.r:t-oc: wcocMcoc^.— ci-^
■Xoaanb^jj
^
^i-ioo.— 'rocotctoxc-iM — :oi::. t— xcoir:t~?q-^i>..— .ot-oxeocccoi-H
pauiqiuoQ
•"•
POLLOCK IN BAT OF FUND7
123
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
■w ■ w -f-l ■
O "^ CI C^ CO t^ ■ •
■ « ■ Ci * to ■ « 1 '■
f-H^Nb-^-^cc^
zs '-a T . ■
o !:c ^ iO '^ ■
X L- ^^ -f ?5 ; ^ :
--=== : ; . :| :
" : : . :i :
■ c; io ■' IN - •
w :£ o « CI o ■
,;
c; t^ -o Ci :o CO • ■
s
.;- -CS ■=: '•-)■
Z^ a -^ lO Id T iZ! V
r ; ; ; i ; ;
CO • ■ . ; ;
— .....,.
i
4-^.^ii?.ii
til
o
i
124
DEPARTMENT OF THE ^'AyAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table 12. — I'jigtli frequencies of the Pollock of catches 3, 6 and 7, arranged
according to age and catch.
o S .
Catch 3.
No. of winter rings.
Catch 6.
No. of winter rings.
Catch 7.
No. of winter ring.*.
^ =
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
51
1
52
1
3
1
1
1
2
""1"
"i '
53
54
55
56
"2 '
1
3
2
1
2
i
1
4
0
... ^ .
1
2
1'
3
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
"1
3
2
2
1
57
58
59
<iO
2
2
5
2
"1"
1
4
1
«1
6*^
1
63
1
65
1
2
2
5
3
2
1
3
2
1
1
i
5
3
2
1
3
2
1
" 1 '
4
3
4
8
3
2
2
1
1
1
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
^
80
81
82
' ' 1 '
Total.. -
Mean
lengths..
t
38
27
7
20
15
11
27
32
56-9
62 9
68-6
599
63 8
66 3
55 9
63 3
68 4
POLLOCK IN BAT OF FUNDI
125
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
20^
d w 2
° s^
^ S ^
'^ ns
0)
CD
a 3^
a m >
fH rt o
=^ 2 fl
s a ^
San
g s g
S ^ 2
ft c3 g
s
e
a.
3
a tH
a t>
3 ^
^ o
\Q
3 5
g's
^ ^
3 .a
g g
£ a
a w
■s a
o o
Ol
1 ^ r/l ^v
• ^ o
■ ^
standard lengtVi of Fish in centimeters.
to jS
H o
-a
- a
■s
0) ^
O -fH
0) o
.a «>
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
VII
FURTHER HYDROGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS IN THE BAY OF FUNDY.
By E. Horne CRaigie, B.A., University of Toronto and W. H. Chase, B.A., Acadia
University.
(With 25 figures and 1 map.)
During- the summer of 1914 a hydrographic section of the Bay of Fundy was
made, a report of which appeared in the Contnhutions to Canadian Biology. 1914-1915.1
At the beginning of July, 1915, it was suggested that a considerable amount of dredg-
ing should be done with a view to working out the fauna of the Bay of Fundy, and the
opportunity was taken to combine with this work a repetition of the hydrographic
observations made in the previous year and to extend them over the greater part of
the Bay. It was thus possible to collect sufficient data to give a general idea of the
conditions existing in the water of this important and interesting region.
observations made and apparatus employed.
The work was carried out during two cruises in the month of July. The first of
these enabled dredging to be carried on at twenty-four stations in St. Mary bay, Nova
Scotia, and observations to he taken at stations I to IV in the Bay of Fundy — the
stations which were established in 1914. The work of the second cruise comprised
dredging at nine stations in the Annapolis basin and the establishment of two more
cross-sections and a longitudinal section of the Bay of Fundy.
In St. Mary bay and the Annapolis basin, the stations in which were numbered
consecutively in Arabic numerals, temperatures and water samples were taken at the
surface and at the bottom at each dredging station, largely for the sake of the connec-
tion of these conditions with the fauna found. At all the Bay of Fundy stations,
observations were made at the surface, at depths of 5 and 10 fathoms, and then at 10
fathom intervals to the bottom. In the table of data the records for the bottom have
been put opposite the nearest depth in tens of fathoms. The exact depth of the obser-
vation may be seen at a glance from the record of " Depth " near the top of the
column for each station. The hydrographic data obtained in St. Mary bay and the
Annapolis basin are tabulated here chiefly in order that they may be accessible when
required, though few deducations can be made from them at present. At the Bay of
Fundy stations V to XV, dredge hauls were taken; and at these and the Annapolis
basin stations, surface plankton samples were also obtained.
The apparatus employed was the same as that used in 1914, and has been des-
cribed in the report of the work done in that year. The temperature of the air and of
the surface water were taken by means of a delicate chemical thermometer, all other
temperatures were determined by reversing thermometers. The temperatures at 5 and
10 fathoms at station III, and from 10 to 40 fathoms at station IV, were determined
by a Negretti-Zambra thermometer,- all other temperatures below the surface by a
Eichter thermometer.^ The water samples were obtained by means of a Petterssen-
1 Craigie, K. Home. " A Hydrographic Section of the Bay of Fundy in 1914."
~ Magnaghi pattern frame. Negretti and Zambra thermometer No. 170664.
3 Laboratoire Hydrographique, Kobenhavn, Preisliste, 1914, No. 75, thermometer No. 164.
127
128
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Xansen water-bottle. A full description of both this water-bottle and the reversing
thermometers may be found in the section on hydrographic work in the report on the
" Investigation of the Bays of the Southern Coast of New Brunswick with a view to
Their Use for Oyster Culture."^
The temperatures read on the Richter thermometer were all corrected for the
expansion of the mercury column at the temperature at which the reading was made,
and the corrected figures were recorded in the tables and used in constructing the
temperature cui-ves. All temperatures are in the centigrade scale.
The densities and salinities of- the water samples were determined by W. H.
Chase, but as he was called away by military duties, he was unfortunately prevented '.
from completing the work.^ Such discrepancies between density and salinity in many
cases were found in the records that it was considered necessary to repeat the analysis
of the samples, and Professor Vachon of Laval University was so kind as to do this]
during the summer of 1916. Unfortunately, Prof. Vachon found that the water sam-
ples must have altered by evaporation since they were collected, and it has accord-^
ihgly been regretfully decided not to publish the data for the Bay of Fundy stations,
blit to confine this report to the temperature observations. The densities, salinities
and chlorine contents of the samples from St. Mary bay, as determined by W. H.
Chase, will be found in table HI at the end of the report.
LOCATIOX OF OBSERVATION STATIONS.
The positions of all the stations are indicated on the accompanying map, on
which the fifty and hundred fathom lines have also been inserted, giving an idea of
the conformation of the bottom of the Bay. The stations were located so as to give
as complete sections as possible, showing the conditions existing in the various parts
of the water. In making the observations, the stations were found by the use of a log.
Stations I to IV are on a straight line drawn from East Quoddy Head, Campo-
bello island, to Boar's Head, Petit Passage, Long island, as follows : —
Station 1 7 miles from Eiast Quoddy Head.
11 19
III 27
IV 37
The remaining Bay of Fundy stations are located as follows: —
Station V 22 miles N.W. from Digby Gut.
"VI S " S. from Partridge Island, St. John
harbour.
VII 14 J •■ s. from Partridge Island, St. John
Harbour.
VIII.. 21* " S. from Partridge Island, St. John
Harbour.
IX 2S " S. from Partridge Island, St. John
Harbour.
X lis " E. from Station VII.
XI 5 " S. from Quaco Head.
XII 105
•• XIII 15*
" Xn^ 20J
XV IS " S.E. by S. from Quaco Head.
The distances are measured in geographical miles.
1 Mavor, Craigie. and Detwetler in " Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1914-15."
2 The responsibility for the planning of the work, selecting the stations, etc., rests with
E. Home Craigie, as does also the recordin.g and working up of the temperature data, while
observations on density and salinity were in charge of W. H. Chase. The two workers colla-
borated on the draft of the earlier part of this report, and on the preparation of the accom-
panying map and .some of the figures. Owing to Mr. Chase's departure for the front, it has
been necessary to complete the report without his assistance or criticism.
HTDROGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS • 129
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
DEDUCTIONS FROM DATA OBTAINED IN THE BAY OF PUNDY.
A. — Temperature Curves.
From the corrected data obtained at eacli station, a temperature curve has been
drawn (figs. 1-15), and upon the basis of these curves four profiles have been con-
structed representing respectively* the three transverse sections and one longitudinal
section of the Bay of Fundy. The discrepancies in depth at some stations shown by
the curves and profiles are to be explained by the state of the tide when the observa-
tions were made. The bottom conformation has been drawn as accurately as possible
with the aid of charts.
If the data for stations I to IV be compared with those recorded in August, 1914,i
it will be observed that, with the exception of the surface temperatures at stations II
and IV, all the readings are considerably lower in the new observations, the bottom
temperatures averaging 2.7° lower than in 1914. The range of temperatures between
the surface and the bottom is thus much greater in 1915, the difference in the surface
temperatures being comparatively little. These differences between the temperatures
found in the two years are to be explained, no doubt, by the fact that the new observa-
tions were taken six weeks earlier in the season than the old ones, when the heating
effect of the summer sun and air had had less time to penetrate to the deeper water.
Thus there is to be seen a very rapid fall of temperature in the layers of water near
the surface (figs. 1-4). In this connection, it must be remembered that the heat con-
ductivity of sea water is so slight as to be practically negligible. " The heat conveyed
by the sun to the uppermost water-layers cannot therefore be propagated into deep
water by conduction, but only through movements of the water-waves, currents, con-
vection ' currents,' etc."- The fact that the deeper water is heated so much in a period
of six weeks must be attributed to the vertical mixing of the water by the great tides
occurring in this region.
Another effect of this vertical mixing by the strong tidal currents was referred
to in the previous report, namely, the considerable areas of the same, or nearly the
same temperature occurring at many of the stations. This is most marked in the case
of the stations farther up the Bay, the temperatures at stations X to XV (figs. 10-15)
inclusive being practically constant between a depth of 5 fathoms and the bottom.
The fact that this uniformity becomes more marked in the upper part of the Bay bears
out the theory that the tides are responsible for it, the tides being greatest at the head
of the Bay, w'hile the water there is shallower, so that the tides are likely to effect a
more complete mixing of the mass of water.
Helland-Hanseu, generalizing upon the basis of temperature curves for four stations
distributed over the Atlantic from the Faroe-Shetland channel to the Sargasso Sea says:
"From the surface downwards the temperature falls very rapidly for the first hundred
metres; at 100 metres it is 4° to 6° colder than at the surface. Beyond 100 metres the
temperature decreases at first much more slowly. . . . The layers in which the
temperature changes very rapidly are called 'discontinuity layers' (by the Americans
' thermocline,' and by the Germans ' Sprungscliicht ')."^ The curves obtained for the
first four Bay of Fundy stations, i.e. those nearest the open Atlantic, (figs. 1-4) agree
with these observations to an extent which seems little short of remarkable in shallow
and enclosed water, especially where conditions are so peculiar as they are in the Bay of
Fundy. Indeed it would hardly seem justifiable to consider the correspondence as more
than a matter of chance were it not for the fact that it appears even more clearly in the
curves for the same stations in August, 1914. The comparison is made particularly apt
1 Craigie. E. Home. "A Hyflrographic Section ot the Bay of Fundy in 1914." Contri-
butions to Can.idian Biology, 1914-1915.
- Helland-Hansen in "The Deptlis of the Ocean," hy Sir John Murray and Dr. Johan Hjort,
p. 226.
3 " The Depths of the Ocean," p. 223.
130
DEPARTMENT OF TBE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
hy the fact that Helland-Hanseii's observations were made between June 24 and
August 10 — at practically the same time of year as our own work.
Wliile the density and salinity records are not being included in this report, for the
I'easons explained above, it is perhaps worth while remarking in this connection that
the observed densities also correspond rather closely with the records obtained in the part
of the open Atlantic near Nova Scotia by the Challenger expedition in May 1873. The
surface densities for the Challenger stations 49 and 50 are, respectively, 1.02354 and
1.02451, the bottom readings for the same stations being 1.02400 and 1.02546. The
depth at station 40 was only 85 fathoms, that at station 50 was 1,250 fathoms.^
The surface and bottom densities found at our stations I to IV were: —
Station —
Surface .
Bottom.
I.
10242
10246
II.
10240
10250
III. IV.
10239 10246
10252 10252
The surface densities throughout the Bay varied from 10238 (stations VI and
VII) to 10248 (station XIII). The bottom densities ran from 10244 (station X) to
10252 (stations III and IV). Thus it appears that the density of the waters of the
Bay of Fuudy corresponds quite closely with that of the neighbouring part of the
Atlantic. Once more, no doubt, the thorough mixture brought about by the tides is
to be held responsible for this, as it seems improbable that evaporation in the Bay of
Fundy is nearly sufficient to counterbalance the influx of fresh water.
Helland-Hansen remarks that the high surface temperature shown by his curves
"is principally due to the absorption of heat rays from the sun. In places the water
is heated by contact with warm air, but this source of heat is of less importance, tite
temperature of the surface water heing, as a rule, higher than the temperature of the
air."'^ He makes no mention of the time of day at which his readings were made,
which, of course, would greatly affect the air temperature — unless he refers to the mean
air temperature of the day. All our observations, practically, were made in daylight,
and in no case was the air less than 2.2° warmer than the surface water, while in most
cases it was considerably more. It may be noted in passing that although three of
Helland-Hansen's four stations mentioned above are farther north than the Bay of
Fundy, and all four are in the open Atlantic, his lowest surface temperature (that in
the Faroe-Shetland channel) is 13°C. — more than 1° higher than the highest reading
obtained in the Bay of Fundy. In looking over the records of the Challenger observa-
tions^ in July, 1873, it is found that at C a.m. on the 16th of the month the air tem-
perature was as much as 3°F. below that of the surface water in the harbour of Madeira ;
but in the majority of cases the air was warmer than the surface water. On the 15th
the mean air temperature was 0.1° F. less than the mean surface water temperature,
and on the 26th it was 0.5° F. less, but such cases are considerably in the minority.
In May, 1873, when the Challenger was in this part of the Atlantic, only in a few cases
again did the water temperature exceed the air temperature; and in no case was the
mean surface water temperature for the day higher than the mean air temperature,
until the 22nd of the month, when the ship had gone south to about the 40th parallel
of north latitude.
The temperature curves for stations I to IV do not show so clearly as did those
of 1914 the resemblance between stations II, III, and IV, and the distinct difference
from these of station I. The curve for station I shows a peculiar rise in temperature
between 40 and 70 fathoms. A similar, though smaller rise occurs at the same depth
1 Report on the Specific Gravity of Ocean Water, observed on board H.M.S. Challenger
during tlie years 1S73-76." By J. T. Buchanan, pp. 14 and 16. Report on the Scientific Results
of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Phys. and Chem., Vol. I.
- "The Depths of the Ocean," p. 22.t. (The italics are due to the present writer.)
3 " Meteorological Observations made during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, 1S73-76."
Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyoge of H.M.S. Challenger, Narrative. Vol. II, 1S82.
HYDROGRAPUIC lyVESTIGATIONS 131
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
in station II and is represented in station III also, at n somewhat deeper point. This
is evidently the effect of some current and its occurrence both in the Grand Manan
Channel (station I) and at the two neighbouring stations in the open Bay would
seem to suggest that it is tidal. It is to be regretted that there was not an opportunity
tc make further observations with a view to elucidating this matter.
It may be noted that in 1914 a similar, though smaller rise in temperature occurred
at a depth of 60 fathoms at station II with the tide two-thirds flood, while in the present
case it was one-half flood at the same station. At station I, where the irregularity is
most marked, the tide was flood, while at the same station in 1914 no. such irregularity
was found with the tide one-third flood. Thus from the present limited data there is no
indication that this condition occurs regularly at any particular state of the tide. A
similar rise is to be seen at a depth of 20 fathoms at station IX (fig. 9).
B. Profiles.
The profile for the section from East Quoddy Head to Petit Passage (fig. 16)
shows no marked disagreement with that obtained in 1914. The cold water along the
slope from Grand Manan found in 1914 does not appear in the new section. As before,
the temperatures tend to he a little higher on the Nova Scotia side of the bay than on
the New Brunswick side.'^ The irregularities showing in the graphs, which were dis-
cussed in the previous section are not represented in the profile.
The water below 6°C. occupying most of this profile does not appear in that of the
St. John to Digby section (fig. 17), and a similar position but less space is occupied
by the water between 6.38° and 7°. The tendency of the water towards the Nova Scotia
side to be warmer does not appear in this section.
The profile from Quaco Head to Port Lome (fig 18), shows that the water below 7°
has disappeared, and its place, though much less space, is taken by water between 7.9°
and 8°. From these three profiles it is easy to picture each successive layer of cold
water running up the bay and gradually diminishing in extent until it finally dis-
appear.'i, its place being taken by the next layer. Of course, these remarks are not to
be taken as meaning that the water is believed to be actually divided into distinct layers
behaving thus.
The longitudinal section from Cape Chignecto to station III (fig. 19) shows that
the layers do not simply taper and fade away, but end rather suddenly, clearly sug-
gesting that the water flows up the bay and the lower layers are continually retarded
by friction with the bottom, though this appearance is probably dvie to tidal action.
A peculiar condition appears between stations VII, X, and XII. The presence of
warmer water at station VII might be attributed to warm water coming in from the
Atlantic surface, passing along the south shore, and turning north about this region
(see fig. 20), but the source of the cold water at station X is not so clear. It seems
possible that as the warm surface water is turned north across the bay (fig. 20) the cold
water below goes on up the bay and so comes to the surface. It is most unfortunate
that there was not time to make a complete transverse section through station X.
Presumably the condition will be due to tidal action, but just how it is produced is not
evident in the present state of our knowledge.
1 1 am informed by Dr. A. G. Huntsman that observations talten during the summer of 1916,
nearer the shore on e^ch side, showed this much more marlsedly, so that the isotlierms should
really dip quite rapidly near the coast in this profile. His observations appear to indicate a
current entering at the mouth of the bay and passing up the Nova Scotia side, producing a
corresponding current in an outward direction on the New Brunswick side. A somewhat similar
condition, with peculiar tidal changes, was demonstrated in the St. Croix River by Craigie in
1314. (Craigie, E. Home. " Hydrographic Investigations in the St. Croix River and Passama-
quoddy Bay in 1914." Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1914-1915.)
132 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
C. E orizontal Disti-ibution of Temperature.
In the hope that more light might thereby be thrown on the subject, three maps
have been constructed, showing the distribution of temperature in the surface water
(fig. 20) and at depths of ten fathoms and thirty fathoms respectively (figs. 21 and 22).
As pointed out above, figure 20 shows an indication of an influx of warm surface
water, which passes along the south shore and then turns across the bay (see foot note
on page 131). If this represents a current in this direction, however, the deeper water
should he colder than on the other side, as it must come in from the cold Labrador
current, and we liave already seen that the results both seasons tend rather the other
way. Figures 21 and 22 show no sign of such a circulation, but rather combine with the
four profiles to indicate a simple tongue of cold water up the middle of the bay. The
cold area on the slope of Grand llanan in the 1914 profile especially supports this.
There is nothing at ten fathoms corresponding in any way to the area of colder water
appearing at the surface of station S (8-46° surface temperature) and points east of
it, nor does the conformation of the shore appear to suggest any satisfactory explana-
tion. That proposed at the end of the previous section appears to be the only one at
present. The isolated area of warmer water east of Grand Manan (station II) in fig.
20 does not seem to be explicable on the basis of the present data either. The probable
position of the 10° C. isotherm along the north shore is indicated by a broken line,
although, of course, there are not sufficient data to locate this properly.
DEDUCTIONS FROM DATA OBTALNED IK ST. HARY BAT.
From the data obtained in St. Mary bay (table II) a plan of the distribution of
temperature in the surface water of that bay has been drawoi (fig. 23). It shows a
rather uniform arrangement with gradually increasing temperature as one passes up
the bay from Petit Passage, the shape of the isotherms suggesting that there may be
a current up each side with a reverse current down the middle. Immediately below
Petit Passage the effects of the tremendous tidal currents through that channel are
visible, producing a rather complicated arrangement of the isotherms, due apparently
to several interfering cross-currents. The arrangements of the water must, of course,
vary very greatly at different states of the tide and the fact that all the observations
must be taken at different times makes it improbable that the diagram represents such
a condition as ever exists at any one time.
It has been thought worth while also to include a diagram representing a longi-
tudinal section of St. Mary bay (fig. 24), although it must be fully recognized that
such a profile, constructed from temperature data taken at the surface and the bottom
only, is of a very tentative nature. The figure shows gradual and apparently rather
imiform rise of temperature as one passes up the bay, just such as might be expected,
the colder area at the surface of station 15 being the only indication of the cross-cur-
rents suggested by the surface diagram (fig. 23). No doubt if temperatures at inter-
mediate depths had been taken, more might have been seen. The relations of the cold
water appearing at the bottom of stations 13 and 15 are shown by fig. 25, which repre-
sents a line carried down the bay from station 13 somewhat farther west than the lino
in fig. 24. It is seen that this cooler water is spread out sideways from a layer which
probably approaches the surface about the mouth of the bay, and occupies almost the
whole depth at station 22. It will be noted that, the bay being rather shallow through-
out, the temperatures are all comparatively high.
The bottom temperatures in the Annapolis basin (stations 26-33. table II) are
peculiar in being much lower in many cases (especially station 31) than any water
entering from the river (station 33) or any present in Digby Gut (station 25).
SUMMARY.
This set of observations is a continuation and extension of that made in 1914.
The stations have been selected in such a way as to form three transverse sections and
HYDROGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS 133
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
one longitudinal section of the bay of Fund}-, thus making it possible to get a fairly
clear idea of the temperature distribution in this interesting body of water by exam-
ining the profiles constructed and the accompanying diagrams showing the horizontal
distribution of temperature at the shallower-levels.
The observations made at the stations where work was carried on in 1914 show
little difference in surface temperature, but markedly colder water below. The fact
that a seasonal difference of only six weeks makes such a great difference in the tem-
perature of the deep water shows how great is the effect of vertical mixing due to the
very great tides. This effect is also seen in the large areas of very uniform tempera-
ture found in both years.
The results obtained at stations near the mouth of the bay show an interesting
agreement with observations made by Helland-Hansen in the open Atlantic. The state-
ment of this investigator that the temperature of the surface water is, as a rule, higher
than the air temperature is not borne out by the Bay of Fundy observations, nor by
those of the Challenger expedition in this region of the Atlantic.
A slight rise of temperature at an intermediate depth, seen in three stations near
the mouth of the bay, gives evidence of deep currents, but no data are available from
which definite information concerning these can be obtained.
There is a clear indication that the water on the Nova Scotia side of the lower
part of the bay is, on the whole, warmer than on the New Brunswick side, and the
plan of the surface temperatures suggests a current of warm surface water from the
Atlantic flowing in along the south shore and then turning north about half way up
the bay, so that its influence is not visible in the higher profiles. All the other evidence,
however, indicates a simple tongue of cold water up the middle of the bay.
Several points with regard to the surface temperatures remain unexplained.
The plan of distribution of temperature in the surface water of St. Mary bay
shows a rather uniform increase of temperature in the upper part of the bay, with
indications of certain currents and tidal disturbances. The longitudinal profile, which
is based upon insufficient data, gives no suggestion of any peculiar or striking condi-
tions.
In Qonclusion, it remains only to express our indebtedness to Dr. Philip Cox, ,who
accompanied us on both cruises, and Mr. J. R. McMurrich, who joined the party on
the second, as well as to Dr. A. B. Macallum. Dr. C. C. Benson, and Dr. A. G. Hunts-
man for valuable assistance and criticism. We are also deeply indebted to Professor
Vachon, Laval University, for the trouble he took in re-titrating the water samples.
134
DEPARTMENT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
in
OS
o
a
3
3
-J
s
a)
"3 •o--"'a £t<o-t'0-^'^-f'Tj'
925 = -^ i
■t -j:
-2t5^rrC:cOQ0t-.|>.I>-
X
X
a; — * ^
'^^2
tM CO L-- 1-- l>- b- t- b-
f- ^ "^ ^ oc t-- 1-- t- . ic
3 —
I ^ ;.. 0000000
^ w' 2^' = C 10 ''^ 1:; ^ o t^ -o is t
= "<:o^
2 tT
^ cW-,
O 31 t- t- t- t—
5<:
'sS^;;:^*!;!;; «ofe^^t--t-:cxi-^i> "
'^K^-TfcJ^ co'^to ^Oico t^r^o
lO iO 10 . tO
.iff .000
* < ;i; ^ S
rr&H^IlJ'-"*^^^'^"^'^
M_J2-hT! ;ii^O5Dt>.OO-rC0:D00CQ .CO
J^'(^^ '^ ■ • s O " ■
; *^ ;i, i, pC( &^ ;iH tn fs. Pt- 5:; Pq p64 jv fc
, ?^ ^ rH (N CO ■»■ IC O I- t-- 00 O O ft
<8 U
Pi'f>
M
HYDROGRAPHIC n^TESTIGATWNS
13&
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
«s
1 ■ -c * -2 »•" - =^
2S .r^-d. o o
^.< s •= -S '? - ?
,r ^ -^ 1., &^ ni r: E
"S
*"" J --n -• lO CO CD
>,-< X O -=! fi « O
^ t-CCi-H
r--i - • -
>,< ^ Pc ^ 1^ CO ^
3 m .S 00 ♦^ t'. ■ra N
^ J Tf Pc' •? O Ol X'
^-< ^ -^ ^ «■"- =^
^ J -a r-' O -1" m I*"
^-13 2 ^ _i ^ '="^
'= ^ J^ c§ -=- =2 2 °^
-rS
— "^ =a r^ .5 " '="• ?^
►;o— "^252 =
- CO -;;: ^- ._^ ^ --<
2* .,-T== = 0
> ^ cj o cc to o;
■2S^ X — SS
h-, <* '^ (M Mp;^ r-* ^
c3
IT _ U I— fJ -JJ
f-S
^
-Oo
^^
occ
s
^ 1^
CO
-
^•
*?
s
■^
i>;
^
«o
>-,<- ^ &H g CO ^ lO
►-; O — HH I— (
>-.iJ -^ ^ -5 ^ ^ C
~ ,_, — ic a: t-
"Ho^^^x — c
I -^^
^.—4 > »r; -^ o OS «
^"^ o ^ ;3 --o --I 'I"
>,■< i i. — o -H o
I ^■^i "o >c ;^ ^"•'5 *
Si«Sss;:='='
►^s^--.
2^ . .^-^ o
k-, O ^ -^Tl-H .-I
JiJ£f^ 0~COn
a in -3 ■ Ec( ci o o
• — ' . — CO
;-^^^'§sfefe
38a— 10
a> ^ c
t^ t. *^
■"S s-s-
■ S S c
■ 11 a, (B
QE^
S-
oc
i drH « 5
c8 a a
^ f- a
a- 0; c
136
DEPARTMEyr OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Table III. — Specific Gravity, Chlorine Content, and Salinity of Water Samples from
Bottom of St. Mary Bay Stations in 1915.
Station.
Sp. Gt. at
15-56° C.
% Chlorine.
%
Total Salts.
Station.
Sp. Gt. at
lo-56°C.
10248
% Chlorine.
%
Total Salts.
1
10243
1-817
3-276
13
1-832
3-304
o
(1
819)
82.0
(3
280)
14
10249
842
3
322
3
10248
3
291
15
10249
849
3
334
4
10247
833
3
306
16
10247
S40
3
318
o
10247
832
3
304
17
10248
845
3
327
6
10248
835
3
309
IS
10245
835
3
309
i
10258
835
3
309
19
10247
855
3
346
8
10247
831
3
302
20
1U247
869
3
370
9
10248
842
O
322
21
10248
86G
3
.365
10
10248
842
3
322
22
10245
861
3 354
. 11
10241!
841
3
319
23
10249
8.57
3 347
12
10249
836
3
311
24
10248
861
3 353
The density of each water sample -was determined at room temperature by means
of a delicate hydrometer, and corrected to read at 15.56° C. by Buchanan's Diagram. ^
The methods of analysis and of calculating the salinity were those of Dittmar.'-
1 Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Physics and
Chemistry, Vol. I, 1SS4.
J. T. Buchanan. " Report on the Specific Gravity of Samples of Ocean Water observed
on board H.M.S. Challenrjer, during the years 1873-76." Diagram 1.
William Dittmar. " Report on Researches into the Composition of Ocean Water col-
lected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76." pp. 4 and 40.
H OROROE V
S< IBIOff^l- PAPDI NO. dfim
BAYor rUNDY
showing
HYDBOGHAPHIC & DHEDGING
STATIONS of 1915.
o
/o
20
30
AO
50
60
70
80
SO
IOC
no
/20
o
/o
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
SO
lOO
no
/so
.Ql
/o" //'
/S'
-'(r—\-.-\---\--.-\..-\----
■ - i ---;----' r----" ;
'ill,
, A . ,
; I I I I
1 : ' , 1 1
Fig. 1.
B° 9°
/o° //' /z
---r^4^^4—
_ — .
/T ' '
1
-1. __*.__L._.
1- - - -
--\-: — . , —
-:h--\-\-'
•" r
1 c
1 r- -
Fig.S
5' e° "P' 8° 9° 'O" //" /,
(
./7I...J....J-.-.J----
?0
'/" ^
L .--J - - - 1. 1.--
=lo
^ , ._i
<10
50
'ill
W
! ' ' '
70
til
m
1 1 I 1
30
..._;-..
— _ _< — Y — — '
no
L ■ .1 '
JSO
ill"
T^.
' of
go -,o go Qo y^yc /^o y^
10
20
30
;
\ ^^ i i
1. 1
40
1 -^
1 ' 1 [
jC^
€0
\\
(III
70
80
90
100
no
! ' 1 1
1
^_ __ J. — __ -.
^ _ ^ - - -
IZO
1
; ; 1 1
Fig.4
Figs. 1-4. Temperature curves for stations I. to IV. respectively.
38a— lOJ
N
•
•
e
e
m
^cL-L--
•
0
—
--
• ^
o
o 5TTT^
<v
[v:
1^
CD
•
isga^^^ osss5is«' ° 5 s 8 * « ^
o
10
zo
30
40
50
60
o
10
20
30
40
50
60
6' 7° 6° 9
J J Xa 1
1 , — f- - 1 ;
J j_J_-j J
. --_J_.^ -^
J_. .-J J_-._J
Fig.ll
6" 9'
/0° //° /2'q6
10
20
30
AO
50
60
8" 9° /O' //" /Z"
J t -■ f J
T ^ -J ^ •
J 1^ 1 ■ J
^: ; :
I'll
1 1 1 ' 1
< ' . 1 r <
10' J I" IZ' ^6' V 8'
Fig. 12.
9" 10' tl' /g°
10
/^
?0
VI
_•_ J
40
,W
1 1
60
1
Fig. 13.
o
/o
zo
30
40
50
60
6° 7° 8"
Fig. 14.
/o° /r 12"
r- ■
I r
1 ) '
I 1 '
( 1
1 t
1 I
1 1 1
1 I
1 1 ) » »
t 1 1 1 •
t 1 • 1 f
Fig. 15.
Figs. 11-15. Temperature curves for stations XI. to XV. respectively-
Fig. 20.
Fig. 20. The Bay of Bundy, showing temperatures of the surface water.
Fig. 21.
Fig. 31. The Bay of Fundy, showing tenii)eratures of the water at a depth of 10
fathoms.
Fig. 22.
Fig. 22. The Bay of Fundy, showing tenii>eratures of the water at a depth of 30
fathoms.
Fig". 23.
Fig. 23. St. Mary Bay, showing temperatures of the surface water.
(^ ,r (j^ d^ ^ dj) (8) (6)
o ■
S ■
10-
/3-
20
25-
30l
" Fig.£4.
(§ ^ ^ a^ dj)
Fig.25.
Figs. 24 and 25. Longitudinal isothermal profile of St. Mary Bay.
8 GEORGE V
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
A. 1918
VIII.
EXAMINATION OF AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMICHI HATCHERY,
NEW BRUNSWICK.
By F. C. Harrisox, D.Sc, F.R.S.C, etc Priiu-ipal of Macdouald College, Ste. Anne
de Bellevue, P.Q.
On October 11, 1915, I received a telephone message from Dr. A. B. Macallum,
Secretary-Treasurer of the Biological Board of Canada, with reference to a diseased
condition of the salmon in the hatchery at South Esk, N.B. He also informed me
that Dr. Huntsman, of the University of Toronto, was leaving in order to investigate
the trouble, and if I thought it wise to do so I could join him and proceed to the
i'atchery.
I got into telephonic communication with Dr. Huntsman on his passing through
Jfontreal, and after discussing the situation thought it best to remain at the labor-
atory to examine the diseased fish that Dr. Huntsman would send me in order that I
might investigate the disease, for it seemed better to attempt the finding out of the
trouble with all bacteriological facilities to hand, which would have been lacking at
the hatchery, and which at that time it was impossible to take there.
ketaining Pond at the Miramichi Hatchtry, South Esk, N.B.
On October 14, I received a copy of the letter which Dr. Macallum received from
the Deputy Minister of the Department of Naval Service, reading as follows : —
The officer in charge of the Miramichi hatchery, which is located on the
South Esk river, a small tributary of the Southwest Miramichi, recently re-
ported that a disease had broken out amongst the salmon in the retaining pond
in connection with the hatchery in which the parent fish are placed and retained
149
150 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
until tlie spawning time comes around. It happened that the Superintendent
of Fisheries was in the Maritime Provinces when this information was received,
and I had him instructed to visit the pond and look into the matter.
There were on Tuesday of this week somewhat over 2,400 salmon in the
pond, between 300 and 400 of which were affected. The disease takes the form
of a fungus. The first indication is the removal of the scales from the back
of the neck. They are evidently eaten off. Then a white fungus develops, which
rapidly spreads down the head to the eyes and makes the fish blind. It sub-
sequently appears on different parts of the body and on the extremities of the
fins and tail. The fish diseased were beginning to die, which indicates that they
will not last more than a week or ten days after they become affected.
An examination of the pond revealed no reason for any unhealthful con-
ditions. Neither did there seem to be anything through which the water was
flowing before it reached the pond to cause it to be unhealthful. Some fish that
were in the towing pontoons which had recently been taken from the fishermen's
nets to be placed in the pond, were examined, and on a few of them the first
stage of the disease above referred to was in evidence.
As it seemed possible that the scales might have been removed from the fish
striking the top of the pontoons, one of the fishermen's nets was visited and
when lifted there were three salmon and a grilse in it. Two of the salmon were
large females weighing about fifteen pounds, and they were perfectly healthy,
but the third, a small male weighing 5 or 6 pounds, was apparently affected, as
the scales were eaten away from the back of the head and he had an unhealthy
appearance.
It would appear from the above that an epidemic has broken out amongst
the fish in the river, and in view of the importance of the matter it is desirable
that a capable bacteriologist should be iimnediately sent to the pond to thoroughly
investigate the whole matter. I may add that this pond has been in operation
for many years and in no instance in the past has any such trouble been experi-
enced. The tide enters the pond, and at each high tide the water is slightly
brackish.
I shall be obliged if you will give the matter immediate consideration and
wire me whether the Biological Board can at once arrange to send a properly
qualified man to investigate the matter. If it cannot, it may be possible for
the Department to arrange with that of Agriculture to send an ofiicer from the
laboratory at the Experimental Farm here.
N.B. — Since writing the above a report has just been received from the
officer in charge of the Port Arthur hatchery, in which he states that a disease,
apparently of a similar nature, has broken out amongst salmon trout in the
Nipigou river. This is the first time that the department has heard of any such
disease there.
A few days later I received a statement from Dr. Huntsman, the main points of
which are contained in his report on this outbreak of salmon disease, now being
published.
On the arrival of the specimens of fish sent by Dr. Huntsman, they were immedi-
ately examined. They arrived in good condition, packed in ice, and were opened in
the usual way. After examination of the organs and the fiesh near the abraded spots
or where the fungus was growing, pieces of the various organs were excised with a
sterile knife, and cut open with a second sterile knife, and a portion of the pulp, etc.,
of the organ removed by means of a sterile platinum loop. In a few cases pieces of
the organs were taken out, seized with the forceps and scorched in the flame, and then
cut open with a sterile knife and a portion removed to sterile petri dishes. In all
eases the material was mixed with beef peptone salt-water agar, and from the various
AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMIGBI HATCH ERT 151
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
fish a large number of colonies were isolated. These colonies were lettered and
numbered, and besides those here described a large number of other colonies were
isolated, which were compared and found similar to those mentioned by letter and
number.
Fish No. 1. Appearance normal, with the exception of a few patches of diseased
skin around the head. On opening, the organs appeared normal. Plates were made
from milt, liver, swimming bladder, kidney, heart's blood. In all cases the material
was transferred to sterile petri dishes and beef peptone salt water agar poured over.
After the plates had set they were kept at 20°0. Results: —
Milt. — About 60 colonies.
Liver. — About lOO colonies.
Swimming Madder. — Contained a quantity of liquid. Very large number
of colonies, too numerous to count.
Heart's hlood. — About 300 colonies to the oese. All these colonies were
very similar.
Kidneys. — About 90 colonies.
Four species were isolated from this fish, marked Al, A2, A3, A4.
Flesh near diseased skin normal in appearance.
Fish No. 2. — External appearance normal except some bruises with traces of the
fungus development near tail and head. On opening, the liver was rather pale in
colour, somewhat friable, intestines empty, caeca empty. Right ovary eggs pink in
colour; left ovary eggs much darker in colour, almost liver-coloured. Flesh normal
and good colour. Same technique. One oese from each of the parts mentioned.
Ovary. — Pink eggs. From one crushed egg 300 or 400 colonies developed.
A larger number from the one crushed egg from the dark red left ovary.
Liver. — 20 colonies.
Heart's hlood. — 60 colonies per oese, all practically identical.
Isolations Bl, B2. B3, B4.
Fish No. 3. — Exterior appearance normal with the exception of a few small areas
discoloured visible in the skin. Flesh normal in appearance. Interior organs appar-
ently normal. Smears from the various organs showed bacteria.
Heart's blood. — About 250 colonies to the oese, all similar.
Eggs. — Innumerable colonies. Two species.
Liver.— 20 — 30 colonies per oese.
Kidneys. — 80 — 100 colonies.
Two isolations— Cl, C2.
Fish No. 4. — A large fish ; much gelatinous slime around the tail. Some areas of
skin affected with the fungus. Flesh beneath appeared healthy. Intestines slightly
congested, empty. Liver dark in colour. Eggs salmon pink in colour, apparently
normal. SVimming bladder empty. Smears from the heart's blood liver and kidney
showed a number of organisms : — •
Heart's hlood. — 30 — 40 colonies, all similar.
Liver. — 10 — 12, all similar.
Kidneys. — 20 colonies, all similar.
Eggs. — About 150 per egg. This is an estimate, as a large growth had
occurred in the vicinity of the crushed part of the egg.
One isolation, Dl.
152 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Fish No. 5. — Skin between the eyes and the back of the head was bruised and in
places dirty white in colour. Microscopical preparations showed the presence of
fungus. Flesh normal. All organs normal. Intestines empty. Smears from the
Liilt, liver, heart's blood showed a number of organisms. Plates : —
Heart's Mood. — Numerous colonies.
Liver. — 40—50 colonies.
Milt. — A few colonies.
Three isolations — El, E2, E3.
Fish No. 6. — Skin bruised between eyes, fungus present in this area. Flesh
normal. Organs normal in appearance. Intestines empty. Eggs, salmon pink in
colour. Intestines slightly congested. Smears from heart's blood, liver and egg
showed bacteria present. Plates : —
Heart's blood. — About 80 colonies, all similar.
Liver. — 30 — iO colonies, aU similar.
Eggs. — One egg about 200 colonies, all similar.
One isolation, Fl.
Fish No. 7. — A large amount of diseased skin from which preparations of the
fungus were prepared. Flesh normal. Intestines empty. Organs apparently healthy.
Kidneys. — About 30 colonies, all similar.
Liver. — About 50 colonies, all similar.
Heart's hlood. — 30 — 10 colonies, aU similar.
One isolation, Gl.
Fish No. 8. — Large amount of diseased skin from which fungus growth was
easily demonstrated. Liver pale in colour. Ovary deep reddish. Intestines empty.
Many whitish eggs in ovary. Spleen normal. Plates: —
Egg. — About 150 colonies to the egg, large masses of bacterial growth near
the crushed portion.
Liver. — About 250 colonies.
Heart's Hood. — About 150 colonies, all similar.
A number of diseased portions of skin were cut off and examined in a variety of
ways. Very good prepartions were obtained by teasing portions of the diseased skin,
i\ iturating the material with 40 per cent potassium hydrate. After removal from this
rt-agent they were washed in water and transferred to Lugol solution, or else stained
\.ith safranin, eosin, or fluorescin, dehydrated and mounted in balsam. Such teased
particles of the skin gave, as a rule, better results than sections.
These preparations show that the fungus was a Saprolegnia, and I presume that
full particulars of this fungus have been already given by Dr. Huntsman. A very
full account of the salmon disease probably caused by Saprolegnia is given in the report
of the United States Commissioner of Fisheries for 1878, the article having been
reproduced from the proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, written by A. B.
Stirling, of the Anatomical Museum of the University of Dublin. A very compre-
hensive paper by S. Walpole and Prof. T. H. Huxley entitled "Disease among the
Salmon of many Rivers in England and Wales" appears in the bulletin of the United
States Fish Commission, vol. 1, 1881, and was a reprint of a pamphlet contained in the
"21st Annual Report of the Inspector of Fisheries for England and Wales for the
J ear 1881 presented to both Houses of Parliament by command of Her Majesty."
It seemed peculiar that injuries, which appeared at first to be mere abrasions, and
v.bich subsequently became infected by the fungus Saprolegnia, 'should have such
AFFECTED SAL.UU.\, MIllAUWHI HATCBERY 153
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
a disastrous effect upon the fish as to produce sluggishness and death in the short
period of time mentioned by the officer of the hatchery and by Dr. Huntsman, and it
therefore seemed important to make a thorough examination of the diseased fish to
see if there 'were other factors producing disease, and to ascertain if the fungtrs
Saprolegnia, -was a primary or a secondary invader. Unfortunately such investigation
was hampered by the fact that no live salmon were available for inoculation, and the
crily means of ascertaining the pathogenicity of the organisms isolated was to attempt
to infect the common gold fish.
During the course of this examination I obtained a publication of the Fishery
Board of Scotland entitled "The Life-history of Salmon in Fresh water, Glasgow,
1898," containing a paper by J. Hume Patterson, Assistant Bacteriologist of the
Corporation of Glasgow, on "The Cause of Salmon Diseases", and I am indebted to
this; palmer for the methods wliich were subsequently used for the inoculation of the
live gold fish.
Before the gold fish could be inoculated it was necessary to work out in some
di^tail the various organisms which were isolated from the salmon. The principal
biological and cultural characteristics of those were as follows : —
A. 1.
A medium sized bacillus with ruutided ends, occasionally bent, which occurs singly
ajid sometimes in short chains. Actively motile, stains well with methylene blue,
and is gram negative.
GelaHne Plates: —
^4 hourSj colonies just visible to the naked eye.
4S hours, colonies 2 mm. in diameter, round, with a liquefying centre saucer-
shaped. Centre of the colony dense with a mass of deposited bacteria.
With I objective edges of the colony seemed slightly fimbriate, and the mass
within the centre might be seen moving.
S days, colonies had grown to between 5 and 9 mm. in diameter, but with
similar appearance to that at 48 hours.
Jf days, geletine completely liquefied.
Gelatine Stick: —
Growth is best at the top. Line of puncture filiform.
2^ hows. Liquefaction begins, extending to the sides of tube and about 2
mm. in depth.
Ji8 hours, growth uniform, line of puncture a cloudy area 10 mm. in diameter
with small outgrowths into gelatine forming a cloudy cylinder. At the surface
liquefaction is stratiform to a depth of 4 mm.
S days, the growth has increased, stratified liquefaction extended to a depth
of 7 mm. and the cloudy area looks like a saccate cylinder.
8 days, liquefaction to a depth of 8 mm.
10 days, there is a distinct dark stratum underneath the liquefied area.
IS days, very slight increase.
Beef Peptone Agar, JfS hours: — •
Colonies 1-2 mm. diameter, round, raised, entire edge, glistening white
appearance. With the ij objective the edges were entire, colonies dense, and
grandular with a narrow clear margin.
S days, colonies 2-5 mm. diameter, round, more massive and dense, convex,
whiteish to light brown in centre.
38a— 11
154 DEPARTilEXT OF THE SAVAL SEKVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Sloped Beef Peptone Agar, Blood Heat (37-5): —
Little change after three days' growth.
The organism grew fairly well at blood heat.
i?4 hours, spread over about half the sloped surface.
48 hours, growth deuser, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, semi-opaque,
whitpish. No further change.
Glucose Agar Slope : —
24 hours, at room temperature, smooth, vigorous, whitish, moist and spread-
ing. Cloudiness near the growth.
5 days, colony more cloudy, considerable gas production and the column of
agar is burst apart in the middle.
Glucose Agar Stich: — 24 hours. Growth vigorous over surface and pronounced
cloudiness from the surface to a depth of 10 mm.
48 houi's. Increase, in growth and a few gas bubbles appear on the line of
puncture.
No further change occurs.
Bief Broth-:—
24 hours, strong, cloudy.
3 days, much heavier. Sediment floceulent.
7 days, yellowish-green appearance in the upper layer otherwise no change.
J-'unhams's Solution: —
The organism gi-ew well in Dunham's solution, and at the end of 5 days at
room temperature was tested with Ehrlich test, allowed to stand 20 minutes and
the results then recorded. This organism was negative to this test. No Indol.
Milk:—
24 hours, no change.
3 days, coagulated with extrusion. of slight amount of whey.
5 days, curd has become firmer, and a cheesy smell developed.
7 days, slightly more whey extruded;
Xo other change, although observed for some twenty days.
Litmus Milk: —
24 hours, no change.
48 hours, no change in constitueucy, but colour is changed to avellaneous.^
5 days. Colour uniform, slight digestion with separated whey, soft curd,
yellowish ring aromid glass, smell disagreeable.
3 ireeks. — Curd still undigested, whey yellowish, yellow ring, curd avoHaneus,
few gas bubbles on shaking.
Potato : —
24 hours. ^Moderate, dry, slightly raised, cream-coloured growth.
4S hours Increase of growth, dry, raised, slightly rugose, cream-yellow colour.
6 days. Abundantly raised, massive, rugose growth, cream colour at margins and
pinkish on top. Odour unpleasant and slightly pungent, resembling that on
milk.
3 weeks. No change.
A. 2.
Small bacillus with rounded ends, short, often in pairs, actively motile, stains well
with methylene blue, and is gram negative.
1 Chromotuxia seu Nomenclator Colorjt-m. P. A. Saccardo.
AFFECTED 8ALM0X. MIRAMICHI BATCHERY 155
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Gelatine Plates: —
ZJ). hours. Colonies just visible to the naked eye.
48 hours. Colonies have attained a size of 2-3 mm. in diameter; round, saucer-
shaped- In the centre a dense mass of deposited bacteria with liquefying
area around. With 3 objective interior of the colony is glumose. Edges
clearer, but less distinct than A. 1.
3 days. In moderately seeded plates there is complete liquefaction.
Gelatine Stick: — |
^.4 hours. Growth uniform. Line of punctures a cloudy area 5 mm. in diameter
along line. Liquefaction begins in 24 hours, extending to sides of tube and
3 mm. in depth.
4s ]iours Increase in growth with similar appearance, and stratified liquefaction
to a depth of 5 mm. Liquefaction gradually increases.
Jf days. 10 mm. deep and the remainder of the tube saccate liquefies.
6 days. Liquefaction to a depth of 4 cm.
10 days. Liquefaction of the gelatine in the tube complete.
Beef Peptone Agar: —
JfS hours at room temperature. Colonies 1-2 mm. in diameter, raised, glistening,
whitish colony by reflected and greenish opalescent by transmitted light.
With § objective edges entire, centre granular with a clear hyaline margin
all around-
. !•? days. Not much increase in size, but more in density. Colony becoming whiter
and more convex, somewhat resembling a yeast colony.
Beef Peptone Agar, at 37° C.:—
Very slight growth at S^ hours, after which there was no further growth.
Glucose Agar Slope: —
2Jf hours. Abundant, flat, slightly spreading, smooth, moist, wliitish growth.
No further change noticed until about second week, when the agar becomes
brownish beneath the slope.
Glucose Agar Stich: —
2U hours. Growth filiform on surface, thin and spreading. Not characteristic.
JfS hours. Gas bubble on surface and below- Afterwards no further change.
Beef Broth:—
2Jf hours, strong clouding, which increases, with abundant sediment.
No further change.
Dunham's Solution: —
5 days, at room temperature; tested with Ehrlich's reagents; allowed to stand
for 20 minutes and then recorded. No Indol.
Milk:—
8Jf hours. No change.
3 days. Coagulated with extrusion of slight amount of whey.
5 days. Curd becomes firmer, and cheesy smell develops-
Amount of whey increases up to seventh day, after which there is no further
change.
38a— Hi
156 DEPARTMEyT OF THE NATAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Litmus Milk: —
2Jlt hours. No change.
JfS hours. Xo change in colour or consistency; on shaking numerous small gas
bubbles appear and form a foam on surface.
6 days. Coagulated, moderately firm curd, liliacinus in colour. About a quarter
of the tube is whey, and much darker in colour (atro-violaeeus).
5 weeks. There is a reddish ring at the surface, considerable digestion, whey
occupying three-quarters of the tube, isabellinus in colour. Curd flocculent,
avellaneus; odour slightly cheesy.
Fotato: —
Si- hours. Growth moderate, filiform, slightly raised, cream-yellow colour. This
increases, and in
6 days growth is moderate, raised, rugose, moist, shiny; dirty cream-yellow,
darker in centre where growth is most massive.
3 weeks. No further change.
A. 3.
Medium-size bacillus with rounded ends, resembles A. 1 in appearance. Active
motile, stains well with methylene blue, and is gram negative.
Gelatine Plates: —
2i hours. Just visible to the naked eye. Growth rapid.
4S hours. Colonies are 2-5 mm. in diameter, round. Liquefaction saucer-shaped,
inner ring dense, caused by deposited bacilli. With s objective the edges of
the colonies are fimbriate centre grumose and flocculent. Masses of the
bacteria can be seen in movement.
3 days. Colonies increase to 12 mm. in diameter, saucer-shaped liquefaction,
whitish in centre, more transparent at the margin. To the naked eye the
edges are entire, but with a microscope slightly fimbriate. There is a cheesy
smell on opening the plates.
i days. Plates are liquefied.
Gelatine Stick: —
2Jf hours. Resembles A. 1, but slightly less growth.
48 hours. Line of bacteria is filiform, smooth on surface. Liquefaction strati-
form, 4 mm. deep. Liquefaction continues.
10 days. Liquefaction is 1 cm. deep with medium beneath darker in colour, but
clear.
Agar Plates: —
48 hours. Colonies are 1-3 mm. in diameter, round, raised, yellowish-white. With
i objective edges are entire, dark in centre, granular, gradually becoming
lighter to margin, which is clear.
3 days. Colonies are round, white, edges entire, brownish in centre. Convex.
4 days. No change.
Agar Slope, ST'C.:—
24 hovrrs. Very slight growth, filiform.
7 days. No further change.
Glucose Agar Slope, 20°: —
A spreading, flat, white, shiny growth; agar beneath very cloudy. Cream yellow.
No gas.
AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMWHl HATCHERY 157
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Glucose Agar SiicJc: —
Growth filiform, spreading; cream colour at centre, lighter nt margins. Cloudy
to half-way down the agar.
Beef Broth:—
2i hours. Clouding moderate. Sediment
3 days. Growth heavier, slight pellicle.
5 days. Ring and pellicle.
7 days. Yellowish-green colour in upper layers.
Subsequently no change.
Dunham's Solution: —
Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlich test, allowed to
stand 20 minutes and then recorded. No Indol.
Milk:—
Fifth day. No change until the fifth day, when there is coagulation with soft
curd, cheesy odor. Curd gradually beeon>es harder and the whey gTeenish
in colour. Digestion takes place to about half the volume.
Litmus Milk: —
The colour is gradually bleached and in JfS hours is avellaneus.
5 days. Coagulation takes place in 5 or 6 days, a soft, fine curd which gradually
digests. Blue ring at the top; separated whey is isabellinus in colour.
S weeks. Greenish -blue colour; whey thick, curd avellaneus, odour unpleasant.
Fotato: —
2Jf hours. Growth moderate, raised, filiform, cream-yellow in colour.
JiS hours. Growth becomes dirty and oehraceus, slightly rugose. Growth gradu-
ally changes to ferrugineus in colour.
3 weeks. No change.
A. 4.
A small bacillus, short, rather stout, with rounded ends. In appearance resembles
A. 2. Actively motile, stains well with methylene blue, and is gram negative.
Gelatine Plates: —
SJf hours. Just visible to the naked eye.
48 hours. Colonies punctiform (less than 1 mm.) white and glistening, with §
objective they are seen to be round, with entire edges, and granular.
3 days. Colonies slightly punctiform, white, gli>tening, convex, capitate. With
§ objective edges entire and granular.
No further change.
Gelatine Stick : —
24 hours. Growth unifrom, line of bacteria filiform.
Ji8 hours. Growth filiform to villous. Four gas bubbles on line of bacteiia.
S days. There is more growth. Line of bacteria villous to papillate.
10 days. Slight depression at the point of puncture may be noticed, but no lique-
faction.
13 days. Liquified area around the line of puncture.
158 DEPARTMEl^'T OF TEE ^'AYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Agar Plates: —
JfS hours. Colonies are filiform, glistening, raised. With I objectiTe the colonies
are round, dense in centre, and granular, clearer at margin, edges entire.
S days. Colonies slightly larger, opalescent, white.
No further change.
Gelatine Agar Slope at 37° C;—
Little, if any, growth observed. Continuous observation for 7 days.
Glucose Agar Slope : —
Growth moderate, moist, shiny, slightly raised, whitish.
S weeks. Agar is brown beneath the slope.
Glucose Agar Stich: — ■
Growth filiform, thin surface, growth spreading. Gas bubbles along line of punc-
ture.
No further change except the agar becomes brown beneath the surface to a depth
of 1-2 cm.
Beef Broth:—
2Ji. hours. Slight clouding and sediment.
S days. Clouding and sediment increase slightly.
No further change.
Dunham's Solution:
Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlich test, allowed to stand
20 minutes and then recorded. Indol positive.
Milk:—
5 days. No change visible.
6 7 days. On shaking tube a gassy foam rises to the surface.
10 days. Milk had coagulated, hard curd, whitish whey.
Litmus Milk: —
No change in appearance in 24 hours.
JfS hours. Abundant gas which rises to the surface in small bubbles. This was
noticed each day up to the sixth day, and the foam was very heavy. The milk
gradually coagulates and forms a blue ring down one side of the tube, remainder
is a firm curd adhering to the tube. Bleached cream colour.
Potato : —
24 hours. Moderate growth, filiform, slightly moist, cream coloured.
JfS hours. Becomes slightly rugose.
G days. Growth slight, slightly raised, and a dirty yellow (melleus).
S weeks. No further change.
B. 1.
This organism on examination was found to resemble in all respects A. 1.
B. 2.
A small size bacillus about 1* times as long as wide, rounded end. frequently in
pairs. Actively motile, stains well with methylene blue, negative with gram.
AFFECTED SALMOX, MIRAMICHI BATCH ERT 159
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Gelatine Plates: —
2Jf ho\irs. Visible to the naked eye.
Jf8 Jtours. Punctiform, colony raised, glistening, whitish. § objective shows round,
dense, granular colony, entire edges.
No further change.
Gelatine Stich: —
3^ hours. Growtii uniform, round, filiform; no liquefaction.
j^ hours. Growth uniform, no liquefaction to surface.
S days. Slight depression at the boint of bacteria. Xo liquefaction.
Agar plates: —
Ji8 hours. Uniform, 1 m.m. in diameter, round, glistening, colony. With 3 object-
ive round, dense, shading to lighter; granular, edges entire.
3 days. Colonies are glistening and bluish white.
No further change.
Agar slope 37° C. .•—
7 days. Very slight growth, one or two small colonies appearing on the surface
but otherwise no change.
Glucose Agar Slope: —
Moderate growth, spreading, flat, moist and whitish.
4<S hours. A few gas bubbles appear and slight increase in growth.
3 weeks. Agar is brown underneath the slope.
Glucose Agar Sti-cl- : —
Filiform, slight growth on surface, gas bubbles along line of puncture.
No further change except for browning of the agar underneath the surface.
Beef broth: —
24 ho-urs. Moderate growth, moderate sediment.
3 days. Growth slightly heavier.
5 days. Clearing.
No further change.
Dunham's Solution : —
Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Elirlich test, allowed to
stand 20 minutes and then recorded. Indol positive.
Litmus Milk: —
34 hours. No change.
Jt8 hours. A fine foam on the surface when tube is shaken. Colour liliaceous, no
coagulation.
6 days. Much gas in foam form. , No coagulation. Colour liliaceous. Colour
gradually bleaches. Blue ring forms on surface. Bluish whey but little
digestion.
Potato:—
3Jf hours. Filliform, dry, raised, colour niveus.
6 days. Growth becomes slightly raised and more massive.
3 weeks. No change.
B. 3
Kesembles in all respects A. 4.
160 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
B. 4.
Resembles in all respects A. ^.
0. 1.
Small to medium bacillus about twice as long as broad, slightly rounded ends.
Actively motile, stains somewbat unevenly witb methylene blue, gram negative.
Gelatine Plates: —
24 hours. Colonies visible to the naked eye.
48 hours. Colonies punctiform, round, white, raised and glistening. 3 objective
round, evenly dense and granular with entire edges.
No further change.
Gelatine SticJc: —
Growth uniform, line of puncture filiform, 4 gas bubbles along line of puncture.
10 days. Depression at the point of puncture.
13 days. Line of bacteria has liquefied.
Agar Plates: —
48 hours. Colonies are punctiform, 1-li mm. in diameter, round, raised, white,
glistening.
With § objective colonies are round, dense in centre, clear margins, granular,
entire edges.
No further change.
Agar, 37° C.:—
24 hours. Moderate growth, flat, slightly spreading, smooth and translucent.
No further change.
Glucose Agar Slope: —
Flat, moist, spreading, whitish growth, few gas bubbles.
No further change except browning of the agar beneath surface.
Glucose Agar Stick: —
24 hours. Filiform, growth spreading on surface.
48 hows. Few gas bubbles along line of puncture.
No further change.
Beef Broth:—
24 hours. Moderate clouding, flocculent, abundant sediment.
5 days. Clearing.
No further change.
Dunham's Solution: —
Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlich test, allowed to
stand 20 minutes and then recorded. Indol positive.
Litmus Milk: —
24 hours. No change.
48 hours. Slight amount of gas, colour somewhat lighter, no coagulation.
6 days. Much gas in foam form. No. coagulation. Colour liliaceous.
Subsequently milk coagulates, blue ring, surface clear, whey on one side, curd
adhering to two- thirds of the tube; bleached to a cr^m colour and of firm
consistency.
AFFECTED SALMOX, .l//ff.l l//CiJ/ HATCHERY 161
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Fofaio:—
Slightly raised, moderate growth, cream-yellow.
5 weeks. No further change.
D. 1.
Medium-size bacillus, with slightly rounded ends, actively motile, stains well
with methylene blue, gram negative.
Gelatine Plates: —
Colonies visible to the naked eye in 2i Jwiirs.
J/S hours. Uniform, round, white, glistening colony; g objective round, granular,
dense to the edge, edges entire.
3 days. Colonies become more dense. Convex.
No further change.
Gelatine Stich: — ■
48 hours. Line of puncture is villous. Slight softening of the gelatine on the
surface.
Subsequently growth along line of puncture becomes villous to papillate, soften-
ing gradually extending along line of puncture.
Agar Plates.—
is hours. Punctiform to 1 mm. in diameter, round, white, raised, glistening
colony; g objective colonies round, dense in centre to clear margin, granular,
edges entire.
3 days. Slight increase in sizes; otherwise no change.
Agar slope, 37° C.:— —
No growth at this temperature.
Glucose Agar Slope: —
Moist, flat, spreading, whitish growth. Agar becomes brown beneath the growth,
but no further change.
Glucose Agar Stick: —
Line of puncture filiform, spreading on surface, three or four small bubbles
appear in 48 hours and slight increase in growth; otherwise no change except
browning under growth.
Beef Broth:—
2Jt hours. Growth moderate, sediment moderate and flocculent.
6 days. Clearing.
No further change.
Dunham's Solution: —
Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlich test, allowed to
stand 20 minutes and then recorded. Indol positive.
Litmus Milk:—
24 hours. No apparent change, but on tapping the tube small gas bubbles rise
to the surface.
48 hours. Gas more pronounced. Colour liliaceous.
6 days. Foamy gas. No coagulum. Colour liliaceous.
3 weeks. Blue ring on surface cleared away along one side, remainder firm curd
adhering to the tube. Bleached cream colour.
162 DEPARTMEXT OF THE yATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
J'otato : —
Moderate growth, raised, rugose, waxy, cream yellow in colour.
E. 1., E. 2. and E. 3.
Eesemble A. 1.
F. 1.
Medium size bacillus with rounded end-. Actively motile.
On staining with methylene blue there are two or three dark granules in most
of the organisms. Gram negative.
Gelatine plates: —
^4 hours. Just visible to the naked eye. Eound, white, glistening, 5 objiect-
ive brown, edges entire, granular.
Subsequent liquefaction.
(Jtlatine Stick : —
Growth uniform, line of puncture filiform, growth becomes sliglitly heavier
and on the Otli day there is a slight liquefied depression.
10 daiis. Liquefaction is infundibulifrirm.
IS days. Complete liquefaction.
Agar Plates : —
Agar slope, 57° :^
Very slight, if any, growth (T days).
Glucose agar slope:—
Filiform, non-spreading growth.
Glucose Stick : —
Filiform growth, nothing on the surface.
6 days. Slightly heavier, subsequently no change.
Beef Broth:—
Slight clouding, flocculent sediment.
3 days^ clearing.
No further change.
li'i.nham's Solution: —
Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlich test, allowed
to stand 20 minutes, and then recorded. Very weak Indol.
Litmus Milk : —
6 days. No change visible until 6th day, when colour becomes darker. This
increases.
6 weeks. Colour is atrocyaneus. There is progressive digestion without
coagulation.
Potato : —
Whitish growth restricted and filiform.
S weeks. No further change.
G. I.
Medium size moderately thick bacillus with rounded ends, very considerable
variation as to size, actively motile, stains well with methylene blue, gram negative.
AFFECTED SALilON, MIRAMIGHI UATCHERY 163
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Gelatine plates: —
2k hours. Just visible to the naked eye.
J/S hours. Punctiform.
8 days. 1-5 mm. in diameter, round, saucer-shaped, liquefaction. Whitish
in colour, most dense near centre. Radiating lines like the spokes of a wheel
from the centre consisting of deposited bacteria. With § objective edges are
entire and interior granular to grumose.
Jf days. Plates have liquefied.
•Gelatine Stick : —
48 hours. Liquefaction heavier, 6 mm. in depth. This increases and is strati-
form to sacehate. In teu days tube is completely liqtiefied.
/; gar Plates : — .
Apar slope. 37° : —
Very slight growth, in 24 hours.
48 hours, ilore abundant growth, spreading, flat, glistening, semi-opaque.
S days. Slightly heavier.
No further change.
Glucose agar slope: — -
Moist, white, spreading, smooth. Gas in condensation water.
3 weeks. Cream-yellow colour at the base of the slope, and centre of surface
growth.
Glucose Stick : —
Filiform, slightly spreading on surface, 3 or 4 gas bubble along line of
puncture.
No furtlier change.
Beef Broth:
24 hours. Strong, cloudy, moderate sediment.
3 days. Pellicle over entire surface.
7 days. Yellow-cream colour in the outer layers.
No other change.
Dunham's Solution: —
Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlish test, allowed to stand
20 minutes, and then recorded. ludol very strong production.
Litmus Milk: —
48 hours. Colour is lighter.
2 days. Alkaline digestion commences.
6 days. Almost complete digestion, remaining curd, in fine particles, dirty viola-
ceous in colour. Whey 5 of tube. Semi-transparent and avellaneous in colour,
no odour. Blue ring at surface.
Potato : —
24 hours. No apparent change.
48 houri. Slight growth, filiform, yellowish.
8 days. Moderate growth, slightly raised, moist on the moist part of potato and
dry at the top, ferruginious in colour.
3 weeks. Colovir is redder, otherwise no further change.
164 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
H. I.
A short to medium stout bacillus, actively motile, staius well with methylene blue,
is gram negative.
Gelatine Plates: —
2Jf hours. Just visible to the naked eye.
Jf days. Punctiform, later liquified.
Gelatine Siich:
Growth uniform, filiform.
JfS hours. Slightly liquefying, 2 mm. in depth, stratiform. Liquefaction increases
and is slightly sacehate with floeculence.
10 days. Liquefaction becomes infundibuliform.
15 days. Whole tube is liquefied.
Agar Plate: —
Jf8 hours. Round, uniform, glistening, colony. With 3 objective round, edges
slightly erose. Slightly granular colony.
S days. Colony becomes more massive and bluish white; otherwise no further
change.
Agar Slope, §7° :—
Very slight growth, one or two colonies. Increases along line of puncture.
7 days. No further change.
Glucose Agar Slope: —
Thin, translucent, moist, film in 24 hours. No further change.
Glucose SticJc: —
Filiform. No surface growth.
Beef Broth:—
2^. hours. Slight clouding, floeculent and abundant sediment.
3 days. Clearing.
7 days. No further change.
Dunham's Solution: —
Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlish test, allowed to stand
20 minutes, and then recorded. Indol very strong.
Litmus milk: —
24 hours. No change.
Jf8 hours. Tubes become darker in colour, atro-violaceous. No coagulation.
Subsequently there is gradual digestion. Whey first with a violet shade,
throughout, which gradually concentrates as a deep blue ring on top, and curd
becomes semi-transparent, isabellinus in colour, and thick but not viscous. A
little undigested curd at bottom of tube. (3 weeks.)
Potato : — ■
2J/ hours. Very slight growth.
4 days. Growth moist, slightly raised, smooth. Colour brown, light testaceous.
5 weeks. Colour changes somewhat between rosaceous and testaceous. No further
change.
AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMWHI HATCHERY
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
SUMMARY OF CHARACTERS.
165
A 1
A 2
A3
A 4
B2
CI
Dl
Fl
G 1
HI ....
B Sal
monis
+
+
Brotli.
+
Agar.
O
+
+
Gel.
Plate.
+
+
Potato.
u
3
o
o
a
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Milk.
+
-D
a.
O
a.
fl
c
%
S3
«
o
—
—
+
—
-
+
+
—
+
+
-
—
+
—
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
—
+
+
+
+
—
+
+
+
—
+
+
+
—
+
-
+
-
bo
<
C
Ch.\racteristics of the ilicRO-oRGANisM {Bacillus salmon is pestis Patterson).
Morphological Characters.
A short, thick bacillus with rounded ends, varying in length, occurring singly and
in pairs lying end to end. Actively motile, non-spore-bearing, does not stain with
Gram's method, grows rai>idly and profusely at the room temperature, but shows little
or no growth at 37° C, and is killed at this temperature in about si.x days.
The organism exposed to a mixture of ice and salt for a week not only survived
that low temperature, but grew profusely while in the mixture. Involution forms were
only observed in glucose media. It appears to be a strict aerobe. Pathogenic to fish,
non-pathogenic to frogs, mice, and guinea-pigs.
Cultures. — Room Temperature.
Gelatine Plates. — In about three days small, greyish, pin-point colonies appear, with a
ring of liquefaction around them of a transparent greyish colour, which rapidly
increases, the plate becoming completely liquefied in about 36 hours after their
appearance. The dense pin-point centre and transparent area of liquefaction
around is markedly characteristic of the bacillus, together with the very rapid
liquefaction of the gelatine.
Gelatine Stah. — Profuse growth along needle track at the end of 18 hours, which gra-
dually increases and rapidly liquefies the gelatine.
Carbol Gelatine, 1 per cent Stah. — Slight growth in IS hours along needle track, which
gradually liquefies the gelatine.
Carhol Gelatine, -05 per cent Stah. — The growth is more profuse.
Carhol Gelatine, -OS per cent. Stab. — Very profuse growth.
166
DEPARTMENT OF THE SATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
RtXHij Temperature.
Agar Streak : —
Dense, profuse, cream-coloured moist shining growth along needle track in
18 hours, with irregular margin, which gradually spreads over the
surface of the agar.
Aff'ir .Smear : —
Small pin-i>oint oream-oloured colonies at the end of 18 hours with irregular
spreading transparent margins.
Agar Glucose Stab : —
Profuse cream-coloured growth along needle track for about half an inch at
the end of 24 hours, spreading on tlie surface. The agar gradually
hccovtcs ctoiuJt/ ffOJiithc surface aiul partdlel to it, a7ul extendi fnr about
lull f an inch down the media. No gas production.
Agar Glucose PI'ite : —
Cream-coloured colonies with moist shining surface and irhite cloudiness
around cacti Colony.
Blo(td Serum : —
Bouillon : —
At the end of 18 hours the bouillon becomes cloudy throughout, with a
marked skim on the surface and clinging to sides of tube, with a slight
deposit at the bottom.
Jiiiuillon {Glucose) : —
Smiilar to ordinary bouillon, but growth much more profuse
Jiouillon Taurocholate Glucose: —
Slight growth, turning the media slightly red. No gas formation
Litmus Milk : —
In about 4S hours there is a distinct acid reaction, wliich gradually increases,
and in about seven days the milk becomes coagulated and gradually
digested.
Peptone Water: —
Marked cloudiness throughout at the end of 18 hours. Gives no indol
reaction.
Potato: —
Very profuse yellowish brown growth at the end of 18 hours, raised on the
surface of media like blisters, with nioist shining surface.
Agar {Aimerobicalli/) : —
No growth
3r c.
Growtli barely visible.
No perceptible growth.
V'ery sliglit growth.
No growth.
No perceptible change.
Very slight cloudiness at
the end of 48 hours.
Gives no indol reaction.
Very sliglit growth in 4S
hours.
No growth.
The organism also withstands the eii'ect of ordinary water, sterile water and sea-
water for a considerable time, as flasks of those inoculated with it and kept at the room
temperature for over a month gave profuse growths when reinoeulated on agar. It
does not, however, survive more than a week in distilled water. It also keeps well on
sub-cultures, as tubes of agar inoculated from sub-cultures about a year old gave pro-
fuse growths in about 18 hours.
The chief characteristics of the 'bacillus are those: —
Actively motile, non-spore-bearing bacilkis.
On sub-culture it grows profusely in 18 hours at the room temperature.
On sub-culture it grows profusely when exposed to 0 deg. C. for a week.
Shows little or no groioth at 37° C.
Is hilled at S7° C. (98-6° F.) in about six days.
Liquefies gelatine with extreme rapidity.
Coagulates and digests milk.
Forms a cloudiness in glucose agar in the neighbourhood of the growth.
Grows well in sea irater.
Strict aerobe.
Involution forms only observed on glucose media.
Does not stain with Gram's method.
Pathogenic to fish.
Non-pathogenic t» frog-s, mice, and guinea-pigs.
AFFECTED .SAI.Uoy, MIHAMICHI HATCBERT 167
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
CONCLISIOXS.
(1) The fungus Saprolegnia ferax is not the cause of the salmon disease.
(2) The disease is due to the invasion of the tissues of the fish by a special bacillus
(Bacillus salmonis peslis).
(3) The bacillus gains access through abrasion or ulceration of the skin, and the
disease is apparently not contracted when the skin of the fish is in a healthy state.
(4) Bacillus salmonis pe.itis can be transmitted from dead diseased fish to other
dead fish in the same water.
(5) Bacillus salmonis pesfis can be transmitted from dead fish to living fish in
the same water, and since dead fish are a suitable nidus for the growth of the bacillus,
it is obviously desirable to have all dead fish removed from the river immediately
tliey are observed, and burned, as by simply burying, the germ is left in a condition
to be again carried into the stream.
(6) The fact that the bacillus grows profusely when placed in a freezing mixture
of ice and salt, while a temperature of 37°C. soon destroys it, shows that the cold
season is more favourable to its growth.
(7) Fish akin to salmon are more susceptible to the disease than others, as rain-
bow trout, river trout, and sea trout when attacked succumbed in from two to four
days, while dace and gold-fish died in about 18 and 35 days, respectively.
(8) Bacillus salmonis pesti-s grows well in sea water, whereas Saprolegnia does
not grow at all; therefore a diseased salmon entering the sea, and returning to the
river apparently free from fungus, cannot be said to be free from the disease.
GOLD-FISH EXPERIMENT.
Late in ^Xovember a number of gold-fish were purchased and placed in a large
tank in one of our laboratories. The change of water resulted in a few dying, so to
avoid any errors due to management we kept them for a month before inoculation.
They were then removed from the aquarium and two fish were placed in each of eight
large museum jars, and kept thus for another week. The water was changed every
ihird day, and the fish fed every alternate day.
The inoculation was carried out in the following manner: The fish was taken
out with the hand and the top of the head and part of one side near the gills gently
rubbed with sandpaper until there was a slight effusion of blood, and this abraded
area was then rubbed with a platinum oese of 3 mm. charged with material taken
from a 24-hour-old agar slope culture. A separate piece of sandpaper was used for
each fish. Several loopsful of the culture were added to the water of each jar.
In this way organisms Al, A2, A3, A4, Bl, B2, Cl. Dl, El, Fl, Gl were inocu-
lated in duplicate, and four fish were rubbed with sandpaper but not inoculated. The
fish were observed daily, and the inoculated water was changed on the third day.
The control fish rubbed with sandpaper and not inoculated are still alive, and
of the inoculated fish, one in each of the jars inoculated with A, A2, B2, Cl, and Dl,
died 22, 30, 34, 27, 43 days ofter inoculation.
Bacteriological examination was made of these fish, but in no case was I able
to obtain from the dead fish the organism which was inoculated. Evidently these
organisms were non-pathogenic to gold-fish. One fish in each of the jars from which
the dead fish were taken remains alive, and, at the time of writing (May 10) appear
quite normal. Of course there is the possibility that some of the organisms isolated
might be pathogenic for salmon and not for gold-fish.
Patterson states with reference to his B. salmonis pestis that: —
" Dace inoculated with this bacillus died as the result of inoculation in
from two to seven days. Dace, river trout,, sea trout and gold fisli inoculated
168 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
with Saprolegnia remained healthy. Dace, sea trout and one gold fish inocu-
lated with Saprolegnia and B. salmonis pestis died in various periods of time
(2 to 18 days) except the gold fish which died after inoculation and showed signs
of the fungus on the gill covers. No attempt was made to make cultures f rem
the dead gold fish."
Patterson concludes that: —
" Saprolegnia grows on live fish in the presence of the organism, which
breaks down the superficial tissues and forms a suitable nidus for the fungus to
grow on."
I had no Saprolegnia to try similar experiments.
The difficulty of obtaining and keeping fish for experiments in a laboratory
unequipped for such work, and the difficulty because of lack of laboratory equipment
to carry out experimental work at the hatchery, will have to be overcome before any
decisive experiments can be undertaken.
It is, however, significant that all organs apparently healthy in the salmon
examined contained bacteria in large numbers, and of comparatively few species, and
I am unable to state or find in any literature or obtain information as .to the bacterial
content of the normal organs of fish, or how soon after death, and to what extent, these
organs are invaded by bacteria. Very large numbers of bacteria were found in the
eggs from a number of the fungus-infected salmon, and under normal conditions one
would scarcely expect to find so many bacteria present.
All that can he stated at present is that Patterson's organism, B. salmonis pestis,
was not found, and that the large number of bacteria present accompanying the
Saprolegnia may have some pathogenic role, but the rules of proof (Koch's postulates)
would have to be worked out where fish, the means of keeping them, and laboratory
facilities are provided.
S GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A- 1918
IX
REPORT ON AFFECTED SALMON IN THE MIRAMICHI RIVER, NEW
BRUNSWICK.
(By A. G. Huntsman, B.A., M.B., F.K.S.C., etc., Curator of the Biological Station,
St. Andrew's, New Brunswick.)
In the early part of October, 1915, Mr. G. J. Desbarats, the Deputy Minister of
the Naval Service, requested that the Biological Board arrange an investigation of
a disease which had broken out among the salmon in the Northwest Miramichi river.
I was instructed to proceed to the Miramichi hatchery. South Esk, New Brunswick,
examine the conditions there, investigate the possibility of organisms other than bac-
teria being responsible for the disease, and arrange for the shipment of material for
bacteriological examination to Principal F. C. Harrison, of Maedonald College, Ste.
Anne de Bellevue, Que.
The hatchery was visited on October 11 and 12. It is located near the mouth of a
small stream which empties into the Northwest branch of the Miramichi river, a few
miles from Newcastle. Mr. Donald Morrison, the local inspector of fisheries, and Mr.
Wm. Sheasgreen, the officer in charge of the hatchery, gave every assistance.
Down the stream from the hatchery is a pond for retaining the salmon previous
to the stripping at spawning time. It consists of a portion of the stream enclosed by
boards, with spaces between for the circulation of the water. The water is changed
regularly by the action of the tide and by the current of the stream. The level of the
water in the pond is prevented from falling too low by a dam across the stream below
the pond.
A large proportion of the fish in the pond had been officially reported to be visibly
iiifected, and I found white patches of fungus with extensive ulcerations in the centre
of many of the patches in the worst eases. The head, the back, and the tail were the
parts that in most instances showed evidence of the disease. In the earlier stages the
affected parts were seen to be covered with a greyish thin film of fungus, which was
easily rubbed off. If the fish were removed from the water these greyish patches could
scarcely be seen. The fish that were in the worst condition were sluggish, came inshore
into the shallow water, or floated near the surface with the fins exposed. Frequently
the caudal fin was partly out of the water and the head very low, the fish floating at an
angle approaching the vertical.
Mr. Sheasgreen gave the following information on October 12 : —
" During the latter part of September small marks, chiefly on the head, were
noticed on a large proportion of the fish in the pond. A few marked fish (those
with definite wounds) had been received from the fishermen. It has been the
custom whenever an opportunity presented to take these marked fish from the
pond and bury them. The records show that twenty-two fish were taken out
from the 18th to the 21st of September, three on the 25th, and five on the 28th.
On the outbreak of the disease (the last of September) at first only dead fish
were removed, but later badly infected living ones as well. Beginning with
September 30, fish were received every day, never less than seven, and once as
many as thirty-eight. The dead fish were all well covered with the fungus. On
October 6 we began to reject some of the fish brought in by the fishermen, who
by this time were noticing the fungus on some of the fish that they were catch-
ing. Of the fisli brought in there were no large number badly marked previous
3Sa— 12 1G9
170 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
to October 6. They all showed, if any, ouly slight marks, and no evident fungus.
From that date on, from 15 to 30 per cent (2 to 4 out of every dozen) of the fish
taken each day from three traps near the hatchery, of which records were kept,
showed signs of the disease, and were rejected. The fish from a trap 2J miles
up the river showed twenty-six affected out of a total of fifty-two on October 6,
twenty-two out of 40 on October 8, and three out of thirteen on October 11,
apparently showing a steady improvement as if the infected fish had passed up
the river. Up to nearly the 8th of October the salmon in the pond did not seem
to be as active (jump as much) as in previous years, but since that date there
has been a marked improvement.
"Last year (1914) there were 2,636 salmon in the pond. This year the
pond has been enlarged and is from one-quarter to one-third larger than last
year. The number of fish that had been placed in the pond previous to Sep-
tember 30 was 2,308.
" This disease has not been noticed in the salmon in any year previous
to this, although salmon in the Gaspe region are reported to have had fungus
disease last year."
From a comparison of the numbers of the fish and the sizes of the pond it is
evident that there has been far less crowding of the fish this year than last. As to
temperature, the Monthly Weather Reviews of the Meteorological Service show that
at Chatham, 20 miles from the hatchery at the mouth of the Miramichi river, the
mean monthly temperatures for the months of August and September, 1915, are only
slightly (-6° and -2°) above the averages for those months for the past forty years.
And for the month of September both the mean temperature and the maximum tem-
perature are lower than for the same month in 1914.
The temperature records for the water at the hatchery are incomplete. Tem-
peratures were observed in the hatchery from August 30 to September 20. The records
show a range from 50° to 68°F., with an average temperature of about 58°. Tem-
peratures have been observed in the retaining pond from October 6 to 20, and show
a range from 46° to 52°, the temperature remaining comparatively uniform during
that period. Temperatures observed in the hatchery from October 14 to 2'0 show that
on bright days the temperature in the pond is two to three degrees higher than in the
iiateherj', and on cloudy days about the same as in the hatchery. Judging from this,
the temperature in the pond has at no time since fish were put in (September 11)
been higher than 65°F. Temperature does not appear to have been a special causative
factor in 1915. The gradual lowering of the temperature has doubtless helped to stop
the spread of the disease, Mr. Sheasgreen stating that on October 20 no new diseased
fish were appearing.
As to the place of origin of the disease, the presence of diseased fish among those
caught in the traps over a considerable period of time indicates that the disease was
present for some distance up and down the Northwest Miramichi river. Diseased
fi.sh were not noticed among those taken from the traps until one week after the
disease had been observed in the pond. Mr. Sheasgreen states that he and his
assistants buried all the fish removed from the pond. This obviates the possibility
of fish from the pond having carried the infection to the fish in the river, although
not the possibility of the pond having served as a source for the distribution of the
infection up and down the river.
The avenue of infection appears to have been chiefly through abrasions of tlie
skin. The principal parts seen to be aflfected in the early stages of the disease were:
the tip of the snout, the margins of the jaws, the top of the head, and the middle line
of the back, and the margins of the fins. These are the parts most liable to injury in
the traps or in the ears used for transporting the salmon to the retaining pond. An
examination of the fish caught in the traps and brought to the retaining pond on
AFFECTED SALMON IN MIRAMWEI RIVER 171
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
October 12, all with no visible disease, stowed that the great majority had some
abrasions, the commonest being on the tip of the snout, the top of the head, and the
margins of the fins (particularly the caudal). There were also net marks around the
middle of the head and the marks of fish lice (removal of scales) along the middle line
of the back in a number of eases. These marks explain the usual distribution of the
fungus, the other parts of the body — for example, the sides — being attacked only in
the later stages.
The vigour of the fish declines with the spread of the fungus. Fish with well-
developed but localized patches of fungus on the head or elsewhere, or with wounds
raw or bleeding, appeared to be nearly as vigourous as healthy fish. But if the fungus
were present over much of the surface they were sluggish, came close inshore or floated
near the surface with the fins, particularly the caudal, sticking out of the water. In
the last stages they dropped to the bottom of the water on their sides.
The only data with reference to the rate of spread of the disease have to do
with a fish put in clean on October 4th and removed on the 12th in a sluggish
condition, with the fungus covering most of the surface, but so slightly developed
tiiat it was not easily seen after the fish had been removed from the water.
The salmon-louse [Lepeophtheirus salmonis (Kroyer), see Wilson, 1905, p. 640]
v.as found on a fairly large proportion of the fish taken from the traps. It occurred
chiefly along the middle of the back between the fins. . It appears to be responsible for
the removal fo the scales and doubtless determines the location of the disease in this
region.
The fungus proved to be Saprolegnia, several species of which are commonly found
growing on dead organic matter in fresh water. Prof. J. H. FauU of the University
of Toronto, to whom material was submitted, informs me that it belongs to the
ferax group of Saprolegnia, but since no oospores could be seen (they are rarely
found) exact identification was impossible. Several species of the ferax group occur
on dead or diseased fishes (Hofer, 1906, p. 106.) The growth and extension of the
Saprolegnia proceeds pari passu with the disease and may be taken as an evidence of
the extent of the disease. Whether its relation to the disease is to any extent a causal
one or whether it is merely an accompaniment, may well be disputed.
An examination of the internal organs of the diseased salmon revealed no distinct
lesions. A microscopic study of the body fluids and of sections of the organs likewise
levealed nothing. We may conclude that the disease is confined strictly to the skin
and subjacent parts.
The bacteriological examination of the diseased fish was in the hands of Principal
Harrison. However, having some material, I handed over to Dr. H. K. Detweiler
of the Pathological Department, University of Toronto, portions of the skin from
fish in various stages of the disease. He very kindly had sections made and stained
with thionin blue in order to demonstrate, if possible, the presence of the Bacillus
salmonis pestis, which was found by J. Hume Patterson (1903) in cases of the salmon
disease occuring in Great Britain. He informs me that no positive results have been
obtained. Negative results in such a case prove nothing.
The gross characters of this disease appear to be identical with those of the well
known salmon disease that appeared in the form of an epidemic among the salmon
in certain rivers in the north of England and Scotland in 1877. It spread in the
course of a few years to the neighbouring rivers up and down the coast and has con-
tinued in an endemic state in the waters of Great Britain ever since. No means
o."" successfully combatting it has as yet been found.
The Saprolegnia ferax was for many years considered to be the cause of the disease
(Stirling, 1878 and 1879, and Walpole and Huxley, 1882). In 1903, however. Patterson
published the results of investigations which went to show that Saprolegnia was not
38a— 12J
172 DEPARTilEyr OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
responsible for the disease, but a Bacillus (B. salmonis pestis). The Bacillus alone
brought about the death of fish, but not the Saprolegnia alone. The latter was
able to grow in tissues already invaded by the Bacillus. The Bacillus grew in
Sea water, but the Saprolegnia did not. Salmon affected by the disease while in
silt water would therefore not show any fungus until after arriving in fresh water.
Patterson states that the cold season is more favourable for the growth of the Bacillus
and Malloch (1910, p. 117) states that the colder the weather the worse the disease
becomes. But Patterson's experiments merely show that the Bacillus grows better at
C° C. (32° F.) than at 37° C. (98.6° F.), whereas at room temperature (60° F. ?)
t'-.k growth was very much more rapid than at 0° C.
In the ease of the disease in the ]\Iiramichi river, Mr. Sheasgreen has stated that
the condition of the iish in the pond improved rapidly during the latter half of October
and at the same time the number of diseased fish taken iu the traps decreased. The
lower temperature may have been responsible for this, either by improving the condi-
tion of the fish or by decreasing the rate of spread of the infection.
For eradicating the disease our only hope, and that a slender one, is to systematic-
ally remove all dead and diseased fish as soon as discovered. Patterson recommends
that they be burned and not huried, since the organisms survive in the dead fish aud
may be carried again into the streams. Unless due to some undiscovered temporary
factor, the disease is practically certain to appear again.
Whatever organism may be most responsible for the disease, the latter being an
affection of the skin, will be influenced by other organisms as well, and there will also
be a number of contributing factors, the chief of which will be those that lower the
general vitality of the fish. Iu the case of the salmon retained for spawning purposes,
an effort should be made in the future to improve the conditions in the ponds, parti-
cularly with regard to renewal of the water and the attainment of the most suitable
temperature, so that the fish will be affected as little as possible. If the disease reap-
pears, experiments should be instituted to determine the conditions best adapted to
prevent its spreading.
The use of the fish for spawning purposes raises the question of the possible effect
of the disease on the eggs or on the next generation. The Deputy Minister informs
me under date of April 6, 1916, that in three hatcheries, supplied from the Miramichi
retaining pond, the loss had already reached a figure of from 42 per cent to 61 per
cent of the original number of eggs. It seems probable that many infected fish had
recovered, as maintained by Mr. Sheasgreen, and that these gave eggs of greatly lowered
vitality. The fish stripped were all in good condition, and precautions were taken to
prevent any infection reaching the eggs from the exterior of the fish or from the pond.
What would be the result if some of the infection did reach the eggs ? The Sapro-
legnia is known to attack fish eggs, but it is at least probable that this occurs only
when the eggs are of low vitality. Also Saprolegnia spores are so widely distributed
as to be present in the water in the hatching troughs in any case, although those from
the fish may belong to a more virulent strain.
It is improbable that the bacteria, which may have a causal relation to the disease
in the salmon, will attack the salmon eggs. Plehn (1911) found that Bacterium sal-
monicida, which produces furunculosis in the brown trout (Salm-o fario) attacked
neither the eggs, the alevins, nor the fry of the trout, but did attack the yearlings. It
is therefore quite unlikely that the disease can be transmitted through the fry and
by that means be carried to the streams in which fry from Miramichi eggs may be
planted. It is possible, however, that it might be carried in the water used for shipping
the eggs or fry.
It is very desirable that during a future season other rivers should be investig-
ated. It has been claimed that in the rivers of Great Britain the salmon disease was
present in a sporadic form previous to the outbreak in 1877.
AFFECTED SALMON IX MIRAMICBI RIVER 173
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
LITERATURE.
Hofer, B. Handbueh der Fischkrankheiten. Stuttgart. 1906.
Malloch, P. D. Life-History and Habits of the Salmon, etc. London. 1910.
Patterson, J. H. The Cause of Salmon Disease. Pub'n.. Fishery Board for Scotland.
1903.
Plehn, M. Die Furunkulose der Salmonideu. Centralbl. f. Bakt., etc., I Abt, Origi-
nale, Bd. 60, Ht. 7, p. 609, 1911.
Stirling, A. B. Notes on the Fungus Disease affecting Salmon. Proc. Boy. Soc. Edin.,
vol. IX, p. 726. 18,78.
Additional Observations on the Fungus Disease, etc. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Edin., voL
X, p. 232. 1879.
Walpole and Huxley. On Saprolegnia in Eelation to the Salmon Disease. Quart.
Journ. Mier. Sc, vol. XXII, new series, p. 311. 1882.
Wilson, C. B. North American Parasitic Copepods belonging to the Family Caligidae.
Part I. The Caliginae. Proc. U. S. Xat. Museum, vol. XXVIII, p. 479. 1905.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a - A. 1918
X
THE SMOKING OF "HADDOCKS" FOR CANADIAN MARKETS— AN IN-
VESTIGATION CONDUCTED AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL
STATION AT ST. ANDREWS, N.B.
By Miss Olive Gair P.^tterson, M.A., M.B., University of Toronto.
1. INTRODUCTION.
The production of finnan haddie is an industry of some importance on the coasts
of the Maritime Provinces. This importance, however, is not national, in degree, as
it is on the Scottish coast. There is not the demand on the market for finnan haddie
■' Made in Canada " that there might quite well be, if it were made to become the
equivalent of the Scotch article of diet in flavour and texture. The processes used in
both countries are somewhat similar, it is true, being based on the original method
used in the little Scottish town of Findon on the north coast. Variations were intro-
duced by the difl^erent fish-curers, which were considered expedient or profitable to
them, but at times detrimental to the culinary value of the fish, upon which followed
a lowering of both the market value and the demand on the market for this excellent
foodstuff. The point of first importance in the Scottish industry was the improvement
of the flavour of fresh fish, and, of second importance, was the preservation of the fish.
These are in the reverse order in the industry as developed in this country. Many of
the markets are far distant, and flavour has been sacrificed to preservation, but often
inferior, second-rate or slightly tainted fish are used in producing the finnan haddie,
so that the quality of the finished product is poor or, at any rate, not to be relied upon.
The best of the catch is put up for esiwrtation on ice, fresh, and until these first quality
ones are used to make finnan haddie, the Canadian market will not increase its demand
for them, the consumer preferring to purchase the fresh fish off ice rather than the
smoked one of doubtful origin and quality. It is surely the part of wisdom to create
the demand on the market by first producing a more excellent haddie, and then to
encourage fish curers to reach and keep up that standard of excellence.
2. SCOTTISH METHOD.
The method of producing fuman baddies, as practised in Aberdeenshire, the most
important Scottish centre of the industry, includes the processes of splitting, salting,
and smoking.
" The fresh haddock is first treated by removing the head, splitting, eviscerating,
and then giving an extra cut behind the backbone from the right-hand side in order to
expose to view and facilitate the curing of the thick muscles of the back' This supple-
mentary cut does not extend to the tail. The fish is then salted for half an hour in
strong brine, and, after draining, is ready for smoking ".^ Peat and sawdust are used
in producing the smoke;. the fish, which are placed on sticks in tiers one above the
other, receive constant attention during their short stay of five or six hours in the
dense smoke which the peat produces.
Smaller fish are cured separately, the time of both pickling and smoking being
diminished so that the flesh does not become tough — on the contrary, these lightly
cured small fish are a great delicacy.
The Canadian method of curing differs in some important essentials from the
Scotch, besides varying in minor details.
1 Excerpt from H. M. Smith's " Note, on Scotch Methods, etc." U.S. Commission of Fish
and Fisheries, 1901.
175
176 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
3. CANADIAN METHOD.
(1) No vertebral cut is made after splitting. Bacteriological tests of tlie flesh
under the backbone of finnan haddie only forty-eight hours old gave positive cultures
of trimenthylaiuine-producing bacteria in many cases."
(2) The smoke is produced by burning hardwood, preferably beech or birch. The
smoke is, consequently, not so dense and the process has to be continued for a much
longer period of time, fifteen to eighteen hours, when the fish is a rich golden broTvn
colour, the edges almost brittle, and the flesh in the middle thick portions still moist
and scarcely flavoured -by the smoke.
(3) At times the fish are allowed to stand one to three days before curing, ostensibly
to allow the blood to drain away, but this can be accomplished in one hour on ice, so
that one fails to see the point of this lack of expeditiousness.
4. CONDITIONS KSSENTIAL FOR SUPERIOR rRODUCT.
The endeavour was made to determine, if possible, what were the optimum con-
ditions for the production of finnan haddie par c.rceUeurc on the coasts of the Canadian
Maritime provinces. That these conditions would differ from the Scotch has been
pointed out — for example, in the absence of peat as fuel, and the demands of distant
markets; and under these latter circumstances a certain sacrifice of flavour to preserv-
ing property must be made, still, it is quite within the limits of possibility to so stan-
dardize the industry that these variable conditions would be altered to suit the require-
ments of the market for which the fish were destined.
These variable conditions are: —
(1) Time of the fish in brine.
(2) Quality of brine.
(3) Quality of smoke.
(4) Time of smoking.
(5) Method of splitting.
5. SCIENTIFIC TF.STS OF CURING ilETHODS.
Most of these conditions were varied in the tests described below. The record of
the flavour of the different baddies when cooked was made from the opinions obtained
from several individuals to whom were given samples of the various products.
Experiment 1. — The first haul of haddock were cured according to the method used
by certain of the l^ew Brunswick curers — except that here, as in each test, perfectly
fresh fish and of approximately the same size were used. That the fish should be of the
same size and weight is important, as a comparison otherwise would be obviously
inaccurate.
Experiment 2. — The fish in this lot were smoked for varying periods of time, the
ealting being constant.
Experiment 3. — In this the conditions were reversed. Smoking time constant and
time in the brine varied.
Experiment Jf.. — Small fish were used and both conditions were varied to produce
a delicately flavoured lightly-cured fish.
Experiment 5. — In this the preservative value of the salt content of the fish is shown
and its limit, as far as palatibility is concerned.
Experiment 6. — In this the method is applied to the hake.
Experiment 7. — Proves the advisability of the dorsal incision.
2 Bacteriological examinations were made by Dr. F. C. Harrison, MacDonald College, and
his report appears in the present volume of Biological Contriibutions.
SMOKING OF HADDOCK
177
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Kxper-
inient.
No. 1.
Nil. 2.
No. 3.
No. 4.
Pate.
July 20.
August 2.
August 4,
one di)Zen
large tisti j
lb.
August 10,
one dozen
small fish
h-1 lb.
Preparation.
Si)lit abdominally—
eviscerated — wash-
ed clean.
Split abdominally-
eviscerated.
Split abdominally
Eviscerated. Kept
on ice overnight
Well washed.
Salting.
25 minutes' brine of
sufficient concen
tratiorf to float a
fish. Then allow
ed to drain.
(a)
30 minutes as above
30 minutes as alwve
(a)
30 minutes.
Opened Horaally
(fiven the extra cut
along tht' vertebrae.
Xo. o.
No. H.
August 10.
August, la
ten small
hake.
2 hours.
(M
4 houi
15 minutes. .
(6)
30 minutes..
As alcove
Split abdominally .
1 hour.
M
(a)
Salted ."i hour..
ib)
Salted 1 hour .
Smoking.
18 hours over slow
hardwood fire.
6 hours over old
wood to which
wiis added creo-
.sote.
15 hours
l.S hours
IS hours.
IS hours
(«)
5 hours.
2. 10 hours.
3. 15 hours.
10 hovirs
10 hours. .
15 hours.
Remai ks.
About 10 hours
until brown colour.
Very windy day .
Colour— dark brown
— edges very dry —
almost brittle.
Colour — light brown.
Flesh—soft.
Flavour — delicate.
Colour-darker.
Flesh— firm.
Flavour— excellent.
Preserved 4 days.
Excellent flavour.
Flesh not tougli ntir
too salty.
Flesh too salty bat
not toughened .
Salt couli be re-
moved bj' previous
soaking.
Texture too tough.
Preserved 17 dav>i
at 10" C.
1. Insufficiently fla-
voured.
2. Still moist — fla-
vour delicious.
3. Flesh crumbly —
did not hold to-
gether in coiik-
ing. Preserved
nine days.
4. Flavour not so
good as when
salted 15 minutes
but flesh firn:er
and of better
keeping quality.
Flavour— somewhat
coarsened texture-
otherwise good .
Excessive salt re-
moved by three
washings previous
to cooking — 20
minuies.
Flavour— about the
same as above.
Preserved— 8 days to
20. Texture coarsen-
ed somewhat.
Flavour— inferior to
haddock but reason-
ably good.
Texture — inferior to
haddock, but reason-
ably good.
Too salty^much too
long for these fish
which are thinner
than the haddock .
178
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
f
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Details of Experiment 7. — Estimations of the NaCL content of the fish muscle
and inner portions to determine approximately how much the flesh under the backbone
absorbed within a given time. The portions were extracted with 10 vols, water for
three hours with frequent stirring — 10 c.c. of the boiled filtered extract were used in
the estimations.
Exp. No.
Sample.
c.c. N/11 .silver ni-
trate used.
Equivalent in grams
NaCl.
Per cent
in moi.st mu.scle.
83
84
S7
86
Salted i hour, flesh under bonS. .
Salted 2 hours, flesh under bone.
Salted 4 hours, flesh under bone.
Salted 4 hours, flesh from surface
1 965 c. c.
25 c.c.
8-26 c.c.
11 05 c.c.
0- 01965
0 025
0 0S26
0 1105
1-965
2-f;
8-26
11 05
Obviously, this table shows that it takes some four hours for the flesh under the
bone to approximate that of the external portion of the flesh in salinity, and affords
a strong- argument for the exposure of the back muscle to the saline by making the
vertebral cut.
6. CONCLUSIONS.
(1) The splitting of the fish in the usual way, but also making an additional cut
along the vertebral column is the most effective method of preparation.
(2) The fish are freed from blood by allowing to remain on ice 1 to 2 hours. They
should then be washed freely with fresh water.
(3) Small fish should not be salted more than 15 minutes. Larger fish up to four
pounds should not be salted more than one hour if the texture of the fish is to be pre-
served, and half an hour is the optimum length of time in saline for the flavour of the
fish.
(4) Ten hours over a beechwood sawdust, or old-wood smoke produced a delici-
ously flavoured fish. Fifteen to eighteen hours browns and dries the fish and aids in
its preservation by more thorough drying.
These conditions should he altered to suit the market, the more lighty cured fish
being utilized in the home markets and the heavier-salted for the distant ones. The
chief condition to be emphasized, however, is the utilization, for the production of
finnan haddie, of first-class perfectly fresh haddock, and the keeping of it cold after
it is prepared.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
XI.
SOME OBSEKVATIONS ON HADDOCKS AND •' FINNAN HADDIES " RELATING
TO THE BACTERIOLOGY OF CURED FISH.
By Principal F. C. Haruisux, D.Sc, Macdouald College, P.Q.
During the month of July, 1915, the writer whilst at the Biological Station, St.
Andrews, K.B., examined bacteriologieally the intestinal content of twelve haddocks.
The haddocks were caught about a mile to two miles from the station, were brought
to the laboratory, opened, and a portion of the intestine ligatured and removed. An
opening was then cut into the piece with sterilized scissors, and a heated platinum
needle thrust in, and the small amount adhering to the needle was transferred to about
5 c.c. of sterilized water and thorougldy shaken.
Plates were made from the dilution, from 1 to 3 ccse being used for each plate.
Plates were made with : —
Haddock sea water gelatine 12 pel' cent.
Beef peptone sea water gelatine 12 "
Lactose litmus sea water gelatine 12
In this manner the intestinal content of twelve fish was plated, and a large
number of isolations made.
At the same time a microscopical examination of the intestinal contents was made.
Smear preparations invariably showed numerous bacilli, mostly small forms, no cocci
and no spirilla. The bacterial content of the twelve fish was similar. Ten different
species of bacteria were isolated; of these four were liquefiers, and about 25 per cent
of the total number of colonies from each fish belonged to this group. Many of the
plates gave a strong odour of trimethylamine, and one or two of the pure cultures gave
this odour. In the mixed cultures, however, in the plates the odour of this substance
was much stronger.
The most common organism which was found in eight of the twelve fish was a
small bacillus, motile, producing small depressions in gelatine plates, with numerous
smaller colonies around the edge, rapidly liquefying, producing H2S, indol, and trime-
thylamine, gas in glucose, but not in lactose, coagulating milk with digestion, and in
short appearing to be closely related to B. vulgaris (Hauser).
This organism has the greater interest of all those isolated because it was found
subsequently in the flesh, and on the surface of smoked haddock (finnan haddie) cured
at the station, and also from some spoiled haddock received from a packer.
A short account of the methods employed in securing the fish may be of interest.
The fish were caught near the biological station, and as soon as landed they were
split, salted for one and a half hours in brine of sufiicient density to float the fish, and
smoked for eighteen hours. For six days after smoking the fish were kept in the
laboratory at a temperature ranging from 60° to 70° F., and then pieces were removed
from different parts of the dried fi^h, each piece was thoroughly scorched and dropped
into flasks containing haddock sea-water peptone broth.
Other pieces of fish were obtained thus: The backbone was cut near the tail, care-
fully raised, and a portion of the flesh beneath was cut out with a sterilized knife, the
piece seized with sterilized forceps and held in the flame until well scorched on the
outside, and then dropped into a culture flask.
179
180 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
All llasks thus inoculated were held at room temperature; twenty -four hours later
all showed turbidity. Gelatine and agar plates were made from the various flasks, and
the colonies which developed were isolated in the usual manner- From this source a
number of organisms were secured, and of these four were similar to those previously
obtained from the intestinal content of fresh baddies.
In October, 1915, a circular of inquiry was sent to a number of fish dealers and,
in response to a request for spoiled fish, a box of spoiled " baddies " was received during
the course of the winter. They were covered with a semi-slimy growth, giving a
watersoaked appearance. At numerous places there were whitish points resembling
bacterial colonies. The flesh was somewhat softened, and the fishy odour much inten-
sified.
From gelatine plates made from this fish the writer secured the liquefying bacillus
already mentioned, and large numbers of Torulce.
The most significant fact, therefore, in this piece of work is the presence of lique-
fying bacteria belonging to the B. vulgaris group in the intestinal canal of fresh had-
dock, and the presence of this organism on and in the flesh of smoked haddocks, and
smoked haddock that were spoiled.
The amount of salt and the duration of the smoking period to produce fiiAiah
baddies of good flavour are not sufficient to kill the organisms present on the fish after
they are gutted, and the antiseptic action of salt and smoke is not sufficient to inhibit
the slow growth of organisms.
The writer, after studying tlie methods of curing haddock, has been impressed with
the general carelessness displayed in allowing fish to remain for many hours exposed
to warm air and sunlight before gutting and salting. True, that these observations
were made under summer conditions when comparatively few haddocks are cured; but
the eft'ect of such treatment results in a large increase in the number of bacteria pre-
sent on the fish, and consequent quicker spoiling of the smoked article.
In winter these conditions would be better, and although the writer has never had
the opportunity of studying winter conditions, he has been impressed by the great
difference in flavour between fish salted and smoked at the biological station during
the winter of 1915-16, and those bought from various dealers in Montreal.
From one or two experiments on the percentage of dry matter, total ash, and
chlorides as NaCl made on a few fish sent to this laboratory, the writer suggests that
such determinations should be made of a series of fish for which the amount of. salt
used, the salting and smoking period were known.
Further, from the bacteriological standpoint some work should be done on haddock
smoked under winter conditions.
May, 1916.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
XII
THE BACTERIOLOGY OF SWELLED CANNED SARDINES.
By 'Wir.vuin Smidlfr. M.Sc, B.S.A.
Introduction.
In a survey of the literatnre relating to the bacteriology of " canned fish " it is
found, with a few exceptions, that the investigations recorded have been undertaken in
connection with proved and alleged cases of food poisoning. Consequently the data
available are largely interrelated with data on the bacteriology of canned meats, and
of ordinary meats as supplied unpreserved. The exceptions of which I have knowledge
are the investigations of Prescott and Underwood (1897)i on " Micro-organisms in the
Cannery Industries " ; the work of Macphail associated with Bruere (1897)2 ^^ « Djg.
colouration in Canned Lobsters " ; and the recent work of Obst on " A Bacteriological
Study of Sardines" (1916)". Prescott and Underwood working on cans of spoiled
clams and lobsters isolated species of bacteria, two classed as micrococci, the other
seven as bacilli. The investigators found the cans to be badly decomposed, in some
cases almost entirely liquefied, much darkened in colour and of a very disagreeable
odour.
Of the bacilli, sLx coagulated and digested milk, while none of the seven produced
gas in sugar solutions. According to the descriptions given, certain of these cultures
bear a close resemblance to some recorded by me among the organisms in class II on
pages 211-213. Both strains of micrococci isolated by these workers failed to coagulate
milk, and failed to produce gas in sugar solution. The bacteria were not named.
Macphail and Bruere" in their work on lobsters isolated and recorded the features
of four strains of bacteria; two were cocci, and two were fine rods. Each of the four
were inoculated into sterile cans of lobster, and in due course the rules of proof were
satisfied. Some of the organisms I have isolated — Class I — bear a resemblance to cer-
tain of the strains described by Macphail and Bruere, but it is impossible to express
a definite opinion as to their mutual identity.
Obst^ in the report of her investigations on " A Bacteriological Study of Sardines "
states that a bacillus, designated "Bacillus A", has been found in pure culture in two
hundred and eighty-seven swelled sardine cans. The organism is a spore-former*
hundred and eighty-seven swelled sardine cans. The organism is a spore-former* and
according to Obst is possibly identical with B. Walfischraiischhrand (Ivar JNTielsen).*
The only reference I can find to the bacillus of Nielsen* fails to give full cultural
details. In the fall of last year I was in communication with Mrs. Obst, but at that
time her report was not available; as I have received no copy I consider it probable
that it is not yet published. From the reference cited^ which extracts a recent paper
read before the Society of American Bacteriologists I am unable to compare any of
my strains with the " Bacillus A". The reference does not mention the thermal death
point in laboratory media, but states that the organism after inoculation into cans
of sardines survives bathing in boiling water for 14 hours. With the strains described
in my report no experiments under commercial conditions have yet been conducted.
For the present I am not justified in going further than to state that based on such
information as is available, it is improbable that the strains isolated by me are identical
with the " Bacillus A " of Obst.
The relationship of bacteria to sardines was discussed by Auche ° (1894), but
the paper is not available.
• In the strains I have isolated Class I. no evitJenca c t spores has been demonstrated.
181
182 DEPARTMEXT OF THE SATAL SERTfCE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
The association of mussels with food poisoning is cited by Vaughan, 1892 ® ;
citing from Vaughan's paper: —
" That chemical poisons may be transmitted from the lower animals to
man in the food is shown by the' history of poisoning with mussels and with
fish. As early as 1827 Combe described in detail the symptoms induced by the
eating of poisonous mussels, and a valuable contribution to the same subject
has recently been made by Schmitdmann, who has found that non-poisonous
mussels placed in the water of "Wilhehnshaven soon became poisonous, and that
the poisonous mussels from the iiarbour soon lose their harmful properties when
placed in the open sea. Linder has found in the water of this bay and in the
mussels living in it a great variety of protozoa, amoeba, bacteria, and other low
forms of life, which are not found in the water of the open sea, nor in the
non-poisonous mussel. He has also found that if the water of the bay be
filtered, non-poisonous mussels placed in it do not become poisonous. He there-
fore concludes that poisonous mussels are those which are suffering from disease
due to residence in filthy water."
In view of the close relationship to mussels of clams, a variety of shell-fish canned
in both Xew Brunswick and Maine, U.S.A., the observations of Linder cited by
Vaughan are of considerable interest. In the same paper Vaughan describes the. case
of one of his own patients who showed poisoning symptoms after eating freely of
canned salmou. The patient under treatment recovered. Vaughan submitted the
remains of the salmon to various tests: and found an organism which he describes
as follows: —
'■ The only germ which could be found, cither b.v direct microscopic exam-
ination or by the preparation of plate cultures, was a micrococcus, and this
was present in the salmon in great numbers. This germ grew fairly well in
beef-tea, but the injection of five cubic centimeters of the beef-tea culture of
different ages failed to affect white rats, kittens or rabbits. However, this
micrococcus when grown for 20 days in a sterilized egg, after Hueppe's method
of anaerobic culture, produces a most potent proteid poison. The white of the
egg becomes thin, watery, markedly alkaline, and 10 drops of this suffices to
kill white rats.
'"Evidently in the preparation of the salmon this can was not sterilized;
it was sealed, and for months, possibly longer, this germ had been growing^
anaerobically, and elaborating a chemical poison."
Savage, in England who has investigated many outbreaks of food poisoning, has
isolated B. ententides from tinned salmon. Griffiths, cited by Vaughan and Novy',
claims to have isolated a ptomaine saordinin from sardines.
In view of the types of bacteria I have isolated in the present investigation, it
is of importance to note that Poels * in Eotterdam has isolated varieties of B. aoli
from cases of food poisoning due to the eating of meat from a supposedly healthy
animal. McWeeney ^ considers that meat poisoning outbreaks are due to organisms
of the following groups : —
(a) The Typho colt group, including B ententides (Gaertner).
(6) The group of putrefactive aerobes (Proteus, etc.).
(c) The obligate anaerobes (B. hotulinis).
It will be seen, pages 192, 209, that of the organisms I have isolated, some strains
are varieties of the Proteus group, and some varieties of the B. coli group. Vaughan
and ]^ovy^ describe the most common form of food poisoning that caused by con-
tamination of foods with saprophytic 'bacteria ; such bacteria either before or after
the food has been eaten, elaborating chemical poisons.
liACTF.niOLOHY OF SAIf DIKES 183
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
PKESENT INVESTIGATION.
The investigation herein described of the " Baeteriology of Swelled Canned Sar-
dines " has been undertaken on behalf of the Biological Board of Canada. The woi-k was
commenced in the summer of 1916 at the Marine Biological Station, St. Andrews,
N.B., and has since been continued in the laboratories at the college. To the canners
the appearance of '' swells,'' as they are termed, in the cases of canned fish sent out
from the factories is a matter of considerable concern. The desirability of under-
taking experimental work in the hope of eliminating any risk of cans developing the
swelled condition, occurred to the jsrincipal of Macdonald College, Dr. F. C. Harrison,
in the summer of 1915. At that time Dr. Harrison was engaged at the marine station,
St. Andrews, in the examination of haddock attacked by a bacterial disease, and it was
while conducting this investigation that the problem discussed herein came under
his notice.
The matter was brought to the attention of Dr. A. B. Macallum, secretary of the
Board, and in due course it was my good fortune, on the recommendation of Dr.
Harrison, to be asked to take up the work. The procedure to be .adopted was left
entirely in my own hands. Dr. Macallum, and Dr. A. 6. Huntsman, curator of the
marine station at St. Andrews, have throughout given me every encouragement, and
the greatest possible help in every way which seemed likely to assist in the elucidation
of the problem.
On arriving at the station in July, the necessary arrangements were made by Dr.
Huntsman enabling me to visit a number of the New Brunswick canning factories.
Later it was made possible for us to visit several of the largest plants operating in the
State of Maine. I was thus brought into close touch with the industry of canning as
a commercial undertaking, had exceptional opportunities of seeing the methods of
packing as generally adopted, and accumulated a store of information as a result of
discussions with the canners themselves. Factories were visited which were engaged
in the canning of herring, sardines, haddock, and c^ams, respectively. It is hardly
necessary to say that the sardines of New Brunswick and the State of Maine are small
herrings. It was apparent that the canning factories were principally concerned in
■ the i«icking of sardines: and while both during the summer and since returning to the
college, swelled cans of sardines, herring, haddock, lobster, and shrimps have been
gradually accumulating, the work has up to the present been confined entirely to sar-
dines and possible influences affecting the same. After nine months' work, I find
that I have been able to do little more than touch the fringe of the problem, considered
as a whole. The report here presented therefore is principally concerned in recording
the work accomplished up to the present, such conclusions as it is legitimate to draw
at this early stage, and such information as to methods and media used in the labora-
tory as will make the work of some service to the continuance of the investigation.
Under the circumstances I do not propose to enter into a detailed description of
the equipment, methods of treatment and system of packing of the fish, and general
procedure of the factories engaged in the canned fish industry; such will be more
appropriate when the work has progressed to a more advanced stage. The one phase
of the canning process of which brief mention must be made at this point is the tem-
perature employed in the so-called sterilization of the cans when packed and finished.
As the most common size of can produced from all the factories is one weighing from
■i to 4 ounces, the temperatures given shall be those applied to cans of this size.
In the majority of the factories visited, the cans are immersed in baths of boiling
water for a period of 1^-2 hours. That completes the heating process. Briefly the essen-
tials of the treatment of the fish — which have been salted in the boats as taken from
the weirs, — on arrival at the factory is as follows : immersed in a mixture of sea-water
and salt for 1 to li hours; spread on racks, termed flakes, in thin layers, and for 10
■t84 DEPARTJIEyT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
minutes placed in flowing steam: dried in room through which hot air is coutinuall.v
circulated, for 1 hour; heads discarded and the remainder of the fish arranged in the
cans; oil automatically added, and tops put on, and fastened by either the "rolling"
or the '■ pressing " process. The cans are then heated as specified above. In some fac-
tories the preliminai? steaming for 10 minutes is dispensed with, and a continuous
progression through a bath of cottonseed oil at a temi;)erature of 200° C. is substituted,
this occupying 2 to 3 minutes.
In one factory where the fish are fried in oil for 3 minutes or so, the final heating
is done under pressure at a temperature of 225° F. for a shorter period.
It should be added that in all the sardine factories visited, the most careful super-
vision is exercised in the final packing of the cans in cases before shipping. Each
individual can is rapidly passed through the hands of an expert "tapper" who discards
cans displaying any irregularity, such being reprocessed or entirely discarded.
The project of the investigation may be logically stated thus: "Essentially to deter-
mine whether or not the swelling of the cans is due to the activities of bacteria." If
ou examination, and when submitted to suitable cultural methods strains of bacteria
are isolated, the procedure to be as follows: —
1. Purify and obtain in pure culture.
2. Determine the morphological, biological and biochemical characteristics
of the organisms.
3. Inoculate the strains obtained in iHire culture into normal cans and
record condition at stated intervals.
4. Treat "control"' normal cans in a similar manner except for the inocula-
tion with the culture.
5. If swelling occurs in the inoculated cans, and no change is noted in the
" control " cans, the presumption is raised that the swelling is due to the organ-
isms used for inoculation.
6. Examine the "swelled" cans and determine in culture the presence or
absence of bacteria.
7. If bacteria are found, purify and compare culturally with the strains
used for inoculation.
8. If on comparison the strains be found culturally identical with those
used for inoculation the cause of the "swelling" has been established; and experi-
mental proof has been obtained to warrant the statement " that the swelling of
the cans is due to the activities of bacteria."
The data recorded in this report show that up to this point, the work has been
successfully accomplished in so far as concerns certain strains of bacteria ; and the
■' Postulates of Koch " have been satisfied.
While at the biological station, I not only visited the factories as already stated,
but many swelled cans of sardines were secured, and a number of organisms in the
cans isolated in culture. An attempt was also made to discover the source of the
organisms. Samples of sea water taken from the weirs, samples of oil and tomato
sauce as used in the packing, intestines of fresh herrings, and the excreta of herrings
were obtained. No organisms were found in the oil ; the tomato sauce in sealed recep-
tacles as imported from Italy has still to be examined; but from the sea water, herring
intestines, and herring excreta several strains of bacteria were isolated. These, with
tliose I found in the sardine cans. I brought back on my return to the laboratory here.
During the succeeding months a number of the cultures have died out, and those
remaining from sea water, herring intestines, or excreta, fail to produce gas in
carbohydrates.
BACTEItlOLOUY OF HAUDiyES 185
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
For the sake of convenience I have divided the strains of bacteria isolated at St.
Andrews and at various times during the fall and winter into two main classes: —
Cla.ss I. — Gas-producers.
Class II. — Non-gas-producers.
For obvious reasons my attention has been principally confined to the gas pro-
ducers, Class I, and it is to the descriptions of these that the cultural i^art of the report
is chiefly directed.
Keg'arding the infiuence of those organisms included in Class II on the condition
of the fish in swelled cans, I am not in a position to express any opinion. Many of
them have, however, been submitted to certain preliminary tests, the results of which
are recorded, pages 211-2i;j. Beyond this I have not gone, and no comments respecting
the class are made.
Ooncerning the gas-producers, Class I, 8 strains have been described morpho-
logically, biologically and biochemically. The detailed descriptions are found on pages
192-207. On pages 208 and 209 a sununary arranged in tabular form is shown.
The number of cultures described in Class I, and those more briefly referred to in
Class II, bear no relationship to the total number of cultures isolated in the course of
the work. As was to be expected, preliminary tests of a differential nature revealed
the fact that many strains were in duplicate, and sometimes even in triplicate. By
repeated series of tests the duplicates or triplicates were gradually eliminated. In the
pages devoted to the cultures in Class II, pages 211-213, a note is added as to the
comparative frequency of the respective strains. In eliminating strains from the
cultures in Class I, greater precautions were taken on account of their closer relation-
ship to the abnormal condition of the cans. Some of the final cultures described
represent the individual strains, after the elimination of as many as four or five
strains which had been found to have the main characteristics in common. Three
cultures of Class I were finally eliminated to avoid duplication in description, just
prior to the preparation ot the manuscripts, these being identical with cultures, 34,
37, and 64, respectively.
To continue the statement as to the project of the investigation, initiated on page
184, it is further required, that in order to confirm the work up to the present and
complete the investigation it is desirable: —
9. That many more cans shall be examined and the contents cultured.
10. That if possible the source of the responsible organisms be determined,
and also the stage at which infection takes place.
11. That experiments be conducted both under laboratory conditions, and
under conditions prevailing in the canning factories, with a view to deter-
mining the most satisfactory means of eliminating " swelling."
12. That possibly the pathogenicity or degree of pathogenicity of the strains
proved responsible for the " swelling " be determined by inoculation into suit-
able laboratory animals.
Arrangements have been made by Dr. Huntsman whereby during a later season I
shall have opportunities of determining if possible the source or sources of the causal
organisms of the swelled condition of cans of sardines.
The future scope of the laboratory work will necessarily include examination of
swelled cans of other varieties of fish, including those of which mention is made on
page 183.
When visiting the canning factories last summer the manager of one of the
largest of these told me that a pressing problem with which he had to contend was
the frequent appearance among sardine cans of what are termed " sour flats." The
condition is one of which there appears at present to be no satisfactory explanation.
The product is rendered unmarketable, and the condition is one which cannot be
detected until the cans are opened.
186 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
MEDIA EMPLOYED.
In this investigation I have used media prepared from fish concoctions, the ordinary
laboratory media, and certain special media. In the early part of the work when
experimenting with methods prior to the adoption of a definite procedure, difficulty
was experienced in growing some of the strains isolated. The colonies developing on
some of the plates at this time were too small to be subcultured. I therefore utilized
the marine resources at hand and prepared media from fresh herrings, from clams, and
from seaweed, using fresh sea water instead of tap or distilled water. It was found
later that the organisms which necessitated this media were those I have put in the
main Class II, the non-gas-producers. After successive subculturing in the laboratory
these same strains have grown moderately well on the usual standard media.
The organisms of my main Class I, the gas-producing strains, have grown well in
the standard media. The growth of some strains has been more luxuriant on herring
media or clam media, but the use of such has gradually been eliminated for two
reasons : —
(1) the satisfactory growth obtained on standard media, and the convenience
of its use;
(2) the necessity of using the standard media in order to compare the
strains isolated with varieties already described in literature.
Herring Broth. — Fresh herrings obtained direct from the weirs were washed in run-
ning water and ground up, no portions discarded, through a meat grinder, mixed
with sea water, 1 part ground herring to 1-2 parts sea-water, and heated for
several hours in the steamer or autoclav. The mixture was allowed to cool and
the fat skimmed off; again heated, and strained through cheese cloth. The
strained liquid served as the standard herring extract. Varying strengths of
broth were made up, good results being obtained with the following mixture: —
500 cc standard broth,
1,000 cc. sea water,
15 grams peptone.
The ingredients were heated together in the steamer, neutralized with n/20
NaOH to + 10 (phenol phthalein indicator), cleared with white of egg. tubed
and sterilized in the usual way.
Herring Agar.— To 500 cc. of the standard broth, mentioned above, were added 500 cc.
or 1,000 cc. sea-water, peptone at the rate of 1 per cent and agar at the rate of
1-2 per cent; the whole heated together until ingredients dissolved, neutralized
to -|-10, cleared with white of egg, filtered, tubed and sterilized in the usual way.
Clam Agar. — Fresh clams were dug up on the bench, washed in running water, opened
and ground through meat grinder; to this was added sea water at the rate of 1
part clams to 2 parts sea water, and the whole heated for several hours in steamer
or autoclav. The stewed mixture was strained through cheese cloth ; this filtrate
constituting the standard broth. To 500 cc. of the standard broth were added
1,000 cc. sea water, peptone at the rate of 1 per cent, and agar at the rate of 1-2
per cent; the whole heated together until ingredients dissolved, neutralized to
-j-lO, cleared with white of egg, filtered, tubed and sterilized in the usual way.
I have also steamed clams in the shell in sea water, approximately weight
for weight; retaining the juice which has a typical "sheen" ; then after open-
ing the clams using them as described above.
In the earlier part of the work the medium was used successfully to some
considerable extent; and in comparison with standard beef peptone agar it
appeared to exercise a selective action towards certain strains of bacteria
BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDIXES 187
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
obtained from various sources. This in all probability would be due to the
glycogen content. While the use of this medium has for some time been dis-
continued, I propose to test its value for certain phases of the laboratory
analyses.
Baurio in working' at Kiel on the denitrifying bacteria used and recom-
mends a broth of which mussels are the essential component.
Beef Peptone Agar. — Standard methods.^^
Beef Peptone Oelatine. — Standard methods.^^
Glucose Agar. — One per cent glucose added to agar prepared as above, immediately
before tubing.
Loeffler's Blood Serum.^^
Loeffler's Typhoid Solution i^. — This medium containing malachite green has been
recommended by Loeffler for use in culturing strains of the colon-paraty phoid-
typhoid group.
Aesculin Agar^*. — For specific reaction of organisms of the colon-aerogenes group;
loops of a broth culture spread on plates.
MacConkey's Neutral Red Bile Salt Lactose Broth ^3. — For reduction test of organ-
isms of the colon-aerogenes group.
Bouillon for V oges-ProsJcauer Reaction.^'^
Bouillon for Methyl Red Reaction.^''
Solution for Reduction of Nitrates to Nitrites ^^. — Giltay's synthetic solution was used.
Dunham Solution for Indol Production}^
Glucose Broth. — One per cent glucose in Dunham solution.
Fermentation Broths. — For the fermentation reactions I have used ten test substances.
It will he seen that in addition to the glucose salicin I have adopted the use
of another glucoside aesculin — used in conjunction with iron citrate by Harrison
and Vanderleck — as a fermentable test substance in Dunham broth. I have
been using aesculin for this purpose during the last four months in connection
with work on the gas producing organisms in the Ottawa river water, and find
a correlation in the black reaction of the aesculin agar mediuni, and the pro-
duction of acid and gas in aesculin used as a carbohydrate test substance.
Litmus Milk.^"
METHODS.
On account of the comparative paucity in the literature, of descriptions of ,actual
methods adopted in the isolation of bacteria from swelled canned fish, the procedure I
have followed has largely been determined by experience as the work has progressed.
This procedure has been changed as better methods suggested themselves, and in the
culturing from the many cans still awaiting examination I propose further changes
affecting detail, while the use of additional media which will be to the advantage of
the work has suggested itself.
Isolation of Bacteria from tlie Cans.
The oily greasy surface characteristic of the cans with pronounced swelling neces-
sitated the use of a disinfecting agent which would disinfect, and remove the oil, at the
38a— 13*
188 DEPARTMEyT OF THE XAVAL SEIIYICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
same time. Absolute alcohol lias proved to be simple ia application and quite satia-
factory. The cans were first cleaned with a weaker alcohol (70 per cent to 90 per cent)
then thoroughly treated with the absolute alcohol. Cati openers, forceps, and dissect-
ing scissors were immersed in alcohol find flamed immediately before use. When a
sufficiently large aperture had been made in the can, pieces of fish and a portion of
the oil or sauce were removed with forceps and pipettes and inoculated into tubes of
liquid medium.
At the commencement, it was at once obvious that direct plating from the cans
would not be at all satisfactory on account of the oily nature of the contents; liquid
media have therefore been used for the first inoculation from the cans, the procedure
having the additional advantage in that such media serve as enrichment fluids. I
first used peptone broth (Dunham), herring broth, and nutrient broth; later, the
addition to the series of glucose peptone broth proved to have advantages. As a result
of the additional knowledge provided by a study of the strains of organisms already
worked out, it will be desirable in further work to use media having differential quali-
ties for the first inoculations; in addition to the broths already in use.
The tubes were incubated at 37° C. except during the six weeks spent at St.
Andrews, when all cultures were kept at room temperature. The broths were examined
in 18-24 hours for growth; if no growth were apparent, further incubation was
resorted to ; if growth could be noted, series of plates were made. The preliminary
incubation in broth tubes had the additional advantage to those already mentioueu, in
that the oil had risen to the surface leaving the sub-surface liquid comparatively free.
Finely drawn out pipettes with the finger over the end were passed through the layer
of oil, and the culture fluid drawn up. After suitable dilutions had been made, plat«s
were poured using herring agar, clam a§ar, beef peptone agar, and glucose agar; in
the more recent work glucose agar being used almost solely. The plates were incu-
bated— temperatures as aforementioned — and when growth was sufficient, those
colonies most common were streaked on agar slopes; from these the necessary purifi-
cation by plates being made.
XoTE. — The preliminary incubation in broth tubes was in some cases, but not
always, duplicated aerobically and anaerobically.
The following apply to the main Class I:—
Microscopic examinations. — The microscopic preparations were uniformly made from
beef peptone agar slopes incubated 18 to 24 hours at 37° C.
*Gram's Stain. — The gas-producing organisms, Class I pages 192-207. display an unu-
sual degree of resistance to decolorisation with alcohol in the Gram method of
staining. When treated by the usual method, — decolorisation with alcohol un-
til no further colour can be washed out, — each of the eight strains recorded
would be classified as Gram positive. The shade of violet is not as deep as
that which is typical of the classic Gram positive reaction, but the result is
much nearer positive than negative. On prolonged soaking in absolute alcohol,
30 to iO minutes, the reaction is definitely Gram negative. Films made from
a typical Gram positive lactic acid producing organism withstood the decolor-
isation with alcohol for 40 minutes
The organisms herein discussed should therefore be described as Gram nega-
tive, displaying an vinusual degree of resistance to the decolorisation with
alcohol.
Motility. — Hanging drops for these tests were made from the water of condensation,
agar slopes; young cultures incubated at 37° C, never longer than twenty-four
hours.
Inoculation of Media. — All tubes of media used for the detei-mination of cultural fea-
tures and biochemical reactions were inoculated from young peptone brotX
cultures of the particular organism. The use of peptone salt solution instead
BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDiyES 189
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
of nutrient broth eliminated to a minimum any risk due to the presence of
muscle sugar. It may be mentioned that repeated tests for the presence of
muscle sugar in the peptone used gave a negative reaction based on the absence
of acid and gas; the tubes being inoculated from an active strain of the B
coli group.
Prior to the inoculations of the series, peptone broth tubes were inoculated
from agar slopes, and incubated at 37° G. After 18 to 24 hours, usually about
20 hours, the whole series of media would be inoculated with the broth from
a 1 cc. pipette ; 2 to 3 drops of culture to each tube. Slopes of solid media were
streaked with a standard 3 mm. loop platinum needle. The number of tubes
involved and the amoiuit of test substances necessitated have been considerabl*
throughout the work, and to insure economy of expense and time, strictly quan-
titative estimations of the gas evolved have not been carried out other than by
means of the Dunham tube. In view of the method noted above, however, the
results are truly comparative throughout, ^toreover, for the particular pur-
pose of the present work the essential point to be decided regarding the ferment-
ation of the test substances to gas is this — does a' particular culture produce
gas, or does it not produce gas? It is not only of considerable interest, but of
much practical and classificatory value to know whether the amount of gas
produced in a given time at a given temperature from a given substance is great
or small. Such information can be comparatively well shown by the use of the
Dunham tube.
Indol Production. — The tubes to be tested for Indol were incubated at 37° C. for 7
days; the Bohme Ehrlich test being used.
Reduction of Nitrates. — The Giltay solution was tested after 3 to 4 days incubation at
37° O., for the presence of nitrites. The sulphanilic acid and a-naphthylnmin
reagents were used.
Voges Proshauer Reaction. — After 48 to 72 hours incubation at 37° C. the culture
tested with a strong solution of KOH. The test if positive has usually shown
the typical eosin shade in the upper layers, within 2 hours at room temperature.
Methyl Red iZeach'on.— Determined after incubation at 37° C. for 48 to 72 hours.
Cans of Sardines..
General Description. Appearance of Cans and Conditions of Contents.
Owing to the varieties of " brands " of sardines produced by the canning fac-
tories, the various methods of packing adopted, and the different substances utilized for
the giving of flavour and consistency to the finished product, it is not possible other
than in a general way to described the conditions met with in my examinations.
Normal cans. — In outw-ard appearance there is a complete absence of any " bulg-
ing " ; the top and bottom are either quite flat or almost imperceptibly concave. On
shaking, there is no " rattle " and scarcely any movement of the contents can be
heard. When opened with the cutter, there is no expulsion of air or gas, with little
if any exuding of the oil or other material used in the process of packing.
The contents are firm, not macerated, and often white in colour; this last, how-
ever, depending to some extent iipon the materials used in the packing. The smell is
mildly characteristic of the fish, qualified by the variety of oil or tomato sauce used.
There is in appearance and odour a complete absence of putrefaction. The fish are
saturated to a greater or lesser extent with the oil, sauce, or other flavouring agents
used, but without losing their firm and solid condition. The oil or sauce will be seen
as a layer over and in the interspaces between the individual fish, rather than actually
within the bodies.
190 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Swelled Cans. — Outwardly the cans vary from a slight " bulged " appearance to
a more pronounced swelling. The top and bottom are forced out as a result of the
pressure, and present a decided convex surface. As the swelling becomes greater the
oil or sauce will be forced out between the soldered parts of the can, and in pronoun-
ced cases the outside surface is greasy and wet, and possibly covered with the oil or
sauce. Swelled cans, when shaken, have a characteristic " rattle " on account of the
extra space within, resulting from the swelling. When the cans are opened, gas is ex-
pelled, accompanied in advanced swellings by portions of the liquid contents. In ad-
vanced cases there is a tendency for the oil or sauce to pour out over the surface of
the cans.
The condition of the contents varies considerably. Usually the fish are macerat-
ed, disintegrated, and soft, and are intermixed with the oil or sauce; they have lost
their entity. The odour is variable, — frequently it is not unpleasant, resembling to
an accentuated degree the natural smell of normal sardines. In other instances a
pronounced putrefactive odour is evident. It may be that the putrefactive odour is
present at all times and is masked by the spices or other ingredients of the sauce.
That is a point which can only be definitely pronounced upon after a more extended
investigation.
CANS EXAMINED.
Up to the present I have examined forty cans, normal and swelled. The cans
have been obtained personally or by express :
(1) direct from various canning factories in the province of New Brunswick and
in the State of Maine, U.S.A.
(2) From the Health Department of a city in the Maritime Provinces.
(3) From retail grocery stores.
Many of the normal cans, representative of the various factories, proved to be
sterile; from some have been isolated spore forming bacteria, inactive on fermentable
carbohydrates, — see page 211, Culture 21 and in no instance have gas producing
organisms been found.
From certain of the swelled cans I have isolated a variety of strains of gas pro-
ducing bacteria, none of which show evidence of spore formation. The cans from
which these strains have been isolated are representative of three of the factories
■engaged in canning; and for the sake of clearness these factories have been specified
as Packer A, Pacher B, and PacTcer C, respectively. Further, from swelled cans I have
also isolated strains of bacteria which fail to ferment any of the carbohydrates used
as test substances (pages 212-213). It remains, therefore, to be added that from some
cans apparently " swelled " I have failed to isolate gas producing bacteria.
As already stated (page 185) the organisms isolated from the various sources have
for the sake of convenience been arranged in two main classes : —
Class I. — Gas producers.
Class n. — Non gas-producers.
The gas-producers (see pages 192-207) have been isolated solely from swelled cans
■ I sardines. Of the swelled cans examined the majority were obtained from sources
■ and 3 (page 190). Some were submitted by source 2. Under the circumstances it
has seemed desirable to use some means of differentiation. Accordingly the swelled
cans obtained: (1) from the canning factories, and (3) from retail grocery stores have
been designated "Swelled cans. Series 1"; those submitted by (2) a certain City Health
Department, "Swelled Cans Series II."
BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDINES 191
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Swelled Cans, Series I.
Can. I, Paclcer B. — ^Obtained direct from canning factory; packed with tomato
sauce; characteristic "swelled" appearance. The pressure of the gas was so
great that on the can being opened part of the contents were strewn over the
laboratory bench. The odour was pleasant, though pungent, and may best
be described as the natural smell of normal sardines accentuated. It is of
interest to note that the plates made, using herring agar, rapidly developed
at room temperature a putrid smell resembling, as expressed by a laboratory
colleague, that of an "oriental latrine."
See Chilture 32, Class I.
Can. II, Packer A. — Obtained from a retail grocery store; packed in cottonseed
oil; same brand as those of "Swelled Cans, Series II". This can was passed
as saleable and normal by a reputable salesman, and on personal examination
of his stock I retained it as suspicious. I have no knowledge as to the date
of packing. In appearance the can was slightly swollen, convex, but there
was no evidence of oil exuding due to pressure of gas. On opening, a percep-
tible amount of gas was forced out. The contents were soft and desintegrated ;
colour slightly darker white than normal ; odour an accentuation of the normal.
See Culture 34, Class I.
Can HI, Packer A. — Source and brand as Can II of this series. This can submitted
to me by the salesman. The appearance of the can, the appearance, condition,
and colour of the contents identical with description applied to Can II.
See Culture 35, Class I.
Can IV, Packer B. — Source and brand as Can I of this series. In this can the
swelling had not progressed as far as in can I, and on opening the gas was not
so profuse. The general description there applied to the contents and to the
nature of the subsequent plates is equally applicable in this instance.
See Culture 36, Class I.
Can y , Packer B. — Source and brand as Can I of this series. The extent to which
the can had swelled, and the further description used above for Can IV apply
here.
See Culture 37, Class I.
Can VI, Packer C. — Obtained direct from canning factory; packed in tomato
sauce; charaeteristiQ "swelled" appearance top and bottom convex. On open-
' ing a small amount of gas escaped. The odour was not unpleasant, and may
be described as the natural smell of normal sardines accentuated. The con-
tents of the can were not nearly so much disintegrated as noted in some pre-
viously mentioned, were somewhat dry, and a little less hard than the con-
tents of normal cans.
See Culture 64 Class I.
Swelled Cans, Series II, Packer A.
A cargo of sardines exported by packer A had been sunk in a harbour, remaining
im.der water for six weeks. When the cargo was salvaged, a proportion of the cans
were visibly swelled. The local Health Department submitted a number of these cans
for examination, as a result of which the cargo was condemned. Such cans, of course,
do not represent the " swelled cans " of commerce. As, however, their condition and
the nature of their contents appeared somewhat similar to the swelled cans obtained
irom other sources, the characteristics of some of the organisms isolated have been
included in this report.
192 DEPARTMEyr OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
To differentiate from the swelled cans obtained direct from the canning factories
and from retailers I have designated the salvaged cans as " Swelled cans, series 11."^
The brand of sardines of which this cargo consisted is one of the least expensive brands
on the market; cottonseed oil is used.
Can II. — On shaking, perceptible " rattle " characteristic of the swollen cans.
On opening with the cutter escape of gas and pronounced putrefactive odour;
contents soft and disintegrated ; colour dirty white with tendency to redness
in inner portions.
See Culture 24. Class I; Culture 14. Class II.
Can III. — Characteristic " rattle " ; es<?ape of gas and pronounced putrefactive
odour on opening of can ; contents soft and disintegrated, and of a dirty white
colour.
See Culture 26. Class I: Culture 16. Class II.
ORGAXISIIS OF THE GAS-PRODUCIXG TYPE.
Culture 2Jf.
Source: Can 11, Ser. II, Packer A.
Morphology. — Microscopically : coccus forms to short thick rods twice as long as
broad; average length) -8 — 1 ^ *Gram negative. From old agar cultures no
evidence of spores.
Motility. — ^In hanging drop occurring singly, in twos and in chains; some individuals
with rapid movement, some having slow undulating motion.
Cultural Characteristics. —
Agar slope. — 36 hrs. 37° C. — growth luxuriant, raised, glistening, iridescent,
yellowish-white by transmitted light.
Loeffler's Blood Serum. — 24 hrs., 37 C. moderate, yellowish-white, no liquefaction.
Loeffler's Malachite Green Sol. — Green precipitate or weak coagulum at bottom
of tube; this very slowly changes and within 14 days partially digested;
liquid portion assuming brownish tint.
Gelatine Sfah. — Room temperature; liquefaction begins in 24 hrs. crateriform;
in three days liquefaction on surface and along track of needle, crateriform
to infundibuliform ; growth very slimy on this medium; in 7 days yellowish,
cloudy stratiform extending 1 cm. from surface, remainder infundibuliform
with heavy yellow flocculent sediment to bottom of tube. In 18 days
liquefaction not yet complete; upper portion heavy milky even cloudiness,
merging into layers of semi-transparent cloudiness, the lower portion a heavy
ferric-yellow mass of precipitate.
Nutrient Broth. — 24 hrs. 37°C. — heavy clouding with bluish rim; in 3 days floc-
culent flakes of bluish tint on sides of tube; in 5 days very heavy dense even
clouding, watered silk appearance; this condition persists.
Herring Broth. — Condition similar to above: very heavy growth; in 9 days a loop
of the liquid showing decided iridescent bluish sheen.
Milk: — In 24 hrs. unchanged, except that much froth on shaking; in 3 days
coagulated, soft curd, some whey expressed; in 9 days yellow digested fluid
2/3 of tube, remainder white soft curd ; in 14 days ropiness noted, and
medium almost entirely digested with slight amount of flocculent curd at
bottom of tube; in 5 weeks almost wholl.v turbid yellowish digested fluid with
slight jelly-like yellowish iridescent flocculent curd on base of tube.
BAVTERIOLOaV OF ^ARDIXES 193
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Litmus Milk. — In 24 hours much froth on shaking, violaceus for 1 cm. from
surface, remainder paler; in 3 days partly coagulated soft curd, violaceus;
in 9 days digestion proceeding, fluid yellowish; in 14 days blue rim at surface,
medium 5/6 digested, reddish brown tint; in 5 weeks slight flocculence, curd
at base of tube, remainder partially cleared and tinted dark purpureus to
heliotrope.
Aesculin agar. — T loop from peptone broth culture streaked on plates. In 24
hours growth but no definite black reaction; later assumes brown to black tint,
moderate growth.
Aesculin broth. — In 24 hours black reaction.
MacConhey's N.R.B. Broth. — No reduction to canary yellow in 24 hours.
Gelatine colonies. — (1st appearance) room temperature, in 72 hours liquefaction
well advanced; individual colonies up to 3 mm. diameter, round, saucer-
shaped, entire edges; liquefaction typical of the proteus groiip, cenne ol
colony dark white spot -25 mm. diameter, remainder of colony varying from
clear space to fine precipitated granules. Under the low power objective
opaque centre, edges entire; medium tinted green, and distinct earthy smell.
Agar colonies. — 20 hours at 37°C., growth moderate, surface colonies round, con-
cave, glistening, raised, distinctly radiate; by transmitted light young colonies
bluish, older colonies becoming whiter, more opaque and darker in centre.
Sub-surface colonies small but well defined, white. Under low power object-
ive surface colonies distinctly yellowish with entire edges; on focussing
through, dense and dark; structure cannot be defined; smaller colonies dark
centre, then pale yellow, and near the edges almost transparent. Sub-
surface colonies well defined, edges entire, yellow to dense.
Temperature Relations: —
Thermal death point. — 10 minutes' exposure in nutrient broth at 60°C.
Optimum temperature. — Cultures incubated at room temperature and at 37°C.
grow well. Most satisfactory growth at 37°C.
Yitality on Culture Media. — The culture survives several months in artificial
medium, agar or gelatine.
Relation to Oxygen. — The culture is a facultative anaerobe; incubated for 36 hours
imder anaerobic conditions moderate growth on glucose agar as discrete colonies
along track of needle 1-2' ram. diameter; by transmitted light conve.x, dark white
centres, paling to blue at edges. Growth is not so luxuriant as under aerobic con-
ditions.
Biochemical Reactions: —
Indol production : Indol not produced.
Eeduction of nitrates: Nitrates to nitrites.
Voges-Proskauer reaction: Positive.
Methyl red reaction: Alkaline.
Fermentation of Carbohydrates. — This culture does not rapidly ferment many of
the carbohydrates. In 24 hours lactose is but feebly fermented to acid;
saccharose, mannite and xylose are fermented to acid and gas with profuse
frothing; arabinose and inulin give slight gas; while gas appears in glycerine
194
DEPARTMEXT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
only after a period of 72 hours. The remaining substances used are fermented
moderately well in 24 hours to acid and to gas.
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose. Mannite. Dulcite.
+ + +- ++ ++ +-
Adonit. Eaffinose. Arabinose. Xylose. Salicin.
++ ++ ++ + +
Aesculin. Glycerine. Inulin.
+ + + + + +
+ = acid.
++ = acid and gas.
Culture 26
Source: Can III, Ser. II, Packer A.
Morphology. — Microscopically, rods IJ to IJ times as long as broad; average length
1-6 jj. with many longer forms even in young cultures. Gram negative*; from old
agar cultures no evidence of spores.
Microscopic preparations made from cultures of this organism incubated at
the same and at different temperatures have shown much variation in morphology;
successive plate culturing, however, has failed to show impurity.
Motility. — In hanging drop occurring singly, and in twos, sometimes side by side;
longer forms noted; non-motile.
Cultural Characteristics : —
Agar Slope. — 36 hours, 37° C, moderate, along track of needle, glistening yel-
lowish-white by transmitted light. /
Loeffler's Blood Serum. — Growth slight after 72 hours. No liquefaction.
Loeifler's Malachite Green Solution. — 24 hours, 37''C., coagulated as soft junket-
like curd attached to sides and bottom of tube, green, with pale green liquid
expressed. After 14 days no change.
Gelatine Stai. — Room temperature — in 3 days scant growth, filiform, no lique-
faction; in 18 days no change apart from increased growth, no liquefaction.
Nutrient Broth.- — 24 hours, 37° C., moderate clouding, no pellicle, no sediment,
no ring; in 3 days watered silk appearance; in 9 days no change except slight
sediment at bottom of tube.
Herring Broth. — Similar to above, but much more luxuriant growth.
Milk. — In 24 hours at 37° 0., no coagulation, much froth on shaking; in 3 days
coagulation beginning; in 5 days firm coagulimi, no gas, no digestion; in 16
day i curd slightly split by gas. In 5 weeks shrinking of curd, but no digestion.
Litmus Milk. — ^In 24 hours violaceus, much froth on shaking, no coagulation ; in
3 days liliaceous with weak coagulum ; in 5 days curd slightly cracked by gas.
In 5 weeks no digestion ; pale lilac to Isabella.
Aesculin agar. — One loop from peptone broth culture streaked on plates; no
reaction.
Aesculin hroth. — In 24 hours. Slight change but no black reaction; later medium
darkened slowly in several days becoming black.
MacConkey's N.B.B. hroth. — No reduction to canary yellow in 48 hours.
Gelatine Colonies. — (1st appearance), 72 hours at room temperature. Surface
colonies yellowish white by transmitted light, i-lj mm. diameter; a charac-
teristic depression immediately around edge of colony could be seen on tilt-
ing the plate; no bluish appearance; no liquefaction. Under the low power
objective colonies pale yellow, with paler rim, and entire edges, structure .
finely granular.
BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDIXES 195
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Agar colonies. — 20 hours. 37°C. Growth slow, punctifonn, scarcely visible to
the eye. Examined 3 days; by transmitted light surface colonies greyish
white, elliptical and round, the larger colonies 0-5 mm. diameter. Subsurface
colonies similar to above; majority of the colonies immediately under the
surface. Under the low power objective all colonies appeared dense, com-
pact with edges entire to slightly serrated.
Temperature Relations: —
Thermal death point. — 10 minutes exposure in nutrient broth at 60° C.
Optimum temperature. — On agar grows moderately well, room temperature and
at 37°C.
Vitality on Culture Media. — The culture survives several months in artificial
medium, agar or gelatine.
Relation to Oxygen. — Incubated for 3.6 hours under anaerobic conditions, scant growth
on glucose agar, small gas bubbles in medium, clouding of condensation water.
While growth is noted, the organism prefers aerobic conditions.
Biochemical reactions:- — •
Indol production: Indol not produced.
Eeduction of nitrates: ?
Voges-Proskauer reaction : Negative.
Methyl red reaction : Slightly acid.
Fermentation of Carbohydrates. — -The carbohydrates used are but feebly acted
upon by this culture. In each case, however — with exception of inulin —
those substances which are fermented to gas have shown the positive reaction
within 24 hours at 37°C., and no further gas production has taken place even
after 5 days. The Andrade indicator has changed to a clear scarlet and no
reduction has taken place after prolonged incubation. The two substances
most easily acted upon are glucose and saccharose.
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose. Mannite. Dulcite.
++ ++ ++ ++ +-
Adonit. Raffinose. Arabinose. Xylose. Salicin.
++ ++ ++ + +
Aesculin. Glycerine. Inulin.
+ + + - -t:!.
+ = acid.
++ = acid and gas.
Culture 32.
Source : — Can. I. Ser. I. Packer B.
Morphology : — Microscopically short thick rods twice as long as broad; average length
1-6 fx. staining unevenly with Kiihne's methylene blue; some longer and thinner
forms, but repeated replating has failed to show impurity. Gram negative*;
from old agar cultures no evidence of spores.
Motility. — In hangi:ig drop occurring singly and in twos, actively motile, progression
as in semi-circles.
Cultural Characteristics: —
Agar Slope.— 36 hours 3Y° C, luxuriant, raised, thick, along track of needle, glis-
tening, iridescent, yellowish white transmitted light, medium slight tendency
to brown.
196 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Herring agar. — 20 hours 32° C, growth abundant and heavy along track of needle,
contoured, yellowish- white ; spreading over slope as bluish film of discrete
colonies, transmitted light, glistening, iridescent; heavy clouding condensa-
tion water.
Loefjler's Blood Serum. — 24 hours 37° C, moderate, moist, spreading; no liquefac-
tion after 7 days.
Loeffler's Malachite Green Sol. — Coagulated as soft junket like curd attached to
sides and bottom of tube, green, gas bubbles, light green clear fluid expressed ;
after 14 days coagulum as precipitation on sides of tube, no reduction of
colour.
Gelatine Stah. — Room temperature — 24 hours filiform, no liquefaction; in 4 days
growth abundant; in 1 week no liquefaction and no change in medium,
growth equally good in stab and on surface; no liquefaction in 21 4ays.
Nutrient broth. — 24 hours 37° C, moderate, clouding, slight pellicle easily dis-
lodged, pale bluish rim at top, very slight tendency to flocculency; in 48
hours flocculent precipitate suspended and at bottom; in 7 days discrete par-
ticles adhering to tube at surface, even clouding, clotted sediment on shaking.
Herring hroth. — Similar to above, but much heavier.
Milk. — 18 hours, 37° C, much froth on shaking, no coagulation; in 72 houi-s
coagulation beginning, frothy; in 4 days weak coagulum with whey expressed,
gas bubbles, curd splitting, whey white cloudy; in 10 days condition accen-
tuated, no liquefaction.
Litmus milk. — In 18 hours frothy, no coagulation, violaceus, merging into light
violaceous near bottom of tube; in 48 hours liliaceous, frothy, no coagulation;
in 72 hours still frothy, coagulation beginning; in 4 days coagulated, some
whey expressed, curd split by gas holes; in 14 days bleached with red rim at
top.
Aesculin agar. — 1 loop from peptone broth culture streaked on plates. In 24
hours 37° C. growth brown-black reaction.
Aesculin broth. — In 24 hours, black reaction.
MacConkey's N.R.B. broth. — 'No reduction to canary yellow in 48 hours.
Gelatine colonies. — Room temperature (1st appearance). In 72 hours growth
luxuriant and rapid; surface colonies up to i — 1 mm. diameter, white and
glistening; depression around edge of colony, as if gelatine under tension —
See Culture 26. Smaller colonies bluish to white, round; subsurface colonies
small, bluish to bluish white. Under low power objective surface colonies
dense, pale-yellow, with paler rim and entire edges, sti-ucture finely granular;
subsurface colonies similar with homogenous structure, round, edges clearly
defined and entire.
Agar colonies. — 20 hours 37° C, growth rapid, abundant, surface colonies IJ —
2 mm. diameter, concave, smooth, glistening, tendency to striate; by trans-
mitted light ferric to yellowish-white centre, paling to blue tint at edges,
smaller colonies bluish white; subsurface colonies up to -5 mm. diameter,
yellowish-white. Under low power objective surface colonies finely granular
structure, ferric-yellow paling at edges, edges entire; subsurface colonies
dark " mound " appearance in centre, remainder pale lemon, finely granular
with tendency to grumose, edges entire.
Herring agar colonics. — Two to three times diameter of above, umbonate, radiate,
concentrically ringed.
BACrEinOLQUY OF SAHDINES 197
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Temperature Regulations : —
Thermal death poitit. — Some variation has been exhibited and further tests require
to be made; tests performed up to the present indicate the T.D.P. to be
around 60° C, exposed for 10 minutes in nutrient broth.
Optivium temperature. — Cultures incubated at room temperature and at 37° C.
grow well; most satisfactory growth at 37° C.
Vitality on culture media. — The culture survives several months on artificial
medium, agar or gelatine.
Relation to Oxygen: —
The culture is a facultative anaerobe; incubated for 30 hours at 37° C. under
anaerobic conditions moderate growth on slope of glucose agar; medium
cracked and split by gas bubbles, much froth in tube and heavy clouding of
condensation water. The organism appears to grow equally well in the
presence or in the absence of oxygen.
Biochemical Reactions: —
Indol production : Indol not produced.
Reduction of nitrates : Nitrates reduced to nitrites.
Voges Proskauer reaction : Negative.
Methyl red reaction: Alkaline.
Fermentation of Carhohydrates. — The action of this culture on lactose is feeble
and slow, gas not appearing until the second day; dulcite is but slightly
fermented to acid and no gas is produced. Aeseulin is fermented to acid and
gas in 24 hours and in 9 days the Andrade indicator reduced to a lemon
yellow turbid iridescent colour, while no reduction is noted in the case of
salicin. All the other test substances are fermented to acid and to gas rapidly
with profuse frothing and heavy turbidity within 24 hours.
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose. Mannite. Dulcite.
++ ++ ++ ++ +-
'Adonit. Eaffinose. Arabinose. Xylose. Salicin.
++ ++ ++ + +
Aeseulin. Glycerin. Inulin.
+ + + + + +
+ = acid.
++ = acid and gas.
Culture SU-
Source: Can. II., Ser. I., Packer A.
Morphology. — Microscopically varying from coccus forms to short rods; the majority
8-1 jx long' and twice as long as broad, many thinner; stains unevenly with
Kiihne's methylene blue; Gram negative*; from old agar cultures no evidence of
spores.
Motilitn. — In hanging drop occurring singly and in twos; actively motile.
Cultural Characteristics: —
Agar slope. — 36 hours at 37° C, moderate along track of needle, glistening irides-
cent, bluish by transmitted light, gas bubbles in medium presumably due to
fermentation of the muscle sugar in beef extract. In agar culture 2 months
old distinct sliminess has been noted.
198 DEPARTMENT OF TEE .YAr.lL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Herring agar. — 20 hours 32 C, growth abundant, contoured, yellowish white
growth along track of needle, spreading over slope as bluish film of discrete
colonies; glistening, iridescent; heavy clouding of condensation water.
Ldeffler's Blood Serum. — 24 hours 37° C Moderate, ferric yellow growth, no
liquefaction after 7 days.
Ldeffler's Malachite Green Sol. — In 24 hours 37° C. coagulated as described in
culture 32 ; in 14 days medium assuming a greenish brown tint, no definite
reduction and no liquefaction.
Gelatine stab. — Room temperature — 24 hours filiform, no liquefaction, equally
good on surface and in stab; in 4 days growth abundant; in 7 days no lique-
faction and no change in medium; no liquefaction in 21 days.
Nidrient hroth. — 18 hours 37° C, clouding moderate, slight pellicle; on shaking
small flakes perceptible in medium ; bluish rim ; slight viscid sediment ; in
72 hours cloudy waves, as watered silk, some flocculent precipitation in sus-
pension.
Herring hroth. — Similar to above, but heavier.
MUh. — 18 hours 37° O., much froth on shaking, no coagulation ; in 48 hours,
weak coagulum beginning; in 72 hours coagulated with gas and expulsion
of whey, curd later splitting with gas holes.
Litmus rnAlh. — 18 hours 37° C, much froth on shaking, liliaceous, no coagulation;
in 48 hours weak coagulation beginning; in 72 hours coagulated, gas, whey
expressed, later bleaching to Isabella and much splitting of curd by gas.
XoTE. — Milks aud litmus milks incubated for 2 months have appeared to be
slowly digesting; up to the present I have been unable to verify this and
further tests must be made to establish the final condition of the clot.
Aesculin agar. — 1 loop from peptone broth culture streaked on plate. In 24 hours
at 37° C, reaction brown-black.
Aesculin hroth — In 24 hours black reaction.
MacConlcey's N. E. B. Broth. — In 48 hours, 37° C, slight reduction to eosin tint,
but no final reduction to canary yellow.
Gelatine colonies. — Room temperature (1st appearance) surface colonies up to
i mm. diam. ; by transmitted light bluish-white, glistening, almost transparent,
resembling more the description of the B. typhosus colonies than the typical
B. Coll colony ; flat ; subsurface colonies smaller, white to yellow-white, depres-
sion around edges, see Culture 32. Under the low power objective surface
colonies pale yellow, paling near rim with hedges entire; structure finely
granular with clearly defined border around more dense central structure;
subsurface colonies similar.
Agar colonies. — 20 hours 37°0., growth moderate, not so rapid as other cultures;
surface colonies 1 - li mm. diameter, round, concave, glistening ; by trans-
mitted light bluish with pin-point dark white centre, distinctly radiate.
Subsurface colonies dirty white; organism growing better just under surface.
Under low power objective surface colonies dark centre, remainder of colony
faintly discernible as finely granular lemon yellow, with edges entire; sub-
surface dark, compact, too dense for structure to be differentiated, edges
entire.
Temperature Relations : —
Thermal death point. — 10 minutes exposure in nutrient broth at 60°C.
Optimum temperature. — Cultures incubated at room temperature and at 37°C.
grow well; most satisfactory growth at 37°C.
Vitality on Culture medium.. — The culture survives several months on artificial
medium, agar or gelatine.
BACTERIOLOGY OF NA/.'D/.YES 199
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Relation to Oxygen. — The culture is a facultative anaerobe; incubated for 36 hours at
37°C. under anaerobic conditions growth scant on slope as fine discrete colonies;
heavy growth and clouding in condensation water. Slope broken and cracked by
gas bubbles, these J cm. diameter and extending throughout the medium; much
froth.
Biochemical Reactions:- —
Indol production : Indol not produced.
Reduction of titrates : Xitrates reduced to nitrites.
Voges-Proskauer reactions: Negative.
Methyl red reaction: Alkaline.
Fermentation of Carbohydrates. — The culture has a characteristic action upon
dulcite; this test substance being fermented profusely to gas in 48 hours; acid
and some gas produced within 24 hours. In aesculin, gas appears within.
48 hours. Inulin is fermented to gas only after 7-10 days incubation. The
remaininfe test substances are fermented moderately well to acid and gas with-
in 24 hours; but in no case on further incubation is the reaction profuse as
in the fermentation of dulcite.
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose, ilannite. Dulcite.
++ ++ ++ ++ ++
Adonit. Raffinose. Arabinose. Xylose. Salicin.
++ ++ ++ + +
Aesculin. Glycerine. Inulin.
+ + + - + +
+ = acid.
-H- = acid and gas.
Culture 35.
Source: Can. Ill, Ser. T, Packer A.
Morphology: Microscopically large coccus forms to short thick rods; -8 ft, diam. to
1 fj. long; stain evenly with Kiihne's methylene blue; Gram negative*; from old
agar cultures no evidence of spores.
Mobility: In hanging drop appearing singly and in twos; no motility.
Cultural characteristics: —
Agar Slope. — 36 hours 37° C, moderate to abundant along track of needle, glis-
tening, iridescent, porcelain white by transmitted light.
Herring Agar Slope. — 20 hours 32° C, growth abundant, yellowish white along
track of needle raised edges, glistening iridescent, by transmitted light the
thinner parts bluish discrete colonies.
Loeffler's Blood Serum. — 24 hours 37° C, luxuriant, moist; no liquefaction after
7 days.
Loeffler's Malachite Green Solution: — 24 hours 37° C. Coagulated junket like
coagulum clinging to sides of tube, gas; in 72 hours reduced greenish yellow:
in 14 days reduced to yellowish-brown slimy looking liquid, partially digested.
Gelatine Stab. — Room temperature, in 24 hours filiform growth equally good sur-
face and stab, no liquefaction, slight gas — presumably from muscle sugar —
growth luxuriant. oSfo liquefaction in 21 days.
Nutrient Broth. — 18 hours 37° C, clouding even, no pellicle, no sediment, bluish
rim at surface; in 48 hours heavy clouding, viscid sediment at bottom on
shaking; in 72 hours flocculent suspension, later sediment increasing, medium
becoming clearer, and flocculency.
200 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Herring Broth. — Moderate clouding, bluish rim at surface, pellicle, viscid pre-
cipitate on shaking; in 4 days very heavy brown-black sediment, later floc-
culency and heavy clouding.
Milk. — lu 18 hours at 37° C, frothy but no coagulation; in 72 hours coagulation
commencing, gas; in 4 days gas holes in curd, frothy; in 10 days clear whey
on surface of soft gassy curd. In 2 months no digestion.
Litmus Milk. — In 18 hours 37° lilaceus, much froth and gas, no coagulation; in
72 hours coagulation beginning; in 10 days tinted whey on surface of soft
curd pinkish to Isabella ; no digestion in 2 months.
Aesculin agar. — 37° G. One loop from peptone broth culture streaked on plates;
in 24 hours reaction brown to black.
Aesculin broth. — 37° C. Black reaction in 24 hours.
MacConhey's N.R.B. Broth. — 37°. In 48 hours no reduction to canary yellow.
Gelatine Colonics. — (Room temperature) (1st appearance). Surface colonies up
to i nun. diameter, bluish white to white, glistening, smaller colonies more
distinctly blue; depression around colonies as noted Culture 32. Subsurface
colonies yellowish white, small. Under low power objective the centre yellow-
ish brown dense compact surrounded by pale border J diameter of colony;
edges entire, clearly defined and hyaline. The dilferentiatiou of border from
centre bears a close resemblance to colony of Asiatic cholera (plate 227 Kolle
& Wassermann Atlas Tafel 10), and is not unlike plate 45 of colon colony
(Park & Williams, Path. Micro-organisms, 5th edition, page 110). In the
large surface colonies the whole structure is more homogeneous. Subsurface
colonies appear similar.
Agar colonies. — 20 hours 37° C, surface colonies 14-2 mm. diameter. Flat to
umbonate, growth rapid, colony round, surface smooth, glistening, iridescent.
By transmitted light ferric-yellow centre paling to bluish at edge. Subsur-
face colonies punctiform. Under the low power objective surface colonies are
dark in centre, " mound " appearance, gradually merging to pale lemon-brown
colour, structure finely granular to grumose; subsurface colonies similar.
Temperature relations:—
Thermal Death Point. — 10 minutes exposure in nutrient broth at 60°C.
Optimum Temperature. — Cultures incubated at room temperature and at 37°C.
grow well; better growth at 37°C.
Vitality on Culture Media. — Sundves several months, in artificial media, agar
or gelatine.
Belation to oxygen. — Facultative anaerobe; incubated at 37°C. for 36 hours under
anaerobic conditions, moderate bluish growth by transmitted light, on glucose
agar ; spreading over slope as bluish film, small discrete colonies with centre more
opaque. Condensation water heavily clouded; much froth; medium throughout
tube riddled with gas bubbles. The organism appears to grow equally well
aerobically or anaerobically.
Biochemical Reactions :
Indol production : Indol not produced.
Production of nitrates : Nitrates reduced to nitrites.
Voges-Proskauer reaction: Positive.
Methyl red reaction: Alkaline.
Fermentation of Carbohydrat<?s. — The action of the culture on dulcite is vari-
able but it evidently is able to ferment this alcohol to gas, some tests being
Mannite.
Dulcite.
+ +
+ =1=
Xylose.
Salicin.
+ +
+ +
BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDINES 201
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
positive, some negative; the alcohol adonit on the other hand is fermented
to acid and profuse gas with frothing in 24 hours. The action on inulin is
somewhat characteristic, fermentation to acid and gas with frothing in 24
hours; no other strain isolated has such pronounced effect on this test sub-
stance. Within 24 hours all the remaining carbohydrates are fermented to
acid and profusely to gas with very pronounced frothing. In general this
culture is much more active in its fermentation reactions than any of the
cultures hitherto described.
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose.
+ + + + + +
Adonit. Eaffinose. Arabinose.
+ + + + + +
Aesculin. Glycerine. Inulin.
+ + + + + +
+ = acid.
++ = acid and gas.
Culture 36.
Source: Can IV. Ser. I. Packer B.
Morphology. — Microscopially varying from very short stumpy rods to forms twice as
long aa broad; the majority -8-1 fj. long, staining unevenly with Kiihne's methy-
lene blue; Gram negative*; from old agar culture no evidence of spores.
Motility. — In hanging drop occurring singly and in pairs; extremely active motility.
Cultural Characteristics : —
Agar slope. — 36 hours 37°C., moderate along track of needle, glistening iridescent,
Porcelain to yellowish white by transmitted light.
Herring Agar slope. — 20 hours at 32°C., growth moderate, slightly raised, dry
but glistening, some discrete colonies, by transmitted light blue to yellow.
Loeffler's Blood Serum. — 24 hours 37° 0., moderate, glistening. No liquefaction
after 7 days.
Loeffler's Malachite Green Sol. — 24 hours 37° C, coagulated as Culture 34, much
gas; in 72 hours reduced to greenish yellow. In 14 days coagulum not
further reduced but precipitation on sides and bottom of tube; ferric-yellow
liquid expressed.
Gelatine stah.- — Room temperature — in 24 hours filiform growth equally good on
surface and in stab; in 48 hours no liquefaction growth on surface showing,
moist ; in 4 days growth luxuriant ; in 7 days growth becoming brown, medium
slightlj tinted; no liquefaction arter 21 days.
Nutrient Broth. — 18 hours 37°C., moderate even clouding, no pellicle, bluish rim
at top, no sediment; in 48 hours heavy clouding watered silk appearance,
later sediment noticeable; no pellicle even after 10 days.
Herring broth. — Moderate growth, clouding flocculent suspension, bluish rim,
no pellicle; in 48 hours brown viscid sediment precipitated; in 10 days ring
on surface, very heavy flocculent growth, black sediment.
Milk. — 18 hours 37°'C. Much gas on shaking, with froth persistent, no coagula-
tion; in 14 days weak coagulum commencing and coagulation slowly com-
pleted when examined at the end of two months.
Litmus Milk. — In 18 hours no coagulation, much froth on shaking with froth
persisting; violaceus merging into heliotrope; no further change in 10 days;
in 14 days lilaceus, no coagulation; when examined 6 weeks late coagfulatioa
complete, lilaceus.
388—14
202 DEPARTMENT OF THE SAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Aesculin agar. — One loop from peptone broth culture streaked on plates; iu 24
hours 37° C. brown to black reaction.
Aesculin hroth. — The typical black reaction not given after 7 days; change only
to brown.
MacConkey's N.E.B. hroth. — In 48 hours 37° C. an eosin tint but no reduction to
canary yellow after 7 days.
Gelatine c-olonies. — Room temperature (1st appearance) in 72 hours surface colo-
nies small, average J mm. diameter, glistening flat, round; by transmitted
light bluish white, almost transparent ; characteristic ring in gelatine as noted.
Culture 32 ; surface colonies yellowish white, small, round. lender the low
power objective surface colonies round distinctly granular and dark yellow
centre, surrounded by pale border and edges entire and hyaline; on g-elatine,
the colonies unlike those previously described.
N.B. — On referring to the notes made when this culture was originally isolated
six months ago, I find that on agar the colonies were characteristically
different from the colonies of Cultures 32, 34 or 35. It is of interest to
note that this individuality has been maintained throughout a period of
this length, and in spite of having many times been subcultured on labora-
tory media.
Agar Colonies. — 20 hours, 37°C. growth rapid; surface colonies l-lj mm. dia-
meter; flat, glistening, iridescent; some colonies extending as thin blue pro-
tuberances over the medium ; by transmitted light colonies bluish, little darker
and more opaque in centre. Subsurface colonies up to -25 mm. diameter.
Under the low power objective surface colonies coarsely granular, immediate
centre slightly darker and well defined ; remainder same structure throughout ;
edges entire ; subsurface colonies compact, grumose to "mound-like" structure ;
often the surrounding medium a light ferric colour due to precipitated gra-
nules with no definite outline.
Temperature Relations: —
Thermal Death Point. — 10 minutes exposure to 60° C. in nutrient broth.
Optimum Temperature. — Growth satisfactory when incubated either at room
temperature or at 37°C. Most satisfactory growth at 37°C.
Vitality on Culture Media. — The culture survives several months on artificial
media, agar or gelatine.
Relation to Oxygen: — Facultative anaerobe; incubated for 36 hours at 37° C. under
anaerobic conditions grows on glucose agar as pale bluish thin film along track
of needle, transmitted light; spreading over slope as discrete colonies; heavy cloudy
growth in condensation water; much froth in tube, gas bubbles A cm. diameter
throughout medium. The organism grows equally well aerobically or anaerobic-
ally.
Biochemical Reactions:
Indol production Indol not produced.
Reduction of nitrates Xitrates reduced to nitrites.
Voges-Proskauer reaction Positive.
Methyl red reaction Alkaline.
Fermentation of Carbohydrates: The culture ferments lactose to acid, but gas is
not produced until 72 hours after inoculation ; the amount then is small and
no increase is observed on further incubation; glucose, saccharose, xylose,
arabinose, and mannite are fermented to acid with profuse evolution of gas
within 24 hours. The action upon raffinose is feeble. The Andrade indicator
BACTERlOLOdY OF SARDINES 203
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
is rapidly decolourized in the aesculin, assuming a lemon yellow tint, such
persisting; this colour is partially diie to the glucoside itself.
Glucose.
Lactose.
Saccharose.
Mannite.
Dulcite.
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
Adonite.
Raffinose.
Arabinose.
Xylose.
Salicin.
+ -
+ +
+ +
Aesculin.
Glycerine.
Inulin.
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ = acid.
+ + = acid and gas,
Culture 37.
Source: Can V. Ser. I. Packer B.
Morphology. — Microscopically rods, three times as long as broad; average length 1-6 /x.
Stain evenly. Gram negative*; from old agar cultures no evidence of spores.
Motility. — Tn hanging drop occurring singly and in twos; motile; movement varying
from revolving motion to a wavelikc undulating motion.
Cultural Oharacteristics : —
Agar slope. — 36 hours, 37° C, luxuriant along track of needle, raised, glistening,
iridescent, yellowish-white by transmitted light; gas bubbles in medium pre-
sumahly from muscle sugar in meat extract. At times, particularly in the
older cultures, agar growth decidedly slimy, drawing out on the needle. In
7 days, medium lemon to brown.
Herring agar. — 20 hours at 32°C. Along track of needle hea^'y, raised, compact,
greyish white, glistening, spreading as thick blue-green veil, by transmitted
light slightly iridescent, heavy clouding of condensation water.
Loeffier's Blood Serum. — 24 hours, 37° C, luxuriant, raised, white, spreading, no
liquefaction in 7 days.
Liieffler's Malachite Green Sol. — In 24 hours precipitated light green coagulum
on sides of tube ; in 48 hours reduction to yellow beginning in 7 days reduced
to yellow and almost entirely digested.
Gelatine Stai. — ^Room temperature — in 24 hours liquefaction commencing; in 48
hours crateriform to extent of 3mm, continuing down the stab as infundibuli-
form; in 7 days liquefaction complete and medium sharply divided into
layers; immediately below surface liquefaction appears the colour of turbid
whey, in successive layers turbidity and cloudiness gradually disappearing;
heavy yellow flaky precipitate at bottom.
Nutrient Broth. — 18 hours, 37°C., heavy clouding, surface iridescent, pellicle,
bluish rim easily detached on shaking — life-belt form — medium slightly floc-
culent; in 4 days clouding very heavy, bluish rim; later sediment.
Herring Broth. — Very similar to above but heavier growth; in 4 days heavy cloud-
ing and thick bluish white pellicle ; later flocculent.
Milh. — 18 hours, coagulation commencing; in 48 hours coagulated with gas and
digestion well advanced; in 10 days more than half digested, whey yellowish,
heavy pellicle, soft curd; in 14 days gas bubbles still persisting, digestion pro-
ceeded, I tube, the soft curd adhering to the glass, digestion not proceeding
directly from surface to bottom. At a later date when the organism had
204 DEPARTilEyr OF TEE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
been in pure culture for several months, a decided ropiness was noted, milk
tubes being distinctly slimy within 2i hours after inoculation. This feature
appears to have developed under cultivation and has since persisted.
Litmus Milk. — In 18 hours violaceus, no coagulation; in 48 hours gas, heavy
pellicle, coagulated and digestion proceeding; in 4 days a yellow digested fluid
extending 2cm. below surface, remainder violaceous; in 10 days * digested,
remainder soft gelatinous curd; in 14 days except for tint, appearance very
similar to milk as noted above.
Aesculin agar. — 1 loop from peptone broth culture streaked on plates. In 24
hours black reaction.
'MacConkey's N.R.B. Broth. — In 24 hours heavy growth. Xo reduction to canary
yellow. Later colour slightly changed but no definite reduction.
Gelatine Colonies. — (1st appearance.) Room temperature in 72 hours liquefaction
well advanced ; individual colonies up to 3n;m. diameter, round, saucer-shaped,
characteristic of the organisms of the proteus group; centre of colony dark
white spot -25 mm. diameter, then clear space, then semi-transparent rim.
Under the low power objective opaque centre merging into myceloid filaments,
then clear space, and heavily clouded borders with entire edges; medium
unchanged, no characteristic smell.
Agar colonies. — 20 hours at 37°C. growth rapid, surface colonies concave, IJ-
2inim. diameter; very slimy after repeated sub-culturing drawing out on
needle 10-15cm. ; glistening; by transmitted light distinctly radiate, whole
colony bluish but slightly more opaque in centre; subsurface colonies bluish
to white. Under the low power objective surface colonies brownish with dark
opaque centre in some, finely to coarsely granular; some colonies same struc-
ture throughout; edges entire hyaline. Subsurface colonies distinct, grumose
to mound like.
Temperature Relations: —
Thermal death point. — 10 minutes exposure in nutrient broth at 60°C.
Optimum temperature. — Cultures incubated at room temperature and at 37°C.
grow well. Most satisfactory growth at 37° C.
Vitality on Culture Media. — The culture survives several months in artificial
medium agar or gelatine.
Melation to Oxygen. — The culture is a facultative anaerobe; incubated for 36 hours
under anaerobic conditions moderate growth on glucose agar slope, bluish tint;
very heavy clouding of condensation water; on the slope seen as discrete colonies
varying from a thin bluish film to converse moist colonies 1 mm. diameter with
ferric yellow centre paling towards edges. The medium riddled with gas bubbles
i - 1 cm. diameter, much froth in tube. This organism appears to grow equally
well aerobically or anaerobically.
Biochemical Reactions: — •
Indol production: Indol produced.
Eeduction of Xitrates : Xitrates reduced to nitrites.
Voges-Proskauer reaction : Positive.
Methyl red reaction : Alkaline.
Fermentation of Carhohydrates. — This culture ferments lactose feebly to acid,
the Andrade indicator showing reduction in 48 hours, and no gas is produced.
Raffinose, glycerine and inulin are fermented to acid with slight production
of gas ; the gas in glycerine not appearing until the second day. The remaining
fermentable substances are acted upon rapidly, evolving gas profusely within
I
BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDINES 205
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
24 hours. It will be seen that of the two glucosides used, salicin and aescu-
lin, the former only is fermented to gas.
In the later cultural experiments a distinct sliminess appeared in all
tubes, in peptone broths with and without added sugars; a pale white rim at
surface observed to be slimy after several days at 37° C.
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose. Mannite. Dulcite.
++ +- ++ ++
Adonit. Eaffinose. Arabinose. Xylose. Salicin.
++ ++ ++ + +
Aeseulin. Glycerine. Inulin.
+ = acid.
++ = acid and gas. ;
Culture 6Ji.
Source Can. VI., Ser. I, Packer C.
From this source four strains have been isolated — 64, 64a, 64b aerobically. and 64c
anaerobieally. The similarity of the strains in culture is such that a detailed descrip-
tion of each is not warranted. There are, however, certain cultural differences in 64a,
64b and 64c as compared with 64, which I have thought worthy of special mention;
and these have been noted in the following description : —
Morphology. — Microscopically varying from coccus forms to short thick rods; the
former -8 fi diameter, the latter IJ times as long as broad; Gram negative.* The
culture has been recently isolated, and no evidence of spores has been obtained;
this feature cannot at present be finally reported upon.
Motility. — In hanging drop occurring singly and in twos; very actively motile;
meteoric flashing across the field.
Cultural Characteristics : —
Agar Slope. — 24 hours, 37°C., moderate alojig track of needle, flat, slightly con-
toured, edges well defined, iridescent, by transmitted light yellowish white
with bluish edges.
Loeffler's Blood Serum. — Moderate, no liquefaction; in 72 hours moderate, much
less than culture 65.
Loeffler's Malachite Green Sol. — 24 hours 37° C, precipitate at bottom of tube, no
coagulum, liquid turbid, pea green colour; in 7 days yellowish brown turbid
fluid with ferric precipitate at bottom.
Gelatine Stab. — Room temperature — 24 hours, filiform, no liquefaction; in 7 days
no liquefaction, growth luxuriant, surface and in stab ; yellow growth in stab.
Nutrient Broth. — 24 hours 37° C, even clouding abundant, 'watered silk" appear-
ance, no pellicle, no sediment; in 7 days clouding even, no pellicle, heavy
viscid yellowish white sediment at bottom of tube.
Milk. — 24 hours 37°C., frothy on shaking, no coagulation; in. 72 hours soft coa-
gulum, much gas, whey expressed, curd shrinking; in 7 days white turbid
whey, curd shrinking and split by gas.
Litmus milk. — In 24 hours liliaceous, much froth on shaking, no coagulation ; in
72 hours soft coagulum, bleached to Isabella, curd perceptibly shrinking;
much gas ; in 7 days completely bleached with heliotrope rim at surface, depth
of 2 cm. turbid tinted whey, curd rapidly disintegrating and permeated with,
gas holes.
N.B. — This culture is violent in its action upon milk.
206 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Aesculin agar. — 1 loop peptone broth culture streaked on plates. In 24 hours 37°C.,
black reaction.
Aesculiti hroth. — In 24 hours, 37°'C., black reaction.
MacOonkey's N.R.B. Broth. — In 48 hours, 37° C, reduced to canary yellow.
Gelatine Colonies. — ^Eoom temperature (1st appearance) — identical -with Culture
35 — 64a presents some variation. In 72 hours gi-owth rapid abundant, more
luxuriant than any of foregoing cultures; surface colonies up to 1 mm.
diameter, compact, white, opaque with tendency to capitate, round; the
smaller colonies bluish to bluish white. Subsurface colonies small compact.
Under the low power objective surface colonies have appearance identical
with the literature descriptions of the B. coli colony, edges entire centre dark
and opaque; subsurface colonies pale yellow in colour, very finely granular,
slightly darker in centre. See Culture 35.
Agar Colonies. — 20 hours, 37°C., growth rapid, flat, surface colonies li-24 mm.
diameter, round with tendency to spread; by transmitted light distinct bluish
appearance, glistening, iridescent. Subsurface colonies up to 0-25 mm.
diameter bluish to white. Under the low power objective surface colonies
have small well defined dark centre, remainder lemon coloured; structure
coarsely granular to grumose, edges entire, hyaline and well defined; pale
radiate filaments — star-like rays — emanate from the colonies into surround-
ing medium. Subsurface colonies dark grumose to " mound-like."
Agar Colonies 6Ua. — 20 hours 37°C., growth rapid, surface colonies bluish from
1-2 mm. diameter, glistening, iridescent, tendency to run together, forming
blue film over agar. Subsurface colonies up to 1 mm. diameter white to
yellowish white; some force their way to surface and appear as yellowish-
white in centre, spreading on surface to 3 mm. diameter, blue, flat, concen-
trically ringed, contoured, edges imdulate to lobate. Under the low power
objective surface colonies (majority) finely granular at centre to grumose
near edge; in some instances characteristic protuberances over agar as in
culture 64, edges entire; subsurface lemon yellow, edges entire.
Temperature Relations : —
Thermal Death Point. — Exposed in nutrient broth for 10 minutes at 60° C. organ-
ism survives; exposed for 10 minutes at 70° C. no subsequent growth; exact
temperature not yet defijiitely determined.
Optimum Temperature. — Grows well at room temperature and at 37°C. More
satisfactory growth at 37°C.
Vitality on Culture Media. — Xot yet determined.
Relation to Oxygen: — The culture is a facultative anaerobe; incubated for 36 hours
under anaerobic conditions at 37°C. the medium — glucose sugar — is split, riddled
with gas bubbles and upper portions blown to top of tube, much froth; heavy
cloudy condensation water permeated whole medium. The organism grows with
extreme rapidity both aerobically and anaerobically.
Chemical Reactions :
Indol production: Indol not produced.
Eeduction of nitrates: Nitrates reduced to nitrites.
Voges-Proskauer reactions : Positive.
Methyl red reaction : Alkaline.
Fermentation of Carbohydrates. — The culture fails to ferment dulcite and adonit
to acid or gas. All other test substances used are fermented within 24 hours
BACTERIOLOar OF SARDINES 207
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
to acid, and profusely with much frothing to gas. In the glucose, lactose,
saccharose, mannite, raffinose, and araBino«e tubes the Andrade indicator is
completely reduced within 24 hours, the reduction in the xylose, salicin and
aesculin tubes being slower. Compared with the other cultures described
herein, the rapid and violent action upon the carbohydrates is both distinctive
and characteristic, as also is the rapidity with which the Andrade indicator
is decolourized. The decolourized tubes when tested with methyl red show
decided alkalinity. The rapid reversion to an alkaline reaction is a point of
considerable interest.
6Jfa. — The fermentation reactions are identical with those of the above culture,
but a striking diiference, which may be but temporary however, has been
noted in the action upon the Andrade indicator. No reduction of the indi-
cator in any tubes was noted within 24 hours; in T2 hours glucose, mannite,
arabinose, xylose and salicin had changed from the scarlet tint of the acid
reaction to a deep pink shade. In 7 days the glucose, arabinose, and xylose
tubes only were completely reduced giving an alkaline reaction to methyl red.
I have as yet no explanation to offer regarding this apparent selective action
towards the Andrade indicator; the inoculations were made at the same time,
the same amount of the respective peptone broth cultures being added as the
inoculum, such broth cultures being the same age, and all medium used of
the same standard stock.
In this connection it may be of interest to mention that for some months I have
been experimenting with Congo red as an indicator in connection with routine
water analyses for the colon group; these experiments are as yet not suffi-
ciently complete for publication; I have used this indicator in sugar broths as
a confirmatory test and find that the strains 64 and 64a exhibit again, as in
the Andrade indicator, a selective action.
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose. Mannite. Dulcite.
+ + ++ ++ ++
Adonit. Raffinose. Arabinose. Xylose. Salicin.
++ ++ ++ ++ 1
Aesculin. Glycerine. Inulin.
+ + +d= + +
++ = acid and gas.
+ = acid.
208
DEPARTMElfT OF THE XATAL SERTICB
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
fe^
S
SO
•saanog
si
4
-I
si
1— 1 u
a -
^h-;
!t
a
a —
c8
^— "
Q^-
o
O
U
O"
o
u
■na2
X
w a
-.(XO o% aouBjaa
— i- t.=
11
i-.
t
icul.
naer
refer
•robi
^ *-
• El
55lg
s c
ys
5g
M
S^g
^ s i-a
.^ c5
>:: a ca
c: eS
^S :*
^
^
^
p
0 o
g
.,
J,
-jadraax urarapdo
0?5
s
5?
Ic
m"^S
cc
cc
ec
•}d mvBQ lerajatij.
U-§
i
-C^
8
g
s
8
-|5°g
6
i)
CJ
i
s
3 .
s .
= .
-s >=>
■moja -aHN
"Si
^ o
T c
TJ c
s 3
"a §
"Sg
.; a 3
siajjuoQOuj^
o *^
•z
[5:
IZ
;s
z
■H5=i
c
•a«av U!I"''S3V
n
1
11
11
'.5
e3
lal
£i^
a
*-, ^
£:»
O
CQ
cc -
—
X
I
i
^-
C4 .
X . >=
M
ti,>.
w
00
M.5?
w
•WK
08 t- tC
^ 5C =
t^
t^
•*
t-rr
t^
tc~-^
b:
g-
d
§■£
^
3
o
d
O
O
o
o
Q
O
•mojg ?n,)ij?iix
'§5
5-^
Cloud
heavy
pell.
^-3 ^
o
s .
Even
cloud,
no pel.
<1j
c-
:^
C"
cr
-.
cr
•q»}S atn^Bpo
.r
--
0
^"
D
"
0
0
'"
"
^;
2
•z.
^
z
Z
_j
_;
^
•lOS
^1
5.2
£1
. o
6<J_3
a o
O 3
i2
'if
o
U
^
6 -
a
a £
O '-
^
o
o
_,
-
o
-
c .
^
s
c
c
•:mu3s poota
iS
'llf
Ij
iiv3
- c-
x-^
.3'^
s
"— .
<4
S
-j:
s
iJ
^'-
■3doic; iv.3y
2
>l
,
1
■s
"s
5
"S
—
—
S
s
s
s-^
s
>> .
•X^iipoK
+
D+l
+^
%^l
■sajodg
1 1 : 1 1 III
■uiKig SjOiBjg
1 1 III III
•i3oioi{djoj({
1^1
3
5
3
1^1
J4
l-l
■9mt\aQ
s
-;-?
S3
CO
55
c5
s
~
3
-=s
c
be
ffl
©
C-
>
•s
QC
o-o
P
*S
1
S*>'3
0
>i
!S
<D
:c
-c
o
>>
^z
■O o
Q)
r>
-f:
(=
S
■*-•
S
£
w
ttl
o
DO
•n
a;
BiCTERIOUXn OF SARDINES
209
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
■aD.inos
Can II.
Ser. II.
Packer A.
Can V.
Ser. I.
Packer B.
Can I.
Ser. I.
Packer B.
Can IV.
Ser. I.
Packer B.
Can III.
Ser. II.
Packer B.
Can III.
Ser. I.
Packer A.
Can HI.
Ser. I.
Packer A.
Can VI.
Ser. I.
Packer C.
J glucoside, not
p Carbohy-
carbohydrates.
id reduction of
■ui[nui
+
+
+
+
+
+
1 •
+
+ 1
+
+
+
+
+
g,o.2 =
•auijaoX[;^
''I
+
+
+
+
1
+
I
+
1
+
+
+
+ 1
+
ction of
dly decol
rapid act
hill 21 he
■uiinosay
+
+
1
+
_ +
= 1
+ 1
4
4-
+
+
+
+
+
jte prodi
ator rapi
iced and
o gas wi'
•uioq-Bg
+
+
+
+
+
1
1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
culturing. i N
o Andrade indie
slow. s Pronoui
nented jirofusely t
asoiXx
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
•asoaiqBjy
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
■asouHjBjj
+
+
+
+
+
+
1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
fter succf
until 72
r React
attackec
•a}mopy
1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1
pearing a
jroduced
jrofuse.
hydrates
•sipina
1
+
1
1
1
+
1
1
I
+
-t
+ 1
+
1
1
to C-? rt
•a^mnBivt
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
2 hours. h Slii
on yellow. in
rs. (| Character
the series. x '
sion to alkalinity.
•aeoj^qDOBg
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
■asatOB'x
1
+
1
+
<
- +
= +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
after 7
ed, leii
24 hou
any of
d rever
•asoDnif)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
g Gas
Reduc
within
o than
ly rapi
•pan t'^maiM
<
^
5
<
'3
5
<
<
•janB?t
-soj J sa3o^
+
+
1
+
1
1
+
+
iijii
■aoi}
-Dnpa}j ajBj'iifj
+
+
+
4-
•-
+
+
+
k Fee
acted up
nulin pro
cator an(
■jopai
1 + 1 1 1 1 II
Acid,
other.
feebly
on on i
de indi
•ajnijno
l?i
1 S? 1
^ 1
■^ 1
f^S i
St 1
-^^ fy,s
+
in the
d rates
lActi
Andra
210 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
EXPERIMENTAL SWELLED CANS.
Having isolated strains of gas-pi'oclueing bacteria from swelled cans of sardines,
and having determined their cultural features and biochemical reactions, the next step
was to attempt the experimental swelling of normal cans by inoculation of organisms
already isolated. Up to the present I have used three cultures for this purpose — cul-
tures 35, 37 and 64. These three cultures on the basis of their biological and bio-
chemical reactions are sufficiently differentiated (pages 199-207) to warrant indivi-
dual trials. A number of normal cans of sardines were most courteously supplied by
the manager of the Chamcook factory, St. Andrews, N.B. Some of the cans were of
sardines packed in cottonseed oil, olive oil having been used for the remainder. The
cans had to be " inmched," inoculated, and again sealed. In order to eliminate as far
as possible any error of manipulation I obtained by courtesy of the chief engineer, the
services of the college plumber, who undertook the soldering. To avoid trouble from
escaping oil, the cans were placed on end, rather than flat on the bottom. By the usual
method a layer of solder was first spread over a portion of the can; this I cleaned and
sterilized with absolute alcohol, and then with a sterile awl punched a hole 3 mm.
diameter. From a Ice. pipette, 2 to 3 drops of a young peptone broth culture of the
desired organism were quickly dropped in; a small square of sterilized tin heated in
the flame was at once placed over the hole, and the soldering process performed. The
layer of solder previously spread over the can assisted materially in making the pro-
cess effective. In this manner cans were inoculated with the respective cultures; the
control cans receiving exactly the same treatment minus the' inoculation. The cans,
each ijlaced in the half of a large petri dish, were incubated at a temperature of 30°
to 33° C. They were examined at frequent intervals, and in 4 days swelling was
observed in those inoculated. In 7 days the swelling has become so pronounced that
there appeared to be danger from explosions. The cans were examined.
Normal Cans. — (Punched and resoldered). These appeared perfectly normal; no
oil in petri dish, no moisture on outside of can, no swelling, no " rattle " on shaking.
When opened there was no escape of gas; contents firm in texture, flesh the white of
the normal sardines, and comparatively dry; odour typical and mild; normal in every
respect.
INOCULATED CANS.
Can So. — Inoculated with culture 35, oil in petri dish and on surface of can ; pro-
nounced swelling, top and bottom of can, convex; on shaking, the typical
"rattle" of the original "swells" ; when opened escape of gas and exuding
of oil. The contents were soft, moist, and disintegrated to an even greater
degree than in many of the original " swells." The oil was intermixed with
the macerated sardines, and gas bubbles were very evident throughout the
whole. The colour was a little darker than normal. The odour was not putre-
factive, but an accentuation of the typical normal swell. The conditions
noted weye as evident on the side immediately opposite the point of inocula-
tion, as at the point of inoculation itself. The condition of this can and its
contents was in every respect identical with the conditions found when
examining the original typical " swells," but accentuated.
Can 37. — Inoculated with culture 37. The description given of can 35 is here
strictly applicable; no variation could be noted.
Can 6k. — Inoculated with culture 64. The swelling of this can was more pro-
nounced, otherwise the description given of can 35 is here strictly applicable
in every respect.
Isolation of Organisms. — Pieces of fish were taken from the respective cans and
inoculated into series of liquid media ; glucose peptone broth, peptone broth, and
nutrient broth respectively. These tubes were incubated at 37°C. for 24 hours.
BACTERWIJXIY OF SARDINES 211
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Pronounced clouding of the media by each inoculum was by that time evident. Plates
were made on glucose agar, and after incubation at 37°C. for 24 hours, typical colonies
were picked off and streaked on agar slopes. Subsequently series of inoculations were
made, and the organisms isolated proved to be identical respectively with the strains
with which the esijerimental cans were inoculated.
Cultures 35, 37 and 64 respectively have experimentally produced typical swelled
cans, have been re-isolated and proved culturally identical with the original strain.
The " Postulates of Koch " have been satisfied.
ORGANISMS WHICH DO NOT PRODL'CE GAS.
Culture 7.
Source: Herring Excreta.
Morphology : — Spore forming rods, occurring singly, in twos and iu long forms.
Gram negative.
Cultural Characteristics: —
Nutrient troth. — In 24 hours at 37°C., membranous pellicle, medium clear;
1 month yellow sediment, medium clear.
Milh. — In 5 days pellicle, no change; in 1 mouth yellow turbid digestion extending
S down tube.
Litmus Milk. — In 24 hours no change; in 10 days pellicle, sediment, digestion
with colour varying from yellow to dark purple.
Gelatine Stab. — Room temperature, liquefaction beginning in 2 days. In 5 days
uapiform to a depth of 5 mm., remainder filiform; in 14 days liquefaction
still proceeding with lower part of stab a discrete villous growth; medium
ferric lemon.
Biochemical Reactions : —
Indol : not produced.
Nitrates : not reduced-
Glucose broth : acid, even clouding, no gas.
This culture in its reactions is typical of many strains isolated from herring
excreta.
Culture 21.
Source : Normal Can sardines. Packer A.
Morphology. — Extremely long thin rods, forming spores; in hanging drop occurring
singly and in twos, motile. Gram positiv.e.
Cultural Characteristics : —
Nutrient hroth. — In 24 hours at 37°C., slight clouding, no pellicle; in three days
membranous cup-shaped pellicle, medium cloudy; later, pellicle luxuriant,
thick creamy, medium yellowish brown.
Milk. — No change up to 5 days, when weak coagulum beginning; in 9 days tubes
half cogulated; in 16 days yellow digestion nearly complete, remainder of
medium firm hard curd.
Litmus Milk. — No change in 24 hours; in 3 days pellicle, upper layers of milk
dark purple, remainder violaceus, no coagulation; in 9 days digested with-
out previous coagulation to muddy looking yellowish brown liquid.
Ldefflers Blood Serum: — Rapid liquefaction.
212
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Gelatine Stah: — Eoom temperature, in 24 hours crateriform liquefaction beginn-
ing; proceeding slowly in 7 days to 5 cm. from surface of stab; in IS days
not complete, layers of yellowish precipitate.
Biochemical Reactions : —
Indol: not produced.
Nitrates: not reduced.
Glucose broth : acid, chiefly at surface, no gas.
From the same can, and other normal cans, strains were isolated which according
to the reactions noted proved to be identical with this culture.
Culture 13.
Source: Swelled Can I, Series 11, Packer A.
Morphology. — Large coccus, occurring as stajihylococcus, no spores, Gram positive.
Cultural Characteristics: —
Nutrient hroth. — 24 hours at 37°C., moderate, cloudy; no pellicle.
Milk. — In 5 days no change; no change in 1 month.
Litmus milk. — As milk.
Gelatine Stab. — Eoom temperature. In 2 days no liquefaction; in 5 days scant
growth filiform to discrete; in 14 days medium faintly browned, growth in
stab discrete and ferric yellow tint; no liquefaction, growth better under
surface.
Biochemical Reactions: —
Indol : not produced.
Nitrates : ?
Glucose broth : Acid, even clouding, no gas.
Culture 28.
Source: Same Can as Culture 13.
Morphology. — Long rods many times longer than broad, oval spores formed; Gram
negative; in hanging drop appear singly; in twos and in long chains; motile
with gliding movement.
Cultural Characteristics: —
Nutrient Broth. — 24 hours Tt° Q. Moderate, cloudy, slight pellicle; in 1 month
cloudy with flocculent yellow sediment.
Milk. — In 5 days no change; in 1 month digested completely, yellow turbid fluid.
Litmus Milk. — In 10 days dark purple fluid with no previous coagulation; un-
changed in 1 month.
Loeffler's Blood Serum. — Rapid liquefaction.
Gelatine Stat. — Eoom temperature, in 2 days slight liquefaction noted; in 5 days
liquefaction progressed to depth of 2 mm., stratiform, remainder of stab dis-
crete colonies ; in 14 days liquefaction 1 cm. depth, stratiform yellowish layers
Biochemical reactions:—
Indol : not produced.
Nitrates: not reduced.
Glucose broth: Acid, upper part, pellicle, no gas.
Cultures 13 and 26 typical of several strains isolated from such cans.
BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDINES
213
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Culture Ill-
Source: Swelled Can II, Series II, Packer A.
Morphology: Long rods many tiines longer than broad; spores. Gram positive; in
hanging drop occurring singly, in twos, and in chains; appear at first immobile
but prolonged examination reveals slow laboured movement, some individuals
appearing to push themselves along.
Cultural Characteristics : —
Nutrient hroth. — 24 hours 37°C., cloudy, flocculent pellicle; in 10 days heavy
clouding with some floeculency; in 1 month clouding and yellow precipitate
at bottom of tube.
Milk. — In 5 days no coagulation, ring, pellicle; in 1 month coagulated, some
yellow whey expressed.
Litmus milk. — In 24 hours no change; in 10 days lilac, no coagulation; in 1 month
coagulation, and some whey expressed.
Gelatine Stah. — Eoom temperature — in 2 days moderate growth, dip in gelatine;
in 5 days crateriform liquefaction and spreading growth on surface of stab;
in 14 days liquefection varied from V-shaped to crateriform to depth of 1 cm.,
cloudy; remainder of stab discrete.
Biochemical reactions: —
Indol : not produced.
Nitrates: not reduced.
Glucose broth : acid, more particularly near the surface, no gas.
6
0
■§
S
S
=
i
1
c
■J
1
.a
c
s
.d
■6
c
o
%
5
3
5
4- —
o
o
7
Rod.
+
?
-
Pellicle,
mei. clear.
Slow
digest.
Digest.
Liquef.
-
-
Herring
excreta.
21
Rod.
+
+
Clouding,
later
pellicle.
Slow
coag.
later
dig.
Digest.
slowly
without
previous
coagln.
Raiiid
liquef.
Liquef.
slow.
-
+ -
Sardines,
Packer A,
Normal can.
13
Coccus.
?
-f
Moder.
cloudy.
No
change.
No
change.
No
liquef.
-
?
+ -
Swelled Can
I, Ser. II,
Packer A.
28
Rod.
+
+
Cloudy,
later
I>ellicle.
Slow
digest.
Cleared
with no
coag.
Rapid
liquef.
Liquef.
slowly.
-
—
+ —
As Culture
13
14
Rod.
+
+
feeb
+
Cloudy.
Xo
change.
Slow
digest.
Liquef.
after
14 days.
—
-
+ —
Swelled Can
II (Ser. II)
Packer A.
16
Coccus.
+
Cloudy,
later
precij).
Coag.
slow.
Coag.
slow.
Liquef.
slowly.
+ —
Swelled Can
III (Ser. II)
Packer A.
214 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
BEIEF SUMMARY.
1. Forty cans of sardines, " swelled," and " normal,'' have been submitted to a
bacteriological examination.
2. Cottonseed oil;, and the excreta of fresh herrings have been examined.
3. From the " swelled " cans eight strains of gas-producing bacteria have been
isolated,— Cultures 24, 26, 32, 34, 36, 36, 37 and &4.
4. The eight strains have been studied morphologically, biologically, and bioch-
emically, and have been described, pages 192-207.
(a) Two strains. Cultures 24 and 37, liquefy gelatine, and fail to ferment
lactose; these are tentatively placed in the Proteus group, B. vulgaris (Hauser
1S85), iMigula 1900.
(&) The remaining six strains are lactose-fermenting types. I consider
that these include typical and a-typieal types of the colon-aerogenes group
(Eseherich) ; but for the present an individual classification is not offered.
5. The features and reactions of the gas-producing bacteria have been summarized;
pages 208 and 209.
C. Experimental "swellings"', typical in every respect have been produced in the
laboratory on inoculation with Cultures 35, 37, and 64 respectively. The organisms
subsequently isolated have been proved culturally to be identical with those used for
inoculation ; thus satisfying the " Postulates of Koch."
7. No bacteria have been found in the cottonseed oil.
S. Non-gas-producing bacteria have been isolated from herring excreta, from
s\\-elled cans, and from a small percentage of the normal cans examined; brief notes
are presented on pages 211-213.
9. No gas producing bacteria have been isolated from normal cans of sardines.
I desire to express my indebtedness to Dr. A. B. Macallum; to Dr. A. G. Hunts-
man; to Dr. F. C. Harrison; to the Maine Inspectors of the "National Canners'
Association of America"; and to the proprietors and managers of the various canning
factories wliich were visited with their permission.
BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDINES 215
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
REFERENCES.
1. Prescott and Underwood, 1897. "Micro-organisms and Sterilizing Processes in
the Canning Industries." Technology Quarterly X, 1. P. 183-199.
2. Macphail and Bruere, 1897. " Discolouration in Canned Lobsters." Ottawa
Supp. No. 2, 29th Annual Eept., Dept. Marine and Fisheries.
3. Obst, 1916. " A Bacteriological Study of Sardines." Abs. Bact. I, 1. P. 50.
■1. Nielsen, Ivar. 1890. " Ein Stuck nioderner Bakteriologie aus dem 12 Jan-
rundert." Central, fur. Bakt, u Parisit, erste abt, 7. 267.
5. Auchi, P., 1894. " Comptes rendus de la Soc. de Biologie." P. 18.
6. Vaughan, V. C. " The infection of Meat and Milk." Trans. 7th Inter. Congr.
Hyg. Vol. Ill, Sec. III. P. 118-129.
7. Savage, W. G., 1913. "Bacterial Food Poisoning and Food Infection." M.O.
Ept. Local Govt. Bd. Food Epts., No. 18. P. 46.
8. Vaughan and Novy, 1902. " Cellular Toxins." Lea Bros., Philadelphia, P. 262.
loc. cit. P. 209.
loc. cit. P. 188.
9. McWeeney. " Meat Poisoning — Its Nature, Causation and Prevention." Journ.
Meat and Milk Hyg. Vol. I. John Bale, London. P. 1-31.
(Note. — Separate not dated, evidently about 1909.)
10. Baur, 1902. " Ueber zwei denitrificirende Bakterien aus der Ostsee." Wissensch,
Meeresuntersuch. Neue folge. Seehster Band. Abt. kiel. P. 21.
11. American Public Health Association, 1915. "Standard Methods of Water Analysis."
P. 77-137.
12. Besson, 1913. " Te.xt Book of Practical Bacteriology, etc." Longmans Green,
London. P. 53.
13. Besson, 1913. " Text Book of Practical Bacteriology, etc." Longmans Green,
London. P. 410.
14. Harrison and Vanderleck, 1908. " Aesculin Bile Salt Agar for Water and Milk
Analysis." Trans. Eoy. Soc, Can., Ill, Ser. IL P. 105-110.
15. Savage, 1906. " Bacterial Examination of Water Supplies." Lewis, London.
P. 215.
16. " Bacterial Destruction of Copepods." Contrib. to Canadian Biol., 1917-18,
Ottawa, 1918. Eef. 6, P. 227.
17. Clarke and Lubs, 1915. " Differentiation of Bacteria of the Colon-aerogenes
group." Journ. Infect. Diseases. P. 17, 160-173.
18. Giltner, Cited by, 1916. "Microbiology." Wiley, N.T. P. 355.
19. " Bacterial Destruction of Copepods." Contrib. to Canadian Biology, 1917-18.
20. Loc cit. P. 218.
i
S GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
XIII.
BACTERIAL DESTRUCTION OF COPEPODS OCCURRING IN MARINE
PLANKTON.
By Wilfrid S.\dler, M.Sc, B.S.A., Bacteriological Labatories, Macdonald College
(McGill University), Province of Quebec, Canada.
During the summer of 1916 I was investigating the bacteriological content of
" Swelled Canned Fish " for the Biological Board of Canada at the ^Marine Station,
St. Andrews. X.B.
While there Dr. Arthur Willey (Professor of Zoology, McGill University) called
my attention to the condition of some of the copepods — (Calanus finmarchicus — upon
which he was conducting researches. Lender the microscope it was seen that many parts
of the tissue of copepods which had died in culture flasks were completely destroyed
by masses of what appeared to be bacteria. It was particularly noticed that tlie axial
cavity in the first antennae was entirely occupied by a dense column of writhing organ-
isms. Tubes of nutrient broth were inoculated direct from the copepods and after
two days' incubation at room temperature a definite clouding of the medium was
noted.
At the request and on the suggestion of Dr. Willey I have proceeded with the
e.xaniiuation of the cultures secured, and have obtained in pure culture the organisms
concerned. Three specific strains of bacteria have been isolated.
Inasmuch as the work may have some practical significance in relation to the
general subject of marine biology, and is of scientific interest, this report of the
detailed studies of these organisms has been prepared.
MEDIA EMPLOYED.
I hegan by using various media prepared from fish concoctions in addition to the
ordinary laboratoi-y media. The latter, however, proved to be more satisfactoi-y in
every way and I have therefore confined myself to their use entirely.
Beef Peptone Agar. — Standard methods * — Beef extract being substituted for
meat.
Beef Peptone Gelatine. — Standard methods. ^
Glucose Agar. — 1% glucose added to agar prepared as above, immediately before
tubing.
Sodium Indigo Sulphate Agar. — 3 per cent, sodium indigo sulphate with 2 per
cent, glucose added to neutral agar, tubed and sterilized in flowing stream for
tliree successive days.
Tochtermann's Serum AgaT\. — ^ For digestion test.
Loefflers Blood Serum.— s " » "
Aesculin Agar.^ — For specific reaction of organisms of the colon-aei-ogenes group.
Loops of a broth culture spread on plates.
Neutral Red BUe Salt Agar.^ — Ditto, ditto.
Bouillon for V oges-Proshauer reaction.^ —
Bouillon for tl\^ Methyl Bed Reaction.''- —
Solution for reduction, of Nitrates to Nitrites. — Giltay's synthetic solution was
used, and also a peptone potassium-nitrate solution.
:JSa — 15 217
218 DEPARTMENT OF THE .Vjr.iL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
Dunham Solution for Tndol Production. — 1 per cent peptone, 5 per cent XaCl
dissolved in distilled water, the reaction adjusted to + 10, medium cleared
with white of egg, filtered, tubed and sterilized. After 7 days' incubation at
37J°C. the cultures were tested for indol by the Bohme Ehrlich test* ; the
development of a cherry red colour indicating the presence of indol.
Fermentation hroths. — The various sugars, alcohols, glucosides used were pre-
pared separately as 10 per cent solutions in distilled water, and sterilized for
15 minutes in flowing steam for three successive days. Immediately before
inoculation these were added to tubes of broth made up as for the indol test —
the use of peptone water without beef eliminates any risk of the reaction
being masked by action on the muS'cle sugar — in such proportions as to give
a final 1 per cent sugar or other carbohydrate broth. Dunham tubes were
used for the collection of the gas. For acid production the -acid fuchsin
indicator of Andrade,* as adapted by Hollman, was used at the rate of
2 per cent.
In the preparation of the indicator I have noticed as reported by Andrade,
and Hollman that the colour which results from the addition of the normal
caustic soda is preceptibly affected by being left open to the air. By adding
the caustic soda to freshly prepared acid fuchsin solution at intervals through-
out the day, leaving the reagent meanwhile exposed to the air, I have found
that 2i ec. n 'XaOH will decolorize to the proper shade of amber 100 cc.
fuchsin solution.
Litmus Milk. — The milk freshly separated and tubed was sterilized for three suc-
cessive days for 30 minutes in flowing steam. The litmus was made up
separately ; a 7 per cent solution of " Merck's " litmus in distilled water,
heated in the steamer for 30 minutes and left over night in the incuibator,
filtered, sterilized for three successive days in flowing steam and added to
the milk immediately before inoculation at the rate of 1* per cent.
Note : It will be seen from page 224 that culture III of this paper exhibited an
unusual degree of sensitiveness to the litmus. For this reason I now consider
the proportion of the indicator added to be of some importance.
CULTURAL STUDIES.
Culture I.
Morphology. — Microscopically- — 24-hour-old agar culture at 37° C. — short rods vary-
ing up to 1-6 fj. long and 1 fi broad ; some larger forms ; stains unevenly with
Kuhne's methylene blue, and is Gram negative. No spores are formed and no
capsule shown.
Motility. — Decided browuian movement, but not the violent agitation noted in culture
III. No motility.
Cultural Characteristics : —
Agar Slope. — 24 hours at 37°C. growth luxuriant, raised, slightly spreading,
moist, glistening, porcelain-white, edges echinulate.
Glucose Agar Slope. — Gas, growth luxuriant, raised, moist, glistening, woolly
appearance, haze, porcelain-white, spreading.
Tochtermann's Serum Agar Slope. — Resembling growth on glucose agar, but no
woolly appearance. In 8 days growth had permeated medium as flakes;, gas,
heavy precipitate collected at base of slope.
Lbeffler's Blood Serum. — Moderate, spreading, flat, no digestion, no discolouration.
In 7 days no digestion; colour Isabella, luxuriant, moist, slightly raised,
iridiscent.
BACTERIAL DESTRUCTION OF C0PEP0D8 219
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Sodium Indigo Sulphate Agar Slope. — Luxuriant, raised, moist, spreading, no
reduction. In 8 days no reduction.
Gelatine Stah. — 21° C. 24 hours, growth filiform, equal surface and stab. In 7 days
as before; gas bubbles — presumably from the muscle sugar in the beef extract
• — in tube. In 6 weeks no liquefaction, growth brown, echinulate, medium
unchanged.
Nutrient Broth. — 37°C. 24 hours. Clouding abundant, medium clearing, flaky
sediment at bottom, bluish rim at top. In 3 days flocculent yellowish-white
rim at top, easily dislodged on shaking. Medium almost clear.
Potato. — Abundant along track of needle, glistening, contoured, isabella colour,
growth slightly raised; in 3 days iridiscence perceptible and medium slightly
browned.
Milk. — Coagulation in 24 to 30 hours ; curd broken by gas bubbles. In 6 weeks
curd contracted, no digestion.
Litmus Milk. — In 20 hours lilac, much gas, no coagulation; in 36 hours coagula-
tion with gassy curd ; in 5 days curd bleached ; in 6 weeks no digestion.
Aesculi7i Agar. — LvLsuriant, moist, black reaction.
Neutral Red Bile Salt Agar. — Luxuriant, raised, glistening, moist. Characteristic
red reaction.
Peptone Broth + Aesculin. — Black reaction.
Gelatine Colonies. — (1st appearance) 5 days at 21°C. Surface colonies up to 1 mm.
diameter, raised, slightly darker in centre, paling towards edges. Under the
low power objective homogenous, granular, edges entire.
Agar Colonies. — 24 hours at 37°C. Surface colonies up to 3 mm. diameter, raised,
concave, glistening, yellowish-white at centre, paling towards edges, edges
entire, colonies bluish by transmitted light. Under low power objective edges
entire, finely granular, amorphous.
Temperature Relations: —
Thermal Death Point. — 10 mns. exposure in nutrient broth at 60° C.
Optimum Temperature.— Z7° C. Cultures incubated at 37°, 21°, and 14°C. respec-
tively.
Vitality on Culture Media. — Active cultures have been recovered from agar after
5 months at temperature of 15°-20°C.
Relation to Oxygen. — Facultative anaerobe; glucose agar.
Biochemical reactions: —
Indol production : Indol produced.
Reduction of nitrates : Nitrates reduced to nitrites.
Voges-Proskauer reaction: Negative.
Methyl red reaction : Acid.
Fermentation
of Canhohydrates: —
Glucose.
Lactose.
Saccharose.
Maltose.
Maunite.
Duleite.
+ 4-
+ +
-1- -t-
-1- -1-
+ -1-
^ + -1-
Dextrine.
Salicin.
Eaffinose.
Adonite.
Inulin.
Xylose.
+ -1-
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
-1- ■+
Glycerine.
-1- +
+ = acid.
++ - acid and
gas.
38a— 15J
220 DEPARTMEyr OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Culturally and liiochemically this organism is a variation of the B. coli type
recording to the description of Escherich.'" The variety I have isolated differs from
the original description in that it is non-motile and ferments saccharose to acid and
gas. The degree of importance to be attached to any one character has been discussed
at considerable length in the literature during the last thirty years; owing to the fact
that this organism is used as a presumptive test for faecal contamination in systematic
water analysis. Of the two variations from the original type mentioned above, the
presence or absence of motility may first be considered.
There has been a tendency by some workers to consider a non-motile form of B.
coli (Escherich)!" as B. aerogenes (Escherieh)i^ This position, hovvever, is not sub-
stantiated by the researches of Eschericb and Pfaundler, MacConkey, Jackson and
others. Eschericb and Pfaundler^- in describing the original B. coli state that generally
there is motility, sometimes slight; a characteristic movement as of short forward
pushes ; swinging in space with sometimes no change of place is also noted. The
absence of definite motion as recorded by Tafel, Frankel and others is cited in the
same paper. Lembkei^ considers that motility in B. coli is variable. MeWeeney"
in discussing what he would regard as the genuine B. coli remarks : "on the motility
of individuals or its absence I hesitate to lay much stress." Houston'® in using a
broad classification for the true colon group adopts his "flaginac" test which leaves
open the question of motility. Durham'® considers that all members of the true colon
group are probably motile ; but in the same paper states : "speaking generally morpho-
logical characters are not of much value for subdivision of these bacteria."
MacConkey'''^ discusses the influence of temperature and medium on motility; and
while he considers the presence or absence as important he says : "it is very difficult to
arrive at a conclusion with regard to this character." Ellis'^ has proved the presence
of flagella in five species of the genus Bacterium which were hitherto held to be non-
motile; and he considers that all the genus Bacterium when suitably cultivated can
be shown to be motile. His conclusions would appear to be not sufficiently substantiated
on the data given. The English Commission on the Standardization of Methods for
the bacteriological examination of water''; and the American Commission on Standard
^Methods' each specify motility as one characteristic of the true B. coli; but a com-
parison of the two standards reveals variance as to the significance to be attached to
this specific feature. Prescott and Winslow-" consider the sugar fermentations, par-
ticularly the fermentations of glucose and lactose, are of prime importance. Savage-'
considers motility as one of the essential characters of the true B. coli. Migula'-
includes B. ngapolitanys (Emmerich)-* which is non-motile, as identical with B. coli
(Eschericb).
Thus while the concensus of opinion is undoubtedly in favour of specifying
motility as a character of the true B. coli, there would seem to be no justification
according to present classification for excluding from this type an organism prepon-
deratingly similar and placing it with B. irrogenes (Escherich)" on account solely of
the absence of motility. Harrison-^ raises the question as to whether, provided the
argument re motility is admitted, it removes B. tieMpolifanus to a different genus from
B. cnJi.
The second variation to which I have referred (page 219) is the fermentation of
saccharo.se to acid and gas. B. coli (Escherich)'" has no action upon saccharose.
Theobald Smith, cited by Prescott and Winslow-" stated in 1893 that B. coli could be
divided into two distinct sub-types, — the one negative to saccharose or in other words
the original B. coli, and the other fermenting this sugar to acid and gas. Durham'®
isolated saccharose — positive organisms and gave the name B. coli communior, since
oontractod to B. communior. Jackson-'* has classified the organisms of the lactose
ferment! ig type and confirms the sub-type B. communior of Durham. The classifica-
tion of Jackson has since been adopted by the laboratory section of the American
Public Health Association,' and on this continent has received almost general approval.
Using saccharose and duleite as differential fermentation tests Jackson considers
BACTERIAL DESTRVCTIOy OF COPEFODS 221
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
those organisms positive to lactose and duleite as B. coli (Escherich)"'; positive to
lactose, saccharose and duleite as B. communior (Durham)!^; positive to lactose and
saccharose but negative to duleite as B. arogenes (.Escherich)'', positive to lactose
but negative to saccharose and duleite as B. acidi-lactki.-* Further subdivision accord-
ing to the action on mannite and raffinose are used for further differentiation.
MacConkey uses the Voges-Proskauer reaction as one of his differential tests and
finds that the true B. coli is always Voges-Proskauer negative, while the B. (erogenes
lyi.e is Vog'5i-PT' skauer positive. In the same paper he revives cb.i ii.<me B. n^'oDli-
taiius (Emmerich)^^ and uses this nomenclature for his saccharose positive duleite
positive strains instead of the name given by Durham — B. cumm i-.:.r. Ma'\''.n\iey
obtained a pure culture labelled B. neapolitanus from Krai, and out of 480 coli-like
organisms isolated from human and animal fieces he found that 23 per cent gave bio-
cliwnical reactions identical with the Krai culture used by him as control. Ho states
that he cannot agree with Migula in describing B. neapolitanus (Emmerich) as iden-
tical with B. coli (Eseherieh). As, however, the differentiation by means of carbo-
hydrates other than glucose and lactose has been amplified since the classification by
Migula, the conclusions of both Migula and MacConkey on this particular point are
;.irfectly legitimate. Jordan-", in designating the saceharose-positiva dulcite-p'isll.ivo
group uses B. communior and B. neapolitanus interchangeably; biochemically
this as correct, but the former is motile (16), the latter non-motile-l Levine-*^ who
apparently follows MacConkey has lately studied 333 strains of lactose fermenting
bacteria from various sources. He goes one step further and giving B. neopolitanus
its original character of non-motility according to Emmerich-^ uses that nomen-
clature to include non-motile forms of B. communior (Durham). To say the least it
is interesting to revive B. neapolitanus as a sub-type of B. coli (Eseherieh) in view of
the following statement by Jordan-^": "According to a strict application of the rules
of priority, the bacillus now known as B. coli should be called B. neapolitanus." The
dates of the original publication by Emmerich ^^•■', and Eseherieh*", of course bear out
Jordan's statement.
However, according to the first descriptions of Emmerich-^ and Eseherichi*^ the
former found a non-motile strain and the latter a motile strain of a lactose fermenting
organism. Later work already referred to has separated these two strains on the basis
of saccharose fermentation-*. We thus have two features in which the respective
strains differ. A propos of the stand taken by Durham and McConkey, Harrison'-'*'
opens the question as to whether it is legitimate to name as a species, an organism
differing only in the fermenting of one sugar.
It would therefore seem legitimate, on the ground of present day classification, to
tentatively characterize the organism I have isolated-a non-motile, lactose, saccharose,
duleite positive, Voges-Proskauer negative strain. — as a variety of the sub-type
B. neapolitaniLs of the classic B. coli type of Eseherieh. To use B. neapolitanus con-
flicts with the nomenclature B. communior more usually accepted for the strains giving
identical reactions. If motility is considered, B. neapolitanus and B. communior are
not strictly the same; but to use the single characteristic, absence or presence of
motility, to separate B. communior and B. neapolitanus, and at the same time to say
that a non-motile form of colon is identical with a motile form may seem inconsistent.
The difficulty can be overcome by the tentative classification of the organism
I have isolated as a non-motile strain of the sub-type B. communior (Durham) of the
type B. coli (Eseherieh) ; or to take the differentation further, as B. neapolitanus, a
sub-type of B. coli (Eseherieh).
Culture II.
Morphology. — Microscopically — 24-hours-old agar culture at 37°C. — rods varying up
to 1-6 IX long and -8 /x broad; some not much longer than broad; stains evenly
with Kiihne's methylene blue and is Gram negative. No spores; no capsubs liave
been demonstrated.
222 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERTWE
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
Motility. — Eapid movement, darting to and fro, many revolye as on an axis.
Cultural Characteristics :
Agar Slope. — 24 hours at 37 °C. — moderate, bluish by transmitted light, moist,
glistening, slightly raised, later becoming by transmitted light yellowish in
centre gradually merging into transparency.
Glucose Agar Slope. — Gas, growth moderate to luxuriant, glistening, slightly
raised.
Tochtermann's Serum Agar Slope. — Moist, slightly raised, bluish by transmitted
light, spreading discrete colonies, gas. In 8 days growth had become yellow,
much water of condensation, hea^-y greyish-white precipitate at base of slope.
Loejfler's Blood Serum. — Moderate, filiform, moist, glistening, no liquefaction,
no discolouration. In 7 days no digestion, no discolouration.
Sodium Sulphate Agar Slope. — Eaised, spreading, moist, no reduction. In 8 days
no reduction.
Gelatine Stah. — 21°C., 24 hours, growth filiform, equal surface and stab; 7 days,
tendency to echinulate. In 6 weeks no liquefaction, growth yellowish-brown;
characteristic lateral growths resembling a poplar tree against the horizon;
medium unchanged.
Nutrient Broth.- — 37°C. 24 hours. Clouding abundant, no pellicle, no sediment,
bluish rim at top. In 1 week, slight sediment; otherwise no change.
Potato. — Moderate, flat, yellowish-white along track of needle.
Milh. — ^In 6 weeks no change.
Litmus Milh. — Varies from no change to a tint slightly more alkaline than con-
trol; blue rim at top.
Aesculin Agar. — Black reaction, growth less luxuriant than in Culture I.
Neutral Red Bilesalt Agar. Moderate, pink reaction.
Peptone Broth + Aesculin. — ^Black reaction.
Gelatine Colonies. — 5 days at 21°C. — colonies up to 5 mm. diameter; under low
power objective granular; edges lobular to contoured, centre dark with paling
towards edges. Deep surface colonies granular centre with dark concentric
rings.
Agar Colonies. — 24 hours at 37°C. — surface 1 mm. diameter, raised, concave, bluish
by transmitted light, round, smooth, edges entire. Under low power objective
granular, edges entire.
Temperature Relations: —
Thermal death point: 10 minutes exposure in nutrient broth at 55 °C.
Optimum temperature: 37°C.; cultures incubated at 37°C., 21°C. and 14°C.
respectively.
Viiality on Culture Media: —
Active cultures have been recovered from agar tubes after 5 months at tempera-
ture of 15°-20°C.
Relation to Oxygen: —
Facultative anaerobe; glucose agar.
Biochemical reactions: —
Indol production : Indol not produced.
Reduction of nitrates : Nitrates reduced to nitrites.
Voges-Proslcauer reaction: Positive, after 6 hours.
Methyl red reaction: Faint acidity, shortly followed by reversion to alkalinity.
BACTERIAL nESTRT'CTIOA' OF COPEPODS 223
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Fenncntaiion of Carbohydrates: —
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose. Eaffinose. Maltose.
++ =t - ++ ++
Mannite. Dulcite. Adonit. Salicin. Dextrine. Inuliii.
++ ++ ++
Xylose. Glycerine.
++ ++ (slowly).
+ = acid.
++ = acid -and gas.
]^OTE. — The fermentation of lactose to acid is faint, and in two days reduction
is noted.
The classification of this culture must be purely tentative. It will be seen that
while saccharose, maltose, mannite, salicin and dextrin are fermented to acid and
gas, the organism fails to ferment lactose to gas and only faintly to acid. This has
persistently been the ease through several months; on one occasion, however, a small
bubble of gas — 1 mm. diameter — appeared in a Durham tube. This I have been
unable to obtain since, confirming in triplicate. MacConkey states: "It has been
my experience that where an organism produces acid and gas in one medium and
apparently only acid in another, under proper subcultivatiou the organism will pro-
duce gas in the second medium."" Harrison in this laboratory has frequently cited
to me verbally his own experience in this matter, which bears out the statement of
MacConkey. While the organism is definitely motile it differs from B. cloacae of
Jordan-" in that it fails after three months to liquefy gelatine, fails to ferment lac-
tose to gas, and fails to coagulate milk after several weeks. Eogers Clarke and
Evans^" found that the group of the types they isolated from grains — Group B —
fermented to acid and gas glucose, saccharose, mannite, glycerine and adonit, but
like my culture failed to ferment lactose; on the other hand this group liquefied
gelatine.^" These workers consider that such group has at best only a slight connec-
tion with the colon-wro genes group. Taking the classification adopted by the
American Puhlic Health Association ^ the culture would be ruled out of
the colon-wro genes group at once on account of its failure to produce gas irom
lactose; further, milk is not coagulated. Certain of the biochemical reactions
would tend to suggest the Gaertner group. According to Besson^^ the organisms
of this group are negative to lactose, sacchai-ose, salicin, rafiinose and inulin; while
those carbohydrates to which the group is positive include dulcite. This organism,
it will be noted, is negative to dulcite, lactose and inulin but positive to saccharose
and salicin. Jordan^- in a study of .74 strains of the Gaertner group cites that the
reaction to dulcite and xylose is variable, but includes dextrine among the fermentable
substances not attacked; thus establishing at once a similarity and a variation
respectively as compared with the organism here described. In the same paper
Jordan describes strains where reaction to litmus milk cannot be differentiated from
the control. Savage ^^ in a classification of the Gaertner group divides such into two
.3ub-groups : —
a. True-Gaertner iacilli;
b. Para-Gaertner hacilli;
to which he had previously drawn attention in reports to the Local Government
Board, 1906-7-8. Citing from Savage: "The bacilli of the para-Gaertner sub-group
are a number of organisms, for the most part unnamed, which appear to be not very
uncommon in the healthy animal and human intestine, and which are of chief
interest from their close resemblance to true-Gaertner bacilli. . . . They can only
be culturally differentiated from the true-Gaertner organisms by an extended series
of fermentation tests while they fail to be agglutinited by imnaunizing animals with
224 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
any of the members of the true-Gaertner sub-group. They are also for the most part
non-pathogenic. They have not so far been found as a cause of disease in man or
in animals."
Until I am able to secure for comparative cultural tests strains of this sub-group
from Dr. Savage, it would not be wise to attempt a more definite classification of the
organism herein discussed. In view, however, of the decided variation from the
Voges-Proskauer type of the colon-wrogenes group as lately given by Levine,-^ and
considering the many cultural features and fermentative reactions which suggest at
any rate a distant relationship to the para-Gaertner group, it seems not undesirable
to suggest that based on the cultural features and biochemical reactions this organism
be considered tentatively as an atypical form of the para-Gaertner group according
to Savage.^'
Culture III.
Morphology. — Microscopically the organism appears as a coccus, in pairs, in masses,
and as short streptococci; the average diameter from a 2-t-hour-old agar culture
at 37° C. being -8 ju, stained with Kiihne's methylene blue. The organism is
Gram positive and non-spore-forming; capsules faintly discernible.
Mofilify. — Tests for motility made in hanging drop of condensation water from i
young agar culture. No motility. Violent agitation can be noticed, and rotation
of the cells as on an axis, but the position in the drop is unchanged.
Cultural Characteristics: —
Agar Slope. — 24 hours at 37° C. growth scanty, bluish by transmitted light, filiform,
flat, with later a tendency to spreading.
Glucose Agar Slope. — Growth moderate, heavier than on agar, discrete colonies,
flat, spreading, glistening.
Tochtermann's Serum Agar Slope. — Growth scant to moderate, bluish by trans-
mitted light, heavy clouding of the condensation water. In 5 days slight
digestion of the medium noted.
Loeffler's Blood Serum. — Growth filiform, medium channelled and slightly darker
in colour. In 5 days growth glistening, yellowish, slight digestion.
Sodium Indigo Sulphate Agar Slope. — Faint growth, no reduction of colour, 2-1
hours. In 14 days reduced to reddish brown.
Gelatine Stab. — 21° C. In two days liquefaction beginning. In 7 days stratiform
liquefaction for J of tube, even clouding with yellowish flocculent precipitate
at bottom. Liquefaction complete in 1 month.
Nutrient Broth. — 37° C. even clouding, moderate, no pellicle, no sediment; later
medium cleared.
Potato. — Barely discernible growth in 24 hours. In 3 days faint growth, flat,
spreading, white, metallic lustre.
Milk. — 37° C. In 36 hours weak coagulum, no gas noted. In 72 hours digestion
had begun, a clear lemon coloured liquid extending for ^ tube. In 7 days tube
half fluid, curd soft, gelatinous, bright and of a solidity resembling macaroni ;
easily desintegrated on shaking; after 2 months some curd still remaining,
lemon yellow in colour, consistency as before.
Litmus milh. — The reaction of the organism to this medium is unusual, and it is
due to the sensitiveness here discovered that I have adopted the uniform per-
centage of litmus, noted on page 218. If litmus be added at the rate of 1 J per
cent coagulation preceded by bleaching takes place within 36 to 48 hours.
Digestion then begins and proceeds slightly more rapidly than in the milk,
the contents of the tube varying in colour from a lemon yellow to claret with
decided fluorescence in 72 hours. In 2 months digestion is not complete. 1-2
cm. of a jelly-like claret coloured curd remaining.
BACTERIAL DEkTKUCrWN OF COPEPODS 225
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
If the quantity of litmus added be more than li per cent the reaction is
quite different, varying according to the percentage of litmus added. There
may or may not be coagulation, the colour varying from Isabella to a muddy
purpureus; flakes of tinted curd can later be noted. In 2 months a condition
resembling broken jelly of a variety of shades of purpureus has been recorded.
A note referring to this phenomenon in greater detail is being published else-
where.
AescuHn agar. — Growth moderate, flat, dry, brown to black.
Neutral Red Bile Salt Agar. — Growth scant, no characteristic colour reaction.
Peptone Broth Aesculin. — Black in 12 hours.
Gelatine Colonies — (1st appearance). — 21°C. 4 days, punctiform to pinhead colo-
nies, depression in medium commencing; under the low power objective struc-
ture compact, finely granular, paler towards the edges; edges ciliate.
Agar Colonies. — 37° C. growth slow. 24 hours colonies -5 mm. in diameter, growth
tends to be subsurface. Under the low power objective colonies round or
eliptical, edges entire to undulate, internal structure granular, dark halo in
surrounding medium.
Temperatui'e Relations. —
Thermal death point. 10 minutes' exposure in nutrient broth at 60°C.
Optimum temperature. 37°C. ; cultures incubated at 37°0., 21°C. and 14°C.
respectively.
Vitality of Culture Media: —
Active cultures have been recovered from agar tubes after 5 months at tempera-
ture of 15°-20°C.
Relation to Oxygen.
Facultative anaerobe. Under anaerobic condition on glucose agar, growth visible
in 24 hrs. at 37°0.
Biochemical Reactions: —
Indol production : no iudol in 7 days.
Keduction of nitrates: no reduction to nitrites.
Voges-Proskauer reaction: negative.
Methyl red reaction : acid to methyl red.
Fermentati'on of Carbohydrates : —
Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose. Maltose. Manuite. Duleite.
+ -t- + + -I-
Dextrin. Salicin. Raffinose. Adonite. Inulin. Xylose.
+ -I-
Glycerine.
-1- = acid.
+■¥ = acid and gas.
In accordance with the cultural results this organism is properly included among
the liquefying streptococci. Winslow ^* takes the Str. gracilis of Escherieh, Lehmann
and Neumann as the " type centre " of these liquefiers. He considers that the various
streptococci which peptonise gelatine more or less actively are variants of this type;
intermediate between it and some of those characterized by Andrews and Horder ^5.
I find, however, a closer resemblance to an organism described by MacCallum and
Hastings"® as Micrococcus zymogenes. This was isolated from a fatal case of acute
endocarditis, and while it shows the same main characteristics as Str. grarili.". it
226
DEPARTME'ST OF THE _Y.iF.lL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
liquefies serum slightly and subsequent to coag-ulating milk digests the clot. This
organism was later found by Birge.^" It is in the two last characteristics that I find
the close resemblance to M. zymogenes noted above. The original description of Str.
gracilis of Escherich cited by Winslow •^"' includes non-liquefaction of blood serum
and failure to coagulate milk; but summing up the variations Winslow provisionally
defines his " type centre " Str. gracilis as follows : Small coccus, appearing in chains,
ferments lactose and coagulates milk, may ferment mannite and salicin, liquefies
gelatine actively.
While the organism I have described appears to have certain particular character-
istics, I hesitate to depart from Winslow's view regarding the relationship of the
variants in his tentative group of streptococcus liquefiers **■*. I conclude therefore
that this organism which culturally and biochemically is identical with the M. zymo-
genes of MaeCallum and Hastings ^® should be placed as a variety of the type Sir.
gracilis.
SUMMAEY AND CONCLUSIONS.
1. Three strains of bacteria have been isolated from the destroyed tissue of cope-
pods which had died in culture flasks.
2. Summarized, the biological features are as follows : —
Grain'.s Stain
Spores ....
Cap,«iilp
Motility
Agar.
Gelatine
Potato
LiiefHer's Blood Serum.
Milk
Thermal death pt
Optimum tempeiature .
I. Kod-form.
Luxuriant ....
No liqnef
.Abundant . . .
No digestion .
Coagulag
KO-C
37°C
II. Rod-form.
Moderate . .
No liquef. . .
Moderate ....
No digestion .
No change .
i5fi°C
37 C
III. Coccus.
-I-
Scant.
Liquef.
Scant.
.Slight digest.
Coag. and digest
fiO°C.
37°C.
3. Summarized, the biochemical reactions are : —
I.
II.
-1-
-1-
Faintly acid,
later alkal.
-I- +
+ -
-l-l-
+ +
+ +
-l-l-
-l-t-
III.
Indol
-1-
-1-
Acid.
-t- +
-1—
-1-4-
++
-l-t-
++
-t--f
-l-l-
-l-l-
+
++
-l-t-
Nitrate reduction
Voges-Proskauer
Methyl Red
Acid.
Glucose
-1-
+
Saccharose
Raffinose
Maltose ;
Mannite
+
+
Lulcite
Adonite
Salicin
L)extrine ; .
Inulin
+
+
Xylose
Glycerine
-|- = acid. H — |- = acid and gas.
BACTERIAL DESTRVCTWS' OF COPEPODS 227
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
4. Based on their cultural features and biochemical reactions the organisms are
classified as follows: —
Culture I. — Tentatively as a non-motile strain of the sub-type B. communior
(Durham) of the type B. coli (Escherich) ; or to take the differentiation further,
as B. neapolitanus, a sub-type of B. coli (Escherich).
Culture II. — Considered tentatively as an atypical form of the Para-
Gaertner group after Savage.
Culture III. — Identical with M. zymogenes and placed as a variety of the
type of liquefying streptococci, Streptococcus gracilis.
5. No inoculations of these cultures have been made into healthy copeixids owing
to distance from the sea.
6. It is not legitimate to draw any definite conclusions regarding the relationship
of these organisms to the destruction of the copepods, as no inoculation experiments
have been carried out, and the postulates of Koch have not yet been satisfied. Accord-
ing to the descriptions presented, however, the evidence is strong in favour of Culture
III being a possible causal agent.
I wish to thank very cordially Dr. F. C. Harrison for his kindness in reading the
proofs, and particularly for his valuable and critical assistance with regard to the
classification of the B. coli group; and Dr. Arthur Willey for the initial suggestion
that I should undertake the investigation.
EEFEEENCES.
1. American Public Health Association, 1915 — " Standard Methods Water
Analysis," 77-137.
2. Besson, 1913 — '"'Text Book Practical Bact., etc.," (Longmans), 53.
3. Besson, 1913 — " Text Book Practical Bact., etc.," (Longmans), 52.
4. Harrison and Vanderleck, 1908 — " Aesculin Bile Salt Agar for Water and
Milk Analysis," Trans. Roy. See. Can. III. Ser. II, 105-110.
5. Savage, 1906 — " Bacteriological Examination of Water Supplies," London, 221.
6. Voges and Proskauer, 1898—" Zeit. fur Hyg." 28, 20.
6. Harden, 1905, 1906 — " On the Voges-Proskauer Eeaction for Certain Bacteria,"
Proc. Eoy. Soc, 77, 424.
6. Levine, Max., 1916 — " The Significance of the Voges-Proskauer Eeaction,"
Jour. Bacteriology I, 153-164.
6. Clark and Lubs, 1915 — '' Differentiation of Bacteria of the Colon-Aerogenes
Family by Indicators." Jour. Infectious Diseases, 17, 160-173.
6. Levine — " Correlation of the Voges-Proskauer and Methyl-red Eeaetions on
the Colon-Aerogenes group." Jour. Infec. Diseases, 18, 358-367.
6. Levine — Private Communication.
7. Clarke and Lubs, 1915 — " Differentiation of Bacteria of the Colon-Aerogenes
Group." Jour. Infectious Diseases, 17, 160-173.
8. Bohme, 1905— Centrall. fur Bakt, Abt. I, Orig. XL, 129-133.
9. MacConkey, 1909 — Journal of Hygiene, 9, p. 91.
9. Hollman, 1914 — "Decolorized Acid Fuchsin as an Acid Indicator in Carbo-
hydrate Fermentations." Journ. Infec. Dis., 15, 227-233.
228 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL .SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
10. Eschericli, 1886 — '' Darmbak. des Saugliiigs, Stuttgart."
11. Migula 1886—" System der Bakt," 396.
12. Escherich and Pfaundler. 1903— " Handbueli d. Path. Mikroorg," Kolle and
Wassermann. Zweiter Band, 341-342.
13. Sschericli and Pfaundler, 1903— " Handbueli d. Path. Mikroorg," Kolle and
Wassermann. Zweiter Band. 406.
15. Houston. 1905 — " Bacteriologieal Examination of Milk." Special Report,
London County Council, 37.
16. Durham, .lourn. Exp. Med., V., 354-388.
17. MaeConkey, 1909— " Lactose Fermenting Bacilli." Jourii. Hygiene, 9, 88.
18. Ellis. 1904 — " Discovery of Cilia in the genus Bacterium." Centrl. fur Bakt.
IL 241-251.
19. 1904 — ■' Eeport of the English Commission." Jour. State Med. XII, 471.
20. 1913 — Prescott and Winslow. " Elements of Water Bacteriologj'," Wiley,
104.
21. Savage, 1906 — " Bacteriological Examination of Water." Lewis, 82-83.
22. Migula. 1900—-' System der Bakterien," 734.
23. Emmerich, 1885 — " Untersuch. ub. die Pike d. Cholera asiastica." Arch, fur
Hyg., Bd. 3.
Mace (full description) 1891 — " Traite Pratique de Bacteriologie." Paris, 498.
24. Jackson, 1911 — '' Classification of the B. coli Group." Journ. Infec. Dis., 8,
241.
25. Jordan, 1916 — " General Bacteriology." Saunders Co., 275.
25a. Loq. cit., 273.
26. Levine, 1916 — " Preliminarj- Note, Classification of the Lactose Fermenting
Bacteria." Journ. Bacteriology, I., 619-621.
27. MaeConkey, 1905. — " Lactose fermenting Bacteria in Faeces." Journ. Hyg. 5,
333-379.
28. Harrison, 1917 — Private communication.
29. Jordan, 1890—" Eeport Mass. State Board of Health." 836.
30. Rogers Clarke & Evans, 1915 — " Charact. of Bacteria of Colon type occurring
on Grains." Journ. Infec. Dis., 117, 137-159.
31. Besson, 1913 — " Text Book Practical Bacteriology, etc." Longmans, 442.
32. Jordan, 1917 — " Differentiation of the Paratyphoid-Enteritides Group."
Journ. Infect. Diseases, 20, 456.
33. Savage, 1913 — " Bacterial Food Poisoning and Food Infection." Med. Off.
Report, Local Govt. Board, 1913. Food Reports, Xo. 18, 33.
34. Winslow. C.-E. A. and A. R.. 1908— '• The Systematic Relationship of the
Coccaceae." Wiley. Xew York, 161, 169, 170.
35. Andrews & Herder, 1906 — '' A Study of the Streptococci pathogenic for Man."
Lancet, IL, 708.
36. MacCallum, W. G. & Hastings. T. W., 1899—" A ease of Acute Endocarditis
caused by M. Zymogenes." Journ. Exp. Med. TV., 521.
37. Birge. 1905.
37. Birge, 1905 — " Some Observations on the Occurrence of !^L Zymogenes."
Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull. XVI., 309.
38. Escherich Migula. 1900—" System der Bakterien," 31.
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1913
XIV
BATHYMETRIC CHECK LIST OF THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES OF
EASTERN CANADA WITH AN INDEX TO WHITEAVES' CATALOGUE/
(By E. M. KiNor.E and E. J. Whittaker.)
INTRODUCTORY NOTE.
The primary object of this paper is to bring together in columnar form all of the
available information relating to the depth at which the various species of marine
invertebrates live which are known from the Atlantic coastal waters of Canada. The
value of the segregation and graphic presentation of any group of facts relating to
invertebrate environment is obvious from the standpoint of ecology. The
significance of many factors in the environment of faunas becomes clearly apparent
only when treated in this way. There is no factor in marine faunal environment which
more readily lends itself to this kind of analysis than bathymetric data. Such data
though nearly always given by marine Zoologists are generally placed obscurely in the
midst of extraneous matter and almost never shown in tabular or easily comprehensible
form.
Bathymetric range of fossil faunas is a factor which enters into many problems
in palfeontologieal correlation and it is very desirable that the paleontologist as well
as the zoologist should have access to the recorded bathymetric data in tabular form
relating to present marine faunas. There perhaps is no group of facts pertaining to
recent faunas of greater significance to stratigraphic palaeontologists than those relating
lo the bathymetric range of species. The geologic importance of knowing the present
range in depth of the marine shells now living in the Gulf of St. Lawrence is clearly
apparent to the geologist who attempts to use the fossil Pleistocene shells of the St.
Lawrence valley in interpreting the details of its Post-glacial history. The geological
jiud zoological importance of this class of data has induced the authors to bring
together in columnar form the recorded information regarding the bathymetric range ot
species as recorded by Dr. Whiteaves together with the data published by later authors.
In order to facilitate rapid comparative examination of the bathymetric data it has been
recorded in columnar form, five columns being used. The first three of these columns
correspond respectively to the intertidal or beach, the laminarian and the coralline
zones. The intertidal zone extends between low and high tides; the laminarian zone
reaches from low-water mark to 15 fathoms; the fourth column includes depths of
from 50 to 100 fathoms which may be termed the subcoralline zone. The 100 fathom
line marks the approximate margin of the continental shelf. All of the records exceed-
ing this depth have for convenience been placed together in a single column.
The bathymetric check list has been brought up to date by the examination of the
papers on the marine invertebrates of Eastern Canada which have appeared since the
publication of Dr. Whiteaves' paper. Where these later contributions have furnished
new bathymetric information its source is indicated by a number following the species
name which refers to the bibliographic list at the end of this paper.
The authors have also undertaken in the following pages to make more easily
accessible and usable the large amount of information on the marine faunas of
Eastern Canada contained in Dr. Whiteaves' Catalogue of the Marine invertebrata
of Eastern Canada- by the preparation of an index to it. Many zoologists have doubt-
1 Published with the permission of the Director ot the Canadian Geological Survey.
2 Geol. Survey of Canada, 19&1.
229
230
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
less, like Professor Prince, felt that tbe usefulness of this catalogue " would be vastly
increased by the addition of an index."i The importance of this volume to the zoolo-
gist is evident and its interest to the geologist dealing with the Pleistocene is almost
equally great. The student of the Pleistocene fossils of eastern Canada and the New
England States finds it desirable to refer constantly to this valuable work. The omis-
sion from it of an index however, has made such reference difficult and wasteful of
time and caused the student of both the Pleistocene and Recent shells to make much
less use of the catalogue than its value warrants. The present index to the species
of this catalogue, which number more than 1.000, is intended to remove this bar to
frequent and easy reference to the wealth of information concerning the Atlantic
coast faunas of Canada which was brought together by Dr. Whiteaves.
In a paper having the object and scope of the present one, it does not appear desir-
able to attempt any revision of the nomenclature. The nomenclature adopted by
Wbiteaves has therefore been followed throughout and where later authors -have used
names different from those accepted by Whiteaves for the same forms cross references
to the latter have been used. All of the names which appear in the synonomy of the
Whiteaves' catalogue will be found in the general index.
Bathvmetric T.^bles.2
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50
50-100
100 t
Protozoa.
Relicularia (Foraminifera).
•\mmodiscus incertus d'Orbiffnv
D.W
Biloculina ringens Lamarok 35
Bolivina punctata d'Orbigny 35
BuUmina aculeata d'Orbigny
Bulimina elegantissiraa d'Orbigny. .
Bulimina pjTula d'Orbigny
Cassidulina crassa d'Orbigny
Cassidulina laevigata d'Orbigny
Cornuspira foliaceus Philippi —
Cristellaria erepidula F. and M.
Cristellaria lituus d'Orbigny
6-313 . .
X
X
X
X
I.T.-S.W.
D.W.
X
1&-D.W..
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
7-250
30- D W..
X
X
X
lO-D.W..
X
18-250
Globigerina ae qui lateralis ? 11
Haplophragmium canariense d'Orbigny '65
F.
5i-200 . .
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
10-20
Hippocrepina indivisa Parker
Lagena apiculata Reuss
Lagena distoma P. and J
16-20
100-1- . ..
10-313
X
X
X
X
X
X
16-313
X
250
30
X
Lagena nielo d'Orbigny
100-1-
X
'Nope. — The Maximum and minimum depth recorded for each species is indicated in the first column.
The bathymetric range is also indicated graphically by checking each species in each of the columns in
which its range falls, thus faciUtating rapid comparative examination of the recorded data. Sometimes
the information regarding bathj-metrlc range is of an approximate or comparative nature and in such cases
some one of the following symbols has been used for expressing range not recorded in linear units.
o — Low water mark.
D.W. — Deep water.
F. — Free swimming.
I.T.— Intertidal.
P. — Parasitic .
S.W. — Shallow water.
<3 — Depths less than 3 fathoms.
>100 — depths greater than 100 fathoms.
10 — Depth in fathoms.
1 Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 15, 1912, p. 171.
MATUXE lyVKh'TEBliATES
231
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathy-METric Tables — Continued.
Protozoa — Con.
Ret/rularia (Fnraminifera) — Con.
Lagena ornata Willdenow
Lagena semistriata Willimason
Lagena squamosa Montagu
Lagena striatopunctata P. and J
Lagena .sulcata P. and J
Miliolina agglutinans d'Orbigny
Miliolina bicornis \V. and J. 35
Miliolina Eerussaoii d'Orbigny
Miliolina oblonga Montfort. 35
Miliolina socans d'Orbigny
Miliolina seminulum L. 3.5
Miliolina subrotunda Montfort. .
Miliolina tricarinata d'Orbigny
Miliolina trigonula d'Orbigny _. .
Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis d'Orbigny..
Nodosaria (Glandulina) lae\'igata d'Orbigny.
Nodosaria (Dentalina) pauperata d'Orbigny..
Nonionina scapha F. and M
Nonionina labradorica-
Patetlina cornigata Williamson 35
PoljTiiorpliina compressa d'Orbigny
Pol.\niiorpliina lactea \V. and J. 35
Polystomella arctica P. and J
Polystomella striatopunctata F. and M. 35. . . .
Pulvinulina karsteni Reuss
Reophax findcns Parker
Reoplia\ scorpiurus Montfort
Rhalxlammina abyssorum M. Sars
Rhabihimmina discreta Brady
Rotalia beccarii Linnaeus 35
Spiroplecta biformis P. and J
Textularia agglutinans d'Orbigny
Textularia variabilis Willdenow
Trochani!nina inflata Montfort
Trun<'a1ulina lobatula W. and J. 35
Uvigerina angulosa Willdenow
Uvigerina pygmaea d'Orbigny
Vaginulina spinigera Brady
Valvulina conica P. and J
Verneuilina polystropha Reuss 35
Virgulina squamosa d'Orbigny
Silicofiagellata, Eadioluria and Ciliata.
Acanthonia echinoides (Clap. & Lach) 11
Acanthostaurus pallidus F
AmphorcUa subulata (Ehrb) Daday 11
Codonella ventricosa 11
Codonella lagenula (Clap & Lach) 11
Cyttarocyclis denticulata var. gigantea Brandt. 11
Distephanus aculeatus (Ehrenberg)
Distephanus speculum var. regularis Lemmermann
11
Ebria tripatrtita (Schum) Lemmermann 11
Plagiac.anthus arachnoides Clap. 11
Ptychocyclis urnula Clap. & Lach. 11
Strombidium sulcatum C. & L. 11
Tintinnopsis beroiflea Stein 11
Tintinnopsis campanula Ehrb. Daday 11.
Tintinnopsis davidow Daday 11
Tintinnopsis cylindrica 11
Tintinnopsis lobiancoi 11
Tintinnus acuminatus (C. & L. )11
Tintinnus obliquus (C. & L.) 11
B.tTHYMETBIC R.\XGE.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
30-100.!'.,
.30-100.?.
30
30
16-50...
10-50
2-50
35-50
2-50
<.50
2-313....
<.50
18-50..,.
<.50 . . .
30-50. ,.
.30-313.,.
313
3.5-D.W.
1,5-100 ,
I.T.-40..
10-50...,
2-313. .,
30-50. ,
2-300,,
30-250 ,
10-!)0.,.,
16-20..,.
20-D.W..
2-313.
10-40.
4-D.W.
D.W...
.30-90..
D.W...
D.W...,
10-20. .
S.W.-313.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
1-15
Fathoms.
15-50 50-100
100 t
232
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Tables — Continued.
PoRiFERA (Sponges).
Calcarea.
Amphoriscus thompsoni Lambe.
Grantia canadensis Lambe
Hetcropia rodgeri Lambe... .
Leucosolenia canoellata VerriU. .
S>i'on asperum Lambe
Sycon protcctum Lambe
Dcmospongiae.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
60- . .
22-56.
60 -
60
56
56-60.
Artemisina suberitoides Vosmaer.
Chalina oeulata (Pallas)
Cladorhiza abyssicola M. Sars
Cladorhiza grandis VerriU _
Cladorhiza nordenskioldii Fristedt
ciathria dehcata Lambe
Cliona celata Grant 35
Craniella cranium (MuUer)
Desmacellapeaehii (Bowerbank) var. groenlandica
Fristedt ,, , -■ ,
Desraacidon (Homaeodictya( palmata (Johnston)
.35, 47
Esperella lingua (Bowerbank)
Esperella modesta Lambe
Eumastia sitiens O. Schmidt
Cielliu? arcofcru.s Vo.smaer
t'..llius fhiK.'llifer Ridley & Dcndy..
Gi'llius laurcntinus Lambe
Halichondria panicea Johnston 35
lophon chelifer Ridley & Dendy
M vxilla incrustans (Johnston)
Pliakellia ventilabrum (Johnston)
Polymastia mamillaris (MuUer)
Polymastia robust a Bowerbank 35.
Quasillina brevis (Bowerbank)
Reniera mollis Lambe
Reniera rufescens Lambe
Stylocordyla borealis (Loven) . .
Subcrites "ficus (Johnston)
Suberites hispidus (Bowerbank)
Suberitps montalbidus Carter. ....
Tentorium semisuberites (Schmidt)
Thenea muricata (Bowerbank) ^
Trichostemma hemisphaericum M . Sars
85.
200.
D.W..
200 .
3-6 .'..
19
20-30
130-200
11-20
75-80..
22
75-80.
-38-80
60-130
6-22. .
100. .
COELENTER.\T.\.
Hydrumcdusce and Scyphomeduse.
Acaulis priraarius Stimpson
Aeginopsis laurcnti Brandt 16
Aglantha rosea Forbes 16 . . ■_
Aglaophenopsis cornuta (VerriU)
Antennularia antennina (L)
Aurelia fiavidula Peron & Lesueur
Bouganvillia superciliaris (L. Agassiz) 16, 35....
Bouganvillia carolinensis (McCrady) 31
Calvcella syringa (L) 16, 35 _^
Caiiipanularia amphora (Agassiz) 16, 35, 43.. .
Campanularia caliculata Hincks = Eucopella cah-
culata (Hincks! 31 = Oxopyxis caliculata 43
Campanularia flexuosa Hincks 43
Campanularia groenlandica Levinsen 31,43
56
120-210
17-85 .
85
30-60
85-220
1-6 .^.
212
20-.30
50-250
220-250 .
112
5-15.
Bathymetric Range.
-I
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15 15-50 50-100 100 t
25 F
200
10-60
F.
25
LT
25-313. . .
I.T.-S.W.
O-IOO.. .
I.T.-IC.
1-50
f
MARiyE INVERTEBRATES
233
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathysietric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetbic Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 50-100 100
COELENTER.^T.t — Coil.
Hpcii'oiiifdusfe— Con.
Carapanularia hincksii Alder 35, 43
Campanularia Integra Linnaeus 43
Campanularia inagnifica Fraser 31, 43
Campanularia neglecta (.\lder) 31, 35, .43
Campanularia vertioillata (L) 43
Campanularia volubili.s (Pallas) 24
Catableraa vesicaria (A. Agassiz) 16
Cladocarpus pourtalesii Verrill
Cladocarpus speciosus Verrill
Clava leptostvla Agassiz 31, 35
Clytia jobnst..ni > Alder) 31, 43
Clytia nolifi>rmi.-i .\lfCready 43
Cryptolaria triserialis Fraser 31
Cuspidella grandis Hincks
Cyanea arctica Peron <fc Lesueur 16
Dicoryne flexuosa G. O. Sars
Diphasia fallax (Johnston) 31
Diphasia mirabilis Verrill = Selaginopsis mirabilis
Verrill 31
Diphasia rosacea (L) 31
Diphyopsis campanulifera (Eschseholtz) 16, 35
Eudendrium capillare Alder 35
Eudendrium cingulatum Stirapson
Eudendrium dispar Agassiz 31 .
Eudendrium rameum (Pallas) 35..
Eudendrium ramosum (L) 31
Eudendrium tenue Agassiz 31, 35
Filellum expansum Levinsen 31
FilcUum .serpens (Hassall) 31
Gonothyraea gracilis (Sars) 31, 43
Gonothyraea loveni (AUman) 31, .35, 43
Grammaria abietina M. Sars 31
Grammaria gracilis Stimpson
Halecium beani (Johnston) 31, 35. .
Halecium halecinum (L) 35
Halecium minutum Brook 31
Halecium muricatum (Ellis & Solander) 31 .
Halecium sessile Norman
Halecium tenellum Hincks 31, 35
Halyclystus auricula Clark 16
Hydractinia echinata Johnston 31, 35, 47
Hydrallmania falcata (L) 31
Lafoea dumo.sa (Fleming) 31
Lafoea fnitico.sa Sars 31
Latoea gracillima (Alder) 31
Lafoea pygmaea Alder 31
Lafoea robusta \'errill
Lafoea symmetrica Bonnevie 31
Lucernaria quadricornis Muller
Manania auricula Clark
Melicertum campanula Fabricius 16, 35
Monocaulus glacialis (M. Sars) 47 = Corymorpha
pendula Agassiz 31
Myriothela phrygia (Fabricius)
Obelia commissuralis McCready 31, 35, 43, . .
Obelia dichotoma (L) 31. 35, 43
Obelia gelatinosa (Pallas) 35 = Obelaria gelatinosa
43
Obelia geniculata (L) 16, 31, 35, 43
Obelia longi.ssima (Pallas) 35,43...
Obelia pyriformis Verrill 35
Opercularella lacerata (Johnston) 31 '
Phialidium languidum (L. Agassiz) = Oceania
languidum 35
38a— 16
0-144..
I-IOO.
50-72.
I.T.-16
1-330.
o-llO..
112-300.
200
LT.-20..
110....
I-llO.
20
15
50-125
4-^5 ..
50-60.
.5-^0
45
20
1-20. . .
100
6-100..
LT.-15..
5
•50
1-110...
1^5 . . .
25-60...
5-30
3-30
50
30^0. .
212
.50
0-5
I.T.-60.
o-llO....
20
20 . .
45-60 ,
25
120-200.
20
4-10
O-50..
LT.-IO..
I.T.-IO.
I.T.-
o^O.
1-80.
LT.
I.T.
30.
234
DEPARTIIEXT OF THE yATAL ,^ERVWE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Tables — Continued.
COELENTERATA — Coil.
ffydromeduxce — Con.
Physalia pelagica Lamarck
Polycanna groenlandica fPeron & Lesueur)
Ptyc-hognstriu polaris AUman 16
Ptyohogena lactya A. Agassiz
Sarsia princeps Haeckel 16 -. . .
Sertularella conica AUman 31
Sertularia abietina (L. ) = Abietinaria abietina 31
35
Sertularia filioula Ellis & Solander
Sertularia fusiformis Hinoks
Sertularia latiuscula Stimpson
Sertularia polyzonias L. & var. gigantea Hincks =
Sertularella polyzonias (Linn) 31, 35
Sertularia producta Stimpson ■
Sertularia pumila L. 31, 35
Sertularia rugosa L
Sertularia tricuspidata Alder = Sertularella tri-
cuspidata Alder 31
Staurophora laoiniata (L. Agassiz )16
Syncoryne mirabilis (L. Agassiz) = Sarsia raira
bills (L. Agassiz) 16, 35
Thamnoenidia larynx (L) = Tubularia larynx 31
35
Thamnoenidia tenella Agassiz = Tubularia tenella
31
Thecocarpus myriophyllum (L)
Thuiaria argentea (Ellis & Solander) 31, 35
Thuiaria articulata (Pallas)
Thuiaria cupressina (L) 35
Thuiara lonchitis Ellis & Solander 31. .
Thuiara thuja (L) 35
Tiara pileata Forskal 16
Tiaropsis diademata (L. Agassiz) 35
Trachynerae digitale (O. Fabricius)
Tubularia crocea (Agassiz) 31, 35
Tubularia indivisa (L)
51..
20
200.
Ahyonaria.
Acanella normani Verrill
Acanthogorgia armata Verrill
Actinauge nexilis Verrill
Actinauge yerrillii McMurrich
Actinernus nobilis Verrill
Actinopsis whiteayesii Verrill
Actinostola callosa Verrill
Alcyoniuni carneum L. Agassiz 35..
Alcyonium muUiflorum Verrill
Alcyonium rubiforme (Ehrenberg).
Anthomastus grandiflorus Verrill- . .
Anthoptilum grandiflorum Verrill..
Anthothola gran^liflora (Sars)
Balticina finmarehica (Sars)
Bolocera fuediae (Johnston)
Ceratoisis ornata Verrill
Cerianthus borealis Verrill
Chondractinia nodosa (Fabricius).
Cornulariella mode.?ta Verrill
Cribrina Stella (Verrill) 21
Desmophj-llum nobile \'erriU
Edward sia farinacea Verrill
Edwardsia sipunculoides Stimpson.
Epigonactis feeunda Verrill
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
50
10-60.
I.T.-12..
30-D.W..
40-60.
5-25.
O-40
30-60...
o-llO
45
I.T.-IOO
50
15 .
0-25..
45.
410.
300 ,
200 -.300.
30-300. .
200-300.
200
45-300 .
O-80...
131-239.
150-300.
1250...
D.W.. .
60-100 .
50-100
200-300
28-200 .
80-220
LT
300
8-90
0^
150-200.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15^0 1 50-100
100 X
I
MAIUXE INVERTEBRATES
235
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Tables — Continued.
.21.
A Icyonaria — Con .
Epizoanthus incrustatus (Duben & Keren)
Epizoanthus paguriphilus Verrill
Eunepthya lutkeni (Marenzeller)
Flabellum angulare Moseley
Flabellum goodei Verrill
Funiculina armata Verrill
Lophohelia oculifera Edwards & Haime
Metridium dianthus (Ellis) 35=M. senile (Linn
Paragorgia arborea (L)
Paramurieea borealis Verrill
Paramuricea grandis Verrill
Peach ia parasitica Verrill
Pennatula aculeata Daniels.sen
Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis (Sars)
Primnoa reseda (Pallas)
Sagartia acanella Verrill
Stomphia earneola (Stimpson) = Stomphiacoccinea
(O. F. MuUer) Carlgren 21
Synanthus mirabilis ^'errill
Urticina erassieornis (Muller) = Urtieina felina (L)
Hadden21
Virgularia lyungmani Kolliker
Ctenophora.
Bolina alata Agassiz 36=Beroe cueumis Fabricius
16,35
Idyia roseola L. Agassiz
Mertensia ovum (Fabricius) 16, 35
Pleurobrachia rhododactyla L. Agassiz 16, 35
ECHINODERMAT.4.
Crinoidea.
Antedon eschrichtii (Muller)
Antedon quadrata P. H. Carpenter
Antedon tenella (Retzius)
Holothurioidea.
Caudina arenata Stimpson 6, 35
Chirodota laevis (O. Fabricius)
Eupyrgus scaber Lutken 6
Ivophothuria fabricii (Duben & Koren)
Myriotrochus rinkii Steenstrup..
Orcula barthii Troschel
Pentacta ealcigera Stimpson
Pentacta frondosa (Jaeger)
Pentacta minuta (Fabricius)
Psolus phantapus (L)
Thyone scabra Verrill
Thyonidium pellueidum (Fleming)
Thyonidium productum (Ayres)
Trochostoma ooliticum (Pourtales) = Molpadia
oolitica Pourtales 6, 36
Trochostoma turgidum (Verrill)
Stelleroidea.
Asterias enopla Verrill
Asterias forbesii (Desor) 35
Asterias polaris (Muller & Troschel)
Asterias stellionura Perrier
Asterias vulgaris (Stimpson) Verrill 35, 47
Cribrella peotinata Verrill
38a— 16i
Bathtmetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
30-.300
D.W....
52
1250. . . .
180-400.
300-400.
D.W....
O-90
D.W....
D.W....
D.W....
60-300
120-3.50,
100-200.
D.W....
8-35...
10-12...
150-330.
13-112. .
200
F
F
F.-25.
F.-5..
25-100
25-100
17i...
0-5
'-''62
I.T.-5
7-50. . .
8-25. , .
0-7
25-101
O-40...
0-D.W.
29
53-100
2-19. .
O-60....
82-100.
0-358...
20
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 50-100 100 X
236
DEPARTSIEXT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
B.«HYMETRic T.vBLES — Continued.
B.tTHYMETRIC R-^NGE.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
1.5-.50
50-100
100 X
Slelleroidm — Con.
Cribrella :*anguinoIeiita (MuUer) = Henricia san-
0-47I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0-179 .
5-632
20-224
.5-100
I.T.-2:!.
10-40,
100
234-640
X
Uippasteria phrygiana (Parelius)
Lepta^tcrias groenlandica (Lutken^ .
Lcptasterias littoralis (Stimpson). ,
Leptac^terias tenera (Stimpson) —
Leptoptychar^ter arcticus f M. Sarsl -
X
175-400
75-80
X
X
85-250 .
P:?cudaichaster intermedius var. insignis Verrill. .
PsilasttT florae Verrill
Ptcraster militaris (Muller).
Pterastcr pulviUus M. 8ars..,
100-1356
60-230
10-69.
20
X
X
X
X
X
X
170-300
X
0-SO
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
.■^olaster syrtensLs Verrill .
Stichaster albulus (Stimpson)
Tosia cximia Verrill
Tosia granularis i Retzius) . . .
Tremaster niirabilis Verrill
Ophiuroidea.
Amphipholis elegans (Leach 1.
Amphiura canadensi.s Verrill .
Amphiura exigua Verrill
101
o-lOO
80-122
40
150-250.
O-210.. .
10-15
X
X
X
X
83
o-lOO.. .
X
X
X
<;orgonooephalus euenemis (Muller & Troschel).. .
Gorgonocephalus lamarokii (MuIIer & Troschel)...
18-80
194-239
101-131 .
O-250
101-200.,
131
101-200,
O-3.30
O-220.. .
10-2.50
113 1''2
X
X
X
X
X
Opliiaoantha granulifera Verrill. -
■Ophiaeantha ^pertabilis G. O. Sars
Ophiaoantha varispina Verrill...
Ophiactis a.-iperula iPhillipil 37... .
Ophioglypha lymani Ljungman 37..
Ophioglypha nodosa (Lutken)
Ophioglypha robusta (Ayres)
Ophioglypha .sarsii (Lutken) 37...
Ophioglypha .signata Verrill
Ophioglypha stuwitzi (Lutken). .
Ophiolel^.s ai-anella Verrill
Ophiopholis ai-uleata (L)
Ophiosrolev "lariali^ Muller & Troschel.
X
\
\
\
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
o-lOO
210
1-100
9.5-.300 .
o-UO
o— 45
LT
0-5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Echinoidea.
Eohinararhniu.s parma (Lamarck)
Sehizaster fragili.s (Dubcn & Koren)
?.'rongyIocentrotus drobaehiensis Muller 35, 47. .
Pl.\tyhelmixthes.
Tiirbellaria (Planarians.)
X
X
Leptoplana ellipsoides Girard
Procerodes ulvae (Oersted) 35
Typhloeolax arutus (Girard).. .. ...
l/.'lA'/y/; IWERTEHRATES
237
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathyjietric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-1.5
15-50 50-100 100 s
Nemertea.
Enopla.
Amphipoi'us agilis Verrill
Amphiporus angulatu.s (Fabrieius)
Amphiporus heterosorus Verrill
.Xniphiporu.? laotifloreu.s (Johnston)
Amphiporus roseus iMuUer)
Amphiporus (?) superbus (Girard)
Drepanophorus lankesteri Hubrecht
Tetrastemma candiduni (Fabrieius.?) M'Intosh.
Tetrastemma serpentinum (Girard) Stimpson.
Tetrastemma vittatum ^'errill .
10-90.
O-150...
10-200
o...
112
35...
85...
I.T
I.T
0-25..
15.
Anopla.
Cephalothrix linearis (Rathke)
Cerebratulus cylindrirus Packard
Cerebratulus fuscus (Fabrieius)
Cerebratulus luridus Verrill
Cerebratulus meduUatus Hubrecht
Cerebratulus melanops Coe & Kunkel 1.
Lineus sanguineus (Rathke)
Ijineus socialis (Leidy)
Lineus truncatus (Hubrecht)?., .
I^ineus viridis (Fabrieius) .,.,-.
Mierura afhnis (Girard)
Micrura rubra Verrill. . ,
Chaetopoda.
Polychat-ta.
Ammotrypane aulogaster Rathke 12
Ammotrypanc cylindricaudatus Hansen 12.
Ammotrypane fiinbriata Verrill. 35
Ampharete gracilis Malmgren
Ampharete grubei Malmgren
Amphitrite cirrhata (MuUer) Packard 35, 38, 44. ,
.\mphitrite groenlendica 38. 44
Amphitrile intermedia Malmgren 17
-Antinoc sarsii Kinberg 12
Aphrodita aculeata L. 35
Arenicola piacatoruin Lamarck = Arenicola ma-
rina (Linnaeus) 20. 35
Artacama canadensis Mcintosh 38
Artacama proboscoidea Malmgren 44
Axiothea catenata Malmgren = Axiothella catenata
33 ^
Brada granosa Stimpson
Brada granulata Malmgren 17
Brada sublaevis Stimpson
Brada villosa Rathke 13
Chaetozone setosa Malmgren 17
Chaetozone setosa canadensis Mcintosh 17
Chaetozone whiteavesi Mcintosh 17
Chaetozone ? 17
Chone duneri Malmgren 44
Chone cf . fauveli Mcintosh 44
Chone infundibuliformls Kroyer 17..
Chone princei Mcintosh 44
Chone sp. 17
Cirratulus cirrhatus (Fabrieius) 17. .
Cistenides granulata (L)
Cistcnides hyperborea Malmgren 38 = Pectinarin
byperborea 17
I.T.
I.T.-20.
85. . ,
I.T.
I.T.
7.5-80.
I.T.
o-lOO..
40,-.,
100-125
90
10-90
4.
8-16
76.
60
10-106
I.T-20..
30 , ,
.30^50
4-6
60-80,
80
5-20 ,
110-170.
20
17^0..
O-50....
■1O-22O
238 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathyjietric Tables — Continued.
Bathtmexric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
1.5-.50
50-100
100 X
Chaetopoda — Con.
Polychaeta — Con.
O-60...
X
X
X
X
X
0
Kphesia gracilis Rathke
Ephesia sp. 13
Erentho smitti Malmgren 44.
125
170
X
SO .
Euchone rubrocincta 17
Euchone tuberculosa (Kroyer) Malmgren 17
110-220.
20-85. ,
200
45-60
17w6
X
X
Eunice? 2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
85
7-75 . .
X
X
100
51
40
X
X
7-85
X
100-120
X
150
60
X
X
o-llO
X
X
X
125
7
X
X
X
X
50-150 ...
75 . .
Laetmonice producta var, assimilis Mcintosh
85
7
X
Lagisoa rarispina var. occidentalis M'Intosh
Leanira tetragona OErstcd
110 220 .
210
r.T.-so.
45
X
X
X
X
X
Lepidonotus squaniatus (L) 17, 35, 47
200 ...
0-430
5-80 . . .
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
20-30
110-220...
X
10-90
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
40
Naidonereis quadricuspida Blainville (jide, Verrill).
3-80
X
56-80
25-40
X
X
X
X
2-430
X
X
X
7
Nephthys longisetosa OErsted = Autolytus Ion-
30-80
40
Nereis denticiilata Stimpson
0
X
MARINE INVERTEBRATES
239
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric T.^bles — Continued.
Bathymetric
Range
—
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50
50-100
100 X
Ch.^etopod.i — Ccn .
Polychacta — Con.
Nerei.s iris Stimpson
20
O-106... .
o 10
X
X
Nereis (Lycoris) pelagica L. 17, 35. .
X
X
X
X
7
Niconiaohe canadensis Mcintosh 33
175
X
Nicomache lumbricalis (Fabricius)
8-D.W....
7-125
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Nothria conchylega (Sars) 12 = Onuphis conchy-
lega Sars 2, 35
X
Nychiaamondseni Malmgren = Gattyana amond-
.iO-75...
7-80
Nychia cirrho.-sa (Pallas) = Gattyana cirrhosa
(Pallas) Mcintosh 12
X
X
75-212. .
75-150
Onuphis sicula De Quatrefages
X
Onuphis quadricuspis Sars 2
Ophelia glabra Stimpson
D W .
X
5
X
X
Ophelia radiata Delia Chiaje 12
10-12
110-220
Pholoe minuta (Fabricius)
8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4
Phyllodoce catenula A'errill. . .
5-25
30-60
Phyllodoce sp. 17
80
Pista cristata (O.F.MoUer) 38, 44
75-210
Polyeirrus sp. 38
10 100
X
X
Polvnoe gaspeensis M'intosh
100-212
X
45 75
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Potaniiila oculifera (Leidy)
O-60
X
Potamilla reniformis (O.F. MoUer) 44
85
Praxilla gracilis Sars = Praxillella gracilis Sars
17 33
7 112
X
X
X
X
X
Praxilla niuUeri (Sars)
15-40
Praxillella collaris (Claparede) 33
7
X
Praxillella praetermLssa (Malmgren) Verrill 33
Praxillella sp. 17
50 .
Prionospio steenstrupi Malmgren
45-220
X
Protula americana M'intosh
85
35-50
X
X
X
Rhynchobolus capitatus (OErsted) = Glycera
capitata 3, 35
0-17...
Sabella crassicornis Sars 17
75
Sabella pavonina Savigny
Sabella penicillus (L) 44
125
220
X
4
X
X
Sabellides borealis Sars 17, 31, 38
60 . .
30
X
D.W
45-80
X
X
X
X
X
Scolopos armiger (O. F. Moller) 3, 17
10-25
X
Siptono.stomum asperum Stimpson
35
Spiochaetopterus n^picus Sars 13,38
30-40
Spirorbis borealis Daudin (?) = Spirorbis spirillum
??? 17
S.W
X
X
7 . .
Spirorbis carinatus Montagu
D.W
X
240
DEPARTMEXT OF TEE NATAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathyjietric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50
50-100
100 X
Chaetopoda — Con.
Polychaeta — Con .
Spirorbis grarulatus (MuUer)
Spirorbitj lucidus (Montagu)
Spirorbis quadrangularis Stimpson 3.5.
Spirorbis spirillum Linnaeus 17, 35. . ,
10-^0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4-80 ,
10-17
LT.-60..
10-80 ....
X
Spirorbis validus Verrill 17 .
Spirorbis vitreus (Fabricius)
Sthpnelais limicola Ehlers . ..
Tecturella flaccida Stinipson. . .
Terebella brunnea Stimpson. .
Terebella figulus Dalyell 38
TerebelUdes stroemii M. Sars 17, 38, 43
Thelepus cincinnatus (Fabricius) 17, 35, 38
Thelepus cincinnatus var. canadensis M'Intosh
7-60
20-30. ..
3-15...
X
X
X
X
X
I.T
7-220.
7-200 .
51
7-80..
X
X
X
Trophonia aspera Stimpson 17
Trophonia plumoea (MuUer) = Stylarioides plu-
8-125 . . .
X
Verniilia serrula Stimpson
Gephtrea.
Chaetifera.
50
2-90
X
Achaeta.
700 900
X
2-1061 .
X
X
X
X
X
X
33-206
X
Phascolion strombi fusca Gerould 32
Phascolion tubicola Verrill
Phascolosoma boreale Keferstein = P. margarita-
100-1000
85
X
X
X
X
X
30-75.
2-90
8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Phascolosoma caementarium (DeQuatrefages)
Priapulus caudatus :' Lamarck
Priapulus pygmaeus Verrill
Brachiopoda.
Arliculaia.
Heniithyris psittacea (Gmelin) 19
Terebratalia .spitzbergensis (Davidson)
4-5
1 60
20 120
1.340
X
Terebratulina septentrionalis (Couthouj-)
Poltzoa.
Cheiloslonuitn.
B ania admiranda Packard
Becellaria ciliata (L) 28, 35
Biowcrbankia gracilis caudatus (Hineks) 28, 35
Bugula cucullitera Osbum 28, 35
Bugula murravana (Johnston) 28, 35..
Caberea ellisii (Fleming) 9, 28, 35...
Cellepora avicularis Hineks
12-220
50
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
7-96
40
X
25
7-110. .
6-100.
45
40-51
45
X
X
X
Cellepora canaliculata Busk 28, 35
Cellepora pumicosa (L)
MA RlXr: lyVERTEBRATES
241
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetkic Tables — Continued.
Bathymetbic Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 50-100 100 X
P0LYZ0A^C0«.
Cheihsiomata — Con .
Cellularia poaiOiii Busk 35
Corynoporella trnui.* Hincks
Cribrilina annulata (Fabricius) 9, 28, 35
Cribrilina punctata (Hassall) 9, 35, 47
Electra catenularia (Jameson)
Elec-tra pilo.sa (L) = Membranipora pilosa 9 ....
Escharoide.s sarsii Smitt 28. . .
Flustra abyssicola G. O. Sars
Flustra borealis (Packard)
Flustra carbasea Ellis & Solander 28. .
Flustra membranaceo-truncata Smitt
Flustra securifrons (Pallas) 28
Flustra serrulata Busk 28
Flustra solida Stimpson
Gemellaria loricata (L) 9, 28, 35
Gemellaria loricata var. americana (Lamouroux). .
Hippothoa divaricata Lamouroux 35
Hippothoa expansa Dawson
Kinetoskias arborescens Danielssen 28
Kinctoskias smittii Danielssen
Lagenipora spinulosa Hinoks
Lepralia hippopus Smitt 28
Lepralia (Discopora) megastoma Smitt
Lepralia pertusa (Esper)
Lepralia spathulifera Smitt 9. 28
Membranipora craticula Alder 28, 35
Membranipora cymbiformis Hincks
Membranipora dumerilii Audouin)
Membranipora llemingii Busk 28
Membranipora lacroixii (Audouin)
Membranipora lineata L. 9
Membranipora monostachys Busk 47
Membranipora sophiae Busk
Membranipora sophiae var. armifera (Hincks)
Membranipora spinifera Hincks 28
Membranipora trifolium (Searles Wood) 28
Membranipora unicornis Fleming 28, 35
Membraniporeila crassicosta Hincks 28. .
Menipea ternata (Ellis & Solander) 9, 28, 35
Microporella ciliata (Pallas) 28, 35
Monoporella spinulifera Hincks = Mucronella spi
nulifera28
Mucronella abys.sieola (Norman)
Mucronella pavonella (.\lder)
Mucronella peachii (.Johnston) 35, 47
Mucronella praelucida Hincks 28
Mucronella ventricosa (Hassall) 28, 35
Myriozoum coarctatum (Sars) 28
Myriozoum planum (Dawson) = Schizoporella
plana Dawson 28
Myriozoum subgracile D'Orbigny
Porella acutirostris .Smitt 35
Porella bella (Busk)
Porella concinna (Busk) 9, 28, 35
Porella elegantula (D'Orbigny)
Porella elegantula var papposa Packard
Porella laevis (Fleming)
Porella minuta (Norman)
Porella pcrpusilla Busk 28
Porella proboscidea Hincks 28.
Porella propinqua Smitt
Porella saccata Busk 28
Porella skenei (Ellis .fe Solander) 28
4^0
15-D.W..
1-50 . ...
0-1
10-60.
220...
.50 . .
7-30. .
.56
30
7-110.
25-120
0-110..
10
18
75-212
194. ..
25.
3-36..
.30 ..
7-38. .
13-20.
1-20, .
30. . . .
10-50.
1-6...
.56 . .
25-45.
25 ..
8-25. .
10-50.
6-110.
8-25. .
25,
1-6...
25-60.
14-25.
2.5-60.
25...
10-50.
10-60.
45....
80. .
20-38.
25-110.
40-75..
242
DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Tables — Continued.
Bathtmethic Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 50-100 100 X
PoLYZOA — Con .
Cheilostomala — Con .
Porella skenei var. plana Hincks
Porella struma (Norman) 28
Porella surcularis (Packard) = Cellepora surcu-
laris28
Porina tubulosa Xorman 35
Ramphonotus minax (Busk)
Retepora elongata Smitt
Rhamphostomella bilaminata Hincks
Rhamphostoraella costata Lorenz 28
Rhamphostomella ovata (Smitt) 28
Rhamphostomella plicata .Smitt
Rhamphostomella radiatula (Hincks) 28
Rhamphostomella scabra (Fabricius)
Rhamphostomella scabra var. labiata (Stimpson)
Schizoporella auriculata (Hassall) 28, 35
Schizoporella biaperta (Michelin) 35, 47
Schizoporella cincta Hincks (var.)
Schizoporella cruenta (Norman)
Schizoporella hyalina (L) 9 = Hippothoa hyalina,
28
Schizoporella linearis (Hassall)
Schizoporella sinuosa (Busk) 9, 35
Seruparia clavata Hincks 9
Scrupocellaria americana Packard
Scrupocellaria scabra (Van Beneden) 35
Scrupocellaria scruposa (L)
Smittia arctica Norman 35 = S. porifera 28
Smittia Candida (Stimpson)
Smittia globifera (Packard)
Smittia landsborovii (.Johnston)
Smittia producta (Packard)
Smittia reticulatopunctata Hincks 28
Smittia trispinosa (.Johnston) 28, 35
Umbonula verrucosa (Esper)
96. . . .
40-75.
10-110
S.W....
56-96.
.38 ,
25-80,
25-45.
45.
8-50
1-56
56
30-313.
6-30
17-45.
35...
30-45.
45....
25^5.
Cyclostomata.
Crisia denticulata (Lamarck) 28
Crisia eburnea (L) 9, 28. 35
Crisia eburnea var. cribaria Stimpson = C. cr
baria2S, 35
Diastopora obelia Johnston
Diastopora patina (Lamarck)
Discolascigera lucernaria (.Sars)
Fasciporina flexuosa (Orbigny)
Hornera lichenoides (L) ■
Idmonea atlantica (Forbes) Johnston 9 = Tubuli-
pora atlantica 28. 35
Idmonea serpens (L) 9
Lichenopora clypeiformis (Orbigny)
Lichenopora hispida (Fleming)
Lichenopora regularis (Orbigny) 28
Lichenopora verrucaria (Fabricius) 28, 35
Stomatopora diastoporoides (Norman) 35
Stomatopora granulata (Milne Edwards)
Stomatopora penicillata (Fabricius)
Tubulipora expansa (Packard)
Tubulipora fimbria Lamarck
Tubulipora flabellaris (Fabricius) 9, 28, 35
Tubulipora lobulata Hassall
10-45.
O-200.
18^5,
30-96.
7
50-96.
220...
40-45.
30. . . .
30-96.
25. . . .
7-60..
50.
MARIXE lyVEIfTEBRATES
243
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Tables — Continued.
B.tTHY.METRIC RaNGE
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50
50-100
100 X
Ctenosomata.
96 ...
X
x-
X
X
X
1-16
X
X
X
X
X
X
3-13
3-100
MoLLUSCA.a
Pelecypoda.
Anomia simplex d'Orbigny 35, 46
Area (Bathyarca) glacialis Gray
2-8 . .
70 430. . .
10-60
X
X
70-80
5-20
X
X
X
X
10-50
Astarte crebricostata Forbes
112-313.. .
15-120
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Astarte lactea Broderip & Sowerby
Astarte quadrans Gould 5
Astarte subaequilatera Sowerby 42
Astarte undata Gould 35, 42, 46
6-40
X
X
X
X
X
50
5-100
5-100. . . .
Axinopsis orbiculata var. inaequalis Verrill & Bush.
Cardium (Cerastoderma) ciliatura Fabricius 19,
3.5,42
10-60
2-5
2-80
Cardium (Laevicardium) mortoni Conrad 35
Cardium (Cerastoderma) pinnulatum Conrad 35
42 46..
Clidiophora gouldiana Dall 46 = Pandora goul-
diana 35, 42
0-30
2-19
20-60
Crenella faba (MoUer)
1-15
X
X
Crenella glandula (Totten) 35, 42
0-60
Crenella pectinula (Gould)
200-313
Cryptodon (Axinulus) ferruginosus (Forbes)
Cryptodon gouldii Phillipi . .
10-313
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Cryptodon (Axinulus) inaequalis Verrill & Bush. . .
Cryptodon obesus Verrill = Thyasira obesa 46 . . .
H 19
8-100
Cumingia tellinoides (Conrad)
190 ?
X ?
50-313
X
X
40
X
X
X
6-90
X
15-50 .
Cytherea convexa Say 42, 46 = Callocardia morr-
huana 35
I.T.-15..
X
X
100-313...
Ensis directus (Conrad) = E. americanum Gould
35,46
0-40
X
X
a. Note. — Students of the geographic distribution of the Mollusca will find it instructive to
compare with this list the following two papers by Dr. W.m. H. Dall :
" Checklist of the Recent MoUusks of the Northwest coast of America from the Polar sea
to San Diego, California," pp. 1-44, 1916. S. West Museum, Los Angeles, Calif.
"Report on the Mollusca of the Arctic coast of America collected by the Canadim Arctic
Expedition west from Bathurst Inlet." Scientific Results of the Expedition, — In the press.
244
DEPARTMENT OF TEE XAVAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Tables — Continued.
i
B.^THYMETRIC
R.\NGE.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50
50-100
100 X
MoLLUSM — Con .
Pelecypoda — Con.
Epitonium groenlandicu.s Perry "
Kellia suborbioularis (Montagu)
Kenncrlia glaoialls (Leach)
15-50....
15^50 ...
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Leda pernula (MuUer) 19
Leda pernula var. jacksonii Gould
Leda tenuisuicata (Couthouy) 35
Limatula subauriculata (Montagu)
Lioeyma fluctuosa (Gould)
iO-59 ...
10-20
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6-110 . .
38-313 .
10-50
15-60..
X
X
0-30
I.T.-6
3-80
38-125 .
10-200 .
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Macoraa balthica (L) 42 = M. balthica fusca 35, 46
X
Megayoldia thraeiaeformis (Storer) 42 = Yoldia
X
Mesodesma deauratum (Turton)
Modiola (Brachydontes) demissa (Dillwyn) 35, 46
Modiola modiolus (L) 19, 35, 46
Modiolaria eorrugata (Stimp.son) 35, 42
Modiolaria discors (L) 19, 42 46 = M. laevigata 35
Modiolaria nigra (Gray)_19, 35, 46
I.T.-7
I.T.-25.
0-100
0-100
I.T.-40.
4-10
I.T.-40..
I.T.-45..
I.T.-19..
51^-100..
30
1-17 .
4-80 ...
4-100...
<3(!
40-50.
2-15
200-313
X
X
X
X
X
X
Mya arenaria L. 19, 35, 42, 46. . ,
Mytilus edulis L. 19, 35, 42, 46- . .
Nucula delphinodonta Mighels 35, 42
Nucula proxima Say 35, 46
Nueula proxima var. tninculus Dall —
X
X
X
X
Ostrea virginica Gmolin 35
Panopaea (Panomya) norvegiea Spengler
Pecten gibbus var. borealis Say 35
Peeten (Camptonectes) groenlandicus Sowerby..
Pecten (Chlamys) islandicus MuUer 19, 35 —
Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus (Gmelin) 19,
35, 42, 46 - . ;
X
1-100....
4-20
115^30..
57-400
.3-100 ,
I.T.-6....
15 25 ...
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Pecten (Camptonectes) vitreus (Chemnitz)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X ;'
X
X
X
X
X
X
Petricola pholadiformis Lamarck 46
Portlandia glacialis (Wood)
Rochefortia molleri (Morch)
Saxicava rugosa (L) 42. 46 = S. arctica 19.. . , . -
18
0-50
10-60
X
X
17.?
2-5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Solenoinya borealis Totten = Solemya borealis 35
Solenoiuya vohim Say = Solemya velum 35
Spisula llliiuunaftrai polj-nyma (Stimpson)
Spi.-iuhi 1 Heiiiimartra) solidissima (Dilhvj-n) 35, 46
Tellina ( Angulus) tenera Say 35 —
Teredo dilatatji Stimpson
Teredo navalis L. 35
Thracia conradi Couthouy 35. .
Thracia myopsis (Beck ) MoUer
Thracia truncata Mighels & Adams 42.
Tottenia gemma (Totten) = Gemma gemma 35.
0-10
0-19
0-19
13-15.. .
6 19
X
X
10^0
10-60
I.T.-14..
0
X
Venericardia borealLs (Conrad) 19, 35, 42, 46
Venus mereenaria L. 25
3-50
0-6
X
a In Long Island Sound, the Oyster flourishes in 70 to SO feet of water,
gical Station Bull. Mo. 3 p. 11, 1905. ■
.J. L. Kellog. La. Gulf Biolo-
MAUIM-: invertebrates;
245
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathyjietric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50
50-100
100 X
Molluscs — Con.
Pelecypoda — Con.
Xylophaga dorsalis Turton. - . .
Yoldia liraatula (Say) 35, 46..
Yoldia myalis (C'outhouy) 19.
Yoldia sapotilla (Gould) 35. 42
Yoldiella frigida (Torell)..
YolHiella lucida (Loven)
Zirfata orispata L. 35
Scaphopoda.
Dentalium agile M. Sars .
Dentalium entalis L. 42
Dentalium nccidentale Stimpson
Siphono'icnfalium affine M. Sars
Siphonodentalium lobatum (Sowerby).
2-.30 .-
20
4-100 .
100-313.
40-313
0-70
20-60.
50-300
35
Gasteropoda.
Acmaea rubella (Fabriciu.s)
Aemaea testudinalis (MuUer) 19, 35, 42, 46
Acrybia flava (Gould)
Admetc couthouyi (Jay) 19
TEolis papillosa (L) = Aeolidia papillosa 35
^olis purpurea Stimpson
jEolis stellata Stimpson
Alderia harvanliensi.s (Agas.siz)
Alexia myo.^nti.^ i Draparnaud) 35
Amaura Candida Moller
Amauropsis islandica (Gmelin)
Amieula ve.stita (Boderip & Sowerby)
Anachis haliaeti (Jeffreys)
Anoula sulphurea Stimpson
Aporrhais oeeidentalis Beck 19, 42, 46
Astyris lunata (Say) 35
A.styris rosacea (Gould) 35
AstjTis zonalis (Linsley) 35 ....
Bela angulosa Sars
Bela bicarinata Couthouy
Bela bicarinata var. violacea (Mighels & Adams).
Bclacanccllata !Mighelsl42
Bela cancellata var. i-anadcnsis Verrill & Bush. . .
Bela concinnula Verrill
Bela dccussata (Couthouy) 42
Bela cxarata (Moller)
Bela gouldii Verrill
Bela harpularia (Couthouy) 35, 42
Bela impressa Beck
Bela incisula Verrill
Bela mitrula (Loven)
Bela nobilis (Moller) 46
Bela pingclii (Moller)
Bela pleurotomaria (Couthouy) 35, 42
Bela rosea Sars
Bela sarsii Verrill
Bela scalaris Moller 42
Bela woodiana (Moller)
Bittium nigrum Totten = B. alternatura 35
Buccinum ciliatum (Fabricius) 19
Buccinum cyaneum Bruguiere
Buccinum cyaneum var. perdix (or finmarchianum)
(Beck) Morch 19
20-35.
al.T.,
.50, . . .
2-120.
1-19
.S-60
0-100..
0-100...
25
10-60...
I.T.-20.
I.T
I.T.
I.T.
I.T
20-.50.
67-96.
I.T...
16-42.
10-100
.5-18 .
16-41.
10-190
5-110.
10-20..
2-80...
45
1-80...
2-57...
10-20. .
10-100.
15
I.T. -5
3-112..
45-100.
a The young are dredged in 15 fathoms.
246
DEPARTMEST OF THE XATAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathtmetric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min. I
and Inter-
Mas, tidal
Depth. Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-^0 50-100
100 X
Gasteropoda — Con.
Buccmum cyaneum var. patulum Sars
Buccinum donovani Gray 19
Buccmum glaciale L
Buccmum gouldii Verrill 19
Buccmum tenue Gray
Buccinum tott«nii Stirapson 19
Buccinum undatum L. 19 = B. undulatum Jluller
35,42,46
Calliostoma occidentale (Mighels & Adams)
Capulacmaea radiata M. Sars
Cerithiopsis costulata (Moller)
Cerithiopsis greenii (Adams) 35
Cerithiella whiteavesii ^'errill
Chaetoderma nitidulum Loven
Cingula (Onoba) aculeus Gould 35
Cingula arenaria Mighels & Adams
Cingula (Alvania'i areolata Stimpson
Cingula carinata Mighels & Adams
Cingula (Alvania) castanea (Moller)
Cingula globulus (Moller)
Cingula (Alvania) jan-meyeni (Friele)
Cingula minuta (Totten) 35
Cingula multilineata (Stimpson)
Coryphella diversa (Couthouy) 19
Coryphella mananensis (Stimpson) 35
Coryphella stimpsoni Verrill
Crenella decus.«ata Montagu
Crenella faba Fabricius 30
Crenella glandula (Potten)
Crenella pectinula (Gould)
Crepidula convexa Say 35
Crepidula fornicata (L) 35, 46
Crepidula plana Say 35. 46
Crucibulum striatum (Saj) 35, 42, 46
Cylichna alba (Bromi) 19, 35, 46
Cylichna occulta (Mighels & Adams)
Dendronotus arborescens Muller )19, 35
0-15..
I.T..
60? .
a 8-15..
I.T.-I70.
25-10. . . .
150
3-10. . . .
110-200.
10-100..
I.T
4-25...
96
96-200. .
1-15....
60 ?
20-200..
r.T.-l . .
4
20-90.
0-51...
20-60.
o-«0.
I.T.-15..
I.T.-19..
I.T.-45..
O-30
2-60
0-45..
Dendronotus robustus ^'er^ill I.T
Diaphana debilis (Gould)
Diaphana hiemalis (Couthouy) 19
Doris planulata Stimpson
Doto coronata (Gmelin) 35
Doto formosa Verrill 35
Eulima stenostoma Jeffreys
Haminea solitaria (Say) 35
Hanleyia mendicaria (Mighels & Adams)
lanthina fragilis Lamarck 35
Issa lacera (Muller)
Lacuna glacialis Moller
Lacuna neritoidea Gould
Lacuna vincta (Montagu)
Lepeta caeca (O. F. Muller) 19,42
Lepidopleurus alveolus M. Sars
Lepidopleurus cancellatus Sowerby
Liostomia ebumea (Stimpson)
Litorina litorea (L) 19, 35, 42, 46
Litorina palliata (Say) 19, 35, 42, 46
Litorina rudis (Maton) 19. 35, 42
Lunatia groenlandica (Beck) iloller
Lunatia heros (Say) 42, 46 = Polynices heros 35.. .
Lunatia heros var. triseriata (Say) 46 = Polynices
triseriata 35
Lunatia immaculata (Totten) = Polynices imma-
culata 35
6-50.
40 .
I.T..
15...
I.T...
35-«0.
90-92.
96...
1-30...
17-50...
220
95
25-70...
I.T .-6..
I.T
I.T
3-60. . . .
I.T.^0.
I.T.-40..
a The young are dredged in 21fathoms.
MARINE lyVEIiTEBRATES
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetricj Tables — Continued.
247
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 50-100 100 X
Gasteropoda — Con.
Lunatia nana (Moller) = Polynices nana 35
Margarita acuminata (Sowerby) Migliels & Adams
Margarita cinerea Couthouy 19
Margarita cinerea var grandis (Morch) G. O. Sars.
42
Margarita helicina (Fabrieius) 19, 42
Margarita oliviacea (Brown)
Margarita umVjilicalis Broderip & Sowerby
Margarita undulata Sowerby 42 = Margarites un-
dulatus 35
Marsenina glabra (Couthouy)
Melampus bidentatus Say
Melampus lineatus Say 35, 46
Menestho albula (Fabrieius)
Menestho striatula (Couthouj-) = Couthouyella.
striatula 15, 35
MoUeria costulata (Moller)
Xassa (Ilyanassa) obsoieta Say 35, 46
Nassa (Tritia) trivittata Say 35, 46
Natica clausa Broderip & Sowerby 35, 42
Neptunea decemcostata (Say) 42, 46
Neptunea despecta var. tornata Gould
Odostomia bisuturalis (Say) 15, 35
Odostoinia fusca (Adania) 35
Odostomia seminuda (Adams) 35
Odostomia trifida (Totten) 35
Odostomia (Menestho) trifida bedequensis Bartsch
15
Odostomia (Chrysallida) willisi Bartsch 15
Onchidoris muricata i.MuUer)
Onchidoris pallida (Stimpson = Lamellidoris
pallida 3.5
Philine cingulata G. O. Sars
Philine finmarchica M. Sars
Philine fragilis G. O. Sars
Philine lima (Bro\vn) 19
Philine quadrata (Searles Wood)
Polycera lessonii Orbigny
Puncturella noachina (L) 42
Puncturella princeps Michels 30
Purpura lapillus (L) 42 = Thais lapillus 35, 46
Ptychatractus ligatus (Mighels) 30
Retusa gouldii (Couthouy)
Retusa nitidula (Loven)
Retusa pertenuis (Mighels) 19, 42
Scalaria (Acirsa) costulata (Mighels)
Scalaria groenlandica Perry 42 = Boreoscala
groenlandica 35
Scaphander punctostriatus (Mighels) 19
Scisssurella crispata Fleming
Sipho ossiani (Friele)
Sipho pubescens Verrill)
Sipho pygm.ieus (Gould) 42
Sipho stimpsoni iMorch) 42
Sipho spitzbergensis (Reeve)
Sipho ventricosus (Gray)
Skeneia plaaorbis (Fabrieius) 35
Solariella obscura (Couthouj*)
Solariella obscura var. bella
Solariella varicosa (Mighela & Adams)
Thais lapillus (L) 46
Tonicella marmorea (Fabrieius) 19, 42
Tornatina eanaliculata (Say) 35
Trachydermon albus (L)
Trachydermon ruber (L) 35 = Trachydermon
rubrum 19
45....
40..,.
10-60.
10-60.
I.T...
4-60..
3-50.
15
I.T..
I.T..
2-15.
7-204. . .
4
0-6
I.T.-60.
19-110..
0-15
10-60...
3-6.
2-10.
o
3-21.
25
90
90
90
10-15...
180-220.
O-20
I.T.-50.
I.T.
15-60.
200..
8-10.
10-109.
200...
4r-790. .
180. . . .
88-91 . .
O-430..
112..
1-60...
I.T...
10-60.
10-90.
1-60..
0-6....
O-50...
3-5..
O-50...
'-40..
248
DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGTE V, A. 1918
Bathvmetric Tables — Continued.
1
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-1.5
15-50
50-100
100 X
Gasteropoda^CoD.
Trichotropis borealis Broderip & Sowerby 19
Trichotropis conica (Beck) MoUer 30
Tritonofusus kroyeri (MoUer) 19
Tritonofusus latericeus (MoUer) ._
Tritonofusus stimpsoni lirulatus Verril 35, 46
Tritonofusus syrtensis (Packard)
Trophon clathratus (L) 19
Trophon clathratus var. gunneri Loven
Trophon fabricii (Beck) MoUer
Trophon truncatus (StrOm)
TurboniUa (Pyrgiscus) hecuba DaU & Bartsch 30.
TurboniUa interrupt4i var. fulvocincta (Totten)..
TurboniUa (Pyrgiscus) edwardensis Bartsch 15....
Turbonilla nivea .Stiiupson 35
TurboniUa (Pyrgiscus) whiteavesi Bartsch 15
TurriteUa erosa Couthouy 19
Turritella reticulata Mighels & Adams 19
Turritellopsis acicula (Stimpson) 19
Urosalpinx cinerea (Say) 35, 46
Velutella cryptospira Middendorf
Velutina laevigata (Pennant) .35
Volutina (Limneria) undata (Brown) 42
Volumitra groenlandica Beck 7
\'olutopsis norvegica (Chemnitz)
Pteropoda.
Clione limacina (Phipps) 19, 35
Limaeina gouldii (.Stimpson)
Cephalopoda.
Dibranchiaia.
10^50..
3-60...
20-357.
3-20...
30
20-80..
16-60..
38-50..
30
19
2-10...
40
10-60.
2-15..
O-50...
1-15..
57. . . .
0-17...
15...
Chiroteuthis laccrtosa Verrill
Gonatus fabricii (Lichtenstein)
Histioteuthis coUinsii Verrill
lUex illecebrosus (Lesueur) 42 = Ommastrephes
illecebrosa 35
Ommastrephes mcgapterus (VerriU)
Rossia hyatti VerriU
Rossia sublevis ^'errill
Rossia (?) tenera (Verrill)
100
42-101
85
Octopoda.
Octopus arcticus Prosch
Octopus lentus Verrill
Octopus obesus VerriU
Octopus piscatorum VerriU
Stauroteuthis syrtensis VerriU.
60-101 .
120-602.
160-300.
120
250
CRrSTACEA.
E NTOMOSTRACA
Phyllopoda.
Evadne nordmanni Loven 10, 11
Evadne spinifera Linnaeus 11, 27
Podon intermedius 11, 27
Podon finmarchichus 27
Podon leuckarti G. O. Sars 10
Podon polyphemoides Lilljeborg 11, 27.
MA RiyE ly VERTEBRA TE8
249
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 .50-100 100 X
Cin'ipedia and Copfjtnda.
Acartia clausi Giesbrecht 10, 36
Acaitia giesbrechti Dahl 10
Anchorella sp. 31
Argulus alo.sae Gould 10
Argulus fundulus Kroyer 5, 35, 40
Argulus sp. indet
Balanus balanoidcs (L) 5, 18, 35, 45
Balanus crenatus Bruguiere 5, 18, 27, 35, 45
Balanus hameri Ascanius 5, 35, 45
Balanus iinprovisus Darwin 45
Balanus porcatus Da Costa 5, IS, 27, 35
Calanus finniarchichus Gunner 11, 27, 35
Calanus helgolandicus Claus 10
Caligus curtus Muller 35, 40
Caligus rapax Milne Edwards 35, 40
Centropages hamatus Lilljeborg 10, 11
Centropages typicus Lilljeborg 11
Chondracanthus cornutus Muller 5, 40
Chondracanthus merlucii Holten 5, 40
Coronula diadema (L) 5, 18
Coronula regina Darwin 45
Dias longiremis Lilljeborg 27
Euchaeta marina Pretandrea 10
Eurytemora herdmani Thompson & Scott 10, 36. .
Harpacticus chelifer Muller 11, 27, 35
Irenaeus patersoni Templeton = Anomalocera pa-
tersoni 10
Isias clavipes Boeok 10
Labidocera aestiva Wheeler 10
Lepas fascicularis Ellis & Solander 5 = L. fascicu-
latusS, 35
Lepas hillii Leach 5, 8, 35
Lepeophtheirus salmonis Kroyer 18
Lepeophtheirus hippoglossi Kroyer*
Lemaea branchialis L. 5, 18, 40
Microsetella atlantica Brady & Robertson
Nemesis robusta 31
Oithona plumifera Baird 11
Oithona similis Claus 10
Pandarus sinuatus Say 40
Paracalanus parvus Claus 10
Peltogaster paguri Rathke 18
Pseudocalanus elongatus 10, 11
Scalpellum pressum Pilsbry 8
Scalpellum stroemii Sars 5, 8
Scalpellum velutinum Hock 27
Temora sp. 27
Tortanus discaudatus (Thompson & Scott) 10, 11,
22,35,36
P
P
I.T
I.T.-30.
I.T.-141.
10-150...
F
3-6
F
224-330
.3.5-1000
Ostracoda.
Argilloecia sp
Bradycinetus sp
Bythocythere turgida Sars
Cypridina excisa Stimpson 18.
Cy there aby ssicola Sars
Cythere badia ? Norman
Cythere canadensis Brady 35.
Cythere concinna Jones 35 .
Cythere costata Brady
Cythere dawsoni Brady
4-5.
(rt) From Skin of Hippoglossus vulgaris Flem. Le Have Island, E. Coast of Nova Scotia.
C. H. Young, collector. Determined by Dr. C. B. Wilson.
38a— 17
250
DEPARTMENT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathvmetric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
l.'>-50 50-100 100 X
Ostracoda — Con.
Cythere dunehncnsis Norman 35
Cy there eraarginata Sars 35
Cythere leioderma Xorman
Cythere limieola Norman
Cythere lutea Muller
Cythere pellucida Band
Cythere tuberculata Sars 35
Cythere villosa Sars 35
Cythere white! Band
Cytheridea (?) elongata Brady
Cytheridea papillosa Bosquet
Cytheridea punctillata Brady
Cytheridea sorbyana Jones
Cytherideis foveolata Brady
Cytheropteron angulatum Br. & Rob
Cytheropteron arouatum Br. & Rob
Cytheropteron nodo.sum Brady.
Cytheropteron vespertillo Reuss
Cytherura (?) concentrica C. B. &R. 'M.
Cytherura cristata Brady & Crosskej . . . .
Cytherura (?) pumila C. B. & R. uM.S.)..
Cytherura sarsii Brady
Cytherura (?) undata Sars (Var.)
Eucythere argus Sars sp
Krithe (Ilyobates) bartonensis Jones
Loxoeoncha sp
Philomedes brenda Baird 14
Philomedes interpuncta Baird
Sehlerochilus contortus Norman
Xestoleberis depressa Sars 35
S.).
Mal.\costr.*ca
Leptostraca, and Arlhrostraca.
-\canthonotozoma serratum (Fabririus) 5, 18 —
Acanthonotozoma inflatum iKroyer) 18
Aeanthostephia malmgreni Goes
Acanthozone euspidata (Lepechin) 5, 18, 27
.\ceros phyllonyx M. Sars
-Ega psora IL) 4, 5, 18
-Egina longicomis Kroyer 5
-Egina spinosissima (Stimpson) 5 = .£quiella
spinossissima 27
.\mathilla homari (J. C. Fabricius) 18
Ampelisea eschrichtii Kroyer 18
.\jnpelisca macrocephala Lilljeborg 5, 18, 35 —
.\mpelisca typica Spence Bate
Amphithoe podoceroides Rathlce
Apmhithoe punctata Say
Amphithoe rubricata Montagu 18,27
Anonyx exiguus Stimpson
Anonyx nugax (Phipps) 18, 35
Anonyx pallidus Stimpson
-Ajionyx politus Stimpson
-Vnonyx pumilus Lilljeborg
ApheruSii bispinosa 18
,\rcturus baffini Westwood 18
Astacilla granulata (G. O. Sars) 4, 5
Byblis gaimardii (Kroyer) 5,18
Calathura brachiata (Stimpson) 4, 35
Calliopius laeviusculus (Kroyer) 5, 18
Caprella linearis (L) 5, 18, 27
Caprella longimanus Stimpson
5-SO.
70
5-80 ...
50-70. . .
20-150 .
I.T.-32.
10.
14-110
8-50.
0-8..
4...
8-15...
I.T.-M>.
4-20...
40
10-15. . .
10-20. . .
7-640.
10-60
10-250
F
4-32...
E^
MAKiyE IWERTEBRATES
251
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms
1-15
15-50
50-100
100 X
Malacostbaca — Con.
Leptostraca and Arthrostraca — Con.
Caprella sanguinea Gould
Caprella stirapsonii Spence Bate = C. robuata 27
( 'entromedon pumilus 18
< 'hiridotea coeea (Say) 4, 5, 35
Chiridotea tuftsii (Stimpson) 4,5
Cirolana borealis Lillejborg 4
Cirolana concharum Stimpson 4
Cirolana polita Stimpson 4, 5
Dajus mysidis Kroyer 4. 18
Duliehia porrecta Spence Bate 18
Epelys montosus (Stimpson) = Edotea montosa
4, 5, 35
Epimeria loricata G. O. Sars 5
Ericthonius difformis Milne-Edwards 8 = E. rubri-
comis 27
Euryeope robusta Harger = Euryeope cornuta
Sars 4
Eusirus cuspidatus Kroyer
Euthemisto bispinosa (Boeck) 5, 35
Euthemisto compressa Goes. 11
Euthemisto libellula (Mandt.) 18
Gammaracanthus macrophthalmus (Stimpson)
Gammarus locusta (L f) J. C. Fabricius 18, 27.
Gnathia cerina (Stimpson) 5, 18
Gyge hippolytes (Kroyer) = Bopyroides hippo-
lytes 4
Halirages bispinosus (Spence Bate) ".
Halirages fulvocinctus (M. Sars) 5, 18
Haploops setosa Boeek 5
Haploops tubicola Lilljeborg 5, 18
Harpinia fusiformis (Stimpson)
Hyale littoralis (Stimpson) = AUorchestes litto-
ralis 5, 35
Hyperoche medusarum (Kroyer) = Hyperia me-
dusarum 18. 35
Idotea marina (L) 5 = Idothea baltica 35.. . .
Idotea phosphorea Harger 4, 27, 35
Idotea robusta Kroj-er = Idothea metallica 35, 45
Jaera albifrons Leach = Jaera marina. 4, 18, 35
Janira alta (Stimpson) 4, 5
Janira spinosa Harger = Tobella spinosa 4
Lafystus sturionis Kroyer 5, 35
Leptocheirus pinguis (.Stimpson) 47 = Ptilocheirus
pinguis, 5,27
Lcptoehelia filum (Stimpson) 4, 18
Leucothoe grandimanus Stimpson
Limnoria lignorum (Rathke) 4. 35
Lysianax .spinifera [Stimpson)
Lysianopsis alba Holmes 5, 18, 27
Maera danae (■Stimpson) 5
Maera sp
Mayerella limicola Huntsman 41
Melita dentata (Kroyer) 5, 18, 27
Melita goesii Hansen
Melphidippa sp. indet
Metopa glacialis (.Kroyer)
Mesidotea entomon Linn 18
Mesidotea sabinii Kroyer 18
Metopa groenlandica Hansen 5, 27
Monoculodes borealis Boeck
Monoculodes deniissus Stimpson. .
Monoculodes sp. indet
Munna fabricii Krover 4
12..
15 .
I.T.
30-300 .
0-18
LT.-150
14-40.
85-212.
8-100.
50^00
I.T.-21 .
10-220..
5-70.
10-220
.30-110
15-106
20-220.
I.T.
F
I.T.-30..
I.T.-30.
0-91
I.T
I.T.-487
0-150..
20..
30 . .
1-3
40
4-13
.50 .
22-30..
7^-430,
70
14-220.
86-150.
20 . .
4
60
4-200..
38a— ITi
252
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathtmetric Tables — Continued.
Bathtmetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 50-100 100 X
M ALACOSTR ACA — COTI .
Leptostraca and Arthrostraca — Con .
IMunnopsis tjTJica M. Sars 4, 18
Xebalia bipes ( Fabrieius) 18
Oediceros h-nccus M. Sars = Paroediceros lynceus
5, 18
Oediceros saginatus Kroyer
Onisimus cdwardsii Kroyer 18
Orchestia agilis S. I. Smith 5, 27, 35
Orchestia grj-llus Gould
Orchomene minutus (Kroyer) = Orchomenella
niinuta IS
Paramphithoc cataphracta (Stimpson)
Paramphithoe pulchella (Kroyer) 5, 27
Para them i3to oblivia (Kroyer)
Pardalisca cuspidata Kroyer 5
Phoxocephalus holboUi (Kroyer) 5, 18, 35
Phrj-xus abdominalis (Kroyer) 4, 18, 35
Pleust^s bicuspis (Kroyer) = Paramphithoc bi-
cuspis 18
Pleustes panoplus (Kroyer) 5, 18
Podocerus fucicola (Stimpson)
Podocerus nitidus (Stimpson) = Podoceropsis ni
tidus 5
Pontogeneia inermis (Kroyer) 5, 18, 35
Pontoporeia femorata Kroyer 5, 18
I'tilanthura tenuis Harger 4. 35
Rhacotropis aculeatus (Lepechin) S, 18
Socames vahli Kroyer 18
Stegocephalus inflatus Kroyer 5, 18, 35
Stenothoe clypeata Stimpson
Synidotea bicuspida (Owen) = S. marmorata 4, 18
.Synidotca nodnlosa (Kroyer) 45
Syrrhoe crenulata Goes 5
Tiron acanthurus Lilljeborg
Trj-phosa horringii Boeck 18
Unciola irrorata Say 5, 18, 27, 35
•5-400.
4-220.
4-85.
I.T.
I.T.
10-15.
4-50
25-90.
F
.3.5-70.
0-200..
5-351.
4-85.
.30-60. ...
I.T.-15.
1-60
0-19
10-122...
50-150
30
12-129
&-190.
12-100.
45
0-430..
Cumacea,
Diastylis goodsiri (Bell) 25 ■.
Diastylis luciferus (Kroyer) 5
Diastylis politus S. I. Smith 5, 25, 35
Diastylis quadrispinosus G. O. Sars 5, 18, 25, 35.. .
Diastylis rathkii (Kroyer) 18, 25
Diastylis seorpioides (Lepechin) 25
Diastylis sculptus G. O. Sars 5, 25, 35
Diastylopsis .^ resima (Kroyer) 25
Eudorella emarginata (Kroyer)
Eudorelia hispida G. O. Sars 35
Eudorella Integra S. I. Smith = Eudorellopsis In-
tegra 25
Eudorella pusilla G. O. Sars
Lamprops quadriplicata (S. I. Smith) 5, 25
Leucon nasicoides Lilljeborg 5
Leucon nasicus Kroyer
Petalosarsia decli\ns (G. O. Sars) 25
60-218.
10-77..
7-190
2-190.
3-499..
13-206.
0-190...
57
3(W2..
1^... .
29-110
1-15. . .
7-37. . .
42-110.
50-70..
39-89..
Schizopoda.
Meterythrops robusta S. I. Smith = Parerythrops
robusta 5
Mysis mixta Lillejeborg5, 18
Mysis oculiita i Fabrieius)
Mysis stenolcpis S. I. Smith = Michtheimysis ste-
nolepia 35
Xyctiphanes norvegica (M. Sars) 5 = Meganycti-
phanes norvegica 35, 39
33-70.
20-90.
F
16-21 .
UARINK INVERTEBRATES
253
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymbtric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 50-100 100 .V
Decapoda. — Macrura.
Pseudomma roseum G. O. Sars
Pseudomma truncatum S. O. Smith
Rhoda inermis (Kroyer) 5 = Thysanoessa inermis
35
Thysanoessa (Rhoda) inermis neglecta (Kroyer)39.
Thysanoessa raschii M. Sars 39
Caloearis mcandreae Bell
Caridion gordoni (Spence Bate) 5
Crangon vulgaris J. C. Fabricius 27 = Crago sep-
temspinosus 18. 35
Eupagurus bemhardus (L) = Pagurus acadianus
Benedict 5. 27. 35, 47
Eupagurus kroyeri Stimpson = Pagurus kroyeri
5, 18, 35
Eupagurus pubescens ( Kroyer) 47 = Pagurus pubes-
cens 5, 18. 35
Hetairus debilis Spence Bate
Hetairus tenuis Spence Bate
Hippolyte fabricii Kroyer 27 = Spirontocaris fa-
briciiS, 18
Hippolyte macilenta Kroyer = Spirontocaris ma-
cilenta 18
Hippolyte projecta Spence Bate
Homarus ameriranus Milne Edwards 5, 18, 27, 35..
Lithodes maia (L) 5
Munidopsis eurvirostra Whiteaves
N'ectocrangon dentatus Rathbun 18
Nectocrangon lar (Owen)
Pagurus irroratus Linnaeus 27
Pagurus longicarpus .Say 5, 35, 47
Pandalus borealis Kroyer 5
Pandalus leptocerus Smith 5
Pandalus montagui Leach 5, 18, 27, 35
Parapagurus pilosimanus S. I. Smith
Pontophilus norvegicus "M. Sars 5
Sabinea sarsii S. I. .Smith 5
.Sabinea septemcarinata (Sabine) 5, 18
Sclerocrangon boreas (Phipps) 5, 18
.Spirontocaris gaimardii (Milne Edwards) 5, 18. . .
Spirontocaris gaimardii var. belcheri Bell. 18
Spirontocaris groenlandica (J. C. Fabricius 5 = Hip-
polyte groenlandica 18, 27, 35
Spirontocaris polaris (Sabine) 5 = Hippolyte pola-
ris, 18,27
.Spirontocaris pusiola (Kroyer) 5, 35
.Spirontocaris spinus (Sowerby) = Hippoly
spinus 5, 18, 27
Spirontocaris stoneyi Rathbun 18
Spirontocaris turgida (Kroyer) = Hippolyte
phippsi 5
110-210.
45-70...
40-220.
300. . . .
0-300...
190. . . .
27-110.
0-50. .
Decapoda — Brackyura.
C. irroratus Say 18, S
Cancer amaenus Herbst i =
35,47
Cancer borealis Stimpson 5
Chionoecetes opilio (O. Fabricius) 5, 18
Hyasaraneus (L) 18, 27
Hj'as coarctatus Leach 5, 18, 35, 47
Libinia emarginata Leach 5, 35, 47
Neptunus sayi Milne Edwards
0-150..
0-306..
0-150..
85....
85....
0-125.,
1.5-75. .
85
0-20
250-291 .
35-1290.
10-60, . .
I.T.-18..
40-160
S.\V.-630.
6-430.
353-2021 .
92-115...
16-150. . .
15-85
0-36
60
1-72.
218.
0-125..
te
5-90..
I.T.-19.
I.T.-21.
10-101.
106...
O-106. ,.
I.T.-19.
85
254
DEPARTilESr OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathvmetric Tables — Continued.
Bathymetric Range.
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
Inter-
tidal
Zone.
Fathoms.
1-15
15-50 50-100 100 X
Arachnida.
Pycnogonida.
Achflia spinos;i (.'^timpson)
Ainniothfa aclu'lioidcs WiKson
Nyniphon hro\'i('olluTn Hoek
Nymphon grossipes (O. Fabricius) 35.
Nymphon hirtuin J. C. Fabricius
Nymphon longitarse Kroyer
Nympln>n macrum Wilson
Nymphon stropmii Kroyer
Phoxichilidium maxillare (Stimpson),
Pseudopallene hispida (Stimpson)
Pyenogonum littoralc (Strom)
85
12-110.
O-50.. .
16-90..
35-110...
I.T.-55.
50-55 ..
I.T.-430.
Chordata.
Amaroucium glaljrum Verrill 23, 26. 35
Amaroueium pallidum Verrill = Aplidiuni palli
dum 23, 35
Aplidium despectum Herdman
Ascidia complanata Fabricius = Phallusia prunum
29 = Ascidiopsis prunum 26
Ascidia faleigera Herdman
Bohenia bolteni (L) 30
Boltenia bolteni ( L) var. rubra = Pyura ovifera 29
Boltenia ciliata Moller = Pyura ovifera 29. . .
Boltenia elegans Herdman = Pyura ovifera 29 and
Boltenia ovifera 26, 47
Botrylloides aureum Sars 23, 26
Botryllus (spec, undet.)
Caesira canadensis 26
Caesira intumescens Van Name 29
Caesira septentrionalis Traustedt 29
Chelyosoma georaetricum Stimpson = C, maclea-
yanuni 26. 29
Ciona tcnella (Stimpson) = C, intestinalis (L) 29..
Dendrodoa aggregate pulehella Verrill 29
Dendrodoa carnea Agassiz 26, 29 = Cynthia camea
35 - ...^
Dendrodoa grossularia Van Beneden 29
Didemnopsis tenerum (Verrill) 23, 26
Eug.vra glutinans (Moller) 35
Eugyra pilularis Verrill 35 = Bostriehobranchus
pilularis 29
Glandula arenicola Verrill = Tethyum moUe 29 .
Clandula fibrosa Stimpson = Pandocia fibrosa 29
Glandula mollis Stimpson = Tethyum moUe 29.
Halocynthia echinata (L) 35 = Pyura echinata 29
and Boltenia hirsuta 26
Halocxnthia pyriformis (Rathke) = Pyura auran-
tium 29 and Tethyum pyriforme americanum
Haloc.vnthia rustica (L) = Tethyum rusticum 29
Halocynthia tuberculum (Fabricius) = Tethyum
coriaceum -\.lder & Hancock 29
Holozoa clavata (Sars) 26,29 .?
Leptoclinum albiduin Verrill = Tetradidemnum
albidum 23. 26
Leptoclinum albidum var. luteolum = Tetradi-
demnum albidum 29
Leptoclinides faeroensis Bjerkan 23
Lissoclinum aureum Verrill 23, 26
Macroclinum pomun Sars 23
Microcosmus nacreus Van Name 29
Molgula littoralis, Verrill = Caesira eitrina 29 &
Caesira littoralis 26
O-80.
0-471.
51...
I.T
85...
30-56
30-56
30...
150..
51
S.W.-160.
50-96. . . .
I.T
39
50
6-54
.5-127.
10-40.
S.W.-39.,
45
10-76. . . .
6
O-120.,
O-120..
4-120
10-150
30-238..
10-150
10-225..
S.W.-150.
o-llO..
o-llO
100-1582
S.W.-IOO.
75
26-36. . . .
I.T.-126
MAKiyE IWERTEBRATES
255
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymethic Tables — Continued.
Chordata — Con.
Molgula pannosa Verrill 35 = Cacsira pannosa 26
29
Molgula papillosa Verrill 35 = Caesira papillosa
26.29
Molgula producta Stimpson 35 = Caesira producta
Molgula retortiformis Verrill = Caesira retorti-
formis26, 29
Pera crystallina (MoUer) = Caesira crystallina 29
Pelonaia arenifera Stimpson = P. corrugata 26, 29.
Phallusia obliqua (Alder) 29 = Phallusioides
obliqua 26
Polycitor kukenthali (Gottschaldt) 23
Tethyum finiiiarkense Kiaer 29
Tethyuni niortenseni Hartineyer 29
Min.
and
Max.
Depth.
10-80. .
10-100
I.T.-29.
10-125
10-30.
15
33-320
8-225..
U-67. .
45-350.
Bathymethic Range.
Inter-
tidal.
Zone.
1-15
Fathoms.
15-50 50-100 100 X
BIBLI0GRAPH\", 1902-16.
Cne, W. R. and Kunkel, B. W.
1. On Cerebratulus melanops n. sp.
Gulf of St. Lawrence. Biological Bulletin, Boston, 1903, Vol. IV, No. 3.
Mcintosh, W. C.
2. On Canadian Eunicidae dredged by Dr. Whiteaves of the Canadian Geological Survey in
1871-73.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. Annals of Natural History, 1903, seventh
series. Vol. XII, pp. 149-164.
On the Goniadidie. Olycerldce. and Ariciidae procured by Dr. W'hiteaves in the C>\x\i of St.
Lawrence in 1872-73.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, Annals of Natural History, 1905, 7th series.
Vol. XV, pp. 51-34.
Kichardson, H.
4. Isopods of North America.
Bulletin United States Nationa IMuseum, li905. No. 54, pp. 1-727.
Itathhun, Mary.
6. Fauna of New England.
Occasional Papers, Boston Society of Ntitural History, No. 5, 19'05, pp. 1-117.
Clark, H. L.
6. The Apodous Holothurians.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 1907, Vol. XXV, pp. 1-231
DaU, tr. H.
7. A Review of the American Volutidse.
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 1907, Vol. XLVIII, pp. 341-373.
Pilsbiy, H. A.
5. The Barnacles in the United States National Museum.
United States National Museum Bulletin 60, 1907.
Cornish, G. A. '
9. Report of the Marine Polyzoa of Canso, N.S.
Contributions to Canadian Biology. 1902-5 (1907). pp. 71-Sl.
(39th Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, Fisheries Branch.)
256 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1902-16 — Continued.
Scott, Thomas.
10. On Some Entomostraca from the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
Transactions Natural History Society of Glasgow, 1907, New series. Vol. VIT, 1902-3,
pp. 46-52.
Wnght, R. Ramsay.
11. The Plankton of Eastern Nova Scotia Waters.
Further Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1902^5 (1917), pp. 1-19.
(39th Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, Fisheries Branch.)
Mcintosh, W. C.
12. The Opheliidfe, Scalibregmidje and Telethus:? dredged by Dr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, Canada.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, Annals of Natural History 190S, Sth series.
Vol. 1, pp. 3S5-3S7.
13. Sphaerodoridse. Chlorsemidae and Chsetopteridse dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Dr.
Whiteaves.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, Annals of Natural History 190S, Sth series.
Vol. II, p. 540-541.
Shavpe. R. W.
14. A further Report on the Ostracods of the United States National Museum.
Proceedings of the U. S. Nat. Mus. 1908, Vol. XXXV, No. 1651, pp. 339-430.
Bartsch. Paul.
15. Pyramidellidas of New England and the adjacent region.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ISm. Vol. 34. No. 4. pp. 67-113.
Bigelow. H. B.
16. Ccelenterates from Labrador and Newfoundland, collected by Mr. Owen Bryant in 190S.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1909, Vol. 37, pp. 301-320.
Moore, J. P.
17. The Polychaetous Annelids dredged in 190S by Mr. Owen Bryant off the coast of
Labrador, Newfoundland and Nova Scotia.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1909, Vol. 37, pp. 113-146.
Rathbun, M. J.
IS. The Crustacea of the Labrador Coast.
Appendices 11 & VI to, "Labrador" by Grenfell & Others', 1909, MacMillan & Co.
Johnson, C. W.
19. The Molluscs of Labrador.
Appendix III to, " Labrador " By Grenfell & Others', 1909, MacMillan & Co.
Ashworth, J. B.
20. The Annelids of the family Arenicolidse of North and South America inc'uding an account
of Arenieola glacialis Murdoch.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1910, Vol. 39. pp. 1-32, text flgs. 1-14.
McMui-rich, J. Playfair.
21. The Actiniaria of Passamaquoddy Bay with a discussion of their synonymy.
Trans. Roy. Soc. of Can. 1910, 3rd. ser. Vol. IV, sec. IV, pp. 59-83, plates 1-3.
Sharpe, B. W.
22. Notes on the Marine Copepoda and Cladocera of Woods Hole and adjacent regions in-
cluding a synopsis of the genera of the Harpacticoidea,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1910, Vol. 3S. pp. 405-436.
Van Name, W. G.
23. Compound Ascldians of the coast of New England and neighbouring British provinces.
Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1910, Vol. 34, No. 11, pp. 339-424.
Mcintosh, W. C.
24. On Nevaya whiteaves!, a form with certain relationships to Scherocheilus. Grube. from
Canada. On the Cirratulidas dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Canada by Dr.
Whiteaves.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews ; Annals and Magazine of Nat.
Hist. 1911, Vol. 7, Sth ser. No. 38, pp. 145-173.
Caiman, W. T.
25. The Crustacea of the Order Cumacea in the collection of the United States National
Museum.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1912. Vol. 41, pp. 603-676,
}IARI^'E IXYERTEBRATES 257
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1902-16— Continued.
lluutsman, A. G.
26. Aseidians from the coasts of Canada.
Trans. Can. Inst. 1912, Vol. IX, pt. 2. No. 21, pp. 111-148.
MacDoiiald, D. L.
27. On a collection of Crustacea made at St. Andrews, NB.
Contr. to Can. Biology 1906-10 (1912), pp. S3-S4.
Osburn, Raymond C.
28. Bryozoa from Labrador, Newfoundland and Nova iScotia collected by Dr. Owen Bryant.
Proc. U. S. Nat. MuS. 1912. Vol. 43, pp. 273-289.
Van ya7ne, W. G.
29. Simple Aseidians of the coasts of New England and neighbouring British provinces.
Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1912, Vol. 34, No. 13, pp. 439-619.
Datl. W. H. d Bartsch, Paul.
30. New Species of Molluscs fi-oin the Atlantic & Pacific coasts of Canada.
Vict. Mem. Mus. 1913, Bull. No. 1, p. 139-114.
Fraser. C. MacLean.
31. Hydroids from Nova Scotia.
Vict. Mem. Mus. Bull. 1913, No. 1, p. 158-180.
Gerould, J. B.
32. The Sipunculids of the Eastern coast of North America.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1913, Vol. 44, No. 1959, pp. 373-457.
Mcintosh, W. C.
33. On the Maldanidae dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Dr. Whiteaves 1871-73.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.
Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. 1913, Sth ser. Vol. XI, pp. 119-128.
34. On Myriochele heeri collected by Dr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St. Lawrence 1873.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.
Annals & Magazine of Nat. Hist. 1913, Sth ser. Vol. XII, pp. 166-169.
Smnmer, F. B.. Osburn, R. C. and Cole, L. J.
35. A Biological Survey of the Waters of Woods Hole and vicinity.
Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin 1913. Vol. XXXI, Part II, Sec. Ill, pp. 549-734.
Willey, A.
36. Notes on Plankton collected across the mouth of the St. Croix River opposite the Biolo-
gical Station at St. Andrews, N.B.
Proceedings Zoological Society of London, 1913, Vol. 1, pp. 283-292.
Koehler, R.
37. A contribution to the study of Ophiurians of the United States National Mu5eum.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 84, 1914, pp. 1-172.
Mcintosh, W. C.
38. On the Chaetopteridse, Amphictenidae and Ampharetidie dredged in the Gulf of St.
Larence, Canada by Dr. Whiteaves.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.
Annals & Magazine of Nat. Hist. 191.j, Sth ser. vol. 13, pp. 47-53.
Hansen, H. J.
39. The Crustacea Ephausiacea of the U. S. National Museum.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1915, Vol. 48, pp. 59-114.
Stock, V.
40. Parasitic Copepods of the Bay of Fundy Fishes.
Contr. to Can. Biology 1911-14 (1915) pt. 1, pp. 69-71.
Supplement to the 47th Annual Report of the Dept. of Marine & Fisheries, Fisheries
Branch.
Huntsman, A. G.
41. A iNew Caprellid from the Bay of Fundy.
Contr. to Can. Biology 1911-14 (1915), pt. 1, pp. 39-42.
(Supplement to the 47th .\nnual Report of the Dept. of Marine & Fisheries. Fisheries
Branch.)
258 DEPARTilEXT OF THE yAVAL SEKVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1902-16— Concluded.
Deticeiler, J. Li.
42. Preliminary Notes on the MoUusca of St. Andrews & vicinity New Brunswick.
Contr. to Can. Biology 1911-14 (1915). pt. 1, pp. 43-46.
(Supplement to the 47th Annual Report of the Cept. of Marine & Fisheries, Fisheries
Branch.)
Xiitting, C. E.
43. American Hydroids Part III, The Campanularidae and the Bonneviellidse.
Special Bulletin U. S. National Museum 1915.
Mcintosh, W. C.
44. On the Terebellidae & Sabellidae dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence Canada by Dr
Whiteaves in 1S71-73.
Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.
Annals & Magazine Nat. Hist. 1916, 8th ser., Vol. 17, pp. 59-63.
I'Ushry, H. A.
45. The Sessile Barnacles (Cirripedia) contained in the collection of U. S. National Museum
including a monograph of the American species.
V. S. Nat. Mus. 1916, Bull. 93. pp. 1-366.
Kindle, E. M.
46. Bottom Control of Marine Faunas as illustrated by Dredging in the Bay of Fundy.
Araer. Jour. Sci., May 1916, Vol. XLI, pp. 449-461.
4 7. Notes on the Bottom Environment of the Marine Invertebrates of Western Nova Scotia.
Ottawa Naturalist 1917, Vol, XXX, pp. 149-154
JIARIXE lyVEh'TEBRATES
259
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
INDEX
The numbers at extreme right refer to the pages in Whiteaves' Catalogue of the
Marine Invertebrates of Eastern Canada; numbers in the left-hand column refer to
the Bathymetric tables in the preceding section of this paper.
Abietinaria abietina. Sec Sertularia abietina,
Acanella arbuscula. See Acanella normani.
Acanella normani
Acanthogorgia armata
Acanthonia echinoides
Acanthonotozoma serratum
Acanthonotus inflatus. See Acanthotozoma inflatum.
Acanthonotus senatus. See Acanthonotozoma serratum.
Acanthostaurus pallidus
Acanthostephia malmgreiii
Acanthotozoma inflatum ,
Acanthozone cuspidata
Acartia clausi
Acartia giesbrechti
Acaulis primarius
Aceros phyllonyx
Achelia spinosa
Aclrsa. See Scalaria.
Acmaea rubella
Acmaea testudinalis
Acrybia flava
Actaeon tiifldus. See Odostomia trifida.
Actinauge nexilis
Actinauge nodosa. See Actinauge verrlUii.
Actinauge verrillii
Actinernus nobilis
-■Vctinia carneola. See Stomphia carneola.
.Actinia crassicornis. See Urticina crassicornis.
Actinia dianthus. See Metridium dianthus.
Actinia marginata. See Metridium dianthus.
Actinia nodosa. See Chondractinia nodosa.
Actinia plumosa. See Metridium dianthus.
Antinia sipunculoides. Bee Bdwardsia sipunculoides.
Actinia tuedine. See Bolocera tuediae.
Actinobolus borealls. See Venerieardia borealis.
Actinoloba dianthus. See Metridium dianthus.
Actinopora regularis. See Lichenopora regularis
Actinopsis whiteavesii
Actinostola callosa
Adeorbls costulata. See Molleria costulata.
Admete couthouyi
Admete crispa. See Admete couthouyi.
Admete viridula. See Admete couthouyi.
-Bga polita. See Cirolana polita.
-Ega psora
^gina longicornis
vEgina spinosissima
-H^ginopsis laurenti
-Eolidia bodoensis. See JEolis papillosa.
vEolidia papillosa. See ..Eolis papillosa.
-Bolis diversa. See Coryphela diversa.
-Eolis farinacea. See vBolis papillosa.
-Eolis mananensis. See Coryphella mananensis.
-^olis papillosa
-Eolis purpurea
-Eolis stellata
.^i^quiella longicornis spinossissima. See ..^Sgina spinossissima.
jl3quorea groenlandica. See Polycanna groenlandica.
Aglantha rosea
Aglaophenia myriophyllum. See Thecocarpus myriophyllum.
Bathymetric
Whiteaves
Tables.
Catalogue.
234
33
234
33
231
250
230
231
250
229
250
230
250
230
249
249
232
21
250
229
254
262
245
156
245
155
245
164
234
39
234
38
234
40
234.
234
245
41
40
191
250
241
250
250
220
232
245
204
245
205
245
205
332
260
DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathyraetric Whiteaves'
Tallies. Oa.talog\ie.
Aglaophenopsis rornuta 232 28
Akera subangulata. See Diaphana debllis.
Alauna goodsiri. See Diastylis rathkii.
Alcyonidium gelatinosum 243 114
Alcyonidium hispidum. See Plustrella hispida.
Alcyonidium mytili 243
Alcyonium arboreum. See Paragorgia arborea.
Alcyonium carneum 234 31
Alcyonium digitatum. See Alcyonium carneum.
Alcyonium gelatinosum. See Alcyonidium gt-latinosum.
Alcyonium glomeratum. See Eunepthya lutkeni.
Alcyonium lutkeni. See Eunepthya lutkeni.
Alcyonium multiflorum 234 31
Alcyonium rubiforme 234 31
Alderia harvardiensis(Agassiz) 245 204
Alecto dentata. See Antedon tenella.
Alecto diastoporoides. See Stomatopora diastoporoides.
Alecto esohrichtii. See Antedon eschriclitii.
Alecto granulata. See Stomatopora granulata.
Alecto sarsii. See Antedon tenella.
Alexia myosotis 245 20S
Allorchestes littoralis. See Hyale httoralis.
Alpheus polaris. See Spirontocaris Polaris.
Alvania. See Cingula.
Amaroecium glabrum. See Amaroucium glabrum.
Amaroecium pallidum. See Amaroucium pallidum.
Amaroucium glabrum - 254 o^g
Amaroucium pallidum 254 265
Amathilla homari 250 ^''4
Amaura Candida 245 ifii
Amauropsis helicoides. See Amauropsis islandica.
Amauropsis islandica fGmelin) 245 164
Amicula emersonii. See Amicula vestita.
Amicula vestita 245 155
Ammodiscus incertus 230 10
Ammothea achelioides 254 263
Ammothea lutkeni. See Eunepthya lutkeni.
Ammotrypane aulogaster 237 7S
Ammotrypane cylindricaudatus ". .'. 237
Ammotrypane flmbriata .. 237 78
Amoroecium pallidum. See Amaroecium pallidum.
Amouroucium glabrum. See Amaroucium glabrum.
Amouroucium pallidum. See Amaroucium pallidum.
Ampelisca eschrichtii 250 222
Ampelisca gaimardi. See Byblis gaimardii.
Ampelisca macrocephala 250 222
Ampelisca. pelagica. See Ampelisca macrocephala.
Ampelisca typica 250 222
Ampharete gracilis 237 74
Ampharete grubei 237 74
Amphipholis elegans 236 59
Amphiporus agilis 237 65
Amphiporus ang\jlatus 237 64
Amphiporus heterosorus 237 65
Amphiporus lactifloreus 237 65
Amphiporus roseus 237 65
Amphiporus stimpsoni. See Amphiporus angulatus.
Amphiporus (?) superbus 237 65
Amphisphyra debilis. See Diaphana debilis.
Amphisphyra hiemalis. See Diaphane hiemalis.
Amphisphyra pellucida. See Diaphana debilis.
Amphithoe crenulata. See Pontogeneia inerrais.
Amphithoe fulvocincta. See Halirages fulvocinctus.
Amphithoe inermis. See Pontogeneia inermis.
Amphithoe lasvuiscula. See Calliopius laeviuscula.
Amphithoe maculata. See Amphithoe podoceroides.
Amphithoe panopla. See Pleustes panoplus.
Amphithoe podoceroides 250 222
Amphithoe punctata 250 221
Amphithoe rubricata 250
Amphithoe sera. See Acanthonotozoma serratum.
Amphithoe virescens. See Amphithoe punctata.
Amphithonotus cataphractus. See Paramphithoe cataphracta and
Pleustes panoplus.
AIARISE IJTERTEBRATES 261
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
An-.phitonotus edwardsii. See Rhacotropis aculeatus.
Amphitrite cincinnata. See Thelepus cincinnatus.
Amphitrite cirrhata 237 73
Amphitrite groenlandica 237
Amphitrite intermedia 237
Amphitrite plumosa. See Trophonia plumosa.
Amphiura canadensis 236 59
Amphura exigua 236 59
Amphiura holbolli. See Amphiura sundevalH.
Amphiura sundevalli 236 59
Amphiura squamata. See Amphipholis elegans.
Amphiura tenuis. See Amphipholis elegans.
Amphorella subulata 231
Amphoriscus thompsoni 232 12
Anachis costulata. See Anachis haliaeti.
Anachis haliaeti 245 ISO
Anatina fragilis. See Cochlodesma fragilis.
Anatina leana. See Cochlodesma leanum.
Anatina papyracea. See Periploma fragilis.
Anceus americanus. See Gnathla cerina.
Anchorella sp 249
Ancula sulphurea 245 207
Angulus tener. See Tellina (Angulus) tenera.
Anomalocera patersoni. See Irenaeus patersoni.
Anemia aculeata 243 115
Anomia electrica. See Anomia simplex.
Anemia glabra. See Anomia simplex.
Anomia psittacea. See Hemithyris psittacea.
Anomia simplex 243 115
Anomia squamula. See Anomia simplex.
Anonyx ampulla. See Anonyx nugax.
Anony.x appendiculata. See Anonyx nugax.
Anonyx edwardsii. See Onisimus edwardsii.
Anonyx exiguus 250 23.t
? Anonyx horringii. See Tryphosa horringii.
Anonyx lagena. See Anonyx nugax.
Anony.x minutus. See Orchomena minutus.
Anonyx nobilis. See Anonyx nugax.
Anonyx nugax
Anonyx pallidus
Anonyx politus
Anonyx producta. See Anonyx pumilus.
Anonyx pumilus
Antedon eschrichtii
Antedon quadrata
Antedon tenella
Antennularia antennina '
Anthea tuediae. See Bolocera tuediae.
Anthomastus grandiflorus
Anthoptilum grandiflorum
Anthothela grandiflora
Anthura brachiata. See Calathura brachiata.
Antinoe sarsii
Apherusa bispinosa
Aphrodita aculeata
Aphrodita cirrata. See Harmothoe imbricata.
Aphrodita imbricata. See Harmothoe imbricata.
Aphrodita squamata. See Lepidonotus squamatus.
Aphrodite oolumba. See Serripes groenlandica.
Aphrodite minuta. See Pholoe minuta.
Aphrodite punctata. See Lepidonotus squamatus.
Aplidium despectum 254 265
Aplidium pallidum. See Amaroucium pallidum.
Aporrhais occidentalis. . . . ' 245 177
Area (Bathyaroa) glacialis 243 12S
Area minuta. See Leda minuta.
Area (Bathyarca) pectunculoides 243 12S
Area pernula. See Leda pernula.
Area raridentata. See Area (Bathyarco) pectunculoides.
Area rostrata. See Leda pernula.
Area tenuis. See Nucula tenuis.
Archaster areticus. See Leptoptychaster arcticus.
Archaster florae. See Psilaster florae.
250
234
250
235
250
234
250
234
235
43
235
44
235
43
232
29
234
31
234
34
234
32
237
85
250
237
87
237
249
77
217
249
249
249
216
237
237
232
37
17
262 DEPARTilEyr OF THE XATAL SERTWE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymeti-ic Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
Archaster teimispiiius. See Pontaster hebitus.
Architeuthis megaptera. See Ommastrephes megapterus.
Arcturus bafflni 250 240
Arenieola marina. See Arenicola piscatorum.
Arenicola piscatorum
Argilloecia sp
,4rgis lar. See Nectocrangon lar.
Ai'gulus alosae
Aigulus fundulus
Argulus (spec, undetermined)
Aricia quadricuspis (?). See Naidonereis quadricuspida.
Arrhoges occidentalis Sre Aporrhais occidentalis.
Artacania canadensis
Artacama proboscoidea
Artemisina suberitoides
Ascidia callosa. See Ascidla complanata.
Ascidia carnea. See Halocynthia tuberculum.
Ascidia clavata. See Boltenia bolteni.
Ascidia complanata 254 266
Ascidia echinata. See Halocynthia echinata.
Ascidia faleigera 254 267
Ascidia geometrica. See Chelyosoma geometricum.
Ascidia monoceros. See Halocynthia rustica.
Ascidia pyriformis. See Halocynthia pyriformis.
Ascidia rustica. See Halocynthia rustica.
Ascidia tenella. See Ciona tenella.
Ascidia tuberculum. See Halocynthia tuberculum.
Aseidiopsis complanata. See Ascidia complanata.
Ascidiopsis prununi. See Ascidia complanata.
Asellodes alta. See Janira alta,
Asellus groenlandicus. See Jaera albifrons.
Astacilla americana. See Astacilla granulata.
Astacilla granulata 250 240
Astacus groenlandicus. See Spirontocaris groenlandica.
Astacus homari. Sec Amathllla homari.
Astarte banksii
Astarte banksii var. globosa
Astarte banksii var. striata
Astarte castanea
Astarte compressa
Astarte crebricostata
Astarte crenata
Astarte elliptica. See Astarte coinpressa.
Astarte globosa. See Astarte banksii var. globosa.
Astarte laetea 243 130
Astarte lutea. See Astarte undata var. lutea.
Astarte portlandica. See Astarte quadrans.
Astarte quadrans 243 133
Astarte semisulcata. See Astarte compressa.
Astarte striata. See Astarte banksii var. striata.
Astarte subaequilatera.
Astarte sulcata. See Astarte undata.
Astarte undata ^ 243 131
Astarte undata var. lutea 243 131
Asteracanthion albulus. See Stichaster albulus.
Asteracanthion berylinus. See Asterias forbesii.
Asteracanthion forbesii. See Asterias forbesii.
Asteracanthion groenlandicus. Sec Leptasterias groenlandica.
Asteracanthion littoraJis. See Leptasterias littoralis.
Asteracanthion pallidus. See Asterias vulgaris.
Asteracanthion polaris. See Asterias polaris.
Asteracanthion rubens. See Asterias vulgaris.
Asteracanthion stellionura. See Asterias stellionura.
.\sterias arenicola. See Asterias forbesii.
Asterias aculeata. See Ophiopholis aculeata.
Asterias bidentata. See Ophiacantha bidentata.
Asterias caput medusae. See Gorgonocephalus eucnemis.
Asterias crispatus. See Ctenodiscus crispatus.
Asterias endeca. See Solaster endeca.
Asterias enopla 235 55
Asteria equestris. See Hippasteria phrj-giana.
Asterias forbesii 235 54
Asterias granulans. See Tosia granulans.
Asterias groenlandica. See Leptasterias groenlandica.
243
133
243
134
243
134
243
133
243
130
243
132
243
132
.u.i/.'/.\ !■: iyyi:iiTEBRATES
263
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Whiteaves"
Tables. Catalogue.
Asterias littoralis. See Leptasterias littoralis.
Asterias militaris. See Pteraster militaris.
Asterias oculata. See Cribrella sanguinolenta.
Asterias ophiura. See Ophiopholis aculeata.
Asterias papposa. See Crossaster pappulus.
Asterias phrygiana. See Hippasteria phrygiana.
Asterias polaris 235
Asterias sanguinolenta. See Cribrella sanguinolenta.
Asterias spongiosa. See Cribrella sanguinolenta.
Asterias stellionura 235
Asterias tenella. See Antedon tennella.
Asterias tenera. See Leptasterias tenera.
Asterias vulgaris 235
Astrogonium granulare. See Tosia granularis.
Astrogonium phrygianum. See Hippasteria plirygiana.
Astronyx loveni 236
Astropecten arcticus. See Leptoptychaster arcticus.
Astrophyton eucnemis. See Gorgonocephalus eucneniis.
Astrophyton lamarckii. See Gorgonocephalus laraarckii.
Astrophyton scutatum. See Gorgonocephalus agassizzi.
Astyris lunata
Astyris rosacea
Astyris zonalis
Atylus bispinosus. See Halirages bispinosus.
Atylus vulgaris. See Pontogeneia inermis
Aurelia aurita. See Aurelia flavidula.
Aurelia flavidula 232
Auricula bidentata. See Melampus bidentatus.
Auricula denticulata. See Alexia myosotis.
Auricula myosotis. See Alexia myosotis.
Autolytus longisetosus. See Nephthys longisetosa.
Axinopsis orbiculata var. inaequalis 243
Axinulus. See Cryntodon.
Axinus ferruginosus. See Cryptodon (Axinulus) terruginosus.
Axionice flexuosa.
Axiothea catenata 237
Axiothella catenata. See Axiothea catenata.
245
ISO
245
179
245
ISO
13S
B
Balanus balanoides
Balanus crenatus
Balanus elongatus. See Balanus balanoides.
Balanus hameri
Balanus improvisus
Balanus ovularis. See Balanus balanoides.
Balanus porcatus
Balanus rugosus. See Balanus crenatus.
Balticina finmarchica
Barentsia gracilis
Barentsia major
Bathyarca glacialis. See Area (Bathyarca) glacialis.
Bathyarca pectunculoides. See Area (Bathyarca) pectunculoides.
Beania admiranda
Bela americana. See Bela scalaris.
Bela angulosa
Bela bicarinata
Bela bicarinata var. violacea
Bela cancellata. See also Bela sarsii.
Bela cancellata
Bela cancellata var. canadensis
Bela concinnula
Bela concinnula var. acuta. Sec Bela mitrula.
Bela decussata
Bela exarata. See also Bela concinnula.
Bela exarata
Bela gouldii
Bela harpularia
Bela harpularia var. rosea. See Bela rosea.
Bela impressa
Bela incisula
Bela mitrula
Bela nobilis
249
249
249
249
249
240
214
214
215
214
215
234
35
243
1-14
243
114
94
245
245
245
196
199
199
245
245
24.';
197
197
194
245
19S
245
245
245
194
19«
195
245
245
245
245
199
19S
194
192
264
DEPARTMENT OF THE yATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
Bela piugelii 245 196
Bcla pleurotomaria 245 199
Bela rosea 245 196
Bela rugulata. See Bela gouldii.
Bela sarsli 245 197
Bela scalaris 245 193
Bela turricula. See Bela scalans.
Bela woodiana 245 195
Bernhardus streblonyx. See Eupagurus bernhardus.
Beroe cucumis. See Idyia roseola.
Beroe ovum. See Mertensia ovum.
Beroe pileus. See Pleurobrachia rhododactyla.
Bicellaria ciliata 240 93
Biloculina oblonga 230 10
Biloculina ringens 230 10
Bittium alternatum. See Bittium nigrum.
Bittium greenii. See Cerithlopsis costulata.
Bittium nigrum 245
Bolina alata 235 43
Bolivina punctata 230 10
Bolocera tuediae 234 41
Boltenia bolteni 254 269
Boltenia bolteni var. rubra 254 269
Boltenia burkhardti. See Boltenia ciliata.
Boltenia ciliata 254 270
Boltenia clavata. See Boltenia bolteni.
Boltenia elegans 254 270
Boltenia hirsuta. See Halocynthia echinata.
Boltenia ovifera. See Boltenia elegans.
Boltenia oviformis. See Boltenia bolteni.
Boltenia reniformis. See Boltenia bolteni.
Boltenia rubra. See Boltenia bolteni.
Bopyrus abdominalis. See Phryxus abdominalis.
Bopyrus hippolytes. See Gyge hippolytes.
Bopyrus mysidum. See Dajus mysidis.
Boreoscala groenlandica. See Scalaria groenlandica.
Bostrichobranchus pilularis. See Eugyra pilularis.
Botrylloides aureum 254
Botryllus (spec, undetermined) 254 26G
Bougainvillia oarollinensis • •• 232
Bougainvillia superculiarlis 232
Bowerbankia gracilis var. caudatus 240
Brada granosa 237 77
Brada granulata 237
Brada sublaevis 237 77
Brada villosa 237
Bradycinetus sp 249 217
Briareum arboreum. See Paragorgia arborea.
Briareum grandiflorum. See Anthothela gandiflora.
Brisinga americana. See Odinia americana.
Buccinotusus kroyeri. See Tritonofusus kroyeri.
Buccinum boreale. See Buccinum cyaneum.
Buccinum carinatum. See Buccinum glaciale.
Buccinum ciliatum. See also Buccinum gouldii and Buccinum tottenii.
Buccinum ciliatum 245 1S5
Buccinum cretaceum. See Tritonof-jsus kroyeri.
Buccinum cyaneum 245 183
Buccinum cyaneum var. patulura 245 184
Buccinum cyaneum var. perdlx (or flnmarchianum) 245 184
Buccinum donovani 246 187
Buccinum flnmarchianum. See Buccinum cyaneum vai-. perdix (or fin-
marcliianum).
Buccinum glaciale. See also Buccinum donovani.
Buccinum glacia.le 246 186
Buccinum gouldii 246
Buccinum groenlandicum. See Buccinum cyaneum.
Buccinum groenlandicum var. flnmarchianum. See Buccinum cyaneum
var. perdix (or flnmarchianum).
Buccinum groenlandicum var. patulura. See Buccinum cyaneum var.
patulum.
Buccinum humphreysianum. See Buccinum cyaneum and Buccinum
gouldii.
Buccinum hydrophanum. See Buccinum cyaneum.
Buccinum labradorens';. See Buccinum undatum.
ilARiyE INVERTEBRATES
265
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathyraetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogrue.
Buccinum lapillus. See Purpura lapillus.
Buccinum lunatum. See Astyris lunata.
Buccinum rosaceum. See Astyris rosacea.
Buccinum scalariforme. See Buccinum tenue.
Buccinum sericatum. See Buccinum cyaneum.
Buccinum tenebrosum. See Buccinum cyaneum.
Buccinum tenue
Buccinum tottenii
Buccinum truncatum. See Trophon truncatus.
Buccinum tubulosum. See Buccinum donovani.
Buccinum undatum • ■ • •
Buccinum undulatuni. See Buccinum cyaneum and Buccmum undatum.
Buccinum zonalis. See Astyris zonalis-
Bugula cucullifera
Bugula flexilis. See Kinetoskias smittii.
Bugula murrayana
Bugula umbella. See Kinetoskias arborescens.
Bulbus flavus. See Acrybia flava.
Bulimina aculeata
Bulimina elegantissima
Bulimina pyrula
Bulla canaliculata. See Tornatina canaliculata.
Bulla corticata. See Cylichna alba.
Bulla debilis. See Diaphana debilis.
Bulla gouldii. See Retusa gouldii.
Bulla hiemalis. See Diaphana hiemalis.
Bulla hyalina. See Diaphana debilis.
Bulla insculpta. See Haminea solitaria.
Bulla lineolata. See Philine lima.
Bulla nucleola. See Cylichna alba.
Bulla obstricta. See Tornatina canaliculata.
Bulla occulta. See Cylichna occulta.
Bulla pellucida. See Diaphana debilis.
Bulla pertenuis. See Retusa pertenuis.
Bulla puncto-striata. See Scaphander punctostriatus.
Bulla reinhardi. See Cylichna occulta.
Bulla solitaria. See Haminea solitaria.
Bulla triticea. See Cylichna alba.
Bulla velutina. See Velutina laevigata.
BuUina canaliculata. See Tornatina canaliculata.
Bunodactis Stella. See Cribrina Stella.
Bunodes spectabilis. See Cribrina stella.
Bunodes Stella. See Cribrina Stella.
Byblis gaimardii
Bythocythere turgida
C
Caberea ellisii
Caberea hookeri. See Caberea ellisii.
Caesira canadensis
Caesira citrina. See Molgula littoralis.
Caesira crystallina. Pera crystallina.
Caesira intumescens
Caesira littoralis. »See Molgula littoralis.
Caesira pannosa. See Molgula pannosa.
Caesira papillosa. See Molgula papillosa.
Caesira producta. See Molgula producta.
Caesira retortiformis. See Molgula retortiformis.
Caesira septentrionalis
Calanus flnmarchichus ^
Calanus helgolandicus ^
Calathura brachiata
Caligus americanus. See Caligus curtus.
Caligus curtus
(.'aligns rapax
Calliope laeviuscula. See Calliopius laeviusculus.
Calliopius laeviusculus
Calliostoma occidentalis. See Calliostoma occidentale.
Calliostoma occidentale
Callista convexa. See Cytherea convexa.
Callocardia morrhuana. See Cytherea convexa.
Calocaris mcandreae
Calycella syringa
38a— IS
246
24«
240
240
250
249
240
254
254
184
182
ISl
93
230
10
230
10
230
10
223
217
93
254
249
249
250
242
249
249
216
250
227
246
160
253
232
257
23
266
DEPARTMENT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Calyptraea (Dispotaea) striata. See C ucibulum sti latum.
Campanularia amphora
Campanularia caliculata
Campanularia flexuosa
Campanularia groenlandica
Campanularia hincksii
Campanularia Integra
Campanularia johnstoni. See Clythia Johnston!.
Campanularia niagniflca
Campanularia neglecta
Campanularia verticillata
Campanularia volubilis
Camptonectes groenlandica. See pecton (Camptoneotes grocnlandicus.
Camptonectes vitreus. See Pecten (Camptonectes) vitreus.
Camptonectes (Pallidum) vitreum. See Pecten (Camptonectes) vir-
treus.
Cancellaria buccinoides. See Admete couthouyl.
Cancer aculeatus. See Spirontocans groenlandicus.
Cancer amaenus
Cancer aran«us. See Hyas araneus.
Cancer bernhardus. See Eupagurus bernhardus.
Cancer bipes. Set Nebalia bipes.
Cancer borealis. See also Cancer amaenus.
Cancer borealis
Cancer irroratus. See Canser amaenus and Cancer borealis.
Cancer nugax. See Anonyx nugax.
Cancer oculatus. .See ilysis oculata.
Cancer opilio. See Chionoecetes opilio.
Cancer phalangium. See Chionoecetes opilio.
Cancer saji. .See Cancer amaenus
Cancer spinus. -Vee Spirontocaris spinus.
Canthopsis harvardiensis. See Alderia harvardiensis.
Caprella linearis
Caprella lobata. See Caprella linearis.
Caprella longimanus
Caprella robusta. See Caprella stimpsonii.
Caprella sanguinea
Caprella septentrionalis. See Caprella linearis.
Caprella stimpsonii
Capulacmaea radiata
Capulus radiatus. See Capulacmaea radiata.
Cardita borealis. See Venericardia borealis.
Cardium (Cerastoderma) ciliatum
Cardium groenlandicum. See Serripes groenlandicus.
Cardium islandicum. See Cardium (Cerastoderma) ciliatum.
Cai-dium (Laevicardium) mortoni
Cardium (Cerastoderma) pinnulatum
Caridion gordoni
Cassidulina crassa
Cassidulina laevigata
Catablema vesicaria
Caudina arenata
Cellepora annulata. See Cribrilina annulata.
Cellepora avicularis
Cellepora canaliculata
Cellepora cervicornis. See Escharoides sarsii.
Cellepora contigua
Cellepora hyalina. See Schizoporella hyalina.
Cellepora laevis See Porella laevis.
Cellepora nitida. See Schizoporella hyalina.
Cellepoia ovata. See Rhamphostomella ovata.
Cellepora pumicosa
Cellepora ramulosa. See Cellepora pumicosa.
Cellepora scabra. See Phamphostomella scabra.
Cellepora skenei. Sec Porella skenei.
Cellepora surcularis. See Porella surcularis.
Cellepora verrucosa. See Cellepora pumicosa and Umbonula verrucosa
Celleporaria incrassata. See Porella surcularis.
Celleporaria surcularis. See Porella surcularis.
Cellularia peachil
Cemoria noachina. See Puncturella noachina.
Cephalothrix linearis
Centromedon pumilus
Centropagcs hamatus
thymetric Whiteaves
Tables.
Catalogue
232
232
23
232
22
232
233
22
233
233
233
233
22
233
22
253
253
243
240
240
241
237
251
249
261
250
219
250
220
251
219
251
220
246
16S
12S
243
129
243
129
253
255
230
10
230
10
233
235
47
240
109
240
109
109
109
92
6S
MARKE INTERTEBRATES
267
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymeti'ic
Tables.
Centropages typicus 249
Cerapus fucicula. See Podoceros fucicula.
Cerapus rubricornis. See Ericthonius difformis.
Cerapus rubiformis. See Ericthonius difformis.
Cerastoderma. See Cardium.
Ceratoisis ornata 234
Cerebratulus cylindricus 237
Cerebratulus fuscus 237
Cerebratulus luridus 237
Cerebratulus medulla tus 237
Cerebratulus melanops 237
Cerebratulus truncatus. See Lineus truncatus.
Cerianthus borealis 234
Cerithiella whiteavesii 246
Cerithiopsis costulata 246
Cerithiopsis costulatus. See Cerithiella whitevesil.
Cerithiopsis greenii 246
Cerithium arcticura. See Cerithiopsis costulata.
Cerithium greenii. See Cerithiopsis greenii.
Cerithium reticulatum. See Bittium nigrum.
Cerithium sayii. See Bittium nigrum.
Ceronia deaurata. See Mesodesma deauratum.
Chaetoderma nitidulum 246
Chaetozone setosa 237
Chaetozone setosa var. canadensis 237
Chaetozone whiteavesi 237
Chaetozone sp.? 237
Chalina oculata 232
Chelyosoma geometricum 254
Chelyosoma macleayanum. See Chelyosoma geometricum.
Chemnitzia bisuturalis. See Odostomia bisutuialis.
Chemnitzia nivea. See Turbonilla nivea.
Chemnitzia seminuda. See Odostomia seminuda.
Chionoecetes opilio 253
Chirodota laevis 235
Chiridotea coeca 251
Chiridotea tuttsii 251
Chirodota oolitica. Sec Trochostoma coliticum.
Chiroteuthis lacertosa 24S
Chiton albus. See Trachydermon albus.
Chiton alveolus. See Lepidopleurus alveolus.
Chiton cancellatus. See Lepidopleurus cancellatus.
Chiton cinereus. See Trachydermon ruber.
Chiton emersonii. .See Amicula vestita.
Chiton fulminatus. See Tonicella marmorea.
Chiton marmoreus. See Tonicella marmorea.
Chiton mendicarius. See Hanleyia mendicaria.
Chiton ruber. See Trachydermon ruber.
Chiton vestitus. See Amicula vestita.
Chlamys (Placopecten) clintonius. See Pecten ( Placopeeten) magellanicus.
Chlamys (Aequipecten) irradians. See Pecten gibbus var. borealis.
Chlamys islandica. See Pecten (Chlamys) islandieus.
Chondractinia nodosa 234
Chrondrocanthus cornutus 249
ChrondiX)canthus merlucii 24?
Chone duneri 237
Chone cf. fauveli 237
Chone infundibuliformis 237
Chone princei 237
Chone sp 237
Chrysodomus spitzbergensis. See Sipho spitzbergensis.
Cingula (Onoba) aculeus 246
Cingula arenaria 24 6
Cingula (Alvania) areolata 246
Cingula carinata 24 6
Cingula (Alvania^ castanea 24 6
Cingula globulus 246
Cingula (Alvanea) jan meyeni 246
Cingula minuta 246
Cingula multilineata 246
Cingula semicostata. See Cingula carinata.
Ciona intestinalis. See Ciona tenella.
Ciona tenella 254
Cirolana borealis 251
38a— ISi
Whiteaves'
Catalogue.
32
67
67
6S
6S
36
176
176
1Z&
153
15
267
261
47
23S
23S
210
171
170
170
170
171
169
171
169
170
268
DEPARTUEXT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric
Ta'bles.
Cirolana concharum 251
Cirolana polita 251
Cirratulus cirrata. See Cirratulus cirrhatus.
Cirratulus cirrhatus.. .^ 237
Cistenides granulata 237
Cistenides hyperborea 237
ClaflO'.arpus cornutus. See Aglaophenopsis cornuta.
Cladocarpus pourtalesii 233
Cladooaipus speciosus 233
Cladorhiza abyssicola 232
Cladorhiza grandis 232
Cladorhiza nordenskioldii -. 232
Clathria delicata _.. •■ 232
Clava leptostyla 233
Clava inulticornis. See Clava leptostyla.
Clavelina chrystallina. See Pera crystallina.
Clidiophora gouldiana 243
Clio borealis. See Clione limacina.
Clio limacina. See Clione limacina.
Clio retusa. See Clione limacina.
Cliona celata 232
Clione limacina 24S
Clione miquelonensis. See Clione limacina.
Clione papilionacea. See CHone limacina.
CljTnene lumbricalis. See Nicomache lumbricalis.
Clymene mulleri. See Praxilla muUeri.
Clymene torquata. See Clymenella torquata.
Clynienella torquata 23S
Clytia bicophora. See Clytia johnstoni.
Clytia johnstoni 233
Clytia noliformis 233
Clytia (Ol■thop^•xis) poterium. See Campanularia caliculata.
Clytia volubilis. See Clythia johnstoni.
Cochlodesma leanum 243
Codonella lagenuia 231
CodoneKa ventricosa 231
Columbella dissimilis. See Astyris zonalis.
Columbella haliaeti. See Anachis haliaeti.
Columbella lunata. See Astyris lunata
Columbella rosacea. See Astyris rosacea.
Conilera polita. See Cirolana polita.
Oornulariella modesta 234
Cornuspira foliacea 230
Coronula diadema 24?
Coronula regina 249
Corymorpha glacialis. See Monocaulus glacialis.
Corymorpha nutans. See Monocaulus glacialis.
Corymorpha pendula. See Monocaulus glacialis.
Corynoporella tenuis 241
Coryne gravata. See Syncoryne mirabilis.
Coryne mirabilis. See Syncoryne mirabilis.
Coryphella diversa 246
Ooryphella mananensis 246
Coryphella stimpsoni 246
Couthouyella striatula. See Menestho striatula.
Crago septemspinosus. See Crangon vulgaris.
Crangon iiorvegicus. See Pontophilus norvegicus.
Crangon septemcarinatus. See Sabinea septemcarinata.
Crangon vulgaris 253
Craniella cranium 232
Crassina elliptica. See Astarte compressa.
Crassina latisulca. See Astarte undata.
Crassina depressa. See Astarte crebricostata.
Crassina striata. See Astarte banksii var. striata.
Crassivenus mercenaria. See Venus mercenaria.
Crenella decussata 246
Crenella faba 246
Crenella glandula 246
Crenella pectinula 246
Crepidula convexa 246
Crepidula fornicata 246
Crepidula plana 246
Crepidula unguiforniis. See Crepidula plana.
Cribrella oculata. See Cribrella sanguinolenta.
Whiteaves*
Catalogue.
241
76
74
74
28
28
17
17
17
IS
18
144
13
209
75
24
146
30
10
215
21«
94
205
205
205
253
12
122
121
122
121
169
168
168
MARINE lyTERTEBRATES
269
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathyinetric Whiteaves'
Tallies.
Cribrella pectinata 236
Cribrella sangTiinolenta 236
Cribrilina anmilata 241
Cribrilina punctata 241
Cribrina Stella 234
Cribulina annulata. See Cribrilina annulata.
Crisia cribraria. See Crisia eburnea var. cribraria.
Crisia denticulata 242
Crisia eburnea 242
Crisia eburnea var. cribraria 242
Cristellaria crepidula 230
Cristellaria lituus 230
Cristellarip. rotulata 230
Crossaster papposus 236
Crucibulum striatum 246
Cryptodjn (Axinulus) ferruginosus 243
Cryptodon gouldii 243
Cryptodon i Axinulus) inaequalis 243
Cryptodon obesus 24S
Cryptodon planus 243
Cryptodon rotunda turn. See Cryptodon (Axinulus) ferruginosus.
Cryptoiaria triserialis 233
rryptonota citrina. .See Spinther citrinus.
Ctenodiscus corniculatus. See Ctenodiscus crispatus.
Ctenodiscus crispatus • • • ■ 236
Cucumaria frondosa. See Pentacta frondosa.
Cucumaria hyalina. See Thyonidium pollucidum.
Cucumaria minuta. See Pentacta minuta.
Cuma bispino.sa. See Diastylis quadrispinosus.
Cuma lucifera. See Diastylis luciferus.
Cuma rathkii. See Diastylis rathkii..
Cumingia tellinoides 243
Cuspidaria arctica 243
Cuspidaria arctica var. glacialis. See Cuspidaria glacialis.
Cuspidaria glacialis 243
Cuspidaria pellucida 243
Cuspidella grandis 233
Cuthona stimpsoni. See Coryphella stimpsoni.
Cuvreria fabricii. See Lophothuria fabricii.
Cyanea arctica 233
Cyanea postelsii. See Cyanea arctica.
Cyclocardia borealis. See Venericardia borealis.
Cyclopecten pustulosus. See Pecten (Cyclopecten) pustulosus.
Cylichna alba 246
Cylichna alba var. corticata. See Cylichna alba.
Cylichna gouldii. See Retusa gouldii.
Cylichna nitidula. See Retusa nitidula.
Cylichna occulta 24 6
Cylichna reinhardi. See Cylichna occulta.
Cylindroporella tubulosa. See Porina tubulosa.
Cymothoa lignorum. See Limnoria lignorum.
Cynthia carnea. See Halocynthia tuberculum and Dendroda carnea.
Cynthia condylomata. See Halocynthia rustica.
Cynthia echinata. See Halocynthia echinata.
Cynthia glutinans. See Eugyra glutinans.
Cynthia placenta. See Halocynthia tuberculum.
Cynthia pyriformis. See Halocynthia pyriformis.
Cypridina excisa 249
Cyprina islandica 243
Cyrtodaria siliqua 243
Cythere abyssicola 249
Cythere badia? 249'
Cythere canadensis 249 '
Cythere concinna 249
Cythere costata 246
Cythere dawsoni 249
Cythere dunelmensis 250'
Cythere emarginata 250
Cythere leioderma 250'
Cythere limicola 250
Cythere lutea 250
Cythere pellucida ' 250
Cythere tuberculata 250
Cythere villosa 250
Catalogue.
53
53
98
97
39
no
109
110
10
10
10
52
169
13S
137
13S
137
137
4S
141
147
147
147
24
30
202
203
217
130
150
217
■ -217
'"••'2'17
■ - -217
■■■ : 2i7
■■^'■•217
' ■: 217
• fm
'"217
■ '-in
- -<,2i7
■217
217
21T
250
217
243
136
230
217
2S0
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
250
217
231
270 DEPARTMEXT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Ta'bles. Catalogrue.
Cythere whitei
Cytherea convexa
Cytherea sayana. See Cytherea convexa.
Cytherea sayii. See Cj'therea convexa.
Cytheridea (?) elongata
Cytheridea papulosa
Cytheridea punctillata
Cytheridea sorbyana
Cytherideis foveolata
Cytheropteron angulatum
Cytheropteron arcuatum
Cytheropteron nodosum
Cytheropteron vespertillo
Cytherura (?) concentrica
Cytherura (?) cristata
Cytherura (?) pumila
Cytherura ( ?) sarsii
Cytherura (?) undata
Cyttarocyclis denticulata. . ■
D
Dacrydiura vitreum 243 120
Dajus mysidis 251 236
Defrancia exarata. See Bela exarata.
Defrancia lucernaria. See Discofascigera lucernaria.
Defrancia nobilis. See Bela nobilis.
Defrancia pingelii. See Bela pingelii.
Defrancia scalaris. See Bela scalaris.
Defrancia woodiana. See Bela woodiana.
Dendrodoa aggregata van pulchella
Dendrofloa carnea
Dendrodoa grossularia
Dendronotus arborescens
Dendronotus robustus
Dendronotus reynoldsii. See Dendronotus arborescens.
Dendronotus velifer. See Dendronotus robustus.
Dentalium abyssorum. See Dentalium occidentale.
Dentalium agile 245 152
Dentalium dentale. See Dentalium occidentale.
Dentalium dentalis. See Dentalium occidentale.
Dentalium entalis 245 152
Dentalium lobatum. See Siphonodentalium lobatum.
Dentalium vitreum. See Siphonodentalium lobatum.
Dentalium occidentale
Desmacella peachii var. groenlandica
Desmacidon (Homaeodictya) palmata
Desmophyllum nobile
Dexamine bispinosa. See Halirages bispinosus.
Diadora noachina. See Puncturella noachina.
Diaphana debilis
Diaphana hiemalis
Diaphana nitidula. See Retusa nitidula.
Diaphana pertenuis. See Retusa pertenuis.
Dias longiremis
Diastopora obelia
Diastopora patina
Diastylis goodsiri
Diastylis luciferus
Diastylis politus
Diastylis quadrispinosus
Diastylis rathkii
Diastylopsis (?) resima
Diastylis scorpioides.
Diastylis sculptus
Dicoryne flexuosa
Dictyocha aculeata. See Distephanus aculeatus.
Didemnopsis tenerum
Diphasia tallax
Diphasia mirabills
Diphasia rosacea
Diphyopsis campanulifera
Discofascigera lucernaria
Discopora hispida. See Lichenopora hispida.
254
254
254
246
206
246
206
245
152
232
17
232
17
234
42
246
202
246
202
249
242
112
242
112
252
252
244
252
246
252
245
252
244
252
252
245
252
233
19
254
233
26
233
26
233
26
233
242
113
MAi;i\K J\] KinEflRATES
271
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
231
236
Discopora skenei. See Porella skenei.
Discopora verrucosa. See Umbonula verrucosa.
Discoporella clypeiformis. See Lichenopora clypeiformis.
Discoporella hispida. ySee Lichenopora liispida.
Dispotaea. See Crucibulum.
I>i5tephanus speculum var. regularis 231
Distephanus aculeatus 231
Doris arborescens. See Dendronotus arboresscens.
Doris coronata. See Dote coronata.
Doris illuminate. See Polycera lessonii.
Doris pallida. See Oncbidoris pallida.
Doris papulosa. See JEoUs papillosa.
Doris planulata
Doto coronata
Doto formosa ,
Drepanophorus lankesteri
Drilonereis canadensis
Duasmodactyla producta. See Thyonidium productum.
Dulichia porrecta
E
Kbria tripartita
Echinarchnius atlanticus. See Echinaraohnius parma.
Echinarachnius parma
Echinaster oculatus. See Cribrella sanguinolenta.
Echinaster sanguinolentus. See Cribrella sanguinolenta.
Echinus drobachiensis. See Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis.
Echinus granularis. See Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis.
Echinus granulatus. See Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis.
Echinus neglectus. See Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis.
Edotea montosa. See Epelys montosus.
Edwardsia farinacea
Edwardsia sipunculoides
Electra catenularia
Electra pilosa
Enonella bicarinata
Ensatella americana. See Ensis directus.
Ensis americanum. See Ensis directus.
Ensis directus 243
Entalis striolata. See Dentalium entalis.
Eolis diversa. See Coryphella diversa.
Eolis mananensis. See Coryphella mananensis.
Eolis purpurea. See yEolis purpurea.
Eolis stellata. See .^olis stellata.
Epelys montosus
Ephesia gracilis
Ephesia sj)
Epigonactis fecunda
Epimeria coniger. See Epimeria loricata-
Hpimeria cornigera. See Epim^eria loricata.
Epimeria loricata
Epitonium groenlandicum
Bpizoanthus americanus. See Epizoanthus incrustatus.
Epizoanthus cancrisocius See Epizoanthus incrustatus.
Epizoanthus incrustatus
Epizoanthus paguriphilus
Erentho smitti
Brichthonius rubricornis. See Brichthonlus difformis.
Ericthonius difformis 251
Eschara elegantula. See Porella elegantula.
Eschara Isevis. See Porella laevls.
Eschara lobata. See Escharoides sarsii.
Eschara palmata. See Flustra solida.
Eschara pavonella. See Mucronella pavon-ella.
Eschara papposa. See Porella elegantula var. papposa.
Eschara rosacea. See Escharoides sarsii.
Eschara sarsii. See Escharoides sarsii.
Eschara scabra. See Rhamphostomella scabra.
Escharella porifera. See Smittia arctica.
Escharipora annulata. See Cribrilina annulata.
Escharoides coccinea var. peachii. See Mucronella peachil.
Escharoides saisii 241
Escharopsis lobata. See Escharoides sarsii.
Bathymetric Wliiteaves
Tables. Catalogue.
11
246
207
246
204
246
204
237
66
23S
63
234
37
234
37
241
96
241
95
238
8S
143
231
23S
23S
234
240
78
39
251
243
227
235
235
238
36
36
221
102
272
DEPARTHEST OF THE yAVAL HERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Esperella lingua
Esperella modesta
Eteone cylindrica
Euchaeta marina
Euohone (?) lawrencii
Euchone rubrocincta
Buchone tuberculosa
Eucope alternata. See Obelia geniculata.
Eucope diaphana. See Obelia geniculata.
Eucopella caliculata. See Campanulana caliculata.
"Eucranta villosa. See Eupolynoe occidentalis.
Eucythere argus
Eudendrium capillare
Eudendriura cingulatum '
Eudendrium dispar ■'
Eudendrium rameum '
Eudendrium ramosum '
Eudendrium tenue "'
Eudorella emarginata
Eudorella hispida "
Eudorella Integra "' '' '' '
Eudorella pusilla ,''.\
Eudorellopsis Integra. See Eudorella Integra.
Eugj-ra glutinans . .
Eugj-ra pilularis .^
Eulima stenostoma ' ' ' ' ] " ' _ _
Euraastia sitiens _ ..
^;;;;:S;^^^S:meraia:-SeeEun;pihyalu;W.-; •; ■; :
Eunepthya lutkeni
Eunice sp.?. ..'.". V
Euniceoerstedii
Eunice vivida. See Leodice vivida.
Bunoa nodosa
Bunoa cerstedii "
Eunoa spinulosa . . ..
Eupagurus bernhardus '■ " "
Eupagurus kroyeri ■
Eupagurus pubescens .' . .
Euphrosyne borealis
Eupolynoe anticostiensis . . . . .
Eupolvnoe occidentalis
Eu7vrscum"m.- See-Gorgonocephalus-agassiVzi:
Eury^c'hrnu'f drobachiensis.- ' See Wtrongi-locenirotus drobachiensis.
Burytemora herdmani
Eusirus cuspidatus ' '" .'. .. .
Busyllis tubifex ' " ' ' ' _ _
Butliemisto bispinosa _
Euthemisto compressa
Euthemisto libellula
Evadne nordmanni ' '" " '
Evadne spinif era
F
Fasciola angulata. See Amphiporus angulatus.
Fasciola rosea. See Amphiporus roseus.
Fasciolaria ligata. See Ptychatractus ligatus.
Fasciporina flexuosa
Filellum expansura
Filellum serpens
Filograna fllograna
Flabelligera affinis
Plabellum angulare
Flabellum goodei
Flustra abyssicola
Flustra borealis
Flustra carbasea
Flustra digitata. See Flustra carbasea.
Flustra ellisii. ' See Caberea elHsii.
Flustra hispida. See Flustrella hispida.
Flustra membranaceo-truncala
Flustra papyrea. See Flustra carbasea.
Flustra pilosa. See Electra pilosa.
Flustra securifrons
Bathyraetric
Whiteaves
Tables.
Catalogue.
232
16
232
16
238
81
249
23S
238
238
250
217
233
20
233
20
233
20
233
19
233
19
233
20
252
243
252
244
252
244
252
244
254
271
254
271
246
163
232
15
23S
78
235
32
238
238
80
238
86
238
S6
238
86
253
25S
253
259
253
259
238
88
238
85
238
85
235
46
251
23S
249
251
225
238
81
251
219
251
251
219
24S
248
242
113
233
233
238
238
235
41
235
41
241
95
241
94
241
95
241
94
MARINE INVERTEBRATES
273
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
Flustra stri'Ulata 241 95
Plustra solida 241 95
Flustra trlfolium. See Membranipora tritolium.
Flustra truncata. See Bugula murrayana.
Flustrella hispida 243 114
Flustrimorpha solida. See Flustra solida.
Fovia afflnis 23G 64
Freyella americana. See Odinia americana.
Funiculina armata 235 34
Fusus bamffius. See Trophon truncatus.
Fusus cancellatus. See Bela cancellata.
fusus cinereus. See Urosalpinx cinerea.
Fusus corneus. See Sipho stimpsoni.
Fusus curtus. See Sipho stimpsoni.
Fusus decemcostatus. See Neptunea decemcostata.
Fusus harpularius. See Bela harpularia.
Fusus islandicus. See Sipho stimpsoni.
Fusus islandicus var. pygmaeus. See Sipho pygmaeus.
Fusus kroyeri. See Tritonofusus kroyeri.
Fusus latericeus. See Tritonofusus latericeus.
Fusus (Volutopsius) norvegicus. See Volutopsis norvegica.
Fusus pleurotomarius. See Bela pleurotomaria.
Fusus pygmaeus. See Sipho pygmaeus.
Fusus rufus. See Bela pleurotomaria.
Fusus scalariformis. See Trophon clathratus.
Fusus spitzbergensis. See Sipho spitzbergensis.
Fusus stimpsoni. See Sipho stimpsoni.
Fusus syrtensis. See Tritonofusus syrtensis.
Fusus tornatus. See Neptunea despecta var. tornata.
Fusus turricula. See Bela scalaris. ■
Fusus ventricosus. See Sipho ventricosus.
Galericulum undatum. See Velutina (Limneria) undata.
Gammaracanthus macrophthalmus
Gammarus dentatus. See Melita dentata.
Gammarus locusta
Gammarus macrophthalmus. See Gammaracanthus macrophthalmus.
Gammarus mutatus. See Gammarus locusta.
Gammarus ornatus. See Gammarus locusta.
Gammarus pulex. See Gammarus locusta.
Gammarus purpuratus. See Melita dentata.
Gammarus sabini. See Amathilla homari.
Gattyana amondseni. See Nychia amondseni.
Gattyana cirrhosa. See Nychia cirrhosa.
Gellius arcoferus
Gellius flagellifer
Gellius laurentinus
Gemellaria dumosa. See Gemellaria loricata var. americana.
Gemellaria loricata
Gemellaria loricata var. americana
Gemellaria willisii. See Gemellaria loricata.
Gemma gemma. See Tottenia gemma.
Gemma totteni. See Tottenia gemma.
Glandula arenicola
Glandula fibrosa
Glandula mollis
Globigerina aequilateralis.
Glycera capitata. See Rhynchobolus capitatus.
Glycera dibranchiata
Glycera siphonostoma
Glycera viridescens. See Gonlada maculata.
Glycimeris arctica. See Panopaea (Panomya) norvegica.
Glycimeris siliqua. See Cyrtodaria siliqua.
Gnathia cerina
Gonatus fabricii
Gonlada maculata
Goniada norvegica
Gonlaster equestris. See Hippasteria phrygiana.
Gonothyraea gracilis
Gonothyraea loveni
Gorgonia lepadifera. See Primnoa reseda.
251
251
232
232
232
241
241
223
223
16
16
16
91
92
254
26
254
26
254
26
230
23S
23S
251
242
24S
210
23S
79
23.S
233
233
236
62
236
61
236
«2
233
2S
233
28
232
12
23S
73
251
236
233
233
24
233
233
25
233
25
233
274 DEPARTilEyr OF THE XArAL SEHTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathynietric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
Gorgonia reseda. See Primnoa reseda.
Gorgonocephalus agassizii
norgonocephalus eucnemis
Gorgonocephalus lamarckii :
Grammaria abietina
Grammaria gracilis
Grammaria robusta. See Grammaria abietina.
Grantia canadensis
Gr\'Tnaea spiralis
Gyge hippolytes
H
Halcyonium carneum. See Alcyonium carneum.
Halecium beani
Halecium halecinum
Halecium minutum. .
Halecium muricatum ^
Halecium robustum. See Lafoea robusta.
Halecium sessile
Halecium tenellum
Halichondria inciustans. See Myxilla incrustans.
Halichondria panicea 232 15
Halichondria ventilabrum. See Phakellia ventilabrum.
Haliclystus auricula. See Halyclystus auricula.
Halirages bispinosus
Halirages fulvoeinctus
Halocynthia echinata
Halocynthia pyriformis
Halocynthia rustica
Halocynthia tuberculum
Halophila borealis. See Flustra borealis.
Halyclystus auricula
Haminea solitaria
Hanleyia mendicaria
Haploops setosa
Haploops tubicola
Haplophragmium canariense
Haplophragmium cassis
Harmothoe imbricata
H-an>acticus chelifer. . . . _
Harpinia fusiformis
Helix haliotoides. See Velutina laevigata.
Helix laevigata. See Velutina laevigata.
Hemeschara struma. See Porella struma.
Hemimactra solidissima. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima.
Hemithyris psittacea
Henricia sanguinolenta. See Cribrella sangoinolenta.
Hetairus debilis
Hetairus gaimardii. See Spirontocaris gaimardii.
Hetairus tenuis
Hetarofusus balea. See Limacina gouldii.
Heterofusus retroversus. See Limacina gouldii.
Heteronereis arctica. See Nereis (Lycoris) pelagica.
Heteropia rodgeri 232 12
Heteroteuthis tenera. See Rossia ( ?) tenera.
Hippasteria plana. See Hippasteria phrygiana.
Hippasteria phrygiana 236 50
Hippocrepina indivisa 230 10
Hippolyte aculeata. See Spirontocaris groenlandicus.
Hippolyte fabricii 253 249
Hippolyte gaimardii. See Spirontocaris gaimardii.
Hippolyte gordoni. See Caridion gordoni.
Hippolyte groenlandica. See Spirontocaris groenlandicus.
Hippolyte macilenta 253 249
Hippolyte phippsii. See Spirontocaris turgida.
Hippolyte polaris. See Spirontocaris polaris.
Hippolyte projecta 253 250
Hippolyte pusiola. See Spirontocaris pusiola.
Hippolyte securifrons. See Spirontocaris spinus.
Hippolyte sowerbaei. See Spirontocaris spinus.
Hippolyte sowerbyi. See Spirontocaris spmus.
Hippolyte spinus. See Spirontocaris spinus.
Hippolyte turgida. See Spirontocaris turgida
251
226
:''-!
226
254
268
254
268
254
268
254
269
233
29
246
201
246
154
251
223
251
222
230
10
230
10
23S
S4
249
251
231
240
91
253
253
253
252
MARIXE lyVERTEBRATES
275
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Hippothoa borealis. See Hippothoa divaricata.
Hippothoa catenularia. See Electra catenularia.
Hippothoa divaricata
Hippotlioa divaricata var. cxpansa. See Hippothoa expansa.
Hippotlioa expansa
Hippothoa hyalina. See Schizoporella hyalina.
Hippothoa rugosa. See Electra catenularia.
Histioteuthis coUinsii
Holothuria frondosa. See Pentacta frondosa.
Holothuria laevis. See Chirodota laevis.
Holothuria pellucida. See Thyonidiuin pelluciilum.
Holothuria phantapus. See Psolus phantapus.
Holothuria priapus. See Priapulus caudatus?
Holothuria squamata. See Lophothuria fabricii.
Holozoa clavata
Homarus americanus
Hoi'nera borealis. See Hornera lichenoides
Hornera lichenoides
Hyale littoralis
Hyas araneus
Hyas coarctatus
Hydractinia echinata
Hydractina polyclina. See Hydi'actinia echinata.
Hydrallmania falcata
Hydrobia minuta. See Cingula minuta.
Hymeniacidon lingue. See Esperella lingua.
Hyperia medusarum. See Hyperoche medusarum.
Hyperia oblivia. See Parathemisto oblivia.
Hyperoche medusarum
Hypothyris psittacea. See Hemithyris psittacea.
I
Tanthina fragilis
Idmonea atlantica
Idmonea serpens
Idmonea pruinosa. See Idmonea atlantica.
Idotaea marmorata. See Synidotea bicuspida.
Idotea bicuspida. See Synidotea bicuspida.
Idotea coeca. See Chiridotea coeca.
Idotea irrorata. See Idotea marina.
Idotea marina
Idotea montosa. See Epelys montosus
Idotea phosphorea
Idotea robusta
Idotea tuttsii. See Chiridotea tuttsii.
Idothea baltica. See Idotea marina.
Idothea metallica. See Idotea robusta.
Idothea nodulosa. See Synidotea nodulosa.
Idyia roseola
Illex illecebrosus '
Tlyanassa obsoleta. See Nassa (Ilyanassa) obsoleta.
lophon chelifer
Iphimedia vulgaris. See Pontogeneia inermis.
Irenaeus patersoni
Isias clavipes ,
Issa lacera
Ischnochiton (Trachydermon) albus. See Trachydermon albus.
Tschnochiton ruber. See Trachydermon ruber.
Isocirrus?
J
Jaera albifrons
Jaera copiosa. See Jaera albifrons.
Jaera nivalis. See Jaera albifrons.
Jaminia exigua. See Odostomia bisuturalis.
Jaminia seminuda_ See Odostomia seminuda.
Janira alta
Janira spinosa
K
Kellia ferruginosa. See Cryptodon f Axinulus) ferruginosus.
Kellia suborbicularis
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
241
241
24S
233
251
2-.1
2.-,l
251
238
251
251
251
243
100
101
209
254
253
255
242
112
251
235
253
260
253
260
233
21
21S
24fi
164
242
111
242
111
23S
239
239
235
248
43
210
232
17
249
249
246
217
206
237
237
237
138
276
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE
Tables.
Kennerlia glacialis 243
Keratoisis ornata. See Ceratoisis ornata.
Kinetoskias arborescens 241
Kinetoskias flexilis. See Kinetoskias smittii.
Kinetoskias (Bugiilopsis) flexilis. See Kinetoskias smittii.
Kinetoskias smittii 241
Kinnetoskias arborescens. See Kinetoskias arborescens.
Krithe (Ilyobates) bartonensls 250
L
Labidocera aestiva 249
Lacuna divaricata. See Lacuna vincta.
Lacuna glacialis 246
Lacuna neritoidea 246
Lacuna vincta 246
Laenilla glabra.
Laetmonice armata 23S
Laetmonice filicornis 23S
Laetmonice producta var. assijnilis 23S
Laevicardium mortoni. See Cardiura (Laevicardium) mortoni.
Lafoea dumosa 233
Lafoea frutieosa Hincks. See Lafoea gracillima.
Lagoea frutieosa Sars 233
Lafoea gracillima ,. 233
Lafoea pygmaea 233
Lafoea robusta 233
Lafoea symmetrica 233
Lafystus sturionis 251
Lagena apiculata 230
Lagena distoma 230
Lagena globosa 230
Lagena laevi.s 230
Lagena marginata 230
Lagena melo 230
Lagena ornata 231
Lagena semistriata 231
Lagena squamosa 231
Lagena striatopunctata 231
Lagena sulcata 231
Lagenlpora spinulosa 241
Lagisca rarispina 23S
Lagisca rarispina var occidentalis 238
Lamellaria perspicua! See Marsenina glabra.
Lamellidoris muricata. See Onchldoris muricata.
Lamellidoris pallida. See Onohidoris pallida.
Lamprops quadriplicata 252
Lanassa nordenskioldi 238
Laomedea amphora. See Campanularia flexuosa.
Laomedea flexuosa_ See Campanularia flexuosa.
( ?) Laomedea gelatinosa. See Obelia commissuralis.
Leachia granulata. See Astacilla granulata.
Leaena abranohiata 238
Leanira tetragona 238
Leanira yhleni 238
Leda buccata. See Leda pernula var. jacksonli.
Leda jacksonii. See Leda pernula var. jacksonii_
Leda limatula. See Toldia limatula.
Leda minuta 243
Leda myalls. See Toldia myalls.
?Leda obesa. See Toldiella lucida.
Leda pernula 243
Leda pernula var. jacksonii .243
Leda (Toldia) sapotilla. See Toldia sapotilla
Leda tenuisulcata 243
Loieschara coarctata. See Myriozoum coarctatum.
Leieschara subgracile. See Myriozoum subgracile.
Leodice vivida 238
Lepas balanoLdes, See Balanus balanoides.
Lepas fascicularis 249
Lepas fasciculatus. See Lepas fascicularis.
Lepas hillii 249
Lepeophtheirus hippoglossi 249
Lepeophtheirus salmonis 249
Lepeta caeca 246
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Whiteaves"
Catalogue.
144
94
94
217
174
173
173
87
87
87
24
24
277
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
98
85
86
84
84
124
124
125
125
79
214
155
MAIiI\E INVERTEBRATES 277
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogrue.
I^epidonote cirrata. Hee Ilarmothoe imbricata.
Lepidonote punctata. See Lcpidonotus squaniatus.
Lepidonotus squamatus 23S 86
Lepidopleurus alveolus 246 154
Lepidopleurus cancellatus 246 153
Lepralia abysslcola. See Mucronella abyssicola
Lepralia annulata. See Cribrilina .annulata.
Lepralia bella. See Porella bella.
Lepralia belli. See Porella concinna.
Lepralia Candida. See Smittia Candida^
Lepralia concinna. See Porella concinna.
Lepralia crassispina.. See Porella skenei.
Lepralia globifera. See Smittia globifera.
Lepralia hippopus 241 101
Lepralia hyalina. See Schizoporella hyalina.
Lepralia labiata. See Rhamphostomella scabra var_ labiata.
Lepralia landsborovii. See Smittia landsborovii.
Lepralia linearis. See Schizoporella linearis.
Lepralia lineata. See Schizoporella linearis.
Lepralia (Discopora) megastoma 241 102
Lepralia minuta. See Porella minuta.
Lepralia peachii. See Mucronella peachii^
Lepralia pertusa 241 101
Lepralia plana. See Myriozoum planum.
Lepralia producta. See Smittia producta.
Lepralia punctata. See Cribrilina punctata.
Lepralia spathulifera 241 101
Lepralia trispinosa. See Smittia trispinosa
Lepralia tubulosa. See Porina tubulosa.
Lepralia ventricosa. See Mucronella ventricosa.
Lepralia verrucosa. See Umbonula verrucosa.
Lepralia vitrea. See Cellepora contigiia.
Leptasterias groenlandica
Leptasterias littoralis
Lepta.sterias tenera
Leptocheirus pinguis
Leptochelia fllum
Leptochiton alveolus. See Lepidopleurus adveolus^
Leptochiton cancellatus. See Lepidopleurus cancellatus.
LeptocUnides faeroeiisis
Leptoclinum albidum
Leptoclinum albidum var. luteolum
Leptoclinum luteolum. See Leptoclinum albidum var. luteolum.
Leptoplana ellipsoides
Leptoptychaster arcticus
Leptothoe danae. See Maera danae.
Lernaea branchialis 249 216
Lernaea branchialis var_ sigmoidea. See Lernaea branchialis.
Lesaea minuta. See Turtonia minuta.
Lestoteuthis fabricii. See Gonatus fabricii.
Leucon nasicoides
Leucon nasicus
Leucosolenia cancellata
Leucothoe glacialis. See Metopa glacialis.
Leucothoe grandimanus
Libinia emarginata
Lichenopora clypeiformis
Lichenopora hispida
Lichenopora regularis
Lichenopora verrucaria
Lima subauriculata. See Limatula subauriculata.
Lima sulcata. See Limatula subauriculata^
Limacina gouldii '
Limatula subauriculata
Limax papillosus. See ^^Colis papillosa.
Liraneria undata. See Velutina (Limneria) undata.
Limnoria lignorum 251
Limnoria terebrans. See Limnoria lignorum.
Lineus sanguineus
Lineus socialis
Lineus truncatus
Lineus viridis
Linkia oculata. See CribreUa sanguinolenta.
Linkia pertusa_ See CribreUa sanguinolenta.
236
56
236
56
236
56
251
225
251
242
254
254
265
254
265
236
63
236
49
252
243
252
243
232
11
251
232
253
242
113
242
112
242
113
242
113
24S
20S
243
119
237
66
237
66
237
67
237
66
278
DEPAlirMEXr OF THE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Liocardium mortoni. See Cardium (Laevicardium) mortoni.
Liocyma fluctuosa
Ijiostomia eburnea
Lisseclinum aureum
Lithodes mala
Litorina litorea
Litorina palliata
Litorina rudis
Littorina arctica. See Litorina palliata.
Littorina groenlandica. See Litorina rudis.
Littorina littoralis. See Litorina palliata.
Littorina littorea. See Litorina litorea,
Littorina palliata. See Litorina palliata.
Littorina rudis. See Litorina rudis.
Littorina tenebrosa. See Litorina rudis.
Littorinella minuta. See Cingula minuta.
Lizzia octopunctata.
Lobularia rubiforme. See Alcyonium rubiforme.
Loligo iUecebrosa. See Illex illecebrosus.
Lophaster turcifer
Lophohelia oculifera
Lophotliuria fabricil
Lottia testudinalis. See Acmaea testudinalis.
Lovenella whiteavesii. See Cerlthiella whiteavesii.
Loxoconcha sp
Lucernaria auricula. See Manania auricula.
Lucernaria plirygia. See Myrlothela phryjjia.
Lucernaria quadricornis
Lucina flexuosa See Cryptodon gouldii.
Lucina gouldii. See Crj-ptodon gouldii.
Lumara flava. See Thelepus cinclnnatus.
Lumbricoclym^ne sp ". .
Lumbriconereis c^. assimilis
Lumbrieonereis fragilis
Lumbriconeris fragilis. See Lumbriconereis fragilis.
Lumbricus cirratus. See Cirratulus cirrhatus.
Lumbricus fragilis. See Lumbriconereis fragilis.
Lumbrinereis fragilis. See Lumbriconereis fragilis.
Lumbrinereis hebes
Lunatia groenlandica
Lunatia heros
Lunatia heros var. triseriata
Lunatia immaculata
Lunatia nana
Lunatia triseriata. See Lunatia heros var. triseriata.
Lupa pelagica. See Neptunus sayi.
Lycoris. See Nereis.
Lyonsia arenosa
Lyonsia hyalina
Lysianassa appendiculata. See Anonyx nugax.
Lysianassa spinifera. See Lysianax spinifera.
Lysianax spinifera
Lysianoi>sis alba
Lytocarpus myriophyllum. See Thecocarpus myriophyllum.
Bathymetric
Whiteaves
Tables.
Catalogue
243
136
246
163
254
253
260
246
172
246
172
246
172
236
52
235
42
235
45
250
233
23S
23S
23S
217
29
SO
238
80
246
165
246
165
246
166
246
165
247
165
244
145
244
145
251
233
251
M
Machaera costata. See Siliqua costata.
Machaera nitida_ See Siliqua squama.
Machaera squama. See Siliqua squama.
Machaeroplax bella. See Solariella obscura var. bella.
Machaeroplax obscura. See Solariella obscura.
Machaeroplax obscura var. bella. See Solariella obscura var. bella.
Machaeroplax varicosa. See Solariella varicosa.
Macoma balthica ■" 244
Macoma balthica fusca. See Macoma balthica.
Macoma calcarea 244
:Macoma fragilis. See Macoma balthica.
Macoma fusca. See Macoma balthica.
Macoma inflata 244
Macoma proxima. See Macoma calcarea.
ilacoma sabulosa. See Macoma calcarea.
Macoma tenera. See Macoma calc.Trea.
Macroclinum ponium 254
141
142
143
MAlilXE lyVERTEBRATES
279
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric
Tables.
Mactra deaurata. See Mesodesma deauratum.
Mactra gigantea. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima.
Mactra lateralis. See Mulinia lateralis.
Mactra ovalis. See Spisula (Hemimactra) polynyma.
Maotra polynyma. See Spisula (Hemimactra) polynyma.
Mactra ponderosa. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima and S. polynyma.
Mactra similis. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima and S. polynyma.
Mactra solidissima. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima.
Mactra tellinoides. See Cumingia tellinoides.
Madrepora verucaria. See Lichenopora verrvicaria.
Maera danae 2al
Maera sp 251
Maldane sarsii ; 233
Malmgrenia whiteavesii 23S
Mamma ( ?) immaculata. See Lunatia immaculata
Mammillifera incrustata. See Epizoanthus incrustatus.
Manania auricula 233
Mangelia pyramidalis. See Bela pleurotomaria.
Margarita acuminata 247
Margarita alabastrum. See Calliostoma occidentale.
Margarita arctica. See Margarita helicina.
Margarita argentata. See Margarita olivacea
Margarita bella. See Solariella obscura var. bella.
Margarita campanulata. See Margarita helicina.
Margarita cinerea 24"
Margarita cinerea var. grandis 247
Margarita costulata. See MoIIeria costulata.
Margarita glauca. See Margarita olivacea. 247
Margarita groenlandica. See Margarita undulata.
Margarita helicina 247
Margarita obscura. See Solariella obscura.
Margarita olivacea , 247
Margarita striata. See Margarita cinerea.
Margarita striata. See Margarita undulata.
Margarita umbilicalis 247
Margarita undulata 247
Margarita varicosa. See Solariella varicosa.
Margarites undulatus. See Margarita undulata.
Marsenina glabra 247
Marsenina groenlandica. See Marsenina glabra.
Mayerella limicola. . 251
Meclielia olivacea. See Cerebratulus fuscus.
Medusa aequorea. See Polycanna groenlandica.
Medusa aurita. See Aurelia flavidula.
Medusa capitata. See Cyanea arctica.
Medusa digitale See Trachyneme digitale.
Meganyctiphane's norvegica. See Xyctiphanes norvegica.
Megayoldia thraciaeformis • 244
Melampus bidentatus 247
Melampus corneus. See Melampus bidentatus.
Melampus lineatus 247
Melania rufa. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta.
Melicertum campanula 233
Melinna cristata 238
Melita dentata 251
Melita goesii 251
Melphidippa sp 251
Membranipora armitera. See Membranipnra sophiae var. armifera.
Membranipora cratlcula 241
Membanipora cynibiformis 241
Membranipora dumerilii ' 241
Membranipora fl^mingii 241
Membranipora fleniingii var. trifolium. See Membranipora trifolium.
Membranipora flemingii var. minax_ See Ramphonotus minax.
Membranipora lacroixii * 241
Membranipora lineata 241
Membranipora minax. See Ramphonotus minax.
Membranipora monostachys 241
Membranipora pilosa. See Electra pilosa.
Membranipora sacculata. See Membranipora trifolium.
Jfembranipora solida. See Membranipora trifolium.
Membranipora sophiae 241
Membranipora sophiae var. armifera 241
Membranipor-a spinifera 241
Membranipora trifolium 241
Whiteaves'
Catalogue.
224
224
S5
30
158
159
159
157
158
15S
15S
159
127
207
74
224
224
225
96
96
96
97
96
96
97
97
280 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
241 96
Membranipora unicornis ^^^ gg
Membraniporella crassicosta
Menestho aebula. See also Menestho striatula. ^^^
Menestho albula 247 162
llenestho striatula
Menipea fruticosa. See Bugula murrayana. ^^^ ^^
Menipea ternata ;
Mercenaria mercenaria. See Venus mercenana.
Mercenaria violacea. See Venus mercenaria.
Mertensia cucullus. See Mertensia ovum. _^^. ^^
Mertensia ovum
Mesalia lacteola. See Turritella reticulata.
Mesidotea entomon
Mesidotea sabinii
ilesodesma jauresii. See Mesodesma deauratum.
Mesodesma deauratum
Metaecus medusarum. See Hyperoche medusarum.
Meterythrops robusta
Metopa glacialis
Metopa groenlandica
Metridium dianthus
Metridium marginatum. See Metridium dianthus.
Metridium senile. See Metridium dianthus.
Microcosmus nacreus
Microporella ciliata
Microsetella atlantica
Micrura afflnis
Micrura rubra
Mictheimysis stenolepis. See Mysis stenolepis.
Miliolina agglutinans
Miliolina bicornis
Miliolina ferussacii
Miliolina oblonga
Miliolina secans
Miliolina seminulum
Miliolina subrotunda
Miliolina tricarinata
Miliolina trigonula
Millepora lichenoides. See Hornera lichenoides.
Millepora reticulata. See Khamphostomella scabra.
Millepora skenei. See Porella skenei.
Millepora truncata. See Myriozoum subgracile.
Modiola? cicercula. See Crenella decussata.
Modiola (Brachydontes) demissa ^** *""
Modiola discrepans. See Modiolaria discors.
Modiola glandula. See Crenella glandula.
Modiola laevigata. See Modiolaria discors. ^
Modiola modiolus -''
Modiola nexa. See Modiolaria nigra.
Modiola nigra. Sec Modiolaria nigra.
Modiola pectinula. See Crenella pectinula_
Modiola plicatula. See Modiola (Brachydontes) demissa.
Modiola? vitrea. See Dacrydium vitreum.
Modiolaria corrugata
Modiolaria discors
Modiolaria discrepans. See Modiolaria nigra.
Modiolaria laevigata. See Modiolaria discors.
Modiolaria nigra
Molgula littoralis
Molgula pannosa
Molgula papulosa
Molgula pilularis. See Eugyra pilularis.
Molgula producta
Molgula retortif ormis
MoUeria costulata
Molpadia colitica_ See Trochostoma coliticum.
Molpadia turgida'. See Trochostoma turgidum.
Monocaulus glacialis
Monoculodes borealis ■ ••
Monoculodes demissus
Monoculodes nubilatus. See Oediceros lynceus.
Monoculodes sp. indet
Monoporella spinulifera
Montacuta clevata. See Rochefortia moUerl.
251
261
244
140
252
247
251
23e
251
234
37
254
241
98
249
237
67
237
67
231
10
231
10
231
10
231
10
231
10
231
10
231
10
231
10
231
10
244
244
121
120
244
254
255
255
121
270
270
270
255
255
247
270
270
157
233
251
251
21
229
229
251
241
229
108
241
107
241
107
241
107
241
107
244
139
253
257
251
237
252
237
ilAlilNE INVERTEBRATES 281
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
MorviUia undata. See Velutina (Liraneria) undata.
Mucronella abyssicola 241 107
Mucronella ovata. See Rharaphostomella ovata.
Mucronella pavoneUa
Mucronella peachii
Mucronella praelucida
Mucronella scabra See Rhamphostomella scabra.
Mucronella spinuliiera. See Monoporella spinulifera.
Mucronella ventricosa
Mulinia lateralis
Munidopsis curvirostra
Munna fabricii
Munnopsis typlca
Murex clathratus. See Trophon clathratus.
Murex (Trophon) gunneri. See Trophon clathratus var. gunneri.
Mya arctica. See Saxicava rugosa.
Mya arenaria 244 148
Mya byssifera. See Saxicava rugosa.
Mya crispata_ See Zirfaea crispata.
Mya hyalina. See Lyonsia hyalina.
Mya norvegica. See Panopaea (Panomya) norvegica.
Mya siliqua. See Cyrtodaria siliqua.
Mya suborbicularis. See Kellia suborbicularis.
Mya truncata
Myriochele heeri
Myriothela phrygia
Myriotrochus rinkii
Myriotrochus vitreus See Myriotrochus rinkii.
Myriozoum coarctatum
Myriozoum crustaceum. See Myriozoum planum.
Myriozoum planum
Myriozoum subgracile
Mysella molleri. See Rochefortia moUeri.
Mysis mixta
Mysis oculata
Mysis spinulosus. See Mysis oculata.
Mysis stenolepis 252 246
Mytilus corrugatus. See Modlolaria corrugata.
Mytilus decussatus. See Crenella decussata and Crenella glandula.
Mytilus demissus. See Modiola (Erachydontes) demissa.
Mytilus discors. See Modiolaris discors.
M^•tilus cliscrepans. See Modiolaria discors and Modiolaria nigra.
Mytilus edulis 244 120
Mytilus faba. See Crenella faba_
Mytilus pectinulus. See Crenella' pectinula.
Mytilus pholadis. See Saxicava rugosa.
Mytilus rugosus. See Saxicava rugosa.
Myxicola steenstrupi 238
Myxilla incrustans 232 18
N
Naidonereis quadricuspida 238 79
Nareda superba. See Amphiporus (?) superbus_
Nassa lunata. See Astyris lunata.
Nassa (Ilyanassa) obsoleta 247 181
Nassa (Tritia) trivittata 247 181
Natica canaliculata. See Amauropsis islandica.
Natica clausa 247 166
Natica consolidata. See Natica clausa.
Natica cornea. See Amauropsis islandica.
Natica flava. See Acrybia flava.
Natica groenlandica_ See Lunatia groenlandica.
Natica helicoides. See Amauropsis islandica.
Natica heros. See Lunatia heros.
Natica immaculata. See Lunatia immaculata.
Natica nana. See Lunatia nana.
Natica smithii. See Acrybia flava.
Natica triseriata. See Lunatia heros var_ triseriata.
Neaera arcticji. See Cuspidaria arctica.
Neaera glacialis. See Cuspidaria glacialis.
Neaera pellucida. See Cuspidaria pelluoida.
Nebalia bipes 252 218
Nectocrangon dentatus 253
Nectocrangon lar 258 255
38a— 19
244
238
233
235
148
20
47
241
99
241
241
99
99
252
252
246
282
DEPARTMEST OF THE XAVAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Nemertes affinis. See Micrura affinis.
Nemertes socialis. See Lineus socialis.
Nemesis robusta
Nemidia (?) canadensis
Nemidia (?) lawrencii ■
Nephthys borealis. See Nepthys cihata.
Nephthys caeca
Nephthys canadensis
Nephthys ciliata _ '
Nephthys incisa •■
Nephthys ingens. See Nephthys mcisa.
Nephthys lawrencii
Nephthys longisetosa
Nephthys picta
Neptunea curta. See Sipho stimpsoni.
Xeptunea decemcostata •• •■ :••■,'
Neptunea despecta. See Neptunea despecta var. tornata.
Neptunea despecta var. tornata
Neptunea ossiani. See Sipho ossiani.
Neptunea propinqua. See Sipho pubescens ^^„„„
Neptunea (Neptunella) pygmaea. S««^Sipho pygmaeus.
Neptunea (Sipho) terebralis. See Sipho spitzbergens.s.
Neptunea ventricosa. See Sipho ventncosus.
Neptunus sayi
Nereis abvssicola
Nereis caeca. See Nephthys caeca.
Nereis ciliata. See Nephthys ciliata.
Nereis denticulata
Nereis grandis. See Nereis virens.
Nereis iris
Nereis (Lycoris) pelagica
Nereis virens
Nerine cirrata. See Scolecolepis cirrata.
Nerita islandica. See Amauropsis inslandica.
Nevaya whiteavesi _
Nicania banksil. See Astarte banksii.
Slcanla banksii var. globosa. See Astarte banksu var. globosa
Nicania striata. See Astarte banksii var. striata.
Nicolea zostericola
Nicomache? canadensis
Nicomache lumbricalis
Ninoe kintjeigi
Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis
Nodosaria (Glandulina) laevigata
Nodosaria (Dentalina) pauperata
Nonionina scapha
Nonioninan labradorica
Nothria conchylega
Nucula bellotii. See Nucula expansa.
Nucula corticata. See Nucula delphmodonta.
Nucula delphinodonta
Nucula expansa
Nucula inflata. See Nucula tenuis.
Nucula jacksoni. See Leda pernula var. jacksonu.
Nucula limatula. See Toldia limatula.
Nucula minuta. See Leda tenuisculcata.
Nucula mvalis. See Toldia myalis.
Nucula navicularis. See Megayoldia thraciaeformis.
Nucula obliquata. See Nucula tenuis.
Nucu'.a proxima
Nucula proxima var. trunculus
Nucula sapotilla. See Toldia sapotilla.
Nucula tenuis • ,• ; • ' .'
Nucula tenuis forma inflata. See Nucula tenuis.
Nucula tenuis forma typica. See Nucula tenuis.
Nucula tenuisulcata. See Leda tenuisulcata.
Nucula thraciaeformis. See Megayoldia thraciaeformis.
Nycliia amondseni
Xychia cirrhosa
Nyctiphanes norvegica
Nvmphon brevicoUuni •■ •• ■• • •..
Nymphon giganteum. See Nymphon stroemii.
Nymphon grossipes
Nymphon hirtum
Nymphon longitarse
Nymphon macrum
Nymphon stroemii
Bathymetric Whiteaves
Tables. Catalogue
249
238
238
8.1
85
238
23S
■ns
238
82
S3
82
S3
238
23S
238
S3
82
83
247
188
247
187
253
238
238
239
244
244
244
261
81
81
239
81
239
SO
239
81
239
239
239
75
239
231
10
231
10
2?.l
10
231
9
231
239
79
244
124
244
123
123
122
239
86
239
86
252
- 247
254
263
254
264
254
264
254
264
254
263
254
263
MA mXh- IWERTEBRA TES
283
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
O
Obelia commissuialis
Obelia dichotoma
Obelia gelatinosa
Obelia geniculata
Obelia longissima
Obelia pyriformis
Oceania languida. See Phialidium languidum.
Ocnus ayresii. See Pentacta minuta.
Octopus arcticus
Octopus bairdii. See Octopus arcticus.
Octopus lentus
Octopus obesus
Octopus piscatorum
Odinia americana
Odostomia bisuturalis
Odostomia (Menestho) bisuturalis. See Odostomia bisotoralis.
Odostomia exigua. See Odostomia bisuturalis.
Odostomia fusca
Odostomia rufa fulvocincta. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta
Odostomia seminuda
Odostomia striatula. See Menestho striatula.
Odostomia triflda
Odostomia (Menestho) triflda bedequensis
Odostomia ( Chrysallida) willist
Oediceros aflinis. See Monoculodes borealis.
Oediceros lynceus
Oediceros saginatus. . . .
Oithona plumifera
Oithona similis
f?) Oligotrochus vitreus. See Myriotrochus rinkii.
Omatoplea stimpsoni. See Amphiporus angulatus.
Ommastrephes illecebrosa. See lUex illeeebrosus.
Ommastrephes megapterus
Onchidoris muricata
Onchidoris pallida
Oniscus aculeatus. See Rhacotropis aculeatus.
Oniscus arenarius. See Amathilla homari.
Oniscus cuspidatus See Acanthozone cuspidata.
Oniscus psora. See JEga. psora.
Oniscus pulex. See Gammarus locusta.
Oniscus serratus. See Acanthonotozoma serratum.
Onisimus edwardsli
Onuphis conchylega. See Nothria conchylega.
Onuphis eschriohtii. See Nothria conchylega.
Onuphis cf. holobrachia
Onuphis quadricuspis
Onuphis sicula
Onychoteuthis tabricii. See Gonatus fabricii.
Opercularella lacerata
Ophelia glabra
Ophelia limacina
Ophelia radiata
Ophiacantha anomala
Ophiacantha bidentata
Ophiacantha granulif era
Ophiacantha spectabilis
Ophiacantha spinulosa. See Ophiacantha bidentata.
Ophiacantha varispina
Ophiactis asperula
Ophiocoma bellis. See Ophiopholis aculeata.
Ophiocoma neglecta. See Amphipholis elegans.
Ophioglypha lymani
Ophioglypha nodosa
Ophioglypha robusta
Ophioglypha sirsii
Ophioglypha signata
Ophioglypha stuwitzi
Ophiolebes acanella
Ophiolepis ciliata. See Ophioglypha sarsii.
Ophiolepis scolovendrica. See Ophiopholis aculeata.
Ophiolepis sundevalli. See Amphiura sundevalll.
Ophiolepis tenuis. See Amphipholis elegans.
Ophionemertes agilis. See Amphiporus agilis.
Ophiopholis aculeata
OSa— 19J
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
233
23
233
23
233
23
233
23
233
23
233
23
24S
212
248
213
248
212
24S
212
236
57
247
162
247
162
247
161
247
161
247
247
252
228
252
228
249
249
248
211
247
207
247
207
233
239
239
SO
233
239
78
239
78
239
236
60
236
60
236
61
236
60
236
61
236
236
236
58
236
58
236
57
236
58
236
58
236
61
236
60
284
DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
Ophiopholis bellis. See OphiophoUs aculeata.
Ophiopholis robusta. See Ophioglypha robusta.
Ophiopholis scolopendrica. See Ophiopholis aculeata.
Ophioscolex glacialis
Ophiura bellis. See Ophiopholis aculeata.
Ophiura elegans. See Amphipholis elegans.
Ophiura nodosa. See Ophioglypha nodosa.
Ophiura sarsii. See Ophioglypha sarsn.
Ophiura stun-itzi. See Ophioglypha stuwitzi.
Orchestia agilis
Orchestia gryllus
Orchomene minutus
Orcula barthii
Orcula punctata. See Thyonidium productum.
Orthopyxis caliculata. See Campanularia cahculata,
Orthopyxis poterium. See Campanularia caliculata.
Osteodesma hyalina. See Lyonsia hyalina.
Ostrea borealis. See Ostrea virginica.
Ostrea canadensis. See Ostrea virginica.
Ostrea grandis. See Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus.
Ostrea islandica. See Pecten (Chlaniys) islandicus.
Ostrea mageUanica. See Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus.
Ostrea subauriculata. See Limatula subauriculata.
Ostrea virginiana. See Ostrea virginica.
Ostrea virginica
Owenia (Ammooharis) filiformis
Oxynoe glabra. See Marsenina glabra.
P
Pagurus acadianus. See Eupagurus bernhardus.
Pagurus bernhardus. See Eupagurus bernhardus.
Pagurus irroratus ,
Pagurus kroyeri. See Eupagurus kroyeri.
Paragus longicarpus •
Pagurus pubescens. See Eupagurus pubescens.
Pallene hispida. See Pseudopallene hispida.
Pandalus annulicornis. See Pandalus montagui.
Pandalus borealis
Pandalus leptocerus
Pandalus levigatus. See Pandalus montagui.
Pandalus montagui
Pandarus sinuarus ■ ■ ; ■
Pandora glacialis. See Kennerlia glacialis.
Pandora gouldiana. See Clidiophora gooldiana.
Pandora trilineata. See Clidophora gouldiana.
Pandorina arenosa. See Lyonsia arenosa.
Pandosia fibrosa. See Glandula fibrosa. .
Panomva norvegioa. See Panopaea (Panoraya) norvegica.
Panopaea (Panomya) norvegica
Paracalanus parva •
Paragorgia arborea
Paramphithoe cataphracta ; ■_
Paramphithoe elegans. See Halirages bispinosus.
Paramphithoe bicuspis. See Pleustes bicuspis.
Paramphithoe pulchella
Paramuricea borealis
Paramuricea grandis •■ •• ••••/•
Paranthura brachiata. See Calathura brachiata.
Parapagurus pilosimanus
Parathemisto oblivia
Pardalisca cuspidata C ' 1„
Parerythrops robusta. See Meterythrops robusta.
Pasithea nigra. See Bittlum nigrum.
Patella caeca. See Lepeta caeca.
Patella Candida. See Lepeta caeca.
Patella cerea. See Lepeta caeca.
Patella fornicata. See Crepidula fornicata.
Patella noachina. See Puncturella noachina.
Patella rubella. See Acmaea rubella.
Patella testudinalis. See Acmaea testudinalis.
Patellina corrugata
Peachia parasitica • • •" ' :
Pecten borealis. See Pecten gibbus var. borealis.
Pecten concentricus. See Pecten gibbus var. boreahs.
236
244
239
253
253
253
253
253
249
244
249
235
252
252
235
233
253
252
252
231
235
61
252
225
252
235
252
233
235
46
115
249
24S
150
32
229
229
34
34
259
219
225
10
37
MARINE INVERTEBRATES
285
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric
Tables.
Pecten gibbus var. borealis 244
Pecten grandis. See Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus.
Pecten (Camptonectes) groenlandicus 244
Pecten hoskynsi. See Pecten (Cyclopecten) pustulosus.
Pecten imbrifer. See Pecten (Cyclopecten) pustulosus.
Pecten irrartians. See Pecten gibbus var. iborealls
Pecten (Chlamys) islandicus 244
Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus 244
Pecten pealeii. See Pecten (Chlamys) islandicus.
Pecten (Cyclopecten) pustulosus 244
Pecten subauriculata. See Limatula subauriculata.
Pecten tenuicostatus. See Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus,
Pecten (Camptonectes) vitreus 244
Pectinaria groenlandica. See Cistenides granulata.
Pectinaria (Cistenides) hyperborea. See Cistenides hypeiborea.
Pedicellaster typicus 236
Pedicellina nutans 243
Pelonaia arenifera 255
Pelonaia corrugata. See Pelonaia arenifera.
Peltogaster paguri 249
Pennatula aculeata 235
Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis 235
Pentacta calcigera 235
Pennatula canadensis, gee Pennatula aculeata.
Pennatula grandis. See Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis.
Pennatula phosphorea var. aculeata. See Pennatula aculeata.
Pentacta frondosa 235
Pentacta minuta 235
Pentagonaster granularis. See Tosia granularis.
Pentagonaster eximius. See Tosia eximia.
Pera crystallina 255
Pera pellucida. See Pera crystallina.
Periploma fragilis 244
Periploma papyracea. See Periploma fragilis.
Petalosarsia declivis 252
Petricola dactylus. See Petricola pholadiformis.
Petricola foinicata. See Petricola pholadiformis.
Petricola pholadiformis 244
Phakellia ventilabrum 232
Phalangium littorale. See Pycnogonum littorale.
Phallusia obliqua ' 255
Phallusia prunum. See Ascidia complanata.
Phallusioi'tles obliqua. See Phallusia obliqua.
Phascolion alberti 240
Pliascolion strombi 240
Phascolion strombi canadensis 240
Phascolion strombi fusca 240
Phascolion tubicola 240
Phascolosoma bernhardus. See Phascolosoma caementarium.
Phascolosoma boreale 240
Phascolosoma caementarium 240
Phascolosoma hamulatum 240
Phascolosoma margaritaceaum. See Phascolosoma boreale,
Phascolosoma tubicola. See Phascolion tubicola.
Phialidium languidum 233
Philine cingulata 247
Philine finmarchica 247
Philine formosa. See Philine quadrata.
Philine fragilis 247
Philine lima 247
Philine lineolata. See Philine lima.
Philine quadrata 247
Philomedes brenda 250
Philomedes interpuncta 250
Pholas crispata. See Zirfaea crispata.
Pholoe minuta 239
Pholoe tecta 239
Phoxichilidium maxillare 254
Phoxocephalus holbolll 252
Phryxus abdominalis 252
Phoxus fusiformis. See Harpinia fusiformis.
Phoxus holboUi. See Phoxocephalus holboUi.
Phoxus kroyeri. See Phoxocephalus holbdli.
Phyllodoce catenula 239
Phyllodoce groenlandica 239
Whileaves*
Catalogue.
117
118-
116
117
119
119
53
114
269
213
35
35
45
44
44
271
145
137
IS
S9
S9
SS
S8
22
201
201
201
200
200
217
83
S3
263
231
236
82
82
286
DEPARTMENT OF THE SATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Ba
Phyllodoce mucosa
PhjiUodoce sp
Physalia arethusa. See Physalia pelagica.
Physalia pelagica
Pilidium commodum. See Capulacmaea radiata.
Pilidium radiatum. See Capulacmaea radiata.
Pilidium rubellum. See Acmaea rubella.
Piliscus commodus. See Capulacmaea radiata.
Piliscus probus. See Capulacmaea radiata.
Pista cristata
Plagiacantha arachnoides
Planaria angulata. See Amphiporus angulatus.
Planaria fusca. See Cerebratulus fuscus.
Planaria lactiflorea. See Amphiporus lactifloreus.
Planaria linearis. See Cephalothrix linearis.
Planaria rosea. See Amphiporus roseus.
Planaria sanguinea. See Lineus sanguineus.
Planaria viridis. See Lineus viridis.
Pleurobrachia pileus.
Pleurobrachia rhododactyla
Pleurotoma decussata. See Bela decussata.
Pleurotoma violacea. See Be'.a bicarinata var. violacea.
Pleurotomaria bicarinata. See Bela bicarinata.
Plumularia falcata. See Hydrallmania falcata.
Plumularia 'tenerrima. See Hydrallmania falcata.
Pleustes bicuspis
Pleustes panoplus
Podocerus fucicola
Podocerus nitidus
Podon finmarchichus
Podon intermedius
Podon leuckarti
Podon polypliemoid'es
Polia obscura. See Lineus viridis.
Polycanna groenlandica
Polycera illuminata. See Polycera lessonii.
Polycera lessonii
Polycirrus sp
Polycitor kukenthali
Polydara concharum
Polymastia mamillaris
Polymastia robusta
Polymorpliina compressa
Polymorphina lactea
Polynices. See Lunatia.
Polynoe gaspeensis
Polynoe squamata. See Lepidonotus squamatus.
Polystomella arctica
Polystomella striatopunctata
Pontaster hebitus
Pontogeneia inermis
Pontophilus norvegicus
Pontoporeia femorata
Porella acutirostris
Porella bella
?Porella compressa. See Porella surcularis.
Porella conoinna
Porella eleirantula
Porella elegantula var. papposa
Porella laevis
Porella minuta
Porella perpusilla
Porella proboscidea
Porella propinqua
Porella saccata
Porella skenei
Porella skenei var. plana
Porella struma
Porella surcularis
Porellina ciliata. See Microporella ciliata.
Porina tubulosa
Portlandia glacialis
I'oseidon aflinis. See Micrura afflnis.
Votamilla neilecta
Potamilla oculifera
thymetric
Tables.
239
239
234
239
231
Whiteaves'
Catalogue.
29
235
42
2.S2
228
252
228
252
221
252
221
248
24$
248
248
234
22
247
206
239
255
239
76
232
13
232
13
231
10
231
10
239
84
231
9
231
9
236
48
252
226
253
255
252
230
241
103
241
103
241
102
241
104
241
104
241
105
241
103
241
241
103
241
105
241
241
104
242
104
242
103
242
104
242
9S
244
127
239
72
239
72
239
72
239
72
239
75
239
75
239
239
239
240
S9
240
89
235
33
239 ■
76
236
64
239
71
239
71
236
4S
249
253
247
253
247
254
263
MAIllXE INVERTEBRATES 287
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Whlteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
Potamilla reniformis
Potamilla torelli . . .
Praniza carina. See Gnathia cerina.
Praxilla gracilis
Praxilla mulleri
Praxillella collaris
Praxillella gracilis. See Praxilla gracilis.
Praxillella praetermissa
Praxillella sp
Priapulus caudatus?
Priapulus pygmaeus
Primnoa lepadifera. See Primnoa reseda.
Primnoa reseda
Prionospio steenstrupi
Proboscina incrassata. See Stomatopora granulata.
Proboscina penicillata. See Stomatopora penicillata.
Procerodes ulvae
Protula americana . .
Protula media
Psammobia fusca. See Macoma balthica.
Pseudarchaster intermedius var. insignis
Pseudocalanus elongatus
Pseudomma roseum
Pseudomma truncatum
PseudopaAlene hispida
Pseudophthalmus pelagicus. See Ampelisca macrocephala.
Psilaster florae 236 49
Psolus fabricii. See Lophothuria fabricii.
Psoitis laevigatus. See Psolus phantapus.
Psolus phantapus (L.)
Pteraster militaris
Pteraster pulviUus
Ptilanthura tenuis
Ptilella borealis. See Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis.
Ptilocheirus pinguis. See Leptocheirus pinguis.
Ptychatractus ligatus
Ptychocyclis urnula
Ptychogastria polaris
Ptychogena lactea
Pulvinulina karsteni
Puncturella noachina
Puncturella princeps
Purpura lapillus
Pycnogonum grossipes. See Nymphon grossipes.
Pycnogonum littorale 254 262
Pycnogonum pelagieum. See Pycnogonum littorale.
Pyramis fusca. See Odostoraia fusca.
Pyramis striatula. See Menestho striatula.
Pyrene costulata. See Anachis haliaeti.
Pyura aurantium. See Halocyntha pyriformis.
Pyura echinata. See Halocynthia echinata.
Pyura ovifera. See Bolteni bolteni var. rubra.
Q
Quasillina brevis 232 14
R
Ramphonotus minax
Reniera mollis
Reniera rufescens
Reophax findens
Reophax scorpiurus
Retepora elongata
Retusa gouldii
Retusa nitidula
Retusa pertenuis
Rhabdammina abyssorum
Rhabdammina discreta
Rhacotropis aculeata. See Rhacotropis aculeatus.
Rhacotropis aculeatus
Rhamphostomella bilaminata
Rhamphostomella costata
Rhamphostomella ovata
235
45
236
52
236
52
252
242
247
191
231
234
234
21
231
10
247
156
247
247
179
242
97
232
15
232
15
231
10
231
10
242
109
247
203
247
203
247
203
231
10
231
10
252
225
242
lOS
242
108
242
108
o^o
108
242
242
108
242
108
244
138
248
211
248
211
248
212
288 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Whiteaves"
Tables. Catalogue.
Rhamphostomella plicata
Rhamphostomella radiatula
Rhamphostomella scabra
Rhamphostomella scabra var. labiata
Rhaphiodesma lingua. See Esperella lingua.
Rhoda inermis 253 248
Rhodactinia daviesii. See Stomphia carneola.
Rhynchobolus capitatus 239 79
Rhynchonella psittacea. See HemithjTis psittacea.
Rissoa aculeus. See Cingula (Onoba) aculeus.
Rissoa carinata. See Cingula carinata.
Rissoa castanea. See Cingula (Alvania) castanea.
Rissoa eburnea. See Liostomia eburnea.
Rissoa exarata. See Cingula arenaria.
Rissoa globulus. See Cingula globulus.
Rissoa jan-mayeni. See Cingula (Alvania) jan-meyeni.
Rissoa mighelsi. See Cingula arenaria.
Rissoa minuta. See Cingula minuta.
Rissoa multilineata. See Cingula multilineata.
Rissoa pelagica. See Cingula carinata.
Rissoella eburnea. See Liostomia eburnea.
Rochefortia moUeri
Rossia hyatti
Rossia sublevis
Rossia ( ?) tenera
Rostellaria occidentalis. See Aporrhais occidentalis.
Rotalia beccarii 231 10
S
Sabella crassioornis 239
Sabella lumbricalis. See Nicomache lumbricalis.
Sabella oculifera. See Potamilla oculifera.
Sabella pavonina
Sabella peniciUus
Sabella zonalis
Sabellides borealis
Sabellides cristata. See Melinna cristata.
Sabinea sarsii
Sabinea septemcarinata
Sagartia acanella
Samthya sexcirrata
Sanguinolaria fusea. See Macoma balthica.
Sanguinolaria sordida. See Macoma calcarea.
Sarsia mirabilis. See Syncoryne mirabilis.
Sarsia princeps 234
?Saxicava distorta. See Saxicava rugosa.
Saxicava rugosa
Scalaria borealis. See Sealaria (Acirsa) costulata.
Scalaria (Acirsa) costulata
Scalaria eschrichtii. See Scalaria (Acirsa) costulata.
Scalaria groenlandica
Scalaris subulata. See Scalaria groenlandica.
Scalaria undulata. See Scalaria (Acirsa) costulata.
Scalibregma intlatum
Scalpellum pressum
Scalpellum stroemii
Scalpellum velutinum
Scaphander librarius. See Scaphander punctostriatus.
Scaphander punctostriata. See Scaphander punctostriatus.
Scaphander punctostriatus
Schizaster fragilis
Schizoporella auriculata
Schizoporella biaperta
Schizoporella cincta
Schizoporella cruenta
Schizoporella hyalina
Schizoporella linearis
Schizoporella plana. See Myriozoum planum.
Schizoporella sinuosa
Scissurella crispata
Sclerochilus contortus
Sclerocrangon boreas
Scolecolepis cirrata
Scoloplos armig-er
239
72
239
239 .
72
239
253
254
253
254
235
38
239
244
149
247
163
247
163
239
78
249
249
214
249
247
201
236
63
242
100
242
100
242
100
242
100
242
100
242
99
242
100
247
157
250
217
253
253
239
76
239
239
79
242
92
242
92
242
93
242
92
MAIiiyE INVERTEBRATES 289
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathym«tric Whiteave-s'
Taljles. Catalogue.
Scoloplos canadensis
Scruparia clavata
Scrupocellaria americana
Scrupocellaria scabra
Scrupocellaria sciuposa
Scutella parma. See Echinarachnius parma.
Selaginopsis mirabilis. See Diphasia mirabilis.
Sepia loligo. See Gonatus fabricii.
Serpula cancellata. See Spirorbis cancellatus.
Serpula granulata. See Spirorbis granulatus.
Serpula lucida. See Spirorbis lucidus.
Serpula porrecta. See Spirorbis lucidus.
Serpula sinistrorsa. See Spirorbis lucidus.
Serpula spirorbis. See Spirorbis borealis.
Serpula vitrea. See Spirorbis vitreus.
Serripes groenlandicus 244 129
Sertularella conica 234
Sertularella polyzonias. See Sertularia polyzonias.
Sertularella tricuspidata. See Sertularia tricuspidata.
Sertularia abietina 234 25
Sertularia antennina. See Antennularia antennina.
Sertularia argentea. See Thuiaria argentea.
Sertularia cupressina. See Thuiaria cupressina.
Sertularia falcata. See Hydrallmania falcata.
Sertularia fallax. See Diphasia fallax.
Sertularia filicula 234 25
Sertularia fusiformis 234 26
Sertularia geniculata. See Obelia geniculata.
Sertularia latiuscula 234 26
Sertularia loricata. See Gemellaria loricata.
Sertularia myriophyllum. See Thecocarpus myrlophyllum.
Sertularia polyzonias
Sertularia polyzonias var. gigantea
Sertularia produota
Sertularia pumila
Sertularia rosacea. See Diphasia rosacea.
Sertularia rugosa (Sertularella rugosa)
Sertularia tricuspidata (Sertularella tricuspid eta)
Sertularia volubilis. See Campanularia volubilis.
Sigaretus groenlandicus. See TMarsenina glabra.
Sigaretus haliotoideus. See Marsenina glabra.
Siliqua costata
Siliqua squama
Sipho latericeus. See Tritonofusus latericeus.
Sipho lividus. See Sipho spitzbergensis.
Sipho ossiani
Sipho pubescens
Sipho pygmaeus
Sipho spitzbergensis,
Sipho stimpsoni
Sipho ventricosus
Siphonodentalium affine
Siphonodentalium lobatum
Siphonostomum asperum
Siphonostomum plumosum. See Trophonia plumosa.
Sipunculus bernhardus. See Phascolosoma caementarium.
Sipunculus caementarius. See Phascolosoma caementarium.
Skenea planorbis. See Skeneia planorbis.
Skenea serpiiloides. See Skeneia planorbis.
Skeneia planorbis
Smittia arctica
Smittia bella. See Porella bella.
Smittia Candida
Smittia globitera
Smittia landsborovii
Smittia landsborovii form porifera. See Smittia arctica.
Smittia porifera. See Smittia arctica.
Smittia producta
Smittia reticulatopunctata
Smittia trispinosa
Socarnes vahli
Solariella obscura '
Solariella obscura var. bella
Solariella varicosa
Solaster earlii
234
25
234
25
234
26
234
25
234
25
234
26
244
143
244
143
247
189
247
189
247
1S9
247
189
247
188
247
190
245
153
245
153
2^9
77
247
171
242
105
242
106
242
106
242
105
242
106
242
107
242
106
247
252
159
247
160
247
160
236
51
290
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Solaster endeca
Solaster furcifer. See Lophaster furcifer.
Solaster papposus. See Crossaster papposus-
Solaster syrtensis
Solecurtus squama. See Siliqua squama.
Solemya borealis. See Solenomya borealis.
Solemya velum. See Solenomya velum.
Solen americanus. See Ensis directus.
Solen costatus. See Siliqua costata.
Solen directus. See Ensis directus.
Solen ensis. See Ensis directus.
Solen minutus. See Saxicava rugosa.
Solenomya borealis
Solenomya velum
Spinther citrinus
Spiochaetopterus typicus
Spirontocaris fabricii.
Spirontocaris gaimardii
Spirontocaris gaimardii belcheri
Spirontocaris groenlandica
Spirontocaris polaris
Spirontocaris pusiola
Spirontocaris spinus
Spirontocaris stoneyi
Spirontocaris turgida
Spinalis gouldii. See Limacina gouldii.
Spiroplecta biformis
Spirorbis borealis
Spirorbis cancellatus
Spirorbis carinatus
Spirorbis granulatus
Spirorbis lucidus
Spirorbis nautiloides. See Spirorbis stimpsoni.
Spirorbis quadrangularis
?Spirorbis spirillum Gould. See Spirorbis borealis.
Spirorbis spirillum Linnaeus
Spirorbis stimpsoni
Spirorbis validus
Spirorbis vitreus
Spisula (Hemimactra) polynyma
Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima
Squilla lobata. See Caprella linearis.
Standella lateralis. See Mulinia lateralis.
St]aurophora laciniata
Stauroteuthis syrtensis
Stegocephalus inflatus
Stenosoma irrorata. See Idotea marina.
Stenothoe clypeata
Stephanasterias albula. See Stichaster albulus.
Sternaspis fossor
Sthenelais limicola
Sthenoteuthis megaptera. See Ommastrephes naegapterus.
Stichaster albulus
Stimpsoniella emersonii. See Amlcula vestita.
Stomapora expansa. See Tubulipora expansa.
Stomatopora diastoporoides
Stomatopora granulata
Stomatopora penicillata
Stomphia carneola
Stomphia coccinea. See Stomphia carneola.
Strombidium sulcatum
Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis
Stylarioides pluraosa. See Trophonia plumosa.
Stylocordyla borealis
Suberites flcus
Suberites hispidus
Suberites montalbidus
Sycon asperum
Sycon protectum
Synanthus mirabilis
Synapta coriacea. See Chirodota laevis.
Syncoryne gravata. See Syncoryne mirabilis.
Syncoryne mirabilis
Synidotea bicusplda
Synidotea nodulosa
Syrrhoe bicuspis. See Tiron acanthurus.
Svrrhoe crenulata
Bathymetric
Tables.
236
236
240
236
Whiteaves'
Catalogue.
51
51
244
144
244
144
239
87
239
76
253
252
253
253
230
253
251
253
252
253
250
253
253
251
231
10
239
68
239
69
239
70
240
70
240
69
70
240
240
71
240
71
240
69
244
139
244
139
234
248
213
252
232
252
232
240
88
240
84
54
242
110
242
110
242
110
235
40
231
236
62
232
13
232
14
232
14
232
14
232
12
232
11
235
40
234
19
252
240
252
239
252
231
249
249
232
14
240
73
240
240
72
240
90
240
90
MARINE lyVERTEBRATES 291
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
T Tables. Catalogue.
Tanais filum. See Leptochelia flium.
Tapes fluctuosa. See Liocyma fluctuosa.
Tealia crassicornis. See Urticina crassicornis-
Tectura rubella. See Acmaea rubella.
Tectura testudinalis. See Aomaea testudinalis.
Tecturella flaccida 240 77
Tellina balthica. See Macoma balthica.
Tellina calcarea. See Macoma calcarea.
Tellina tragilis. See Macoma balthica.
Tellina groenlandica. See Macoma balthica.
Tellina lata. See Macoma calcarea.
Tellina proxima. See Macoma calcarea.
Tellina sabulosa. See Macoma calcarea.
Tellina sordida. See Macoma calcarea.
Tellina (Angulus) tenera 244 141
Tellina (Macoma) tenera. See Macoma balthica.
Temora longicornis
Temora sp
Tentorium semisuberites
Terebella brunnea
Terebella cirrata. See Cirratulus cirrhatus.
Terebell \ figulus
Terebellides stroemii
Terebratalia spitzbergensis
Terebratella labradorensis
Terebratella spitzbergensis. See Terebratalia spitzbergensis.
Terebratula caput serpentis. See Terebratulina septentrionalis.
Terebratula labradorensis. See Terebratella labradorensis.
Terebratula septentionalis. See Terebratulina septentrionalis.
.Terebratulina septentrionalis 240 89
Teredo dilatata 244 151
Teredo navalis 244 151
Tethea hispida. See Suberites hispidus.
Tethyum coriaceimi. See (Halocynthia tuberculum.
Tethyum flnmarkense 255
Tethyum molle. See Glandula arenicola and Glandula mollis.
Teth\'um mortenseni 255
Tethyum pyriforme americanum. See Halocynthia pyriforrais.
Tethyum rusticum. See Halocynthia rustica.
Tetradidemnum albidum. See Leptoclinum albidum and var. luteolum.
Tetrastemma candidum
Tetrastemma sei-pentinum
Tetrastemma yittatum
Textularia agglutinans
Textularia variabilis
Thais lapillus. See Purpura lapillus.
Thamnocnidia larynx
Thamnocnidia tenella
Thecaphora ibla. See Tentorium semisuberites.
Thecaphora semisuberites. See Tentorium semisuberites.
Thecocarpus myriophyllum
Thelepus cincinnatus
Thelepus cincinnatus canadensis
Thenea muricata
Thracia conradi
Thracia couthouyi. See Thracia myopsis.
Thracia declivis. See Thracia conradi.
Thracia myopsis
Tracia truncata
Thuiaria argentea
Thuiaria articulata
Thuiaria cupressina
Thuiaria lonchitis
Thuiaria thuja , . . .
Thyasira gouldll. See Cryptodon gouldii.
Thyasira obesa var. See Cryptodon obesa.
Thyone scabra 235 46
Thyonidium hyalinum. See Thyonidium pellucidum.
Thyonidium pellucidum 235 46
Thyonidium i)roductum 235 4t
Thysanoessa inermis. See Rhoda inermis.
Thysanoessa inermis var. neglecta 253
Thysanoessa raschii 253
237
65
237
66
237
66
231
10
231
10
234
20
234
20
234
28
240
73
240
73
232
13
244
146
244
146
244
146
234
27
234
27
234
27
234
234
26
292
DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
Thysanopoda inermis. See Rhoda inermis-
Thysaiiopoda norvegica. See Nyctiphanes norvegica.
TLara pileata 234
Tiaropsis diademata 234 21
Tintlnnopsis beroidea 231
Tlntinnopsis campanula 231
Tintlnnopsis cylindrica 231
Tintlnnopsis davidow 231
Tlntinnopsis lobiancoi 231
Tintinnus acuminatus 231
Tintinnus obliquas 231
Tlron acanthurus 252 231
Tonicella marmorea 247 154
Tornatina canaliculata 247 204
Tortanus discaudatus 249
Tosia eximia 236 49
Tosia granularis 236 49
Tottenia gemma 244 136
Toxopneustes drobachiensis. See 'Strongylocentrotus drobachiensls.
Trachydermon albus 247 154
Trachydermon ruber 247 154
Trachyneme digitale 234 29
Tremaster mirabilis 236 50
Trichobranchus glacialis 240
Trlchostemma hemisphaerlcum 232 14
Trichotropis borealis 248 178
Trichotropis conica 248 17&
Tritla trivittata. See Nassa (Trltia) trivlttata-
Triopa lacei-a. See Issa lacera.
Trltonla arborescens. See Dendronotus arborescens.
Tritonia reynoldsii. See Dendronotus arborescens.
Tritonium ciliatum. See Buccinum ciliatum.
Trltonium clathratum. See Trophon truncatus.
Tritonium craticulatum. See Trophon fabricii.
Tritonium decemcostatum. See Neptunea decemcostata.
Tritonium donovani. See Buccinum donovani.
Tritonium glaciale. See Buccinum glaciale.
Tritonium groenlandicum. See Buccinum cyaneum.
Tritonium groenlandicum var. glabrum. See Buccinum cyaneum var, perdix.
Tritonium groenlandicum var. perdix. See Buccinum cyaneum var. perdix.
Tritonium gunneri. See Trophon clathratus var. gunneri.
Tritonium islandicoim. See Sipho stlmpsoni.
Tritonium mitrula. See Bela mltrula.
Tritonium pygmaeum. See Sipho pygmaeus.
Tritonium undatum. See Buccinum cyaneum.
Tritonofusus kroj'eri 248 190
Tritonofusus latericeus 248 191
Tritonofusus stimpsoni lirubatus 248
Tritonofusus syrtensis 248 191
Tritropis aculeata. See Rhacotropis aculeatus.
Trochammina inflata 231 10
Trochinus pallidus. See Chirodota laevis.
Trochostoma ooliticum 235 47
Trochostoma turgidum 235 46
Trochus cinerarius. See Margarita undulata-
Trochus divaricatus. See Lacuna vincta.
Trochus groenlandicus umbilicatus. See Margarita undulata.
Trochus occidentalis. See Calliostoma occidentals.
Trophon clathratus 248 178
Trophon clathratus. See also Trophon truncatus.
Trophon clathratus var. gunneri 248 178
Trophon craticulatus. See Trophon fabricii.
Trophon fabricii 248 179
Trophon gunneri. See Trophon clathratus var. gunneri.
Trophon scalariformis. See Trophon clathratus.
Trophon truncatus 248 177
Trophonia aspera 240
Trophonia plumosa 240 77
Truncatulina lobatula 231 10
Tryphosa horringii 252 233
Tubipora catenularia. See Electra catenularla.
Tubipora flabellaris. See Tubulipora flabellaris.
Tubipora penicillata. See Stomatopora penicillata.
Tubipora serpens. See Idmonea serpens.
Tubularia crocea 234
MiRlXE INVERTEBRATES 293
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
Tubularia indivisa 234 20
Tubularia larynx. See Thamnocnidia larynx.
Tubularia ramea. See Eudendriuni rameum.
Tubularia ramosa. See Eudendrium ramosum.
Tubularia tenella. See Thamnocidia tenella-
Tubulipora atlantica. See Idmonea atlantica.
Tubulipora crates. See Lichenopora hispida,.
Tubulipora expansa 242 111
Tubulipora fimbria 242 111
Tubulipora flabellaris. See also Tubulipora fimbria.
Tubulipora flabellaris 242 111
Tubulipora hispida. See Lichenopora hispida.
Tubulipora lobulata 242 111
Tubulipora patina. See Diastopora patina-
Tubulipora phalangea. See Tubulipora flabellaris.
Tubulipora serpens. See Idmonea serpens.
Turbo albulus. See Menestho albula.
Turbo cinereus. See Margarita cinerea.
Turbo helicinus. See Margarita helicina.
Turbo incarnatus. See Margarita undulata.
Turbo littoreus. See Litorina litorea.
Turbo littoralis. See Litorina palliata.
Turbo minutus. See Cingula minuta.
Turbo obligatus. See Litorina rudis-
Turbo obscurus. See Solariella obscura.
Turbo oUvaceus. See Margarita olivacea.
Turbo palliatus. See Litorina palliata.
Turbo planorbis. See Skeneia planorbis.
Turbo rudis. See Litorina rudis.
Turbo tenebrosu."!. See Litorina rudis.
Turbo vestitus. See Litorina rudis.
Turbo vinctus. See Lacuna vincta.
Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) edwardensis 24S
Turibonilla (Pyrgiscus) hecuba 24S
Turbonilla interrupta. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta.
Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta 24S 161
Turbonilla nivea 24S 161
Turbonilla rufa var. fulvocincta. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta.
Turbonilla seminuda. See Odostomia seminuda.
Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) whiteavesi 248
Turritella acicula. See Turritellopsis acicula.
Turritella areolata. See CMnguIa (Alvania) areolata.
Turritella bisuturalis. See Odostomia bisuturalis.
Turritella costulata. See Scalaris (Acirsa) costulata.
Turritella? costulata. See Cerithiopsis costulata.
Turritella erosa 24S 174
Turritella interrupta. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta.
Turritella lactea. See Turritella reticulata.
Turritella polaris. See Turritella erosa.
Turritella reticulata 24g 174
Turritellopsis acicula 248 174
Turtonia minuta 244 139
Turtonia nitida. See Turtonia minuta.
Typhlocolax acutus 236 64
Typhlolepta acuta. See Typhlocolax acutus.
TTmbonula verrucosa
Unciola irrorata
Urosalpinx cinerea
Urticina callosa. See Actionostola callosa.
Urticina crassioirnis 235 39
Urticina felina. See Urticina crassicornis.
Urticina nodosa. See Actinauge verriUil.
Utriculus canaliculatus. See Tornatina canaliculata.
Utriculus gouldii. See Retusa gouldii.
Utriculus lima. See Philine lima.
Utriculus nitidulus. See Retusa nitidula.
Utriculus pertenuis. See Retusa pertenuis.
Uvigerina angulosa 231 10
Uvigerina pygmaea 231 10
242
102
252
220
248
177
294
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1913
V
Vaginulina spinigera
Valvulina conica
Velutella cryptospira
Velutina haliotoides. See Velutina laevigata.
Velutina laevigata
Velutina (Limneria) undata
Velutina zonata. See Velutina (Limneria) undata.
Venericardia borealis
Venus astartoides. See Liocyma fluctuosa.
Venus castanea. See Astarte castanea.
Venus compressa. See Astarte banksii.
Venus compressa. See Astarte compressa.
Venus fluctuosa. See Liocyma fluctuosa.
Venus fragilis. See Macoma baltliica.
Venus gemma. See Tottenia gemma.
Venus islandica. See Cj'prina islandica and Serrivics groenlandicus.
Venus mercenaria
Venus minuta. See Turtonia minuta.
Venus montacuti. See Astarte banksii.
Venus montagui. See Astarte banksii.
Vermilia serrula
Verneuilina polystropha
Vertumnus serratus. See Acanthonotozoma serratum.
Virgularia finmarchica. See Balticina flnmarchica.
Virgularia grandiflora. See Anthoptilum grandiflorum.
Virgularia lyungmani
Virgulina squamosa
Volumitra groenlandica
Volutopsis norvegica
Volvaria alba. See Cyliehna alba.
Volvaria canaliculata. See Tornatina. cana'.iculta.
Vorticella bolteni. See Boltenia bolteni.
Bathymetric Whiteaves'
Tables. Catalogue.
231
231
248
248
248
244
244
10
10
167
166
167
135
135
2!0
201
71
10
235
231
248
248
34
10
188
■w
Waldhelmia cranium. See Terebratalia spitzbergensis.
Xestoleberte depressa.
Xylophaga dorsalis. .
250
245
217
151
T
Yoldia angularis. See Megayoldia thraciaeformis.
Toldia frigida. See Toldiella frigida.
Toldia limatula
Toldia lucida. See Toldiella lucida.
Toldia myalis
Toldia obesa. See Toldiella lueida.
Yoldia sapotilla
Toldia thraciaeformis. See Megayoldia thraciaeformis.
Toldiella frigida
Toldiella lucida
245
125
245
12C
245
125
245
245
126
126
Zetes spinosa. See Achelia spinosa.
Zirfaea crispata
Zirphaea crispata. See Zirfaea crispata.
Zoanthus incrustatus. See Epizoanthus incrustatus.
Zygodactyla groenlandica. See Polycanna groenlandica.
245
151
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
XV
HYDROGRAPHY IN PASSAMAftUODDY BAY AND VICINITY, NEW
BRUNSWICK.
(By Professor Alexander Yachox, B.A., L.Ph., etc., Laval University, Quebec.)
The laws that regulate the distribution of the plankton in the sea furnish a
problem of paramount importance in the progressive industry of fisheries. Qualitative
and quantitative determinations of the plankton are made at selected hydrographic
stations, since the plankton is followed by multitudes of fishes which live on it, and
those fishes are followed by others which serve as food for men.
As the plankton, which regulates, to a great extent, the migrations of the fish, is
itself at the mercy of the chemical, physical and mechanical conditions of the sea, it
is easily understood of what economical importance a correct knowledge of those con-
ditions will prove. We speak of the migrations of the herrings and sardines; they are
the same as those of the plankton which serve as food for them, and the presence of
the plankton is ruled by depth, light, temperature, salinity, pressure and density.
TEMPERATURE.
The heat of the atmosphere, emanating from the sun, penetrates the water, and is
attenuated according as the depth increases. At the surface, the temperature of the
water is almost as changeable as that of the air adjoining it, the variations of which
find their repercussion in the contiguous liquid, although somewhat mitigated. Cold
in winter, warmer in summer, the surface water expresses the alterations in the tem-
perature of the air. Therefore, in summer, the sun's rays heat the water at the surface,
and to a depth of a few meters. The difference between the temperature of the day and
that of the night ceases to be perceptible at a small depth; in order to find the region
which is insensible to summer and winter variations, we must go down further. At
about one thousand metres, the secular variations are imperceptible. Then begins the
zone where the temperature never varies ; by a slow and regular progression, the tem-
perature grows colder and colder until it is only about one or two degrees above zero.
This low temperature is found even in the tropical regions, where the scorching rays
of the sun beam constantly upon the surface.
Ordinarily, the water gradually becomes cooler , from the surface to the bottom,
because, apart from the efi'ect of the sun's heat at the top, cold water is more dense
and goes to the bottom; but. in the polar regions, and where there are cold currents,
we sometimes find an area of colder water between two warmer regions, and this state
of unstable equilibrium, where the water is cooler, more salt and more dense, affords
very interesting information.
Light does not penetrate into the water further than two or three hundred metres
from the surface, hence, no green plants are found at such depths, as light is neces-
sary for the decomposition of carbon dioxide which is the bread of the vegetable kingdom.
When water is heated, it goes to the surface; if it be concentrated, it seeks a
lower level; should it cool for some reason or other, by the atmosphere or by evapora-
tion, it also descends. Everything influences the temperature of the superficial water,
the cold, polar currents as well as the hot currents coming from the equatorial regions.
We understand why it is that the water is so cold at the bottom of the ocean,
since cold water descends, and being free from the heating influence of the sun in
those depths, where the light of day never reaches, and, on account of the fei>ble power
of water to conduct heat, the temperature of the lower regions of the ocean never
varies. Kelvin and Wegemann made calculations concerning the conduction of heat
through water and came to the conclusion that this conduction is practically negli-
gible. With a temperature of 30° C. at the surface and the water perfectly still, it
would take one hundred years for any heat to be perceived at a depth of a hundred
295
Metres
tm.o^
Tembera ture Sec tt'ons.
5
"T"
/O
/5
n —
20
~i —
25
t--/3.o'^
UlZ.o
un.o
t'T/O.O
t=9.0
t'8.0
t=?.o
t=6.0
BYDROGIiAPHY IN PASSAMAQUODDT BAT 297
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
metres. Therefore, in practice, heat propagates through the water only by the move-
ments of the waves and currents.
Looking over our records one can see that at the same depths in different stations,
the temperature gradually becomes higher as the season advances, and in the month
of July, at Prince station 5, we found a temperature of 4°. 9 C. at 100 fathoms or 182
metres.
It is an easy matter to find out the temperature of the air or of the surface water ;
the thermometer can be read directly as soon as the expansion or contraction of the
liquid in the tube is in equilibrium with its surroundings. However, it is not thus
when one has to measure the exact temijerature of a layer of water situated at a depth
of a few hundred or thousand feet. Between the surface and the deep layer to be
examined, there may be and, as a matter of fact, there are other layers that are colder
or warmer. Even if the thermometer is sent down and left long enough to indicate
the temperature of the water at a measured depth, when it is brought up to be read,
the mercurial column, by going through regions of different temperatures, will change
in length; it will contract, if it meets colder water and will expand if it comes in con-
tact with warmer regions, it is impossible, therefore, to thus get the temperature of
tlie lower regions of the sea with an ordinary thermometer. Besides, the thermometer
is subjected, in the lower regions, to the enormous pressure of the upper layers, that
of one atmosphere for every ten metres; even if the instrument is not broken, it will be
crushed; the diameter of the tube getting smaller, the mercury will indicate a higher
temperature for the same expansion, and, therefore, the reading of the thermometer
will be too high. It took almost two centuries to resolve these perplexing problems.
Without going into details about the different suggestions worked out to reach a
solution of the problems, suffice it to say that the best of all the thermometers that
have been invented so far for taking the temperature of the lower regions is the
Negretti-Zambra reversing thermometer; this is the on© we used in our determina-
tions. Negretti and Zambra invented this thermometer in 1878 and it has undergone
no essential changes since that time. It is noteworthy to remark here that in this
type there is a narrowing of the tube just above the bulb and, when the thermometer
is placed with the bulb pointing do\vnwards, the mercury fills the tube above the nar-
rowing to a greater or less extent according to the temperature. If the thermometer
is tipped over, either by the closing of the water-bottle, as it happens with the Petter-
3on-Nansen bottle, or while a messenger is sent down the wire, as in the case of the
Ekman reversing aiJparatus, the jnercury breaks off at the narrowing and the mercury
which was above this point sinks down to the opposite end of the tube and fills it to
a certain height; a scale on the tube thus gives the temperature at the time the ther-
mometer was turned over : that is called the temperature in situ. The length of the
broken thread of mercury varies somewhat in passing through water of higher or
lower temperature and this change is calculated when the temperature of the mercury
is known at the time of the reading, and this is the reason why there is always with
the apparatus a second ordinary thermometer that gives the reading temperature so
that the correction may be made. In order that the thermometer may be able to
withstand the pressure of the water, it is placed inside a strong glass tube.
SALINITY.
Since there is no element that is absolutely insoluble, every element is found to a
certain degree in sea-water. By very accurate analysis, elements which one would not
expect to find have been discovered in it; common metals, such as iron, manganese and
zinc, as well as precious metals, like gold and silver are found in sea-water. Those
rarer metals, being present only in infinitesimal quantities, are not detected by the
ordinary methods of analysis.
The water of the ocean evaporates, condenses and falls again upon the earth in the
form of rain; it washes the earth, oozes through it and by the streams and rivers is
carried back to where it started from. This water, coming in contact with all sorts of
38a— 20
„.^ Salinity Sections
Metres -'
O 5 to /5 ZO
S. 28.60
S29.00'-
S.ZS.SO-
3.30.00--.
■3.30.50
S.3/.00 -
.5.3/. 50 -
S.32.00
BYDROGRAPHY /Y PASSAMAQVODDY BAY 299
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
substances, takes up all that it can dissolve and carries it down into the ocean and,
though the quantity of a substance which goes into solution may be comparatively
small, we understand how it is that the sea contains such diverse elements.
The two predominant elements which are found in the water of the sea are chlorine
and sodium. It seems logical to admit that the sea was always salt since we find in
the ocean of to-day certain shells which require a definite salinity and which were
quite abundant in the Cambrian seas.
Dittmar gives the following composition and percentage of the salts in sea-
water : —
.Sodium chloride, Na Cl 27'213 gr. per litre.
Magnesium chloride, Mg CI2 3'S07 "
Magnesium sulphate, Mg SO4 1"658 "
Calcium sulphate, Ca SO4 l;260 "
Potassium sulphate, K2 SO4 0-S63 "
Calcium carbonate, Ca CO3 0'123 "
Magnesium bromide, Mg Brg 0*076 "
35-000
27-3726
gr.
per kilog
0-5921
*
0-0190
'
1-3229
•
2-2434
.
3-3625
.
0-0547
•
0-0156
0-0625
0-0149
'
Thoulet gives a somewhat different composition, though the amount of total salts
is much the same, 35-0631 gr. per thousand grams of sea-water: —
Sodium chloride, NaCl
Potassium chloride, K CI
Rubidium chloride, Rb CI
Calcium sulphate, Ca SO<
Magnesium sulphate, Mg SO*
Magnesium chloride, Mg CI2
Magnesium bromide, Mg Bro
Calcium metaphosphate, Ca (P03)2
Calcium bicarbonate, Ca C^ O^
Iron bicarbonate, Fe C2 O3
From the analyses that have been made of a great many samples of sea-water, it
can be stated that there are about 35 grams of salt in a thousand grams of sea-water.
This amount is greater in some regions, for instance in the tropical regions and in the
gulf stream, where evaporation is more intense. It is much less in other parts, espe-
cially near the continental shores where the flow of fresh water from the coast lessens
the proportion of salt. For instance, in my determinations, I found as low as 15-13
gr. per thousand at Prince Station 18, 19 18 per thousand at Station 20, 18-35 per
thousand at Station 21, 15-63 per thousand at Station 22, etc. This is easily explained
by the fact that there is at those points a mixture of fresh water from the coast.
However, the average amount of salt in the ocean is about 35 gr. per thousand
parts by weight. In the peraentage of salts given by Dittmar and Thoulet, the acids
and bases have been arbitrarily combined. Still it is very probable that in the water
the salts are not found as indicated. The elements and acid radicals are found by
analysis, but nothing tells us how they exist in solution. The dissolved substances
mainly exist as ions, and from the freezing point and boiling ]X)int of sea-water, we
calculate the ionic dissociation to be about 90 per cent; thus, only one-tenth of the
total solids are present in the water as salts. It would be better, therefore, to write
the composition of the solids in sea-water, as it is given by Dr. Johan Hjort : —
Xa 10-722 parts per 1000 30-64%
Mg 1-316
Ca 0-420
K 0-382
CI 19-324
SO4 2-696
CO3 0-074
Br 0-066
3-76'J
1-20%
1-09%
55-21%
7-70%
0-21%
0-19%
35-000 100-00%
From the foregoing, one can readily perceive that the salinity of sea-water is not
identical everywhere in the ocean; it varies in different regions and at different depths.
38a— 20i
WESTERN ARCHIPELAGO
Prince stations
/^o/eSJO/- y^cAo/T^ /^a^.noj^r-a'jiAy.
66'30'
HYPliOGRAPHY IX PAsftAMAQVOnnY BAY 301
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
A necessary condition to make a determination of the salinity of sea-water is to
secure a sample of water collected at a certain date in a certain place, at the surface
or at a known depth, which is guaranteed free from mixture with different water and
which has in no way evaporated.
The surface water can be collected in a bucket and hauled up. The glass bottle
in which the water is to be preserved for analysis is rinsed with a jxirtion of the
sample, then filled, well stopijered and it can be kept as long as the bottle is almost
completely filled and hermetically closed.
From July 14 to July 25 my samples were kept in Imperial pint bottles; after
the latter date I used citrate of magnesia bottles. I took the temperature of the sur-
face from the water in the bucket by means of a Centigrade thermometer graduated in
tenths of a degree and whose accuracy I had verified beforehand.
To collect samples from below the surface, a great number of methods have been
invented. At first, an ordinary stoppered bottle was sent down to a certain depth by
means of a weight, and, at the desired depth, the Ixittle was opened and filled with
water by pulling a cord attached to the stopper. In drawing it up, very little water
from the surface layers could mix with the saiiiple.
The Petterson-Nansen bottle, which we used for collecting our samples from July
14 to July 25, can isolate a sample of water at any depth. This bottle is sent down
open, the lid being suspended in the upper part of the frame and held by a spring.
We used the reversing thermometer attached to the frame of the bottle. We left the
bottle at the desired depth for five minutes so that the thermometer could have time to
accurately mark the temperature of the water in situ. A messenger was then sent
down along the wire; this messenger mihooks the lid; the weight, which hangs below
the apparatus, clasps the whole thing together and closes the bottle. This is composed
of a series of metallic cylinders to insulate the water and a thermometer can be placed
on the inside; this thermometer, which, however, is but slightly affected by varying
temperatures as the bottle is pulled up, was not used in our determinations.
When we used the Petterson-Nansen bottle, the depth was taken in fathoms, as
the meter-wheel had not arrived at the station, but, in my tables, the fathoms are
expressed in metres.
From July 25, we used the Nansen reversing bottles for collecting our samples
and the meter-wheel or determining the depth. The Nansen bottle has attached to
it a thermometer which is tipped over with the bottle by means of a messenger. We
allowed this bottle to remain at least three minutes in the water before pulling it up
for a reading. A number of these bottles can be fastened along the line; a messenger
is hooked below each bottle, except the lowest one ; this messenger is released when the
bottle is tipped over by means of a messenger sent from above; the result is that the
next bottle is reversed ; this releases another messenger and so on. By this apparatus,
a number of samples can be taken at the same time at different depths and the bottles
are not so heavy and clumsy as the Petterson-Nansen bottle.
The samples of water collected must afterwards be analysed. In such analysis the
halogens are titrated with silver nitrate and the results given as grams of chlorine per
thousand grams of water.
We have seen that there are many substances in sea-water, and, though the pro-
portion of salts varies from one place to another, the relative proportion of the different
elements is about the same everywhere; thus, when the quantity of chlorine has been
accurately determined, we have the proportion of total salts in the sample examined.
Mohr's method is used for the determination of chlorine. If a neutral or slightly
alkaline solution of a chloride, bromide or iodide, in which there is a little potassium
chromate comes in contact with a neutral solution of silver nitrate a white precipitate
is formed as long as there is a trace of halide in solution. Thus, in sea-water, the
bromine and small amount of iodine present are precipitated along with the chlorine,
but the whole is calculated in grams of chlorine per thousand grams of water. As soon
302 DEPARTMENT OF TEE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE iV, A. 1918
as the last trace of halide is precipitated, the potassium chromate indicates the end of
the reaction by forming a red precipitate with the silver nitrate. If the strength of
the silver nitrate has already been determined with a solution of chloride of known
strength, the amount of halides in the unknown solution or in the sea-water that is
analysed can be found by simple proportion. The solution of known strength which
is used in hydrography for standardizing the silver nitrate solution is the sample of
" normal water " which is furnished in closed glass tubes by the International Coimcil.
The amount of chlorine is marked on the tube; the sample I used contained 19-386
parts of chlorine per thousand grams. When possible, it is well to have a few bottles
of the " normal water " in order to occasionally titrate the silver nitrate solution ; the
amomit of chlorine indicated on the tube is not absolutely reliable after the tube is
two-thirds empty.
As Doctor Huntsman could only obtain, last summer, and with considerable
trouble, one tube of " normal water," we had to be satisfied with that.
Here I desire to express my gratitude to the Biological Board, and especially
Professor Maeallum, for the opportunity of taking up this study, to Dr. Huntsman,
the zealous and active euratov of the Biological Station at St. Andrew's, who gave so
generously both of his time and of his experience to help me in every possible way
in my work, and to Sir George Garneau, professor of analytical chemistry in Laval
University, who helped me in the salinity determinations.
For accurate sea-water analysis, a special burette is desirable : the ordinary
burette is too wide and too short for the required accuracy. The reading should be
certain to a hundredth part of a c.c, which is difficult with the ordinary burette.
Besides, the " drainage error " is greater than in the special one, the upper part of
which is an ungraduated bulb that terminates in a fine jet. The lower part of this
burette is a narrow tube graduated in hundredths of a c.c. At the present time it is
most difEcult, not to say impossible, to obtain one of those special burettes. Dr. Hunts-
man was able to get one from Dr. Mathews, of the Plymouth Marine Biological labor-
atory, England, but, most unfortunately, it was broken when it reached me. Two
others, made to order by the Eimer and Amend Company also arrived in a broken
state. We hope to be fully equipped with all the special apparatus in the near future.
DENSITY.
The density of sea-water can be taken with a pyenometer, or else with an areo-
meter, at constant temperature; the second method is less accurate. But the densities,
though they may be accurately determined by either of the methods, do not give the
exact density of the water in situ, where it jKissessed a certain temperature and was
compressed by a mass of water. The density of sea-water is inversely proportionate
to the temperature and directly proportionate to the salinity; the lower the tempera-
ture and the higher the percentage of salts, the heavier the water. When both the
temperature and the salinity of a sample of water are known, the specific gravity may
easily be calculated by means of Knudsen's tables.
When I reached the Biological Station, I began my work by making salinity deter-
minations of samples of water which had been collected a year before in St. Mary's
Bay and the Annapolis Basin. The Imperial pint bottles that contained those samples
were not hermetically closed; there was a deposit of salt on the covers and frequently
on the outside of the bottles.
Supposing the water had evaporated, one would expect a high percentage of salts;
nevertheless, the results are low, and though I give them in the tables, I can, in no
way, guarantee their accuracy. There are other results obtained with samples taken
at the same stations in September and October.
The other samples of water were collected on the given dates at stations chosen by
Dr. HuntsmaQ, where a study of the plankton is carried on along with the hydrography. '
HYDROGRAPHY IN PASSAMAQUODDY BAY 303
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
At Prince Station 1, we find a higher temperature and lower salinity at 30 metres
than at 20 which showing the water at this point was in a state of unstable equili-
brium, a layer of higher density being above one of lower density. As a general rule,
such strange results were obtained with many of the water-samples collected later in
the season. For instance, at Prince Station 4, the results are normal until September
15. Then we find a salinity of 31-13 Voo at 35 metres when the salinity at 30 metres
was as high as 32-5TVoo, giving a density of 23-96 for the first and 25-10 for the
second- At the same station, on October 3, we obtained a salinity of 30-73 "/oo at 20
metres when that of the surface was 31-66 V""- The same consideration can be made
concerning Station 6, when we find on September 15 a temperature of 10-17 and a
salinity of 31-67 "/oo at 35 metres whereas at 30 metres the temperature was 10-12° and
the salinity 31-69 Voo. As one can see by the tables, a mimber of water samples, col-
lected at Station 6 in October, were lost, so we cannot say whether the extraordinary
result mentioned is accidental. It will be seen also that at Prince station 6 the
salinity varies greatly with the tide, especially at the surface and it is easy to under-
stand that it should be so on account of the flow of fresh water from the Ste. Croix
river, as station 6 is located in the mouth of the river, between the Biological Station
and Eobbinston. At station 9 on September 15 we find a zigzag of temperatures
and salinities: the temperature rises somewhat from 10 to 20 metres wliile the salinity
lowers; at 50 metres the salinity is 31-21 Voo when we find 32-15 Voo at 40 metres, the
salinity afterwards rises normally to the bottom but the temperature rises also; how-
ever, from 50 metres down, the density increases in a normal manner. On October
3, we find at the same station (20 metres) a density of 23-88 between 24-34 at 10 and
24-40 at 30 metres. At station 16 we get a salinity of 32-63 "/oo at the surface, 32-07 "/oo
at 10 metres and 31-47 Voo at 20 metres. At 30 metres the salinity rises somewhat,
but so does the temperature; there is another decrease in salinity at 40 metres. The
high percentage of salts in the surface water of station 17 can be explained by the
fact that the sample was collected in Yarmouth Harbour, where the depth is only 13
metres, and, therefore, the water is easily mixed-
All the bottles, except one, were broken, which contained the samples collected at
Station 20; it is unfortunate as the temperatures predicted interesting figures for the
salinity. From a depth of 10 metres down the temperature rises, 6-08° at 10 metres,
6-43 at 15 m., then 822, 10-98, 11-74, 11-93, 12-00. Perhaps the upper layers had
been first cooled down to a certain depth, and that they had begun to get warmer again
as the air temperature rose. But a fact worthy of attention in this particular case is
that the temperature of the surface water is 15-69° when the air temperature is 11-80°.
At station 21 there is also a decrease of temperature from the surface to a depth of 20
metres, but there is a rise of temperature from 30 metres to the bottom. However, at
this station, as the salinity rises from the upper layers to the bottom, the increase of
density is also normal. The temperatures taken at station 24 deserve special attention
from the fact that there is very little difference between the surface temperature and that
of the bottom, 9-37° at the surface and 9-29° at 55 metres. From 9-37° at the surface
we get 9-32°, 9-31°, 9-28°; then a rise 9:29°. 9-30°; a slight fall to 9-28° and 9-29°
at the bottom. These temperatures were taken at 9-20 a.m. The same day, at 5.45 in
the afternoon, we have somewhat equivalent results, but the low salinity, instead of
being at 50 metres, as in the forenoon when the tide was high is at 40 metres, at low
tide. Two of the samples collected at station 24, September 23, 5.45 p.m. were lost;
the others gave vei-y extraordinary salinity results. The highest salinity, 32.37 Voo is
at the surface. We found .52-390/oo at 10 metres. 31-28 Voo at 40 metres and 31-13 Voo
at 50 metres. A glance at the results given for stations 25 and 27 shows that at
those stations also the density of the water was higher at the surface than at a certain
depth. At station 25 we find a salinity of 32.47 Voo at 10 metres and only 31-54 Voo
ten metres lower and so forth and so on.
ETDROGRAI'HY IN PASSAMAQDODDT BAT 305
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
The following samples were collected by Mr. W. H. Chase, of Acadia University,
a year before I reached the station. (The stations are indicated on a chart at the
laboratory, at St. Andrews) : —
Date.
Station.
Depth.
Salinity S. %„.
■July 7, 1915
St. Mary's bay, No. 1
Bottom
29-18
„ 7. 191.5.
2
31
31
30
30
31
31
30
30
30
30
31
30
29
30
30
30
29
29
30
30
30
29
30
30
30
30
30
29
30
30
2G
30
20
, 7, 1915
3
SurfL
89
, 7, 1915
.1 M 4
76
7, 1915
n !! 6.'.'.'.. '.'.'.'.'.['.' .'.".'
" '■ t
8
70
7 1.415
47
48
78
. 7, 1915
. 8, 191.5
, 8, 1915
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
■ 7, 1915
76
, 13, 1915
06
. 8,:916
, 13. 191,5
. 8, 1915 ,
. 8,191.5
, 8, 1915
45
80
86
91
77
. 13. 1915
. 13, 1915
. 13, 1915
, 1.3, 1915
, 13,1915
.. 1?
18
19
20
21
22
18
99
86
25
38
. 13,191.5
. 23,1915
78
99
. 2.3, 1915
. 24, 1915
24, 1915
23, 191.5
23. 1915
23, 1915
25
28
27 ■ 3 metres
Surface
40
52
28
29
Bottom
Sui face
Bottom (6 3 m.).
M-fim 1
.53
63
29
74
30
31
79
*
. 24, 1915
24. 1915
Surfi
Bott
72-7
Surf!
05
31
77
.Tnne22, 1915
Julv 14. 1916
Black Kock
Off Wilson's beach
metres
69
•
t'=8-8
306
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
"Prince '
Stations.
No.
Locality.
Friar Roads, just south
Coffin Ledge buoy.
Bay of Fundy, off Head
Harbour Id.
Position (vide chart).
Bald Head bears E^ N
Deer Id. Point bears
N. X Wi W.
North end of Head Har-
bour Id. bears N.W. 4
\V. 5 mile. Scott Head
bears S.W. x S. i S., 2^
miles.
Latitude.
44° 54' 27" N,
44° 56' 58" N.
Longitude.
6C°58'H" W.
Bottom.
66° 53' 0" W.
Hard.
Rocky.
.Soft mud.
HYDROGRAPHY IN PA8SAMAQV0DDY BAY
307
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COLLECTED.
C
6
*3
.0
4,'
03
s
2
s-l
.„
Si
<D
a>
Date.
Hour.
S
1
Tide.
Wind.
8ky.
a
g
5
a;
t
a
H
>,
>.
*o
j=
1
•5 S
Oj
■g
c
i^
o.
U
ac
C^
o
-c
^
a
'■5
1, -
^
2
o
a
6
1916.
July
25
11.50 a.m..
32-7
9-44
2^ hours of
low tide.
S. W.
breeze . .
Cloudy.
Sur-
face.
9-00
17-43
31-48
24 39
„
25
12.10 p.m..
32 7
9-44
,,
,,
20 ra.
7-90
17 49
31-01
24 66
,,
25
11.50 a.m..
32 7
9-44
„
,,
28 ..
7 40
17 5C
31 62
24-72
Aug.
2
4.00 p.m..
32 7
9 02
2i hours ebb.
Calm .
"
Sur-
face.
8-70
17-31
31 27
24 28
„
2
4.00 .,
32-7
9 02
„
„
10 m.
8 30
17-32
31-29
24 26
„
2
4.00 „
32-7
902
,,
It ...
„
20 .,
8-28
17-36
.31 36
24 42
„
2
4.00 „
32-7
9 02
„
" ...
,,
30 „
8-10
17 36
31-36
24 44
1.
19
1.20 .,
43 111.
12 00
^ hour to
high tide.
Clear...
Sur-
face.
8-7
17 56
31 73
24-65
„
19
1.20 „
43 „
12 00
M
M .
tt
10 m.
8-25
17-63
31 86
24 81
„
19
1.20 M
43 ,.
12 00
„
11 . .
ti
20 „
9 31
17-62
31-83
24 76
„
19
1.20 ..
43 .,
12 00
„
.1 ...
.r
.30 „
8-29
17 -60
31 81
24 75
„
19
1.20 ..
43 .,
12 00
,,
„
40 M
8-23
17-59
31 79
24-75
"
31
3.35 ..
35 ..
15 60
2i hours to
low tide.
s. w.'
breeze.
1.
Sur-
face.
9-52
17-63
31 84
24 61
„
n
3.35 ..
35 ,.
15 60
,,
„
II
20 m.
9 10
17 67
3193
24 -72
„
31
3.35 .,
35 „
15 60
,,
,,
30 m.
9-08
17-67
31 93
24-72
Sept.
14
3.20 „
32 „
22-63
2 hours ebb.
Calm...
-1
Sur-
face.
10 30
17-30
31-25
24 01
Bluish
„
14
3.20 ..
32 .,
22 63
„
„
M
10 m.
9 54
Sam-
pie
lost.
„
14
3.20 1,
32 M
22 63
M
„
20 „
9-43
17-81
.32-18
24-86
,,
„
14
3.20 M
32 „
22-63
„
„
U
25 „
9-45
17-70
31 99
34 71
„
Oct.
3
3.45 „
35 M
13-81
High
Light S.
W.
11
Sur-
face.
9 30
Sam-
pie
lost.
Green
ish.
„
3
3.45 ,.
35 „
13 81
,
„
II
10 m
9 21
,,
„
,,
„
3
3.45 ,.
.35 „
13 81
,,
„
M
20 „
9- 13
17-81
32 18
24-94
,,
„
3
3.45 „
35 „
13-81
M
,,
II
30 ..
915
17 69
31-iKJ
24-74
,,
II
17
17
10.11 a.m..
10.11 „
44 M
44 M
12 45
12 45
Lew
s. w.
strong.
Clouds,'
rain.
Sur-
face.
20 m.
902
8-81
No
water.
„
17 10.11 „
44 „
12 45
■1
,,
,,
40 „
8-78
„
,,
,,
...
100 M
No determinations wei-e made at Station No
2.
308
DEPARTMKS'T OF THE liAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE, V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
"Prince"
Stations
No.
Locality.
Position (vide chart.)
Latitude.
Longitude.
Bottom.
3
Bay of Fundy, off Grand
Manan Island.
Passamaquoddy Bay.
It ti
Swallow-tail liglit bears N.
W. i W., H miles. South-
em point of Whitehead
Id. bears W. x S. J S. 8i
miles.
ti It
.fof's point bears N. by W.
i W. 4i miles. Northern
p int of Pendleton Id.
bears E. 3J miles.
It II
II ti
44° 42' 5" N...
45°l'a" N.
i;6°32'31'W.
67°l'5'l"W.
Soft mud. .
3
3
3
3
"
3
11
3
3
3
3
3
3
"
3
t,
3
3
"
3
3
3
•■
3
3
"
3
3
3
"
3
3
4
Soft mud.
"
'■
,,
M
,,
„
„
HYDROGRAPHY I\ PA8SAMAQU0DDY BAY
309
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COLLECTED— Con.
C
U
o
o
'i
a
2
3
ca
■g
5
<D
cQ
o
c
U
3
V
u
5^
O
S
Date.
Hour.
^
&
Tide.
Wind.
Sky.
® d
S.
S-5
^
_C
K
1
O
b
"o
s
■S 2
1
1
'5
'(a
C
»
Oj.-
J=
1
«
o
C
<
a
£s
o
Q
Q
191B.
July
24
12.20 p.m.,
188 m.
U 42
h hour to lo-iv
-water.
S.E..
Cloudy
rain.
Surf-
ace.
10-00
16-84
30-43
23-41
24
12.50 ..
188 m.
14-42
45 m.
5-90
17-87
,32 29
25-46
„
24
12.35 ■■
188 ra.
14
42
„
„
tt
90 M
4 50
18 -05
32-60
25-85
M
24
12.20 „
188 m.
14
42
„
„
„
150 M
4 90
18 06
32-62
26 84
,,
24
12.00 noon.
188 m.
14
42
,,
„
,,
185 ..
4 90
IS 06
32 6-_'
25-84
Aug.
25
11.54 a m. .
185 m
13
28
2i houri" ebb.
S.W.
breeze.
For . .
Surf-
ace.
10-98
17-58
31-77
24-29
„
25
12..54p.ni..
185 ..
13
28
II
1,
M ....
10 m.
9-87
17-66
31 91
24-60
„
25
12.M .. ..
185 .,
13
28
,,
II
„
25 ,1
9-11
17-60
3191
24-71
,,
25
12.54 .. ..
185 „
13
28
„
„
„
50 .1
7-43
17-94
32-41
25-35
„
2.'-i
12.34 ,1 ..
185 ,1
13
28
„
„
,,
75 „
6 47
18-05
32-60
25-61
„
25
12.34 .1 ..
185 .,
13
28
„
„
„
100 .1
6 10
18-19
32-85
25-88
,.
25
12.34 .. .
185 II
13
28
„
„
,,
125 „
6 02
18-22
32 93
25 94
„
25
12.15 M ..
185 „
13
28
,,
,,
,,
150 M
5-83
18-22
32-93
25-98
M
25
12.15 „ ..
185 „
13-28
„
,,
„
175 M
5 82
18-24
32 95
25-98
Oct.
4
2-00 M ..
173 m.
15 48
I hour flood.
Light S.
W.
Hazy...
Sur-
11 07
Sampl
e lest.
Dark
face.
Green
,.
4
2.23 .. ..
173 ,.
15
48
„
,,
10 m.
1005
17-67
31 92
24-58
n
4
2.13 .. ..
173 1,
15
48
,,
„
20 „
9 67
Sampl
e lo.st .
M
4
2.13 .. ..
173 1.
15
48
„
25 1.
8-71
17-93
32-39
25- ie
,,
4
2.13 .. .
173 ..
15
48
„
30 „
8-59
17 97
.32-47
25 24
n
4
2.im:
173 „
15
48
,,
„
40 „
8-27
Sampl
e lost .
II
4
2.00 „ ..
173 ,1
15
48
,,
,,
.50 1,
7 92
18 05
32 61
'25-44
„
4
2.01J .. ..
173 „
15
48
„
„
75 .,
6-70
17 94
32-42
25 46
1,
4
1.45 .. .
173 „
15
48
,,
,,
100 .1
6-35
Sampl
*i lost .
II
4
1.45 .. ..
173 .,
15
48
,,
„
150 ,.
6.12
17 99
32 51
25-59
II
4
L45 „ ..
173 II
15
48
„
„
173 11
6 15
18-25
32 98
25-95
July
20
3.30 .. ..
30 ..
23-00
1 hour to
high tide.
"
Bright. .
Sur-
face.
11-40
16-80
SO 36
23 11
„
20
3.30 „ ..
30 „
23-00
9 m.
8-80
17 15
30-99
24 07
M
20
3.30 ,. ..
30 „
23-00
„
ir
II
18-3 ..
8 30
17-23
31-13
24 22
„
20
3.30 „ ..
30 M
23 -00
„
„
M
27-4,1
8 10
17-28
31-23
24-32
"
27
3.30 M ..
30 ..
25-00
1 hour to low
tide.
S.W.
breeze.
Bright! '.
Sur-
face.
15-90
16 03
28-97
21-18
11
27
3.30 „ .,
30 „
2500
„
,,
1,
10 m.
9-80
16 91
30 56
23 57
M
27
3.30 „ .
30 ,:
25-00
„
„
,1
15 „
8-79
17-21
31 09
24 14
,,
27
3.30 ., ..
30 „
25 -00
,,
„
„
25 .1
8 50
17 28
31 22
24-29
Aug.
3
4.00 „ .
30 .,
16 30
1 hour ebb. .
"
Cloudy .
Sur.
face.
10m.
11 0
16-75
30 27
23 12
,,
3
4.00 1,
30 „
16-30
„
,j
,,
8 92
17 15
30-99
24-02
,1
3
4.00 ., ..
30 „
16 30
,,
„
,,
20 M
8 91
17 15
30 99
24-02
•■
3
4.00 „ ..
.30 ,1
16 30
•■
-
"
30 ,1
8-85
17-20
31 07
24-21
Aug.
10
10
10
10
5. .30 p.m.
29 m.
21-70
n
Half flood.
Calm.
Clear.
Sur-
face.
10 m.
20 m.
25 m.
13 22
9 30
9- 19
901
16-71
17 -12
17 20
17-21
30 19
30-94
31 -08
31-09
22-67
23-91
24 04
24-09
"
17
5.00 p.m.
33 m.
17'-'80
Half ebb.
Light
S.E.
Hazy.
Sur-
face.
10 9.5
10 92
30 58
2S-36
,1
17
II
1,
„
,,
„
„
10 m.
9-80
17-12
30 94
23-81
1,
17
II
1,
„
„
„
„
20 m.
9-43
17 33
31-32
24.19
II
17
II
II
1
II
.t
„
30 m.
9-10
17 -46
31-55
24 40
310
DEPARTMEWT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
" Prince"
Stations.
No.
Locality.
Passamaquoddy Bay.
Position (vide chart).
Joe's Point liears N. by W.
J W. 4i miles, Northern
point of Pendleton Id.
bears E. 3J miles.
Bay of Fundy, between
Head Harbour and
the Southern Wolves.
Head Harbour Lt. bears
N.W. by W. i W., 3i
miles- Swallow Tail Lt.
bears a little W. of S. lU
miles.
Latitude.
45° 1' 0" N.
Longitude.
er 1' 51" W
Bottom.
Soft mud.
44°56'48''N.fi
6° 48' 41" W.
HTDBOGRAPHY IX PASSAMAQVODDY BAT
311
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COULiECTED— Cow.
a;
d
O
o
1
.5
^
S
t.
3
a>
fc-
~^
-ij
f
rt
Date.
Hour.
a;
Tide.
Wind.
Sky.
Qi
G
O
02
b
t
S
S
o|
5^
£
>^
>,
"o
t
^
J2 S
S
s3
■g
'rj
S
1
a>
I,.-
^
J2
13
OJ
"o
P
<
Q
O
X
c
O
1916.
Aug. 16
1.35 p.m.
120 m.
1200
1 hour to
high tide.
S.W.
breeze
choppy.
Hazy.
Sur-
face.
9.60
17.40
31.45
24.27
„ 25
4.45 p.m.
28 m.
14 31
1^ hour flood
Cahn.
Foggy.
Sur-
face.
15 m.
12-48
no sa
mple
of wa
ter.
„ 25
„
„
„
9 50
,,
,,
„
„ 25
„
,,
■ 1
„
,,
25 m.
9-57
„
,,
.,
„ :n
12.50 p.m.
31 m.
14-91
h hour to
high tide.
"
Clear.
Sur-
face.
14-9]
17 03
30-77
22-73
„ 31
,,
,,
1,
,,
,,
,,
20 m.
10-07
17-48
31-59
24-30
„ .SI
,,
,,
„
,,
,,
,,
30 m.
10 01
17 49
.31 61
24-33
Sept. 15
5.00 p.m.
36 m.
13-88
h ebb.
S.E.,
lierht
breeze .
Hazy.
Sur-
face.
10-95
17-25
31 17
23-82
Gray-
ish.
„ 15
5.15 p.m.
,,
,,
„
„
„
10 m.
1(1 26
17-42
31-48
24 19
„
.. 15
5.00 p.m.
,,
,,
„
,,
,,
20 m.
10-07
18 -02
32 56
2;V07
,1
.. 15
,,
,,
,,
„
,,
,,
mm.
9-98
18 03
32 .57
25 10
,,
M 15
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
35 m.
9-98
17 23
31-13
23 96
„
Oct. 3
10.20 a.m.
31 m.
13 20
Low .
Cahn.
Clear.
Sur-
face.
10 60
17 52
31 66
24-28
..-
3
„
1,
,,
,,
„
10 m.
9-96
sam
pie lo
St.
3
,,
,,
,,
,,
„
„
20 m.
9 83
1701
30-73
23-71
„
3
„■ 3
„ 16
"
"
"
"
It
30 m.
9 82
17-60
31-81
24-56
"
12.53 p.m.
30 111.
12''41
2^ hours to
Moder.
Cloudy.
Sur-
9-35
sam
pie lo
St.
,,
high water.
ate S.W.
face.
M 16
,,
„
,,
„
„
,,
20 m.
9-14
M
II
., 16
„
„
„
„
,,
M
30 m.
8-98
„
1,
„ 21
2.07 p.m.
27 m.
13 38
4 hour flood.
Strong
S.W.
Cloudy,
Sur-
9-32
no
water
samp
le.
rain.
face.
.. 21
„
,,
„
,,
„
10 m.
9 18
"
„
„
II
,. 21
,,
,,
,,
„
,,
,,
20 m.
fl 08
,,
,,
11
1,
„ 21
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
26 m.
8-88
M
„
1,
., 27
0.16 a.m.
30 m.
6 21
h hour flood.
Moder.
N.W.
Clear.
Sur-
face.
8-51
"
"
"
Gre'n-
ish.
„ 27
,,
,,
,,
„
„
20 m.
8-81
„
1,
1,
„ 27
'
"
"
"
"
"
30 m.
8-80
"
"
"
"
July 25
9.00 a.m.
90 m.
12-80
High.
S.W.
breeze.
Clear.
Sur-
face.
8 50
17 42
31 47
21 28
„ 25
„
„
„
,,
,,
,,
28 m.
7-40
17-48
31 59
24 70
„ 25
,,
„
„
,,
,,
45...
6 90
17-61
31-82
24 97
„ 25
„
„
,,
„
,,
65 m.
6 40
17 01
.•^1-82
25 03
M 25
„
„
,,
„
„
„
85 m.
5 90
17-69
31-96
25-21
„ 16
1.25 p.m.
,,
„
,,
„
,,
10 m.
9.02
17.49
31.60
24.49
„ 16
1.30 p.m.
„
„
„
„
„
25 m.
8.33
17.54
31 70
24.66
.. 16
1 35 p.m.
,,
„
,,
,,
„
50 m.
8.31
17.62
31.84
24,80
,. 16
„
,,
„
„
,,
,,
75 m.
7.92
17.62
31.84
21.85
„ 16
,,
,,
,,
„
,,
100 m.
fi.64
17.87
32.29
25.37
„ 16
M
,,
„
„
„
„
110 m.
6.40
17.92
32,38
25.45
Sept. 18
11.09 a.m.
100 m.
13 12
Low tide.
Calm.
Clear.
Sur-
face.
11.30
16.70
30 18
22 99
Gray.
,. 18
11-24 a. m.
„
,,
„
„
„
10 m.
10 08
16 92
30 .58
23.53
,;
,. 18
M
„
„
„
„
„
20 m.
9.74
17.02
30.75
23.76
„
DEPARTMEWT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
"Prince"
Stations.
No.
Locality.
Bay of Fuudy, between
Head Harbour and
the Southern Wolves.
Ste. Croix River, be-
tween Biological Sta-
tion and Robbinston.
Position (vide chart).
Head Harbour Lt. bears
N.W. by W. A W.,
miles,
bears
miles.
Swallow tail Lt.
.little W. ofS. m
Biological Station bears E.
JS., fc of a mile. Little
Dochet Id. bears N. by
W. h W., 2g miles.
Latitude.
44° 56' 48' N.
45' 4' 49" N.
Longitude.
«6° 48' 41" W.
67' 5' 53" W.
Bottom.
Soft mud.
Fairly hard
mud.
BTDROGKAFHY J\ I'ASSAMAQVODDY BAY
313
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COLLECTED— Coil.
0
d
C8
.,.
V
a
d
5"5
,
£
5
0)
*a
0-1
1
Date.
Hour.
i
:3
Tide.
Wind.
Sky.
^ «
£
3
3
X
b
1
_c
a
5
IS)
■j-g
4^
a;
■>,
>.
"o
_—
j: £
s
3
-u
*a
-«
c
<
i
0
6
13
1
i
191H.
Sept. 18
11 13 a.m.
120 m.
1200
j hour to
high tide.
S.W.
breeze
choppy .
Hazy.
25 m.
9.55
17.17
31.02
23.95
Gray.
„ 18
„
„
„
„
30 m.
9.51
17.71
32.00
24.72
,. 18
„
„
„
„
,,
,,
40 m.
9.32
17.72
32.02
24.75
,,
., 18
11.0(1 a.m.
„
,,
,,
„
,.
50 m.
9.0.'<
17.84
32.23
24.98
,,
.. 18
,,
„
,,
,,
,,
„
75 m.
8.26
18 02
32.56
25.36
„
M 18
,,
,,
,,
,,
„
„
100 m.
7.61
18.04
32.60
25.47
„
Oct. 1
9.04 a.m.
99^ m.
10-4
Half ebb.
Light
W.
Hazy.
Sur-
face.
9.62
17.40
31.45
24.27
Gre'n-
M 4
9 IS a.m.
,.
,,
,,
,,
,,
10 m.
9.48
17.53
31 68
24.47
ish.
M 4
9 06 a.m.
,,
,,
„
,,
„
20 m.
9.43
17.77
32.10
24.81
„
M 4
,.
,,
„
,,
„
,,
30 ni.
9 36
17 78
32 13
24.84
„
4
■■
-
10-40
"
'■
"
40 m.
9.21
17.78
32 13
24.85
"
i> 4
8.51 a.m.
,,
„
„
,,
,,
50 m.
9.07
17 82
32.20
24.95
"
<< 4
,,
,,
„
„
„
,,
75 m.
8.85
17.82
32.20
24.97
„
4
„
„
,,
„
H
99 m.
7.98
17.99
32.50
25.34
„
•July 17
.5.10 i».m.
31 m.
15 30
1 hours ebb.
S.W.
Cloudy.
Sur-
face.
13.15
15.69
28.36
21.27
"
.. 17
9.10 m
8.80
16.92
SO. 58
23.75
.. 17
4.50 p.m.
3 hrs. 40 m.
ebb.
'■
"
18.30
m.
8.30
17.12
30.94
24 07
" 17
4.10 p.m.
3 hours ebb.
"
"
27.40
8.30
17.22
31.10
24 21
,. 18
9.15 a.m.
14 00
1 hour flood.
Calm.
Foggy.
11'.
Sur-
face.
12 10
15.68
28. 3;^
21.45
,. 18
,.
„
„
9.10 m
9.60
16.92
30.57
23 61
.. 18
9.011 a.m.
45 min. flood
"
18.30
8 70
17.05
30.81
23 95
.. 18
8.45 a.m.
^ hour flood.
..
..
m.
25 60
8.60
17 OC
30.87
24.00
., 18
11 30 a.m.
IflO
3 hours flood
■■
•■
m.
Sur-
face.
11.50
16.60
29 99
22.82
„ 18
,,
„
„
„
9.10 m
8.60
16.96
30.65
23.83
„ 18
11.15 a.m.
"
"
"
18.30
8.10
17.22
31.11
24.24
M 18
11.30 a.m
"
"
m.
27.40
8.10
17.23
31.14
24.25
.. 18
2.?5 p.m.
16 30
High tide.
"
"
m.
Sur-
face.
12.80
16.70
30.17
22.73
„ 18
„
M -
„
,,
9.10 m
8.95
16.96
30.64
23.76
t. 18
2.00 p.m. .
31 ' „
16 '30
"
M ..
" ..
27-40
8-10
17 20
31.08
24-22
.. 26
4.30 p.m. .
31 „
21 00
Low tide
circ.
..
Cloudy .
111.
Sur-
face.
13 40
15-34
27-72
20 71
,. 26
4.30 ., .
31 ,.
2100
„
„
M
10 m.
9-84
16 55
29-90
23 04
.. 26
4.30 ., .
31 .,
21 00
„
It
„
15 m.
9-40
16 87
30-48
23 55
,. 26
4.30 ., .
31 „
21 00
„
„
ir
25 m.
8-80
17 -10
30 90
23-99
Aug. 10
11.45 a.m .
30 M
18-50
4 flood
N. W.
breeze.
Clear.!!
Sur-
face.
12-65
15 65
28-28
21-33
M 10
11.45 .. .
30 ,.
18-50
n
„
10 m.
9-60
16 93
30-59
23 62
„ 10
11.45 .. .
30 „
18-50
11
„
„
20 m.
9 30
17 14
30-98
23 96
,. 10
11.45 „ .
30 ,.
18-50
n ....
,,
II
25 m.
9-37
17 17
31-02
23-98
n 14
6.00 a.m. .
28 M
11 90
Low tide . . .
Strong
N. W.
Cloudy '.
Sur-
fac.
10 95
16-01
28-94
22 -10
38a— 21
314
DEPARTMENT OF TEE yAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
'* Prince "
Stations.
No.
Locality.
Ste. C'roi.x River lie
tween Biological
Station and Robbin
slon.
Position (vidn chart).
Biological Station bears E
f S., Tn of a miJe Little
Oochet Id. bears N. by
\V. i \V. 2a miles.
Latitude.
45' i' 4<r N
Longitude.
67° 5' 53' W
Bottom.
Fairly hard
mud.
BYDROCUAl'llY I\ I'ASSAMAQVOnDY BAY
315
SESSIONAL PAPFR No. 38a
COLi,ECTED — Con.
2)
s
o
s
d
X
1
o-i
i^
^
Date.
Hour.
S
1.
Tide.
Wind.
Sky.
c.
Q
CO
b
.=
■o|
1
i
:^
>.
"o
a
1'
<
-= S
a. c
a-
bi
1
o
[a
•J2
*3
a
a
0
o
O
1916.
.\ng: 14
6.00 a.m. .
28 m.
11-90
Low tide
circ .
Strong..
Cloudy .
18-30
m.
10 95
16 01
28 91
22 10
M H
6.00 ., .
28 „
11 90
10 m.
..) 13
16-78
30 33
23 33
.. 14
6.00 .. .
28 "
11 90
1.
„
20 m
9 91
16 98
30 69
23-65
.. 14
6.00 „ .
28 „
11 90
,,
25 m.
9 08
17 12
30-93
23 86
M 14
12.00 p.m.
33 ..
12-20
High tide. .
"
Sur-
face.
10 40
16-96
30 64
23-51
.. 14
12.00 „ .
.S3 ..
12 20
"1
,1
II ...
10 m.
9-70
17 03
30 77
23 75
,. 14
12.00 M .
33 ,.
12-20
M
,1
II
20 m.
9 55
17 -18
31 03
23-97
., 14
12.00 .. .
33 .,
12 20
„
25 m
9 50
17 24
31 15
24 05
., 14
12.00 M .
33 „
12 20
IP
II ...
30 m.
9 48
17 24
3115
24 06
„ 18
8.30 a.m..
29 „
13-80
4 hour to
South
Hazy . .
Sur-
11-75
16 07
29 04
23 19
low tide.
breeze.
face.
10-38
16-83
30 40
23-34
.. 18
8.30 „ .
29 „
13 SO
,1
,,
II
10 m
10 09
17 13
30 95
23-8?
., 18
8.30 .. .
29 .,
13 80
„
II
II
20 ni.
10-06
17 15
30 98
23-83
M 18
8.30 „ .
29 „
13 80
,,
„
II
-'5 m.
14-22
15-62
2i-22
20 96
" 22
l.IOp.m. .
28 ..
22-38
Low tide. . .
Calm . .
-
Sur-
face.
11 22
1.10 Uni..
28 ..
22-38
1.
II ... .
II
10 m.
10 .f.l
17 03
30 78
23-59
M 22
l.IOp.m.
28 .,
22-38
II
II
20 m.
9-83
17 24
31 16
24-01
.. 22
1 10 p.m.
28 M
22-38
11
11
II
25 m.
9 78
17-30
31-20
24 11
., 23
8.20 a.m. .
.32 ,.
14-90
High tide. . .
S.E."
breeze.
Sur-
face.
12 29
16-93
30-59
23 10
.. 23
8.20 a.m. .
32 ..
14-90
„
„
II
10 m.
10 (SO
17 17
31 02
23 79
., 23
8.20 a.m..
32 .,
14 90
II
,1
II
15 m.
10 29
17 21
31 10
23 88
.. 23
7.58 a.m, .
32 „
14-JO
II
II
II
20 m.
978
17 39
31 43
24-22
.. 23
7.58 a.m..
32 „
14 90
■I
II
II
25 m.
9 69
17-43
31 49
24 30
.. 23
7.58 a.m..
32 „
14 90
II
1,
30 m.
9-68
17-43
31-49
24 31
M 31
9.45 a.m..
28 ..
15 20
2 hours flood
Calm...
Sun-'
shine.
Sur-
face.
12 52
16 14
29 17
22 00
M 31
9.45 a.m. .
28 „
15-20
II
II
,,
20 m.
10-28
17 32
31 29
24 03
.. 31
9.45 a.m..
28 „
15 20
„
II ...
11
27 m.
10 26
17 34
31 34
24 07
Sept. 15
12.03 p.m..
36 M
16 80
2 hrs to high
tide.
Light
breeze.
Clear . .
Sur-
face.
11-73
16-70
30 17
22-92
dray.
.. 15
12.03 p.m..
36 .,
16-80
II
„
„
10 m
10-31
17-26
31 19
23 -S8
„
., 15
12.03 p.m..
36 „
16 80
II
,1
II ...
20 m.
10-21
17-54
31-69
24 32
„
.. 15
12.03 .. .
36 „
16-80
II
,1
,,
35 II
10 17
17 53
31 67
24 34
,,
Oct. 2
11.30 a.m. .
31 „
12.95
A flood
North .
"
Sur-
face.
10-52
17 01
30-73
23-56
(ire'n-
ish.
2
U.SO ., .
31 .,
12 95
II
II
1,
10 m.
10 18
17 03
30-77
23 -6S
Gray.
2
11.30 .. .
31 1,
12-95
„
,1
,1
20 I,
10-12
17 31
31-27
24 -06
,,
2
11.30 .. .
31 ,.
12 95
11
M
II
30 II
10 11
17 45
31 54
24 25
,,
H
7.50 ., .
33 M
11 72
2 hours to
high tide.
N.-E.
breeze.
Cloudy
rain.
Sur
face.
10 31
JNo water saniple.
(iray-
islu
.. 9
7,50 „
33 .,
11-72
,1
,1
,,
20 m.
10-04
II II
,,
9
7 50 M .
33 „
11 72
,,
„
,,
30 II
10 01
II II
„
M 16
4.11p.m..
.35 .,
14-21
I hour ebl). .
Moder-
ate
N.-W.
partly
cloudy.
Sur-
face.
9-42
Sample lost.
Ore'n-
ish.
.. 16
4.11 „ .
35 M
14 21
,,
,,
„
20 m.
916
II II
„ 16
4.11 .,■ .
35 .,
14 21
„
„
1,
30 II
9 12
II II
,,
M 21
9.37 a.m. .
31 M
13 91
2i hours ebb.
Fresh
S.-W.
Misty.
Clouds.
Sur-
face.
9 47
No water sample.
Gray-
ish.
., 21
9.37 " .
31 .,
13 91
1,
„
,,
10 m.
906
1
,,
.. 21
9.37 .. .
31 ..
13 91
,1
,,
20 II
8-90
II
,,
., 21
9.37 .. .
31 ..
13 91
II
..
..
30 „
8-88
.1
. ' 1
,.
38a— 21A
316
DEPARTMEKT OF THE l^'AVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
SAJVrpLES
"Prince"
Stations
No.
Ste Croix Kivtr between
Biolo^cal station and
Robbinston.
LocalitT.
Bay of Fundy, east of
White Horse Id., just
south of Letite Pass-
age.
Passainaquoddy Bay, off
Clam Cove Head.
Biological station bears E
I S. /b of a mile. Little
Dochet Id. bears N. bv
W. i W. 23 miles.
45= 4' 49" N.
Head Harbour Lt. bears S.-
W. by \V., 2i miles.
Green's Point Lt. bears
X. by W. 2| miles.
44' .59' 47' N..
Forest
mile.
Clam
S. S
Id. beai-s S -W. J
Southern end of
Cove Head bears
E. J miles.
44" 58' 39" N..
Latitude.
67" 5' 53" W
Longitude.
C6°51'24" W"
67°2'7" W
Bottom.
Fairly hard
mud.
Sand and
nud.
Sand, mud
and shells.
HYDROGRAl'HY IX PASSAMAQUODDY BAY
317
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COULiECTED— Con.
d
o
X
C
a
Date.
Hour.
3;
Tide.
Wind.
Sky.
5-f
o"°
ci
""
g_
"o-g
e
33
b
'o
8.
<
53
i-.s
q
'5
'■3
03
3
1
191
Oct.
27
10.25 .. ,
34 „
7 38
U hours to
Moder-
Clear. .
Sur-
8-90
No w
ater sample .
Gre'n-
high tide.
ate.
N.-W.
face.
ish
Gray.
„
27
10.25 .. .
34 ..
7-38
„
20 m.
8-82
• 1 M
■■
27
10.35 M .
34 „
7-38
"
"
.. ...
30 .,
8-82
"
■
"
84 ..
84 M
73 .,
7-62
17-33
31-32
24 47
9 m.
July
14
.j.OOp.ni. .
12- 15
•A-ng.
3
3.0O p.m. ,
73 111.
15 05
High
breeze.
Cloudy .
Sur.
face.
9 .50
1706
30-82
23-81
3
3.00 M .
73 n
15
05
10 m.
9 10
17 11
30-92
23 95
,,
3
3.00 „ .
T6 „
15
05
„
„
20 „
8-95
17 18
31
04
24
08
M
3
3.00 .. .
73 .,
15
05
„
,,
„
30 „
8-60
17 26
.SI
19
24
23
M
3
3.00 „ .
73 ..
15
05
,,
40 „
8-42
17 32
31
29
24
33
11
10
12.45 .. .
72 M
22-20
Low tide . .
very
slight S.
breeze.
Clear. .
Sur
face.
12-62
16 18
29 24
22 16
„
10
12.45 .. .
72 „
22
20
M
,,
,,
10 m.
10-02
16-99
30
71
23
62
„
10
12.45 .. .
72 „
22
20
!■
,,
„
20 M
;)-2u
17-23
31
13
24
09
„
10
12.45 .. .
72 M
22
20
M
,,
,,
30 „
9 12
17 25
31
16
24
13
,,
10
17
12.45 .. .
3.50 M .
72 .,
72 .,
22
W
U hour ebb.
Calm . . .
"
40 .,
Sur-
9-12
10-05
17-25
17-36
31
31
16
36
24
2J
13
14
,,
18-30
face.
„
17
3.50 .. .
72 .,
18-30
„
,,
10 m.
9 -.57
17--%
31
36
24
14
Aug.
17
4.00 p.m.
72 m.
18 30
U hr. ebb.
Calm.
Clear.
20 m.
9 48
17-38
31
40
24
24
„
17
4.00 „
72 „
18-30
„
"
,,
30 111.
9 02
17 47
31
57
24
46
,,
17
4.00 „
72 .,
18-30
,,
,,
,,
40 m.
9 01
17 47
31
57
24
46
Aug.
31
2.00 „
78 m.
16-68
'i hr. ebb.
S.W.
breeze.
"
Sur-
face.
12 21
17 06
30
82
23
34
.,
31
2.00 „
7>> M
16-68
„
,,
,,
20 m.
10-16
17 45
31
54
24
25
1,
31
2.00 „
78 ..
16 68
„
H
,,
75 m.
9-81
17-53
31
67
24
46
Sept.
15
3.26 M
76 m.
14-80
i hr. ebb.
S.E.
breeze.
Hazy.
Sur-
face.
10 42
17 24
31
16
23
89
Gray .
,,
15
3,26 ,.
76 .,
14-80
,,
„
10 in.
1011
17-18
31
75
24
44
„
15
3 26 .,
76 ,.
14 80
„
„
,,
20 m.
10 12
17 57
31
74
24
44
„
15
3.26 M
76 „
14-80
,,
„
30 m.
10 11
17 59
31
78
24
45
M
15
2. .51 „
76 M
14-80
,,
,,
,,
40 111.
10 02
17-79
32
15
24
75
„
15
2.51 M
76 „
14 80
„
„
,,
50 111.
9-85
17 27
31
21
24
05
.,
15
3.15 ..
76 „
14-80
,,
,,
,,
60 m.
9 92
17 42
31
47
24
25
,,
15
3.15 M
76 „
14 80
,,
,,
,,
70 m.
9 92
17 62
31
84
24
53
15
3.15 „
76 M
14 80
,,
,,
75 m.
9 93
17 80
32
16
24
78
Oct.
3
11.49 a.m.
75 m.
14 56
1 hr. flood.
S.W.
liglit
Clear.
Sur-
face.
10 61
17 40
31-45
24 12
Gre'n-
ish.
breeze.
318
DEPARTMENT OF TBE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
*' Prince '
Stations.
No.
Localitv.
Passaniatiuoddy Bay,
off Clam Cove Head.
PaS'^amaquoddj" Bay,
near Kastern entrance
to St. .Andrew's Har^
liour.
Position {vide ciiart).
Forest Id. liears S.W. |
mile. Southei-n end of
Clam Cove Head bears
S.S.E. i mile.
Navy Bar Lt. l)ears N.W.
■ by N. IN., I mile. Tongue
Shoal T,t. bears E. by N,
j N., i mile.
Latitude.
44° 58' "9" N.
45° 3' 14" N.
2:itude.
67° 2' 7'" W.
117 1' 45" W
Bottom.
Sand, mud
and shells.
Mud and
rocks.
HYDROaHAI'IIY l\ I'isSAJJAQVODDY BAT
319
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COL.LECTED— Con.
5
O
0
J
.s
O
1
o
„-^
1
Date.
Hour.
S
C8
Tirle.
Wind.
Sky.
a
5
w
b
3;
<
II
'c
"3
■r.
Q
0
"o
191«.
Oct. 3
11.49 a.m.
75 m.
i4o6
1 hi-. Hood.
s. w.
light
breeze.
Clear.
10 m.
10-20
17-52
31 65
24 34
(rray .
3
U 49 ..
7.5 ..
14 .56
20 m.
10- 12
17-19
31-07
23 88
3
11.49 ..
75 II
14 56
,,
1.
,.
30 m.
9-9S
17 54
31 70
24 40
n
3
11 3.5
7.5 1.
75 m.
14 .56
^
40 m.
9-85
Sam pi
17-64
e lo^t.
Oct. 3
11^35 .,
14 56
1 hr. Hood.
S.\V.
,,
50 m.
9-83
31 88
'24-58
Gre'n-
light
ish.
breeze.
3
11.3.5 ..
75 ..
14.56
„
,,
75 m.
9-68
17 71
32 00
24-70
Gray.
Oct. 17
8.32 ,.
76 m.
11-61
1^ hr. to low
Mrie.
Strong
S.W.
Cloudy;
rain.
Sur-
face.
9-10
No
watei.
" 17
8.32 ,.
76 II
11 61
,,
,.
20 m.
9 01
„
.. 17
8.32 ..
76 ..
11 61
,,
M
75 m.
8 91
,,
Aug. 3
5.00 p.m.
20 m.
2ihrs.elib
tide.
s.w.
breeze.
Cloudy.
Sur-
face.
10 70
16-77
30 30
23 21
3
5.00 M
20 ..
10 m.
8-95
17 IS
30 96
23 99
3
5 OC M
20 ..
"
20 m.
(bot-
tom.)
8 75
17 18
31-04
24 09
Aug. 17
6.10 „
18 m.
15 12
2 hrs. to low
tide.
Slight
haze.
Sur-
face.
11 75
17 07
30 84
23 43
.. 17
6.10 M
18 ,.
15 12
„
,,
10 m.
10 18
17 -18
31 04
23 89
„ 17
6.10 „
18 1.
15 12
,,
H
„
15 m.
10 19
17 23
31 13
23 94
Aug, 24
3.45 n
16 m.
17 28
Low tide.
Light
E.
Rain.
.Sur-
face.
13-70
No
water.
.. 24
3.45 ..
10 1.
17-28
„
„
.,
10 m.
9-72
,,
,. 24
3.45 ..
16 „
17 ^-t
,,
,,
„
15 m.
9-61
Aug. 31
11.25 a.m.
21 m.
10-89
2 hrs. to high
tide.
Calm.
Clear.
Sur-
face.
12-20
1718
31 05
23 51
,. 31
11.25 .
21 .1
16-89
,,
15 m.
10 19
17 43
31 49
24-22
.. 31
11.2.-) ..
21 1.
16 89
,,
„
,,
20 m.
10 09
17 48
31-59
24 30
Sept. 15
10.41 ..
20 n,.
16.58
2J hrs. Hood.
Light
s!k.
breeze.
"
Sur-
face.
11 42
17 41
31-46
23 97
Gray .
,. 15
10.41 ..
20 .,
16 58
,,
„
„
10 ni.
10 21
17-46
31-55
24 25
II
Oct. 3
9.05 ..
17 m.
10.98
1 hr. to low
tide.
N.W.
mode,
rate.
"
Surf.
10-51
17-30
31 36
24 06
"
3
9.05 ,.
17 ..
10.98
,,
,,
„
10 m.
10 38
17 -.52
31 66
24 30
M
3
9.05 ,.
17 "
10.98
,,
,,
„
15 m.
9-72
17-53
31-67
24 42
„
9
9.33 M
2.' 11
10.90
High tide.
N.E.
cloudy.
Surf.
10-20
no
water.
M
9
9.33 „
22 ,1
10.90
,,
,,
,,
10 m.
9 83
„
11
9
9.33 „
22 ..
10.90
,,
,,
20 m.
9 85
H
„
.. 1(1
1109 „
19 „
11 12
2 hrs. Hood.
s.\v.
mode-
rate.
"
Surf.
9-24
17 64
31 -8S
24 64
Gre'n-
ish
Gray.
.. 16
11.09 „
19 „
11.12
,,
,,
,,
13 m.
9-12
17-70
31-99
24-77
„
M 16
11 09 „
19 1,
U 12
„
18 m.
9 12
17 69
31 96
24-76
M 21
12. 52 p.m.
IS „
13.45
1 hr. to low
tidf.
Strong
S.W.
clouds,
rain.
Surf.
9.30
no
water.
Gray-
ish.
.. 21
12.. 52 ,.
18 1.
13.45
,,
„
„
10 m.
8 95
„
II
„ 21
12.52 ..
18 1,
13 45
,,
„
,,
17 m.
8-86
1,
11
,. 27
8.08 a.m.
19 1,
4.62
2\ hrs. Hood.
Mode-
partly
Surf.
8 64
,.
Gre'n
rate.
cloudy.
ish
Gray.
320
DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
*' Prince "
Station
Locality.
Position (vide cliart.)
Latitude.
Longitude.
Bottom.
No.
10
Passamaquoildy Bay,
Navy Bar Lt. bears N.W.
45° 3' 14" \
(57° 1' 45 " W.
Mud and
near Eastern entrance
by NA N. g mile. Tonpue
rocks.
to St. Andrews Har-
Shoal Lt bears E. Iiv X.
bour.
J N., I mile.
10... ..
M "
II
■1
.1
II
10
„
,1
"
"
11
Petite I'assafre
In a direct line between
Tiverton and East Ferry
about midway.
44° 23' 52" N
. 60= 12' 34 " W.
Hard sand
and rocks.
11
,,
II M
11
II
n
M
II '^
II
II
11
„
II
II
11
11
11
II
"
"
"
u
,,
II II
„
„
11
„
II
II
II
1.
11
.1
"
"
"
12
St. MaryV Bay, off
Little River.
One mile S.E. from Little
River wharf.
44° 26' 17" >
'. 66° 6' 33" W.
Fine sand.
12
M M
•1 II
1,
1.
I
12
<• M
•1 II
II
II
II
12
„
„
"
■'
"
12
■1 tl
II M
,,
,,
„
12
n
II 11
M
.1
II
12
M It
„
"
"
"
13 .
St. Mary'.s Bay, below
Southern end of Petite
South Point of Digby neck
bears N.E. I N. 2i miles.
44° 20' 7" N
66° 13' 24 " W.
„
Pa.s8age.
Church Pt. Iiears K. by
S. i S. -JJ miles.
13
It M
II II
.1
II
11
13
M U
II II
1,
II
II
13
.1
II II
„
.1
11
13
.,
.1
"
"
"
13
,.
II
"
"
"
15
Bay of Fundv, off Brier
Island.
8| miles N.-W. by W. from
north end of Grande Pas-
sage. Run N. X.W. 4
miles, then run W. J N.,
5J miles.
44° 19' 30" N
. 66° 32' 2S" W .
Fine sand . .
15
M II
II
15
II 11
II II
15
II II
11
15
II II
•1 II
15
II 11
M II
15
.1 II
.1 II
15
1. 11
•1 -1
15
• 1 II
II
15
II
II
15
II
,1
HYDBOORAPHY IN PASSAMAQVODDT BAY
321
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COLLECTED— Coji.
Date.
Hour.
1
s
a.
6
t
1
5"
<
Tide.
Wind.
Sky.
1
i
Em
.2
* .
f
. i
1
s
o
5
a.
s
'u
O
to
>.
'5
1
c
Q
s.
I
'o
u
1
'o
1916
Oct.
27
27
8.0« a.m.
8.08 M
19 m.
19 ..
4.62
4.62
hrs. flood.
N.W.
cloudy.
13 m.
18 m.
8 92
8-87
no
water.
Gray.
Sept.
2
7.55 .,
.30 ,.
13.02
Low tide.
South
bree/.e.
cloudy.
Surf.
9 00
17 91
32 37
25 08
2
7.55
30 M
13.02
M
,,
10 m.
8-91
17-94
32 41
25
14
2
7.55 ..
31) ..
13.02
,,
,,
,,
20 m.
8-91
17
89
32-32
25
07
2
7.55 ..
30 „
13.02
,,
,,
„
25 m.
8.42
17
89
32 32
25
13
2
1.15 p.m.
35 „
15 2.S
High tide.
Strong
stmtli.
cloudy
Surf.
10-57
17
73
32 03
24
59
Blu-
ish.
2
1.15 „
35 „
15.28
,,
,,
10 m.
10 32
17
79
32-15
24
70
„
2
1.15 ..
35 .,
15.28
„
,,
„
20 m.
10 21
17
81
32-18
24-75
,1
2
1.15 ,.
35 ,.
15.28
„
„
„
30 m.
10 13
17
79
32 15
24 75
M
4
8.50 a.m.
24 ..
13. 38
Low tide.
S.W.N,
breeze.
clear.
Surf.
12-92
17 70
31-98
24-10
"
4
8.51J ,.
24 ,.
i:'. 38
„
,,
10 m.
12 92
17-70
31 99
24 -10
„
4
».rM .,
24 .,
13.38
,,
20 m.
11-51
17-76
32-09
24 46
1,
4
3.10 p.m.
31 „
12.20
High tide.
s.w.
l>ree/,e.
cloudy.
Surf.
12 58
17-67
31 93
24 13
Gray-
ish.
4
3.10 „
31 „
12.20
,,
10 m.
12-51
17-68
31-95
24-15
1.
4
3.10 „
31 ..
12.20
„
M
20 m.
U 12
17-73
32-03
24-49
,,
4
3.10 ..
31 „
12.20
,,
,,
30 m.
11 04
17 77
32-10
24 -.55
5
10.27 a. 111.
50 M
11.90
Low tide.
N. E.
bree/.e.
"
Surf.
11-08
17 74
32-05
24 51
Gray-
ish.
5
10.41 ..
50 ..
11.90
10 ni.
10 14
17-83
32-21
24-79
„
5
10.41 „
50 ..
11.90
„
„
„
20 m.
9-82
17-85
32 26
24 86
„
,,
5
10.27 •.
.50 „
11.90
„
„
„
30 m.
9-60
17 86
32-28
24 93
1.
"
.5
10.27 >.
.50 ..
11.90
"
"
40 m.
9-18
17-91
32-36
25-05
"
„
5
10 27 ..
50 .,
11.90
..
"
48 m.
9 09
17 93
32-40
25 12
..
Sept.
6
11.45 a.m..
203 m.
14 80
Low tide . .
Calm . .
Cloudy ,
Sur-
face.
9 17
17 98
32-48
25 15
Dark
blue.
6
12.15 p.m..
203 .,
14-80
10 ni.
8-58
18-00
32 52
25
25
,,
6
12.15 .. .
203 ..
14
80
,,
20 „
8-40
18
01
32-54
25
31
,,
,,
6
12.15 n
203 M
14
80
25 1.
8-31
18
02
32 55
25
33
II
„
6
12.15 ., .
203 „
14
80
50 .,
8-15
18
03
32-56
25
37
1,
„
6
12.10 „ .
203 „
14
80
■ I
75 n
7-78
18
05
32-61
25
46
,1
„
6
12.00 noon.
203 ..
14
80
100 „
7 49
IS
10
32 71
25
.53
,,
„
6
11.45 a.m..
203 ..
14
80
M
125 1,
6-28
18
19
32-87
25
85
II
,,
6
n.45 .. .
203 ..
14
80
II
150 „
5-88
18
22
32-91
25
97
1,
,,
«
11.45 M .
203 ..
14
80
II
175 M
5 -.57
18
24
.32 9C
26
03
1,
.,
6
11.45 .. .
203 ..
14
80
II ...
200 .,
5 '55
18
12
32-74
25
57
II
322
DEPARTMENT OF THE VAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
"Prince"
Stations
No.
Localitv.
Gulf of >[aine, outside
Yarmtmth Harbour.
Yarmouth Harl'onr.
Position (\ide chait.)
Beside Yanuoutli.
Fairway buoy.
\.\V
mile
redl
end (
St. John River, between
Fairville and Indian-
town.
Bay of Fundy, off St.
John Harbour.
Kennobeca.-^is Bay, at
western eud of Long
Id.
Kennebecasis Bay, at
Western end of Long
Id.
Kennebecasis Bay, at
ea.stern end of Long
Id.
Latitude.
4.H" 48' iH" N.
outside Bunker Id. 43° 48' 13" N
ght. Abreast lower
f Ship's St.rn.
About 100 yds. off east cor
ner of Lovett's Pt. to-
ward Marble Cove Pt.
Partridge Id. bell boat bear
N.E. byN.^N. 2i miles,
Kastern end of Meogenes
Id. bearsN.-W. by N. 2 J
miles.
Milkish FTead bears N. by
W. i W. i mile. Out-
side point of Long Id.
bears N.-E. by E. i E.
by l^ miles.
Milkish head bears N. by
W. i, W. 4 mile. Outside
point of Long Id. bears
N. E. byE. iE. Smiles.
Outside point of Long Id
bears S.W. l>y S. i S., 1
mile. Northern end of
Long Id. bear-i N,N.\V
Longitude.
(!6 !.■.'. 54" W,
66 8'42"\V
45° 16' 38" N,
s4.5°12'n"N.
45'20'.-i7"N..
66'y'53' \V..
66 3' 40" W
66M'8" \V
Bottom.
Hard rocks
and gravel
Soft mud.
45- 12 57" N.
45° 24 44" N.
Rocks and
sawdust.
Soft mud..
C6 4' 8" W.
66° 1' 43" W.
HynRoau'M'HY i\ j-assamaoi oDor bay
323
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COLLECTED— CoTt.
to
d
Date.
Hour.
1
E
a
i
d
g
1
<
Tide.
Wind.
Sky.
1 •
'of
11
1
1
1
c
6
'c
GO
(a
1
c
6
191B.
Sept. 7
12.40 |i.m..
41 m.
16 68
Low tide. . .
Cahn...
Foggy..
Sur-
face.
10 03
17-85
32 25
24 84
"
" i
12.50 .. .
41 M
16 68
"
II
M
10 ra.
S-S2
17-60
31-81
24 53
„
7
12.50 ., .
41 „
16 68
1"
It
20 .1
9-78
17 39
31 42
.34 24
,1
" /
12.50 „ .
41 ..
lU-68
,,
11 .
1.
30 ,1
9-72
16 22
29 32
22 59
7
12.ro ,. .
41 „
16-68
II
II
„
40 „
9 69
17-21
31 09
23-99
„
9
7.45 a.m..
47 ..
12 52
i hour to
Fog and
Sur-
9 40
18.06
32 (i3
25-23
Gray
9
8.04 .. .
47 ..
12 52
high tide.
rain.
face.
10 m.
9-21
17-75
32 07
24 83
i.-?h.'
9
S.04 .. .
47 ,.
12-52
11
,,
20 II
9-12
17-42
31-47
24-37
,,
9
7.45 n .
47 "
12-52
,,
11
,,
30 .1
9 20
17 59
.31-78
24 61
9
7.45 .. .
47 ..
12-52
1.
40 .1
9-18
U 5)<
31-76
24 .-iS
M
9
7.45 „ .
47 n
12-52
,,
II
,,
45 .1
918
17-89
32-33
2.5 02
8
6.20 M .
15 ..
13 70
High tide .
South, ..
Thick
Fog.
Sur-
face.
1132
17 25
31 17
23 77
"
8
6.20 .. .
15 „
13 70
„
..
„
10 m.
10-8.'!
17 54
31 69
24 27
„
8
6.20 .. .
15 M
13 70
„
15 „
10 82
W.ater
sampl
e lost.
1,
8
1.20 p.m..
13 „
14-25
Low tide. . .
s'.'.w."
breeze.
Foggy..
Sur-
face.
12 70
17 78
32 12
24-25
"
8
1.20 „ .
13 ,.
14-25
II
10 m.
11-78
17-53
31 68
24 09
,1
8
1.20 .. .
13 ,.
14-25
11
1
13 II
11 -5(-.
17 54
31-69
24 15
,. 21
4.13 ,. .
35 ..
i6 35
Light
S.-\V.
Smoky .
Sur-
face.
14-80
Water
samp!
elost.
Bro'ii.
M 21
4.13 ,. .
4.13 ..
35 ..
.35 ,.
16 35
16 35
"
,• ..
10 m.
20 1.
13 19
11-91
S-36
Water
15-13
sampl
10 .55
e lo.st.
„
.. 21
„
.. 21
4.13 .. .
35 „
16-35
,,
M
30 .,
11 55
14 36
25 96
19 71
,1
.. 21
4.25 ,. .
35 „
16 35
,,
M
:« ..
9-28
14 55
26 30
20 31
„
,. 19
10.39 a.m. .
19 ..
12 25
i hr. to low
' tide.
"
Cloudy '.
Sur-
face.
11-78
Water
samp!
e lost.
Green
.. 19
10.39 ,. ,
19 ,
12 26
10 m.
10 62
17 03
30-78
23 57
.. 19
10.39 „ .
19 „
12 26
,,
,,
19 m.
10-59
Water
sampl
e lost.
„ 19
4.00 p.m. .
55 M
I! 80
1 houi- river
flood.
Light
N. W.
breeze.
Clear.. .
Sur-
face.
15-69
Bron.
„ 19
4.20 ., .
55 .,
11 80
5 m.
12 93
.. 19
4.10 „ .
55 ..
11-80
„
,.
10 11
6-08
„
II
M
.. 19
4.20 „ .
.55 „
11-80
,.
,,
11
15 M
6-43
,,
,,
,,
Sept. 19
4.10 p.m.
55 m.
11-80
1 hr. river
flood.
Light
N.W.
breeze.
clear.
20 m
8-22
10 61
19 18
14-92
Bro ri.
., m
3.55 ..
55 ,.
11 80
,,
„
„
30 m.
10-98
water
sampl
e lost.
,,
„ 19
3.55 „
55 ..
11-80
„
„
„
40 m.
11-74
„
„
„ 19
3 55 „
55 ..
11-80
„
,,
,,
44 m.
11-93
„
,,
., 19
4.40 M
.55 ..
11-80
M
,
„
55 m.
12 00
,,
M 20
3.40 M
4? „
16 10
N.W.
breeze.
"
Sur-
face.
15-38
7 -20
10 15
18'-'35
14 38
"
,. 20
3.50 ,.
48 M
1610
10 m.
6 11
11 13
20 13
15-86
„
,. 20
3.50 ..
3 40 ,.
48 u
48 M
16 10
16 10
"
"
20 m.
30 rn.
10-18
1115
11-5.-?
11-69
20 85
2114
15 95
16 03
,,
n 20
,,
.. 20
3 40 „
48 ..
16 -IQ
i*
,,
40 ui.
11 21
water
lampl
e lo.st.
.. 20
3.40 .,
48 ..
16 10
„
„
45 m.
16 10
,,
Bro'n.
„ 21
2.48 „
11 „
17 .54
S.S.E.
breeze.
Hazy.
Sur-
face.
13 07
S-64
15 63
11-4
"
324
DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
'•Prince"
Stations
No.
Locality.
St. John River, near
month of Kennebe
casis Bay.
Bay of Fundy, between
St. John and Digby
Lower end of Annapolis
Basin.
Position (vide chart.)
West end of ililkish Id
bears E.N.K. Point on
south side of mouth of
Kennebeca.sis Bay bears
S.S.E.
15 miles soutli of Partridge
Id. bell Vioat. 20 miles
north of Prim tmint.
Latitude.
45° 18' 30" N.
45° 0' 18" N.
Longitude.
66° fl' 32" W.
65° 56' 10" \V.
Port Wade pier bears E.N.
E. Outside point of Vic-
toria Beach bears N. i W.
Bay of Fimdy, off Digby
(Jut.
\ mile N.W. \ N. from
Fairway Buov, Ij mile
N. by E. h ]•:., from Point
Prim.
44° 39' 15" N.
65" 44' 22" W. Fine sand
44° 43' 1?" X.
Bottom.
Soft mud.
Sand and
gravel.
65' 47' IS" W
Sand and
shells
HYDIWGRAFBY IX PASfSAMAQiODD) HAY
325
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COLLECTED— Con.
00
C
d
d
5
(D
a
V
5
-3
Js
Date.
Hour.
a;
C3
1
Tide.
Wind.
Sky.
1
s
d
33
b
c
a)
0 V
4J
>i
>,
0
E
(-
<
^
0, .2
3
1
0
0
1
191(i.
S.E.
Sept
21
2.43 p.m.
11 m.
17-54
breeze.
Hazy.
5 m.
11-70
water
saiiipl
e lost.
,,
21
22
2.43 M
i2;43'p;ni.'
11m.
95 ni.
17-54
'l7-74
Cahii.
Clear -
10 m.
Sur-
io-so
17-36
31 37
lA hr. to low
Sept.
24-09
Blue'.
'tide.
face.
„
22
1.07 „
95 „
17-74
,
,,
,,
10 m.
9-56
17-74
.32 06
24-76
,,
„
22
1.07 ..
95 „
17-74
,
20 m.
8
83
17-85
32 25
25
04
„
,,
22
12.56 ..
95 ,.
1774
„
„
,
25 m.
8
73
17-89
32 32
25
09
,,
,,
22
12.56 ..
95 .,
17-74
.,
,,
,
30 m.
8
57
17 93
32 40
25
18
,,
?2
12.56 .,
95 ..
17 74
,.
,,
,
40 m.
8
38
17-95
32 44
25
24
,,
,,
22
12 43 ..
95 „
17-74
,,
M
,
50 m.
8
12
17-96
32 46
25
28
,,
,,
22
12.43 .,
95 ..
17 74
,,
,
75 m.
7
93
IS -01
32-55
25
38
„
„
22
12 43 „
95 „
17-74
„
95 m.
7
90
18-03
32 58
25
42
„
"
23
9.ina.ni.
58 ,.
12-83
High tide.
Light
S.K.
breeze.
cloudy.
Sur-
face.
9 37
17-86
32 28
24 95
Gre'n-
ish.
II
23
9.43 .,
58 ..
12 83
,,
„
10 m.
9
32
water
samp]
e lost.
Gray.
„
23
9:33 „
58 .,
12-83
„
„
„
20 m.
9
31
17 94
32 41
25
07
„
23
9.33 M
58 .,
12 '83
M
,,
,.
25 m.
9
28
17 93
32 39
25
07
„
„
23
9.33 M
58 „
12-83
,,
30 m.
9
29
17 93
32 39
25
07
„
„
23
9.19 .,
.53 .,
12 83
,
,,
„
40 m.
9
30
17-96
32 45
25
10
„
„
23
9.19 ,.
58 .,
12 83
M
„
50 ra.
9
28
17-33
31 32
24
22
„
„
23
9.19 „
58 „
12 83
,,
„
„
55 m.
9
29
IT 89
32 33
25
01
„
'■
23
5.52 p.m.
55 „
15-58
Low tide.
S.W.
breeze.
clear.
Sur-
face.
10
48
17-91
32 37
24 84
Gray-
ish.
„
23
5.49 „
55 „
15 58
„
„
„
10 m.
10
37
17 87
32 29
24-80
,,
„
23
5.49 .,
55 .,
15-58
,,
,,
„
20 m.
10
30
water
sampi
e lost.
„
„
23
5.37 ..
55 .,
15-58
„
„
30 m.
10
22
,,
„
„
23
5.37 ..
55 ..
15-58
M
„
.,
40 m.
10
18
17 31
31-28
24 05
,,
"
23
5.37 ..
55 M
15-58
"
"
"
50 m.
9-86
17-23
31 13
24-00
"
Sept
23
2.16 p.m.
74 m.
15 95
^ hour to
low tide.
S.E.
breeze.
Cloudy.
Sur-
face.
9-30
17 95
32 44
25- 10
Gre'n-
ish.
,,
23
2.45 ..
74 „
15-95
„
„
,,
10 m.
9
08
17
97
32
47
25 16
Gi
ay.
23
2.33 „
74 ,.
15-95
,.
,,
„
20 m.
9
08
17
45
31
54
24-42
23
2.33 .,
74 „
15-95
1,
25 m.
9
07
17
57
31
75
24-58
23
2.33 M
74 ..
15 95
,,
,,
,,
30 m.
9
09
17
96
32
46
25 13
,
23
2.18 „
74 ,.
15 95
„
,,
„
40 m.
9
02
17
92
32
38
25 09
,
23
2.18 „
74 „
15 95
M
,,
„
50 m.
ft
02
17
98
32
48
25-17
,
23
2.18 ,.
74 ,.
15-95
„
„
,,
73 m.
9
03
17-95
32 43
25 14
,
Sept
27
12.18 ..
75 M
12 19
High tide.
S.W.
breeze.
Hazy.
Sur.
face.
9 21
Water
sampl
e lest.
Green-
ish.
„
27
12.31 M
75 M
12 19
„
„
10 m.
9.17
,,
,,
Blue.
27
12.18 M
75 .,
12-19
„
,,
„
20 m.
9
18
M
„
„
27
12.18 ,.
75 „
12 19
,,
,,
„
25 m.
9
13
17-40
31 45
24 34
,
27
12.18 „
75 ir
12 19
,,
„
30 m.
9
16
17-40
31-44
24 34
,
27
12.02 „
75 ..
1219
,,
,,
,,
40 n..
9
14
17-85
32 25
24-98
,
27
12.02 ..
75 „
12 19
,,
,,
50 m.
9
13
17-62
31 -.SI
24-65i
27
12.02 „
75 ..
12 19
-
"
"
74 m.
9
13
Wa
ter
.san
ipl
e lo
St.
.
326
DEPARTMENT OF THE yAVAL SERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
SAMPLES
"Prince"
Stations
Tiocalitv.
Position (vide chart.)
Latitude.
Longitude.
Bottom.
No.
2(5
Basin in River, inside
Lighthouse in bend above
il' 44' bo' y.
65° 2!!' 52' W.
Very soft
Annapolis Royal.
• iranville ferry bears N.
by W. f, W. First iK)int
on south side above basin
bears E.
mud.
2fi
•1 i>
It II
„
„
„
26
..
II 11
„
,,
„
26
M
II
"
"
"
2fi
26
M ••
11
„
,,
„
27
Annairalis Ri\er, north
em passage, around
Goat Island.
-Lighthouse on Shaffner's
Point bears X.E. i E
Western si-ie of Goat Id.
bears S.E. by S. i S.
27
"
"
44° 42' 21' X.
65' 37' 29' \V.
Soft mud.
27
27
„ ,,
II It
„
27
= (
3 miles
"
■■
■=■5 1
5 ..
8
Sg 1
11 .1
" E ^
14 II
17 .1
20
23 1.
.2^ 1
» i
1
26 ,1
HTDROGRAPHT IN PASSAMAQUODDT BAY
327
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
COLLECTED — Con.
Dati'
1916.
Sppt. 25
.. 25
M 25
Sept. 25
Sept. 26
Sept.
d
°.^
Horn-.
1
-
3
c
<
10.19 a.m.
24 III.
13 40
10.19 M
24 .,
13- 4n
10.19 „
24 ,.
13 40
4.28 p.in.
22 „
14-71
4.28 „
22 „
14-71
4.28 ,.
22 .,
14 71
10.54 a.m.
30 „
10 28
1U..54 ..
30 ..
10 28
10.54 „
30 M
10
28
10.54 „
30 ..
10
2>
9.12 M
9.33 „
11
70
9.56 ..
11
40
10.16 .,
11
80
10 39 „
11
60
11.02 „
ll
80
11.22 „
11
50
11.44 „
11
70
12.10 p.m.
12
30
Tide.
High tide.
Low tide.
High tide.
CO
C3
d
*.S
-^
ce
1
c
s
■^
^
•c
Wind.
Skv.
X
>
T3 0*
O
■Jl
b
O %
>,
§-.2
5
a:
^
Quite
Haze.
Sur-
14 05
16 14
29 17
21 71
heavy
face.
N.W.
breeze.
,,
,,
10 111.
13 99
16-81
30-38
22-64
„
,,
20 in.
13-72
16 95
30-63
22-90
Heavy
Sur-
14-45
16 39
29-61
21 97
N.W.
face.
breeze.
M
10 m.
14-18
16 41
29-65
22 05
"
"
20 m.
14 OC
16 72
30-21
22 52
He.ivy
Partly
Sur-
11 02
17 69
31 •96
24 35
N.W.
cloudy.
face.
breeze.
,,
,-
10 m.
11 62
17 36
31-36
23 88
„
n
20 m.
11 18
17-77
32-10
24 52
„
25 m.
1117
17-79
32 15
24 65
South.
Foggy.
Sur-
face.
10-10
No wa
ter S8
mple.
„
M
,,
10-00
"7-76
32 09
24 71
M
.1
.,
10-4(1
17 73
32-03
24 60
,,
„
10-80
17 69
31 96
24 49
u
M
M
11 10
17 69
31-97
24-43
M
M
,,
11 20
Sanijil
e of w
ater lo
,,
,,
,,
9-95
17 51
31 64
24 36
,,
„
,,
10 45
17 .34
.31 34
24 04
"
"
"
10 20
17 70
31 99
24-59
Mu<i-
(ire'n-
ish.
Gray.
328
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Date.
1916.
September
Hour.
11.30 a.m.
11.45 a.m.
12 00 p.m.
12.15 p.m.
12.30 p.m.
12.45 p.m.
1.00 p.m.
1.15 p.m.
1.30 p.m.
1 45 p.m.
2.00 p.m.
2.15 p.m.
2.30 p.m.
2.45 p.m.
Locality.
Head Harbour to Petit Passage, 23 m
25§
29S
m
33g
35g
378
39
m
424
43l
45i
47|
les
Temperature.
10 9"
10
9.")
9
20
9
05
10
85
9
90
9
80
9
85
9
55
10
00
9
75
9
10
9
00
9
20
Fraser — Hydroids of Eastern Canada.
WESTERN ARCHIPELAGO
66°30
38a— 22
8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918
XVI.
HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA.
By C. McLe.w Fr.\skr. Ph.D.. Curator of the Pacific Biok^ical Station,
Departure Bay, B.C.
IKTRODUCTION.
Since the early days of the Geological Survey explorations, lists of hydroids have
appeared in connection with those of other invertebrata. As in these instances the
hydroids that appeared accidentally in the general collection were examined in con-
nection with this general material or sent away for examination, there were seldom
many species in the list. Yerrill identified many of the species and collected in the
Bay of Fundy and the gulf of St. Lawrence and his reports, although somewhat scat-
tered were the most valuable previous to 1901, when Whiteaves, in his " Catalogue of
the Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada," gave a comprehensive list including all
the species that had been reported to that time. Since 1901 two lists have been pub-
lished; the one by Stafford, in his "Fauna of the Atlantic Coast," which appeared
in •' Contributions to Canadian Biology," 1912, and the other my own list of the
" Hydroids of Xova Scotia " in 1913. Certain references have also been made to
Et.stern Canadian distribution in the second and third parts of Xutting's monograph,
published in 1904 and 1915, resisectively.
In the meantime, collecting has been continued in connection with the Atlantic
station, now at St. Andrews, N.B. The material accumulated was sent to me by
Dr. A. G. Huntsman, with the reqviest that I make an examination of it. It was of
much interest to find it a most comprehensive collection, as shown by the fact that
from it 79 species have been determined, while WTiiteaves' list included but 58. Staf-
ford's 69, six of which have neither name nor description, and my Nova Scotia list 50.
In some instances there is some doubt as to the validity of certain species.
Stimpson named some species without giving figure or adequate description and A.
Agassiz did the same. Some of these difficulties were straightened out by contempor-
aries, but with others there is still some confusion. Taking all together, 112 species
have been determined with reasonable assurance, although in two or three cases, men-
tioned in the text, there is still some possibility of sjmonymy. The six unnamed species
of Stafford's are not included in this number. In listing the hydroids in this latest
collection, it is as well to include all, to bring the wholfe list from the eastern coasts of
Canada to date.
Some Newfoundland locations are given but these are all on the gulf of St. Law-
rence side. No attempt has been made to include the species reported north of the
strait of Belle Isle.
Of the 112 species, 16 are reiJorted for the first time in this area, but only one of
these, Bimeria hrevis, is described as new to science. The others are: Dicoryne con-
ferta, Garveia grcenlandica, Eudendrium album, Eudendrium annuJatum, Tubularia
spectahilis, Campanularia gigantea, Clyiia cylindrica, Clytia edivardsi, Ohelia articu-
laia, Opercularella pumila, Stegopoma plicatile, Hehella pocillum, Sertularia corni-
cina, Antennularia americana, Plumidavia setaceoides.
The purpose of the paper is to give a complete list of species of hydroids that
have been reported from the waters along the eastern coasts of Canada, with the dis-
tribution of each in this area, to give a synonymy which will include that given with
the original description and one or more others where good descriptions or figures
appear and all the references in connection with points in this area and to give an
account of .iny new or important point noted.
38a— 22*
330 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION.
For the consideration of the question of distribution, tlie waters of Eastern
Canada can be conveniently divided into three regions: (1) The Bay of Fundy and
its approaches, (2) the Gulf of St. Lawrence, (3) the east or southeast coast of jSTova
Scotia.
In the Bay of Fundy the waters around the island of Grand Manan have been
much used as a collecting ground ever since Stimpson found a sufficient number of
species to make it worth while to write up " The Marine Invertebrates of Grand
Manan." Then, as now, it was recognized that on account of the exposed position and
the difference in tides, the channels between the numerous small islands must be con-
tinually supplied with enough food for countless forms of great variety. The archi-
pelago between Passamaquoddy bay and the Bay of Fundy proper provides a large area
where the conditions are somewhat similar although the salinity becomes noticeably
less in the inner waters. The whole area is suitable for hydroid growth. Even at the
mouth of the St. Croix river there is a sufficient interchange on account of the high
tides to permit of the existence of some species. Most of the collecting has been done
in shallow water and near shore, hence although 87 species have been obtained, the
probability is that many others exist in areas as yet untouched.
Apart from the Passamaquoddy archipelago, one other point must be mentioned
and this at the other side of the Bay of Fundy. St. Mary bay, near Brier island.
Nova Scotia, must be a very satisfactory locality for hydroids. All the material sent
from there, apparently was obtained during one trip, July 29-30, 1913, and yet from
this material alone 30 species of hydroids were obtained. When that many were picked
up in indiscriminate collecting, the locality must offer fine opportunities for one looking
especially for hydroids.
The Gulf of St. Lawrence has been touched at only a few points, MJalpeque,
Gaspe, Seven islands, Anticosti, Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, and some individual
dredging trips. It is quite possible that in the gulf there is no single restricted area
that offers such a variety of conditions as that at the entrance to Passamaquoddy
bay, yet along the whole coast there is variety in plenty and in the vast area of the gulf
itself there are great differences in depth and in the nature of the bottom. While the
65 species already obtained may be representative, they must only serve as a sample of
what is to be found there.
What is true of the Gulf of St. Lawrence is equally true of the Nova Scotia coast.
The near shore waters have been touched only in the vicinity of Canso at the extreme
east and at Barrington passage at the extreme south. The coast waters intervening
are studded with small islands among which are innumerable channels with suitable
conditions for a good food supply, in which no collecting has ever been done. The
small amount of deep water dredging done by the United States Fish Commission
gives some idea of the richness of the fauna in deep water. Of the 65 species from
this area, five were found on sargassum from the gulf stream. These were Syncoryne
mirabilis, Clytia noliformvi. Jtclia hyalivi, SertulaHa cornicina and Plumularia
setaceoides, but the first two have also been reported from inshore.
In making a comparison of the hydroids found in these three areas, it will be
noticed that of the 27 gymnoblastic species 25 have been found in the Bay of Fundy,
11 in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and 15 off the Nova Scotia coast. The gymnoblastic
forms are always an uncertain quantity, particularly in general collecting. So many
of them are so delicate that they are soon past recognition unless they are preserved
when taken from the water. It is quite possible, therefore, that the Bay of Fundy
predominance is due to better preservation of material. Of the 26 species of Cam-
panularians, 21 were found in the Bay of Fundy, 17 from the Gulf of St. Lawrence
and 17 from the Nova Scotia coast, almost exactly the same proportion as the whole
number of species. Of the 7 species of the Campanulinidae, 3 were found in the Bay
HTDROIDS EASTERy CAXADA 331
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
of Fundy, 5 in tlie Gulf of St. Lawrence, and 2 off the Nova Scotia coast. These are
small forms and easily overlooked. Of the 9 species of the Halecidse, 8 were from the
Bay of Fundy, 7 from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and 4 from the Nova Scotia coast.
There is no apparent reason why the Nova Scotia coast should be lacking but there is
a similar lack in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in the Lafoeidse and Hebellidse as out of
the 11 species recorded, there are 7 from the Bay of Fundy, 3 from the Gulf of St.
Lawrence and 9 from the Nova Scotia coast. In the Sertularidse the gulf of St. Law-
rence leads, as out of the 24 species, 19 are from the Bay of Fundy, 21 from the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, and 14 from the Nova Scotia coast. As usual in temperate regions,
the Plumularidae are poorly represented. Out of the 8 species reported, 4 are from the
Bay of Fundy, 1 from the Gulf of St. Lawrence and 4 from the Nova Scotia coast,
only one species being reported from more than one place. Talking the coast as a
■whole, the gymnoblastic species and the Campanularidfe are well represented while the
Halecidie and the Sertularidfe are proportionately low in numbers.
With the distribution here recorded additional evidence is obtained regarding the
conclusion that, for a large number of species, the distribution takes place southward
along the continental shores from a central circumpolar area. Of the 112 species, 65
have been reported from the Arctic regions, 72 from the west of Europe, and 57 from
the west coast of North America. Furthermore, it indicates that along these coasts
there is no very definite break in the continuity at any one point, although, of course,
some of them extend farther southward than others. Of the 77 species that have been
reported from the east coast of the United States as well, 62 of them or 80 per cent
occur in the Arctic regions. Western Europe, or the west coast of North America, and
21 of them appear in the list of 51 species obtained at Beaufort. N.C., in 1911.
A table shows the distribution of each species in these regions and another shows
the distribution of the Gymnoblastea and the main families of the Calyptoblastea.
332
DEPARTMEST OF THE SAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V. A. 1918
DISTRIBUTION- TABLE FOR SPECIES.
Bay
of
Fundy.
Gulf
of St.
Law-
rence.
Atlan-
tic
Coast
of Xova
Scotia.
East
Coast
of
Cnited
States.
Arctic
regions.
West
Coast
of
Europe.
Cordylophora lacustris
Cla va leptostyla
Monobrachium para-^itum
Syncoryne mirabili* .
Dicoryne conferta. , .
fiexuosa
Bimeria brevis
Gar\'eia groenlandica
Bougainvillia carolinensis
Eudendrium album
annulatum
capillare -
cingulatuni
dispar
rameuin
raniosuin
tenue
Hydractinia echinata
Jlyriothela phrygia
Acaulis primarius.
Corymorpha pendula
Tubularia couthouyi
orocea
indivisa
larynx
spectabili.*
tenella
Canipanularia amphora
fiexuosa
gelatinosa
gigantea
groenlandica. .
hincksi
integra
magnifica
neglecta
speciosa
verticillata...
volubilis
Clytia cylindrica
edwardsi
johnstoni
noliformis
Eucopella caliculata
Gonothyriea gracilis
loveni
Obelia articulata
comni issuralis
dichotoma
flabellata -
geniculata , .
hyalina. . - -
longissima
Calycella syringa
Cuspidella costata
grandis
Opercularella lacerata
pumiia
Stegopoma plicatile
Tetrapoma quadridentatum.
Halecium art iculosura
beani
curvicaule
gracile
halecinum
niinutum
muricatum
sessile
tenellun.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
UYDIIOIDS A;.4S7A7,\V CA\M>A
333
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
DISTRIBUTION TABLE FOK SPECIES — Concluded.
Bay
of
Fuiidy
Gulf
of St.
Law-
rence.
Atlan-
tic
Coast
of Nova
Scotia,
East
Coast
of
United
States.
Arctic
regions.
West
Coast
of
Lurope.
Hebella calrarata
poeilluni
Cryptolaria tiiserialis
Fileiluni serpens
Grammaria abietina
gracilis
Lafoea dumosa
fruticosa
gracilliina
pygnia-a
symmetrica
Abietinaria abietina
filicula
Diphasia fallax
rosacea
tamarisca
Hydrallmania falcata
Selaginopsis mirabilis
Sertularella conica
fusiform is
polyzonias
rugosa
tricuspidata
Sertularia cornicina
pumila
Thuiaria argentea
cupressina
fabricii
immersa
latiuscula
lonchitis
robusta
similis
tenera
thuja
Aglaophenopsis cornuta
Antennularia americana
antennina ....
Cladocarpus pourtaiesi
speciosus
Plumularia setaceoides
Schizotricha gracillima
Thecocarpus myriophyllum .
SUMMARY OF DISTRIBUTION.
Pacific.
Gulf
Atlan-
East
West
Coast
Bay
of St
tic
Coast
Arctic
Coast
of
Total.
of
Law-
Coast
of
regions.
of
North
Fundy.
rence.
of Nova
Scotia.
United
States.
Europe.
Ame-
rica.
Gymnoblastea
27
2.5
U
15
17
11
12
10
Campanularidu'. .
26
21
17
17
23
16
18
18
Campanulinidoe.. . .
7
3
5
2
4
5
0
4
9
8
4
5
6
7
4
Hebellidee and Laf oe idae
11
7
3
9
5
6
8
0
Sertularidse
24
19
21
14
17
19
IS
15
Plumularida?
8
4
1
4
6
2
4
334
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
It is interesting to compare this list with the list of those that have been found
in the Vancouver island region. Although this region is somewhat farther north than
the Bay of Fundy or the greater part of the gulf of St. Lawrence, it is not subject to
the same cold currents, hence the conditions are to some extent comparable.
In my 1914 paper, 136 species were listed and since then 4 more have been added
to the list, making 140 in all. Of these 48 appear as well on the eastern Canadian
list. On the west coast, of the families represented, the Sertularidse is the most num-
erous, with 41 species, 29 per cent of the whole niuuber, the Campanularidse next with
34 or 24 per cent. The Gymnoblastea is represented by 25 species, IS per cent, and
the Halecidse with 16 or 11 per cent. This is not the order on the east coast. The
gymnoblastio species are more numerous than the species of any calyptoblastic family,
there being 27 or 24 per cent of the whole number. The Campanularidae with 26 or
23 per cent beats the Sertularidse with 24 or 21 per cent and the Halecidaj has only
9 representatives or 8 per cent. The Plumularidae, a large family, is represented by
only 8 si)ecies in each case, and as none of these are common there can scarcely be a
eireumpolar centre for this family. A table will show this comparison more readily :—
Total.
Gym.
Campa-
nula-
ridse.
Campa-
nuli-
nidae.
. Hale-
cidse.
Hebel-
lidse
and
Lafo-
eidte.
Sertu-
laridEB.
laridse.
112
140
27
25
26
34
7
8
9
16
11
S
24
41
8
8
• SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION.
"With regard to nomenclature nothing need be said in connection with any of the
families with the exception of the Sertularidae. This family may well be considered
on account of the treatment it has received in Levinsen's paper of 1913. ^ It is true
that in this paper he introduces no opinions that were not found in his paper of 18932,
but he goes into a much more elaborate defence of these opinions and hence the latter
paper has received much more attention than the former.
In the classification of the Sertularid*, as given in these papers, Levinsen casts
all other characters aside and bases his entire taxonomic faith on the opercular appar-
atus as a basis for generic distinction. Xaturally this throws the synonymy of the Ser-
tularidse, not by any means in a settled state, into greater confusion. Broch and
Kramp have subscribed to his views biTt elsewhere they have found little favour when
considered in their entirety although certain points have been accepted by a number of
authors.
A lengthy discussion of the system, as expounded in the 1913 paper. wiU not be
attempted here but a few general remarks on the soundness of the argiunents deduced
seems advisable.
The argument may be stated as follows: There are individual (zooidal) char-
acters and colonial (zoarial) characters. In general the individual characters are
better suited for taxonomy than colonial characters therefore all colonial characters
should be excluded. Among the individual characters, some relate to the trophosome,
some to the gonosome. Those relating to the trophosome are more suitable for tax-
onomy than those relating to the gonosome, therefore the gonosome characters should
1 Systematic Studies in the Sertularjdse.
2 Medusae, Ctenophores and Hydroids of the West Coast of Greenland.
BYDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 335
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
be excluded. Among- the individual trophosonie characters the iiature of the opercular
apparatus is a good character, therefore all other characters should be excluded and
the opercular apparatus must form the one and only basis for the whole system of
classification.
Let us examine the argument piece by piece. In the first place, without trying to
settle the relative value of individual and colonial characters, are the colonial charac-
ters of such little value that they should be neglected entirely in classification? In
connection with this, Levinsen drew an analogy in his earlier paper (p. 184) and was
so well satisfied with it that he quoted it in his later paper (p. 255). It is this: "A
zoological system based on that kind of characters may be compared to a botanical,
in which the chief stress was laid on the inflorescences and not on the structure of the
flowers. In both cases, the genus would contain a number of heterogeneous species.
It can hardly be deemed doubtful that constant differences in the structure of the
single individuals in question, of the hydrotheca" or hydranths, ought to be preferred
as systematic characters, and that colonial characters ought only to be used when
structural diversities were not to be found."
The analogy is somewhat unfortunate as in many cases the inflorescence is char-
acteristic not only for the genus but even for the family. AATiat more constant char-
acter would it be possible to get than the head of the Compositse, the loose raceme of
the Ranunculacea; or the compound umbel of the ljmbellifera9? In the great majority
of cases each species has a typically characteristic habitus and whatever in addition
may be used as a basis for first diagnosis, as soon as the plant becomes familiar, it will
be recognized by its inflorescence rather than by any single characteristic of the flower
itself. So too in the case of the hydroids, each species has its own typical habitus by
which it is recognized and if the genus has not so much, the worse for the genus or
the validity of it. The fact that the habitus of the young colony may be somewhat
different to that of the colony at a later period and depends to a certain extent on
environment, rather increases than decreases the value of this as a distinctive char-
acter when the life history is known. In any case even if the colonial characters,
taken as a whole, are not of so much value as the individual characters, there is no
reason that they should be discarded.
Turning to the next part of the argument, the characters of the gonosome are
neglected because they are less important than the characters of the trophosome. Are
the characters of the gonosome of so little account? Turning again to the floral
analogy, how much of any system of classification would be left if all the references
to the nature of the gynoecium and androecium and their relations to other parts of the
flower were left out ? In all other families of hydroids the characters of the gonosome
are used extensively for taxonomy, why should they not be used in the Sertularidse ?
Finally, going back to the floral analogy once more, is it possible to find a single
family of plants of any size that is divided into genera on the basis of a single char-
acter of the floral envelopes? In the hydroids as well, although one character in a
family may be prominent, it is seldom that the paucity of characters is so marked as
to make it necessary to rely on one character of the trophosome alone as the deter-
mining factor throughout.
Some of the points as they appear in Levinsen's paper may well be considered.
After showing that the different species of Selaginopsis do not fit in in with the generic
idea when based on the nature of the opercular apparatus, the following statement is
made : " The fact that there is no constant relation between the structure of the zooids
and the colonial form, or to express it in another way, that they are incommensurable
values defined by different laws, must have the logical sequence, that one of them can-
not be substituted for the other, and, therefore, a genus ought never to be instituted
solely on the basis of a difference in the colonial form, when otherwise the zooids pre-
sent distinct structural diversities" (p. 259). To state that the conclusion that "there
is no constant relation between the structure of the zooids and the colonial form " is a
336 DEPARTMEST OF THE SATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
fact, upon such little basis, makes it necessary to materially discount any argument
based on the statement. The resultant assertion depends for its value on the signifi-
cance of the word " distinct." According to the remainder of the paper it might better
have read " when otherwise the zooids present differences in the opercular apparatus "
but with such an interpretation every other ta.xonomist will not necessarily agree.
Some of them may even have the temerity still to believe that there may be some cor-
relation between colonial and individual characters.
Levinsen entirely neglects the systematic value of the characters of the gonosome
and hence in the genera in which he has introduced the most radical changes are to
be found the widest diversity in these characters. In the genus Sertularia " the gono-
thecse present a very different habitus, being either smooth, ringed or provided with
two or more spines" (p. 298), and in the genus Odcniotheca "the gonothecse present
a very variable habitus, being either smooth, ringed or provided with two spines "
(p. 308). No system of classification based on colonial characters could present more
" distinct structural diversities " than this.
With regard to the nature of the opercular apparatus almost anyone will adm-t
that it is a good character, but even if it were the most suitable single character for
diagnosis, it would not signify that the whole classification must depend on it, since
there are other good characters. Levinsen says, " It seems reasonable to ascribe sys-
tematic significance also to the operculum, a structure that must be regarded as the
complement of the protective cases, and, so to speak, as the end result of the same
effort which led to the formation of the hydrothec« and gonothecae " (p. 288), and yet
in this classification all of the hydrotheca with the exception of the opercular apparatus
receives no consideration and the gonotheca is left out entirely. Farther on in the
same paragraph he says the operculum " has in common with other structures of
systematic significance, a rich development of characteristic modifications which give
excellent generic characters," but in his classification he has eliminated the consider-
ation of " other structures of systematic significance."
It seems a very satisfactory character in one respect as any cases of disagreement
can be blamed on regeneration or injury but the very fact that regeneration is so very
apt to take place and that the apparatus is so delicate as to be so susceptible to injury,
makes its value for diagnosis of doubtful significance. After one has spent as much
time and observation on the operculum as Levinsen did before writing this paper it
might be possible to judge the nature of the operculum correctly from the appearance
of the rest of the apparatus even when the operculum has been torn away but one with
less experience will certainly have serious doubts at times when the operculum is not
present and it is not always possible to have an unlimited supply of material to
examine for hydrothecae perfect in this respect. When Levinsen finds it necessary to
disagree with the interpretation put upon the nature of the opercular apparatus by so
many careful hydroid observers, e.g., with Nutting in the case of Sertularia pumila,
it is evident that the adoption of a system based on such a character instead of bring-
ing about a desirable degree of unanimity will tend to make the disagreement much
more pronounced.
There can be little natural about a system of classification that makes it necessary
to combine the genera Ahietinaria and Diphasia into a single genus to make it fit in
with the classification when the differences are so evident that they are immediately
separated into the same two parts but called groups instead of genera for appearance,
sake.
Levinsen objects to certain genera because there are intergrading forms but his
classification leaves just as large a crop of these as is to be found in any other system.
There will always be these intergrading forms but nothing is to be gained by crying
down one system on this account when no improvement is made in a proposed sub-
stitute. When an attempt is made to fit in a system of classification of the Sertu-
laridas depending on the nature of the opercular apparatus with the general classifica-
HYDI.'dins E\sTi:i,'X CAXADA 337
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
tion of the hydroids in use, we have, to use Levinsen's words, " inenmmensurables
defined by different laws, so that we must have the log'ieal sequence, that one of them
cannot be substituted for the other."
While, therefore, the care with which Levinsen did this work on the opercular appa-
ratus is fully recognized and while the value to systematists of this exhaustive examina-
tion is in no way under-estimated, it is impossible to do otherwise than conclude as many
others have done, that although the nature of the opercular apparatus is a good char-
acter and is of much value in classification, it cannot be used satisfactorily as the
sole basis on which to divide the Sertularidje into genera. The time may come when
there will be more general agreement on the method of classifying this family but it
will be at a time when all the main variable features of each species will be taken into
consideration.
As this paper is on distribution rather than on taxonomy, it is not desirable to
discuss in detail this or any other system of classification. By adhering to the nomen-
clature used throughout in previous papers for the Sertularidse as for the other fami-
lies, there will at least be no difficulty in following the references to the various species
considered.
Sub-order GYMNOBLASTEA.
Family CLAVID^.
Genus COEDYLOPHORA.
CORDYLOPHORA LACUSTRIS Allman.
Cordylophora lacustris Allman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1st ser. viii., 1844,
p. 330.
HiNCKS, Br. Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 16.
Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Distribution. — St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford).
Although this is a fresh- or brackish-water form, since it has been reported it is
well to include it in the list.
Genus CLAVA.
Cl.wa leptostyla Agassiz.
Clava muUicornis Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, 1853, p. 16.
Clava leptostyla Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S.. vol. iv, 1862, p. 218.
HiNCKS, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 6.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901. p. 321.
Hargitt, Am. Nat. 1901, p. 305.
Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 18.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 159.
Distribution.— S)ti\\non Bay (Packard) ; Long island point to Labrador (.Verrill) ;
St. Andrews, Canso, Seven islands (Stafford); Canso (Fraser); St. Andrews.
Family LABID^.
Genus MONOBBACHIUM.
Monobrachium parasitum Mereschkoivsky.
Monobrachium parasitum Mereschowsky, Hyd. from White Sea, 1877. p. 226.
Levinsen, Medusae, Ctenophorer, etc., 1893, p. l.'il.
parasiticiim Bonnevie, Norske Nordhavs-Ex.. 1899, p. 151.
parasitum Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Gaspe (Stafford).
338 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Family DICORYNID^.
Genus DICOEY^TE.
DiCORYNE COXFERTA (Alder).
Eudendrium confertum Alder, Trans. Tynes. Nat. 'F.C., iii, 1857, p. 103.
Dicoryne conferta Hincks,. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 105.
AiLMAN, Gymnnblastic Hyd., 1871, p. 293.
Bhh-tbution. — Off Minister's island.
DicoRYKE FLEXUOSA G. O. Sars.
Dicoryne flexuosa Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, 1873, p. 96.
Vehrill, Am. Jour. Sci. and Art, 3rd. ser., vol. xvi, 1878, p. 375.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 19.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Distribution.— OS Nova Scotia, 50 to 125 fathoms (Verrill) ; St. Andrews (Staf-
ford).
Family SYNCOBYNID^.
Genus SYNCORYNE.
Syncorynf. mirabilis (Agassiz).
Coryne mirahilis Agassiz, Cent. Nat. Hist. U.S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 185.
Syncoryne mirahilis Nutting, Hydroids of Woods Hole, 1901, p. 328.
H.-\RGITT, Am. Nat, 1901, p. 328.
WHITEA^ES, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 19.
Dicoryne mirahilis Stafford, Famia Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Distribution. — Belles Amours, strait of Belle Isle (Packard) ; bay of Fundy
(Verrill); Seven islands (Stafford); Katy cove; on sargassum in the Gulf Stream east
of Nova Sootia.
Family BIMEBID.^.
Genus BIMERIA.
Bimeria BREVis new species.
(Fig. 2).
Trophosome.— Stem simple, growing from a creeping hydrorhiza; in many cases
it forms a long pedicel for a single liydranth but in others it may give off several
hydranths, each on a pedicel of its own, and occasionally these pedicels may be
branched. The greatest length observed was 8 mm. In the branched specimens, the
branches do not come off at regular intervals, either vertically or laterally ; each makes
quite an acute angle with the stem. The perisarc is quite thick and wrinkled but no
definite annuli are formed; the portion around the body of the hydranth is closely
wrinkled or creased; hydranth small with 11-12 tentacles.
Gonosome. — Absent.
Distribution. — On Tubularia crocea from Katy cove.
The habitus of this species is much similar to that of Bimeria humilis Allman^
but the stem is relatively much stouter, the hydranths are much smaller and the peris-
arc is much more wrinkled. In any case one should scarcely expect to find a species
that was obtained in the warm, shallow water of the Tortugas to occur in the cold
water of the bay of Fundy. It bears less resemblance to Bimeria vestita Wright as it
is a shorter but coarser species.
SAIIman, G. J. Gulf Stream Hydroids, 1877, p. 9.
HYDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 339
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Genus GAEYEIA.
Gauveia orceni.axdica Levinsen.
Garveia grmnlandica LevixseNj Meduser, Ctenopliorer, etc., 1893, p. J 55.
Fraser^ Vancouver island hydroids, 1914, p. 117.
Distribution. — Bay of islands, Newfoundland, 50 to 60 fathoms.
Family BOUGAINVILLIDJE.
Genus BOUGAIKTILLIA.
BouGAixviLLiA CAROLiNENSis (McCrady).
Hippocrene carolinensis McCrady, Gymno. of Charleston Har., 185T, p. 02.
Margelis carolinensis Agassiz, Cent. Nat. Hist. U.S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 344.
A. Agassiz, N. a. Acalephse, 1865, p. 156.
Bougainvillia carolinensis Nutting. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 330.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Fraser, New England Hydroids, 1912, p. 41.
Fraser, Hyd. of Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 159.
Distribution.— %t. Andrews, Seven islands (Staiford) ; Canso (Fraser) ; Katy
cove, Joe's point.
The specimens of this species collected at Katy cove were small as compared with
those described from Woods Hole. None of them were more than an inch in length
but the medusa buds were well developed.
Family EUDENDBID^.
Genus EUDENDRIUM.
Eudendrium album Nutting.
Eudendrium album Nuttixg, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898, p. 362.
Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 334.
Hargitt, Biol. Bull., 1908, p. 97.
Eraser, Hyd. of Beaufort, 1912, p. 348.
Distribution. — Off Deer point, Campobello island, and at many iwints between
this and Dochet island up the St. Croix river, off Brier island. Nova Scotia, 33 to 39
fathoms.
Eudendrium annulatum Norman.
Eudendrium annulatum Norman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1864, p. 83.
HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 83.
Jaderholm, Northern and Arctic Invert., 1909, p. 51.
Distribution. — Brier island, 25 fathoms.
Eudendrium capillare Alder.
Eudendrium capillare Alder, Cat. Zooph. Northumberland and Durham, 1857,
p. 15.
Hdjcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 84.
Allman, Gymno. Hyd. 1871, p. 335.
Nutting, Woods Hole Hyd., 1901, p. 334.
Whiteaves, Marine Invert. East Can., 1901, p. 20.
Eraser, Hyd. of Beaufort, 1912, p. 348.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
340 DEPABTMEST OF THE XAVAL HERTICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Distribution. — Le Have baiil<, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; St. Andrews
(Stafford); AVeir stakes at St. Andrew's island: off L'Etang head, 12 fathoms.
EUDENDRIUM CIN'GLLATUM StimpSOn.
Eudendriwn cingidatum Stimpson, Marine invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9.
Whiteaves, Marine Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 20.
Distrihution. — Off Duck Island, Grand Manan (Stimpson).
Stimpson's description of this species is very meagre but it seems to agree very
well with that for E. annulatum Norman and very probably it is the same species. If
it is the name E. annulatum should be retained as it has priority. A. Agassiz con-
sidered it to be the same as Bougainvillia supercilari,s Agassiz (See N. A. Acalephse,
1865, p. 153).
EUDEXDRIUM DISPAR AgaSsiz.
Eudendrium dkpar Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. F.S.. vol. iv, 1862, p. 285.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. .332.
Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 309.
Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. East. Can.. 1901, p. 20.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Fr.\ser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 160.
Distribution. — Vineyard sound to bay of Fundy (Verrill) ; St. Andrews, Seven
islands (Stafford) ; Barrington passage (Eraser) ; Off Head Harbour Island. Off
McMaster island, weir stakes, St. Andrews island, Joe's point, reef off St. Andrews,
10 fathoms.
Eudendrium rameum (Pallas).
Tubularia ramea Pallas, Eleneh. Zooph., 1766, p. 83.
Eudendrium rameum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 80.
Whiteaves, l\[ar. Invert. East Can., 1901, p. 19.
Jaderholm, Northern and Arctic Invert., 1909, p. 50.
Distrihution. — 30 miles southeast of Halifax in 100 fathoms (Verrill) ; near Two
islands, Grand Manan, 5-10 fathoms, off L'Etang head, off Joe's point. Weir stakes,
St. Andrews island.
Eudendrium ramosum (Linnjeus).
Tubularia ramosa Linn.\eus, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 804.
Eudendi-ium ramosum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 82.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901. p. 332.
Hargitt. Am. Nat. 1901. p. 309.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 19. .
Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 160.
Distrihution. — Bay of Fundy, 8 to 100 fathoms (Verrill); S miles southeast of
Bonaventure island (Whiteaves) : Metis and Murray bay (Dawson) ; St. Andrews.
Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Chedabucto bay, 45 fathoms (Eraser) ; many locali-
ties from Two islands to St. Andrews point, Brier island.
Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz.
Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz, N.A. Acalephse, 1865, p. 160.
Nuttikg, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901, p. 333.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 20.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 160.
Distrihution. — Buzzards bay to Bay of Fundy, low water to 15 fathoms (Verrill) :
St. Andrews (Stafford) ; Canso (Eraser) ; many points from St. Andrews to L'Etang
head, off Brier island.
HYDROinS EASTERy CAXMJA 341
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Family HYDRACTINW/E.
Genus HYDRACTINIA.
Hydractinia echinata (Fleming).
Alcyonium echinatuin Fleming, Br. Animals, 1828, p. 517.
Hydractinia echinata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 23.
polyclina Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist., U.S., 1862, p. 227.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 335.
echinata Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 21.
Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 310.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912. p. 352.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 161.
Distribution. — New Jersey to Labrador (Verrill) ; St. Andrews, Malpeque, Gaspe,
Seven islands (Stafford) ; Grand Manan (A. Apassiz) ; Canso (Fraser) ; High Duck
island.
Family y.YEWTHELlV.'E.
Genu? MYRIOTHELA.
Myriothei.a iMiiiYciA (Fabric)us).
Lvcernaria phriigia I'ahricu's, Fauna Grienlandica. 1780, p. 343.
Miiriotliela phri/fiia Hinokr, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 77.
Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901. p. 20.
Distrihiition. — ''Grand Manan, bay of Fundy, W. Stimpson " (L. Agassiz).
Family PENNABIDJU.
Genus ACAULIS.
Ac'AULis in;iMAi!u:s Stimpson.
Araulis iJrimariiis Stimpson, Mar. In\ert. Grand Manan, 18o4, p. 10.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 21.
Dixtribidion. — Grand Manan, 5 to 15 fathoms (Stimpson).
Family CORYMOBPHIDJE.
Genus C:ORYMORPHA.
CORYMORPHA PEXDULA AgaSsiz.
Corymorplia nutans Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1S54, p. 9.
pendula Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 227.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 337.
Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 312.
Monocaulis glacialis Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 21.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Corymorpha pendula Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 161.
Distrihution. — West Quoddy head. Welsh pool, Low Duck island. 4 to 15 fathoms,
(Stimpson); bay of Fundy, Murray bay (Verrill) ; Rodger's island. Oak bay, Char-
lotte county (Ganong) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ; Chedabucto bay (Fraser) ; St.
Andrews, Wolves islnnd, Harbour island, 25 fathoms.
342 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Family TUBULARID^.
Genus TUBULAHIA.
TUBULARIA COLITHOUYI Agassiz.
Tubularia couthouyi Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., 1862, p. 266.
A. Agasstz, N. a. Acalephse, 1S65, p. 196.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 338.
Distribution. — Grand Manan (A. Agassiz).
Tubularia crocea (Agassiz).
Panjpha crocea Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist., U. S., 1862, p. 249.
TubvJaria crocea Nutting, Hyd. M^oods Hole, 1901, p. 340.
H.4RGITT, Ain. Nat., 1901, p. 315.
Fraser, New England Hydroids, 1912, p.- 42.
Frasee, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 162.
Distrihuiion. — Canso (Fraser); Katy cove, St. Andi-ews, L'Etang head. Weir
stakes. St. Andrews island.
Tubularia ixdivisa Linnaeus.
Tuhxdaria indirisa Linn.eus, Syst. Nat. 1767, p. 1301.
Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1853, p. 9.
HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 115.
Whiteaves, Mar. Inv. East. Can., 1901, p. 21.
Stafford, Faiina Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson); Sable island (Dawson); Le Have bank
(Smith and Harger) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ; St. Andrews, Joe's point, off Deer
island, oft' L'Etang head.
Tubularia l.\rykx Ellis and Solander.
Tubularia larynx Ellis and Sol.vxder, Nat. Hist, of Zooph., 1786, p. 31.
STurrsox. Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9.
HiKCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 118.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 338.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East Can., 1901, p. 20.
Thamnocnidia larynx Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72.
Tubularia larynx Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 162.
Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Orphan bank (WTiiteaves) ; Gaspe bay
.(Dawson); St. Andrews, Malpeque, Gaspe (Stafford); Barrington passage (Fraser);
York harbour, Newfoundland.
TuBUL.^RiA sPECTABiLis (Agassiz).
Thamnocnidia spectabilis Agas.siz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 271.
Tubidaria Sfectahilis Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p 339.
Distribution. — Minister's bay, east point of Bliss island.
Tubularia tenella (Agassiz).
Thamnocnidia tenella Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 275.
Tubularia tenella Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 339.
Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 314.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 20.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 162.
Distribution. — Bay of Fundy, low water to 40 fathoms (Verrill) ; St. Andrews,
Canso, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso (Fraser) ; Niger reef, weir stakes, St.
Andrews island.
nvrih-oiDs i:asti:i{\ c.wada 343
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Sub-order CA LYPTOBLASTEA.
Yamih- CAMPANULA RID/H.
Genus 0 AMP ANUL ARIA.
Campanui.aria a:mpiiora (Agassiz).
Laomedea amphora Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iv, 1S62, p. 311.
Campanularia amphora Nuttino, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 347.
Hargitt. Am. Nat., 1901, p. 384.
Frarer, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 163.
Nutting.. Am. Hyd., pt. iii, 1915, p. 50.
Distrihuiion. — Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; Canso (Fraser) ; Grand Manan (Nut-
ting).
Campanularia flexuosa (Hincks).
Laomedea fiexuosa Hixcks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 18C1, p. 2G0.
Campanularia fle.ruosa Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 168.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 348.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 22.
Staffokp, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912. p. 73.
Fkasei!, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 163.
NiiTTLNc^ Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 45.
Distribution.- — Bay of Fundy to gulf of St. Lawrence (VerriU) ; St. Andrews,
Canso, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Canso (Fraser); Niger reef, weir stakes, St.
Andrews island.
Campanularia gelatinosa (Pallas).
Sertularia gelatinosa Pallas.. Eleneh. Zooph., 1766, p. 116.
Laomedea gelatinosa Stimpson, ^far. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, i>. 8.
Ohelia gelatinosa Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 151.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 351.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23.
Campanularia gelatinosa Frasep,, Hyd. of Vancouver island. 1914, p. 135.
Ohelaria gelatinosa Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 88.
Distribution. — Metis (Dawson); Near Caribou island (Packard).
This species is discussed at length in the Vancouver island paper.
Camp.^nularia gigantea Hincks.
Campanidaria gigantea Hincks, Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist., 1866, p. 297.
Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 174.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 44.
Distrihuiion. — Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 50 to 60 fathoms, off Long island,
15 to 35 fathoms, St. Croix river, 5 to 10 fathoms.
Cajipanularia gucenlandica Levinsen.
Campanularia granlandica Levinsen, Medusa?, Ctenophorer, etc., 1893, p. 26.
Frasei:, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913; p. 163.
Fraser. Hyd. of Vancouver island region, 1914, p. 136.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 38.
Distrihuiion. — Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser); Quoddy river, east of Spruce
island, 17 fathoms, between White and Spruce islands, off Head Harbour island, 25
fathoms, off Deer point, Campobello island, off' Brier island, 22 fathoms.
38a— 23
344 DEPARTMENT OF TEE SATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Campanularia hi^xksi Alder.
Campanvlaria hinclsi Alder, Trans. Tynes. F. C, iii, 1857, p. 162.
HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1S68, p. 102.
Nutting. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 345.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901 p. 22.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 37.
Distribution.— Le Have bank, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger).
Cat^ipanularia INTEGRA MacGillivray.
Campanularia integra MacGillivray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842, p. 465.
HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 163.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 33.
Distrihution. — Seven islands (Stafford); Spruce island. Brier island, 33 to 39
fathoms.
Gampanularw. magnificAj Fraser.
Campanularia magnifica Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 164.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 47.
• Distrihution. — Canso hanks, 50 fathoms (Fraser); Off Newfoundland (Nutting).
Campanularia neglecta (Alder).
Laomedea neglecta Alder, Trans. Tynes. F. C, iii, 1857, p. 33.
Campanularia neglecta Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 171.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 346.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 165.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 46.
Distribution. — St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso (Fraser) ; through-
out the area from Grand Manan to the St. Croix river, off Brier island.
Campanularia speciosa Clark.
Campanularia speciosa Clark, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 171.
Levinsen, Medusje, etc., 1893, p. 167.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. V. I. region 1914, p. 139.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 48.
Distribution. — Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford).
The hydroids reported by Stafford as belonging to this species, in all probability,
belong to the species C. magnifica. In the Vancouver island paper attention has been
called to the fact that similar mistakes have been made elsewhere owing to similarity
of the trophosome. The gonangia in the two species bear no resemblance to each
other.
Campanularia verticillata (Linna?us).
Sertularia verticillata Linn.eus, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 811.
Campanularia verticillata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 167.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901. p. 347.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 22.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eraser, H.vd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 165.
Nutting, Am. Hyd. iii, 1915, p. 29.
HTDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 345
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Distrihiition. — Le Have banks, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Law-
rence (Packard) ; gulf of St. Lawrence, 20 to 50 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews,
Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Chedabucto bay, 50 fathoms (Fraser) ; Nova Scotia
(Nutting) ; at several points in the area between Sand Eeef light, L'Etang head and
the north end of Campobello island.
Campanularia volubilis (Linnseus).
Sertulai-ia voluhilis Linn^us, Syst. Nat, 1767, p. 1311.
Oampanularia volubilis Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 160.
NuTTi-NG, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901, p. 345. ;
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 22.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 1 3
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913. p. 165.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 31.
Disirihution. — Bay of Fundy, low water to 60 fathoms (Verrill) ; gulf of St.
Lawrence, off Cap des Eosiers lighthouse in 7 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews,
Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Barrington passage. 5 fathoms, Canso banks, 50
fathoms (Fraser) ; at various points from the south end of Grand Manan to the head
of Passamaquoddy bay. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms.
Genus CLYTIA.
Clytia cylindrica Agassiz.
Clytia cylindrica Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S., iv, 1862, p. 306.
Platypyxis cylindrica A. Agassiz, N. A. Acelephse, 1865, p. SO.
Clytia cylindrica Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 358.
Fraser, Grampus Hyd., 1915, p. 308.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 58.
Distribution. — Chamcook har., 5 fathoms, off Bliss island.
Clytia edwardsi (Nutting).
Campanularia edivardsi Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 346.
Clytia edwardsi Fraser, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 34.
Fraser, New England Hyd., 1912, p. 44.
Fraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 143.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 60.
Distribution. — St. Andrews Pt.
Clytia johnstoni (Alder).
(Kg. 3).
Campanularia johnstoni Alder, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1856, p. 359.
Clytia johnstoni Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 143.
Clytia hicophora Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S., iv, 1862, p. 304. .
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901, p. 343.
Clytia grayi Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 344.
Clytia hicophora Hargitt, Am. Nat. 1901, p. 381.
Clytia johnstoni Whiteaves, Mar. Invert., East. Can., 1901, p. 24.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1915, p. 165.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 54.
Clytia bicophora Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 56.
38a— 23J
346 DEPARTMEXT OF THE ]\'AVAL SERVIOE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Distribution. — Bay of Fuiidy, low water to 40 fathoms (Verrill) ; Le Have bank.
45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Orphan bank (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews (Stafford);
Barrington passage, shallow water, Canso, low water (Fraser) ; Grand Manan (A.
Agassiz) ; at various points from the south end of Grand Manan to the head of Passa-
maqoddy bay, oif Brier island, i-l fathoms.
Since Agassiz described specimens from the K^ew England coast and the Bay of
Fund.v as belonging to a new species Clytia hicophora, few authers have considered
the species distinct from Clytia johnstoni. Nutting, in his Woods Hole paper, and
later in his monograph, treats it so, but in his later paper he has included his earlier
species, Clytia grayi, with Clytia johnstoni. He states that Clytia hicophora is a
much more delicate and smaller species, the hydrothecse of C. johnstoni being on
the average twice as long and wide as those of C. hicophora" and later, '" The diag-
nostic marks of Clytia hicophora are the comparatively small size of the hydrothee*.
the presence of a simple instead of a complex diaphragm, and the tenuity of the hydro-
thecal walls." He speaks of the diaphragm of C. Johnston as being " strong, thicker
than usual, and the basal chamber well shown." The hydrotheca of C. johnstoni is
said to have 16 teeth, that of C. hicophora, 12 to 14.
In the material under consideration there were specimens of this species, or of
these species, from IS localities, ranging from the southern end of Grand !ilanan
island, through Passamaquoddy bay and up the St. Croix river, the very region from
which Agassiz obtained some of his specimens. There were also some from St. Mary
bay on the Nova Scotia side of the Bay of Fundy. For comparison I have specimens
from Canso. N.S., and Woods Hole, Mass., together with specimens of Clytia john-
stoni from the coast of Devon, England, obtained from the British museum.
First considering the size of the hydrotheca?. Nutting gives no measurements,
the figures are not all drawn to the same scale of magnification and the scale is not
given in an.y instance, hence it is impossible to be sure what size he considers suitable
for each species. It is possible to find in one locality a variation as great as he gives
as the distinction and sometimes not far from that much variation in the one colony.
The average size of the English specimens is much the same as that of the Canso
and Woods Hole specimens and scarcely any of those found in the bay of Fundy
were smaller than these, the majority being larger and some of them being much
larger. Those from St. Mary bay were larger and most of those from Passamaquoddy
bay and vicinity are also; those well in from the direct waters of the bay of Fundy
are. in general, larger than those more nearly out in the oj^en. Thus, those from the
vicinity of Deer island and at the mouth of the St. Croix river are larger on the
average than those obtained from Grand Manan, the Wolves and Bliss island.
Some measurements will .show this : The length of the h.vdrothecse in the Devon,
Canso, and Woods Hole specimens, varies from 0-5 to 0-65mm., St. Mary bay, 0-55 to
0-6,1. Grand Manan. 0-45 to 0-8, Bliss island, 0-5 to 0-75. Deer island. 0-6 to 1-0,
mouth of the St. Croix river, 0-75 to 1-0.5. The length varies from 1-5 to 2 times the
breadth. The largest specimens answer well to the type on which Nutting based the
species. C. grayi. It is scarcely probable that Nutting described C. hicophora from
specimens with hydrothecffi half the length of the smallest of these. It is more likely
that there is a variation in size in the British specimens as there is in the bay of
Fundy specimens and possibly Nutting has examined some of the larger ones while
I have some of the smaller ones.
With regard to the thickness of the diaphragm, it is quite natural that the larger
specimens have thicker diaphragms than the smaller but I find that when the smaller
ones are examined under higher magnification, so that they appear equal in size to
the larger, there is no constant difl^erence in the appearance of the diaphragm. This
is borne out by Nutting's figures. In fig. o, pi. XII, where the drawing of the hydro-
theca of C. hicophora is shown as large as that of C. johnstoni in the preceding plate,
the diaphragm is shown even more plainly than in the drawing of C. johnstoni. The
same is true in the case of the basal chamber.
//y;)/,'i;//>N' fasterx cwinA 347
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
The tenuity of the hydrotheeal walls may vary much in the same species and the
collapsible appearance is often due to the length of time the hydroids are in stale water
before they are examined or before they are preserved.
Finally as to the number of teeth in the margin of the hydrotheea?, the number
may vary from 12 to 16 in the hydrothecoe of the same colony and they appear to be
just as liable to be numerous in the small hydrothecae as in the large ones.
AVhile the chasm is a great one between the small specimens and the very large
ones, when only those are seen, it becomes entirely bridged when all graduations are
brought into view also. The conclusion that all specimens recorded as C. bicophora,
C. grayi and C. Johnston i should be all included in the one species C. johnstoni
(Alder) to me seems unavoidable.
Clytia xoLiFOKMis (McCrady).
Campanidaria noliforniis McCrapy. Gynino. Charleston har., 1857, p. 92.
CJi/fia noliformis Nutting. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 343.
Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 359.
Staffoku, Fauna Atlantic coast, 1912, p. 73.
XiTTixi:, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 57.
Distribution. — Canso, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Briar island, 33 to 39
fathoms, on sargassum in Gulf Stream, east of Xova Scotia.
Genus EUCOPELLA.
ElXOPF.LLA CALICULATA (Hiucks).
Campanvlaria caliculata HixcKS, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1S53, p. 178.
Clytia {Orthopyxis) poterium Ac.ASSiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., 1862, p. 297.
Orthopyxis poterium A. Agassiz, N. A. Acalephse, 1865, p. 223.
Orthopyxis caliculata Verrill, Mar. Invert. Vineyard sound, 1873, p. 408.
Campanularia poterium Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 344.
Cam,panulavia caliculata Hargiti, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 383.
Whitewes. Mar. Invert. Eastern Canada, 1901, p. 23.
St.\fford, Fauna Atlantic coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eucopella caliculata Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 166.
Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 147.
Orthopyxis caliculata Bale, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1914, p. 72.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 64.
Distribution. — Bay of Fundy, low water to 30 fathoms, gulf of St. Lawrence at
the Mingan islands, 6 fathoms (Verrill) ; Henley harbour, strait of Belle Isle, 20 to
30 fathoms (Packard); Seven islands (Stafford); Canso, 20 fathoms (Eraser); Sea
Coal bay, N.S. (A. Agassiz).
In my previous papers where this species was recorded the name Eucopella cali-
culata has been used but now Bale and Nutting intimate that Eucopella must be dis-
carded for Orthopyxis. It seems to be putting a big stretch on the law of priority
when it is made to cover a name that was first applied to a subgenus and later a genus
but admittedly never defined. It is all very well to speak of the "elaborate descrip-
tion" given by Agassiz for Clytia (OrtJiopyxis) poterium, but it was not sufficiently
elaborate to give recognition to the fact that the species had already been described.
In any case the description was not comijlete enough to convince Hiucks of the neces-
sity for the new genus for, while recognizing the identity of Clytia poterium with his
own Campanularia caliculata in his 1868 work, he retains the name Campanularia.
Little stress can be laid on the fact that K. Agassiz used the name Orthopyxis
in 1865 as there he simply refers to his father's collections without farther remarks.
348 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
A stronger argument for retaining Orthopy.vis appears in the fact that Verrill used
Oiihopyxis caliculata in all the references to the species in his paper in 1873, giving
a description of the species but not of the genus on page 408, but as he returns to
Campanularia caliculata in IST-t and agiiin in 1ST9, the argument loses its strength.
Jv'utting has e%'idently overlooked these references of Verrill's for he says : " I cannot
find any author has used the name Orthopijxis since 1865."
The name Eucopella has a different status for when von Lendenfeld introduced
it in 1885 he defined the genus and other definitions given since then do not conflict
with his definition. Since the genus Oiihopyxis had not been previously defined. Bale
and Nutting are really substituting a new genus for Eucopella, although retaining all
the characteristics of that genus, for although a name is given that had been used pre-
viously, they do not know and never can know that Agassiz had any such characteris-
tics in mind when he applied the subgeneric name Ortliopyxis to his species poteriiim.
Genus GONOTHYRiEA.
GONOTHYR^A GRACILIS (Sars).
Laomedea gracilis Sars^ Beretn. om zool. Reise, etc., 1851, p. 18.
Gonothyrcea gracilis Allman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1864, p. 374.
HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 183.
Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 361.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 166.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 70.
Distribution. — Canso, Barriugton passage, low water (Fraser) ; off High Duck
island, between Two and Three islands, off Swallowtail light, 30 to 40 fathoms off
Bliss island, off St. Andrews point, off Joe's point, off Doehet island.
GONOTHYR.EA LOVF.NI (Allmau).
Laomedea loveni Allman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, p. 138.
Gonothyrcea loveni Allman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1864, p. 374.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 352.
St.afford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912. p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 166.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 69.
Bistribution. — St. Andrews, Gaspe. Malpeque, Seven islands (Stafford); Chedac-
bucto bay, 20 fathoms (Fraser) ; Nigger reef, off Joe's point, off Head Harbour
island. Cumming's cove, 5 to 40 fathoms.
Stafford mentions a species of Gonothyrwa which occurs at Malpeque. between the
clustered stems of Tuhularia: "Its hydrotheca has about 24 long, narrow, rigid, sharp
teeth, separated by broad, rounded spaces below and continuing as thickened lines down
the hydrotheca." It is unfortunate that he did not describe this species more fully
and give figures of it, since, as far as I am aware, there has been no species of Gono-
thyrcea described with hydrothecse like these. Gonothyrcea gracilis (Sars) has hydro-
thecse with long, slender, sharp, teeth but each hydrotheca has only 10 to 12 of them.
Twenty-four is an unusually large number of teeth to be found on the hydrothecal
margin of any hydroid species. The thickened longitudinal lines have not been men-
tioned in connection with other species of this genus.
Genus OBELIA.
Obelia articulata (A. Agassiz).
(Fig. 1.)
Eucope articulata A. Agassiz, N. A. Acalephse, 1865, p. 89.
Trophosome. — Largest colonies reaching a height of 7 cm., most of them much
less than this; stem usually simple, although in some of the large colonies there is a
UYDROWS EASTERN CANADA 349
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
slight indication of f asciculation ; main stem continuous throughout and distinctly-
heavier than any of the branches ; branches short and slender ; main stem and branches
with two to four annulations above the point where the branch or pedicel comes off;
branches similarly annulated at their origin. Hydrothecate pedicels arising from
each axil and one or two from each node, usually annulated throughout; hydrothecse
much deeper than wide; margin with 12 to 14 low, rounded teeth.
Gonosome. — Gonangia much elongated, with a distinct collar, borne on pedicels
that are annulated throughout. They appear in the axils of the pedicels and smaller
branches and at times are very numerous.
Distnhution. — St. Croix river, reef near Biological station, off Joe's point, off
St. Andrews point, St. Andrews island., Chamcook harbour, Minister's island. Wolves
island, off Swallowtail light, Grand Manan.
I have no doubt that this species which is common in the vicinity of the Biolo-
gical station is the same as A. Agassiz described as Eucope articulata but his descrip-
tion is not very complete, hence I have included a full description at this time. The
species resembles Ohelia dichotoma in its mode of branching, 0. longissima in the
nature and arrangement of the hydrothecse and 0. commissuralis in the nature and
arrangement of the gonangia. It is so much like these species in these respects that
unless one 'gets a complete fertile colony it is somewhat difflcult at times to be sure
that it is not one of these species. It is quite xiossible that some of the records given
for these other species should have been given for 0. articulata.
Obelia commissuralis McCTady.
Obelia commissuralis McCrady, Gymno. Charleston har., 1857, p. 95.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 350.
Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 382.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 167.
Nuttixg, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915. p. 83.
Distribution. — Grand Manan (Verrill) : Canso, low water (Fraser) ; Grand Manan
(A. Agassiz) ; Seven islands.
Obelia dichotoma (Linnseus).
Sertularia dichotoma Linnseus, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 812.
Ohelia dichotoma Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 156.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 350.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23.
Ohelia pyriformis White.wf.s, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23.
Ohelia dnchotoma Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 167.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 80.
Distribution. — Nova Scotia, Metis (Dawson) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands
(Stafford) ; Canso, low water (Fraser) ; Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; Joe's point, east
of Spruce island 17 fathoms. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms.
Obelia flabellata (Hincks).
Campanularia flahellata Hincks. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1866, p. 297.
Obelia flahellata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 157.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 350.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Nutting, Am. Hyd. iii, 1915, p. 84.
Distribution. — St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford) ; between White and Spruce
islands.
350 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Obelia. gemcllata (Liuiiseus).
Sertularia geniculata I.myxvs, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1312.
Ohelia geniculata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zoopb.. 1868, p. 149.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 350.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913. p. 167.
Fraser, Grampus Hydroids, 1915. p. 73.
NuTTixG, Am. Hyd.. iii. 1915, p. 73.
Disirihution. — Bay of Fundy and northward, low water to 40 fatlioms (Verrill) ;
gulf of St. Lawrence (Dawson) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands ( Stafford) ; Bar-
rington passage, 3 fathoms, Canso, low water (Fraser) ; High Duck island, Horse
island. Whale cove, off Swallowtail light. Wolves, north of Green island. Bliss island.
Deer island, off Joe's point, St. Andrews.
Obelia hyalixa Clarke.
Ohelia hyalina Clarke, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1879. p. 241.
Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 363.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 76.
Distribution. — On sargassum in the gulf stream, east of Nova Scotia.
Obelia longissim.a (Pallas).
Seriulavia longissima Pallas, Elench. Zooph., 1766, p. 119.
Ohelia longissima Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 154.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 351.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 85.
Distribution. — Bay of Fundy (Verrill); St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford);
off Bliss island. Indian Head bay. off Joe's point, St. Andrews.
Family CAMPAXULINID^.
Genus CALYCELLA.
Calycella syringa (Linnfeus).
Sertularia syringa LiNNiUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1311.
Campanularia syringa Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1S54. p. 8.
Calycella syringa Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 206.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 355.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23.
Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 168.
Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914. p. 156.
Distribution. — Off Duck island, 25 fathoms (.Stimpson); Le Have bank, 45
fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Lawrence, on the Orphan bank and about
half-way between East cape, Anticosti, and the Bird rocks, in 313 fathoms (A\Tiite-
aves) ; St. Andrews, Malapeque, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Barringtou passage,
shallow water, Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Fraser) ; at almost all points where collect-
ing was done in the bay of Fundy.
In my 1914 paper reasons are given for believing that Calycella pygmaa is not
distinct from Calycella syringa
iirnRniDt^ EAUTEm caxada 351
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Genus CUSPIDELLA.
CUSPIDELLA COSTATA Hilicks.
Cuspidella costata Hikcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 210.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Gasps' (Stafford) .
CUSPIDELLA GHAXDIS Hincks.
CvspideUa fimndi.'i Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph.. 1868, p. 210.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 24.
Distribution. — Orphan bank (Whiteaves) ; Cotean harbour, Long island. Labia-
dor (Packard).
Genus OFEBCULARELLA.
Opekculareu.a lacerata (Johnston).
Campanularia lacerata Johnston, Br. Zooph., 1817, p. 120.
Opercularella lacerata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 194.
XuTTiNG, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. .354.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
FR.4SER, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913. p. 168.
Distribution. — St. Andrews (Stafford) ; Fox island, Chedabucto bay, low tide
(Fraser) ; Niger reef, weir stakes, St. Andrews island. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms.
Opercul.arella pumila Clark.
Opercularella pumila Clark, New England Hydroids, 1876, p. 61.
nana Hartlaub, Die Hydromedusen Helgolands, 1897, p. 502.
puinilla Hargitt, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1909, p. 375.
Distribution. — Weir stakes, St. Andrews island.
The description and figures given by Hartlaub for Opercularella nana agree per-
fectly with the creeping form of Opercularella pumila as described by Clark. Clark
found but empty gonangia but Hartlaub found and described the complete gonosome.
There is no question but that the species is distinct from 0. lacerata (Johnston). In
the specimens found in the Bay of Fundy, the hydrothecaj are only about half as long
(•25) in 0. pumila as they are in 0. lacerata (-45 mm) and the gouaugia are of
an entirely different shape. In 0. lacerata they are rounded or truncate at the distal
end, while in 0. pumila the distal portion is drawn out to become much more tubular.
All of the material obtained at St. Andrews I. was of the creeping type but it was
well supplied with gonangia.
Genus STEGOPOMA.
Stegopon'a PLiCATiiE (Sars).
Lafoea plicatile Sars, Forhandl., 1863, p. 31.
Stegopoma plicatile Levinsen, Medusse. Ctenophorer, etc., 1893, p. 36.
Broch, Coelenteres du Fond. 1912, p. 11.
Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 161.
Distribution. — Bay of Islands, Newfoundland.
Genus TETRAPOMA.
Tethapoma QrADRiDEXTATiM (Hincks).
Calycella quadridentata HixCks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, p. 149.
Tetrapoma quadridentatum Levinsen, iledusar, Ctenophorer, etc., 1893, p. 180.
Calycella quadridentata Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Gaspe (Stafford).
352 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Family HALECID^^.
Genus HALECIUM.
Halecium articulosum Clark.
Halecium articulosum, Clark, New England Hyd., 1876, p. 63.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 358.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. V.I. region, 1914, p. 164.
Distribution. — St. Andrews (Stafford); Wolves, between White and Spruce
islands, southwest of Deer island, off Sandreef light, 15 fathoms, oft" Harbour island,
25 fathoms, off Joe's point 10 fathom-;, reef near Biological station.
Halecium beani (Johnston).
Thoa heani Johxston, Br. Zooph., 1847, p. 120.
Halecium heani Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph.. 1868, p. 224.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 358.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast. 1912. p. 73.
Fraser. Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913. p. 168.
Distrihution. — St. Andrews, Seven Islands (Stafford): Barrington passage, 5f.,
Canso banks, 50f. (Fraser) ; at many points from the south end of Grand Manan to
the head of Passamaquody bay.
Halecium curvicaule Lorenz.
Halecium curvicaule Lorenz, Polypomedusen von Jan Mayen, 1886, p. 3.
Broch, Hyd. Arkt. Meere, 1909, p. 150.
Distrihution. — Off Joe's point, off Deer island, off Brier island, 33-39f.
Halecium gracile Verrill.
Halecium gracile Verrill, Invert. An. Vineyard sd., 1873. p. 729.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 358.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 24.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distrihution. — St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford) ; reef near Biological
Station St. Andrews, 5 to 10 fathoms.
Halecium halecinum (Linnseus).
Sertularia halecina Linn.eus, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1308.
Halecium halecinum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 221.
Nutting. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 357.
Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 24.
Stafford, Faima Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distrihution. — Chateau bay, strait of Bell Isle, 30 fathoms. Bay of Funday
(Packard) ; Bay of Fundy (Dawson) ; Bay of Fundy (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews"
(Stafford) ; St. Andrews, off Deer island.
Halecium minutum Broch.
Halecium minutum Broch, Nordmeer gesammelten hydroiden, 1903, p. 4.
Fr.\ser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913. p. 168.
Distrihution. — Canso banks. 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; Brier island. 22 fathoms. Bay
of Islands, Newfoundland. 50 to 60 fathoms.
inn HOI IIS i:Asri:i!\ ciyADA 353
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Halecium muricatum (Ellis and Solander).
Sertularia muricatum Ellis axd Solaxder, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 59.
Salecium muricatum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 223.
White.M'es. ilar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 7.3.
Eraser. Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 169.
Distribution. — 15 miles south southeast of Bonaventure island, 50 fathoms (Whit-
eaves) ; off Caribou island, 30 to 50 fathoms. Square island, Labrador (Packard) ; St.
Andrews, Canso, Gaspe (Stafford) ; Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser) : Quoddy
river, 23 to 47 fathoms. Head Harbour island. Deer island, between Big- Duck and
Cheyne island, off Spruce island, 11 to 35 fathoms, between Two and Three islands,
off Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms.
Halecium sessile Norman.
Halecium sessile Norman. Hyd. Hebrides, 1866, p. 196.
HiNCKs/Br.Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 229.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25.
Distribution. — Between East cape, Antieosti and Bird rocks, 12 fathoms
(Whiteaves).
Halecium texellum Hincks.
Halecium tenellum HixcKS, Ann. and Mag:. Nat. Hist., 1861, p. 252.
Hlncks, British Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 226.
NuTTixG, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 357.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 191.3, p. 169.
Distribution. — St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso banks, 50
fathoms (Eraser) ; common from the north end of Campobello island to the head of
Passamaquoddy bay. Brier island. Seven islands, bay of Islands, Newfoundland.
Family HEBELLID2E.
Genus HEBELLA.
Hebella calcarata (A. Agassiz).
Lafcea calcarata A. Agassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 122.
Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 387.
Hebella calcarata Nuttixg, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 353.
Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 371.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Canso (Stafford).
Hebella ( ?) porilhnn Hincks.
Lafcea pocillum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 204.
Distribution. — St. Andrews.
There was no gonosome present on the St. Andrews specimens to settle the ques-
tion definitely as to whether this species is a Lafcea or an Hebella but as there is a
distinct diaphragm in the hydrotheca, it agrees with Hebella in that respect and is so
placed.
354 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Family LAFCEIDjE.
Genus CRTPTOLARIA.
Ckyptolaria triserialis Eraser.
Criipiolaria triserialis Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 170.
Distrihiitioii. — Off Durell island. ClipdaLuctn bay. 20 fathoms (Fraser).
Genus FILELLUM.
FiLELLUJf SERPENS (Hassall).
Campainilaria serpens Hassall, Trans. ^Mioro. Soc, 1852, p. 163.
Filelhim serpens HixcKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 214.
Beticularia serpens Verrill, Check-list, 1879, p. 79.
Filellum serpens Eraser, Beaufort Hydroids, 1912, p. 369.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 171.
Distribution. — Canso banks. 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; common from the north end
of C'amijobello island to the head of Passamaquoddy bay and up the mouth of the St.
Croix river. Brier island, 22 fathoms.
Genus GRAMMARIA.
Gramm.mjia abietina (Sars).
Campanularia ahietina Sars, Nyt. Mag. for Naturv., 1851, p. 139.
Grammaria rohusta STUtpsox, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan. 1854, p. 9.
Grammaria ahietina S.^rs, Norske Hydroider, 1863, p. 34.
Salacia ahietina, Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 212.
Lafa'a ahietina Boxnevie, Norske, Nordhavs-Ex., 1899, p. 64.
Grammaria ahietina Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28.
Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912. p. 73.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 171.
Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 173.
Distrihution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Le Have bank, 60 fathoms (Smith
and Harger) ; gulf of St. Lawrence, Trinity bay, 25 fathoms, and elsewhere (Whit-
eaves) ; Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford): Chedabucto bay, 20 fathoms (Eraser); bay
of Islands, Newfoundland, 50 to 00 fathoms.
Grammarl\ (GRACILIS Stinipson.
Gramrnaria graeilis Stimpson, l^Iar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9,
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28.
Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson).
Genus LAFGEA.
Lafcea dumosa (Fleming).
SertuJaria dumosa Eleiiing, Edin. Phil. Jour., 1828, p. 83.
Lofaia dumosa Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 200.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 355.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 24.
HYliliOinH KA.STEIy-X CAN ADA 355
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Lafiva i-obusta Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 34.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Lafii'n (himosa Fraser, Hvd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 171.
Fraser, Hyd. Y. T. Region, 1914, p. 174.
Distrihution. — Xova Scotia (Agassiz) ; between Anticosti and Gaspe, 120 to 200
fathoms (Whiteaves); St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Chedabucto bay,
20 fathoms (Fraser); common in all the Passamaquoddy bay area. Brier island, 22
fathoms.
LAFfEA FRUTicosA Sars.
Lafoea fruticosa Sar.s, ISTorske Hydroider, 1863, p. 30.
HixcKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 202.
BoXNEViE, Norske Nordhavs-Ex., 1899, p. 64.
Verrill, Check-list, 1879. p. 17.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 172.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 172.
Difctrihution. — Seven islands (Stafford); Chedabucto bay. 20 fathoms (Fraser);
Chamcook harbour, 5 fathoms.
Lafcea gr.vcillima (Alder).
Campanularia gracilUma Alder, Trans. Tynes Nat. F. C, 1857, p. 39.
Lafcea gracillima Boxnevie, Norske Nordhavs-Ex., 1899, p. 64.
NuTTiN-G, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 356.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 24.
Staffoud. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 172.
Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 175.
Distnhution. — ^Bay of Fundy (Verrill) ; Le Have bank, 45 to 60 fathoms (Smith
and Harger) ; Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Fraser);
Brier island. Seven islands, bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 50 to 60 fathoms.
Lafcea pygm,«a Hineks.
Lafcea pygmcpa Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 205.
Hehella pygmca Nkttini;, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 353.
Brocii. Nordmeer ges. Hyd., 1903, p. 5.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 172.
Distrihution. — ^Chedabucto bay, 25 fathoms (Eraser).
Lafcea sv'.!meti!ica Bonnevie.
Lnfd'a srimmetrica Boxxevie. Norske Nordhavs-Ex, 1899, p. 64.
BrLL.\RD, Ex. Sc. " Travailleur " et du '-Talisman." 1907,
p. 176.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 172.
Distribution. — Chedabucto bay, 25 fathoms (Eraser).
Family SERTULAEID2E.
Genus ABIE TIN AEIA.
Abietixaria abietixa (Linnajus).
Sertuhria abietina Lixn^us. Syst. Nat, 1758, p. 808.
Hincks. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 266.
White.wes, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25.
356 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Sertularella abietina Nutting^ Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 361.
Abietinaria abietina Nutting, Am. Hyd. ii, 1904, p. 114.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. Y3.
. Feaser, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 1T3.
Distribution. — Off Nova Scotia, 51 fathoms (Allman) ; Mingan island, gulf of
St. Lawrence and Labrador (Packard) ; guK and river St. Lawrence (Dawson and
Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Canso, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso banks, 50
fathoms (Fraser) ; St. George's bank, Newfoundland (A. Agassiz) ; oft" Swallowtail
light, southwest of Deer island. Head harbour, Mcl'ilaster island, off Joe's point, Seven
islands.
Abietinaria filicula (Ellis and Solander.)
Sertiilaria filicula Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 57.
Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 8.
HiNCKS. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 264.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25.
Abietinai-ia filicula Nutting, Am. Hyd. ii, 1904, p. 123.
Distribution. — Grand Manan, 20 fathoms (Stimpson); Labrador (Packard).
Note. — Stafford reports specimens of an Abietinaria species from Seven Islands,
Quebec, but as all the information he gives concerning it is that it " most resembles
A. gigantea Clark," it is impossible to place it.
Genus DIPHASIA.
DiPHASiA fallax (Johnston.)
Sertularia fallax Johnston, Br. Zooph., 1847, p. 73.
Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1S54, p. 8.
Diphasia fallax Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 249.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 361.
Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901. p. 391.
WHITE.AVES, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26.
Nutting, Am. Hyd. ii, 1904, p. 114.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 173.
Distrihution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Bay of Fundy, 20 to 55 fathoms (Ver-
rill); St. Andrews (Stafford); Barrington passage, 4 fathoms (Eraser); common
throughout the Passamaquoddy bay area, Brier island. 22 fathoms.
Di aphasia rosacea (Linnseus).
Sertularia rosacea Linn^us, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 807.
Diphasia rosacea Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 245.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 361.
White.wes, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26.
Nutting. Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 107.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 174.
Distribution. — Strait of Belle Isle, 50 fathoms (Packard) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ;
Barrington passage (Eraser) ; off Deer island. 15 fathoms, off Frost ledges, Quoddy
river, between Wlaite and Spruce islands, between Two and Three islands, Brier island,
33 to 39 fathoms.
HTDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 357
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
DiPHASiA TAiiARiscA (Linnssus).
Sertularia tamansca Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808.
Sertularia producta Stuipson^ Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 8.
Diphasia iamarisca Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 273.
Sertularia producta Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27.
Diphasia tamarisca Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 108.
Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Sea coal bay, N.S. (Verrill).
Nutting, apparently with good reason, lias concluded that Sertularia producta
Stimpson is synonymous with Diphasia tamarisca (Linnseus) and hence it is included
here under that name.
Genus HTDEALLMANIA.
Hydrallmania falcata (Linnseus).
Sertularia falcata Likn^us, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 810.
Plumularia falcata Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1S54, p. 8.
Hydrallmania falcata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 273.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 364.
Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 392.
Wiiiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27.
Nutting, Am. Hyd.. ii, 1904, p. 124.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 174.
Distribution.- — Grand Manan, 25 to 35 fathoms (Stimpson) ; bay of Fuudy, low
water to 110 fathoms, Auticosti, Mingan islands (Verrill); Le Have bank, 60 fathoms,
Chebucto head, Halifax harbour, 20 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Sable island,
Gaspe, Metis (Dawson); gulf of St. La^vrence (Whiteaves); Grand Manan (A.
Agassiz) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Barriiigton passage (Eraser) ;
one of the comonest species of large size in the collection.
Genus SELAGINOPSIS.
Selaginopsis MiRABiLis (Verrill).
Diphasia mirabilis Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1872, p. 9.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26.
Selaginopsis mirahilis Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 128.
Stafford, Eauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 174.
Distribution. — Le Have bank, 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Gaspe, Seven
islands (Stafford); Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser).
Genus SERTULAKELLA.
Sertularella conica Allman.
Sertularella conica Allman, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 21.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 79.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 174.
Distribution. — Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser).
358 DEPARTitEyr OF THE NAVAL HERVICE
3 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Sertii.arella Fi'siFouJiis (Hincks).
SprtHlaria fvsiformis Hixcks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.. 1861, p. 253.
HixcKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 243.
White.wes, Mar. Invert. E. Can.. 1901, p. 26.
Seiiidarella fiixiforrnis KrTTixr.. Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 89.
DisiribuUon. — Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Antieosti and Gaspe. 200 fathoms
(Wliiteaves).
Sertul.^rf.lla polyzoxias (LinnEeus).
Sertvlaria jolijzonias Lixn.eus. Ryst. Xat., 1758, p. 813.
Stimpson", Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9.
Sertularella polyzonias Hixxks. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 235.
Nutti.m;, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 362.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 90.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912. p. 73.
Er.^ser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 17.j.
Distribution. — Grand Manan. 10 to 40 fathoms (Stimpson); Le Have bank, 60
fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Caribou island, (Packard) ; grulf of St. Lawrence
(Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe.Seven islands (Stafford); Chedabucto bay, 10 to 20
fathoms (Eraser) ; common throughout the Passamaquoddy bay area. Seven islands.
Sei!Tui.akella rlkjosa (Linnseus).
Sertularia rugosa Lixx.BUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 809.
Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9.
Sertularella rugosa Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 259.
Sertularia rugosa White.wes, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25.
Sertularella rugosa Nuttixg, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 82.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Grand Manan, deep water (Stimpson) ; Square island, Labrador,
30 fathoms (Packard); Seven islands (Stafford); High Duck island, between White
and Spruce islands, Cumming's pove. West Quoddy head, Dochet island.
Sertularella trkuspidata (Alder).
Sertularia tricaspidata Alder, Ann. 'and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1856, p. 356.
Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 239.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901, p. 362.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26.
Nuttixg, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904. p. 71.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 175.
Distribution. — Bay of Fundy. 50 to 55 fathoms (Verrill) ; Le Have bank, 45 to
60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; strait of Belle
Isle, 40 fathoms (Packard) ; St. Andi-ews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso
banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; very common everywhere in the Passamaquoddy bay
area at all depths, Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms.
lIYDltOIDH K ASTERN C AX AD A 359
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Geuus SEETLTLARIA.
SKKTur.ARiA roRNiciNA (McCracl.v).
Dynamena corniciiui McruADV. Oymno. ( 'liarlcstun ITar., 1858, p. 204.
Sertularia cornicina Nutting, Jlyd. Wouiis Hole, 1901, p. 359.
Nutting. Am. H.vd., ii, 1904, p. 58.
FiwsKR, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 374.
Distiihut'ion. — On sargassum in tlio Gulf Stream, east of Nova Scotia.
SuRTUL.VRiA PDMILA Linnfeus.
Sertularia piimila Lixn.ecs, Sy.st. Nat., 1758, p, 807.
HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1808, p. 260.
NuTTIXf;. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 359.
WiliTEAVEs, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 175.
Distribution. — Nova Scotia and lletis (Dawson) ; strait of Belle Isle, betsveen
tides (Packard) ; St. Andrews, Canso, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso, low vi'ater
(Fraser) ; Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; High Duck island, "Wolves, Indian Head Iwr,
Souris, P.E.T., York liarlioair, bay of Islands, Newfoundland, Seven islands.
Genus THUIARIA.
TiiiiAuiA ar(;i:ntea (Liuna-us).
Sertularia argentea Linn^us, Syst. Nat., 1758, p, 809.
Stimpson^ Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 8.
HixcKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph.. 18G8, p. 2CS.
Thuiaria argcntm Nuttixc, ITyd. Woods Hol(>, 1901, p. 3(j4.
WiiiTEAVES, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27.
NuTTiXG, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 71.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 176.
Distribution. — Grand Manan, 4 to 6 fathoms (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, Nova
Scotia coast, gulf of St. Lawrence, low water to 110 fathoms (Verrill) ; Northumber-
land strait, gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Gaspe bay (Dawson) ; Caribou island,
8 fathoms (Packard) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe (Stafford) ; Barrington passage, 5 fathoms,
Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; off Deer island, off Grand Manan, bay of Islands,
Newfoundland, 50 to CO fathoms.
TnuiARiA cupressina (Linna;us).
Sertularia cupressina LiNN.a;us, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808,
HINCK.S, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1808, p. 270.
Thuiaria rnpressina Nutting, H.yd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 363.
Wiiiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 72.
Stafford,, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Off Nova Scotia, 51 fathoms (Allman) ; Bay of Fundy, low water
to 100 fathoms (Verrill) ; Northumberland strait, gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ;
Henley harbour, strait of Belle Isle, 7 fathoms (Packard) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ;
St. Croix river, off Joe's point, McMaster island, Quoddy river, off Deer island, ^V^hale
cove, 20 to 30 fathoms. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms.
38a— 24
360 DEPARTMEyr OF THE XAYAL SERYICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
TiiuiAijiA FABUioii (Levinscn)-
Sertularla fasthjiala Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica. 1780, p. 458.
Sertularia fahricii Levinsen, Vid. Middel. ISTaturh. Foren., 1892, p. 48.
Thuiaria fahricii Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, p. 1904, p. 71.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Gaspe, Islands (Stafford) ; St. Andrews.
Thuiria immersa Nutting.
Thuiaria immersa Nutting^ Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. G6.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Seven islands (Stafford) ; St. Croix river, Grand Manan, between
Mohawk and Adam island, 35 fathoms, between Green and Three islands, McMaster
island, off Deer island, off Brier island, 22 fathoms.
Thuiaria latiuscula (Stimpson).
Sertularia latiuscula Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 8.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 2G.
Thuiaria latiuscula Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 69.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson); Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); St.
Andrews.-
Thuiarla loncihtis (Ellis and Solander).
Sertularia lonchitis Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 42.
Thuiaria articulata Wiiitea\'es, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27.
Thuiaria lonchits Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 66.
Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 176.
Distribution. — ^Le Have bank, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Law-
rence (Whiteveaves) ; Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Fraser) ; St. Andrews.
Thuiaria robusta Clark.
Thuiaria robusta Clark, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 227.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 64.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution.- — Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford).
Thularia similis (Clark).
Sertularia similis Clark, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 219.
Thuiaria similis Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 69.
Eraser, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 77.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 199.
Distribution. — Gaspe (Stafford) ; St. Croix river, Quoddy river. West Quoddy
head. Head Harbour island, 25 fathoms. Whale cove, Brier island, 22 fathoms. Seven
islands.
Thuiaria tenera (Sars).
Sertularia tenera Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben etc., 1873, p. 20.
Thuiaria tenera Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 70.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); St. Andrews, Brier island.
HYDROIDS EASTKRN CANADA 361
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Thuiari\ thuja (Linnseus).
Srrtularin thuja Linn.uus, Syst. Nat., ]Tr)8, p. 809.
Thuiaria thuja Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 275.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 364.
Whiteaves^ Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26.
Nutting. Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 62.
Staffoud, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73.
Distribution. — Mingan islands (Packard) ; gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ;
Seven islands (Stafford); MeMaster island, 30 fathoms.
Note. — Stafford refers to four species of Thuiaria from Gaspe, none of which he
describes sufficiently to place, but apparently one of them is a Synthecium and is
probablj' new and the others may be also.
Family PLUMULARID2E.
Genus AGLAOPHENOPSIS.
Aglaophenopsis cornuta (Verrill).
Cladocarpus cornutus Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1879, p. 310.
A(jlao;hcnopsis cornuta Nutting. Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 120.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28.
Distrihution. — Off Sable island, on Banquereau, 200 fathoms (Verrill).
Genus ANTENNULAEIA.
Antennulauia AMEUIC.A.NA Nutting.
Antennularia americana Nutting. Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 69.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 368.
Distrihution. — St. Andrews.
AntennulaPvIA antennina (Linnaus).
Sertularia antennina Linn^us, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1310.
Antennularia antennina Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 280.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., 1900, p. 69.
Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 367.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28.
Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74.
Distrihution. — Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60 fathoms (Verrill) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ;
channel off White Horse island.
Genus GLADOCAEPDS.
Cladocarpus pourtalesi, Verrill.
Cladocarpus pourtalesi Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1879, p. 309.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 116.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28.
Distrihution. — Southwest of cape Sable, 112 to 115 fathoms, Banquereau, off
Sable sland, 300 fathoms (Verrill).
Cladocarpus speciosus Verrill.
Cladocarpus speciosus Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts., 1879, p. 311.
Nutting, Am. Hyd., i, 190O, p. 116.
Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28.
Distribution. — Banquereau, off Sable island, 200 fathoms (Verrill),
362 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Gemis PLUMULAEIA.
Plumularia setaceoides Bale.
Plumularia setaceoides Bale, Hyd. S. Australia, 1881, p. 28.
Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 382.
Distribution. — On sargassum, Gulf Stream, east of Nova Scotia.
Genus' SCHIZOTRTCHA.
SciiizoTiiuiiA CRAriLLurA (Sars).
Plumularia graciUima Sars, Vid. Solsk. Fia-h., 18TS, p. 86.
Plumularia verrilli Clark, Trans. Conn. Aead. Sci., 1ST6, p. 64.
Verrill, Prelim. Check-list, 1879, p. 18.
Schizotricha graciUima Nuttlng, Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 80.
Nutting, H.yd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 366.
St.\fford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74.
Distribution. — Grand Mauan (Stafford).
Genus THECOCARPTTS.
Thecocarpus MYRiopnYr.Lmr (Linua'us).
■ Sertularia myriophyUum Lixx.EU-s, Sy.st. Nat., 1767, p. 1309.
Aglaophenia inyriophyUum Hi-Vcks, Pr. Ilyd. Zooi)li., ISflS, p. 290,
Thecocarpus myriopliyllum Nuttixc, Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 107.
Wiiiteave-s, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28.
Distribution. — Le Have bank, 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; off cape Gaspe,
60 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; Mingan islands (A. Agassiz).
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(Only those pa])crs referred to in the synonymy or in the text arc listed).
Agassiz, L, —
1862. Contributions to tlie natural histury of tlie Fnited States of America,
vol. iv, p. 1-372. Boston.
Agassiz, A. —
1865. North American Acalepha', lllustratid Catalogue fif the Museum of
Comparative Zoolog.v at Harvard Colle.ge, no. 2, p. l-2.')4. Cambridge.
Alder, J.-^
1856. A notice of some new genera and species of British hydroid zoophytes.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd ser., vol. xviii, London.
1857. A catalogue of the zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Trans-
actions of the Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club, vol. iii, p. 1-70. Ncv?-
rastle-uiion-Tyne.
HTDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 363
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Allmnn, G. J.—
ISM. Synopsis of the genera and species of znoi^hytes inhabit inp; the fresh
watei-s of Ireland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1st. ser.,
vol. xiii, p. 328. London.
1864. On the construction and limitation of genera among the ii.vilroidii.
Ibid., 3rd. ser., vol. xiii.
1871. A monograph of the gymnoblastic or tuluilarlan iiydroids. I'ulilislied
for the Kay Society, in 2 parts, 450 p., 23 pi. London.
1877. Report of the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf
Stream by L. F. de Pourtales. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College, vol. v, no. 2, ]). l-fi4. Cambridge.
Eale. W. M.—
1881. On the Hydroida of southeastern Australia, with descriptions of sup-
posed new species and notes on the genus Aglaophenia. Journal of the
Microscopical Society, Victoria, vol. ii. p. 1-34. Melbourne.
1914. Further notes on Australian Iiydroids. Ill, Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Victoria, vol. x.wii, n.s.. pt. 1, p. 72-93. irelbourne.
Billard, A.—
1907. Hydroides, in: Expeditiones Scientifiques du "Travailleur" et du
"Talisman," t. viii, p. 1.59-241. Paris.
Bonnevie, K. —
1899. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition, 1876-78, vol. vi, pt. 26. Zoologi Hy-
droida, p. 1-103. Christiania.
Broch, H.—
1003. Die von dera Norwegischen Fischereidanipfer " Michael Sars," in den
Jahren, 1900-1902, in dem Nordmeer gcsammelten Hydroiden. Bcrgens
Museum Aarbog, no. 9, p. 1-14. Christiania.
1909. Die Hydroiden der Arktischen Meere. Fauna Arotica. bd. v, Jena.
1912. Coelenteres du Fond. Campagne Arctique de 1907. Brussels.
Clark, S. F.—
1876. Description of new and rare hydroids from the New England coast.
Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Sciences, vol. iii, July,
1875, p. 58-66. New Haven.
1876. Report of the hydroids on the coast of Ala.ska and the Aleutian i.^lands,
collected b.y W. H. Dall, from 1871 to 1S74. Proceedings of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, ]). 205-23S.
1879. Report on the Hydroida collected during the exi)loration of the Gulf
Stream and gulf of Mexico by Alexander Agassiz, 1877-78. Bulletin of
the Mu.seum of Comparative Zoology of Harvard College, vol. v, p.
239-250. Cambridge.
Ellis, J. and Solandcr, D. —
1786. The natural history ot many cvirious and uncommiui zoophytes col-
lected from various parts of the globe. 208 p. London.
Fabricius, O. —
1780. Fauna Groenlandica. Ilauniae et Lipsiae.
Fleming, J. —
]82'8. A history of British Animals. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal.
364 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Fraser, C. M. —
1911. The hydroids nf the west ooast. of North America. Bulletin from the
Laboratories of Naliiral History, State University of Iowa, p. 1-91.
Iowa City.
1912. Notes on New England hydroids. Ibid., p. 30-4.8.
1912. Some hydroids of Beanfort, North Carolina. Bulletin of the Bureau
of Fisheries, vol. xxx, 1910, p. 339-387. Washington.
1913. Hydroids from Nova Scotia, Canada Geological Survey, Victoria
Memorial Museum, Bulletin No. 1, pt. xvi, p. 15T-18C. Ottawa.
1914. Some hydroids of the Vancouver island region. Transactions of the
Royal Society of Canada, 3rd ser., vol. viii, p. 99-216. Ottawa.
1915. Pelagic hydroids, in : Exploration of the coast water between Nova
Scotia and Chesapeake bay, July and August, 1913, by the United States
Fisheries schooner " Grampus." Oceanography and Plankton. Bulletin
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, vol. lix, No.
4, p. 306-314. Cambridge.
Hargitt, C. W.—
1901. The Hydroniedustr. In three parts. American Naturalist, vol. xxxv. No.
412, p. 301-315 ; No. 413, p. 379-395 ; No. 415, p. 575-595, New York.
1908. A few eoelenterates of Woods Hole. Biological Bulletin of the Marine
Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., vol. xiv. No. 2, p. 95-130.
Lancaster, Pa.
Hartlaub, C—
1897. Die Hydromedusen Helgolands. Wissenschaftlichen Meeresuntersu-
chungen, n.f., bd. ii, hft. 3., p. 449-514. Keil und Leipzig.
Hassall, A. —
1852. Description of three siiecies of marine zoophytes. Transaeti(jns nf the
Royal ^licriisi-opical Society, vol. iii. London.
Hincks, T.—
1853. Further notes on British zoophyt-es, with description of new species.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd ser., vol. xi. London.
1861. A catalogue of the zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall,
Ibid., 3rd ser., vol. viii.
1866. On new British hydroids. Ibid., 3rd ser., vol. xviii.
1868. A history of the British hydroid zoophytes. 2 vols. London.
Jiidorhnlm, E. —
1909. Northern and Arctic invertebrates in the collection of the Swedish
State Museum, iv. Hydroiden. Kongelige Svenska Vetenskaps Akade-
miens Handlingar, bd. 45, No. 1, p. 1-124. Stockholm.
Johnston, G. —
1847. History of British zoophytes, ed. ii, in two volumes. London.
Levinsen, G. M. R. —
1892. Om Fornyelsen af Ernferingsindividerne hos Hydroiderne. Videnska-
belige Meddelelser fra den natiirhistoriske Foreningi Kj0benhavn,
p. 12-31.
1893. Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider fra Gronlands Vestkyst tilligemed
Bemserkninger on Hydroidernes Systematik. Ibid., p. 143-220.
J913. Systematic Studies on the Sertularidse. Ibid., p. 251-32?,
lirDltoWa EAUTERh CANADA 365
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
Liunseiis, O. — •
1758. Systeuia iiaturw, 10th oA. Lliisiff.
1767. Ibid., 12tli ed. IIolnii:i\
vuu Lureuz, L. —
1886. Polypomedusen voii Jan Mayi'ii, in: Die international Polarforschung,
1982-83. Die Osterreichisclie Polarslation, Jan Mayen. lid. iii. Wieii.
MuL'rady, J. —
1858. Gymiiophtlialmata of Charleston harbour. Proceedings of the Elliot
Society of STatural History, vol. 1 for 1853-1858, p. 103-221. Read Apr.
15, 1857. Charleston.
MacGillivray, J. —
1842. Catalogue of the marine zoophytes of the neighbourhood of Aberdeen.
Annals and Magazine of ISTatural History, 1st ser., vol. ix. London.
MerescKkowsky, M. C. —
1877. On a new genus of hydroids from the White sea with short description
of other new hydroids. Annals anil Magazine of Natural History, 4tli
ser., vol. XX, p. 220-22i). London.
Norman, A. M. —
1864. On underscribed Briti.sh Hydrozoa, Actinozoa and Polyzoa. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, 3rd ser., vol. xiii, London.
18G6. Report of the committee appointed for the purpose of exploring the
coasts of the Hebrides by means of the dredge. Part i. On the Crus-
tacea, Echinodernata, Polyzoa. Actinozoa and Hydrozoa. Report of the
British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1866, p. 193-206.
London.
Nutting, C. C—
1S98. On three new species of hydroids and one new to Britain. Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, 7th ser., vol. v, p. 362-366. London.
1900. American hydroids. Pt. I. The Plumularidse. Special Bulletin,
United States National Museum, 152, p. Washington.
1901. The hydroids of the Woods Hole region. United States Fish Commis-
sion Bulletin for 1899, vol. xix, p. 325-386. Washington.
1904. American hydroids. Pt. 11. The Sertularidse. Special Bulletin,
United States National Museum, 152, p. Washington.
1915. Ibid. Pt. III. The Campanularidaj and the Bonneviellidse. 118 p.
Pallas, P.S.—
1766. Elenchus Zoophytorum. Haag.
Sars, M.—
1851. Beretning om en i Sonnnern 1849 foretagen Zoologisk Reise i Lofoten
: eg Finmarken. Nyt Magazine for Naturvidenskaberne, bd. vi. Chris-
tiania.
1857. Bidrag til kundskaben om Middlehavets Littoral fauna. Ibid., vol. x.
1863. Bemerkninger over fire uorske Hydroider. Videnskabe-Sels-kabets
Forhandlinger for 1862. Christiania.
Sars, G. O.—
1873. Bidrag til kundskaben om Norges Hydroider. Ibid., for 1872,
366 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE
8 GEORGE V, A. 1918
Stafford, J.—
1912. On tlie fauna oi' lli.i Atlantic coast of Canada. Contributions to Cana-
dian Biology, being studies from the biological stations of Canada, 1906-
1910. p. 69-78 (Hydroids, p. 72-74). Ottawa.
Stimpson, W. —
1S54. Synojasis of the marine invertebrata of Grand !Manan. Smithsonian
iMintributions to knowledge, vol. vi. Washington.
Verrill, A. E.—
1872. Eadiata from the coast of North Carolina. American Journal of
Science and Arts. 3rd. ser., vol. v.
1874-1879. Brief contributions to zoology from the Museum of Tale College.
Results of recent dredging expeditions on the coast of New England.
American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. vii, 1874, p. 38-138, p. 405-
414, p. 500-505; vol. ix, 1875, p. 411-415; vol. x, 1875, p. 3G-43; vol. xvi,
1878, p. 371-378 ; vol. xvii, 1879, p. 309-315.
1879. Preliminary check-list of the marine invertebrates of Atlantic coast
from cape Cod to the gulf of St. Lawrence. Prepared for tb<> TTnited
States Commission of Fish and Fisheries.
Verrill, A. E. and Smith, S. I.—
1874. Report of the Invertebrate animals of Vineyard sound and adjacent
waters. Report of the Commissioner of Fisheries for 1871 and 1872,
p. 295-747. Washington.
Whiteaves, J. F.—
1901. Catalogue of the marine invertebrates of Eastern Canada. Geological
Survey of Canada, p. 18-28. Ottawa.
HYDROIDS EASTERN- CANADA 367
SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a
.1
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
(All drawings except la and 2a magnified 25 diameters.)
Plate I.
1. Oielia articulata.
a. Colony, natural size. -i
li. Portion of colony to show nature and arrangement of hydrothecje ancJ
gonangia.
2. Bimeria hrevis.
a. Colonies, natural size.
h. Branched colony.
c. Unbranched individuals.
Plate U.
3. Chjtia johnstoni, hydrothecse.
a. From the Devon Coast.
b. From St. Mary's bay, N.S.
c. From the coast of Grand Manan.
d. From Bliss island.
e. From Deer island.
/. From the St. Croix river.
Drawings by Clara A. Eraser.
38a— 25
PLATE I
HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA.
C. McLean Fraser.
Clara A. Fra^icr^ del.
PLATE II
HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA.
3a
C. McLean Fraser.
3b
3c
3d
3e
Qira A. Fraser, del.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11